International – Radio Free https://www.radiofree.org Independent Media for People, Not Profits. Fri, 01 Aug 2025 11:09:39 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://www.radiofree.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/cropped-Radio-Free-Social-Icon-2-32x32.png International – Radio Free https://www.radiofree.org 32 32 141331581 “This is NOT a hunger crisis." https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/this-is-not-a-hunger-crisis/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/this-is-not-a-hunger-crisis/#respond Fri, 01 Aug 2025 10:52:55 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=eafb0b7d6fa7522c1c6c20c86148b6e6
This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/this-is-not-a-hunger-crisis/feed/ 0 547252
Iran arrests 98 ‘citizen-journalists’ for contact with UK-based outlet https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/31/iran-arrests-98-citizen-journalists-for-contact-with-uk-based-outlet/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/31/iran-arrests-98-citizen-journalists-for-contact-with-uk-based-outlet/#respond Thu, 31 Jul 2025 17:15:48 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=501850 Paris, July 31, 2025—The Committee to Protect Journalists calls on Iranian authorities to explain the grounds on which they have summoned and arrested 98 “so-called citizen-journalists” for having contact with a London-based Persian-language television channel.

“Iranian authorities must immediately clarify the legal basis for this mass detention of its citizens and cease treating those who communicate with the media as criminals,” said CPJ Chief Programs Officer Carlos Martinez de la Serna. “Labeling ordinary Iranians as ‘operational agents’ simply for their association with a news outlet is a dangerous tactic of intimidation and a blatant escalation in Iran’s violations of press freedom.

Iran’s intelligence ministry had been monitoring “the so-called citizen-journalists of the Zionist-Terrorist International Network” – a term the government uses to describe London-based Iran International – during the June 13 to 24 Iran-Israel war, state-owned Mehr News Agency reported. The ministry then “arrested and summoned 98 affiliated operational agents,” the agency said on July 28.

The ministry provided no evidence to support its allegations and did not disclose the names, locations, or legal status of those detained or summoned.

The Islamic Republic has previously arrested Iranians working with international media on vague charges, such as for “collaborating with hostile states” or “propaganda against the state.”

Iran’s reformist Ham Mihan newspaper reported that more than 100 journalists had been fired in the aftermath of the 12-day war, as authorities have cracked down on critical voices, with hundreds of arrests and several executions. 

CPJ emailed Iran’s mission to the United Nations in New York for comment but received no response.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/31/iran-arrests-98-citizen-journalists-for-contact-with-uk-based-outlet/feed/ 0 547109
How is the eradication of a cactus in the 1920s effecting people in Madagascar today? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/31/how-is-the-eradication-of-a-cactus-in-the-1920s-effecting-people-in-madagascar-today/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/31/how-is-the-eradication-of-a-cactus-in-the-1920s-effecting-people-in-madagascar-today/#respond Thu, 31 Jul 2025 16:08:51 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=a5e25aab78176cd015f85a6d56d7fc10
This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/31/how-is-the-eradication-of-a-cactus-in-the-1920s-effecting-people-in-madagascar-today/feed/ 0 547103
These ancient ruins prove our world today doesn’t have to be this way https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/30/these-ancient-ruins-prove-our-world-today-doesnt-have-to-be-this-way/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/30/these-ancient-ruins-prove-our-world-today-doesnt-have-to-be-this-way/#respond Wed, 30 Jul 2025 17:09:23 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=335873 The stories and language of their ancestors have been lost to time. But their spirits remain. And the ruins remember. This is episode 60 of Stories of Resistance.]]>

In the land of the Condor, near the base of the tallest mountain in the Western hemisphere, an Incan community lived. The people hunted, along the sheer hillsides, they farmed, they collected water from the river gushing from snowmelt. They had children, built families, and passed on traditions to generations of descendants.

The land was cold, inhospitable, but their village grew and their community thrived at the far Southern reaches of the vast Incan empire, in present-day Argentina. Today, centuries have passed, the people are gone, but the stones and dirt that made their homes remain. The stories and language of their ancestors have been lost to time. But their spirits remain. And the ruins remember.

This is episode 60 of Stories of Resistance—a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

Written and produced by Michael Fox.


A note from Stories of Resistance host Michael Fox: 

If you enjoy this podcast, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. 

And please consider signing up for the Stories of Resistance podcast feed, either in Spotify, Apple Podcasts, Spreaker, or wherever you listen.

You can check out pictures of these Incan ruins in Argentina’s Andes Mountains, on Michael’s Patreon account

Please consider supporting this podcast and Michael Fox’s reporting at patreon.com/mfox. There you can also see exclusive pictures, video, and interviews. 

Transcript

Michael Fox: In the land of the condor, near the base of the tallest mountain in the Western hemisphere, an Incan community lived. The people hunted along the sheer hillsides. They farmed. They collected water from the river gushing from snowmelt. They built families. Had children. Sons and daughters. Grandkids. And generations of descendants.

The land was cold. Inhospitable. But their village grew and poured over the hillside. A way station on the transit road across the Andes. The far Southern reaches of the vast Incan empire.

Today, centuries have passed.

The people are gone, but the rocks, stones and dirt that made their homes remain.

They were here when San Martin marched his troops over the Andes.

When the railroad came and went, its tracks now grown over, or broken and buried by landslide and avalanche.

They saw the bridges rise and crumble.

And they smelled the asphalt, as the excavators, and the dump trucks and the bulldozers and the road rollers crushed the land flat, and laid its surface smooth.

Today, thousands of cars and trucks speed by the village. Their tires spin. The sound of traffic reverberates across the rock walls. The choke of the air brakes punctuates the mountain breeze.

No one stops. Even though the village is just feet away. Just off the shoulder, down a tiny dirt road, beside a sign post reading: “Tambollitos Incan Site.”

No one stops. But the village ruins don’t care. 

The stories of their ancestors have been lost to the tongue of those who speak. But their spirits remain. And the ruins remember. They carry the stories, etched in the broken and crumbling walls and the cold, hard mountain dirt.

They’ve seen the seasons change. They’ve watched the snow fall and melt. Felt the warm sun as it slides across the thick blue Andean sky.

And they will remain long after those of us driving past can remember.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/30/these-ancient-ruins-prove-our-world-today-doesnt-have-to-be-this-way/feed/ 0 546897
It Shouldn’t Have Taken This Much For Mainstream Voices To Start Speaking Up About Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/30/it-shouldnt-have-taken-this-much-for-mainstream-voices-to-start-speaking-up-about-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/30/it-shouldnt-have-taken-this-much-for-mainstream-voices-to-start-speaking-up-about-gaza/#respond Wed, 30 Jul 2025 13:30:44 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=160336 Israel’s top human rights group B’Tselem has finally declared that Israel is committing genocide, as has the Israel-based Physicians for Human Rights. The Israeli organizations join Amnesty International, Human Rights Watch, UN human rights experts, and the overwhelming majority of leading authorities on the subject of genocide in their conclusion. The debate is over. The Israel apologists lost. And we are seeing this reflected […]

The post It Shouldn’t Have Taken This Much For Mainstream Voices To Start Speaking Up About Gaza first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Israel’s top human rights group B’Tselem has finally declared that Israel is committing genocide, as has the Israel-based Physicians for Human Rights. The Israeli organizations join Amnesty InternationalHuman Rights WatchUN human rights experts, and the overwhelming majority of leading authorities on the subject of genocide in their conclusion.

The debate is over. The Israel apologists lost. And we are seeing this reflected in mainstream discourse.

Pop megastar Ariana Grande has started speaking out in support of Gaza, telling her social media followers that “starving people to death is a red line.” This is a new threshold. Opposing Israel’s genocide is now the most mainstream as it has ever been.

MSNBC just ran a piece explicitly titled “Israel is starving Gaza. And the U.S. is complicit.”, featuring a segment with the virulently pro-Israel Morning Joe slamming the mass atrocity. CNN’s Wolf Blitzer, himself a former AIPAC employee, has done a 180 and is now raking Israel over the coals on the air for its deliberately engineered starvation campaign. The New York Times finally overcame its phobia of the g-word with an op-ed titled “I’m a Genocide Scholar. I Know It When I See It.

We’re now seeing notoriously Zionist swamp monsters in the Democratic Party like Barack ObamaHakeem JeffriesCory Booker and Amy Klobuchar changing their tune and attacking Netanyahu and Trump for their joint genocide project in Gaza, with increasingly forceful pushback from some on the right like Marjorie Taylor Greene as well.

The post It Shouldn’t Have Taken This Much For Mainstream Voices To Start Speaking Up About Gaza first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Caitlin Johnstone.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/30/it-shouldnt-have-taken-this-much-for-mainstream-voices-to-start-speaking-up-about-gaza/feed/ 0 546847
Activist who helped film ‘No Other Land’ shot and killed by Israeli settler https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/29/activist-who-helped-film-no-other-land-shot-and-killed-by-israeli-settler/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/29/activist-who-helped-film-no-other-land-shot-and-killed-by-israeli-settler/#respond Tue, 29 Jul 2025 16:26:31 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=335854 Israeli army, accompanied by bulldozers, destroys Palestinian homes in the village of Khallet al-Dabaa in the Masafer Yatta area, south of Hebron in West Bank, displacing about 120 Palestinians on May 5, 2025.Israeli violence in Masafer Yatta has intensified since the film won an Oscar.]]> Israeli army, accompanied by bulldozers, destroys Palestinian homes in the village of Khallet al-Dabaa in the Masafer Yatta area, south of Hebron in West Bank, displacing about 120 Palestinians on May 5, 2025.

This story originally appeared in Truthout on July 28, 2025. It is shared here with permission.

Palestinian activist who helped film the No Other Land documentary highlighting Israel’s violent occupation of the West Bank, Awdah Hathaleen, was shot and killed by an Israeli settler on Monday, according to one of the film’s directors.

Israeli co-filmmaker Yuval Abraham posted about Hadalin’s death on social media on Monday. “An Israeli settler just shot [Hathaleen] in the lungs, a remarkable activist who helped us film No Other Land in Masafer Yatta,” Abraham wrote. About an hour later, Abraham wrote that Hathaleen had succumbed to the shooting. “[Awdah] just died. Murdered,” said Abraham.

“I can hardly believe it. My dear friend Awdah was slaughtered this evening. He was standing in front of the community center in his village when a settler fired a bullet that pierced his chest and took his life. This is how Israel erases us — one life at a time,” said Basel Adra, activist and Palestinian co-director of No Other Land.

Accompanying Abraham’s post was a video of the settler angrily facing a group, wielding a handgun. He waves the gun around, firing it, and keeping his hand on the trigger as he paces and angrily pushes those trying to confront him.

Hathaleen was previously targeted by the U.S. government. Last month, he flew to the U.S. to do a speaking tour with his cousin, Eid Hathaleen, to speak in synagogues and churches. However, U.S. authorities detained and deported them upon arrival at the San Francisco airport.

He had previously reported about Israeli settler violence, and was a leader in his community advocating against Israel’s occupation of his village, Umm al-Khair in Masafer Yatta.

Wafa reported that two Palestinians had been injured in Umm al-Khair by Israeli settlers, who invaded the village with a bulldozer in an attack on Monday evening.

Palestinian activist Issa Amro, from Hebron, mourned the loss of Hathaleen.

“Israeli settlers have murdered our beloved hero, Awdah Hathaleen, from the Um Al-Khair community in Masafer Yatta,” Amro wrote on social media. “Awdah stood with dignity and courage against oppression. His loss is a deep wound to our hearts and our struggle for justice. May he rest in peace. We will never forget him.”

Abraham said that local residents identified Hathaleen’s killer as Yinon Levi, who lives in an illegal Israeli settlement in the occupied West Bank. Levi was sanctioned by the Treasury Department under the Biden administration in April 2024, with officials saying that he “regularly led groups of violent extremists” in assaults on Palestinian and Bedouin communities in the West Bank. He was also sanctioned by the European Union around the same time.

President Donald Trump lifted the U.S. sanction on Levi and other Israeli settlers and settler groups on his first day in office this January. Even before that, however, the Biden administration’s and other international authorities’ sanctions on Israeli settlers were criticized as weak and ineffective, with Israeli leaders who are backing and often funding settler groups going unpunished.

In fact, Levi told The Associated Press last June that he only felt the financial impact of sanctions for a few weeks after banks froze his accounts. His community raised thousands of dollars for him, and Israeli Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich, a key architect of Israel’s de facto annexation of the West Bank, pledged to intervene to personally help take care of sanctioned settlers. The bank, which was supposed to freeze his assets, slowly lifted restrictions until he was able to access his money for whatever he wanted again.

“America thought it would weaken us, and in the end, they made us stronger,” Levi said at the time. Indeed, The Associated Press reported that local rights groups and settlers said that the sanctions only emboldened them.

This is just the latest settler attack on someone involved in making No Other Land. In March, just weeks after the documentary won an Oscar, an Israeli settler mob attacked and beat Palestinian filmmaker and activist Hamdan Ballal, in his home village of Susiya in Masafer Yatta. While he was in an ambulance to be treated for his injuries, Israeli soldiers invaded the vehicle and took him into custody. He emerged, bloody and bruised, saying that he has faced increased violence from settlers due to his role in making the film.

Israeli settlers and soldiers have intensified their violence in Masafer Yatta since the film won an Oscar, and Israeli authorities have now ordered a large swath of the region to be turned into a live-fire zone — effectively ordering the forcible transfer of over 1,200 Palestinians living in the region. Palestinians in the region report that Israel’s demolition of their homes is being fast-tracked by authorities.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Sharon Zhang.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/29/activist-who-helped-film-no-other-land-shot-and-killed-by-israeli-settler/feed/ 0 546712
"People do not see us with respect" https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/29/people-do-not-see-us-with-respect/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/29/people-do-not-see-us-with-respect/#respond Tue, 29 Jul 2025 10:18:21 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=5232fedc12abd0f135b2630962516b2c
This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/29/people-do-not-see-us-with-respect/feed/ 0 546656
Climate change has sent coffee prices soaring. Trump’s tariffs will send them higher. https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/coffee-expensive-climate-change-trump-tariffs-brazil-vietnam/ https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/coffee-expensive-climate-change-trump-tariffs-brazil-vietnam/#respond Tue, 29 Jul 2025 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=671629 Eight years ago, when Debbie Wei Mullin founded her company Copper Cow, she wanted to bring Vietnamese coffee into the mainstream. 

Vietnam, the world’s second-largest exporter of coffee, is known for growing robusta beans. Earthier and more bitter than the arabica beans grown in Brazil, Colombia, and other coffee-growing regions near the Equator, robusta beans are often thought of as producing lower-quality coffee. 

In an effort to rebrand robusta, Mullin signed deals with coffee farming cooperatives in Vietnam and created smooth blends. Over the years, she helped a cohort of farmers convert their operations to organic. “We put in huge investments and were certified as the first organic specialty-grade coffee farms ever in Vietnam,” said the CEO and founder. In a few weeks, Copper Cow is planning to launch its first line of organic coffee at Whole Foods and Target.

But the second Trump administration has changed the calculus of her business. Mullin said she “was bullish” about her company’s prospects when President Donald Trump first took office, believing that Vietnam would likely be exempt from exorbitant tariffs since the president has many supporters in the coastal Southeast Asian country. Then, in April of this year, the White House announced a 46 percent tariff on goods from Vietnam. 

The shock left Mullin rethinking the very thesis she had set out to prove. “A big part of our mission is about how robusta beans, when treated better, can provide this really great cup of coffee at a lower price,” she said. “Once you put a 46 percent tariff on there, does this business model work anymore?”

Trump soon paused his country-specific tariffs for a few months, replacing them with a near-universal 10 percent tax. This month, Trump announced on social media that he would lower Vietnam’s eventual tariff from 46 to 20 percent — a sharp price hike that still worries Mullin. Meanwhile, Trump has threatened to impose an astounding 50 percent tariff on goods from Brazil, the nation’s largest importer of coffee, starting August 1. 

“I joke with my partner that I feel like I’m in a macroeconomics class,” said Mullin. In lieu of raising its prices, Copper Cow, which sells directly to consumers as well as to retailers, has scrambled to cut costs by reconsidering its quarterly team get-togethers and slowing down its timeline for helping more farmers go organic. The price of coffee hit an all-time high earlier this year, a dramatic rise due in part to ongoing climate-fueled droughts in the global coffee belt. As the U.S. considers fueling a trade war with coffee-producing countries, “it just feels like such an insult to an injury,” said Mullin. “It’s like, let’s have an earthquake hit a place that is in the middle of a hurricane.”

close-up of coffee beans in a roaster
Coffee beans being roasted in a traditional coffee roasting store in India. Abhishek Chinnappa / Getty Images

Economists like to say that demand for coffee is relatively inelastic — drinkers are so attached to their daily caffeine fix that they keep buying it even when prices increase. As the Trump administration mounts its retaliatory trade agenda, that theory will be put to the test. Coffee growers, as well as the roasters and sellers that purchase them in the U.S., are now facing unforeseen geopolitical and economic challenges. “We have not seen tariffs of this magnitude before,” said David Ortega, a professor of food and economics policy at Michigan State University. “There’s no playbook for this.” 

Should Trump’s threatened tariffs go into effect next month, it will likely hurt consumers, as many businesses will pass on the costs by raising prices. But it could also have ripple effects on coffee farms, as companies may cut costs by pulling back on investments in environmentally-conscientious practices like organic or regenerative agriculture. “Our goal was always to slowly convert the rest of our products to certified organic,” said Mullin. “And we feel like that is not an option anymore because of the tariffs.”

Even if the tariffs do not go into effect in August, the ongoing economic uncertainty will likely impact coffee growers in Brazil, which provided 35 percent of America’s unroasted coffee supply as of 2023. As U.S. coffee companies navigate the Trump administration’s evolving trade policies, they are likely to seek out new, cheaper markets for coffee beans. “Suddenly, they become less attached to where they source their coffee from,” said João Brites, director of growth and innovation at HowGood, a data platform that helps food companies measure and reduce carbon emissions along their supply chain. 

The problem with that, according to Ortega, is that other countries in the coffee belt, such as Colombia, do not have the production capacity to match Brazil’s and meet U.S. demand for coffee. If the threat of punitive tariffs on Brazil kickstarts an increase in demand for coffee from other countries, that will likely raise prices. For coffee drinkers, “there are very few substitutes,” said Ortega.

These pressures on coffee farmers and buyers are coming after a period of worsening climate impacts. A majority of coffee grown in Brazil — about 60 percent — comes from smallholder farms, grown on about 25 or fewer acres of land. “The current reality they’re operating in is that they’re already very stretched,” particularly because of weather disruptions, said Brites. Coffee grows best in tropical climates, but in recent years unprecedented droughts in Brazil have stunted growers’ yields, forcing exporters to dip into and almost deplete their coffee reserves. Vietnam has been rocked by drought and heat waves — and though robusta beans need less water to grow than arabica beans, making them a relatively climate-resilient crop, growers have also seen their yields decline. (Mullin said she is seeing early signs of harvests rebounding this year.)

Brites speculated that U.S. companies buying from smallholder farms in Brazil may be able to pressure growers into selling their beans at lower prices, adding to the economic precarity that these growers face. “For a lot of these coffee growers, the U.S. is such a big market,” he said, adding that it would take time for them to find new buyers in other markets.

People crowd around charts displaying the "reciprocal tariffs" the Trump administration planned to impose on other countries
Charts showing President Donald Trump’s country-specific “reciprocal tariffs” on April 2 in Washington, DC.
Alex Wong / Getty Images

Growers themselves are worried. Mariana Veloso, a Brazilian coffee producer and exporter, said producers are facing logistical challenges — and anticipating more. “If we want to ship a coffee in the next month, we will probably not be able to,” said Veloso, remarking that sometimes cargo ships holding coffee sit at Brazilian ports for weeks before setting out. Shipping companies seem to be delaying shipments from Brazil, said Veloso, perhaps in anticipation of the looming tariffs.

In the U.S., not every coffee company sources from Brazil or Vietnam. But the Trump administration’s existing 10 percent across-the-board tariffs are still rattling the coffee business. “We source coffees from all around the world. So we’re not immune to anything,” said Kevin Hartley, founder and CEO of Cambio Roasters, an aluminum K-cup coffee brand. He added, “You know, 10 percent here and 30 percent there, that’s not trivial.”

Hartley added that one of the impacts of droughts on coffee growers is that younger farmers worried about the future are considering leaving the business. “In coffee farming families around the world, it’s a tough life and the current generation is showing reticence to take off where their parents began,” he said. 

Regardless of whether the U.S. imposes prohibitive tariffs on individual coffee-growing countries, climate change is already taking a toll on this workforce. “Everyone’s looking for a solution for this,” said Mullin, who believes robusta beans can offer a drought-resistant alternative to the ever-popular arabica beans. 

Copper Cow has even started experimenting with a lesser-known varietal of coffee beans called liberica, which requires even less water to grow than robusta beans. “And it’s delicious,” Mullin said. It’s an extremely labor-intensive crop because the coffee plant grows so tall, but one of the farmer cooperatives she works with is starting to plant them now, thinking the investment will be worth it as temperatures keep rising. 

This new era of environmental, economic, and geopolitical challenges has shaken coffee brands. “Everybody’s wondering, in 50 years, will there be much coffee anymore? People are trying to be really realistic about what that world is going to look like,” said Mullin. In the midst of that broader uncertainty, the impact of Trump’s tariffs is another question only time can answer.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Climate change has sent coffee prices soaring. Trump’s tariffs will send them higher. on Jul 29, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Frida Garza.

]]>
https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/coffee-expensive-climate-change-trump-tariffs-brazil-vietnam/feed/ 0 546631
How Israel became the symbol of Brazil’s Evangelical and far-right movements https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/28/how-israel-became-the-symbol-of-brazils-evangelical-and-far-right-movements/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/28/how-israel-became-the-symbol-of-brazils-evangelical-and-far-right-movements/#respond Mon, 28 Jul 2025 20:21:19 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=335824 Despite the far right's embrace of Israel and the United States, the majority of Brazilians are standing against Israel's attack on Gaza and ethnic cleansing of Palestinians.]]>

Support for Israel’s genocidal slaughter of Palestinians has become a critical political dividing line, not just in the United States, but in countries around the globe. At a recent pro-Donald Trump rally in São Paulo, Brazil, for instance, a protester waving an Israeli flag fought with a man in a Palestinian shirt. In this on-the-ground report, Brazil-based journalist Michael Fox shows how Israel’s US-backed war on Gaza and ethnic cleansing of Palestinians is playing out in South America’s largest country.

Additional resources:

Filming / Post-Production: Michael Fox

Transcript

Michael Fox [Narration]: This is a pro-Donald Trump rally on Avenida Paulista in São Paulo, Brazil. It’s an example of how Israel’s US-backed war on Gaza is playing out in South America’s largest country: the left staunchly in defense of Palestine, the far-right defending Israel and the United States. Both sides have become symbols for their separate causes inside Brazil…

Mauricio Santoro, Political Scientist: In Brazilian domestic politics, people are becoming more identified with Israel or with Palestinian, with the Arab political movements. And it’s more or less a right-left wing fight.

So conservative politicians in Brazil nowadays, they appear in public with Israeli flags of Israeli T-shirts, because Israel is very important to the Brazilian evangelicals, and we’re talking about 30% of the Brazilian population. It’s a very important political group for the presidential election next year. And on the left, the more traditional view is that Brazil should support Palestine.

Michael Fox [Narration]: In mid June thousands of people hit the streets of Sao Paulo in defense of Palestine and in opposition to Israel’s inhumane war on Gaza.

Just days later, evangelicals held the massive March for Jesus, on the same Paulista Avenue. Countless people wore Israeli flags. Among them was Sao Paulo state governor Tarcisio Genro. He is also the most likely conservative candidate to run for the Brazilian presidency next year.

It did not go over well in the country’s Arab community. Brazil has the largest population of people descended from the Middle East in all of Latin America.

Márcio França, Brazilian Minister of Entrepreneurship: The governor of São Paulo humiliated the entire Arab community yesterday. Syrians. Lebanese. We’re talking about millions of people. This is a grave mistake, which has nothing to do with the war. São Paulo is a Brazilian state.

Michael Fox [Narration]: The numbers of evangelicals in Brazil have been rising almost exponentially in recent years. They were a huge force in the election of former far-right president Jair Bolsonaro. And they’re playing an increasingly prominent role in far-right politics in Brazil. For them, the Israeli flag is a symbol. It was front and center at last year’s CPAC Brasil conference.

Jose Fabio Faustino, Devout Evangelical: This Israeli flag… We are from a country, Brazil, that is more than 80%, more than 90% Christian. And the word of God, which is the Bible, says that I will bless those who bless you. So we use the Israeli flag because we bless Israel. We believe that is the Holy Land. That they are the Lord’s chosen people. And we are descended from the olive tree. And we love Israel.

Michael Fox [Narration]: Brazilian Middle East analyst Monique Goldfeld says that in Brazil, the Israel-Palestine conflict has really become a question of internal politics over the last 10 years. 

Monique Sochaczweski Goldfeld, Senior Fellow, Brazilian International Relations Center: We have a political right that is closely linked to evangelical groups that have appropriated an image of Israel that doesn’t necessarily reflect the reality of Israel. I lived in Israel long enough to believe it’s quite different. But they’re using its symbols… The Star of David, the Israeli flag, and political demonstrations. And this has become associated with Jair Bolsonaro.

Michael Fox [Narration]: Former Brazilian president Jair Bolsonaro is the face of the far-right movement in Brazil. He’s Catholic, but he has deep ties to evangelicals. His wife is devout. While in office, Bolsonaro boasted of opening up a new era of relations with Israel. He traveled there, met with Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, and opened up an office for Brazilian trade in Jerusalem.

Bolsonaro, however, is now wearing an ankle bracelet. He’s accused of attempting to orchestrate a coup to remain in power, and is currently standing trial in Brazil. U.S. president Donald Trump responded in defense of his ally, slapping Brazil with 50% tariffs for its lawsuit against Bolsonaro. 

In a shocking partisan attack on Brazil’s independent judicial system, U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio has stripped U.S. visas from the eight Supreme Court justices the United States believes are antagonistic to Bolsonaro. Rubio left Bolsonaro’s allies on the court untouched. 

Meanwhile, many Brazilians have been marching in the streets against the United States, Donald Trump and in defense of Palestine.

Monique Sochaczweski Goldfeld, Middle-East Analyst: Above all, since the war in Gaza, but even before that. It was very common to see keffiyeh or the Palestinian flag at left-wing demonstrations.”

Barbara Sinedino, Rio de Janeiro State Union of Professional Educators: They are annihilating a people through the use of force. Today the Gaza Strip is a humanitarian calamity, because of the Israeli state, which was always supported by U.S. imperialism. But now, it’s even worse. The Trump administration has just opened it all up. Trump wants to make a luxury resort out of the Gaza Strip and he wants to kill the people. He wants to destroy the Palestinian people. So we are here, standing up in the streets.

We need to break political, economic, military relations with Israel. We have to break diplomatic, cultural and sporting relations with Israel. We did this in the era of Apartheid in South Africa and the international blockade was really important in ending apartheid.

Michael Fox [Narration]: President Luiz Inacio Lula da Silva hasn’t broken relations with Israel. But ties between the two countries are at a low. Lula has repeatedly condemned the violence in Palestine.

SOT9: Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva, Brazilian President [CLIP]: Absolutely nothing justifies the terrorist actions perpetrated by Hamas. But we cannot remain indifferent to the genocide perpetrated by Israel in Gaza, the indiscriminate killing of innocent civilians, and the use of starvation as a weapon of war. The solution to this conflict will only be possible with the end of the Israeli occupation and the establishment of a sovereign Palestinian state within the 1967 borders.

Michael Fox [Narration]: Analyst Monique Goldfeld explains how Israel’s war on Gaza is shaping domestic Brazilian politics, similar to the United States… Support for Israel or Palestine lines up along political lines. There’s a powerful evangelical lobby pushing a pro-Israel agenda.

But there are many differences. The number of Brazilians descended from the Middle East is three times larger than in the U.S. And the Jewish population is tiny. 

Monique Sochaczweski Goldfeld: The United States has 300 million people, and 6 million Jews. Brazil has 200 million inhabitants, and 120,000 Jews. It’s a very small community and it’s a community that doesn’t have a lot of political weight, although there are some Brazilian politicians, who are Jewish who are very prominent.

Michael Fox [Narration]: But far beyond the Jewish community… for evangelicals and the country’s far-right, Israel has become a symbol for Jesus, God, religious devotion, and the evangelical movement.

[CLIP]
Reporter: Why are you wearing the Israeli flag?
Protester: Because we are Christians, just like Israel.

Michael Fox [Narration]: While the Left is waving the flag for the Palestinian cause. In a June poll, over half of Brazilians had a disfavorable opinion of Israel. The same month, activists held the largest marches in defense of Palestine that Brazil had ever seen. Tens of thousands in the streets. They say they will not be silent. The situation in Gaza is too dire. The suffering is too great. The thousands of innocent deaths… too many. 

While Brazil has long defended the right of both Israel and Palestine to exist… that does not mean the country will be silent over Israel’s violence in Gaza. Brazil recently announced plans to join the genocide case against Israel in the International Court of Justice. It’s a sign of Brazil’s support for Palestine, both in and outside the government. 

Despite the far-right’s embrace of Israel and the United States, the majority of Brazilians are standing against Israel’s attack on Gaza and the on-going occupation. They are standing in defense of Palestine.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/28/how-israel-became-the-symbol-of-brazils-evangelical-and-far-right-movements/feed/ 0 546551
CPJ, partners publish report on threats to community journalism in Guatemala https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/28/cpj-partners-publish-report-on-threats-to-community-journalism-in-guatemala/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/28/cpj-partners-publish-report-on-threats-to-community-journalism-in-guatemala/#respond Mon, 28 Jul 2025 16:12:23 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=500654 The Committee to Protect Journalists joined seven other press freedom and human rights organizations—including ARTICLE 19 Mexico and Central America, Reporters Without Borders, and Protection International—in releasing a report documenting systemic threats to community journalism in Guatemala.

The report is based on a fact-finding mission carried out between October 2024 and January 2025, with investigators interviewing dozens of community journalists, indigenous radio station workers, and civil society representatives across nine departments in Guatemala.

The mission identified a pattern of serious and persistent threats, including legal harassment; violence; intimidation; gender-based attacks; structural racism, particularly against indigenous women journalists; and surveillance by both local authorities and private actors, among other threats.

Among its key recommendations, the report urges authorities to implement the Inter-American Court of Human Rights ruling on indigenous community radio, develop tailored protection mechanisms for community journalists, and formally recognize the legitimacy of community media outlets.

Read an executive summary of the report in English and Español.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/28/cpj-partners-publish-report-on-threats-to-community-journalism-in-guatemala/feed/ 0 546522
Gaza: Global community must act amid reports of starvation of journalists, says IPI https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/26/gaza-global-community-must-act-amid-reports-of-starvation-of-journalists-says-ipi/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/26/gaza-global-community-must-act-amid-reports-of-starvation-of-journalists-says-ipi/#respond Sat, 26 Jul 2025 00:07:41 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=117809 By Jamie Wiseman

The International Press Institute (IPI) has joined calls for urgent action to halt the unfolding humanitarian crisis in Gaza as global news organisations warn that their journalists there are experiencing starvation.

Israel must immediately allow life-saving food aid to reach journalists and other civilians in Gaza, IPI said in a statement today.

“The international community must also put effective pressure on Israel to allow all journalists to enter and exit the territory and to document the ongoing catastrophe,”it said.

In an unprecedented joint statement this week, the Associated Press, Agence France-Presse, BBC News, and Reuters — four of the world’s leading news agencies — said their journalists on the ground “are increasingly unable to feed themselves and their families”.

The news outlets added: “Journalists endure many deprivations and hardships in warzones. We are deeply alarmed that the threat of starvation is now one of them.”

Separately, Al Jazeera Media Network said in a statement that journalists on the ground “now find themselves fighting for their own survival” due to mass starvation.

Harrowing accounts
AFP and Al Jazeera journalists shared harrowing accounts of conditions on the ground.

One AFP photographer was quoted as saying, “I no longer have the strength to work for the media. My body is thin and I can’t work anymore.”

Al Jazeera Arabic’s Gaza correspondent said he was “drowning in hunger”.

In an interview with NPR, AFP global news director Phil Chetwynd said that the news agency had been working to evacuate its remaining contributors from Gaza, which requires Israeli permission.

The dramatic warnings come as more than 100 international humanitarian organisations said that mass starvation in Gaza was now threatening the lives of humanitarian aid workers themselves, while the civilian death toll continues to rise.


Gaza under siege — a journalist reports on daily survival   Video: Al Jazeera

Meanwhile, Israel continues to refuse to allow international reporters into Gaza to report and cover the war and humanitarian situation independently, obstructing the free flow of news and limiting coverage of the humanitarian crisis.

The ongoing conflict has taken a devastating toll on journalists and media outlets in Gaza.

Highest media death toll
Since October 2023, at least 186 journalists and media workers have been killed in Gaza — Al Jazeera puts the figure as at least 230 — the West Bank, Israel, and Lebanon, according to monitoring by the Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ).

This is the largest number of journalists to be killed in any armed conflict in this span of time.

Independent investigations such as those conducted by Forbidden Stories have found more than a dozen cases in which journalists were intentionally targeted and killed by the Israeli military — which constitutes a war crime under international law.

IPI has made repeated calls, in conjunction with its partners, urging the international community to take immediate measures to protect journalists and allow unimpeded access to the strip from international media.

Today, IPI has strongly and urgently reiterated these calls, as humanitarian conditions in Gaza rapidly deteriorate and as journalists and other civilians face man-made starvation.

The international community must use all diplomatic means at its disposal to pressure Israel to ensure the safe flow of food aid to journalists and other civilians, said IPI in a statement.

“The response by the international community in this critical moment could be the difference between life and death. There is no more time to lose,” IPI said.

RSF warnings over Gaza
In Paris, Reporters Without Borders (RSF) reports that for nearly two years it has warned about the precarious conditions faced by journalists in Gaza — which are deteriorating day by day.

Over the past 20 months in Gaza, more than 200 journalists have been killed by the Israeli army, including at least 46 slain while doing their job,” RSF said today in a statement.

“In addition to bombs, forced displacement, and dire humanitarian conditions, Gaza’s journalists, who are the only ones able to document what is happening in the besieged and closed-off enclave, can no longer find food,” the statement said.

“In response to this catastrophe, RSF reiterates its call to open up Gaza to foreign journalists and lift the blockade, in a joint appeal with over 200 media outlets and organisations from around the world.”

Jamie Wiseman is a journalist of the Vienna-based International Press Institute.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/26/gaza-global-community-must-act-amid-reports-of-starvation-of-journalists-says-ipi/feed/ 0 546283
Governments at ISA must Establish a Moratorium on Deep-Sea Mining, Reaffirm Authority over International Seabed Lies Collectively With All States https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/25/governments-at-isa-must-establish-a-moratorium-on-deep-sea-mining-reaffirm-authority-over-international-seabed-lies-collectively-with-all-states/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/25/governments-at-isa-must-establish-a-moratorium-on-deep-sea-mining-reaffirm-authority-over-international-seabed-lies-collectively-with-all-states/#respond Fri, 25 Jul 2025 23:18:47 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/governments-at-isa-must-establish-a-moratorium-on-deep-sea-mining-reaffirm-authority-over-international-seabed-lies-collectively-with-all-states The 30th session of the International Seabed Authority (ISA) concluded today, with governments continuing to fall short in protecting the deep sea. While politicians from Palau, France and Panama attended to rally the international community, greater efforts are needed from more governments to put a legal barrier between mining machines and the deep ocean.

Upcoming ISA meetings must secure a moratorium and leave no room for rushed attempts to adopt a Mining Code. Recent developments have made it clear that outstanding political and scientific concerns cannot be hastily resolved under external or industry-driven pressure.

Greenpeace International campaigner Louisa Casson, who attended the meeting, said: “Governments have yet to rise to the moment. They remain disconnected from global concerns and the pressing need for courageous leadership to protect the deep ocean. We call on the international community to rise up and defend multilateralism against rogue actors like The Metals Company. Governments must respond by establishing a moratorium and reaffirming that authority over the international seabed lies collectively with all States—for the benefit of humanity as a whole."

While calls for a moratorium on deep sea mining have not yet gained global consensus, they continue to gain momentum, supported by compelling arguments from a diverse group of countries. Croatia became the 38th government calling for a precautionary pause, moratorium or ban on deep sea mining.

On Tuesday, His Excellency Surangel S. Whipps Jr., President of the Republic of Palau, addressed the Assembly, drawing attention to persistent efforts and intense pressure from the industry to rush the negotiations and finalise a Mining Code. He stated: “Exploiting the seabed is not a necessity – it is a choice. And it is reckless. It is gambling with the future of Pacific Island children, who will inherit the dire consequences of decisions made far from their shores”

In the first meeting of the ISA since The Metals Company (TMC) submitted the world’s first-ever application to commercially mine the international seabed, governments at the ISA Council responded by launching an investigation into whether mining contractors, including TMC’s subsidiaries Nauru Ocean Resources Inc. (NORI) and Tonga Offshore Mining Limited (TOML), are complying with contractual obligations to act following the international legal framework.

Olivier Poivre d'Arvor, speaking on behalf of the French government, defended multilateralism and reaffirmed France’s call for a moratorium: “Our message is clear: no deep-sea mining without science, without collective legitimacy, without equity [...] France is calling for a moratorium or a precautionary pause. What for? Because we refuse to mortgage the future for a few nodules extracted in a hurry, in favour of a few”.

Pacific Leader representing Solomon Island, addressed the ISA Assembly, she said: “As Pacific people, we continue to carry the trauma of what extractive industries have already done to our homes. Mining companies that came with promises, stripped our lands and waters, and left behind ecological, cultural, and spiritual scars. We cannot let that cycle repeat itself, in the ocean that connects us. That sustains us. And that defines us”.

Greenpeace warns that unilateral action to start deep sea mining risks triggering conflict and undermining decades-old agreements and norms that have guided state behaviour in the global ocean. In response, governments must act by establishing a moratorium and reaffirming that authority over the international seabed lies collectively with all nations—for the benefit of humankind as a whole.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/25/governments-at-isa-must-establish-a-moratorium-on-deep-sea-mining-reaffirm-authority-over-international-seabed-lies-collectively-with-all-states/feed/ 0 546304
Defending Their Land: Traditional Black communities resist Brazil’s Alcântara Space Center https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/25/defending-their-land-traditional-black-communities-resist-brazils-alcantara-space-center/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/25/defending-their-land-traditional-black-communities-resist-brazils-alcantara-space-center/#respond Fri, 25 Jul 2025 18:05:36 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=335791 After decades of threats, the Brazilian government has finally recognized Alcântara Quilombo Territory. This is episode 59 of Stories of Resistance.]]>

On the Northeastern Brazilian coast, in the region of Alcântara, Maranhão, there are dozens of traditional villages of Black communities. Their families have lived here for generations — farming and fishing. They are known as quilombos. These villages were founded by their ancestors, who were either freed or who escaped enslavement on the plantations of Brazil.

There are thousands of quilombos across Brazil. But only a small number have the titles to their lands. And many are under threat from development projects, resource extraction, Big Ag, and real estate. This was the story in Alcântara, where these communities have faced removal and threats from Brazil’s Alcântara Space Center. 

But they have fought back.

This is episode 59 of Stories of Resistance—a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

Sign up for the Stories of Resistance podcast feed, either in Spotify, Apple Podcasts, Spreaker, or wherever you listen.

Please consider supporting this podcast and Michael Fox’s reporting on his Patreon account: patreon.com/mfox. There you can also see exclusive pictures, video, and interviews. 

Written and produced by Michael Fox.

Transcript

On the Northeastern Brazilian coast,

In the region of Alcântara, Maranhao… 

there are dozens of traditional villages of Black communities. 

Their families have lived here for generations.

Farming and fishing. The ocean… the main source of sustenance. 

They are known as quilombos.

These villages were founded by their ancestors 

who were either freed or who escaped enslavement on the plantations of Brazil

Today, more than a million people around the country self-identify as quilombolas or quilombo residents.

There are thousands of quilombos across Brazil.

But only a small number have the titles to their lands.

And many are under threat from development projects, resource extraction, Big Ag, and real estate.

This was the story in Alcântara.

See…. Here, in the early 1980s, Brazil’s military dictatorship built the Alcântara Space Center. 

Near the equator, this was a prime site for launching rockets into space.

But in order to do it, they had to remove the quilombo communities that lived on the land. 

300 families were taken from their ancestral homes

And moved to new inland villages far from the coast…

Far from their means of survival.

Far from the ocean…

Community residents still remember how hard it was….

Many quilombos were left outside the boundaries of the new launch site.

And they were allowed to stay….  For the time being. 

But they remained under constant threat. 

Years. Decades under the threat of removal

When the Alcântara Space Center would eventually expand…

The community of Mamuna would be the first to go.

But they and their neighbors would not go quietly.

They began to organize.

They joined with the other quilombos in the region. 

[MUSIC]

In 2019, however, the United States and Brazil signed an agreement over the launch site

They promised expansion, igniting old concerns.

But the residents would not go quietly.

They spoke out. They lobbied in Brasilia.

They brought their case in defense of their territory before the InterAmerican Court of Human Rights. And the court ruled in their favor.

Finally… 

In 2024, the government of president Luiz Inacio Lula da Silva

Officially recognized the nearly 800 square kilometers of Alcantara Quilombo Territory 

And committed to giving the quilombo communities the titles to their land.

Community residents say their struggle is not over yet. 

But they are hopeful.

Resistance over decades in defense of their ancestral homes and communities.

Resistance. Unity. Hope and success…

Hi folks, thanks for listening. I’m your host Michael Fox.

I visited quilombo communities in Alcantara back in 2019 and did some reporting for The Real News and other outlets. I’ll add a link in the show notes.

As always, if you like what you hear and enjoy this podcast, please consider becoming a subscriber on my Patreon. It’s only a few dollars a month. I have a ton of exclusive content there, only available to my supporters. And every supporter really makes a difference.

This is episode 59 of Stories of Resistance, a podcast series co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review.

Thanks for listening. See you next time.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/25/defending-their-land-traditional-black-communities-resist-brazils-alcantara-space-center/feed/ 0 546228
CPJ, 35 others urge Israel to allow free movement of journalists in and out of Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/25/cpj-35-others-urge-israel-to-allow-free-movement-of-journalists-in-and-out-of-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/25/cpj-35-others-urge-israel-to-allow-free-movement-of-journalists-in-and-out-of-gaza/#respond Fri, 25 Jul 2025 16:19:12 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=500627 CPJ joined 35 members of the International News Safety Institute in a July 25 letter calling for Israel to respect the freedom of movement of journalists. 

The joint letter called for Israeli authorities to allow Gazan journalists and their families – many of whom, like the rest of the population, are starving and facing extraordinary challenges to their health and ability to report – to leave Gaza, and allow other journalists to enter Gaza to continue their work. Nearly two years into the war, no international journalists have independently been able to access Gaza.

“Protecting those who report from conflict is a duty shared by all,” the letter said. “Our local journalists have done their jobs with unimaginable resilience and bravery. Letting them leave Gaza if they wish to do so and allowing others in to offer respite and continue their work is a humanitarian obligation we cannot ignore.”

Read the full letter here.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/25/cpj-35-others-urge-israel-to-allow-free-movement-of-journalists-in-and-out-of-gaza/feed/ 0 546194
CPJ calls for Kyrgyzstan probe into 2020 death of CPJ award winner Askarov https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/24/cpj-calls-for-kyrgyzstan-probe-into-2020-death-of-cpj-award-winner-askarov/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/24/cpj-calls-for-kyrgyzstan-probe-into-2020-death-of-cpj-award-winner-askarov/#respond Thu, 24 Jul 2025 18:50:34 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=500493 New York, July 24, 2025—The Committee to Protect Journalists calls on Kyrgyz authorities to conduct a thorough, independent investigation into the circumstances surrounding journalist Azimjon Askarov’s death, ahead of the fifth anniversary of his passing on Friday.   

Authorities have stated that Askarov died in prison on July 25, 2020, from complications related to COVID-19. But they have failed to adequately respond to credible allegations that the 69-year-old was denied adequate medical care prior to his death, which followed years of declining health and insufficient treatment in jail.

“Five years have passed, and Kyrgyz authorities have yet to answer key questions about the death of the journalist and human rights defender Azimjon Askarov,” said CPJ Europe and Central Asia Senior Researcher Anna Brakha. “We call on the government to deliver justice by conducting a transparent investigation into the circumstances surrounding both his detention and death.” 

Askarov, who contributed to independent outlets including Fergana and Voice of Freedom, was arrested in June 2010 after reporting on human rights abuses during deadly interethnic clashes in southern Kyrgyzstan. 

In September 2010, he was given a life sentence in a trial that was widely rejected as unfair, particularly as he was tortured by the police. Amnesty International condemned the charges as “fabricated and politically motivated.” Askarov was one of dozens of ethnic Uzbeks convicted for their alleged involvement in the violence.

In 2012, CPJ honored Askarov with its International Press Freedom Award and published a special report that found that Askarov was being punished in retaliation for his reporting on corrupt and abusive police and prosecutors.

CPJ emphasizes that without justice in Askarov’s case, press freedom in Kyrgyzstan remains in jeopardy. Since President Sadyr Japarov came to power in 2020, Kyrgyz authorities have launched an unprecedented crackdown on the independent press, shuttering critical outlets and jailing independent journalists.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Lauren Wolfe.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/24/cpj-calls-for-kyrgyzstan-probe-into-2020-death-of-cpj-award-winner-askarov/feed/ 0 546026
Israel is changing the legal system governing the West Bank to accelerate annexation: report https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/24/israel-is-changing-the-legal-system-governing-the-west-bank-to-accelerate-annexation-report/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/24/israel-is-changing-the-legal-system-governing-the-west-bank-to-accelerate-annexation-report/#respond Thu, 24 Jul 2025 17:33:43 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=335752 The Israeli army, which set up a checkpoint in Tulkarm Refugee Camp, allows Palestinians to take items from their homes after checking their identity cards in Tulkarm, West Bank on July 6, 2025. Photo by Nedal Eshtayah/Anadolu via Getty ImagesNetanyahu’s government is building on a long-standing legal matrix to accelerate Israel’s de facto annexation in the West Bank.]]> The Israeli army, which set up a checkpoint in Tulkarm Refugee Camp, allows Palestinians to take items from their homes after checking their identity cards in Tulkarm, West Bank on July 6, 2025. Photo by Nedal Eshtayah/Anadolu via Getty Images

This story originally appeared in Mondoweiss on July 24, 2025. It is shared here with permission.

Israel is accelerating its efforts to cement its permanent control over the West Bank through a number of sweeping legal and institutional changes, according to a new report from Adalah, The Legal Center for Arab Minority Rights in Israel.

The 87-page report, Legal Structures of Distinction, Separation, and Territorial Domination, describes the ways in which the Netanyahu government is rapidly building on a long-standing legal matrix that further threatens Palestinians’ right to self-determination. 

“These developments are not something new to us,” Dr. Suhad Bishara, Legal Director of Adalah and lead author of the report, told Mondoweiss. “All eyes are on Gaza, justifiably so,” she said. “However… it is important to highlight the intensity of the structural changes that have taken place since the current government took over in December 2022.”

“What is happening in the West Bank is dangerously fast-forwarding annexation policies in a blatant violation of international law,” Bishara said. “Israel is intensifying measures to change the status of the West Bank, the status of many Palestinians living in Area C who are subject to intensified displacement induced by settler violence and Israeli policies.” She said, “This is in addition to settler expansion and further restrictions on Palestinian development in the area.”

Thoroughly researched and footnoted, the report documents how the current extremist government has built on what Adalah describes as “foundational mechanisms through which Israel has entrenched a land regime that facilitates territorial domination and racial segregation.” 

Area C comprises over 60 percent of the West Bank, and is under full Israeli military control. 

Here are the mechanisms of territorial domination Adalah examines in these areas.

Civilian governance for Israeli settlers; military rule over Palestinians

Beginning in the late 1970s, Israel abandoned its security-based justifications for approving settlements and adopted a policy based on civil, not military grounds. The report describes how, soon after, the Civil Administration — the Israeli body governing the West Bank — was established to formalize the division between military and civilian affairs.

As a result, “Israel has steadily transferred governance over Israeli settlers in the West Bank from military to civilian control, entrenching permanent territorial dominance and greatly expanding the settlement enterprise,” according to the report.

Most recently, structural reforms — such as the appointment of Bezalel Smotrich to serve as both Finance Minister and a Minister in the Defense Ministry — have resulted in increasing legal authority for the pro-settler civil servants working with Smotrich in the West Bank. These reforms have cemented the two distinct legal structures that govern life in Palestinian villages and Israeli settlements: the former, in which the military rules, and the latter, administered according to Israeli law. 

1. Administration by local authorities

Adalah’s report dives into the weeds as it describes one of the more concerning mechanisms that reveals Israel’s intent to annex the whole of the West Bank. Having transitioned the settlements from military administration to civilian rule — and having handed over significant legal and administrative decision-making to pro-settler civil servants — Israel can argue that the settlements operate now under Israeli sovereignty. But applying Israeli law in occupied territory, Adalah maintains, is a violation of international human rights law and constitutes “a measure of de facto annexation.” 

2. Financial incentives for settlements 

Readers of the report won’t be surprised to learn that, as Adalah writes, “Israeli settlements receive extensive financial benefits through direct government subsidies, preferential policies, and financial incentives… [covering] multiple sectors, including land allocation, housing, infrastructure, and agriculture.” 

Still, it is remarkable—as documented in the Adalah report—how in contravention of international law, Israel continues each year to pour billions of shekels into the development of settlements in the West Bank. Readers of the report will learn of “the legal mechanisms behind these incentives and how Israeli law facilitates their distribution.” 

3. Declaring State land 

According to Adalah, Israel’s designation of State Land in the West Bank is “the primary legal mechanism through which Israeli authorities have taken possession of Palestinian land since the late 1970s.” Those already familiar with Israel’s use of this means of de facto annexation will be surprised by the extraordinary amount of Palestinian land so designated. The report includes information obtained by Peace Now through a Freedom of Information Act request that shows a shocking fact: in under a one-year period, Israel has designated more Palestinian land as State Land than it had in an 18-year period.

From 1998 to 2016, just over 21,000 dunams were declared as State Land. But in just over nine months (from the end of February 2024 through early December 2024), over 24,200 dunams were declared as State Land. This acceleration is historically unprecedented.

The planning system in Area C

Adalah includes an entire section on the legal and structural framework in place in Area C to further expand Israel’s settlement project, fulfilling one of the Netanyahu government’s guiding principles shared the day before his swearing-in as Prime Minister in December 2022: “The Jewish people have an exclusive and inalienable right to all parts of the Land of Israel,” promising to expand settlements throughout “Judea and Samaria,” the Israeli term for the occupied West Bank. 

Paralleling the judgments of the ICJ, UN experts, and international, Palestinian, and Israeli human rights groups, the report ends by listing the five international crimes that Adalah finds Israel guilt of: violations of International Humanitarian Law; the deepening of the illegal mechanism of de facto annexation; the denial of Palestinian people’s right to self-determination; the deepening of the apartheid system in the occupied Palestinian territory; and the commission of war crimes and crimes of aggression on the part of Israel.

The most recent newsletter from Ir Amim, an Israeli NGO, describes Israel’s expanding control over illegally annexed East Jerusalem. Asked to comment, Tess Miller, Public Outreach staff at Ir Amim (“City of Nations” or “City of Peoples” in Hebrew) told Mondoweiss that “the mechanisms of displacement that we monitor and advocate against within Jerusalem are not separate from the mechanisms seen today in Gaza and the West Bank.”

“What we are witnessing,” Miller said, “time after time, place after place, is violent control granted to those willing to advance the state’s agenda of expanding Jewish presence and diminishing Palestinian presence.” Ir Amim’s newsletter documents home demolitions, evictions, and starkly discriminatory housing and land confiscation policies.

“Together,” Miller said, “they all contribute to the accelerating erasure of the Palestinian people from their own cities, neighborhoods, and lands — enabled by the complicity of an increasingly radicalized Israeli public and the international community’s persistent refusal to take meaningful action.”

According to Adalah’s Dr. Bishara, it is hoped that the Adalah report, read by advocates for Palestinian rights, stakeholders, and states alike, “will generate international pressure against these long-term changes in the West Bank that violate international law and threaten the right of the Palestinian people to self-determination.”


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Jeff Wright.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/24/israel-is-changing-the-legal-system-governing-the-west-bank-to-accelerate-annexation-report/feed/ 0 546012
Chris Smalls: Sabotage attempts and death threats won’t stop Gaza Freedom Flotilla https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/23/chris-smalls-sabotage-attempts-and-death-threats-wont-stop-gaza-freedom-flotilla/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/23/chris-smalls-sabotage-attempts-and-death-threats-wont-stop-gaza-freedom-flotilla/#respond Wed, 23 Jul 2025 20:47:40 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=335717 Co-founder and former president of the Amazon Labor Union Chris Smalls (Center) addresses a press conference on the Freedom Flotilla ship "Handala" ahead of the boat's departure for Gaza at a port in Syracuse, Sicily, southern Italy, on July 13, 2025.“We're getting close to where Israeli forces intercepted the Madleen,” says labor leader Chris Smalls from on board the Gaza Flotilla Ship Handala. “We could face the same fate of going to Israel's prison… but we are well aware and we are ready.”]]> Co-founder and former president of the Amazon Labor Union Chris Smalls (Center) addresses a press conference on the Freedom Flotilla ship "Handala" ahead of the boat's departure for Gaza at a port in Syracuse, Sicily, southern Italy, on July 13, 2025.

More than a hundred aid organizations warned Wednesday that “mass starvation” is spreading in Gaza, as Israel’s genocidal ethnic cleansing of Palestinians reaches an unspeakable turning point. As the crisis of humanity deepens, another Gaza Freedom Flotilla has set sail in the hopes of breaking Israel’s blockade and bringing life-saving supplies to the besieged Gaza Strip. Calling from the Handala ship while en route to Gaza, American labor organizer Chris Smalls, co-founder and former president of the Amazon Labor Union, speaks with TRNN editor-in-chief Maximillian Alvarez about the threats and sabotage attempts the Freedom Flotilla has already faced on its journey—and why that won’t deter the crew from their humanitarian mission.

Additional resources:

Credits:

  • Studio Production: Maximillian Alvarez
  • Post-Production: David Hebden
Transcript

The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

Maximillian Alvarez:

Israel’s US backed genocidal ethnic cleansing of Palestinians and Gaza is reaching an unspeakable turning point. The Israeli government is deliberately starving millions of civilians, men, women, children, seniors, Palestinians, who are on the brink of death, desperate for any scrap of sustenance are being lured to so-called aid distribution sites administered by the so-called Gaza Humanitarian Foundation, which is headquartered here in the us, and then they’re being summarily slaughtered by Israeli forces. More than a hundred aid organizations warned today that mass starvation was spreading in Gaza and aid workers are themselves among those suffering from the lack of adequate food. People are collapsing in the streets according to the United Nations Humanitarian Agency. Four children were among the 15 people who died from severe malnutrition in the last 24 hours. According to NBC news. As the crisis of humanity deepens another Gaza Freedom Flotilla has set sail in the hopes of breaking Israel’s blockade and bringing lifesaving supplies to the besieged Gaza Strip.

And Chris Smalls, American labor organizer, co-founder and former president of the Amazon Labor Union is among the peace activists who are on board the ship as we speak. And Chris is calling us from the Honah right now. Chris, thank you so much for joining us, man. I really, really appreciate it. I wanted to start by asking if you could just talk us through why you decided to join the Gaza Freedom Flotilla and what it could possibly feel like for you right now, sailing towards a place where a genocide is happening and you know that the forces that are carrying it out are going to try to stop you.

Chris Smalls:

Yeah, thank you. Thank you for having me, and thank you for amplifying this important subject right now, which is Gaza. That’s the main focus. And as a labor leader, as you mentioned, as a tax paying US citizen whose tax paying dollars is going towards the slaughtering of nearly half a million people in less than two years, I can no longer be complicit or participate in. And as a labor leader once again, I decided to join the ELA mission. Like many others, I was inspired by the Madeline. I’ve known many of the activists that’s on the Madeline Thunberg is a comrade is mine, Yasmeen is a comrade is mine. Thiago comrade is mine. I met over the past years of my travels and for me, I already signed up months ago and I knew I was ready to go out there and try to make a difference in any way possible, even putting my life on the line right now as we speak.

You know that this, as you mentioned, this is one of the most dangerous militaries in the world, the most monstrous, inhumane military in the world. They have been known in 2010, they jumped on the Flo Tiller and killed 10 of the activists. So just knowing that that’s at risk, I knew that this is something that’s very important for the times that we are. It’s a really dark time in humanity, and I just once again, can’t stand on the wrong side of history. I want to be on the right side of history and enjoy the picket line. The people of Gaza is a working class issue, and we have to be on the right side of the picket line.

Maximillian Alvarez:

Hell yeah, man. That’s I think, beautifully and powerfully put. And I wanted to talk about what it’s going to be like for y’all as you get closer in a minute, but I wanted to first talk about what it was like just getting started for you guys because just hours before the Freedom Flotilla was going to set sail from the Italian port of Gallipoli, two attempts of sabotage on the ship were made. Can you tell us what happened?

Chris Smalls:

Yeah, of course. We have 24 7 watts. I take shifts. Everybody takes a shift, do two hour watches throughout the night, throughout the day, and even with the 24 7 watch in past missions. This is mission number 37. For those who don’t know, this is boat number 37, and this has been happening since 2008 and past attempts, they have sent scuba divers, they have done things to sabotage. They just dropped a bomb on the last mission last month in Malta. They have done things to sabotage these missions before we even take place or set cell on sea. And Israel has announced to their media and to their audience that they were going to do anything in their power to try to stop us from leaving Italy. So we woke up the morning to set cell as normal, and we, surprisingly, as we were doing our check around the boat to check making sure that the donations and everything that we receive are safe, nothing, no contraband, things like that, no weapons, anything like that was given to us.

And yeah, our captain and our crew discovered or wrote that was professionally tied to the rotor. It wasn’t a normal rope. It wasn’t a rope that can sometimes be picked up at sea when you’re traveling across. That happens sometimes. This was deliberately tied. And then the second attempt was we have to have a fresh tank of water so that we can take showers and wash our hands in the sink and even cook our food. And instead of getting fresh tank of water, we got a tank of acid, ro acid, which would’ve corroded our pipes, and more importantly, it would’ve probably killed and burned all 21 of us and unli us. So thank God we were able to catch that, and it delayed us two hours, but we were able to once again, managed to get out to see, despite their attempts, nothing was going to deter us. And yeah, we’re now, we’re three to four days out from Gaza Seaport. We’re getting close to where Israeli forces intercepted the Madeline. And yeah, we could face the same fate of going to Israel’s prison once again. But we are well aware and we are ready. We’re prepared for all of that.

Maximillian Alvarez:

You and I have talked many times before we’ve even done events together here in Baltimore, and it’s no secret that you’ve had some of the most powerful forces in the world coming after you, including Amazon and Jeff Bezos. Do you feel like that’s prepared you to take this level of threat on or does this feel like even more terrifying than anything you’ve faced?

Chris Smalls:

No, it’s the same amount of threat. I was the Amazon whistleblower for COVID, which was a life or death situation, and here I am again putting my life on the line. This is a life or death situation. Amazon is deliberately attached to this genocide. For those who don’t know, the Iron Dome is Amazon. It’s ran by AWS, ran by Amazon Web Services. They are the intelligence that is used to target and surveil and kill innocent Palestinians, specifically women and children. So if you’re supporting the Amazon, you are absolutely supporting genocide.

Maximillian Alvarez:

Well, I want to end on that note and ask if you have final messages to anyone watching this about what they can do to not be complicit in this genocide, what they can do to fight against it, what they can do to ensure the safety of the freedom flotilla as you guys try to bring lifesaving aid to starving people in Gaza.

Chris Smalls:

Yeah. Well, everybody should know that we have 21 passengers on board. All civilians, all activists, all volunteers. One third of the crew is Americans, but this hasn’t been done in recent times. Three of us are New Yorkers, myself included. And for the US citizens that are watching this, your tax paying dollars are going towards this genocide, whether you like it or not. So you can either be complicit or participate or once again, you can speak up and use anything in your power because we all have a role to play. And I encourage everybody to reach out to your US representatives, whoever they may be, progress it or not left or right and try to amplify to keep all eyes on the honah because that’s what’s going to keep us safe as Americans, as volunteers on this mission, that anything can happen to us, that Israel has no jurisdiction or international waters.

Everything that we’re doing is legal legally deemed by the International Court of Justice last year. And they have no right to intercept us or kidnap us and take us to prison. We are not setting set for Israel. We’re going to Palestine, and we need everybody to know the facts and the truth and use whatever platform you can to amplify that, to keep our eyes on us. And once again, raise hell and raise your voices, raise your social media platforms, share, tweet, whatever you can do to keep us safe. And hopefully we can have a safe passes and I can see you guys back at home.

Maximillian Alvarez:

I have to ask this last question, ma’am, because you mentioned that you’re aware of the very real threats to your safety and even to your life on this mission. If this is your last mission, what do you want your message to the world to be with this mission?

Chris Smalls:

Well, obviously as a father, the one thing I don’t want to happen is my kids being in the world that we live in right now. Every time a Palestinian child dies, a piece of humanity dies with it. And that’s words of Diago who was on the Mad League, and that’s real. We should be ashamed to sit by and stand by and watch these innocent people be slaughtered every day, live stream. And I had enough of it. Every day I opened up my Instagram. Every day I opened up my Twitter or any social media platform, all we see is death. And I know as a father, as a civilian, I can’t stand with it. And it could be my last time talking or last time being on a mission forever. But I hope that people will remember and know that once again, this is a world that we do not want to live in, and that’s what we have to fight for humanity. Gaza is showing us how to love.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Maximillian Alvarez.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/23/chris-smalls-sabotage-attempts-and-death-threats-wont-stop-gaza-freedom-flotilla/feed/ 0 545843
Yes, goddamnit, it’s genocide!: A conversation with Norman Solomon https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/23/yes-goddamnit-its-genocide-a-conversation-with-norman-solomon/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/23/yes-goddamnit-its-genocide-a-conversation-with-norman-solomon/#respond Wed, 23 Jul 2025 20:03:11 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=335704 Palestinians carrying pans, gather to receive hot meals, distributed by a charity organization in Gaza City, where residents are struggling to access food due to the ongoing Israeli blockade and attacks in Gaza City, Gaza on July 23, 2025. Photo by Saeed M. M. T. Jaras/Anadolu via Getty ImagesPundits like Bret Stephens continue to deny the reality of Israel’s genocide against Palestinians in Gaza even as that genocide is unfolding in front of our eyes and on our screens.]]> Palestinians carrying pans, gather to receive hot meals, distributed by a charity organization in Gaza City, where residents are struggling to access food due to the ongoing Israeli blockade and attacks in Gaza City, Gaza on July 23, 2025. Photo by Saeed M. M. T. Jaras/Anadolu via Getty Images

“With only rare exceptions,” Norman Solomon writes, “US news media and members of Congress continue to dodge the reality of genocide against Palestinians in Gaza, normalizing atrocities on a mass scale.” How did we end up in this Orwellian situation, where the reality of genocide is so thoroughly denied by pundits and politicians even as that genocide is unfolding in front of our eyes? How do we combat this level of inhumane violence and propaganda? Solomon, co-founder of Roots Action, joins The Marc Steiner Show for an urgent discussion about Israel’s manufactured genocide of Palestinians and how the media manufactures consent to, at best, hide and, at worst, justify Israel’s heinous actions.

Guests:

Additional resources:

Credits:

  • Producer: Rosette Sewali
  • Studio Production: David Hebden
  • Audio Post-Production: Stephen Frank
Transcript

The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

Marc Steiner:

Welcome to The Marc Steiner Show here on The Real News. I’m Marc Steiner. It’s great to have you all with us again.

As we begin this conversation, let me give you the grim reality of what’s happening in Gaza as we tape this conversation. Over 58,000 Gazans, the vast majority of whom are non-combatants, women, and children, have been killed, 140,000 wounded, 370,000 buildings severely damaged, 79,000 destroyed altogether. And Gazans are being pushed into smaller and smaller corners of an already small land, no running water, illness spreading, and there’s mass starvation. As someone who over the last 57 years has been working for peace and a two-state solution or some form of dwelling together, this is absolutely devastating.

And as we see the right rising in the Holy Land, in Israel, it’s also taking hold here in the United States, and we’re on a precipice here in the good old United States of America where neofascism is rising. And our guest covers that deeply. He quotes Congressman Ro Khanna, who said, “What’s going on is chilling. They’re banning all international students from coming to Harvard. Think about that. All foreign students banned. They could do this in other universities. They have fired seven of the 18 directors of the NIH, totally dismantling future medical research in our country. It dismantled the FDA, firing people who approve new drugs. They’re systematically firing people at the FAA, the Arab Administration. They’re openly talking about defying the United States Supreme Court orders. J.D. Vance just said, justify the orders they’re calling the universities the enemy. This is very chilling.” That was Ro Khanna’s quote.

So today, we talk with Norman Solomon. Norman Solomon is the co-founder of rootsaction.org. He’s the executive director of the Institute for Public Accuracy and the author of numerous books, including War Made Easy: How Presidents and Pundits Keep Spinning us to Death, and War Made Invisible: How America Hides the Human Toll of the Military Machine. His website is www.normansolomon.com — That’s Solomon with all Os — And he has incredibly detailed well-written articles, and joins us now.

So great, Norman, it’s good to see you. Glad you’re here. Welcome.

Norman Solomon:

Thanks a lot, Marc.

Marc Steiner:

You’ve been doing — That’s what you do, you write. But you’ve been doing a lot of writing both about Israel-Palestine and about what’s going on with the Democrats, and it really feels as if, on both fronts, the state of the Democratic Party and the horrendous slaughter taking place in Gaza, that we are on a precipice, I think, in some ways deeper and more dangerous than ones that I’ve noticed in a long time.

Norman Solomon:

It’s hard to fathom. There are so many layers of it, to be in a country, the United States, that literally makes possible an ongoing genocide. It’s not a metaphor, it’s not an exaggeration. This is genocide going on. And yet, we’re living in that country that, under President Biden and now under President Trump, is literally enabling it, giving the weapons to make it all possible, and really the political support to enable it as well.

And then we have the domestic repression that, really, I’m in my mid-70s now, I can’t remember it ever being this bad, even in the depths of the Nixon administration and the crackdowns, the class war, the repression, the disappearances, the troops, I want to say, often with their faces covered, their identities. This is the kind of authoritarian regime that we would have nightmares for. It can’t happen here, but it is happening. So in terms of foreign policy, in terms of what’s happening in this country, it certainly is very upsetting if we’re paying attention. And at the same time, we know we can never give up. We have to organize and turn this around.

Marc Steiner:

So one of the things you just said, it took me back to my youth when I was a teenager as a civil rights worker in the South 16, 17, 18 years old. What we’re seeing now, to me, is akin to that, the terror that civil rights workers, the terror the Black community was under in the South is growing here in this country now, but in Israel it is a fact of life every day. 60,000 Palestinians killed so far in that teeny strip of land.

And I wonder how you begin to approach a couple of things, lemme just start here. We both come from the Jewish community. We both come from that world, and I grew up with people with numbers on their arms in my house. So how do we become those who oppressed us? It’s like the shift is turned. We’re doing exactly what was done to us. I guess that’s what I’ve been wrestling with and arguing, I spoke about it at a synagogue just the other week, for us to pay attention. How do we make us pay attention to that?

Norman Solomon:

This is so fundamental. What does “never again” mean?

Marc Steiner:

Right.

Norman Solomon:

Does it mean never again for all, any people or does it mean for our clan, our tribe, our self-identified ethnocentric group? And it’s a really basic question. And there’s also the matter of who we are and where the allegiances are tos so to speak, humanitys or some sort of self-identity.

It’s really stunning to me that so many progressives, whether Jewish or not, who were involved in supporting the Civil Rights Movement that took off in the ’60s, as you refer to, Marc, are now, unfortunately, in so many cases, winking, nodding, being silent about, or even supporting what, essentially, in the West Bank, for instance, is the Klan running everything, that is a clear parallel of people being terrorized, killed by extrajudicial means. And there’s no protection being provided, in that case, by the government, as a matter of fact, the Israeli government’s part of it.

And then as, you refer to, the horrendous slaughter going on daily in Gaza, and pretty soon it’s going to be the two-year mark, while there are some really terrible things going on in many parts of the world, the reality is that genocide is a very clearly internationally defined definition. So many people grew up with the belief, the understanding that that’s actually the worst possible thing that could go on, and yet it is going on. So that’s one just beyond upsetting reality.

And parallel to that and intertwined is that it is the United States of America that makes it all possible. And so, when you live in that United States of America, that constantly gives us the question: who the hell are we? And I know as somebody growing up in the United States in the ’50s and ’60s, I was very frightened by watching The Diary of Anne Frank. And that whole question really hovered, and sometimes it was explicit in the ’50s, in the ’60s and beyond: How could the German people stand by and allow that to happen?

And I got more than a glimmer of that during the escalation of the Vietnam War because there was so much acceptance, support, or just looking the other way, and more than 3 million people died in Vietnam as a result of that active and passive support. And so that question is still with us here in the summer of 2025: How could people allow genocide to happen when “their own government” is doing it?

Marc Steiner:

I want to jump on this one thing I think it’s important to talk about for a moment, because there’s a lot of pushback on the use of the word “genocide” when it comes to what’s going on in Gaza at the moment. Let’s talk about how we, how you define that word and why it’s being used in Gaza. People could say genocide is the Holocaust, genocide was what happened in Cambodia, genocide is what this country did to the Indigenous people. Talk about the use of that word in terms of Gaza, because there’s a lot of confusion and anger around the use of that word.

Norman Solomon:

There is, and I find it notable that a lot of politicians and others and activists who routinely, over the years and decades, have cited reports from Amnesty International, from Human Rights Watch, as authoritative, as telling us what was going on in Africa or elsewhere in the world, and citing, yeah, Amnesty International has said this or that, or Human Rights Watch. last December, both Human Rights Watch and Amnesty International issued hundreds of pages reports definitively, unequivocally saying that what Israel was doing in Gaza, and now is continuing to do, is genocide. There was no watering it down, there was no equivocation. So we have these gold standard human rights global organizations saying it without question. And part of, as I read about it and read the scholars part of it is the intent are the forces, the governments, the authorities intentionally trying to make it, for instance, very difficult or impossible for new births to take place, which is certainly the case in Gaza.

The destruction of all the hospitals, the filtering out and blocking of humanitarian aid, medicine, food, nutrition, water and so forth. And also polar in part, trying to destroy the culture and ethnic reality of a particular group. All of that falls directly in line with what Israel’s been doing. There are so many smoking guns in terms of what has been said by Israeli officials for almost two years now. This is what they’re doing. And unfortunately, Israeli society is mostly there. Hebrew University last month released the results of a poll among Jewish Israelis and found that upwards of 60%, almost two thirds said that they believe there are no innocence in Gaza. There are no innocent people in Gaza whatsoever. And I had to think of some interviews that were done, some of the most heinous, top Nazi criminals who were part of inflicting the Holocaust on Jews, on gays, on gypsies,

Marc Steiner:

Gypsies.

Norman Solomon:

And they were asked there children, you were sentencing to death in those camps. And some of the response was, yeah, but they would’ve grown up to be adult Jews or gypsies or homosexuals or communists, and we couldn’t have that. There’s a lot of resonance and echoing of that attitude among not just the right wing leadership of the Israeli government, but among the majority of the population. And one thing I’ve been thinking about Mark, is that at this point, Israeli society is a genocidal society, and the United States in terms of polling is not in favor of that genocide, but for almost two years now and up through the present moment, the US government is a genocidal government because it’s making all this possible.

Marc Steiner:

So there may not be a connection to what I’m saying with there may be, I’m curious, your thoughts. You’re seeing an impotent democratic party with no sea muscle or strength intellectually or politically just stand up to this or anything else and kind of going along with it all and not the entire group. I mean, there’s a growing strong progressive wing inside the Democratic party that are standing up. So how does that political dynamic play into this moment

Norman Solomon:

Really important? Because for one thing, if the Democratic party had been truly lowercase d Democratic and had responded to the viewpoints about Gaza during the first months of the war on Gaza, back when Biden was still running for president and then Kamala Harris, then the position at the top of the Democratic Party would’ve been for a cutoff of military aid. As long as the slaughter continued in Gaza, they would’ve said no, an arms embargo on Israel. The polling was clear by early of last year, but because the party is under a hammerlock of the pro-Israel, right or wrong forces, corporate forces and so forth, it basically countermanded and ignored what the public wanted, including the total US public, but certainly even more so among Democrats. So when you have a party that doesn’t even pay attention to its base, is afraid of its base, which cares more about the big donors, not the small donors, but the big ones, and also the punditocracy, which has been callous and with few exceptions willing to ratify or at least accept this genocide going on in Gaza, then you have a party that’s an elitist party at the top.

Marc Steiner:

As you were saying that, one of the things I thought about because as a bumper sticker I made some 40, 50 years ago when I used to make them called existence is contradiction. And I raise that because when we say the power of the Israeli lobby, the pro Zionist world, while it’s real, it also raises the spec of antisemitism, which is always bubbling below the surface just like racism. It’s always bubbling below the surface. So I’m curious in the midst of our struggles, I mean there was just a huge convention here in Baltimore with a lot of young Jewish people who were standing up to this, which was really heartening. But the question is how do you respond to that? How do you respond to the danger of antisemitism that could kind of leap out at any moment and what we’re facing and how to say we have to stop Israel from committing the slaughter against Palestinians.

Norman Solomon:

The strongest force for antisemitism is the Israeli government, and specifically in the last year and three quarters, the Israeli war on people in Gaza. And so there’s this ultimate, in many ways, big life scam that Zionism has more intensely propagated in the world. And that is the scam, is that the Israeli government equals Judaism. And once you buy that absurdity, then as Volter says, when you buy into an absurdity, any atrocity becomes possible because opposition to the Israeli government gets equated with antisemitism. And we’ve seen that with a vengeance in the last more than a year, the attacks on universities, the attacks on basically free speech where you criticize Israel, you do it fundamentally. You dare to say that the Israeli project has been suppressing the rights of Palestinian people, which is clearly true since the late 1940s. And then you get branded as antisemitic. And I think you’re referring to what I read about was a wonderful conference in Baltimore not long ago of a Jewish voice for peace.

Marc Steiner:

Yes.

Norman Solomon:

And here’s thousands and thousands of Jewish activists who’ve been doing civil disobedience and protesting the war on Gaza for almost two years now, and they’re accused of being anti-Semitic. And that really takes the mask off of the propaganda process that the Israeli government and its allies have been relying on for decades. The reality is that all sorts of bigotry is deadly against Jews, against Muslims, against all sorts of people around the world. So it’s really all of one cloth in a sense. We fight against that kind of

Marc Steiner:

Bigotry. One of the pieces I was reading today that you wrote, you’ve written so much really good stuff that we’ll be linking to here on the page. You can just go through it all. It’s worth taking time with it. But you’re right about Congressman Connor and about the neo fascism bubbling up right here and how it’s really connected, I think, to what’s happening in Israel. And you wrote, they’re banning all international students from coming to Harvard. Seven of the 18 directors of the NIH have been fired, dismantling medical research, dismantling the FDA, firing people to approve new drugs, firing people in the FAA, and then you have a right wing supreme court. And so moving to the states for a moment, that analysis is you, right? Where does that lead us? Where does that take us? What do you think we’re facing?

Norman Solomon:

We’re facing tremendous repression and an effort to stamp out the opposition to the bigotry, to the rule of the billionaires. And we’re facing autocracy. It’s a cult led by Trump. The stakes could not be higher in terms of what has survived and been incubated as democratic processes in this country. We have structures that, it may sound like a cliche, but it’s true. People died for the right to vote. People died for some ways that the voices and opinions and desires of people at the grassroots could overwhelm the power of the elites. I ran across a quote from the first chief justice of the US Supreme Court, John Jay, who said that people who own the country should run it. And that’s what we’re seeing in New York City right now. The rage ha hath no fury, like the corporate power scorned. I

Speaker 3:

Like that

Norman Solomon:

We have people like Michael Bloomberg and other gazillionaires, and they can’t fathom the idea that Ani who would challenge the power of the big banks and the real estate interests and so forth to run the city that they largely own. It’s just unfathomable to those who are in power that you could actually have democratic socialism. And on the one hand, we can say, well, as is true with foreign policy, there’s a ruling class and they’ve always, they’re the descendants of a long centuries long process of imperial adventure and enforced by military and economic power. So that’s who they are. At the same time, there’s a huge split in the ruling class, especially domestically. And while the Democratic and Republican parties are so often just in lockstep in foreign policy, when you get to domestic policy now more than ever, it is a huge difference. And there’s a sort of a fringe demagoguery that we hear sometimes on the left that there’s no significant difference between the Democratic and Republican party.

So tell that to a young woman in Texas who wants to get an abortion, tell it to people who are being disappeared. Just look at the dozens of Supreme Court decisions just in the last few months. And you see that the justices who have been appointed by Republicans are bringing the hammer down on the most basic aspects of civil liberties. So there is a huge, huge difference. And I think part of our challenge is to recognize, and you referred to this I think a few minutes earlier with different words, but it’s too bad. It sounds sort of stodgy and stuffy and academic, but dialectics that truths exist in contradiction to each other. And it’s our challenge to understand in this moment what those contradictions portend not only for the future that we can anticipate, but what the hell we should do. So while we fight against the US militarism that has so many terrible results overseas, and of course it rebounds here as Martin Luther King Jr.

Said what he called the demonic destructive suction tube. A military spending destroys lives here at home by diverting resources. The fact is that here in the United States, we have a fascistic party. It’s called the Republican Party, and we have the imperative to defeat it. And while ultimately electoral work is a subset of social movements, it really is crucial who is sitting in the White House, who is running the Congress, whose speaker of the house, who’s majority leader in the Senate. And it’s ironic when we hear people who are into protesting who say, it doesn’t really matter, or we don’t want to put energy into electoral results when everything we are demanding ultimately has to be implemented through government action or is being set aside and destroyed through government inaction. So it’s like walking on both legs. We have to fight for a strong social movement and build it. And at the same time, we need this electoral work. And concretely, that means we need to take control of the Congress away from Republicans next year.

Marc Steiner:

I can hear a lot of people listening to our conversation groaning when they hear that because of the lack of faith in Democrats. And I think about historically where we are now on two levels. If you look at what happened in Germany and Italy in the 1930s and how the neo fascists who were a minority in both countries, the fascists took over, they won the election, they took over the country, and they turned everything around, which is in some ways what’s happening before our eyes. And we’re not making that comparison just like the fascists because of the colonial heritage have taken over what’s called Israel. I mean, and that dynamic is at play. So where do you see the forces coming together to counter that?

Norman Solomon:

I think, yeah, we needed a united front. We needed a united front against the Republican party in terms of not only these terrible things being done daily that we see in the news from the Trump regime and from the Republican Congress, but also united front to defeat them in elections. And I think in terms of literature, magical thinking can be wonderful, but in politics, we should be really against magical thinking.

Speaker 3:

We

Norman Solomon:

Should really have our feet on the ground. And there is no way to take the Congress away from Republicans next year except through Democratic party candidates. That is just the reality, the idea that Democrats are inherently the epitome of evil. Well tell it to Ilhan Omar, tell it to Rashida Lib. These are wonderful people who would not be in Congress if they had run on any line other than the Democratic party line. So we have this challenge to keep fighting.

Marc Steiner:

I was thinking about what’s happening Israel Palestine and the fact that during the sixties in the Civil Rights Movement, which I was a part of, 60 to 70% of all the white people in the movement and giving their lives sometimes were Jews down south. And I think that we have to harken in some ways back to our labor and civil rights roots to make a battle, to save the future. I think we are on that precipice.

Norman Solomon:

We’re on a precipice that many people have already been pulled over and have been thrown over and are being destroyed as we speak. And it goes to so many questions of identity and what we believe in and what kind of society we can create. One of the notable things to me, which gets very little publicity is that, okay, you have what, 7 million Jews in this country, increasingly, especially the younger ones, identify as anti Zionist, right? A large proportion of Jews in this country surveyed are saying that they believe the Israeli government is committing genocide. And then the largest Christian Zionist organization in this country has 10 million members, way larger. So there’s this terrible bargain that has been struck because many of those Christian Zionists don’t like Jews. Some of them are virulently antisemitic, but they have a biblical narrative that says, well, the Jews in Israel and what’s called Israel is sort of a stepping stone to where they’re headed in terms of their holy journey.

Marc Steiner:

They want us dead so they can take over. Yeah,

Norman Solomon:

It’s very cynical, but very sincere. And that kind of alliance reminds me of what happened took shape 20 and 30 years ago where you had corporate power, which going way back to the 1970s, the infamous Lewis Powell memo that said, Hey, we have to really organize as right wingers to crush progressives to make sure that the rich and the corporate people keep running the country. Don’t let these black people have more power. And so that was really a blueprint that was effectively followed. And then you had the rise of the so-called moral majority. You had Jerry Falwell and people who were evangelical right-wing Christians. They opposed women’s rights, they opposed abortion rights. And those two tendencies that became so strong during the 1970s and eighties, they struck a bargain. And I think that the Wall Street people, the corporate forces, they didn’t particularly care about abortion rights one way or the other, or women’s rights.

What they cared about is maximizing profits, which is what they always care about, and not have labor unions or others get in the way. And then meanwhile, I think a lot of the hardcore evangelical Christians, they didn’t really care about Wall Street one way or the other, but they struck this tremendously powerful deal. And we’ve seen the results. Now we have this reality that a new configuration of alliances is in place. The Republican Party has its own splits, but there we are. And that’s I think we come back to again and again, the need for front, and this is I think, a form of dialectics. There are some people in that necessarily united front that I hope will gain more and more power and defeat Republicans next year. Some of we’re going to find odious and we need to keep fighting their militarism and their class war from the top down because the only antidote to that, so to speak, is class war that would be more effective from the bottom up for working people, for wannabe working people, for children, for the elderly. That’s the battle that needs to be joined. One of the first steps is you defeat the neo fascists that are already in power. I’ve heard of a parable attributed to Malcolm X that if you’re facing somebody who’s pointing a gun at you and you’re also facing somebody who’s trying to poison you, the first step is to knock the gun out of the hand. Who’s pointing the gun at you? We’re facing a gun right now, and it’s the fascistic Republican party.

Marc Steiner:

We have to have many more conversations. I think what you just outlined on both fronts, what’s happening in Israel Palestine at this moment and the rise of neo fascism here are really important. And I think you eloquently put it in a lot of your writing that we’ll be linking to, so people who can check out what you’re saying, because I think they need to read it. And I think that you raise the issue here, which we can come back to at another time, which is part of the root of this, which is the Powell memo that people have forgotten about. And I remember doing shows about that years back. And I think it’s important to understand this history, to understand what we face and how we organized the fight against it. And so I just want to thank you, Norman, for being here today, but also for all the work you’ve done and the writing you’ve done and the analysis you give us, it’s really important. I look forward to wrestling with more ideas with you very soon.

Norman Solomon:

Hey, thanks a lot, mark. And thanks for the Mark Steiner show and the Real News Network.

Marc Steiner:

We’re all in this together.

Norman Solomon:

Yeah,

Marc Steiner:

Once again, let me thank Norman Solomon for joining us today, and we’ll link to his work. You can Google it at www.norissmonsolmon.com. And that’s Solomon with o’s. And thanks to David Hebdon for running the program today, and our audio editor Steven Frank for working his magic Roset Ali for producing the Mark Steiner show and the tireless Keller Ra for making it all work behind the scenes. And everyone here through Real News for making this show possible. Please let me know what you thought about, what you heard today, what you’d like us to cover. Just write to me at m ss@therealnews.com and I’ll get right back to you. Once again, thank you to Norman Solomon for joining us today. But for the crew here at The Real News, I’m Marc Steiner. Dan Val, keep listening and take care.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Marc Steiner.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/23/yes-goddamnit-its-genocide-a-conversation-with-norman-solomon/feed/ 0 545847
🚨 William McNeil’s violent arrest in the U.S. has gone viral 🚨 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/23/%f0%9f%9a%a8-william-mcneils-violent-arrest-in-the-u-s-has-gone-viral-%f0%9f%9a%a8/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/23/%f0%9f%9a%a8-william-mcneils-violent-arrest-in-the-u-s-has-gone-viral-%f0%9f%9a%a8/#respond Wed, 23 Jul 2025 11:35:27 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=4369a5548f0a3847d8628f7d1404ae8e
This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/23/%f0%9f%9a%a8-william-mcneils-violent-arrest-in-the-u-s-has-gone-viral-%f0%9f%9a%a8/feed/ 0 546317
How one Israeli company controls – and cuts off – Palestinians’ access to water in the West Bank https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/how-one-israeli-company-controls-and-cuts-off-palestinians-access-to-water-in-the-west-bank/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/how-one-israeli-company-controls-and-cuts-off-palestinians-access-to-water-in-the-west-bank/#respond Tue, 22 Jul 2025 20:00:01 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=335680 A girl pulls while a boy pushes a shopping-cart loaded with filled-up water containers past a mound of rubble and debris in Gaza City on December 11, 2024 amid the ongoing war in the Palestinian territory between Israel and Hamas. Photo by OMAR AL-QATTAA/AFP via Getty ImagesPalestinians in the West Bank are facing an unprecedented crisis in accessing enough water. But drying water resources isn’t the problem — it's the fact that Israel extracts and controls all of the water from under their feet.]]> A girl pulls while a boy pushes a shopping-cart loaded with filled-up water containers past a mound of rubble and debris in Gaza City on December 11, 2024 amid the ongoing war in the Palestinian territory between Israel and Hamas. Photo by OMAR AL-QATTAA/AFP via Getty Images

This story originally appeared in Mondoweiss on July 22, 2025. It is shared here with permission.

For 100 days, Palestinians in the occupied West Bank town of Idna have been surviving without running water. The town of some 40,000 inhabitants has been relying on rain reservoirs and water tanks sold by vendors. The town’s water crisis was provoked by the April decision of Israeli national water company Mekorot to reduce the daily provision of water to the Hebron governorate of the southern West Bank. The water supply shrank from 32,000 cubic meters to 26,000, which included completely shutting down Mekorot’s water line for Idna.

This water crisis isn’t new, and it isn’t limited to Idna. Every summer, multiple parts of the West Bank experience prolonged water cuts that can extend for up to a month, mainly due to the lack of water supply by Mekorot, which controls most of the water resources in Palestine.

In Idna, residents met in the municipality hall on Monday to discuss the crisis. The mayor of the town shared the Israeli company’s argument for cutting off their water: that some residents were “illegally stealing water.”

“The mayor said that it is not the municipality’s responsibility to look for those who steal water, but to provide water to residents, which is being made impossible,” Rami Nofal, a local journalist and resident of Idna, told Mondoweiss. “Every summer, we go through water cuts, and the argument that some individuals steal water from the main line is not an excuse to leave 40,000 people without water for three months,” he said. 

The mayor went on to assure the crowd that the Palestinian Authority is trying to fix the crisis with Mekorot, but no news of a solution was forthcoming. “In Idna, like in the rest of the West Bank, we receive water on specific days of the week, and my neighborhood’s turn was in April, just a few days before the complete cut was scheduled,” Nofal went on. “I bought a water tank of 13 cubic meters for 180 shekels, and this is the water that my family and I are saving to survive on.”

Tanks of this sort dot the roofs of all buildings in the West Bank, as water shortages are chronic. “We have to watch for every instance of water consumption,” Nofal explained. “Every time my children open the faucet, I tell them to close it back as soon as they can. We economize while washing and even when flushing the toilet.”

Palestinian people with empty jerrycans wait in long queues to receive clean water amid the ongoing Israeli attacks in Khan Yunis, southern Gaza on September 08, 2024. Photo by Abed Rahim Khatib/Anadolu via Getty Images

How the water system works on the West Bank

Mekorot was established in the 1930s under the British Mandate. After the establishment of the State of Israel, the company was given the exclusive right to explore and exploit water in the country. After 1967, that included the lands of the West Bank and Gaza, which Israel occupied. Mekorot expanded its operations and was assigned to build the national carrier, a line of water pipes that transports water from the northern part of the country, around the West Bank through Israel’s 1948 proper, to the southern dry areas of the Naqab desert. A large part of this water used to feed the Jordan river before the construction of the carrier in the 1960s.

Ihab Sweiti, of the Palestinian water authority, told Mondoweiss that “natural water sources in Palestine are mostly underground, and they classify into four natural reservoirs; the eastern and western acquifers on both sides of the central hill country, the Jordan Valley Basin, and the coastal acquifer, which is the main water source for Israel and the Gaza Strip. The eastern and Jordan Valley reservoirs are mainly in the West Bank, and the western reservoir extends into Israel, too.”

“Since the occupation of 1967, Mekorot dug more wells in the West Bank, ending up controlling about 25 wells, which it uses to provide water to Israeli settlements and to sell water to many Palestinian municipalities, like Idna,” Sweiti continued.

“When the Mekorot company informed us that they were cutting the water supply from the west Hebron area, including Idna, they said that the reason was that there were too many illegal extensions made by Palestinians along the water line.” 

Sweiti says that the Israeli company claims the stealing of water for the towns and villages in the area reduced the water share for the Israeli settlements. Sweiti admits that Palestinians make irregular extensions along Mekorot’s line, but the data belies the claim that the share of Israeli settlements has been reduced. 

According to the Palestinian Hydrology Group, Palestinians consume an average of 70 liters of water per person per day, while Israelis consume 300. For Israeli settlers in the West Bank, however, the average rises to 800 liters per person a day.

According to the World Health Organization, the healthy average for daily water consumption is 100 to 120 liters per individual per day, which is far above the Palestinian average consumption rate and much further below the daily average consumption of Israeli settlers. According to the Palestinian Central Bureau of Statistics figures from March 2023, the individual water share of Israeli settlers in the West Bank compared to that of Palestinians is seven to one.

Under international law, both Israeli settlements in the West Bank and Israel’s exploitation of the West Bank’s water are illegal. The 4th Geneva Convention, which regulates cases of occupation, explicitly prohibits both the transfer of the citizens of the occupying power to the occupied territory and the exploitation of natural resources of the occupied territory unless it is to the benefit of the occupied population.

When the Oslo Accords were signed in 1993 between the PLO and Israel, water rights were classified as part of the strategic “final status” negotiations phase, along with Palestinian refugees, borders, the status of Jerusalem, and Israeli settlements. The final status negotiations were supposed to conclude in Camp David in the year 2000, but the accords collapsed. Since then, the administration of water distribution continues to take place according to the Oslo Accords’ provisional mechanism: vastly unequal distribution, and total Israeli control.

This mechanism is based on the formation of a joint committee in which Israeli and Palestinian water authorities regularly review and update the number of wells that Palestinians are allowed to dig or exploit and the quantity of water they can extract and distribute based on population growth.

This regular meeting of the joint committee is supposed to take place every few years. According to Ihab Sweiti, the last meeting happened in 2023, before the war on Gaza started. “We, the Palestinian Water Authority, had several new wells  on the agenda that we wanted to get Israeli approval to dig and operate, and there were two other wells that had already received Israeli approval, including in the west of Hebron.” 

Only technical discussions were left, Sweiti says, but the war on Gaza paralyzed everything. “It is all still pending.”

Palestinians, including children, carry water jerry cans from mobile tanks as families who fled their homes to live in Nasser Hospital due to the Israeli attacks continue in Khan Yunis, Gaza on November 12, 2023. Photo by Abed Zagout/Anadolu via Getty Images

‘People will literally go thirsty’

In Idna, even the irregular extraction of water by Palestinians was cut short by the Israeli army. “On Sunday, occupation forces raided the area outside Idna where the water line passes, dug the ground, and destroyed all the irregular extensions made by some Palestinians,” Rami Nofal noted. “ As a result, now even water tanks are no longer available. If this continues, in two weeks the crisis will get out of control.” 

“People in Idna will literally go thirsty,” Nofal stressed.

Sweiti maintains that irregular extensions to the main line are a problem for Palestinians, not just Israeli settlements. “The water extracted, which is not accounted for, is eventually deducted from Palestinians’ share,” Sweiti says. “But the area where the line passes is located in Area C, where Israel doesn’t allow the Palestinian Authority to have any presence.” 

This means that the Palestinian Authority has no powers to impose order or maintain water infrastructure for Palestinian communities, Sweiti explains. 

“Cutting water off from an entire area or city is not a solution,” he says. “The solution is to allow us Palestinians to run our own water supply and have our own water sources.” 


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Qassam Muaddi.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/how-one-israeli-company-controls-and-cuts-off-palestinians-access-to-water-in-the-west-bank/feed/ 0 545673
Gaza not a religious issue – it’s a massive violation of international law, say accord critics https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/gaza-not-a-religious-issue-its-a-massive-violation-of-international-law-say-accord-critics/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/gaza-not-a-religious-issue-its-a-massive-violation-of-international-law-say-accord-critics/#respond Tue, 22 Jul 2025 13:39:13 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=117673 Asia Pacific Report

Groups that have declined to join the government-sponsored “harmony accord” signed yesterday by some Muslim and Jewish groups, say that the proposed new council is “misaligned” with its aims.

The signed accord was presented at Government House in Auckland.

About 70 people attended, including representatives of the New Zealand Jewish Council, His Highness the Aga Khan Council for Australia and New Zealand and the Jewish Community Security Group, reports RNZ News.

The initiative originated with government recognition that the consequences of Israel’s actions in Gaza are impacting on Jewish and Muslim communities in Aotearoa, as well as the wider community.

While agreeing with that statement of purpose, other Muslim and Jewish groups have chosen to decline the invitation, said some of the disagreeing groups in a joint statement.

They believe that the council, as formulated, is misaligned with its aims.

“Gaza is not a religious issue, and this has never been a conflict between our faiths,” Dr Abdul Monem, a co-founder of ICONZ said.

‘Horrifying humanitarian consequences’
“In Gaza we see a massive violation of international law with horrifying humanitarian consequences.

“We place Israel’s annihilating campaign against Gaza, the complicity of states and economies at the centre of our understanding — not religion.

“The first action to address the suffering in Gaza and ameliorate its effects here in Aotearoa must be government action. Our government needs to comply with international courts and act on this humanitarian calamity.

“That does not require a new council.”

The impetus for this initiative clearly linked international events with their local impacts, but the document does not mention Gaza among the council’s priorities, said the statement.

“Signatories are not required to acknowledge universal human rights, nor the courts which have ruled so decisively and created obligations for the New Zealand government. Social distress is disconnected from its immediate cause.”

The council was open to parties which did not recognise the role of international humanitarian law in Palestine, nor the full human and political rights of their fellow New Zealanders.

‘Overlooks humanitarian law’
Marilyn Garson, co-founder of Alternative Jewish Voices said: “It has broad implications to overlook our rights and international humanitarian law.

“As currently formulated, the council includes no direct Palestinian representation. That’s not good enough.

“How can there be credible discussion of Aotearoa’s ethnic safety — let alone advocacy for international action — without Palestinians?

“Law, human rights and the dignity of every person’s life are not opinions. They are human entitlements and global agreements to which Aotearoa has bound itself.

“No person in Aotearoa should have to enter a room — especially a council created under government auspices — knowing that their fundamental rights will not be upheld. No one should have to begin by asking for that which is theirs.”

The groups outside this new council said they wished to live in a harmonious society, but for them it was unclear why a new council of Jews and Muslims should represent the path to harmony.

“Advocacy that comes from faith can be a powerful force. We already work with numerous interfaith community initiatives, some formed at government initiative and waiting to really find their purpose,” said Dr Muhammad Sajjad Naqvi, president of ICONZ.

Addressing local threats
“Those existing channels include more of the parties needed to address local threats, including Christian nationalism like that of Destiny Church.

“Perhaps government should resource those rather than starting something new.”

The groups who declined to join the council said they had “warm and enduring relationships” with FIANZ and Dayenu, which would take seats at this council table.

“All of the groups share common goals, but not this path,” the statement said.

ICONZ is a national umbrella organisation for New Zealand Shia Muslims for a unified voice. It was established by Muslims who have been born in New Zealand or born to migrants who chose New Zealand to be their home.

Alternative Jewish Voices is a collective of Aotearoa Jews working for Jewish pluralism and anti-racism. It supports the work of Palestinians who seek liberation grounded in law and our equal human rights.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/gaza-not-a-religious-issue-its-a-massive-violation-of-international-law-say-accord-critics/feed/ 0 545589
Is the international community finally speaking up about Israel’s Gaza genocide? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/20/is-the-international-community-finally-speaking-up-about-israels-gaza-genocide/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/20/is-the-international-community-finally-speaking-up-about-israels-gaza-genocide/#respond Sun, 20 Jul 2025 12:28:12 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=117558 Al Jazeera

International public opinion continues to turn against Israel for its war on Gaza, with more governments slowly beginning to reflect those voices and increase their own condemnation of the country.

In the last few weeks, Israeli government ministers have been sanctioned by several Western countries, with the United Kingdom, France and Canada issuing a joint statement condemning the “intolerable” level of “human suffering” in Gaza.

Last week, a number of countries from the Global South — “The Hague Group” — collectively agreed on a number of measures that they say will “restrain Israel’s assault on the Occupied Palestinian Territories”.

Across the world, and in increasing numbers, the public, politicians and, following an Israeli strike on a Catholic church in Gaza, religious leaders are speaking out against Israel’s killings in Gaza.

So, are world powers getting any closer to putting enough pressure on Israel for it to stop?

Here is what we know.

What is the Hague Group?
According to its website, the Hague Group is a global bloc of states committed to “coordinated legal and diplomatic measures” in defence of international law and solidarity with the people of Palestine.

Made up of eight nations; South Africa, Bolivia, Colombia, Cuba, Honduras, Malaysia, Namibia and Senegal, the group has set itself the mission of upholding international law, and safeguarding the principles set out in the Charter of the United Nations, principally “the responsibility of all nations to uphold the inalienable rights, including the right to self-determination, that it enshrines for all peoples”.

Last week, the Hague Group hosted a meeting of about 30 nations, including China, Spain and Qatar, in the Colombian capital of Bogota. Australia and New Zealand failed to attend in spite of invitations.

Also attending the meeting was UN Special Rapporteur Francesca Albanese, who characterised the meeting as “the most significant political development in the past 20 months”.

Albanese was recently sanctioned by the United States for her criticism of its ally, Israel.

At the end of the two-day meeting, 12 of the countries in attendance agreed to six measures to limit Israel’s actions in Gaza. Included in those measures were blocks on supplying arms to Israel, a ban on ships transporting weapons and a review of public contracts for any possible links to companies benefiting from Israel’s occupation of Palestine.

Have any other governments taken action?
More and more.

Last Wednesday, Slovenia barred far-right National Security Minister Itamar Ben-Gvir and ultranationalist Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich from entering its territory after the wider European Union failed to agree on measures to address charges of widespread human rights abuses against Israel.

Slovenia’s ban on the two government ministers builds upon earlier sanctions imposed upon Smotrich and Ben-Gvir in June by Australia, Canada, New Zealand, UK and Norway over their “incitement to violence”.

The two men have been among the most vocal Israeli ministers in rejecting any compromise in negotiations with Palestinians, and pushing for the Jewish settlement of Gaza, as well as the increased building of illegal settlements in the occupied West Bank.

In May, the UK, France, and Canada issued a joint statement describing Israel’s escalation of its campaign against Gaza as “wholly disproportionate” and promising “concrete actions” against Israel if it did not halt its offensive.

Later that month, the UK followed through on its warning, announcing sanctions on a handful of settler organisations and announcing a “pause” in free trade negotiations with Israel.

Also in May, Turkiye announced that it would block all trade with Israel until the humanitarian situation in Gaza was resolved.

South Africa first launched a case for genocide against Israel at the International Court of Justice in late December 2023, and has since been supported by other countries, including Colombia, Chile, Spain, Ireland, and Turkiye.

In January of 2024, the ICJ issued its provisional ruling, finding what it termed a “plausible” case for genocide and instructing Israel to undertake emergency measures, including the provision of the aid that its government has effectively blocked since March of this year.

What other criticism of Israel has there been?
Israel’s bombing on Thursday of the Holy Family Church in Gaza City, killing three people, drew a rare rebuke from Israel’s most stalwart ally, the United States.

Following what was reported to be an “angry” phone call from US President Trump after the bombing, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s office issued a statement expressing its “deep regret” over the attack. The International Criminal Court issued arrest warrants against Netanyahu and former Defence Minister Yoav Gallant for alleged war crimes and crimes against humanity.

To date, Israel has killed more than 62,000 people in Gaza, the majority women and children.

Has the tide turned internationally?
Mass public protests against Israel’s war on Gaza have continued around the world for the past 21 months.

And there are clear signs of growing anger over the brutality of the war and the toll it is taking on Palestinians in Gaza.

In Western Europe, a survey carried out by the polling company YouGov in June found that net favourability towards Israel had reached its lowest ebb since tracking began.

A similar poll produced by CNN last week found similar results among the American public, with only 23 percent of respondents agreeing Israel’s actions in Gaza were fully justified, down from 50 percent in October 2023.

Public anger has also found voice at high-profile public events, including music festivals such as Germany’s Fusion Festival, Poland’s Open’er Festival and the UK’s Glastonbury festival, where both artists and their supporters used their platforms to denounce the war on Gaza.

Has anything changed in Israel?
Protests against the war remain small but are growing, with organisations, such as Standing Together, bringing together Israeli and Palestinian activists to protest against the war.

There has also been a growing number of reservists refusing to show up for duty. In April, the Israeli magazine +972 reported that more than 100,000 reservists had refused to show up for duty, with open letters from within the military protesting against the war growing in number since.

Will it make any difference?
Netanyahu’s hard-right coalition has been pursuing its war on Gaza despite its domestic and international unpopularity for some time.

The government’s most recent proposal, that all of Gaza’s population be confined into what it calls a “humanitarian city”, has been likened to a concentration camp and has been taken by many of its critics as evidence that it no longer cares about either international law or global opinion.

Internationally, despite its recent criticism of Israel for its bombing of Gaza’s one Catholic church, US support for Israel remains resolute. For many in Israel, the continued support of the US, and President Donald Trump in particular, remains the one diplomatic absolute they can rely upon to weather whatever diplomatic storms their actions in Gaza may provoke.

In addition to that support, which includes diplomatic guarantees through the use of the US veto in the UN Security Council and military support via its extensive arsenal, is the US use of sanctions against Israel’s critics, such as the International Criminal Court, whose members were sanctioned by the US in June over the arrest warrants for Netanyahu and Gallant on war crimes charges.

That means, in the short term, Israel ultimately feels protected as long as it has US support. But as it becomes more of an international pariah, economic and diplomatic isolation may become more difficult to handle.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/20/is-the-international-community-finally-speaking-up-about-israels-gaza-genocide/feed/ 0 545313
In a historic gathering, 12 countries announce Israel sanctions and renewed legal action to end Gaza genocide https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/18/in-a-historic-gathering-12-countries-announce-israel-sanctions-and-renewed-legal-action-to-end-gaza-genocide/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/18/in-a-historic-gathering-12-countries-announce-israel-sanctions-and-renewed-legal-action-to-end-gaza-genocide/#respond Fri, 18 Jul 2025 17:21:25 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=335570 Francesca Albanese, UN Special Rapporteur on the Palestinian Territories; Riyad Mansour, Minister of Palestine; Zane Dangor, Deputy Minister of South Africa; Rosa Yolanda Villavicencio, Foreign Minister of Colombia; and Varsha Gandikota-Nellutla, Executive Secretary of the Hague Group, attend the Emergency Ministerial Conference on Palestine on July 15, 2025. Photo by Juancho Torres/Anadolu via Getty ImagesMeeting in Bogotá, Colombia, representatives of Bolivia, Cuba, Indonesia, Iraq, Libya, Malaysia, Namibia, Nicaragua, Oman, and South Africa announced sanctions against Israel to cut the flow of weapons facilitating genocide and war crimes in Gaza.]]> Francesca Albanese, UN Special Rapporteur on the Palestinian Territories; Riyad Mansour, Minister of Palestine; Zane Dangor, Deputy Minister of South Africa; Rosa Yolanda Villavicencio, Foreign Minister of Colombia; and Varsha Gandikota-Nellutla, Executive Secretary of the Hague Group, attend the Emergency Ministerial Conference on Palestine on July 15, 2025. Photo by Juancho Torres/Anadolu via Getty Images

This story originally appeared in Mondoweiss on July 17, 2025. It is shared here with permission.

Speaking about Palestine is speaking about resistance in the heart of horror. That is how Francesca Albanese, the UN Special Rapporteur on the situation of human rights in the Occupied Palestinian Territories, summed it up at an emergency conference in Bogotá, Colombia. The same Albanese who is currently facing sanctions imposed by the U.S. government for, according to them, making antisemitic remarks, after repeatedly denouncing the brutalities committed by Israel against the Palestinian people.

Despite these accusations, Albanese remains firm in her denunciations. She reiterated on several occasions that we must not allow these actions to distract us from what truly matters: the genocide that, for the past twenty months, has escalated against the people of Gaza, and the massive human rights violations taking place across Palestine, which have left more than 60,000 people dead, most of them women and children.

“The global majority [also known as the Global South] has been the driving force behind actions against Israel’s genocide, with South Africa and Colombia playing key roles in this process,” she told Mondoweiss during a press conference on the first day of the Emergency Conference for Gaza, convened by the governments of Colombia and South Africa. “These actions have led to the creation of spaces for sanctions and resistance. What we’ve been insisting on all along is that more and more countries must join these efforts.”

The Hague Group coordinated this Emergency Conference, which brought together representatives from over 30 states, including China, Brazil, Spain, Mexico, Turkey, and Qatar. Initially formed by Colombia and South Africa, the group seeks to establish specific sanctions against Israel that, according to Colombia’s Vice Minister for Multilateral Affairs, Mauricio Jaramillo Jassir, aim to move beyond discourse and into action.

Heads of state and their representatives emphasized that these sanctions are not retaliatory but are in full compliance with international humanitarian law. They are part of the international community’s commitment to ending the genocide. One of the central calls made was for more nations to join this effort and uphold their duty to defend human rights.

All 30 participating states unanimously agreed that “the era of impunity must end— and that international law must be enforced.” To begin this effort, 12 states from across the world — Bolivia, Colombia, Cuba, Indonesia, Iraq, Libya, Malaysia, Namibia, Nicaragua, Oman, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines, and South Africa — committed to implementing six key points:

1. Prevent the provision or transfer of arms, munitions, military fuel, related military equipment, and dual-use items to Israel, as appropriate, to ensure that our industry does not contribute the tools to enable or facilitate genocide, war crimes, crimes against humanity, and other violations of international law.

2. Prevent the transit, docking, and servicing of vessels at any port, if applicable, within our territorial jurisdiction, while being fully compliant with applicable international law, including UNCLOS, in all cases where there is a clear risk of the vessel being used to carry arms, munitions, military fuel, related military equipment, and dual-use items to Israel, to ensure that our territorial waters and ports do not serve as conduits for activities that enable or facilitate genocide, war crimes, crimes against humanity, and other violations of international law.

3. Prevent the carriage of arms, munitions, military fuel, related military equipment, and dual-use items to Israel on vessels bearing our flag, while being fully compliant with applicable international law, including UNCLOS, ensuring full accountability, including de-flagging, for non-compliance with this prohibition, not to render aid or assistance in maintaining the situation created by Israel’s illegal presence in the Occupied Palestinian Territory.

4. Commence an urgent review of all public contracts, in order to prevent public institutions and public funds, where applicable, from supporting Israel’s illegal occupation of the Palestinian Territory which may entrench its unlawful presence in the territory, to ensure that our nationals, and companies and entities under our jurisdiction, as well as our authorities, do not act in any way that would entail recognition or provide aid or assistance in maintaining the situation created by Israel’s illegal presence in the Occupied Palestinian Territory.

5. Comply with our obligations to ensure accountability for the most serious crimes under international law through robust, impartial and independent investigations and prosecutions at national or international levels, in compliance with our obligation to ensure justice for all victims and the prevention of future crimes.

6. Support universal jurisdiction mandates, as and where applicable in our legal constitutional frameworks and judiciaries, to ensure justice for all victims and the prevention of future crimes in the Occupied Palestinian Territory.

Both Jaramillo and Zane Dangor, Director-General of South Africa’s Department of International Relations and Cooperation, emphasized that these actions must not be seen as reprisals, but rather as part of an international effort to break the global silence that has enabled atrocities in Palestine.

This decision is aligned with Colombian President Gustavo Petro’s renewed order to halt all coal exports from Colombia to Israel: “My government was betrayed, and that betrayal, among other things, cast doubt on my order to stop exporting coal to Israel. We are the world’s fifth-largest coal exporter, which means the country of life is helping to kill humanity. Colombian coal is still being shipped to Israel. We prohibited it, and yet we are being tricked into violating that decision. We cannot allow Colombian coal to be turned into bombs that help Israel kill children.”

In his closing speech, Petro reaffirmed that Colombia would break all arms trade relations with Israel and would continue to support the Palestinian people’s right to resist.

The legitimacy of the Hague Group and these decisions has also been backed by several multilateral organizations that have denounced the genocide. As Varsha Gandikota-Nellutla, Executive Secretary of the Hague Group, stated: “The International Criminal Court (ICC) has already clearly denounced the genocide. The United Nations has stated that Gaza is the hungriest place on Earth. What we lack now is not clarity, it’s courage. We need the bravery to take the necessary actions”.

These words were echoed by Palestinian Foreign Minister Riyad Mansour, who emphasized that, together with the Madrid Group (a coalition of over 20 European and Arab countries also taking action against Israel and led by Spain), they could be the key to breaking Israel’s siege of horror: “This will not be an exercise in theatrical politics. The time has come for concrete, effective action to stop the crimes and end the profiteering from genocide. We will defeat these crimes against humanity and give the children who are still alive in Palestine a future full of promise, independence, and dignity. Recognizing Palestine is not a symbolic gesture, it is a concrete act of resistance against colonial expansion”.

His statement was followed by that of Palestinian-American doctor Thaer Ahmad, who worked in Nasser Hospital in Gaza and left the territory two months ago. In his testimony, he said he is certain that official death tolls do not even come close to reality, that Gaza is currently hell on Earth, and that every day the genocide continues brings devastating consequences for Palestinian children: “How can we look ourselves in the mirror? When this ends, if it ends, what will we say? ‘Sorry, we did everything we could’? They can’t afford to keep waiting for vague responses. They are surviving genocide every day. So now, how do we ensure that the effort to erase Palestinians from history does not succeed?”

Although the agreed-upon actions are significant, even the attending delegations acknowledge that their efforts will not be enough. Broader and more forceful measures are required. Yet, one day earlier, standing at the podium of Colombia’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Francesca Albanese reaffirmed the historic importance of this event. She stated it could be: “A historical turning point that ends, with concrete measures, the genocide-based economy that has sustained Israel. I came to this meeting believing that the narrative is shifting. Hope must be a discipline that we all preserve.”

Correction: The original version of this article said that all 30 countries participating in the gathering had endorsed the six action points. The article has been updated to make clear that only 12 of the participating countries have committed to implementing the measures at this time.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by María F. Fitzgerald.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/18/in-a-historic-gathering-12-countries-announce-israel-sanctions-and-renewed-legal-action-to-end-gaza-genocide/feed/ 0 545083
US set to destroy 550 tons of USAID food meant to go to malnourished kids https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/17/us-set-to-destroy-550-tons-of-usaid-food-meant-to-go-to-malnourished-kids/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/17/us-set-to-destroy-550-tons-of-usaid-food-meant-to-go-to-malnourished-kids/#respond Thu, 17 Jul 2025 13:33:00 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=335539 Rahma Kaki Jubarra and her sons, who are emergency level malnourished, Farah, 9 months and Jabr, three and a half, receive aid at Almanar feeding center in Mayo Mandala on the outskirts of Omdurman, Sudan on May 25, 2025. Photo by Carolyn Van Houten/The Washington Post via Getty ImagesOne Democratic US senator condemned the plan to destroy the food as "disgusting.”]]> Rahma Kaki Jubarra and her sons, who are emergency level malnourished, Farah, 9 months and Jabr, three and a half, receive aid at Almanar feeding center in Mayo Mandala on the outskirts of Omdurman, Sudan on May 25, 2025. Photo by Carolyn Van Houten/The Washington Post via Getty Images

This story originally appeared in Truthout on July 16, 2025. It is shared here with permission.

The Trump administration is planning to destroy 550 tons of emergency food relief intended for children in impoverished and war-torn regions.

The food assistance that was part of the now-defunct USAID program is set to be incinerated on Thursday, The Atlantic reported, citing sources with knowledge of the government’s plans.

The food comes in the form of high-energy biscuits that are packed with nutritious substances helpful to kids 5 years of age and under. The biscuits are currently being stored in Dubai and were meant to be sent to war- and disaster-ravaged areas. This particular shipment of food was set to go to Afghanistan and Pakistan.

The food set for destruction could feed 1.5 million children for a full week. It could easily feed the entire population of children currently starving in Gaza, for example.

According to The Atlantic’s Hana Kiros, the biscuits “are a stopgap measure, often used in scenarios where people have lost their homes in a natural disaster or fled a war faster than aid groups could set up a kitchen to receive them.”

There are various other U.S.-owned warehouses across the globe that are currently storing at least 60,000 tons of food. However, due to the dismantling of USAID, there is no feasible way for the food to be transferred to the countries it was intended for.

The Trump administration announced its intention to end the USAID program in early January, with Elon Musk and his Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) cohorts making the cuts. Musk baselessly derided the decades-old program as a “criminal organization.”

The program was officially shuttered on July 1. Former USAID officials and humanitarian experts have warned that termination of the program would leave 1 million children facing malnutrition without treatment.

The end of USAID will also likely result in around 200,000 children becoming paralyzed in some manner, as the program distributed polio vaccines. Around 160,000 could also die from malaria because of the program ending.

Sen. Tim Kaine (D-Virginia) blasted the Trump administration for opting to destroy the food rather than give it to children who are starving.

“If the U.S. has ALREADY purchased specialty foods to keep kids from starving to death, should we deliver that food to dying kids or allow it to spoil, and destroy it?” Kaine wrote on Bluesky. “It’s a simple question, but the Trump Administration can’t answer it. Disgusting.”


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Chris Walker.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/17/us-set-to-destroy-550-tons-of-usaid-food-meant-to-go-to-malnourished-kids/feed/ 0 544844
Flying the flags for Palestine – NZ protesters take message to Devonport https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/17/flying-the-flags-for-palestine-nz-protesters-take-message-to-devonport/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/17/flying-the-flags-for-palestine-nz-protesters-take-message-to-devonport/#respond Thu, 17 Jul 2025 11:36:32 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=117657 The Devonport Flagstaff

About 200 people marched in Devonport last Saturday in support of Palestine.

Pro-Palestine flags and placards were draped on the band rotunda at Windsor Reserve as speakers, including Green Party co-leader Chlöe Swarbrick and the people power manager of Amnesty International Aotearoa New Zealand Margaret Taylor, a Devonport local, encouraged the crowd to continue to fight for peace in the Middle East.

The Devonport Out For Gaza rally progressed up Victoria Rd to the Victoria Theatre, crossed the road, came down to the ferry terminal, then marched along the waterfront to the New Zealand Navy base.

Swarbrick said the New Zealand government and New Zealanders could not turn a blind eye to what was happening in Palestine.

The rally, organised by the Palestine Solidarity Network Aotearoa (PSNA), marked the 92nd consecutive week that a march has been held in Auckland in support of Palestine.

Republished with permission from The Devonport Flagstaff.

Call to action . . . Devonport peace activist Ruth Coombes (left) and Green Party co-leader Chlöe Swarbrick at the microphone (right). Image: The Devonport Flagstaff
Call to action . . . Devonport peace activist Ruth Coombes (left) and Green Party co-leader Chlöe Swarbrick at the microphone (right). Image: The Devonport Flagstaff


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/17/flying-the-flags-for-palestine-nz-protesters-take-message-to-devonport/feed/ 0 545567
The New York Times Finally Stops Avoiding The G-Word https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/the-new-york-times-finally-stops-avoiding-the-g-word/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/the-new-york-times-finally-stops-avoiding-the-g-word/#respond Wed, 16 Jul 2025 21:08:38 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=159957 The New York Times has published an op-ed by a genocide scholar who says that he resisted acknowledging the truth of what Israel is doing in Gaza for as long as he could, but can no longer deny the obvious. It’s an admission that may as well have come from The New York Times itself. […]

The post The New York Times Finally Stops Avoiding The G-Word first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
The New York Times has published an op-ed by a genocide scholar who says that he resisted acknowledging the truth of what Israel is doing in Gaza for as long as he could, but can no longer deny the obvious.

It’s an admission that may as well have come from The New York Times itself.

In an article titled “I’m a Genocide Scholar. I Know It When I See It.”, a Brown University professor of Holocaust and genocide studies named Omer Bartov argues that “Israel is literally trying to wipe out Palestinian existence in Gaza,” and denounces his fellow Holocaust scholars for failing to acknowledge reality.

“My inescapable conclusion has become that Israel is committing genocide against the Palestinian people,” Bartov writes. “Having grown up in a Zionist home, lived the first half of my life in Israel, served in the I.D.F. as a soldier and officer, and spent most of my career researching and writing on war crimes and the Holocaust, this was a painful conclusion to reach, and one that I resisted as long as I could. But I have been teaching classes on genocide for a quarter of a century. I can recognize one when I see one.”

https://x.com/rcbregman/status/1945171514682114535

And resist he did. In November 2023, Bartov wrote another op-ed for The New York Times saying, “As a historian of genocide, I believe that there is no proof that genocide is currently taking place in Gaza, although it is very likely that war crimes, and even crimes against humanity, are happening.”

Apparently, he is seeing the proof now and has stopped resisting what has been clear from the very beginning. And it would seem the editors of the Gray Lady have ceased resisting as well.

The New York Times, which has an extensively documented pro-Israel bias, has frenetically avoided the use of the g-word on its pages from the very beginning of the Gaza onslaught. Even in its opinion and analysis pieces the NYT Overton window has cut off at framing the issue as a complex matter of rigorous debate, with headlines like “Accused of Genocide, Israelis See Reversal of Reality. Palestinians See Justice.” and “The Bitter Fight Over the Meaning of ‘Genocide’” representing the closest thing to the pro-Palestinian side of the debate you’d see. During the same time, we’ve seen headlines like “From the Embers of an Old Genocide, a New One May Be Emerging” used in reference to Sudan.

In an internal memo obtained by The Intercept last year, New York Times reporters were explicitly told to avoid the use of the word “genocide”, as well as terms like “ethnic cleansing” and “occupied territory”.

“‘Genocide’ has a specific definition in international law,” the memo reads. “In our own voice, we should generally use it only in the context of those legal parameters. We should also set a high bar for allowing others to use it as an accusation, whether in quotations or not, unless they are making a substantive argument based on the legal definition.”

https://x.com/AssalRad/status/1877181727447142846

Earlier this year, the American Friends Service Committee cancelled its paid advertisement in The New York Times calling for an end to the genocide in Gaza, saying the outlet had wanted them to change the word “genocide” to “war” in order for their ad to be published.

So there has been a significant change.

To be clear, this analysis by Omer Bartov is not significant in and of itself. He is only joining the chorus of what has already been said by human rights organizations like Amnesty InternationalHuman Rights WatchUnited Nations human rights experts, and the overwhelming majority of leading authorities on the subject of genocide.

What is significant is that even experts who’ve been resisting acknowledging the reality of the genocide in Gaza because of their bias toward Israel have stopped doing so, and that even the imperial media outlets most fiendishly devoted to running propaganda cover for that genocide have run out of room to hide.

The Israel apologists have lost the argument. They might not know it yet, but they have. Public sentiment has turned irreversibly against them as people’s eyes are opened to the truth of what’s happening in Gaza, and more and more propagandists are choosing to rescue what’s left of their tattered credibility instead of going down with the sinking ship.

Truth is slowly beginning to get a word in edgewise.

Keep pushing. Keep fighting. Keep resisting.

It’s working.

The post The New York Times Finally Stops Avoiding The G-Word first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Caitlin Johnstone.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/the-new-york-times-finally-stops-avoiding-the-g-word/feed/ 0 544757
‘Unconstitutional. Unethical. Authoritarian.’ ICE bars millions of immigrants from bond hearings https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/unconstitutional-unethical-authoritarian-ice-bars-millions-of-immigrants-from-bond-hearings/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/unconstitutional-unethical-authoritarian-ice-bars-millions-of-immigrants-from-bond-hearings/#respond Wed, 16 Jul 2025 20:02:03 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=335550 Activists rally against the North Lake Correctional Facility, which has just been reopened as the largest immigrant detention center in the Midwest. Photo by: Jim West/UCG/Universal Images Group via Getty ImagesOne watchdog said the new policy "seems like a blatant attempt to stop them from exercising their right to due process."]]> Activists rally against the North Lake Correctional Facility, which has just been reopened as the largest immigrant detention center in the Midwest. Photo by: Jim West/UCG/Universal Images Group via Getty Images
Common Dreams Logo

This story originally appeared in Common Dreams on July 15, 2025. It is shared here with permission.

In yet another controversial move from U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, ICE Acting Director Todd Lyons recently told officers that immigrants who arrived in the United States illegally are no longer eligible for a bond hearing as they fight against deportation and should be detained “for the duration of their removal proceedings.”

The Washington Post first revealed Lyons’ July 8 memo late Monday. He wrote that after the Trump administration “revisited its legal position on detention and release authorities,” and determined that such immigrants “may not be released from ICE custody.” He also said that rare exceptions should be made by officers, not judges.

The reporting drew swift and intense condemnation online. One social media user said: “Unconstitutional. Unethical. Authoritarian.”

In a statement shared with several news outlets, a spokesperson for ICE confirmed the new policy and said that “the recent guidance closes a loophole to our nation’s security based on an inaccurate interpretation of the statute.”

“It is aligned with the nation’s long-standing immigration law,” the spokesperson said. “All aliens seeking to enter our country in an unlawful manner or for illicit purposes shall be treated equally under the law, while still receiving due process.”

The move comes as President Donald Trump and leaders in his administration, including Homeland Security Secretary Kristi Noem, attempt to deliver on his promised mass deportations—with federal agents targeting peaceful student activists, spraying children with tear gas, and detaining immigrants in inhumane conditions at the so-called “Alligator Alcatraz.”

In a statement about the ICE memo, Department of Homeland Security (DHS) spokesperson Tricia McLaughlin said that “President Trump and Secretary Noem are now enforcing this law as it was actually written to keep Americans safe.”

“Politicians and activists can cry wolf all they want, but it won’t deter this administration from keeping these criminals and lawbreakers off American streets—and now, thanks to the Big Beautiful Bill, we will have plenty of bed space to do so,” she added, referring to $45 billion for ICE detention in Republicans’ recently signed package.

According to the Post:

Since the memos were issued last week, the American Immigration Lawyers Association said members had reported that immigrants were being denied bond hearings in more than a dozen immigration courts across the United States, including in New York, Virginia, Oregon, North Carolina, Ohio, and Georgia. The Department of Justice oversees the immigration courts.

“This is their way of putting in place nationwide a method of detaining even more people,” said Greg Chen, senior director of government relations for the American Immigration Lawyers Association. “It’s requiring the detention of far more people without any real review of their individual circumstances.”

Rebekah Wolf of the American Immigration Council told NBC News that her group has also received reports of some immigration judges “accepting the argument” from ICE, “and because the memo isn’t public, we don’t even know what law the government is relying on to make the claim that everyone who has ever entered without inspection is subject to mandatory detention.”

The Post reported that “the provision is based on a section of immigration law that says unauthorized immigrants ‘shall be detained’ after their arrest, but that has historically applied to those who recently crossed the border and not longtime residents.”

The newspaper also noted that Lyons wrote the new guidance is expected to face legal challenges. Trump’s anti-immigrant agenda—like various other policies—has been forcefully challenged in court, and there has been an exodus from the Justice Department unit responsible for defending presidential actions.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/unconstitutional-unethical-authoritarian-ice-bars-millions-of-immigrants-from-bond-hearings/feed/ 0 544750
Why is Donald Trump afraid of the BRICS? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/why-is-donald-trump-afraid-of-the-brics/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/why-is-donald-trump-afraid-of-the-brics/#respond Wed, 16 Jul 2025 19:35:40 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=335527 Journalists work on long tables in the press center of the BRICS Summit on Sunday, July 6, in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, while Brazilian President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silvia speech to the leaders of the BRICS nations is livestreamed into the press center. Credit: Michael FoxBRICS is a group of the world’s most powerful developing nations, including Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa. Their latest summit made one thing clear: They want to reform the global order from the bottom up. And the US is not happy about it.]]> Journalists work on long tables in the press center of the BRICS Summit on Sunday, July 6, in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, while Brazilian President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silvia speech to the leaders of the BRICS nations is livestreamed into the press center. Credit: Michael Fox

At 11:26PM, Sunday night, July 6, I received a text from my producers. 

I was in Rio de Janeiro, covering the BRICS summit for an international news agency. They wanted me to go live. The summit was only halfway done, but US President Donald Trump had already posted on Truth Social in retaliation.

“Any Country aligning themselves with the Anti-American policies of BRICS, will be charged an ADDITIONAL 10% Tariff,” he wrote. “There will be no exceptions to this policy. Thank you for your attention to this matter!” Why was the president of the most powerful nation in the world worried about a group of a dozen countries meeting in Brazil? Because that bloc comprises some of the most powerful developing nations in the world, including Trump adversaries like China—but also Iran, who joined BRICS last year as a partner member, alongside Egypt, Ethiopia, Indonesia, and the United Arab Emirates. And because, as the world seems to be unraveling, the BRICS group is moving to reform world governance and global trade. And they likely have the best chance of doing it.

“I can affirm that if they keep with the agenda, and they implement what they put down on paper, we don’t see any block in the world that’s pushing much more than the BRICS,” Maureen Santos, the coordinator of the BRICS Policy Center’s Socio-Environmental Platform, told me.

The Summit

“For the fourth time, Brazil is hosting a BRICS Summit,” said Brazilian President Luiz Inacio Lula da Silva to kick off the summit on Sunday morning, “Of all the summits, this one is taking place in the most adverse global scenario. The UN turned 80 on June 26, and we have witnessed an unparalleled collapse of multilateralism.”

In Lula’s 10-minute opening speech, he denounced the “genocide” in Gaza and called for a two-state solution. He condemned the “violations of Iran’s territorial integrity” and reminded those in attendance that the BRICS was the heir of the non-aligned movement—the group of 121 nations that did not align with neither the US nor Russia during the Cold War. 

These sentiments were included in the final “BRICS Leader’s Declaration,” which was released on Sunday July 6—the first day of the summit—before Trump’s threats over social media.  The document didn’t explicitly mention the United States, but it rejected “unilateral protectionist measures” and condemned the violence in Gaza and Iran. 

Among the 126 final resolutions in the document were agreements on promoting peace, strengthening cooperation on health and sustainable development, combating climate change, battling hunger, reforming global governance and ensuring equal access to—and global regulation of  artificial intelligence. 

“A collective global effort is needed to establish an AI governance that upholds our shared values, addresses risks, builds trust, and ensures broad and inclusive international collaboration and access, in accordance with sovereign laws,” read the document. The common theme across all these issues was how to build a more equitable global system.

The leaders were vocal about a need to overhaul the global system of governance, where the United States, the EU, and the G7 countries are at the top, and everyone else is picking up the scraps.

The BRICS leaders called in the declaration for a “comprehensive reform of the United Nations, including its Security Council, with a view to making it more democratic, representative, effective and efficient.”

“They are demanding multipolarity—financial, cultural, and political multipolarity. And the United States is fighting to maintain a hegemony that is in crisis. It’s US hegemony that is in crisis. And in that sense, the BRICS represents a threat to the US.”

“The BRICS represents a proposal against hegemony,” BRICS Policy Center Director Marta Fernandez told me at a cafe in Rio de Janeiro. “They are demanding multipolarity—financial, cultural, and political multipolarity. And the United States is fighting to maintain a hegemony that is in crisis. It’s US hegemony that is in crisis. And in that sense, the BRICS represents a threat to the US.”

Probably the top issue of concern for the US president are calls to democratize the currency used in trade amongst BRICS countries. Currently, more than half of global transactions are in the US dollar. De-dollarization, or moving away from the US dollar as the top reserve currency, would mean a huge hit for the United States and a big win for democratizing global trade and finance.

Shortly after winning the November 2024 presidential elections, Trump fired off a warning to the BRICS countries.

“We are going to require a commitment from these seemingly hostile countries that they will neither create a new BRICS currency, nor back any other currency to replace the mighty US dollar or, they will face 100% Tariffs,” Trump posted on Truth Social. “There is no chance that BRICS will replace the US dollar in international trade, or anywhere else, and any country that tries should say hello to tariffs, and goodbye to America!”

The BRICS nations were not deterred. In the final declaration they called for the increased use of “local currencies,” and the incorporation of the use of these currencies in the BRICS interbank system in order to “facilitate and expand innovative financial practices” and “support greater trade and investment flows.” The head of the BRICS New Development Bank, former Brazilian President Dilma Rousseff announced last week that already a quarter of the bank’s lending portfolio was in local currencies and that they are looking to hit 30% by next year. 

“Obviously, the big BRICS demand is for monetary multipolarity, which goes against the hegemony of the dollar, which has become the reserve currency since World War II,” says Fernandez. “So it’s a direct attack on this system, controlled by the dollar.”

BRICS has many challenges, in part due to the diverse makeup of the cultures, countries, and governments that make up the eclectic, yet powerful international alliance.

The group is not looking to upend the global capitalist system. It’s not proposing socialism. The BRICS countries aren’t going to usher in revolutionary change. But they are pushing to alter the balance of power in the world to move from the hegemony of the United States and the European powers toward something more equal.

“Can anyone tell me why India can’t be included in the UN Security Council? Or a country like Brazil? Or Mexico?” Lula said during the summit. “Or Nigeria or Ethiopia, which has a population of just over 120 million people, or Egypt, which has over 100 million, or South Africa? Why not? There’s no reason why.”

Currently only China, France, Russia, the UK, and the United States have veto power in the Security Council. This structure was implemented at the end of World War II and has remained in place ever since—something the BRICS countries say has to change.

The BRICS summit did not occur in a vacuum. Representatives say that ahead of the meeting, negotiators from the BRICS countries—which they call “sherpas”—met hundreds of times over the last year to come to agreement on such a wide range of topics.

This past year also saw the creation of a new Popular Council. The council was created last year as a space for grassroots groups to contribute to the BRICS agenda, policies, and future. Representatives from 120 groups from across the BRICS countries met in the months leading up to the summit.

“The majority of the BRICS countries, right now, are very conservative and some of them even undemocratic and don’t have the civil space inside their countries. So bringing this agenda for the BRICS, it’s pushing the other countries to open space for civil society.”

“The existence of this Popular Council is amazing,” said Santos. “Because you know that the majority of the BRICS countries, right now, are very conservative and some of them even undemocratic and don’t have the civil space inside their countries. So bringing this agenda for the BRICS, it’s pushing the other countries to open space for civil society.”

Members of social movements and representatives of the BRICS Popular Council close a special two-day forum in the Rio de Janeiro’s Carlos Gomes Theater on Saturday, July 5, the day before the start of the official BRICS Summit. Credit: Michael Fox

For two days before the official BRICS summit, members of social movements, civil society, and academia from across the BRICS countries met in a large hall in Carlos Gomes Theater, in downtown Rio de Janeiro, for the Popular Council Forum.

Colorful banners from diverse social and labor movements, including Brazil’s Landless Workers’ Movement (MST), were laid out in front of the stage, where panels were held throughout the day. 

They delivered their recommendations to BRICS leaders on Sunday. Delegates of the Popular Council presented their findings, analysis and process during a press conference following the Popular Council forum.

Raymond Matlala, from the BRICS Youth Association of South Africa, said, “What I like about BRICS and why I think BRICS is so appealing to the global majority, the Global South is the principles of BRICS, the mutual respect. The people are leveled. No one comes with superior power. It’s also the respect of one country’s sovereignty. BRICS does not enter in domestic issues.”

How will BRICS respond to Trump?

Early on Monday morning, I responded to the text from my producers and went live at both 1AM and 2AM.

The presenter asked me how BRICS would respond to Trump’s late-night threat over social media. I said it was unclear, but I was sure it was not going to make them change course.

At a press conference the next day, following the close of the summit, Lula stood at a microphone in front of the hall in white shirt and a black suit. Blue carpeted floors. Blue wall behind him, “BRICS – Brasil 2025″ written across it. Journalists packed in rows of chairs before him. Camera shutters clicking. Cold air pumped into the room from two huge air conditioning units.

The first three questions were variations on the same theme: How would BRICS respond?

The answer: They wouldn’t. They didn’t have to.

“The world has changed. We don’t want an emperor,” said Lula, referring to Trump. “We are sovereign countries.” He said Trump’s threat of raising tariffs on BRICS countries wasn’t brought up at all during their meetings that day. It was not even an issue.

“At the moment the United States declares ‘America First,’ the BRICS are saying ‘we all come first,’”

This is a subtle, but important point. Trump wants to be the center of attention. That’s how he derails and wins debates, with ever-more shocking statements, actions, decrees, and threats. In Trump’s world, the United States—backed by the US dollar and the US military—should be first, with the rest of the countries of the world revolving around it. That is exactly what the BRICS countries want to change. And the more Trump pushes, the more they are going to look the other way.

“At the moment the United States declares ‘America First,’ the BRICS are saying ‘we all come first,’” international relations analyst Pedro Costa Junior told me at the summit. “The Global South comes first. The community comes first. Not for one. But for everyone.”


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/why-is-donald-trump-afraid-of-the-brics/feed/ 0 544740
Fighting fascists in Spain: The Abraham Lincoln Brigade https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/fighting-fascists-in-spain-the-abraham-lincoln-brigade/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/fighting-fascists-in-spain-the-abraham-lincoln-brigade/#respond Wed, 16 Jul 2025 17:01:34 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=335522 Members of the XV International Brigade (aka the Abraham Lincoln Brigade) returning to the US on the French Liner Champlain, July 1938. The men of the brigade fought for the Spanish Republic in the Spanish Civil War as a part of the International Brigades.Thousands left their homes in the United States to stand against Spanish General Franco and fascism. This is episode 58 of Stories of Resistance.]]> Members of the XV International Brigade (aka the Abraham Lincoln Brigade) returning to the US on the French Liner Champlain, July 1938. The men of the brigade fought for the Spanish Republic in the Spanish Civil War as a part of the International Brigades.

On July 17, 1936, the Nazi-backed Spanish General Federico Franco led an armed rebellion against the Spanish government. It began a bloody civil war that would last for years. 

Thousands of people left their homes and traveled to Spain to stand up and defend its democratically elected government against Franco and fascism.

Roughly 35,000 people from more than 50 countries would join the Spanish International Brigade. Of those internacionalistas, roughly 3,000 men and women came from the United States and volunteered to fight. They founded the Abraham Lincoln Brigade.

This is episode 58 of Stories of Resistance—a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. 

And please consider signing up for the Stories of Resistance podcast feed, either in Spotify, Apple Podcasts, Spreaker, or wherever you listen.

Please consider supporting this podcast and Michael Fox’s reporting on his Patreon account: patreon.com/mfox. There you can also see exclusive pictures, video, and interviews. 

Written and produced by Michael Fox.

Resources

Transcript

The year is 1936. July. The Nazi-backed Spanish General Federico Franco leads an armed rebellion against the democratically elected Spanish government. That government is a union of leftist political parties. It’s called the Popular Front.

It is the beginning of the Spanish Civil War.

Thousands of people leave their homes in countries around the world and travel to Spain to stand up and defend its democratically elected government against Franco and fascism. Roughly 35,000 people from more than 50 countries would join the Spanish International Brigade.

Their slogan: No Pasarán — They will not pass.

Of those internacionalistas, roughly 3,000 men and women would come from the United States and volunteer to fight and aid the effort starting in late 1936. They would found the Abraham Lincoln Brigade. They came from almost every US state. And they came with a conviction. They came for a cause. And they would fight for it. 

This was a time of segregation in the United States, but in Spain, the Lincoln Battalion was integrated. Everyone fought beside each other. African Americans, Jewish, Protestants, Catholics. United for one cause. United for hope. In defense of a free and democratic Spain. 

But it was not easy. They were often on the front lines. And Franco’s forces had support. Both Germany’s Adolf Hitler and Italian fascist dictator Benito Mussolini backed Franco during the civil war. They provided ground troops. Air support. Bombing raids. 

“We were fighting against fascism. And we were political enough to understand that.”

That is the late Abraham Lincoln veteran Clarence Kailin, during an interview with Democracy Now!’s Amy Goodman many years ago. He passed away in 2009.

“So it wasn’t for an adventure. And it wasn’t for money. It was fighting against Italy and Italian fascism and German Nazism. That’s what it was about. And we felt that if we lost the war, then World War II, was pretty much inevitable, which is pretty much what happened.”

Kailin went to Spain with five friends. He was the only one to return home. 

Many of the survivors and veterans of the Abraham Lincoln brigade would go on to fight in World War II. Despite their sacrifice against fascism and in defense of Spain and later the United States and the allied countries, the House Un-American Activities Committee would blacklist members of the Abraham Lincoln brigade in the United States during the red scare and Joseph McCarthy’s Communist witch hunt of the 1950s Cold War.

But the Abraham Lincoln brigade would continue to inspire. It still does today. 

It is estimated that roughly 15,000 members of the International Brigade lost their lives in the war. Almost a quarter of those who volunteered to fight from the United States with the Abraham Lincoln Brigade did not return home. Many more were injured. 

Delmer Berg, the last known member of the Lincoln Battalion, died in 2016 at the age of 100.

Hi folks, thanks for listening. I’m your host Michael Fox.

The international brigade and the Abraham Lincoln Brigade, in particular, is such an important history that is too often lost and forgotten in the past. 

If you’d like to learn more about the members of the International Brigade who went and fought in defense of Spain, I’m adding some links in the shows as well as a link to the Democracy Now! episode featuring Veteran Clarence Kailin.

As always, if you like what you hear and enjoy this podcast, please consider becoming a subscriber on my Patreon. It’s only a few dollars a month. I have a ton of exclusive content there, only available to my supporters. And every supporter really makes a difference.

This is episode 58 of Stories of Resistance, a podcast series co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review.

Thanks for listening. See you next time.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/fighting-fascists-in-spain-the-abraham-lincoln-brigade/feed/ 0 544712
This fuel is 50% plastic — and it’s slipping through a loophole in international waste law https://grist.org/accountability/refuse-derived-fuel-plastic-waste-basel-convention/ https://grist.org/accountability/refuse-derived-fuel-plastic-waste-basel-convention/#respond Tue, 15 Jul 2025 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=670179 Since 2019, the 191 countries that are party to an international agreement called the Basel Convention have agreed to classify mixed plastic trash as “hazardous waste.” This designation essentially bans the export of unsorted plastic waste from rich countries to poor countries and requires it to be disclosed in shipments between poor countries. But the rule has a big loophole.

Every year, an unknown but potentially large amount of plastic waste continues to be traded in the form of “refuse-derived fuel,” or RDF, ground-up packaging and industrial plastic waste that gets mixed with scrap wood and paper in order to be burned for energy. Environmental groups say these exports perpetuate “waste colonialism” and jeopardize public health, since burning plastic emits hazardous pollutants and greenhouse gases that warm the planet. 

Many advocates would like to see the RDF loophole closed as a first step toward discouraging the development of new RDF facilities worldwide. They were disappointed that, at this spring’s biannual meeting of the Basel Convention — the 1989 treaty that regulates the transboundary movement of hazardous waste — RDF went largely unaddressed. “It’s just frustrating to witness all these crazy, profit-protecting negotiators,” said Yuyun Ismawati, co-founder of the Indonesian anti-pollution nonprofit Nexus3. “If we are going to deal with plastic waste through RDF, then … everybody must be willing to learn more about what’s in it.”

RDF is a catch-all term for several different products, sometimes made with special equipment at material recovery facilities — the centers that, in the U.S., receive and sort mixed household waste for further processing. ASTM International, an American standard-setting organization, lists several types of RDF depending on what it’s made of and what it’s formed into — coarse particles no larger than a fingernail, for example, or larger briquettes. Some RDF is made by shredding waste into a loose “fluff.”

Although RDF contains roughly 50 percent paper, cardboard, wood, and other plant material, the rest is plastic, including human-made textiles and synthetic rubber. It’s this plastic content that makes RDF so combustible — after all, plastics are just reconstituted fossil fuels. According to technical guidelines from the Basel Convention secretariat, RDF contains about two-thirds the energy of coal by weight. 

One of the main users of RDF is the cement industry, which can burn it alongside traditional fossil fuels to power its energy-intensive kilns. Álvaro Lorenz, global sustainability director for the multinational cement company Votorantim Cimentos, said RDF has gained popularity as cities, states and provinces, and countries struggle to deal with the 353 million metric tons of plastic waste produced each year — 91 percent of which is never recycled. Some of these jurisdictions have implemented policies discouraging trash from being sent to landfills. Instead, it gets sent to cement kilns like his. “Governments are promoting actions to reduce the amount of materials being sent to landfills, and we are one solution,” he said.

A large pile of plastic trash to the left, with people below it at bottom right sorting through it.
Workers sort plastic waste for recycling in Samut Prakan, Thailand, in 2023. Matt Hunt / Anadolu Agency via Getty Images

Lorenz said RDF makes his company more sustainable by contributing to a “circular economy.” In theory, using RDF instead of coal or natural gas reduces emissions and advances companies’ environmental targets. According to David Araujo, North America engineered fuels program manager for the waste management and utility company Veolia, RDF produced by his company’s factory in Louisiana, Missouri, allows cement company clients in the Midwest to avoid 1.06 metric tons of greenhouse gas emissions with every ton of RDF burned. The ash produced from burning RDF can also be used as a raw material in cement production, he added, displacing virgin material use.

RDF is also attractive because it is less price-volatile than the fossil fuels that cement production would otherwise depend on. In one analysis of Indonesian RDF production from last year, researchers found that each metric ton of RDF can save cement kiln operators about $77 in fuel and electricity costs.

Lorenz said that the high temperatures inside cement kilns “completely burn 100 percent” of any hazardous chemicals that may be contained in RDF’s plastic fraction. But this is contested by environmental advocates who worry about insufficiently regulated toxic air emissions similar to those produced by traditional waste incinerators — especially in poor countries with less robust environmental regulations and enforcement capacity. Dioxins, for example, are released by both cement kilns and other waste incinerators, and are linked to immune and nervous system impairment. Burning plastic can also release heavy metals that are associated with respiratory and neurological disorders. A 2019 systematic review of the health impacts of waste incineration found that people living and working near waste incinerators had higher levels of dioxins, lead, and arsenic in their bodies, and that they often had a higher risk of some types of cancer such as non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma.

“Before they convert it into fuel, the chemicals are still locked inside the [plastic] packaging,” said Ismawati. “But once you burn it, … you spray out everything.” She said some of her friends living near an RDF facility in Indonesia have gotten cancer, and at least one has died from it.

Lorenz and Araujo both said their companies are subject to, and comply with, applicable environmental regulations in the countries where they operate. 

Lee Bell, a science and policy adviser for the International Pollutants Elimination Network — a network of environmental and public health experts and nonprofits — also criticized the idea that burning RDF causes fewer greenhouse gas emissions than burning traditional fossil fuels. He said this notion fails to consider the “petrochemical origin” of plastic waste: Plastics cause greenhouse gas emissions at every stage of their life cycle, and, as a strategy for dealing with plastic waste, research suggests that incineration releases more climate pollution than other waste management strategies. In a landfill, where plastic lasts hundreds of years with little degradation, the nonprofit Center for International Environmental Law has estimated greenhouse gas emissions at about 132 pounds per metric ton. That rises to about 1,980 pounds of emissions per metric ton when plastic is incinerated.

Bell said he’s concerned about the apparent growth of the RDF industry worldwide, though there is little reliable data about how much of the stuff is produced and traded between countries each year. Part of the problem is the “harmonized system” of export codes administrated by the World Customs Organization, which represents more than 170 customs bodies around the world. The organization doesn’t have a specific code for RDF and instead lumps it with any of several other categories  — ”household waste,” for example — when it’s traded internationally. Only the U.K. seems to provide transparent reporting of its RDF exports. In the first three months of 2025 it reported sending about 440,000 metric tons abroad, most of which was received by Scandinavian countries.

Nearly all of the world’s largest cement companies already use RDF in at least some of their facilities. According to one market research firm, the market for RDF was worth about $5 billion in 2023, and it’s expected to grow to $10.2 billion by 2032. Other firms have forecast a bright outlook for the RDF industry in the Middle East and Africa, and one analysis from last year said that Asia is “realizing tremendous potential as a growth market for RDF” as governments seek new ways to manage their waste. Within the past year, new plans to use RDF in cement kilns have been announced in Peshawar, Pakistan; Hoa Binh, Vietnam; Adana, Turkey; and across Nigeria, just to name a few places.  

Cement factory towers with an orange boat in the water in the foreground.
A cement factory in Port Canaveral, Florida. Peter Titmuss / UCG / Universal Images Group via Getty Images

Araujo, with Veolia, said his company’s RDF program “has grown exponentially” over the past several years, “and we recently invested millions of dollars to upgrade equipment to keep pace with demand.” A separate spokesperson said Veolia does not send RDF across international borders, and a spokesperson for Votorantim Cimentos said the company always sources RDF locally.

Dorothy Otieno, a program officer at the Nairobi-based Centre for Environment Justice and Development, said investment in RDF infrastructure could create a perverse incentive for the world to create more plastic — and for developing countries to import it — just to ensure that facility operators earn a return on their investment. “Will this create an avenue for the importation of RDFs and other fossil fuel-based plastics?” she asked. “These are the kinds of questions that we are going to need to ask ourselves.”

At this year’s Basel Convention conference in May and June, the International Pollutants Elimination Network called for negotiators to put RDF into the same regulatory bucket as other forms of mixed plastic — potentially by classifying it as hazardous waste. Doing so would prohibit rich countries from exporting RDF to poor ones, and make its trade between developing countries contingent on the receiving country giving “prior informed consent.”

Negotiators fell short of that vision. Instead, they requested that stakeholders — such as RDF companies and environmental groups — submit plastic waste-related comments to the secretariat of the Basel Convention, for discussion at a working group meeting next year. Bell described this as “kicking the cans down the road.” 

“This is disappointing,” he added. “We appear to be on the brink of an explosion in the trade of RDF.”

The next Basel Convention meeting isn’t until 2027. But in the meantime, countries are free to create their own legislation restricting the export of RDF. Australia did this in 2022 when, following pressure from environmental groups, it amended its rules for plastic waste exports. The country now requires companies to obtain a hazardous waste permit in order to send a type of RDF called “process engineered fuel” abroad. Although RDF exports to rich countries like Japan continue, the new requirements effectively ended the legal export of RDF from Australia to poorer countries in Southeast Asia.

Ultimately, Ismawati said countries need to focus on reducing plastic production to levels that can be managed domestically — without any type of incineration. “Every country needs to treat waste in their own country,” Ismawati said. “Do not export it under the label of a ‘circular economy.’”

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline This fuel is 50% plastic — and it’s slipping through a loophole in international waste law on Jul 15, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Joseph Winters.

]]>
https://grist.org/accountability/refuse-derived-fuel-plastic-waste-basel-convention/feed/ 0 544426
Press freedom groups condemn hearing, demand release of Georgian journalist Mzia Amaglobeli  https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/14/press-freedom-groups-condemn-hearing-demand-release-of-georgian-journalist-mzia-amaglobeli/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/14/press-freedom-groups-condemn-hearing-demand-release-of-georgian-journalist-mzia-amaglobeli/#respond Mon, 14 Jul 2025 17:55:36 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=497115 Batumi, Georgia. July 14, 2025一Monday’s court hearing in the case of Georgian journalist Mzia Amaglobeli shows the disproportionate and politicized nature of the charges against her and she must be released immediately, said three international press freedom organizations whose representatives monitored the proceedings. 

In response to the hearing, the Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ), International Press Institute (IPI), and Reporters Without Borders (RSF) – called on Monday for Amaglobeli’s immediate release. Ambassadors and diplomats from the European Union mission and seven countries also attended the hearing, in which Amaglobeli provided detailed testimony for nearly three hours.

A prominent  journalist and founder of the online news outlets Gazeti Batumelebi and Netgazeti, Amaglobeli has been unjustly held in pretrial detention since her arrest on January 12.

Press freedom groups and diplomats gather in Batumi, Georgia, to attend a hearing for jailed journalist Mzia Amaghlobeli on July 14, 2025. (Photo: Irakli Kirua for CPJ, IPI, and RSF)
Press freedom groups and diplomats gather in Batumi, Georgia, to attend a hearing for jailed journalist Mzia Amaglobeli on July 14, 2025. (Photo: Irakli Kurua for CPJ, IPI, and RSF)

“Today’s proceedings show that the trial of Mzia Amaglobeli is shrouded in a shocking smear campaign to destroy her credibility, personally and as a journalist. This, along with her deteriorating health, is deeply troubling and must end. Amaglobeli’s powerful testimony reflects her deep commitment to Georgia and to a free and independent media. Journalism is not a crime.”  

— Gypsy Guillén Kaiser, Chief Global Affairs Officer, Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ).

“The proceedings we witnessed today only confirm our position that this charge against Mzia Amaglobeli is entirely disproportionate and must be dropped. We are also deeply concerned by what appears to be an effort to smear her and to call into question her credibility as a journalist. Mzia is a highly respected, veteran journalist known for her commitment to journalistic ethics and independence. We fully stand by her as an IPI member.”

 — Amy Brouillette, Director of Advocacy, International Press Institute (IPI).

“This hearing once again underlined the lack of foundation in this case. The defense pointed to serious procedural irregularities, including politically charged that should have no place in an ongoing trial. Video footage also called into question the credibility of the alleged victim. Mzia Amaglobeli gave a calm and determined testimony, recalling her arrest and reaffirming her commitment to independent journalism — values for which she is now being prosecuted.”

— Jeanne Cavelier, Head of RSF’s Eastern Europe and Central Asia desk

Amaglobeli has been charged under the criminal code with attacking a police officer – a charge widely viewed as excessive and politically motivated – which carries a sentence of up to seven years in prison. She has been held in pre-trial detention since January 12, during which time her health has declined and she has been struggling with deteriorating vision.

She is being held at the Rustavi Women’s Prison No. 5, south of the capital Tbilisi. CPJ, IPI, and RSF visited the prison site and stood outside in a gesture of solidarity on July 13. The court’s verdict on this case could be announced at a subsequent hearing, set for July 28.

Amaglobeli is the first woman journalist to be jailed since the country gained its independence in 1991. A widely respected figure known for upholding the highest journalistic standards, her arrest and detention are seen by many in the journalism community in Georgia as a deliberate attempt to intimidate and silence the independent press amidst a broader crackdown on civil society and dissent. Last week, 17 European foreign ministers and the European Union’s High Representative, expressed deep concern regarding “increasing repression” in Georgia.

The outlets founded by Amaglobeli nearly 25 years ago, have reported on human rights violations and corruption, serving the public with impartial, trustworthy news. These outlets have endured four political regimes in Georgia’s post-independence era, despite their journalists and editors being attacked, threatened, blackmailed and detained by authorities. 

Amaglobeli’s detention this January comes amid growing harassment of independent media in Georgia and a broader scaling back of democratic freedoms under the Georgian Dream ruling party. Over the past year, journalists in Georgia have been beaten, harassed, detained, jailed, smeared, and fined. Impunity for attacks on journalists, including those perpetrated by police, remains widespread. A wave of repressive legislation – such as the foreign agents law as well as amendments to the Law on Grants and the Law of Broadcasting – deliberately aims to prevent independent media from operating in Georgia. 

As members of the Media Freedom Coalition’s Consultative Network, CPJ, IPI and RSF have urged robust action regarding Amaglobeli’s detention, along with broader concerns about escalating attacks on press freedom that can weaken democracy in Georgia. 

Read more: CPJ’s remarks during a site visit to Rustavi Women’s Prison on July 13, 2025


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/14/press-freedom-groups-condemn-hearing-demand-release-of-georgian-journalist-mzia-amaglobeli/feed/ 0 544333
Press freedom groups condemn hearing, demand release of Georgian journalist Mzia Amaglobeli  https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/14/press-freedom-groups-condemn-hearing-demand-release-of-georgian-journalist-mzia-amaglobeli-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/14/press-freedom-groups-condemn-hearing-demand-release-of-georgian-journalist-mzia-amaglobeli-2/#respond Mon, 14 Jul 2025 17:55:36 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=497115 Batumi, Georgia. July 14, 2025一Monday’s court hearing in the case of Georgian journalist Mzia Amaglobeli shows the disproportionate and politicized nature of the charges against her and she must be released immediately, said three international press freedom organizations whose representatives monitored the proceedings. 

In response to the hearing, the Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ), International Press Institute (IPI), and Reporters Without Borders (RSF) – called on Monday for Amaglobeli’s immediate release. Ambassadors and diplomats from the European Union mission and seven countries also attended the hearing, in which Amaglobeli provided detailed testimony for nearly three hours.

A prominent  journalist and founder of the online news outlets Gazeti Batumelebi and Netgazeti, Amaglobeli has been unjustly held in pretrial detention since her arrest on January 12.

Press freedom groups and diplomats gather in Batumi, Georgia, to attend a hearing for jailed journalist Mzia Amaghlobeli on July 14, 2025. (Photo: Irakli Kirua for CPJ, IPI, and RSF)
Press freedom groups and diplomats gather in Batumi, Georgia, to attend a hearing for jailed journalist Mzia Amaglobeli on July 14, 2025. (Photo: Irakli Kurua for CPJ, IPI, and RSF)

“Today’s proceedings show that the trial of Mzia Amaglobeli is shrouded in a shocking smear campaign to destroy her credibility, personally and as a journalist. This, along with her deteriorating health, is deeply troubling and must end. Amaglobeli’s powerful testimony reflects her deep commitment to Georgia and to a free and independent media. Journalism is not a crime.”  

— Gypsy Guillén Kaiser, Chief Global Affairs Officer, Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ).

“The proceedings we witnessed today only confirm our position that this charge against Mzia Amaglobeli is entirely disproportionate and must be dropped. We are also deeply concerned by what appears to be an effort to smear her and to call into question her credibility as a journalist. Mzia is a highly respected, veteran journalist known for her commitment to journalistic ethics and independence. We fully stand by her as an IPI member.”

 — Amy Brouillette, Director of Advocacy, International Press Institute (IPI).

“This hearing once again underlined the lack of foundation in this case. The defense pointed to serious procedural irregularities, including politically charged that should have no place in an ongoing trial. Video footage also called into question the credibility of the alleged victim. Mzia Amaglobeli gave a calm and determined testimony, recalling her arrest and reaffirming her commitment to independent journalism — values for which she is now being prosecuted.”

— Jeanne Cavelier, Head of RSF’s Eastern Europe and Central Asia desk

Amaglobeli has been charged under the criminal code with attacking a police officer – a charge widely viewed as excessive and politically motivated – which carries a sentence of up to seven years in prison. She has been held in pre-trial detention since January 12, during which time her health has declined and she has been struggling with deteriorating vision.

She is being held at the Rustavi Women’s Prison No. 5, south of the capital Tbilisi. CPJ, IPI, and RSF visited the prison site and stood outside in a gesture of solidarity on July 13. The court’s verdict on this case could be announced at a subsequent hearing, set for July 28.

Amaglobeli is the first woman journalist to be jailed since the country gained its independence in 1991. A widely respected figure known for upholding the highest journalistic standards, her arrest and detention are seen by many in the journalism community in Georgia as a deliberate attempt to intimidate and silence the independent press amidst a broader crackdown on civil society and dissent. Last week, 17 European foreign ministers and the European Union’s High Representative, expressed deep concern regarding “increasing repression” in Georgia.

The outlets founded by Amaglobeli nearly 25 years ago, have reported on human rights violations and corruption, serving the public with impartial, trustworthy news. These outlets have endured four political regimes in Georgia’s post-independence era, despite their journalists and editors being attacked, threatened, blackmailed and detained by authorities. 

Amaglobeli’s detention this January comes amid growing harassment of independent media in Georgia and a broader scaling back of democratic freedoms under the Georgian Dream ruling party. Over the past year, journalists in Georgia have been beaten, harassed, detained, jailed, smeared, and fined. Impunity for attacks on journalists, including those perpetrated by police, remains widespread. A wave of repressive legislation – such as the foreign agents law as well as amendments to the Law on Grants and the Law of Broadcasting – deliberately aims to prevent independent media from operating in Georgia. 

As members of the Media Freedom Coalition’s Consultative Network, CPJ, IPI and RSF have urged robust action regarding Amaglobeli’s detention, along with broader concerns about escalating attacks on press freedom that can weaken democracy in Georgia. 

Read more: CPJ’s remarks during a site visit to Rustavi Women’s Prison on July 13, 2025


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/14/press-freedom-groups-condemn-hearing-demand-release-of-georgian-journalist-mzia-amaglobeli-2/feed/ 0 544334
Brazil: Thousands protest Trump’s tariffs and interference in Brazilian courts https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/11/brazil-thousands-protest-trumps-tariffs-and-interference-in-brazilian-courts/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/11/brazil-thousands-protest-trumps-tariffs-and-interference-in-brazilian-courts/#respond Fri, 11 Jul 2025 18:05:34 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=335415 On Thursday, thousands protested in Brazil against US President Donald Trump and his attempt to interfere in Brazil’s judicial system. This is episode 57 of Stories of Resistance.]]>

Thousands on the streets of Brazil, Sao Paulo’s Paulista Avenue packed, angry and protesting US President Donald Trump and his imposition of 50% tariffs on Brazilian products. Trump’s new tariffs on Brazil are in response to the country’s trial against Trump ally, former far-right Brazilian President Jair Bolsonaro. 

Bolsonaro is accused of leading a “criminal organization” that looked to stop his successor Luiz Inacio Lula da Silva from assuming the presidency after he won the 2022 elections. The Brazilian courts will decide. Trump has other plans. But Brazilian leaders say they won’t back down. 

“If there’s one thing a government cannot tolerate, it’s interference by one country in the sovereignty of another,” said Brazilian President Lula. “And even more seriously, interference by a president of another country in the Brazilian justice system.”

This is episode 57 of Stories of Resistance—a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

Sign up for the Stories of Resistance podcast feed, either in SpotifyApple PodcastsSpreaker, or wherever you listen.

Please consider supporting this podcast and Michael Fox’s reporting on his Patreon accountpatreon.com/mfox. There you can also see exclusive pictures, video, and interviews. 

Written and produced by Michael Fox.

RESOURCES

Transcript

Thousands on the streets of Brazil, Sao Paulo’s Paulista Avenue packed, angry and protesting US President Donald Trump and his imposition of 50% tariffs on Brazilian products.

“We are so profoundly indignant against US imperialism, represented by Donald Trump,” says a man on the microphone. “This is shocking interference in Brazilian affairs.”

They light an effigy of Trump on fire. The Brazilians in the streets will not be silent. Trump’s new tariffs on Brazil are in response to the country’s trial against Trump ally former far-right Brazilian President Jair Bolsonaro. Bolsonaro is accused of leading a “criminal organization” that looked to stop his successor Luiz Inacio Lula da Silva from assuming the presidency after he won the 2022 elections.

Bolsonaro’s supporters took the streets for months after Lula won. They invaded buildings in the Brazilian capital on January 8, 2023… in a copycat performance of the January 6 Capitol invasion in Washington. According to a 900-page Federal Police report, Bolsonaro and the coup plotters allegedly planned to assassinate Lula, his vice president, and the Brazilian Supreme Court judge Alexandre de Moraes.

The Brazilian courts will decide the legal channel for responding to one of the most serious threats on the country’s democracy in years.

But Trump has other plans. He doesn’t want legal channels. He wants maximum pressure. And he doesn’t mind interfering in the affairs of a foreign country. So, this week, he called the trial against Bolsonaro a “witch hunt” and levied a 50% tariff on the country. 

But Brazil is not about to back down.

“If there’s one thing a government cannot tolerate, it’s interference by one country in the sovereignty of another,” said Brazilian President Lula. “And even more seriously, interference by a president of another country in the Brazilian justice system.”

Lula promised a reciprocal tariff on US goods if Trump’s Brazil tariffs go into effect. And Brazilians are angry and in the streets. International resistance against foreign US intervention on behalf of Trump defending his far right political allies.

Bolsonaro is already banned from holding office in Brazil until 2030 for spreading disinformation and lies against the country’s electoral system.

Hi folks, thanks for listening. I’m your host Michael Fox.

As you may have noticed, today’s episode is a little different. This news is hot off the presses this week. The protests were just yesterday. But I thought it was really important to highlight this moment right now.

I did a series of reporting for my podcast Brazil on Fire on the pro-Bolsonaro protests following Lula’s 2022 electoral victory and the Brazilian capitol invasion on January 8. You can check those out in my podcast Brazil on Fire. I’ll add some links in the show notes. 

Also, if you like what you hear and enjoy this podcast, please consider becoming a subscriber on my Patreon. It’s only a few dollars a month. I have a ton of exclusive content there only available to my supporters. Including exclusive pictures, videos and interviews. Every supporter really makes a difference. Please check it out. You can find that on patreon.com/mfox. I’ll also add a link in the show notes.

This is episode 57 of Stories of Resistance, a podcast series co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment or leave a review.

Thanks for listening. See you next time.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/11/brazil-thousands-protest-trumps-tariffs-and-interference-in-brazilian-courts/feed/ 0 544007
Brazil: Thousands protest Trump’s tariffs and interference in Brazilian courts https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/11/brazil-thousands-protest-trumps-tariffs-and-interference-in-brazilian-courts-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/11/brazil-thousands-protest-trumps-tariffs-and-interference-in-brazilian-courts-2/#respond Fri, 11 Jul 2025 18:05:34 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=335415 On Thursday, thousands protested in Brazil against US President Donald Trump and his attempt to interfere in Brazil’s judicial system. This is episode 57 of Stories of Resistance.]]>

Thousands on the streets of Brazil, Sao Paulo’s Paulista Avenue packed, angry and protesting US President Donald Trump and his imposition of 50% tariffs on Brazilian products. Trump’s new tariffs on Brazil are in response to the country’s trial against Trump ally, former far-right Brazilian President Jair Bolsonaro. 

Bolsonaro is accused of leading a “criminal organization” that looked to stop his successor Luiz Inacio Lula da Silva from assuming the presidency after he won the 2022 elections. The Brazilian courts will decide. Trump has other plans. But Brazilian leaders say they won’t back down. 

“If there’s one thing a government cannot tolerate, it’s interference by one country in the sovereignty of another,” said Brazilian President Lula. “And even more seriously, interference by a president of another country in the Brazilian justice system.”

This is episode 57 of Stories of Resistance—a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

Sign up for the Stories of Resistance podcast feed, either in SpotifyApple PodcastsSpreaker, or wherever you listen.

Please consider supporting this podcast and Michael Fox’s reporting on his Patreon accountpatreon.com/mfox. There you can also see exclusive pictures, video, and interviews. 

Written and produced by Michael Fox.

RESOURCES

Transcript

Thousands on the streets of Brazil, Sao Paulo’s Paulista Avenue packed, angry and protesting US President Donald Trump and his imposition of 50% tariffs on Brazilian products.

“We are so profoundly indignant against US imperialism, represented by Donald Trump,” says a man on the microphone. “This is shocking interference in Brazilian affairs.”

They light an effigy of Trump on fire. The Brazilians in the streets will not be silent. Trump’s new tariffs on Brazil are in response to the country’s trial against Trump ally former far-right Brazilian President Jair Bolsonaro. Bolsonaro is accused of leading a “criminal organization” that looked to stop his successor Luiz Inacio Lula da Silva from assuming the presidency after he won the 2022 elections.

Bolsonaro’s supporters took the streets for months after Lula won. They invaded buildings in the Brazilian capital on January 8, 2023… in a copycat performance of the January 6 Capitol invasion in Washington. According to a 900-page Federal Police report, Bolsonaro and the coup plotters allegedly planned to assassinate Lula, his vice president, and the Brazilian Supreme Court judge Alexandre de Moraes.

The Brazilian courts will decide the legal channel for responding to one of the most serious threats on the country’s democracy in years.

But Trump has other plans. He doesn’t want legal channels. He wants maximum pressure. And he doesn’t mind interfering in the affairs of a foreign country. So, this week, he called the trial against Bolsonaro a “witch hunt” and levied a 50% tariff on the country. 

But Brazil is not about to back down.

“If there’s one thing a government cannot tolerate, it’s interference by one country in the sovereignty of another,” said Brazilian President Lula. “And even more seriously, interference by a president of another country in the Brazilian justice system.”

Lula promised a reciprocal tariff on US goods if Trump’s Brazil tariffs go into effect. And Brazilians are angry and in the streets. International resistance against foreign US intervention on behalf of Trump defending his far right political allies.

Bolsonaro is already banned from holding office in Brazil until 2030 for spreading disinformation and lies against the country’s electoral system.

Hi folks, thanks for listening. I’m your host Michael Fox.

As you may have noticed, today’s episode is a little different. This news is hot off the presses this week. The protests were just yesterday. But I thought it was really important to highlight this moment right now.

I did a series of reporting for my podcast Brazil on Fire on the pro-Bolsonaro protests following Lula’s 2022 electoral victory and the Brazilian capitol invasion on January 8. You can check those out in my podcast Brazil on Fire. I’ll add some links in the show notes. 

Also, if you like what you hear and enjoy this podcast, please consider becoming a subscriber on my Patreon. It’s only a few dollars a month. I have a ton of exclusive content there only available to my supporters. Including exclusive pictures, videos and interviews. Every supporter really makes a difference. Please check it out. You can find that on patreon.com/mfox. I’ll also add a link in the show notes.

This is episode 57 of Stories of Resistance, a podcast series co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment or leave a review.

Thanks for listening. See you next time.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/11/brazil-thousands-protest-trumps-tariffs-and-interference-in-brazilian-courts-2/feed/ 0 544008
Welcome, 140th Grandchild ❤ #SearchingWithoutFear https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/11/welcome-140th-grandchild-%e2%9d%a4-searchingwithoutfear/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/11/welcome-140th-grandchild-%e2%9d%a4-searchingwithoutfear/#respond Fri, 11 Jul 2025 09:48:13 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=27e8536c1f793e5f17f5acf467c87ac7
This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/11/welcome-140th-grandchild-%e2%9d%a4-searchingwithoutfear/feed/ 0 544177
Taiwan’s future will shape the whole global economy. Will Taiwanese people have a say in that future? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/10/taiwans-future-will-shape-the-whole-global-economy-will-taiwanese-people-have-a-say-in-that-future/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/10/taiwans-future-will-shape-the-whole-global-economy-will-taiwanese-people-have-a-say-in-that-future/#respond Thu, 10 Jul 2025 20:37:00 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=335385 Protesters gather outside the Presidential Office to call President Lai Ching-te to step down during a demonstration in Taipei on April 26, 2025. Photo by I-HWA CHENG/AFP via Getty ImagesThe island nation of Taiwan has been a battleground for competing empires for centuries. Now, as the world’s leading producer of advanced microchips, Taiwan and its people are caught in the crosshairs of two imperial rivals: the US and China.]]> Protesters gather outside the Presidential Office to call President Lai Ching-te to step down during a demonstration in Taipei on April 26, 2025. Photo by I-HWA CHENG/AFP via Getty Images

Today, Taiwan is caught in the crosshairs of two imperial rivals: the US and China. This is nothing new for the island nation, which has been a battleground for competing empires for centuries, but what is new is the critical role Taiwan plays in the 21st-century world economy. For example, Taiwan manufacturers 90% of the world’s most advanced microchips—the key component in everything from consumer electronics to the US military’s F-35 fighter jets. In this episode of Solidarity Without Exception, co-host Ashley Smith speaks with Brian Hioe, journalist and editor of New Bloom magazine, about the history of Taiwanese struggles for self-determination, the country’s position in the contemporary US-China rivalry, the increasing threat of imperial war, and the urgency of building solidarity among working-class people in Taiwan, the US, and China.

Guests:

  • Brian Hioe is a freelance journalist, translator, and one of the founding editors of New Bloom, an online magazine featuring radical perspectives on Taiwan and the Asia-Pacific. A New York native and Taiwanese-American, Hioe has an MA in East Asian Languages and Cultures from Columbia University and graduated from New York University with majors in History, East Asian Studies, and English Literature. He was Democracy and Human Rights Service Fellow at the Taiwan Foundation for Democracy from 2017 to 2018 and is currently a Non-Resident Fellow at the University of Nottingham’s Taiwan Studies Programme, as well as board member of the Taiwan Foreign Correspondents’ Club.

Additional resources:

Credits:

  • Pre-Production: Ashley Smith
  • Stdio Production / Post-Production: TRNN
Transcript

The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

Ashley Smith:

Welcome to Solidarity Without Exception. I’m Ashley Smith. Blanca m and I are co-hosts of this ongoing podcast series. It is sponsored by the Ukraine Solidarity Network and produced by the Real News Network. Today we’re joined by Brian Hioe. Brian is a writer, editor, translator and activist based in Taipei during Taiwan’s Sunflower movement in 2014, he helped found New Bloom Magazine, which covers activism and politics in Taiwan and the Asia Pacific. New Bloom is also an organization that sponsors events at Taipei’s community space daybreak. Today Taiwan is caught in the crosshairs of two imperial rivals, the US and China. This is nothing new for the island nation. It has been a battleground between empires For centuries, its indigenous inhabitants where Austronesian people who had lived on the island for thousands of years in the 17th century, various capitalist and Prelist empires fought for control over Taiwan and its people.

The Netherlands seized most of it in the early 16 hundreds, while Spain established a small outpost in the north. The Dutch eventually drove out Spain and brought in Han Chinese settlers to farm the land and police the island’s indigenous people and the resistance to colonization. China’s Ming and Ching dynasties ousted the Dutch and incorporated the island in 1683, opening the door to Han in migration that marginalized the indigenous population. But China did not make Taiwan a province until 1885, only to lose it 10 years later to Japan, which claimed control of it. In 1895 during the Sino-Japanese war, Japan ruled the island until its defeat. In World War ii, the victorious allied powers granted Taiwan to the rulers of the Republic of China. Chiang Kai-shek Kang the KMT after Chiang’s defeat at the hands of Ma Zedong’s Chinese Communist Party. In 1949, the KMT fled the mainland to Taiwan where it imposed dictatorial rule against the wishes of the island’s people until they won democratization.

In 1987 on the mainland, Mao established the people’s Republic of China. During the Cold War, the US backed Chang’s Taiwan against Mao’s China, Washington used it to project its power over the Asia Pacific using its military bases on the island for its wars in Korea and Vietnam. The KMT oversaw development later becoming one of the so-called Asian tigers, a high-tech manufacturer, and today the 22nd largest economy in the world. Richard Nixon upset this arrangement when he seemingly changed sides and struck an alliance with Mao against the Soviet Union. In the 1970s, Washington adopted a one China policy formally recognizing the people’s republic and giving it China’s seat at the United Nations. But the US hedged its bets on China. It maintained defacto relations with Taiwan, arming it against Beijing and maintaining strategic ambiguity as to whether it would defend the island. US normalization and China’s opening up to global capitalism transformed relations between these three countries.

Despite repeated crises in the Taiwan Straits, US Taiwanese and Chinese capital have become intertwined and so have the working classes. They exploit the US multinational. Apple exemplifies their integration. It designs iPhones, Taiwan’s Foxconn exploits Chinese workers and mainland China to make them. And the Chinese state oversees its workers and ensures labor peace. That period of integration is ending with the rise of China as a capitalist power. The US now sees it as its main economic, geopolitical and military adversary. Taiwan has become the key flashpoint of their rivalry. China claims the island as a renegade province and threatens it with invasion while the US arms it and increasingly hints that it would defend it against Beijing. The stakes of their conflict are not just geopolitical Taiwan manufacturers, 90% of the world’s most advanced microchips. The key component in everything from consumer electronics to Washington’s F 35 fighter bomber lost amidst the two great powers conflict is Taiwan’s people who now see themselves primarily as Taiwanese and as such have the right to self-determination. In this episode, Brian Hugh explains the history of Taiwan its position in the US-China rivalry and the urgency of building solidarity among workers against their common exploitation by all three ruling classes and states and against the threat of Imperial war. Now onto the discussion with Brian Hugh.

So since World War ii, the US has been the Asia Pacific’s main hegemonic imperial power. Now China is challenging Washington supremacy and the two are in an intensifying standoff over Taiwan. China has increased its military exercises against the island while the US has responded in kind with an increasing buildup in the region. What’s the situation as it stands today in Taiwan?

Brian Hioe:

Yeah, so interesting enough, Taiwan does not react very strongly to the Chinese threats directed at it because of the fact they’ve gone on so long, there are many decades of Chinese threats. People are quite used to it. And so oftentimes while there’s discussion as though war may break out tomorrow in the us, in Europe, in other Western contexts in Taiwan, life goes on. That being said, the Chinese threats against Taiwan are intensified. Since the Pelosi visit to Taiwan in 2022, the threats have escalated to your daily basis. And so things have become riskier in the region and yet life is still feeling about the same for most people. But people are aware of example, the rising tensions between the US and China as well as for example, when Trump announces tariffs on the rest of the world outside of the us. And so it is a question of what happens next in Taiwan?

Ashley Smith:

What are the particular things that China has done that’s different recently? And in particular, how has the US responded? Like when defense secretary Pete Haze was in at the Shangrila dialogue and threatened all sorts of responses to the Chinese aggression against Taiwan. So how is that playing out?

Brian Hioe:

I think actually the Chinese threats against Taiwan, people feel not very acutely. In fact, it’s often filtered through the news media to see a diagram, for example, of the amount of Chinese planes that have incurred in incursions in Taiwan’s kind of aerospace. In the meantime, the US says they’ll escalate their support for Taiwan through armed sales and so forth, but that’s not really felt by the majority of people. And so you have a lot of rhetoric. Actually the rhetoric is definitely escalating and there is a sense of that there is a rising threat, but I think that’s filtered much more through, for example, events in Ukraine or Hong Kong, seeing as images of where there has been warfare or where it has been protest against, for example, China holding control of the government. And so that has occurred and there’s a sense of I think rising awareness of that Taiwan could be caught in the crosshairs of the US and China, but in the meantime, it does still feel a bit remote sometimes. But there’s awareness perhaps that we are facing more threats.

Ashley Smith:

So despite Taiwan being in the news all the time in the us, most people know very little about the island’s long history in the past, various imperial powers have contested for control over it. Can you give us a brief history of its pre-colonial people, European colonization and subsequent seizure by China, Japan, then Chen Kai shek ang the KMT after its defeat at the hands of Mao’s communist party in 1949 and connected to that, how has the US used Taiwan for its own purposes since the Cold War to today?

Brian Hioe:

Yeah, I think what’s very interesting is that particularly many people in western context are aware of Taiwan is producing the majority of the world semiconductor. And that’s in fact a very recent phenomenon. But Taiwan has long been fought over by imperial powers because of where it’s located, because of the fact that if you want to have hegemony over the age Pacific, Taiwan is at the crucial note of that. And so that has included Japan in terms of the Japanese empire in terms of various premodern, Chinese empires and so forth. And that is something that I think really is why Taiwan is at this center of contestation between the US and China today. The fact that Taiwan produces the majority of the world semiconductors that power everything from iPhones, PlayStations to electric vehicles, that’s actually very relatively recent. And so Taiwan’s first and abs are indigenous, they are in, it is actually a thought that many aian countries, their ancestors were in Taiwan before, but then after that it was colonized by many Western powers, Spanish, Dutch, Portuguese and so forth.

And then after that by the Japanese empire, Taiwan was part of pre-modern Chinese empires, but it was often thought of as an hinterland. They were not really cared about actually as a crucial part of the territory. Taiwan was only ever a province of the Ching dynasty, in fact, for a total of seven years, seven or eight years depending on how you counted. And then after I became part of the Japanese empire for 50 years. So today when we talk about it, Taiwan, in fact as a part of China since time Memorial, it’s actually a very recent development. Maldon himself for example, suggests that Taiwan should become independent the way that Korea was, for example. And he did not necessarily think about it that much until the KMT came to Taiwan after his defeat in the Chinese Civil War. After that though becomes this notion that Taiwan is part of China since time Memorial, and it’s a very interesting to think about how it became that way, but it points these contradictions I think, of being caught between empires of having people here. They’re not say part of the Chinese empire who are indigenous or from previous waves of migration from China, but not necessarily when Taiwan’s part of any Chinese empire, any pre-modern Chinese empire. And that’s part of the reason why it’s fought over today. But I think it really goes back to geopolitics that it’s like this crystal node of trade and commerce in the region. That is why it is desired by empires historically and also today.

Ashley Smith:

One thing if you could elaborate a little bit more about is two things that are related to that flesh out a little bit more how the US used Taiwan against China during the Cold War and then how that shifts with the normalization of relations between the US and mainland China with the people’s Republic. So how has it shifted and how do the majority of people in Taiwan conceptualize their identity as Chinese or as Taiwanese?

Brian Hioe:

Yeah, I think what is interesting is that Taiwan fits the classical pattern of a right wing dictatorship that’s backed by the US for the purposes of anti-communism because China is right there for example, also that occurred for example in the context of the Vietnam War. And so it is actually very much along that pattern, and yet I think people do not think about it enough in fact, because I think Asia conceptually people don’t pay attention as much to that this part of this global US strategy at the time. And I think that it is really that dynamic still persistent in this day in fact, because you still have American Republicans, for example, talking about this rhetoric of needing to oppose communist China and interesting enough using this rhetoric of the authoritarian KMT because of the fact that they just don’t know what Taiwan is. In fact, today that is democratized against the US batched right-wing dictatorship of Chiang Kai-shek and it Islam Chen quo.

And so the question is then how can leftists, for example, I think worldwide think of Taiwan its own terms. That’s always been a challenge. And so I think that that is still a conceptual challenge for many people. But what has changed in the decade since then of course is democratization in that then Taiwan has become a place in which people have an impex of identity. And I think that people often do not realize, for example, that before Shang Kai Sha and his son Ang quo established a dictator from Taiwan, 90% of the population is descended from those who are already here. Descendants of those that came at the KMT, the Chinese nationals party of Taiwan are only around 10% of the population, which does include myself for example. But then the majority of the population are indigenous or they’re from prior waves of Han migration from China during times in which Taiwan was not necessarily part of a Chinese empire. And so that leads to a very different sense of identity.

Ashley Smith:

Now Taiwan has undergone a massive political and economic transformation after decades of martial law that you just described. It underwent democratization, significant economic development, neoliberal and the rise of its tech industry, particularly the production of high-end computer chips. So it now ranks about 22nd globally in GDP right below Switzerland. What is the role of Taiwan now in the world economy? How would you characterize its position in the order of Imperial states and what are the main political parties in the country and how has democratization and neoliberal development impacted its working people and oppressed people?

Brian Hioe:

Taiwan is a very interesting context in that sense because for example, many of the factories that were built up in China in the 1990s and two thousands were in fact Tommy’s investment. And so it is often categorized as part of the quote, east Asian tigers economies that rose up after World War II are often backed by enormous amounts of USAID as a bulwark mans unquote communist China. And that is what leads to the temporary semiconductor dominance of Taiwan, for example, relative to China because of the fact that the advanced trips are produced in Taiwan, but the chips in fact are put together in China, for example. iPhones are put together in China, but the advanced chips are in Taiwan. And it very much fits the pattern then of how the US created or sought to build up the economies in East Asia as a bull war against the economic political threats of face during the Cold War.

But then in fact, you had odd development in which there is dependence upon each other in the sense that for example, advanced ships are built in Taiwan, but then in the 1990s when it seen China and the Soviet Union for example, disintegrated, there’s a shift towards the global capitalism. There’s a notion then that for example, there would no longer be such rivalries, and that is why for example, Taiwan could rise to this industry in the kind of very possible Cold War era. And in this sense, I think that Taiwan now exists at a very strange place in which at times in which the US and China are against at odds with each other. I think that now there is this notion that the Taiwan is caught between the trade war between the US and China, which is true also technology war reflects how the Cold War in that sense, the shadow of it is backed. And so many talk about this, the new Cold War and Taiwan is very caught between these different places and there doesn’t seem to be a way out because it seems like many of the old geopolitical rivalries of Cold War have resurfaced.

Ashley Smith:

And what impact has all this had on working people and oppressed people on the island? How has the economic development and in particular the kind of neoliberal and opening up an export of manufacturing into China done to working people’s standard of living oppressed groups, their experienced migrant labor forces, what is the reshaping of Taiwanese capitalism done to the majority of its people?

Brian Hioe:

I think the interesting thing is that many people are not actually totally aware of it because what happened actually in the past few decades is that the so-called 3D job, the dirty, dangerous, demeaning jobs were outsourced to southeast migrant workers who are often in Taiwan working in Taiwan’s factories. But then in spite of the rising tensions and people actually do not necessarily feel in terms of the working class, I think the era in which Taiwan capital really owned many factories in China has sort of passed. There definitely is still case, but rising tensions between Taiwan and China, actually many capitals have relocated elsewhere, mostly to southeast Asia or perhaps India. And so I think that people have not really felt it in that sense. It has not really affected life. I think actually the capital labor relations in Taiwan have not been that much affected. But then I think there’s still this issue in which Taiwan is not aware enough of that the so-called 3D jobs, the dirty dangerous city meeting jobs have gone to aka migrant Muslims. And so that has also occurred and Taiwan can be in between. Then I think in terms of that, once these went to China and now they’ve gone to southeast Asia, Taiwan is both exploited in that sense, but also an exploiter, and I think that’s something that Taiwan could reflect on much more.

Ashley Smith:

So what does that mean for Taiwan’s position in the structure of Imperial states? Because some people talk about it as an oppressed nation, other people talk about it as a regional power. How do you think it fits in because that’s important conceptually to figure out how the left should respond to the situation.

Brian Hioe:

Absolutely, and I think that’s very important to think about the various East Asian states, for example, whether it’s South Korea or Japan or Taiwan because they are oppressors, but also in that sense caught between the US and China. And so perhaps there’s a certain degree of economic level that for example, Taiwan has risen to. But in term then Taiwan becomes oppressor of other nations because at one point, for example, when there’s the error of made in Taiwan, those Chinese factory workers are taking on all these jobs. But after moving up to so-called value chain, then now Taiwan outsources these jobs to other nationalities, whether within Taiwan itself, in factories in Taiwan or outsources in directly to so Asia factories for example. And so Taiwan is caught between, and I think actually we need to think beyond these binaries of victim and victimizer in terms of capitalism because it is this endless chain in which you are at different points in the so-called value chain. And so Taiwan is somewhere in between there. And that sense, to be honest, Taiwan is I think comparatively relatively privileged, but then it is in meantime caught between the contention of geopolitical rivals. And I think there’s unfortunate fact Taiwan is caught geopolitically at the certain nexus in which it has often been the object of contestation between empires. So I think there’s a lot of layers I think through there. There’s no good versus evil, for example, narrative here.

Ashley Smith:

So now let’s just dive into the relationship between in this triangle of the us, Taiwan and China Taiwan’s trapped between global capitalism’s two main powers, the US and China. China claims. Taiwan is a renegade province while the US supports an arms Taiwan while maintaining strategic ambiguity as to whether it would come to its defense. In the case of an invasion by Beijing, how have the country’s main parties, the capitalist parties, the KMT, the DPP and the TPP positioned themselves amids this conflict?

Brian Hioe:

Yeah, so I think what the fundamental splits in Taiwan between the two major parties, the DPP and the KMT is that one is the party of domestic Taiwanese capital, let’s say the bourgeoisie, whereas the other one at the KMT, the former authoritarian party is the party of the cross street hopping at bourgeoisie, which you jump between Taiwan and China in order to, that’s how you operate actually, you’re operating on the interests of those two countries or two entities rather. And so that is the source of conflict between the parties. And so the DPP has really doubled down on strengthening ties to the US building up domestic Taiwan capital. In the meantime, the KMT claims that for example, times prosperity is built on economic relations to China that instead in the era in which US power is potentially reigning that Taiwan should go in the direction of China.

And so there’s that contestation. The T PPP in the meantime is a party that tries to track swing voters, those who are between the KMT and the DP, but has generally drifted much towards the KMT in past years, which is kind of strategy I think on their part, but I don’t actually think it’s totally successful. I think the all along run, they will eventually become absorbed back into the KMT. And so that is the source of tension between the two. The DPP calls a stronger ties with the us, the KMT calls a stronger ties with China, but I feel that in this present era in which for example, Chinese young people increase to identify as Taiwanese rather than Chinese, for example, even someone like myself who’s descended from those who came to Taiwan with A KMT and defined more as Taiwanese rather than Chinese. And so I don’t think the KMT really has a long-term future, but it’s still doubling down on that path. And so it is to be seen actually what happens going forward.

Ashley Smith:

So what is the current DPP government doing? What’s their strategy? What’s their political and economic strategy amidst this conflict?

Brian Hioe:

Part of it actually interesting is Trump throws a wrench into things because of the fact that there is this tariffs that are imposed in the world. He has created a lot of faith, a lack of faith in US power and so forth. And so there is that, but the DPP has tried to reassure or stabilize the us which honestly enough they cannot actually do. In the meantime, the KT has tried to reassure of that China will continue to grow that also pass the US inevitably based on demographics, based on economy, but also I don’t think people really have faith in that either. And so there’s a question and if the left is stronger in Taiwan, there could be a third path that emerges, but unfortunately the left is not that strong currently in Taiwan. And so attempts to articulate a third path have usually not succeeded. It’s to be seen well for allows for that in the future, but I’m not terribly optimistic currently.

Ashley Smith:

So let’s dive into that a little bit because we’ve talked mainly about geopolitics and politics from above in Taiwan and in the region and with these imperial powers. But let’s dive in a little bit to the history of militant popula struggles of workers and oppress people against their Taiwanese bosses and exploiters and oppressors. How do people give us a sense of the history of that struggle in the democratization of the country and how do people in such struggles view the us? How do they view China as well as the workers in those countries and in the region?

Brian Hioe:

I think it’s a very important question. I think that in the past, during democratization that occurred in a context in which there are many struggles in the region that were from democratization, the Philippines for example, or South Korea, and there’s this knowledge of a global struggle against authoritarian leaders that are usually US backed. And of course the KMT was US backed, but in the decades since, that is receded and in favor of capitalist struggle. And so you have people that were part of the DPP, which is interesting enough, did have a current that was closer to the left wing that has very poor labor in the past, but that’s now received in terms of this kind of national self strengthening. Actually the idea of building up the nation is taking precedence over, for example, building ties to workers movements in the region. And I think that’s a real challenge actually already against that narrative that there’s a need to actually resist capital rather than just become another capitalist power.

But I think that is also in fact what happened with other left movements in the region as well in terms of South Korea and the Philippines that has led to this issue. There’s a desire even for Taiwan to become this powerful Catholic exploiter. And that is the vision of then articulating self-determination I think rather than connecting with other workers’ movements. And I think that that is still something to be worked on. I think that people have not thought that through that history is really seeded and that has actually been very visible recently. For example, with regards let’s say Palestine, that there are people that are DPB aligned that are very supportive of Ukraine for example, but then desire to align with Israel because Israel is of course a much more important economic, let’s say, trading partner compared to Palestine. And so a lot of the movements of the past have also fragmented.

They do not have that power as in the past or the movement leader, let’s say even something like the 2014 slim fire movement, which I was part of a student movement against the KMT, which had taken power and sought to sign trade agreements with China. A lot of these people have also entered government and they don’t think about this desire to build ties with movements for example, but to build up Taiwan as a national power in the region. And actually we haven’t seen this tilt towards the very top down narrative rather than bottom of struggle. In the meantime, the third parties that did emerge after Sunfire mostly have petered out and have lost strength as time because of gone on because I think maybe they have not managed and play this game of how to appeal to voters when people focus disproportionately on the geopolitics or the condensation between the two parties.

Ashley Smith:

So what has that done to people’s attitude towards these ruling parties? I know there’s enormous questions about the cost of living, the conditions of work not only of migrant workers like you described in the 3D jobs, but of regular labor under the conditions right now in Taiwan. So is there an opening there between the sentiments of the majority and dissatisfaction with these mainstream capitalist parties?

Brian Hioe:

I think actually it is quite a challenge there because the two parties both agree on many of the economic woes facing the Tommy’s electorate, which is that their long hours for low pay, the cost living is rising, housing is unaffordable. And so they don’t differ too much in fact based on their platform apart from the independence versus unification platform or whether they should be closer to the US versus whether they should be closer to China. And so that actually is this further Chinese society being further admired in these issues in fact. And so I think that’s actually, it’s a challenge because basically both parties do not alter alternatives. They offer basically the same platform, and in fact on social policy, they don’t differ substantially. And so it’s actually quite interesting. I think that being said, Taiwan, both parties do support in fact a welfare state. And so for example, both parties are rather in favor of universal healthcare which does exist and they do not differ on that respect. And so the main difference is then do you want a welfare state that is more in terms of foreign policy closer to China or close to the us and that ends up being the difference between voting.

Ashley Smith:

So now let’s turn to the kind of position of Taiwan in geopolitics because there are two major events that have set ominous precedence for Taiwan, first Hong Kong and then second Ukraine. In the case of Hong Kong, China crushed its pro-democracy movement, an outcome that would likely befall Taiwan in the events of an invasion. In the case of Ukraine, Russia, Russian imperialism invaded the country to rebuild its old empire while the US backed the country’s resistance for its own imperial purposes. How have Taiwan’s capitalist parties and its people viewed these events?

Brian Hioe:

Interesting. And there’s a lot of interest in Ukraine because that was viewed as a offering, a template of what could occur to Taiwan, the event of warfare. I think there was a lot of similarities, for example, between Taiwan and Ukraine in terms of how, for example, China or Russia have claimed that Taiwan or Ukraine have no independent culture or language or that’s always in part of China or Russia. And so people really saw themselves in that. But then I think in terms of how people imagine scenarios and warfare, it is along those lines and how to actually have a much more nuanced understanding of, for example, where Ukraine is caught between Russia and the US for example. That’s not been arrived at because I think Taiwan has historically been very pro us. It’s a very interesting paradox of the fact that despite the democratization moving opposing a US backed authoritarian regime for example, there was not this awareness of that.

Well, that’s why they could actually maintain power in so long because many of the democracy activists were in fact educated in the us. They only learned about the history that’s banned from being taught in Taiwan because they studied in the us. And so that actually has led to this blindness. And so I think that there’s a need for the Taiwan left to learn from Ukrainian left in terms of dealing with these challenges, but there’s not been a lot of dialogue on those lines. That’s something that for example, my organization has tried to do, but it’s much easier I think for Taiwanese to look to state actors. I think even though Taiwanese left has often looked much more to state actors to look it in terms of understanding Ukraine. And so various lefting actors example have only focused on the actions of Ukrainian government, for example, rather than building ties with Ukrainian leftists that are also dealing with similar challenges.

Ashley Smith:

Flesh out a little bit more about the impact of the crushing of the democracy movement in Hong Kong because I know lots of Hong Kongers fled to Taiwan in the aftermath of the crushing of the democracy movement. So how do people view what happened in Hong Kong? How do the mainstream parties view it, and then how do regular people view the threat that Hong Kong as a crushed democratic area? How do people view that?

Brian Hioe:

Yeah, there’s a protest slogan which was that today, Taiwan, tomorrow, Hong Kong we see the opposite as well today, Hong Kong, tomorrow, Taiwan. And so Hong Kong is seen as offering a potential of what would occur if Taiwan fell under Chinese governance. But that has passed already in terms of five years since 2019 protests and Hong Kong is then viewed as a kind of lost struggle. So for example, in Taiwan there was a lot of sympathy towards Hong Kong asylum seekers. People are activists that sought a flee to Taiwan. And now there actually is a view as though Hong Kong is yet to cut out of entering Taiwan as though Hong Kong has become part of China and so that they should not be thought of. I think it’s the usual kind of anti-Islam sentiment that one sees after initial wave of wanting to support a cause. And it’s actually quite unfortunate because I think actually this is quite a thing as well because Taiwan and Hong Kong in the age of the East Asian tigers I alluded to or in terms of the 1990s and two thousands were always actually economic rivals.

And so there’s a halo around Hong Kong because of the shared threat of China, but that has since faded. And so that has led to a shift since then. And now Hong Kong has just thought of as scary place as though we were China. And so there actually is a much more visible population of Hong Kong is in Taiwan now that are much more active in social movements and civil society. But then I think in the meantime, the majority of China civil society just views Hong Kong as a kind of lost cause. It’s quite unfortunate, I think in terms of even the fact there’s a wave of solidarity towards Ukraine. One has seen a similar sentiment in which basically there has been a receding of that enthusiasm, for example, Ukraine.

Ashley Smith:

What does that mean in terms of solidarity with other struggles for self-determination? You’ve talked about it a little bit in the case of Hong Kong and in Ukraine. How about in the question of Palestine, not just more from the left. How has the Taiwanese left seen that struggle and has there been an ability to raise awareness of from Ukraine to Palestine, occupation is a crime. Is there a kind of resonance of that viewpoint?

Brian Hioe:

Unfortunately not. Basically there’s one left group which is in support of Hong Kong, Ukraine and Palestine is near bloom. There has been this issue in which the nominal support of China for Palestine has led to this tarring of Palestine in Taiwan in which Palestine is associated with China. And so people will view Palestine as, especially with China, therefore not supported and see Taiwan as potentially needing to be in alignment with Israel, which I think is absurd as a self-determination struggle. And in the meantime, because the US is ally in support of Ukraine, then for example, Taiwan be supportive of Ukraine. And so very much the view of the world that emerges from Taiwan is in fact very campus, not in terms of the campus we talk about in terms of leftists that see the world according to geopolitical blocks and according to nation suits. And so there are very few groups that are actually in support of Hong Kong, Ukraine and Palestine.

And New Bloom is maybe one of the only few. It’s very unfortunate because I think it should be self-evident, but then I think the imagination, the political imagination many times people is still according to this very Cold war imagination of camps against each other of geopolitical blocks against each other and has been very occluding to solidarity, I think. And so I think that really remains to be worked on the ways to build ties or to point to actual connection between empires or the fact that for example, China will have Namal support Palestine. But of course similarly Israel is a much larger economic trading partner or in terms of technology and so forth, it is much more important than that also leads to this perspective. And so actually it’s still a challenge I think how to convince Israel, I think not from the perspective of states, but from the perspective of people is

Ashley Smith:

Now let’s turn to the unfortunate reality that Donald Trump is president of the United States and despite all the chaos of the new Trump administration, its policy documents, especially those issued by the Heritage Foundation have made Washington’s imperial conflict with China and support for Taiwan. Its top priority. And he’s trying, albeit unsuccessfully to bring Russia’s imperialist war in Ukraine and Israel’s genocidal war in Palestine to some kind of closure so that the US can focus on China. Pete Hegseth has made this very clear, the heritage documents make it very clear how have Trump’s policies impacted Taiwan’s politics, economy, and military? What are the patterns of response among its working and oppressed people to it?

Brian Hioe:

Interesting enough, the first Trump administration, that’s the rise of what is termed US skeptic discourse, this discourse which is sometimes conspiratorial and sometimes realistic that Taiwan cannot trust us. There’s obvious fact that us cannot be trusted. It did back in the right winging authoritarian dictatorship in Taiwan and of course it major Taiwan under the Boston order to build tide with China. But some of it is on the vering conspiratorial, for example, saying the US engineered COVID destroy the world and that kind of thing. And so this mixture of sentiments have emerged some which I think can actually be productive for left in calling, for example, criticality of the us. The US is of course not alive as an ally. But then of course I don’t think the US created COVID or I don’t think China did either for that matter as a way to destroy the world or this kind of conspiratorial.

And so I think particularly with Trump 2.0 that’s returned. And I think if anything compared to Trump 1.0, there’s some more competence there because he’s held the leverage of powers once. And so having this desire to go in and tear down the state and rebuild in his own image that has occurred in the meantime. I’m not sure if Taiwan is always so aware of it because the coverage of US politics that does occur in Taiwan is through very specific filters. It’s very self-selective and not the whole picture of things. But I do hope that more people are aware of this deterioration of free speech or freedom of assembly or the freedom protests in the US because Taiwan has long looked at the US as this representation of democracy, which maybe it was not always often has not been, but Taiwan is often ideal as the US in a sense.

And I think that perhaps things can change now, but in the meantime, I think it’s still a question. I think Taiwan often is thinking much more about itself and how to navigates relation with the us, how to keep the US happy rather than thinking in terms of, for example, how are we against what we’re chain actors or how is, for example, things in the US reminiscence of Taiwan’s passing for terrorism. But I do see some interesting phenomenon of, for example, people who are part of the democracy movement in Taiwan that have since immigrated to us. Usually elders that are actually present in the streets in the US protesting often with slogans are taken from Taiwan’s democratization.

Ashley Smith:

Like what? Flesh that out a little bit. That’s fascinating to hear.

Brian Hioe:

So some of the, so slogans for example, there’s a slogan that’s popular which is taken from Portugal’s Carnation revolution when dictatorship is a fact, resistance is a revolution, is a duty. And so I’ve seen that actually in traditional Chinese and older people, older Taiwanese people holding up in signs in the US in fact. And that’s been really interesting to see. And so I think that actually perhaps there is some potential to work with there. And I think that is in fact also there’s potential to erode this idealization in the US idealization of the US empire through that in fact witnessing this change in the us. And it’s another way in which I think many of the struggles that we see worldwide are in fact by LinkedIn.

Ashley Smith:

I wanted to get a sense from you how Trump’s trade tariffs are impacting Taiwan and in particular the pressure to disconnect investment in China and mainland China and redirect it elsewhere in particular to the United States. How is the economic shift that Taiwan is undergoing? Is that just economic, is it under the pressure of the US and how does that fit into this conflict?

Brian Hioe:

Yeah, actually I personally think that it hasn’t figured too much because the tariffs are packed everywhere in the world and they were eventually scaled back. But before that, there was already the pattern of Chinese businesses trying to get out of China, which did not necessarily to do with the us. China itself was targeting Taiwan, agriculture, construction industry, mining industry, and labeling businesses as in pro independence and targeting them. And oftentimes the business where in fact had nothing to do with poor independence dances. So the Chinese market was already starting to be viewed as politically risky, could be arbitrarily targeted. So I felt a lot of times corporations are moving to Southeast Asia because China was viewed as risky. The US and its current moves do add more incentive to that move out of China, but I think that is already happening. So actually I don’t think it’s had so much impact. It’s also possible though it’s too early to the outcome.

Ashley Smith:

And what do people think about this then at a popular level? What’s the reaction and what is it doing to the political space for the left?

Brian Hioe:

I think that there’s a view that Trump is just seeking what is Maximalist self-interest to the us. I think there’s not a sense of this kind of moving back and forth and this chaos and this lack of coordination, the fact that they’re just shifting back and forth within positions. But the left in particular I think is still very bifurcated between the independence camp and the inpatient camp. And the Eacian camp will just look at that and point to that, well, this just says that China will rise in fact, and that the US is declining and the independence camp will sometimes just paper over. In fact. In fact, there are so many things happen in the us. And so actually I think it points to that the left in Taiwan is between the independence camp and the immigration camp are still very much trapped in the narrative nation states. They thought beyond that. And so I think that there’s still this inability to get around that. And so this crisis of American imperial power I think has really shown that. But I don’t see critical discourses rising yet. I mean, for example, in my organization we do try to articulate that, but I think it’s not really catching on.

Ashley Smith:

Let’s turn to the political response of the left to this situation. So Taiwan is obviously the key flashpoint in the US-China rivalry with enormous geopolitical and economic stakes as well as high stakes life and death for the working classes and oppressed peoples in Taiwan, China and the entire region including the United States. So how has the Taiwanese left responded to this dangerous situation? What are the main patterns of politics and how can the left combine opposition to both imperial powers defense, Taiwan’s right to self-determination and at the same time build solidarity with working people in the region against militarism and war?

Brian Hioe:

I think this is the million dollar question, so to speak. And I think that the issue is that I find a lot of left, whether purification or pro independence still caught between the narrative nation states. And so from someone that is from a more independence leading organization, I mean we often will point to that we stand in solidarity with Chinese workers or resisting their bosses. And in the meantime, the pronation left, we’ll not talk about this ever because of the fact that they’re still living this narrative of nation states. And so they don’t want to talk about the wrong the Chinese state does because they still have this kind of fixation on that. And I think there’s still this challenge in which there are very status narratives that exist among the left leftism is thought of as just having a strong, powerful state that can regulate the market rather than thinking beyond that.

And so I think thinking beyond basically the US China contention, I think also aspiring towards something that is having, for example, opposition towards the international capitalists, international working class uniting us inter capitalists, that narrative is still very difficult because people are still caught in this. And in the meantime, I don’t see enough discussion of this among the Taiwan he’s left, there’s a powerful left liberal civil society that does exist and can be critical, but then they still will, I think at the end of day slide it with the US over China and there’s a ation left that in the meantime I think lives in a very delusional world in which they don’t ever talk about the Chinese working class or oppression that occurs in China, and they have a cultural fixation on China, but they actually know very little about China in the meantime for the region. Even the recent social media uprisings, whether in the Philippines or Indonesia or South Korea, they just don’t pay attention to that. And I think that’s actually still very isolating. And so they’re trying to build a way to think about international solidarity of peoples of the working class rather than nation states. That’s still, I think, something that needs to be articulated. And so there’s still a long way to go, I think.

Ashley Smith:

What do you think in terms of workers in the United States in particular, what do you want to communicate to working people in the United States about why to build solidarity with Taiwanese working class people and oppressed people and Chinese working class people? Because I think the danger all around the world is nationalism in its various forms, great power nationalism, sub imperial nationalism. It’s different with oppressed nations, but still there’s a task of building solidarity from below among working people. So how does new bloom and how do you articulate that in Taiwan?

Brian Hioe:

Yeah, I think that the working class of different countries in the world have more common with each other than with the capitalists in the world. But then there’s the identification of nation states, of peoples with states over the nation state itself. And so then the workers of another country are viewed as competition rather than actually that you should align together with them against interests of capital. And that’s a challenge. I think that particularly America, having spent much time in America, it’s very hard to build international solidarity because of the fact that America views itself as itself enclosed because it is a very large agency. It is the world power and Taiwan though not the world power. It is an island. And so you have that island mentality. It’s also feels very enclosed. And so there’s always this challenge I think you get when you bring this up, why should we think about this thing happening so far away from us?

It’s remote from us. It’s remote for our everyday concerns. And so people dismiss attempts at international solidarity using that kind of argument. But then how do you work against that? Because I think at the end of the day, it is these large and powerful interests of capital that affect our lives. And so having a protest in one country is not going to actually be able to change the structural world capital because capitalism itself international. And so we need to be internationalist in order to oppose how internationalized capital itself is. And I think there’s no way to have just a country by country struggle for against the interest of capital. And I think that’s why people really need to understand. It’s a challenge. I think the left has faced forever a century because of the fact that we often lose to nationalism rather than anything else.

Ashley Smith:

One other question is are there signs of hope in this struggle? I know for example, there have been labor conferences that have tried to pull together workers and trade unions regionally in Asia. Is there a sign of the building blocks of the kind of internationalism that you’re talking about taking place?

Brian Hioe:

I hope so. I think actually a lot of it’s reacting against those that view the strong dance capitalism only in terms of nation states, a k, a campus or kenkey and so forth. And so I think the reaction to that, I do see some hope because for example, how do you bring together Taiwanese and Chinese leftists in the same room to discuss this? And when I have been in those situations, that gives me a great deal of hope, but it’s easier said than done. I think that right now it’s still a long ways to go about to become the mainstream, but when that does occur, that is I think what is helpful. I just think also the spaces to have those meetings have become increasingly more difficult because connecting across distances is so difficult, even in spite of the internet technologies we have today. And in terms of the repression in the region, it’s harder and harder to have those meetings, for example, because of the fact that getting people in a room together we can talk freely is actually more and more difficult in the age of rising repression, whether from states, whether from digital technology and so forth.

And so I think it’ll require a lot of creativity to think about that, but I hope there are ways to do that.

Ashley Smith:

Thanks to Brian Hugh for that revealing discussion of Taiwan. It’s entrapment in the US China rivalry, the challenges its working people face, and the urgency of building solidarity from below between the region’s, working classes against the us, Beijing and Taipei. To hear about upcoming episodes of solidarity without exception, sign up for the Real News Network newsletter. Don’t miss an episode.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Ashley Smith.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/10/taiwans-future-will-shape-the-whole-global-economy-will-taiwanese-people-have-a-say-in-that-future/feed/ 0 543828
‘Storm clouds are gathering’: 40 years on from the bombing of the Rainbow Warrior https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/10/storm-clouds-are-gathering-40-years-on-from-the-bombing-of-the-rainbow-warrior/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/10/storm-clouds-are-gathering-40-years-on-from-the-bombing-of-the-rainbow-warrior/#respond Thu, 10 Jul 2025 10:44:57 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=117189 From the prologue of the 40th anniversary edition of David Robie’s seminal book on the Rainbow Warrior’s last voyage, former New Zealand prime minister Helen Clark (1999-2008) writes about what the bombing on 10 July 1985 means today.

By Helen Clark

The bombing of the Rainbow Warrior in Auckland Harbour on 10 July 1985 and the death of a voyager on board, Greenpeace photographer Fernando Pereira, was both a tragic and a seminal moment in the long campaign for a nuclear-free Pacific.

It was so startling that many of us still remember where we were when the news came through. I was in Zimbabwe on my way to join the New Zealand delegation to the United Nations World Conference on Women in Nairobi. In Harare I met for the first time New Zealand Anglican priest Father Michael Lapsley who, in that same city in 1990, was severely disabled by a parcel bomb delivered by the intelligence service of the apartheid regime in South Africa. These two bombings, of the Rainbow Warrior and of Michael, have been sad reminders to me of the price so many have paid for their commitment to peace and justice.

It was also very poignant for me to meet Fernando’s daughter, Marelle, in Auckland in 2005. Her family suffered a loss which no family should have to bear. In August 1985, I was at the meeting of the Labour Party caucus when it was made known that the police had identified a woman in their custody as a French intelligence officer. Then in September, French prime minister Laurent Fabius confirmed that French secret agents had indeed sunk the Rainbow Warrior. The following year, a UN-mediated agreement saw the convicted agents leave New Zealand and a formal apology, a small amount of compensation, and undertakings on trade given by France — the latter after New Zealand perishable goods had been damaged in port in France.

Both 1985 and 1986 were momentous years for New Zealand’s assertion of its nuclear-free positioning which was seen as provocative by its nuclear-armed allies. On 4 February 1985, the United States was advised that its naval vessel, the Buchanan, could not enter a New Zealand port because it was nuclear weapons-capable and the US “neither confirm nor deny” policy meant that New Zealand could not establish whether it was nuclear weapons-armed or not.

In Manila in July 1986, a meeting between prime minister David Lange and US Secretary of State George Schultz confirmed that neither New Zealand nor the US were prepared to change their positions and that New Zealand’s engagement in ANZUS was at an end. Secretary Schultz famously said that “We part company as friends, but we part company as far as the alliance is concerned”.

New Zealand passed its Nuclear Free Zone, Disarmament and Arms Control Act in 1987. Since that time, until now, the country has on a largely bipartisan basis maintained its nuclear-free policy as a fundamental tenet of its independent foreign policy. But storm clouds are gathering.

Australia’s decision to enter a nuclear submarine purchase programme with the United States is one of those. There has been much speculation about a potential Pillar Two of the AUKUS agreement which would see others in the region become partners in the development of advanced weaponry. This is occurring in the context of rising tensions between the United States and China.

Many of us share the view that New Zealand should be a voice for deescalation, not for enthusiastic expansion of nuclear submarine fleets in the Pacific and the development of more lethal weaponry.

Eyes of Fire: The Last Voyage and Legacy of the Rainbow Warrior
Eyes of Fire: The Last Voyage and Legacy of the Rainbow Warrior . . . publication 10 July 2025. Image: David Robie/Little Island Press

Nuclear war is an existential threat to humanity. Far from receding, the threat of use of nuclear weapons is ever present. The Doomsday Clock of the Bulletin of Atomic Scientists now sits at 89 seconds to midnight. It references the Ukraine theatre where the use of nuclear weapons has been floated by Russia. The arms control architecture for Europe is unravelling, leaving the continent much less secure. India and Pakistan both have nuclear arsenals. The Middle East is a tinder box with the failure of the Iran nuclear deal and with Israel widely believed to possess nuclear weapons. North Korea continues to develop its nuclear weapons capacity. An outright military conflict between China and the United States would be one between two nuclear powers with serious ramifications for East Asia, South-East Asia, the Pacific, and far beyond.

August 2025 marks the eightieth anniversary of the nuclear bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki. A survivors’ group, Nihon Hidankyo, was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize last year. They bear tragic witness to the horror of the use of nuclear weapons. The world must heed their voice now and at all times.

In the current global turbulence, New Zealand needs to reemphasise the principles and values which drove its nuclear-free legislation and its advocacy for a nuclear-free South Pacific and global nuclear disarmament. New Zealanders were clear — we did not want to be defended by nuclear weapons. We wanted our country to be a force for diplomacy and for dialogue, not for warmongering.

The multilateral system is now in crisis — across all its dimensions. The UN Security Council is paralysed by great power tensions. The United States is unlikely to pay its dues to the UN under the Trump presidency, and others are unlikely to fill the substantial gap which that leaves. Its humanitarian, development, health, human rights, political and peacekeeping, scientific and cultural arms all face fiscal crises.

This is the time for New Zealand to link with the many small and middle powers across regions who have a vision for a world characterised by solidarity and peace and which can rise to the occasion to combat the existential challenges it faces — including of nuclear weapons, climate change, and artificial intelligence. If our independent foreign policy is to mean anything in the mid-2020s, it must be based on concerted diplomacy for peace and sustainable development.

Movement back towards an out-of-date alliance, from which New Zealand disengaged four decades ago, and its current tentacles, offers no safe harbour — on the contrary, these destabilise the region within which we live and the wide trading relationships we have. May this new edition of David Robie’s Eyes of Fire remind us of our nuclear-free journey and its relevance as a lode star in these current challenging times.

  • The 40th anniversary edition of Eyes of Fire: The Last Voyage and Legacy of the Rainbow Warrior by David Robie ($50, Little Island Press) can be purchased from Little Island Press


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/10/storm-clouds-are-gathering-40-years-on-from-the-bombing-of-the-rainbow-warrior/feed/ 0 543860
Rainbow Warrior bombing by French secret agents remembered 40 years on https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/10/rainbow-warrior-bombing-by-french-secret-agents-remembered-40-years-on/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/10/rainbow-warrior-bombing-by-french-secret-agents-remembered-40-years-on/#respond Thu, 10 Jul 2025 05:32:59 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=117419 SPECIAL REPORT: By Te Aniwaniwa Paterson of Te Ao Māori News

Forty years ago today, French secret agents bombed the Greenpeace campaign flagship  Rainbow Warrior in an attempt to stop the environmental organisation’s protest against nuclear testing at Moruroa Atoll in Mā’ohi Nui.

People gathered on board Rainbow Warrior III to remember photographer Fernando Pereira, who was killed in the attack, and to honour the legacy of those who stood up to nuclear testing in the Pacific.

The Rainbow Warrior’s final voyage before the bombing was Operation Exodus, a humanitarian mission to the Marshall Islands. There, Greenpeace helped relocate more than 320 residents of Rongelap Atoll, who had been exposed to radiation from US nuclear testing.

The dawn ceremony was hosted by Ngāti Whātua Ōrākei and attended by more than 150 people. Speeches were followed by the laying of a wreath and a moment of silence.

Fernando Pereira
Photographer Fernando Pereira and a woman from Rongelap on the day the Rainbow Warrior arrived in Rongelap Atoll in May 1985. Image: David Robie/Eyes of Fire

Tui Warmenhoven (Ngāti Porou), the chair of the Greenpeace Aotearoa board, said it was a day to remember for the harm caused by the French state against the people of Mā’ohi Nui.

Warmenhoven worked for 20 years in iwi research and is a grassroots, Ruatoria-based community leader who works to integrate mātauranga Māori with science to address climate change in Te Tai Rāwhiti.

She encouraged Māori to stand united with Greenpeace.

“Ko te mea nui ki a mātou, a Greenpeace Aotearoa, ko te whawhai i ngā mahi tūkino a rātou, te kāwanatanga, ngā rangatōpū, me ngā tāngata whai rawa, e patu ana i a mātou, te iwi Māori, ngā iwi o te ao, me ō mātou mātua, a Ranginui rāua ko Papatūānuku,” e ai ki a Warmenhoven.

Tui Warmenhoven and Dr Russel Norman
Tui Warmenhoven and Dr Russel Norman in front of Rainbow Warrior III on 10 July 2025. Image:Te Ao Māori News

A defining moment in Aotearoa’s nuclear-free stand
“The bombing of the Rainbow Warrior was a defining moment for Greenpeace in its willingness to fight for a nuclear-free world,” said Dr Russel Norman, the executive director of Greenpeace Aotearoa.

He noted it was also a defining moment for Aotearoa in the country’s stand against the United States and France, who conducted nuclear tests in the region.

Greenpeace Aotearoa executive director Dr Russel Norman
Greenpeace Aotearoa executive director Dr Russel Norman speaking at the ceremony on board Rainbow Warrior III today. Image: Te Ao Māpri News

In 1987, the New Zealand Nuclear Free Zone, Disarmament, and Arms Control Act officially declared the country a nuclear-free zone.

This move angered the United States, especially due to the ban on nuclear-powered or nuclear-armed ships entering New Zealand ports.

Because the US followed a policy of neither confirming nor denying the presence of nuclear weapons, it saw the ban as breaching the ANZUS Treaty and suspended its security commitments to New Zealand.

The Rainbow Warrior’s final voyage before it was bombed was Operation Exodus, during which the crew helped relocate more than 320 residents of Rongelap Atoll in the Marshall Islands, who had been exposed to radiation from US nuclear testing between 1946 and 1958.

The evacuation of Rongelap Islanders to Mejatto in 1985
The evacuation of Rongelap Islanders to Mejatto by the Rainbow Warrior crew in May 1985. Image: Greenpeace/Fernando Pereira

The legacy of Operation Exodus
Between 1946 and 1958, the United States carried out 67 nuclear tests in the Marshall Islands.

For decades, it denied the long-term health impacts, even as cancer rates rose and children were born with severe deformities.

Despite repeated pleas from the people of Rongelap to be evacuated, the US government failed to act until Greenpeace stepped in to help.

“The United States government effectively used them as guinea pigs for nuclear testing and radiation to see what would happen to people, which is obviously outrageous and disgusting,” Dr Norman said.

He said it was important not to see Pacific peoples as victims, as they were powerful campaigners who played a leading role in ending nuclear testing in the region.

Marshallese women greet the Rainbow Warrior in April 2025.
Marshallese women greet the Rainbow Warrior as it arrived in the capital Majuro in March 2025. Image: Bianca Vitale/Greenpeace

Between March and April this year, Rainbow Warrior III returned to the Marshall Islands to conduct independent research into the radiation levels across the islands to see whether it’s safe for the people of Rongelap to return.

What advice do you give to this generation about nuclear issues?
“Kia kotahi ai koutou ki te whai i ngā mahi uaua i mua i a mātou ki te whawhai i a rātou mā, e mahi tūkino ana ki tō mātou ao, ki tō mātou kōkā a Papatūānuku, ki tō mātou taiao,” hei tā Tui Warmenhoven.

A reminder to stay united in the difficult world ahead in the fight against threats to the environment.

Warmenhoven also encouraged Māori to support Greenpeace Aotearoa.

Tui Warmenhoven and the captain of the Rainbow Warrior, Ali Schmidt
Tui Warmenhoven and the captain of the Rainbow Warrior, Ali Schmidt, placed a wreath in the water at the stern of the ship in memory of Fernando Pereira. Image: Greenpeace

Dr Norman believed the younger generations should be inspired to activism by the bravery of those from the Pacific and Greenpeace who campaigned for a nuclear-free world 40 years ago.

“They were willing to take very significant risks, they sailed their boats into the nuclear test zone to stop those nuclear tests, they were arrested by the French, beaten up by French commandos,” he said.

Republished from Te Ao Māori News with permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/10/rainbow-warrior-bombing-by-french-secret-agents-remembered-40-years-on/feed/ 0 544788
America, ‘nation of immigrants,’ turns on immigrants: A conversation with Viet Thanh Nguyen https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/09/america-nation-of-immigrants-turns-on-immigrants-a-conversation-with-viet-thanh-nguyen/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/09/america-nation-of-immigrants-turns-on-immigrants-a-conversation-with-viet-thanh-nguyen/#respond Wed, 09 Jul 2025 20:05:04 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=335350 An anti-Trump art installation statue is seen in front of the U.S. Capitol on the National Mall on June 17, 2025 in Washington, DC. Photo by Kayla Bartkowski/Getty Images“We, as Americans, have a very long history of forgetting what we have done to other countries all over the world,” Pulitzer Prize-winning author Viet Thanh Nguyen tells TRNN. “And we have a history of forgetting that what we do there is going to have blowback in terms of what happens here in the United States.”]]> An anti-Trump art installation statue is seen in front of the U.S. Capitol on the National Mall on June 17, 2025 in Washington, DC. Photo by Kayla Bartkowski/Getty Images

For generations, the Statue of Liberty has stood as a beacon representing the promise of America as a land of freedom and opportunity for immigrants from all over the world. But in 2025, as immigrant communities are being vilified and terrorized across the US, as people of color are being kidnapped off the street by armed, masked agents of the state, as immigrants are kidnapped and disappeared to prisons in foreign countries like El Salvador, as billions of taxpayer dollars are allocated to erect migrant concentration camps and a giant wall on the US-Mexico border, it should be horrifyingly clear that the promised America embodied in the Statue of Liberty is not the America we live in today. TRNN Editor-in-Chief Maximillian Alvarez speaks with Pulitzer Prize-winning author Viet Thanh Nguyen about the reality immigrant families face in the US today and about the critical relationship between the rise of authoritarianism at home and the violent expansion of American imperialism abroad.

Guest:

  • Viet Thanh Nguyen is a professor of English, American studies and ethnicity, and comparative literature at the University of Southern California. His novel The Sympathizer won the 2016 Pulitzer Prize for Fiction. His latest feature piece for The Nation Magazine is titled “Greater America has been exporting disunion for decades”

Additional resources:

Credits:

  • Studio Production: David Hebden
  • Post-Production: Cameron Granadino
Transcript

The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

Maximillian Alvarez:

“Give me your tired, your poor, your huddled masses yearning to breathe free. The wretched refuse of your teeming shore. Send these, the homeless, tempest-tost to me. I lift my lamp beside the golden door!” Emma Lazarus wrote these immortal words in 1883 for The New Colossus, the Statue of Liberty that was given to the United States by the French. They are words that generations of us, my family included, grew up seeing as a beautiful ideal and a promise that represented the best of what the United States of America was supposed to be.

But in the Year of our Lord 2025, as immigrant communities are being vilified and terrorized across the country, as Brown people who look like me and my family are being kidnapped off the street by armed masked agents of the state, as due process and are basic civil rights are chucked into the woodchipper so that the US government can abduct human beings and disappear them to black-site prisons in countries they’ve never been to like El Salvador or Libya, as billions of our tax dollars are being allocated for a giant border wall on the US-Mexico southern border, it should be horrifyingly clear that the promised America embodied in the Statue of Liberty is not the America that we live in today.

As the world-renowned Pulitzer Prize-winning author, Viet Thanh Nguyen, writes in a feature peace published by The Nation Magazine, “In Greater America, The New Colossus is the strong man foreshadowed by Ronald Reagan and embodied fully by Donald Trump. Determined to extinguish the lamp that had brought too many migrants, documented and undocumented, into the United States. Many of them came from El Salvador. And in visiting that country, I wanted to understand more intimately how the United States had gone from fighting communism in Vietnam to doing the same in Central America and how this global counterinsurgency effort was intertwined with my own journey from Vietnam to the United States of America as a refugee. This war against communism had ultimately produced me as an American.”

Nguyen continues, “If the country feels divided now and even feels changed beyond recognition for many Americans, whether they be on the left or the right, that too is due to this Jekyll and Hyde distinction between a United States and a Greater America. The glory of the United States was built on possessing this Greater America. But the danger for the United States is that it has now been possessed by this Greater America and everything it represents in terms of domination, doom, and potential self-destruction.”

I’m truly honored to be joined today on The Real News Network by Viet Thanh Nguyen himself. Viet Thanh Nguyen is a professor of English, American studies, and ethnicity and comparative literature at the University of Southern California. His novel, The Sympathizer, won the 2016 Pulitzer Prize for fiction. His latest feature piece for The Nation Magazine is titled, Greater America Has Been Exporting Disunion for Decades. Viet Thanh Nguyen, thank you so much for joining us on The Real News Network today. I really appreciate it. I want to start by just maybe taking a quick step back. Can you talk to us about your recent trip to El Salvador? Tell us about the context surrounding the trip and what you were going there to search for.

Viet Thanh Nguyen:

Max, thanks so much for having me. It’s a real pleasure to be here with you. Sure. I had always been curious about El Salvador. Because when I was growing up in the United States in the early 1980s, I was reading about what was happening in El Salvador. There was a civil war that was taking place. I was only 10 years old when I was reading these things in Newsweek magazine, for example. So obviously, I was quite confused. I didn’t really know the entire geopolitical context. But I knew that there was something that was happening in that country, something horrible that led to the death of a lot of civilians and priests and social justice advocates and so on and that the United States had something to do with it. And I was a refugee born in Vietnam who had come to the United States in 1975, fleeing from a war that the United States had a great deal to do with and I didn’t really understand that there was a connection between Vietnam and Central America.

But as I grew older and did more investigation into the history of the United States and its wars and so on, it became very clear that there was a very strong connection between American policy in Vietnam and Southeast Asia and American policy in Central America. And in the article, I talk about how that was expressed in Ronald Reagan’s speech from 1983 where he said, “We failed in Southeast Asia containing communism. Central America is the new battlefront for containing communism.” That would be because we had lost Nicaragua to the communists and now, El Salvador was the next front for that. And so, that had always stayed with me. And I didn’t really have a chance to pursue that until this February when I got the opportunity to visit El Salvador because I am a member of the International Rescue Committee, which works with refugees and I wanted to see our operations in El Salvador.

And I thought, “If I was going to go, I would take this opportunity to also look at this other history that had always concerned me,” which is the history of the Civil War and the United States’ role in it. And I arrived on the same day in San Salvador as Marco Rubio who was there on his first international trip as Secretary of the State to file the deportation agreement with President Bukele, whose consequences we are still dealing with. And it seemed to me that that deportation agreement was deeply tied in to the history of the Civil War and its consequences and the larger history of the so-called Cold War that had brought me to the United States.

Maximillian Alvarez:

What were you expecting when you got to San Salvador and how did what you see match up with those expectations?

Viet Thanh Nguyen:

I wasn’t sure what I was expecting to see in El Salvador. I had never been further south of the American continent except for Mexico. So to me, this was the whole new area to look at. I did expect that El Salvador would be a poor country, a country dealing with various kinds of economic and political and cultural problems. Things that I’d already been very familiar with through my many trips to Southeast Asia and seeing Vietnam, Laos, and Cambodia over the last 20 years in the ways that they have been coping with the legacies of war and civil war and division and the like and the tension between capitalism and communism.

I think I was surprised when I got to El Salvador and realized that the currency there is the US dollar. I mean, that’s the extent to which the influence of the United States has permeated El Salvador. And I’d done a little bit of reading and research obviously in advance of the trip. And I was well aware of the tensions that El Salvador was undergoing, the most notable of which is… Or, due to this relatively new president, Nayib Bukele, who came to power in 2022. Promising to put an end to the deep problems around crime and gangs that El Salvador was definitely experiencing. Many Salvadorans were upset and deeply concerned about their own safety due to this significant problem and Bukele came in promising to abolish the gang problem. And he put 80,000 people in prison from 2022 onwards without due process, alleging that they were all gang members. At least 7,000 of them were not gang members because they were eventually released and there are major concerns that many more people are not actually gang members.

But this action of declaring a state of emergency and putting 80,000 people away was enormously popular with the El Salvadoran people because it did reduce the gang problem and crime problem and Bukele’s approval rating was around 87%. So this model of authoritarian suppression is something that the United States, I think, is itself learning how to use. And so, I came there trying to see what relationship there was between El Salvador’s model of dealing with crime and scapegoating people and what the United States was doing.

Maximillian Alvarez:

And we should mention that and we’ll link to it in the show notes for this episode. I mean, we’ve reported from the streets of El Salvador on Nayib Bukele’s authoritarian crackdowns which, as our guest mentioned, have resulted in a wave of popular support because there were real longstanding issues with crime, corruption, violence that have besieged average, poor, and working people in El Salvador for years and decades. And so, if you’re an average, poor, and working person who can suddenly walk down the street without being worried that you’re going to encounter that violence, that’s basically the sum of the equation for many people that we’ve heard from.

But the cost of that is the disappearing of innocent people who are arrested and jailed without due process. Not only people in El Salvador, but now people from the United States who are being disappeared to El Salvador. And I want to kind of pick up on that complex which is at the heart of your piece in The Nation and I even quoted this line of yours in the introduction where you say, “The glory of the United States was built on possessing this Greater America. But the danger for the United States is that it has now been possessed by this Greater America and everything it represents in terms of domination, doom, and potential self-destruction.” So I wanted to ask if you could help us unpack this extremely packed sentence. What are you referring to in this concept of Greater America and how do you see that dynamic unfolding in El Salvador now?

Viet Thanh Nguyen:

I arrived in the United States as a refugee. And certainly, this whole idea of the United States welcoming the poor and the wretched and the oppressed was beneficial for my family. We came fleeing from communism which made us very welcome refugees versus refugees who are not fleeing from communism or refugees who are Black. So we were welcomed into the United States. And certainly, this powerful mythological idea of the United States as being a nation of refugees and immigrants was something that was really meaningful for us as Vietnamese refugees.

However, it was very clear, eventually to me, that one of the conditions of our being welcomed as refugees to the United States was that we accept the entire history of the United States and what it represents. And I’ll just give you one illustration, which is that we ended up being resettled through a place called Fort Indiantown Gap in Pennsylvania, which I had never really questioned the name of that fort, but it was named Fort Indiantown Gap, obviously, because white settlers had built this fortification in order to either defend themselves against Indigenous peoples or to wage war against Indigenous peoples, depending on your point of view.

So the very conditions of being welcomed into the United States and agreeing to this American mythology means also agreeing to the history of conquest and settler colonialism in the United States. Now, that is part of the complexity that I’m referring to when I say that there is a United States that is the official United States and that there is a Greater America which is something a little bit more complicated. So the official United States is this rhetoric that we’re a country of democracy, liberty, equality, freedom, and so on. And there’s a lot of truth to that and many people have benefited from that, including my family. And yet, that United States would not have possible without Greater America. And Greater America, in my idea, is the United States that has been built upon conquest, genocide, enslavement, occupation, perpetual war. This has been with us since the very origins of the country and Greater America cannot be disentangled from the United States.

And what Donald Trump represents when he says, “Make America great again,” is this promise to bring the United States back to a time period when being imperialist, depending on power and violence to settle things. This idea that the United States is always right. That the question of rights and legalities is secondary to the question of the interest of the United States, which Donald Trump conflates with the interests of white people and especially, straight, white men. This is the nostalgic promise of, “Make America great again,” this reference to a Greater America.

And that Greater America has never gone away. It’s in competition with this idea of the United States of America but we cannot act as if these things could be separated. The United States of America has been made possible by Greater America which is why this idea that we’re going to do things like suspend the rule of law in order to deport people is something that has always been there in American history. So while it’s shocking to see it being done today, as you’ve already talked about, we have to remember, the United States has had a long tradition of suspending notions of rights and equality and things like that in order to demonize, to deport, to incarcerate many, many different peoples who are not white.

Maximillian Alvarez:

And there seems to be a critical detail here in the relationship between the United States of America as a geographically bound nation state that we’re living in right now. And this Greater America that expands well beyond our national borders like El Salvador really provides, I think, a critical template for understanding that. Because as we’re talking about here and as we’ve been seeing unfold over the past few months, the United States, through the Trump administration, has brokered this horrifying deal with the Bukele government in El Salvador that allows for the US government to abduct, arrest, deport people from the United States to El Salvador where they will be placed in prisons like CECOT. The most notorious infamous prison where people who have been languishing there, who were deported from here just months ago have had no contact with their family or even legal representatives. They have been disappeared in the most literal sense.

So we have that sort of relationship that allows American violence and power to extend its reach beyond its own borders. While at the same time, the Trump administration has been trying to claim that once those people are in El Salvador, they are beyond the legal scope and reach of the United States which is why they said they could do nothing to facilitate the return of people, like Kilmar Abrego Garcia. Initially. I was wondering if you could help us dig into that queer relationship that America has with Greater America that both allows us to impose our imperialist will but still selectively choose what those countries can do and say to us in response.

Viet Thanh Nguyen:

The United States has had a long history, it’s not even a contemporary history, of interfering with other countries that goes all the way back to the very origins. Again, when European settlers arrived in the so-called New World, there were already Indigenous, sovereign nations here. So this policy of conquering other nations and forcing them to do our will, whether we absorb them or we don’t absorb them, has been with us again since the very origins. And after the establishment of the United States as we know it, the continental United States which included half of Mexico, the United States was very interested in continuing to expand its sphere of influence, south of the official border of the United States.

And so, we as Americans have a very long history of forgetting what we have done to other countries all over the world, but especially south of our border. And we have a history of forgetting that what we do there is going to have blowback in terms of what happens here in the United States. So Americans right now, on the average, are responding very viscerally to this idea of immigration and undocumented immigration and alleged gangsters and so on from south of the border as if these problems, if that’s what you want to call them, have come out of nowhere. When in fact, they come out of a very long and deep history of US involvement in and interference with these countries south of our border.

When we talk about El Salvador, we have to go back to the fact that El Salvador has, for a long time, been an oligarchical, colonialist, supremacist regime, built upon the exploitation of the peasantry, will include a lot of Indigenous peoples. And the United States has been fully supportive of that for a very, very long time, whether or not we have had Democratic or Republican presidents in the administration. So we have never been interested in supporting democracy in El Salvador. We’ve always been interested in an unequal regime that is exploitative and that is willing to support American interest in exchange to be allowed to do whatever they want.

This reached a particularly aggravating point in the late 1970s when human rights abuses were so bad that Jimmy Carter wanted to suspend military aid to El Salvador. And El Salvador’s response was not to improve its human rights record, but instead to refuse American aid and turn to Israel to supply 83% of its military needs from the late ’70s to the early ’80s. So the complexities of what’s going on in El Salvador, as you said, are indeed a template for so many of the things that are happening today, both in terms of the United States willing to engage in this deportation regime to an autocratic regime that is always supported to the presence of Israel in terms of supporting, again, these kinds of autocracies. And finally, to this idea that what’s happening in the United States is not simply blowback but the fact that the United States has always been willing to support non-democratic regimes elsewhere is now returning to the United States as it begins to increasingly apply these non-democratic ideals. Not just to minorities and peoples of color, but also to white people which is now, obviously, terrifying a lot of white people.

Maximillian Alvarez:

Can you say a little more about that? About how this is not just blowback from our imperialist exploits in the past but this is something deeper where American imperial might and violence is turning in on itself and immigrant communities, mine and yours. Both of our families came here for different reasons, but for many of the same ideals, and we are now on the firing line of this administration. So can you say a little more about how this is not just a blowback problem, but it’s something deeper?

Viet Thanh Nguyen:

Right now, I think a lot of Americans are rightfully angry and terrified about what’s happening to this country in terms of the attack on various kinds of constitutional principles like birthright citizenship, for example. Something which Marco Rubio benefited from himself. And certainly, I also benefited from that as being a naturalized citizen. So that kind of thing is, I think… The scale of it is new and so is the scale of attacks on people like journalists and corporations and things like this and on white Americans.

However, everything that’s happening today in the United States has also happened to non-white peoples throughout American history from the very beginning. So this idea that the Constitution, for example, is now going to be attacked in a way that affects the civil and legal and human rights of many Americans. Well, from the very foundations of the country, it was the case that women were excluded from many of the opportunities that the country had, so we’re… Obviously, enslaved Black people in the United States from the very beginning.

So from the very beginning, the United States has always been a country in which this idea of fair and just law has always been highly selective. And if we look at something like the deportation process and the incarceration thing, the process that’s happening today, we see that it’s already happened previously in American history. The 19th century removal, and that’s a polite term, that was done to Indigenous nations where hundreds of thousands of Indigenous peoples were forced to leave their homelands and sent to reservations, many of whom died along in that process, that already foreshadows the deportation and incarceration regime that’s taking place today.

And in the past century, the 20th century, you saw 2 million Mexicans and Mexican-Americans, many of them citizens, forcibly deported to Mexico. You saw 120,000 Japanese Americans forcibly incarcerated in what Franklin Delano Roosevelt called Concentration Camps. So these things have happened before. They’re not accidental or incidental, they’re structural in American history because the fair and just application of the law has never been fairly and justly applied to non-white peoples.

Maximillian Alvarez:

I know I only have a few minutes left with you and I want to make them count. And I want to return to the question of Greater America and what the future of that Greater America is going to be in the world that we inhabit now. Because, of course, the other side of this and the determination of what the United States and Greater America will look like is going to depend on the position of the United States in the larger geopolitical arena which is changing as we speak. So I wanted to ask like, is what we’re seeing now a sign of a dying American empire or an American empire evolving and still quite powerful more so than we’re giving it credit for?

Viet Thanh Nguyen:

I think the United States is obviously still extremely powerful as we just witnessed with the bombing of Iran, for example. So the United States still has an enormous amount of military power that can’t be matched by other countries. However, a healthy empire, if you’re into healthy empires, a healthy empire has to exist through more than just military violence and might, although that’s really important.

Healthy empires are also powerful because they are seductive through their rhetoric, through the mythologies that they export. And the United States has obviously been very successful at that in the second half of the 20th century. And what’s important to note here is that this establishment of an American empire over the course of the 20th century, an American empire that expands beyond the official borders of the United States, that has been a bipartisan project. Democrats and Republicans have agreed to that. Now, they have done that, carried out that imperial project in different ways, especially in relationship to domestic practices within the United States.

But imperialism is bipartisan in the United States. What we witnessed with Donald Trump is a nostalgic imperialism however, that harkens back to the earlier part of the 19th century. And by this, I mean that under a bipartisan Democrat and Republican imperialism of the 20th century, it’s been an imperialism that recognizes the need for soft power that is the exportation of American ideas, of American customs, of American popular culture, of American aid in order to make the United States attractive to other countries.

In the early 19th century, I don’t think the United States was necessarily concerned about that. It was simply an exercise of brutal imperial power to grab as much land as possible and to subjugate people as quickly possible. And I think that’s what a Greater America harkens back to. So Donald Trump does represent something newer in the last later phase of American Empire. He’s what I would call an ugly American versus the quiet Americans that would include people like Ronald Reagan, Bill Clinton, the Bush’s, Obama, Hillary Clinton. They have all sought to exercise hard American power with soft American power and Donald Trump and his administration has decided that soft power is irrelevant. It’s hard power all the way.

That is having serious foreign policy consequences. And of course, those who believe in a benevolent American empire thinks this will spell the end of a benevolent American empire. That could be true. And the outcome of that is unclear to any of us at this point, what that really means. But the rest of the world is moving towards a place where regional powers like Russia, China, North Korea, and so on, are all competing for influence. And giving up soft power for the United States, I think is not good for a benevolent empire, if that’s what you’re interested in. But it’s going to be terrible in terms of global, hard conflict as well and that is something that is quite terrifying, as terrifying as the removal of soft power within the United States. That leads to things like the acceptance of deportations and concentration camps that we’re seeing today erected in places like Florida.

Maximillian Alvarez:

You just mentioned the power of American mythology, like both here at home and exported around the world. I wanted to ask in the last minute that I’ve got you, since I started this segment reading the Emma Lazarus’s poem emblazoned on the Statue of Liberty. Is the ideal of America embodied in that poem, embodied in that statue? Was America ever that and can it ever be?

Viet Thanh Nguyen:

I think the United States of America certainly was that and is that. I mean, there are many people, including my own family, who benefited from this idea so I don’t think we can dispose of it. And in our current climate, there’s still enormous political necessity for this mythology, because it is a mythology that will hopefully mobilize enough Americans that we can put a stop to what’s going on from a hard power, far right wing Republican Party. A party that is now completely owned by Trump. So even if Trump goes away at some point, I think the Republican Party in its current mode will continue to regenerate itself in this kind of version. And so, we need all the various political tools at our disposal.

I’m not someone who agrees with this American mythology, but I think it’s a very powerful tool that has political uses that we need to deploy. But America was that, is that, can still be that. But that promise of American benevolence and opportunity has always gone along with the suppression of certain kinds of populations. Their ruthless exploitation domestically has always gone along with an imperialism that has extended all over the world. So for me, in my case, in my novel, The Sympathizer, I have a protagonist who comes to the United States fleeing from the war. And he says, “Well, I’m grateful for American aid, but maybe I wouldn’t have needed American aid if I hadn’t been invaded by the United States in the first place.” And it’s that kind of contradiction that far exceeds the mythology of the United States and it’s that kind of contradiction that I think many Americans have a problem recognizing. And in the long-term, we will have to recognize and deal with this contradiction within the United States if we want to actually reach this idea of a society that is more just and more equal for everyone.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Maximillian Alvarez.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/09/america-nation-of-immigrants-turns-on-immigrants-a-conversation-with-viet-thanh-nguyen/feed/ 0 543624
Iranian-linked hacker group targets Iran International journalists in cyberattack  https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/09/iranian-linked-hacker-group-targets-iran-international-journalists-in-cyberattack/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/09/iranian-linked-hacker-group-targets-iran-international-journalists-in-cyberattack/#respond Wed, 09 Jul 2025 17:37:50 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=496166 Paris, July 9, 2025—Hackers linked with Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC) infiltrated the Telegram accounts of current and former staff of the outlet Iran International in a targeted campaign to intimidate and silence journalists, the London-based broadcaster reported Tuesday.

The breaches were linked to two coordinated attacks – one in the summer of 2024 and another in January 2025 – that used malware-laced Telegram messages to infect staff devices, DW Persian reported.

“The use of spyware to harass journalists represents a chilling escalation in Iran’s campaign to intimidate and silence independent media,” said CPJ Regional Director Sara Qudah. “No journalist should be subjected to digital surveillance or coercion. Iran must immediately cease its transnational repression of the press.”

The operation was attributed to Banished Kitten, also known as Storm-0842, Dune, or Hanzaleh, a cyber unit within Iran’s Ministry of Intelligence led by Yahya Hosseini Panjkhi, whose identity was first revealed by the outlet’s reporting

Outlets reported that the hacker group Hanzaleh claimed responsibility for the attack. The group has not confirmed the claim on any of its affiliated platforms.

The outlet said it has strengthened digital security and alerted authorities following both attacks.

“We remain resolute in our mission to deliver accurate, uncensored news to our audience, and we will not allow these threats — online or offline — to disrupt our work. These attempts to intimidate us will not succeed,” the channel added.

Separately, Iranian lawmakers are considering a bill that press freedom advocates warn could criminalize independent journalism tied to foreign outlets as it imposes harsh penalties, including death, for alleged collaboration with “hostile” states or media. It would also allow courts to jail journalists and bar them from public service if their reporting is deemed to cause “fear and panic” or harm “national security.”

CPJ’s email to the Iranian mission to the United Nations in New York requesting comment on the cyberattacks and the proposed law did not receive a response.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/09/iranian-linked-hacker-group-targets-iran-international-journalists-in-cyberattack/feed/ 0 543596
Drought is draining water supplies and driving up food costs where you’d least expect https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/drought-water-supplies-food-costs-where-you-least-expect/ https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/drought-water-supplies-food-costs-where-you-least-expect/#respond Wed, 09 Jul 2025 17:29:48 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=669918 Taking shovels and buckets to a dried-up sandy belt of the Vhombozi River in Zimbabwe last August, groups of Mudzi district villagers gathered to dig with the hope of somehow finding water. The southern African region had entered into a state of severe drought, which had shriveled the Vhombozi, a primary water supply for more than a hundred thousand people.

Before long, a maze of makeshift holes revealed shallow puddles along the otherwise arid riverbed. The frantic digging had worked — there was water. There was just one big problem: It wasn’t blue. It was a muddy brown color, and villagers worried that consuming it would make them ill. But as there were scarcely other options, many took their chances with drinking it and bathing with it. 

Almost a year later, the persistent drought has led to a deluge of devastation on the region’s food system. Corn yields dropped 70 percent across the country, causing consumer prices to double. Thousands of cattle were lost to thirst and starvation. A local UNICEF emergency food distribution lost all of the food crops it harvested, which forced the NGO to reduce charitable food provisions from three meals a week to one. Child malnutrition levels in Mudzi doubled, driving up the demand for healthcare, and causing a quarter of healthcare clinics to run out of water reserves. Between January and March, about 6 million people in Zimbabwe faced food insecurity.

According to a new report by the U.S. National Drought Mitigation Center, or NDMC, and the UN Convention to Combat Desertification, or UNCCD, the combined effects of global warming, drought, and El Niño have triggered similar crises all over the world, from Mexico City to the Mekong Delta.

Using impact reports alongside government data, scientific and technical research, and media coverage of major drought events, the authors examined case-by-case how droughts compound poverty, hunger, energy insecurity, and ecosystem collapse in climate hotspots around the world. They measured impacts in 2023 and 2024, when the planet saw some of the most widespread and damaging drought events in recorded history. What they found is a lesson and a warning sign: Increasingly severe droughts caused by climate change are laying waste to  ecosystems and economies everywhere. 

“This report is a blistering reminder that climate change and punishing drought are already devastating lives, livelihoods, and food access,” said Million Belay of the International Panel of Experts on Sustainable Food Systems, and general coordinator of the Alliance for Food Sovereignty in Africa, who wasn’t involved in the research. “We need to get serious about resilience and real adaptation.”

A local farmer carries vegetables near a partially dry canal of a Chinampa, or floating garden, in San Gregorio Atlapulco, on the outskirts of Mexico City, Mexico on May 23, 2024. Daniel Cardenas / Anadolu via Getty Images

Mexico City

A focal point in the analysis is Mexico, where prolonged drought conditions provoked a water crisis that has had repercussions for food affordability and access. 

The situation began to intensify in 2023, when the country entered into a period of historically low rainfall. By June, the bulk of Mexico’s reservoirs dropped below 50 percent capacity. The rainy winter of 2023 brought some relief, but not enough. 

By the next summer, 90 percent of the country was experiencing some level of drought, and Mexico City’s water supply system reached a record low of 39 percent capacity. Abnormally low rainfall and high temperatures, made worse by inefficient water infrastructure and over-extraction of the city’s aquifer, would persist into early 2025. These struggles to obtain water have been further exacerbated by distribution needs as mandated by a water-sharing treaty Mexico has long shared with the United States. 

A severe lack of water has been found to be closely linked with food insecurity, as water scarcity impacts food access through reductions in agricultural production that can fuel food shortages and higher grocery prices. Roughly 42 percent of Mexico’s population was food-insecure in 2021, according to national statistics, with consumer food inflation rates steadily climbing since then. Price hikes were eventually reflected in grocery stores, causing the costs of produce like cilantro to soar by 400 percent, alongside other climbing price tags for goods like onions, broccoli, and avocado. 

“Ripple effects can turn regional droughts into global economic shocks,” said NDMC’s Cody Knutson, who co-authored the report. “No country is immune when critical water-dependent systems start to collapse.” 

Four people hold bunches of bananas on their backs while walking through a plain with shallow water patches
Locals carry banana produce over the dry Solimoes riverbed in the Pesqueiro community in Northern Brazil, on September 30, 2024. Michael Dantas / AFP via Getty Images

Amazon Basin

During those same years, the Amazon River Basin became another drought and hunger hotspot. According to the new report, climate change caused waterways to drop to historically low levels in September of 2023. Drinking water became contaminated by mass die-offs of marine life, and local communities weren’t able to eat the fish they rely on. 

Supply chain transportation was also greatly affected, as the low water levels made it impossible for boats to travel in and out of certain regions. Brazil’s AirForce would be deployed to distribute food and water to several states where river supply routes were impassable. 

Residents in some towns dug wells on their own properties to replace river water they would normally depend on for drinking, cooking, and cleaning, according to the UN-backed report. Others were stuck waiting on government aid. Disruptions to drinking water and food supplies due to low river levels continued through late 2024 as the drought persisted. By September, waterways that had previously been navigable were bone-dry

A 2025 report released by the nonprofit ACAPS found that many communities in the Amazon region were already believed to be suffering malnutrition, making them more vulnerable to the emerging health and food insecurity effects of the drought. 

Climate change plays “a critical role in food security,” said FAO economist Jung-eun Sohn, who is unaffiliated with the UNCCD report. He noted that warming not only can impact both availability of and access to food, but that natural hazards are “one of three main risks of food insecurity,” along with conflict and economic risks, in hunger hotspots. 

A woman stands in a banana plantation with dried leaves
A woman stands in a dried-out banana plantation in Ben Tre Province, Vietnam, in 2016. At the time, Vietnam’s Mekong Delta was experiencing its worst drought in 90 years. Christian Berg / Getty Images

Mekong Delta 

Though a central contributor to the interconnected water-and-food crisis, climate change isn’t the only factor in many hunger hotspots — failing infrastructure and inefficiencies in water delivery systems have also been flagged as critical contributors to widespread water shortages. The compounding effect of El Niño, or a naturally-occurring weather phenomena that drives above-average global heat and more intense natural disasters in parts of the planet, is another culprit. 

“It’s now abundantly clear that industrial, chemical-intensive agriculture, with its high water demands and uniform crops, is deeply vulnerable to drought and intensifying the crisis,” said Belay, the IPES expert. 

One study found that saltwater intrusion, much like what persistently plagues the Mekong River Delta in Vietnam, also causes a significant reduction in food production. The watershed flows through six Asian countries, and over 20 million people depend on the rice grown in the region, which is Vietnam’s most productive agricultural area. It is also the region of Vietnam that is most vulnerable to hunger, with up to half of its rural households struggling to afford enough food. 

A woman looks at a dry field with small plants
A woman looks over her spoiled watermelon field in Ben Tre Province, Vietnam, in 2016. At the time, Vietnam’s Mekong Delta was experiencing its worst drought in 90 years. Christian Berg / Getty Images

So when an early heatwave struck the Mekong Delta in 2024, and an abnormally long dry spell followed suit, causing canals to dry up, excessive salinity, heat, and water scarcity killed farmers’ catch in droves, reducing what communities were able to supply and sell, which led to shortages that prompted the local government to intervene and help producers quickly sell their wares. As the drought persisted, communities undertook other desperate measures to mitigate losses; renovating ditches, constructing temporary reservoirs, digging wells, and storing fresh water. Even so, according to the report, up to 110,000 hectares of agricultural resources, including fruit crops, rice fields, and aquaculture, have been impacted in the last year by the drought and excess salinity. The situation contributed to rice shortages, prompting a widespread inflationary effect on market prices.

“These instances highlight how interconnected our global economies and food supplies are,” Paula Guastello, NDMC drought impacts researcher and lead author of the report, told Grist. “Drought has widespread implications, especially when it occurs on such a large, intense scale as during the past few years. In today’s global society, it is impossible to ignore the effects of drought occurring in far-off lands.” 

All told, the authors argue that without major reductions in greenhouse gas emissions, rising temperatures will lead to more frequent and severe droughts by continuing to inflate heat, evaporation, and volatile precipitation patterns. All the while, urbanization, land use changes, and population growth are expected to continue to strain water resources and influence which assets and areas are most vulnerable to drought impacts. The world’s resilience to those impacts, the report denotes, ultimately depends on the fortification of ecosystems, the adoption of changes to water management, and the pursuit of equitable resource access. 

“Proactive drought management is a matter of climate justice, equitable development, and good governance,” said UNCCD Deputy Executive Secretary Andrea Meza in a statement about the report.

Stronger early warning systems and real-time drought impact monitoring, for example, those that assess conditions known to fuel food and water insecurity, are some of the ways countries can better fortify their systems in preparedness for the next big drought event. Others include watershed restoration, the broad revival of traditional cultivation practices, and the implementation of alternative water supply technologies to help make infrastructure more climate resilient. Adaptation methods, however, must also account for the most vulnerable populations, the authors say, and require global cooperation, particularly along critical food trade routes

“Drought is not just a weather event,” said report co-author and NDMC assistant director Kelly Helm Smith. “It can be a social, economic, and environmental emergency. The question is not whether this will happen again, but whether we will be better prepared next time.”

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Drought is draining water supplies and driving up food costs where you’d least expect on Jul 9, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Ayurella Horn-Muller.

]]>
https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/drought-water-supplies-food-costs-where-you-least-expect/feed/ 0 543605
Karipuna Resistance: Defending the Amazon https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/09/karipuna-resistance-defending-the-amazon/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/09/karipuna-resistance-defending-the-amazon/#respond Wed, 09 Jul 2025 17:21:39 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=335346 The young chief of the Karipuna people, Andre Karipuna, surveys the damage of a fire intentionally to a parcel of their jungle territory by land invaders in October 2022. Photo by Michael Fox.The Karipuna people say they will stand their ground. In defense of the Amazon. In defense of their people and their future. This is episode 56 of Stories of Resistance.]]> The young chief of the Karipuna people, Andre Karipuna, surveys the damage of a fire intentionally to a parcel of their jungle territory by land invaders in October 2022. Photo by Michael Fox.

There are less than a hundred members of the Karipuna tribe. They live on their land in the Brazilian state of Rondonia. Their territory is demarcated, which means that it’s legally theirs.

But many outsiders don’t care. Land invaders have been pushing in, hauling off hardwood and big trees and carving out pieces of their land, and dividing them up to sell.

The Karipuna are resisting.

This is episode 56 of Stories of Resistance—a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. 

And please consider signing up for the Stories of Resistance podcast feed, either in Spotify, Apple Podcasts, Spreaker, or wherever you listen.

You can see exclusive pictures of the Mapuche community playing palín in this story on Michael’s Patreon. Please consider supporting this podcast and Michael Fox’s reporting on his Patreon account.

Written and produced by Michael Fox.

Resources

Transcript

This is the sound of the Amazon. The lush thick jungle just behind the main village on Karipuna Indigenous Territory, in Western Brazil.

And this is just a short drive away… Former Amazon rainforest. Cut. Slashed. Burned. And converted into fields for cattle. This is what the Karipuna people are up against. Their resistance is life or death.

There are less than a hundred members of the Karipuna tribe. They live on their land in the Brazilian state of Rondonia. Their territory is demarcated, which means that it’s legally theirs. But many outsiders don’t care. Land invaders have been pushing in, hauling off hardwood and big trees. Sometimes, the residents of the Karipuna village can hear the tractors and the machines working at night. 

But that is just the tip of the iceberg. Land grabbers are cutting into their territory. Carving out pieces of their jungle, pieces of their land, and dividing them up to sell.

The Karipuna are resisting. But they do not have the resources or the numbers to constantly police the borders of their territory. And the people who are invading their land are not doing so peacefully. The Karipuna community leaders have faced death threats. Warnings.

A few years ago, they decided to set up an outpost alongside the Formoso River, on the southern end of their land. They built a small home. Planted seeds. They planned to have some community members move there, to help protect against invasions of their territory. But warning messages were left on the building. And just behind it, a square stretch of lush forest was felled and burned, the fallen trees still smoldering from the fire.

[Andre Karipuna]

But they will not give up. They say they will not give in. They will not leave. They are what is left of the Karipuna people. And they will stand their ground. In defense of their village. In defense of their land. In defense of the Amazon rainforest. In defense of their people, their future, and the generations to come. 

Hi folks, thanks for listening. I’m your host Michael Fox.

I visited the Karipuna people and their territory a couple of years. It was a tremendous experience. First to spend time with them and also to see up close the tremendous devastation happening all across the Amazon today. 

I’ll add some links in the show notes to some of my stories on this, the final episode of my podcast Brazil on Fire, which is a deep dive into the attack on the Amazon under the Bolsonaro administration, and much more.

You can also see exclusive pictures from my trip to visit with the Karipuna on my Patreon. That’s patreon.com/mfox. I’ll add a link in the show notes.

Also, if you like what you hear and enjoy this podcast, please consider becoming a subscriber on my Patreon. It’s only a few dollars a month. I have a ton of exclusive content there, only available to my supporters. And every supporter really makes a difference.

This is episode 56 of Stories of Resistance, a podcast series co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment or leave a review.

Thanks for listening. See you next time.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/09/karipuna-resistance-defending-the-amazon/feed/ 0 543600
‘Call Amy!’: Lawyer for Mahmoud Khalil reveals how he won his freedom https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/07/call-amy-lawyer-for-mahmoud-khalil-reveals-how-he-won-his-freedom/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/07/call-amy-lawyer-for-mahmoud-khalil-reveals-how-he-won-his-freedom/#respond Mon, 07 Jul 2025 17:51:45 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=335277 Former Columbia University student and pro-Palestinian protest leader Mahmoud Khalil, accompanied by his wife Noor Abdalla, raises his hands as he arrives for a press conference outside the Cathedral of St. John the Divine in New York on June 22, 2025, two days after his release from US custody. Photo by KENA BETANCUR/AFP via Getty ImagesAs he was being abducted by plainclothes ICE agents in March, Mahmoud Khalil told his wife Noor Abdalla to “call Amy,” his lawyer. In this exclusive interview, TRNN speaks to Amy Greer about receiving Abdalla’s phone call and the epic legal battle to free Khalil.]]> Former Columbia University student and pro-Palestinian protest leader Mahmoud Khalil, accompanied by his wife Noor Abdalla, raises his hands as he arrives for a press conference outside the Cathedral of St. John the Divine in New York on June 22, 2025, two days after his release from US custody. Photo by KENA BETANCUR/AFP via Getty Images

After being abducted from his New York apartment building by plainclothes agents and locked away in an ICE jail in Louisiana for over 100 days, Mahmoud Khalil has been freed and reunited with his family. A federal judge ruled that Khalil’s detention was unconstitutional and that he was neither a flight risk nor a threat to the public, and the Syrian-born Palestinian activist, husband, father, and former Columbia University graduate student was finally released on June 20, 2025. But the fight for Khalil’s freedom is not over, and we have by no means seen the last of the Trump administration’s authoritarian attacks on immigrants, universities, and the movement to stop Israel’s US-backed genocide of Palestinians. In this exclusive interview, TRNN Editor-in-Chief Maximillian Alvarez speaks with Amy Greer, an associate attorney at Dratel & Lewis and a member of Mahmoud Khalil’s legal team, about the epic legal battle to free Khalil.

Guest:

  • Amy Greer is an associate attorney at Dratel & Lewis, and a member of Mahmoud Khalil’s legal team. Greer is a lawyer and archivist by training, and an advocate and storyteller by nature. As an attorney at Dratel & Lewis, she works on a variety of cases, including international extradition, RICO, terrorism, and drug trafficking. She previously served as an assistant public defender on a remote island in Alaska, defending people charged with misdemeanors, and as a research and writing attorney on capital habeas cases with clients who have been sentenced to death.

Additional resources:

Credits:

  • Studio Production / Post-Production: David Hebden
Transcript

The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

Maximillian Alvarez:

After being abducted from his New York apartment building by plain clothes agents and then locked away in an ice jail in Louisiana. For over a hundred days, Mahmud Khalil has been freed and reunited with his family. The Syrian born husband, father Palestinian activists and former Columbia University graduate student played a key role in the 2024 Columbia University Palestine solidarity protests mediating between student protestors and the university administration after a federal judge ruled that Khalil’s detention was unconstitutional and that he was neither a flight risk nor a threat to the public. Khalil was finally released on June 20th, but the fight for Khalil’s freedom is not over, and we have by no means seen the last of the Trump administration’s authoritarian attacks on immigrants universities and the movement to stop Israel’s US backed genocide of Palestinians. The country watched in horror as Khalil and other international students and scholars like Ru Meza Ozturk at Tufts and Bader Kuri at Georgetown were openly targeted, traumatized, and persecuted by the Trump administration for their political speech and beliefs. Here’s a clip from the Chilling video of Khalil’s abduction in March taken by Khalil’s wife, no Abdullah that we republished here at the Real News Network.

Amy Greer:

You guys really don’t need to be doing all of that. It’s fine. It’s fine. The opposite. Take Amy. Call Amy, she’ll be fine. Okay. Hi Amy. Yeah, they just handcuffed him and took him. I don’t know what to do.

Maximillian Alvarez:

Okay, I, what should I do? I don’t know. Now as Mahmud is being dragged away in handcuffs by those plain clothes agents, in that video, he turns to his wife noir and he says, call Amy. And you can actually hear in that video no’s terrified voice saying over the phone to Amy that she just doesn’t know what to do as her husband is being dragged away. Joining us on The Real News Network today is the Amy who was on the other end of that phone call on the fateful day when Mahmud Khalil was abducted from his apartment building on March 8th. Amy Greer is an associate attorney at DRA and Lewis and a member of Mahmud Khalil’s legal team. Amy is a lawyer and archivist by training and an advocate and storyteller by nature as an attorney at DRA and Lewis. She works on a variety of cases including international extradition, Rico, terrorism and drug trafficking. She previously served as an assistant public defender on a remote island in Alaska, defending people charged with misdemeanors and as a research and writing attorney on capital habeas cases with clients who have been sentenced to death. Amy, thank you so much for joining us on the Real News Network today. I really, really appreciate it. And I just wanted to kind of start by asking how is Mahmud Khalil doing? How is his family doing? How are you and the rest of the legal team doing after this long, terrifying saga?

Amy Greer:

Yeah. Well, I think for many of us, including Mahmud and Ur, the reunion and knowing that Mahmood is free was just a huge relief. Seeing him detained, watching that experience of that family being separated from each other was incredibly challenging to watch as attorneys, and I can only begin to imagine what that felt like for Mahmud and nor themselves. So having them be together is so critical, and you’ll see every time you see photos of them in public, they’re holding hands or Mahmud’s arm is around North. So just that physical proximity I think has just been really powerful and important for the two of them, the legal team. The fight continues, but I know for many of us, the relief that course through our own bodies, our own hearts as people who love and have loved ones bearing witness to their reunification was really special, really important. And now it’s galvanizing for the fight to continue.

Maximillian Alvarez:

Well, and good news is in short supply these days, and I can genuinely only imagine what it is like for you and folks in the legal world to be navigating the reality of this new administration. I mean, because the law fair that is unfolding, the fights over the future of this country and the Trump agenda, so many of those fights are happening in the courts, and the law system itself is a key player in how the Trump administration is trying to execute its authoritarian excesses. So it is, I think, gratifying and energizing for so many people. And we’ve heard that from our own audience that amidst all this darkness and these onslaughts from the administration to have a victory, like seeing Mahmud, Khalil walk free from the ice detention facility in Louisiana reminds people that the fight is not over. And we are going to talk in a little bit about where things stand now with Mahmud’s legal standing in the case that he’s fighting for his freedom. But I wanted to ask if we could go back to that fateful day in March when you got that call from No Abdullah. Can you talk us through what it’s even like to get a call like that? Is this a call that you’re used to getting? And what was the process of responding to that call? What were you guys doing in the hours after Khalil was abducted?

Amy Greer:

Sure. So actually the first call I got was from Mahmood himself, and that wasn’t on video. Mahmud called me at around eight 30 ish on March 8th, and I was embarrassingly, I just poured a glass of wine and was sitting down to a Ted Lasso episode, which is what I watched. It’s like the equivalent of sucking my thumb. It’s like how I chill out sometimes. I have some episodes that I like to rewatch, and it was a Saturday night, and so I was relaxing and the phone rang and I saw that it was Mahmud, and it’s very unusual. Even though we’d been working together for a few months, it’s pretty unusual that he would call me outside of business hours. So I knew that something must be going on, and I picked up the phone and he told me he was surrounded by ice and that ice agents in plain clothes and that they told him that his student visa had been revoked.

We knew that he was not on a student visa, he was a green card holder or lawful permanent resident. And so the agent asked to speak with me because Mahmud introduced me as his attorney. I had some words with the ice agent asking him if he had a warrant, what the basis for the arrest was, which again, they repeated that the Secretary of State had revoked Mahmud’s student visa. When I informed the agent that Mahmud was actually a lawful permanent resident, he said, well, they revoked that too, which is not a thing actually. There needs to be some due process that happens in order to revoke somebody’s lawful permanent residency. And when I demanded again to have the agent show Mahmood or to send me a warrant, the agent hung up on me. And that’s when Nora’s video picks up because no had gone upstairs to get the green card to show ice that Mahmood was a lawful permanent resident.

And so when she came back down, that’s when the filming began that that has become so famous now. And so nor then called me back. However, I will say there was about a five minute or three to five minute gap between when Mahmood hung up or when the agent hung up on me and when Nora called. And that’s the thing, I am an attorney. I am cool head in a crisis, but even people like me have human feelings. And Mahmud is a student that I had been working with along with numerous other students for protecting their speech rights on campus protests regarding Palestine when it became clear what was happening, that he was being taken by ice. And it seemed to me that that was not going to be stopped. You know what I mean? That showing the green card wasn’t going to stop that process.

I cried. I mean, when that phone hung up, I’ve never felt so helpless because, and we can get into this a little bit, but the reality is that law enforcement takes people, ice takes people, police take people, many in our communities, many that are connected to your network know this, and then lawyers have to undo it, right? We can’t prevent it from happening always. We have to undo it on the other side. And that revelation and that realization really struck me and I burst into tear as if I’m being totally honest. And then I called my colleague who was on the phone with me when no called back, and then we talked nor through, and you can hear no in that video, you can hear her asking, what’s your name? Where are you taking him? And you can hear her speaking to us as we’re asking her, telling her what to ask and how to gather that information.

I mean, it’s one of those situations where you have to suppress all your natural human reactions, which is fear and anxiety, and where are they taking him and deep sadness and all of those things. And so between Lindsay, my colleague and myself, we tried to stay calm for no, who I had not met yet. So she’s also talking to a stranger as this horror is unfolding in front of her. And she was eight months pregnant at the time as well. So there was a lot happening there, both what you can see, which was you can hear the fear in her voice, although she is remarkable. And while you hear the fear, you can also hear her strength. She spoke with such clarity, her voice shook. But like Rashida Taleb said, I’m speaking even as my voice shakes and that has been nor through this entire ordeal is speaking even as her voice shakes. And so that’s what you hear in that video. And I’m sure my voice was shaking as well as I was listening to this beautiful woman trying to fight for her partner, her husband, who’s being taken away right in front of her. So it was a pretty intense experience, and it’s not one that I’ve typically experienced even as a criminal defense attorney. I’m more used to the call from the jail as opposed to the call happening during the taking itself. So that was a first for me.

Maximillian Alvarez:

Yeah, I mean, my God, I can really only imagine what it’s like, but sadly in this country I find myself imagining it a lot more frequently than I used to worrying about my own family being abducted by immigration, being racially profiled and disappeared from the streets, and then having to begin that process that you just described of figuring out where my loved ones are and how I get them back. Like you said, this is what law enforcement does in this country, and the taking of people from their homes, from their job sites, from their campuses did not begin with the second Donald Trump administration. But I wanted to ask, what about this case and this call and this fight is new. Can you impress upon folks watching why this is such a marked escalation of what law enforcement and immigration enforcement typically do in this country?

Amy Greer:

Sure. I mean, I think there’s a few layers on a very sort of visceral, tangible layer. These people are showing up masked, they’re not identifying themselves. And so in the case of Mahmood, and this is also true with Rusa Ozturk, both of them have spoken on the record in court or publicly about they thought they were being abducted and then taken somewhere to potentially be executed. I mean, I know that I am sure that that’s not original to many people in communities around this country, indigenous communities, communities of color. And also I do think that there is a little masked men in plain clothes arriving on college campuses or their surrounding housing may be new. I think it’s new, it’s my understanding that it’s new where, this sounds like a strange example, but a very amazing advocate around the heroin and oxycodone crisis that it was talked about as a crisis, a public health crisis a number of years ago spoke about how it’s been a crisis for many, many years, but when it started impacting middle class white folks, then it became a public health crisis, not a criminal issue that needed to be prosecuted through the courts, but something that needed to be mediated through mental health care, addiction services and other public health framing.

I think what’s happening here is college students, graduate students, people who have no criminal records or no even association or affiliation with anything that we would necessarily conceptualize as criminalized. And again, I’m not saying that any of those labelings are okay, are being taken by masked people who refuse to identify themselves and basically disappeared for 24, 36, 48 hours where nobody knows where they are and even their families aren’t entirely sure who is taking them. And where Rua was on the phone with her mother in Turkey when she was taken and the phone was cut off, the phone call was cut off, and nobody heard from Rua again for quite some time. And similar in Mahmud’s case, we didn’t hear from him from Saturday night until Monday morning. And so these things I think are escalations because of who the people are that are being taken and the attention given to college and graduate students as unlikely people to be abducted in this way.

Again, not agreeing with any of the framing of people having been taken previously, that they deserve any less of an innocent explanation of who they are and where they’re from and what they’re about. But that’s not the narrative that’s coming out. In this particular case, it’s students speaking against a genocide taken by masked men and then detained. I think that’s the other piece is immigration detention has been an issue for a very long time. There is no question particularly around the border, but I think internal, internal to the United States, the access to parole and having to do regular check-ins, but being able to live out in the community has been general practice for a long time according to many of my immigration lawyer colleagues. So this is also new, is the actual detention of people as opposed to processing them and then allowing them to be free in the community while their case is processed in the administrative immigration side.

So that’s also a new aspect to all of this. The last thing I’ll point out is the statute that’s being used and weaponized against the students like Mahmud and Rusa and others, is an old statute where these students for speaking out against a genocide have been determined by the Secretary of State. Their presence in the United States is adverse to American foreign policy and American foreign interests. And I think that’s a statute from the 1950s that was actually weaponized against people who were accused of being associated with communism and in particular Jewish Americans who are accused of being associated with communism. And it’s being weaponized now again for people speaking against genocide. So these are some of the layers of things that are at play here that make it different, but I think what it is is it’s just they’re going for people in the United States that they assumed many people with power, with money, with privilege would not speak against, they would not speak against their taking. But what they’ve discovered is actually people have been really horrified by these abductions in a way that we should be for everybody else who’s abducted but haven’t been.

Maximillian Alvarez:

I think that’s beautifully and powerfully put. It’s not national news in years prior when immigrants from Latin America who raise issues on a farm that they’re working on about unsafe working conditions, and then they get abducted and disappeared by ice. No one bats an eye, but when graduate students are targeted, and then it gets a little more real for a lot more people. And of course, our aim and the necessity here for everyone watching is to care equally about both and to care about the rights of all humans. That’s why we call them human rights. And to tug on that thread a little more, talking about the sort of intricacies and the vagaries of immigration detention, can you tell us a little bit about what it was like trying to free Mahmud from this ice detention center in Louisiana for over a hundred days?

Amy Greer:

Right. Well, and I think this is where I get a little nerdy for people because I think it’s really critical, and this is where our lack of civics education in the United States is really coming back to bite us in so many ways. But I think what’s really critical to point out here is immigration court, as it’s called immigration judges, as they’re called, are actually administrative employees of the Attorney General of the United States. They are not. When you think of a judge, most people I would think of the people that they see in Maryland State Court or even the Supreme, the US Supreme Court, that people who have been vetted by the Senate or even voted into office in certain parts of the country by their constituents, they are typically lawyers. They are people who have some experience and then rise and get promoted into judicial roles.

And most of them think the people we’re thinking of are Article three, meaning in the Constitution, article three judges that were conceptualized at the framing of the Constitution, but immigration court and immigration judges, that’s actually a misnomer. They’re administrative employees. And this is an administrative process. And what that means is, for example, the immigration judge in this case said this exactly on the record, the rules of evidence, the rules of civil procedure and certain other protections and due process protections that would exist in a constitutional Article III court do not exist in the immigration process. And so really, immigration court per se, and that process is an administrative process. So for example, people have watched the procedural shows where they talk about hearsay. And in a regular court, for example, if something can’t be substantiated or corroborated in some way, it’s considered hearsay and it may not be allowed into the court in immigration proceedings, it can.

So in mahmud’s case, the government could use a New York Post article with anonymous sources as evidence against Mahmud, right? So we don’t know who the speakers were, we don’t know who the sources were. We have no way to verify that. But because the rules aren’t the same in immigration proceedings, things like that are allowed in. And so I think I say all of that just to say that people undergoing these immigration proceedings do not have, if you hear the term due process in regard to immigration, it doesn’t mean the same thing that it does in a criminal court, for example, where we already know that that’s a struggle. We already know that that’s a struggle over on that side. But believe it or not, the protections are significantly greater. So people like Mahmud and that the thousands of men that he was incarcerated with in Gina, Louisiana are going through these administrative processes.

What happens a lot of the time, and this has been so important to Mahmud highlight whenever he speaks out, is also a lot of people don’t have access to attorneys through this process, don’t even know how to reach an attorney and don’t know what their rights are. They don’t know if they can speak or not speak what they’re allowed to say or not say. And so they’re flying blind through an administrative process with very few and rights. And that’s been the case with Mahmood as well. But the difference for him is that he had access to me initially to hunt down where he was, to figure out how to find him to call attorneys in the Department of Homeland Security in the Department of Justice to find him. But so many other people don’t have that. And so people are being disappeared. The inmate locator as it’s called, or the detention locator that ICE has isn’t being updated and people don’t know where their loved ones are.

And then they also don’t have access to phone calls necessarily to be able to even find or locate an attorney. And they imper in front of these employees of the Attorney General who have clear directives from the Trump administration that people are not welcome here. This is a great sort of white supremacist project that’s being undertaken to make America white again, and therefore these processes are being truncated. Some people aren’t even seen by a judge at all or an immigration administrator at all. In Mahmood’s case, we have been able to litigate a case, but it’s been on an extremely expedited schedule. We had very little time to prepare. And so even though he’s had really good legal support, the case has been jammed through as fast as possible. And one thing that I think is really critical is the immigration administrator determined that she does not actually have the authority under the Constitution to question the Secretary of State.

And his determination that Mahmud is his presence in the United States is adverse to American foreign policy. And as a result, his case could have fallen into no man’s land, so to speak, where nobody really had authority to question the Secretary of State. But that’s where the federal habeas case comes in, the Article III constitutional court, which we can get into if you want. So that immigration case is proceeding rapidly in an administrative process. It will eventually potentially rise to the Fifth Circuit, which is an Article three appellate court, but by then the record that that court will be reviewing will be complete, and what they’re allowed to review is actually quite limited. So the process is really very remarkable on many levels, and I think it’s important for Americans or people residing in the United States, however they choose to identify, are aware that this is truly an administrative process without bumper guards or some of those procedural rights that people associate with terms court and judge,

Maximillian Alvarez:

And I really appreciate you breaking that down for us. Get nerdy sis, because we need your nerdiness to educate us. And I want to end on talking about where things stand now, but I guess by way of getting there, like you said, civics education in this country has failed us and to the point where so many of us don’t even fully know or appreciate what something like due process is. But I have this terrifying feeling that we’re going to know what due process is because we’re going to remember what it was. And I wanted to ask if just really quickly, you could talk to our audience about just clarify what is due process and why should you care about it.

Amy Greer:

Sure, yeah. And yeah, there’s a couple of layers to that, but I, I’ll keep it short. I mean, the idea of due processes is chronicled in the United States Constitution, and the idea is that you cannot have your rights infringed upon your property taken, et cetera, without being heard by a neutral arbiter and having some procedural opportunity to be heard, to present evidence in a criminal situation. If somebody’s testifying against you, you have the right to cross examine that person. These are the types of things that are due process and that are associated with that. The parameters of due process have largely been carved out by case law through the United States Supreme Court. And what’ll be interesting for your listeners, because I know that a lot of people, the genesis of the Real News Network and other things that you’re covering, labor, et cetera, is that there were all these push for rights in the early part of late part of the 19th century, early part of the 20th century that became codified into law and then also codified through the United States Supreme Court.

And due process was part of that do process, procedural and substantive. These ideas of what kinds of processes have to happen for your rights to be taken away, your liberty to be taken away, and also what the standards are that the government has to meet in order to do those kinds of things. All of that has been litigated for many, many years. And what we’ve seen since the Earl Warren Court of the 1950s and sixties is an erosion of those things over time, to your point, which is what we’re seeing now are actually the fruits of that erosion that has already been taking place. And so what I want to make a plug for people is lawyers in law school, people in law school and citizens in general. I think laws are talked about as if there’s something that are static that come down from above are carved into stone, and that’s that.

But what I want to really leave us with is laws are made by humans to protect wealth and power and as a reaction to fear and anger. And so we, as the people in this country, we can be part of crafting those laws or blocking laws that are very harmful to our communities and encouraging that our systems adhere to our values and not to values of protecting wealth and power and racial privilege as well. And so what we’re seeing here are the fruits of 50 plus years of erosion of rights, 50 plus years of white supremacist structures, really taking root in the law in new shape shifting ways because obviously it’s always been the law. That’s how the law was made in the United States, starting with the doctrine of discovery, et cetera. But we are moving into that space where we are really seeing the harms and the pervasive harms that these laws have in that now everybody’s vulnerable.

It doesn’t matter who you are now, you’re vulnerable unless you’re like Elon Musk or somebody like that. And so this erosion, because many of us have remained silent as these erosions have taken place because it’s not been us who’ve been directly impacted many people who look like me. This is the case now. We’re seeing that people like us can actually be impacted as naturalized citizenship is being challenged. I wouldn’t be surprised if even native born citizenship gets challenged in some ways depending on what your speech is. And so we’re really learning that these erosions will come for all of us eventually, and so we should speak up sooner. But what we’re seeing now, unfortunately, I think is the fruits of many years of the hard right labor to erode due process, to erode free speech rights, to erode citizenship rights, to erode the amendments that were passed after during reconstruction after the Civil War, to the extent that we’re moving into and are experiencing authoritarianism.

Maximillian Alvarez:

Well, and I guess on that heavy, but I important note, I wanted to remind people, like I said in the intro, this fight is not over for Mahmud Khalil and for all of us and our rights as such. And I wanted to ask if in the final minutes that I’ve got you, if you could just let us know where things stand right now with Mahmud Khalil’s case. I know there are multiple cases, some that you can talk about and others you can’t. But I guess for folks watching just where do things stand now and what can they do to be part of that change that you talked about, to ensure that the law is not weaponized against us, but in fact is serving us and our needs, the people’s

Amy Greer:

Needs? Sure. Yeah. So for Mahmud’s case, what’s happening now is in the federal District court of New Jersey, we have a habeas petition, habeas just means of the body. So we’re basically challenging his detention and deportation as a retaliatory move by the administration for Mahmud’s speech against genocide, and that they’re trying to remove him from this country as a retaliation that that’s the retaliation. And so the fight continues there where we will continue to litigate that habeas claim and to try to, the judge has so far found that Marco Rubio’s determination that it is likely unconstitutional the use of this statute as applied to Mahmud, and that it is likely retaliatory or likely it’s vague that people can’t really know what standard is being applied here and therefore it’s chilling speech because nobody really knows what the standard is. So that fight continues and will continue litigating for the first Amendment rights and against the retaliatory actions of the administration there.

And the immigration proceedings, the court on April 11th did find that Mahmud was removable from the United States, and an order of removal has been issued. However, because people panic at that, the federal district court has said that he cannot be removed from this country unless, and until that judge says that it’s okay. And so there is a court order in place to the extent that the administration adheres to that is a whole other thing, but there is a court order in place. So basically these two lanes are being litigated now, and we are trying to basically say that this government, this administration, should not be able to detain or remove Mahmud from this country for his protected speech rights. And that’s the fight that continues. What people can do is, it’s challenging because I think the public support for Mahmood and saying that we as a nation are not afraid of him, that no matter how they frame him or try narrate him as somebody to be feared, I think we can choose to not fear each other.

We can choose not to fear Mahmud, and we can choose to speak as one voice that the weapon, the murdering of women and children and men and women, Palestinian people in Gaza is not something that we support, that that is a mainstream position, not a dissident one. And while it may be adverse to this administration’s foreign policy, it is adverse to our moral compass as a nation and making that very clear that we do not stand for genocide as a nation. And even if we are on the border about whether Israel has the right to defend itself or not, or wherever people stand there, I think it’s important for them to also say that we refuse to see our immigration laws weaponized to shut down an important debate of great public concern, that we refuse to do that. So people, wherever they are on their spectrum, I think all of us should be against what’s happening here.

And the last plug that I’ll just make is on a local level, I think that a lot of us pay attention to the federal structures, and that’s certainly important, but where we can really start to make a difference is in our city halls and in our city councils and in our state legislatures, because over the last 15 to 20 years, we have seen really damaging laws against boycott, divestment, and sanction, adopting very restrictive definitions of antisemitism that encompass any criticism of Israel at all, or any engagement in questioning us, involvement in providing financial and financial support and weapons to Israel. And these are being weaponized now in these other, in immigration, et cetera. And so from a local perspective, we can say no to laws like that. We can ask our cities to be sanctuary cities. We can ask our cities to not allow, there are police forces to be used to aid and abbet ICE and NDHS abductions.

I mean, there’s a lot of ways, and Baltimore, of course, is being really proactive on that front. So I know this work is already happening in Baltimore and in Maryland and have had the honor and privilege of working with and talking with a lot of people doing that work. So keep doing that. I mean, I think that really matters. I do think that these kinds of policy shifts trickle up and then our national delegation, here’s what’s happening on the local level and brings that up to the national level. So I think we just have to stay engaged even when it’s overwhelming and we have to step away for a few minutes to do something that’s beautiful, that’s joyful, that laughter refilling our tanks is necessary, but we cannot afford to turn away right now. And people like Mahmud, people from our own communities who are being disappeared, they need us to show up now and in these varying ways. And I think we are, and we need to continue to do that.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Maximillian Alvarez.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/07/call-amy-lawyer-for-mahmoud-khalil-reveals-how-he-won-his-freedom/feed/ 0 543257
The Rainbow Warrior saga. Part 2: Nuclear refugees in the Pacific – the evacuation of Rongelap https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/06/the-rainbow-warrior-saga-part-2-nuclear-refugees-in-the-pacific-the-evacuation-of-rongelap/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/06/the-rainbow-warrior-saga-part-2-nuclear-refugees-in-the-pacific-the-evacuation-of-rongelap/#respond Sun, 06 Jul 2025 13:58:11 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=117097 COMMENTARY:  By Eugene Doyle

On the last voyage of the Rainbow Warrior prior to its sinking by French secret agents in Auckland harbour on 10 July 1985 the ship had evacuated the entire population of 320 from Rongelap in the Marshall Islands.

After conducting dozens of above-ground nuclear explosions, the US government had left the population in conditions that suggested the islanders were being used as guinea pigs to gain knowledge of the effects of radiation.

Cancers, birth defects, and genetic damage ripped through the population; their former fisheries and land are contaminated to this day.

Denied adequate support from the US – they turned to Greenpeace with an SOS: help us leave our ancestral homeland; it is killing our people. The Rainbow Warrior answered the call.

Human lab rats or our brothers and sisters?
Dr Merrill Eisenbud, a physicist in the US Atomic Energy Commission (AEC) famously said in 1956 of the Marshall Islanders:  “While it is true that these people do not live, I might say, the way Westerners do, civilised people, it is nevertheless also true that they are more like us than the mice.”

Dr Eisenbud also opined that exposure “would provide valuable information on the effects of radiation on human beings.”  That research continues to this day.

A half century of testing nuclear bombs
Within a year of dropping nuclear bombs on Hiroshima and Nagasaki, the US moved part of its test programme to the central Pacific.  Bikini Atoll in the Marshall Islands was used for atmospheric explosions from 1946 with scant regard for the indigenous population.

In 1954, the Castle Bravo test exploded a 15-megaton bomb —  one thousand times more deadly than the one dropped on Hiroshima.  As a result, the population of Rongelap were exposed to 200 roentgens of radiation, considered life-threatening without medical intervention. And it was.

Part of the Marshall Islands, with Bikini Atoll and Rongelap in the top left
Part of the Marshall Islands, with Bikini Atoll and Rongelap in the top left. Image: www.solidarity.co.nz

Total US tests equaled more than 7000 Hiroshimas.  The Clinton administration released the aptly-named Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments (ACHRE), report in January 1994 in which it acknowledged:

“What followed was a program by the US government — initially the Navy and then the AEC and its successor agencies — to provide medical care for the exposed population, while at the same time trying to learn as much as possible about the long-term biological effects of radiation exposure. The dual purpose of what is now a DOE medical program has led to a view by the Marshallese that they were being used as ‘guinea pigs’ in a ‘radiation experiment’.

This impression was reinforced by the fact that the islanders were deliberately left in place and then evacuated, having been heavily radiated. Three years later they were told it was “safe to return” despite the lead scientist calling Rongelap “by far the most contaminated place in the world”.

Significant compensation paid by the US to the Marshall Islands has proven inadequate given the scale of the contamination.  To some degree, the US has also used money to achieve capture of elite interest groups and secure ongoing control of the islands.

Entrusted to the US, the Marshall Islanders were treated like the civilians of Nagasaki
The US took the Marshall Islands from Japan in 1944.  The only “right” it has to be there was granted by the United Nations which in 1947 established the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, to be administered by the United States.

What followed was an abuse of trust worse than rapists at a state care facility.  Using the very powers entrusted to it to protect the Marshallese, the US instead used the islands as a nuclear laboratory — violating both the letter and spirit of international law.

Fellow white-dominated countries like Australia and New Zealand couldn’t have cared less and let the indigenous people be irradiated for decades.

The betrayal of trust by the US was comprehensive and remains so to this day:

Under Article 76 of the UN Charter, all trusteeship agreements carried obligations. The administering power was required to:

  • Promote the political, economic, social, and educational advancement of the people
  • Protect the rights and well-being of the inhabitants
  • Help them advance toward self-government or independence.

Under Article VI, the United States solemnly pledged to “Protect the inhabitants against the loss of their lands and resources.”  Very similar to sentiments in New Zealand’s Treaty of Waitangi.  Within a few years the Americans were exploding the biggest nuclear bombs in history over the islands.

Within a year of the US assuming trusteeship of the islands, another pillar of international law came into effect: the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (1948) — which affirms the inherent dignity and equal rights of all humans. Exposing colonised peoples to extreme radiation for weapons testing is a racist affront to this.

America has a long history of making treaties and fine speeches and then exploiting indigenous peoples.  Last year, I had the sobering experience of reading American military historian Peter Cozzens’ The Earth is Weeping, a history of the “Indian wars” for the American West.

The past is not dead: the Marshall Islands are a hive of bases, laboratories and missile testing; Americans are also incredibly busy attacking the population in Gaza today.

Eyes of Fire – the last voyage of the Rainbow Warrior
Had the French not sunk the Rainbow Warrior after it reached Auckland from the Rongelap evacuation, it would have led a flotilla to protest nuclear testing at Moruroa in French Polynesia.  So the bookends of this article are the abuse of defenceless people in the charge of one nuclear power — the US —  and the abuse of New Zealand and the peoples of French Polynesia by another nuclear power — France.

Senator Jeton Anjain (left) of Rongelap and Greenpeace campaign coordinator Steve Sawyer on board the Rainbow Warrior
Senator Jeton Anjain (left) of Rongelap and Greenpeace campaign coordinator Steve Sawyer on board the Rainbow Warrior . . . challenging the abuse of defenceless people under the charge of one nuclear power. Image: David Robie/Eyes of Fire

This incredible story, and much more, is the subject of David Robie’s outstanding book Eyes of Fire: The Last Voyage and Legacy of the Rainbow Warrior, published by Little Island Press, which has been relaunched to mark the 40th anniversary of the French terrorist attack.

A new prologue by former prime minister Helen Clark and a preface by Greenpeace’s Bunny McDiarmid, along with an extensive postscript which bring us up to the present day, underline why the past is not dead; it’s with us right now.

Between them, France and the US have exploded more than 300 nuclear bombs in the Pacific. Few people are told this; few people know this.

Today, a matrix of issues combine — the ongoing effects of nuclear contamination, sea rise imperilling Pacific nations, colonialism still posing immense challenges to people in the Marshall Islands, Kanaky New Caledonia and in many parts of our region.

Unsung heroes
Our media never ceases to share the pronouncements of European leaders and news from the US and Europe but the leaders and issues of the Pacific are seldom heard. The heroes of the antinuclear movement should be household names in Australia and New Zealand.

Vanuatu’s great leader Father Walter Lini; Oscar Temaru, Mayor, later President of French Polynesia; Senator Jeton Anjain, Darlene Keju-Johnson and so many others.

Do we know them?  Have we heard their voices?

Jobod Silk, climate activist, said in a speech welcoming the Rainbow Warrior III to Majuro earlier this year:  “Our crusade for nuclear justice intertwines with our fight against the tides.”

Nuclear-Free and Independent Pacific . . . the Rainbow Warrior
Nuclear-Free and Independent Pacific . . . the Rainbow Warrior taking on board Rongelap islanders ready for their first of four relocation voyages to Mejatto island. Image: David Robie/Eyes of Fire

Former Tuvalu PM Enele Sapoaga castigated Australia for the AUKUS submarine deal which he said “was crafted in secret by former Prime Minister Scott Morrison with no public discussion.”

He challenged the bigger regional powers, particularly Australia and New Zealand, to remember that the existential threat faced by Pacific nations comes first from climate change, and reminded New Zealanders of the commitment to keeping the South Pacific nuclear-free.

Hinamoeura Cross, a Tahitian anti-nuclear activist and politician, said in a 2019 UN speech: “Today, the damage is done. My people are sick. For 30 years we were the mice in France’s laboratory.”

Until we learn their stories and know their names as well as we know those of Marco Rubio or Keir Starmer, we will remain strangers in our own lands.

The Pacific owes them, along with the people of Greenpeace, a huge debt.  They put their bodies on the line to stop the aggressors. Greenpeace photographer Fernando Pereira, killed by the French in 1985, was just one of many victims, one of many heroes.

A great way to honour the sacrifice of those who stood up for justice, who stood for peace and a nuclear-free Pacific, and who honoured our own national identity would be to buy David Robie’s excellent book.

You cannot sink a rainbow.

Greenpeace photographer Fernando Pereira
Greenpeace photographer Fernando Pereira being welcomed to Rongelap Atoll by a villager in May 1985 barely two months before he was killed by French secret agents during the sabotage of the Rainbow Warrior. Image: David Robie/Eyes of Fire


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/06/the-rainbow-warrior-saga-part-2-nuclear-refugees-in-the-pacific-the-evacuation-of-rongelap/feed/ 0 543063
Media Celebrate International Aggression Against Iran https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/03/media-celebrate-international-aggression-against-iran/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/03/media-celebrate-international-aggression-against-iran/#respond Thu, 03 Jul 2025 20:34:09 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9046334  

Aggression is widely understood as the most serious form of the illegal use of force under international law. At the post–World War II Nuremberg Trials, British Judge Norman Birkett said:

To initiate a war of aggression…is not only an international crime; it is the supreme international crime, differing only from other war crimes in that it contains within itself the accumulated evil of the whole.

UN General Assembly Resolution 3314 lists seven acts that constitute aggression, including:

  • The invasion or attack by the armed forces of a state of the territory of another State….
  • Bombardment by the armed forces of a state against the territory of another state, or the use of any weapons by a state against the territory of another state.

In a clear instance of such aggression, 125 US military aircraft (along with a submarine) unleashed 75 weapons against Iran on June 21, including 14 GBU-57 Massive Ordnance Penetrators (MOPs), each of which weighs 30,000 pounds (BBC, 6/23/25). The MOPs are the most powerful non-nuclear weapons in the US arsenal (Democracy Now!, 6/23/25).

‘Brilliant military operation’

NYT: Trump’s Courageous and Correct Decision

The New York Times‘ Bret Stephens (6/22/25) acknowledged that US intelligence maintained that “Iran’s leaders had not yet decided to build a bomb”—but he argued that to act “amid uncertainty…is the essence of statesmanship.”

Rather than condemning this blatant violation of international law, US corporate media commentators gushed over what the Boston Globe (6/24/25) called a “brilliant military operation.” The Wall Street Journal (6/22/25) gave President Donald Trump “credit…for meeting the moment.”

To the New York TimesBret Stephens (6/22/25), Trump made “a courageous and correct decision that deserves respect.” “The president acted before it was too late,” he wrote. “It is the essence of statesmanship.”

For the Washington Post’s Max Boot (6/25/25), it’s “good news…that both Israel and the United States showed they can bombard Iranian nuclear facilities and other targets at will.”

Rather than toasting aggression, these observers could have used their platforms to try to help foster a political climate that prioritizes peace and the international legal principles that could help create a less violent world.

Meanwhile, some opinion mongers thought the US was at risk of insufficiently violating international law. The Post’s editorial board (6/22/25) said Trump

should ensure that Iran’s nuclear program is demolished, as he appeared to claim it was on Saturday. This would mean the destruction of the targeted sites plus any residual weapons-building capacity.

In other words, the authors are glad that the US bombed Iran in violation of international law, and think it might be best to do more of the same.

A Journal editorial (6/23/25) put forth a similar view, warning that Trump will “squander” any “gains” that the US and Israel may have made against Iran if he “lets Iran take a breather, retain any enriched uranium it has secretly stored, and then rearm. But the last fortnight creates a rare opportunity for a more peaceful Middle East.” I’m not a big Orwell fan, but there’s something to his vision of the propaganda slogan “war is peace.”

Upside-down world

WSJ: Trump Meets the Moment on Iran

Iran “now knows Mr. Trump isn’t bluffing,” the Wall Street Journal (6/22/25) wrote. Does the paper imagine that Iran thought Trump was “bluffing” when he assassinated Qasem Soleimani, the nation’s top military leader, in 2020?

These celebrations of bomb-dropping occur in an upside-down world, where Iran is an aggressor against the United States. One form of this lie is accusing Iran of wantonly killing Americans or seeking to do so. The Journal (6/22/25) cited “1,000 Americans killed by Iran-supplied roadside bombs and other means”—referring to the dubious claim that Iran is responsible for US soldiers killed during the illegal invasion and occupation of Iraq (Progressive, 1/7/20). Thus, to the editors, “Mr. Trump had to act to stop the threat in front of him to protect America.”

For Boot (6/22/25), Iran is a “predator” that the United States and Israel “will still have to deal with…for years to come.”

It would be nice to be able to assess the evidence for these allegations, but the authors don’t so much as hint at any. What is well documented, though, is that the US has been the aggressor in its longrunning war with Iran.

The US ruling class initiated the conflict by overthrowing Iran’s democratically elected Prime Minister Mohammad Mosaddegh in 1953 (NPR, 2/7/19), propping up the Shah’s torture regime for 26 years (BBC, 6/3/16; AP, 2/6/19), sponsoring the Iraqi invasion of Iran and helping Iraq use chemical weapons against Iran (Foreign Policy, 8/26/13), supporting Israel’s years-long campaign of murdering Iranian scientists (Responsible Statecraft, 12/21/20), and asphyxiating Iran’s civilian population through economic sanctions (Human Rights Watch, 10/29/19).

In other words, the US has been prosecuting a war against the Iranian people for more than 70 years, and Iran hasn’t done anything remotely comparable to the US, but the corporate media pretends that the inverse is true.

The consent manufacturers went even further, characterizing Iran as a threat to the world more generally. The Journal (6/22/25) said “Iran has been waging regional and terrorist war for decades,” and that “the world is safer” because the US bombed the country. Stephens proclaimed the Iranian government “the world’s leading state sponsor of terrorism,” a claim Boot (6/25/25) echoed, writing that the nation has a “decades-long track record as the No. 1 state sponsor of terrorism.” Sickeningly, Antony Blinken (New York Times, 6/24/25), a leading architect of the genocide of Gaza’s civilian population, called Iran “a leading state sponsor of terrorism; a destructive and destabilizing force via its proxies in Lebanon, Syria, Gaza, Yemen and Iraq.”

As usual, none of these writers bothered to say which acts of “terrorism” Iran has backed, never mind provide proof. Of course, if one wanted to make a serious argument that Iran has won the planet’s “state sponsor of terrorism” gold medal, then it would be necessary to show how they trumped, say, US support for Al Qaeda in Syria. For such a case to be convincing, it would furthermore be necessary to assess where bankrolling a genocide ranks in the terror-sponsoring Olympics.

‘A grave nuclear threat’

WaPo: Iran’s nuclear program is damaged — not ‘obliterated’

Max Boot (Washington Post, 6/25/25): “The good news is that both Israel and the United States showed they can bombard Iranian nuclear facilities and other targets at will.”

In the fantasy world where Iran is a grave danger to the US and indeed the world, then wrongly implying that it has or is about to have nuclear weapons packs a heavier punch. The Journal (6/22/25) said, “President Trump’s decision to strike Iran’s three most significant nuclear sites on Saturday helped rid the world of a grave nuclear threat.” The editorial would later add, “Ayatollah Ali Khamenei wanted a bomb more than peace.”

Boot (6/25/25) wrote that “preliminary Israeli intelligence assessments [of the US bombing of Iran] conclude that the damage to the Iranian nuclear weapons program was more extensive—enough to set back the program by several years.” Stephens began his piece:

For decades, a succession of American presidents pledged that they were willing to use force to prevent Iran from acquiring nuclear weapons. But it was President Trump who, by bombing three of Iran’s key nuclear sites on Sunday morning, was willing to demonstrate that those pledges were not hollow and that Tehran could not simply tunnel its way to a bomb because no country other than Israel dared confront it.

As FAIR contributor Bryce Greene (6/23/25) recently demonstrated, there is no proof that Iran has nuclear weapons or is close to having any. Yet the op-ed pages are peppered with insinuations that Iran’s imaginary nukes legitimize the US’s aggression against the country.

A Boston Globe editorial (6/24/25) read:

After years of insisting it would not allow Iran to acquire a nuclear weapon, Israel followed through by launching a wide-ranging attack earlier this month, assassinating nuclear scientists and military leaders and destroying many sites associated with Iran’s decades-long nuclear program. Trump initially stayed on the sidelines, until Saturday when US bombers delivered the coup de grâce, destroying—or at least heavily damaging—a key underground site that only American bunker-buster bombs could reach….

Stopping Iran, whose unofficial national motto is “Death to America,’’ from gaining a nuclear weapon has rightly been a US priority for decades.

Iran’s nuclear program is now damaged but not destroyed.

What’s missing from this chatter is that, even if we lived in an alternate reality where Iran had nuclear weapons or was hours away from having them, attacking them on these grounds would not be legitimate. After all, international law does not grant states a right to attack each other on a preventive (Conversation, 6/18/25) or pre-emptive basis (Conversation, 6/23/25). This crucial point was entirely absent in the coverage I’ve discussed.

Also overlooked are the 90 nuclear warheads that Israel is believed to have, as well as the more than 5,200 that the US reportedly possesses, none of which apparently constitute “a grave nuclear threat,” even as it’s not Iran but the US and Israel that routinely carry out full-scale invasions and occupations of nations in West Asia.

Whether it’s Iran’s supposed support for terrorism or Iran’s nonexistent and non-imminent nuclear weapons, the propaganda follows the same formula: make an unsubstantiated claim about Iranian malfeasance, and use that as a premise on which to defend Washington openly carrying out acts of aggression, perhaps the gravest violation of international law.

If you want the US and Israel to stop killing and immiserating people in Iran, remember this pattern and get used to debunking it. Because, last week’s ceasefire notwithstanding, the US/Israeli war on Iran isn’t over.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Gregory Shupak.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/03/media-celebrate-international-aggression-against-iran/feed/ 0 542765
What Human Rights Watch is demanding at the 4th International Financing for Development Conference https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/03/what-human-rights-watch-is-demanding-at-the-4th-international-financing-for-development-conference/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/03/what-human-rights-watch-is-demanding-at-the-4th-international-financing-for-development-conference/#respond Thu, 03 Jul 2025 15:49:45 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=863a683a6ff34d8b691877d8193e96ec
This content originally appeared on Human Rights Watch and was authored by Human Rights Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/03/what-human-rights-watch-is-demanding-at-the-4th-international-financing-for-development-conference/feed/ 0 542708
What Human Rights Watch is demanding at the 4th International Financing for Development Conference https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/03/what-human-rights-watch-is-demanding-at-the-4th-international-financing-for-development-conference-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/03/what-human-rights-watch-is-demanding-at-the-4th-international-financing-for-development-conference-2/#respond Thu, 03 Jul 2025 15:49:45 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=863a683a6ff34d8b691877d8193e96ec
This content originally appeared on Human Rights Watch and was authored by Human Rights Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/03/what-human-rights-watch-is-demanding-at-the-4th-international-financing-for-development-conference-2/feed/ 0 542709
The Perfect Islamophobic Storm https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/03/the-perfect-islamophobic-storm/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/03/the-perfect-islamophobic-storm/#respond Thu, 03 Jul 2025 13:45:17 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=159609 A familiar violence is brewing in the heart of Europe. The numbers reveal only what has surfaced so far. A quarter of the voting population now openly support the AfD, a party classified by the security services as ‘right-wing extremist’ due to their Islamophobic rhetoric and white-supremacist affiliations. Boosted by the mainstream press and the endorsement from the Nazi-saluting billionaire, the xenophobic […]

The post The Perfect Islamophobic Storm first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
A familiar violence is brewing in the heart of Europe. The numbers reveal only what has surfaced so far. A quarter of the voting population now openly support the AfD, a party classified by the security services as ‘right-wing extremist’ due to their Islamophobic rhetoric and white-supremacist affiliations. Boosted by the mainstream press and the endorsement from the Nazi-saluting billionaire, the xenophobic message is broadcast across Germany once more.

Traditional conservative parties, the CDU and CSU, while reluctantly distancing themselves from the AfD, have adopted the same Islamophobic stance wrapped in a more ‘respectable’ language. In complete disregard for the lessons etched into their own Grundgesetz, the CSU have declared that Islam has no place in Germany. The CDU, having finally shed their liberal skin, publicly declared any calls for a ‘Free Palestine’ as terrorist sympathies. Their violence is sanitised and bureaucratic as they push legislation to strip dual nationals of citizenship based on their political views. So effortless is their rejection of civil rights that it would send their oligarch friends in the White-house into a jealous frenzy.

A more unexpected xenophobic turn came from the centre-left alliance under former chancellor Scholz’s Social Democratic Party (SPD). After a stabbing incident in Solingen, afraid to lose votes to the anti-immigrant wave sweeping the country, Scholz promised Germany mass deportations. This concession gave the racists all the proof they needed for the otherwise unfounded narrative of ‘the violent immigrant’. Riding this wave into right-wing populism, he promised to strengthen the borders of the fortress Europe – borders which already claim the lives of 8 000 migrants every year. And as if reading from the Trump script, the SPD oversaw the deportation orders for several EU citizens for participating in peaceful demonstrations – no charges, no trial and no global outrage.

Across the German political spectrum, in a mixture of performative Holocaust guilt and opportunism, parties have embraced the settler colonial hierarchy on which Israel was founded, with Arabs and Muslims at the bottom of their order. With revisionist logic and wishful thinking, the Bundestag passed a resolution that frames anti-Semitism as an imported middle-eastern issue. By adopting the fictional IHRA definition of anti-Semitism, which includes all criticism of the state of Israel, they got the outcome they were looking for. The resolution was sharply criticised by human rights monitors as antagonistic to Arabs and Muslims and simultaneously anti-Semitic for conflating Judaism with the state of Israel. The resolution was passed with over 95% of votes.

In Germany, to wear a keffiyeh is to risk arrest and deportation. To publicly mourn the Nakba is illegal and yet when the AfD march through immigrant neighbourhoods to intimidate they call it freedom of speech. The message to the Arabs and Muslims of Germany is clear – you are at the bottom of our racial order, our human rights do not apply to you. Germany now records 5 Islamophobic incidents every day.

This perfect storm of Islamophobia and anti-Arab sentiment has thrown Europes largest economy back on a path of institutional racism. The wider fallout from alienating 5 million Muslims in Germany from their civil rights will undoubtedly be felt in the coming decades.

But the selective repentance, this weaponisation of Holocaust memory, serves not only to justify the suspension of civil liberties at home. It conveniently forms a theatre of morality to mask ongoing imperialist projects and to evade historical responsibilities. True atonement for the horrors of the Holocaust would include taking responsibility for the over 300 000 Europeans that moved to Palestine after World War Two and the Nakba that followed, displacing 750 000 Palestinians from their land. The victims of German genocides in Africa know not to hold their breath waiting for justice.

Colonial Amnesia

In Namibia, the German legacy of genocide is not forgotten. In a blueprint for the Gaza genocide, the pretext for this genocide was an anti-colonial uprising that killed 100 German settlers. The mass murder that followed wiped out 80% of the Herero and 50% of the Nama people, over 70 000 killed, for daring to resist colonial rule. Germany’s recognition of these atrocities, more than a century later, was embarrassingly absent of any formal reparations or land redistribution. To this day, Namibia remains in an apartheid-like inequality with 48% of Namibia’s land in the hands of just 5000 white settlers – 0.3% of the population.

The suppression of the Maji Maji rebellion in Tanzania reeks of a similar stench. Deliberate starvation was weaponised against the Muslim communities that rebelled against the colonisers. Captain Wangenheim’s words—“Only hunger and want can bring about final submission”—echo in the blockade of Gaza and in Germany’s vetoes in contempt of international law. 300 000 murdered, no reparations on the horizon, no memorial in Berlin.

When Elon Musk, the settler son of apartheid capital, fans the flames of European fascism and demands that Germany “move beyond its past guilt”, what he means is this: that Germany must stop pretending, and embrace its role in the white empire once again. And the disenfranchised Germans are listening.

In defence of genocide

In April 2025, the ICJ announced an extension of Israel’s deadline to submit a defence against the allegations of genocide brought by South Africa and supported by the majority of the world’s countries. Germany as one of the passionate defenders of Israel has been proudly diluting, stalling and vetoing calls for immediate ceasefire and sanctions on Israel. While the ruling is inevitably not going to be in Israels favour, with German sponsorship the killing can continue for another year.

The international order that was implemented after WWII, once meant to protect vulnerable groups, is now being subdued. The right to armed resistance against occupation, the blanket ban on collective punishment and withholding of aid are all conveniently ignored by the German political establishment, left to right. Amnesty InternationalHuman Rights WatchEuro-Med Monitor are all screaming ‘Genocide in Gaza’ and calling out German complicity. They fell for the theatrics of ‘Nie Wieder’.

At home, repression became policy and civil rights monitors took note. Palestinian flags are banned, solidarity groups outlawed, Jewish activists arrested, Arab youth surveilled. These tactics are not new to us in the Kurdish liberation struggle. The banning of Kurdish resistance symbols and closing of book publishers, what should have triggered a constitutional crisis, was casually gifted by the German state to their friend in Türkiye. Add it to the list of ethnic cleansing campaigns sponsored by Germany.

Germany’s Islamophobic turn cannot be divorced from its colonial past or its present-day imperial commitments. The AfD’s rise, the CDU’s xenophobic mimicry, and the SPD’s repressive populism are symptoms of a deeper pathology: a state apparatus that has never abandoned the hierarchies of race and empire. While the world’s gaze is fixed on the Trump administration, it is time to recognise Germany once again as a powerful xenophobic and authoritarian force in Europe.

The post The Perfect Islamophobic Storm first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Kaveh Najafi.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/03/the-perfect-islamophobic-storm/feed/ 0 542683
The Perfect Islamophobic Storm https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/03/the-perfect-islamophobic-storm-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/03/the-perfect-islamophobic-storm-2/#respond Thu, 03 Jul 2025 13:45:17 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=159609 A familiar violence is brewing in the heart of Europe. The numbers reveal only what has surfaced so far. A quarter of the voting population now openly support the AfD, a party classified by the security services as ‘right-wing extremist’ due to their Islamophobic rhetoric and white-supremacist affiliations. Boosted by the mainstream press and the endorsement from the Nazi-saluting billionaire, the xenophobic […]

The post The Perfect Islamophobic Storm first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
A familiar violence is brewing in the heart of Europe. The numbers reveal only what has surfaced so far. A quarter of the voting population now openly support the AfD, a party classified by the security services as ‘right-wing extremist’ due to their Islamophobic rhetoric and white-supremacist affiliations. Boosted by the mainstream press and the endorsement from the Nazi-saluting billionaire, the xenophobic message is broadcast across Germany once more.

Traditional conservative parties, the CDU and CSU, while reluctantly distancing themselves from the AfD, have adopted the same Islamophobic stance wrapped in a more ‘respectable’ language. In complete disregard for the lessons etched into their own Grundgesetz, the CSU have declared that Islam has no place in Germany. The CDU, having finally shed their liberal skin, publicly declared any calls for a ‘Free Palestine’ as terrorist sympathies. Their violence is sanitised and bureaucratic as they push legislation to strip dual nationals of citizenship based on their political views. So effortless is their rejection of civil rights that it would send their oligarch friends in the White-house into a jealous frenzy.

A more unexpected xenophobic turn came from the centre-left alliance under former chancellor Scholz’s Social Democratic Party (SPD). After a stabbing incident in Solingen, afraid to lose votes to the anti-immigrant wave sweeping the country, Scholz promised Germany mass deportations. This concession gave the racists all the proof they needed for the otherwise unfounded narrative of ‘the violent immigrant’. Riding this wave into right-wing populism, he promised to strengthen the borders of the fortress Europe – borders which already claim the lives of 8 000 migrants every year. And as if reading from the Trump script, the SPD oversaw the deportation orders for several EU citizens for participating in peaceful demonstrations – no charges, no trial and no global outrage.

Across the German political spectrum, in a mixture of performative Holocaust guilt and opportunism, parties have embraced the settler colonial hierarchy on which Israel was founded, with Arabs and Muslims at the bottom of their order. With revisionist logic and wishful thinking, the Bundestag passed a resolution that frames anti-Semitism as an imported middle-eastern issue. By adopting the fictional IHRA definition of anti-Semitism, which includes all criticism of the state of Israel, they got the outcome they were looking for. The resolution was sharply criticised by human rights monitors as antagonistic to Arabs and Muslims and simultaneously anti-Semitic for conflating Judaism with the state of Israel. The resolution was passed with over 95% of votes.

In Germany, to wear a keffiyeh is to risk arrest and deportation. To publicly mourn the Nakba is illegal and yet when the AfD march through immigrant neighbourhoods to intimidate they call it freedom of speech. The message to the Arabs and Muslims of Germany is clear – you are at the bottom of our racial order, our human rights do not apply to you. Germany now records 5 Islamophobic incidents every day.

This perfect storm of Islamophobia and anti-Arab sentiment has thrown Europes largest economy back on a path of institutional racism. The wider fallout from alienating 5 million Muslims in Germany from their civil rights will undoubtedly be felt in the coming decades.

But the selective repentance, this weaponisation of Holocaust memory, serves not only to justify the suspension of civil liberties at home. It conveniently forms a theatre of morality to mask ongoing imperialist projects and to evade historical responsibilities. True atonement for the horrors of the Holocaust would include taking responsibility for the over 300 000 Europeans that moved to Palestine after World War Two and the Nakba that followed, displacing 750 000 Palestinians from their land. The victims of German genocides in Africa know not to hold their breath waiting for justice.

Colonial Amnesia

In Namibia, the German legacy of genocide is not forgotten. In a blueprint for the Gaza genocide, the pretext for this genocide was an anti-colonial uprising that killed 100 German settlers. The mass murder that followed wiped out 80% of the Herero and 50% of the Nama people, over 70 000 killed, for daring to resist colonial rule. Germany’s recognition of these atrocities, more than a century later, was embarrassingly absent of any formal reparations or land redistribution. To this day, Namibia remains in an apartheid-like inequality with 48% of Namibia’s land in the hands of just 5000 white settlers – 0.3% of the population.

The suppression of the Maji Maji rebellion in Tanzania reeks of a similar stench. Deliberate starvation was weaponised against the Muslim communities that rebelled against the colonisers. Captain Wangenheim’s words—“Only hunger and want can bring about final submission”—echo in the blockade of Gaza and in Germany’s vetoes in contempt of international law. 300 000 murdered, no reparations on the horizon, no memorial in Berlin.

When Elon Musk, the settler son of apartheid capital, fans the flames of European fascism and demands that Germany “move beyond its past guilt”, what he means is this: that Germany must stop pretending, and embrace its role in the white empire once again. And the disenfranchised Germans are listening.

In defence of genocide

In April 2025, the ICJ announced an extension of Israel’s deadline to submit a defence against the allegations of genocide brought by South Africa and supported by the majority of the world’s countries. Germany as one of the passionate defenders of Israel has been proudly diluting, stalling and vetoing calls for immediate ceasefire and sanctions on Israel. While the ruling is inevitably not going to be in Israels favour, with German sponsorship the killing can continue for another year.

The international order that was implemented after WWII, once meant to protect vulnerable groups, is now being subdued. The right to armed resistance against occupation, the blanket ban on collective punishment and withholding of aid are all conveniently ignored by the German political establishment, left to right. Amnesty InternationalHuman Rights WatchEuro-Med Monitor are all screaming ‘Genocide in Gaza’ and calling out German complicity. They fell for the theatrics of ‘Nie Wieder’.

At home, repression became policy and civil rights monitors took note. Palestinian flags are banned, solidarity groups outlawed, Jewish activists arrested, Arab youth surveilled. These tactics are not new to us in the Kurdish liberation struggle. The banning of Kurdish resistance symbols and closing of book publishers, what should have triggered a constitutional crisis, was casually gifted by the German state to their friend in Türkiye. Add it to the list of ethnic cleansing campaigns sponsored by Germany.

Germany’s Islamophobic turn cannot be divorced from its colonial past or its present-day imperial commitments. The AfD’s rise, the CDU’s xenophobic mimicry, and the SPD’s repressive populism are symptoms of a deeper pathology: a state apparatus that has never abandoned the hierarchies of race and empire. While the world’s gaze is fixed on the Trump administration, it is time to recognise Germany once again as a powerful xenophobic and authoritarian force in Europe.

The post The Perfect Islamophobic Storm first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Kaveh Najafi.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/03/the-perfect-islamophobic-storm-2/feed/ 0 542684
Fallout: Spies on Norfolk Island – SBS podcast https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/02/fallout-spies-on-norfolk-island-sbs-podcast/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/02/fallout-spies-on-norfolk-island-sbs-podcast/#respond Wed, 02 Jul 2025 23:32:20 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=116926 Pacific Media Watch

In July 1985, Australia’s Pacific territory of Norfolk Island (pop. 2188) became the centre of a real life international spy thriller.

Four French agents sailed there on board the Ouvéa, a yacht from Kanaky New Caledonia, after bombing the Rainbow Warrior in Auckland, killing Greenpeace photographer Fernando Pereira.

The Rainbow Warrior was the flagship for a protest flotilla due to travel to Moruroa atoll to challenge French nuclear tests.

Australian police took them into custody on behalf of their New Zealand counterparts but then, bafflingly, allowed them to sail away, never to face justice.

On the 40th anniversary of the bombing (10 July 2025), award-winning journalist Richard Baker goes on an adventure from Paris to the Pacific to get the real story – and ultimately uncover the role that Australia played in the global headline-making affair.

The programme includes an interview with Pacific journalist David Robie, author of Eyes of Fire: The Last Voyage and Legacy of the Rainbow Warrior. David’s article about this episode is published at Declassified Australia here.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/02/fallout-spies-on-norfolk-island-sbs-podcast/feed/ 0 542574
‘There were massive revolts’: The history of the 1970 Kent State massacre you haven’t heard https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/02/there-were-massive-revolts-the-history-of-the-1970-kent-state-massacre-you-havent-heard/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/02/there-were-massive-revolts-the-history-of-the-1970-kent-state-massacre-you-havent-heard/#respond Wed, 02 Jul 2025 17:29:22 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=335195 View, from behind, of Ohio National Guardsmen in gas masks and with rifles as they advance up Blanket Hill to back Kent State University students during an antiwar demonstration on the university's campus, Kent, Ohio, May 4, 1970. Photo by Howard Ruffner/Getty Images“The whole history of the massacre was suppressed… And then they suppressed the whole history of the anti-war movement at Kent. They've tried to erase the history.”]]> View, from behind, of Ohio National Guardsmen in gas masks and with rifles as they advance up Blanket Hill to back Kent State University students during an antiwar demonstration on the university's campus, Kent, Ohio, May 4, 1970. Photo by Howard Ruffner/Getty Images

It’s been 55 years since the Ohio National Guard opened fire on students at Kent State University who were protesting the US war in Vietnam. Four students were murdered at the Kent State Massacre: Allison Krause, Jeffrey Miller, Sandra Lee Scheuer, and William Schroeder. In this episode of The Marc Steiner Show, Marc speaks with Mike Alewitz, who was a student at Kent State in 1970, about what it was like to witness the massacre firsthand, and about how the true history of this critical moment in US history has been whitewashed ever since.

Guest:

  • Mike Alewitz is an internationally renowned muralist and Professor Emeritus of censorship, art, and politics at Central Connecticut State University. Alewitz was the founder and chairman of the Kent Student Mobilization Committee Against the War in Vietnam and an eyewitness to the May 4, 1970, Kent State massacre.

Credits:

  • Producer: Rosette Sewali
  • Studio Production: David Hebden
  • Audio Post-Production: Alina Nehlich
Transcript

Marc Steiner:  Welcome to The Marc Steiner Show here on The Real News. I’m Marc Steiner. It’s great to have you all with us.

Many people remember or know about the moment when the National Guard opened fire on students at Kent State University when they were protesting against the war in Vietnam. Four students were killed that day: Allison Krause, Sandra Scheuer, Jeffrey Miller, and William Schroeder, and nine others were wounded. And just 11 days after that, at the predominantly African American University Jackson State in Mississippi, two students, Philip Lafayette Gibbs and James Earl Green were killed while 12 others were wounded. And earlier in Augusta, Georgia, many people were killed when the Black community erupted over the killing of a 12-year-old boy by police. These are moments that many of us lived through, ones we’ll never forget. They’re indelible in our minds.

Mike Alewitz was a student at Kent State on that day when four unarmed students were gunned down by the National Guard. Mike is professor emeritus of censorship, art, and politics at Central Connecticut State University. Now, when he was a student at Kent State, he was chairman of the Student Mobilization [Committee] against the war in Vietnam. He’s now a world-renowned muralist whose work crosses the nation and the world. Actor Martin Sheen said about him, Mike’s work provides an important example of how an individual, by basing their art on the creative power of the working class, can create a body of work which helps to educate, organize, and agitate for a better world.

So Mike, welcome. Good to have you with us.

Mike Alewitz:  Thank you for having me.

Marc Steiner:  So here we are at this time, these anniversaries of Kent State, Jackson State. You were in the middle of Kent State. Could you, for people who maybe read the history, don’t even really know what happened, talk about that moment, where you were as a student, and exactly how you felt and what you saw?

Mike Alewitz:  Well, the massacre took place on May 4 of 1970, and I was a student activist at Kent. I was chair of the Student Mobilization Committee against the war, which sponsored demonstrations of several thousand students on campus. And we had been organizing, I started at Kent in ’68, and we were organizing against the war, and the anti-war movement nationally was becoming a majority movement.

And what happened was that Nixon announced the invasion of Cambodia, which was basically a major escalation of the war in Southeast Asia. And that began a national student strike. And what happened was that, three days later, the shootings took place, and that was like a spark, and that just threw gasoline on it.

And so, the strike became this massive event. 4 million students were on strike. Over 900 campuses had protests and demonstrations, including high schools, many high schools, and 400 universities were occupied. It began to be a major national student strike. Some of us socialists who were involved were basically trying to follow the example of the students in France in May/June of 1968 who marched to the factory gates and called out the workers, 10 million workers joined, and it became a revolutionary situation in France. They used the base of the university to organize from, they called it the red university, the concept of the university.

Well, we didn’t have a red university. We were organized, an anti-war university, and that’s what we began to do. We tried to pull together a national coalition as the strike was spread, and it just became this massive, organic, national movement, the largest protest that had ever taken place in the United States up to that time.

As you mentioned, there was, after Kent, there was the massacre at Jackson. Two students killed — Actually an unknown number. Generally people use 12. But the fact was that Black students understood that they were going to get different treatment than the students at Kent State. And so, we know that some didn’t go to seek medical help because they felt they would’ve been charged and thrown in jail, which is quite probable.

In between these two student massacres was the massacre in Augusta, Georgia, where six Black men were killed, shot in the back, and 60 wounded, mostly shot in the back. So that was fresh in their minds at Jackson State.

But these events, the use of the National Guard — At Jackson, it was the cops, it wasn’t the National Guard — But the use of the National Guard had a profound effect on a lot of people because, basically, what they were seeing was the US military now turned its guns on its own people.

And a lot of the impact was in the armed forces. I had actually ended up in Texas after the strike, and I was helping to organize GIs against the war, and the shootings at Kent marked, and the national student strike, for a lot of active duty GIs, was a turning point, and the anti-war movement in the armed forces became a mass movement. That was a majority movement that began to spread. It spread into Southeast Asia.

A lot of this history has been suppressed, but there were massive revolts. There were 600,000 men deserted over the course of the war. In Southeast Asia, soldiers were fragging their officers. They were killing officers. There were ships that were taken over. There was major rebellions on an aircraft carrier. The Army was lost to the ruling [inaudible] on the war, and that totally transformed American politics. It totally transformed world politics. The United States has never been able to win a war since that time, and has to fight its wars without involving the American people, to a large extent, because people are totally anti-war. The American people are anti-war.

Marc Steiner:  Couple of things. First I’m going to come back to what you said about the American people being anti-war. Of course, we now have an all-volunteer Army, which is very different than having a mass-based Army that was drafted into the service when we were young. I do want to come back to that.

But I want to take this back to Kent State for a minute. I want you to help paint a picture of that moment and what actually happened and what you felt at that moment. There were demonstrations taking place all across the country, but this changed everything because there were soldiers who actually fired on students, who were their age, and gunned people down. And it led to a whole subculture with Crosby, Stills, Nash & Young, and other songs being written about Kent State. It gripped the nation. So take us back to that moment when you were a young student at Kent State.

Mike Alewitz:  Well, what happened was the invasion of Cambodia was announced on a Friday, I think it was on Friday. And so, we had the initial activities that you would expect. The Black students held a demonstration, the history students buried a Constitution as a symbolic act. There were some things like that. There was unrest in downtown Kent.

And then, in what seemed to be, to me, to be the work of agent provocateurs, the ROTC building was burned down. Now, the ROTC was the military presence on campus. Actually, over the course of the anti-war movement, there were a number of ROTC buildings that were burned down. The one at Kent was actually an old wooden structure from World War II that was scheduled to be destroyed anyway.

That was used as a pretext. And we’re going to see the same thing with what’s unfolding in Los Angeles. What they do is they use these events, whether it’s agent provocateurs or just [inaudible] or well-meaning people engaging in provocative activities, it will be used as an excuse for military action. And that’s what happened at Kent.

So using the destruction of the ROTC building, Nixon in cahoots, Nixon came out and famously called the students bums, the student protestors. And then Gov. Rhodes of Ohio echoed that. He came to Kent, there was this choreographing where he stood over some burned weapons that were actually never weapons, they were just used for exercising, marching around campus and stuff. But the implication was, oh my God, there’s this thing taking place, just like they’re trying to do right now in Los Angeles. And so they laid the political framework for the massacre.

Now, on May 4, we assembled on the Commons, which was a traditional free speech area, because there’d been protests for many years. The Commons had been designated as a place you could hold an activity. You didn’t have to get permission ahead of time or anything, you just go use it. And we formed up, there were a couple thousand students. It was largely unorganized and just spontaneous, organic. And we formed up on the Commons. The guard was on the other side of the Commons —

Marc Steiner:  The National Guard, right?

Mike Alewitz:  Yeah. Our gathering was very peaceful. It was a sunny, warm spring day. People were very relaxed despite the fact that there was this military presence.

And what happened was that General Del Corso of the Ohio National Guard rode over in a Jeep and said, you have no right to assemble, you have to disperse. People yelled and didn’t disperse, at which point the guard formed at the other end of the Commons and began a barrage of tear gas that, if you see the photos of this, is just like you’re in an enormous cloud of tear gas. And for those of you who’ve never had the pleasure of being tear gassed, at that point, the protest was over. It had been broken up.

We ran over, we were in front of a hill. We ran over a hill, Blanket Hill to the other side to get away from the gas, and this line of guardsmen who started marching towards us. On the other side of the hill, there was a practice field, a playing field. And by this time, we had been largely dispersed. We were all over the place. The guard marched to the middle of the practice field, crouched, aimed their weapons, but got up, turned around, and started marching back to the Commons where they had started from.

At the top of the hill, with no students threatening them or anything, and when you see the students, most of the students were hundreds of feet away [who were] shot, they turned and shot, fired into the crowd. And it left four dead and nine wounded.

Now, most of them did not shoot at students, or there would’ve been a lot worse carnage. As you were pointing out before, these were young people. A lot of people in the guard were there to avoid going to Vietnam because for somebody my age, that was the question. When I was in high school, when you were graduating high school, the question was, what are you going to do to avoid Vietnam? I had a brother who went to Canada. There were people who shot their toes off. People had all kinds of ways. And then a lot of people would join the Guard or the Coast Guard or whatever would keep ’em out of Vietnam.

And there was a lot of fraternization between the Guardsmen and the students. Allison Krause, who was an anti-war protester, famously put a flower in the barrel of one of the Guardsmen’s guns and said, flowers are better than bullets, which inspired the great poet Yevtushenko to write a wonderful poem.

Marc Steiner:  Right. That moment, people don’t realize that that changed. When she did that, it became this symbolic, this powerful, symbolic moment that affected the entire anti-war movement.

Mike Alewitz:  Yes.

Marc Steiner:  It was iconic.

Mike Alewitz:  Yeah. And now, Sandy Scheuer, who was my friend, I don’t know if you would call her an activist, but she would always take flyers from me and hand them out and stuff. I guess she was a borderline activist. And Allison certainly took great pride in her activity. She had marched on demonstrations before and was very proud of that. The whole history of the massacre was suppressed. And one of the things they did is they tried to depoliticize this, particularly Allison and Sandy, as though they were just victims, that they weren’t out there protesting the war. And then they suppressed the whole history of the anti-war movement at Kent. They’ve tried to erase the history. They created a fictional history, which has happened in a lot of places, that SDS was the radical group on campus — Which there was an SDS. But SDS after it called the first March on Washington didn’t officially sponsor any of the anti-war actions after that.

It got to the point around the 50th commemoration five years ago. They named Stephanie Danes Smith as head of organizing the commemoration. Smith was a top official in the Central Intelligence Agency. She worked directly with Condoleezza Rice and these other scumbags to organize terror sites that were being used. And she was in charge of the commemoration. And they’ve tried to just totally depoliticize it and take the mass movement away. So it becomes, oh, this unfortunate misunderstanding.

But the fact is they can try to change these histories, they can try to airbrush history. They’ve tried to do that with the whole anti-war movement. You don’t hear about what was going on and stuff. But they can’t erase the collective consciousness of the working class. And that became deeply embedded. The soldiers who fought in Vietnam were profoundly affected, and to the point where the anti-war movement had such an effect that the US can no longer use troops in the same way. They can bomb people from the air. That’s what they do. They bomb. They can go into Afghanistan, they go to Iraq, bomb people from the air. But they run into big problems when they try to occupy because then it’s human beings facing human beings.

And it’s true that it’s a volunteer Army now, but really it’s an economic draft. A lot of these kids are Black and Latino kids who have no other options so they join the service. They want to get a skill, sometimes they just need a job. And so they have a problem sending Black and Brown soldiers into countries where it’s people of color.

So everything has been changed in that way. And they can send the guard into Los Angeles. But who are the guard? Again, it’s largely African American, Latino, a lot of women now, and suddenly they’re facing their neighbors, their families, their friends.

Marc Steiner:  It’ll be interesting to see if that actually happens. This will be a real moment to see if that has an effect. I want to focus a little bit on, given what we’re facing today, what you think that legacy of Kent State and Jackson State and those moments in our history that those of us who are getting long in the tooth experienced [laughs], what do they say about what we’re facing today? Because we’re in a similar place, maybe an even more dangerous place, internally in this country than we were even then, what could be coming. So what does that moment say for you in your analysis of what we face at this time?

Mike Alewitz:  Well, I think it’s very right when you say that there’s a lot more at stake at this point in history. This is not 1970. We were fighting to end the war. It was the women’s movement was emerging, the gay rights movement began —

Marc Steiner:  The Black liberation movement.

Mike Alewitz:  All these social movements began to emerge, and it was a very optimistic time for socialists and activists. We saw these great movements developing. They had a tremendous effect on American culture. For somebody like myself who grew up in a semi-rural housing project in the 1950s, the ’70s was amazing, and it totally transformed American society.

Now though, we’re fighting for the very, in my opinion, we’re fighting for the very existence of the species because capitalism is dying. The US empire is dying, and it’s not pretty. It’s a very ugly thing. And these people who are responsible for this, and the government officials, not just of this country, but of a number of countries, they’re perfectly willing to let the whole planet go down the crapper in their incredible quest for profits. All they know is how to steal money. So we are faced with the possibility of nuclear annihilation or the global change that will fundamentally destroy many species. So the stakes are pretty big in this.

Marc Steiner:  In terms of what happened with the student movement in the late ’60s and early ’70s, we’re seeing at this moment this assault against universities by the right wing, by the people in the Trump administration, to decimate universities and to push them back into the dark ages of the ’30s. That’s a piece of this. I was thinking about Kent State, other things that happened around the country, the organizing that took place on campuses, and it’s very different right now. In many ways, it pushes back everything people fought for in the ’60s and ’70s, from civil rights to anti-war stuff, to community organizing, it’s changed the entire paradigm of the nation.

Mike Alewitz:  Well, they’re trying to, they’re trying to. They want to go back to the ’50s, make America great again. They want to go back to the 1950s when women were in the kitchen, when gays were in the closet. When it was this incredibly oppressive society, and workers dutifully went about their jobs and weren’t protesting, they’d like to go back to that. And it’s not going to happen. You can’t put the genie back in the bottle.

Now what’s happened is they’ve tapped into some of the anger that exists and they’ve redirected it. That’s what the basis of this right wing… I don’t even like to call it right-wing support to Trump. These are people who are very angry, as they should be. Unfortunately, their anger is misdirected. But over time, the promises that have been made to people, they keep promising that things are going to be so much better. The fact of the matter is capitalism cannot solve these problems, and people are very angry, and it’s all going to explode.

I think that’s what we’re seeing the beginnings of in Los Angeles. Right now, it’s centered around immigrant workers and protests by immigrant workers, but that’s always been who has led social change in this country. When we look back at the 1930s and we look at the sit-down strikes and stuff, and you look in, you see those white workers, you don’t think, oh, immigrant workers, but they were immigrant workers. They were from the Baltics, they were from Eastern Europe, they were from Scandinavia. And they were brutally mistreated, and they organized industrial unions. They led the organization of industrial unions. That’s how change happens.

And we’re seeing the beginnings of this. It’s going to be, unfortunately, we are saddled with union, with a union bureaucracy that is totally abstaining, is just sitting by the sidelines. The American working class, which has such a proud and militant history, being led by these millionaire bureaucrats, basically. The head of the California SEIU gets arrested and the AFL-CIO doesn’t do anything. It’s astounding.

Marc Steiner:  That was pretty astounding, yes.

Mike Alewitz:  And largely, these college administrators are toeing the line. Like bureaucrats, they have to keep the host alive. So when Harvard is being threatened with being destroyed, then they make a few timid comments and they file lawsuits. They all file lawsuits as though that somehow resolves anything. Filing a lawsuit is meaningless. First of all, they don’t pay any attention to the results of these things. And the other thing they do is you got Sanders and AOC going around the country saying, you got to fight oligarchy, and they’re just trying to promote the Democratic Party and their own careers, and they’re trying to channel the anger —

Marc Steiner:  You think that’s all they’re doing?

Mike Alewitz:  — Back into the Democratic Party.

Marc Steiner:  Do you think that what they’re doing is that narrow?

Mike Alewitz:  Oh yeah.

Marc Steiner:  I mean, I’m not saying that they are the end-all-be-all.

Mike Alewitz:  I think they’re trying to save the Democratic Party. People are so sick of the Democratic Party, as they should be, which has done nothing to meet their needs, and they’re facing more disasters in elections, and, yeah, AOC and Bernie Sanders and some of these other jokers, they want to save the Democratic Party. They say, we can have a different kind of party, you just got to get back in line. You got to come to our thing. You got to give us money, and we’re going to solve this problem. Well, that’s not going to happen. That’s not how change happens. So it’s an attempt to divert it.

Now, what happens is 10, 20,000 people show up to these things, and they’re not there to save the Democratic Party, they’re there to oppose the government. So, in a sense, that part of it is progressive. They’re going to, it unleashes. Anytime you’re with thousands of people chanting against the government, people get a sense of their own power.

There was a very telling incident at one of Sanders’s things where people held up a Palestine banner behind where he was speaking.

Marc Steiner:  Right. I saw that.

Mike Alewitz:  Activists held up a “Free Palestine” banner, and he had them arrested, and the people were chanting “Free Palestine.” And that right there just shows exactly what the dynamic is in these gatherings. The problem is the working class doesn’t have a political party of its own. It doesn’t have a labor party. It has these ossified bureaucrats at the head of our trade unions. There’s no civil rights group or women’s group taking the stage in order to help organize. This stuff in Los Angeles is totally organized from the ground up by young people. Good on them. It’s wonderful to see.

But unfortunately, anger and protest is not enough. You have to organize a movement that challenges the ruling class. My hope is that that emerges from all this. I’m sure there’s a lot of political discussion going on that we’re not getting reports on. They just take a few incidents and show those. They don’t show the process that’s going on. Fortunately, there’s alternative media like yourself and other people who bring some of this stuff out.

Marc Steiner:  In the time we have left before we close out, so there’s all the stuff you’ve described. Is there a new mural in your head that you need to get out?

Mike Alewitz:  Well [both laugh], I am actually painting a thing about Kent. I’m doing it in the studio, but I am. It’s on my bucket list before I drop dead [Steiner laughs]. I feel like, Jesus, it’s been 54 years, never painted a thing. No, actually, on the 40th commemoration, a fellow faculty member, I was teaching mural painting at Central Connecticut State —

Marc Steiner:  The 40th commemoration of what?

Mike Alewitz:  Of the massacre.

Marc Steiner:  OK, gotcha. Right, right, right.

Mike Alewitz:  On the 40th anniversary, so 15 years ago, myself and Jerry Butler, who came from Jackson, Mississippi, we painted a 40-foot commemorative banner, and the banner and dedication is available if anyone wants to watch. If you go to Red Square, the Red Square, Red Square is our little, [inaudible] mural museum in New London, Connecticut.

Marc Steiner:  We will link to that, yes.

Mike Alewitz:  If they go to Red Square, redsq.org, our website, you can find links to all of this stuff, all this stuff about Kent, the mural, the dedication. Students at Kent have gone back, a lot of students have gone back every year, and it’s this nostalgic affair, and it’s important to commemorate what happened there. I’ve always felt that the commemoration should be out [inaudible], so I’ve always used May 4 as a chance to give slideshows, to show what happened, to talk about the anti-war movement, to build opposition to the US wars and occupations abroad. That’s the real commemoration. That’s the real, living memorial to the students of Kent.

We are going to go through some very hard times. There’s going to be very hard times ahead. But after the last weeks and months, getting up this morning looking at all the demonstrations, young people pouring into the streets and fighting as best they can, it warms my heart. It really does. It gives you hope for the future. One of the slogans from the major events in France was “Our hope comes from the hopeless,” and I think that’s very true. It’s those who’ve been marginalized, who’ve been ridiculed, who’ve been subjected to the worst forms of oppression who are going to inspire us to build new movements for social change.

Marc Steiner:  And in that way, what happened at Kent State, and people need to know the story because it’s that kind of movement, it’s that kind of power that inspires the rest.

Mike Alewitz:  The shootings at Kent was a spark. It was the mass anger that went on for many years of being lied to about the war in Vietnam. It would’ve happened from some other event if it hadn’t happened at Kent.

We’ve been watching as these sociopaths in Washington have been waging these assaults on working people over the last years, and now suddenly there’s a spark, and that spark is in LA, and it’s going to be emulated. There’s going to be demonstrations all over the country. There’s going to be protests against ICE. We’re going to demand that ICE be abolished. We’re going to defend as best we can those who are being victimized.

And in the process, we’re exposing the true nature of this government, just like we’re exposing the true nature of Israel. We’re out there. This started by opposing a genocide. That’s what led to this. Just as it wasn’t violent student protests that leads to the implementation of military assault on the city, it was the fact that we are opposing the genocide of the people in Gaza, and that is something that the US does not want to allow, that the ruling class of this country does not want to allow. But Israel is exposed to the entire world. The US is exposed to the entire world.

Never in my lifetime has it been so clear the nature of capitalism and its bloody hands than what’s going on today. I think more people are more aware that capitalism must die than at any time in my life.

Marc Steiner:  Michael, this has been an interesting conversation, and we are going to link to your work as well because people need to see it.

Mike Alewitz:  Well, I thank you. I wish we had more time. I think I could chat with you for a long time.

Marc Steiner:  We can come back maybe and just focus in on your murals, which would be great.

Mike Alewitz:  I would love that. I would love that. Well, I have to thank you all for inviting me to say these few words. It’s much appreciated.

Marc Steiner:  Keep your brush at the ready.

Mike Alewitz:  And go to our website, redsq.org and check out other stuff that we have.

Marc Steiner:  Absolutely. It’s well worth it. Thank you so much for being with us today.

Mike Alewitz:  Alright, thank you, Marc.

Marc Steiner:  Once again, thank you to Mike Alewitz for joining us today. And thanks to David Hebden for running our program, and our audio editor, Alina Nehlich, and producer Rosette Sewali for making it all work behind the scenes, and everyone here at The Real News for making this show possible.

And please let me know what you thought about what you heard today, what you’d like us to cover. Just write to me at mss@therealnews.com and I’ll get right back to you.

Once again, thank you Mike Alewitz for your brilliant work and for being part of our program today. And so for the crew here at The Real News, I’m Marc Steiner. Stay involved, keep listening, and take care.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Marc Steiner.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/02/there-were-massive-revolts-the-history-of-the-1970-kent-state-massacre-you-havent-heard/feed/ 0 542510
‘The missiles represented hope’: Palestinians in Gaza react to Iran bombing Israel https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/02/the-missiles-represented-hope-palestinians-in-gaza-react-to-iran-bombing-israel/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/02/the-missiles-represented-hope-palestinians-in-gaza-react-to-iran-bombing-israel/#respond Wed, 02 Jul 2025 15:45:41 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=335183 Still image of Iranian missiles in the night sky descending on Tel Aviv, Israel, on June 13, 2025. Still image from TRNN documentary report "Gaza watches Iran bomb Israel" (2025).“Honestly, I felt, ‘Please God, just push Israel back a bit [so] they might leave us alone, a little.”]]> Still image of Iranian missiles in the night sky descending on Tel Aviv, Israel, on June 13, 2025. Still image from TRNN documentary report "Gaza watches Iran bomb Israel" (2025).

On Friday, June 13, after Israeli airstrikes struck Iran, Iran launched a retaliatory barrage of missiles at Israel, hitting targets in Tel Aviv. Palestinians watched Iran’s bombs fall on Israel from across the militarized border separating the Gaza Strip from Israel. The Real News Network spoke with Palestinians on the ground in Gaza, who continue to endure genocidal violence and forced starvation at the hands of Israel, about their reactions to Iran’s airstrikes.

Credits:
Producers: Belal Awad, Leo Erhardt
Videographers: Ruwaida Amer, Mahmoud Al Mashharawi
Video Editor: Leo Erhardt

Transcript

TEXT SLIDE:

On Friday, June 13, after Israeli airstrikes struck Iran, Iran launched a retaliatory barrage of missiles at Israel, hitting targets in Tel Aviv.

Palestinians watched Iran’s bombs fall on Israel from across the militarized border separating the Gaza Strip from Israel. The Real News spoke with Gazans, who continue to endure genocidal violence and forced starvation at the hands of Israel, about their reactions to Iran’s airstrikes. 

RADIO REPORT:

It has been en route for one hour and will land in a few moments, and emotions are high, not just in support but because of Israel’s actions. 

RAJA NADA ABU HAJAR: 

May God bless them. First and foremost. Iran. Because they have stood with the Palestinians. May God stand with all of us and end the war on us both. I saw them. What did you see? I saw the missiles going across, here. What did you feel? I saw them! What did you feel? We felt joy! May God give them victory over all who fight them! Everyone felt happy. People were shouting with joy, that someone is defending Palestine. That there’s someone who stands with us. 

IMAD HARB DAWAS: 

The war between Israel and Iran is a private war between Israel and Iran. Nuclear reactors, uranium enrichment… Whoever thinks that Iran is going to war for the people of Palestine is confused. This war has other military dimensions, a war between Israel and Iran. Of course, we saw the missiles, and we and all the people were hopeful, that the military pressure— of course, our poor people are confused, they hope for an end to the war. The missiles represented hope: that maybe the war on Gaza might finally end. 

JALIL MUSTAFA REZG FIRDAWS: 

Honestly I felt, please God, just push Israel back a bit. That they might leave us alone, a little. My one and only hope is to go and sit on top of the ruins of my house, nothing more. I want nothing. Just to sit on the ruins of my house. That’s it. Killing, death, hunger and displacement. Evacuated from here to there. They’ve gone to war with Iran and forgotten about us. We don’t know our fate, what’s going to happen to us? 

RAJA NADA ABU HAJAR: 

You leave your home not knowing if you will find the rest of your family alive or dead. You leave thinking maybe there will be a strike on the street and you’ll die. This war is not normal: It’s total destruction, not war. War is not like this. We experienced many wars, but we never saw anything like this. 

IMAD HARB DAWAS: 

The Israelis are deliberately starving us. They cut off the internet, so we couldn’t communicate to the rest of the world about the starvation, it’s a war on journalists and on journalism everywhere. Air traffic over Iran and Israel in the wake of escalation is now almost non-existent. 

JALIL MUSTAFA REZG FIRDAWS: 

Honestly the lack of internet has had a big impact on us. We want the world to hear our voices, to see us. We want the world to see us in reality, not just on the news. No: We want

those outside to see how we’re living. We don’t want them to see fabricated news reports. We need the internet to also hear the news from outside. Just like the world should hear us, we want to hear what’s happening in the world: Who is standing with us, who isn’t? Who’s defending us, who isn’t? Where is the Arab world?


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Belal Awad, Leo Erhadt, Ruwaida Amer and Mahmoud Al Mashharawi.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/02/the-missiles-represented-hope-palestinians-in-gaza-react-to-iran-bombing-israel/feed/ 0 542500
Iran, Zionism, and the Limits of US Control: An Interview with Faramarz Farbod https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/01/iran-zionism-and-the-limits-of-us-control-an-interview-with-faramarz-farbod/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/01/iran-zionism-and-the-limits-of-us-control-an-interview-with-faramarz-farbod/#respond Tue, 01 Jul 2025 20:28:57 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=159586

The post Iran, Zionism, and the Limits of US Control: An Interview with Faramarz Farbod first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Faramarz Farbod.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/01/iran-zionism-and-the-limits-of-us-control-an-interview-with-faramarz-farbod/feed/ 0 542292
How Indigenous field hockey is reviving Mapuche culture https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/30/how-indigenous-field-hockey-is-reviving-mapuche-culture/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/30/how-indigenous-field-hockey-is-reviving-mapuche-culture/#respond Mon, 30 Jun 2025 19:30:24 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=335115 Indigenous Mapuche community members play palín—a version of field hockey—in a park in Santiago, Chile, in November 2024. They say that through the sport they are preserving their culture, traditions, and identity. Photo by Michael Fox.“This is the way that we are able to continue our culture. We practice it and it’s not just about sport, it’s about our spirituality. That fills us and gives us the strength to continue.” This is episode 54 of Stories of Resistance.]]> Indigenous Mapuche community members play palín—a version of field hockey—in a park in Santiago, Chile, in November 2024. They say that through the sport they are preserving their culture, traditions, and identity. Photo by Michael Fox.

Chile’s Indigenous Mapuche people have played their own version of field hockey for countless generations. Roughly 2 million Mapuche Indigenous people live across Chile and Argentina. Many have moved from their ancestral lands to the city. But they have not forgotten their past. They are using their ancestral sport, palín, to breathe life into their culture and traditions. Using their sport as a type of resistance. 

This is episode 54 of Stories of Resistance—a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. 

And please consider signing up for the Stories of Resistance podcast feed, either in Spotify, Apple Podcasts, Spreaker, or wherever you listen.

You can see exclusive pictures of the Mapuche community playing palín in this story on Michael’s Patreon.

Please consider supporting this podcast and Michael Fox’s reporting on his Patreon account.

Written and produced by Michael Fox.


RESOURCES: 

Mapuche sports help Indigenous Chileans revive culture

Transcript

On a field in a working-class neighborhood of Santiago, Chile, a group of people is playing field hockey. 

But this is no average game. It is a sacred act that has been played by the ancestors of these people for generations. See, this community is Mapuche, the Indigenous people from Southern Chile, and this game is reinvigorating their connection to the past.

Today, there are roughly 2 million Mapuche Indigenous people in Chile and Argentina. Many have moved from their ancestral lands to the city. But they have not forgotten their history. And they are rekindling it again. Using their ancestral sport to breathe life into their culture and traditions. Using their sport as a type of resistance. 

“It feels so good to play,” says 55-year-old Oriana Castro, who is on the field. “Because we are living our ancestral game. We, Mapuches, are ambassadors of our own culture.”

The game they’re playing is called palín. It’s like field hockey, but with some key differences. The guiños, or sticks, are made from bent tree branches that they or others find and carve until they are smooth.

Players still try to score on the other team by knocking the palí, or ball, over the goal line on the other side. But the teams don’t line up on each end of the field; instead, they line up longways. 

Each player is matched up with someone on the opposing side to be their contrincante, or con. It’s kind of like man-on-man defense, but with an important twist. You’re not just playing against your con, you’re connected to him or her. 

“It means that if you’re playing and your con is tired or weak, you have to help wake them up,” says Coach Javier Soto Antihual. “If they get hurt and can’t play, you have to leave the field, too. So, it creates this rivalry, but also friendship.”

They say this duality of two opposing sides finding equilibrium is an important facet of Mapuche cosmovision. That spiritual connection to the past was something that the Mapuche people say they were losing in recent years and which they have rekindled. Palín is helping.

“Today, palín has become a way of revitalizing our culture,” says Ivone Gonzalez, a member of the Mapuche radio station Werken Kurruf. “And the older players want to help motivate the next generations. Their children and their grandchildren.”

Gonzalez says that palín is at the heart of Mapuche identity. In the past, it was a means of resolving disputes peacefully—an integral part of their most-important ceremonies. Today, she says, it’s played before community meetings. Mapuche candidates running for local office often kick off their campaigns with palín.

But it is not just a sport.

“This is the way that we are able to continue our culture,” says Guillermina Rojas, 55. “We practice it and it’s not just about sport, it’s about our spirituality. That fills us and gives us the strength to continue.”

She says she’s only been playing for two years, but that it has changed her life. 

“It’s like magic,” she says as tears run down her face. “It’s hard for me to run. I’m heavyset. But I feel like when I’m on the field, it’s not me who’s running. It’s my ancestors. My Mapuche ancestors,” she says.

Palín was actually banned by the Catholic Church for hundreds of years. Yet, the Mapuche people continued to play their ancestral game. Resistance in the past. Resistance in the present. Resistance through this sacred sport.

Hi folks, thanks for listening. I’m your host Michael Fox.

I grew up playing ice hockey. And the Mapuche community that I focus on in this story invited my family and I to play palín with them when we visited Santiago late last year. It was an incredible experience.

Much of this story is based on a piece I produced for The World last year. You can check that out in the show notes. 

You can also see exclusive pictures that my family and I took on my Patreon. That’s patreon.com/mfox. I’ll add a link in the show notes.

Folks, also, if you like what you hear and enjoy this podcast, please consider becoming a subscriber on my Patreon. It’s only a few dollars a month. I have a ton of exclusive content there, only available to my supporters. And every supporter really makes a difference.

This is episode 54 of Stories of Resistance, a podcast series co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment or leave a review.

Thanks for listening. See you next time.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/30/how-indigenous-field-hockey-is-reviving-mapuche-culture/feed/ 0 542055
Clark warns in new Pacific book renewed nuclear tensions pose ‘existential threat to humanity’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/29/clark-warns-in-new-pacific-book-renewed-nuclear-tensions-pose-existential-threat-to-humanity/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/29/clark-warns-in-new-pacific-book-renewed-nuclear-tensions-pose-existential-threat-to-humanity/#respond Sun, 29 Jun 2025 12:01:29 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=116808 Asia Pacific Report

Former New Zealand prime minister Helen Clark has warned the country needs to maintain its nuclear-free policy as a “fundamental tenet” of its independent foreign policy in the face of gathering global storm clouds.

Writing in a new book being published next week, she says “nuclear war is an existential threat to humanity. Far from receding, the threat of use of nuclear weapons is ever present.

The Doomsday Clock of the Bulletin of Atomic Scientists now sits at 89 seconds to midnight,” she says in the prologue to journalist and media academic David Robie’s book Eyes of Fire: The Last Voyage and Legacy of the Rainbow Warrior.

Writing before the US surprise attack with B-2 stealth bombers and “bunker-buster” bombs on three Iranian nuclear facilities on June 22, Clark says “the Middle East is a tinder box with the failure of the Iran nuclear deal and with Israel widely believed to possess nuclear weapons”.

The Doomsday Clock references the Ukraine war theatre where “use of nuclear weapons has been floated by Russia”.

Also, the arms control architecture for Europe is unravelling, leaving the continent much less secure. India and Pakistan both have nuclear arsenals, she says.

“North Korea continues to develop its nuclear weapons capacity.”

‘Serious ramifications’
Clark, who was also United Nations Development Programme administrator from 2009 to 2017, a member of The Elders group of global leaders founded by Nelson Mandela in 2007, and is an advocate for multilateralism and nuclear disarmament, says an outright military conflict between China and the United States “would be one between two nuclear powers with serious ramifications for East Asia, Southeast Asia, the Pacific, and far beyond.”

She advises New Zealand to be wary of Australia’s decision to enter a nuclear submarine purchase programme with the United States.

“There has been much speculation about a potential Pillar Two of the AUKUS agreement which would see others in the region become partners in the development of advanced weaponry,” Clark says.

“This is occurring in the context of rising tensions between the United States and China.

“Many of us share the view that New Zealand should be a voice for de-escalation, not for enthusiastic expansion of nuclear submarine fleets in the Pacific and the development
of more lethal weaponry.”

Eyes of Fire: The Last Voyage and Legacy of the Rainbow Warrior . . . publication July 2025. Image: Little Island Press

In the face of the “current global turbulence, New Zealand needs to reemphasise the principles and values which drove its nuclear-free legislation and its advocacy for a nuclear-free South Pacific and global nuclear disarmament.

Clark says that the years 1985 – the Rainbow Warrior was bombed by French secret agents on 10 July 1985 — and 1986 were critical years in the lead up to New Zealand’s nuclear-free legislation in 1987.

“New Zealanders were clear – we did not want to be defended by nuclear weapons. We wanted our country to be a force for diplomacy and for dialogue, not for warmongering.”

Chronicles humanitarian voyage
The book Eyes of Fire chronicles the humanitarian voyage by the Greenpeace flagship to the Marshall Islands to relocate 320 Rongelap Islanders who were suffering serious community health consequences from the US nuclear tests in the 1950s.

The author, Dr David Robie, founder of the Pacific Media Centre at Auckland University of Technology, was the only journalist on board the Rainbow Warrior in the weeks leading up to the bombing.

His book recounts the voyage and nuclear colonialism, and the transition to climate justice as the major challenge facing the Pacific, although the “Indo-Pacific” rivalries between the US, France and China mean that geopolitical tensions are recalling the Cold War era in the Pacific.

Dr Robie is also critical of Indonesian colonialism in the Melanesian region of the Pacific, arguing that a just-outcome for Jakarta-ruled West Papua and also the French territories of Kanaky New Caledonia and “French” Polynesia are vital for peace and stability in the region.

Eyes of Fire is being published by Little Island Press, which also produced one of his earlier books, Don’t Spoil My Beautiful Face: Media, Mayhem and Human Rights in the Pacific.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/29/clark-warns-in-new-pacific-book-renewed-nuclear-tensions-pose-existential-threat-to-humanity/feed/ 0 541829
This year’s UN climate talks are already behind — 5 months before COP30 kicks off in Brazil https://grist.org/international/bonn-climate-finance-cop30-brazil/ https://grist.org/international/bonn-climate-finance-cop30-brazil/#respond Fri, 27 Jun 2025 19:17:35 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=669162 The United Nations’ Conference of the Parties, or COP, which hosts annual negotiations that draw tens of thousands of top government officials, activists, and journalists every year, is understood to be the world’s primary conduit for international climate action. But a related UN conference held in Bonn, Germany, every summer is no less important. In this quieter, more technical affair, diplomats and climate negotiators haggle over the details necessary to turn the splashy promises made at COP into reality.

But those who attended this week’s conference in Bonn, which concluded on Thursday, say that negotiators made only halting progress. While diplomats made headway on measures to help countries adapt to the effects of global warming and prepare their workers for the energy transition, they stalled out on two critical issues that could derail negotiations at COP30, this year’s United Nations climate conference in Belém, Brazil, in November. As a result, there is still little clarity on the path to mobilizing $1.3 trillion in climate-related funding for developing nations, a key promise made at COP29 in Baku, Azerbaijan, last year. Countries also failed to move beyond procedural discussions about how to phase out fossil fuels worldwide, in accordance with an agreement made at the climate talks in Dubai nearly two years ago. 

“I’m not going to sugarcoat it. We have a lot more to do before we meet again in Belém,” said Simon Stiell, executive secretary for the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, the body which oversees UN climate talks. “There is so much more work to do to keep 1.5 alive, as science demands,” he added, referring to the landmark goal of the 2015 Paris Agreement, itself a result of COP negotiations, to keep planetary warming to under 1.5 degrees Celsius or 2.7 degrees Fahrenheit compared to preindustrial levels.

As at past climate summits, the key conflicts in Bonn appeared to be about money. In Baku last year, countries were locked in a protracted debate over how much funding richer, developed nations should provide to help poorer, industrializing nations move away from fossil fuels and adapt to climate change. Although researchers estimated that developing countries need trillions of dollars to do so, wealthy nations only committed to $300 billion in transfers per year by 2035. And while the decision in Baku recognized a larger need by calling on rich countries to help raise $1.3 trillion in global climate investment, it provided no specifics on how this will be accomplished. 

In order to develop a pathway to expand and clarify those financial goals, Brazilian and Azerbaijani climate diplomats began an effort to develop what they called the “Baku to Belém roadmap,” a report intended to lay out how rich nations could mobilize the $1.3 trillion in funding. At Bonn, Brazilian officials were expected to begin finding common ground with other countries to make the roadmap a reality. Instead, however, the meeting began with a contentious debate over whether a provision on climate finance from developed to developing countries should be on the agenda at all. The dispute, which suggested that tensions between developed and developing countries over who would pay for climate action and how have only grown, consumed the first two days of the conference. That left little time to discuss the roadmap.

“Countries are quite uncertain about the roadmap, how it’s going to look, and to what extent it will reflect the views of all countries,” said Sandra Guzmán Luna, who has attended every COP since 2008 and is the general director of the Climate Finance Group for Latin America and the Caribbean, a research and advocacy initiative in the region. “There are more doubts about the roadmap than support.”

The uncertainty around finance has ripple effects on the scale of climate ambition that developing nations are willing to display. Countries are required to submit plans for lowering their greenhouse gas emissions — formally called Nationally Determined Contributions, or NDCs — every five years. Despite a deadline looming later this year, only two dozen or so countries have submitted updated NDCs. Guzmán Luna said that many developing countries are refusing to submit new NDCs with more ambitious climate goals because of a lack of financial support from wealthy nations. Given that rich, early-industrializing countries caused the lion’s share of global warming so far, the argument goes, it’s only fair that they should shoulder most of the burden of financing the energy transition.

“There is a clear political statement from many developing countries that if there is no money, they are not going to increase ambition,” said Guzmán Luna. “It’s a legitimate point from developing countries to say so — but obviously, it’s a huge risk for climate action.”

These disagreements don’t bode well for negotiations at COP30 in Belém, where world leaders will gather amid mounting frustration over a growing pile of unfulfilled promises from previous COPs.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline This year’s UN climate talks are already behind — 5 months before COP30 kicks off in Brazil on Jun 27, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Naveena Sadasivam.

]]>
https://grist.org/international/bonn-climate-finance-cop30-brazil/feed/ 0 541579
The world has ✨come out✨ to celebrate Pride month ✊ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/27/the-world-has-%e2%9c%a8come-out%e2%9c%a8-to-celebrate-pride-month-%e2%9c%8a/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/27/the-world-has-%e2%9c%a8come-out%e2%9c%a8-to-celebrate-pride-month-%e2%9c%8a/#respond Fri, 27 Jun 2025 09:00:22 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=898d6a8089b925660cff9b47f6d06b38
This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/27/the-world-has-%e2%9c%a8come-out%e2%9c%a8-to-celebrate-pride-month-%e2%9c%8a/feed/ 0 541452
The voice of the resistance against the 2009 Honduran coup https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/25/the-voice-of-the-resistance-against-the-2009-honduran-coup/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/25/the-voice-of-the-resistance-against-the-2009-honduran-coup/#respond Wed, 25 Jun 2025 18:44:15 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=335041 On June 28, 2009, a coup overthrew the democratically elected government in Honduras. The people responded. And one radio show took to the streets to report on the resistance. This is Episode 52 of Stories of Resistance.]]>

On June 28, 2009, Honduras exploded and the people took to the streets after the president was overthrown in a coup. One radio show followed them, reported from the protests, and became the voice of the resistance: Felix Molina’s Resistencia—Resistance.

This is episode 52 of Stories of Resistance—a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. 

And please consider signing up for the Stories of Resistance podcast feed, either in SpotifyApple PodcastsSpreaker, or wherever you listen. 

You can see exclusive pictures, videos, and interviews on many of Michael Fox’s stories on his Patreon account: patreon.com/mfox. There you can also follow his reporting and support his work and this podcast. 

Written and produced by Michael Fox

Resources

Transcript

In June 2009, Honduras exploded and the people took to the streets after the president was overthrown in a coup. And one radio show followed them and reported from the protests. Became the voice of the resistance—Radio Resistencia.

On the eve of June 28, 2009, Hondurans went to sleep expecting to awake the next morning and vote in a non-binding nationwide poll asking them if they’d like to hold a referendum on whether or not to convene a Constituent Assembly.

They never got the chance.

Before sunrise, the Honduran military raided the country’s presidential palace. They kidnapped the country’s democratically elected president, Manuel Zelaya, and they flew him, in his pajamas, out of the country.

The coup plotters said Zelaya was trying to change the constitution to allow his reelection—something prohibited. It was just an excuse… it wasn’t going to happen. And definitely not from a non-binding referendum. But it was justification enough. Congress had conspired with the Supreme Court and the military to oust the president.

The president of the National Assembly, Roberto Micheletti, took power. He ordered the military to enforce a curfew. Meanwhile, the country awoke to the news. 

People hit the streets. They demanded Zelaya be reinstated. It was the beginning of months of widespread protests. Organizing, actions, rallies, marches, day in and day out. The coup government and the police responded with repression and violence.

The resistance founded a movement: the National Front Against the Coup. 

Later it would become the National Front of Popular Resistance. 

It was in these early days, with a media blackout across the local press, that journalist Felix Molina decided to found a daily radio show that would showcase the voices on the front lines. 

That’s a clip from one of his shows a few years into the coup. 

He called his show “Resistance,” and later “Resistances,” Resistencias, to underscore the diverse forms of organizing and street protest across the country. Resistance was available online, but also over the airwaves via the radio station Radio Globo. When the military moved to block the signal, people in the communities played the show online, and began to connect loudspeakers so their neighbors could also listen in.

“The elites control the telephone lines and they can cut the signals. They control the national telecommunications commission and they can cut radio and TV frequencies. But they can’t cut the connections between people,” says Felix Molina. “The capacity to meet together and to invent. The people will react, as they have before. Like how they created a type of loudspeaker radio. They are creative.”

Felix Molina’s show highlighted the diverse forms of resistance across the country. 

Felix says that in Tegucigalpa, it was a largely urban resistance with a big youth presence. University students. People from the poor communities, who are not necessary organized. Informal workers. Street vendors. With a large presence of women teachers.  

“But in the Indigenous Lenca departments, it was another type of resistance. Much more determined to fight. Body to body. People with conviction,” he says. “Which was very different from the resistance on the Atlantic coast with a Garifuna component. Caribbean. With a huge presence of spiritual Garifuna symbology. There was always smoke. Incense. Drumming.” 

He says their methods were different, but they were all united in their one goal of, quote, “reclaiming the dignity of the nation, rebuilding the rule of law.” The return of Manuel Zelaya. The return of democracy. 

The police cracked down. Human rights violations. Torture. Just in the first six months after the coup there were dozens of politically motivated killings. And still the people resisted. Still Felix reported on their struggle over the airwaves. 

Felix says that at the radio they intentionally focused less on the things that caused collective fear and more on what he calls “the pro-positive discourse against fear,” like raising people’s awareness and getting them active in the growing social movement. At the time, it was common to hear that people say that Hondurans “woke up” because of the coup—they became politicized. 

“As people said, the blindfolds were taken off,” says Felix. “The blindfolds that stopped them from seeing how power works in the country.”

And, Felix says, the radio played a key role.

“The radio was central to both the mobilizations of political consciousness and the mobilizations of people into the streets,” he says. “With all modesty, that was my greatest achievement as one of the directors of the program,” he says. The coup would deepen, with the support of the United States. Felix Molina would continue to report until an attack on his life in 2016 forced him to flee the country.

It would take more than a decade from that first morning in June 2009, when the president Manuel Zelaya was detained and flown out of the country, but finally Xiomara Castro, the wife of former president Zelaya, won the November 2021 elections, defeating the subsequent coup governments and steering Honduras back toward a true democracy. 

Resistance. Action. Change. Victory at the polls. A return to the presidency. And one radio show made a tremendous difference. Resistencia.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/25/the-voice-of-the-resistance-against-the-2009-honduran-coup/feed/ 0 541092
Kenyan authorities teargas and shoot protesters 🚨 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/25/kenyan-authorities-teargas-and-shoot-protesters-%f0%9f%9a%a8/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/25/kenyan-authorities-teargas-and-shoot-protesters-%f0%9f%9a%a8/#respond Wed, 25 Jun 2025 17:35:28 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=f247acf37e03fbb3b0eb8e10cb8eedc4
This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/25/kenyan-authorities-teargas-and-shoot-protesters-%f0%9f%9a%a8/feed/ 0 541089
UNESCO appoints Indigenous co-chairs to protect languages and knowledge amid climate crisis https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/unesco-appoints-indigenous-co-chairs-to-protect-languages-and-knowledge-amid-climate-crisis/ https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/unesco-appoints-indigenous-co-chairs-to-protect-languages-and-knowledge-amid-climate-crisis/#respond Wed, 25 Jun 2025 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=668567 For more than 30 years, the United Nations has helped support research positions at universities to delve into the most pressing issues facing humanity: climate change, sustainable development, peace, and human rights. 

Nearly 1,000 UNESCO chair positions have been established in universities across 120 countries. But only a handful of them — fewer than 10 — have been explicitly dedicated to issues facing Indigenous peoples.

Now, two Indigenous researchers from Canada and India have been tapped to co-chair a new role dedicated to advancing Indigenous rights through strengthening data sovereignty, stemming language loss, and improving research practices. Amy Parent, a member of the Nisga’a Nation in British Colombia, and Sonajharia Minz of the Oraon Tribal Peoples in India have been named co-chairs of the UNESCO Chair in Transforming Indigenous Knowledge Research Governance and Rematriation. 

Indigenous knowledge has long suffered under colonial rule, and now, Indigenous languages and ways of life are increasingly at risk due to climate change. More than half of the world’s 7,000 languages are on track for extinction, an end which could be hastened by the climate crisis. Sea level rise, storms, and rising heat are forcing Indigenous peoples to leave their homelands and making it harder for communities to maintain traditional languages, lifestyles, and cultural practices. Those same extreme weather events are exacerbating existing health risks for elders and other knowledge holders, some of whom are the last in their communities to be native language speakers. At the same time, traditional ecological knowledge, often captured within Indigenous languages, is increasingly seen as a climate solution. 

“When we look at Indigenous knowledge systems, everything’s connected,” Parent said. “Language is connected to land, land is connected with language, it’s connected to thinking, it’s connected to health. It’s connected to how we learn. And so when we start damaging one, we damage everything.” 

Grist spoke with Parent about Indigenous knowledge systems, their connection to climate change, and what she hopes she and Minz can accomplish in this new role. 

This interview has been edited for length and clarity.

Q. One of your goals is help stem the loss of Indigenous languages, which are rapidly disappearing. How would you characterize what’s at stake? 

A. Language is everything. Language teaches us how to think and how to know and how to connect with our land and with all living beings and teaches us our relationships with everything. If the languages continue to be taken, then we lose so much knowledge and so many values and ways of living within the world that can support us in ways where all of humanity can survive. I think we’re in a really critical moment and we need to do everything we can. If we don’t have our languages, they can’t teach us how to live well in the lands and the places where we currently reside.

For example, in my nation, we have five percent of fluent speakers left. And certainly, we are seeing a reawakening of Indigenous languages around the world. But it’s also a pressing priority for us to continue restoring and revitalizing them. So that’s something that we really want to continue in terms of our work supporting the goals of the U.N. decade for Indigenous languages and continuing to work with as many language champions and language educators and teachers as possible. 

Q. Can you share more about the relationship between Indigenous languages, land, and climate? 

A. In a Nisg̱a’a teachings — considered a “total way of life” — our seasonal calendar is more than a way to mark time, it is a governance framework encoded in language. Each month carries a land-based teaching that guides how we relate to land, water, and each other. For example, X̱maay — the month “to eat berries,” aligning with July — signals the time when salmonberries and other plants ripen. But this is not only about harvesting; it’s a land-based teaching that also marks the return of the salmon. The color of the salmonberry is a cue to prepare nets, clean our jars, and get our smokehouse ready. These signals are remembered and passed on through language, linking living ecological cycles to our collective responsibilities.

This is why Indigenous languages are inseparable from land. A single word like X̱maay contains generations of climate knowledge, laws, and cultural practices. When we revitalize our languages, we are not just preserving communication, we are restoring relational systems practiced across generations.

When Indigenous languages are lost, these intergenerational signals  — our original “climate science” — are at risk of vanishing too. But when we respect, revitalize, and uphold Indigenous knowledge systems, we restore these living relationships and the teachings that uphold not only our lifeway but the renewal of Mother Earth. 

Q. What needs to happen to prevent the extinguishing of Indigenous languages? 

A. I think we need to start listening to Indigenous peoples and what’s being said first and foremost about our languages, why they’re important. We need to prioritize them in our education systems. Here in Canada, we have French and English as our dominant languages. When we look at French language funding, it is a healthy, thriving language that is disproportionately funded by the Canadian government compared to Indigenous languages. And I think sometimes as Indigenous peoples, we need to remind our own governments of the importance of our language in terms of priorities. It can be very challenging for our leaders when they’re grappling with funding issues, resource issues, health and healing crises amongst everything, that sometimes our languages get put on the back burner. And so I think it’s really important that we prioritize them in everything that we do.

Q. A decade ago, the United Nations adopted sustainable development goals to address poverty, hunger, climate change, and many other ambitious goals. Yet since then, the situation for Indigenous peoples has worsened, according to the International Work Group for Indigenous Affairs. What do you think about its conclusion, and what that says about the relationship between sustainable development goals and Indigenous ways of thinking? 

A. It’s a necessary critique of the work right now. These U.N. bodies are doing their best but that’s a clear example of what happens when we don’t connect these green priorities with Indigenous systems and languages. Ultimately we’re just tapping something onto an existing framework: We’re not changing capitalism or questioning anything. We’re just perpetuating ongoing systems of inequality that keep on impacting the land, the roles of women, our language, and our future generations. 

If you look at the conditions of Indigenous peoples around the world, they’ve gotten worse. That, to me, was more of an impetus for the work that we need to do. We can greenwash anything but we’re not going to change anything. Until we start to recognize the knowledge systems and the languages and the places from where we currently have the opportunity to reside and the privilege to reside, we’re not going to know how to live well within the living systems that we’re a part of and how to protect them and how to preserve them and promote them for future generations.

Q. You mentioned that you adopted the term “rematriation” rather than repatriation in part because the Nisga’a Nation is a matrilineal society. Now rematriation is part of your job as U.N. chair. What does rematriation mean to you? 

A. Repatriation itself is really still about patriarchal authority, it’s still about reinforcing colonial logics, laws, and practices. And if we’re really to honor all of the amazing women that have gotten us to where we are today, then we need to change that term and make it more relevant. Rematriation has other dimensions, but most certainly it has to do with the restoring of our matriarchal authority within our own communities that’s been impacted by colonialism. I think it’s about honoring and recognizing that as Indigenous peoples. What, for me, rematriation represents is a balancing of all the roles in our communities with our men, with two-spirit gender diverse people, with their children, with our elders, with the matriarchs, with their chiefs, and it’s about trying to bring that balance back in that’s been disrupted by colonialism. And so, for me, it’s also a process of healing and restoring and reclaiming what was really never given up. 

Q. How would you describe the significance of your new UNESCO role for Indigenous peoples? 

A. It means that we have another door open to us to be able to talk to some of those who are in power who can make decisions and shape policies to allow us to create the space that we need to support our own languages and cultures. It’s a door that I’m still learning about because I haven’t been in those rooms. But it’s the door to further conversations that can support our people. It’s for everybody and anybody who feels that they’re a rights holder for Indigenous systems and for our ways of knowing, being, and doing. 

Our roles are to keep that door open and to allow as many Indigenous peoples as possible to get into that room.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline UNESCO appoints Indigenous co-chairs to protect languages and knowledge amid climate crisis on Jun 25, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Anita Hofschneider.

]]>
https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/unesco-appoints-indigenous-co-chairs-to-protect-languages-and-knowledge-amid-climate-crisis/feed/ 0 540979
From Gaza to Iran—Israel is fighting to maintain Western empire https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/23/from-gaza-to-iran-israel-is-fighting-to-maintain-western-empire/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/23/from-gaza-to-iran-israel-is-fighting-to-maintain-western-empire/#respond Mon, 23 Jun 2025 20:30:42 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334991 Smoke rises from a location allegedly IRGC's Sarallah Headquarters in north of Tehran, Iran after being targeted by Israel on June 23, 2025. Israel claims targeting IRGC site, while the conflict in the region has escalated as the US targeted Iran's three nuclear sites a day earlier.The war across the Middle East is part of a desperate effort to preserve Western superiority. All the fighting — whether in Palestine, Lebanon, Syria, Yemen, or Iran — is due to Zionism, and its role of enforcing the crushing force of the West.]]> Smoke rises from a location allegedly IRGC's Sarallah Headquarters in north of Tehran, Iran after being targeted by Israel on June 23, 2025. Israel claims targeting IRGC site, while the conflict in the region has escalated as the US targeted Iran's three nuclear sites a day earlier.

This story originally appeared in Mondoweiss on June 21, 2025. It is shared here with permission.

Violence has a paralyzing power. What is the power of the word in the face of the planes that sow destruction and death, and the flying ballistic missiles? When I see people around me paralyzed or going crazy with fear in the face of the destruction that the Iranian missiles have sown, I cannot help but think of the resilience of the residents of Gaza, who go through seven circles of hell every day with no relief in sight.

But the missiles and planes are the continuation of politics by other means. Many words have been spoken, and many agreements have been concluded to create and set in motion the instruments of destruction and death. As far removed from reality as it may seem now, it is important to speak out today in order to understand the roots of the war and how we can resist and stop the looming disasters.

In Gaza, the West Bank, Lebanon, Syria, Yemen and Iran—it’s the same war

During the first year of the “war,” the Israeli public overwhelmingly supported the genocide in Gaza, with no significant reservations. But in recent months, we have seen doubts and disillusionment on the part of large sections. Now, when we stand in protest vigils demanding an end to the killing, the feeling is that most of the public on the streets of Haifa supports us. More and more Israelis, including established media outlets, former senior politicians, and generals, have begun to speak out about the war crimes that Israel is committing. An Israeli and international consensus has begun to form that the Israeli government deliberately avoids striving to end the war, and is working to expand and perpetuate it, for reasons of narrow political and personal interests or out of messianic extremism.

But suddenly, when Israel initiated the expansion of the war into an all-out attack on Iran, which will inevitably bring further death and destruction in both Iran and Israel, we began to see again the power of violence to take over the human psyche and paralyze thought. Suddenly, the automatic Israeli consensus stiffened again, with the media and the public celebrating the spilled Iranian blood. Even a sinking Europe, which had begun to show remorse in its support of the genocide in Gaza, became enthusiastic again, with Germany, France, and Britain literally begging for their share of the pound of flesh and blood.

The root of the evil here, and the source of all the current wars, is the role that Zionism has assumed as the crushing force of imperialist control in the Middle East. This is the declared strategy of the United States: to ensure Israel’s military superiority over any regional coalition. To secure Israel’s place as a military power that can strike at anyone who threatens American hegemony, the United States must keep Israel in a state of constant conflict and constant danger. 

This strategy paid off on a colossal scale for the United States in the wake of the Six-Day War in 1967, when the crushing Israeli victory over three Arab states led, within a few years, to the collapse of the dreams of independence and Arab socialism of the Nasserists and the left wing of the Ba’ath Party, and the establishment of reactionary and submissive dictatorships.

Since then, much water has flowed through the region’s rivers, hundreds of millions of residents have been added, there has been progress in education and the economy, and the equation that relies on the fortress of Jewish Sparta to maintain imperialist supremacy in the region is becoming less and less sustainable. The United States itself paid a heavy price for its military adventures in Afghanistan and Iraq and emerged from them without any real achievement. Israel failed twice in its wars over Lebanon, in the Eighteen Years’ War (1982-2000) and in its brief adventure in the summer of 2006.

Meanwhile, the wider regional picture has also changed. Instead of pro-Western dictatorships in Turkey and Iran, populist Islamist governments have risen in the two regional powers, which are more responsive to public opinion in their countries and tend to identify with Palestinian suffering and resistance and to denounce Israel’s aggression.

For a long time, imperialist politics in the region were based on the principle of “divide and rule.” The main axis of nurtured conflict among the Muslim population was between Sunnis and Shiites. The grand idea was, within the framework of the “Abraham Accords,” to establish a defense alliance under Israeli-American auspices that would protect the oil kings and emirs of the Arabian Peninsula from the “Iranian threat” (and from their own people), in exchange for continued effective American control over the region’s natural resources and economy.

Even as the Palestinians did not receive massive support that would allow them to exercise their human and national rights, the Palestinian struggle was and remains a central axis that challenges the system of imperialist control in the region. The identification with the Palestinians by both Sunnis and Shiites, and, more recently, the shock of the unbridled violence perpetrated by Israel since October 7, and the exposure of the racist Pavlovian instinct of all Western powers in supporting the genocide in Gaza, all of which have changed and are still changing the map of the region for the long term.

Meanwhile, Israel has become embroiled in war on many fronts, struggling to achieve a decisive victory and reap the fruits of its military superiority. In Six Days in 1967, Israel militarily defeated three Arab countries and occupied vast areas. Now, for more than 600 days, it has been unable to defeat Palestinian resistance to the occupation of the Gaza Strip, which had been under a suffocating siege for many years before the current genocidal war. 

The only arena in which Israel has achieved a military and political victory is its struggle against Hezbollah in Lebanon, due to a combination of tactical failures on the part of Hezbollah and the fact that, as a representative of the oppressed Shiite minority, it had no full Lebanese legitimacy to intervene in the war. However, in Lebanon too, Israel’s insistence on continuing to hold occupied territory within Lebanon, with constant offensive military activity all over the country, keeps this front in the context of a violent conflict that has not ended and with no end in sight.

In Yemen, the government that came to power in Sanaa on the waves of the Arab Spring, and survived an all-out war by Saudi Arabia, Egypt, and the Emirates, continues to try and pressure an end to the attack on Gaza through a naval blockade and repeated attacks. Even before the conflict with Israel, Yemen was the poorest country in the region and is still torn by civil war. Despite its limited capabilities, repeated attacks by a coalition of Western countries led by the United States and Israeli attacks on economic infrastructure have failed to change Yemen’s position.

The expansion of the war into Syria after the fall of the Assad regime adds another layer to the logic of the conflict. The new Syrian regime, which emerged after 14 years of revolution and civil war at the cost of about a million lives and immense destruction, declared from the moment it was established that it was committed to the 1974 armistice agreements and that it did not want conflicts with any neighboring country. Despite this, and despite the military erosion of the multi-front war, Israel decided to open another front against Syria, conquering additional territories (in addition to the Syrian Golan Heights captured in 1967), bombing all over Syria, and threatening the new regime. This completely exposed the logic of the “villa in the jungle”: in order for the villa to remain a villa, it must ensure that the jungle remains a jungle, and any attempt to build a normal society and state in the region is an existential threat to it. 

The attack on Iran took this logic a step further. Israeli strategic superiority must be guaranteed not only against four hundred million Arabs but also against all other countries of the region. The Israeli method of killing Iranian scientists, which did not begin with the latest attack, brutally presents the concept of how the colonialist “local branch of Western culture” will be able to maintain its technological superiority.

On the nuclear question

As a university student, I took a course on “International Relations After World War II,” that is, the Cold War between the Western powers and the Soviet Union. The lecturer always talked about how Western leaders planned to confront “The Soviet Threat.” In “Operation Unthinkable,” which was to begin as early as July 1945, Churchill planned to mobilize the surrendered Wehrmacht troops to attack the Soviet Union and drop (American) atomic bombs on Moscow, Stalingrad, and Kiev. In 1949, the US planned a larger operation (“Operation Dropshot“) that involved the use of 300 atomic bombs and the destruction of 100 cities and towns in the Soviet Union.

In 1949, the Soviet Union conducted its first nuclear weapons test, which cooled America’s enthusiasm for a direct confrontation with it. Following the Cuban Missile Crisis in 1962, after the Soviet Union had proven that it could create a real nuclear threat to the U.S., talks began between the parties, and the Cold War gradually moved into the “détente” phase.

In my naivete, I asked the lecturer: According to what you taught us, as long as nuclear weapons were only in the hands of the West, we were on the verge of a nuclear war. Only when a “balance of terror” was created did the tension subside. How does this fit in with saying that the problem was “The Soviet Threat”? It seems the opposite is true…

He replied that from the perspective of the sequence of events, what I said made sense, but “no one in political science would agree” with my conclusion…

As far as is known (“according to foreign sources”), Israel possesses a large number of nuclear weapons, which the Western powers helped it develop. To this day, they defend Israel’s “right” to violate the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty in all international forums. Israeli politicians and various experts have said that Israel has already considered using nuclear weapons against Arab countries several times, in moments of crisis. The climax came during the latest attack on Gaza, when lunatic extremist politicians fantasized about using an atomic bomb to annihilate Gaza as “revenge.” And, please, don’t tell me that the lunatic extremist right is far from the center of decision-making in Israel. As long as nuclear weapons are in the hands of one side in the region, there is a temptation to use them, thus creating an existential threat to the residents of the entire region. Clearly, the best situation is to have the entire region free of nuclear weapons. But history has proven that a nuclear balance of terror can also guarantee that nobody uses these weapons.

The West’s position on the Iranian nuclear issue is, on a regional scale, a repetition of its position on the denial of legitimacy of the Palestinian resistance. No matter how much Israel occupies and oppresses Palestinians, robs their land, destroys their homes, and kills them. Israel always “has the right to self-defense” and the Palestinian who defends his rights is always the “terrorist”. The ultimate way to ensure Israel’s “strategic superiority” in the region is to allow it, in a “time of need,” to wipe out millions of the inhabitants of the region using atomic weapons. This is the essence of the “Western Values” that they claim to stand for. 

The Gulf states, which grovel to the rulers of the United States and Europe, thought they were buying their favor, so that they would stop the massacre in Gaza. They also hoped to prevent the war with Iran, which endangers the security of all the countries in the region. Instead, surprise, surprise, it turns out that the money they gave to the U.S. continues to fund the genocide against Palestinians and the bombings of Lebanon and Syria. Furthermore, they are effectively paying the United States for the privilege of being on the receiving end of a future nuclear annihilation.

Where are we going from here?

As the saying goes: It is difficult to make predictions, especially about the future.

It is difficult to know what will happen, but there are many things that are unlikely not to happen. At the beginning of the current “war” in Gaza, the American administration’s emissaries used to ask Netanyahu what were his plans for “the day after.” What is your end game?

To this day, they have not received an answer, and this is not by chance. Israel lives from war to war and is unable to imagine a different reality, let alone take action to create it. The historical logic was that Israel attacks in order to impose the American “day after” on the Arabs. For this equation to hold, there should be an American administration that is capable and willing to stop Israel’s aggression and force concessions on it. In the meantime, the Americans have fallen in love with Israel’s aggression. Even more importantly, the United States really has nothing to offer the region these days.

We are living at the end of “the American era.” Today, China is the main economic partner for trade and development for the countries of the region, as well as elsewhere. The United States still retains its military superiority, at the price of huge military investment. To benefit from this superiority, it is inclined to militarize international politics, as is evident in Ukraine and East Asia, just like in our region. Israel’s military and political power is a reflection of American superiority. 

The U.S. military advantage is eroding as it loses its economic and technological leadership. When it uses military force to try to preserve or restore its world hegemony, it is not advancing itself but trying to push others backward. Humanity is paying an awful cost, but the U.S. decline is also accelerating.

The current war in the Middle East is part of a desperate effort to preserve the remnants of colonialism and Western superiority over the peoples of the Third World. The Palestinian people are paying a terrible, unbearable price for this. But the future will not be determined by the politicians of the West or the corrupt rulers of the region who grovel to them, but by the peoples who will stand up for their right to determine their own destiny.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Yoav Haifawi.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/23/from-gaza-to-iran-israel-is-fighting-to-maintain-western-empire/feed/ 0 540687
Scuttling International Humanitarian Assistance https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/21/scuttling-international-humanitarian-assistance/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/21/scuttling-international-humanitarian-assistance/#respond Sat, 21 Jun 2025 14:19:02 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=159316 Since the return of Donald Trump to the White House, he and his Republican allies have worked to destroy the U.S. government’s overseas humanitarian aid programs. This action flies in the face of the U.S. government’s lengthy record of humanitarian assistance to people of other nations whose lives had been blighted by war, poverty, and […]

The post Scuttling International Humanitarian Assistance first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Since the return of Donald Trump to the White House, he and his Republican allies have worked to destroy the U.S. government’s overseas humanitarian aid programs.

This action flies in the face of the U.S. government’s lengthy record of humanitarian assistance to people of other nations whose lives had been blighted by war, poverty, and illness. From the Marshall Plan to rebuild war-devastated Europe, to Senator George McGovern’s Food for Peace project to feed the hungry, to massive international public health campaigns to eradicate global diseases, U.S. aid programs have played an important role in alleviating human suffering around the world.

Of course, these actions were not unique. Other wealthy nations also developed overseas humanitarian aid programs. In 2023, when the U.S. government allocated 0.24 percent of its gross national income to humanitarian aid, Britain allocated 0.58 percent and Norway allocated over 1 percent.

Behind the support for the U.S. international aid program lay two key factors―a desire to reduce human misery and a desire to win friends for the United States in foreign lands.

But such concerns were ignored by the Trump administration. On January 20, 2025, the day of his return to the White House, Donald Trump ordered a 90-day freeze on U.S. foreign assistance. Three days later, the State Department issued a “stop work” order while the aid program received what it called a “comprehensive review.”

Elon Musk, the arrogant, eccentric, and drug-addled multibillionaire, took the lead in this review process. Unleashing his DOGE minions on the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID), which administered most of the federal government’s humanitarian aid programs, Musk proclaimed that the agency was a “viper’s nest of radical-left Marxists who hate America.” USAID, he announced, “is a criminal organization. Time for it to die.”

Trump apparently shared this warped perspective and, consequently, most of USAID’s vital signs rapidly plummeted. In response to the president’s orders, its staff was decimated, its website was shut down, and its budget was slashed. After USAID’s shattered remains were transferred to the State Department, Secretary of State Marco Rubio cut 83 percent of its international humanitarian programs, reducing them from 6,200 to about 1,000.

As the distinguished historian Alfred McCoy reported this May, when USAID’s “skilled specialists in famine prevention, public health, and governance stopped working, the pain was soon felt around the world, particularly among mothers and children.” In Asia, the end of USAID’s funding forced the World Food Program to cut by half the pathetic food rations it provided to a million Rohingya refugees residing in miserable camps in Bangladesh, with food support shrinking to $6 a month per person.

In Africa, as McCoy noted, departing USAID officials estimated that the aid cuts would likely produce a 30 percent spike in tuberculosis, a disease that kills over a million people worldwide every year, and that 200,000 more children would probably be paralyzed within a decade. In the Congo, 7.8 million war refugees were likely to lose food aid and 2.3 million more children were predicted to suffer from malnutrition. Thanks to cutbacks in USAID health programs, a half-million AIDS patients were projected to die in South Africa, while, in the Congo, an estimated 15,000 could die within a month. In West Africa, the end of USAID’s Malaria Initiative virtually ensured that, within a year, there would be 18 million more malaria infections and 166,000 more likely deaths.

Malnutrition, as journalist Nicholas Kristof recently reported, already “leaves more than one-fifth of children worldwide stunted, countless millions cognitively impaired, and vast numbers … weak from anemia. Malnutrition is a factor in 45 percent of child deaths worldwide.”

Nevertheless, in early June, the Trump administration and its Republican allies took further action toward dismantling U.S. overseas humanitarian aid programs. In response to a request by the President, the Republican-controlled House of Representatives voted to claw back billions of dollars Congress had already appropriated for such aid. This included $500 million for activities related to infectious diseases and child maternal health, $400 million to address the global HIV epidemic, and $800 million for a program providing emergency shelter, water and sanitation, and family reunification for people forced to flee their countries.

Before the House vote, the president of Oxfam America, a leading humanitarian aid organization, appealed to the assembled legislators, arguing that the measure “would do irreversible harm” to millions of people. “We are already seeing women, children and families left without food, clean water and critical services after earlier aid cuts,” she declared, “and aid organizations can barely keep up with rising needs.” Nevertheless, despite unanimous Democratic opposition, the House Republican leadership pushed the bill through by a vote of 214 to 212.

Applauding GOP passage of the measure, Mike Johnson, the Republican Speaker of the House, promised “more of this in the days to come.” John Thune, the Republican Senate Majority Leader, pledged Senate action on the House bill this July.

As the United States, the world’s wealthiest nation, is the largest financial contributor to the United Nations, the drastic reductions in U.S. humanitarian aid are already having a devastating impact on UN assistance programs that provide life-saving food, medicine, and shelter to the world’s poorest, most desperate people. In mid-June, the UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs said that it was being forced to drastically scale back these programs due to “brutal funding cuts.” The UN Under-Secretary-General for Humanitarian Affairs and Emergency Relief commented gloomily: “We have been forced into a triage of human survival.”

Calling for aid “to help 114 million people facing life-threatening needs across the world,” the UN Office for Humanitarian Affairs said that “this isn’t just an appeal for money―it’s a call for global responsibility, for human solidarity, for a commitment to end the suffering.”

Thus far, there’s no indication that the Trump administration has that commitment.

The post Scuttling International Humanitarian Assistance first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Lawrence S. Wittner.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/21/scuttling-international-humanitarian-assistance/feed/ 0 540379
As Israel starves Gaza, Chicago Jewish activists starve themselves to force leaders to take action https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/as-israel-starves-gaza-chicago-jewish-activists-starve-themselves-to-force-leaders-to-take-action/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/as-israel-starves-gaza-chicago-jewish-activists-starve-themselves-to-force-leaders-to-take-action/#respond Fri, 20 Jun 2025 20:42:01 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334953 Palestinians line up with their containers in hand to receive hot meals distributed by aid organizations in Mewasi, as the food crisis deepens due to Israel's ongoing attacks in Khan Yunis, Gaza, on June 15, 2025.“What wouldn’t you do to stop the slaughter of two million people?... In the face of atrocity, the lesson I have learned from my people is we cannot do nothing.”]]> Palestinians line up with their containers in hand to receive hot meals distributed by aid organizations in Mewasi, as the food crisis deepens due to Israel's ongoing attacks in Khan Yunis, Gaza, on June 15, 2025.

On June 16, six members of Jewish Voice for Peace in Chicago—Ash Bohrer, Becca Lubow, Avey Rips, Seph Mozes, Audrey Gladson, and Benjamin Teller—began an indefinite hunger strike to demand an end to the genocide in Gaza, unconditional military aid for Israel, and the blockade of food and medical aid to the 2.3 million Palestinians now living amongst the rubble. In this urgent episode of The Marc Steiner Show, Marc speaks with two of the Chicago hunger strikers, Ash Bohrer and Avey Rips, about their act of protest and how far they’re willing to go to stop Israel’s slaughter of Palestinians.


Guests:

  • Ash Bohrer is a scholar-activist based in Chicago. Professionally, Bohrer is currently Assistant Professor of Gender and Peace Studies at the University of Notre Dame. In addition to their academic work, Ash is deeply involved in social movements for intersectional and anti-capitalist liberation; at the moment, most of that work is centered at Jewish Voice for Peace.
  • Avey Rips is a graduate student in English at Northwestern University, where they were arrested for protecting students from the police last spring. They are the child of refugees who fled sectarian violence in Azerbaijan.

Additional resources:

Credits:

  • Producer: Rosette Sewali
  • Studio Production/Post-Production: Cameron Granadino
Transcript

The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

Marc Steiner:

Welcome to the Marc Steiner Show here on The Real News. I’m Marc Steiner. It’s great to have you all with us. One of the most time honored traditions and struggles for a just world has been activists going on hunger strikes to end depression. On June the 16th, Jewish activists in Chicago—Ash Bohrer, Becca Lubow, Avey Rips, Seph Mozes, Audrey Gladson, and Benjamin Teller—members of Jewish Voices for Peace ,began a hunger strike to end the United States support for genocide and slaughter of Palestinians in Gaza. And today we’re joined by two of those hunger strikers, Avey Rips and Ash Bohrer. Ash Bohrer was raised in a religious family. They were indoctrinated into supporting the Israeli military and considered joining. They’re now a scholar of peace studies at Notre Dame University and longtime activists for peace and justice. They have traveled to the West Bank over six times, who worked towards peace and justice alongside Palestinians.

They have family members living in Israel. Avey Rips is a graduate student in English at Northwestern, where they were arrested for protecting students from police last spring. The child of refugees who fled sectarian violence and Azerbaijan, their family has migrated five times in seven generations. Avey has had family members targeted by the Nazis and Stalins purges. This family history has inspired their commitment to Jewish diaspora and safety and freedom for all. And as you’ll begin this conversation, the Israeli blockade has stopped all food, fuel, and medical aid from entering Gaza for the last three months. Half a million Gazans are in a catastrophic situation of hunger, acute malnutrition and starvation. And over 1 million people are in an emergency hunger situation. And the entire population of 2.1 million people are facing a high levels of acute food insecurity, which means they’re experiencing the worst levels of hunger possible. So today we are joined by Ash Bohrer and Avey Rips two of the Jewish Voices for peace activists in Chicago on a hunger strike to end this genocide. So Ash and Avey, welcome. It’s good to have you here on the Marc Steiner show. Appreciate you taking the time with us today.

Ash Bohrer:

Thanks for having us.

Avey Rips:

Thanks so much.

Marc Steiner:

Well, I mean, when I heard what was going on, we knew we had to do something because you all are now putting your lives on the line. I mean literally by not eating. And I’m just really, let me just start with both of you. What brought you to this point that made you want to fast until this war was over and the slaughter of Goins was done? How did that begin for you all? Ash, you want to start?

Ash Bohrer:

Sure. Well, I mean, we’ve seen just unspeakable devastation in Gaza these last 20 months. And even after the kind of ceasefire that was signed, the death and the destruction did not end. I am seeing images every single day of human beings being forcibly starved to death and denied basic necessities like medical care and water. And these images are seared into my mind. These are things that I never thought I would see again in my lifetime, and I’m watching them every day on social media. And so for me, as a Jewish person who grew up in Jewish schools and synagogues and summer camps and all the rest in which the sanctity of human life is such a core Jewish value, it felt impossible for me to watch that and to not respond to this call, to not put my body as far as I can in between the people of Gaza and the US government, which is sending weapons and bombs and enforcing this horrifying starvation. And so for us, when we were a few months, about a month ago, several of our Palestinian partners really approached us in JVP and said that what they really needed for us was to amplify how brutal the starvation campaign of Gaza has been and how the meager attempts at letting some aid in have been fundamentally a sham done by us contractors who are murdering people, lining up for aid administered by an organization, the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation that has been roundly condemned by every organization of conscience in the world. And our Palestinian comrades are watching their family, their friends, their community members die every day either directly by shooting or in a slightly slower pace by starvation.

And they said, we need your voice to do something to intervene in this slightly slower slaughter. And so we took this idea back to back to the Chicago chapter, and it really seemed like in order to show and demand from our representatives that they take every available avenue, that they do everything in their power to stop this atrocity, that a hunger strike was a potential tactic. We’ve been in the streets, we’ve called a representatives, we’ve emailed them, we’ve had meetings with them, we’ve been arrested, we’ve shut down intersections. And the American people overall are quite united on the idea that the displacement, ethnic cleansing and genocide of Palestinians is at atrocity. And the piece that is left now is for the United States government to stop enabling it. That’s sort of how I came to this tactic and why I’m continuing to not eat while Goins can’t eat.

Marc Steiner:

How about you, Avey? What would you like to add to that for yourself?

Avey Rips:

Yeah, Ash truly covered a lot of the bases. I mean, when we see the genocide and starvation use as a weapon of war, when we see it escalating rather than lessening, right? We are called to take on more escalated tactics. We’re called to do anything in our power and what we can. And on the one hand, this is an escalated tactic on it is putting our lives in danger, but it is nothing compared to what is happening to gams under full Israeli military blockade for over three months. So this felt like the right step for us to take as American Jews in solidarity with Gaza, with Palestine.

Marc Steiner:

I was thinking about you all on this hunger strike, and I remember years back I interviewed people in Northern Ireland who were on a hunger strike when they were battling the British. And I’d just like to see from you all the power of your act and why you think this symbolic act of solidarity with Palestinians going on an in depth and ness strike is important. What does it say to the rest of the world? And talk a bit about what you think the significance of this is and how far you can take it.

Avey Rips:

So I think that what the power behind this tactic is specifically that we are able to show our neighbors, our representatives, people all over the country and all over the world, how important the issue of Gaza and Palestine is for American Jews of conscience. And that there is no consensus in the Jewish community. There is no consensus in America that we should be arming Israel and that we should be slaughtering and starving gams. And we have inherited this tactic, as you said, from a long, long history, both Irish, Palestinian, black American. There’s a long history of hunger strikes. And while we are not currently incarcerated, it has been used as a tactic outside of the context of incarceration very much. For instance, Chicago has a very rich history of hunger strikes. We have the diet hunger strike that reopened a high school in 2015. We have the general Iron, iron strike, general iron hunger strike that prevented metal processing, polluting metal processing facility for being reopened on the southwest side. So we’re following in footsteps of people who have used this tactic to show their commitment and to raise the stakes for everyone. I think people who encounter this as a tactic are faced with the fact that there are people who are willing to go to this length and I think it calls on them to take a side if they haven’t yet or commit themselves more strongly to the side of justice and the side of righteous history.

Marc Steiner:

Ash?

Ash Bohrer:

Yeah, I mean, I agree with everything that Avey said, and then one of the things that I’ll add is that what is happening in Palestine right now is the result of simultaneously Zionism as a political ideology and American imperialism. And what unites Zionism and American imperialism is the idea that some lives, Jewish lives, American lives, white people’s lives are worth more than other people’s lives. And that’s part of the political backdrop that allows these atrocities to continue. And so by engaging in this tactic, I think we’re hoping to highlight and show how this differential valuation of human life is wrong. It’s morally bankrupt, and also it’s false that there are people who are valued by society who are taking real, measurable and risky action in order to highlight the total devastation of human life that’s happening in Palestine right now.

Marc Steiner:

I’m curious, how far will you take this? How far are you willing to take this?

Avey Rips:

We are willing to stay on hunger strike until either America stops arming Israel and Israel lifts the blockade on Gaza or until our bodies give out.

Marc Steiner:

So what you’re doing to stop the slaughter on Gaza to stop this insane war, to stop the oppression Palestinians is literally putting your lives on the line?

Ash Bohrer:

Yes, and I’ve spent a lot of time in Palestine. I have put my body in between Israeli soldiers and Palestinians before, and I am doing it now. Again, this feels like there is nothing in my life that I feel more clear about than that this is my moral and political and religious obligation.

Marc Steiner:

So I’m curious just personally, because I think people hear about people going in hunger strikes, been part of struggles as we’ve just talked about a moment ago across history and across the globe. What does it take for the two of you to do what you’re doing and how you made the decision to do this? I mean, this is not easy. It’s one thing to get in the street and say no, and even get into a physical battle with police or Zionists or whatever happens in the street. That’s one thing. But what you’re doing now is literally saying, I’m putting everything I have in life here to say, “No.” I mean, I’m really just to talk to people about what that meant and how you both came to that point and shall begin with you this time.

Ash Bohrer:

I mean, I think honestly, part of my, there’s sort of two parts of the motivation here. One is this deep moral political and religious conviction that I have about how necessary this is amidst the backdrop of just how brutal the devastation in Gaza is, and especially for me, given that the Israeli government continuously purports to be doing this in my name, can Cravenly mobilizing the discourse of antisemitism in order to tamp down any sort of critique of these heinous policies. And then on the other side, I’ll say quite candidly, part of the thing that brought me to this tactic is desperation. We have done all the other things. This was not the first thing that we chose to do. We

Tried to move through the other available channels to pressure the government to respond to the will of the people. And time and time again, I mean this administration, but also the previous one, this is not only a Trump problem, this is a horrible US imperialism consensus between both parties that have enabled this genocide and who have refused repeatedly to listen to the voices of Americans and Jews of conscience in stopping the genocide that is unfolding and in stopping actually materially sending the bombs, the guns that enabled this to happen. And so for me, if there was something easier that I thought would work, we would’ve tried that. We’ve already tried all of the things that we thought were less dangerous in order to achieve this necessary necessary goal. And so for me it’s sort of this combination of political conviction and desperation.

Marc Steiner:

What’s your take, Avey?

Avey Rips:

Yeah, similar to everything. I agree with everything Ash said. We’ve been doing a lot of things over the past few years and obviously many years before that as well. And 2 million people are being starved to death as a weapon of war with the explicit purpose of ethnic cleansing. And we see the most craven attitudes towards this of repopulating Gaza with Jewish sais of building resorts in the Gaza trip, just unimaginable heinous attitudes towards life. And when we have 16,000 dead children, it’s hard to figure out what you wouldn’t do to stop this. And once again, if this was not, Ash said this was not our first tactic, but if we need to call for justice in a million ways, then that’s what we need to do, that we need to simply figure out more and new ways to call for justice.

Ash Bohrer:

Yeah, I think this thing that Avey just said is like sometimes we’ve said apartheid occupation genocide so many times that we maybe are not really thinking about what this means. This means the slaughter of 2 million people. What wouldn’t you do to stop the slaughter of 2 million people? For me, that list is very small. I would do anything I really mean that I would do anything that I can to stop an actual literal genocide. I grew up in a family and at schools and synagogues that said, never again. Never again, never again. The lesson from the Holocaust is this should never ever happen again. And we know that part of the reason that that was able to happen is that people stood by and did nothing and said nothing as it happened. And my whole Jewish education was all about how that should never be us. We should never be people who see injustice unfold and say nothing and do nothing. And so here I am, the product of Jewish values and Jewish schools and Jewish summer camps and synagogues, and I feel like I really learned and internalized this lesson that in the face of atrocity, the lesson I have learned from my people is we cannot do nothing.

Marc Steiner:

I just want to explore something. This was not of my notes to think, but what you just said made me think of something. 50 years ago I wrote a poem called Growing Up Jewish. It was a 25 page poem. And in that poem I was asking a question of how can we become the mere image of those who have oppressed us for generations and in your fight to end the occupation? And you’re putting your lives literally on the line now because even young, strong people will have a, can only survive so long not eating. Where does you think your action takes you and where do you see, well let go to that first, but then when I want to talk about where you see the changes inside the Jewish world, people saying no to this, not in my name, but talk about, I mean where you see your hunger rate going. What effect do you think it could have? Do you think it can expand to other people following your example?

Avey Rips:

Yes. I think that first of all, hunger strikes are effective tactics. They often succeed at least some of their goals. And we are hopeful that the pressure we’re putting on our representatives, we are already seeing conversations in which we will hopefully start to be in the rooms that we’re asking to be in. And we have received such an outcry of support for this. There have been people from all over the country who have been messaging all of us and messaging the chapter and have been connecting to us and just want to know how they want to support. We are calling for solidarity fasts on this coming Sunday the 22nd, and then next Sunday the 29th, we have, this is slightly more local, but we have 22 events over the course of three weeks planned that are all about public education. We have teach-ins, we have vigils, we have conversations about divestment, we have conversations about Israeli bonds.

So we really see this as a rounded sort of approach to what this tactic could hold, right? So we’re playing the high game directly towards our representatives and we’re also playing the local game to our communities right here on the ground in Chicago as well as to, frankly, as you were saying to Jews who find themselves aghast at what is happening, at what are being done in our names, but maybe have yet for some reason not taken the step to denounce it, not taken the step to denounce sign as I’m not taking the step to denounce what’s happening in Gaza and hoping that this action motivates them, that they see that there are others like them who are determined to stop this and join us.

Ash Bohrer:

And I think we all feel really aligned that going on a hunger strike is not something that everyone can do, and it’s not something that we’re asking everyone to do, but we are hoping that this does is galvanize people into action in whatever way makes the most sense for you and your community. What does it mean to put this back on the top of your agenda and bring this to your school, your community organization, your synagogue, your church? It doesn’t have to be the same thing that we’re doing, but I think one of the things that we are hoping is that the hunger strike will remind people of how desperate things are in Gaza and how much we all have an obligation to do everything in our power, whatever that is in order to end it.

Marc Steiner:

A couple of things here in the time we have left, you talked about Sunday, which I did not know about till you raised it. So let’s talk about that. What are you expecting and asking people to do on Sunday in solidarity with your hunger strike and in solidarity with Palestinian people fighting for their survival? What are you asking people to do?

Ash Bohrer:

Yeah, so in solidarity with the people of Gaza, we are asking people who are medically physically able to do so to join us in a 24 hour fast on Sunday, June 22nd and Sunday June 29th. And to post about it on social media, to tag us, we’re at JVP Chicago, literally on every social media one could think about except the one owned by a fascist. And to think about how you can use this opportunity to be in community and to organize your people. So if that means you want to fast with your community in a location and do a fundraiser for the Middle Eastern Children’s Alliance, for example, who are also raising money for over the course of this strike, or if you think that your greatest power is social media, making a post about the solidarity fast and about how children and women and men and others in Gaza have not had any consistent access to food for months and months and months on end, that is what we’re asking folks to do.

Marc Steiner:

When you talk about how this can kind of expand into a much more mass movement to stop the slaughter in Gaza and the way you describe it is very powerful, I think. I mean, if it spreads on Sunday, you’re asking the mouth of my head as you were talking about. It was, it’s like a yum kippur for peace, don’t eat, stop fast, say no to injustice, which I think is a very powerful moment. And what kind of response have you been getting for that around the country? Because JVP nationally, Avey must be supporting what you’re doing and are they moving nationally to make these actions take place?

Avey Rips:

Yes, definitely. We do have support from JBP National. They’ve been very generous and also very excited about that. We’ve taken this on. And I just wanted to really quickly say something that you mentioned like a Yo Kippur. There is a Jewish tradition of fasting in times of calamity and catastrophe and injustice. So a hunger strike is always a controversial tactic. There are always people who find it a little bit controversial, but there’s also good precedent, there’s also deep precedent in the Jewish community and in our history, in our shared history that this is something that we turn to when other means fail.

Marc Steiner:

I’m curious where you both think we all go from here. I mean here we have, you’re taking a very powerful, symbolic, meaningful action to say no to the genocide and slaughter it’s taking place in Gaza. We have a right wing government here in the United States that could care less. You have a neo-fascist government in Israel this moment, but talk about, I’d like to hear what you both think about where we go from here. I mean, we’re in a place of action and organizing and really trying to fight back this right wing power or fighting for something larger as you are doing here right now. So where do you all think we go from here? Where do you think the next steps are?

Ash Bohrer:

Well, in my day job, I’m a professor of peace studies, and so I study and teach how people have responded to fascist governments in the past and how they have successfully organized in order to overcome them. And one of the key lessons from this is people need to be standing up and standing in solidarity with each other that the only way that fascism can be overcome is if there is broad base mass movements that see how deeply interconnected the issues that we are facing actually are. Even when the powers that be try very much to divide and pit us against each other, that is their most successful and consistent tactic. And so for example, as I am watching the horrifying neo brown shirt abductions that ICE is doing of our undocumented community members, what I’m reminded of and why I think this is also connected to the struggle in Palestine is that ice agents and customs and border patrol agents and police departments and sheriffs all around the United States have trained with the Israeli military.

They go on these reciprocal trips, they share surveillance technology, they share crowd control techniques that Israeli weapons manufacturers and data surveillance companies tout on the international stage as battle tested because they have used them to do violence on Palestinians. And that’s a marketing tactic that the police and law enforcement here in the US think of as a good thing. And so there are these very material interconnections between standing up against the abduction of our neighbors and standing up against the genocide and Gaza. And that’s just one example of a hundred, all of these issues, right? The rising fascism, misogyny, transphobia, the lack of adequate healthcare and education and transit, the grotesque immigration policing that we’re seeing. All of these things are deeply connected. And the way that we fight fascism is by moving and mobilizing from those interconnections. So the place that you are and the issue that is the closest to you, seeing that issue as deeply intertwined with all of these other ones is our best bet. And that also means showing up to defend each other, showing up in solidarity and putting our bodies on the line for each other so that we can actually come together and overthrow and prevent further deterioration to fascism.

Marc Steiner:

It’s hard to go beyond that, I think. So do both of you before we have to go. Do you see in the work ahead of us, the hope that we can change it, the hope we can change the hearts and minds inside the Jewish world, the hope that we can change the political dynamic that is murdering thousands and thousands of Palestinians starving them to death. And talk a bit about where you see the struggle going and where you see the hope for change and where that lives.

Avey Rips:

Look, if we can’t change everyone’s mind all at once, then we need to change people’s minds one at a time. If this is just a drop, if this action will be just a drop in the bucket, then that’s fine. That bucket will be filled eventually full of drops, right? So I think that putting into, I always think about the Civil rights movement in America. I think about how long it took, I think about how long defeating Apartheid took

Marc Steiner:

Long time…

Avey Rips:

How long it took. So I really ground myself in that where I’m like, this is a long struggle. I dearly hope that I will one day see a free Palestine, and I’m also an educator. And frankly, if I don’t, I hope my students are the ones who then take up the mantle. So I think that first of all, perseverance, it’s going to take a lot more people taking action, taking a stand, doing what is right for them in their community, in their particular intersection of politics and their body and their position. And it’s also going to take a lot of solidarity. I think the way that we move forward is by continuously building communities with each other across racial, ethnic, religious class divides, and finding a way to fight this injustice as a whole, kind of as Ash was saying.

Marc Steiner:

So I’m curious as we close out, how do people support what you’re doing in your hunger strike to end the madness that’s happening in Palestine at the moment? How do people connect and how do people support what you’re doing?

Ash Bohrer:

Great. Yeah. So there are a few ways that people can support us, but most importantly, to do meaningful action to end the genocide in Gaza. That is what’s most important, not supporting us. So the first thing is that please call on all of your elected members of government to do everything in their power to stop arming Israel and to stop the starvation of Gaza. There is currently a bill in the house called the Block, the Bombs bill that would force the United States to comply with its own domestic laws and international law in not sending weapons to a power that is committing confirmed war crimes. Call your representative and see if thank them if they already are a co-sponsor on it, and ask them why not if they are not yet. We’re also raising money for the Middle East Children’s Alliance, which is an organization staffed and run by Goins.

We want to be fully resourced to meet the devastating need of Goins if and when we are able to lift the brutal blockade that is currently being imposed on Gaza. And then if you want to join in a solidarity fast, either Sunday, June 22nd or Sunday June 29th to raise awareness and galvanize your community, please do that. And then the last thing is, if you want to amplify the current hunger strike and the situation in Gaza, please follow us on social media. We’re at JVP Chicago on Instagram, TikTok, Facebook and Blue Sky, and send us updates about what you are doing in your community, like seeing people come together, come together and oppose the genocide and the starvation is really the thing that we need over here, and it’s the thing that we all need in order to birth the world that we want to live in one full of justice and liberation. So please do.

Marc Steiner:

Well, I just want to thank you both for putting your lives on the line. You literally are putting your health on the line in the madness that’s taking place in Gaza. And I think that that takes a huge amount of courage and people need to support your work and the work in a VP and what other people are doing to say, no, not in our name. No, we cannot allow this to happen. I really, as an old guy who’s been in the struggle for a long time, I’m really, it makes I light up inside watching the two of you and knowing that this generation is taking on this fight in a much larger way. So thank you both so much. I really mean that we’ve been talking here with Ash, Bre and Avi Rip AV rips, excuse me. And it’s great to have you both here, and we’ll stay in touch. I want to stay in touch with you all and see how this progresses, both of you, hunger strike and the struggle to change what’s going on. So thank you both so much for everything you do.

Avey Rips:

Thank you so much.

Marc Steiner:

And once again, let me thank Ash Barrera and AV rips for joining us today, and thank along with them, Becca Lebo, Seth Moses, Audrey Gladson, and Benjamin Teller for putting their lives on the line to end the slaughtering Gaza and for acting in solidarity with a long tradition of Jews standing up for human rights and for social and economic justice in this world. And I want to thank our colleague, Shane Burley for his article in these times, Chicago activists embark on an indefinite hunger strike over Gaza that brought this to our attention and to which we’ll be linking. And thanks to Cameron Grino for running the program today, our audio editor, Stephen Frank and producer Rosette sole for making it all work behind the scenes. And everyone here at the Real News for making this show possible. Please let me know what you thought about what you heard today and what you’d like us to cover. Just write to me at MS s@therealnews.com and I’ll get right back to you. Once again, thank you Ash, Bre, and Navy rips for joining us today and for putting your lives on the line. So for the crew here at The Real News, I’m Mark Steiner. Stay involved. Keep listening, and take care.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Marc Steiner.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/as-israel-starves-gaza-chicago-jewish-activists-starve-themselves-to-force-leaders-to-take-action/feed/ 0 540237
Meet The Moment For Refugees https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/meet-the-moment-for-refugees/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/meet-the-moment-for-refugees/#respond Fri, 20 Jun 2025 19:04:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=2be55750580ef500d9aaa45c9e445279
This content originally appeared on International Rescue Committee and was authored by International Rescue Committee.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/meet-the-moment-for-refugees/feed/ 0 540166
How one South American country has held on to its Indigenous language https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/how-one-south-american-country-has-held-on-to-its-indigenous-language/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/how-one-south-american-country-has-held-on-to-its-indigenous-language/#respond Fri, 20 Jun 2025 18:37:10 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334940 A boy runs through a field of local crops in Eastern Paraguay in August 2024. Boys like this grow up speaking Guaraní first, Spanish second. Guaraní is the main language spoken in the Paraguayan countryside. Photo by Michael Fox.Paraguay is the only country in the Americas where a Native American language has resisted assimilation into Spanish or Portuguese. This is episode 49 of Stories of Resistance.]]> A boy runs through a field of local crops in Eastern Paraguay in August 2024. Boys like this grow up speaking Guaraní first, Spanish second. Guaraní is the main language spoken in the Paraguayan countryside. Photo by Michael Fox.

If you walk down the street in Paraguay, you will hear people speaking Spanish, the official language of most of the countries of Latin America. But, particularly if you are in the countryside, you will also hear something else: Guaraní.

It’s one of the most widely spoken Indigenous languages in the Americas. A mother tongue of roughly six and half million people—in particular, in Paraguay. There, most Paraguayans speak Guaraní or a mixture of Guaraní and Spanish, regardless of whether or not they are Indigenous Guaraní, mestizo, or white.

The language has been preserved and passed down from generation to generation. Family to family. Paraguay is the only country in the Americas where a Native American language has resisted assimilation into Spanish or Portuguese, and where its very use was an act of resistance.

From 1864 through 1870, South America was embroiled in the bloodiest war of its history. It was called the Triple Alliance war. Brazil, Argentina and Uruguay duked it out with tiny landlocked Paraguay. Those countries invaded. The fighting raged for years. Hundreds of thousands of Paraguayans were killed. By 1870, roughly two thirds of the Paraguayan population was dead, most of them men.

Guaraní was the language of resistance against the invading forces; against the foreign troops that remained and occupied the country. 

“As a question of survival, the women who were left would only speak Guaraní,” says campesino leader Tomas Zayas. “They passed it on to their children.” And it has continued to be passed on, particularly in the countryside. Until he was in his twenties, Zayas spoke only Guaraní.

“For me, Guaraní is identity,” he says. “It’s happiness. It’s beauty. Because a joke in Spanish isn’t funny at all.”

Guaraní has remained a language of resistance. Under the brutal dictatorship of Alfredo Stroessner, which lasted until the late 1980s, Guaraní was banned in Paraguay. Still it survived, spoken in homes and in rural communities. Though it has also been stigmatized as a language of the poor, there are still Guaraní language schools. And it is the language of the heart. The spirit of Paraguay. The language of resistance.

###

Hi folks, thanks for listening. I’m your host Michael Fox. I did some reporting about Guaraní in Paraguay for The World last year. I’ll include a link to that story in the show notes.

This is episode 49 of Stories of Resistance—a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment or leave a review.

As always, you can check out exclusive pictures for many of these stories on my Patreon account: Patreon.com/mfox. There you can also follow my reporting and support my work and this podcast.

Thanks for listening. See you next time.


Sign up for the Stories of Resistance podcast feed, either in Spotify, Apple Podcasts, Spreaker, or wherever you listen.

Visit Michael Fox’s Patreon: patreon.com/mfox. There you can also follow his reporting and support his work and this podcast.

Written and produced by Michael Fox.

Here is Michael Fox’s reporting for The World on Guaraní: https://theworld.org/stories/2024/10/01/guarani-is-identity-how-an-indigenous-paraguayan-language-has-endured-through-the-ages


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/how-one-south-american-country-has-held-on-to-its-indigenous-language/feed/ 0 540156
Does China have an Internationalist Foreign Policy? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/19/does-china-have-an-internationalist-foreign-policy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/19/does-china-have-an-internationalist-foreign-policy/#respond Thu, 19 Jun 2025 15:10:05 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=159201 A number of observant commentators have raised questions about Peoples’ China’s Belt and Road Initiative and more broadly, the foreign policy of the PRC. Reliable left observers like Ann Garrison, writing in Black Agenda Report, have voiced concerns about Chinese investments in the Democratic Republic of the Congo, based on Siddharth Kara’s book, Cobalt Red, […]

The post Does China have an Internationalist Foreign Policy? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
A number of observant commentators have raised questions about Peoples’ China’s Belt and Road Initiative and more broadly, the foreign policy of the PRC.

Reliable left observers like Ann Garrison, writing in Black Agenda Report, have voiced concerns about Chinese investments in the Democratic Republic of the Congo, based on Siddharth Kara’s book, Cobalt Red, How the Blood of the Congo Powers Our Lives. Kara contends that Chinese are engaged in a brutal competition to acquire a raw material essential to battery manufacturing, participating in the highly exploitative practice of artisanal cobalt mining.

More recently, Razan Shawamreh has challenged the PRC’s economic engagement with Israel. Writing in Middle East Eye. Shawamreh cites three different Chinese state-owned companies heavily invested in Israeli firms servicing or operating in illegal settlements — ChemChina, Bright Foods, Fosum Group — that own or have a majority stake in an Israeli corporation. She charges Peoples’ China of hypocritically publicly denouncing Israeli policies while quietly aiding the cause of Israeli settlers.

On May 22, Kim Petersen posted a thoughtful, well reasoned piece on Dissident Voice, entitled “Palestine and the Conscience of China.” Petersen persuasively lauds the many achievements of Peoples’ China. It is easy to forget the century of humiliation that this once proud, advanced society suffered at the hands of European imperialism. After 12 years of fighting Japanese invaders and enduring a bloody civil war costing tens of millions of casualties, China’s advance since — under the leadership of the Communist Party of China — has been truly remarkable.

As Peoples’ China celebrates meeting its goal of becoming a “moderately prosperous” society, it is important to see how far it has come from 1949. When Western apologists for the market economy brag of the aggregate economic gains that global markets have brought to the developing world, they are largely talking about China (and, more recently, Vietnam and India).

By any measure of citizen satisfaction with their government by international surveys, the PRC consistently ranks at or near the top.

At the same time, Petersen raises questions about the seeming inconsistency of the Chinese government’s vocal criticism of Israel’s genocidal policies in Gaza and Peoples’ China’s continuing economic engagement with Israel. The PRC accounts for over 20% of Israeli imports.

Petersen quotes Professor T.P. Wilkinson: “Non-interference is China’s top principle — business comes first. If there is any morality it only applies in China.” And it is precisely China’s moral conscience that Petersen finds wanting.

Nick Corbishley, writing on June 6 in Naked Capitalism adds:

However, not everyone is trying — or even pretending — to distance themselves from Tel Aviv right now. The People’s Republic of China, for example, is actually seeking to strengthen its ties with Israel.

After initially siding with Palestine (and Hamas) following October 7, Beijing is now looking to rebuild ties with Israel. Just four days ago, as Israel’s Defence Forces were unleashing coordinated attacks on aid depots, China’s ambassador to Israel Xiao Junzheng discussed “deepening China-Israel economic and trade cooperation” with Israel’s Minister of Economy and Industry, Nir Barkat.

Still others ask why Peoples’ China, a self-described socialist country, has failed to replace the Soviet Union in guaranteeing the economic vitality of tiny socialist Cuba– a country starved by a US blockade and harsh sanctions upon anyone defying that blockade. It is difficult to reconcile the PRC’s modest economic aid to Cuba with China’s $19 billion dollars of annual exports to proscribed Israel.

China’s Foreign Policy in Retrospect

China’s foreign policy is a direct reflection of the political line of the Communist Party of China, a line changing often in the Party’s history. At the 10th National Congress (August, 1973) — the last before Mao’s death — Zhou Enlai delivered the main report. He affirmed that:

In the last fifty years our Party has gone through ten major struggles between the two lines… In the future, even after classes have disappeared… there will still be two-line struggles between the advanced and the backward and between the correct and the erroneous… there is the struggle between the socialist road and the capitalist road, there is the danger of capitalist restoration… The Tenth National Congress of the Communist Party of China (Documents), p. 16 [my emphasis]

Zhou explains that the opposition in the last two Congresses — led by Liu Shaoqi and Lin Biao — advocated that the main contradiction facing the party was “not the contradiction between the proletariat and the bourgeoisie, but that ‘between the advanced socialist system and the backward productive forces of society’”. In short, the two lines continually challenging the Party, as explained at the tenth congress, were that of the “productionists” — those giving priority to the development of the productive forces — and that of the class warriors — those giving priority to political struggle.

The CPC’s failure to simultaneously advance the productive forces and, at the same time, carry out a consistent, comprehensive class line accounts for its often inconsistent foreign policy.

Since the “opening” — the Deng reforms, beginning in 1978 — the productionist line has held sway in the Communist Party of China.

From the time of the rebuilding of the Party based on the rural peasantry after the destruction of its urban working-class base in 1927, Mao had sided with the class warriors.

Even in the era of the united front against Japanese aggression, Mao wrote in On New Democracy (1940) of the necessity of a cultural revolution, a focus on political and cultural struggle over other forms:

A cultural revolution is the ideological reflection of the political and economic revolution and is in their service. In China there is a united front in the cultural as in the political revolution… and the cultural campaign resulted in the outbreak of the December 8th Movement of the revolutionary youth in 1935. And the common result of both was the awakening of the people of the whole country… The most amazing thing of all was that the Kuomintang’s cultural “encirclement and suppression” campaign failed completely in the Kuomintang areas as well, although the Communist Party was in an utterly defenceless position in all the cultural and educational institutions there. Why did this happen? Does it not give food for prolonged and deep thought? It was in the very midst of such campaigns of “encirclement and suppression” that Lu Hsun, who believed in communism, became the giant of China’s cultural revolution… New-democratic culture is national. It opposes imperialist oppression and upholds the dignity and independence of the Chinese nation. It belongs to our own nation and bears our own national characteristics… [my emphasis]

The centrality of cultural revolution likely comes from the class base shaping the trajectory of Chinese Communism. Because the Kuomintang wiped out the CPC’s urban working-class centers in 1927, the Party became based in the rural peasantry, as Mao freely concedes in On New Democracy:

This means that the Chinese revolution is essentially a peasant revolution…. Essentially, mass culture means raising the cultural level of the peasants… And essentially it is the peasants who provide everything that sustains the resistance to Japan and keeps us going. By “essentially” we mean basically, not ignoring the other sections of the people, as Stalin himself has explained. As every schoolboy knows, 80 per cent of China’s population are peasants. So the peasant problem becomes the basic problem of the Chinese revolution and the strength of the peasants is the main strength of the Chinese revolution. In the Chinese population the workers rank second to the peasants in number…

On New Democracy suggests that Mao places primacy of place in the struggle for the support of the peasantry, a struggle that is cultural in form and national in scope. While Mao locates the Party’s battles within the world revolutionary process, he doesn’t see it as an immediate fight for socialism, but apart from it, for China’s national liberation:

This is a time … when the proletariat of the capitalist countries is preparing to overthrow capitalism and establish socialism, and when the proletariat, the peasantry, the intelligentsia and other sections of the petty bourgeoisie in China have become a mighty independent political force under the leadership of the Chinese Communist Party. Situated as we are in this day and age, should we not make the appraisal that the Chinese revolution has taken on still greater world significance? I think we should. The Chinese revolution has become a very important part of the world revolution… [my emphasis]

The separation between the proletariat’s role in the capitalist countries and the Party’s “independent” role in shaping a multi-class force could not be clearer.

Absent from the 1940 statement of Mao’s vision is any endorsement of the Communist International’s broad principles of solidarity. Instead, the Party operated under the Three Principles of the People, the CPC’s revision of Sun-Yat Sen’s original Three Principles. On New Democracy defines them as:

Three Great Policies of alliance with Russia, co-operation with the Communist Party and assistance to the peasants and workers. Without each and every one of these Three Great Policies, the Three People’s Principles become either false or incomplete in the new period…

Thus, “alliance with Russia” (USSR) became central to China’s foreign policy and expanded to alliance with other socialist countries. After liberation in 1949, the PRC practiced that line by aiding the Democratic Peoples’ Republic of Korea, especially in repelling the US and its allies as they invaded DPRK territory. The PRC military fought in the DPRK until the armistice of 1953. Over 183,000 Chinese died resisting the invasion of the North.

The CPC established ties with various liberation movements after the Korean War, with Peoples’ China offering military aid and training to many movements in Asia and Africa. At the same time, the PRC adopted Five Principles of Peaceful Coexistence to lead foreign relations: respect for territory and sovereignty, non-aggression, non-interference in internal affairs, equality and cooperation for common benefit, and peaceful coexistence.

The Five Principles were strikingly similar to the natural-law doctrines adopted by the early mercantilist theorists of bourgeois international relations; they constituted an even less robust version of the eight points of the 1941 Atlantic Charter crafted by Roosevelt and Churchill. Nonetheless, they were enshrined in the constitution of Peoples’ China:

China pursues an independent foreign policy, observes the five principles of mutual respect for sovereignty and territorial integrity, mutual nonaggression, mutual noninterference in internal affairs, equality and mutual benefit, and peaceful coexistence, keeps to a path of peaceful development, follows a mutually beneficial strategy of opening up, works to develop diplomatic relations and economic and cultural exchanges with other countries, and promotes the building of a human community with a shared future. [my emphasis]

By the end of the 1950s, The CPC had rejected the first of the “three great policies”: the “alliance with Russia”. The PRC had embarked on a period of bitter conflict with the USSR, culminating with a split in the unity of the World Communist Movement. It is source of great irony that many of the charges the CPC made against the Soviets in the Mao era were and are features of China today that have drawn the same charges from some on the left: The Chinese attacked the Soviet policy of peaceful coexistence with the US, taunting the US as a paper tiger; they accused the Soviets of being “social-imperialist” intent on global hegemony; they claimed a restoration of capitalism in the Soviet Union; they accused the Soviet Party of revising Marxism-Leninism. All charges that resonate for some in current policies of Peoples’ China.

It is difficult to reconcile the Five Principles with the PRC support for the US proxies in the former Portuguese African colonies. For over a decade, the PRC sided with South Africa, Israel, the US, and bogus liberation movements in Angola, Mozambique, and Guinea-Bissau, delivering weapons, training, and material support to surrogates fighting the internationally recognized freedom fighters. It was left for thousands of Cuban internationalists to give their lives to finally close the door on this ugly chapter and open the door to the fall of Apartheid.

It is difficult to reconcile the Five Principles with the PRC 1979 invasion of Vietnam, ostensibly in response to Democratic Vietnam’s overthrow of the Khmer Rouge — an intervention, if principally motivated, that cannot be squared with the PRC’s vocal denunciation of the Warsaw alliance’s engagement in Czechoslovakia in 1968.

It is difficult to reconcile the twists and turns of Peoples’ China’s foreign policies with its once radical denouncement of Soviet foreign policy as “social-imperialist.” The late, estimable Al Szymanski– a scrupulous researcher– met those charges in great detail (“Soviet Socialism and Proletarian Internationalism” in The Soviet Union: Socialist or Social-Imperialist?, 1983), showing that Soviet “export of capital” outside of the socialist community was minimal, largely limited to establishing enterprises that expedited trade. Soviet assistance was limited almost entirely to countries outside of or escaping the tyranny of global markets. Soviet trade was minimal — Szymanski argued that it was the world’s most self-sufficient system (no doubt often through forced isolation). Its importing of raw material was minimal: “In short the Soviet economy, unlike those of all Western imperialist countries… has no… need to subordinate less developed countries to obtain raw materials.”

Also, the Soviet Union frequently paid higher prices for imported goods than market prices. Citing Asha Datar, “[O]f the 12 leading export commodities studied…, six were consistently purchased by the USSR at higher than their world prices, three usually purchased at prices higher than those paid by the capitalist countries, and two purchased on a year to year basis sometimes above and sometimes below the world market price.”

Suffice it to say, the Soviet Union substantially subsidized trade with fraternal countries, especially within the socialist community (CMEA), Cuba receiving especially generous terms of exchange.

It would be interesting to compare the PRC’s current foreign policy with the internationalist standards set by the former Soviet Union.

Nonetheless, Peoples’ China — since the victory of the productionist line under Deng’s leadership — has largely been a force for stability in international relations. Over the last thirty or so years, the PRC has sought to maintain a peaceful stage for its trade-based economic expansion while the US and its capitalist allies have engaged in one bloody, imperialist adventure after another. Entry into the global market and acceptance into its market-based institutions has been well served by its Five Principles foreign policy.

But it has been naive to expect capitalist great powers to respect the high-minded, Enlightenment values of the Five Principles and simply stand by while the PRC rises to challenge their dominance of the world economy. Since Engels’ early writings, Marxists have understood that competition is the motor of the commodity-based economy. And since Lenin, Marxists have understood that competition between monopoly capitals and their hosts have spawned aggression and war.

It is equally naive — or disingenuous — to equate the Five Principles with the proletarian internationalism, class solidarity that has been embraced by the international Communist movement throughout the twentieth century. From Comintern activity, to the internationalist sacrifices made for democratic Spain, to the generous support for liberation movements, and the aid to the people of Vietnam, militant, principled internationalism differs fundamentally from the neutrality embodied in the Five Principles. The Five Principles serve a world with no injustice, a world without class struggle, a world without aggression and war.

Indeed, the solidarity advocated in the PRC constitution — “China consistently opposes imperialism, hegemonism and colonialism, works to strengthen its solidarity with the people of all other countries, supports oppressed peoples and other developing countries in their just struggles to win and safeguard their independence and develop their economies, and strives to safeguard world peace and promote the cause of human progress” — is inconsistent with the neutrality and non-intervention of the Five Principles, in any realistic sense.

Where neutrality may have borne few negative consequences during the PRC’s isolation from global markets, China’s profound economic relations with virtually every country in the twenty-first century, do have consequences, consequences of enormous moral impact.

Like other countries that engage economically or refrain from engaging economically (sanctions, tariffs, boycotts, blockades, etc.), the PRC must be judged by that engagement.

With the daily slaughter of Gazan civilians, the brutal actions of Israel cannot be separated from its trading partners: China, the US, Germany, Italy, Turkiye, Russia, France, South Korea, India, and Spain, in descending order of dollar volume of exports to Israel.

And now with the brazen, unprovoked Israeli attack on its putative “friend” Iran, the neutrality of the Five Principles is even less defensible. The “win-win” strategy of many CPC leaders and their allies is a utopian dream that social justice cannot afford.

The post Does China have an Internationalist Foreign Policy? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Greg Godels.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/19/does-china-have-an-internationalist-foreign-policy/feed/ 0 539933
Meet the Moment | World Refugee Day 2025 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/18/meet-the-moment-world-refugee-day-2025/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/18/meet-the-moment-world-refugee-day-2025/#respond Wed, 18 Jun 2025 21:32:26 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=0442d71f9929ba8c2b003e1d94863abd
This content originally appeared on International Rescue Committee and was authored by International Rescue Committee.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/18/meet-the-moment-world-refugee-day-2025/feed/ 0 539773
Protecting Q’eswachaka, the last Incan rope bridge https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/18/protecting-qeswachaka-the-last-incan-rope-bridge/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/18/protecting-qeswachaka-the-last-incan-rope-bridge/#respond Wed, 18 Jun 2025 18:51:11 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334930 People cross the last Incan rope bridge, which hangs above the rushing waters of the Apurimac River. Each June, local Indigenous communities rebuild the bridge from scratch. Photo by Michael Fox.Each June, the residents of four Indigenous communities in Peru rebuild the last Incan rope bridge. This is episode 48 of Stories of Resistance.]]> People cross the last Incan rope bridge, which hangs above the rushing waters of the Apurimac River. Each June, local Indigenous communities rebuild the bridge from scratch. Photo by Michael Fox.

A torrent of water rushes underneath, gray and angry. Wind whips. Thunder rumbles in the distance. Clouds threaten rain. And before you is a bridge.

But it is not just any bridge. It spans from one rocky cliff to the other, and it is strung together by rope and twine, bound and rebound for generations. Eternity. 

This is Q’eswachaka. The last Incan Bridge. It stands over 12,000 feet above sea level and spans 30 meters over the Apurimac River down in a majestic canyon never found by the Spanish.

It was once an important passage along the Qhapaq Ñan, a network of roads stretching more than 2,000 kilometers across the Incan empire, from present day Colombia all the way down to Chile and Argentina.

The bridge has lasted here for more than six centuries. But that is only possible because it is rebuilt every year. 

In early June, the residents of four Quechua communities hold a three-day-long festival, where they rebuild the bridge from scratch. First, they cut down the old one and let it drop into the water below. Then the women beat and work the straw they have brought from the highlands. They begin to weave it. Transform it into the fibers and the rope for the new bridge. The men build the rope flooring and the railings. Slowly, the bridge is built anew.

This is not just a task to be done, but an ancestral ceremony with song and dance, ritual. An ancient art passed down from generation to generation. Their own offering to Pachamama, Madre Tierra—Mother Earth.

The communal building of bridges like this was once cherished and embraced, and carried out by communities across the Incan Empire. But this, they say, is the last. And these communities are holding on, like the very bridge itself.

More than a river crossing, and a connection between two roads, this is a symbol of the community’s connection to their past, to their ancestors, to their culture, their traditions, to the next generations, to the land… and to Mother Earth.

###

Hi folks, thanks for listening. I’m your host Michael Fox. 

The Q’eswachaka festival is happening right now in the Peruvian mountains south of Cuzco. 

It was an honor to visit the location earlier this year. 

You can check out some exclusive pictures and drone footage that I shot on my Patreon. That’s patreon.com/mfox. There you can also follow my reporting and support my work and this podcast.

This is Stories of Resistance, a podcast series co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment or leave a review.

As always, thanks for listening. See you next time.


Q’eswachaka is the last Incan rope bridge. It’s located down in a valley in the Andes mountains of Peru. And in early June, the residents of four Quechua communities hold a three-day-long festival, where they rebuild the bridge from scratch.

This is not just a task to be done, but an ancestral ceremony. A means of holding on to their traditions and the story—resisting modernity and the passage of time, by preserving this piece of their history and their culture.

The bridge itself is a symbol of the community’s connection to their past, to their ancestors, to the next generations, to the land… and to Mother Earth.

This is episode 48 of Stories of Resistance—a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. 

And please consider signing up for the Stories of Resistance podcast feed, either in Spotify, Apple Podcasts, Spreaker, or wherever you listen.

To see exclusive pictures and video of the last Incan rope bridge, you can visit Michael Fox’s Patreon: patreon.com/mfox. There you can also follow his reporting and support his work and this podcast.

Written and produced by Michael Fox.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/18/protecting-qeswachaka-the-last-incan-rope-bridge/feed/ 0 539704
Israel-Iran war ‘more dangerous than we imagine’, says Middle East Eye editor https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/18/israel-iran-war-more-dangerous-than-we-imagine-says-middle-east-eye-editor/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/18/israel-iran-war-more-dangerous-than-we-imagine-says-middle-east-eye-editor/#respond Wed, 18 Jun 2025 05:53:34 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=116320 Pacific Media Watch

The Big Picture Podcast host, New Zealand-Egyptian journalist and author Mohamed Hassan, interviews Middle East Eye editor-in-chief David Hearst about the rapidly unfolding war between Israel and Iran, why the West supports it, and what it threatens to unleash on the global order.

What does Israel really want to achieve, what options does Iran have to deescalate, and will the United States stop the war, or join it as is being hinted?

Hearst says the war is “more dangerous than we imagine” and notes that while most Western leadership still backs Israel, there has been a strong shift in world public opinion against Tel Aviv.

He says Israel has lost most of the world’s support, most of the Global South, most African states, Brazil, South Africa, China and Russia.

Hearst says the world is witnessing the “cynical tailend of the colonial era” among Western states.


The era of peace is over.             Video: Middle East Eye

Iran ‘unlikely to surrender’
Ali Vaez, the Iran project director at the International Crisis Group, says Iran is unlikely to “surrender to American terms” and that there is a risk the war on Iran could “bring the entire region down”.

Vaez told Al Jazeera in an interview that US President Donald Trump “provided the green light for Israel to attack Iran” just two days before the president’s special envoy, Steve Witkoff, was due to meet with the Iranians in the Oman capital of Muscat.

Imagine viewing, from the Iranian perspective, Trump giving the go-ahead for the attack while at the same time saying that diplomacy with Tehran was still ongoing, Vaez said.

Now Trump “is asking for Iranian surrender” on his Truth Social platform, he said.

“I think the only thing that is more dangerous than suffering from Israeli and American bombs is actually surrendering to American terms,” Vaez said.

“Because if Iran surrenders on the nuclear issue and on the demands of President Trump, there is no end to the slippery slope, which would eventually result in regime collapse and capitulation anyway.”

Most Americans oppose US involvement
Meanwhile, a new survey has reported that most Americans oppose US military involvement in the conflict.

The survey by YouGov showed that some 60 percent of Americans surveyed thought the US military should not get involved in the ongoing hostilities between Israel and Iran.

Only 16 percent favoured US involvement, while 24 percent said they were not sure.

Among the Democrats, those who opposed US intervention were at 65 percent, and among the Republicans, it was 53 percent. Some 61 percent of independents opposed the move.

The survey also showed that half of Americans viewed Iran as an enemy of the US, while 25 percent said it was “unfriendly”.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/18/israel-iran-war-more-dangerous-than-we-imagine-says-middle-east-eye-editor/feed/ 0 539551
Why Abby Stein—a transgender rabbi raised ultra-orthodox—stands up for Palestine https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/17/why-abby-stein-a-transgender-rabbi-raised-ultra-orthodox-stands-up-for-palestine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/17/why-abby-stein-a-transgender-rabbi-raised-ultra-orthodox-stands-up-for-palestine/#respond Tue, 17 Jun 2025 19:21:33 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334893 Rabbi Abby Stein talks through a loudspeaker as North American rabbis, led by Rabbis for Ceasefire, hold a Passover protest at the Erez Crossing, Israel, on April 26, 2024 to demand increased humanitarian aid for Gaza. Photo by JACOB LAZARUS/Middle East Images/AFP via Getty Images“Queer people know what it means to struggle against the government, know what it means to struggle against the status quo. And, most importantly, we're not as easily controlled…”]]> Rabbi Abby Stein talks through a loudspeaker as North American rabbis, led by Rabbis for Ceasefire, hold a Passover protest at the Erez Crossing, Israel, on April 26, 2024 to demand increased humanitarian aid for Gaza. Photo by JACOB LAZARUS/Middle East Images/AFP via Getty Images

Raised in an ultra-orthodox Hasidic Jewish community in Brooklyn, Rabbi Abby Stein has had a long, painful, beautiful journey to coming out as a transgender woman and becoming a fierce opponent of Zionism and Israel’s Occupation and ethnic cleansing of Palestinians. In this episode of The Marc Steiner Show, Marc speaks with Rabbi Stein about her journey, and about the need to simultaneously fight Israel’s genocide in Gaza and the right’s fascist assault on the rights of LGBTQ+ people here in the US.

Guest:

  • Rabbi Abby Stein is the tenth-generation descendant of the Baal Shem Tov, the founder of the Hasidic movement. Raised in an ultra-orthodox Hasidic Jewish community in Brooklyn, Stein came out as a woman in 2015 and now serves as a rabbi for Congregation Kolot Chayeinu, a progressive synagogue. In 2019, she served on the steering committee for the Women’s March in Washington, DC, and she was named by the Jewish Week as one of the “36 Under 36” Jews who are affecting change in the world. She is the author of Becoming Eve: My Journey from Ultra-Orthodox Rabbi to Transgender Woman.

Additional resources:

Credits:

  • Studio Production: Cameron Granadino
  • Audio Post-Production: Alina Nehlich
Transcript

The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

Marc Steiner:

Welcome to the Marc Steiner Show here on The Real News. I’m Marc Steiner. It’s great to have you all with us. Now my guest today is Rabbi Abby Stein. She was born and grew up in Williamsburg in Brooklyn to an ultra orthodox Hasidic Jewish world to a family that lived in Israel for generations from about the age five. She knew she was a girl, but she was stuck as a 10th generation descendant of Basov, the founder of Hasidic Judaism. But in 2015, rabbi Stein came out as trans, and after being raised as a boy in Aida community, she went through an extremely difficult and powerful struggle to define herself and become who she is. She, as she says, was groomed to become a rabbi and community leader and she is, but not in the way her ultra orthodox community expected. Many ultra Orthodox Jews are anti Zionists, in part because they’re waiting for the Messiah to come to save them.

But for Rabbi Stein, it was an underpinning for her solidarity with the Palestinian people. She became an outspoken leader in the fight to end the occupation to free Palestinians and Palestine to tie the struggle of trans and queer communities to the struggle for Palestinian people. She lives the mantra of not in our name. She’s a tireless fighter to end the slaughter in Gaza and is a founding member and organizer with Rabbis for a ceasefire and she’s the author of the book Becoming Eve, my Journey from Ultra Orthodox Rabbi to Transgender Woman and welcome to the program.

Rabbi Abby Stein:

Thank you, Marc. It’s really great to be here. I will say, just to start, in case you end up cutting out our pre-show part that I already love being here because we had a great conversation about the tallis—my tallis and your tallis, and that’s a great start to a conversation.

Marc Steiner:

We could just talk about the tallis and be done with it.

Rabbi Abby Stein:

Well, I do feel that a tallis incorporates a lot specifically my, I’m very proud of my tallis, but let’s talk about other stuff as well.

Marc Steiner:

Yes. So there’s some things here I think that are really important for people to understand from the very top, and one has to do, and I’m going to start in a political way if you don’t mind.

Rabbi Abby Stein:

Please. Life is political, specifically when you’re trans and Jewish

Marc Steiner:

Can’t get away from

Rabbi Abby Stein:

Reality. You can then you shouldn’t try to, I think in my opinion.

Marc Steiner:

I agree completely. I’ve been that way since I was a kid, so I understand, yes, but I want to talk about you as a Jewish woman and as a rabbi, as an activist. And so I really want to explore your journey as a Jewish person to stand up for Palestinian rights, which in many ways is very hard. I mean, I can remember decades back, it was very hard to do that. I mean, physical fights broke out sometimes in meetings around this. So I’m going to hear about your journey that opened you up to the very difficult subject as a Jew to say, Israel is in the wrong here and what we’re doing is wrong.

Rabbi Abby Stein:

Well, here’s what I need to start just to place this for a second. So I will say over the past years I’ve been involved in this work even way before October 7th. First time I did a tour of the West Bank was back in 2017 already at the time Breaking the Silence, which are Israeli soldiers or former Israeli soldiers who are literally breaking the silence on a lot of the violations that come with occupations specifically in the West Bank. So obviously I’ve been doing this for a while, but over the past few years and I think it has gotten even more intense. So over the past 19, 20 months, I’ve had a lot of conversations with people who are trying in their own wards to deconstruct or undo the Zionist upbringing that they grow up with the way way they were taught about Israel. Usually not in a one most American Jews at least. I think that is changing a lot, but I don’t say most, A lot of American Jews didn’t necessarily grow up with anti Palestinian hatred so much. I apologize for the sirens. It is New York City.

Marc Steiner:

That’s okay

Rabbi Abby Stein:

A lot. Even people who didn’t necessarily grow up in a lot of them coming from families, which used to be, I don’t know, I haven’t seen any recent studies, but used to be the majority opinion of American Jews with dislike, quote unquote two state solution and so on. Even so, they grew up with this really utopian version of Israel, this a lot of Zionism, a lot of Israel is always right and we should never bash Israel. A lot of those ideas. There’s literally a film now called Israelism, which has a lot. I know Simone is a good friend who is the protagonist of the film, and then Aaron who was one of the producers, but also a good friend and another fellow queer Jew. So I have a lot of conversations with people around that. And one of the things that’s very interesting, because I think for the first time in my life there is suddenly something that I was told as a child that I am really happy about.

I never had to do that because I wasn’t raised Zionist quite the opposite. I was raised extremely anti-Zionist. If I go back into my ancestors and something that I guess now I can say with pride, neither one of my parents, neither any four of my great grandparents or any eight of my great great grandparents, and I can keep going though. I will say by the time I get to my great great grandparents, I don’t have 16, I have less because my family loves marrying cousins. But that’s a separate conversation. But the point being, as far as I know, I have no direct ancestors at any point that were ever Zionists and quite the opposite. Specifically a lot of people who were part of the religious anti-Zionist community, I wouldn’t even say a lot. Basically everyone who’s part of the religious anti-Zionist community in the US knows my grandfather.

That’s my father’s father’s father who was kind of the lead speaker at anti-Israel protests going back to the early 1950s. So I was raised in a religious anti-Zionist community. Now I have to say a few things, religious antis, Zionism is very different than kind of what I call social justice and but they are not unrelated, but specifically the parts that I’m so grateful for as much as I with a lot of the reasoning and a lot of the other ideas that I grew up with generally and including around Israel and Zionism. One admittedly really easy part was that I just was never Zionist. Israel was never great. Israel was always a horrible, and I was told stuff that I wouldn’t repeat to this day negative stuff about Israel and about Zionists that I wouldn’t repeat and I’m not going to repeat stuff that involved the Holocaust

Marc Steiner:

Can I ask you a question? I’m not going to ask you to tell me what it is. What do you mean you wouldn’t repeat it? I mean, what’s

Rabbi Abby Stein:

Meaning some things… like, I was told to blame Zionism for certain atrocities that I don’t want to even want to do to this day.

Things that happened to the Jewish people and things, I think people might figure out what I’m talking about. And people who know religious anti Zionists, at least the ones that I grew up with in Williamsburg could have a sense of that. But at the core, what is so important, because you asked me to talk about how I got to this journey in some ways I had a leg up. I was never indoctrinated. I think specifically after watching Israelism, I feel very comfortable saying I was never brainwashed into liking Zionism, into liking Israel in any way or form. The reasoning might’ve been different than where I am today, even though it has similarities, but I just was never there. It was a very brief second, I would say between 2012 to 2014, where as part of my rejection of what I was told growing up and part of leaving the Hasidic community, I kind of was like, okay, I guess now I have to be a Zionist, which is something that happens to a lot of people who leave an anti-Zionist religious community because such a big part of your identity.

So if you reject, you reject everything. But then as soon as I got to know what secular religion, what Zionism really is, it never worked for me. I never bought into. And I would say for me, the final breaking point of my very short attempt to be like, oh, maybe design thing is interesting, was ironically going on a birthright trip, which I feel very complicated about and I don’t think people should go on that trip, but that’s a separate conversation, which I didn’t know much at the time coming directly out of the Hasidic community. But that was kind of the end of it, kind of seeing the really unrealistic version of the land that they were given. But I will say though the core of religious anti-Zionism, there’s two main parts to it. Almost all Hasidic communities, maybe Haba notwithstanding though, even though Haba is very nationalist, they’re rather Jewish nationalists and they are Zionists, they don’t fully adhere to what we call today modern political Zionism either, but I’m not going to talk about Habad.

But outside of Habad, the vast majority of Hasidic communities are at least nominally anti-Zionist or non Zionist, and most of them don’t support the Israeli government. My government, I don’t just mean the current government, any government and Israeli government of everything. And there’s two parts to it. There’s the fact that Israel is not a religious state and Hebrew does a term for that which is called Medina, which means a state that fully follows Jewish law. We’re talking to an extreme where people break Shabbat are punished, where all the laws are basically they have an issue with Israel not being a theocracy. That is a problem that exists basically for all Hasidic and most Haredi, most ultra orthodox people across the board. But then there’s an additional part which is a belief that again, most Hasidic communities have, which is that the state or the idea of what we have been praying for the ion Zion that we have been praying for three times a day, this idea of a Jewish state of redemption of what’s called the gula that we have been waited for, this is not it.

And more importantly, they believe that that is something that will become directly from heaven as opposed to something that we will fight for. And this is actually something very interesting because in many ways when people bring up this, how can you not be Zionist and bring up this, we pray about it three times a day and bring up this consistent Jewish yearning and I’m like, are you out of your mind? This is what we’ve been waiting for. I grew up with a very exotic version of the temple, like the times when the temple existed and this yearning for a better word, I was told that when the Messiah is going to come or they have a term La Lavo and the world to come, not necessarily in heaven the way a lot of Christianity thinks about it, but just like in a world to come on earth, even like in a perfect utopia, there will be no wars, there will be no violence.

Everything that we want will grow on trees. There will be an economy that it’s very much not capitalist and so many ideals in this yearning that we have persona to come and tell me that modern Zionism and Israel, this is what we have been waiting for. It is emotionally extremely disappointing and unacceptable, but also I think it says something really bad. You think this is what we’ve been waiting for D. But that is the part where I think religious anti Zionism has something to tell any person who thinks about Z Zionism in Israel on an emotional level, but their biggest concern is religion. The biggest concern is that Jews are not allowed the very short version. Jews are not allowed to have a state until it’s given by God usually through a messiah that’s going to come riding on a donkey from heaven. I’m not sugarcoating or anything. I do not believe that there is going to be a messiah coming riding on a donkey from heaven.

Marc Steiner:

Wait, wait, wait, many of you don’t believe Messiah is coming.

Rabbi Abby Stein:

I said, I do not believe in a messiah that’s going to come riding on a donkey. I think that as a human part, I think Messiah to a lot of people throughout history for 2000 years has been a wish that was more abstract than specific. It was more this idea of an idealistic time, which you already be seen in the prophets where everyone sits in their vineyards and under their F vines and there’s no war and so on. All of those beautiful things which are beautiful ideals, but to me that’s not a belief. I think it’s a world that I want to work towards and a world that we should work towards. But again, this is another part where I think it’s very easy and people love to take religious anti Zionists and be like, they’re different. Some of it is different, but some of it is actually ideas that we can relate to it.

But I want to say another part to it. My grandmother was born in Jerusalem, raised in Jerusalem pre state, my grandmother’s family, basically all of her siblings, she has I know eight to 10 siblings, I’ll have to count, but they all live there. She comes from a family that is part of what’s called the old issue. They’re part of this core religious community that predates not just the state, they predate modern Zionism. You’re usually defined as communities that have been there since before 1880, which is when the first modern political Zionism began and the first organized what they call aliya going up to the land began. And they have a very strong connection to the land. Give you an example. My grandmother has a brother who tries never to sleep outside of Jerusalem and never to leave the holy land. And to him that means he wouldn’t even go to yah because that’s not considered a holy land.

These people who are very attached to the land have been for a very long time, but their attachment to the land to me sounds a lot more to when I talk to Palestinians and here dare attachment to the land then Zionism. And to give an example two, actually two of my grandmother’s siblings are currently judges and one of them is part of the chief kind of high court of what’s called, which is the flagship anti-Zionist institution in Jerusalem. So there are these people who have a very strong relationship to what it means to be attached to the land or what it means to have a big part of it, both as Jews for 2000 years and as people who have literally been there their entire lives while at the same time a very clear and I would say a moral clarity and opposition to any form of political Zionism and to the state. And there is a part in that that is just political. It’s not just religious. My grandmother more than once would say stuff like Zionism destroyed my country.

And I will be honest and say that every time my grandmother said that as a child, we all made fun of her and we would be like, come on Bobby, what really we did grow up the Hasidic community is unfortunately quite racist. And we’re like, yeah, really you want the Arabs to be in charge? And I’m not going to go into that whole thing. I was definitely, I was not a well-behaved child and teenager. I’m not going to pretend otherwise, but the point being, the point I’m trying to get to, and I think for me it allowed me to have both a strong relationship to what it means to be related to this land, both from a historical perspective and from a very little like my dad was born in Jerusalem. My grandmother’s great-grandmother is buried on the Mount of olives. I can go back to any point basically since the 16th century and I will have a direct ancestor that is buried somewhere either around Jerusalem or earlier they lived up north around fer.

The point is there’s this very strong connection. There’s very strong boat, religious, spiritual, and just human connection with a very strong understanding that the state of Israel is just not it. And as a result, I will say, and people always like to tell me that most religious anti Zionists outside of the Tura character, which is T character, is the kind of people that you will see showing up at a lot of pro-Palestinian protests and so on. I will say it very clearly, I do not like them. Their motivations are far from good and I have a lot of opinions about them, but outside of them and I did not grow up with them. I grew up just in general. I knew a lot of them, A lot of them live in Williamsburg, but it’s not what I was raised with. But just general anti-Zionism, it’s very easy to write it off.

That has nothing to do with kind of caring for Palestinian based anti-Zionism and it doesn’t fully because those are they religious people whose religious beliefs don’t really let them care for anyone who isn’t them, which is unrelated. I will say a lot of Hasidic people unfortunately are equal opportunity haters. They’re not necessarily racist, they’re just everyone who isn’t them in a both spiritual and human way. But we’re not going to talk about that. But there are parts of it. For example, even this religious anti-Zionist rabbinical cord that I mentioned that I have two great uncles who are judges on it and so on, and I disagree with 99% of what those people stand for and what they do. But one of the things for example that I saw after about a few weeks after October 7th, which is a letter that they released and to them because Israel they believe has religiously no right to exist.

The actions that Israel is taking like killing Palestinians is unjustifiable because who gave you the right to kill people? And that is a part that is very relatable. So I wanted to just put that out there. So for me, as much as I had to redefine and rethink a lot of my ideas and I would say my anti-Zionism and the way I approach Israel today has a lot more to do with the fact that I have gotten to know how Palestinians are treated and I’ve gotten to see really what’s going on on the ground in the West Bank in Gaza and I’ve gotten to most importantly actually make friends. I’m not talking people acquaintance, I’m talking really close friends who are Palestinian. It was definitely easier to get to that point when I never had to deconstruct Zionism. I wasn’t raised with Zionism, I never had to get rid of it, so to speak. What I will say is that for me really getting to know what’s going on on the ground it’s about has really galvanized me to fight for it. There is a world in which if Zionists love to say that it was like a land with no people for people with no land, which obviously we all know was never accurate,

But in a hypothetically if that was the case, if really if Zionism was founded on an actually actual empty land, which it wasn’t, and if the state of Israel existed on a land that really didn’t have any other occupants, which very importantly again that was never the case, it’s still very possible that I wouldn’t be a huge supporter with the way I grew up and I probably would’ve still grown up with an opposition to it, but there wouldn’t be anything pushing me to fight it. It sounds really cool, even emotional, I admit to this day, every time I go visit even now I spend a month in Palestine with rabbis for ceasefire in a lot of other groups on a tour that was organized by a Palestinian group underground and I still get emotional. I grew up only with the Hebrew alphabet speaking Yiddish and Hebrew, and it is emotional to see people who think that they have accomplished what they have yearned through for 2000 years, which again, I think it’s very sad that that’s what you were yearning for. I think we were yearning for something way better and more important, but there is a lot of emotions to it. So what really has galvanized me, what keeps me going to keep fighting is Palestinians is the plight of Palestinians, is the fact of people being kept under occupation, under siege and now genocide for so long. So that is kind of my own personal journey, which is constantly evolving

Marc Steiner:

What you concluded with at this moment. Before we jump into the other part of this conversation, I want to explore a minute because it goes to the heart. I think of the dilemma for a lot of Jewish people when it comes to Israel and Palestine, which what you described is your emotional attachment to a place, and I relate to that completely. I mean you grow up with a prayer next year in Jerusalem, it’s always in your head, even if you’re not a Zionist, it’s in your head.

Rabbi Abby Stein:

I would say I want to you mention next year in Jerusalem. There’s something very interesting that I love to tell people about it because people always try to use that against anti-Zionist Jews and I’m like, I don’t know what you’re talking about because I have been holidays in Jerusalem with my family. I’ve been both in religious context for holidays in Jerusalem and in after leaving the community, and we still say next year in Jerusalem while being in Jerusalem, which makes it very clear and obvious that the Jerusalem that exists now, that the state that exists now is not what we have ever meant when we sat next year in Jerusalem.

Marc Steiner:

I like that

Rabbi Abby Stein:

Analysis. The prayer of Hanah Ian is an anti ionist prayer because we are saying it right now and it’s said for people who live in Jerusalem and the old city and in the new city to this day as they are dear, which makes it very clear that we’re not talking about the current state of Israel. We’re not talking about current Zionism, we’re not talking about current Jerusalem, we’re talking about something different.

Marc Steiner:

I have to digression, which is not unusual for this kind conversation. But so what you just said, have you ever used that in shul in a sermon in synagogue talking

Rabbi Abby Stein:

About I have. I have, yes,

Marc Steiner:

I’m sure you have.

Rabbi Abby Stein:

Yes,

Marc Steiner:

Because I’ve never really heard it expressed that way.

Rabbi Abby Stein:

I mean, it’s everything about it. It’s like every prayer, the fact that religious and even not just, I’m not talking about religious ISTs. I’m talking rated people, even religious people are not outside and religious Zionists and conservative Jews and reform Jews, everyone you say all of these prayer, I mean there are some people, very hardcore religious Zionists, usually the same people who are pushing to go up to the temple mountain and so on, but they are a tiny, tiny, they make up probably 1% of 1%. They’re very small. They maybe have changed some of the things, but for most people, I mean there’s the reform movement which had originally removed all of it because they didn’t believe in an attachment to a land, which is a whole other conversation. But people who do say those prayers say it even on the ground, they pray about it right now, which makes it very clear that they have that they know and believe that we haven’t gotten to any of this yet, that whatever this modern state is is not what we have been praying for.

Marc Steiner:

So I’m going to come back to what you just said, but I want to talk a bit about your own journey and struggle

Inside the Jewish world. Inside the Orthodox world as a young transgender woman and the pain of that struggle, but also the journey you took. It was pretty amazing. I mean for you to have done what you’ve done and to stand out and affirm who you are as a woman and stand up to the power of this super orthodox, Hasidic Jewish world and losing so much of those around you who loved you because you stood up. Describe that journey for us so people can really understand who you are and what you went through to get to the place that you are.

Rabbi Abby Stein:

How much time do you have? We

Marc Steiner:

Got about 10.

Rabbi Abby Stein:

You got about 10 minutes. You were going to say 10 minutes.

Marc Steiner:

I was going to say the thing with smart ass, but I decided not to

Rabbi Abby Stein:

Because obviously this is a long story. I wrote a book about it you did called Becoming Eve, which came out in 2019. I have a second book coming out in September and I’m working on a few other ones. My book Becoming Eve was just a play also named Becoming Eve that just ran off Broadway through the New York Theater Workshop. The point that I’m trying to get at, I’ve been telling this story for 10 years and still haven’t told everything.

Obviously there’s a lot and I think that’s the case for everyone. I think, and I want to say this, I think every human being has an interesting story. I do admit that I tell people a lot that my before and after pictures tend to be a lot more eye catching than a lot of other ones, but that is to no credit of my own. It’s just by chance of where I was born into and so on. So I want to put that out there. What was it? I want to try a very basic, let’s see, maybe I can get it down to a few minutes of what it was to grow up and the struggle around that. So I think one of the things I like to say a lot is that a lot of L-G-B-T-Q people, I think that is true for gay lesbian and bisexual pansexual people and so on.

And even more so for people who try to figure out their gender and deal with their gender. A lot of people identify a moment, an aha moment, a light switch moment, whatever you want to call it, where they’re like, oh, okay, this is not who I am. And what’s interesting to me is that I tried and I tried a lot, including in therapy, which I’m a huge fan of to sometimes I go back to was there a moment in my life where I ever internally identified or was a boy? And there the first earliest memories that I have are me thinking why does everyone think I’m a boy? Which again, everyone has their own story, but that was for me, the case. It was a struggle. People tell me a lot, oh, you must’ve been struggling with your gender. And I’m like, my sexuality took me a while to figure out exactly my gender. I never struggled with, I think people were struggling with my gender and I struggled on how to express that and how to live

With that gender, but to me, there was never a time where I was like, okay, I’m a boy. Fine. And then something happened and I’m no longer fine with that. I just was, it never made any sense to me. And there’s this conscious memory that I have when I was four of this very strong realization that, oh, everyone thinks that I’m a boy and now how do I deal with this? Because I don’t think that’s true. And there was a lot of different stages throughout my life. There’s a prayer that’s also in my book, something I wrote when I was six years old of I want to wake up as a girl growing up with this very strong religious belief that God can do everything, which is what I was told as a child. And I was like, okay, so why can’t I just be a girl?

Then at some point it involved my own, I was eight or nine years old at the time, but this idea that I can do a full body transplant, which is one of those things that I was thinking about at some point, and then all of those ideas struggling at least consciously for a good nine years. And I remember then when I was 12 and I remember the moment that it happened because that I guess was light bulb going off moment where I was just like, when you grow up in such a gender segregated community that in just the segregated community as a whole, I would say there were two segregations in the community I grew up in, I grew up in Williamsburg in New York City, but everything and everyone around me was specific. So the Hasid community as much as I can specifically for children and for teens, they keep you segregated from the outside world.

And there’s some people who go their entire lives like that. Both of my parents don’t have a single friend that isn’t part of the community. And I mean, I’m not saying there are some adults in the community that work outside the community and maybe do have friends, but at least the ideal is to just be on their own. So there’s that segregation of we are Jewish, we do talk a lot about us being Hasidic Jews, but we don’t necessarily separate ourselves from other Orthodox Jews are nots. So there’s this Jewish identity that’s very big part of who we are. And then within the community there is this really intense gender segregation. I’m talking like at every community gathering a literal wall at weddings, there is a wall, men and women.

So there’s this two parts. There’s like you are a Jew, you are a boy. And I would say for me in that moment, the closest thing that I can identify to an aha moment was when I was 12 and I remember very clearly it was the first time I got kicked out of classroom because of questions that I asked that resulted from this idea of I can no longer trust anyone because I have this very strong, supposedly I’m a boy, I’m going to an all boy school, I am in synagogue, I’m on the men’s side at weddings, I’m on the men’s side. I always belong to one side and that is 100% wrong. I never really struggled with that that much. It was just like everyone is wrong and that’s it. Why would I trust and accept anything else that I’m told around religion?

That was a really big moment because here’s what I’m going to say. By the time I left eight years later when I was 20, it wasn’t just because of my gender and sexuality. It was almost, it was a religious decision, it was a theological decision. But what put me down that kind of track of to start asking a lot of those questions was that moment. And then I remember it was in eighth grade and I asked a question about something in the Talmud that we were studying, if it’s real, basically questioning the validity of something that Talmud says, which again, I’m not going to say there are no other specific people who question it, but I will say there aren’t many 12 year olds who do. I think a lot of people who do question, which for me later ended up leading down to questioning everything, the validity of the Bible.

Does God exist as Judaism? Right? All of those questions, I think a lot of people get to that, but usually it takes a bit longer. It would’ve taken me a lot longer if I didn’t have that moment of realizing that I just can’t trust what I’m being told. I will say there’s a lot of traumatic moments. There’s a moment when I was writing my book for example, I had a vague memory of something that happened when I was four that involved me trying to take matters into my own hand, more details in the book, but we’re going to keep it PG 13 on here. And I had this memory and I remember that my mom caught me and to this day, and I’ve tried by myself, I’ve tried exposure therapy, I’ve tried talk which tried different ways of trying to uncover that memory and I start shaking physically if I try to do that, there’s a lot of trauma attached to it.

And throughout my life there was because gender plays such a strong role of who you are, it was very traumatic. My entire wedding is a blurb. I got married when I was 18, arranged marriage, and it was a blurb because I was feeling, for lack of a better word, traumatized by the fact that this is not who it’s supposed to be. I’m on the wrong side of this literal wall separating men and women. It was constantly there. But those were those from when I was 12 to 20. There were those two parts that went together. I tried to find different ways of dealing or praying or I am wearing the shirt that says Gay the pray away. I dunno if you can read that.

Marc Steiner:

It’s “Gay the pray away.”

Rabbi Abby Stein:

Yeah, it’s a twist on pray the gay away. This is gay. The pray away. I would say for a very long time I tried to pray the trans away, literally trying or just trying to figure out different ways of how can I deal with this reality? And obviously there was no way in the Hasidic community, the Hasid community is, I used to joke when I started doing my activist work that I want the Hasidic community to become transphobic and what do I mean by that? I don’t want anyone to be transphobic. But growing up in the Hasidic community, I didn’t know that trans people exist. I didn’t know that there were other trans people until I was 20. When I went on the internet for the first time, there was no conversation. No one said anything negative. No one even said anything homophobic to be honest, really, but homophobic.

Marc Steiner:

How old were you then?

Rabbi Abby Stein:

I was 20. I was married and I have a son. Yes. I was 20 when I first got on the internet. Yeah,

Marc Steiner:

So you were 20 years old before you even understood,

Rabbi Abby Stein:

Before I even have words for it before I knew there were other people like me. And I will say the closest that I got when I was 16, I got very into Kabbalah. I got very into Jewish mysticism and I was reading and specifically there’s a book called The Doors to Reincarnation, and I have that text, it’s going to be actually my book coming out in September, this actual text that talks about how sometimes there’s a mismatch between someone’s body and someone’s soul, which to me was very easy to just be like the soul is identity. It very much is the soul, is basically the kaist idea to talk about who you are beyond your flesh and blood. And that had a very positive impact on me because it was, and I think it’s part of the reason why even stayed in the community for an extra few years between 16 and 20, was the fact that I started finding some texts that started making sense to me.

I still didn’t know that there are trans people out, so it wasn’t like I knew that if I leave the community I will find more support and those texts talk about what made a bit sense to me. But other than that, I had, I didn’t know the word trans. I didn’t know there’s other people. I really objectively had no idea that it exists and a big part of the work that I’ve been doing, including sometimes making noise, which some people are like, oh, you’re just trying to make trouble. And I’m like maybe a bit. But the bigger part of it is that I want Hasidic people to know that trans people exist and that has been accomplished. Probably one of my biggest accomplishment accomplishments, I would say it out loud very clearly that I consider is the fact that Hasidic people, kids and adults right now know that trans people exist.

It comes with a lot of hate. It doesn’t come with a lot of acceptance. It’s not in any way in a positive way, but just to look on the fact that I was the first person has been raised Hasidic as far as I know, and I think I would know. I don’t think there’s any other person who has been raised Hasid who came out before I came out. There was a lot of trans people in the closet, but one who came out publicly and since there have been more than a dozen, so it’s very obviously changed something and I’m very proud of that.

Marc Steiner:

It should be.

Rabbi Abby Stein:

But the struggle in the community wasn’t as much a struggle with transphobia than a struggle for I exist.

Marc Steiner:

I mean because what you’re describing for people who don’t know it, I mean the hasta communities, the super Orthodox communities are like these isolated medieval worlds.

Rabbi Abby Stein:

Yeah, well, I would say by now, not as isolated as the community leaders want because of the internet,

But still very, I would still say that I don’t know, this is I would say an educated guess, but I would imagine that about 50% of the community have no internet access whatsoever, and the other 50% have versions of a lot of people just have what they call the kosher filtered internet, and then there’s a lot of people who secretly and publicly have full internet access. I’d say as far for the community leaders, the fact that 50% do have internet access is a huge problem. They have literally, you can look that up in 2012, which was actually the first time I ever went to a stadium. The first time I was ever at a stadium was to protest the internet. I’m not kidding. Look up the city field anti internet gathering in 2012, which is almost ironic. It’s a fair nory stating of the protests, the internet. Yeah.

Marc Steiner:

So your transformation out of a deeply religious Hasidic and non Zionist world as a Jew…

Rabbi Abby Stein:

Not just “non,” an anti-Zionist world,

Marc Steiner:

Yes, anti, and your transition and the struggle you went through to transform into who you are as a woman. And when you see the struggle of Palestinians today, to me there’s kind of a thread here that ties them together.

Rabbi Abby Stein:

There is

Marc Steiner:

Because I can remember,

Rabbi Abby Stein:

Can I add some more to maybe it’s me adding words into your mind. I think for me, a big part of what I’m seeing as the struggle is the struggle to get people to listen to your struggle and to believe you.

So much of the conversation in the US, at least around trans people and so much about the conversation about Palestinians revives around people not believing the struggles and or blaming you for your struggles saying that it’s your fault you did something wrong. And that’s why I occupy that kind of like this old abuser note of, look what you made me do. The amount of time, the amount of people that I hear saying that the reason there is all these pushback against trans people coming from the person who shall not be named running this country and all of this hateful, racist, and harmful people. The amount of times they say, oh, all of this pushback comes because you asked for it because you started talking publicly about who you are because you did something wrong. And that’s why we need to discriminate against you is so similar to what the same kind of talk around Palestinians, you are occupied because you did something wrong, because you refused. That’s me saying it. It’s not exactly how they say it, but ultimately they’re saying you refuse to let your land get taken away peacefully or get split up peacefully. You refused to. The rule of this country that we have decided to support and so much is what we would call blaming the victim. And that is one of the ways where I see it so aligned. But ultimately I think the very short version to, I spent a lot of time out in college and after to study the history of empires and the history of power and imperialism generally, and I know the US is not technically an imperialist power because we don’t have a kink even though it looks like we’re about to have one.

So there’s all the way they only survive on creating very specific in and out groups and by having people behave a certain way. And in that way, both every minority, every group that dissents from the consensus is a threat. It’s why authoritarian societies are almost exclusively homophobic and transphobic because it tends to be that people who fight for their identities and fight for their own lives are not controlled that easily. To give you an example, something that hit me yesterday, I was at a big ice rally yesterday, marched for four hours, not fully squared. Then we went to the federal building all the way ended up in Washington Square Park and I was out and looking around. It was massive, thousands if not tens of thousands of people out. And I’m looking around and I tell my friend, this feels halfway like pride.

There were rainbow flags just looking around. There’s so many queer people. I would gander to say, and I don’t think it would be a lie, that maybe as much as at least a third, maybe even half of the people there were queer. And it wasn’t an L-G-B-T-Q rally in any way, a form, I mean obviously it’s attached in the homophobia and transphobia of this administration and their anti-immigrant rhetoric goes hand in hand. But this was a rally about ice and we were all there for that reason. But it ends up being so many queer people, and I don’t think that’s by chance throughout history, civil rights movements and people that movements that have fought for justice has had a lot of queer people. And the reason for that is because queer people know what it means to struggle against the government, know what it means to struggle against the status quo.

Well, and most importantly, we’re not as easily controlled. Similar to what I mentioned earlier, how in school I started questioning religion because of my identity being like, I can’t trust you. L-G-B-T-Q people and queer people have a very similar distrust of power, distrust of government, rightfully, and as a result, we’re not easily controlled. A big reason why authoritarians hate L-G-B-T-Q people is exactly that in part, sometimes it also has a religious part to it and just bigotry generally and hating of the other. And sometimes they don’t actually care about queer people. They just use queer people as a wedge issue and so on. All of those are real facts, but the reality is that we understand the struggles of minorities. We understand the struggles of the oppressed people. That’s why the fight for immigrants and the fight for Palestinians and the fight against occupation all over the world, whether it is in Palestine or in Ukraine or in Sudan or in Haiti and so many against imperial power in West Africa and so on. All of those things are intertwined both in the sense of we understand, which is something very interesting because it’s also very biblical. It’s very Jewish.

We’re told to use an example. There’s literally in the Torah when we’re told that we have to be nice to the stranger. There’s one of the commandments that is repeated the most in the Torah. The first five books of the Bible is a version of you should love the Stranger. And one of the times the reasoning given for that is, is because you understand the soul of the stranger for you strangers in Egypt. And I think that goes beyond just that one historical memory of something that let’s beyond a theater didn’t happen, which is beside the conversation, but it’s part of identity, but it’s also a general, something that is true for Jews. There is a reason why throughout history, at least since emancipation Jews were generally more liberal, more progressive. Why the bun? You have something like the bun. It’s like Jewish socialist, progressive, why

Progressive politics have always had so many Jews, everyone from Bernie Sanders to down on the ground in New York City and so on. Because we really understand these are all intertwined, not just as a moral issue when we say no one is free until everyone is free. It’s not just a moral statement, it’s a reality. So yes, we know that the same people who want to oppress Palestinians are also transphobic and homophobic are also are also sexist and misogynistic and so on. Yes, there are some people maybe who only carry some of those prejudices and not all, but as a bigger picture. They are all related. And I will dare to say that it’s also related to antisemitism

Marc Steiner:

So much there. The time we have left, I want to pick on something you said and please kind of tie some of these things together. I mean, I was thinking as you were throwing your stats out as well, that people don’t realize that 70% of all the white civil rights workers in the South were Jews.

I mean, there’s a reason those things happen. Course. So the question is, given everything you’ve just said and that reality, what does it take to touch that root of Jewish life of being Jewish to come to the understanding that we have to end the oppression of Palestinians and unite to build a different place where we all live together. I have this poster that I got in Cuba in 1968 and still sits on my wall on my study. It’s a map of the entire holy land. It’s got a Palestinian flag on one side and an Israeli flag on the other. And it says one state, two people’s, three faiths, which has kind of been my mantra since then. What does it take to turn around the division and the hatred that allows us to see what we’re seeing now inside of Israel Palestine and how do we turn the Jewish community into understanding who we are and how we have to embrace a different future?

Rabbi Abby Stein:

Well, I don’t think there’s one answer of what it takes. I do think there are a few things that can be said. I mean, first and foremost, I need to say that there are some amazing groups that are doing this work very successfully.

Those people love to talk about how we’re still a minority, how anti-Zionists or even non Zionists or even anti well anti occupation is actually probably a majority opinion, at least according to the latest pose. I think anti is a majority opinion amongst American Jews. Not talking about Israel, that’s a whole other conversation. But even the other parts, we have grown extremely fast. If the trend in the growth of percent, the percentage growth of anti-Zionist Jews or just non Zionist Jews involved with groups like JVP and if not now, and Jewish racial economic justice and so on, EAPs going the trend in percent and how fast we have grown. We’re going to be the majority of at least non-Orthodox Jews in the US fairly quickly, a lot sooner than the establishment would want to admit. The reality is that a lot of the work that has to be done is being done very successfully.

Groups like JVP and if not now, and JF Fresh have more than doubled just in the last two years and they’re growing extremely fast. The amount of Jews are becoming more and more open to something fundamental needs to change. And I’m talking beyond just, oh, the government needs to change. The majority of American Jews are Antibi B and anti-car, Israeli government. Every study shows that, again, American Jews. But to go even deeper than that, to the fundamental problems, a lot of the work that’s already being done is being done well. And those include education. Those include providing people with resources, providing people with a solid alternative, which again, I wasn’t raised like that, but there are most American Jews my age were raised with a very strong Zionism. So really to show Jewish community. And I have these conversations with people daily who are part of those communities and I see that people who are becoming more open.

So I want to say education is a very strong part, providing an alternative of a Judaism. That to me is so interesting because I grew up being told that Zionism is the antis of Judaism. That’s where I was raised being told in the Hasidic community, obviously it exists, but even on a progressive Judaism, not just a religious Judaism that is anti-Zionist, but a progressive Judaism that is anti-Zionist, that is growing extremely fast and it’s truly beautiful. And I’m not just talking beautiful on that, but I’m talking like events that I do. I’ve hosted meals for every holiday. I have been with people singing together. To use a random example, we had a group of people who wanted to celebrate Shabbat at the JVP national meeting that had over 2000 people this year. And the conversation sometimes got down to the nitty gritty of how to practice and how to observe for ourselves that had nothing to do with outsiders, just like there’s a rich Judaism.

And the final thing that I would say about them that I think would be the most helpful is the same thing that I say about L-G-B-T-Q people and about trans people. It’s sharing personal stories and actually getting to know people. Every study has shown that people who know trans people in real life actually know them as friends are way more likely, I don’t know the exact numbers, but by a long shot to be accepting and to be welcoming. And I found the same to be when it comes to Israel, when it comes to Palestine, when it comes to the occupation, when it comes to so on, people who actually know Palestinians. And I’m talking beyond just knowing, for example, in Israel, most people, the Palestinians they know are the service workers and so on, which is a whole other conversation to talk about. I’m talking really getting to know, because I know for me that was a huge change.

And it is. I constantly see it. It’s like I want to use one of my friends just because every few months someone else decides that they’re going to get me. We’re talking about the fact that I’m friends with Linda Sarsour. I don’t know if you know who she is, but someone who I got to know really well as a friend. And I keep getting, literally yesterday someone said that I support Zoran for mayor in New York because of my support for Linda. A very weird statement to make. But for me, it’s like you can’t come and tell me that she’s a hateful person because I know her. We have had real conversations, not in public, just actual conversations and so many others. You cannot tell me that all Palestinians, hey Jews, when I know dozens, if not hundreds of Palestinians, and I’ve met counts of Palestinians, who are some of the most amazing people that I know.

Marc Steiner:

Yeah, me too.

Rabbi Abby Stein:

So really I think building those bridges. And I want to say I don’t think that that’s what’s needed. Sorry, I don’t think that’s what should be needed. We shouldn’t need, we should listen to people who are being oppressed. And as I said earlier with trans people, so much of the struggle here is that people refuse to listen to us and to believe us. But if we’re asking just realistically, what I think would be very helpful is to actually build those connections. I have friends, well, I’m trying to think if I still have friends who are hardcore Zionists. I feel like most of those people either stopped talking to me or I stopped talking to them per se. But people who would still say they are vaguely supportive of Israel’s existence are supportive of versions of Zionism. Those who know Palestinians are extremely ANC occupation, extremely opposed to the war, extremely are a lot more people that we can work with. So I think that is the other big thing that we need to focus on.

Marc Steiner:

Well, I think it’s incredible how you weave together the parts of your life that are also parts of the struggle.

Rabbi Abby Stein:

They are, I want to say I didn’t even have to weave them together. They have always been related. We just need to realize it.

Marc Steiner:

To say that what I meant was that the struggle for Palestinian rights, the struggle and the oppression of Palestinians, the struggle of trans and queer people in this country and the world, and to do it while maintaining and bringing the soul of Judaism through all of that and tying it together

Rabbi Abby Stein:

And rainbow colors. But

Marc Steiner:

Yes, and you tell us so about then. So I just want to thank you so much, rabbi ab Stein for being here today. It’s been really a pleasure to talk to you and hearing your ideas and thoughts. I look forward to staying in touch and thanks for all that you’re doing.

Rabbi Abby Stein:

Thank you, Marc, so much. It was an honor to talk to you and I’m looking forward to yes, to seeing you more.

Marc Steiner:

Yes.

Rabbi Abby Stein:

Thank you so much.

Marc Steiner:

Thank you. Once again, thank you to Rabbi Abby Stein for joining us today and for all the work that she does. And thanks to Cameron Granadino for running the program, our audio editor Alina Nelich, and producer Rosette Sewali for making it all work behind the scenes. And everyone here at The Real News, we’re making this show possible. Please let me know what you thought about, what you heard today, what you’d like us to cover. Just write to me at s the real news.com and I’ll get right back to you. Once again, thank you Rabbi Abby Stein for all you’ve done for being with us today. So for the crew here at The Real News, I’m Marc Steiner. Stay involved. Keep listening, and take care.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Marc Steiner.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/17/why-abby-stein-a-transgender-rabbi-raised-ultra-orthodox-stands-up-for-palestine/feed/ 0 539463
Chicago Jewish activists embark on indefinite hunger strike over Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/17/chicago-jewish-activists-embark-on-indefinite-hunger-strike-over-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/17/chicago-jewish-activists-embark-on-indefinite-hunger-strike-over-gaza/#respond Tue, 17 Jun 2025 17:11:11 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334861 On Monday, JVP Chicago held a press conference and rally as six members of the group began an indefinite hunger strike calling on the U.S. government to stop arming the Israeli military and stop starving Gaza. Photo courtesy of JVPHunger strikes have deep roots in Chicago—and across the country—as escalations in campaigns for justice.]]> On Monday, JVP Chicago held a press conference and rally as six members of the group began an indefinite hunger strike calling on the U.S. government to stop arming the Israeli military and stop starving Gaza. Photo courtesy of JVP

This story was originally published by In These Times on June 16, 2025. It is shared here with permission.

The risk of famine increases in Gaza as the Israeli government’s blockade of nearly all aid to Gaza approaches its third month. 

“I felt this almost sense of panic as every day went by without food let in,” Ash Bohrer, a Chicago-based Jewish activist in the Palestinian solidarity movement, told me as she outlined how high the stakes are as the genocide continues in Gaza.

“When I first heard it, my initial thought was … if there is some way I can use my body,” Bohrer said, “I am ready and willing to do it, and I think about it as a personal, moral and religious obligation to do so.”

“When I first heard it, my initial thought was … if there is some way I can use my body,” Bohrer said, ​“I am ready and willing to do it, and I think about it as a personal, moral and religious obligation to do so.”

Bohrer is joining five other members of Jewish Voice for Peace, Chicago — Becca Lubow, Avey Rips, Seph Mozes, Audrey Gladson and Benjamin Teller — in a hunger strike to demand an end to the genocide in Gaza, unconditional military aid for Israel and the blockade of food and medical aid to the 2.3 million Palestinians now living amongst the rubble.

Palestinians line up with their containers in hand to receive hot meals distributed by aid organizations on June 15, 2025. Photo by Hani Alshaer/Anadolu via Getty Images

Bohrer, who’s also a scholar of social movements at Notre Dame, says she felt the moral and strategic call to use whatever resources or privileges she had to raise the stakes of the Palestinian freedom struggle in the United States as ​“our Palestinian comrades watch their friends and their family and their community members suffer a genocide in real time — starvation of truly epic proportions that comes [after] 19 months of bombing, 20 years of blockade and 78 years of occupation and ethnic cleansing.”

The strike kicked off with an opening rally on Monday, June 16, where a series of political leaders and allies spoke, including Congresswoman Delia Ramirez (D-Ill.), one of 18 members of Congress who last week introduced the ​“Block the Bombs” bill in the House to condition aid to Israel.

Organizers have 22 events scheduled over the following 16 days, including Shabbat services, Palestine teach-ins led by a wide range of supportive organizations, vigils and a screening of the popular documentary ​“Israelism.”

A group including Priest Daniel Alliet stages a hunger strike for justice in Palestine at the Beguinage Church in central Brussels, Belgium, on June 16, 2025. Photo by Dursun Aydemir/Anadolu via Getty Images

Since the beginning of March, Israel has blocked food, fuel and medical aid from entering the Gaza Strip, which has caused what human rights organizations have called a situation of forced starvation. This comes at the end of an unprecedented year and a half of violence in the region, which experts have called a genocide, that has galvanized the Palestine solidarity movement around the world to push for an end to unquestioned U.S. support for Israel’s violence. While these movements have exploded in size, Israel has continued its barrage and is now continuing the attack by preventing basic resources from making it to a population in desperate need of support.

While these movements have exploded in size, Israel has continued its barrage and is now continuing the attack by preventing basic resources from making it to a population in desperate need of support.

“[These were] images of what hunger looks like. And to see children dying of starvation, the images were seared into my brain,” Teller tells In These Times. ​“When his comrades from JVP Chicago returned from their national gathering with an idea on how to escalate their campaign to end the violence, he was compelled to join them.

“As we confront what it means to starve our own bodies and what happens to the body without adequate nutrition for days and weeks and, in the case of people in Gaza, for months on end — it is not a good way to go,” says Teller. ​“It shouldn’t be happening to anyone.” 

Palestinian partner organizations that JVP had been working with, explains Bohrer, approached JVP activists specifically to ramp up the pressure, with the idea that a hunger strike might draw attention to the starvation that their loved ones are facing in Gaza.

By engaging in this very public, and risky, protest tactic, the hunger strikers are picking up on a long tradition of calculated starvation as a method of forcing a public confrontation with crises.

The hunger strike is an escalation tactic, meant to draw waning attention back to the situation in Gaza and utilize the often-privileged position American Jews have in discourse on this issue. Hunger strikes are a form of protest where demonstrators, often lacking other viable tactics, turn their attention to their own body and refuse to eat, often forcing institutions, and the public, to bear witness as their bodies waste away. Because of this, they are often a rare and late-term option for campaigns where other pressure points simply failed to work.

As the death count in Gaza continues to climb, the American Palestine solidarity movement is at a crossroads — forced to acknowledge that while public opinion has shifted, Israeli violence has not. These activists are just a few of the thousands reassessing what tactics are available, or useful, as we enter ever-worsening conditions in one of the most densely populated regions on the planet. By engaging in this very public, and risky, protest tactic, the hunger strikers are picking up on a long tradition of calculated starvation as a method of forcing a public confrontation with crises.

Hunger strikes have a long history of success precisely because they are so dangerous, and because they force the public to watch as they slowly enact violence on their own bodies. They’ve been particularly prevalent for incarcerated activists who, because of confinement, are limited in their tactics. In Palestine hunger strikes go back decades as a method of resistance for the thousands of Palestinians arrested without charge, a policy known as ​“administrative detention.”

When multiple residents of Nahfa prison in Israel went on a hunger strike in 1980, they eventually won some of their demands for things like viable bedding and living spaces. But these victories came at a steep cost when some participants died mysteriously. Some believe it was from force feeding, which involves violently forcing a tube down a restrained striker’s nose and into their stomach, then pumping in a nutrient compound. This became a primary point of contention after a spring 2012 series of hunger strikes where nearly 2,000 Palestinian prisoners participated. The United Nations has ruled force feeding a form of torture and in violation of the Geneva Convention. The Israeli Medical Association later sided with medical consensus that forced feeding of hunger striking prisoners is ethically unconscionable, though the Israeli Supreme Court upheld the practice.

Protesters on day 14 at CUNY Graduate Center are conducting an indefinite hunger strike on June 9, 2025. Photo by Kyle Mazza/Anadolu via Getty Images

Hunger strikes can take a massive toll on the body, which is in part what makes them so influential. In 2012, Palestinian activist Khader Adnan was arrested and held in administrative detention. He went on a 66-day hunger strike to protest his imprisonment without trial, triggering international attention, a wave of solidarity protests, mass Palestinian hunger strikes in Israeli prisons and increased calls for prison reform. Adnan ended that strike upon reaching a deal with Israeli authorities for his release, but, after a string of arrests, refused food for 87 days following his final detainment in 2023. He died in his cell. 

Many Palestinian revolutionaries were also influenced by the well-publicized, and sometimes lethal, hunger strikes held by Provisional Irish Republican Army (IRA) members during their 30-year conflict with Britain and Ulster loyalist paramilitaries, known as the Troubles. Irish Republicans had long used the tactic in their struggle against the British authority, often because they were fighting from within Ulster-controlled territory, where protests were likely to lead to arrest. By 1980, British Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher refused to view IRA prisoners as prisoners of war, which would have ensured certain rights. Instead she publicly declared them criminals. This led to a series of hunger strikes, most famously including ​“volunteer” Bobby Sands, who ran and won a seat in the British Parliament amidst his 66-day fast behind bars in 1981. But Sands — and nine others, including Irish National Liberation Army prisoners — ultimately died during their protest, and while they won many of the provisions they demanded for IRA prisoners, it came at a grave cost.

But as Nayan Shah, who studies the history of hunger strikes, explains, hunger strikes are not confined to inside prison cells; there are also solidarity strikes, when supporters on the outside take action in solidarity with incarcerated people to raise the stakes. These solidarity strikes, done as part of a larger community struggle against inhumane systems, also have a particularly successful history.

“In the case of a prisoner, you can only hear that prisoner’s voice through intermediaries. In the case of someone who is in public and is hungry, there’s lots of ways you could hear their voice, what they’re feeling and experiencing, [and] why they’re doing it,” says Shah. Whether it’s in partnership with incarcerated hunger strikers or people forced into like situations, it creates a pathway to public recognition of a struggle by creating a volatile stunt that forces the public to confront the causes of such an extreme response. 

And part of that public confrontation is the hope that a public action of this type can inspire others to take action.

“Something that we heard [from other hunger strikers]… if you start, people will come, which I think is really powerful,” says Rips, a 32-year-old Chicago activist whose family emigrated to the United States alongside the wave of Soviet Jews. “We’re optimistic that once this strike goes public we will be getting a lot more support.”

“Something that we heard [from other hunger strikers]… if you start, people will come, which I think is really powerful,” says Rips, a 32-year-old Chicago activist whose family emigrated to the United States alongside the wave of Soviet Jews. ​“We’re optimistic that once this strike goes public we will be getting a lot more support.”

Marc Kaplan says he is mobilizing his organization, Northside Action for Justice, to support the launch of the JVP hunger strike, which he says will need outside support. Kaplan was part of a 2015 hunger strike to save Dyett High School in Chicago from former mayor Rahm Emanuel’s massive school closings.

“It’s hard to keep your focus and keep your consciousness and spirit when you’re hungry,” says Kaplan, who lost 20 pounds during the strike. But the action inspired attention and community support and led the campaign to victory.

And the six hunger strikers in Chicago aren’t alone. As the college encampments popped up in 2024, many activists at colleges like the University of OregonStanford and multiple colleges in the California State University system went on hunger strikes. A number of New York City veterans are now in the middle of a 40-day Fast for Gaza, and Friends of Sabeel, an organization pushing for justice and equity in historic Palestine, are also engaged in a fast where strikers are forced to survive on less than 250 calories a day — same limit 25 activists with the Maine Coalition for Palestine set when they announced their strike last month. The Chicago solidarity strikers have been in contact with some of these other strikers, as well as Palestinian partners, to put their tactics into a larger framework of escalating pressure on the state to act.

Palestinians form long lines with containers in hand to receive hot meals distributed by aid organizations in Nuseirat refugee camp, as the food crisis deepens due to Israel’s ongoing attacks in Gaza, on June 15, 2025. Photo by Moiz Salhi/Anadolu via Getty Images

Many hunger strikes permit some calories or have a set end date, but the JVP activists plan to go a step further by consuming nothing but water and electrolytes until their demands are met.

​​“Fasting is a form of protest, it is a spiritual act in Jewish tradition,” says rabbi and JVP activist Brant Rosen, who will be supporting the hunger strikers and holding a Shabbat service with them on June 20 at Federal Plaza. “[Fasting] is a sign of atonement, of course … but it has also been used as a call to action historically.” In 2015, Rosen formed the country’s first non-Orthodox anti-Zionist synagogue named Tzedek Chicago. 

Jewish organizations, many of which have been publicly supportive of the Israeli government’s war, have a long history of supporting aid to impoverished communities facing food insecurity. 

“Fasting is a form of protest, it is a spiritual act in Jewish tradition.”

“Both the bombing campaign and the starvation campaign are coordinated and maintained by the largest transfer of weapons the United States has ever done,” says solidarity striker Becca Lubow. ​“So the immediate call is for the money, the guns, the tanks, the bombs being sent to Israel [to stop]. Israel can no longer have a blank check [from the United States] to use against the Palestinians.”

Lubow works for an established Jewish organization and hopes others will hear the call and join the fight. 

As scholar of the Jewish left Benjamin Balthaser told me, solidarity has been one of the ways radical Jews understood their Jewishness, pointing to Jewish communists organizing with migrant laborers in the Imperial Valley or joining the Civil Rights Movement even when it could cause them material harm. ​“The hunger strike is a way to alert Americans to the desperateness of the situation.”

Shah also points to this history of Jewish activism, including Polish Jewish students using the tactic to win educational opportunities and a 1946 incident where 1,000 Jewish refugees were stuck on a ship bound for Palestine in Italy and needed to put pressure on Britain to let them in. In that case, it was communicating with world Jewry through the Jewish Telegraphic Agency that sparked solidarity fasts in New York and Tel Aviv and won the demand handily.

Religion has been key for these fights, particularly given the moral weight of hunger strikes. In apartheid South Africa, 1989 saw a massive prison hunger strike of more than 600 political prisoners matched by solidarity fasts organized by faith leaders and activists. This raised the profile of the anti-apartheid struggle at the exact moment the media blockade was lifting. 

One of the six hunger strikers in Chicago is not Jewish, but as Gladson, who grew up Catholic, pointed out, Christian Zionism is a significant part of the massive political support for Israel’s occupation of Palestine. And since the U.S. government is using tax dollars to keep Israel’s military stocked with weapons and resources, it is not only American Jews who have a stake.

The hunger strike’s potential success is that it works alongside other escalating tactics. The fight didn’t start with the hunger strike. In recent weeks there was highly publicized flotilla that received international attention as they tried to deliver aid, as well as a march to the Rafah border in Egypt. A hunger strike is a more extreme tactic, but that shift has been determined by the failure of established strategies to halt the violence for good.

This tactic is nothing new for Chicago. In 1994, 10 parents launched a six-day hunger strike to push the Board of Education and Mayor Richard Daley Jr. to abandon the plan to close a school in the Back of the Yards, which itself had a formative role in community organizing as the neighborhood where famed organizer Saul Alinsky once built anti-poverty campaigns. After marches, boycotts and teach-ins failed to stop the school closure, parents camped out in tents adjacent to the school board and refused to eat. Eventually six political leaders, including Congressman Jesús ​“Chuy” García (D-Ill.), initiated negotiations between the parents and the school board that resulted in a series of votes that ultimately ratified the parents’ proposal to build a new school for the neighborhood.

Displaced Palestinians gather to receive hot meals distributed by a charity organization at Sheikh Radwan neighbourhood as the food crisis deepens due to the continued closure of border crossings during Israeli attacks, on June 12, 2025. Photo by Ahmed Jihad Ibrahim Al-arini/Anadolu via Getty Images

More recently, 12 people followed the parents’ lead and held a 34-day hunger strike in 2015 to save Dyett High School, which had been the target of disinvestment and was set to be shuttered by the school board. Just like their counterparts in 1995, these parents, many of whom were working with the Kenwood Oakland Community Organization (KOCO), spent three years escalating their efforts to save the school.

“It didn’t start with the hunger strike,” says Kaplan, who is also a member of Tzedek Chicago. ​“The struggle for Dyett had been a part of the whole campaign to stop the bleeding of educational institutions in primarily low-income, Black communities and some brown communities.”

“We have done everything we possibly can to put attention on the situation, and the situation just gets worse and worse.”

But as has been seen historically, bold actions, especially when they expose the gap between a society’s actions and its ideals, can spark moral reflection and even social change. “[These hunger strikes are] happening in states that claim to be democracies,” pointed out Shaw, who noted that most well-known hunger strikes happen inside modern countries that say they are governed by the rule of law. ​“So these are fundamentally crises of democracy.” In other words, hunger strikes, an extreme form of protest, point to a broader failure of political systems to uphold their stated values. 

The list of organizations formally backing the JVP demonstration continues to grow, with groups committing to participate however they can, further amplifying the voices standing in solidarity with Gaza.

But the question remains: Is it enough to push the U.S. government to do what other tactics have failed to achieve?


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Shane Burley.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/17/chicago-jewish-activists-embark-on-indefinite-hunger-strike-over-gaza/feed/ 0 539428
The Shocking Truth Behind Scam Messages! https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/17/the-shocking-truth-behind-scam-messages/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/17/the-shocking-truth-behind-scam-messages/#respond Tue, 17 Jun 2025 11:08:11 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d4b75105df1867e6716fb052e8863bc2
This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/17/the-shocking-truth-behind-scam-messages/feed/ 0 539371
Progress and frustration mark the UN’s third Ocean Conference https://grist.org/international/progress-frustration-un-ocean-conference-high-seas-treaty-bbnj/ https://grist.org/international/progress-frustration-un-ocean-conference-high-seas-treaty-bbnj/#respond Mon, 16 Jun 2025 20:21:07 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=668404 Delegates from around the world convened in Nice, France, last week to discuss a range of ocean priorities, including the implementation of a recently finalized “high seas treaty” to protect the two-thirds of the oceans that lie outside countries’ control. 

It was the third United Nations Ocean Conference, a high-level forum meant to advance the U.N.’s sustainable development goal to “conserve and sustainably use the oceans.” This year’s co-hosts, France and Costa Rica, urged other countries to step up marine conservation efforts in light of overlapping ocean crises, from plastic pollution and ocean acidification to rising sea levels that are jeopardizing small island nations. António Guterres, the U.N.’s secretary-general, said in his opening remarks that oceans are “the ultimate shared resource” and that they should foster multilateral cooperation.

Whether the conference was a success depends on whom you ask. The most prominent outcome of the meeting was a flurry of voluntary and rhetorical commitments made by countries to conserve marine resources. Some of these, like France’s pledge to limit a destructive kind of fishing called bottom trawling, were criticized as insufficient. France had also promoted the conference as a sort of deadline for reaching 60 ratifications of the high seas treaty — a threshold needed for it to enter into force — but this didn’t happen, leading to disappointment among ocean advocates

On the other hand, experts said there were real signs of progress. Germany and the European Union pledged hundreds of millions of dollars toward marine conservation, for example, and 11 governments signed a new pledge to safeguard coral reefs. Nearly 20 countries ratified the high seas treaty over just a few days, bringing the total up to 50.

Angelique Pouponneau, the lead ocean negotiator for the Alliance of Small Island States, a negotiating bloc of 39 countries, said in a statement that the conference had been “a moment of both progress and reflection.” Former U.S. secretary of state John Kerry, who also served as special envoy on climate under the Biden administration, noted “critical momentum to safeguard our planet.” 

The biggest focus of the U.N. Ocean Conference was the high seas treaty, also known as the agreement on biodiversity beyond national jurisdictions. Adopted by U.N. member states in 2023 after more than 20 years of negotiations, the treaty aims to solve a longstanding problem in marine protection: how to safeguard parts of the ocean that lie outside countries’ “exclusive economic zones,” swaths of water that stretch about 200 nautical miles beyond their coastlines. As of now, countries can unilaterally create marine protected areas within their economic zones. They usually restrict resource extraction and industrial fishing in these areas, often with exceptions for small-scale fishers. Many countries have established such zones, but they need the high seas treaty to create a legal framework for doing the same thing in more distant waters.

Protestors holding a banner that says "protect the ocean"
Protestors march on the Promenade des Anglais ahead of the U.N. Ocean Conference in Nice, France. Valery Hache / AFP via Getty Images

France had made it a priority to reach 60 ratifications of the high seas treaty either before or during the third Ocean Conference; doing so would kick off a 120-day countdown for the agreement to enter into force. Not enough countries signed on, though the conference did seem to accelerate the ratification process: At a special event on the conference’s first day, 18 countries announced their ratification, including several small coastal states like Ivory Coast and Vanuatu, bringing the total to 50 (including the European Union, which has ratified it as a bloc). Each country has its own laws and processes for ratifying treaties; upon ratification, it formally lets the U.N. know and agrees to be bound by the terms of the relevant treaty.

France’s special envoy to the talks, Olivier Poivre d’Arvor, wrote on LinkedIn that he expects the remaining ratifications by the next U.N. General Assembly meeting this September. That would still be pretty fast, compared to other multilateral environmental agreements. The U.N. Convention on the Law of the Sea, for example — the world’s main legal framework for regulating maritime activities like shipping and fishing, and for establishing countries’ exclusive economic zones —— took eight years to reach 60 ratifications. Only a few agreements, like the Paris Agreement to address global warming, were ratified faster.

Rebecca Hubbard, director of a coalition of environmental nonprofits advocating for the high seas treaty called High Seas Alliance, said in a statement that the world was “within striking distance” of the 60th ratification. “The treaty’s entry into force could be triggered in a matter of weeks,” she said.

Several experts Grist spoke with said marine protected areas are essential for advancing the U.N. target to protect 30 percent of Earth’s land and water by 2030. Robert Blasiak, an associate professor of sustainable ocean stewardship at Stockholm University’s Stockholm Resilience Center, estimated that without a high seas treaty, countries would have to designate some 90 percent of their waters as marine protected areas — an unlikely scenario. French Polynesia, however, made a splash at the Ocean Conference by declaring the entirety of its exclusive economic zone — all 1.9 million square miles of it — a marine protected area, making it the largest in the world.

France's president, Emmanuel Macron, holding a microphone.
France’s president, Emmanuel Macron, speaking on French TV channel France 2 about the need for marine conservation. Sebastien Bozon / AFP via Getty Images

Other declarations and pledges from the U.N. Ocean Conference linked oceans to climate change, plastic pollution, economic inequality, and the erosion of public trust in science. During daily plenaries, many delegates delivered statements about a healthy ocean’s role in mitigating global warming — it absorbs 90 percent of the excess heat generated by the burning of fossil fuels — and some called for nations to “emphasize the essential role of ocean-based solutions”

 in their climate targets under the Paris Agreement, for example by protecting ocean ecosystems like mangroves and coral reefs. Angelika Lātūfuipeka Tukuʻaho, the princess of Tonga, called for whales to be recognized as legal persons — part of a broader movement to establish inherent rights for natural entities.

Leaders from many countries also reiterated calls for a moratorium on deep-sea mining, including French president Emmanuel Macron, who called it “madness” to proceed with mineral extraction from the largely unexplored seafloor. Separately, nearly 100 national representatives released a statement reaffirming their commitment to crafting an “ambitious” U.N. plastics treaty during negotiations that are set to resume this August. And a letter signed by more than 100 scientists, Indigenous leaders, and environmental advocates called for the adoption of an “ocean protection principle” that prioritizes conservation over the “irresponsible and unrestrained pursuit of profit.”

One pledge that was not well received was French president Emmanuel Macron’s promise to “limit” bottom trawling, a type of commercial fishing that involves dragging a heavy net across the bottom of the ocean, kicking up debris and releasing carbon dioxide in the process. Environmental groups lambasted the plan for applying to only 4 percent of French waters — mostly in places where bottom trawling does not occur, according to the international nonprofit Oceana. “These announcements are more symbolic than impactful,” the group’s campaign director, Nicolas Fournier, said in a statement.

Other groups said the conference hadn’t placed enough emphasis on issues such as offshore oil and gas extraction and the rights of fishers. They noted with caution the nonbinding nature of many countries’ pledges and urged world leaders to “turn promises into action.” 

“Ultimately, this summit produced a mere drop in the bucket of what we desperately need to protect the ocean — the lungs of our planet,” Enric Sala, a marine ecologist and National Geographic explorer, said in a statement.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Progress and frustration mark the UN’s third Ocean Conference on Jun 16, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Joseph Winters.

]]>
https://grist.org/international/progress-frustration-un-ocean-conference-high-seas-treaty-bbnj/feed/ 0 539215
Israel started a war with Iran, but it doesn’t know how it ends https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/16/israel-started-a-war-with-iran-but-it-doesnt-know-how-it-ends/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/16/israel-started-a-war-with-iran-but-it-doesnt-know-how-it-ends/#respond Mon, 16 Jun 2025 17:32:36 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334840 U.S. President Donald Trump greets Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu as he arrives at the White House on April 07, 2025 in Washington, DC. Photo by Alex Wong/Getty ImagesIsrael's attack on Iran began as a campaign against its nuclear program but has already begun to morph into something far riskier: regime change. It is staking its strategy on deep US involvement, but fault lines between the two are already visible.]]> U.S. President Donald Trump greets Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu as he arrives at the White House on April 07, 2025 in Washington, DC. Photo by Alex Wong/Getty Images

This story originally appeared in Mondoweiss on June 14, 2025. It is shared here with permission.

The war between Israel and Iran marks the culmination of decades of shadow-boxing between Tehran and Tel Aviv. This is a war that has long worn the mask of deniability, played out in assassinations, cyber operations, and various forms of entanglements from Damascus to the Red Sea. Its rules were unwritten but widely understood: escalation without full rupture. But now it’s unfolding in a surprise Israeli intelligence and military attack, which was met with a subsequent Iranian retaliation against Israeli military installations and strategic infrastructure.

While Israel’s capacity for precise targeting — its assassinations of nuclear scientists, the killing of Iranian commanders, and its strikes on enrichment sites — has rarely been in doubt, its broader strategic horizon remains conspicuously blurred. 

Official Israeli communiqués gesture, with ritual ambiguity, toward the language of victory and denying Iran nuclear capability, but the underlying ambition seems at once more elusive and more grandiose: the execution of a blow so decisive it would not only cripple Iran’s nuclear program, but fracture the Islamic Republic’s political resolve altogether. 

This, however, remains far from realized. Iran’s underground facilities remain intact, and its enrichment program, far from being stalled, appears now to be ideologically and politically emboldened. Hesitations around the acquisition of nuclear weapons will probably undergo a review. Iran, while suffering from a direct blow that crippled its chain of command and placed it on the defensive, was able to recuperate and launch several barrages of ballistic misslies into Israel.

And yet, behind this Israeli choreography of operational tenacity lies a quieter, more subterranean logic. It is not only Iran that Israel seeks to provoke, but the United States. If Israel cannot destroy Natanz or Fordow on its own, it may still succeed in creating the conditions under which Washington feels compelled to act in its stead. This, perhaps, is the real gambit: not a direct confrontation with Iran, but the orchestration of an environment of urgency and provocation that makes American intervention — at a minimum — on the table. In other words, Israel’s military theatrics are a trap for the U.S.

Israel isn’t simply assembling a reactive sequence of military gestures; it’s a calibrated strategy of provocations that create the conditions for American leverage. Israel acts; the United States, while nominally uninvolved, capitalizes on the fallout, and even invokes the specter of its own military involvement as both a deterrent and a bargaining chip. 

The strikes are less about immediate tactical gains than they are about constructing a field of pressure. Their strategic ambiguity is weaponized to test red lines and gauge responses.

In this scheme, Washington appears to maintain a distance, but its fingerprints are never entirely absent. The more Israel escalates, the more the U.S. can posture as the moderating force — while simultaneously tightening the screws on Iran through sanctions, backchannel warnings, or displays of force in the Gulf. 

The result is a strategic double-bind: Iran is meant to feel besieged from multiple directions, but never entirely certain where the next blow might come from. 

Will Trump chicken out?

This, at least, is where the United States and Israel seem momentarily aligned. Yet the fault lines in this coordination are already visible. 

On the one hand, the war hawks in Washington will view this as a strategic opening and an opportunity to decisively weaken Iran and redraw the balance of power in the region. They will pressure Trump to act in this direction. 

On the other hand, a full-scale war with Iran, especially one that spills across borders, would ripple through global markets, disrupting trade, oil production, and critical infrastructure. The allure of military advantage is shadowed by the specter of economic upheaval, which is a gamble that even the most hardened strategists can’t ignore. Yemen’s Ansar Allah has already proven the viability of closing trade routes, and Iran is able to do far more.

But the story of “America First” is also approaching an inflection point. Donald Trump’s rhetoric — premised on the prioritization of domestic problems, national interest, and a transactional nationalism hostile to foreign entanglements — now finds itself strained by the prospect, or reality, of a regional war that bears the unmistakable fingerprints of American complicity. The transition (discursively, at least) from a president who vowed to extricate the U.S. from Middle Eastern quagmires to one under whose watch a potentially epochal confrontation is unfolding exposes the fragile coherence of Trump’s strategic identity.

The language of MAGA — no more “blood for sand,” no more American boys dying in foreign deserts, no more open-ended subsidies for unreliable allies — continues to resonate well beyond Trump’s electoral base. It taps into a deeper exhaustion with imperial overreach and a growing conviction that the dividends of global policing no longer justify its mounting costs. 

And yet, even as this fatigue becomes conventional wisdom, the machinery of militarism persists — outsourced to regional proxies, framed in euphemisms, and increasingly waged out of sight. Nowhere is this more evident than in America’s unwavering support for Israel’s campaign in Gaza — a policy that, despite its genocidal overtones, encounters little serious resistance from the political mainstream.

This is the duality that marks the contemporary American strategic imagination, particularly in its Trumpian register. On one hand, there is a professed realism about the limits of military force and the unsustainable burdens of global responsibility; on the other, there is a persistent ambition to reshape the geopolitical architecture of the Middle East by less direct means.

In this schema, force may be held in reserve, but influence is not. The aspiration is to cultivate a calibrated rivalry among regional powers — Turkey, Israel, Saudi Arabia, the UAE, Qatar, and Egypt. The U.S. seeks to tether them, however uneasily, to the gravitational logic of American centrality. If Pax Americana can no longer be imposed, then a managed dissonance among client states may suffice.

In addition, another kind of dissonance marks Trump’s worldview: not merely strategic, but psychological. For all his rhetoric about restraint and national interest, Trump retains a sovereign fantasy of dominance. He does not merely seek balance but craves submission. The belief that an American president can issue diktats to Putin, Zelensky, or Khamenei — and that they will obey — is less a policy than a symptom of an imperial reflex. It continues to linger even as the structure it depends on has been eroding. In these moments, Trump sets aside the logic of multipolar accommodation.

The current war initiated by Israel against Iran is an exemplar of this dissonance. It reflects not only Israel’s increasingly unilateral strategic posture but also the ambivalence that marks American leadership in the Trump era. Despite his anti-interventionist slogans, Trump was never immune to the gravitational pull of escalation, especially when framed as a test of strength or loyalty. 

Indeed, the term coined by his critics — TACO, “Trump Always Chickens Out” — was circulated among financiers and neoconservatives not simply as mockery, but as diagnosis. It captured the oscillation between bluster and retreat, between the rhetoric of dominance and the impulse to recoil when the cost became tangible. 

Such moments expose the uneasy alloy at the heart of Trump’s foreign policy: a mix of instinctual nationalism, imperial nostalgia, and tactical indecision. The result is a posture that often courts confrontation without preparation, and retreats from entanglement without resolution. If Israel’s strike on Iran was meant to provoke, it also tested the elasticity of Trump’s foreign policy instincts — and the contradictions that arise when strategic ambiguity meets theatrical resolve.

Operational success and possible strategic failure

It is undeniable that Israel, with both tacit and overt backing from its allies, succeeded in delivering a serious blow to Iran. The strikes reached deep into the Islamic Republic’s military and security apparatus, targeting logistical infrastructure and key nodes in the command hierarchy. Reports suggest that segments of Iran’s nuclear programme, alongside broader military installations, were damaged or set back. Civilian casualties, though predictable, were duly reported and then quietly folded into the wider logic of strategic necessity.

The initial reaction in Israel to the perceived operational success followed a familiar ritual — an almost theatrical display of militaristic pride and nationalist euphoria. It was less about strategic calculation and more about reaffirming a hardened, jingoistic identity: Look at us—striking deep in Iran, and assassinating leaders and scientists. Each moment of escalation was repackaged as proof of autonomy and power, even when the reality was far more complex. Beneath the exultation lay a quieter unease: that every act of defiance also illuminated vulnerabilities — strategic, diplomatic, and existential. But this euphoria did not last long as Iran regained its military command and initiated its own military operation, striking deep within Israel with ballistic missiles that targeted Israeli infrastructure within cities, with Israelis waking up to scenes of destruction. 

There is a cruel irony at play. A state that has institutionalized the destruction of homes, memories, and lives in Gaza now cries foul. It flagrantly violates every norm — legal, moral, humanitarian — only to invoke those same norms when violence reaches its own doorstep. Overnight, the architecture of impunity that it has constructed becomes the basis for grievance. 

But much of the world sees through this cynical hypocrisy. The exceptionalism, the selective outrage, the performative grief—all ring hollow to those who have watched a society cheer on genocide in real time. The tears fall flat, resonating only with the hardcore Zionist base, the political and media operatives who have long served as enablers, and the Christian Zionists like America’s ambassador in Israel, Mike Huckabee, who have fused theology with militarism.

Israel awoke to a moment of potential reckoning — but history teaches that its military establishment, and the social and affective structures that uphold it, are largely impervious to reflection. In fact, they are actively hostile to the very notion of reckoning. The idea of limits — whether of force, legitimacy, or consequence — sits uncomfortably within a system built on the presumption of impunity and supremacy. 

For years, Israeli propaganda depicted Iran as an irrational, theocratic menace. But what, then, is Israel, if not a society governed by theological messianism armed with cutting-edge surveillance and military technology? The difference is that it is backed uncritically by both liberal and conservative elites across the West, with extensive institutional support in munitions and diplomatic cover.

And of course, it is a nuclear-armed state engaged in genocidal warfare, yet continues to claim moral clarity. The irony is as bitter as it is revealing: the caricature it projected onto Iran has become a mirror to its own reality.

An old adage warns: You can start a war, but you cannot know how it will end. Israel seems determined to test that truth. 

Israel stakes its strategy on American leverage and the possibility of eventual U.S. involvement. What began as a targeted campaign against Iran’s nuclear program has already begun to morph, in both rhetoric and ambition, into something far riskier: regime change. The goalposts are shifting, the stakes escalating — not only for the region, but for Israeli society itself, which simultaneously craves dominance, fears accountability, and deeply distrusts Netanyahu’s judgment. 

Despite that, the war is still ongoing; other Israeli operations against Iran that could induce further shock and awe are in play, while Iran is now using its various military capabilities to damage the sense of confidence in Israel’s missile shield and air defenses.

While the regional war commands headlines, in Gaza, Israel continues its campaign of annihilation — cutting internet lines, bombarding neighborhoods, and flattening what remains of the Strip. The war may be framed as an open-ended contest of force, will, and strategic calculation, but its consequences are brutally inscribed on Palestinian bodies. The horizon of this broader war — however abstract it may appear in policy circles — is being carved, violently and unforgettably, into the lives of Palestinians in Gaza, and increasingly, in the West Bank as well. This is Israel’s current addiction to possibilities opened by war: eliminating the Palestinians, dragging the U.S. into regional war, and waiting for the messiah to redeem it.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Abdaljawad Omar.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/16/israel-started-a-war-with-iran-but-it-doesnt-know-how-it-ends/feed/ 0 539182
‘Be brave’ warning to nations against deepsea mining from UNOC https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/16/be-brave-warning-to-nations-against-deepsea-mining-from-unoc/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/16/be-brave-warning-to-nations-against-deepsea-mining-from-unoc/#respond Mon, 16 Jun 2025 11:57:56 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=116223

By Laura Bergamo in Nice, France

The UN Ocean Conference (UNOC) concluded today with significant progress made towards the ratification of the High Seas Treaty and a strong statement on a new plastics treaty signed by 95 governments.

Once ratified, it will be the only legal tool that can create protected areas in international waters, making it fundamental to protecting 30 percent of the world’s oceans by 2030.

Fifty countries, plus the European Union, have now ratified the Treaty.

New Zealand has signed but is yet to ratify.

Deep sea mining rose up the agenda in the conference debates, demonstrating the urgency of opposing this industry.

The expectation from civil society and a large group of states, including both co-hosts of UNOC, was that governments would make progress towards stopping deep sea mining in Nice.

UN Secretary-General Guterres said the deep sea should not become the “wild west“.

Four new pledges
French President Emmanuel Macron said a deep sea mining moratorium is an international necessity. Four new countries pledged their support for a moratorium at UNOC, bringing the total to 37.

Attention now turns to what actions governments will take in July to stop this industry from starting.

Megan Randles, Greenpeace head of delegation regarding the High Seas Treaty and progress towards stopping deep sea mining, said: “High Seas Treaty ratification is within touching distance, but the progress made here in Nice feels hollow as this UN Ocean Conference ends without more tangible commitments to stopping deep sea mining.

“We’ve heard lots of fine words here in Nice, but these need to turn into tangible action.

“Countries must be brave, stand up for global cooperation and make history by stopping deep sea mining this year.

“They can do this by committing to a moratorium on deep sea mining at next month’s International Seabed Authority meeting.

“We applaud those who have already taken a stand, and urge all others to be on the right side of history by stopping deep sea mining.”

Attention on ISA meeting
Following this UNOC, attention now turns to the International Seabed Authority (ISA) meetings in July. In the face of The Metals Company teaming up with US President Donald Trump to mine the global oceans, the upcoming ISA provides a space where governments can come together to defend the deep ocean by adopting a moratorium to stop this destructive industry.

Negotiations on a Global Plastics Treaty resume in August.

John Hocevar, oceans campaign director, Greenpeace USA said: “The majority of countries have spoken when they signed on to the Nice Call for an Ambitious Plastics Treaty that they want an agreement that will reduce plastic production. Now, as we end the UN Ocean Conference and head on to the Global Plastics Treaty negotiations in Geneva this August, they must act.

“The world cannot afford a weak treaty dictated by oil-soaked obstructionists.

“The ambitious majority must rise to this moment, firmly hold the line and ensure that we will have a Global Plastic Treaty that cuts plastic production, protects human health, and delivers justice for Indigenous Peoples and communities on the frontlines.

“Governments need to show that multilateralism still works for people and the planet, not the profits of a greedy few.”

Driving ecological collapse
Nichanan Thantanwit, project leader, Ocean Justice Project, said: “Coastal and Indigenous communities, including small-scale fishers, have protected the ocean for generations. Now they are being pushed aside by industries driving ecological collapse and human rights violations.

“As the UN Ocean Conference ends, governments must recognise small-scale fishers and Indigenous Peoples as rights-holders, secure their access and role in marine governance, and stop destructive practices such as bottom trawling and harmful aquaculture.

“There is no ocean protection without the people who have protected it all along.”

The anticipated Nice Ocean Action Plan, which consists of a political declaration and a series of voluntary commitments, will be announced later today at the end of the conference.

None will be legally binding, so governments need to act strongly during the next ISA meeting in July and at plastic treaty negotiations in August.

Republished from Greenpeace Aotearoa with permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/16/be-brave-warning-to-nations-against-deepsea-mining-from-unoc/feed/ 0 539086
NZ’s Islamic Council calls on Luxon to condemn Israel over ‘unprovoked’ military strikes https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/15/nzs-islamic-council-calls-on-luxon-to-condemn-israel-over-unprovoked-military-strikes/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/15/nzs-islamic-council-calls-on-luxon-to-condemn-israel-over-unprovoked-military-strikes/#respond Sun, 15 Jun 2025 00:41:29 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=116113 Asia Pacific Report

The Islamic Council of New Zealand (ICONZ) has protested over Israel’s “unprovoked military strikes” against Iran, killing at least 80 people — 20 of them children, and called on the NZ government to publicly condemn Israeli’s actions.

An open letter to Prime Minister Christopher Luxon, read out to a Palestine rally in Henderson yesterday by advocate Dr Adnan Ali, said the attacks — targeting residential areas as well as military and nuclear facilities — represented a “grave escalation in regional tensions and pose a serious threat to global peace and stability”.

“This act of aggression undermines international diplomatic efforts and risks igniting a broader conflict that could engulf the Middle East and beyond,” the letter said.

The council’s letter, signed by ICONZ president Dr Muhammad Sajjad Haider Naqvi, said it was “particularly alarmed by the timing of the strikes, which come amid ongoing negotiations over Iran’s nuclear programme”.

The ICONZ letter sent to Prime Minister Christopher Luxon
The ICONZ letter sent to Prime Minister Christopher Luxon on Friday protesting over the Israeli attacks on Iran. Image: APR

It said the Israeli attack set a “dangerous precedent” and violated international law and sovereignty.

The council urged the NZ government to:

  • Publicly condemn the Israeli government’s actions and call for an immediate cessation of hostilities;
  • Engage diplomatically with international partners to de-escalate tensions and promote peaceful resolution;
  • Support humanitarian efforts to assist affected civilians in Iran; and
  • Reaffirm NZ’s commitment to international law, peace and justice.

The council said New Zealand had “long been a voice of reason and compassion on the global stage” and it hoped that this would guide Luxon’s leadership.

In retaliatory missile attacks by Iran, at least four people have been killed and 200 wounded in Israel.

Meanwhile, Al Jazeera’s Bernard Smith, reporting from Amman, Jordan, because Israel has banned Al Jazeera from reporting on its territory, said attacking Iran allowed Israel to deflect attention away from Gaza.

“Israel says the focus of its military activities is now on Iran and not on Gaza. But it also conveniently allows . . . the focus of attention on what’s happening in Israel to move from Gaza to Iran,” he said.

“Until Israel hit those targets in Iran, it was coming under increasing international scrutiny over the conduct of the war in Gaza.”


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/15/nzs-islamic-council-calls-on-luxon-to-condemn-israel-over-unprovoked-military-strikes/feed/ 0 538961
NZ’s Islamic Council calls on Luxon to condemn Israel over ‘unprovoked’ military strikes https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/15/nzs-islamic-council-calls-on-luxon-to-condemn-israel-over-unprovoked-military-strikes-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/15/nzs-islamic-council-calls-on-luxon-to-condemn-israel-over-unprovoked-military-strikes-2/#respond Sun, 15 Jun 2025 00:41:29 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=116113 Asia Pacific Report

The Islamic Council of New Zealand (ICONZ) has protested over Israel’s “unprovoked military strikes” against Iran, killing at least 80 people — 20 of them children, and called on the NZ government to publicly condemn Israeli’s actions.

An open letter to Prime Minister Christopher Luxon, read out to a Palestine rally in Henderson yesterday by advocate Dr Adnan Ali, said the attacks — targeting residential areas as well as military and nuclear facilities — represented a “grave escalation in regional tensions and pose a serious threat to global peace and stability”.

“This act of aggression undermines international diplomatic efforts and risks igniting a broader conflict that could engulf the Middle East and beyond,” the letter said.

The council’s letter, signed by ICONZ president Dr Muhammad Sajjad Haider Naqvi, said it was “particularly alarmed by the timing of the strikes, which come amid ongoing negotiations over Iran’s nuclear programme”.

The ICONZ letter sent to Prime Minister Christopher Luxon
The ICONZ letter sent to Prime Minister Christopher Luxon on Friday protesting over the Israeli attacks on Iran. Image: APR

It said the Israeli attack set a “dangerous precedent” and violated international law and sovereignty.

The council urged the NZ government to:

  • Publicly condemn the Israeli government’s actions and call for an immediate cessation of hostilities;
  • Engage diplomatically with international partners to de-escalate tensions and promote peaceful resolution;
  • Support humanitarian efforts to assist affected civilians in Iran; and
  • Reaffirm NZ’s commitment to international law, peace and justice.

The council said New Zealand had “long been a voice of reason and compassion on the global stage” and it hoped that this would guide Luxon’s leadership.

In retaliatory missile attacks by Iran, at least four people have been killed and 200 wounded in Israel.

Meanwhile, Al Jazeera’s Bernard Smith, reporting from Amman, Jordan, because Israel has banned Al Jazeera from reporting on its territory, said attacking Iran allowed Israel to deflect attention away from Gaza.

“Israel says the focus of its military activities is now on Iran and not on Gaza. But it also conveniently allows . . . the focus of attention on what’s happening in Israel to move from Gaza to Iran,” he said.

“Until Israel hit those targets in Iran, it was coming under increasing international scrutiny over the conduct of the war in Gaza.”


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/15/nzs-islamic-council-calls-on-luxon-to-condemn-israel-over-unprovoked-military-strikes-2/feed/ 0 538962
Ernesto ‘Che’ Guevara: A symbol of revolution https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/13/ernesto-che-guevara-a-symbol-of-revolution/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/13/ernesto-che-guevara-a-symbol-of-revolution/#respond Fri, 13 Jun 2025 21:11:15 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334828 Ernesto “Che” Guevara was born on June 14, 1928. He was not a very likely kid to become an icon for revolutionary change. But he did anyway. This is episode 46 of Stories of Resistance.]]>

He was not a very likely kid to become an icon for revolutionary change—a beacon for social justice, in defense of the Americas, against imperialism, authoritarianism, and foreign oppression.

But he did anyway.

Ernesto “Che” Guevara was born on June 14, 1928. 

An asthmatic child raised by a well-to-do family in the hills of Argentina, he would study medicine, grow to be a doctor. But Ernesto Guevara heard another calling: humanity. He wanted to heal not just the sick and the tired, but the reason for their oppression, their poverty, the root of their suffering and exploitation.

Ernesto Guevara learned this over time. In his early 20s, he was a traveler. A wanderer. A self-described vagabond, journeying with his doctor friend, Alberto Granado, across South America on the back of their 1939 Norton 500cc motorcycle, “la poderosa.”

He would have many journeys… and through them he could not escape the haunting shadow plaguing the many countries of the Americas. A shadow of poverty, of inequality, of oppression and injustice, where people’s hands toil just to barely survive, and life is worth little alongside the power and the wealth of the foreign mines, and the US banana companies, and the American troops. Where people worked in near-slave conditions for pennies, and if you stood up you were beaten or locked away. The feudal colonial system imposed centuries before to keep the Indigenous peoples down, and the campesinos working the fields, and the riches flowing into the coffers of foreign countries far away was still intact, only with new rulers at the top.

Ernesto Guevara saw it all.

You might think that his resistance came with the Cuban revolution, when he sailed on the yacht known as the Granma, picked up arms, fought alongside Fidel Castro in the Sierra Maestra and liberated the island of Cuba…

Or when he denounced capitalism at the United Nations…

Or when he helped to lead Cuba and make it self-sufficient, despite the US embargo that still exists today…

Or when he left it all behind to try and spark a revolution in Bolivia.

But Ernesto Guevara’s resistance—Che’s resistance—began long before all of that. It began when he traveled, when he wandered the land, when he saw the unjust global system all around him. A caste system imposed on the countries of Latin America where the wealthy were at the top and everyone else fought over the miserable crumbs. 

And Che Guevara refused to obey. Che vowed to do everything he could to fight it, resist it. And resist he did, with every vein of his existence…

####

Che was born this week, in 1928. 

He was killed on October 9, 1967, in La Higuera, Bolivia, after being captured while trying to spark a revolution there.

###

Hi folks, thanks for listening. I’m your host Michael Fox. 

I had a really hard time with this story. Che is such an revolutionary icon. Larger than life. How do you attempt to do something about his life that does justice and also does not repeat the old tropes? This was my attempt. I hope you liked it. As you probably noticed, I did not even try to get into all of the details of his life, or else this story could easily have been an hour long.

That said, I am developing a future podcast that in a way goes in search of Che, follows some of his footsteps here in Latin America as a young man, and tries to look at who he was and what he means still today. Keep an eye out for that here at The Real News. I hope to have it out later this year.

This is Stories of Resistance, a podcast series co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment or leave a review.

As always, thanks for listening. See you next time.


This is episode 46 of Stories of Resistance—a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. 

And please consider signing up for the Stories of Resistance podcast feed, either in Spotify, Apple Podcasts, Spreaker, or wherever you listen.

Visit patreon.com/mfox for exclusive pictures, to follow Michael Fox’s reporting and to support his work. 

Written and produced by Michael Fox.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/13/ernesto-che-guevara-a-symbol-of-revolution/feed/ 0 538728
Israel launches unprecedented attack on Iran days before U.S.-Iran nuclear negotiations https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/13/israel-launches-unprecedented-attack-on-iran-days-before-u-s-iran-nuclear-negotiations/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/13/israel-launches-unprecedented-attack-on-iran-days-before-u-s-iran-nuclear-negotiations/#respond Fri, 13 Jun 2025 15:55:43 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334807 An Israeli Air Force F-15 Eagle fighter plane performs at an air show during the graduation of new cadet pilots at Hatzerim base in the Negev desert, near the southern Israeli city of Beer Sheva, on June 29, 2017. Photo credit should read JACK GUEZ/AFP via Getty ImagesThe Israeli army launched a series of wide-ranging overnight strikes on Iran, targeting nuclear facilities, top military leaders, and nuclear scientists. Israel says these attacks are just the beginning.]]> An Israeli Air Force F-15 Eagle fighter plane performs at an air show during the graduation of new cadet pilots at Hatzerim base in the Negev desert, near the southern Israeli city of Beer Sheva, on June 29, 2017. Photo credit should read JACK GUEZ/AFP via Getty Images

This story originally appeared in Mondoweiss on June 13, 2025. It is shared here with permission.

After days of mutual threats, Israel launched an unprecedented series of strikes on Iranian soil early on Friday, targeting Iranian nuclear sites, airports, top military leaders, and nuclear scientists in several locations, including the Iranian capital, Tehran.

At around 3:00 a.m. local time, Iranian news agencies reported several explosions in Tehran, while the Israeli Defense Minister, Israel Katz, declared that Israel had “conducted a preemptive strike against Iran.” Later, Iranian news agency Irna reported that the Israeli strikes had targeted and killed the commander-in-chief of the Iranian Revolutionary Guard, Hussein Salami, as well as the chief of staff of the Iranian armed forces, the head of the revolutionary guard’s Khatem al-Anbiya military complex, and six Iranian nuclear scientists.

The attack also targeted the Iranian Natanz nuclear facility in the center of the country, as well as other nuclear and military facilities in the west. Later in the morning, new Israeli strikes targeted the Tibriz Airport in the north.

Iran’s supreme leader, Ali Khamenei, stated on Friday, following the Israeli attack, that Israel will receive a “hard punishment.” Khamenei also announced the appointment of replacements for the slain military leaders. 

Meanwhile, the Jamqaran mosque in the Islamic holy city of Qom raised the red flag, a Shiite tradition symbolizing coming vengeance. The red flag has been previously raised at Jamqaran before the Iranian response to the assassinations of Quds force general Qasem Suleimani in 2020 and Hamas leader Ismail Haniyeh in 2024. 

Meanwhile, Iranian Foreign Minister Abbas Aragchi urged the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) to condemn the Israeli attack.

Israeli military sources later reported that Iran had launched around 100 attack drones toward Israel and that its air defense systems intercepted them above neighboring countries. However, the spokesperson of the Israeli army said in a press statement that Israel was expecting a larger Iranian retaliation, and that the escalation would last for several days, urging Israelis to remain indoors pending further instructions.

The lead-up: U.S.-Iran nuclear talks

The Israeli attack came after five rounds of Iranian negotiations with the U.S. over Iran’s nuclear program in Oman, and two days away from a sixth round scheduled for Sunday. In recent days, the rhetoric between Iran, the U.S., and Israel has escalated as U.S. President Trump repeated that his confidence in reaching a deal with Iran was diminishing. 

The crucial point of difference in the nuclear talks has been U.S. insistence that Iran should not enrich uranium on its soil for its civil nuclear purposes, which Iran considers a non-starter, insisting on maintaining its enrichment capacity.

Earlier in May, CNN announced that the U.S. had gathered intelligence about Israeli preparations for a strike against Iran, while nuclear talks between Iran and the U.S. were ongoing. This came several days after Trump’s envoy to the Middle East, Steve Witkoff, announced that the U.S. “will not allow Iran to enrich uranium.” 

Last Monday, Iran announced that its intelligence services had obtained thousands of secret Israeli nuclear documents and threatened to reveal their contents.

The lead-up to the attack also saw the repatriation of several U.S. diplomats from the Middle East last Wednesday, including the U.S. embassy in Iraq. The following day, the IAEA announced that Iran was in breach of its nuclear non-proliferation obligations. 

Internally, Israel’s decision to attack Iran came in a delicate political moment, following the voting by the Israeli Knesset on a bill to dissolve itself, supported by the Israeli opposition and Orthodox Haredi parties. The motion passed in its first reading and had two more readings to go before taking effect. Had it been passed, the adopted bill would have forced early elections and put an end to the current government coalition led by Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu.

Although internal pressure on Netanyahu is unprecedented, it comes at a time when the Knesset is due to go into summer recess in the coming weeks, and will be back in session only in autumn. The state of emergency created by attacking Iran will therefore delay the legal process to dissolve the Knesset, possibly saving Netanyahu’s coalition. 

Already on Friday, several Knesset members who voted in favor of the motion to dissolve the Knesset voiced their support for Netanyahu’s decision to attack Iran.

The Knesset vote came after voices have multiplied in calling for the cessation of Israel’s offensive in Gaza, with some ministers within Netanyahu’s government joining the calls.

Internationally, pressure also continues to mount on Israel to end its onslaught on Gaza, especially after its interception of the Madleen aid boat in international waters last week and its ongoing detainment of several of its passengers, including French European parliament member Rima Hassan. 

Pressure also mounted last week after five European countries, including the UK, imposed sanctions on Israeli far-right ministers Bezalel Smotrich and Itamar Ben-Gvir.

What the attack on Iran means for Palestinians

In Gaza, the humanitarian situation in Gaza has deteriorated even further after two weeks of food rations being distributed through the Israeli-backed and U.S.-controlled Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF), the controversial organization tasked with distributing aid to Palestinians instead of the UN. Israeli forces have committed several aid massacres against starving Gazans at the GHF’s distribution points in southern and central Gaza. The massacres have seen the killing of dozens of civilians at GHF sites on a near-daily basis, often after the Israeli army has opened fire on desperate crowds of civilians.

On Thursday, the UN General Assembly adopted a resolution to end the war in Gaza by an overwhelming majority. The vote came almost ten days after the U.S. vetoed a similar resolution at the UN Security Council, sparking widespread criticism.

The international sense of alarm created by the Israeli-made humanitarian crisis in Gaza could only be topped by the new alarming situation created by the Israeli attack on Iran. The expectations of an Iranian response and the risk of an all-out regional war in the Middle East have raised global alarm among world leaders, including British Prime Minister Keir Starmer and French President Emmanuel Macron, who called for “de-escalation” on Friday.

Meanwhile, Israel’s ongoing offensive on Palestinians in the West Bank, which has already been shaded by regional developments, continues to move further away from the spotlight. Immediately following its attack on Iran, Israel imposed a total closure on the West Bank, closing a number of checkpoints and restricting the circulation of Palestinians. Israel also closed the Allenby Bridge crossing to Jordan, the only way out of the country for West Bank Palestinians.

In recent weeks, Israel ramped up its offensive on the West Bank, adopting new decisions that allowed it to confiscate more Palestinian land and announcing the building of 22 new settlements. This has come amid a widening military crackdown on West Bank towns and cities, most recently when Israeli forces killed two Palestinian brothers and wounded thirty Palestinians in Nablus during a 28-hour raid last Tuesday. Meanwhile, its forces continue to occupy the Jenin and Tulkarem refugee camps, demolishing more homes in the camps and preventing the return of its over 40,000 expelled residents.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Qassam Muaddi.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/13/israel-launches-unprecedented-attack-on-iran-days-before-u-s-iran-nuclear-negotiations/feed/ 0 538594
To Maryland college students, speaking out about Gaza means more than any potential discipline https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/12/to-maryland-college-students-speaking-out-about-gaza-means-more-than-any-potential-discipline/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/12/to-maryland-college-students-speaking-out-about-gaza-means-more-than-any-potential-discipline/#respond Thu, 12 Jun 2025 20:02:17 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334778 Graduates of Hunter College walk out of graduation ceremonies to protest Israel's continued war in Gaza, May 30, 2025, outside of Barclays Center in the borough of Brooklyn, New York City. Photo by Andrew Lichtenstein/Corbis via Getty ImagesIn conversations with more than a dozen local student activists, Baltimore Beat heard that they see their Pro-Palestine advocacy as part of a broader, generational fight against injustice.]]> Graduates of Hunter College walk out of graduation ceremonies to protest Israel's continued war in Gaza, May 30, 2025, outside of Barclays Center in the borough of Brooklyn, New York City. Photo by Andrew Lichtenstein/Corbis via Getty Images

This story originally appeared in Baltimore Beat on June 12, 2025. It is shared here with permission.

At graduation ceremonies across Baltimore this spring, students turned their moments of celebration into protest — waving Palestinian flags, denouncing their schools’ complicity in Gaza’s devastation, and risking discipline from both their universities and the Trump administration.

“I can’t just walk across the stage and not say anything,” said August, a University of Maryland School of Social Work graduate and member of the Anti-Imperial Movement,  who asked that their full name be withheld out of fear of harassment. “I can’t just sleep well knowing that my tuition money is complicit in this.” 

August was among the students that marked their May 19 commencement ceremony by demanding their school cut ties with Israel. Over a dozen students wore keffiyehs, waved Palestinian flags, covered their hands in blood-red dyed water and signs reading, “Genocide is not a social work value” and “Disclose, Divest from Israel.”

Colleges across the country have cracked down on similar displays: days earlier, at George Washington University, Cecilia Culver was banned from campus after using her graduation speech to declare, “I am ashamed to know my tuition is being used to fund genocide.” At NYU, Logan Rozos’s diploma was withheld after denouncing the “genocide… paid for by our tax dollars and live-streamed to our phones.”

The goal was urgent: to speak out against institutional complicity in Gaza’s humanitarian catastrophe, where the official death toll nears 55,000, hundreds of thousands of people face starvation, and Israel has vowed to enact President Donald Trump’s ethnic cleansing plan for the survivors. 

Protest has become a constant on college campuses since Hamas’s deadly attack on October 7, 2023, and Israel’s genocidal response. Over 19 months, students have staged walkouts, encampments, hunger strikes, and civil disobedience — even as administrators rewrite rules to ban and restrict protests and impose harsh discipline. More than 3,000 protesters across the country have been arrested, with hundreds suspended or expelled. Protestors are routinely accused of antisemitism, their calls for accountability dismissed as hatred rather than outrage over humanitarian law. 

Resistance has grown since this March, when the U.S.-backed Israeli blockade choked off food, water, and medicine to Gaza — and public perception is starting to shift with it. An April Pew survey showed a majority of Americans now view Israel unfavorably for the first time in decades. That finding was confirmed by a May University of Maryland poll that also found more than a third of Americans, including a majority of Democrats, see Israel’s actions in Gaza as war crimes or “akin to genocide.”

“The only way forward is for everyday Americans — not just students or leftists — to speak up,” said August. “Sometimes it feels hopeless, but the data shows we’re not fringe. A lot of people are waking up to what’s happening in Gaza.”

“Sometimes it feels hopeless, but the data shows we’re not fringe. A lot of people are waking up to what’s happening in Gaza.”

August, a University of Maryland School of Social Work graduate

In conversations with more than a dozen local student activists, Baltimore Beat heard that they see their Pro-Palestine advocacy as part of a broader, generational fight against injustice.

As the crisis in Gaza has deepened, so too has the Trump administration’s crackdown on campus activism — framing student protest as antisemitism. Federal investigations are now underway at more than 60 universities, and hundreds of student visas have been revoked. At institutions like Johns Hopkins University, the administration has threatened to pull billions in federal funding unless university leaders suppress dissent. A federal antisemitism task force — backed by Republicans, key Democrats, and major Jewish organizations — has vowed to stamp out what it deems antisemitism at Hopkins and other campuses.

The administration has targeted prominent foreign-born student activists, claiming their advocacy constitutes support for Hamas and antisemitic incitement. In March, Mahmoud Khalil, a prominent organizer at Columbia University and a legal U.S. resident, was detained by ICE, had his green card revoked, and has languished in detention for several months. “As a Palestinian student, I believe that the liberation of the Palestinian people and the Jewish people are intertwined — you cannot achieve one without the other,” Khalil told CNN in 2024.

Pro-Palestinian protesters — including many Jewish students — emphasize that their opposition is to Israel’s occupation, not Judaism. They warn that equating criticism of Israel with antisemitism threatens free speech and undermines Jewish safety by turning antisemitism into a political weapon.

Avery Misterka, Jewish student at Towson University and lead organizer of the campus Pro-Palestine movement, has spoken out at multiple protests against Trump administration policies and in defense of targeted student activists. 

“Trump isn’t serious about fighting antisemitism — it’s a weapon for his Christian nationalist project,” said Misterka. He heads the campus chapter of Jewish Voice for Peace, the nation’s largest anti-Zionist Jewish organization. Misterka noted that Trump has long-standing ties to antisemitic extremists, including several current White House officials.

“We’ve seen what happens when students speak out — they get punished. But we’re still showing up,” he added.

The protests have persisted even as university responses grow increasingly harsh. In the early hours of May 8, tents sprang up on the Keyser Quad at Johns Hopkins University. Students quickly established a small encampment, renaming it the Dr. Hussam Abu Safiya Liberated Zone, in honor of a Gazan pediatrician abducted by Israeli forces. While last year’s encampment at Hopkins lasted for two weeks, this time it was cleared immediately: more than 30 Hopkins armed private police force and Baltimore police officers swept onto the quad within the hour, tearing down tents and detaining students.

The crackdown at Hopkins — carried out by its newly empowered private police force — sparked swift criticism from students and faculty alike. 

“Campuses have always been strongholds of dissent. Trump knows critical thinking lives here, and his agenda can’t survive it.”

Claude Guillemard, French Professor at Johns Hopkins University

“Campuses have always been strongholds of dissent. Trump knows critical thinking lives here, and his agenda can’t survive it,” said Claude Guillemard, a French professor at Johns Hopkins University, at a recent rally. 

Both students and faculty have led calls for the Baltimore City Council to hold a hearing on the Hopkins Police Department, arguing that the force remains unaccountable to the communities it is supposed to serve. They argue that university leaders are capitulating to a pressure campaign designed to stifle dissent and academic freedom.

At Morgan State University, where student protest played a key role in the civil rights movement, professor Jared Ball sees the pattern repeating: “Faculty in Maryland can’t unionize, governance keeps shrinking, and corporate and military influence keeps growing. Private security is everywhere, yet students still say they don’t feel safe. Administrators confine protests to ‘designated spaces’ and punish anyone who strays — proof that the crackdown on dissent isn’t new, just more aggressive.”

At Towson University, the movement has only broadened. One year after passing a 12-1 divestment resolution, university leaders have rejected calls to divest from Israel as students built an even larger coalition. 

Mina, vice president of Towson’s Muslim Student Association, withheld their last name due to ongoing Islamophobic harassment. Despite administrators rejecting their demands, Mina says they remain undeterred.

“We’ve been here since October 7, and we’re not going anywhere,” Mina said. 

Even after meeting with the president, none of their demands have been met.

“I guess he thought if he met with us, we’d stop — but we haven’t.”

While protesters face arrest, suspension, and expulsion, no U.S. official has been held accountable for violating laws that prohibit aid to governments committing war crimes.

Organizing extends well beyond protests and marches. On a chilly Saturday in April, Red Emma’s became a marketplace of resistance for students’ political art.

At Morgan State University, where student protest played a key role in the civil rights movement, professor Jared Ball sees the pattern repeating: “Administrators confine protests to ‘designated spaces’ and punish anyone who strays — proof that the crackdown on dissent isn’t new, just more aggressive.”

Students from area schools shared food and strategies for continued action, including University of Maryland College Park, where in April, students voted to divest from Israel and other countries that fuel human rights abuses, joining Towson and University of Maryland Baltimore County, where student bodies approved divestment resolutions last year. The event, organized by Baltimore Artists Against Apartheid, raised more than $3,600 for Palestinian families. 

“If we let the repression students face stand, artists will be next,” said organizer Nic Koski. “Defending students under attack is inseparable from defending Palestinian rights — and everyone’s rights.”

One of the participating artists was Qamar Hassan, a graduating senior at the Maryland Institute College of Art, who raised over $500 by selling pieces that had been removed from public spaces by campus administrators.

In May, Hassan also took part in a protest during their graduation. “We really wanted to highlight that [MICA was] still actively censoring students,” Hassan said. They coordinated with classmates to disrupt the ceremony with chants for Palestine, and a few walked the stage carrying Palestinian flags, determined to make their message visible even as most held back, fearing repercussions. The school president refused to shake their hand — a small gesture that captured the tension of the moment.

“We wanted to show that even if it’s just a handful of us, we’re not going to let our school go about with a land acknowledgment and then censor students who want to talk about Palestine,” Hassan reflected. 

“It’s important to show others who are scared that you can do these things — and you’ll be okay. You have a voice, and you can use it.” 

In a year defined by fear and repression, even a small act of defiance became an example for others — and a signal to Baltimore that the city’s students, and their movement, aren’t going away.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Jaisal Noor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/12/to-maryland-college-students-speaking-out-about-gaza-means-more-than-any-potential-discipline/feed/ 0 538365
Christopher Black: Balancing the Unbalanced Scales of International Criminal Justice https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/12/christopher-black-balancing-the-unbalanced-scales-of-international-criminal-justice/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/12/christopher-black-balancing-the-unbalanced-scales-of-international-criminal-justice/#respond Thu, 12 Jun 2025 14:49:24 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=158988 General Augustin Ndindiliyimana, left, was acquitted of all charges in the International Criminal Tribunal for Rwanda’s Appeals Court after a 14-year battle waged by the late Christopher C. Black, right. Christopher C. Black fought for justice in politically agendized international courts. International criminal defense attorney and writer Christopher C. Black died suddenly on June 5, […]

The post Christopher Black: Balancing the Unbalanced Scales of International Criminal Justice first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Christopher Black
General Augustin Ndindiliyimana, left, was acquitted of all charges in the International Criminal Tribunal for Rwanda’s Appeals Court after a 14-year battle waged by the late Christopher C. Black, right.

Christopher C. Black fought for justice in politically agendized international courts.

International criminal defense attorney and writer Christopher C. Black died suddenly on June 5, 2025. He will be sorely missed. His analysis of the imbalanced scales of international justice and his representation of those wrongly accused should be long remembered and honored.

The height of Black’s career was winning the acquittal of Rwandan General Augustin Ndindiliyimana after a 14-year battle at the International Criminal Tribunal for Rwanda . General Ndindiliyimana was accused of genocide crimes, but he’d actually saved many civilians in Kigali during the final 100 days of the 1990 to 1994 Rwandan war.

Ndindiliyimana’s trial was an important moment in the history of the politically agendized, US-controlled court, which tried only Rwandan Hutus and thereby established the genocide narrative that became so useful to the US and other Western powers, not only in Rwanda and Congo but also in humanitarian interventionist ideology. The US farcically declared “stopping genocide and mass atrocities” to be its official foreign policy, and “stopping the next Rwanda” became Western imperialists’ rallying cry to justify invasions in Libya and Syria. After the US had destroyed Libya and assassinated its leader, Muammar Gaddafi, then UN Ambassador Susan Rice flew first to Libya, then to Rwanda to declare that we got it right this time.

Speaking in 2015 at the annual Rhodes Forum held by the Dialogue of Civilizations think tank, Christopher Black said, “The point of these tribunals, why they were set up, is basically propaganda. That’s their only real role. The propaganda is to put out a story about the war with which they’re concerned, and the propaganda is meant to demonize the government which has been overthrown, and to cover up the real role of the United States and its allies in that war. And that’s the only role these trials really have.”

I spoke to Phil Taylor, former investigator at the ICTR and current host of The Taylor Report on CIUT FM-University of Toronto , about Christopher Black’s life and work.

ANN GARRISON: Phil, can you first tell us how you met and became friends with Christopher Black?

PHIL TAYLOR: Chris and I worked for the same law firm, Roach & Schwartz, headed by a much respected people’s lawyer and a leader in Toronto’s Black community. We worked together on a number of cases before Chris took up an independent practice.

AG: The United Nations created the International Criminal Tribunal for Rwanda , also known as the ICTR, to prosecute crimes committed between January 1 and December 31, 1994. Tell us about your work with him there.

PT: Together with others, particularly ICTR lawyer Tiphaine Dickson , I encouraged Chris to consider defending General Augustin Ndindiliyimana, which he fortunately agreed to do. When he took up the case, I was employed as an investigator by other defendants, but Chris and I interacted regularly to keep abreast of the issues and challenges faced by defendants and defense counsel.

AG: The story of Rwanda and the ICTR has occasioned abundant scholarship, much of it propagandistic, and it will no doubt be studied for years to come. What would you hope to be Christopher Black’s lasting contribution? 

PT:  As Chris said in his talk at the Rhodes Forum , propaganda was the purpose of the court.  It was created to reduce the history of the 1990-1994 Rwandan war and its final 100 days to a Manichean tale of demonic Hutus massacring angelic Tutsis. The reality was far more complex, but the simple Manichean tale served the purposes of its creators, the US and the UN, which was then dominated by the US in the aftermath of the Soviet Union’s collapse. Remember that former UN Secretary General Boutros Boutros-Ghali told Canadian author Robin Philpot that the Americans were largely responsible for the events of 1994.

US leaders wanted their guy, Rwandan Tutsi General Paul Kagame, to seize power in Kigali and become a hero to the international community as the leader who stopped the genocide. Two years later they supported Rwanda and Uganda’s invasion of the Democratic Republic of the Congo, which was then Zaire, to topple aging dictator Mobutu Sese Seko and displace France as the dominant power in Central Africa. Newsweek explained this in its May 11, 1997, report “Washington’s Africa Move .”

All the cases adjudicated at the court should be studied in light of this propagandistic narrative that Chris identified as the purpose of the court. Only Hutus were indicted and prosecuted, making it the very definition of victor’s justice, but Chris nevertheless fought like a tiger for his innocent client, General Ndindiliyimana, and eventually won.

AG: The established narrative about the Rwandan Genocide says that the UN simply stood by and allowed it to happen. What role did it actually play, and why did Boutros Boutros-Ghali blame the Americans?

PT: Kagame’s Rwandan Tutsi army was guilty of many civilian massacres, particularly of the majority Hutu population, throughout the four-year Rwandan war.  The infamous “100 days of genocide” began after Kagame ordered the assassination of Rwanda and Burundi’s Hutu presidents by shooting their plane out of the sky over Kigali on April 6, 1994. This panicked the Hutu population, who began massacring Tutsis, while at the same time Kagame’s army began a long-planned offensive to finally seize power in the capital, Kigali. Kagame’s army committed civilian massacres on its way to Kigali and after, but no one has ever been indicted for their crimes.

President Bill Clinton instructed his UN Ambassador Madeline Albright to keep the UN Security Council (UNSC) from sending in troops to stop the killing because they wanted Kagame to come out on top. 

The major “human rights” NGOs worked diligently to demonize the existing Rwandan government, and they had ready access to Bill Clinton’s White House. During ceasefire negotiations, Human Rights Watch, led by Alison des Forges, even tried to have Rwanda’s UN representatives arrested.

AG: Can you talk more about Chris’s defense of General Ndindiliyimana?

PT: Chris found excellent witnesses to testify, most notably Colonel Luc Marchal, who was second-in-command of the UN Peacekeeping Forces and commander of forces in the capital, Kigali. Ndindiliyimana was commander of the gendarmerie, the military police in the capital, so the two of them worked closely together, doing their best to protect civilians.

Colonel Marchal testified to the integrity of General Ndindiliyimana and to the specific actions he took to protect civilians.

Chris diligently exposed the falsehoods and contradictory testimony of the general’s accusers.

In 2014, General Ndindiliyimana was acquitted of all charges in the ICTR Appeals Chamber.  He returned to his family in Belgium shortly thereafter.

*****

Christopher Black’s essays are compiled on the website of New Eastern Outlook . His novel, Beneath the Clouds , is available on Amazon. He is survived by his life companion Gail, son Aidan, and grandson William.

Phil Taylor is a former investigator at the ICTR and current host of The Taylor Report on CIUT FM-University of Toronto.

The post Christopher Black: Balancing the Unbalanced Scales of International Criminal Justice first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Ann Garrison.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/12/christopher-black-balancing-the-unbalanced-scales-of-international-criminal-justice/feed/ 0 538332
Daniel Ortega is No Nayib Bukele https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/12/daniel-ortega-is-no-nayib-bukele/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/12/daniel-ortega-is-no-nayib-bukele/#respond Thu, 12 Jun 2025 14:17:05 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=159010 Left Photo: Inmate in Nicaragua receives diploma (19 Digital). Right Photo: Inmates dehumanized in El Salvador (El Salvador Presidency handout/Anadolu/Getty Images) Ortega and Bukele are polar opposites: one invests in dignity and democracy, the other in mass incarceration and imperial alliances. Opposition media from both Nicaragua and El Salvador, along with the Washington Post, Amnesty […]

The post Daniel Ortega is No Nayib Bukele first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Inmate in Nicaragua receives diploma next to Inmates dehumanized in El Salvador
Left Photo: Inmate in Nicaragua receives diploma (19 Digital). Right Photo: Inmates dehumanized in El Salvador (El Salvador Presidency handout/Anadolu/Getty Images)

Ortega and Bukele are polar opposites: one invests in dignity and democracy, the other in mass incarceration and imperial alliances.

Opposition media from both Nicaragua and El Salvador, along with the Washington Post, Amnesty International, and Human Rights Watch, all vilify Nicaraguan President Daniel Ortega by equating him with Salvadoran President Nayib Bukele. Although Ortega and Bukele are both serving consecutive terms, and a Central American polling firm reports that they enjoy high popularity among their respective populations, the two presidents actually offer a study in contrasts.

Crime and punishment

Bukele is praised for drastically reducing violence in El Salvador, but his political career is actually based on perpetuating it. First, some history. The country’s gang problem originated in the bloody US-supported war of the 1980s, including US and Israeli funding and training of death squads, that forced thousands of young men to escape forced military recruitment by fleeing to the United States. As an underclass of undocumented immigrants, and without the support of their families, many of these young men wound up in gangs on the streets of Los Angeles or in its prisons. In the mid-1990s, thousands of these gang members were deported to El Salvador, bringing violence back to a country that had just lost 75,000 lives in a brutal conflict. As Hillary Goodfriend writes, “the devastated neoliberal economic landscape proved fertile terrain for the US gang culture imported by Salvadoran youth deported from Los Angeles in the mid-1990s.” The right-wing Nationalist Republican Alliance (ARENA) governments of the postwar years responded to the gang problem with an iron fist.

Then from 2009-2019, while the former guerrillas (Frente Farabundo Martí de Liberación Nacional—FMLN) were in office, a preventive approach was attempted. Structural problems were addressed with “unprecedented increases in social spending, including critical education, health care, land, infrastructure and agricultural investment.” But these efforts were frustrated by a majority opposition legislature that limited spending on such programs, and USAID funding for a private sector approach that favored the opposition. The FMLN also made its own mistakes, including secret negotiations (along with the Catholic Church) for a gang truce, which was initially successful but politically costly once it fell apart. Still, progress was made as Salvadoran youth found more alternatives.

Nayib Bukele arrived on the national scene as the FMLN candidate for mayor of San Salvador in 2014. There has been suspicion that his political rise was based on secret deals with the gangs, and an increasing number of international media are giving details on how that worked. He is alleged to have bribed the gangs for their loyalty in that mayoral race, outbidding the ARENA candidate by a two to one margin. Bukele soon broke with the FMLN and ran against the party in the 2019 presidential election. MS-13 gang leaders are alleged to have negotiated with him prior to the vote, demanding an end to extraditions to the US, shortened sentences, and control of territory. In return they reduced the homicide rate by hiding their crimes. After Bukele’s election, the official murder rate fell, but disappearances went up. This gang also helped him get out the vote for his legislative supermajority in 2021, sometimes violently. While he colludes with the gangs in secret, the public face of Bukele’s crime policy is a return to the repression of the ARENA years.

In March 2022, Bukele instituted a state of exception which persists to this day and has led to the imprisonment of an additional 85,000 people, giving El Salvador the highest incarceration rate in the world. Several social movement leaders are among those detained without trial. Meanwhile, many Salvadorans enjoy comparative safety in the country’s streets since the gang violence is less visible and small businesses no longer have to make extortion payments. This, along with savvy manipulation of social media, has made the president extremely popular among a segment of the population, particularly voters living in the diaspora. Now Bukele has gleefully agreed to serve as an offshore jailer for Donald Trump, and seems to delight in images of dehumanized inmates in crowded cells, indicating that they will never leave. Conditions are torturous and rehabilitation is non-existent. As Alan MacLeod reports , “cruelty is the point.” And violence persists.

The photos at the top of this article show the stark contrast in attitude towards prisoners in Nicaragua vs. El Salvador. While Bukele serves cruelty and humiliation, Nicaragua’s Daniel Ortega focuses on human dignity and rehabilitation—particularly through education. A recent article tells of some 8,400 inmates enrolled in university studies, vocational programs, and completing primary and secondary schooling. Inmates are also allowed to work, if they so choose, and their earnings are sent to their families. Sentences are frequently reduced for good behavior. Reconciliation is a hallmark of the Sandinista movement, which abolished the death penalty in 1979. Corporate media stories about “political prisoners” are part of a US-funded propaganda campaign and should be viewed skeptically. This article gives information about the heinous crimes committed by those US media heroes.

In Nicaragua there is minimal gang activity, drug trafficking, and drug abuse. At 6 per 100,000 inhabitants, the country’s homicide rate has been declining since 2007 and is currently just below that of the US. This decrease is thanks to successful implementation of the kinds of social programs the FMLN attempted in El Salvador, which have engaged the youth and greatly reduced poverty. It has been a steady, long-term process that prioritizes the formerly impoverished majority; not an illusion for social media. People are empowered by creative programs that help farmers feed their families and communities, support entrepreneurs in starting a business, promote women’s health and safety, reinstate rights to Afro-descendant and Indigenous peoples, and allow Nicaraguans of all ages to get an education. These are not changes that can easily be turned back, and are the reason that Daniel Ortega keeps getting a larger and larger percentage of the vote in each election.

NGOs

The Washington Post and Amnesty International inaccurately equate El Salvador’s new Foreign Agents Law with Nicaragua’s non-profits law. The Nicaraguan law requires organizations to report payments coming from outside the country and tell how such money is spent, prohibiting the use of foreign monies for political activity. It is meant to curtail foreign interference like the 2018 coup attempt that subjected the Nicaraguan population to three months of politically-motivated terror. This article provides detailed documentation of the extensive flow of USAID regime-change money to Nicaraguan opposition and media outlets before 2022. In a shameless admission that they are still dependent on US funding, the Nicaraguan opposition took to social media at the start of the second Trump administration to decry the crisis they had fallen into because their US funding was cut . Contrary to what the Post and Amnesty would have us believe, media outlets dependent on US government funding are not “independent.” Unfortunately, USAID/NED funding for Nicaraguan opposition media operating outside the country has already been reinstated.

El Salvador has also been targeted by USAID in the past for political purposes, including during the FMLN administrations. US meddling is less likely to target Bukele, given his close alignment with the Trump administration. Criticism of the new law’s provision to charge Salvadoran charities a 30% tax on international donations does seem valid. In Nicaragua, most charitable organizations pay a 1% administrative fee on international donations, while the wealthiest charities pay up to 3%—a far cry from Bukele’s 30% tax.

Treatment of Migrants

Ortega never participated in the schemes the Trump and Biden administrations negotiated with Nicaragua’s northern neighbors to inhibit the flow of migrants; nor did he impose a ‘special fee’ on migrants in transit from Africa , as Bukele did. Nicaragua accepted direct flights from Haiti and Cuba as a humanitarian gesture to ease the crises that US intervention created in those countries. For a period, Nicaragua was a transit country for migrants looking for an inexpensive and safer route to the US that avoided the dangerous Darien Gap. It was rewarded with baseless accusations of “human trafficking” by the US Congress.

Meanwhile, Bukele zealously collaborates with Trump’s mass deportation/incarceration plan for migrants, even refusing to release a wrongfully deported Salvadoran man. Daniel Ortega has adamantly denounced this , demanded the return of the kidnapped Venezuelans held in El Salvador, and pleaded for respect for all migrants. Nicaraguan migrants who are deported home from the US are welcomed with free health check-ups, a meal, transportation to their home communities, and a small stipend to get re-settled.

Handling of the COVID-19 pandemic

El Salvador had one of the most authoritarian responses to the pandemic. The Bukele government shut down the economy,  used military repression to enforce a nationwide quarantine, declared a state of exception, and forced people into COVID detention centers, where many were infected and some died. Bukele tweeted sadistic photos of gang members crowded together like sardines in prisons—bragging about his repressive response with no regard for the danger of spreading the virus.

President Ortega did the exact opposite: the economy and schools remained open, while children continued to receive their daily lunches. The government deployed a massive public health campaign with house-to-house information visits, prepared public hospitals to treat COVID, established a hotline for contact tracing and monitoring of patients, and released some prisoners. No one was jailed or went hungry due to the pandemic; the government did not incur excessive debt; and Nicaragua achieved the highest vaccination rate in Central America.

Nicaragua had one of the lowest excess death rates from the pandemic in the world (292 per 100,000 inhabitants). UNICEF congratulated Nicaragua on its pandemic response because unlike children who faced lockdowns, Nicaraguan youngsters did not experience more health risks, poorer nutrition, decreased vaccination rates, or diminished education outcomes due to the pandemic.

Salvadoran children, unfortunately, faced all the detrimental effects of an extreme lockdown. The country’s democracy suffered, the economy shrank severely, and the government incurred tremendous debt. The excess death rate in El Salvador due to the pandemic was 364 per 100,000 inhabitants.

Israel and Palestine

Historically, Zionist collaboration with right-wing repression in Central America has included the selling of napalm to ARENA governments to use on the Salvadoran people, and aid for Nicaragua’s Somoza dictatorship and contra terrorists.  Now, despite Bukele’s Palestinian heritage, he has clearly allied with Israel. His imports of Israeli weapons and surveillance technology are growing at an alarming rate, and El Salvador is one of the most extensive users of Israel’s Pegasus spyware, reportedly deployed against dozens of Bukele’s critics.

In contrast, Sandinista Nicaragua has a long history of solidarity with the Palestinian people . Since October 7, 2023, Ortega has resolutely supported the Palestinian people’s right to peace and self-determination and the end of Israeli aggression. His was the first nation to join the South Africa suit at the International Court of Justice over Israel’s violations of the Genocide Convention. Nicaragua then filed its own suit against Germany for aiding and abetting genocide, which succeeded in reducing weapons sales to Israel and reinstating German funding to UNRWA. Nicaragua does this despite threats of increased sanctions from the US Congress and Israel.

Government social spending

Since Bukele became president, classic neoliberal policies have cut education, healthcare, and poverty reduction programs introduced by the FMLN governments before him. Schools are being closed and healthcare is increasingly unaffordable. Meanwhile, there are constant increases in spending on the military, policing, and prisons.

Social spending has been a priority for Nicaragua since President Ortega took office in 2007 and now constitutes 60% of the national budget. There have been vast improvements in health, education, nutrition, housing, drinking water, roads, and electricity. The country’s Human Development Index has surpassed El Salvador’s—remarkable since Nicaragua’s per capita GDP (an important component of that score) is half that of El Salvador. And Nicaragua ranks third lowest in the western hemisphere for military spending, even behind Costa Rica which supposedly has no army.

The many differences between the two presidents are best summarized by looking at them in historical perspective. Despite the hype, the young Bukele offers nothing new. He is perpetuating the cycle of physical and structural violence in his country, in collusion with the US government. The elder statesman Ortega, however, is helping his country break free from imperialist violence. That is something new.

  • First published at BAR.
  • The post Daniel Ortega is No Nayib Bukele first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Jill Clark-Gollub.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/12/daniel-ortega-is-no-nayib-bukele/feed/ 0 538481
    Independent journalists resist threats in El Salvador https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/11/independent-journalists-resist-threats-in-el-salvador/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/11/independent-journalists-resist-threats-in-el-salvador/#respond Wed, 11 Jun 2025 18:10:01 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334738 A microphone sits ready to be used in the studio of El Salvador’s community media association ARPAS, in San Salvador, in February, 2024.Dozens of independent journalists have left El Salvador or are in hiding. And still they continue to report. This is episode 45 of Stories of Resistance.]]> A microphone sits ready to be used in the studio of El Salvador’s community media association ARPAS, in San Salvador, in February, 2024.

    Independent journalists are under threat in many parts of the world. Just in Palestine, 184 journalists and media workers have been killed by Israel’s war on Gaza over the last two years.

    In dark times, independent journalists are often forced to hold the line—denouncing the violence, uncovering the corruption, shining light on the injustice.

    They are truth-tellers who are forced into the front lines, and for this… they are under threat. 

    Today, they are holding the line in El Salvador. There, the Nayib Bukele government has unilaterally detained numerous human rights defenders in recent weeks.

    Independent journalists are also afraid. Oscar Orellana is the head of ARPAS, an association of 20 different community media groups across El Salvador.

    “There’s an atmosphere of fear,” he says. “Of anxiety, insecurity… 

    “There’s self-censorship, like people who don’t want to make statements, journalists who prefer not to address these issues. Community leaders who prefer to remain silent. Let’s say that a culture of silence prevails, a culture that responds to this culture of fear.”

    ###

    President Bukele was reelected last year with 85% of the vote.

    He has transformed the country. Locked up tens of thousands of suspected gang members. People can leave their homes without fear for their safety. But Bukele has also consolidated power—packed the supreme court, forced his way into Congress. He is now the leading ally of Donald Trump in Latin America, accepting US deportees to be dumped and forgotten in his mega-prisons.

    And he is leading an assault on the opposition to his government, including independent and community journalists in the country.

    ###

    At least 15 journalists have fled the country in recent weeks. Roughly a dozen more are in hiding and fear for their safety. But many continue to report…

    They continue to denounce the unjust detentions, jailings, and so much more. Oscar Orellana says it’s their duty.

    “We can’t walk away,” he says. “We can’t abandon our work. We’re an organization that has its own community radio stations. 

    Closing this association would mean closing our 20 media outlets. It would mean giving up on our radio frequencies. We have to remain at the forefront.”

    A new law was approved by the Bukele-allied congress in late May. It’s called the Foreign Agents Law. Bukele says it’s intended to roll back foreign influence and corruption. Human rights groups and many journalists say it’s a tool to control the opposition to Bukele’s government.

    Under the new law, international funding for NGOs and media groups must be vetted by the Salvadoran government. Those receiving these funds must register as foreign agents. Any money received from abroad will be taxed an additional 30%.

    Human rights organizers, independent journalists, and opposition lawmakers say the law is “an authoritarian tool for censorship”—A tool to shut down international funding for Bukele’s opponents. Keeping a close eye on their work, censoring their reporting, and making their lives impossible.

    But independent journalists remain on the front lines. They continue to report. They continue to denounce the growing police state, despite the threats.

    It is not easy. 

    The country has lived under a state of emergency since March 2022. This means habeas corpus and the rule of law are suspended. People detained by the police as suspected gang members or arrested on any suspected or trumped-up charges can languish in jail without trial indefinitely.

    That is a major fear for many independent journalists. But they continue to report, inside or outside the country, from their homes, or in hiding. Telling the stories that need to be told. Resisting… despite everything.

    ###

    Hi folks, thanks for listening. I’m your host Michael Fox. 

    This is Stories of Resistance, a podcast series co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, leave a review, or tell a friend.

    You can also sign up for the specific Stories of Resistance podcast feed wherever you get your podcasts.

    As always, you can follow my reporting and support my work and this podcast at patreon.com/mfox.

    You can also find links to several of my stories in recent years about El Salvador in the show notes.

    Thanks for listening. See you next time.


    Independent journalists say they are under threat in El Salvador. At least 15 journalists have fled the country in recent weeks. Roughly a dozen more are in hiding out of fear for their safety. 

    “There’s an atmosphere of fear, of anxiety. Of insecurity,” says Oscar Orellana, the head of the community media association ARPAS.

    But many continue to report. They continue to denounce the unjust detention of human rights defenders. They continue to tell the stories that need to be told. Resisting… despite everything.

    This is episode 45 of Stories of Resistance—a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. 

    And please consider signing up for the Stories of Resistance podcast feed, either in Spotify, Apple Podcasts, Spreaker, or wherever you listen.

    Visit patreon.com/mfox for exclusive pictures, to follow Michael Fox’s reporting and to support his work. 

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    More of Michael’s Reporting on El Salvador: 

    Marching Against El Salvador’s Police States — Stories of Resistance, Episode 26: https://therealnews.com/marching-against-el-salvadors-police-state

    Families of the detained see echoes of dictatorial past in El Salvador’s gang crackdown: https://therealnews.com/families-of-the-detained-see-echoes-of-dictatorial-past-in-el-salvadors-gang-crackdown

    Nayib Bukele: El Salvador’s mega-prison president detaining Kilmar Abrego Garcia for Trump: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_pGDw_NxfA0

    Does Nayib Bukele’s reelection violate El Salvador’s constitution?: https://therealnews.com/does-nayib-bukeles-reelection-violate-el-salvadors-constitution

    El Salvador, Bukele, Presidente. | Under the Shadow Update 2: https://therealnews.com/el-salvador-bukele-presidente-under-the-shadow-update-2

    El Salvador’s civil war | Under the Shadow Episode 4: https://therealnews.com/el-salvadors-civil-war-under-the-shadow-episode-4


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/11/independent-journalists-resist-threats-in-el-salvador/feed/ 0 538082
    ‘We’re holding those dead babies with our hands’: Doctors returning from Gaza beg humanity to stop the carnage https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/10/were-holding-those-dead-babies-with-our-hands-doctors-returning-from-gaza-beg-humanity-to-stop-the-carnage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/10/were-holding-those-dead-babies-with-our-hands-doctors-returning-from-gaza-beg-humanity-to-stop-the-carnage/#respond Tue, 10 Jun 2025 18:58:11 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334675 Palestinian parents Muna Al-Aydi and Abdullah Abu Dakka stand beside their 2-year-old daughter Maryam Abu Dakka, who suffers from undiagnosed health conditions and is receiving treatment at Nasser Hospital in Khan Yunis, Gaza on June 8, 2025. Photo by Doaa Albaz/Anadolu via Getty Images“This is a genocide happening, live streamed. And yes, you can see it online, you can see dead babies online, but we are actually holding those dead babies with our hands”]]> Palestinian parents Muna Al-Aydi and Abdullah Abu Dakka stand beside their 2-year-old daughter Maryam Abu Dakka, who suffers from undiagnosed health conditions and is receiving treatment at Nasser Hospital in Khan Yunis, Gaza on June 8, 2025. Photo by Doaa Albaz/Anadolu via Getty Images

    Doctors Sarah Lalonde, Rizwan Minhas, and Yipeng Ge have all recently returned to Canada from volunteer medical delegations in Gaza with a harrowing message for the rest of the world. In this episode of The Marc Steiner Show, Marc speaks with all three doctors about what they saw and experienced attempting to provide medical care for patients in the midst of Israel’s genocidal slaughter of Palestinians.

    Content Warning: This episode contains vivid descriptions of wartime conditions, genocide, violent physical injuries, and death.

    Guest(s):

    • Dr. Sarah LaLonde is an emergency and family physician specializing in community, rural, and remote emergency medicine, with a particular focus on Indigenous communities
    • Dr. Rizwan Minhas is a Toronto-based physician specializing in sports and regenerative pain medicine, with extensive experience in emergency medicine.
    • Dr. Yipeng Ge is a primary care physician and public health practitioner based on the traditional, unceded, and unsurrendered territory of the Algonquin Anishinaabeg in Ottawa, Canada.

    Additional resources:

    Credits:

    • Studio Production: David Hebden
    • Audio Post-Production: Alina Nehlich

    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Marc Steiner:

    Welcome to the Marc Steiner Show here in The Real News. I’m Marc Steiner. It’s great to have you all with us. Today we’re going to talk with three physicians who’ve just returned from Gaza as we speak. The Israel’s war in Gaza is killed. At least 55,000. Palestinians wounded over 125,000 more. This war began when 1,130 Israelis were killed, who were held hostage. But now this war is out of control. Every day, hundreds and hundreds of people are being decimated, and as we begin this conversation, 36 more people, non-combatants were killed in Gaza. Our guests today have vast experience in war zones and in disasters. Dr. Rizwan Minhas is a Toronto-based physician. He specializes in sports and regenerative pain medicine, but his extensive experience across the globe and is deeply committed to global humanitarian medical efforts. Dr. Sarah LaLonde as an emergency and family physician who specializes in community, rural and remote emergency medicine, especially in indigenous communities. She’s worked in Albania, Togo, Chad, and fights against human trafficking in Quebec in Canada, and of course most recently came back from Gaza. Yipeng Ge is a primary care physician and public health practitioner based in Ottawa, Canada. He currently works and lives on the traditional Unseeded and Unsurrendered territory of the Algonquin on shop bag. He practices family medicine and refugee health and community health centers there and across the country.

    So just once again, it’s a pleasure to have you all with us here. It’s also an honor for me to talk to the three of you who sacrificed so much to be on the front lines in Gaza to save lives. I mean, as we begin to record today, I was just getting texts from another friend in Gaza who just said another 50 people, mostly women and children have been killed as we were beginning this conversation right now. That’s just so important people to realize that. I’d like to just kind of step back for a minute, all three of you, and just, I’m really personally curious how and why you all ended up doing what you do, because it’s not as if you’re going into Gaza to come home and make thousands, hundreds of thousands of dollars as a physician and you’re going into a war zone, you’re going into a place where you may not come back from. So I’m very curious about all of you, what motivated you, what happened to put you into gaze, into those front lines? And we can start with you, Sarah, please.

    Dr. Sarah LaLonde:

    Yeah, so my journey started in medical school. I had a lot of friends who were Jewish and I became quite interested in the country of Israel because they were talking about their experiences living there, and many had been or were going, and that got me thinking about Israel. At the end of my medical training, I decided to go to Israel. So I was there for about two weeks, and as the two weeks was finishing up, I had a really strong gut feeling that I should go on this tour that takes place in Hebron. So for those of us who are religious, that’s a place where Abraham, who’s the father of Islam, Christianity and Judaism buried his wife Sarah. And that town is in the West Bank and has a very specific history. And basically in Hebron at that time when I visited, there was I think a few hundred or a few thousand settlers.

    There was I think about 3000 soldiers to guard the settlers. And there was about 200,000 Palestinians. And the settlers and the Palestinians are living quite closely, some even literally on top of each other in apartment buildings, et cetera. And while I was there, I was leaving the mosque, which is called the Ibrahim Mosque, and I saw that the border police was angry, so I decided to hide. And while I was hiding the Israeli border police killed a girl, a girl who was 17. She’s actually the same age as my brother, and that in Canada we’re not very accustomed to gun violence. So that really shook me up to be so close to a shooting. And then afterwards, because they closed the checkpoint, we were kind of stuck on the Palestinian side of Hebron and we went into a woman’s house and she was supposed to be feeding us lunch, but she was very shook up because there had just been a person killed outside her house.

    And she was trying to manage her children who were behaving like normal children, playing with their bikes inside the house. And she was trying to feed us lunch, our guide saw the girl get shot, and he was also very shaken up. So when I had that experience, it helped me understand the type of fear that someone might have when they live under occupation. And that got me interested in thinking about what it might be like to live or to experience occupation living in the West Bank. And then that got me thinking about how I could contribute in the future as a physician. And one of those ways was by going to Gaza. So I was thinking of going to Gaza from 2016 until this year when I was honored to be able to go

    Marc Steiner:

    Yipeng?

    Dr. Yipeng Ge:

    Similar to Sarah, actually, I visited that mosque in Hebron, Abraham Mosque. I visited it back in March, 2023. I was with many other Harvard graduate and undergraduate students who were visiting Palestine to understand the context of historical and political context of Palestine. It was during that master’s that I was studying colonialism as a structural determinant of health. That’s actually been my own entry point into medicine and public health, learning about settler colonialism as it affects indigenous first nations, Inuit, Metis peoples in Canada or so-called Canada as a settler colonial state that has committed genocide of indigenous peoples on this land. And I didn’t choose to grow up in Canada. I came to Canada when I was four years old and learning about the history of indigenous peoples and the genocide of indigenous peoples on this land, I felt very compelled to do what I can to understand that more and to think about what does it look like to decolonize and to dismantle these systems of oppression here.

    And that really led me to the field of study and learning about colonialism in other contexts and how it is so interconnected in how people experience health or poor health. And to understand that was actually just part of my public health studies. And during my own public health and preventive medicine training, I finished my family medicine training just two years ago, and it was during my public health and preventative medicine training that this increased violence in Gaza took place about 20 months ago. And my university that I was training at actually suspended me for social media posts related to Palestine. And it was actually just also photos from my own travels in Palestine just a few months before in that very year. And they later rescinded that suspension and then didn’t offer an apology. And I’ve been continuously thinking about ways to put my energy and put my time to places and spaces that deserve it, including going to Gaza and offering what I could to be a witness to genocide as a family doctor.

    Marc Steiner:

    That was ama.

    Dr. Rizwan Minhas:

    So you know what? I wish I studied this beforehand, but I’m talking about the conflict beforehand. Before I knew there was a conflict, I wasn’t aware how the conflict was, what phase it was taking, but the reason I went there was because from the fellow physicians that went there before me, they came back and they informed me of the stories that they were seeing, what they were seeing on the ground, that they were handing children with bullet wounds, they were handing children who needed amputations. There was no medical supply. But when I’m hearing these stories and when I was looking at the news, I was hearing something completely different. So then as a fellow colleague to these physicians who did go there prior to my travel in April of 2024, I said, this is true. I want to go see for myself and I want to be able to provide at least some aid because there’s no independent journalism there.

    So I was trusting my fellow physicians. And when I got there, and I was shocked to see they were absolutely correct. So I went there just specifically to bring in some aid because at that time no aid was being allowed. And while traveling, I took a flight from here to Egypt, Cairo, and then I took a bus from Egypt, Rafa, and we crossed to the Palestinian side, to the Rafa Palestinian side. And when I was crossing, I saw exactly what they said was true. There were thousands of trucks lined up and not one was being allowed through. So then we and my fellow colleagues, we had about close to I think about a hundred thousand dollars of medications that we took along. So I went there just to provide some relief in regards to medical supplies and to provide relief to the doctors who are working tirelessly 24 7 and to give them a break. That was my main motivation for going there.

    Marc Steiner:

    I really want to give people a sense of what you all experienced, the things that I’ve watched you talk about and read about that you did. I mean, it has to be one of the most profoundly difficult things to do to be a physician, do the work you’re doing and working in a place that is just being slaughtered and destroyed. And you’re in the middle of all this trying to heal it and save as many lives as you can. And as I was reading about what you all did, it was almost difficult for me to comprehend in terms of what you experienced. I just would like you to all give a message to this world to make them really understand and hear and see how horrendous it is, what Godin’s lived through and what people are experiencing every day and the slaughter that is taking place. It’s almost unfathomable for me. I mean, it’s like a war beyond most wars that I’ve ever read about or experienced. And I know that it was all very emotional for all of you as well, despite the work you do. And I just like, let’s just rattle forth wan, you want to just begin?

    Dr. Rizwan Minhas:

    Absolutely. It is tough talking about it, especially when you see it. You can’t unsee it. I want the world to know that. Trust me when I say this, we want independent journalism to be there because now it’s our word against what the Israeli media or the army is trying to tell you. And trust me, the two opposite statements can’t be correct. I want them to know that all the doctors who’ve been there are seeing and are on the same page. This is a genocide happening, live streamed. And yes, you can see it online, you can see dead babies online, but we actually are holding those dead babies with our hands. We’re actually treating those babies with bullet wounds. We’re actually treating older folks who are dying because of a lack of medication that could easily be treated. I want them to know that this is not a battle of two religious sides or anything.

    This is just a battle of humanity. I had a fellow physician, Dr. Mark Palmiter, who is, I believe he’s of Jewish faith, and he was working alongside with me over there, and our main focus was to save as many lives as you can. The thing is with doctors, we can’t stop a genocide. The political leaders around the world can. And I want the world to understand that yes, we may be able to provide aid, but you have to step up yourself and put pressure on your government and stand together with humanity and help stop this genocide. This is happening during our lifetime,

    Marc Steiner:

    What you just said, you can jump in here. It is our job at this moment, your job to tell your stories. Our job is to get your stories told so that we shine light into this darkness so we can do something to stop it. I mean, that’s part of what has to happen here.

    Dr. Sarah LaLonde:

    Yeah, there’s so much that we can say that people should know about it. I think that it’s important to know for people to understand the kind of visceral feeling that you have when you go into Gaza. Gaza is a post apocalyptic world. When you go into Gaza, you feel like you’re in some type of a post apocalyptic film. And I think that when we think about Gaza, we need to think about would we accept any of the things that we’re asking people in Gaza to accept. Like last week for example, we went to the Canadian parliament and there was a journalist there who asked us about tunnels being under the hospital.

    Now, this is a question that’s been repeated to many physicians. You can watch many, many, many interviews on YouTube where they asked physicians if they saw tunnels underneath the hospital and we did not see tunnels. However, even if there were tunnels, does that justify the bombing of hospitals? Would we accept, let’s say my nephew was in the hospital and I find out my nephew was killed while he was in the hospital by a bomb, and someone said, oh, there was a tunnel underneath the hospital, so that’s why we bombed the hospital. Would we accept that? Would we accept that for our own children? Would we accept that for our indigenous people that we would bomb? I work up north in Cree nation and with the Inuit that we would accept that we would bomb the Cree Regional Hospital. And ironically, after we had that conversation, we discovered that there were tunnels underneath the building where we did the press conference.

    We walked through them as we were going to another building. But do you think that as Canadians, we would accept that someone would bomb our parliament because there were tunnels underneath it? So I think that a lot of what we’re asking, what the world is asking Gaza to accept is not something we would accept for ourselves or our children. We have access to direct news because we’ve been to Gaza, we know people there, and a few times a week I receive videos of people being burnt alive more than once a week. Would we accept that our children in Canada would be burnt alive on a regular basis? I don’t think we would accept that. And I think when it comes to the land piece of it, after the world decided to create Israel, it was created after the Arab Israeli war, there was 22% of the land that was given to the Palestinian people.

    And that’s the land where these crimes are being committed. And when we talk about forcible displacement, they’re asking those people to move off of their land. That would be like if Canada said to the Inuit people, oh, we don’t like having you here in Northern Quebec, so we’re going to put you on a train and we’re going to send you to America. Well, I don’t think there’s very many Canadians that would find that to be acceptable. So we have to think about, I mean, first of all, there’s international law and we can talk about what is okay and what is not okay according to law. But on a more visceral and gut and human feeling, we have to think about whether we would accept any of that for someone that we love.

    Marc Steiner:

    Yipeng?

    Dr. Yipeng Ge:

    I mean, reflecting on Sarah’s words, I think it’s really important that I think about the context and framework of settler colonialism because I agree with Sarah in all of these really important questions. And how has this happened to this extent? And to be able to see settler colonialism in its brutal, vicious, overt form of genocide is only possible because of this really pervasive dehumanization, not only through politic and rhetoric, but through very real actions on the Palestinian indigenous land and body. And we’ve seen that too in the context of Canada, right? That indigenous children have been starved in Canada by policies set by the first prime minister of this country, sir John A. McDonald, to be able to displace indigenous peoples off of their land into reservations. But I think it’s, at least for me, it’s different because I’ve learned about settler colonialism in almost this sterile academic environment.

    And the ways in which it feels and acts in Canada and the US is still very pervasive, but is not this overt violence and brutality on a body. And we see it in resource grabs in decimating the land here, but to see it also for firsthand in Palestine, I’ve also seen it in the West Bank, the demolitions of homes and the displacement of people from their villages that they’ve lived for generations. But to see it in Gaza, it helps a sliver to understand that this is settler colonialism. But it does something I think to my soul, to our souls of seeing this, that this is what humans are capable of. And unfortunately, it’s a reminder of what humans have been capable of since time existed, perhaps because these atrocities in the form of holocaust and genocides have happened in the past and are actually happening in other parts of the world.

    But I think the tagline for me is to know that Canada is so heavily complicit in what’s happening, and that’s what we tried to highlight last week. And it’s also something that a lot of parliamentarians and policymakers they don’t even think is true because they are being fed inaccurate information from the Minister of Foreign Affairs or minister of Industry now about how Canada is still heavily complicit. They canceled 30 permits for military technology that goes to Israel last year, but there’s still around 88% of existing permits of these technologies that go to Israel, including technology that goes from Canada to the us, such as engine sensors built in Ottawa, built in Ottawa, the only engine sensors that fit the F 35 fighter jets that are built in the US by Lockheed Martin. Those engine sensors are made by a company called Gas Stops in Ottawa. And those F 30 fives are the same fighter jets drop 2000 pound bombs on Palestinian children, women, men, and families, and they’re the ones that come into the hospitals sometimes dead on arrival. So to understand that complicity, I think it’s really compelling for us to know what is our responsibility, for example, as a Canadian, to push for ending this kind of complicity.

    Marc Steiner:

    I think that the work you’ve done, what you’ve written, what you have been interviewed about, what you’ve told people you’ve seen should be opening doors to just that idea at this moment. And all of you having grown up in a medical world, I know what you see every day is seeing people in deep pain lives in trouble, and you do your best to put your knowledge to work, to save lives. But I don’t think people really understand or get what the three of you saw, what the three of you experienced in Gaza, no matter what you’ve done before. I mean, when I interview people in Gaza, there’s one interviewee I’ve been desperately trying to get back to. I don’t know what happened to him, but we tried to follow his life. And to people that don’t really understand the depth of destruction and depravity that’s taking in places that you all just came back from, how do we begin to relate that to people in terms of your experiences?

    Dr. Yipeng Ge:

    I mean, I think it’s just so indescribable. I think we can sit here all day to kind of go through all the ways in which life has been completely and utterly decimated. If we think about all the conditions of life that are needed to sustain life in Gaza being targeted and destroyed, it becomes really, really hard for someone living on this side of the world to fully grasp that and understand that. I don’t think I can even grasp it in this moment because I go to work here and then I go home and I have food on the table. I can go buy stuff from the grocery store. All of those things have been fully broken and the ways in which people live their lives have been fully broken. I just want to share the things that I learned in medical school. I was hoping to use even a little bit in the clinics that I worked at in Rafah, but it was really incomparable to what was absolutely needed. What was needed was food. What was needed was water. What was needed was medicines. These were things that were not even available. And to be faced with starving children on the brink of death, severe malnutrition, we didn’t even learn about things in a comprehensive way in medical school about severe malnutrition or something like rickets disease where your bones don’t even develop properly because you have vitamin D deficiency. But these were the things that we were already seeing. And that was like a year ago in Gaza.

    Marc Steiner:

    Rizwan, you’re about to jump in. Please do.

    Dr. Rizwan Minhas:

    Yeah. You know what Dr. Yipeng said, it’s hard to put into words what you see that you can’t unsee, and it’s hard to even to put into words, but just for example, so I went to the European Gaza Hospital, and this is only one side of the story because then you have the rest of the population. There is some population that’s even more north. There’s some population that was in Rafah, and there’s some population that was around the European Gaza Hospital. Once you enter the hospital, people are trying to crowd themselves around the hospital just for safety because they think that they’ll be safe around the hospital setting, which has now found to be not true because they can target hospitals anytime they want to. When I was entering, actually what happened was there was the World Central Aid Kitchen trucks that were with us at the border, and they were a few minutes ahead of us while we were entering, and they were the first to be targeted.

    And one of our fellow Canadian, Jacob Flickinger was in that van working with World Central Aid Kitchen. And when we found out about it, then we’re like, okay, so we’re entering now. Could be this could be us as well. So right from the start, you realize that your life is in their hands with the press of a button. When you enter the hospital setting, you realize this is a population with a 90% literacy rate, and now they’re out looking for food for their children. Every person that I saw, every third person I saw had yellow eyes that showed that they had jaundice, likely from a in contaminated hepatitis water. There’s no water, there’s no food, and there’s no aid. There’s nothing getting through to the borders. In regards to the medical side of things, there is a lack of supplies. We had to choose who we would give oxygen to, who we would give the last few IV antibiotics to.

    We had two people, I wasn’t working in the ICU, but I would go to the ICU transfer patients to the ICU. There was a girl, there was a girl, which we did a newspaper on over there, and she was in the ICU and she was intubated, but because of the lack of pain medication, she was always in pain. She was just hurling around in bed all day for 24 hours and we had no IV set of antibodies, but we just didn’t want to lose hope. And then every day we used to go and check up on her, and she was always in pain, and you could tell she was in pain because she would try to extubate herself at the same time. She would be screaming in pain all night, and we had to make a decision, should we give her a chance? Should we wait?

    Maybe some supplies might enter, maybe there’s the news that Israel is allowing aid to get through medical supplies, at least to get through. But that news never came. And the day I was leaving, it was also the last day that she actually, they could not survive without the pain medication or medical lack of medical supplies. And it hurts because in a situation like in Canada, that 4-year-old girl’s life could have been easily saved. And listen, there’s so many kids over there with no surviving family. So the only people that have is the nurses and the medical people around, and maybe they might be lucky to find a family friend that’s around them as well. So it’s a tough situation, hard to describe, and it’s not like it’s not known, and now it’s everywhere on the internet. But the problem, the thing with us is we’ve seen it firsthand.

    Marc Steiner:

    So I want you to jump in here, please. I just might just give a thought. It was hard to listen to that. People have to hear it. I think that the three of you are physicians who have seen some horrendous things in your lives working with patients, but they experienced the horror of that little girl you were just talking about, and that’s expanded 10, 20,000 times inside Gaza. I think people need to hear and understand the depth of that pain and what we’re allowing to happen. I didn’t mean to sit there and preach, just it grabbed me very deeply what you said, Sarah. I’ve seen doctors work on people who come out of accidents that happened in communities like ours where we all live, but what you all experienced and have seen is something way beyond that. And so it’s just your own kind of personal journey through that and what you came away with and how you survived it, how you survived it.

    Dr. Sarah LaLonde:

    Yeah. Well, of course, I could talk about many things. I was working at European Gaza Hospital when we received the Palestinian prisoners that were given in exchange during the month of February during the so-called ceasefire. And I could talk about the state of the prisoners. I could talk about all the patients that we saw who were affected by quadcopters or snipers or unexploded ordinances or missiles. I could also talk about the colleagues. But part of the conversation that I think is often missing is our experiences as international doctors in the hospital. And I think what really changed me when I went to Gaza was my experience of the kindness and the welcoming by the national staff. I remember that I was sad one day I went outside and I was standing, it was raining and I had eaten with most of the people in the department.

    They all knew me. So the security guards or the people who do the welcoming of the patients and triaged, they saw me. They looked out the window and they saw me and they said, Dr. Sarah, are you okay? Are you okay? Let us pass you a chair. So they passed me a chair through the window. So then I sat on the chair. So then they said, are you okay? Are you okay? Can we give you some tea? So I said, okay, thanks for the tea. So they gave me tea. So then after that they said, well, if you’re having tea, you need to have some kind of chocolate with your tea. Can we give you a chocolate? So then they gave me a chocolate through the window. And I think that the profound kindness and welcoming and the treatment of guests was something that I was so touched by.

    And as I think about what we’re often taught as children, I guess teaching in every family is different, but in my family, it was like that love is about putting the other person before yourself or that thinking about the good of the other or being attentive to what they might want or need in that moment. And that’s something that I experienced all the time there I was so touched at the end of my time there, I offered to extend, and I spoke with my boss about that. And you have to keep in mind that my boss was the only physician there during the mass casualty events last year. He was there with a bunch of medical students. He lived in the hospital and he sought every mass casualty event. So I asked him, do you need some help? Do you want me to stay longer? And he answered my question in a very polite but roundabout way. He said that he had experienced romantic love in his life, but that the romantic love that he experienced will never ever compare to the love that he has for his daughter. And then he said to me, your dad’s worried about you. You should go home.

    So to think that my boss was caring about the feelings of another man that he’s never met while undergoing a genocide and being afraid for his children’s lives, having lost everything, displaced multiple times, huge financial loss, huge personal loss. The healthcare workers in Gaza, they’re experiencing the genocide on two levels. They go to work, they try to manage the mass casualty events. They try to save as many people. Some of my male colleagues admitted to me that they felt so hopeless after the mass casualty events that they were crying. And after all that, they go home and they experience the genocide in their own lives. They’re living, most of them are living in tents. They don’t have electricity, they don’t have access to water. They’ve experienced, they’ve lost friends, they’ve lost family members. And despite all of that, they’re coming to work and they’re taking great care of patients, and they’re treating us like guests, even though our country is directly involved in killing their friends. And I think that that’s something that really changed me.

    Marc Steiner:

    Before we become around this up a bit, I want closing thought from each one of you, but Yipeng, let me just ask, I understand you’re going back to Gaza soon, is that right?

    Dr. Yipeng Ge:

    The intention is not to go into Gaza. I’ll be with a global march to Gaza. So we have, I believe, over 50 country delegations now, and we are expecting thousands of people arriving in Egypt to go from Cairo to Alish, which is a few kilometers away from the Rafa border between Egypt and Gaza Palestine. And the goal will be to march and to protest at the Rafa border crossing to demand that the thousands of trucks that are still waiting at that border to be let in with food, water, fuel, medical aid, and supplies, that that needs to enter to end the genocide, to end the famine and the starvation. And I think we are at this pivotal moment where hundreds of thousands, if not the majority of the population facing extermination because of this months long blockade on top of an existing 18 year blockade of essential foods and supplies and medicines.

    So people are on a razor thin thread of survival at this moment. And I think citizens and people of conscience around the world are really unsure what else there is to do, right? We have organized as best as we could in different parts of the world, especially the countries that are most complicit, like the uk, France, Canada, Australia, the us, and we’ve done our press conferences, we’ve done our letters, we’ve done our petitions, we’ve done it, and we’ve done direct actions, we’ve done it all. And I think this feels like a very pivotal moment where people are descending on the rough of border to say, enough is enough. We haven’t seen meaningful action from these most complicit parties to prevent and end this genocide and end this famine. And as people, we are going to try to do this on our own in the same way that the freedom Flotilla has tried multiple times, and now they are, I think, very close to reaching the beaches of Gaza. So I think it’s a reflection of nothing in this world, whether it be civil rights or equal human rights, if we can even call it that on this side of the world, nothing has been just granted to people. It has always been fought for by the people. And this is another example of that,

    Marc Steiner:

    Just when is that taking place?

    Dr. Yipeng Ge:

    The goal is to march the Rafah border crossing June 15th.

    Marc Steiner:

    So as we conclude this and let you all go back to your day, I know you’re busy. One of the things you said, Sarah, I was curious about, we hear about the resilience of the Palestinian people, and I wonder when you are there and reflect on it now, where you see the hope, where you see the possibility of this ending and how we end it and how we build something new and how not to give up hope.

    Dr. Sarah LaLonde:

    Well, first I’ll talk about resilience, then I’ll talk about hope. So I don’t think that we should be talking about resilience. While there are ongoing atrocities, I don’t think that resilience, I have a lot of resistance to the use of the word resilience when we’re talking about something that’s manmade

    Because it takes the responsibility off of the perpetrator and puts it onto the victim. And this is not what the insurance companies call an act of God, right? This is a choice. We saw all the trucks outside of Gaza as we went in. It’s very easy to get water and food into Gaza. It’s easy. Like many of these problems could be solved within a few hours if there was the political will to do that. So I don’t want to focus on the Palestinian resilience. I want to focus on what we can do to come alongside people in need and to do that in a way that respects their sovereignty to say, how can we come along you? What do you want us to do for you or with you? And how can we help? And I think that that’s how we need to be responding.

    When it comes to hope, I think that hope is a choice. So love is a choice, and hope is a choice. So as I come alongside my Palestinian colleagues, my patients, the nurses, and all the people of Palestine and of Gaza, I’ve taken a decision to clinging to hope, even at the darkest moments when I am receiving those videos of people being burnt alive. This week, I found out that one of my colleagues had his leg blown off at the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation distribution that happened. I found out that another friend of a friend was killed by missile when he went to go pick up his food at the Gaza, at the GHF distribution. And that type of grieving is hard for me, and I’m only experiencing 1000000th of what my Palestinian friends, colleagues, patients are experiencing. So to summarize, I am willing to choose hope. Even at times when hope is not saying that there is a probability that everything is going to go amazing, but for me, hope is a choice.

    Marc Steiner:

    There’s one you want to,

    Dr. Rizwan Minhas:

    Yeah, you know what? Yes. I would like to comment on two things Sarah mentioned about the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation known as the GHF, and understand that this was backed by US and Israel only to distribute aid in to Gaza. It was a failed operation, which was marred by violence and mismanagement. And not many other humanitarian organizations even want to deal with them or collaborate with them because they knew it would fail. And it did fail. Not only did it fail, it actually led into violence and killing of more Palestinians who were just there to grab aid for their families. So it’s just tough to talk about this. Anyways, it was a failed operation. In regards to blockade. I know we kept talking about blockade of supplies, but there’s a blockade of medical personnel getting in. There’s a blockade of journalism getting in and the medical, we had three rejections by the head of Galia just informed us, who was Dr.

    Dort. She had three rejections. And before that, there was another organization that had nine out of 10 people rejected from doctors coming into Gaza to provide medical relief in regards to hope. I don’t want to talk about the Palestine home like Sarah said, because they are a resilient group. That’s their faith. Their faith tells them that despair is a sign of disbelief and that hope is a hallmark of faith. So they’re never going to give up hope. And so for such people, you can never defeat them. In regards to from our standpoint, there’s always hope. Because if you don’t have hope, then you let injustice win. And what you see, what we’ve seen, you can never let that happen. There’s hope whenever they pull a child out of the rubble and he smiles back at you. Those images are tough to look at, but they’re there. And without hope, we let injustice one. So there will be hope until we succeed in having a free Palestinian state.

    Marc Steiner:

    I want to thank the three of you deeply for what you’ve done, what you’re doing, and for joining us today, and the stories and wisdom that you all have shared in this conversation. I hope we can all just stay in touch. I’m serious about that because this is something that we have to be unified together to stop. And I just really do want to thank you for the sacrifices you’ve made, putting your lives a line in danger and bringing back the stories that we need to hear and healing the people in the process. So thank you all very much for being here.

    Dr. Sarah LaLonde:

    It was an honor. Thank you for having us.

    Marc Steiner:

    Thank you once again. Let me thank our guests, doctors Sarah LaLonde, Yipeng Ge, and Rizwan Minhas for joining us and for all the work they do, putting their lives on the line, literally putting their lives on the line in Gaza to save people’s lives. And here in Baltimore, let’s say thanks to David Hebden for running the program today, our audio editor Alina Nehlich for working her magic, Rosette Sewali for producing the Marc Steiner show, and putting up with me and the tireless Kayla Rivara for making it all work behind the scenes. And everyone here at The Real News for making this show possible. Please let me know what you thought about, what you heard today, what you’d like us to cover. Just write to me at mss@therealnews.com, and I’ll get right back to you. Once again, thank you to the three physicians that work for joining us here today on the Marc Steiner Show. So the crew here at The Real News, I’m Marc Steiner. Stay involved. Keep listening, and take care.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Marc Steiner.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/10/were-holding-those-dead-babies-with-our-hands-doctors-returning-from-gaza-beg-humanity-to-stop-the-carnage/feed/ 0 537806
    Amnesty slams Israel for flouting international law with ‘chilling contempt’ over Madleen https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/10/amnesty-slams-israel-for-flouting-international-law-with-chilling-contempt-over-madleen/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/10/amnesty-slams-israel-for-flouting-international-law-with-chilling-contempt-over-madleen/#respond Tue, 10 Jun 2025 10:23:22 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=115879 Asia Pacific Report

    Amnesty International secretary-general Agnès Callamard has condemned Israel’s interception and detention of the 12 crew members aboard the Gaza Freedom Flotilla’s humanitarian aid yacht Madleen.

    The crew detained include Swedish activist Greta Thunberg, who has been designated by Amnesty International as an “Ambassador of Conscience”, reports Amnesty International in a statement.

    She has since been reported to have been deported back to her country via France.

    Madleen’s crew were trying to break Israel’s illegal blockade on the occupied Gaza Strip and take in desperately needed humanitarian supplies.

    They were illegally detained by Israeli forces in international waters while en route.

    In response, Secretary General Agnès Callamard said:

    “By forcibly intercepting and blocking the Madleen which was carrying humanitarian aid and a crew of solidarity activists, Israel has once again flouted its legal obligations towards civilians in the occupied Gaza Strip and demonstrated its chilling contempt for legally binding orders of the International Court of Justice,” secretary-general Callamard said.

    Operation ‘violates international law’
    “The operation carried out in the middle of the night and in international waters violates international law and put the safety of those on the boat at risk.

    “The crew were unarmed activists and human rights defenders on a humanitarian mission, they must be released immediately and unconditionally.

    “They must also be protected from torture and other ill-treatment pending their release.

    Callamard said that during its voyage over the past few days the Madleen’s mission emerged as a powerful symbol of solidarity with besieged, starved and suffering Palestinians amid persistent international inaction.

    “However, this very mission is also an indictment of the international community’s failure to put an end to Israel’s inhumane blockade.

    “Activists would not have needed to risk their lives had Israel’s allies translated their rhetoric into forceful action to allow aid into Gaza.”

    Global calls for safe passage
    Israel’s interception of the Madleen despite global calls for it to be granted safe passage underscored the longstanding impunity Israel enjoyed which has emboldened it to continue to commit genocide in Gaza and to maintain a suffocating, illegal blockade on Gaza for 18 years, Callamard said.

    “Until we see real concrete steps by states worldwide signalling an end to their blanket support for Israel, it will have carte blanche to continue inflicting relentless death and suffering on Palestinians.”

    Amnesty International in New Zealand also called on Foreign Minister Winston Peters to stand up and call out the enforced starvation and genocide that Israel was imposing on Palestinians.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/10/amnesty-slams-israel-for-flouting-international-law-with-chilling-contempt-over-madleen/feed/ 0 537696
    Iranian-American journalist Reza Valizadeh on hunger strike in Evin Prison  https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/09/iranian-american-journalist-reza-valizadeh-on-hunger-strike-in-evin-prison/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/09/iranian-american-journalist-reza-valizadeh-on-hunger-strike-in-evin-prison/#respond Mon, 09 Jun 2025 18:55:38 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=486863 Paris, June 9, 2025—Iranian-American journalist Reza Valizadeh, who is serving a 10-year sentence in Tehran’s Evin Prison, launched a hunger strike on June 7 to protest the seizure of his essential documents, including his birth certificate, which he needs to manage his legal affairs and protect his assets abroad.

    Valizadeh, a former Radio Farda reporter, returned to Iran on March 6, 2024, after 14 years in exile. He was immediately detained by agents of the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps and the Ministry of Intelligence, and later sentenced in two expedited court sessions for “collaboration with a hostile government,” without specifying which government in the charges or conviction. His appeal was denied.

    “The Committee to Protect Journalists condemns the Iranian authorities’ confiscation of Iranian-American journalist Reza Valizadeh’s identity documents, which is part of a broader pattern of using asset confiscation to punish and silence dissenting voices,” said CPJ Regional Director Sara Qudah. “Targeting imprisoned journalists in this way is meant to further isolate them and intimidate others. Iranian authorities must return Valizadeh’s documents without delay and end the use of asset confiscation as a tool of repression against independent journalism.” 

    The authorities have also moved to seize assets belonging to Valizadeh and his family, according to London-based news outlet Iran International. Without access to his identification documents, Valizadeh is no longer able to manage his property-related affairs for local and foreign assets. Iran International noted a growing pattern of such punitive measures targeting imprisoned dual nationals.

    This is Valizadeh’s second hunger strike; he previously protested in March 2024 over what he called his “sham trial,” ending it after six days due to concern for his mother, who went on the strike with him.

    In a separate case, Tehran prosecutors opened proceedings against financial journalist Marziye Mahmoodi over a tweet about a national cooking oil shortage. She was accused of “spreading falsehoods,” according to her social media post. The press freedom group Defending Free Flow of Information in Iran said the case reflects growing pressure on journalists who cover economic issues.

    CPJ emailed the Iranian mission to the United Nations in New York for comment on Valizadeh but did not receive a response.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/09/iranian-american-journalist-reza-valizadeh-on-hunger-strike-in-evin-prison/feed/ 0 537568
    The U.S. government must do better. https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/09/the-u-s-government-must-do-better/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/09/the-u-s-government-must-do-better/#respond Mon, 09 Jun 2025 17:10:35 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=b77208136225a9a9e4138b02f407c8a2
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/09/the-u-s-government-must-do-better/feed/ 0 537547
    Erasing Gaza: Genocide, Denial and “the Very Bedrock of Imperial Attitudes” https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/09/erasing-gaza-genocide-denial-and-the-very-bedrock-of-imperial-attitudes/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/09/erasing-gaza-genocide-denial-and-the-very-bedrock-of-imperial-attitudes/#respond Mon, 09 Jun 2025 14:34:31 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=158933 Noam Chomsky offered a rule of thumb for predicting the ‘mainstream’ response to crimes against humanity: ‘There is a way to calibrate reaction. If it’s a crime of somebody else, particularly an enemy, then we’re utterly outraged. If it’s our own crime, either comparable or worse, either it’s suppressed or denied. That works with almost […]

    The post Erasing Gaza: Genocide, Denial and “the Very Bedrock of Imperial Attitudes” first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    Noam Chomsky offered a rule of thumb for predicting the ‘mainstream’ response to crimes against humanity:

    ‘There is a way to calibrate reaction. If it’s a crime of somebody else, particularly an enemy, then we’re utterly outraged. If it’s our own crime, either comparable or worse, either it’s suppressed or denied. That works with almost 100 percent precision.’ (Edward S. Herman and David Peterson, The Politics of Genocide, Monthly Review Press, 2010, p.27)

    Now is an excellent time to put Chomsky’s claim to the test.

    A BBC headline over a photograph of an emaciated Palestinian baby read: ‘“Situation is dire” – BBC returns to Gaza baby left hungry by Israeli blockade’

    ‘Left hungry’? Was she peckish? Was her stomach rumbling? The headline led readers far from the reality of the cataclysm described by the World Health Organisation (WHO) on 12 May:

    ‘The entire 2.1 million population of Gaza is facing prolonged food shortages, with nearly half a million people in a catastrophic situation of hunger, acute malnutrition, starvation, illness and death.’

    Another BBC headline read: ‘Red Cross says at least 21 killed and dozens shot in Gaza aid incident’

    Given everything we have seen over the last 20 months, it was obvious that the mysterious ‘incident’ had been yet another Israeli massacre. Blame had indeed been pinned on ‘Israeli gunfire’ by Palestinian sources, the BBC noted, cautioning:

    ‘But the Israel Defense Forces (IDF) said findings from an initial inquiry showed its forces had not fired at people while they were near or within the aid centre.’

    Again, after 20 months, we know such Israeli denials are automatic, reflexive, signifying nothing. More deflection and denial followed from the BBC. We had to keep reading to the end of the article to find a comment that rang true:

    ‘Mohammed Ghareeb, a journalist in Rafah, told the BBC that Palestinians had gathered near the aid centre run by the GHF when Israeli tanks approached and opened fire on the crowd.

    ‘Mr Ghareeb said the crowd of Palestinians were near Al-Alam roundabout around 04:30 local time (02:30 BST), close to the aid centre run by GHF, shortly before Israeli tanks appeared and opened fire.’

    A surreal piece in the Guardian by Rhiannon Lucy Cosslett clearly meant well:

    ‘I have seen images on my phone screen these past months that will haunt me as long as I live. Dead, injured, starving children and babies. Children crying in pain and in fear for their mothers, fathers, sisters, brothers. A small boy shaking in terror from the trauma of an airstrike. Scenes of unspeakable horror and violence that have left me feeling sick.’

    Such honest expressions of personal anguish are welcome, of course, but the fact is that the word ‘Israel’ appeared nowhere in Cosslett’s article. How is that possible? Of the mass slaughter, Cosslett asked: ‘What is it doing to us as a society?’ Her own failure to shame the Israeli genocidaires, or even to name them, gives an idea.

    The bias is part of a consistent trend. The Glasgow Media Group examined four weeks (7 October – 4 November 2023) of BBC One daytime coverage of Gaza to identify which terms were used by journalists themselves – i.e. not in direct or reported statements – to describe Israeli and Palestinian deaths. They found that ‘murder’, ‘murderous’, ‘mass murder’, ‘brutal murder’ and ‘merciless murder’ were used a total of 52 times by journalists to refer to Israelis’ deaths but never in relation to Palestinian deaths. BBC insiders have described how the corporation’s reporting is being ‘silently shaped by even the possibility of anger from certain groups, foreign governments’.

    The bias is not, of course, limited to Gaza. The BBC’s Diplomatic correspondent Paul Adams reported a Ukrainian drone attack on a Russian bomber base, noting the ‘sheer audacity’ and ‘ingenuity’ of an attack that was ‘at the very least, a spectacular propaganda coup’.

    Imagine the grisly fate that would await a BBC journalist who described an attack on the West in similar terms.

    The exalted BBC Verify, no less, began a report on the same ‘daring’ attack: ‘It was an attack of astonishing ingenuity – unprecedented, broad, and 18 months in the making.’

    Now imagine a BBC report lauding the ‘astonishing ingenuity’ of the 11 September 2001 attacks on the US.

    In similar vein, Jeremy Bowen, the BBC’s veteran International Editor, described Israel’s pager attacks on Hezbollah in Lebanon and Syria in September 2024 as ‘a tactical victory to Israel’ and ‘the sort of spectacular coup you would read about in a thriller’. Again, imagine Bowen describing a Russian attack on Ukraine as a ‘spectacular coup’ worthy of a thriller.

    On X, the former Labour Party, now independent, MP Zarah Sultana commented over a harrowing image taken from viral footage showing a Palestinian toddler trying to escape from a fiercely burning building:

    ‘This photo should be on the front page of every major British newspaper.

    ‘But it won’t be — because, like the political class, they’re complicit.

    ‘It’s their genocide too.’

    Very Modest Opposition’ From ‘The Morally Enlightened’

    People utterly aghast at the political and media apologetics for, indifference to and complicity in the Gaza genocide – that is, people who missed the merciless devastation, for example, of Serbia, Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya and Syria – might like to focus on an idea as unthinkable as it is undeniable. In their classic book, The Politics of Genocide, the late Edward S. Herman and David Peterson commented:

    ‘The conquest of the Western Hemisphere and the wiping-out of its indigenous peoples were carried out over many decades, with very modest opposition from within the morally enlightened Christian world. The African slave trade resulted in millions of deaths in the initial capture and transatlantic crossing, with a cruel degradation for the survivors.’ (Edward S. Herman and David Peterson, The Politics of Genocide, Monthly Review Press, 2010, p.22, our emphasis)

    If the ‘very modest opposition’ was ugly, consider the underlying worldview:

    ‘The steady massacres and subjugation of black Africans within Africa itself rested on “an unquestioning belief in the innate superiority of the white race, … the very bedrock of imperial attitudes,” essential to making the business of mass slaughter “morally acceptable,” John Ellis writes. “At best, the Europeans regarded those they slaughtered with little more than amused contempt.”’ (p.22)

    Has anything changed? You may be different, we may be different, the journalists cited above may be different, but as a society, as a collective, ‘amused contempt’ is an entrenched part of ‘our’ response to the fate of ‘our’ victims.

    The brutality is locked in by an additional layer of self-deception. A key requirement of the human ego’s need to feel ‘superior’ is the need to feel morally superior. Thus, ‘our’ military ‘superiority’ is typically viewed as a function of ‘our’ moral ‘superiority’ – ‘we’ are more ‘organised’, ‘sophisticated’, ‘civilised’, and therefore more powerful. But a problem arises: how, as morally ‘superior’ beings, are ‘we’ to justify ‘our’ mass killing of other human beings for power, profit and land? How to reconcile such an obvious contradiction? Herman and Peterson explained:

    ‘This dynamic has always been accompanied by a process of projection, whereby the victims of slaughter and dispossession are depicted as “merciless Indian savages” (the Declaration of Independence) by the racist savages whose superior weapons, greed, and ruthlessness gave them the ability to conquer, destroy, and exterminate.’ (p.22)

    ‘They’ are ‘merciless’, ‘they’ are savages’; we are ‘God-fearing’, ‘good’ people. The projection is so extreme, that, with zero self-awareness, ‘we’ can damn ‘them’ for committing exactly the crimes ‘we’ are committing on a far greater scale.

    Thus, on 9 October 2023, Yoav Gallant, then Israeli Defence Minister, announced that he had ‘ordered a complete siege on the Gaza Strip. There will be no electricity, no food, no water, no fuel. Everything is closed.’

    Barbaric inhumanity, one might think. And yet, this was the rationale:

    ‘We are fighting human animals and we are acting accordingly.’

    In his book, Terrorism: How the West Can Win, published in 1986, Benjamin Netanyahu, now Israel’s Prime Minister, wrote:

    ‘In 1944 the RAF set out to bomb Gestapo headquarters in Copenhagen. The bombers, however, missed and instead hit a hospital, killing scores of children. This was a tragic accident of war. But in no sense can it be called terrorism. What distinguishes terrorism is the willful and calculated choice of innocents as targets. When terrorists machine-gun a passenger waiting area or set off bombs in a crowded shopping center, their victims are not accidents of war but the very objects of the terrorists’ assault.’ (Benjamin Netanyahu, Terrorism: How the West Can Win, Farrar, Straus & Giroux, 1986, p.9, our emphasis)

    Perhaps a plaque bearing these sage words can be sited atop one of the piles of rubble where Gaza’s hospitals once stood. Last month, WHO reported 697 attacks on health facilities in Gaza since October 2023. As a result, at least 94% of all hospitals in the Gaza Strip have been damaged or destroyed. In March 2025, a United Nations investigation concluded that Israel had committed ‘genocidal acts’ in Gaza by systematically destroying its reproductive healthcare facilities.

    Netanyahu has himself denounced the Palestinians as ‘Amalek’ – a reference to a well-known biblical story in which the Israelites are ordered by God to wipe an entire people from the face of the earth: men, women, children – everyone.

    Denying Genocide Denial

    Another useful way to test Chomsky’s assertion that ‘our’ crimes will be ‘suppressed or denied’ is to check the willingness of ‘mainstream’ media to mention the problem of ‘genocide denial’ in relation to Gaza.

    As veteran Media Lens readers will know, the term is routinely deployed with great relish by critics of dissidents challenging the West’s enthusiasm for Perpetual War. In 2011, the Guardian’s George Monbiot devoted an entire column to naming and shaming a ‘malign intellectual subculture that seeks to excuse savagery by denying the facts’. ‘The facts’ being ‘the genocides in Bosnia and Rwanda.’ Monbiot accused Noam Chomsky, Edward Herman, David Peterson, John Pilger, and Media Lens of being political commentators who ‘take the unwarranted step of belittling the acts of genocide committed by opponents of the western powers’.

    One can easily imagine a parallel universe in which journalists are having a field day denouncing the endless examples of ‘mainstream’ reporters and commentators belittling, denying or apologising for Israel’s genocide in Gaza.

    Last month, the Telegraph published a remarkable piece by Colonel Richard Kemp asserting that the Israeli army ‘has been waging this hugely complex war for 19 months with a combination of fighting prowess and humanitarian restraint that no other army could match’.

    Israel, it seems, has ‘been so determined to avoid killing the hostages and where possible to avoid harm to civilians in line with their scrupulously observed obligations under International Humanitarian Law’.

    We can assess the evidence for this ‘scrupulously observed’ restraint in recently updated Google ‘before and after’ images of Gaza, revealing Israel’s erasure, not just of Gazan towns, but of its agriculture. Last month, the UN reported that fully 95 per cent of Gaza’s agricultural land has been rendered unusable by Israeli attacks, with 80 per cent of crop land damaged. According to the report, only 4.6 per cent of it can be cultivated, while 71.2 per cent of Gaza’s greenhouses and 82.8 per cent of its agricultural wells have been destroyed by Israeli attacks.

    Using the ProQuest media database, we searched UK national newspapers for mentions of the term ‘Gaza’ and ‘genocide denial’ over the last twelve months. We found not a single mention.

    No surprise, given that, as Chomsky noted, ‘our’ crimes are systematically ‘suppressed or denied’. Why would the press expose their own genocide denials?

    There is another possibility, of course. Could the lack of usage instead be explained by the fact that what is happening in Gaza is not, in fact, a genocide? After all, doesn’t genocide mean killing, or trying to kill, all the people in a given group?

    Answers were supplied in a report published by Amnesty International last December, ‘Israel/Occupied Palestinian Territory: “You Feel Like You Are Subhuman”: Israel’s Genocide Against Palestinians in Gaza’. The report concluded:

    ‘Amnesty International has found sufficient basis to conclude that Israel committed, between 7 October 2023 and July 2024, prohibited acts under the Genocide Convention, namely killing, causing serious bodily or mental harm and deliberately inflicting on Palestinians in Gaza conditions of life calculated to bring about their physical destruction in whole or in part. Amnesty International has also concluded that these acts were committed with the specific intent to destroy Palestinians in Gaza, as such, who form a substantial part of the Palestinian population, which constitutes a group protected under the Genocide Convention.

    ‘Accordingly, Amnesty International concludes that following 7 October 2023, Israel committed and is committing genocide against Palestinians in Gaza.’

    Amnesty explained the reasoning:

    ‘Under Article II of the Genocide Convention, five specific acts constitute the underlying criminal conduct of the crime of genocide, including: killing members of the group; causing serious bodily or mental harm to members of the group; deliberately inflicting on the group conditions of life calculated to bring about its physical destruction in whole or in part; imposing measures intended to prevent births within the group; and forcibly transferring children of the group to another group. Each of these acts must be committed with a general intent to commit the underlying act. However, to constitute the crime of genocide, these acts must also be committed “with intent to destroy, in whole or in part, a national, ethnical, racial or religious group, as such…” This specific intent is what distinguishes genocide from other crimes under international law.’ (Our emphasis)

    The report added a key clarification:

    ‘Importantly, the perpetrator does not need to succeed in destroying the targeted group, either in whole or in part, for genocide to be established. International jurisprudence recognizes that “the term ‘in whole or in part’ refers to the intent, as opposed to the actual destruction”. Equally important, finding or inferring specific intent does not require finding a single or sole intent. A state’s actions can serve the dual goal of achieving a military result and destroying a group as such. Genocide can also be the means for achieving a military result. In other words, a finding of genocide may be drawn when the state intends to pursue the destruction of a protected group in order to achieve a certain military result, as a means to an end, or until it has achieved it.’ (Our emphasis)

    As Amnesty noted, other organisations have arrived at similar conclusions:

    ‘In the context of the proceedings it initiated against Israel before the International Court of Justice (ICJ)… South Africa also provided its own legal analysis of Israel’s actions in Gaza, determining that they constitute genocide against the Palestinian people in Gaza. Other states have since made public their own legal determination of genocide as part of their applications to the ICJ to intervene in the case. The UN Special Rapporteur on the Situation of Human Rights in the Palestinian Territory Occupied since 1967 reached similar conclusions in her reports in 2024. Meanwhile, the UN Special Rapporteur on the Right to Food concluded that Israel “has engaged in an intentional starvation campaign against the Palestinian people which evidences genocide and extermination”.’

    Israel’s crimes clearly do qualify as a genocide. The refusal of the press to even discuss the possibility of genocide denial in relation to this assault points to their own complicity and culpability.

    The post Erasing Gaza: Genocide, Denial and “the Very Bedrock of Imperial Attitudes” first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Media Lens.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/09/erasing-gaza-genocide-denial-and-the-very-bedrock-of-imperial-attitudes/feed/ 0 537486
    Israel’s seizure of Gaza Freedom Flotilla called a ‘blatant act of international piracy’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/09/israels-seizure-of-gaza-freedom-flotilla-called-a-blatant-act-of-international-piracy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/09/israels-seizure-of-gaza-freedom-flotilla-called-a-blatant-act-of-international-piracy/#respond Mon, 09 Jun 2025 14:11:54 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334593 Protestors chant and hold placards as they demonstrate in support of the "Freedom Flotilla" vessel Madleen, outside the Foreign Office on June 09, 2025 in London, England. Photo by Leon Neal/Getty Images"These volunteers are not subject to Israeli jurisdiction and cannot be criminalized for delivering aid or challenging an illegal blockade—their detention is arbitrary, unlawful, and must end immediately."]]> Protestors chant and hold placards as they demonstrate in support of the "Freedom Flotilla" vessel Madleen, outside the Foreign Office on June 09, 2025 in London, England. Photo by Leon Neal/Getty Images
    Common Dreams Logo

    This story originally appeared in Common Dreams on June 9, 2025. It is shared here with permission under a Creative Commons (CC BY-NC-ND 3.0) license.

    Israeli forces early Monday boarded the Madleen, a United Kingdom-flagged vessel carrying humanitarian aid, and detained its crew members as they sought to deliver food, children’s prosthetics, and other supplies to Gaza’s besieged and starving population.

    The Freedom Flotilla Coalition said in a statement that the Madleen was “unlawfully boarded, its unarmed civilian crew abducted, and its life-saving cargo—including baby formula, food, and medical supplies—confiscated.”

    Huwaida Arraf, a human rights attorney and Freedom Flotilla organizer, said that “Israel has no legal authority to detain international volunteers aboard the Madleen” and argued that Israel’s naval blockade violates the International Court of Justice’s “binding orders requiring unimpeded humanitarian access to Gaza.”

    “These volunteers are not subject to Israeli jurisdiction and cannot be criminalized for delivering aid or challenging an illegal blockade—their detention is arbitrary, unlawful, and must end immediately,” said Arraf.

    Heidi Matthews, an assistant professor of law at Osgoode Hall Law School at York University in Canada, echoed Arraf, writing on social media that “the world is watching Israel attack a civilian boat carrying no weapons—only humanitarian aid—flying a U.K. flag in international waters and carrying humanitarians of many nationalities.”

    “Israel has precisely zero authority to do so under any law,” Matthews added.

    “If you see this video, we have been intercepted and kidnapped in international waters by the Israeli occupational forces, or forces that support Israel.”

    The Israeli Foreign Ministry on Monday derided the Madleen as a “selfie yacht” and said the vessel is “safely making its way to the shores of Israel” after the country’s forces boarded the boat, which set sail from Sicily on June 1. The foreign ministry added that there are other “ways to deliver aid to the Gaza Strip”—but Israel’s military has been tightly restricting the flow of food and other assistance, pushing the enclave toward famine.

    Among the vessel’s dozen passengers are Swedish climate activist Greta Thunberg and Rima Hassan, a member of the European Parliament.

    “If you see this video, we have been intercepted and kidnapped in international waters by the Israeli occupational forces, or forces that support Israel,” Thunberg said in a video posted online by the Freedom Flotilla Coalition. “I urge all my friends, family, and comrades to put pressure on the Swedish government to release me and the others as soon as possible.”

    Zeteo‘s Prem Thakker reported that “before connection was lost, video from the vessel showed some form of white substance sprayed upon the vessel.”

    “Passengers reported the unknown liquid came from drones flying overhead, while the ship’s radios began being jammed,” Thakker wrote.

    Nihad Awad, national executive director of the Council on American-Islamic Relations, called Israel’s seizure of the Madleen “a blatant act of international piracy and state terrorism.”

    “We call on governments—especially western governments funding Israel’s genocide and Arab Muslim governments watching it happen—to show an iota of the courage demonstrated by those on the Madleen by using every tool at their disposal to force an end to the genocide,” said Awad.

    Francesca Albanese, the United Nations special rapporteur for the occupied Palestinian territories, wrote that “while Madleen must be released immediately, every Mediterranean port should send boats with aid, solidarity, and humanity to Gaza.”

    “Breaking the siege is a legal duty for states, and a moral imperative for all of us,” Albanese added.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/09/israels-seizure-of-gaza-freedom-flotilla-called-a-blatant-act-of-international-piracy/feed/ 0 537455
    Palestinian supporters in NZ accuse Israel of ‘state piracy’ and condemn silence https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/09/palestinian-supporters-in-nz-accuse-israel-of-state-piracy-and-condemn-silence/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/09/palestinian-supporters-in-nz-accuse-israel-of-state-piracy-and-condemn-silence/#respond Mon, 09 Jun 2025 07:18:21 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=115823 Asia Pacific Report

    Israel’s military attack and boarding of the humanitarian boat Madleen attempting to deliver food and medical aid to the besieged people of Gaza has been condemned by New Zealand Palestinian advocacy groups as a “staggering act of state piracy”.

    The vessel was in international waters, carrying aid workers, doctors, journalists, and supplies desperately needed by the 2 million population that Israel has systematically bombed, starved, and displaced.

    “This was not a military confrontation. It was the assault of an unarmed civilian aid ship by a state acting with total impunity,” said the group Thyme4Action.

    “This is piracy, it is state terror, and it is a genocidal act of war.

    Half of the 12 crew and passengers on board are French citizens and the volunteer group includes French-Palestinian European parliamentarian Rima Hassan and Swedish climate crisis activist Greta Thunberg and two journalists.

    They all made pre-recorded messages calling for international pressure on their governments against the Israeli state. The messages were posted on the Freedom Flotilla Coalition X page.

    The group Thyme4Action said in a media release that a regime engaged in genocide would send sends drones and armed commandos to detain civilians in international waters.

    Israel’s ‘total moral collapse’
    “We are witnessing the total moral collapse of a state, supported for years by Western governments to act with utter impunity, violate our global legal system, morality and principles.

    “No amount of spin or military propaganda can hide the cruelty of deliberately starving a population, targeting children, bombing hospitals and bakeries, and then violently stopping others from bringing aid.”

    Thyme4Action said the attack on the Madleen was not a separate incident — “it is part of the same campaign to eliminate Palestinian life, hope, and survival. It is why the International Court of Justice has already ruled that Israel is plausibly committing genocide.”

    “This is not complicated,” said the statement.

    French journalist Yanis Mhandi on board the Madleen
    French journalist Yanis Mhandi on board the Madleen . . . “I’ve been detained by Israeli forces while doing my job as a journalist.” Image: FFC screenshot APR

    “Israel has no legal authority in international waters. Under the United Nations Convention
    on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS), Israel’s boarding of a civilian aid ship beyond its territorial waters is an act of piracy, unlawful kidnapping, forcible abduction and armed
    aggression.

    Under international humanitarian law, deliberately blocking aid to a population facing
    starvation is a war crime.

    Under the Genocide Convention, when a state intentionally denies food, water, and
    medicine to a population it is bombing and displacing, this constitutes part of a genocidal
    campaign.”

    NZ silence condemned
    The advocacy group condemned the silence of the New Zealand government as being “no longer neutral”.

    The moment that the Freedom Flotilla Coalition lost communications with the Madleen
    The moment that the Freedom Flotilla Coalition lost communications with the Madleen as Israeli forces attacked the vessel. Image: FFC

    It demonstrated a shocking lack of respect for international law, for human rights, and for the safety of global humanitarian workers.

    “It reflects a broader decay in foreign policy — where selective outrage and Israeli
    exceptionalism undermine the credibility of everything New Zealand claims to stand for.”

    Thyme4Action called on the New Zealand government to:

    • Publicly condemn Israel’s illegal assault on the Madleen and its passengers;
    • Demand the immediate release of all aid workers, journalists, and civilians
    abducted by Israeli forces;
    • Suspend all diplomatic, military, and trade cooperation with Israel until it complies
    with international law; and
    • Support international accountability mechanisms, including referring Israel’s crimes
    to the International Criminal Court and backing enforcement of the ICJ’s provisional
    measures on genocide.

    “This has to stop. This is not just a crisis in Gaza,” said the statement.

    ‘Crisis of global morality’
    “It is a crisis of global morality, of international law, and of our basic shared humanity.

    “We stand with the people of Gaza. We stand with the brave souls aboard the Madleen, and
    we demand an end to this madness before the world forgets what it means to be human.

    “We need a government that stands for all that is right, not all that is wrong.

    “Aid is not terrorism. International waters are not Israel’s territory. And silence in the face of evil is complicity.”

    Pro-Palestinian supporters in New Zealand have held protests against the genocide and demanding a ceasefire right across the country at multiple locations for the past 87 weeks.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/09/palestinian-supporters-in-nz-accuse-israel-of-state-piracy-and-condemn-silence/feed/ 0 537413
    ‘Act responsibly for humankind’ – Palau president on deep sea mining order https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/09/act-responsibly-for-humankind-palau-president-on-deep-sea-mining-order/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/09/act-responsibly-for-humankind-palau-president-on-deep-sea-mining-order/#respond Mon, 09 Jun 2025 03:40:44 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=115843 By Lydia Lewis, RNZ Pacific journalist

    Palau’s president says the US order to fast-track deep sea mining is not a good idea.

    Deep sea mining frontrunner The Metals Company (TMC) has since confirmed it will not apply for a mining licence through the International Seabed Authority (ISA), instead opting to apply through US regulations.

    Surangel Whipps Jr. said the high seas belongs to the entire world so everyone must exercise caution.

    “We should be responsible, and what we’ve asked for is a moratorium, or a temporary pause . . . until you have the right information to make the most important informed decision,” Whipps told RNZ Pacific.

    Whipps said it’s important for those with concerns to have an opportunity to speak to US President Donald Trump.

    “Because it’s about partnership. And I think a lot of times it’s the lack of information and lack of sharing information.

    “It’s our job now as the Pacific to stand up and say, this direction could be detrimental to all of us that depend on the Pacific ocean and the ocean and we ask that you act responsibly for humankind and for the Pacific.”

    US seabed policy
    Trump’s executive order states: “It is the policy of the US to advance United States leadership in seabed mineral development.”

    The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) was directed to, within 60 days, “expedite the process for reviewing and issuing seabed mineral exploration licenses and commercial recovery permits in areas beyond national jurisdiction under the Deep Seabed Hard Mineral Resources Act”.

    Pacific Island's Forum Leader's retreat 2024 Vava'u.
    Pacific Islands Forum Leader’s retreat 2024 in Vava’u, Tonga. Image: RNZ Pacific/Lydia Lewis

    It directs the US Science and Environmental Agency to expedite permits for companies to mine the ocean floor in the US and international waters.

    The Metals Company has praised the US deep sea mining licensing pathway.

    In a press release, its chief executive Gerard Barron made direct reference to Trump’s order, titled “Unleashing America’s Offshore Critical Minerals and Resources”.

    He said he was heartened by its call “for a joint assessment of a seabed benefit-sharing mechanism” and was certain that “big ocean states” like Nauru would continue to play a leading role in the deep sea mining industry.

    There are divergent views on deep sea exploration and mining in the Pacific, with many nations, civil society groups, and even some governments advocating for a moratorium or outright ban.

    Exploration contracts
    However, Tonga, Nauru, Kiribati and the Cook Islands have exploration contracts with mining representatives.

    Vanuatu’s Climate Minister Ralph Regenvanu told RNZ Pacific in 2023 that Vanuatu’s position is for no deep sea mining at any point.

    “We have a lot to think about in the Pacific. We are the region that is spearheading for seabed minerals,” he said.

    The Cook Islands has sought China’s expertise in seabed mining through “high-level” discussions on Prime Minister Mark Brown’s February 2025 trip to China.

    Nauru President David Adeang, left, with Cook Islands PM Mark Brown at the opening of the 53rd Pacific Islands Forum Leaders' Meeting in Nuku'alofa, Tonga. 26 August 2024
    Nauru President David Adeang (left) with Cook Islands PM Mark Brown at the opening of the 53rd Pacific Islands Forum Leaders’ Meeting in Nuku’alofa, Tonga, in August 2024. Image: RNZ Pacific/Lydia Lewis

    Whipps said “you have to give [The Metals Company] credit” that they have been able to get in there and convince Donald Trump that this is a good direction to go.

    But as the president of a nation with close ties to the US and Taiwan, and the host of the PIF Ocean’s Commissioner, he has concerns.

    “We don’t know the impacts to the rest of what we have in the Pacific — which is for us in the Pacific, it’s tuna [which] is our biggest resource,” Whipps said.

    “How is that going to impact on the food chain and all of that?

    “Because we’re talking about bringing, first of all, impacting the largest carbon sink that we have, which is the oceans, right? So we say our islands are sinking, but now we want to go and do something that helps our islands sink.

    “That’s not a good idea.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/09/act-responsibly-for-humankind-palau-president-on-deep-sea-mining-order/feed/ 0 537422
    Is There a Crack in Western Support for Genocide? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/07/is-there-a-crack-in-western-support-for-genocide/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/07/is-there-a-crack-in-western-support-for-genocide/#respond Sat, 07 Jun 2025 14:01:59 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=158859 Dorothy Shea, interim US representative to the UN, vetoed a resolution for a permanent ceasefire and unrestricted humanitarian aid for Gaza on June 5th, 2025 – Photo via US mission to the UN. After twenty months of horror in Gaza, political rhetoric in Western countries is finally starting to shift—but will words translate into action? […]

    The post Is There a Crack in Western Support for Genocide? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    Dorothy Shea, interim US representative to the UN, vetoed a resolution for a permanent ceasefire and unrestricted humanitarian aid for Gaza on June 5th, 2025 – Photo via US mission to the UN.

    After twenty months of horror in Gaza, political rhetoric in Western countries is finally starting to shift—but will words translate into action? And what exactly can other countries do when the United States still shields Israel from efforts to enforce international law, as it did at the UN Security Council on June 5?

    On May 30, Tom Fletcher, the UN Under-Secretary-General for Humanitarian Affairs, accused Israel of committing a war crime by using starvation as a weapon against the people of Gaza. In a searing interview with the BBC, Fletcher explained how Israel’s policy of forced starvation fits into its larger strategy of ethnic cleansing.

    “We’re seeing food set on the borders and not being allowed in, when there is a population on the other side of the border that is starving,” Fletcher said. “And we’re hearing Israeli ministers say that is to put pressure on the population of Gaza.”

    He was referring to statements like the one from Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich, who openly admitted that the starvation policy is meant to leave Palestinians “totally despairing, understanding that there’s no hope and nothing to look for,” so that they will submit to ethnic cleansing from Gaza and a “new life in other places.”

    Fletcher called on Prime Minister Netanyahu to stop this campaign of forced displacement, and insisted, “we would expect governments all over the world to stand for international humanitarian law. The international community is very, very clear on that.”

    Palestinians might wish that were true. If the so-called international community were really “very, very clear on that,” the United States and Israel would not be able to wage a campaign of genocide for more than 600 days while the world looks on in horror.

    Some Western governments have finally started using stronger language to condemn Israel’s actions. But the question is: Will they act? Or is this just more political theater to appease public outrage while the machinery of destruction grinds on?

    This moment should force a reckoning: How is it possible that the U.S. and Israel can perpetrate such crimes with impunity? What would it take for U.S. allies to ignore pressure from Washington and enforce international law?

    If impoverished, war-ravaged Yemen can single-handedly deny Israel access to the Suez Canal and the Red Sea, and drive the Israeli port of Eilat into bankruptcy, more powerful countries can surely isolate Israel diplomatically and economically, protect the Palestinians and end the genocide. But they haven’t even tried.

    Some are now making tentative moves. On May 19, the U.K., France, and Canada jointly condemned Israel’s actions as “intolerable,” “unacceptable,” “abhorrent,” “wholly disproportionate” and “egregious.” The U.K. suspended trade talks with Israel, and they promised “further concrete actions,” including targeted sanctions, if Israel does not end its offensive in Gaza and lift its restrictions on humanitarian aid.

    The three countries publicly committed to the Arab Plan for the reconstruction of Gaza, and to building an international consensus for it at the UN’s High-Level Two-State Solution Conference in New York on June 17-20, which is to be co-chaired by France and Saudi Arabia.

    They also committed to recognizing Palestinian statehood. Of the UN’s 193 member states, 147 already recognize Palestine as a sovereign nation, including ten more since Israel launched its genocide in Gaza. President Macron, under pressure from the leftist La France Insoumise party, says France may officially recognize Palestine at the UN conference in June.

    Canada’s new prime minister, Mark Carney, claimed during his election campaign that Canada already had an arms embargo against Israel, but was swiftly challenged on that. Canada has suspended a small number of export licenses, but it’s still supplying parts for Israel’s 39 F-35s, and for 36 more that Israel has ordered from Lockheed Martin.

    A General Dynamics factory in Quebec is the sole supplier of artillery propellant for deadly 155 mm artillery shells used in Gaza, and it took an emergency campaign by human rights groups in August 2024 to force Canada to scrap a new contract for that same factory to supply Israel with 50,000 high-explosive mortar shells.

    The U.K. is just as compromised. The new Labour government elected in July 2024 quickly restored funding to UNRWA, as Canada has. In September, it suspended 30 out of 350 arms export licenses to Israel, mostly for parts used in warplanes, helicopters, drones and targeting. But, like Canada, the U.K. still supplies many other parts that end up in Israeli F-35s bombing Gaza.

    Declassified UK published a report on the F-35 program that revealed how it compromises the sovereignty of partner countries. While the U.K. produces 15% of the parts that go into every F-35, the U.S. military takes immediate ownership of the British-made parts, stores them on British air force bases, and then orders the U.K. to ship them to Texas for use in new planes or to Israel and other countries as spare parts for planes already in use.

    Shipping these planes and parts to Israel is in clear violation of U.S., U.K. and other countries’ arms export laws. British campaigners argue that if the U.K. is serious about halting genocide, it must stop all shipments of F-35 parts sent to Israel–directly or indirectly. With huge marches in London drawing hundreds of thousands of people, and protests on June 17 at three factories that make F-35 parts, activists will keep applying more pressure until they result in the “concrete actions” the British government has promised.

    Denmark is facing a similar conflict. Amnesty International, Oxfam, Action Aid and Al-Haq are in court suing the Danish government and largest weapons company, Terma, to stop them sending Israel critical bomb release mechanisms and other F-35 parts.

    These disputes over Canadian artillery propellant, Danish bomb-release mechanisms and the multinational nature of the F-35 program highlight how any country that provides even small but critical parts or materials for deadly weapons systems must ensure they are not used to commit war crimes.

    So all steps to cut off Israel’s weapons supplies can help to save Palestinian lives, and the full arms embargo that the UN General Assembly voted for in September 2024 can be instrumental in ending the genocide if more countries will join it. As Sam Perlo-Freeman of Campaign Against the Arms Trade said of the U.K.’s legal obligation to stop shipping F-35 parts,

    “These spare parts are essential to keep Israel’s F-35s flying, and therefore stopping them will reduce the number of bombings and killings of civilians Israel can commit. It is as simple as that.”

    Germany was responsible for 30% of Israel’s arms imports between 2019 and 2023, largely through two large warship deals. Four German-built Saar 6 corvettes, Israel’s largest warships, are already bombarding Gaza, while ThyssenKrupp is building three new submarines for Israel in Kiel.

    But no country has provided a greater share of the tools of genocide in Gaza than the United States, including nearly all the warplanes, helicopters, bombs and air-to-ground missiles that are destroying Gaza and killing Palestinians. The U.S. government has a legal responsibility to stop sending all these weapons, which Israel uses mainly to commit industrial-scale war crimes, up to and including genocide, against the people of Palestine, as well as to attack its other neighbors.

    Trump’s military and political support for Israel’s genocide stands in stark contradiction to the image he promotes of himself as a peacemaker—and which his most loyal followers believe in.

    Yet there are signs that Trump is beginning to assert some independence from Netanyahu and from the war hawks in his own party and inner circle. He refused to visit Israel on his recent Middle East tour, he’s negotiating with Iran despite Israeli opposition, and he removed Mike Waltz as National Security Advisor for engaging in unauthorized warmongering against Iran with Netanyahu. His decisions to end the Yemen bombing campaign and lift sanctions on Syria suggest an unpredictable but real departure from the neocon playbook, as do his negotiations with Russia and Iran.

    Has Netanyahu finally overplayed his hand? His campaign of ethnic cleansing, territorial expansion in pursuit of a biblical “Greater Israel,” the deliberate starvation of Gaza, and his efforts to entangle the U.S. in a war with Iran have pushed Israel’s longtime allies to the edge. The emerging rift between Trump and Netanyahu could mark the beginning of the end of the decades-long blanket of impunity the U.S. has wrapped around Israel. It could also give other governments the political space to respond to Israeli war crimes without fear of U.S. retaliation.

    The huge and consistent protests throughout Europe are putting pressure on Western governments to take action. A new survey conducted in Britain, Denmark, France, Germany, Italy and Spain shows that very few Europeans–between 6% and 16% in each country–find Israel’s assault on Gaza proportionate or justified.

    For now, however, the Western governments remain deeply complicit in Israel’s atrocities and violations of international law. The rhetoric is shifting—but history will judge this moment not by what governments say, but by what they do.

    The post Is There a Crack in Western Support for Genocide? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Medea Benjamin and Nicolas J.S. Davies.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/07/is-there-a-crack-in-western-support-for-genocide/feed/ 0 537217
    Trump’s Absurd War on Education https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/07/trumps-absurd-war-on-education/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/07/trumps-absurd-war-on-education/#respond Sat, 07 Jun 2025 13:27:52 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=158853 The US is at war. It has always been at war. Whether a world war, a proxy conflict, an armed intervention, a psyop, or a regime change mission, the United States has not enjoyed a single moment of true, unadulterated peace. And it’s not just at war with nations abroad. The US is also at […]

    The post Trump’s Absurd War on Education first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    The US is at war. It has always been at war.

    Whether a world war, a proxy conflict, an armed intervention, a psyop, or a regime change mission, the United States has not enjoyed a single moment of true, unadulterated peace.

    And it’s not just at war with nations abroad. The US is also at war with itself.

    Positive peace is not just the absence of violence, but also the absence of oppression. In all the years of this country’s existence, oppression has flourished, leaching away the lies told about the land of the free. Many pretend not to see the institutional apartheid and chronic subjection of minorities, but it lurks in every city, town, and neighborhood, right under the nose of the social theater we all take part in.

    Well, the US is in hospice, and it’s lashing out—a last gasping breath of the inhumane, psychopathic systems that perpetuate violence, at home and abroad.

    As Ariel Durant wrote, “A great civilization is not conquered from without until it has destroyed itself from within.” No country needs to declare war on the United States—it’s caught in its own self-destructive web.

    There are many casualties in war other than people. Truth was killed a long time ago, a necessary death for the proliferation of our military and the subjugation of countries and people that act against our interests. The next casualties will be the very values we tell ourselves we stand for, written boldly in our Constitution—though weren’t they also a lie? Overseas, human rights are meaningless. We’ve bombed and murdered scores of people, over and over and over again, and we’ve smiled with rotting teeth and declared it was all for the greater good.

    Turns out the rot was coming from within.

    If the US is at war with the world and itself, then every battlefield is a frontline—Ukraine, Gaza, China, the entire exploited global south, the self-declared allies with no true sovereignty… and here, university campuses are merely one more frontline.

    Universities have a particular power in the US. They generally enjoy the ability to intellectually critique the US, its subjection of people, and the crimes it has inflicted on the global population. They are meant to have a level of separation from government interference and operate as beacons of education and places of global interaction and community. This doesn’t always happen, but sometimes it does.

    Why are educational institutions a threat? Because they have the tools needed to see through the cognitive shroud of militarized capitalism and talk about it. Students are the real change-makers because they haven’t spent a lifetime beaten down by the system, exhausted by its impossibilities, and bent hopeless by the apparent futility of trying to make change. Change is slow, but students are young, energized, hopeful, open-minded, and visionary. They are also the future.

    Students observe injustice, and they act on it. They’ve protested every war we’ve decided was wrong long after the fact—Vietnam, Korea, Iraq, Afghanistan, and now Palestine. And every time, the government has cracked down on students, demanding arrests and university compliance with its global agenda. The Trump administration is not doing anything new—they’ve just crossed a few more lines and been obvious about it.

    University protests and encampments protesting the Gaza genocide were the major catalyst for the most recent crackdowns on academia, providing the government justification for launching probes to investigate “antisemitism” on campuses. The Trump administration has also been actively targeting what they perceive to be “anti-American” fields of study, like postcolonialism, critical race theory, gender studies, and social theory—the very fields that act as tools to outthink the militarized capitalism thinking bubble. They emphasize a need for “patriotic education,” which is the newest terminology for imperialist propaganda.

    These actions coincided with unprecedented persecution of students and professors who have actively criticized the Gaza genocide and the United States’ role in funding it. Visa and green card holders alike have been arrested and face ongoing deportations merely for having an opinion that acts in opposition to state interests… the very definition of fascism.

    Harvard is an interesting case. Widely seen as a symbol of American elitism, it almost seems counterintuitive for an oligarchic government to oppose. But there are no rules here, and the internal power systems have gone rabid, turning on themselves in an effort to choke out their own active failings. Trump plays the populist card well, but he’s hiding behind a mirror of his own gross corruption. He calls to “drain the swamp,” while bringing his ragtag group of billionaire friends into the White House and giving them political power they should never have—a blatant contradiction many choose to ignore.

    Initially, Harvard University refused to capitulate to Trump’s demands, arguing they directly violated the university’s independence and constitutional rights. In response, Trump ordered federal agencies to freeze over $100 million in funds and attempted to revoke Harvard’s ability to enroll international students.

    Harvard president Alan Gerber remains steadfast in his refusal to surrender, saying that Harvard must “stand firm” and set an example for other universities that will continue to be targeted.

    To counter Harvard’s steadfastness, the administration’s most recent move reached absurd new heights. Last week, a joint letter from three congressional committees accused Harvard of partaking in global supervillain-esque activities such as training genocidal paramilitary groups from China, partnering with the Chinese military using US defense funds, collaborating with Iranian government-backed scientists, and even potentially helping to develop next-gen spy robots and transplant technology with illegal organ-harvesters.

    The letter was ridiculous, reading less like a serious national security inquiry and more like a bureaucratic fever dream fueled by a conspiracy-laced Wikipedia binge. The “training” of a Chinese paramilitary group was actually a public health course that was attended by members of a Chinese administrative body. The accusations of Iran funding was regarding medical research on the bacterial properties of particles done in conjunction between Imam Khomeini International University, Harvard Medical School, and Zhejiang University-University of Edinburgh Joint Institute—a great display of an international, collaborative scientific study that could help improve the lives of all people (There is clearly a profound misunderstanding on how scientific and medical research works. These fields are collaborative by design, and all nearly of these studies are public, peer-reviewed work).

    And the most bizarre claim of all is that Harvard’s liver regeneration research is somehow aiding and abetting organ harvesting conspiracies. Do I even need to speak to that?

    Ultimately, this letter has nothing to do with national security concerns and is merely another weapon for the current administration to throw at Harvard in its efforts to get it to capitulate to their demands. And if the anti-China warhawks can push their agenda a bit more by using their red-baiting, xenophobic grab-bag of buzzwords, then what’s stopping them? They will conflate academic exchange with espionage, collaboration with treason, and conference panels with covert operations as long as it helps obtain their end goal of wiping independent thinking off syllabuses and replacing it with strictly I-love-America propaganda. At the end of the day, they don’t want you to know how to think—they want to tell you what to think.

    If the Trump administration thinks that defunding our top academic institutions will improve the already lagging education systems, and that censoring free speech and prohibiting collaborative research will be a boon for progress and productivity, they have another thing coming. These actions will only hurt the US and drag it further behind on its last-ditch efforts to maintain its slipping grasp on world domination.

    Montesquieu wrote, “The corruption of each government almost always begins with that of its principles.” Well, the US has never represented the principles that it’s long claimed to stand for. Men have never been treated equally, speech has never been free, and liberty and liberation have always been things to strive for, never things that are. This is not a change that spontaneously occurred, but something that is inherent within the imperialist system. And now the decay is becoming visible, and the empire with its “immoderate greatness” is turning on itself—eating itself—and we are all vulnerable to its collapse.

    The post Trump’s Absurd War on Education first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Megan Russell.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/07/trumps-absurd-war-on-education/feed/ 0 537187
    Sebastião Salgado: Capturing Humanity in Pictures https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/sebastiao-salgado-capturing-humanity-in-pictures/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/sebastiao-salgado-capturing-humanity-in-pictures/#respond Fri, 06 Jun 2025 20:03:16 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334578 Brazilian documentary photographer Sebastião Salgado stands for a photo at a press preview of his exhibit Amazônia at the California Science Center on October 19, 2022, in Los Angeles, California. Photo by Mario Tama/Getty Images.Brazilian photographer Sebastião Salgado passed away on May 23, 2025. He was 81 years old. This is episode 43 of Stories of Resistance.]]> Brazilian documentary photographer Sebastião Salgado stands for a photo at a press preview of his exhibit Amazônia at the California Science Center on October 19, 2022, in Los Angeles, California. Photo by Mario Tama/Getty Images.

    If a picture is worth a thousand words, his spoke novels. He was Steinbeck, Tolstoy, and Tolkien… all in one. His images capture the spirit of the poor and working classes.

    And they grip the viewer. Refusing to let your eyes peal from the picture before you. Pictures in black and white. Pictures that seem to have been painted by brush strokes, but which are as real as the camera equipment he used.

    Sebastião Salgado was an artist, and he was a documentarian, capturing the plight of the downtrodden, but also their soul. Their beauty.

    He was criticized for this. They said he glorified poverty. He responded that the poor deserve just as good a picture as the rich. Probably even better.

    Sebastião Salgado was born February 8, 1944, in the Brazilian state of Minas Gerais. He trained as a Marxist economist. Joined the movement against Brazil’s military dictatorship in the 1960s, and went into exile in France in August 1969 with his wife.

    “I arrived in France with Lélia, my wife, at the end of the 1960s as an exiled person, fleeing the system of deep repression that existed at the time in Brazil,” he posted on Instagram almost two years ago. “Soon afterwards, the Brazilian military dictatorship withdrew our passports and we had to file an injunction to get them back. We became refugees here in France, and then immigrants. When I did a piece of work on refugees and immigrants, I already knew this story, in my own way I had lived it. For years, I had been looking for people who had been displaced from their place of origin and were in transit, looking for another point of stability. They left either for economic reasons, climate change or because of conflict. I realised a body of work called “Exodus”. In reality, I was photographing a part of my own life, portrayed in other people, some of them in slightly better situations than I had, and the vast majority in much worse conditions. It was a very important moment in my life, of identifying with these people, and of feeling deeply what I was photographing,” he wrote.

    He first began taking pictures in the early 1970s with his wife’s Leica. By 1973, he had quit his job at the International Coffee Organization and became a freelance photographer. He traveled the world. Worked for several photography agencies. 

    He was covering the first 100 days of Ronald Reagan in 1981, when he was one of the only photographers to capture the assassination attempt on Reagan’s life.

    Salgado sold the pictures to finance his first major photography trip to Africa. 

    Salgado’s projects would span the world. He would travel to 120 different countries on his photography trips. His pictures are big. Larger than life. Epic. Like the landscape photographer Ansel Adams’, but with grit. Portraying humanity…

    The best and the worst.

    And at their heart, revealing truth, struggle, the fight to survive, to exist. And the underpinnings of an unjust, unequal global system where so many have so little and so few have so much.

    Like his 1986 pictures of the Serra Pelada Gold Mine, in Brazil. They seem like something from a dystopian future, or a long-forgotten past. Thousands of workers in shorts and t-shirts climbing through the mud on rickety ladders in near-slave conditions.

    “He always had the idea that things are always going to get better, that we are on the path for development and somehow if he could create a warning, he could contribute to this process of social progress in society,” his son, filmmaker Juliano Salgado would later say.

    Salgado shot masterpiece collections of pictures of workers. Of the fight for land and land reform. Of nature. The Amazon. Climate change. And when he visited communities, land occupations, or groups like Brazil’s Landless Workers Movement, he didn’t just drop in, shoot and leave, like news agencies photographers then and now. He stayed for days. He documented it. He experienced it. He lived it.

    Sebastião Salgado’s photography spoke volumes, portraying deep and profound truth, shining light on the problems and the injustices of the world in exquisite images that one simply cannot ignore. 

    ###

    Sebastiao Salgado passed away on May 23, 2025, at the age of 81.

    His legacy lives on. 

    ###

    Hi folks, thanks for listening. I’m your host Michael Fox. 

    I have been a huge fan of Sebastiao Salgado for years. I’m happy I was able to do this short story on his tremendous life and work.

    This is Stories of Resistance, a podcast series co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment or leave a review.

    As always, you can find follow my reporting and support my work and this podcast at Patreon.com/mfox.

    Thanks for listening. See you next time.


    This is episode 43 of Stories of Resistance—a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. 

    And please consider signing up for the Stories of Resistance podcast feed, either in Spotify, Apple Podcasts, Spreaker, or wherever you listen.

    Visit patreon.com/mfox for exclusive pictures, to follow Michael Fox’s reporting and to support his work. 

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    Resources

    Here is Sebastião Salgado’s Instagram page: https://www.instagram.com/sebastiaosalgadooficial

    Here is a beautiful written piece about Sebastião Salgado’s work on workers: https://www.holdenluntz.com/magazine/new-arrival/sebastiao-salgados-workers-an-archeology-of-the-industrial-age/


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/sebastiao-salgado-capturing-humanity-in-pictures/feed/ 0 537075
    Promoting Women’s Human Rights Through Human Rights Education https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/promoting-womens-human-rights-through-human-rights-education/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/promoting-womens-human-rights-through-human-rights-education/#respond Fri, 06 Jun 2025 16:00:30 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=27aecdb5e16308f931f2c38368337e5c
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/promoting-womens-human-rights-through-human-rights-education/feed/ 0 537023
    MPs suspended for this Haka in parliament https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/mps-suspended-for-this-haka-in-parliament/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/mps-suspended-for-this-haka-in-parliament/#respond Fri, 06 Jun 2025 11:01:53 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=c054a461a3e7de9c058646c75b2755f1
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/mps-suspended-for-this-haka-in-parliament/feed/ 0 536955
    Marshall Islands nuclear legacy: report highlights lack of health research https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/marshall-islands-nuclear-legacy-report-highlights-lack-of-health-research/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/marshall-islands-nuclear-legacy-report-highlights-lack-of-health-research/#respond Fri, 06 Jun 2025 09:23:25 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=115719 By Giff Johnson, editor, Marshall Islands Journal, and RNZ Pacific correspondent

    A new report on the United States nuclear weapons testing legacy in the Marshall Islands highlights the lack of studies into important health concerns voiced by Marshallese for decades that make it impossible to have a clear understanding of the impacts of the 67 nuclear weapons tests.

    The Legacy of US Nuclear Testing in the Marshall Islands, a report by Dr Arjun Makhijani of the Institute for Energy and Environmental Research, was released late last month.

    The report was funded by Greenpeace Germany and is an outgrowth of the organisation’s flagship vessel, Rainbow Warrior III, visiting the Marshall Islands from March to April to recognise the 40th anniversary of the resettlement of the nuclear test-affected population of Rongelap Atoll.

    Dr Mahkijani said that among the “many troubling aspects” of the legacy is that the United States had concluded, in 1948, after three tests, that the Marshall Islands was not “a suitable site for atomic experiments” because it did not meet the required meteorological criteria.

    “Yet testing went on,” he said.

    “Also notable has been the lack of systematic scientific attention to the accounts by many Marshallese of severe malformations and other adverse pregnancy outcomes like stillbirths. This was despite the documented fallout throughout the country and the fact that the potential for fallout to cause major birth defects has been known since the 1950s.”

    Dr Makhijani highlights the point that, despite early documentation in the immediate aftermath of the 1954 Bravo hydrogen bomb test and numerous anecdotal reports from Marshallese women about miscarriages and still births, US government medical officials in charge of managing the nuclear test-related medical programme in the Marshall Islands never systematically studied birth anomalies.

    Committed billions of dollars
    The US Deputy Secretary of State in the Biden-Harris administration, Kurt Cambell, said that Washington, over decades, had committed billions of dollars to the damages and the rebuilding of the Marshall Islands.

    “I think we understand that that history carries a heavy burden, and we are doing what we can to support the people in the [Compact of Free Association] states, including the Marshall Islands,” he told reporters at the Pacific Islands Forum leaders’ meeting in Nuku’alofa last year.

    “This is not a legacy that we seek to avoid. We have attempted to address it constructively with massive resources and a sustained commitment.”

    Among points outlined in the new report:

    • Gamma radiation levels at Majuro, the capital of the Marshall Islands, officially considered a “very low exposure” atoll, were tens of times, and up to 300 times, more than background in the immediate aftermaths of the thermonuclear tests in the Castle series at Bikini Atoll in 1954.
    • Thyroid doses in the so-called “low exposure atolls” averaged 270 milligray (mGy), 60 percent more than the 50,000 people of Pripyat near Chernobyl who were evacuated (170 mGy) after the 1986 accident there, and roughly double the average thyroid exposures in the most exposed counties in the United States due to testing at the Nevada Test Site.
    Women from the nuclear test-affected Rongelap Atoll greeted the Rainbow Warrior and its crew with songs and dances as part of celebrating the 40th anniversary of the evacuation of Rongelap Atoll in 1985 by the Rainbow Warrior. Photo: Giff Johnson.
    Women from the nuclear test-affected Rongelap Atoll greeted the Rainbow Warrior and its crew with songs and dances as part of celebrating the 40th anniversary of the evacuation of Rongelap Atoll in 1985 by the Rainbow Warrior. Image: RNZ Pacific/Giff Johnson

    Despite this, “only a small fraction of the population has been officially recognised as exposed enough for screening and medical attention; even that came with its own downsides, including people being treated as experimental subjects,” the report said.

    Women reported adverse outcomes
    “In interviews and one 1980s country-wide survey, women have reported many adverse pregnancy outcomes,” said the report.

    “They include stillbirths, a baby with part of the skull missing and ‘the brain and the spinal cord fully exposed,’ and a two-headed baby. Many of the babies with major birth defects died shortly after birth.

    “Some who lived suffered very difficult lives, as did their families. Despite extensive personal testimony, no systematic country-wide scientific study of a possible relationship of adverse pregnancy outcomes to nuclear testing has been done.

    “It is to be noted that awareness among US scientists of the potential for major birth defects due to radioactive fallout goes back to the 1950s. Hiroshima-Nagasaki survivor data has also provided evidence for this problem.

    “The occurrence of stillbirths and major birth defects due to nuclear testing fallout in the Marshall Islands is scientifically plausible but no definitive statement is possible at the present time,” the report concluded.

    “The nuclear tests in the Marshall Islands created a vast amount of fission products, including radioactive isotopes that cross the placenta, such as iodine-131 and tritium.

    “Radiation exposure in the first trimester can cause early failed pregnancies, severe neurological damage, and other major birth defects.

    No definitive statement possible
    “This makes it plausible that radiation exposure may have caused the kinds of adverse pregnancy outcomes that were experienced and reported.

    “However, no definitive statement is possible in the absence of a detailed scientific assessment.”

    Scientists who traveled with the Rainbow Warrior III on its two-month visit to the Marshall Islands earlier this year collected samples from Enewetak, Bikini, Rongelap and other atolls for scientific study and evaluation.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/marshall-islands-nuclear-legacy-report-highlights-lack-of-health-research/feed/ 0 536950
    Thou shalt protect Israel: The West’s first and only commandment https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/thou-shalt-protect-israel-the-wests-first-and-only-commandment/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/thou-shalt-protect-israel-the-wests-first-and-only-commandment/#respond Fri, 06 Jun 2025 06:01:36 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=115708 COMMENTARY: By Daniel Lindley

    As I sit down to write this article, I’m reading another update on the Israeli army killing 27 more starving Palestinian civilians waiting to receive food at a “humanitarian hub”. The death toll at these hubs over the last eight days is now 102.

    We’re at the point now that Israel doesn’t even bother putting out the usual statements claiming how Hamas militants were using the civilians as human shields.

    They just put out brazen denials that these events even happened, or report that the gunfire was “in response to the threat perceived by IDF troops.” You don’t get much flimsier justifications for massacring civilians than that.

    It’s important to remember that these events have only happened because Israel has imposed a total siege on the Gaza Strip since March, blocking all food, fuel and medicine from entering the territory to starve the civilian population.

    Meanwhile, Netanyahu has made clear that the only way to end the war is for the civilian population of Gaza to be moved to third countries.

    The UN has effectively been banned from operating in Gaza, so the only way Palestinians in Gaza can get food is to go to these “humanitarian hubs” run by the Israeli army, who might just shoot them dead.

    Ordinarily, one might expect serious consequences for a state which openly declares that it is attempting ethnic cleansing, massacres civilians seeking food, and then lies about it.

    No fundamental change
    If we do live in a world governed by “international law” and “human rights”, then that would be natural. But I’m sure everyone reading this article understands that it’s unlikely that anything is going to fundamentally change because of this latest crime.

    This gets to the heart of the issue, the real reason why Palestine is so important and takes up so much international attention.

    It’s not just that it’s in a strategically important area of the world, or that there are religious holy sites at stake; as important as those things are to know. The real crux of the matter is that Palestine is the central contradiction from which the existing international order unravels.

    In 1974, John Pilger produced the film Palestine Is Still The Issue, which educated many Western audiences for the first time that a great injustice inflicted upon an entire nation had been left unresolved for decades.

    The post-Second World War order created institutions like the United Nations and the International Court of Justice (ICJ), rendered colonialism an illegal holdover from a previous era and established the principle that it was illegal to acquire territory by war. The film asked the question, how can anyone, especially Western liberals, really say they believe in this new order while also supporting the state of Israel, a polity which appears to reject these ideals in favour of a brute “might equals right” ideal.

    In 2002, John Pilger released a new film, also titled Palestine Is Still The Issue.

    By 2025, we’re now approaching the end game of the post-Second World War international order, and a big reason for that is Western liberal leaders increasingly having to choose between maintaining it and maintaining their support for Israel, and going for the latter.

    To give a recent example, when Israel invaded Syria in December with zero provocation, the UK government’s response was simply to state that Israel “is making sure its position in the Golan is secure”.

    Bear in mind that the Golan is also Syrian territory; the UK government is explicitly endorsing an act of aggression to protect illegally occupied land. It makes little sense unless you think international law doesn’t apply to Israel.

    A blind eye to Israel’s war crimes
    But the problem with that kind of thinking is that international law doesn’t work unless there’s a collective agreement to respect it. There isn’t a world police force that can enforce these laws, they’re just a mutually agreed set of rules that everyone agrees to work within, as history has taught us that it ends badly for everyone if we don’t.

    To make a rough analogy, the system is like the early days of the UFC (Ultimate Fighting Championship) when there were very few enforced rules, but in reality, fighters had handshake agreements not to, e.g. pull each other’s hair out, because nobody wants that happening.

    If Fighter A were to start pulling the opponent’s hair out, can he act outraged when other fighters start doing it as well?

    Likewise, if the Western powers decide to support Israel in illegally occupying other countries’ territories for decades, can they really act outraged when Russia decides it’s going to occupy part of Ukraine?

    By allowing Israel to acquire territory by war, what they’ve essentially done is change the international system from one where acquiring territory by war is simply illegal, to one where acquiring territory by war is ok so long as you say it’s in your national security interests.

    Those are the new rules.

    Last year, the International Criminal Court (ICC) issued arrest warrants for Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Defence Minister Yoav Gallant for war crimes.

    International consensus
    Specifically, to answer allegations that they committed “the war crime of starvation as a method of warfare”. After the Nazi atrocities in the Second World War such as the Siege of Leningrad (not strictly “illegal” at the time), there emerged an international consensus that such inhumane actions must never happen again.

    Well, on March 2, Israel announced that it was banning the entry of all goods and aid into Gaza, a blatant war crime. Meanwhile, Western governments such as Germany openly state that they intend to find “ways and means” to avoid having to arrest Netanyahu if he were to enter their territory.

    The UK, in particular, continues to provide direct military assistance to Israel in the form of surveillance flights over Gaza. Declassified UK has documented at least 518 RAF surveillance flights around Gaza since December 2023, carried out from the Akrotiri airbase in Cyprus.

    The UK government is, of course, aware that it’s assisting a government whose leaders are wanted by the ICC for war crimes. This would explain why when Keir Starmer visited the airbase in December, he gave a strange speech saying, “I recognise it’s been a really important, busy, busy year . . .

    “I’m also aware that some or quite a bit of what goes on here can’t necessarily be talked about . . .  Although we’re really proud of what you’re doing, we can’t necessarily tell the world what you’re doing here.”

    The UK is legally obligated under the Geneva Conventions to ensure its military intelligence is not used to facilitate war crimes. In fact, the UK government has stated itself that Israel is “not committed” to following international law, but says it must continue providing military assistance to Israel as to stop doing so “would undermine US confidence in the UK and NATO at a critical juncture in our collective history and set back relations”.

    If the post-Secind World War international order had any ideology affixed to it, it’s the belief in concepts such as individual freedoms, human rights, international humanitarian law and the legitimacy of institutions established to enforce them.

    Every order needs some kind of organising principle; it might not strictly be “true”, but the real purpose is that the population needs to believe in it.

    Many young adults in countries like the USA and UK were brought up with the ideals that waging war for cold national interests/enforcing racial supremacy were barbaric practices that were no longer permitted.

    Palestine is the final frontier
    For Palestine, though, there is no longer any window dressing that can be done. Netanyahu is now making it explicit that even if Hamas were to “lay down its weapons” and its leaders leave, Israel will then ethnically cleanse the Palestinian civilian population of Gaza.

    This is a war of ethnic cleansing and genocide rationalised by a militaristic, racist ideology — the fundamental reason, after all, why the Palestinians of Gaza are being ethnically cleansed is that they are not Jewish.

    Israel’s supporters in the West have abandoned trying to convince anyone of the morality of their positions and are just resorting to repression of dissent. In the United States, for example, we’ve seen unprecedented crackdowns on solidarity groups.

    For example, international students are being deported simply for attending Palestine solidarity demonstrations. These people aren’t even being accused of committing crimes, but of undefined offences such as “un-American activity.” If unconditional Western support for Israel is to continue, more repression at universities is going to be necessary.

    The UK government was correct in saying we’re at “a critical juncture in our collective history” and that Israel is at the heart of it. The international order is unravelling, and whatever new order we move into is largely dependent on what happens in Palestine.

    If Israel succeeds in its long-term goal of genocide against the Palestinians and establishes a lawless militarised ethnostate that grants/strips citizenship on racial grounds and invades and occupies other countries at will, that will be the model the rest of the world will follow. Even if you don’t particularly care about Palestine personally, you will not escape the consequences of this new might equals right world.

    Anyone who doesn’t wish to live in such a world must recognise that Palestine solidarity is the central issue which cannot be abandoned.

    Israel and its supporters certainly recognise this, or else they wouldn’t be so willing to forsake any other purported principle when Israel is at stake.

    Although the levels of repression at the moment can be dismaying, we should also take heart in the fact that if Israel’s supporters were feeling secure in their ultimate victory, they wouldn’t be behaving so aggressively.

    We’re witnessing the destructive rampage of a fragile project, whose designers fear could collapse at any moment should opposition manage to organise themselves effectively.

    Daniel Lindley is a writer, socialist and trade union activist in the UK. This article was first published by The New Arab and is republished under Creative Commons.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/thou-shalt-protect-israel-the-wests-first-and-only-commandment/feed/ 0 536916
    Uncounted: Hidden Deaths in Pakistan’s Climate Disasters https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/05/uncounted-hidden-deaths-in-pakistans-climate-disasters/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/05/uncounted-hidden-deaths-in-pakistans-climate-disasters/#respond Thu, 05 Jun 2025 09:13:38 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=cd70eeaa7d69c42f4fa62c56df9ccd61
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/05/uncounted-hidden-deaths-in-pakistans-climate-disasters/feed/ 0 536721
    How 3 years of war have ravaged Ukraine’s forests, and the people who depend on them https://grist.org/international/how-three-years-of-war-have-ravaged-ukraines-forests-and-the-people-who-depend-on-them/ https://grist.org/international/how-three-years-of-war-have-ravaged-ukraines-forests-and-the-people-who-depend-on-them/#respond Thu, 05 Jun 2025 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=667624 Twenty-two-year-old software developer Artem Motorniuk has spent his entire life in the Zaporizhzhia region of Ukraine, living in the north and visiting his grandparents in the south. It’s been almost four years since he’s seen them in person.

    “My grandparents right now are under occupation,” he says. “We can reach them once a month on the phone.”

    Motorniuk and his family’s story is a common one in eastern Ukraine. Since Russia launched its full-scale invasion of the country in February 2022, the war has devastated both occupied and liberated regions. Over a million people on both sides have been killed or injured in the war, according to recent estimates. Whole towns have been flattened and infrastructure destroyed, leading to almost 6 million people displaced internally and 5.7 million refugees taking shelter in neighboring European countries. For those who remain, the psychological toll is mounting. 

    “They shoot rockets really close to Zaporizhzhia,” Motorniuk said. “[Last August] they got the region with artillery shells, and they hit in the place where children were just hanging around and killed four children.”

    A toy truck is seen outside a children's cafe damaged by a Russian artillery shell strike in Malokaterynivka village, Zaporizhzhia region, southeastern Ukraine, on August 20, 2024.
    A toy truck is seen outside a children’s cafe damaged by a Russian artillery shell strike in Malokaterynivka village, Zaporizhzhia region, southeastern Ukraine, on August 20, 2024. Ukrinform/NurPhoto via Getty Images

    The conflict has become highly politicized and volatile in recent months. The United States in April signed a deal with Ukraine to establish a joint investment fund for the country’s eventual reconstruction, in exchange for access to its wealth of critical minerals. At the same time, President Donald Trump has increasingly aligned himself with Russian President Vladimir Putin, at one time even questioning which country incited the conflagration, and U.S. attempts to advance a ceasefire have stalled. 

    Now, just past the three-year mark, the conflict’s long-term costs are becoming more apparent, including the damage to the country’s natural resources. Rocket fire, artillery shelling, and explosive devices, such as land mines, from both militaries have ravaged Ukraine’s landscapes and ecosystems. Over a third of all carbon emissions in Ukraine  stem from warfare — the largest share of any sector in the country. Fighting has triggered destructive wildfires in heavily forested and agricultural grassland regions of eastern Ukraine. From February 2022 through September 2024, almost 5 million acres burned, nearly three-quarters of which are in or adjacent to the conflict zone.

    The conflict zone: Up to 90% of Ukraine’s wildfires have occurred in less than 20% of the country

    Cumulative acres burned during the war: in Ukraine, in the conflict zone, and in conservation areas

    But not all rockets explode when they’re shot, and mines only go off when they’re tripped, meaning these impacts will linger long after conflict ceases.

    This is why a collective of forestry scientists in Ukraine and abroad are working together to study war-driven wildfires and other forest destruction, as well as map unexploded ordnance that could spur degradation down the road. The efforts aim to improve deployment of firefighting and other resources to save the forests. It is welcome work, but far from easy during a war, when their efforts come with life-threatening consequences.

    War-triggered wildfires are ravaging Ukraine’s forests

    Scroll to continue

    Institute for the Study of War / Critical Threats Project / Clayton Aldern / Chad Small / Grist

    The Serebryansky Forest serves as a strategic passing point for Russian forces and a key defense point for Ukrainian forces. To completely occupy the Luhansk and Donetsk regions, Russia has to pass through the forest. Holding the line here has allowed the Ukrainians to stop the Russian advance, but at a steep cost.

    “The shelling, it’s an explosive wave, the fire makes everything unrecognizable,” a medic with the National Guard 13th Khartiya Brigade told the Institute for War & Peace Reporting in March. “When they get up, the forest is different, it has all changed.”

    When you introduce war, you create fires that can’t be effectively extinguished. 

    “You cannot fly aircraft to suppress fire with water because that aircraft will be shot down,” Maksym Matsala, a postdoctoral researcher at the Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences, explained.

    Forests and agricultural land are woven together across Ukraine, meaning wildfires also endanger the country’s food supply. Battle-sparked blazes destroy harvests and eliminate the trees that shelter cropland from drying winds and erosion that can lead to drought — leaving those on the military front lines and Ukrainian citizens at risk of food insecurity.

    A forest burns after Russian shelling in July 2024 in Raihorodok, Ukraine.
    A forest burns after Russian shelling in July 2024 in Raihorodok, Ukraine. Ethan Swope/Getty Images

    These forests have also served as a physical refuge for people in Ukraine fleeing persecution or occupation. For generations, local populations sheltered among the trees to avoid conflict with neighboring invaders. This theme continues today, shielding Ukrainians fleeing cities demolished by Russian troops. Fires are threatening this shelter. 

    Preventative measures like removing unexploded ordnance that could ignite or intensify fires are now unimaginably dangerous and significantly slower when set to the backdrop of explosions or gunfire, said Sergiy Zibtsev, a forestry scientist at the National University of Life and Environmental Sciences of Ukraine and head of the Regional Eastern Europe Fire Monitoring Center. In a country as heavily covered in mines as Ukraine, this turns small embers into out-of-control blazes. 

    Matsala added that forests under these war-ravaged conditions may not ever truly recover. Consistent shelling, explosions, and fires leave a graveyard of charred trees that barely resemble a woodland at all. Consistent fighting since February 2022 has left the Serebryansky Forest an alien landscape. 

    “The local forest now looks like some charcoal piles without any leaves, and it’s just like the moon landscape with some black sticks,” Matsala said.

    In liberated regions of Ukraine, the wildfire management strategy involves removing land mines one by one, a process known as demining. It’s a multistep system where trained professionals first survey a landscape, sometimes using drones, to identify regions where mines are likely to be found. They then sweep the landscape with metal detectors until the characteristic pattern of beeps confirms the presence of one. Next, they must disable and extract it. Even without the risk of accidentally triggering unexploded ordnance, demining in an active conflict zone is incredibly dangerous. Deminers elsewhere have been killed by enemy combatants before. And a misstep can cause an explosion that sparks a new fire, which can spread quickly in Ukraine’s war-denuded landscape. Demining is a “square meter by square meter” process that must be done meticulously, said Zibtsev. 

    These challenges are what spurred Brian Milakovsky and Brian Roth, two professional foresters with Eastern European connections, to found Forest Release in 2023. 

    A view of shelling scraps in Serebryansky Forest, in Luhansk, Ukraine in June 2024.
    A view of shelling scraps in Serebryansky Forest, in Luhansk, Ukraine in June 2024. Pablo Miranzo/Anadolu via Getty Images

    The U.S.-based nonprofit helps coordinate and disseminate monitoring research in Ukraine’s forests. Using satellite products that take into account vegetation greenness, Milakovsky, Roth, and their collaborators can identify particular forests in Ukraine that might be under the most stress from fires. Forest Release can then send this information to local firefighters or forest managers in Ukraine so they can tend to those forests first. It also collects firefighting safety equipment from the U.S. to donate to firefighters in Ukraine. Both of these activities allow Forest Release and its Ukrainian counterpart, the Ukrainian Forest Safety Center, to train foresters to fight fires and get certified as deminers. 

    To make drone-based mine detection more effective and safe, two other American researchers launched an AI-powered mine-detection service in 2020 that’s being used in Ukraine: Jasper Baur, a remote sensing researcher, and Gabriel Steinberg, a computer scientist, founded SafePro AI to tap artificial intelligence to more autonomously and efficiently detect land mines in current and former warzones. 

    “I started researching high-tech land mines in 2016 in university,” Baur said. “I was trying to research how we can detect these things that are a known hazard, especially for civilians and children.”

    Surface land mines, as Baur explained, can seem particularly innocuous, which makes them even more dangerous. “They look like toys,” he said. He and Steinberg worked to turn their research project into a tangible application that would help deminers globally. 

    SafePro AI is trained on images of both inactive and active unexploded ordnance — everything from land mines to grenades. The model works by differentiating an ordnance from its surroundings, giving deminers an exact location of where a land mine is. When not being trained on images from Ukraine, it learns from images sourced elsewhere that Baur tries to ensure are as close to reality as possible.

    “A lot of our initial training data was in Oklahoma, and I’ve been collecting a lot in farmlands in New York,” he said. “I walk out with bins of inert land mines, and I scatter them in farm fields and then I try to make [the conditions] as similar to Ukraine as possible.”

    Because a lot of land mines are in fields adjacent to Ukrainian forests, focusing removal efforts at the perimeter can stop fires before they spread. SafePro AI has team members in the U.S., United Kingdom, and also in Ukraine. In fact, Motorniuk, from the Zaporizhzhia region of Ukraine who also works for SafePro AI as a developer, said that his work has shown him that he can make a difference without picking up a gun. SafePro AI has received funding from the United Nations Development Programme to deploy the technology in Ukraine through humanitarian land mine action organizations. So far, the company has surveyed over 15,000 acres of land, detecting over 26,000 unexploded ordnance.

    Much of the protection of Ukraine’s forests in and around the war is predicated on information. Can land mines be located? Can wildfires be slowed or stopped? In a geospatially data-poor country like Ukraine, Matsala highlights that this kind of work, and the creation of robust datasets, is necessary to ensure the survival of Ukraine’s natural ecosystems. It also offers a chance to rethink the country’s forestry in the long-term. 

    “This is a huge opportunity to change some of our … practices to make the forests more resilient to climate change, to these large landscape fires, and just [healthier],” Roth, of Forest Release, said.

    Roth agrees with Matsala that Ukraine’s stands of non-native, highly flammable pine trees pose a prolonged threat to the country’s forests — particularly as climate change increases drought and heat wave risk throughout Europe. In Roth’s opinion, losing some of these forests to wildfires during the war will actually allow Ukrainian foresters to plant less flammable, native tree species in their place. 

    An aerial view of a charred pine trees forest contaminated with mines and unexploded ordnance in September 2024 in Svyatohirsk, Ukraine.
    An aerial view of a charred pine trees forest contaminated with mines and unexploded ordnance in September 2024 in Svyatohirsk, Ukraine. Pierre Crom/Getty Images

    The scientific and humanitarian collaboration unfolding to protect Ukraine’s forests amid war may also provide a record that would allow the country to claim legal damages for ecosystem destruction in the future. 

    Matsala recalled what happened in the aftermath of the Gulf War in the early 1990s. Amid fighting, invading Iraqi forces destroyed Kuwait’s oil facilities, leading to widespread pollution throughout the region. Although Iraq was forced to pay out billions of dollars to Persian Gulf countries including Kuwait, Iran, and Saudi Arabia for both damages and remediation, the payments may not have covered the totality of the environmental impacts. Following the war, neighboring Iran requested millions of dollars in damages for a myriad of environmental impacts, including for acid rain caused by oil fires. The United Nations Compensation Commission ultimately found that Iran had “not provided the minimum technical information and documents necessary” to justify the claims for damages from the acid rain. Matsala worries that without extensive data and reporting on the war with Russia, future Ukrainian claims for environmental reparations might go nowhere. 

    Whether that tribunal comes to fruition, or the forests are properly rehabilitated, remains to be seen. But the work continues. And with hostilities still happening, and no clear end, it will continue to be dangerous.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline How 3 years of war have ravaged Ukraine’s forests, and the people who depend on them on Jun 5, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Chad Small.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/international/how-three-years-of-war-have-ravaged-ukraines-forests-and-the-people-who-depend-on-them/feed/ 0 536707
    How 3 years of war have ravaged Ukraine’s forests, and the people who depend on them https://grist.org/international/how-three-years-of-war-have-ravaged-ukraines-forests-and-the-people-who-depend-on-them/ https://grist.org/international/how-three-years-of-war-have-ravaged-ukraines-forests-and-the-people-who-depend-on-them/#respond Thu, 05 Jun 2025 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=667624 Twenty-two-year-old software developer Artem Motorniuk has spent his entire life in the Zaporizhzhia region of Ukraine, living in the north and visiting his grandparents in the south. It’s been almost four years since he’s seen them in person.

    “My grandparents right now are under occupation,” he says. “We can reach them once a month on the phone.”

    Motorniuk and his family’s story is a common one in eastern Ukraine. Since Russia launched its full-scale invasion of the country in February 2022, the war has devastated both occupied and liberated regions. Over a million people on both sides have been killed or injured in the war, according to recent estimates. Whole towns have been flattened and infrastructure destroyed, leading to almost 6 million people displaced internally and 5.7 million refugees taking shelter in neighboring European countries. For those who remain, the psychological toll is mounting. 

    “They shoot rockets really close to Zaporizhzhia,” Motorniuk said. “[Last August] they got the region with artillery shells, and they hit in the place where children were just hanging around and killed four children.”

    A toy truck is seen outside a children's cafe damaged by a Russian artillery shell strike in Malokaterynivka village, Zaporizhzhia region, southeastern Ukraine, on August 20, 2024.
    A toy truck is seen outside a children’s cafe damaged by a Russian artillery shell strike in Malokaterynivka village, Zaporizhzhia region, southeastern Ukraine, on August 20, 2024. Ukrinform/NurPhoto via Getty Images

    The conflict has become highly politicized and volatile in recent months. The United States in April signed a deal with Ukraine to establish a joint investment fund for the country’s eventual reconstruction, in exchange for access to its wealth of critical minerals. At the same time, President Donald Trump has increasingly aligned himself with Russian President Vladimir Putin, at one time even questioning which country incited the conflagration, and U.S. attempts to advance a ceasefire have stalled. 

    Now, just past the three-year mark, the conflict’s long-term costs are becoming more apparent, including the damage to the country’s natural resources. Rocket fire, artillery shelling, and explosive devices, such as land mines, from both militaries have ravaged Ukraine’s landscapes and ecosystems. Over a third of all carbon emissions in Ukraine  stem from warfare — the largest share of any sector in the country. Fighting has triggered destructive wildfires in heavily forested and agricultural grassland regions of eastern Ukraine. From February 2022 through September 2024, almost 5 million acres burned, nearly three-quarters of which are in or adjacent to the conflict zone.

    The conflict zone: Up to 90% of Ukraine’s wildfires have occurred in less than 20% of the country

    Cumulative acres burned during the war: in Ukraine, in the conflict zone, and in conservation areas

    But not all rockets explode when they’re shot, and mines only go off when they’re tripped, meaning these impacts will linger long after conflict ceases.

    This is why a collective of forestry scientists in Ukraine and abroad are working together to study war-driven wildfires and other forest destruction, as well as map unexploded ordnance that could spur degradation down the road. The efforts aim to improve deployment of firefighting and other resources to save the forests. It is welcome work, but far from easy during a war, when their efforts come with life-threatening consequences.

    War-triggered wildfires are ravaging Ukraine’s forests

    Scroll to continue

    Institute for the Study of War / Critical Threats Project / Clayton Aldern / Chad Small / Grist

    The Serebryansky Forest serves as a strategic passing point for Russian forces and a key defense point for Ukrainian forces. To completely occupy the Luhansk and Donetsk regions, Russia has to pass through the forest. Holding the line here has allowed the Ukrainians to stop the Russian advance, but at a steep cost.

    “The shelling, it’s an explosive wave, the fire makes everything unrecognizable,” a medic with the National Guard 13th Khartiya Brigade told the Institute for War & Peace Reporting in March. “When they get up, the forest is different, it has all changed.”

    When you introduce war, you create fires that can’t be effectively extinguished. 

    “You cannot fly aircraft to suppress fire with water because that aircraft will be shot down,” Maksym Matsala, a postdoctoral researcher at the Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences, explained.

    Forests and agricultural land are woven together across Ukraine, meaning wildfires also endanger the country’s food supply. Battle-sparked blazes destroy harvests and eliminate the trees that shelter cropland from drying winds and erosion that can lead to drought — leaving those on the military front lines and Ukrainian citizens at risk of food insecurity.

    A forest burns after Russian shelling in July 2024 in Raihorodok, Ukraine.
    A forest burns after Russian shelling in July 2024 in Raihorodok, Ukraine. Ethan Swope/Getty Images

    These forests have also served as a physical refuge for people in Ukraine fleeing persecution or occupation. For generations, local populations sheltered among the trees to avoid conflict with neighboring invaders. This theme continues today, shielding Ukrainians fleeing cities demolished by Russian troops. Fires are threatening this shelter. 

    Preventative measures like removing unexploded ordnance that could ignite or intensify fires are now unimaginably dangerous and significantly slower when set to the backdrop of explosions or gunfire, said Sergiy Zibtsev, a forestry scientist at the National University of Life and Environmental Sciences of Ukraine and head of the Regional Eastern Europe Fire Monitoring Center. In a country as heavily covered in mines as Ukraine, this turns small embers into out-of-control blazes. 

    Matsala added that forests under these war-ravaged conditions may not ever truly recover. Consistent shelling, explosions, and fires leave a graveyard of charred trees that barely resemble a woodland at all. Consistent fighting since February 2022 has left the Serebryansky Forest an alien landscape. 

    “The local forest now looks like some charcoal piles without any leaves, and it’s just like the moon landscape with some black sticks,” Matsala said.

    In liberated regions of Ukraine, the wildfire management strategy involves removing land mines one by one, a process known as demining. It’s a multistep system where trained professionals first survey a landscape, sometimes using drones, to identify regions where mines are likely to be found. They then sweep the landscape with metal detectors until the characteristic pattern of beeps confirms the presence of one. Next, they must disable and extract it. Even without the risk of accidentally triggering unexploded ordnance, demining in an active conflict zone is incredibly dangerous. Deminers elsewhere have been killed by enemy combatants before. And a misstep can cause an explosion that sparks a new fire, which can spread quickly in Ukraine’s war-denuded landscape. Demining is a “square meter by square meter” process that must be done meticulously, said Zibtsev. 

    These challenges are what spurred Brian Milakovsky and Brian Roth, two professional foresters with Eastern European connections, to found Forest Release in 2023. 

    A view of shelling scraps in Serebryansky Forest, in Luhansk, Ukraine in June 2024.
    A view of shelling scraps in Serebryansky Forest, in Luhansk, Ukraine in June 2024. Pablo Miranzo/Anadolu via Getty Images

    The U.S.-based nonprofit helps coordinate and disseminate monitoring research in Ukraine’s forests. Using satellite products that take into account vegetation greenness, Milakovsky, Roth, and their collaborators can identify particular forests in Ukraine that might be under the most stress from fires. Forest Release can then send this information to local firefighters or forest managers in Ukraine so they can tend to those forests first. It also collects firefighting safety equipment from the U.S. to donate to firefighters in Ukraine. Both of these activities allow Forest Release and its Ukrainian counterpart, the Ukrainian Forest Safety Center, to train foresters to fight fires and get certified as deminers. 

    To make drone-based mine detection more effective and safe, two other American researchers launched an AI-powered mine-detection service in 2020 that’s being used in Ukraine: Jasper Baur, a remote sensing researcher, and Gabriel Steinberg, a computer scientist, founded SafePro AI to tap artificial intelligence to more autonomously and efficiently detect land mines in current and former warzones. 

    “I started researching high-tech land mines in 2016 in university,” Baur said. “I was trying to research how we can detect these things that are a known hazard, especially for civilians and children.”

    Surface land mines, as Baur explained, can seem particularly innocuous, which makes them even more dangerous. “They look like toys,” he said. He and Steinberg worked to turn their research project into a tangible application that would help deminers globally. 

    SafePro AI is trained on images of both inactive and active unexploded ordnance — everything from land mines to grenades. The model works by differentiating an ordnance from its surroundings, giving deminers an exact location of where a land mine is. When not being trained on images from Ukraine, it learns from images sourced elsewhere that Baur tries to ensure are as close to reality as possible.

    “A lot of our initial training data was in Oklahoma, and I’ve been collecting a lot in farmlands in New York,” he said. “I walk out with bins of inert land mines, and I scatter them in farm fields and then I try to make [the conditions] as similar to Ukraine as possible.”

    Because a lot of land mines are in fields adjacent to Ukrainian forests, focusing removal efforts at the perimeter can stop fires before they spread. SafePro AI has team members in the U.S., United Kingdom, and also in Ukraine. In fact, Motorniuk, from the Zaporizhzhia region of Ukraine who also works for SafePro AI as a developer, said that his work has shown him that he can make a difference without picking up a gun. SafePro AI has received funding from the United Nations Development Programme to deploy the technology in Ukraine through humanitarian land mine action organizations. So far, the company has surveyed over 15,000 acres of land, detecting over 26,000 unexploded ordnance.

    Much of the protection of Ukraine’s forests in and around the war is predicated on information. Can land mines be located? Can wildfires be slowed or stopped? In a geospatially data-poor country like Ukraine, Matsala highlights that this kind of work, and the creation of robust datasets, is necessary to ensure the survival of Ukraine’s natural ecosystems. It also offers a chance to rethink the country’s forestry in the long-term. 

    “This is a huge opportunity to change some of our … practices to make the forests more resilient to climate change, to these large landscape fires, and just [healthier],” Roth, of Forest Release, said.

    Roth agrees with Matsala that Ukraine’s stands of non-native, highly flammable pine trees pose a prolonged threat to the country’s forests — particularly as climate change increases drought and heat wave risk throughout Europe. In Roth’s opinion, losing some of these forests to wildfires during the war will actually allow Ukrainian foresters to plant less flammable, native tree species in their place. 

    An aerial view of a charred pine trees forest contaminated with mines and unexploded ordnance in September 2024 in Svyatohirsk, Ukraine.
    An aerial view of a charred pine trees forest contaminated with mines and unexploded ordnance in September 2024 in Svyatohirsk, Ukraine. Pierre Crom/Getty Images

    The scientific and humanitarian collaboration unfolding to protect Ukraine’s forests amid war may also provide a record that would allow the country to claim legal damages for ecosystem destruction in the future. 

    Matsala recalled what happened in the aftermath of the Gulf War in the early 1990s. Amid fighting, invading Iraqi forces destroyed Kuwait’s oil facilities, leading to widespread pollution throughout the region. Although Iraq was forced to pay out billions of dollars to Persian Gulf countries including Kuwait, Iran, and Saudi Arabia for both damages and remediation, the payments may not have covered the totality of the environmental impacts. Following the war, neighboring Iran requested millions of dollars in damages for a myriad of environmental impacts, including for acid rain caused by oil fires. The United Nations Compensation Commission ultimately found that Iran had “not provided the minimum technical information and documents necessary” to justify the claims for damages from the acid rain. Matsala worries that without extensive data and reporting on the war with Russia, future Ukrainian claims for environmental reparations might go nowhere. 

    Whether that tribunal comes to fruition, or the forests are properly rehabilitated, remains to be seen. But the work continues. And with hostilities still happening, and no clear end, it will continue to be dangerous.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline How 3 years of war have ravaged Ukraine’s forests, and the people who depend on them on Jun 5, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Chad Small.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/international/how-three-years-of-war-have-ravaged-ukraines-forests-and-the-people-who-depend-on-them/feed/ 0 536708
    The Freedom Flotilla: Sailing to Break Israel’s Siege of Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/04/the-freedom-flotilla-sailing-to-break-israels-siege-of-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/04/the-freedom-flotilla-sailing-to-break-israels-siege-of-gaza/#respond Wed, 04 Jun 2025 17:37:58 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334530 Greta Thunberg with part of the crew of the ship Madleen, shortly before departure for Gaza, during the press conference in San Giovanni Li Cuti on June 01, 2025 in Catania, Italy.The Freedom Flotilla left Sicily on June 1. If all goes as planned, it will arrive in Gaza this weekend. This is episode 42 of Stories of Resistance.]]> Greta Thunberg with part of the crew of the ship Madleen, shortly before departure for Gaza, during the press conference in San Giovanni Li Cuti on June 01, 2025 in Catania, Italy.

    There is a boat sailing to Gaza right now. It carries aid for the people of Palestine. And it is called the Freedom Flotilla.

    It is a sign of solidarity. A sign of resistance. Against Israel’s war on the people of Palestine. Against the death, and destruction and pain. A sign of international resistance against the Israeli genocide.

    On board is Swedish climate activist Greta Thunberg, and 11 others from around the world.

    “12 people are here on board, to break the siege and to create a people’s humanitarian corridor. To take whatever aid we can carry. And to say that we do not accept a genocide. We do not accept ethnic cleansing. And we will not stay silent.”

    That’s Brazilian activist Thiago Ávila.

    The goal is to break Israel’s siege of Gaza and deliver much needed humanitarian aid. Israel has maintained a blockade on Gaza since 2007, strictly controlling the entry of supplies, goods, and aid into the region.

    On board the ship is rice, flour, baby formula, diapers, women’s sanitary products, water desalination kits, and medical supplies.

    This is not the first time they have tried to sail to Gaza.

    One month ago, another ship, also sailing as part of the Freedom Flotilla, was attacked by drones. 15 years ago, another group of ships were attacked. Israeli forces killed 10 people on board. Injured dozens. And arrested everyone.

    Greta Thunberg spoke to the public shortly before they set sail on June 1.

    “We are doing this because no matter what odds we are against, we have to keep trying. Because the moment we stop trying is when we lose our humanity. And no matter how dangerous this mission is. It is no where near as dangerous as the silence of the entire world in the face of a live-streamed genocide.”

    “We just want to say that this isn’t just about getting food into Gaza. It’s also about breaking the medical seizure of doctors. Bringing in doctors and medical equipment. And I just have a few messages to all of the doctors and nurses in Gaza that are doing amazing work. Not just the local doctors, but the international doctors. We see you. We see the work that you’re doing on there and the reporting that you’re doing on the ground.”

    The Freedom Flotilla left from Sicily, Italy, on June 1. It’s a seven-day voyage. If all goes as planned, they will arrive to Gaza this weekend.

    “We need you to keep all eyes on deck. To follow the mission. And to keep putting pressure on your respective governments and institutions to demand an end to the genocide and occupation in Palestine.”

    ###

    Hi folks, thanks for listening. I’m your host Michael Fox.

    I have no words to describe the dire situation in Gaza. We’ll be following the progress of the Freedom Flotilla closely over the coming days.

    If you liked this story, please consider signing up for the Stories of Resistance podcast feed, either in Spotify, Apple Podcasts or wherever you listen. I’ll add links in the show notes.

    You can support my work and this podcast, plus check out exclusive pictures, videos and stories on my Patreon. That’s Patreon.com/mfox.

    This is Episode 42 of Stories of Resistance, a podcast series co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment or leave a review.

    As always, thanks for listening. See you next time.

    ###

    “We know that for 78 years, not a single bottle of water, not a single piece of bread enters Gaza. So we are going on a small boat called Madleen that fits 10-12 people, carrying whatever humanitarian aid we can carry, carrying all the people that wants to go there, and go into Gaza, not because we think that a few boxes we will be able to take will make a difference… we know that this is just a drop in the ocean, but we are going to open a people’s humanitarian corridor.”


    This is episode 42 of Stories of Resistance—a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. 

    And please consider signing up for the Stories of Resistance podcast feed, either in Spotify, Apple Podcasts, Spreaker, or wherever you listen.

    Visit patreon.com/mfox for exclusive pictures, to follow Michael Fox’s reporting and to support his work. 

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    You can find more information on the Freedom Flotilla at https://freedomflotilla.org/
    On their Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/gazafreedomflotilla
    Or X: https://x.com/GazaFFlotilla


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/04/the-freedom-flotilla-sailing-to-break-israels-siege-of-gaza/feed/ 0 536592
    Cuts to USAID severed longstanding American support for Indigenous peoples around the world https://grist.org/indigenous/cuts-to-usaid-severed-longstanding-american-support-for-indigenous-people-in-the-amazon/ https://grist.org/indigenous/cuts-to-usaid-severed-longstanding-american-support-for-indigenous-people-in-the-amazon/#respond Wed, 04 Jun 2025 14:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=667514 Miguel Guimaraes Vásquez fought for years to protect his homeland in the Peruvian Amazon from deforestation related to the cocaine trade, even laboring under death threats from drug traffickers.

    A leader in an Indigenous rights group, Vasquez said such efforts were long supported by financial assistance from the U.S. Agency for International Development, or USAID, which spent billions of dollars starting in the 1980s to help farmers in Peru shift from growing coca for cocaine production to legal crops such as coffee and cacao for chocolate. The agency funded economic and agricultural training and technology, and helped farmers gain access to international markets.

    But the Trump administration’s recent sweeping cuts to the agency have thrown that tradition of U.S. assistance into doubt, and Indigenous people in the Amazon worry that without American support there will be a resurgence of the cocaine market, increased threats to their land and potentially violent challenges to their human rights.

    “We don’t have the U.S. government with us anymore. So it can get really dangerous,” said Vásquez, who belongs to the Shipibo-Konibo people and is vice president of the Interethnic Association for the Development of the Peruvian Rainforest. “We think the situation is going to get worse.”

    Several Indigenous human rights defenders have been killed trying to protect their land, Vasquez said, and in some of those cases U.S. foreign aid provided money to help prosecute the slayings. “We really needed those resources,” he said.

    Sweeping cuts began in January

    When Elon Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency, or DOGE, began dismantling USAID shortly after President Donald Trump began his second term, it all but eliminated U.S. foreign aid spending, including decades of support to Indigenous peoples around the world.

    USAID’s work with Indigenous peoples sought to address a variety of global issues affecting the U.S., according to former employees. Its economic development efforts created jobs in South America, easing the need for people to work in illicit drug markets and reducing the likelihood they would migrate to America seeking jobs and safety. And its support for the rights of Indigenous peoples to steward their own land offered opportunities to mitigate climate change.

    That included Vásquez’s organization, which was about to receive a four-year, $2.5 million grant to continue fighting illicit activity that affects Indigenous people in the region. Vásquez said that grant was rescinded by the new administration.

    In January, DOGE launched a sweeping effort empowered by Trump to fire government workers and cut trillions in government spending. USAID, which managed about $35 billion in appropriations in fiscal year 2024, was one of his prime targets. Critics say the aid programs are wasteful and promote a liberal agenda. Trump, Musk, and Republicans in Congress have accused the agency of advancing liberal social programs.

    “Foreign assistance done right can advance our national interests, protect our borders, and strengthen our partnerships with key allies,” Secretary of State Marco Rubio said in a statement released in March. “Unfortunately, USAID strayed from its original mission long ago.  As a result, the gains were too few and the costs were too high.”

    Musk last week announced his departure from the Trump administration, marking the end of a turbulent chapter that included thousands of layoffs and reams of litigation.

    Former USAID employees said political pressure from the U.S. often kept foreign governments from violating some Indigenous rights. 

    In the three months since thousands of foreign aid workers were fired and aid contracts canceled, the Peruvian government has moved quickly to strip Indigenous people of their land rights and to tighten controls on international organizations that document human rights abuses. It’s now a serious offense for a nonprofit to provide assistance to anyone working to bring lawsuits against the government.

    The National Commission for Development and a Drug-free Lifestyle, the country’s agency that combats drug trafficking, did not respond to a request for comment.

    “The impact was really, really strong, and we felt it really quickly when the Trump administration changed its stance about USAID,” Vásquez said.

    The U.S. spends less than 1 percent of its budget on foreign assistance. Tim Rieser, a senior foreign policy aide in the Senate who works for Democratic Vermont Senator Peter Welch, called DOGE’s cuts to USAID a “mindless” setback to years of work.

    The White House did not respond to a request for comment from The Associated Press.

    Agency reached Indigenous communities worldwide

    USAID’s work reached Indigenous communities around the world. It sought to mitigate the effects of human rights abuses in South America, created programs in Africa to enable Indigenous people to manage their own communities, and led the global U.S. effort to fight hunger.

    One of the most recent additions to USAID’s work was incorporating international concepts of Indigenous rights into policy.

    Rieser, for instance, was responsible for crafting legislation that created an adviser within USAID to protect the rights and address the needs of Indigenous peoples. The adviser advocated for Indigenous rights in foreign assistance programs, including actions by the World Bank.

    “That provided Indigenous people everywhere with a way to be heard here in Washington,” Rieser said. “That has now been silenced.”

    That adviser position remains unfilled.

    Vy Lam, USAID’s adviser on Indigenous peoples, who said he was fired in March as part of the DOGE downsizing, said the idea of Indigenous rights, and the mandate to recognize them in foreign operations, was new to USAID. But it was gaining momentum under President Joe Biden’s administration.

    Vy Lam, a former adviser on Indigenous peoples at USAID, at the United Nations during then-Interior Secretary Deb Haaland’s speech at the Permanent Forum on Indigenous Issues on April 17, 2023, in New York.
    Vy Lam via AP

    He said concepts such as free, prior, and informed consent — the right of Indigenous people to give or withhold approval for any action that would affect their lands or rights — were slowly being implemented in American foreign policy.

    One of the ways that happened, Lam said, came in the form of U.S. political pressure on foreign governments or private industry to negotiate mutually beneficial agreements between Indigenous peoples and their governments.

    For instance, if an American company wanted to build a hotel in an area that could affect an Indigenous community, the U.S. could push for the deal to require Indigenous approval, or at least consultation.

    “We had that convening power, and that is the thing that I grieve the most,” Lam said.

    U.S. foreign aid workers were also able to facilitate the reporting of some human rights violations, such as when a human rights or an environmental defender is jailed without charges, or Indigenous peoples are forced off their land for the establishment of a protected area.

    Money supported attendance at international meetings

    In some cases, USAID supported travel to the United Nations, where Indigenous leaders and advocates could receive training to navigate international bodies and document abuses.

    Last year under the Biden administration, USAID awarded a five-year grant to support Indigenous LGBTQIA people to the United Nations Voluntary Fund for Indigenous People, an agency that offers financial support to Indigenous peoples to participate in the U.N.

    At $350,000 per year, it was the largest grant from any member state in the U.N., fund secretary Morse Flores said. The money would have supported attendance at international bodies to report human rights abuses and testify on areas of foreign policy and development that negatively impact their lives and communities.

    In February, the fund received notice that the grant would be terminated. The State Department does not plan to fulfill its pledge to fund the remaining four years of the grant to help Indigenous peoples travel to the U.N. and other world bodies.

    In most cases, people receiving assistance to attend major meetings “are actual victims of human rights violations,” Flores said. “For someone who’s unable to come and speak up, I mean, it’s really just an injustice.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Cuts to USAID severed longstanding American support for Indigenous peoples around the world on Jun 4, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Graham Lee Brewer, The Associated Press.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/indigenous/cuts-to-usaid-severed-longstanding-american-support-for-indigenous-people-in-the-amazon/feed/ 0 536544
    Cuts to USAID severed longstanding American support for Indigenous peoples around the world https://grist.org/indigenous/cuts-to-usaid-severed-longstanding-american-support-for-indigenous-people-in-the-amazon/ https://grist.org/indigenous/cuts-to-usaid-severed-longstanding-american-support-for-indigenous-people-in-the-amazon/#respond Wed, 04 Jun 2025 14:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=667514 Miguel Guimaraes Vásquez fought for years to protect his homeland in the Peruvian Amazon from deforestation related to the cocaine trade, even laboring under death threats from drug traffickers.

    A leader in an Indigenous rights group, Vasquez said such efforts were long supported by financial assistance from the U.S. Agency for International Development, or USAID, which spent billions of dollars starting in the 1980s to help farmers in Peru shift from growing coca for cocaine production to legal crops such as coffee and cacao for chocolate. The agency funded economic and agricultural training and technology, and helped farmers gain access to international markets.

    But the Trump administration’s recent sweeping cuts to the agency have thrown that tradition of U.S. assistance into doubt, and Indigenous people in the Amazon worry that without American support there will be a resurgence of the cocaine market, increased threats to their land and potentially violent challenges to their human rights.

    “We don’t have the U.S. government with us anymore. So it can get really dangerous,” said Vásquez, who belongs to the Shipibo-Konibo people and is vice president of the Interethnic Association for the Development of the Peruvian Rainforest. “We think the situation is going to get worse.”

    Several Indigenous human rights defenders have been killed trying to protect their land, Vasquez said, and in some of those cases U.S. foreign aid provided money to help prosecute the slayings. “We really needed those resources,” he said.

    Sweeping cuts began in January

    When Elon Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency, or DOGE, began dismantling USAID shortly after President Donald Trump began his second term, it all but eliminated U.S. foreign aid spending, including decades of support to Indigenous peoples around the world.

    USAID’s work with Indigenous peoples sought to address a variety of global issues affecting the U.S., according to former employees. Its economic development efforts created jobs in South America, easing the need for people to work in illicit drug markets and reducing the likelihood they would migrate to America seeking jobs and safety. And its support for the rights of Indigenous peoples to steward their own land offered opportunities to mitigate climate change.

    That included Vásquez’s organization, which was about to receive a four-year, $2.5 million grant to continue fighting illicit activity that affects Indigenous people in the region. Vásquez said that grant was rescinded by the new administration.

    In January, DOGE launched a sweeping effort empowered by Trump to fire government workers and cut trillions in government spending. USAID, which managed about $35 billion in appropriations in fiscal year 2024, was one of his prime targets. Critics say the aid programs are wasteful and promote a liberal agenda. Trump, Musk, and Republicans in Congress have accused the agency of advancing liberal social programs.

    “Foreign assistance done right can advance our national interests, protect our borders, and strengthen our partnerships with key allies,” Secretary of State Marco Rubio said in a statement released in March. “Unfortunately, USAID strayed from its original mission long ago.  As a result, the gains were too few and the costs were too high.”

    Musk last week announced his departure from the Trump administration, marking the end of a turbulent chapter that included thousands of layoffs and reams of litigation.

    Former USAID employees said political pressure from the U.S. often kept foreign governments from violating some Indigenous rights. 

    In the three months since thousands of foreign aid workers were fired and aid contracts canceled, the Peruvian government has moved quickly to strip Indigenous people of their land rights and to tighten controls on international organizations that document human rights abuses. It’s now a serious offense for a nonprofit to provide assistance to anyone working to bring lawsuits against the government.

    The National Commission for Development and a Drug-free Lifestyle, the country’s agency that combats drug trafficking, did not respond to a request for comment.

    “The impact was really, really strong, and we felt it really quickly when the Trump administration changed its stance about USAID,” Vásquez said.

    The U.S. spends less than 1 percent of its budget on foreign assistance. Tim Rieser, a senior foreign policy aide in the Senate who works for Democratic Vermont Senator Peter Welch, called DOGE’s cuts to USAID a “mindless” setback to years of work.

    The White House did not respond to a request for comment from The Associated Press.

    Agency reached Indigenous communities worldwide

    USAID’s work reached Indigenous communities around the world. It sought to mitigate the effects of human rights abuses in South America, created programs in Africa to enable Indigenous people to manage their own communities, and led the global U.S. effort to fight hunger.

    One of the most recent additions to USAID’s work was incorporating international concepts of Indigenous rights into policy.

    Rieser, for instance, was responsible for crafting legislation that created an adviser within USAID to protect the rights and address the needs of Indigenous peoples. The adviser advocated for Indigenous rights in foreign assistance programs, including actions by the World Bank.

    “That provided Indigenous people everywhere with a way to be heard here in Washington,” Rieser said. “That has now been silenced.”

    That adviser position remains unfilled.

    Vy Lam, USAID’s adviser on Indigenous peoples, who said he was fired in March as part of the DOGE downsizing, said the idea of Indigenous rights, and the mandate to recognize them in foreign operations, was new to USAID. But it was gaining momentum under President Joe Biden’s administration.

    Vy Lam, a former adviser on Indigenous peoples at USAID, at the United Nations during then-Interior Secretary Deb Haaland’s speech at the Permanent Forum on Indigenous Issues on April 17, 2023, in New York.
    Vy Lam via AP

    He said concepts such as free, prior, and informed consent — the right of Indigenous people to give or withhold approval for any action that would affect their lands or rights — were slowly being implemented in American foreign policy.

    One of the ways that happened, Lam said, came in the form of U.S. political pressure on foreign governments or private industry to negotiate mutually beneficial agreements between Indigenous peoples and their governments.

    For instance, if an American company wanted to build a hotel in an area that could affect an Indigenous community, the U.S. could push for the deal to require Indigenous approval, or at least consultation.

    “We had that convening power, and that is the thing that I grieve the most,” Lam said.

    U.S. foreign aid workers were also able to facilitate the reporting of some human rights violations, such as when a human rights or an environmental defender is jailed without charges, or Indigenous peoples are forced off their land for the establishment of a protected area.

    Money supported attendance at international meetings

    In some cases, USAID supported travel to the United Nations, where Indigenous leaders and advocates could receive training to navigate international bodies and document abuses.

    Last year under the Biden administration, USAID awarded a five-year grant to support Indigenous LGBTQIA people to the United Nations Voluntary Fund for Indigenous People, an agency that offers financial support to Indigenous peoples to participate in the U.N.

    At $350,000 per year, it was the largest grant from any member state in the U.N., fund secretary Morse Flores said. The money would have supported attendance at international bodies to report human rights abuses and testify on areas of foreign policy and development that negatively impact their lives and communities.

    In February, the fund received notice that the grant would be terminated. The State Department does not plan to fulfill its pledge to fund the remaining four years of the grant to help Indigenous peoples travel to the U.N. and other world bodies.

    In most cases, people receiving assistance to attend major meetings “are actual victims of human rights violations,” Flores said. “For someone who’s unable to come and speak up, I mean, it’s really just an injustice.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Cuts to USAID severed longstanding American support for Indigenous peoples around the world on Jun 4, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Graham Lee Brewer, The Associated Press.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/indigenous/cuts-to-usaid-severed-longstanding-american-support-for-indigenous-people-in-the-amazon/feed/ 0 536545
    ‘It’s political persecution’: How the US is helping Ecuador’s right-wing government persecute political opponents  https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/03/its-political-persecution-how-the-us-is-helping-ecuadors-right-wing-government-persecute-political-opponents/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/03/its-political-persecution-how-the-us-is-helping-ecuadors-right-wing-government-persecute-political-opponents/#respond Tue, 03 Jun 2025 20:14:10 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334520 Military personnel stand guard after the presidential inauguration at Palacio de Carondelet building on May 24, 2025 in Quito, Ecuador.Since winning reelection in April, Trump-supporting Ecuadorian President Daniel Noboa has wasted no time in targeting his political opponents. In this exclusive interview, we speak with one of those targeted opponents.]]> Military personnel stand guard after the presidential inauguration at Palacio de Carondelet building on May 24, 2025 in Quito, Ecuador.

    On May 19, the former presidential candidate for Ecuador’s leftist Citizen Revolution party, Andres Arauz, learned that the country’s attorney general was bringing him up on charges. 

    Attorney General Diana Salazar Méndez accused Arauz of “illicit association” in a political case, referred to in Ecuador as the Caso Ligados, which concerns current and former members of the country’s Council for Citizen Participation (CPCCS), all with ties to the Citizen Revolution party, discussing strategies in 2024 to promote allies to positions of power within the CPCCS. Arauz is one of three prominent left figures being charged and facing possible jail time.

    Arauz is the secretary general of Citizen Revolution and an outspoken opponent of the government of right-wing President Daniel Noboa, who was inaugurated to his second term on May 24.

    Noboa is a Trump ally and the son of billionaire businessman Álvaro Noboa. Buoyed by a campaign rife with fake news, facing accusations of vote buying and fraud, Noboa secured a commanding victory in last month’s presidential election. Since then, he has wasted no time in targeting his political opponents.

    Noboa is a Trump ally and the son of billionaire businessman Álvaro Noboa. Buoyed by a campaign rife with fake news, facing accusations of vote buying and fraud, Noboa secured a commanding victory in last month’s presidential election. Since then, he has wasted no time in targeting his political opponents.

    Arauz says the charges against him are merely the latest example of Salazar weaponizing the judicial system against prominent figures of the Ecuadorian left. He says this is part of a larger campaign of lawfare waged to tarnish the image of progressive leaders in Latin America—in Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, and elsewhere—and attack their political reputations and their parties.

    Salazar has been a controversial figure in Ecuador since she was appointed attorney general in 2019. She has faced widespread accusations of waging a politically motivated witch hunt against leading left figures in the country, including former President Rafael Correa and former Vice President Jorge Glas, who is currently serving time in jail.

    Political analysts and opponents of the Noboa government accuse Salazar of using her authority to target Noboa’s political enemies, even though the attorney general’s office is supposed to be an independent branch of the Ecuadorian government.

    Political analysts and opponents of the Noboa government accuse Salazar of using her authority to target Noboa’s political enemies, even though the attorney general’s office is supposed to be an independent branch of the Ecuadorian government.

    And yet, Salazar has often received praise for her work from the US State Department, the US embassy in Ecuador, and media outlets like The Economist. She was listed as one of Time Magazine’s 100 Most Influential People of 2024. But she has herself been under investigation after a series of leaked chat messages between herself and an Ecuadorian member of the National Assembly called her impartiality and ethics into question. 

    The day after bringing Arauz up on charges, Salazar announced her resignation as attorney general, a position she has held for the last six years, and accepted a position as the country’s new ambassador to Argentina. 

    I spoke with Andres Arauz in May over WhatsApp. Below is the text transcript of our interview, which has been lightly edited lightly for clarity and readability. 

    ###

    Michael Fox: Like you mentioned in a post on X, there have been accusations against you in the past, but this is the first time you’re formally being brought up on charges. What does this mean? What’s really going on here?

    Andres Arauz: This is the first time that charges are being pressed against me. I’ve had many accusations in the past. When I was a presidential candidate in 2021, I was accused of receiving funds from the Colombian guerrillas, and that was all later disproven and understood to be fake.

    So this is not the first time that I am being accused. I’ve had other accusations—all of them have been dismissed.

    So this is not the first time that I am being accused. I’ve had other accusations—all of them have been dismissed.

    But this is the first time since I was a candidate in 2021 that a bogus accusation has actually gotten through the investigation phase and they are now pressing charges against me.

    But this is the first time since I was a candidate in 2021 that a bogus accusation has actually gotten through the investigation phase and they are now pressing charges against me. 

    What is funny, though, is that none of the investigation that the prosecutor’s office has done has actually required testimony from me, so they’re pressing charges without ever having asked for my testimony. They have not requested any documents related to me, except for my travel records in and out of the country.

    It’s very disconcerting that the attorney general pressed charges against me the day before she quit—literally, the night before she announced her resignation and made it effective. 

    And, as we now know, she was designated ambassador to Argentina the day after she quit. So, Day 1: press charges against Andres. Day 2: she quits. Day 3: she’s named ambassador to Argentina.

    But the fun fact, here—and the most relevant fact concerning judicial independence in the case of Ecuador—is that in the executive decree where President Daniel Noboa announced that Salazar is designated to become ambassador to Argentina, it says that the Argentinian government gave their formal acceptance for her to be ambassador on January 29, 2024.

    The request for her to be ambassador was probably sent in early January 2024, which means that all this time that she was a supposedly independent attorney general, she was actually an employee of the Noboa government, or at least acting as someone assured to become an employee of the Noboa government. This, of course, creates conflicts of interest, given that I am in opposition, formally speaking and legally speaking, to the Noboa government. 

    This is a bogus political accusation on behalf of the Noboa government, clearly. 

    Fox: In Ecuador, the attorney general is supposed to be independent, right? They’re not a lackey of the president, or at least they shouldn’t be, correct?

    Arauz: Unlike in the United States, where the attorney general is also a secretary of the Executive branch, in the case of Ecuador, the attorney general is outside of the Executive branch. It’s a completely independent authority that’s not even nominated by the president or by the national parliament. It’s a completely independent office of the state.

    Fox: Why is this happening right now? January 2024 was roughly a year and a half ago…

    Arauz: It’s political persecution. I was a very outspoken figure during the most recent election against Noboa and his government, his economic policies, his bad practices in terms of economic mismanagement, and also his corruption scandals. And of course, this is just payback. It’s payback time.

    It’s political persecution. I was a very outspoken figure during the most recent election against Noboa and his government, his economic policies, his bad practices in terms of economic mismanagement, and also his corruption scandals. And of course, this is just payback.

    Salazar is leaving because she fulfilled her duties in terms of the political agreement that she had with Noboa and former President Guillermo Lasso. In the last couple of weeks, before she left, she accused me and she accused former Vice President Jorge Glas of another crime, even though he’s already in jail. And she dismissed around 10 different accusations against Lasso.

    So, it’s not a coincidence that all of this happened in the last two weeks before she left office. We believe that this is just a political arrangement between Salazar and the Noboa government, and this is why she lacks objectivity and impartiality. Her accusations should be reversed, or at least the accusation against me should be reversed, given this obvious conflict of interest.

    Fox: Can you explain the charges against you? 

    Arauz: The charges against me are not explained in the letter where she says she’s gonna press charges against me. She just says, “I’m going to accuse Andres Arauz, Esther Cuesta, Raúl González, etc. because there is data.” There’s no actual motivation or explanation. It’s very difficult for me to defend myself if I don’t know what I’m being accused of.

    The actual crime that she’s accusing me of is not corruption, it is not influence or meddling, nothing violent, nothing that has to do with drugs, nothing that has to do with organized crime. The charges against me are what in Ecuadorian criminal code is called “illicit association.” And illicit association is a pre-crime type of accusation, where the person accused is not accused of committing a crime, but of planning or conspiring or thinking about committing a crime.

    So it’s a generic accusation. The history of the “illicit association” type of criminal behavior goes back to Italy, when they couldn’t get the mob leaders for assassination or extortion, because those crimes were never visible. So they got them for being in meetings where those things were being planned. Now, this criminal charge, which has been historically used for violent crimes that were planned but not perpetrated, is being used for a political issue. You know, “He was planning a political meeting,” or something like that—it’s extremely unheard of. And it’s a very bad signal, because it means that they don’t have any evidence. They would have accused me of corruption if they had evidence, but they didn’t. They would have accused me of something violent or committing some type of economic crime, but they didn’t. They’re accusing me of political pre-crime. 

    The formal accusation from March—not against me, but against the other people that are being accused on this matter—was that there is an illicit association to take the power of the state by designating people that are more ideologically close to Citizen Revolution, which is the name of our party. 

    I know that in the end this case has no possibility of being successful if there were rule of law, but in the immediate future I have to ensure that they don’t put me in jail.

    I can send you the accusation from the attorney general. It says, “Yes, I’m accusing them of trying to take the power of the state by putting in people that are ideologically close to them.” That is literally what a political party does! 

    It’s very, very troublesome. I just laugh, because it’s laughable. But this is a person’s freedom and liberty…

    Fox: What are the next steps in the charges against you?

    Arauz: The now-former Attorney General Diana Salazar sent a letter to the judge of this case, Daniella Camacho, saying that she should define a time and date for my hearing, where she will decide whether or not to include me as a formal suspect and what the provisional measures are for considering me a suspect. 

    So, there is a range of provisional measures and outcomes here, from nothing to showing up in court every two weeks, to not being able to leave the country, to wearing one of those bracelets, to prison.

    That’s the range of options that the judge has when considering the supposed danger I pose to society. So they have to determine what kind of measures they’re going to apply against me, and of course that’s my main fight right now. Because I know that in the end this case has no possibility of being successful if there were rule of law, but in the immediate future I have to ensure that they don’t put me in jail, and that they don’t prohibit my freedom of movement, because, as you know, I’m all over the place. I travel extensively. I’m an internationalist. I have a lot of work abroad. And if they don’t allow me to move around the world, that is a very severe restriction on me and my different duties.

    Fox: Do you think that, at the end of the day, they know they don’t have anything on you, but they’re doing this as part of a larger effort to attack, intimidate, and crush the opposition here in Ecuador? 

    Arauz: Yeah, absolutely. I mean, that is absolutely what is happening. And if you check some of the pro-government trolls and some of their main media spokespeople, that’s what they’re going for. They’re saying, “Haha, finally, we’re going to get you and you’re gonna rot in jail!” 

    We have identified previously, from research, who are the trolls being paid with our taxpayer dollars. And we know that’s the message that they want to send. And we also have official government voices, party parliamentarians and legislators, saying, “Haha, we’re gonna put you in jail!” and so on.

    This was expected, because this is what these new proto-fascist governments do. They use lawfare to silence their opponents and consolidate power.

    In fact, the reason why I’m involved in this case at all is because on March 12, 2024, a group of parliamentarians from the government’s party, led by Adrian Castro, a legislator from the Azuay Province, filed a criminal complaint against me. And the day after… You know, our judicial system isn’t exactly efficient and quick, but in this case it was… So, the day after, Attorney General Salazar decided to include this criminal complaint and merge it with the Ligados case. 

    So this is a clear indication that I’m being included here for political reasons. In fact, the criminal complaint says that I should be investigated because I had posted a tweet in solidarity with Augusto Verduga, who is a member of the Citizens Council, and who is ideologically close to us, when his advisor was assassinated.

    I also said that the prosecutor should investigate the possibility that the assassination had political motives. So that’s why I’m in this case—for a tweet.

    Fox: How do these charges against you fit within the context of the lawfare against progressive leaders across the region, from Jorge Glass to former Ecuadorian President Rafael Correa, to Brazilian President Luiz Inacio Lula da Silva, to ex-Argentine President Cristina Fernández de Kirchner?

    Arauz: Well, this is a continuation of political persecution and the use of the judicial system for political purposes. 

    They’ve been doing that for the last 10 years against political leaders. Of course, the people you mentioned are very high profile political leaders that have received similar treatment by the judicial system in these attacks against them. And in my case, while I’m perhaps not as high-profile as them, I have been a very uncomfortable voice in the Ecuadorian political scene—with the added element that my voice has a lot of international repercussions, because of my work abroad and so on. So it’s a voice that they definitely want silenced, and they want to basically damage my reputation.

    Fox: The name Diana Salazar means nothing to anyone outside of Ecuador. But putting her within the context of this larger lawfare happening in the region, could we call her the Sergio Moro of Ecuador? (Sergio Moro was, of course, the biased judge who jailed former Brazilian president Lula on trumped-up charges for 580 days, before the decision was tossed out by the Supreme Court.) 

    Arauz: Absolutely. In fact, the analogy is perfect, because Sergio Moro conspired with the prosecutors and the judges to go after Lula the person, and not the supposed crimes. You can see the same motive in Diana Salazar’s chats that have been leaked in the past (in a piece that was published by José Olivares and Ryan Grim in The Intercept and in Drop Site News), where she talks to judges, to former judiciary council members, and to Ronny Aleaga—it is very clear that she was conspiring to use the judicial system to attack these political opponents. So there’s a clear analogy to Sergio Moro and his chats with Deltan Dallagnol.

    So that’s one point of analogy. The second point of analogy is the fact that as soon as the candidate that beat the left in Brazil won, Jair Bolsonaro, Sergio Moro became Bolsonaro’s first justice minister. 

    In the case of Diana Salazar, as soon as her job was over as the attorney general, she was designated an ambassador for Daniel Noboa’s government.

    So, the analogy is perfect. It resembles perfectly what has been happening here.

    Fox: What do we know about the role and involvement of the United States here? In the case of Lula, for instance, through the leaks that were published in The Intercept, we know that the FBI was highly involved with Sergio Moro and the Lava Jato investigation. Do we have any idea of the role the US is potentially playing with Diana Salazar and these lawfare cases against Jorge Glass, Rafael Correa, and now yourself?

    Arauz: Yeah, she’s very, very close to the US Embassy in general, and specifically to former Ambassador Michael Fitzpatrick. She wasn’t too close to Ambassador [Art] Brown, who was designated the last year of the Biden administration, but he was just sacked a few days ago by the Trump administration.

    She had very close links to the Department of Justice, specifically a deputy director there. We did some research and found some strong links. 

    But what we know about her history in broader terms is that she was selected by the United States as a key prosecutor in the first FIFA-gate case—she was the lead prosecutor in Ecuador. And so the US got to groom her and they took her on trips, they sent her to the UK, and that’s when they sort of signed her up to be a strong militant for the more political cases.

    And then, after that, the US basically reaffirmed its support in the form of an award that the State Department gave her in 2021. She’s been awarded these prizes and stuff by the US government, showing clearly that they are behind her. Whenever there’s a crisis with regards to her position, they go and take pictures with her and say, “We support the attorney general of Ecuador.” 

    They’re very explicit about their support. And just recently, when she resigned as Attorney General, they issued these really nice words about how exemplary and perfect she has been. 

    Fox: How does it feel to have these charges levied against you?

    Arauz: To be sincere, it is a surprise, because for me this case has always been absurd. That may be a little bit of a naive attitude—one always hopes that there will be rule of law and not these selective cases of political persecution.

    So there was a little bit of surprise on one hand, but then, the realist in me, the political mind, is like, “No, of course this is not a surprise.” This was expected, because this is what these new proto-fascist governments do. They use lawfare to silence their opponents and consolidate power. We’ve studied this, we have books on it. So this is always what was going to happen.

    Now, there is always a personal dimension to this. It takes a heavy toll on one’s closer circles, you know, family and so on. But fortunately, I do feel like I have a broad support network that will, at least, make these injustices visible.

    So, I will fight the good fight. I will present all of the paperwork and all the evidence to clear my name. We’ll see if that is enough for the judges, or whether the political pressure from the government and the media will be what prevails.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/03/its-political-persecution-how-the-us-is-helping-ecuadors-right-wing-government-persecute-political-opponents/feed/ 0 536404
    Law, Not Crime, Has Come From South of the Border https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/03/law-not-crime-has-come-from-south-of-the-border/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/03/law-not-crime-has-come-from-south-of-the-border/#respond Tue, 03 Jun 2025 16:32:21 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=158809 Not so much criminals as the foundations of the rule of law — that is what has infiltrated the United States from Latin America. That seems to be a major thread running through Greg Grandin’s wonderful new history of the hemisphere, America, América: A New History of the New World. It’s a book you can dive back […]

    The post Law, Not Crime, Has Come From South of the Border first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Not so much criminals as the foundations of the rule of law — that is what has infiltrated the United States from Latin America. That seems to be a major thread running through Greg Grandin’s wonderful new history of the hemisphere, America, América: A New History of the New World. It’s a book you can dive back into repeatedly, not to mention fantasize about someone compacting it into a short slideshow for the benefit of the President of the United States.

    British settler colonists in North America had their preachers and writers, but those individuals had a tendency to pretend Native Americans were not real, did not exist, perhaps never had existed, or simply didn’t count for much on empty land, or didn’t count because they were to be pushed out or eliminated rather than lived with. Spain, in contrast, generated a tremendous raging debate between supporters and denouncers of its killing, robbery, theft, enslavement, and terrorizing of indigenous people. Spain broke new ground, according to Grandin, in producing criticism of its own atrocities as it conquered South America.

    In very rough terms, this is similar to the contrast between U.S. media noncoverage of the genocide in Gaza and Israeli media’s inclusion of denunciations of the same. It’s one thing to live where you can’t escape drunk country musicians singing about being free, and perhaps something else to live where you can hear voices saying some of the things that most need saying. In both cases, the brutal atrocities go on, but in one, there are seeds of some future change planted.

    Voices like those of Francisco de Vitoria and Bartolomé de Las Casas laid the foundations for modern international law, but did so very differently from Dutch and English writers. The Spanish tradition is at least as tied up in religion as the English, and has certainly needed to evolve during these past four or five hundred years. But Grandin identifies a basis for a future pluralistic society, even in the belief that populations were diverse yet all descended from Adam and Eve. One can also, I think, see in the tradition of public confessions something of a precursor of truth and reconciliation commissions. In Latin America, unlike the North, dying conquistadores in the sixteenth century commonly confessed their part in the Conquest and paid restitution. NB: They did not admit to having strayed from proper conquest behavior into illicit atrocities. Rather, they admitted to participation in a Conquest understood to have been wrong and evil in its totality.

    Seen from a perspective that includes Latin America, Las Casas — who went beyond Erasmus, Moore, or anybody else — begins to look like the father of international legal standards applied equally to all of humanity, not to mention of self-determination and governance by the consent of the governed. He got there first. He drew the logical conclusions, such as the abolition of slavery. And he acted on those conclusions to as great an extent and for as long as perhaps any other person who has lived.

    The world was not, even in the seventeenth century, strictly separated into different legal traditions. The English read Las Casas, but they often read him with an eye to understanding how evil the Spanish were, in contrast to the English, or to get ideas for how to be more evil toward the Irish themselves. Perhaps they could have read him more in order to do as Las Casas recommended, more in order to outgrow dehumanization and division. Defining certain people as not really people was a skill that increased in English culture as colonization and slavery expanded.

    Hugo Grotius read Vitoria, but — like Aquinas before him and like all “just war” theory — Grotius was after excuses for wars. War might be regulated, but not banned. John Locke drew heavily on Spanish writers like Juan de Mariana and José de Acosta, but he reached his own conclusions, including that land could be taken from anyone not farming it. For a great many years, Spanish writers denounced war and slavery as parts of the Conquest, whereas Locke, Smith, Hume, et alia, at best wrote rules to regulate such evils as war and slavery, leaving us to this day with a culture that hardly murmurs about the crime of war but chatters endlessly about “possible war crimes” — almost always only mysteriously “possible,” never verified.

    Francisco de Miranda (1750-1816) and Simón Bolívar (1783-1830) sought a confederacy of independent nations in Latin America. The United States served as a partial inspiration but was not of much actual help. Thomas Jefferson’s house, just down the road from mine, had numerous books by Las Casas and other Spanish writers in it, yet he flipped their views upside down, declaring that “white” nations had the right to control non-white peoples in lands they claimed and to deny access to other “white” nations. He called this “a kind of international law for America.” The United States has sought its own unique “international law” from that day to this.

    The Doctrine of Discovery — the idea that a European nation can claim any land not yet claimed by other European nations, regardless of what people already live there — dates back to the fifteenth century and the Catholic church, but it was put into U.S. law in 1823, the same year as Monroe’s fateful “Doctrine” speech. It was put there by Monroe’s lifelong friend, U.S. Supreme Court Chief Justice John Marshall. The United States considered itself, perhaps alone outside of Europe, as possessing the same discovery privileges as European nations. Perhaps coincidentally, in December 2022, almost every nation on Earth signed an agreement to set aside 30% of the Earth’s land and sea for wildlife by the year 2030. The exceptions were only the United States and the Vatican, not the nations of Latin America.

    While the U.S. had broken free of British rule and thereby rid itself of a mother country that was moving rapidly toward the abolition of slavery, movements for independence from Spain in South America generally sought freedom from slavery as well as from foreign empire. The U.S. tradition of slave-owners like Patrick Henry making speeches about being metaphorically enslaved was a northern hypocrisy where revolution was a rich man’s game. Moves for independence in the South were, to some extent, more of a popular revolt. They were, at the very least, not a revolt to maintain slavery or to expand empire, and not to combine numerous colonies into one, at least not immediately. Rather, Bolivarianism amounted to a push to create simultaneously several free and independent nations, some through violence and some without it. By the early nineteenth century, there were nine of them, newly independent, or 10 counting Haiti.

    Latin America was not yet called Latin America and was not some sort of flawless paradise. Wealth extremes (greater than in the U.S. of that day, though not greater than the U.S. of this day) and all kinds of cruelty persisted. But, not only was slavery being abolished, but something else of great potential was being created. Numerous new nations jointly developed means of nonviolently and legally arbitrating boundary disputes, dealing with each other as equals and not enemies.

    Bolivar proposed a Congress in Panama among sister nations that would

    • agree to mutual defense,
    • condemn Spain for the suffering it had caused in the New World (has the U.S. done that yet with regard to England?),
    • promote the independence of Cuba, Puerto Rico, the Canary Islands, and the Philippines (the U.S. was supporting Spanish rule over Cuba as more likely to lead to later U.S. rule over Cuba),
    • repudiate the doctrines of discovery and conquest,
    • abolish slavery,
    • recognize Haiti, and
    • legalize agreed-upon borders.

    Here we see an early version of the League of Nations or the United Nations just beginning to come into being.

    Slavery had already been ended — and without a horrific U.S.-style Civil War — in Chile, Bolivia, and parts of Mexico. Central America ended it in 1824. Colombia and Venezuela were ending it, but it persisted in Peru and Brazil.

    In taking up such matters of domestic policy at an international gathering like the Panama Congress of 1826, something else — another grave evil in the world, one that afflicts the United States — was being prevented from ever being born in Latin America. This evil is the passionate aversion to anyone outside a nation having any say over what that nation does. When you read the Constitutions of various European nations today that describe transferring power to international institutions, you can just feel the veins bursting in the faces of outraged U.S. politicians. In 1826, vicious fury burst forth at the very idea that the United States would send anyone to a Congress in Panama to sit with potentially non-white people to decide anything about the sacred U.S. right to enslave human beings. In the words of Grandin, this “jolted the Age of Jackson into existence.” It hasn’t let up much since. The U.S. would later reject the League of Nations as one among equals and only join the United Nations over which it held a veto.

    By 1844, Latin American statesmen had been working on theories and plans for international law for decades, and Juan Bautista Alberdi gave the name “American International Law” to a set of principles that included rejection of the doctrines of discovery and conquest, equality of nations despite their size, non-intervention, usi possidetis, and impartial arbitration. Alberdi also wrote a book in 1870, available online for free in English, titled The Crime of War. This is a book filled with hundreds of pages arguing almost the identical arguments that war abolitionists use today. It’s an outlawry book a half century before the movement to outlaw war. It’s a book making the case for neutrality (see page 262), perhaps a century before the power of neutrality was widely appreciated and 150 years before it disastrously ceased to be. Latin American nations continued to push such a vision on the United States for years.

    At the Hague Peace Conference of 1907, 18 of the 44 nations represented were from Latin America, and it was there that Latin American ideas of multilateralism and sovereignty are thought to have really taken hold.

    Woodrow Wilson (U.S. president, 1913-1921) may look in retrospect like mostly a talk and not much action, a promising savior who didn’t save us, a warrior to end war who gave us more war, a Barack Obama of his day. But early Wilson, before World War I, had some substance, and some of the talk was well worth hearing, and a lot of it came from south of the U.S. border. Wilson was outraged by and sought to reverse his predecessor’s interference in Mexico. He also apologized to Colombia for the U.S. role in removing Panama from it, and paid Colombia $25 million for the loss. Wilson was unable to resolve crises in Mexico but did not make the usual U.S. move of reaching for larger weapons. Instead, he accepted a proposal from Chile for Argentina, Brazil, and Chile to meet with the U.S. and Mexico and work out a solution. They met for two months on the Canadian side of Niagara Falls. The United States then joined Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Bolivia, Guatemala, Uruguay, Colombia, and Costa Rica in announcing a new joint policy toward Mexico. (Can you hear the Muricafirsters screaming in outrage?) When World War I got going, Latin American governments favored neutrality. The President of Mexico proposed a collective trade embargo on the belligerents. Wilson wasn’t wise enough to listen.

    Imagine if McKinley had listened when Spain had proposed neutral arbitration to resolve U.S. war lies over the U.S.S. Maine in Havana harbor!

    But Wilson did listen to Latin American advocates for international law, whose work increasingly influenced U.S. scholars. Wilson said that “Pan-Americanism” was what he wanted to model the world on, but only after the war.

    When the war had ended and the League of Nations was being planned and negotiated, Wilson had in mind a vision straight out of South America, and he wanted to apply it to the Earth. He had three barriers to face, however, and could not overcome them. One was that he was generally lying in bed, sick.

    The second was that he was a serious racist — as were others involved — or at least that he felt obliged to please racists back home. When Japan proposed that the covenant to create the League of Nations support “equality of nations and just treatment of their nationals,” the racists wouldn’t stand for it. As a result, some in Japan concluded that their best path forward was not the rule of law but the creation of an empire, or “an Asian Monroe Doctrine.” This was the same conference that viciously punished Germany, thereby laying the groundwork for the other “theater” of World War II as well, and the same conference at which Wilson refused to meet with Ho Chi Minh, just to pile on the future catastrophes being seeded.

    The third problem was U.S. exceptionalism. The U.S. insisted on putting the Monroe Doctrine into the League of Nations, giving itself the power to violate the basic premise of the League at will. This was enough to poison the whole project, but not enough to win support for it in the U.S. Senate.

    Latin American nations had pushed for a truly equitable League of Nations, and every last one of them joined it, such as it was. But when the League actively supported imperialism, Costa Rica, in 1925, was the first to leave it. Meanwhile, something was infiltrating Latin America from the north: weapons. The arms profiteers were pushing sales hard and encouraging conflicts to boost them. European debts to Latin America for crops and resources supplied during World War I were paid off in left-over weapons, which strikes me as the opposite of paying off a debt. And the United States was still plying its beloved Monroe Doctrine, but it was now joined by imitators in Japan, Italy, England, and Germany, all declaring their own Monroe Doctrines.

    President Franklin Roosevelt improved U.S. treatment of Latin America and took Latin American ideas to lay plans for the United Nations. Grandin sadly and typically switches into war supporter mode when it comes to World War II. The fact that Roosevelt was lying when he claimed to have in his possession Nazi plans to take over South and Central America, is relegated by Grandin to a footnote that itself avoids quite telling the story. The U.S. exploitation of Latin America for World War II is recounted quite positively. And then comes the post-war planning. FDR told Stalin and Churchill that Latin America should be the model. FDR’s advisor Sumner Welles drafted plans for the United Nations based on his experiences in Latin America. At the meeting in San Francisco, Latin American delegations pushed for the UN to ban war and create a court of arbitration, among many other positive steps.

    But Latin American nations also demanded something I see as far less helpful than Grandin seems to. They wanted to hold onto a regional alliance as a commitment to defend each other. While others rightly feared that this could break the world up into sections, the final UN Charter nonetheless put into Article 51 that nations could act “collectively.”

    This became an excuse for institutions seemingly at odds with the very purpose of the UN Charter, most notably NATO. Grandin quotes John Foster Dulles and Winston Churchill praising Latin America for this, and he argues that without this “compromise,” the United Nations might not have been created. But without Latin America demanding something at odds with the basic project, no compromise would have been needed.

    After World War II, the U.S. rebuilt Germany with the Marshall Plan. George Marshall took part in a meeting in Bogotá in 1948 at which the nations of Latin America essentially asked, “Where is our Marshall Plan?” Of course, there was none, but can you imagine if there had been, if nations of the whole globe had been aided instead of armed? The post-war U.S. government wanted little to do with laws, rules, morality, or cooperation. Coups, weapons, bases, and invasions would be the order of the day. Pretty much from that day to this, with the addition of demonization.

    And yet Latin America goes on showing the way. More than anywhere else in the world, Latin America is a nuclear-free zone, supports the International Criminal Court, opposes the genocide in Gaza, and refuses to support either side of the war in Ukraine. Wearing North American blinders makes it hard even to recognize that as leadership. I hope that such recognition, and appreciation of past efforts too, sets in before it is too late.

    The post Law, Not Crime, Has Come From South of the Border first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by David Swanson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/03/law-not-crime-has-come-from-south-of-the-border/feed/ 0 536354
    Iraqi family sues Dutch government for deadly 2015 bombing https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/02/iraqi-family-sues-dutch-government-for-deadly-2015-bombing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/02/iraqi-family-sues-dutch-government-for-deadly-2015-bombing/#respond Mon, 02 Jun 2025 19:36:49 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334501 Dekhla Rashid holds a photo of 11-year-old Yamama, her niece who was killed in the explosion.Exactly a decade ago, on the night of June 2, 2015, the Dutch air force bombed a facility in the town of Hawija. Today, survivors are still struggling to put their lives back together.]]> Dekhla Rashid holds a photo of 11-year-old Yamama, her niece who was killed in the explosion.

    Dekhla Rashid slaps down seven photographs onto the floor of her home in the northern Iraqi city of Tikrit—one after another… after another… after another. She gently spreads them out on the tiles. “These are all my relatives the Dutch government killed,” she says, flatly.

    Most of the images are of smiling children. These are Rashid’s nephews and nieces, who were between the ages of seven months to 11 years.

    Dekhla Rashid and her nephew Najm and niece Tabarak hold up photos of their family members killed in the Dutch airstrike on Hawija.
    Dekhla Rashid and her nephew Najm and niece Tabarak hold up photos of their family members killed in the Dutch airstrike on Hawija. Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.

    Exactly a decade ago, on the night of June 2, 2015, the Dutch air force bombed a facility used by the Islamic State in Iraq and Syria (ISIS) to manufacture explosive devices in the town of Hawija in Iraq’s northern Kirkuk Province, to which Rashid and her family had fled a year before. The secondary explosion from the strike was massive, flattening surrounding residential neighborhoods and damaging homes as far as five kilometers from the site. 

    At least 85 civilians were killed and hundreds more were wounded. In a split second, Rashid’s brother, Abdallah Rashid Salih, lost one of his wives and nearly all of his children. Some families were completely wiped out. The bombing mission was one of some 2,100 raids carried out over Iraq and Syria by Dutch F-16s as part of the US-led international coalition against ISIS between 2014 and 2018. The bombing in Hawija was among the deadliest and most serious incidents during the operation. 

    For years, senior government officials and ministers attempted to cover up and downplay the bloody incident, failing to report known civilian casualties and deliberately misinforming the Dutch parliament on the extent of damage caused by the airstrike. But in 2019, victims in Hawija filed a civil case against the Netherlands—which is still ongoing—demanding accountability and compensation. 

    “The Dutch government needs to recognize that we are human beings, just like them,” says 56-year-old Rashid, sniffling through tears. A decade later, survivors are still struggling to put their lives back together. 

    ‘ISIS is coming’

    In June 2014, ISIS, known for their severe brutality and radical interpretations of Sharia law, took advantage of rising insecurity in the Sunni-dominated areas of Iraq and led a successful offensive on Mosul and Tikrit. Soon after, the Islamic Caliphate was declared, stretching from Aleppo in Syria to Diyala in northeastern Iraq. At its height, the caliphate controlled an area roughly the size of Portugal, spanning about 90,000 square kilometers, including about a third of Syria and 40% of Iraq. 

    Rashid, her brother, and his entire family immediately fled their homes in Tikrit during the initial offensive. “We heard a lot of bullets and rockets being fired from ISIS,” Rashid tells TRNN. “We grabbed some basic items and left everything else behind us and just ran as fast as we could.” The second wife of Salih, Rashid’s brother, was shot and killed as she fled, just seven months after she gave birth to her first child. 

    Owing to Hawija’s proximity to Kirkuk, just an hour’s drive away, scores of IDPs from across ISIS territory traveled there, hoping to find a route into Kurdish-controlled territory.

    Quickly, the Iraqi government requested military support from the United Nations to fight against ISIS, prompting the United States to appeal to other countries, including NATO members, to aid Iraq’s military efforts. More than 80 countries, including the Netherlands, joined the US-led international coalition that took part in Operation Inherent Resolve (OIR). The operation consisted mostly of supporting Iraqi forces through airstrikes targeting ISIS infrastructure and leadership. The Netherlands was among the first European countries to send combat aircraft to Iraq.

    Each time Rashid and her family stopped somewhere to rest, they were warned by others fleeing that ISIS militants were coming. Eventually, they arrived in Hawija, about 100 kilometers away from Tikrit. Kurdish Peshmerga forces, with aerial support from the OIR coalition, successfully blocked ISIS’ advancement into the oil-rich city of Kirkuk. However, the militants were able to successfully overrun Hawija and controlled the town until October 2017.

    Around 650,000 internally displaced people (IDPs) fled into Kirkuk, beyond the reach of ISIS. But Rashid and her family did not make it there in time; they became trapped in Hawija, their lives suddenly transformed by the harsh realities of ISIS rule. Along with hundreds of other IDPs who had attempted to flee, Rashid and her family settled in the town’s central industrial area, which is interconnected with family homes and surrounded by densely populated civilian neighborhoods.

    According to Tofan Abdulwahab Awad, head of Al-Ghad League for Woman and Child Care—an Iraqi organization that has worked on documenting the aftermath of the bombing—owing to Hawija’s proximity to Kirkuk, just an hour’s drive away, scores of IDPs from across ISIS territory traveled there, hoping to find a route into Kurdish-controlled territory. 

    “But these IDPs found themselves in a big jail,” Awad tells TRNN. “ISIS would allow the IDPs into Hawija, but they would not allow them to run to Kirkuk.” Any man who was caught was immediately executed, Awad says, and ISIS planted landmines on the informal routes from Hawija to Kirkuk, blowing up entire families who attempted to escape. Still, some IDPs were able to successfully bribe ISIS members to smuggle them further north.

    According to Awad, ISIS coerced the IDPs to settle around the town’s industrial area by prohibiting them from leaving the city limits and offering them free housing around a large warehouse that was encircled by a tall cement wall. The IDPs and residents in Hawija had no idea that this warehouse was being used by ISIS to manufacture vehicle-borne improvised explosive devices (VBEIDs), store weapons and homemade explosives, and as a collection point for vehicles to distribute them from that location. According to a recent report, ISIS was storing about 50,000 to 100,000 kilograms of explosives at the facility. 

    The exact number of IDPs who settled around the warehouse is unknown since many were transient—staying in Hawija for a night or two before finding a way further north. But there were likely at least hundreds of IDPs there, says Awad. “Of course, people who are desperate and have lost everything would accept the free housing around the warehouse,” Awad explains. “The city became very crowded with civilians.”

    “But the IDPs were being manipulated by ISIS to stay around that area so the group could use them as human shields to prevent the international coalition from targeting that warehouse.” 

    ‘Judgement day’

    Rashid and her brother’s family settled in the industrial zone next to a compound for fixing automobiles and paid rent for the first month. “We were very poor,” Rashid says. “So we didn’t have enough money to keep paying. But the landlord allowed us to stay for free after that.” According to Awad, the landlord was likely compensated by ISIS to encourage the family to stay there. 

    On the night of June 2, Rashid was on the ground floor of their apartment with Najm, the infant whose mother was killed a year before when they fled Tikrit. The rest of the family was sleeping on the roof, escaping the heat of Iraq’s summer nights.

    When the clock struck midnight, without warning, an enormous explosion pummeled the town. “Everything turned red,” remembers Rashid.

    When the clock struck midnight, without warning, an enormous explosion pummeled the town. “Everything turned red,” remembers Rashid. “It felt like there was a powerful earthquake shaking the ground. I thought it was Judgement Day.” Rashid immediately threw herself on Najm to protect him from the blast. 

    Following the explosion, an eerie stillness permeated the town, which had become submerged in complete darkness. Only a slight cast from the full moon illuminated Rashid’s surroundings. “Dust and shattered glass were everywhere,” Rashid says. A terrifying screech suddenly cut through the air. “I heard my brother yelling over and over again, ‘My whole family is gone!’” In the darkness, Rashid grabbed Najm and slowly made her way towards Rashid’s frantic screams. 

    When she reached the roof, “I saw that the children were on the floor covered in blood. They were dead.” Rashid pauses as she breaks down in tears. 

    She points at the photos laid out in front of her. One of the photos is of Rashid’s 32-year-old sister-in-law, Salih’s first wife, and another is of her 22-year-old niece, who had just graduated from university. The rest of the photographs are of Salih’s children, between the ages of seven months and 11 years old.

    Five-year-old Amal’s skull was shattered into two pieces; her brain fell out onto the ground. Yamama, 11, was still breathing, but her body was almost entirely cut in half; she died en route to the hospital. Mahmoud, Salih’s other seven-month-old, was found dead, with one of his eyes dangling outside of its socket.

    “I will never forget what I saw that night,” Rashid says, her voice shaking. Only three of Salih’s children survived, including Najm, the seven-month-old Rashid had protected during the explosion. 

    Dekhla Rashid stands next to her nephew Najm, who was seven months old when his mother was killed by ISIS. He was one of the children who survived the Dutch bombing, which killed most of his siblings.
    Dekhla Rashid stands next to her nephew Najm, who was seven months old when his mother was killed by ISIS. He was one of the children who survived the Dutch bombing, which killed most of his siblings. Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.

    The dawn light revealed the devastating impact of the blast. “There was so much destruction,” Rashid recounts. “I truly thought it was the end of life on this planet.” According to Awad, more than 1,200 shops, homes, and public institutions, including schools, were completely obliterated in the explosion, while around 6,000 homes were damaged.

    Around 190 families in Hawija have at least one member who was confirmed killed or whose body is still missing after the attack, notes Awad. Some IDPs in Hawija did not bring their identity documents with them, especially if they were ever affiliated with the Iraqi government, military, or police—an immediate death sentence under ISIS rule. These unidentified bodies—and possibly more—were buried in mass grave sites in Hawija, to which the Iraqi government has not allowed organizations access, according to Saba Azeem, who heads projects in Iraq for PAX’s Protection of Civilians team, a Dutch peace organization that has done extensive research and documentation of civilian experiences in Hawija. 

    There are unofficial reports from Iraqi intelligence that civilian deaths from the strike surpassed 100. 

    Rashid and her surviving family moved into another home and continued living in Hawija for months after the attack. “The whole area was under siege and all the roads were closed so there was nowhere for us to go,” she says. “Every time we heard a plane above us the children would start screaming and crying.” 

    “We thought the international community was going to save us from ISIS,” Rashid adds. “But then they targeted us. We were living in constant fear. We felt like at any moment they were going to strike us again.” 

    Residents in Hawija were so terrified of another attack from the coalition that they risked their lives desperately trying to flee into Kirkuk. Many were caught by ISIS and executed or blown up from mines, according to Awad. 

    Unable to continue living in terror of another attack, Rashid, her brother, and his surviving children decided to take the dangerous journey back to Tikrit, walking throughout the night. When they arrived, they found their home there was also burned down and destroyed. “We were forced to start again from zero,” Rashid tells TRNN. 

    ‘Constant lying’ 

    For years, victims in Hawija had no idea who was exactly behind the airstrike. 

    In 2018, in communications with parliament, the Dutch ministry of defense alluded to inquiries into incidents in which they may have been responsible for civilian casualties during the war against ISIS. Dutch journalists were able to trace some of this information back to Hawija. In 2019, four years after the strike, Dutch media reported for the first time that it was two Dutch F-16 fighter jets that dropped the bombs on the warehouse in Hawija, which caused the mega secondary explosion. 

    This prompted human rights lawyers to visit the town and assist victims, including Rashid’s family, in filing a civil lawsuit against the Netherlands in October 2019. According to ​​Liesbeth Zegveld, a prominent human rights lawyer representing the victims and their families, the case against the Netherlands currently represents 300 claimants. If successful, the case’s outcome will apply to all other victims as well, she says.

    While the claimants are demanding compensation from the Dutch government, the court proceedings—which have involved some of the claimants, including Rashid’s brother Salih, traveling to the Hague to testify—are still establishing whether the Dutch military was liable for the damage. The claimants argue that the Dutch took an unreasonable risk when they bombarded Hawija, without having proper information on the amount of explosives at the site and the potential harm it would cause to the civilian population. If the court agrees, then compensation would follow, explains Zegveld.

    Photo from Hawija, showing the continued destruction 10 years after the 2015 airstrike that killed dozens.
    Photo from Hawija, showing the continued destruction 10 years after the 2015 airstrike that killed dozens. Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.
    Photo from Hawija, showing the continued destruction 10 years after the 2015 airstrike that killed dozens.
    Photo from Hawija, showing the continued destruction 10 years after the 2015 airstrike that killed dozens. Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.
    Photo from Hawija, showing the continued destruction 10 years after the 2015 airstrike that killed dozens.
    Photo from Hawija, showing the continued destruction 10 years after the 2015 airstrike that killed dozens. Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.

    The Dutch state has refused to take responsibility for the devastation, shifting blame to the United States for having provided incomplete intelligence before the airstrike and claiming they could not have known that the warehouse was surrounded by civilian populations.

    Earlier this year, however, a long-awaited report was published by the Committee Sorgdrager, an independent commission established in 2020 by the Dutch government and headed by Minister of State Winnie Sorgdrager, which has shattered the state’s defense. In the report, the commission reveals that senior Dutch government officials withheld important information from parliament on the extent of civilian casualties or shared incomplete information, even years after the airstrike.

    The Netherlands had too-little access to intelligence from its coalition partners, the committee says. As a result, the Netherlands appears to have relied entirely on US intelligence. This could make the United States equally liable for the devastation in Hawija, but “each party has to follow their own checks and balances,” explains Frederiek de Vlaming, a prominent criminologist and former director of the Nuhanovic Foundation, which has provided crucial support for victims during the court proceedings. 

    “[The commission] has shown that the Dutch military did not follow their own checks and balances or procedures, and neglected their duty and responsibility to investigate cases where there’s a risk of civilian casualties,” explains Vlaming. 

    While the United States is also responsible, it would be nearly impossible for victims to seek redress from the US owing to a 1946 law that preserves US forces’ immunity for claims that arise during war. 

    The commission concluded that the Netherlands should and could have known that the area of the ISIS bomb factory was located in a populated area.

    Significantly, the commission concluded that the Netherlands should and could have known that the area of the ISIS bomb factory was located in a populated area. It pointed out that the International Organization for Migration (IOM) had published information about the IDPs in Hawija’s industrial area months before the airstrike. According to the commission, coalition country representatives and pilots were aware of the residential neighborhoods around the target, with one individual even mentioning that there was a mosque nearby—a clear indicator of civilian infrastructure. 

    Due to the presence of civilians in the area, the Dutch squad commander requested that the strike be delayed from 9PM to midnight, with the assumption that fewer civilians would be moving around the area at that time. This decision clearly shows that the Dutch military anticipated there would be civilians in the area.

    Furthermore, the ministry of defense had claimed that a video which had captured footage of the post-strike destruction was overwritten the day after the airstrike because it did not show anything important. But, in March, a few months after the commission report was published, Dutch Defense Minister Ruben Brekelmans announced that this video had been found at a military base. The video shows that the industrial area in Hawija had been completely wiped out after the airstrike and the residential areas surrounding it were destroyed and badly damaged.

    “What we have seen [from the state] is just constant lying,” Vlaming tells TRNN. “They have lied about everything for years and in different stages.” 

    The commission also criticized community-based compensation schemes that the Netherlands provided to Hawija in 2021, following pressure from the Dutch parliament. This consisted of funding projects through the IOM and the UN Development Programme (UNDP) around infrastructure, basic services, and employment. These projects were completed in October 2022 and February 2023, more than seven years after the airstrike, with a total cost of €4.5 million.

    The commission concludes that this general compensation was “too little, too late.” Residents in Hawija have also stated the projects are a “drop in the ocean” compared to the devastation the Dutch military caused. The state has previously rejected individual compensation to victims and families of victims. 

    Zegveld tells the TRNN that she expects the commission’s findings to significantly help the claimants’ case against the state.

    ‘Frozen’

    Rashid and her family are still haunted by the bombing a decade ago. “My brother doesn’t even do much now in his life except eat and cry,” Rashid says, her eyes fixed to the ground. “It’s like our lives are frozen into that one night. None of us can escape thinking about what we saw.” 

    “It’s hard for us to even look at their pictures,” Rashid continues, glancing at the photographs still lined up on the floor. “These were children. They were pure and innocent. What crime did they commit?” 

    Tabarak, Rashid’s niece who is now 18 years old, still suffers from night terrors. “Every night, I dream about what I saw that day,” Tabarak tells TRNN, sitting beside her aunt. “I have to relive it every single day.” Mohammed, Rashid’s nephew who is now 23, sometimes falls into psychosis, Rashid says; he suddenly begins screaming hysterically before coming back to reality. 

    Some residents can no longer stand the sight of meat, she says, after witnessing their neighbors’ bodies ripped apart from the blast; others have attempted suicide. Residents are living with permanent and debilitating injuries.

    According to Azeem, from PAX, these experiences are common throughout Hawija. Some residents can no longer stand the sight of meat, she says, after witnessing their neighbors’ bodies ripped apart from the blast; others have attempted suicide. Residents are living with permanent and debilitating injuries. Many shops and businesses are still destroyed and unemployment is rampant. Without financial support, many have been unable to rebuild their lives even 10 years later. 

    There has been no environmental testing or cleanup initiated in Hawija, according to Azeem. Residents tell TRNN that they have observed an increase in cancer cases and rare deformities in children, which they connect to toxic elements from the explosives still in the environment. 

    Undoubtedly, financial compensation for affected individuals is badly needed. But, for Rashid, compensation is not the ultimate goal.

    “We want our rights,” Rashid says, her voice rising sharply. “We want the Dutch to admit what they did and take responsibility for the lives they destroyed. We lost our families, our children, our homes, our health, and our livelihoods. We lost everything. That is not something the Dutch can just ignore.” 

    Despite the Netherlands continuing to dodge responsibility for their role in devastating the lives of numerous residents in Hawija, Rashid has found some hope in her pain. 

    “The only thing that gives me strength to wake up each morning, even when I feel like dying, is that I know deep in my heart that we will get justice,” Rashid says, displaying a firmness that hitherto was masked by tears.

    “But it is up to the Dutch to decide from which court that justice will come: the Dutch court or the court of God.” 


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Jaclynn Ashly.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/02/iraqi-family-sues-dutch-government-for-deadly-2015-bombing/feed/ 0 536173
    Veterans launch 40-day fast to protest Israel’s starvation of Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/veterans-launch-40-day-fast-to-protest-israels-starvation-of-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/veterans-launch-40-day-fast-to-protest-israels-starvation-of-gaza/#respond Fri, 30 May 2025 17:01:08 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334456 Members of Veterans For Peace begin the first week of a 40-day fast in support of Gaza on May 27, 2025. Photo via Veterans for Peace on X.“Having seen what war does … I simply have to do more than hold a sign at a demonstration,” said one veteran organizer.]]> Members of Veterans For Peace begin the first week of a 40-day fast in support of Gaza on May 27, 2025. Photo via Veterans for Peace on X.

    This story originally appeared in Truthout on May 29, 2025. It is shared here with permission.

    As the death toll of Palestinians continues to rise and more than a half a million people in Gaza are on the brink of famine, U.S.-based Veterans For Peace and several allied organizations have launched a 40-day “Fast for Gaza.”

    From May 22 to June 30, 600 people in the U.S. and abroad are fasting and demanding full humanitarian aid to Gaza under UN authority and an end to U.S. weapons shipments to Israel.

    Mary Kelly Gardner, a teacher from Santa Cruz, California, told Truthout she joined the fast in memory of her late father, a service member in Vietnam who “staunchly opposed U.S. militarism.” He opposed “the so-called ‘war on terror’ and ongoing U.S. violence against Middle Eastern countries,” she said. Gardner is limiting herself to 250 calories for the first 10 days of the fast. “Then I will switch to fasting during daylight (as Muslims observing Ramadan do).”

    Palestinians in Gaza are being forced to survive on 245 calories per day; 250 calories daily is considered a starvation diet, as the body breaks down muscle and other tissues. Prolonged fasting can cause dehydration, heart problems, kidney failure and even death.

    Gardner is distressed because her “tax dollars are being used to fund this horrific violence” (which, she noted, constitutes genocide) “in the form of weapons shipments.” She feels the need to speak out. Gardner said her goals are to “get people’s attention with a meaningful action” and “engage in a practice that challenges me to be more personally present with the human suffering taking place in Gaza.” She is “intentionally causing myself some discomfort and inconvenience,” yet “not harming myself.”

    For 11 weeks, using starvation as a weapon of war, Israel has blocked all food, medicine and other relief from entering the Gaza Strip, home to 2.1 million Palestinians. Now aid is trickling in under the auspices of the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF), a delivery system established by the U.S. and Israel to bypass the UN, provide a fig leaf of aid and blunt global outrage at Israel’s starvation tactics. Risk of famine comes even as Israel intensifies its military campaign. On May 27, the Palestinian Ministry of Health reported at least 54,056 people killed, including at least 17,400 children, and at least 123,129 people injured in Gaza since October 7, 2023.

    On the sixth day of the fast, Kathy Kelly, board president of World BEYOND War, told Truthout:

    On day 6 of the fast, limiting ourselves to 250 calories per day helps us focus on Gazans with no relief in sight. But Palestinians face intense risks of aerial attacks, sniper assaults, housing demolition, forcible displacement and genocidal threats from Israel and its allies to eradicate them.

    On day 6 of the fast, I am wondering about Ron Feiner, the Israeli reservist sent to prison three days ago for refusal to go to Gaza. How is he faring? He told the judge who sentenced him to 20 days in prison that he couldn’t cooperate with Prime Minister Netanyahu’s sabotage of ceasefire agreements. We acutely need his witness. I’m hungry for solidarity.

    On day 6 of the fast, we’re remembering the names and ages of Dr. Alaa al-Najjar’s children. Their charred corpses came to her as she worked a shift in the pediatric ward of Gaza’s Khan Younis hospital. Dr. Hamdi al-Najjar, her spouse, was gravely injured in the Israeli military attack on their home — an attack which left only one child surviving.

    Kelly listed the names and ages of the al-Najjar children: Yahya, 12 years old; Rakan, 10 years old; Eve, 9 years old; Jubran, 8 years old; Ruslan, 7 years old; Reval, 5 years old; Sadin, 3 years old; Luqman, 2 years old; and Sidar, 6 months old. Eleven-year-old Adam, the sole surviving child, was critically injured in the Israeli bombing.

    US and Israel Provide Gaza With a Mere Fig Leaf of Aid

    The fast comes as the U.S. and Israel have launched a plan in concert with the GHF. The plan is to be carried out by ex-Marines, former CIA operatives, as well as mercenaries connected with Israeli intelligence. GHF has come under increasing criticism from the UN and dozens of international humanitarian organizations.

    Ten people have been killed this week and at least 62 were wounded by the Israeli military as starving Palestinians gathered at a GHF aid distribution site in Rafah in southern Gaza. Although Israel says that 388 trucks entered Gaza during the past week, that number doesn’t come close to the requisite 500-600 trucks that entered daily before Israel cut off all aid on March 2.

    In January, after spending months making unfounded accusations against the United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees in the Near East (UNRWA), Israel banned it from operating in the Occupied Palestinian Territory. UNRWA is the agency that has provided food, health care and education to Palestinian refugees since 1949. UN Secretary General António Guterres has said that “UNRWA is indispensable in delivering essential services to Palestinians,” and “UNRWA is the backbone of the United Nations humanitarian relief operations” in Gaza.

    Aid is trickling in under the auspices of the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation, a delivery system established by the U.S. and Israel to bypass the UN, provide a fig leaf of aid and blunt global outrage at Israel’s starvation tactics.

    Guterres slammed the GHF, saying the aid operation violates international law. In a joint statement, two dozen countries — including the U.K., several European Union member states, Canada, Australia and Japan — criticized the GHF model. They charged that it wouldn’t deliver aid effectively at the requisite scale and would tie aid to military and political objectives.

    leaked UN memo reportedly warned against UN involvement in the GHF, saying it could be “implicated in delivering a system that falls short of Israel’s legal responsibilities as an occupying power.” UN Emergency Relief Coordinator Tom Fletcher called the scheme “a deliberate distraction” and “a fig leaf for further violence and displacement.”

    The GHF was established after Israel charged that Hamas was looting aid trucks, a claim refuted by Cindy McCain, executive director of the UN World Food Programme (WFP) and widow of Republican Sen. John McCain.

    “Right now, we have 500,000 people inside of Gaza that are extremely food insecure, and could be on the verge of famine if we don’t help bring them back from that. We need to get in, and we need to get in at scale, not just a few dribble [sic] of the trucks right now, as I said, it’s a drop in the bucket,” McCain said on “Face the Nation with Margaret Brennan.”

    In a March 2025 report, the UN body that monitors famine found that 470,000 people in the Gaza Strip have reached “Phase 5: Catastrophe/Famine,” which means that households have an extreme lack of food and/or other basic needs. Moreover, 96 percent of Gaza’s population is experiencing “acute food insecurity,” and 22 percent of those in Gaza are suffering from “catastrophic levels” of food insecurity.

    McCain said, “These people are desperate, and they see a World Food Programme truck coming in, and they run for it. This — this doesn’t have anything to do with Hamas or any kind of organized crime, or anything. It has simply to do with the fact these people are starving to death.”

    GHF has a cynical purpose. It “aims to push northern residents to relocate southward in search of food — a step toward their displacement from Gaza altogether,” UNRWA Commissioner General Philippe Lazzarini said. “We used to have, before, 400 distribution places, centres in Gaza. With this new system, we are talking about three to four, maximum, distribution places. So it’s also a way to incite people to be forcibly displaced to get humanitarian assistance.”

    Issam Abu Shaweesh, director of a WFP aid distribution center in western Gaza City, said the GHF aid packages don’t contain essential food items such as meat, eggs, vegetables, fruits and baby formula — evidence that the goal is just “to keep people from dying of hunger” instead of meeting basic nutritional needs.

    The Government Media Office in Gaza issued a statement saying that, “The so-called ‘safe distribution sites’ are nothing but ‘racially isolated ghettos’ established under the supervision of the occupation, in exposed and isolated military areas, and are a forced model for the booby-trapped ‘humanitarian corridors’ that are used as a cover to advance the occupation’s security agendas.”

    Two senior officials of GHF have resigned: Executive Director Jake Wood said the organization’s plans are inconsistent with the “humanitarian principles of humanity, neutrality, impartiality, and independence.” CEO David Burke also resigned.

    The resignations came days after Swiss authorities considered opening an investigation into GHF, which had been registered in Geneva. On May 29, Swiss authorities found the organization was violating Swiss law.

    Fasters “Simply Have to Do More Than Hold a Sign at a Demonstration”

    Meanwhile, the fasters continue to protest Israel’s genocide in Gaza.

    “Having seen what war does, not just to people but all living things, I simply have to do more than hold a sign at a demonstration,” Mike Ferner, former national director of Veterans For Peace and co-organizer of the fast, told Truthout. “Many, many people feel the same way and that’s why in just five days, over 600 people in the U.S. and beyond have registered to participate,” he said, adding, “Until Americans actually run their government and direct our wealth to sustain life, we will have to protest in the strongest ways possible.”

    “The Marine veteran who started the fast with me, Phil Tottenham, said this genocide pained him so much he wanted to do what Aaron Bushnell did but didn’t have the courage. ‘But what is the most we can do?,’ Tottenham asked,” Ferner said. Bushnell, a member of the U.S. Air Force, died after setting himself on fire outside the front gate of the Israeli Embassy in Washington, D.C. on February 25, 2024, in protest of Israel’s genocide in Gaza.

    “Watching hundreds of people maimed, burned, and killed every day just tears at my insides — too much like when I nursed hundreds of wounded from our war in Viet Nam,” Ferner said in a press release from the Institute for Public Accuracy. “I’m fasting to demand humanitarian aid resumption under UN authority and to stop U.S. weapons from fueling the genocide.”


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Marjorie Cohn.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/veterans-launch-40-day-fast-to-protest-israels-starvation-of-gaza/feed/ 0 535732
    Fighting Gender-Based Violence Through Human Rights Education https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/fighting-gender-based-violence-through-human-rights-education/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/fighting-gender-based-violence-through-human-rights-education/#respond Fri, 30 May 2025 16:01:16 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=47c70d977923d6c99b1ee1677dbd7bca
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/fighting-gender-based-violence-through-human-rights-education/feed/ 0 535713
    Palestino: Chile’s soccer club standing in defense of Palestine https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/palestino-chiles-soccer-club-standing-in-defense-of-palestine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/palestino-chiles-soccer-club-standing-in-defense-of-palestine/#respond Fri, 30 May 2025 15:50:02 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334439 Fans of Chile's Club Deportivo Palestino cheer during a Palestino game against Union Español in early November 2024, in Santiago, Chile.Chile’s Palestino Soccer Club is an inspiration abroad. Nearly a million followers on Instagram. Games are televised in refugee camps in the Middle East. They are a symbol. An inspiration of resistance, standing in defense of the Palestinian cause.]]> Fans of Chile's Club Deportivo Palestino cheer during a Palestino game against Union Español in early November 2024, in Santiago, Chile.

    Thousands of fans erupt in the stadium. 

    But this is not just a game. And they are rooting for not just any soccer team. This team has an identity. It has a mission. A sporting team that is synonymous with resistance. Synonymous with the struggle for Palestine…

    And the Palestinian people.

    This is Club Deportivo Palestino, Palestine Sporting Club. A soccer team founded more than a century ago by Palestinian immigrants in Santiago, Chile.

    Chile is home to the largest Palestinian community outside of the Middle East: half a million people.

    The team wears the country’s colors: white, green and red. In the stands, fans wear them too, as well as keffiyehs, the black-and-white scarves that represent Palestinian identity and resistance. Their slogan is: “More than a team, it is an entire people.”

    That slogan breathes true for fans in the stadium.

    11-year-old Kamal Haddad is in the crowd with his father and his grandfather. Their family emigrated from Palestine during the First World War. They say this team is a way of keeping their traditions alive.

    “This is a team that’s defending a Palestinian identity here in Chile,” says Kamal Haddad. That’s why we use the slogan ‘Gaza resists.’”

    His grandfather, beside him, says his father brought him to his first Palestino game 50 years ago. Now he’s there with his son and his grandson. Three generations of one family, cheering on Palestine — the team, the country, and the people.

    “This is so important,” he says. “It’s like our identity. and it’s a way of maintaining our traditions. With my family. With my children.”

    The team, the players, and the fans have remained outspoken in defense of Palestine. Their history. Their people. And outspoken against the violence in Gaza.

    Before a game in May last year, the players walked onto the field wearing black jackets to protest the children killed by Israel in Gaza. The team has taken the field in Palestinian scarves and waved anti-war banners. Among the chants in the crowd is “Gaza resists/Palestine exists.”

    And the Palestino Soccer Club is an inspiration abroad, with nearly a million followers on Instagram. Games are televised in refugee camps in the Middle East. 

    They are a symbol. An inspiration of resistance, standing in defense of the Palestinian cause even so far away from Palestine, so far away from the violence in Gaza. 

    ###

    Hi folks, thanks for listening. I’m your host Michael Fox. 

    I attended a Palestino game last year in Santiago, Chile. You can check out exclusive pictures of the team and the fans on my Patreon. That’s Patreon.com/mfox. There you can also follow my reporting and support my work and this podcast.

    This is Stories of Resistance, a podcast series co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment or leave a review.

    As always, thanks for listening. See you next time.


    Chile’s Club Deportivo Palestino is a soccer team founded more than a century ago by Palestinian immigrants in Santiago, Chile. Chile is home to the largest Palestinian community outside of the Middle East: half a million people.

    The team wears the country’s colors: white, green and red. In the stands, fans wear them too, as well as keffiyehs, the black-and-white scarves that represent Palestinian identity and resistance. Their slogan is: “More than a team, it is an entire people.”

    The team, the players, and the fans have remained outspoken in defense of Palestine. And outspoken against the violence in Gaza. 

    This is episode 40 of Stories of Resistance—a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. 

    You can see exclusive pictures of Club Deportivo Palestino in Michael Fox’s Patreon account: patreon.com/posts/chiles-soccer-in-130263594

    There you can also follow his reporting and support his work at Patreon.com/mfox.

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/palestino-chiles-soccer-club-standing-in-defense-of-palestine/feed/ 0 535700
    Islamophobia in France https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/islamophobia-in-france/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/islamophobia-in-france/#respond Fri, 30 May 2025 14:32:09 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=158718 As summer approaches, the French government and its media echo chambers are once again launching an Islamophobic offensive. By seizing on a newly released report about the so-called ‘influence’ of the Muslim Brotherhood, they are using a crude pretext to target and suppress any visible expression of Islam in society. This comes in the wake […]

    The post Islamophobia in France first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    As summer approaches, the French government and its media echo chambers are once again launching an Islamophobic offensive. By seizing on a newly released report about the so-called ‘influence’ of the Muslim Brotherhood, they are using a crude pretext to target and suppress any visible expression of Islam in society. This comes in the wake of the brutal murder of 22-year-old Aboubakar Cissé, a Malian-born carpenter who was stabbed 57 times while praying in a mosque — a horrific hate crime. We are republishing this article from last summer as a stark testament to the deep-rooted, cartoonish racism and bigotry that pervade the so-called “Cradle of Human Rights.” Although originally written for the French CGT Education teachers’ union, the article’s author has since been expelled for criticizing the Confederation’s stance on Gaza (see this petition).

    The summer period is notoriously prone to forest fires, a formidable threat to our natural resources and the surrounding biodiversity. However, there is an even more insidious danger spreading through our societies, undermining our values and cohesion: irresponsible hate speech. A reminder of some recent occurrences is in order.

    Occitan Hearth

    At the end of April, in elementary schools, middle schools, and high schools in the Academies of Toulouse and Montpellier [French southern cities of the Occitania region], a survey on “absenteeism” during the month of Ramadan and the Eid al-Fitr holiday, particularly affecting priority education zones [underprivileged areas with a significant Muslim community], targeted exclusively Muslim pupils. Commissioned by the Interior Ministry, this survey was required from schools by the police and the Ministry of Education. This situation provoked a legitimate outcry.

    Following the denunciation of these stigmatizing practices — which turn a basic practice of Islam into a security issue — fraught with illegality, since religious statistics (even non-nominative ones) are strictly regulated in France, the authorities, as usual, talked a lot of hot air: “clumsiness”, “badly formulated message”, “autonomous research by an intelligence officer”, “study of the impact of certain religious holidays on the operation of public services”… As if cops were known for carrying out sociological investigations in schools; as if a religion other than Islam had ever been in the line of fire; as if occasional absences, provided for in the Education Code and legally unassailable (for the time being), could harm the functioning of Europe’s most overcrowded classrooms — after Romania.

    A wet-finger estimate in [the right-wing newspaper] Le Figaro, announcing a “record absenteeism rate” on the day of Eid al-Fitr 2023 due to an alleged “TikTok trend,” is said to have prompted this investigation, which is perhaps intended to provide more quantified data for future witch-hunts. The data, moreover, is hardly usable, for while some school heads and inspectors have encouraged staff to respond to these tendentious surveys, which we can only deplore and denounce, others have fortunately dissuaded them from doing so — not to mention the fact that it is difficult to presume the reason for an absence on a Friday just before the national school holidays.

    The question immediately arose as to the motives behind such a survey. Was it “only” a question of stirring up yet another unfounded controversy at the expense of the Muslim community? Or is the government planning to call into question an acquired right that is in no way contentious, in the name of an ever more narrow and misguided interpretation of secularism (which could tomorrow attack pork-free or meat-free menus in school canteens, ban any refunding of half-boarding fees for Muslim pupils during the month of Ramadan, etc.)? Will staff be the next targets of these investigations? Already, some non-teaching staff have been refused a “religious holiday” leave, which is illegal and unacceptable. Any attempt to generalize these measures on the pretext of “combating separatism” and “ensuring the smooth running of the public education service” must be fiercely opposed.

    PACA Hearth and Ministerial Fuel to the Fire

    On June 15, the Mayor of Nice and President of the Provence-Alpes-Côte-d’Azur (PACA) Regional Council, Christian Estrosi, issued an alarmist press release denouncing “several extremely serious incidents” which had occurred the previous day in three Nice elementary schools, and which were reported to the School Inspection Office, then to the Prefect of the Alpes-Maritimes Department, and the Prime Minister, Elisabeth Borne. The following day, the French Minister of Education, Pap Ndiaye, went even further, speaking of “intolerable facts,” the “mobilization of the Values of the Republic teams in all the schools concerned to ensure full respect for the principle of secularism on a permanent basis,” and the implementation of “the necessary government measures” to ensure respect for secularism — or “laïcité” — in schools.

    The alleged “facts”? Some children in 4th and 5th grades were said to have “performed the Muslim prayer in their school playground” or organized “a minute’s silence in memory of the Prophet Mahomet[1].” These were nothing more than rumors, as the expressions of doubt (“it is reported to me,” “or”) and the conditional tense (“These unacceptable situations would also have taken place in secondary schools”) clearly underlines. Worse still, before even the slightest verification of these absolutely insignificant alleged facts (it’s just a handful of 9–10 year olds having fun in the playground), Christian Estrosi likened these “attempts at religious intrusion into the sanctuaries of the Republic that are our schools” to “religious obscurantism attempting to destabilize us” and to “families who left to wage jihad in Syria,” who are reportedly beginning to return to France and sending their children “to our schools.”

    Pap Ndiaye and Christian Estrosi

    Pap Ndiaye and Christian Estrosi

    And without even waiting for the results of “the General Inspectorate’s investigation to establish the facts precisely and draw the appropriate conclusions” (no kidding), the full force of the law was brought to bear against this allegedly dangerous “slide” (which at this stage has not even gone beyond the stage of gossip): “meeting with all the departments concerned to set up an action plan,” “reinforcement of State action to ensure that these attacks on secularism are firmly combated,” “campaign to prevent and combat radicalization,” “firm, collective, and resolute response,” setting up “secularism and values of the Republic training courses” which “will be the subject of a common module bringing together all personnel…” The joint press release from Christian Estrosi and Pap Ndiaye concluded with a fanfare worthy of this outpouring of catastrophist press releases, disproportionate means, and withering epithets: “the principle of secularism is non-negotiable in our Republic.” Such a display of paranoia and hysteria is not surprising from the reactionary clown Estrosi, whose secular fervor is otherwise well known, but considering what Pap Ndiaye was before he plunged body and soul into the political cesspool (Pap Ndiaye was a Professor at the School for Advanced Studies in the Social Sciences, focusing his research on the compared history of racially discriminatory practices in France and in America, and the Director of the French national museum of immigration], one can only feel a bitter mixture of disgust and pity)[2].

    Christian Estrosi’s uncompromising crusade for secularism: “Defending our Christian traditions also means defending the heritage of our elders, who also built our Nice countryside”.
    Christian Estrosi’s uncompromising crusade for secularism: “Defending our Christian traditions also means defending the heritage of our elders, who also built our Nice countryside”.

    An Eternal Flame

    The deep-seated motivations behind such Islamophobic outbursts are well known and have unfortunately become a constant in the discourse of Emmanuel Macron and his minions. Having faced massive popular opposition with the pension reform, they now resort to a despicable strategy of scapegoating, reminiscent of the darkest hours of France’s history. In a notorious debate with Marine Le Pen, President of the Far-Right Party “Rassemblement National” (National Rally), Macron’s Interior Minister Gérald Darmanin accused her of being “too soft” on Islam and refusing to “name the enemy”: “You say that Islam isn’t even a problem… You need to take vitamins, you’re not harsh enough!”

    During a special evening dedicated to Samuel Paty [French teacher who was beheaded by a radicalized Islamist for showing his pupils derogatory Charlie Hebdo cartoons depicting the Prophet of Islam], Darmanin also denounced “communitarianism” and the “baser instincts” of “separatism” related to clothing or food (again, no kidding). He criticized clothing stores offering “community outfits” and the “halal sections” of supermarkets, portraying these as shocking practices. His aim was to link these cultural practices, which are perfectly harmless and consensual, to terrorism — a despicable process of amalgamation, stigmatization, and the appropriation of far-right discourse that is increasingly overt in the discourse and practices of Macron and his ministers.

    Far from deterring the Rassemblement National’s electorate, this trivialization has only served to consolidate and grow it, providing a vigorous “vitamin” treatment regularly administered to hate speech by those in power and their media echo chambers.

    The infamous Charlie Hebdo contributed on this ominous issue with a cartoon (“School reinvents itself” — “We bring our homework to school”) and a comment: “The question is how to deal with these cases, which involve particularly young children. The ten-year-old boy who incited his classmates to observe a minute’s silence for the Prophet was the subject of ‘worrying information’ sent to the Alpes-Maritimes departmental council, as the Nice education authority told Charlie Hebdo. An alert was also issued to the prefecture for ‘suspicion of radicalization’. ‘The child doesn’t become flagged as a serious threat to national security,’ we’re told. The idea is for the intelligence services to rule out any threat and check that the parents are not dangerous.’ In the meantime, the schoolboy has been excluded from the school canteen and has taken an early vacation. ‘We can’t afford another Samuel Paty,’ says a member of the Rector’s entourage.”
    The infamous Charlie Hebdo contributed on this ominous issue with a cartoon (“School reinvents itself” — “We bring our homework to school”) and a comment: “The question is how to deal with these cases, which involve particularly young children. The ten-year-old boy who incited his classmates to observe a minute’s silence for the Prophet was the subject of ‘worrying information’ sent to the Alpes-Maritimes departmental council, as the Nice education authority told Charlie Hebdo. An alert was also issued to the prefecture for ‘suspicion of radicalization’. ‘The child doesn’t become flagged as a serious threat to national security,’ we’re told. The idea is for the intelligence services to rule out any threat and check that the parents are not dangerous.’ In the meantime, the schoolboy has been excluded from the school canteen and has taken an early vacation. ‘We can’t afford another Samuel Paty,’ says a member of the Rector’s entourage.”

    In any case, it wouldn’t be the first time that alleged TikTok “cyber-attacks on secularism” or other unverified gossip causes an uproar in the services of the Ministry of the Interior and the Ministry of National Education. Let us mention the controversies surrounding the wearing of the abaya and the deployment of the Orwellian concept of “improvised religious clothing,” promoted during the dubious “laïcité” training courses imposed on all teaching staff throughout France. These courses provide instructions and even rhetorical and legal tools to track down alleged intentions behind the “suspicious” dresses of presumably Muslim girls. A dress bought at H&M could thus fall under the “law banning ostentatious religious signs” (which really only targeted the Islamic veil) and earn the targeted schoolgirls summons, reprimands, or even threats and exclusion if they refuse to dress in a “republican” manner: a “morality police” doubled with a “thought police” in short. And it seems that the French authorities have just introduced a “children’s games police [3].” Are we soon to see SWAT teams in primary school playgrounds? The degree of insanity is such that a sneeze from a swarthy pupil that sounds vaguely like “Allahu Akbar” would be enough to trigger such an intervention.

    Extinguishing the fires or fanning them?

    At a time when violence, including far-right terrorism targeting our fellow Muslim citizens, is reaching worrying proportions, the government persists in fanning the flames of hatred with its pyromaniac actions, exacerbating the real dangers threatening civil peace. The government’s approach involves all-out repression, police and security abuses with total impunity [the French police are lately becoming seditious and openly rebellious, literally demanding a license to beat up and even kill without being bothered by any kind of justice procedure], and over-instrumentalizing trivial facts to raise the specter of fantasized threats. These tactics only serve to pit citizens against each other and divide the French society.

    The republican school urgently needs resources, not diversionary strategies, artificial tensions, or a perpetual call into question of the status and fundamental rights of users and staff. The “non-negotiable” secularism promoted and ardently defended by the CGT Educ’action aims to ensure the serenity and cohesion of the educational community, not to transform staff into zealous police auxiliaries or confine an entire population to the status of suspect or “enemy within,” to be constantly monitored and held at bay.

    The Republic guarantees freedom of worship and equal treatment for all its citizens. Anyone committed to republican ideals must protest against this frenzied desire to ignite bonfires from the most microscopic twigs, and against stigmatizing and discriminatory practices that tarnish France’s image abroad and regularly elicit condemnations from human rights associations like Amnesty International and Human Rights Watch. National Education staff, in particular, must oppose these practices and report them to local union sections, which must vigorously defend all members of the educational community (staff, pupils, parents…) who fall victim to them.

    ENDNOTES:

    [1] The minute’s silence isn’t precisely a well-known practice in Muslim liturgy. As for the spelling “Mahomet,” we can only deplore the fact that despite the presence of the first name Mohammed in the top 10 of most given names in the current French population, and its position in the top 50 of names on French war memorials from the First World War, this backward-looking and contemptuous name dating from an era of antagonism between Christianity and Islam, and felt as an insult by millions of Muslims, remains in use.

    [2] Like a downsized version of Voltaire fighting fanaticism in the days of the Inquisition, Pap Ndiaye has also taken to TV to denounce these “manifestations of religious proselytism in schools,” gargling in big words, notably BFM WC (“These facts are not acceptable in the School of the Republic… It is only natural that the Nice Academy, the Nice Rector, and the Nice Mayor should react firmly to ensure respect for the principles of secularism, which is why I have signed this joint declaration with the Nice Mayor… The parents have been summoned… The pupils have been reminded of their obligations with regard to religious neutrality, and they have been given training, because we’re talking about children after all… In secondary schools, [for similar acts] there can be sanctions [or even] temporary or permanent exclusions…”). Pap Ndiaye did not hesitate to spread false Islamophobic information, namely that these children all belonged to the Muslim faith, which was denied by Eliane’s testimony to BFM Côte d’Azur, whose non-Muslim grandson took part in these children’s games: “He should check his sources because my grandson was part of the group playing and imitating prayer. There was no intention, no religion in the middle, it was really just a game… The stigmatization of children is really lamentable… That’s why we no longer have confidence in politicians, because everything is blown out of proportion to unbelievable proportions, and this harms solidarity and life together.”

    [3] Let us remind that to be valid, Muslim prayer (especially in congregations) requires the age of puberty, a precise timetable, ablutions, specific clothing, orientation towards Mecca, etc.; so many conditions that it is simply impossible to meet in an elementary school playground during the lunch break.

    The post Islamophobia in France first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Salah Lamrani.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/islamophobia-in-france/feed/ 0 535688
    A Short Guide on How to Starve a Population to Death https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/29/a-short-guide-on-how-to-starve-a-population-to-death/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/29/a-short-guide-on-how-to-starve-a-population-to-death/#respond Thu, 29 May 2025 17:00:29 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=158639 A short guide on how to engineer a genocide by starvation and ethnic cleansing: 1. Choose your moment. Ok, you’ve been ethnically cleansing, occupying, oppressing, and killing your neighbours for decades. The international courts have ruled your actions illegal. But none of that will matter the moment your neighbours retaliate by attacking you. Don’t worry. […]

    The post A Short Guide on How to Starve a Population to Death first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    A short guide on how to engineer a genocide by starvation and ethnic cleansing:

    1. Choose your moment. Ok, you’ve been ethnically cleansing, occupying, oppressing, and killing your neighbours for decades. The international courts have ruled your actions illegal. But none of that will matter the moment your neighbours retaliate by attacking you. Don’t worry. The Western media can be relied on to help out here. They will be only too ready to pretend that history began on the day you were attacked.

    2. Declare, in response, your intention to starve your neighbours, treating them as “human animals”, by blocking all food, water, and power. You will be surprised by how many Western politicians are ready to support this as your “right to defend yourself”. The media will echo them. It is important not to just talk about blocking aid. You must actually do it. There will be no serious pushback for many, many months.

    3. Start relatively slowly. Time is on your side. Let a little bit of aid in. But be sure to relentlessly smear the well-functioning, decades-old aid distribution system run by the international community, one that is transparent, accountable, and widely integrated into the communities it serves. Say it is infiltrated by “terrorists”.

    4. Use that claim – evidence isn’t really necessary, the western media never ask for it – as the pretext to bomb the aid system’s warehouses, distribution centres, and community kitchens. Oh, and don’t forget to bomb all the private bakeries, destroy all the farmland, shoot all the animals, and kill anyone who tries to use a fishing boat, so that there are no other sources of food. You are now in control of the trickle of aid reaching what is rapidly becoming a severely malnourished population.

    5. Time to move into higher gear. Stop the international community’s aid from getting in altogether. You will need a humanitarian cover story for this bit. The danger, particularly in an age of social media, is that images of starving babies will make you look very bad. Hold firm. You can get through this. Claim – again, evidence isn’t really necessary, the western media won’t ask for it – that the “terrorists” are stealing the aid. You will be surprised how willing the media is to talk about babies going “hungry”, ignoring the fact that you are starving them to death, or speak of a “famine”, as though from drought and crop failure, not from your carefully laid plans.

    6. Don’t lose sight of the bigger story. You are blocking aid to “eradicate the terrorists”. After all, what is the worth of a baby, of a child – all one million of them – in the fight to eliminate a rag-tag army of lightly armed “terrorists” who have never waged their struggle outside of their historic homeland?

    7. Now that the population is entirely at your disposal, you can roll out a “humanitarian” alternative to the existing system you have been vilifying and wrecking. Probably best to have been working on this part of the plan behind the scenes from early on, and to have regularly consulted with the Americans on how to develop it. You may even find they are willing to fund it. They usually are. You can obscure their role by using the term “private contractors”.

    8. It’s time for implementation. Obviously, the point is not to really distribute aid. It is all about providing a cover story so that the starvation and ethnic cleansing can continue. Ensure that you provide only a tiny amount of aid and make it available only at a few distribution points you have set up with these “private contractors”. This has two advantages.

    9. It forces the population to come to the areas you want them in, like luring mice into a trap. Get them to the very edge of the territory, because from there you will be best positioned at some point to drive them over the border and get rid of them for good.

    10. Your system will lead to chaos, as desperate, starving people fight for food. That’s great for you. It makes them look like a swarming mass of those “human animals” you were talking about from the start. Don’t they deserve their fate? And it means that young, fit men – especially those from large, often armed, criminal families – will end up with most of the food. The stuff they can’t grab at the distribution points, they will ambush later as people try to return home laden with their heavy aid packages. That may seem counter-productive, given that you’re claiming to want to eliminate the “terrorists”. Won’t these fit, young men, as conditions degenerate further, provide a future source of recruits to the “terrorists”? But remember, the real goal here is to starve the population as quickly as possible. The young, the elderly, the sick, and the vulnerable are the ones who will die first. The more of them who start dying, the faster the pressure builds on everyone else to flee the territory to save themselves.

    You are nearly there. True, faced with the emaciated bodies of your victims, Western politicians will start making harsh pronouncements. But they have already given you a massive head start of 20 months. Be grateful for that. You don’t need much longer. While they dither, you can get on with the job of extermination. Leave it to the history books to judge what really happened.

    The post A Short Guide on How to Starve a Population to Death first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Jonathan Cook.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/29/a-short-guide-on-how-to-starve-a-population-to-death/feed/ 0 535514
    How one Peruvian community fought a mine and won https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/how-one-peruvian-community-fought-a-mine-and-won/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/how-one-peruvian-community-fought-a-mine-and-won/#respond Wed, 28 May 2025 18:44:06 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334400 The small Indigenous community of Parán, Peru, sits on the edge of a mountain hillside, flanked by fruit trees, several hours north of Lima, on April 26, 2025.When the Invicta mine opened and its trucks began to rumble up and down the windy roads with precious metals extracted from deep inside, the people of Parán said, “No.” This is episode 39 of Stories of Resistance.]]> The small Indigenous community of Parán, Peru, sits on the edge of a mountain hillside, flanked by fruit trees, several hours north of Lima, on April 26, 2025.

    Parán is a small Indigenous community in the hills of Huaura, in central Peru. 

    It’s far from the highway, along a winding dirt road that’s carved along harrowing precipices. 

    Up here, the air is cool…  and their town of adobe and cinderblock homes is nestled on the side of the mountain. 

    As are their fields of duraznos. Peach trees, which cover the terraced hillsides down into the valley and up toward the craggy peaks.

    This has been their home and the life-blood for generations. The people here are simple. Humble. They hold on to tradition. Women wear colorful dresses, the same sewed and worn by their grandmothers before them. Men’s hands are calloused and strong from long days toiling in the fields.

    It only rains during the rainy months, which turn the hillsides green. And then, slowly they fade to brown throughout the year. The residents of Parán get their water for their homes and their peaches from the precious springs that dot the mountain.

    Life slows down, here.

    But they have had to battle.

    In 2012, the Canadian mining company Lupaka Gold acquired an old mine and set to turn it back on. They called it the Invicta Mine.

    Lupaka Gold would extract precious minerals. Gold and silver.

    The company met with other nearby communities. It made agreements. But not with the people of Parán… even though Parán had the most to lose. 

    See, Parán sits down the mountain from the entrance to the mine and on the outside of the mountain where the mine is operated. When the mine workers blast, at night in particular, the people of Parán feel it. Their homes shake and rumble. They awake from their dreams. 

    And the residents of Parán fear the upgraded mine will contaminate their only water source—the springs that flow from the mountain that feed both their groves of peach trees and their families. The springs that flow from the very mountain where the mine is located.

    And so, when the Invicta mine opened and its trucks began to rumble up and down the windy roads with precious metals extracted from deep inside, the people of Parán said, “no.” 

    They blockaded the road leading to and from the mine. They hauled logs and rocks onto it, and refused to move. Day and night they remained. The mine trucks sat idle. So Invicta took action. They sent in thugs to attack the roadblock. And attack they did. Firing live rounds. The Parán protesters fled down the mountain to their homes. 

    But if this act was meant to scare, all it did was unite Parán unanimously that they would fight. 

    They held a community meeting. Everyone decided. All adult men and women, that they would join in the roadblock. They split into teams of 30 to 40 people each. And they returned to the roadblock even stronger. Each team would spend 24 hours there. They would camp overnight, then the next team would arrive and they would switch. Day after day. Month after month. Together, the Parán people stood. 

    But the mine pushed back. As did the Peruvian police. In the beginning of 2019, they sent in a brigade of 200 officers that was meant to end the roadblock once and for all. 

    Still the people of Parán resisted. But at a great toll. During the operation, a police officer shot a man. A community member. The nephew of one of the community leaders.

    Nehemías Román Narvaste.

    A great loss.

    But finally, also, came victory… The community held on. Lupaka Gold agreed that their losses due to the Parán roadblock and the mine shutdown were too great and that they would close the mine.

    The people of Parán had won.

    “Yes, whenever, there’s a problem, everyone participates, women and men,” says community leader Leonel Roman Palomares. “We decide what to do in a meeting. And everyone decides together with one voice.

    “In that sense, we’re very united,” he says. “Whenever there’s anything that may harm the community. We are very, very united. And this community has been through a lot.”

    ###

    In 2020, Lupaka Gold took the state of Peru to court under the Canada-Peru Free Trade Agreement for lost profits. It is demanding the state pay it $100 million in lost profits for the closure of the mine. The decision is expected in the coming weeks. 

    ###

    Hi folks, thanks for listening.

    I’m your host Michael Fox. 

    I visited Parán last month, spoke with residents and shot some pretty incredible drone footage of the community and their surrounding peach fields.  You can also check out exclusive video and photos of the community on my patreon. Patreon.com/mfox. I’ll add a link in the show notes. 

    This is episode 39 of Stories of Resistance, a podcast series co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment or leave a review.

    As always, thanks for listening. See you next time.


    Parán is a small Indigenous community in the hills of Huaura, in central Peru. They are peach farmers. Their orchards line the mountainside. The same mountain where a new Canadian mine, known as Invictus, was beginning to operate. They feared for their future and that the mine would contaminate their precious springs, their only source of fresh water for their town and their peach trees.

    In 2018, they began an around-the-clock roadblock against a new mine. When they were attacked by armed thugs, they held a community meeting and the entire village—all adult men and women—agreed to participate in the protest against the mine. 

    They were finally successful.

    This is episode 39 of Stories of Resistance—a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. 

    You can see exclusive pictures, drone footage, and pictures of the Parán community in Michael Fox’s Patreon account: patreon.com/mfox. There you can also follow his reporting and support his work.

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    Resources

    You can find out more about Lupaka Gold’s case against Peru through the Canada-Peru Free Trade Agreement over the Invicta Mine here: https://gtwaction.org/egregious-isds-cases/#lupakagoldvperu


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/how-one-peruvian-community-fought-a-mine-and-won/feed/ 0 535311
    ‘Even our dreams were destroyed’: Gaza’s lost universities https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/even-our-dreams-were-destroyed-gazas-lost-universities/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/even-our-dreams-were-destroyed-gazas-lost-universities/#respond Wed, 28 May 2025 18:42:56 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334404 Still image of Hay’a Adil Agha, a student at the Islamic University of Gaza, standing with her backpack in front of the bombed-out ruins of her former university. Still image from TRNN documentary report "Gaza’s message to campus protestors facing repression" (2025).“I saw the protests at Columbia University. There were protests in solidarity with Gaza… Of course, when we [in Gaza] see all this, we feel a sense of pride and gratitude.”]]> Still image of Hay’a Adil Agha, a student at the Islamic University of Gaza, standing with her backpack in front of the bombed-out ruins of her former university. Still image from TRNN documentary report "Gaza’s message to campus protestors facing repression" (2025).

    Once temples of learning where new generations of students sought to advance their futures, Gaza’s universities have all been destroyed by Israel’s genocidal annihilation of the Gaza Strip, and many students and faculty have been killed. In this on-the-ground report, TRNN speaks with displaced Palestinian students and parents about the systematic destruction of life and all institutions of learning in Gaza, and about their reactions to Palestine solidarity protests on campuses in the West and around the world.

    Producer: Belal Awad, Leo Erhardt
    Videographer: Ruwaida Amer, Mahmoud Al Mashharawi
    Video Editor: Leo Erhardt


    Transcript

    CHANTINGS: 

    Free free Palestine! 

    HAY’A ADIL AGHA: 

    I saw the protests at Columbia University. There were protests in solidarity with Gaza. The police arrested more than 100 students. They were in solidarity with the students of Gaza. They arrested many teachers and students. There was also a university in Atlanta where the head of the philosophy department was arrested. The police used tear gas and rubber bullets to suppress these protests and demonstrations in solidarity with Gaza. 

    HAY’A ADIL AGHA: 

    Of course, when we see all this, we feel a sense of pride and gratitude. We want to thank them for standing with us. We thank the free people of the world—professors and students—for standing with us. Who stood with the students of Gaza, despite the repression, despite the arrests they stood with us, and this has helped us a lot. 

    I am Haya Adil Agha, 21 years old, a fourth-year student at the Islamic University in Gaza. The Department of Science and Technology, specializing in smart technologies. The technology club was like a second home to us. There was a club president, we had club members, My classmates and I used to spend most of our time at the university. We had different groups and organized events. We would come up with innovations and new ideas for students. I used to spend most of my time at university with friends. We would discuss projects, questions and assignments and study together. If the professors were available you could go and ask them questions. So I used to spend all my time at University and they were the best years of my life —the last two years before the war. Exactly three days before the war—two weeks into the first semester. My professor requested that I present on a subject. So I prepared a PowerPoint presentation and handed out a summary to the students. I got up and began presenting. I had no idea that this would be my last presentation at university. Three days later, the war began. It destroyed our dreams, destroyed our future, destroyed our aspirations. All our memories now have no meaning. The place is gone and nothing is left. 

    UM MOHAMED AWADH: 

    Our dreams and everything else we ever wanted was destroyed with our homes. Even our dreams were destroyed. Everything in our life was destroyed. It used to be a really good area. It used to be a place for the youth to study and pursue their dreams. Look at the extent of the destruction. I mean it’s just rubble. Even learning has been banned here. We’ve started to dream about the simplest of things. Just to eat. The dreams of our children have become as basic as filling a bottle of water. They dream of reaching a soup kitchen. These are simple things. They have been robbed of their right to education. Their right to healthcare. They have been robbed of a lot.

    HAY’A ADIL AGHA: 

    I lost contact with some of my friends because they were killed at the beginning of the war. Of course, this impacts me because every day, you hear that a classmate was killed, that a professor at your university was killed. This has a profound impact on us as students. Many professors were killed, too. I can’t list them all. And I lost contact with many others because it was the university that used to bring us together. The war has driven us apart, so I couldn’t stay in touch with them. We were constantly displaced, moving from place to place. There was no internet and no electricity. I was forced to take my laptop outside to charge it. This was a big risk because, as an IT student, my most important tool is my laptop. As well as this, there was no internet. I had to travel far to get to the closest spot with internet. to be able to download lectures and slides to be able to study. I came back to the university after seeing it from afar. I had planned to visit briefly and then leave. When I saw it, I got depressed. I had seen it in pictures, but I wasn’t expecting this level of destruction. When I first arrived, I was so upset and angry. Everywhere I looked, I remembered things: This is the building where I used to sit; this is the corner where my friends and I used to hang. This is the building where a certain professor used to be. We would always go to ask him questions, and he would respond. All of the memories came back—so it affected me really deeply. My university—the place where I used to dream, where I spent two years of my life, the best two years of my life—was gone. I had been counting down the years until graduation. And just like that, it disappeared in the blink of an eye. In one day, the university was gone without a trace. 

    HANI ABDURAHIM MOHAMED AWADH: 

    The suffering in our lives—lack of water, food, and drink—is unbearable. You can see, the children, they have been robbed of everything. In the whole of the Gaza strip, from one end to the other, there is no safe place. Here used to be students and a university, all the people of Gaza used to study here. Now: it’s become ruins. All of it is just ruins. There’s nothing to be happy about. No reason to be happy. 

    HAY’A ADIL AGHA: 

    People have been forced to burn books. Firstly, there’s no gas—the occupation has stopped gas from entering Gaza. But people still have to fulfill their daily needs. There’s no gas, but people still need to cook and heat water. And on top of that, people have lost their source of income. So people can’t afford to buy wood or paper. so in the end they have been forced to burn the university library books. Of course they have been forced to do this. You have to understand people’s circumstances. 

    ALAA FARES AL BIS: 

    I have been displaced about 18 times. We left under fire, under air strikes. I mean, we couldn’t take anything with us—we left running for our lives. With ourselves and our children. There’s no food, no drink, no water, no proper sleep, no proper shelter. We are living amidst rubble. We ask the whole world to have mercy on us and to bring a ceasefire in Gaza. 

    CHANTINGS:

    Free free Palestine!


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Belal Awad, Leo Erhadt, Ruwaida Amer and Mahmoud Al Mashharawi.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/even-our-dreams-were-destroyed-gazas-lost-universities/feed/ 0 535313
    Militarised aid distribution collapses in Gaza 🚨 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/militarised-aid-distribution-collapses-in-gaza-%f0%9f%9a%a8/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/militarised-aid-distribution-collapses-in-gaza-%f0%9f%9a%a8/#respond Wed, 28 May 2025 16:28:01 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=f005d1c566e8b3bbe8d03571b2f522d1
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/militarised-aid-distribution-collapses-in-gaza-%f0%9f%9a%a8/feed/ 0 535291
    CPJ, partners urge Pakistan to halt arbitrary deportations of Afghan journalists https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/cpj-partners-urge-pakistan-to-halt-arbitrary-deportations-of-afghan-journalists/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/cpj-partners-urge-pakistan-to-halt-arbitrary-deportations-of-afghan-journalists/#respond Wed, 28 May 2025 15:10:25 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=483439 New York, May 28, 2025—The Committee to Protect Journalists, alongside PEN International and 13 partner organizations, has issued a joint statement urging Pakistan’s government to immediately halt the arbitrary mass deportation of Afghan journalists and other nationals at risk of Taliban persecution.

    The statement expresses grave concern over Pakistan’s “Illegal Foreigners Repatriation Plan,” which was publicly announced on October 3, 2023. The plan has faced widespread criticism from local and international bodies, including the Human Rights Commission of Pakistan, the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees, and the International Organization for Migration, which have called on Pakistan to uphold its international obligations and continue offering protection to at-risk Afghans.

    The joint statement also appeals to the international community to provide safe and legal pathways for Afghan journalists, writers, artists, human rights defenders, and other vulnerable individuals seeking refuge from Taliban persecution due to their peaceful expression.

    Read the full joint statement here.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/cpj-partners-urge-pakistan-to-halt-arbitrary-deportations-of-afghan-journalists/feed/ 0 535243
    The Women of Calama: Searching in the desert https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/27/the-women-of-calama-searching-in-the-desert/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/27/the-women-of-calama-searching-in-the-desert/#respond Tue, 27 May 2025 18:41:53 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334376 A woman holds a placard with the photos of detainees who disappeared during the dictatorship of Augusto Pinochet, during the search for remains of disappeared detainees, where, according to investigations, the bodies of victims of the dictatorship could be found at Cemetery No. 3 of Valparaiso, in Valparaiso, Chile, on April 2, 2025.The last week in May is commemorated internationally each year as the Week of the Disappeared. This is episode 38 of Stories of Resistance.]]> A woman holds a placard with the photos of detainees who disappeared during the dictatorship of Augusto Pinochet, during the search for remains of disappeared detainees, where, according to investigations, the bodies of victims of the dictatorship could be found at Cemetery No. 3 of Valparaiso, in Valparaiso, Chile, on April 2, 2025.

    For nearly 20 years, the women of Calama traveled into the desert each day to search for their loved ones.

    Monday through Sunday, sun-up to sundown, they scoured the harsh desert earth with strainers and rakes.

    Searching and hoping. 

    The crunch of the ground beneath their feet. The harsh wind whipping at their clothes. The hot sun on their faces.

    “For us there was no wind, there was no cold, there was no heat, there was no hunger,” Violeta Berríos says.

    Her partner, Mario Argüelles Toro, was a taxi driver and a local leader in the Socialist Party. It was his death sentence. 

    Mario Argüelles Toro was detained and tortured just weeks after the September 1973 coup d’état by Chilean General Augusto Pinochet.

    On October 19, 1973, Mario was taken from prison, executed, and disappeared alongside 25 others for their support for the former democratically elected President Salvador Allende.

    Executed during what they called the Chilean army’s “Caravan of Death.”

    The men’s partners and mothers responded, transforming their sadness into action. 

    They founded the Group of Family Members of the Politically Executed and Disappeared Detainees of Calama.

    They took to the desert, scratching at it each day, demanding that it reveal its secrets.

    And after years, finally, it did.

    In 1990, in a place called Quebrada del Buitre, or Vultures Gorge, on the edge of a hillside overlooking the expansive Atacama desert, the women found fragments of bones and pieces of teeth.

    This was the location their loved ones had laid buried for 17 years. But most of their bodies were no longer there. 

    Just as the women were getting closer, General Augusto Pinochet had ordered their remains dug up, removed and buried someplace else. An evil scavenger hunt, in which the rules are rigged and the dice are staked.

    Between 1990 and 2003, the women would find the partial remains of 21 of the victims.

    Today, a memorial lives on a hillside just off highway 23, heading east out of Calama. 

    This was once barren desert for miles, but it now lies beneath a sea of wind turbines. The sun burns overhead. The wind threatens to knock you over.

    The memorial is in the shape of a circle. Almost like a small amphitheater, with stairs leading down. In the middle is a patch of dry Atacama earth. Rocks and small marble stones are laid there in the shape of a cross. Pink and red flowers have been placed throughout. Pink concrete columns rise into the air. Each of them bears a name inscribed on a little plaque. The name of each of those who was detained, tortured, executed and disappeared here in the Atacama desert.

    This is the location of the mass grave, where the women of Calama finally found the fragments of bones that proved their loved ones had been here.

    Behind the memorial is a crater in the ground, where the grave was opened, and where they exhumed what they could. Rocks, in piles or in tiny circles, mark the locations where parts of their loved ones were found.

    The memorial is a sentinel in the desert. A beacon of memory. Memory of lives lost. Of the horror and the pain of the past. But also the memory of the women’s determination. Their hope and struggle. Their resistance in the desert…

    The women are still searching for and demanding justice.


    For nearly 20 years, the women of Calama traveled into the desert each day to search for their loved ones — their husbands and partners who were ripped from them, detained, tortured, executed, and disappeared in the weeks following Chile’s US-backed 1973 coup d’état.

    Monday through Sunday, sun-up to sundown, they scoured the harsh desert earth with strainers and rakes, searching and hoping. 

    And finally, in 1990, on the edge of a hillside overlooking the expansive Atacama desert, the women found fragments of bones and pieces of teeth. This was the location their loved ones had laid buried for 17 years. 

    This is the May Week of the Disappeared — a week to remember and honor those who have been forcibly disappeared and the fight for truth and justice for their families.

    This is episode 38 of Stories of Resistance—a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. 

    You can also follow Michael Fox’s reporting and support his work and this podcast at patreon.com/mfox.

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    Resources:

    Filmmaker Patricio Guzman’s masterpiece of a documentary, Nostalgia for the Light: https://www.imdb.com/title/tt1556190

    Spanish singer Victory Manuel wrote a song for the Women of Calama: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0pkzzsK-uuA

    Mujer de Calama Afeddep Calama Dictadura Chile: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y6hG5m3BYhw

    Acto de conmemoración de Afeddep a 45 años del paso de la Caravana de la Muerte por Calama: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=__pUZR-68OE

    Memorial for the Disappeared Detainees of Calama: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c2D6-es9Nnw


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/27/the-women-of-calama-searching-in-the-desert/feed/ 0 535082
    Sudan is being torn apart by civil war, genocide, and imperialist plunder. How can the global working class help stop the violence? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/27/sudan-is-being-torn-apart-by-civil-war-genocide-and-imperialist-plunder-how-can-the-global-working-class-help-stop-the-violence/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/27/sudan-is-being-torn-apart-by-civil-war-genocide-and-imperialist-plunder-how-can-the-global-working-class-help-stop-the-violence/#respond Tue, 27 May 2025 17:35:47 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334335 Displaced Sudanese sit at a shelter after they were evacuated by the Sudanese army to a safer area in Omdurman, on May 13, 2025, amid the ongoing war in Sudan. Photo by EBRAHIM HAMID/AFP via Getty Images12 million people have been displaced by the civil war in Sudan, and the UN reports that half of the population is facing acute hunger. How can the global working class stand in solidarity with the Sudanese people and their struggle for liberation?]]> Displaced Sudanese sit at a shelter after they were evacuated by the Sudanese army to a safer area in Omdurman, on May 13, 2025, amid the ongoing war in Sudan. Photo by EBRAHIM HAMID/AFP via Getty Images

    For the last two years, the civil war in Sudan, the largest contemporary war in Africa, has ripped the country apart. As Beverly Ochieng, Wedaeli Chibelushi, and Natasha Booty report at the BBC, “The war, which continues to this day, has claimed more than 150,000 lives. And in what the United Nations has called the world’s largest humanitarian crisis, about 12 million people have been forced to flee their homes. There is evidence of genocide in the western region of Darfur, where residents say they have been targeted by fighters based on their ethnicity.”

    In the latest installment of Solidarity Without Exception, we examine the roots of Sudan’s social and humanitarian crisis today, the domestic and international dimensions of the political revolution that swept Sudan in 2019, which led to the overthrow of Omar Al-Bashir, and the violent counterrevolution that, since 2023, has been led by two military factions (and their international allies), deepening the oppression of the Sudanese people and enabling genocidal actions by said military forces. Cohost Blanca Missé speaks with: Nisrin Elamin, assistant professor of African studies and anthropology at the University of Toronto and a member of the Sudan Solidarity Collective, who is currently writing a book on Gulf Arab capital accumulation and land dispossession in central Sudan; and Ibrahim Alhaj Abdelmajeed Alduma, a Virginia-based human rights advocate for Sudan and a communication and disinformation specialist with years of experience working in NGOs with a focus on community development, youth capacity building, and strengthening the role and impact of civil society institutions.

    Audio Post-Production: Alina Nehlich

    Music Credits:
    Venticinque Aprile (“Bella Ciao” Orchestral Cover) by Savfk | https://www.youtube.com/savfkmusic
    Music promoted by https://www.free-stock-music.com Creative Commons / Attribution 4.0 International (CC BY 4.0) https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/


    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Blanca Missé:

    Welcome to Solidarity Without Exception, a podcast series about working people’s struggles for national self-determination in the 21st century and what connects them and us. This podcast is produced by the Real News Network in partnership with the Ukraine Celebrating Network, and I am Blanca Mise. We are releasing this episode on Sudan in the midst of an escalation of the crisis in the country. As a rapid support forces DRSF have launched an unprecedented drone attack on Port Sudan, which has become today the defacto capital of the country and a critical humanitarian hub. The United Nations reports that over 12 million people have been displaced, and then half of Sudan’s population is facing acute hunger. In addition, there are numerous reports of atrocities and violations of human rights from both sides, the Sudanese army and the RSF. In this context, pretty dreadful context. We are really delighted to have today in our podcast two amazing guests, Nisrin Elamin, who is an assistant professor of anthropology at the University of Toronto, and Ibrahim Alduma, a human rights advocate for Sudan based in Virginia.

    Both are Sudanese and very active in the solidarity with the Sudanese people and ready to share with us a very different perspective than the one we get from mainstream news. That is to say a working class perspective on the situation in Sudan. We want to understand together both the depth of the social crisis and also the roots of the political revolution that swept Sudan in 2019 and led to the overthrow of Omar Al Bashir and how the situation involved in 2023 into an internationalized contra revolution led by these two military factions, the remainings of the official army and the RSF and the international allies that support them. A counter revolution that deepens the oppression of Sudanese people and enables genocidal actions by all these military forces on civilians. We’ll explain the importance of the resistance or solidarity committees. That is to say the grassroots neighborhood-based activist group that initiated the revolution and are still today active by providing essential emergency relief support. And finally, and most importantly, we’ll discuss what we can do together here in the US to support them and advance the struggle for liberation in Sudan and how the latter is connected to the struggles for freedom in the region and in the world.

    Welcome to the podcast Solidarity Without exception. Let’s try to a bit in order to understand the situation in Sudan today so we can retrace the origins of the last episode of Struggle in the Country to the movement that was called, so-called the Arab Spring that reached Sudan first in 2013 with a first wave of protest, but then had a very significant second wave of mobilizations starting in December, 2018, which eventually succeeding in Toppling O Omar Basit and ending a 30 year military dictatorship. And that was a huge success. Now, when one looks at the news, at the time, the way Sudan was being portrayed was a little bit different than the rest of Arab countries or even Algeria. There was a tendency to label the social struggles in Sudan more as bred riots or struggles for basic survival. And I would like you to explain the nature of the mobilizations that occurred in the country, specifically the ones in 20 18, 20 19, 20 20. So the audience, the American audience, can understand what that movement was.

    Nisrin Elamin:

    I mean, I think as you mentioned, the revolution of December of 2018 started many years before, right? In the sense that there were protests in Sudan against IMF recommended austerity measures and other kinds of policies that were making life very difficult for people really since 2011. I mean, we could go even further back, but if we’re looking at that period, so in January of 2011, for example, there were protests in and also in, and they were I think even a few days before the protest in Egypt started, but they were brutally squashed. Then we had protests again in 2013. In 2016, and a lot of them did sort of get triggered by policies that were making life difficult for people where food prices were rising. The state would withdraw subsidies of food and fuel and people were just not able to make ends meet. So I would say that was definitely the trigger, but in many ways it was also much deeper than that in the sense that what we saw in December of 2018 was kind of a convergence of decades old grievances around brutal state violence in Sudan’s peripheries.

    I’m sure your audience remembers the genocide in Darfour that started in 2003, but also kind of struggles over land in rural areas where the Bashir regime had sort of rolled out a neoliberal policy of privatizing the small scale agricultural sector and kind of decimating it by withdrawing state subsidies and supports to small farmers in order to kind of plunge small farmers into debt and then attract foreign and domestic large scale investments in land. So you saw a kind of convergence of various grievances and struggles if you will come together. And notably, unlike the revolution in 1964 and 1985 that the uprising in 1985 that overthrew military dictatorships, the December revolution started in the peripheries demaine in a place called RA before it actually came to the capitol.

    Blanca Missé:

    Thank you so much. Because you explained to us that the anti neoliberal content and dynamics, right, that also had to do resisting those measures and the privatization of land. I wonder if Ebra has something to add on the nature of this most recent wave of struggle in Sudan?

    Ibrahim Alduma:

    Yeah, I think Nasrin almost said everything. I just wanted to emphasize that Sudan had two revolutions before this revolution. And also a lot of people like the Sudanese intelligence were expecting this revolution even before the Arab Spring because Sudanese people could not bear with these kind of suppressions against the freedoms. And again, these things, and also we had a lot of partial rebels and revolutions, but it was militarized evolutions like the art movement in their foreign cordan. So sese people feel that they have some change during the period before the revolution. And then when December, 2019 revolution came, everybody came together to do this revolution because it was right time to do it.

    Blanca Missé:

    Thank you, Brian. And one question I have for you is how do you guys describe this most recent wave of struggles, right, that began let’s say in 2011, because the way it’s portrayed in the media, it’s a little bit confusing. Is this a revolution and turn into a civil war? What kind of definition or characterization of the situation you have to explain to working people in the US are trying to make sense about what’s happening and what are the major players that need to be taken into account to understand the situation in Sudan today? I know I’m asking you a very hard question, but we’re trying through this podcast to present a working class perspective on all the struggles for national liberation occupation that sometimes is often in contrast with the ones we hear in mainstream media. So what would you be the best summary you can give Nire? Do you want to get us started?

    Ibrahim Alduma:

    So mainly if we came to describe or analyze the root causes of the conflict in Sudan and the root causes of the revolution, it would be very complicated. But we know that we have dictatorship regime for over 30 years, three decades. During this time, the regime was just planning to stay on power. This is one of the major things that regime any policy and any procedures and any laws and any actions that the regime was taken wasn’t for Sudanese people or for the sake of satisfaction of people, it was just for staying in power. That’s why they created the RSF, and that’s why they made the complex and turned the political confidence again is the central regime to ethnic conflict in Dar foreign in South Coan by just making some weapon, an arming of the contradictional tribes and making it just to protect the regime in the middle.

    And then they created the national intelligence, which was very brutal against civilians and K in other states and areas. And then it was the regime against the people. People are insisting of taking overthrowing the regime, and the regime was insisting to take on power. And that’s why they created different procedures and different strategies to stay on power. And one of the main strategies that resulted in the recent war, this ongoing war, is by RSF, which is mainly created by the regime. It was directly belonging and reporting to the regime instead of belonging and reporting and getting orders from the national army. So that’s why this is one of the militias and the other militias also created by the regime either to fight alongside with them or create militias to find the other art movements. So the regime was planning to stay that was negatively affecting the situation, the economic situation, the social situation, the security situation in Sudan, and people were getting frustrated and getting suppressed anytime. So in December 19, people will go out and the regime tried to do a lot of strategies during that very short period, but they didn’t manage to do anything and then they overthrown. But the results of that and the implications of the previous actions are still affecting Sudan.

    Nisrin Elamin:

    Yeah, I think I would just add that like Ibrahim said, I think the RSF formerly known as the Jja weed, who were largely responsible for the genocide and ur, that started in 2003, which of course was carried out in partnership with the army, but the RSF was really the jja weed at the time were really the ones who were burning villages to the ground, destroying people’s livelihoods and farming infrastructure to sort of make sure people couldn’t return to their farming land. That those got turned by the Bashi regime about 10 years later into this paramilitary force called the RSF. And around that time in 2014, the European Union through something called the process also legitimized the Jja or the RSF as it was named at that time, turning it essentially into its border patrol at the border between Sudan and Libya. So at the time, they paid the Bashir regime about $200 million to transform and legitimize the RSF and to kind of externalize its border to stem the migration of East Africans into Libya so that they wouldn’t have to deal with the problem at the Mediterranean.

    And so there was a kind of dual purpose here, both using the RSF for external international partners, the RSF and the Army both sent troops to fight in the war in Yemen, the Saudi coalition’s behalf. So they became kind of mercenaries for hire. And of course the Bashi regime was using them also to coup proof their regime against the army, right? Because having learned from the 64 and 85 revolution, the Bashi regime kind of wanted to make sure that another kind of army coup couldn’t happen easily. So I think that’s one element of the story.

    Blanca Missé:

    What are the other players embedded now in the situation in Sudan, right? Because you’ve told us the national or internal dynamics and how actually the war going on today that is really harming and causing all these fatalities among civilians. It’s kind of engineered by this detector regime that has fallen but not fallen. But I do think that we also hear other foreign powers embedded today in Sudan. And my question would be can you explain to us who is also intervening in Sudan and what would be a path for national liberation in Sudan today?

    Nisrin Elamin:

    Yeah, I mean, I think they’ve always been external powers entangled in and sort of interested and engaged in extracting Sudanese resources. And I would say over the last two decades, probably some of the most prominent external players have been the Gulf States, like the Emirates, like Saudi Arabia. And just as an example, I study the large scale investments in land that Saudis and Emiratis and real estate and ports that Saudis and Emiratis have made over the last two decades. And I would estimate that about that they’ve combined invested about 27 billion in Sudanese real estate land and then efforts to kind of acquire ports, none of which have actually succeeded. And they’ve actually, right before the war, they controlled more Sudanese land than all of Sudan’s domestic, large domestic investors combined. So what does that mean? It means basically that they have a lot at stake, and that continued military rule is what’s going to allow them to protect those investments.

    A lot of them also cause tensions and resistance. If I study some of the, I kind of worked in some of the communities that surround these Saudi and Emirati owned farms, and all of them faced resistance because this land was essentially taken by the state from small farmers and herders who have been using these communal lands for generations. And so a lot of them got kind of essentially pushed out of their livelihoods, and then some got absorbed into the continuously expanding security state that was repressing more and more different forms of urban and rural descent. So I think those are important actors. There are lots of other actors I mentioned the European Union, the Russians and the Turks have been vying for space along the Red Sea because of Sudan has a very long coast along the Red Sea, and everybody has. So lots of countries have been vying and trying to kind of privatize the national port.

    Not to much success. There is an active and powerful port union that has been resisting these attempts to privatize the port. But right before the war, the Emirate signed a 6 billion port deal with Sudanese governments and business elites about 200 kilometers north of the national port that included an airport, a private toll road that would link them to some of their agribusiness investments further inland. And the idea I think was not only to kind of secure a strategic post along the Red Sea, but also to undermine the national port in order to control better control what is coming in and out of the country.

    Ibrahim Alduma:

    Yeah, thank you so much. I think you already explained everything, but I just wanted to maybe more explanation of their interest in Sudan. As you mentioned that the ports, and as you know, Sudan don’t have that sophisticated port, so maybe all of these regional forces are aiming to access S export and trying to build a new part on their interest, on their direction. One of the most important things is the gold and Sudan producing or people working on mining, maybe the regular or regular mining, producing more than hundreds of tons yearly in Sudan. And most of these tons and gold were controlled by RSF and by the general Heti himself. So United Arab Emirs were very interested in this gold and didn’t even want to get it with the normal regulations of the state. They just wanted to smuggle it and then that make them support RSF and having direct relations between them and that this started with the previous regime and then continue with RSF.

    The other thing that we have the natural resources, which is also very interesting for the international access to control it. And we had, this is funny thing, but proxy, we witnessed that RSF and some brigades of Sudanese armed forces were fighting alongside the Gulf countries forces in Yemen that also were very interesting for these countries. We had some competition between different access, especially maybe even at that time, United States or Russia, because Russia wanted to get access also in the airport in Sudan, which is threatening the United States interest and maybe the national security and that area security as well. Because if we had this port and we had the other side ports like Yemen, g Putti and Saudi Arabia, but also we make some competition around these things in those areas, we had some also ideological competition. The government was trying to be an ally with some of the international access and government just to have very long leasing contracts for the Sudan real estate land in 90 years, 99 years for the government and for the interest of the government at that time just to collect money to run the country. And then of course when they don’t have any kind of resource, very good resources to cover the deficit and the deficit of the budget of Sudan. Yeah,

    Blanca Missé:

    Wow. So what I’m hearing is that on top of having to deal with the fight for their political rights against neoliberalism, against the privatization of the land, against the necessities of life every day, and these two rival factions, the RSF and the Army, the Sudanese people also have to deal with all these foreign powers. We’re trying to build new ports, privatize ports, seize the gold, get access to natural resources. So there is also a situation where the independence of Sudan as a country is also being at stake in the midst of all of this conflict. And one thing that I want us to touch upon is the huge humanitarian crisis happening in Sudan right now, right? Because we have heard a lot and rightly so about the impact of the Israeli genocide on Palestine and also of Putin’s war in Ukraine, the number of displaced people, number of folks dealing with food insecurity, lack of medical care, housing. But the situation on Sudan is of a magnitude that I think many folks in the western world are not seizing, and also because it’s not reported in the mainstream news. So I wonder if you just want to let us know what is happening right now in Sudan in terms of the humanitarian crisis and the basic fight for survival of the civilian population?

    Ibrahim Alduma:

    Thank you so much for this question. I think this is very interesting and very important after the two years just to know that the April 15th was the second anniversary of the war in the study in Sudan. And when I came here to the United States hearing that it’s a civil war, it’s a civil war, people just narrating that this is a civil war and I think this will reduce the attention to Sudan, just people fighting as usual. And this is not the right thing that happening in Sudan. When the war started in Sudan, it was the sharing, fighting on power between two generalists. But as soon as that they started RSF turned to attack civilians in Sudan while donor protect civilians. So when they started RSF are literally occupying people houses in Harum and then they expanded to Al Jazeera. They made about four or five genocides against village and the people resisting to save their people, to save their families, to save their lands in Al Jazeera.

    And then they repeated the same genocide in, and now they are repeating it only four days ago, they made the genocide in Zza IDB camp in north, therefore, which use the only state that under SelfControl now, and it’s the only safe haven for the whole civilians in therefore it contains more than 2 million families. They were all displaced this week and they killed more than 500 people, women, children, and men. And now they are coordinating those area for men over 18 and under 70. They will not be able to get out of this place and all the people cannot do anything regarding them. They are lacking the main and the basic needs for surviving. They’re lacking the medical support, they’re lacking everything. Even those emergency response rooms who are like, we are serving those people with the lack of funding and lack resources for them now, they can’t access this place to fund these people.

    There are a very small number of organizations still functioning there despite the cordon of RSF against civilians and innocent people in therefore, but they are suffering now. And we can bring to the context now the stop of USAID funding, which he was covering a lot of resource and a lot of needs for the local emergency response agencies and the other local organizations. So what I can say briefly, the situation and the humanitarian situation in therefore now and in Sudan in all over Sudan is horrible. It’s very difficult for people to survive or to find the lifesaving materials and things.

    Nisrin Elamin:

    Yeah. Thank you Ibrahim. I mean, I think just to sort of add on to that, the numbers are really quite devastating. I think the UN estimates that about 30 million people, which is more than half the population needs urgent food assistance. And both sides have been using food aid and kind of starvation as a weapon of war by obstructing food aid trucks from getting in and reaching the people that are most in need. 19 million children are out of school. The healthcare system has largely collapsed. People really haven’t been able, for the most part, been able to earn a living since April 15th, so of 2023, so that’s two years ago now. And so in the most recent weeks, in addition to the genocidal massacres that have just occurred in IDP camps in north that Ibrahim was describing, there’ve also been a number of dengue and other kinds of disease epidemics that are very difficult to control because of the lack of medication, lack of electricity, lack of clean water.

    So even now that cartoon, the RSF has retreated from qto, people are, and the Jata people are returning to places that don’t have much infrastructure where sort of basic services aren’t running anymore and where even the agencies have for the most part not returned. So it’s a pretty dire situation. And in addition to all of this, 14 million people have been displaced several across Sudan, seven borders, but we haven’t really seen, at least to my knowledge, no country has issued expedited free refugee visas for Sudanese people. So for the most part, people are kind of trapped inside the country and are unable to leave. And I think as Ibrahim was saying, I think it’s very important to frame this war not as a civil war, but as a war against civilians. I like to think of it as an internationalized counter-revolutionary war that is meant to preserve the kind of current miniaturized, kleptocratic, ethnonationalist state, and really the interests of Sudanese military elites and their international partners. And so I think once we understand it as that, as a counter-revolutionary war that is meant to essentially make sure that the revolutionaries on the ground don’t get to build a kind of popular democracy from the ground up. If we understand it as such, then I think it’s also easier to figure out who the external forces are and how they need to be interrupted. Right.

    Blanca Missé:

    Yeah, I think this definition you just gave us is really useful, right? Because if we move from the framework of civil war, two factions fighting for power, which also by the media is always portrayed as Iran was saying, oh, there’s always war and what can we do? But if we say, well, this is a counter-revolution, right? A counter-revolution against a democratic political revolution. So you have two factions are actually, the war they’re having is not so much against each other. They’re fighting against each other, but they’re mainly fighting against the revolution, right? That’s their point of agreement. And they’re internationalized because they all have, these international partners are also trying to make profit of the country. Now, when I listen to this description and if we compound the analysis of the kind of war we have in Sudan, plus what you both have described right now of the very, very dire humanitarian crisis with the displacement, the food insecurity, the lack of medical supplies maybe will feel a little bit out of hope about a way out.

    But I do know that both of you have been also talking about the fact that it exists today, process of organization of the civilian population from below some neighborhood committees, some forms of organizing that started the revolution and they’re still active. Nareen, you just mentioned the role of the Dock Workers Union in the port to prevent the privatization of the port and the earth selling of the port to foreign assets. So could you describe to us how are the civilian population, the working people in Sudan today being organized and resisting this tremendous war, and what are the role these committees are playing so our audience can understand that in the midst of this, there is still hope and there’s still folks we need to be in solidarity with, we can organize and we need to amplify their voices.

    Ibrahim Alduma:

    So if we witness that the Sudanese people and Sudanese working as Sudanese volunteers, as Sudanese robots have been active, as we mentioned here since 2011, they had the revolutionary of voluntary work, which was covering the gap of the government in doing their male responsibilities. Then they came the first revolution in 2019 in July, and then it was brutally suppressed by the intelligence. And then they started in 2013 also they had some processions also suppressed. And also we remember that the civil disobedience in 2016, and it was concluded with the 2019 revolution. This was building a very strong and consistent civil work and public work for Sudanese and even revolutionary work for Sudanese youth. And it was maybe one or two generations have been working together and handing over the experience between each other. They’re sharing their experience until we had the revolution of 2019. The same people, same resistance committees have been participating actively in revolution.

    They are participating now actively in the emergency response rooms and then the other civil society platforms and the advocacy platforms. And we have also the media platforms and different aspects of platforms and civil society organizations, they are still active, but their voice is not amplified as well because we are seeing that too. The worrying parties are still militarizing the political horizon on Sudan and they’re occupying even the previous attempts to having a solution. And the negotiation attempts in Jah and Manama and with an iga, all of these negotiation tables were only contents of the worrying parties and the people that following the worrying parties. Now we have two aspects of political experience, Sudan, we have the aspect of those political components that they are just either support staff or RF, which they are part of them. And we have the independent political components, which they don’t have even the opportunity to participate in the political negotiations on these things.

    So if we found an opportunity, those people are trying their best to find an opportunity to participate in the peace process from the beginning and not let the spirit to the warring parties get to resolve it. And having political agreements like just the previous political agreements and resharing the power again and Recontinue ruling against the civilians again. So a lot of people are calling for the revolutionary goals, freedom, peace, and justice and inclusivity. So those people are still calling for inclusivity, but I don’t know the way of getting in if we didn’t have any kind of support, international support that I guarantee some tables and packs and the majority for those people to participate in the peace process.

    Nisrin Elamin:

    Yeah, thank you. Just to add to that, I think just to take a step back, the resistance committees that Ibrahim was just talking about date back really to about 2013, right? We talked earlier about the protests that occurred in 20 11, 20 13, and 2016, and the ones in 2013 were very much led by kind of these kind of emerging neighborhood resistance committees. And they’re essentially these consensus-based collectives that are based at the neighborhood level that operate fairly autonomously and reflect the sort of political and social class of the neighborhood that they emerged from. And before the war, there were about 8,000 of them across the country, rural, urban, many coordinated at the sort of local and regional national level, but again also operating fairly autonomously. And we saw in 2022, sorry, revolutionary charters emerge that really laid out what a popular democracy from the ground up could look like.

    And also actually at the very beginning of the war, there was a kind of vision to end the war that they put out as well. And so I think we’re looking at young people who are, I mean it’s quite intergenerational as well, but people who are very politically astute, who have been organizing now for over a decade to fill the gap left behind by a kind of absent service providing civilian state. So before the war beyond protests, they were also coordinating flood relief efforts, covid prevention efforts, all kinds of things. They were mobilizing against government land grabs, and often in conjunction with unions and other kind of opposition bodies. And so I think it’s important to note that as soon as Alba was ousted in April of 2019, the counter-revolution kind of started. I mean you could argue even before then, but we really saw there was a transitional government that was formed between military elites from within and Bashir’s inner circles, which included Heti and Al Bohan heads of the RSF and the Army who formed a transitional military council and then kind of a partnership or transitional governments with civilian elites, many from the diaspora who really kind of sidelined those more radical elements of the revolution, namely the resistance committees, but also many other kind of more working class constituencies in the formation of that transitional government that was meant to move Sudan towards democratic elections in a couple of years.

    And so it’s during that transition that we really saw handpicked civilian elites turn outwards and sort of adopt a very neoliberal economic agenda that was meant to pull Sudan out of isolation. After decades of Clinton era sanctions, we saw them cozying up to international financial institutions. The Abrams Accord was signed in 2020, which is a normalization with Israel agreement in exchange for about $1 billion in annual funding from the World Bank. And then you saw Aku that was orchestrated together between the RSF and the Army in October of 2021, in part because they were worried that their economic assets would be kind of turned over to civilian oversight. So as Rahi mentioned, the RSF controls a lot of the gold in Sudan. Sudan is the third largest producer of gold. And then on the other hand, we have the army which controls about 200 companies in wheat, cement, gum, Arabic real estate, et cetera.

    So a good portion of the economy is controlled by these military elites. And I think that’s partly what we’re seeing play itself out here in addition to gold. I think another commodity that is being traded in and through this war is livestock, but also gum Arabic. And I want to emphasize livestock in particular because through it we’ve seen over the last two years, millions of heads of livestock move from RSF controlled territories through army controlled territories to export terminals at the border with Egypt and Saudi Arabia. And it’s as they move, livestock traders are given the freedom to move and are protected. So we see the RSF and the Army essentially collaborate around that. And as Sudanese people starve and as people fleeing war and humanitarian aid is being obstructed or attacked, I think that is a important example of how the army and the RSF are willing to cooperate when it comes to extracting profits through this war, but not when it comes to addressing the humanitarian crisis.

    I think it’s important to think about the counter-revolution as having started before this war, but also to think about this humanitarian crisis and the food crisis in particular as one that started decades earlier through these kind of neoliberal privatization policies that continued throughout the transition. And that there are, for example, right now, the resistance committees have transformed to some degree, or at least it is out of the resistance committees, that these emergency response rooms have emerged, and they’re the ones who are at the forefront of relief efforts, coordinating communal kitchens and emergency health clinics and turning defunct schools into shelters, et cetera, with very little support. And we’ve also seen groups like the Farmers Alliance of the DITA and Manal who are trying to get people to come back to their land through a we must plant campaign where they’ve distributed seeds to about 1,500 families. And the purpose of that campaign is not just to allow people to feed themselves by planting subsistence crops in their own compounds, but also to make sure that people return to their land so that the war does not become a pretext for more land grabs by either domestic or foreign interests.

    Blanca Missé:

    Thank you, Rin, because I think what you are saying is that in the midst of this political revolution against the dictatorship for political rights, this resistance committees that began to get coordinated and formulate as what you label a popular democracy, they were also asking to control the social and economic resources of the country, right? And you mentioned 2021, a moment where the RSF and the Army got together to squash that possibility to protect private interest, the ruling elite interest, and then you give the example of how they even collaborated to allow livestocks circulation all the way to exportation to ensure the profits keep entering. So there is definitely a strong class dimension of what’s happening in Sudan that is combined with the political democratic rights and the demands to live with democratic rights for all. Now, you mentioned that experience of living in an extractive economy, it’s not something new that it has always been part of the life and the social fabric and the economic fabric of Sudan. And I wonder if you can talk a little bit about the legacy of colonialism in Sudan and how the ruling elites have shaped the economy way before this wave of struggle. Can you give us a little bit more insight?

    Nisrin Elamin:

    Yeah, I mean, for me, I think it’s important to start thinking about the roots of this war as the post-colonial state was forming in the 1950s. Essentially, when Britain left in 1956, they sort of handed us an extractive war economy, or rather an economy dependent on the extraction of cash crops like cotton, but also a political system that was kind of reconfigured to serve the interests of a kind of northern and central Sudanese, Nubian and Arab identified elite. And so for example, at Independence, 800 administrative seats were handed over to Sudanese elites, and these include top military officials, government scheme managers, like agricultural scheme managers, police top police officials, et cetera. And of those 800 seats, only six of them went to South Sudan, which at the time was the size of Texas. Now, of course, it’s an independent nation, and I think that encapsulates in many ways, sort of the ways in which the systemic marginalization of sudan’s, large peripheries, I don’t like to call them peripheries because they’re very, very large areas, but it does, I think that word tells us a little bit about the relationship between the center and these other regions of the country.

    And so one of the first kind of forms of resistance that emerged in response to that kind of pseudonymization process, and I should say that the composition of the parliament was similarly unequal, maybe not quite as stark. And so people in places like South Sudan, ur, especially where there are large non-Arab populations arid grievances against this kind of imbalanced lack of political representation. And so we saw South Sudanese resistance fighters or resistance emerge quite quickly first in the form of nonviolent labor protests that were suppressed. But then later on, people also took up arms because South Sudan was essentially subsumed by the northern elite run government as a kind of internal colony, if you will. And people were demanding more political representation, equitable resource distribution. And those same demands were made many, many times throughout the decades and often were met with state violence instead of concessions.

    So I think for me, it’s important to always go back to that because I think a lot of people will put the blame on the bashi regime, which it absolutely deserves to be there. But the NIR regime before it, and even regimes that go further back are also to blame in sort of sustaining this extractive economy and also in constructing a kind of elite run ethnonationalist kleptocratic state that to this day really has not been challenged in any significant way. And I think what we’re seeing, at least for me, one of the things that I am hopeful about is that the resistance committees are in many ways, and the emergency response rooms during this war are in many ways organizing in the absence or sort of parallel maybe to the state and are demonstrating to us that we can very much function. In fact, we would probably function much better without the miniaturized states. And so to me, that does give me some hope, as bleak as the situation is, as far as we are right now from even the potential of a popular democracy, there is I think some hope for me because the legacy of the revolution has really been kept alive. You see the organizing continue in the most devastating and dangerous and difficult of circumstances.

    Ibrahim Alduma:

    Yeah, thank you, Naim, for mentioning a lot of things. I just wanted to start out, the colonial was built the capacity of some sese civilians and Sese employee to serve their interests and give them some privilege over the other people. So they started building these employees, and when they got out, they just left those employees at the new manifest state, which they were not capable to be manifest state. So they were incapable to manage the country without supervision of the colonial at that time. That’s why we had a lot of courses started. When the first school of Abbo in 1642, it was 1964, that was because of the civilians came to the military to take over the rule. This is the first school in Sudan. So they were not capable to run the country, and they were not interested in the people’s interest, so they were not representing the people.

    And one of the main things also from the colonial legacy that the highest authority in Sudan was always the executive authority. So the general attorney, now, the current general attorney of Sudan was appointed by the head of the military. So now the highest authority, the military, mainly because they make the course and the executive authority. So we don’t have very effective and powerful legislative, and we don’t have any effective or powerful judicial authority that made also very difficult for the people to fight for their rights and to find some people representing the interest of people. And this also continuing the legacy of colonialism that not serving the people, but serving the main interest of the highest people, which is the military as ministry mentioned, that they are occupying more than 50% of the Sudan, economic and Sudan investment companies and entities.

    Blanca Missé:

    Thank you, Brian. So we have thrown a lot of information to people who are listening to this podcast. And I think something we need to talk about before we part ways in this wonderful interview and discussion is what do we want people to do with this information? In which ways the US and the Canadian government are complicit or embedded in the current oppression and violence of the Sudanese people today? And how can working people in the US and Canada stand in solidarity with their siblings in Sudan? I think if we could give our audience here some ways to get involved, some things they need to start thinking to position themselves in the world as living in the United States or in Canada today, I think that will be very important. So we can also give a sense of agency for working people in the US and how they can connect with working people in Sudan.

    Ibrahim Alduma:

    So first thing that the ongoing war in Sudan is destabilizing the whole region. As you know, Sudan has borders with nine countries and it has borders and Sudanese part with East Africa, ho Africa, north Africa, and Sahel. So all of these countries are affected by the conflict, the ongoing conflict in Sudan and this conflict are mainly affecting the Sudanese civilians and affecting the land and affecting the whole economic situation in the country and in the neighboring countries. United States, new administration are very keen to take the leadership in resolving a lot of issues and conflicts around the world, and also to protect America from a lot of, so when we think of this, we can think of the first thing, the national and international security. We see that people are affected by the genocide of war parties, especially RSF. And we see that people, we have human trafficking around the Sudanese borders to fight inside Sudan and getting money to get back to travel or wherever they want to go.

    And we have gold smuggling and without regulation. So we have a lot of international problems at that area. So participating in conflict and fostering for Sudanese that will stabilize the whole region at that area. And also benefiting for Sudanese and benefiting for the humanitarian and human rights of those people who are highly affected by this war. They didn’t choose to and they didn’t sign up for. So I think one of the main things that American and Canadian people can do is just understanding the situation in Sudanese, not a civil war, as we mentioned in the beginning, is the war against humanitarian and war against economy and war against the whole stable country and stable continent in that area. So I also went to mention something here that we had several meetings with congressmen in Washington DC during this week and during the Sudan advocacy week just to raise the awareness and to raise the attention and interest of race people.

    Now all of the Canadian people are represented by those people. So if you could just do something related, they just take an attention about Sudan, that’s something happening in that country in Africa. And you can, if you do something, an initiative to call your representative to just tell them to support some of the bills of Sudan, like for example, Sudan Accountability Act, which will end the immunity of those who committed crimes in Sudan during the previous decay and in the ongoing war. So if you can support, your representative could support the Sudan Accountability Act, which will be presented for voting in the next period in the Congress here. And also America can support the other bill of American involvement in Sudan. And also they stop selling the weapons and defense arms for United States of Emirates, United Arab Emirates as they are not the final positioning. They are passing these weapon, the American weapons and the other countries weapons like China weapons to RSF, to committing genocide against people, against civilian people in Sudan. So I think American and Canadian people are allowed to do, just call your representatives to do something regarding this, to pay attention on Sudan. And that would put some pressure to the United States leadership to take the leadership to resolve these problems that are happening there. And also if we could ask to appoint and especially invo for Sudan, that will be very effective for running and to managing the Sudan file around the executive administration of the United States, and that will be very helpful in fostering the peace of Sudan.

    Blanca Missé:

    Thank you. Ray, do you want to add anything about what working people can do in the US to support Sudanese revolution today?

    Nisrin Elamin:

    Yeah, I mean, I think for me, I would prefer sort of hands-off Sudan approach in the sense that I think there have been very many negative forms of external intervention that need to be stopped. Ira, he mentioned, for example, the UAE, right? It’s one of the external actors that has invested the most in this war. There are lots of others, but they’re supporting the RSF and they don’t really produce weapons. The US and Canada provides the UAE with weapons, and they could be leveraging that to get them to stop fueling this war and extracting Sudanese gold in exchange for weapons to the RSF. So I think that’s one example I generally feel right before this war, there was a video that was circulating on Twitter of the head of the World food Program. David Beasley at the time, he also used to be a Republican senator, and he was standing in the middle of a Sudanese wheat field basically telling people that this is land that needs to be invested in that it could solve the kind of food shortages created by the Russian War on Ukraine, and that American private investors needed to come in and sort of start investing in this land.

    And to me, that was an indication that as Sudan was kind of trying to cozy up with international financial institutions, that it was opening up this opportunity for the US to kind of start reinvesting. And if you look at Canada, for example, just during this war a couple of weeks ago, we were protesting in front of PDAC, which is one of the largest mining conventions in the world that happens in Toronto every year. And Sudan had sent a delegation to explore mining opportunities in Sudan in the middle of a war. And there have been companies like Orca Gold, like Talisman Oil, these are Canadian companies that have invested in Sudanese oil and other kinds of minerals, and basically funded the Sudanese government under BA to clear land that they wanted to extract resources from, meaning they gave the Bashir regime weapons and money to forcibly displace and kill people at the height of the Civil War with South Sudan and right before the genocide and UR began.

    So they have blood on their hands too. I think a lot of Canadians and US citizens probably, or us folks think that we don’t have much to do with this war, but if we take a sort longer look, there have always been European and North American corporate interests in the region and in Sudan that I think we need to hold them to account as well. So a present example is there was a Canadian, Montreal based PR firm led by an Israeli ex intelligence officer called Dickens and Madson that represented the RSF after they committed a massacre breaking up a very powerful sit-in that overthrew ah, Rashid, and then kind of stayed in place for several months because their demands really exceeded regime change. And so it was right after that that this company started representing them to kind of clean up their image and to bolster the international relations with the UAE, and at the time it was Russia’s Wagner group in order.

    And so they came into this war having had that backing and that support to kind of expand their relationships with international elites who are now fueling the war. So I say all this to say that there is a kind of corporate network of murders, as I like to call them, that have their tentacles not only in Sudan, but also in Palestine. If you think about the weapons industry, weapons that are being sold to the Israelis, but also in the Congo, if we think about the companies that are selling arms to the Rwanda, national Rwanda Defense forces. So I think that’s one of the things that I want people to start doing, is to connect the dots and to recognize that when we’re calling on our universities to divest from companies that are funding these really defense forces, for example, look and see whether or not those same companies are also funding or selling arms to the UAE, because then that can be a sort of broader campaign to say, okay, we’re going to be divesting from multiple genocidal wars.

    So I think that’s one. And then finally, two more things. One, I think the second thing I would say is that I would really love for people in the US to educate themselves about what is happening in Sudan. Not much is said in the news, but there’s plenty of information on social media. One of the people I recommend goes by BS on Blasts, Atan. She gives very regular updates on the war, Sudan Tribune radio, dga, there’s various, maybe we could put that in the show notes, but there’s various accounts that people can follow and also go to their websites because these are news agencies as well. And then finally support the emergency response rooms and the Farmers Alliance and some of these other civilian led mutual aid groups and organizing that is happening on the ground. We’ve been raising money through the Sudan Solidarity Collective, which is a group that I’m a part of that’s based here in Canada for the emergency response rooms, but also for the We Must Plant Campaign of the Farmers Alliance.

    And most of it is from small donors. Most of our donors are 10 25, 70 $5 a month donors who help us sustain this support. So if people want to support, they can go to Sudan solidarity.com. We also have a series called Workshops for Sudan, which we just launched, which is modeled after workshops for za, and they really supported us in launching this. The next workshop is on May 5th, and it’s going to be led by Ruthie Wilson Gilmore. And so people can sign up for workshops for Sudan on our website as well, ww Sudan solidarity.com. Thank you so much.

    Blanca Missé:

    That was our Sudan episode of Solidarity Without exception with our two Sudanese guests who connected the dots between the interest of the US and other powerful capitalist forces in the region, such as Israel or the United Arab Emirates, and their continuation of the ongoing Contra revolution in Sudan. And also the need to support the resistance committees and unite the independent struggles of working people from Sudan to Ukraine to Syria to Palestine. Our solidarity efforts here in the US matter. Therefore, stay tuned for a next episode of Solidarity Without exception.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Blanca Missé.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/27/sudan-is-being-torn-apart-by-civil-war-genocide-and-imperialist-plunder-how-can-the-global-working-class-help-stop-the-violence/feed/ 0 535084
    Trump vs. Academic Freedom: President Escalates Attacks on Harvard & International Students https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/27/trump-vs-academic-freedom-president-escalates-attacks-on-harvard-international-students-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/27/trump-vs-academic-freedom-president-escalates-attacks-on-harvard-international-students-2/#respond Tue, 27 May 2025 15:34:46 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=8a8f483ef836a14da9ae130ec128ddeb
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/27/trump-vs-academic-freedom-president-escalates-attacks-on-harvard-international-students-2/feed/ 0 535030
    Trump’s climate denial may help a livestock-killing pest make a comeback https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/trump-climate-denial-screwworm-fly-make-comeback/ https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/trump-climate-denial-screwworm-fly-make-comeback/#respond Tue, 27 May 2025 15:29:10 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=665876 To a throng of goats foraging in a remote expanse of Sanibel Island, Florida, the low whir of a plane flying overhead was perhaps the only warning of what was to come. As it passed, the specially modified plane dropped scores of parasitic New World screwworm flies through an elongated chute onto the herd.

    Then the plane’s whir gave way to the swarm’s buzz. It was 1952, and the U.S. Department of Agriculture was conducting a series of field tests with male screwworm flies that had been sterilized with gamma radiation. The experiment’s aim was to get them to mate with their female counterparts, reduce the species’ ability to reproduce, and gradually shrink the population — and its screw-shaped larvae’s propensity to burrow into living mammals before swiftly killing their host — into oblivion. 

    It didn’t fully work, but the population did diminish. So the team of scientists tried again; this time in an even more remote location — Curaçao, an island in the Dutch Caribbean. That quickly proved to be successful, a welcome development after a decades-long battle by scientists, farmers, and government officials against the fly, which was costing the U.S. economy millions annually and endangering colossal numbers of livestock, wildlife, and even the occasional human. Within months, the screwworm population on Curaçao fell, and the tactic would be replicated at scale. 

    The USDA took its extermination campaign first throughout much of the south, and then all the way west to California. From then on, planes loaded with billions of sterilized insects were also routinely flown over Mexico and Central America. By the 1970s, most traces of the screwworm had vanished from the U.S., and by the early 1990s, it had all but disappeared from across the southern border and throughout the southernmost region of North America.  

    Since 1994, the USDA has partnered with the Panamanian government to control and wipe out established populations all the way down to the country’s southeastern Darién province, where the Comisión Panamá–Estados Unidos para la Erradicación y Prevención del Gusano Barrenador del Ganado, or COPEG, now maintains what’s colloquially called the “Great American Worm Wall.” Each week, millions of sterilized screwworms bred in a nearby production facility are dropped by plane over the rainforest along the Panama-Colombia border — an invisible screwworm biological barrier zone, complete with round-the-clock human-operated checkpoints and inspections. But questions are now surfacing about its efficacy. 

    The pest is attracted to open wounds as small as tick bites and mucous membranes, such as nasal passages, where the female fly lays her eggs. A single female can lay up to 300 eggs at a time, and has the capacity to produce thousands during her short lifespan. Those eggs then hatch into larvae that burrow into the host animals with sharp mouth hooks and feed on living flesh. 

    To save the host, the larvae must be removed from the infested tissue. Otherwise the infestation can cause serious harm, and can even be fatal within a matter of days.

    Female flies generally mate only once in their lifespan, but can continuously lay more than one batch of eggs every few days, which is why the sterile insect technique has long been considered a fail-safe tactic, when accompanied by surveillance, host treatment and quarantine, for wiping out populations. The best way to prevent infestation, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, is to avoid exposure.

    About 20 years after the “Worm Wall” was created, the screwworm was spotted in the Florida Keys, the first sighting in the Sunshine State since the 1960s. An endangered deer population in Big Pine Key was discovered with the tell-tale symptoms of gaping wounds and erratic, pained behavior. The USDA responded rapidly, deploying hordes of sterilized flies, setting up fly traps in affected areas, and euthanizing deer with advanced infections. In totality, the parasite killed more than 130 Key deer, a population estimated at less than 1,000 before the outbreak. Though the threat was contained by the following year, the incident stoked concerns throughout the country. 

    No one really knows why the “Worm Wall” has started to fail. Some believe that human-related activities, such as increasing cattle movements and agricultural expansion, have allowed the flies to breach the barrier that, until recently, has been highly effective at curbing the insect’s range expansion. Max Scott, professor of entomology and genetics at North Carolina State University, researches strains of livestock pests for genetic control programs, with a focus on the screwworm. 

    “Why did it break down after being successful for so long? That’s the million-dollar question,” said Scott. 

    Bridget Baker, a veterinarian and research assistant professor at the University of Florida Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences, thinks climate change may have had something to do with the screwworm’s sudden reappearance in the Florida Keys. “There was a major storm just prior to the outbreak. So the question is, ‘Were flies blown up from, like Cuba, for example, into the Florida Keys from that storm?’” said Baker. Though invasive in the U.S., the screwworm is endemic in Cuba, South America, Haiti, and the Dominican Republic. 

    “And if there’s more major storms, could that potentially lead to more of these upward trajectories of the fly? With climate change, all sorts of species are expected to have range shifts, and so it would be reasonable to assume that the flies could also experience those range shifts. And those range shifts are expected to come higher in latitude.”

    In the past few years, we may have seen just that happen. In 2023, an explosive screwworm outbreak occurred in Panama — the recorded cases in the country shot up from an average of 25 cases annually to more than 6,500. Later that year, an infected cow was found in southern Mexico not far from the border of Guatemala. In response, last November, the USDA halted Mexico’s livestock imports from entering Texas and increased deployments of sterile screwworm males south of the border. Early this year, the suspension was lifted, after both nations agreed to enhanced inspection protocols. 

    Then, on May 11, the USDA suspended live cattle, horse, and bison imports from Mexico yet again. The fly had been spotted in remote farms in the Mexican states of Oaxaca and Veracruz, only 700 miles from the southern U.S. border. Experts worry it may just be on the verge of resurging in the U.S. 

    If the screwworm does regain its stronghold in the U.S., estimates suggest it will result in  billions in livestock, trade, and ecological losses, and the costs of eradication will be steep. It could also take years to wipe out again, and decades for sectors like the cattle industry to recover. But with President Donald Trump’s USDA overtly refusing to acknowledge climate change or fund climate solutions, and federal cuts resulting in a skeleton agency to tackle the issue, any attempts to halt the range expansion of the fly may ultimately be doomed.

    In a press release about the temporary ban, the USDA noted that it would be renewed “on a month-by-month basis, until a significant window of containment is achieved.”

    “This is not about politics or punishment of Mexico, rather it is about food and animal safety,” stated Agriculture Secretary Brooke Rollins, who previously criticized Mexico for imposing restrictions on a USDA contractor conducting “high-volume precision aerial releases” of sterilized flies in its southern region.

    New Mexico Senator Ben Ray Luján, a Democrat and member of the Senate Committee on Agriculture, Nutrition, and Forestry, co-sponsored the STOP Screwworms Act, a bill introduced to the Senate on May 14 that would authorize $300 million for USDA to begin construction on a new sterile fly production facility.

    “It is vital that Congress act to pass this legislation to protect our farmers and ranchers and prevent an outbreak in the U.S.,” Luján told Grist. When asked about the absence of climate change in the USDA’s messaging about the screwworm, Luján said he’d “long fought to ensure our agricultural communities have the tools they need to confront climate change and its growing impact on farmers and ranchers. Unfortunately, this administration does not share those priorities.” 

    The bill has bipartisan support, but another major concern is the USDA’s shrinking capacity to contain the screwworm threat. As part of an effort by the administration to gut spending across most federal agencies, the USDA has cut more than 15,000 staffers since January, leaving behind a skeleton workforce. Several hundred were employees at the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service who were working to prevent invasive pest and disease outbreaks. The budget reconciliation bill currently making its way through Congress includes proposals to further cut USDA spending and gut the agency’s research arms.  

    A spokesperson for the USDA declined to comment for this article, and did not respond to Grist’s questions about the role of climate change in escalating the screwworm expansion risk.

    Andrew Paul Gutierrez, professor emeritus at University of California, Berkeley, has been investigating the relationship between invasive pests and weather since the 1970s. In 2014, he found that the screwworm moves northward to new regions on anticyclonic winds, or a high-pressure weather system, which scientists believe warming may be affecting — leading to prolonged and more intense heatwaves and shifting wind patterns.

    Before it was widely eradicated, the screwworm had been considered somewhat of a seasonal problem in more northern climates where it wasn’t endemic, as it was routinely killed off by freezing temperatures. Though the metallic green-blue fly thrives in tropical temperatures, it doesn’t tend to survive in conditions lower than 45 degrees Fahrenheit, though the movement of livestock and wildlife has shown that colder spells aren’t a silver bullet. As the planet heats up, rising temperatures are creating more favorable conditions for a legion of agricultural pests, like the parasitic fly, to spread and thrive.

    Thirty-year average coldest temperatures are rising almost everywhere in the U.S., a new Climate Central analysis found. Future climatic modeling predicts those average temperatures will only continue to climb — further influencing which plants and insects thrive and where across the country.

    “With climate change … if it becomes warm enough, and you can get permanent establishment in those areas, then we got a problem,” said Gutierrez. 

    By skirting the role of climate change and weather dynamics in escalating the threat, Gutierrez questions whether the USDA’s response and longer-term plan to combat the threat from screwworm flies is destined to fall short. The agency’s response is missing what Gutierrez designates “really critical” insight into how screwworms interact with temperature conditions, and what climate-induced shifts in those means for its survival and reproduction. 

    The USDA, said Gutierrez, “spends an awful lot of money” on dealing with the screwworm issue, but he argues that is being hindered by a lack of understanding of the weather-pest-biology relationship, or how weather drives the dynamics of such a species. “And if you don’t know that, then you can’t, say, model the interaction of the invasive species and its natural enemies, or the effects of weather on the invasive species itself,” he said. 

    “Without that kind of platform, you’re kind of flying blind.” 

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Trump’s climate denial may help a livestock-killing pest make a comeback on May 27, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Ayurella Horn-Muller.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/trump-climate-denial-screwworm-fly-make-comeback/feed/ 0 535046
    Video shows girl trying to escape inferno as Gaza family ‘burned alive’ in Israeli massacre https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/27/video-shows-girl-trying-to-escape-inferno-as-gaza-family-burned-alive-in-israeli-massacre/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/27/video-shows-girl-trying-to-escape-inferno-as-gaza-family-burned-alive-in-israeli-massacre/#respond Tue, 27 May 2025 15:25:02 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334323 Seven-year-old Palestinian girl Ward al-Sheikh Khalil is seen trying to escape from the inferno following a May 26, 2025 Israeli bombing of the Fahmi al-Jarjawi School in Gaza City, Palestine. Photo: screen grab"What we are doing in Gaza is a war of extermination: indiscriminate, unrestrained, brutal, and criminal killing of civilians," said former Israeli Prime Minister Ehud Olmert.]]> Seven-year-old Palestinian girl Ward al-Sheikh Khalil is seen trying to escape from the inferno following a May 26, 2025 Israeli bombing of the Fahmi al-Jarjawi School in Gaza City, Palestine. Photo: screen grab
    Common Dreams Logo

    This story originally appeared in Common Dreams on May 26, 2025. It is shared here with permission under a Creative Commons (CC BY-NC-ND 3.0) license.

    Video footage of a young girl trying to flee an inferno caused by a Monday Israeli airstrike that killed dozens of Palestinians including her mother and siblings sparked global outrage and calls for an immediate cease-fire in what one former Israeli prime minister called a “war of extermination.”

    Medical officials in Gaza said that at least 36 people were killed by an Israel Defense Forces (IDF) bombing of the Fahmi al-Jarjawi School in the al-Daraj neighborhood of Gaza City. The Gaza Government Media Office (GMO) said that 18 children were killed in the “brutal massacre.”

    “The school was supposed to be a place of safety. Instead, it was turned into an inferno,” Gaza Civil Defense spokesperson Mahmoud Basal told reporters. “We heard desperate cries for help from people trapped alive inside the blaze, but the fire was too intense. We couldn’t get to them.”

    Video recorded at the scene of the strike showed the silhouette of a young girl—identified as 7-year-old Ward al-Sheikh Khalil—moving against the infernal backdrop as she tried to escape the blaze. According to The National, paramedic Hussein Muhaysin rushed in to rescue the child, whom he said “was moments away from death.”

    “When we pulled her out, she was in shock, silent, trembling, unable to comprehend what had just happened,” Muhaysin said. “We couldn’t bring ourselves to tell her that her entire family was killed in the bombing.”

    The child’s mother and at least five siblings were reportedly killed in the bombing.

    “Only her father survived, and he is now in critical condition,” said Muhaysin.

    “We see tragedy every day, but holding a child who has lost everything, who doesn’t even know yet, that’s a kind of pain no one can explain,” he added.

    The IDF admitted to the bombing—one of 200 it said it carried out Monday—and claimed it targeted “a Hamas and Islamic Jihad command and control center.” As usual, no evidence was provided to support the claim.

    Meanwhile in the northern Gaza city of Jabalia, another predawn IDF strike reportedly killed 19 people—mostly women and children—sheltering in the Abdel Rabbo family home. Medical officials told reporters that recovery operations were still underway on Monday afternoon, with charred and mangled bodies being pulled from the rubble.

    Moumen Abdel Rabbo, who rushed to the scene following the attack, told The National: “It was sudden. The house was completely flattened. Ambulances barely made it through to recover the wounded and the dead. Some bodies are still trapped under the rubble.”

    Abdel Rabbo said that Israeli bombing continued nearby and drones buzzed overhead as first responders—who are often attacked and killed by Israeli “double-tap” strikes—dug through the ruins in search of survivors and victims.

    “How can we search for survivors under fire?” he asked. “These were civilians; mothers, toddlers, elderly people. This wasn’t a military target. It was our home.”

    The GMO said Monday that more than 2,200 Palestinian families have been entirely wiped out since October 2023.

    The U.S.-based Council on American-Islamic Relations (CAIR) issued a statement Monday condemning the school shelter bombing and Sunday’s “barbaric” killing of two Red Cross workers—weapon contamination officer Ibrahim Eid and hospital security guard Ahmad Abu Hilal—in an IDF airstrike on their home in Khan Younis. The weekend bombing followed the March 23 massacre of 15 Palestinian first responders including Red Crescent paramedics by Israeli ground troops in Rafah.

    “How many more children, women, the elderly, journalists, healthcare workers, and first responders must [Israeli Prime Minister] Benjamin Netanyahu slaughter with American weapons before [U.S. President Donald] Trump forces him to accept a permanent cease-fire deal that ends the genocide for good and frees all captives?” asked CAIR national executive director Nihad Awad.

    “Every hour that Israel’s genocidal crimes continue with impunity—and with our government’s complicity—adds more dishonor to a shameful period in the history of our nation and the world,” Awad added.

    Hamas, which led the October 7, 2023 assault on Israel that left more than 1,100 Israelis and others dead—at least some of whom were killed by so-called ” friendly fire” and under the intentionally fratricidal Hannibal Directive—is believed to still be holding 23 living hostages of the 251 people it kidnapped during the attack.

    On Monday, the Trump administration refuted reports that Hamas had agreed to a cease-fire proposal by Special Envoy to the Middle East Steve Witkoff under which 10 hostages would be released in exchange for a 70-day truce.

    Although Witkoff told CNN Monday that the “deal is on the table” and that “Israel will agree” to it, he subsequently walked back his claims. An unnamed Palestinian official told The Times of Israel that Witkoff changed his mind on the proposed deal. The envoy blamed Hamas for an unspecified “unacceptable” response to the proposal, which he also claimed he never proffered.

    Netanyahu—who is wanted by the International Criminal Court for alleged war crimes including extermination and forced starvation in Gaza—said Monday evening that he hopes to be able to announce at least some progress toward a hostage release deal on Tuesday and that his government “will not give up on the release of our hostages, and if we do not achieve this in the coming days, we will achieve it later.”

    Israeli forces are currently carrying out Operation Gideon’s Chariots, a campaign to conquer, indefinitely occupy, and ethnically cleanse Palestinians from Gaza to make way for possible Jewish recolonization.

    Amid IDF attacks including a Friday airstrike on the Khan Younis home of Drs. Hamdi and Alaa al-Najjar that killed nine of the couple’s 10 children, former Israeli Prime Minister Ehud Olmert wrote that his country’s relentless obliteration of Gaza amounted to “war crimes.”

    “What we are doing in Gaza is a war of extermination: indiscriminate, unrestrained, brutal, and criminal killing of civilians,” said Olmert, who led Israel during the 2008-09 Operation Cast Lead war on Gaza. “We are doing this not because of an accidental loss of control in a particular sector, not because of a disproportionate outburst of fighters in some unit—but as a result of a policy dictated by the government, knowingly, intentionally, viciously, maliciously, recklessly.”

    While Israel has nominally allowed a trickle of aid to enter Gaza—where officials say hundreds of people, mostly children and elderly, have starved to death in recent days—officials said Sunday that only around 100 of the 46,200 trucks scheduled to enter Gaza over the past 84 days have actually made it into the besieged enclave.

    Hamas said Sunday that “the occupation orchestrates the crime of starvation in Gaza and uses it as a tool to establish a political and field reality, under the cover of misleading relief projects that have been rejected by the United Nations and international organizations, due to lack of transparency and minimal humanitarian standards.”

    On Sunday, Jake Wood, who led the controversial U.S.- and Israel-backed organization established to distribute aid in Gaza, resigned, citing concerns that the mission would violate basic “humanitarian principles.”

    The U.N.’s International Court of Justice is currently weighing a genocide case brought by South Africa against Israel that cites the “complete siege” among evidence of genocidal intent.

    More than 190,000 Palestinians have been killed or wounded by Israel’s 598-day annihilation of Gaza, including at least 14,000 people who are missing and feared dead and buried beneath rubble, according to the Gaza Health Ministry. However, a peer-reviewed study published in January by the prestigious British medical journal The Lancet found Gaza fatalities were likely undercounted by 41%.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/27/video-shows-girl-trying-to-escape-inferno-as-gaza-family-burned-alive-in-israeli-massacre/feed/ 0 535029
    Trump vs. Academic Freedom: President Escalates Attacks on Harvard & International Students https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/27/trump-vs-academic-freedom-president-escalates-attacks-on-harvard-international-students/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/27/trump-vs-academic-freedom-president-escalates-attacks-on-harvard-international-students/#respond Tue, 27 May 2025 12:30:50 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=8d3ede1779390a053e942e0f91b47b96 Seg2 harvard

    A court has temporarily blocked the Trump administration’s attempt to prevent Harvard University from enrolling international students. The move would cause over a quarter of Harvard’s student body to lose visas that allow them to study in the United States. One of the students affected is Francesco Anselmetti, a member of the graduate student union, who emphasizes that visa revocations would affect graduate researchers and teaching staff, constituting “one of the largest threats of vast deportation on a unionized workforce in American history.” It is the latest attack by the Trump administration against universities that receive federal funding.

    When announcing the revocation order, DHS Secretary Kristi Noem accused Harvard of “antisemitism” and “coordinating with the Chinese Communist Party,” but Harvard professor Alison Frank Johnson warns that the prestigious university is only a test case for Trump’s wider crackdown on knowledge production and academic freedom. “Harvard is not really the target here. It’s the independent scholarship that’s being produced by universities.”


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/27/trump-vs-academic-freedom-president-escalates-attacks-on-harvard-international-students/feed/ 0 535023
    Chinese student hopes for openness as Trump blocks Harvard’s international enrollments https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/23/chinese-student-hopes-for-openness-as-trump-blocks-harvards-international-enrollments/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/23/chinese-student-hopes-for-openness-as-trump-blocks-harvards-international-enrollments/#respond Fri, 23 May 2025 19:01:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=68da014a1f792923093c1bfd6bbdce99
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/23/chinese-student-hopes-for-openness-as-trump-blocks-harvards-international-enrollments/feed/ 0 534630
    Promoting the Rights of Persons with Disabilities Through Human Rights Education https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/23/promoting-the-rights-of-persons-with-disabilities-through-human-rights-education/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/23/promoting-the-rights-of-persons-with-disabilities-through-human-rights-education/#respond Fri, 23 May 2025 16:00:52 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=95dc229b1ece2379146842140576605e
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/23/promoting-the-rights-of-persons-with-disabilities-through-human-rights-education/feed/ 0 534576
    Oaxaca, Mexico: Fighting for Teachers https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/23/oaxaca-mexico-fighting-for-teachers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/23/oaxaca-mexico-fighting-for-teachers/#respond Fri, 23 May 2025 15:32:48 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334282 A teacher of Oaxaca waves a flag during clash with the federal police in the outskirts of Oaxaca, Mexico, Oct. 29, 2006.In May 2006, Oaxaca became ground zero for one of the most radical movements Mexico has seen in the 21st century. This is episode 37 of Stories of Resistance.]]> A teacher of Oaxaca waves a flag during clash with the federal police in the outskirts of Oaxaca, Mexico, Oct. 29, 2006.

    The year is 2006. 

    Oaxaca, Mexico. A city that will unexpectedly become ground zero for one of the most radical movements Mexico has seen in the 21st century.

    May 22.

    Teachers strike across the state, against dismal resources for schools, kids, and themselves. 

    They are met with widespread repression. At least 90 people are injured by police forces. 

    So, backed by community members and organized over community radio stations, they found APPO, the Popular Assembly of the People of Oaxaca.

    They start holding people’s assemblies. They take over the city. Their movement is compared to the Paris commune. It’s been called the first popular revolt of the 21st century.

    Roadblocks line city streets. A clip from a documentary from the time, Un Poquito de Tanta Verdad, “A little bit of so much truth,” says roughly a thousand barricades cover the city each night for more than two months.

    And they also take their fight to Mexico’s capital. A group of teachers go on a hunger strike, demanding respect and the resignation of the Oaxacan state governor.

    Police and armed gunmen respond. They unleash widespread repression, attacks, disappearances, killings.

    Among those killed is Brad Will, a US documentary filmmaker and indy media activist. He’s shot filming a protest in a street just east of Oaxaca City on October 27, 2006. The footage you’re hearing is from the camera he was holding at the time. 

    The month after Will is killed, the federal police surround the APPO encampment, cracking down and detaining hundreds. Many are tortured. Some are disappeared.

    “It was a really repressive environment,” says human rights defender Aline Castellanos Jurado. “You never knew if they would raid your home. Or where the disappeared were. Or what they were doing to the detained.”

    Arrest warrants are issued for hundreds. Many go into hiding. Some flee the country. 

    By the end of the year, the local government had largely crushed the physical resistance…

    But their spirit remained. They would inspire others in Mexico and abroad. And within a decade, Oaxacan teachers would again be in the streets. Organizing, protesting. Marching for their right to teach. 

    For their children’s and their students’ rights to education.

    Resistance in the name of the peoples’ right to learn, and the teachers’ right to be compensated fairly and respected.


    On May 22. 2006, teachers struck across the Mexican state of Oaxaca against dismal resources for schools, kids, and themselves. They were met with widespread repression. It would kick off months of protests that would unexpectedly turn Oaxaca into ground zero for one of the most radical movements Mexico has seen in the 21st century.

    They started holding people’s assemblies. They set up barricades across the city. Teachers, housewives, Indigenous organizers, health workers, and students took over 14 different radio stations to defend their struggle.

    This is episode 37 of Stories of Resistance—a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. 

    You can also follow Michael Fox’s reporting and support his work and this podcast at patreon.com/mfox.

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    Resources

    Oaxacan teachers strike against Governor, 2006: https://nvdatabase.swarthmore.edu/content/oaxacan-teachers-strike-against-governor-2006

    The Long Struggle of Mexican Teachers: https://jacobin.com/2016/08/mexico-teacher-union-strikes-oaxaca

    Documentary: Un Poquito de Tanta Verdad (Many of the clips in this episode came from this documentary):


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/23/oaxaca-mexico-fighting-for-teachers/feed/ 0 534580
    IPFA awardee Adela Navarro targeted by phone threats in Mexico https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/23/ipfa-awardee-adela-navarro-targeted-by-phone-threats-in-mexico/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/23/ipfa-awardee-adela-navarro-targeted-by-phone-threats-in-mexico/#respond Fri, 23 May 2025 14:53:03 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=482326 Mexico City, May 23, 2025—Mexican authorities must immediately investigate a series of threatening phone calls targeting Adela Navarro, the editorial director of Tijuana-based weekly magazine Zeta, and take all appropriate steps to guarantee her and her staff’s safety, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Friday.

    “The threats against Adela Navarro, amid a spike in violence against Mexican reporters since the beginning of the year,are deeply troubling,” said Jan-Albert Hootsen, CPJ’s Mexico representative. “Mexican authorities cannot stand by idly and leave reporters like Navarro vulnerable against such threats.”

    Navarro, whom CPJ honored with its International Press Freedom Award in 2007 for her work covering crime and corruption in Tijuana, told CPJ that the magazine had received a total of eight calls between April 29 and May 16. Each time, an unidentified male, who called the reception desk of the magazine, only said “tell Adela Navarro to be careful” and then hung up, she said.

    Navarro said she believes the calls may be related to an April 28 article Zeta published online and in print asserting that state authorities hid information about a clandestine grave in Tijuana allegedly used by organized crime to dump victims’ bodies.

    Navarro and Zeta, one of Mexico’s most widely respected investigate magazines, are a frequent target of attacks, threats, and harassment by both authorities and organized crime. In January, the magazine reported that it had been threatened in a so-called “narcomanta,” a banner hung in the La Libertad neighborhood of Tijuana. Police attributed the banner, which included a warning about Zeta’s reputation, to organized crime.

    Several journalists from the magazine have been murdered, including co-founder Héctor Félix Miranda in 1988, editor Francisco Ortiz Franco in 2004, and photographer Margarito Martínez in 2022, while Zeta’s other cofounder, Jesús Blancornelas, survived an attempt on his life in 1997.

    CPJ reached out to Laureano Carrillo Rodríguez, Baja California’s state secretary of citizen security, for comment via messaging app, but has not yet received a reply.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/23/ipfa-awardee-adela-navarro-targeted-by-phone-threats-in-mexico/feed/ 0 534568
    ‘We can echo the emptiness of their stomachs’: Why Oregon students are hunger striking for Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/22/we-can-echo-the-emptiness-of-their-stomachs-why-oregon-students-are-hunger-striking-for-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/22/we-can-echo-the-emptiness-of-their-stomachs-why-oregon-students-are-hunger-striking-for-gaza/#respond Thu, 22 May 2025 17:24:27 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334270 Undergraduate students with the group UO Gaza Hunger Strike stand together on the University of Oregon campus in Eugene, OR, holding and displaying banners that say, "Israel is starving Palestinians" and "UO hunger strike 4 Palestine." Photo taken on May 19, 2025, and used with permission from UO Gaza Hunger Strike.“We will never understand what it feels like to be under constant bombing, under constant threat of displacement and murder, but we can understand a fraction of what the hunger feels like, and we can echo the emptiness of their stomachs and use that as our power and our advocacy.”]]> Undergraduate students with the group UO Gaza Hunger Strike stand together on the University of Oregon campus in Eugene, OR, holding and displaying banners that say, "Israel is starving Palestinians" and "UO hunger strike 4 Palestine." Photo taken on May 19, 2025, and used with permission from UO Gaza Hunger Strike.

    At this very moment, Palestinians in the Gaza Strip who have managed to survive Israel’s scorched-earth siege and bombing are being deliberately starved to death as a result of Israel’s 11-week blockade preventing food and aid from entering Gaza. As Jem Bartholemew writes at The Guardian, “The UN’s humanitarian chief, Tom Fletcher, told the BBC [Tuesday] morning that 14,000 babies could die in Gaza in 48 hours if aid did not reach them in time. Five aid trucks entered Gaza on Monday but Fletcher described this as a “drop in the ocean” and totally inadequate for the population’s needs.” In response to this dire humanitarian crisis, students at multiple university campuses in the US have launched hunger strikes in solidarity with the starving people of Gaza. In this urgent episode, we speak with four hunger strikers at the University of Oregon (UO), including: Cole, Sadie, and Efron, three undergraduate students who are all members of Jewish Voice for Peace – UO and who just completed a 60-hour solidarity hunger strike; and Phia, a Palestinian-American undergraduate student who has organized with JVP-UO on the hunger strike and who currently remains on hunger strike herself.

    Additional links/info:

    Permanent links below…

    Featured Music…

    • Jules Taylor, “Working People” Theme Song

    Audio Post-Production: Jules Taylor


    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Alright. Welcome everyone to Working People, a podcast about the lives, jobs, dreams, and struggles of the working class today. Working People is a proud member of the Labor Radio Podcast Network and is brought to you in partnership with In these Times Magazine and the Real News Network. This show is produced by Jules Taylor and made possible by the support of listeners like you. My name is Maximillian Alvarez and we’ve got an urgent episode for y’all today. As you guys know, we’ve been covering the Trump administration’s authoritarian assault on higher education and the people who live, learn, and work there. We’ve been speaking with faculty members and graduate students on this show as this new terrifying McCarthy’s crackdown has been unfolding in real time. But today’s episode is a pointed reminder that this climate of intense fear and repression is not achieving its primary goal of forcing people to retreat, hide, and silence themselves on campuses around the country.

    People continue to stand up, fight back, and speak out. As Michael Aria reports at Mondoweiss, “In recent weeks, students across multiple university campuses in the United States have launched hunger strikes in solidarity with the people of Gaza enduring famine. The protestors are also calling on their schools to cut ties with weapons manufacturers and other companies connected to Israel. More than two dozen California students began a fast on May 5th with more schools joining in the proceeding days. San Francisco State University students recently ended their strike after obtaining several commitments from their school. The administration said it would expand the implementation of the divestment policy and work toward a partnership with Palestinian universities. Six students at Sacramento State, which also previously adopted a divestment policy also recently ended their hunger strike at UCLA. Student activists Maya Abdullah was hospitalized on the ninth day of her hunger strike.

    Students with the group Yalies4Palestine recently met with Yale College Dean Pericles Lewis amid an ongoing hunger strike at the school. The demonstrators are demanding that Yale divest from weapons manufacturers adopt a human rights based investment strategy and end its academic partnerships with Israel and grant amnesty for student protestors.” At the University of Oregon. Students also initiated a hunger strike this week as Nathan Wilk writes for KLCC, which is Oregon’s NPR affiliate, “Protestors at the University of Oregon began a hunger strike Monday in an effort to bring attention to starvation in Gaza. Around 470,000 people in Gaza are facing catastrophic hunger. According to a Unbacked report released last week in Eugene, some WO students and employees announced that they would stop eating starting Monday morning in order to pressure local leaders to respond to the crisis the protesters want you owe to divest from companies with ties to Israel and provide more protections for pro-Palestinian activists on campus.

    Protesters are also asking the public to call Oregon’s elected leaders in congressional delegation demanding they speak out against Israel’s blockades. In an email to KLCC Monday, UO representative Eric Howald said The university respects students’ right to express their views, but advise caution about their methods. “We urge them to choose forms of expression that prioritize their health, safety, and overall wellbeing,” said Howald, “while adhering to UO freedom of speech guidelines.” Now as we speak, Palestinians in the Gaza Strip who have somehow managed to survive Israel’s scorched earth siege and bombing are being deliberately starved to death. As Jem Bartholomew wrote on Tuesday at The Guardian, “The UN’s humanitarian chief Tom Fletcher told the BBC this morning that 14,000 babies could die in Gaza in 48 hours if aid did not reach them in time. Five aid trucks entered Gaza on Monday, but Fletcher described this as a quote, drop in the ocean and totally inadequate for the population’s needs.”

    It followed the director General of the World Health Organization Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus saying yesterday that 2 million people were starving in the Gaza Strip while tons of food is blocked at the border by Israel. This is all happening now. As I read this, this is urgent, dire, unbearable and unconscionable, and that is why we are seeing students escalating their protest tactics and engaging in these hunger strikes. And on Wednesday night, May 21st, I spoke with four hunger strikers at the University of Oregon, including Cole, Sadie and Efron, all undergraduate students at the University of Oregon and members of Jewish Voice for Peace-UO and Phia, a Palestinian American undergraduate student at the University of Oregon who is organized with JVP on the hunger strike and is currently on hunger strike herself. Cole, Sadie, and Efron had just completed a two day solidarity hunger strike before we recorded our episode. Here’s my conversation with Phia, Cole, Sadie, and Efron recorded on May 21st.

    Well, Phia, Cole, Sadie, Efron, thank you all so much for joining us today, especially with everything that you’ve got going on over there, everything that is going on in the world right now. It’s a crazy time, but y’all are out there putting yourselves and your bodies on the line standing up for what’s right, and our listeners want to know more about this, who you are, why you’re doing this, what it feels like and what they can do to help. So I want to just jump right in and ask if we could go around the table here and just introduce yourselves to folks listening to this right now. Can you tell us a bit more about who you are and why you’re doing this and what exactly it is that y’all are doing right now?

    Phia:

    Yeah, for sure. I’m Phia. I’m a Palestinian American student, as was mentioned, and it is the third day of my hunger strike where I’m just drinking water and taking electrolytes. So haven’t had food since 9:00 AM on Monday morning. And this is all to raise awareness around the blockade currently happening on the border of Gaza with Israel, refusing to let any aid in. So the motivation, the goal, all of it is to raise awareness for Gaza’s for the situation in Palestine and to stand in solidarity with students who are speaking up for the right thing.

    Cole:

    I’m Cole. I am a Jewish student here at UO and I just completed the first segment of our hunger strike and we’ll resume next week. Yeah, I mean, we’re doing this because our school is sending funds through their investments to the Israeli war machine, and that’s not acceptable how they’re using our money. So we have tried various tactics throughout the year. We’ve tried protests, we’ve tried showing up at board meetings, we’ve tried an encampment, we’ve tried a massive petition, and they won’t listen. So this is the next step and we just have to keep trying tactics until they listen. We did a 60 hour hunger strike and next week we will do an indefinite one if they haven’t listened by then and we just have to keep going.

    Sadie:

    Yeah, my name is Sadie. I’m also a Jewish student at the University of Oregon. Like Cole and Phia said, the seige on Gaza has continued, and right now it’s more crucial than ever that we do everything that we can to stop what is happening to Palestinians in Gaza. Also, as a Jewish person, it’s really important to leverage our identities since a lot of this is being committed in our name. And yeah, I think our university is continuously complicit and refuses to listen to us or to meet our demands, which is why we’re continuing to do this hunger strike.

    Efron:

    My name is Efron again. I’m also Jewish student. Why we’re doing this is once again, our university is complicit in this genocide. They specifically refuse to disclose and refuse to divest, yet they’re a public university and they have to uphold that. According to Oregon law, this is not us as organizers speaking, this is us speaking on behalf of we would like them to divest from this genocide, this ethnic cleansing and the continued starvation. And it is being done in our name. Why don’t we stand up for what’s right and stand in solidarity with the Palestinians in Gaza?

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Well, and as I read in the introduction to this episode, right, I mean the United Nations has warned that nearly 500,000 people in Gaza are facing catastrophic hunger right now. And the latest report from yesterday was that the UN was warning that 14,000 babies could die in Gaza in the next 48 hours without aid let into Gaza, which Israel has had a total blockade on for months at this point. So I wanted to kind of connect that to what y’all are feeling right this second, fia, of course, the hunger strike that y’all have all engaged in and that FIA continues to engage in at this very moment. We’re recording this on Wednesday night, May 21st. As you guys said, you were doing this both in protest and in solidarity with our fellow human beings who are being starved to death, if not bombed to death among so many other catastrophic horrors. Could you just tell listeners a bit more about what it feels like, the hunger? I mean, what does your body go through and what is that, I guess, what do you want to communicate about that that is helping you at least understand a bit more what so many are going through in Gaza right now as we speak?

    Phia:

    Yeah, it’s been interesting. We’re only three days in which, or I’m only three days in, which is the average amount of time that people in Gaza go between meals, meals, so meals. What I am experiencing, I’ve been putting it in the context of this, has been people’s every day for months and it’s really unimaginable in the West. We don’t really have to contend with this type of hunger and starvation, especially used as a weapon in a lot of cases. We have the privilege to not have to experience that, but that doesn’t mean that the symptoms of hunger don’t exist. And I think that that’s what the purpose of this type of action is. I feel it in my body. I wake up and I’m tired every single mealtime because it’s ground into us or it’s drilled into us since we’re young, that morning is breakfast, afternoon is lunch, and nighttime is dinner, and something feels immensely off when there’s not that consistency.

    And on top of that, out of culture has a very specific connection to food as it relates to hospitality. And I think that Israel’s starvation of Gaza is not only harming them physically, but it’s starving their souls in a way that is cultural erasure, not allowing them to participate in their food practices and culture while also just starving them to death. It is an erasure of people and an erasure of culture, but sorry, a little bit of a tangent on that, but physically, yeah, I have been experiencing headaches. I’ve noticed when I brush my hair, more of my hair falls out. I’ve noticed my voice is going a little bit. My whole body is responding to the lack of nutrients and yeah, I can’t imagine being in this state also under the constant home of drones, under the constant threat of bombing, with occupying soldiers constantly threatening to murder you in the streets. It’s truly just unimaginable.

    Cole:

    Yeah, I had an experience last night that I’d been thinking about where I was moving a trash can and I hit my ankle on it, not particularly hard, and it hurt so badly, not eating changed how I felt, the physical sensation. And I cannot imagine that pain from a trash can hitting your ankle. I cannot imagine being in an actual war zone with bombs flying and buildings crumbling and bullets flying. It’s genuinely unimaginable. So that’s been something I was thinking about. And then just functioning gets difficult. Thinking about things in detail. Making plans is hard. The brain fog sets in headaches were probably the most common thing all day headache and your muscles ache walking around. Your muscles hurt as if you had worked them out even though you’re just walking. And I mean, yeah, imagining running from something like that is just unbearable.

    Sadie:

    Yeah. There was another person who was organizing with us who was talking about a moment that they had while we were organizing the hunger strike and before we started about putting their groceries away and thinking about how food is so expensive and it’s so scarce. And I had a similar moment last night where I was feeding my cat and I got her food out of the fridge and I was looking at the groceries that I have, and I just got this kind of overwhelming wave of, I just felt very emotional, honestly, because I feel so lucky to have access to fresh food and nutrients and everything to keep me healthy. And I feel like that’s something that a lot of people take for granted and I don’t think we should because I think food also, it shouldn’t be a privilege. I think everybody should have access to fresh food and vegetables and anything. So yeah, I don’t know. That was just very emotional for me. And I think physically as well, I just felt a lot more sensitive in a lot of different ways physically and emotionally. Like Cole said, headaches were very consistent for me. And also sleeping too, going to sleep, it was really difficult, especially last night, which was the second night or third night? Second night, yeah, I was laying in my bed and my stomach hurt and I just was thinking, I also couldn’t imagine if there were bombs being dropped right now or if I was sleeping on rubble and things. So yeah, it was very eyeopening for me, for sure.

    Efron:

    For me, I have a specific moment of I was walking to school and I could feel it. I had a 20 minute walk from my house and every step I had super low energy, so my calves, specifically my calves, I’d feel it a lot and it felt super painful. And all I could think when I was walking was, oh my God, what would it feel like to be running to pick up the martyrs or transport them to the hospital or just trying to get food and flour? I could not imagine that pain. And then another time that was super transformative for me was sitting in my classes and everybody was super normal and talking, and my brain was completely out of it. I was like, I cannot sit and read for two minutes. It hurts. And psychologically speaking, not physically. And that was a defining moment for me, and I just was like, we got to do more. That is what I came to the conclusions of.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Yeah, I mean you don’t want to trivialize it, but your brain, it reaches for the experiences that it can find that can help us understand and empathize with what our fellow human beings are going through. And everyone listening to this knows what it’s like to be hangry, right? I mean, yeah, you’ve missed a meal or here and there, or maybe there’s one day where you were just really burning a lot of calories and not eating many, and by the end of the day, your head’s pounding. You’re short with people. That is a drop in the goddamn bucket. Pardon my French. And we all understand that, but as you guys are all pointing out, we don’t know what it’s like for that to be our normal state and for that to be an imposed violently imposed state on us and everyone around us effectively trying to kill us.

    I mean, I don’t know what that’s like. I do know what it’s like to not know where my next meal’s coming from and how I’m going to pay for it. And I think people listening to this show can also understand that because there’s a real psychological component with that as well. The feeling of fear, terror, anger, shame, all the things wrapped up in once when you don’t know how you’re going to get your next meal, let alone have you got children or other family members to try to provide for the mental load that puts on you compounds the physical exhaustion, and your body’s literally starting to eat itself after a while because that’s the only way it’s going to get energy. And I’m feeling so many things and thinking so many things, talking to y’all because what you’re saying is so powerful. What you’re doing is brave and dangerous.

    I mean, it was just earlier this week that, what was it at UCLA, Maya Abdullah, one of the hunger strikers was hospitalized after nine days of hunger striking. And so Sophia and all of y’all, I got to imagine that’s also on your minds. This is not just a protest. This is putting your body on the line until something happens and really trying to force others to make something happen. I wanted to just ask in that vein where this goes, and if you could just say a little more about the demands, the hope that of what you can get the university to do by taking this drastic action and what you see happening here with hunger strikes occurring, not just on your campus, but on campuses increasingly around the country.

    Phia:

    Yeah, seeing other students go on hunger strike across the country has been absolutely inspiring, especially as it relates to food as a human right. And Palestine specifically has a long history of hunker striking prisoners. And Israeli prisons used to be called salt and water in Arabic because that’s what they would sustain on. So it’s been incredible to see this tactic specifically just take off among the student movement. And I think it also is for the reason of tactical, logistically, it is a good move because it allows us not only to talk to admin and negotiate with them on some of the things, at least on our campus, we’ve already achieved like scholarships, but it also allows us to leverage this power to connect our struggle and our movement and this action to our state representatives. So right now, one of our biggest demands is that we really, really want to meet with Val Hoyle, Merkley and Wyden, all Oregon State, sorry, state of Oregon representatives who do have the political power to put pressure in the right places to get an arms embargo and to get the blockade ended. So we are encouraging every single person that is in support of what we’re doing to reach out to Oregon representatives, your state representatives, any of your elected officials, and urge them to take action and use their political power.

    Cole:

    Yeah, I mean the interesting thing about this tactic in addition to its long, specifically Palestinian history, is I think sometimes it comes off as an emotional appeal. This is not an emotional appeal to administrators. They do not care if their students are hungry. They do not care if they call the police in riot deer on their students. What they care about is their bottom line and the publicity that the hunger strikes brings is what’s so essential to hurting that bottom line. And so that’s why this tactic now we hope will work. So far, they’ve agreed to meet, but only with administrators who do not have the power to meet our demands. So we’re in the process of forcing those upper level admin to come down from the ivory tower to meet with their students who they supposedly represent, supposedly care about and supposedly care about. And yeah, I mean it’s truly not an emotional appeal to them. It is a publicity and bottom line strategy, and that’s necessary because we’re asking them to change their finances, which is what they care about the most. We’re asking them to disclose their investments and to divest from the Israeli war machine, from these companies that are making and sending these bombs from these companies that are supporting the settlements. And they will not divest from that unless we can provide some counter pressure that hurts them more.

    Sadie:

    Yeah, definitely. Agreed. I think publicity is a big thing that they have made it clear that they don’t want on this, and I think it’s very telling how they’re responding to this and where in what ways they truly care about their students. In response to a lot of previous actions we’ve done, including the encampment or rallies and protests just in general, they often respond and say that they’re only in disagreement because they support students’ rights of free speech, but in the name of Jewish safety, this shouldn’t be something that we should allow on campus. And I feel like by using this tactic, it’s a good way to show them that this isn’t about Jewish safety. This is about them investing in the fact that, or investing in the genocide of so many Palestinians and also the ethnic cleansing of Palestinians. And yeah, I think they really just care about their finances and publicity, and I think that’s a big reason why they were quick to respond to meet with us, but not with the right people. So

    Efron:

    Yeah, to bounce off of that, they say it’s in the name of Jewish safety. It’s not even a little bit, it’s the name of antisemitism. It’s not. So the board of trustees, they’re like the head of the ivory tower, I like to call them. They can continue to make their money, they can continue to profit off genocide. They can continue to profit off ethnic cleansing. I want to bring up a new target. We have, it’s called DUO Mobile. It’s directly connected to the apartheid system in Israel. The Cisco mobile helps, it uses ai, other things to promote settlements and under international law, this has been declared by the ICJ that is illegal, but our university continues to invest in that. They’ve already shown that we use Duo Mobile, this app every single day, all 20,000 students use this app. They have made their priorities very clear. So as a Jewish student, I say, this is not in the name of Jewish Safety. This is in the name for you to continue to profit off genocide, colonialism, imperialism.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Well, I wanted to ask if we could maybe go back around the table, but in reverse order, let’s stick with Sadie Colon nephron for a second, and then Sophia, we’ll go back to you. But as we mentioned at the top, y’all are members of Jewish Voice for Peace. You were just touching on how you are doing this in opposition of the narrative that is coming all the way from the White House and beyond down that campuses are rife with antisemitism. I mean, we’ve been on this very show. I’ve been interviewing graduate students at Columbia where Mahmoud, Khalil and others were abducted by ICE under that premise where encampments were squashed and people beaten by tons of police under that premise to protect Jewish students and preserve Jewish safety and to stop antisemitism, right? I mean, there is a draconian McCarthyist crackdown on free speech across higher education and beyond right now, ostensibly in the name of fighting antisemitism and protecting the safety of Jewish students.

    I interviewed one of the, if not the foremost scholar on McCarthyism, Ellen Schreker on the Real News podcast earlier this month, and I asked her, how does this compare to McCarthyism? She said, it’s worse, it’s way worse. It’s much broader than what McCarthyism was in the early fifties. And this is a top down effort coming from, like we said, the White House coming from university administrations themselves coming from lobbying groups like apac, I mean media that are facilitating this narrative and amplifying this narrative while suppressing coverage of protests like yours and voices like yours. I know we only got about 10 minutes here, but I really wanted to ask if we could address that question, and if you guys could speak to listeners out there who are hearing this stuff, who are being told this narrative about what’s going on on campuses, what would you as three Jewish undergraduates, members of Jewish Voice for Peace who just engaged in the solidarity hunger strike for Gaza, what would you want folks to know about what’s really happening on campus and what else they need to correct their thinking on here?

    Cole:

    Yeah, I mean, I get Unspeakably disgusted thinking about this and angry because this administration is the same administration that works with Elon Musk who did a Nazi salute on tv, and they want to use antisemitism as an excuse to crack down on protests that are fighting to end an ongoing genocide. They want to use antisemitism as an excuse to deport immigrants when Jewish Holocaust refugees were turned around at the US border. It’s disgusting. It has nothing to do with protecting Jews. It has everything to do with enshrining power and preventing protest and preventing free speech.

    Sadie:

    Completely agreed. I also find it really disgusting, and it’s also not reflective of all Jewish students on campus. They don’t listen to all Jewish students on campus. They pick and choose. They pick and choose. There are multiple Jewish organizations on campus, including Halel and Habad and Jewish Voice for Peace and Halel in particular, at least the University of Oregon. Halel often, I guess kind of works in tandem with the university and they, that’s where the university sources their reports from. But they don’t consider the fact that there is an organization on campus that is an anti-Zionist Jewish organization and they don’t listen from us or ask us or consider the fact that maybe not all Jewish people think that this protesting on campus in solidarity with Palestine is antisemitic.

    Cole:

    Can we add J Street there?

    Sadie:

    Oh, yeah.

    Efron:

    And J-Street, yes. I’m just going to repeat myself what they just said. I also find it disgusting because all Trump and this administration, and this includes Biden too. Biden has facilitated this genocide. He is not guilty. He is just as guilty as Trump. They use the guise of antisemitism to further their own power to further Christian Zionism, to further their idea that Jews must immigrate to Israel so the rapture can happen. These politicians genuinely believe this. This is factual also to continue on that Trump just wants to inherent power. He’s more than okay to use Jews as a ploy to use this to continue his fascism and white supremacy. This isn’t new. We saw this in his previous administration. He’s just using this as a way to continue. In my mind, I wish I was surprised by what I’m seeing, but I’m not. They’re obviously showing who they are. We should respond back to show who we are as Jews. I will not stand for this, and I have to put my body on the line. The rest of my fellow friends here, I will do that. If that’s what it takes for our universities to listen, then we’ll do that.

    Sadie:

    I think they also just weaponize any identity that seems to serve them in that moment. And that’s kind of, Trump is antisemitic. We’ve seen that multiple times. And Elon Musk and everybody who he works with, most of them have had very clear situations where they have been antisemitic openly, like the Nazi salute that Cole mentioned. So yeah, I think it’s just like whatever works to their advantage in that moment to uplift themselves.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    And Phia, I want to also give you a chance to hop in here as well. I mean, we’re literally all sitting here on a call with you, a Palestinian American, and with your three fellow students from Jewish Voice for Peace, all y’all engaging in a hunger strike. You guys have mentioned the student encampment, the organizing that you’ve been doing on campus together. What do you think that says, or what do you want that to say to folks out there who are pushing this narrative, that this movement in solidarity with Palestinians in opposition to the ongoing genocide and the violent occupation and ethnic cleansing of Palestinians, what do you want people to take away from this to counter that narrative? That this movement represents a threat to Jewish safety and identity and all the things that we’re hearing in the media right now?

    Phia:

    Yeah, I think I truly can’t say it better than my fellow students did, but I think that there’s a real danger in the conflation that we see right now between Zionism and Judaism, and it’s important to remember that Judaism has always been a part of Palestinian land as much as Islam, as much as Christianity. Jerusalem has always been a hub for all three of the Abrahamic religions. That was never an issue until Zionism. Zionism was the thing that fractured the diversity of religion that was working for generations. And I think that isolating Zionism as the root cause and identifying the ways that we can criticize Zionism for its use or its weaponization of Judaism as a shield and a weapon, the ways that we can criticize it for that are important for protecting our Jewish students sincerely.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    And in that vein, with the last few minutes that I have you guys here, I wanted to just ask if we could zoom out here and again, put these hunger strikes, both the one that Phia continues to be involved in right now, the one that Sadie, Cole, and Ephron, unless the university makes some movement, are going to be engaging indefinitely in next week. Students around the country are engaging in hunger strikes as we speak. I wanted to ask with the last few minutes, if we could just again, place this in the context of the broader student movement that we’ve seen over the past year or two years, and if you had any final messages for folks out there, folks on your campus and beyond, what do you want to communicate to them about what they can do to help?

    Sadie:

    Yeah, I think in the broader picture, our primary goal by doing this hunger strike, yes, we do want the administration to meet with us, and we do want them to meet our demands, but our primary goal is that all who bear witness to our hunger strike also bear witness to the humanity of Palestinians who are being starved to death in Gaza, because that is something that has continued. And last year we had, after, during our encampment, there was so much energy and there were so many people, and I think one big problem over the past year is that people just stopped paying attention. And I think by doing this, it’s bringing that reality, not that it will ever match up to what is really happening and what Israel is doing to Palestinians, but bringing that into our own community so everybody can see how horrible it is, what Israel is doing, they’re intentionally starving people in Gaza, and they don’t seem to intend on stopping anytime soon, which I think is why it’s so important that people continue to pay attention. And if we have to sit at a table on our campus and not eat for multiple days up to weeks, then that’s what we’ll have to do. Because in the broader picture, this is all about Casa and our university is complicit in it, but we also have to continue to pay attention to what is happening.

    Cole:

    Yeah, I think nationally this shows the terrain of struggle has changed, and we need to continue to adapt our tactics to what works. And I think the effectiveness of the hunger strikes speaks to the success that Israel’s had with dehumanizing Palestinians because the outrage about college students not eating for a week is much larger than the outrage about hundreds of thousands of Palestinians not eating for days for over a year. And we need to, I mean, that’s just how it is, and we need to draw attention to that however we can. And if that’s by utilizing the fact that people care about college students here more, then that’s what we have to do. And people hopefully will take that and use it as a sign to keep going to join whatever group is near them. If it’s an SJP or a JVP, Palestinian Youth Movement, PYN, anything that is doing something about Palestine, then that’s what we need right now.

    Efron:

    Honestly, when I think about the national student movement and how these hunger strikes have occurred, the amount of cross student solidarity that I’ve seen is insane. People are reaching out to us. I never expected this, but then I thought, okay, this solidarity between us is amazing, but how can we create solidarity among people in the west because clearly they’re not paying attention and we need to bring it back to Palestine. I mean, as we’re speaking, the occupied West Bank is being annexed. It’s about Palestine and Gaza, and we really need to bring that back to the people of the west because clearly they’ve shut their ears and are like, I don’t want to hear about this. I don’t want to listen about this. They need to listen, and they need to act. And like my friends just said here, I think they should follow through and I cannot wait to hear what VS says.

    Phia:

    Yeah. Gosh, that’s hard to follow. I think I would finish with the reminder that we will never understand what it feels like to be under constant bombing, under constant threat of displacement and murder, but we can understand a fraction of what the hunger feels like, and we can echo the emptiness of their stomachs and use that as our power and our advocacy. And I’d also just encourage people not to look away. It is really, really difficult to be completely conscious and aware of what we are responsible for as Americans and what the United States of America is culpable for, especially in Gaza. But to look away is complicity, point blank. And yeah, it is our moral imperative to make sure that we are not abandoning our fellow humans while they are undergoing the crime of all crimes. I’d also say that Israel isn’t only the most dangerous state for Palestinians. It is also the most dangerous thing for Jewish safety. It is the most dangerous thing for Judaism is the most dangerous thing for international order, for international law, for humanitarian law. So Israel is culpable of atrocities no matter how you look at it. And I encourage people to advocate against it in every single way. So thank you.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    And just last question, I know you guys got to go, but just in case any of y’all had a final message here, I want to ask for folks listening to this who are still afraid to do what you’re saying to people who are scrubbing their social media right now, people who are giving into the understandable fear that engaging in this kind of protest is going to put them in danger as young people who are taking that step and continuing to speak up for what you believe in and for what you know and believe to be right. Do you have any final messages for folks out there listening who are afraid right now?

    Phia:

    Yeah, I had the exact experience that you were referring to. I was like, should I scrub my social medias? Should I be more quiet? Am I making too much noise? And I consulted one of my icons in the community space that I really look up to, and they reminded me this is exactly what the administration, the Trump administration, what our government wants. They want us to be paralyzed. They want us to be afraid to want to step back and be like, maybe I shouldn’t take this risk. That is their goal. And I think that even just saying, no, I’m going to stand firmly in what I believe, even if it’s becoming more dangerous, that’s a powerful act of resistance in itself. And I think that if you’re struggling to find ways to show your solidarity and get involved, your voice is one of the most important things that you have. And we underestimate what silencing ourselves really does. So keep speaking up is what I would say.

    Cole:

    What I would say is if you feel like you need to scrub your social media, scrub your social media, but then go to a median, do what you need to do to protect yourself, but don’t let that be the end. You need to be proactive while being safe. Use signal, use these platforms that are safer. Do the most that you can to protect yourself while still doing something.

    Sadie:

    Yeah, I think there are a lot of different levels you can engage yourself into. If you’re kind of in one of those moments where you feel nervous or scared and you don’t really, I don’t know, you’re nervous for your own, I want to say the word safety, but I feel like that’s not the right word. I just continue to remind myself that this is like I have to keep doing this. I am in a position of privilege where I can use my identity especially, but also just the things I’ve access to the university. And that might not be true for everybody, but there are still ways to access getting involved, and that could be community based. But yeah, I don’t know. I think it’s, I don’t know. I get those moments a lot where I get nervous and I feel like I need to censor myself or my social media and things, but then I don’t know. That kind of brings me back to thinking about what is happening and how urgent it is. And I don’t know if that has to stop for any reason. I don’t know. I just couldn’t see myself doing that because it’s very just deeply important and necessary that I continue doing it.

    Efron:

    I would say, I mean, what all my people have said here is very good. I would say for me, I’ve had some moments where I’m like, oh God, I’m a little freaked out because some people will docs and we’ll do these things, but in retrospect, they’re doing that out of hate. They have so much hate. I’d rather do what I’m doing out of love and had rather look at this fucking fascist government and Israel and be like, no, I’m going to stand up to you. And I also think people can do that in different ways. If people are really good at art, please do art. We need art. Or if you’re really good at writing, we need journalism out there, guys, or I don’t know, whatever skill you have, it could be used in the movement and it could be as small as like, oh, I want to make a poster that changes so much.

    You have no idea. Or, oh, I want to do a press release can change so much. So I think acts of resistance can be as small as I want to make a banner for this marcher rally that is still standing against this administration and Israel, even if it is really small, it is still something. And I think people should understand that, okay, this isn’t enough. It is enough. And as long as you continue, the administration will continue to have problems. And that’s okay with us because we’re going to keep going and going and going. So that’s what I would say. Whatever you can do is amazing.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    All right, gang, that’s going to wrap things up for us this week. Once again, I want to thank our guests, Phia, Cole, Sadie and Efron from the University of Oregon. And I want to thank you all for listening, and I want to thank you for caring. We’ll see you all back here next week for another episode of Working People. And if you can’t wait that long, then go explore all the great work that we’re doing at The Real News Network where we do grassroots journalism that lifts up the voices and stories from the front lines of struggle. Sign up for the Real News newsletter so you never miss a story and help us do more work like this by going to the real news.com/donate and becoming a supporter today. I promise you it really makes a difference. I’m Maximillian Alvarez. Take care of yourselves. Take care of each other, solidarity forever.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Maximillian Alvarez.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/22/we-can-echo-the-emptiness-of-their-stomachs-why-oregon-students-are-hunger-striking-for-gaza/feed/ 0 534386
    PNG journalists warned over lawfare – ‘we don’t have any law to stop SLAPPs’, says Choi https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/22/png-journalists-warned-over-lawfare-we-dont-have-any-law-to-stop-slapps-says-choi/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/22/png-journalists-warned-over-lawfare-we-dont-have-any-law-to-stop-slapps-says-choi/#respond Thu, 22 May 2025 07:20:05 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=115113 By Patrick Muuh in Port Moresby

    Journalists in Papua New Guinea are likely to face legal threats as powerful individuals and companies use court actions to silence public interest reporting, warns Media Council of PNG president Neville Choi.

    As co-chair of the second Community Coalition Against Corruption (CCAC) National Meeting, he said lawfare was likely because Parliament had passed no laws to protect reporters and individuals from such tactics.

    Choi said journalists were being left unprotected against Strategic Litigation Against Public Participation (SLAPPs) — legal actions used by powerful individuals or corporations to silence criticism and reporting.

    “In Papua New Guinea right now, we don’t have any law to stop SLAPPs,” Choi said.

    “Big corporations or organisations with more money can use lawsuits to silence people, civil society and the media. That’s the reality.”

    SLAPPs are lawsuits filed not to win on merit, but to drain resources, silence critics, and stop public debate.

    In some other countries, anti-SLAPP laws exist to protect journalists and whistleblowers. But in PNG, no such legal shield exists.

    Legal pressure for speaking out
    “We’ve seen it happen,” Choi added, referring to ACTNOW PNG’s Eddie Tanago, a civil society advocate who has faced legal pressure for speaking out.

    “He’s experienced it. And we know it can happen to journalists too.”

    journalists are being left unprotected
    Participants in the second CCAC National Meeting in Port Moresby . . . journalists are being left unprotected from corporate lawfare. Image: PNG Post-Courier

    Despite increasing threats, journalists do not have access to legal defence funds or institutional protection.

    Choi confirmed that there was no system in place to defend reporters who were hit with defamation lawsuits or other forms of legal retaliation.

    “Our advice to journalists is simple. Do your job well. The truth is the only protection we have,” he said.

    “If you stick to facts, follow professional ethics and report responsibly, you reduce your risk. But if you make a mistake, you leave yourself open to lawsuits.”

    The Media Council, in partnership with Transparency International under the CCAC, are discussing the idea of drafting an anti-SLAPP law but no formal proposal has been put forward yet.

    Republished from the PNG Post-Courier with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/22/png-journalists-warned-over-lawfare-we-dont-have-any-law-to-stop-slapps-says-choi/feed/ 0 534238
    14,000 babies in Gaza may die in next 48 hours if Israel keeps blocking aid https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/20/14000-babies-in-gaza-may-die-in-next-48-hours-if-israel-keeps-blocking-aid/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/20/14000-babies-in-gaza-may-die-in-next-48-hours-if-israel-keeps-blocking-aid/#respond Tue, 20 May 2025 17:36:40 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334244 A Palestinian woman carries a baby as families leave the eastern sector of the Gaza Strip on the border with Israel following Israeli airstrikes that targeted northern and other parts of Gaza in the early hours of March 18, 2025. Photo by BASHAR TALEB/AFP via Getty ImagesIsrael allowed just five aid trucks into Gaza on Monday, but none of the aid has reached people in need.]]> A Palestinian woman carries a baby as families leave the eastern sector of the Gaza Strip on the border with Israel following Israeli airstrikes that targeted northern and other parts of Gaza in the early hours of March 18, 2025. Photo by BASHAR TALEB/AFP via Getty Images

    This story originally appeared in Truthout on May 20, 2025. It is shared here with permission.

    Thousands of babies in Gaza may die over the next two days if Israel does not lift its near-total humanitarian aid blockade and allow the entry of a flood of food and other basic necessities, the UN’s humanitarian chief warned on Tuesday.

    “There are 14,000 babies that will die in the next 48 hours unless we can reach them,” said Tom Fletcher, the UN’s under-secretary-general for humanitarian affairs, in an interview on the BBC.

    “This is not food that Hamas is going to steal,” Fletcher went on, contradicting Israel’s narrative about humanitarian aid. “We run the risk of looting, we run the risk of being hit as part of the Israeli military offensive, we run all sorts of risks trying to get that baby food to those mothers who cannot feed their children right now because they’re malnourished.”

    The interview came after Israel allowed the entry of just five aid trucks into Gaza on Monday — a “drop in the ocean” of what Palestinians need. But any small measure of relief those supplies may bring is moot as even those trucks haven’t reached any Palestinians so far, Fletcher said.

    “Let’s be clear, those five trucks are just sat on the other side of the border right now, they’ve not reached the communities they need to reach,” Fletcher said.

    Meanwhile, the UN has said that there are thousands of trucks carrying crucial goods like baby food lined up and ready for entry at Gaza’s border, just miles away from the babies Israel is starving.

    The UN said that Israel has cleared 100 trucks to enter Gaza on Tuesday — still a far cry from the hundreds of trucks per day that humanitarian groups say are needed to fulfill basic needs and relieve starvation for millions of Palestinians in the Strip.

    Though the trucks have theoretically been approved for entry, Israel may still block the trucks from entering the region; indeed, though Fletcher said on Monday that Israel had approved the entry of nine trucks, only five were ultimately allowed in.

    The starvation crisis in Gaza is dire, with food insecurity experts warning that the entire region is on the brink of or experiencing famine after nearly three months of Israel’s total aid blockade. It has been over a month since the UN said that its agencies had given out its last food stores in the region, with community kitchens forced to shutter their operations in recent weeks as a result.

    Many Palestinians say that the starvation is even worse than Israel’s bombardments, having been starved by varying levels of Israel’s blockade for 19 months and with food costs constantly on the rise. The total aid blockade ushered in the worst conditions of the genocide so far; one Palestinian reporter said in March that children in the region are so hungry that they’re drawing pictures of food in the sand.

    The World Food Programme has estimated that there are 14,000 children in Gaza with severe acute malnutrition, a deadly condition marked by a skeletal appearance and extreme weight loss, causing damage that can last a lifetime if untreated. According to an assessment by the UN-backed Integrated Food Security Phase Classification, nearly 71,000 children are expected to experience acute malnutrition in the next year due to Israel’s blockade.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Sharon Zhang.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/20/14000-babies-in-gaza-may-die-in-next-48-hours-if-israel-keeps-blocking-aid/feed/ 0 533981
    Pepe Mujica: From political prisoner to Uruguayan president https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/20/pepe-mujica-from-political-prisoner-to-uruguayan-president/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/20/pepe-mujica-from-political-prisoner-to-uruguayan-president/#respond Tue, 20 May 2025 17:34:24 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334227 Jose Mujica is a politician and former president of Uruguay from 2010 to 2015, at his farm near Motevideo city, on April 13, 2011.Pepe Mujica died last week. Today, he would have turned 90. People across Uruguay are still celebrating his life. This is episode 36 of Stories of Resistance.]]> Jose Mujica is a politician and former president of Uruguay from 2010 to 2015, at his farm near Motevideo city, on April 13, 2011.

    They called him the world’s poorest, or humblest, president. 

    He was often seen driving himself in his 1987 baby blue VW bug. 

    Memes have gone viral recently showing him giving Noam Chomsky a ride.

    He lived on a farm.

    His clothes were simple.

    So were his words and his actions. 

    Yet he created tremendous change and left an indelible mark on the tiny country of Uruguay and the entire region of Latin America.

    When Pepe Mujica passed, tens of thousands of supporters arrived to pay their respects. 

    As his body was driven through the streets, huge crowds lined the sides of the road and applauded. Others marched alongside his coffin, which was draped with the flags of Uruguay and his party, Frente Amplio.

    He was cremated, as he had requested. His ashes were scattered beneath a tree on his farm.

    Pepe Mujica was an extraordinary person. 

    He showed that anyone could become president.

    Even elderly farmers,

    Former guerrilla fighters,

    Former political prisoners. 

    “They say I’m a poor president. No, I’m not a poor president,” he said in an interview several years ago. “The poor people are the ones that always want more. Because they are always on an infinite race. They don’t have time to live.”

    When he spoke, he did so with the wisdom of someone who had fought,

    Faced the worst,

    Seen it all,

    And still believed in humanity,

    And in political struggle,

    And the possibility of change… 

    Late last year, during the 2024 electoral campaign, he said goodbye on stage. 

    “I’m an old man who is very close to beginning a journey from which you do not return,” he told a packed crowd of supporters. “But I am happy, because you are here. Because when my arms go, there will be thousands of arms lifting up this struggle and all of my life, I always said that the best leaders are those that leave a group of people that is even greater than themselves. And there you are!”

    Pepe Mujica led Uruguay from 2010 to 2015, with the leftist coalition Frente Amplio. 

    His was one of the most progressive governments in the country’s history.

    Mujica helped to lift thousands out of poverty. 

    Inequality reached a record low in Uruguay. 

    Unemployment dropped below 7%. 

    Same-sex marriage was legalized, as was abortion and marajuana.

    When he left office, he had an approval rating close to 70%.

    During his speech at the UN under his presidency, he said, “We have the necessary resources to ensure that everyone on the planet can live with dignity, but they are in the predatory waste of our civilization.”

    Mujica had come a long way. 

    In the mid-1960s, Mujica had joined the urban guerrilla movement, the Tupamaros, to fight against the country’s authoritarian government.

    Government repression was on the rise.

    Within a few years, the government would suspend rights and constitutional guarantees.

    The Tupamaros and Pepe Mujica fought back. 

    In 1970, Mujica was shot by police six times and nearly died. 

    He was arrested. Escaped. Arrested again. Escaped again. 

    And finally, in 1972, he was arrested for good. 

    He would spend the next 13 years in jail. 

    The entirety of the country’s military dictatorship. 

    He was tortured. Continuously.

    And held in inhumane conditions.

    Most of his time in jail he spent in solitary confinement. 

    But Mujica survived. He continued. 

    For the military and conservatives, he represented all that was wrong in the country. 

    For everyone else, he was a hero.

    When he was released in 1985, he dove back into politics. 

    He was elected congressman. 

    Then senator.

    Then appointed to be a minister. 

    Mujica’s resolve against such great odds would lead him to the presidency, and into the hearts of people across Uruguay and the world. 

    ###

    Today would have been the 90th birthday of Pepe Mujica. 

    He passed just last week, on May 13, 2025, after a battle with cancer.

    In his final months, he was busy saying goodbye to old friends, and even traveling to meet with the new generations of activists in his political party.

    On the day of Pepe Mujica’s funeral, people held many signs in his honor in the streets. One of them read:

    “Your legacy will endure.”


    José “Pepe” Mujica was a former political prisoner who suffered more than a decade of prison and torture under Uruguay’s military dictatorship. He rose to become the country’s president from 2010 through 2015. 

    They called him the world’s humblest president. He was often seen driving himself in his 1987 baby blue VW bug. He lived on a farm. His clothes were simple. So were his words and his actions. Yet he created tremendous change and left an indelible mark on the tiny country of Uruguay and the entire region of Latin America.

    This is episode 36 of Stories of Resistance—a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. 

    You can also follow Michael Fox’s reporting and support his work and this podcast at patreon.com/mfox.

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    Resources

    Below are some excellent videos in Spanish:

    Las frases más memorables de Mujica

    PEPE MUJICA se despide por sorpresa: “Hasta siempre, les doy mi corazón”

    Here is a video of people staying goodbye to Mujica on the streets of Uruguay.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/20/pepe-mujica-from-political-prisoner-to-uruguayan-president/feed/ 0 533983
    ‘Israel is the religion’: Zionism, genocide, and the generational divide in the Jewish world https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/20/israel-is-the-religion-zionism-genocide-and-the-generational-divide-in-the-jewish-world/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/20/israel-is-the-religion-zionism-genocide-and-the-generational-divide-in-the-jewish-world/#respond Tue, 20 May 2025 17:31:57 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334233 Pro-Palestine protesters, including American Anti-Zionist Orthodox Jews, demonstrate in front of the White House as Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and President Donald Trump met inside on February 4, 2025 in Washington, DC. Photo by Anna Rose Layden/Getty Images“If you look at the underlying goal of Zionism and Jewish supremacy, it is to get rid of the Palestinians… and to take as much land as possible. So, as horrible as [the war on Gaza] is, we are just [seeing] the fruition of all the dreams of… creating a state for Jews only.”]]> Pro-Palestine protesters, including American Anti-Zionist Orthodox Jews, demonstrate in front of the White House as Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and President Donald Trump met inside on February 4, 2025 in Washington, DC. Photo by Anna Rose Layden/Getty Images

    Alice Rothchild’s path to becoming an anti-Zionist Jew took many years, many hard conversations, and required a lot of critical self-reflection. But she is part of a growing, powerful chorus of Jewish voices around the world speaking out against Israel’s Occupation of Palestine and ethnic cleansing of Palestinians—and she is urging others to join that chorus. “The time is long overdue for liberal Zionists to find the courage to take a long hard look at their uncritical support for the actions of the Israeli state as it becomes increasingly indefensible and destabilizing, a pariah state that has lost its claim to be a so-called democracy (however flawed) that is endangering Jews in the country and abroad as well as Palestinians everywhere,” Rothchild writes in Common Dreams. In the latest installment of The Marc Steiner Show’s ongoing series “Not in Our Name,” Marc speaks with Rothchild about her path to anti-Zionism, the endgame of Israel’s genocidal assault on Gaza, and the need to liberate Jewish identity from Zionist state of Israel.

    Alice Rothchild is a physician, author, and filmmaker with an interest in human rights and social justice. She practiced ob-gyn for almost 40 years and served as Assistant Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology at Harvard Medical School. She is the author of numerous books, including: Broken Promises, Broken Dreams: Stories of Jewish and Palestinian Trauma and ResilienceCondition Critical: Life and Death in Israel/PalestineOld Enough to Know, a 2024 Arab American Book Award winner; and Inspired and Outraged: The Making of a Feminist Physician. Rothchild is a member of the Jewish Voice for Peace Health Advisory Council and a mentor-liaison for We Are Not Numbers.

    Producer: Rosette Sewali
    Studio Production: David Hebden
    Audio Post-Production: Alina Nehlich


    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Marc Steiner:

    Welcome to the Marc Steiner Show here in The Real News. I’m Marc Steiner. It’s great to have you all with us. And today we’re going to talk with Dr. Alice Rothchild. She’s a physician and author of filmmaker, an activist for the rights of Palestinians. She was an OB GYN for almost 40 years and served as assistant professor of Obstetrics and gynecology at Harvard Medical School. She directed this incredibly amazing documentary called Voices Across the Divide. It’s about the struggles in Israel Palestine, and her books include a young adult novel finding Melody Sullivan, old enough to know broken promises, broken dreams, stories of Jewish and Palestinian trauma and resilience on the brink about her experiences in Gaza and the West Bank, and most recently inspired and outraged the making of a feminist physician. And Alice, welcome. It’s good to have you with us here on the Marc Steiner Show and our name. It’s really great to have you here. Thank you for joining us.

    Alice Rothchild:

    Well, Marc, it’s really great to be here.

    Marc Steiner:

    So let’s take a step backwards a bit. I’m always fascinated by the journey people take, growing up Jewish and then having this, it’s not to say a moment, but having a series of things happen that shift feeling inside. I can remember in the late sixties trying to volunteer for the Israeli army in 67 and then meeting Palestinians and left winged Israelis and things began to shift, I mean, dramatically shift and it was hard and painful. But tell us about your own story there.

    Alice Rothchild:

    Okay, so I am a second generation from Eastern European Jews that came over and lived in Brooklyn and worked in sweatshops in that whole era. So I grew up in a small New England town called Sharon, Massachusetts. My family went to a conservative temple. My parents were not orthodox like their parents, but moving outside of that, but not far enough for me. So I went to Hebrew school three days a week. I had a bat mitzvah. I went to Israel with my family when I was 14. It was like this magical trip. I have my diary, so I actually know how I felt

    And I had, despite the fact that I had very liberal parents who were supporting the civil rights movement and all that kind of stuff, we actually had very racist attitudes towards Arabs. And I had no idea that we were racist towards Arabs. And so I was going along on that journey. And then I’m also a child of the sixties. So in college I got to be acquainted with political movements and fighting the Vietnam War, and then went to medical school and got more radicalized when I hit up against all the sexism and racism in the healthcare system. And so I was moving left, but I didn’t have the energy and insight to know what to do with my love of Israel. I was a big fan of Israeli dancing, that kind of thing. And so this continued, and then I was an obstetrician gynecologist, so I was a little busy and I had two children and all that was going on. And then in 1997 as a member of what was then called Workman’s Circle, that’s now called Workers Circle, which was a secular Jewish group. It was national, a hundred years old, was originally for immigrants, founded by people from the bun. Complicated but interesting. And we had created a school there for our kids so they would have a sense of Jewish identity but not have God and religion. So it was a complicated thing we were doing. And so we did these secular holidays. So after the Yom Kipper holiday, we were sitting by Jamaica Pond throwing in bread for the ducks and to get rid of whatever we were getting rid of. And we realized we needed to have a political focus for the year, and it was going to be the Israel 50th anniversary, and there was going to be a massive celebration in Boston with Israeli bands and face painting and fireworks. And we thought, well, we have, we’ll submit a suggestion to the Jewish Community Relations Council about having a peace forum, and they’ll say no, and then we’ll have a protest. And that was the total extent of our knowledge. So we put together this thing, and much to their credit, they said yes. But then we were stuck because we didn’t know anything. So we immediately went into high gear and started inviting Palestinians from the Boston area as well as lefty Israelis to come and just talk with us. And we had a very rapid education. And as I learned more and more, all the pieces of the puzzle began to fit together. I knew about colonialism and imperialism, I knew those concepts, but I had never applied it to Israel. So we actually pulled this off. 200 people came, Barney Frank was the speaker. I mean, it was just an amazing empowering experience. We had a children’s section with kids doing the flags for both

    Countries, and we were so excited. We thought we need to have a grassroots organization to learn more and to teach our community. So we did that and we started having events and with the public library and an adult education and that kind of stuff. And within a couple of years, we were totally blacklisted. And so we were kind of frustrated and we thought, well, a bunch of us are doctors. Maybe we could approach this through health and human rights. So we started organizing health and human rights delegations to the region, first one mine in 2003. And so I went almost annually until Covid originally. There were about 15 years of doing this delegation. I went on a whole bunch of other delegations. My commitment, my understanding, my experience really deepened. I’ve been to Gaza four times. I was in Gaza in August of 2023. So siege, occupation, racism, Islamophobia are not theoretical concepts for me. And as we went through this journey, we really started struggling with the whole question of Zionism because we started out as nice two-state people, which was a very radical idea at the time

    Marc Steiner:

    It was.

    Alice Rothchild:

    And then I gradually began to understand that Zionism as a political ideology is actually based in British colonialism and imperialism concepts. And also that Zionism, the privileging of Jews over other folks in historic Palestine requires harm to Palestinians. And I’m into mutual liberation. And so Jewish supremacy didn’t kind of fit with that ideology. So really, I gradually became an anti Zionist. I began to understand the power of the boycott, divestment, sanction movement. All those things fell into place and it’s become an increasing commitment for me. And so I’ve always, my mother was a writer, and I always would never be a writer. So of course, I wrote a book in two, let’s see, was it 2013, broken Promises, broken Dreams, which really gave me a taste of the power of writing about my experiences. And I figured out that a lot of people couldn’t handle politics, but they could handle, I went here and I talked to this person, and guess what? I learned sort of the personal. And that was a way to get under people’s defenses. So that led to more books and a documentary film and a greater commitment to working on these issues.

    Marc Steiner:

    One of the things I’ve wrestled with a lot, and I’ve talked to some other people about this as well, is how the oppress can become the oppressor,

    Alice Rothchild:

    Right? It’s painful.

    Marc Steiner:

    It is painful. I mean, you grow up knowing that there’s a whole body of people who do not like you and hate you because you’re a Jew. And I experienced that a lot when I was young. But then what we in turn have done to the Palestinians, and I always use the word we because I can’t separate myself from it.

    Alice Rothchild:

    These are our people, right?

    Marc Steiner:

    Right. It’s my cousins, he’s my family. They’re there, em Jerusalem, they’re there. So the question, I mean, when you wrestle with this, and I know you’ve been wrestling with this a lot over your life, is how does that happen? How do we as a people who were oppressed, who identified, but where 70% of all the white civil rights workers in the Southwest were Jews that we’ve been fighting for human rights across the globe and against our own oppression. How do the oppress become the oppressor?

    Alice Rothchild:

    That’s like one of the core questions. So I think that first of all, Jews as a sort of community have psychopathology that we have not seriously dealt with around the issue of trauma and the Nazi Holocaust. And what happened was that this traumatic experience in our community after years of antisemitism has became kind of almost a religion. It became, “We are the supreme victims of the world, and our victimization gives us the right to do anything in order to survive.” And you see that happening, particularly in Israel where originally the Holocaust survivors were looked down upon. They were the weak need survivors. Who knows what they did, who knows how they cooperated, all sorts of horrific things. They did not do well in Israel, and they were not well funded and taken care of. So Israel was very into creating the new Jew, the muscular bronze tanned fighter, Jew and Holocaust survivors didn’t fit with that. But then it became useful to the Israeli propaganda machine to embrace the Holocaust as the reason why we can do whatever we want to do. And I think that’s what we’re seeing now, and it’s a real abuse of Holocaust memory. And people have written endless books and papers on this, but

    I think it is a pathology in us as a community and something that until we work it out, we’re going to keep doing horrific things to people. And it’s almost like the abusive parent abuses the child. I mean, it’s all that kind of stuff, but it’s also sort of an othering. So everybody else is out to get us. Everybody else is demonizing us, and we are not responsible for what we’re doing to provoke that. And that’s a huge problem within the Jewish community. And more mainstream Jews don’t want to hear that because I grew up, the Jews are the good people. We are the people we’re chosen. My mother didn’t think we were religiously chosen, but we’re chosen to make the world a better place. So if you buy that and then we go do something, it really is not making the world a better place. It’s very hard to square that. And so that’s the struggle that’s going on. I think in one of the many struggles going on in the Jewish community, both in Israel and here and all over the world,

    Marc Steiner:

    I’ve been really shocked and happy to see the number of Jews who coming out to say no to what’s happening in Gaza. The demonstration has been huge and mostly Jewish. It’s been here in the city in New York, Baltimore, around, there’s a shift taking place. This internal battle is taking place. Increasingly, this means that Israel becomes a pariah over what’s happening in Gaza.

    Alice Rothchild:

    The other thing I’ve seen over the decades is that originally when I started doing this work, there were very few Palestinians out in the open,

    And I think particularly Palestinians in the United States were mostly people who came here. They were anxious about being accepted in the United States. They were worried about being targeted or deported, and they kept their heads down. Their kids and their grandchildren aren’t doing that. They are out there on the front lines. And so what a lot of young Jews are doing is standing in solidarity with Palestinians and understanding that this is actually a Palestinian led liberation movement, and we need to embrace it as a liberation movement also for ourselves because we’re all trapped in the ways of our parents and our grandparents

    Marc Steiner:

    As we see all this unfolding around us. One of the things you wrote about I found really interesting that’s not getting a lot of press, is the number of people who wrote about, who have stopped serving in the Israeli army who refuse to go to Gaza. I’ve talked a bit about that because I really think it’s not covered in the times. It’s not covered in major papers. Nobody’s really talking about a hundred thousand Israel Jews saying, no, we’re not going.

    Alice Rothchild:

    So I mean, this is an interesting development. I think we need to understand. I mean, there are obviously Israeli Jews who are aware of the genocide and Gaza and are horrified. Most Israeli Jews who are against the war, are against the war because they want the hostages back and they want their soldiers to stop dying. Israeli Jews tend not to be that sympathetic to the fact that they’re committing genocide. That’s not what the headlines are about. The headlines are about we want our hostages back. And that’s fine. I mean, if we could stop the war, that would be great, and if enough refusers refuse, that will be more pressure on the government. But I don’t think we should delude ourselves into thinking that after decades and decades of incredible assaults and occupation and harm to Palestinians, that Israeli Jews of a progressive nature are suddenly waking up to this, they’re much more aware of their own pain, which is losing their sons and not having their hostages back.

    Marc Steiner:

    So your perspective and your analysis is that the majority of these Israeli Jews are saying, no, I’m not serving. They’re more concerned about the hostages coming back home Absolutely. Than they are about taking Palestinian lives or

    Alice Rothchild:

    Absolutely. And it’s also, it’s not good for the Israeli economy to have all these young men in combat. They’re pulled from their jobs and their tech and industries are also leaving like tech industries are leaving. So I think that there’s a lot of economic things going on as well that Israelis object to. But I don’t delude myself into thinking that there’s sudden awareness and consciousness of the horrible harms to Palestinians. That’s not part of the deal as far as I can

    Marc Steiner:

    Tell. I think what you’re describing is really important because when people hear people refusing to serve, it’s like for me, it was like going back to Vietnam going, no, I’m not going. I’m not going. Yeah,

    Alice Rothchild:

    It’s not a Vietnam situation.

    Marc Steiner:

    So this is a very different kind of dynamic, but a dynamic that could lead to things.

    Alice Rothchild:

    And I mean, Netanyahu and his right wing henchmen are a segment of the population that doesn’t represent the secular liberal Tel Aviv Jews who don’t espouse his right wing politics. So there’s a huge crisis going on in Israel right now politically.

    Marc Steiner:

    So I’m really curious to see your thoughts and analysis about where this takes us. I mean, we have this right wing government here in the United States. Trump a little madman at the helm who doesn’t really care about Jews that much, but loves the idea of Israel doing what it’s doing.

    Alice Rothchild:

    If Trump really cared about Jews, he wouldn’t have forgiven all the crazies who attacked at the time of the election. Those people are fanatical. He wouldn’t get rid of gun control. I mean, he’s unleashing all these forces that are intensely antisemitic. So it’s not that he doesn’t care much about Jews, he does not care about Jews. He cares about Trump. Just to clarify that,

    Marc Steiner:

    An important clarification.

    Alice Rothchild:

    Yes.

    Marc Steiner:

    In that and what we face here and the right wing government in Israel, I worry about several things. A, I worry about the future of the Palestinian people, what’s going to happen to them? We’re slaughtering people all through Gaza. I’m in touch with people in the West Bank more than I am in Gaza who are telling me these horrendous stories that are taking place. You have it also unleashes and antisemitic fervor that’s always bubbling below the surface. Not that antisemitism is our fault, but this is unleashing it. And the right is in control in many sectors of this country and across the globe. And I’m not a negative person by nature, but I’m looking at this and going, okay, so where do you think this takes us? Where does your organizing have to take place to turn this around?

    Alice Rothchild:

    So first of all, I don’t know where this takes us, but I am completely terrified early on in this war, I would say the goal of the Israeli government is to depopulate Gaza. And everybody go, oh, that’s too extreme. But the way it looks to me right now is that their goal is to completely devastate the Gaza Strip to push everybody south to starve people to death if they don’t kill them with bombs. And then at some point to open the gates and to have voluntary migration. And I think that’s the plan. And then the settlers will move in and they’ll clear everything up and they’ll get billions of dollars from US Jewish organizations. And it will continue the dispossession expulsion of Palestinians, which started way before 48. And then I think they’re going to do it in the West Bank. I mean, we talk about the gasification of the West Bank.

    They’re bombing refugee camps. They’re displacing people. They’re killing people. I mean, they bombed hospitals. This is not new. This is like a continuation. And I really also am not shocked by this because if you look at the underlying goals of Zionism and Jewish supremacy, it is to get rid of the Palestinians as much as possible and to take as much land as possible. So in some ways, as horrible as this is, we are just having the fruition of all the dreams from founding the state and creating a state for Jews only. So I am completely terrified that that’s the direction we’re going in. And the United States in all of its mishegas is going to support this. I think that the Trump type people don’t like Jews, but they like strong governments. They like dictators and things like that. They hate Iran. They are Islamophobic. So here’s this little country that is doing the job for them.

    And so it fits with this MAGA universe and the kind of things that they espouse. And it’s sort of ironic to me that it’s all being done in the name of protecting the Jews. It’s like, oh my God, because this is going to be really dangerous. And when it’s all done, said and done, people are going to blame the Jews. And we have seen this before. And so this is dangerous for Palestinians, and then it’s going to be dangerous for Jews, and it’s just a terrible, terrible idea. So in terms of trying to organize, I think I take a lot of hope from the organizing the Jewish Voice for Peace is doing, because it is the most rapidly growing Jewish organization in the country. It is anti-Zionist. It is pro boycott, divestment, sanction. It is big tent. Everybody’s invited. You don’t have to be a particular kind of person.

    And they’re really being very thoughtful about the kinds of messaging that they give. And there’s a lot more visibility from Palestinians, which is really, really important because one of the things that helps people be less terrified and racist and all the things that people are is to meet a Palestinian and find out, oh, they’re human. How do you like that? They value education. They want to be doctors. Their children are growing up and are nice people. But that’s on the one-to-one basis really, really important. And then I think the other thing is that a lot of the catastrophes that have happened in the past were before social media. And because we have social media now for all of its bad things, it provides us with an unfiltered opportunity to hear the voices from the region. And that makes a real big difference because much of what Israeli military did for decades was just completely hidden unless you were looking for it from the public. And now it’s not hidden anymore. I work with, we Are Not Numbers, and we’re publishing two stories a day from young writers who are in Gaza writing about their experiences. So

    It’s on social media, it’s on a website, it’s all out there. You just have to read it, which is very

    Marc Steiner:

    Different. What was the name of the group? Just

    Alice Rothchild:

    We Are Not Numbers.

    Marc Steiner:

    We Are Not Numbers.

    Alice Rothchild:

    You know that group?

    Marc Steiner:

    Yes, yes, yes. I didn’t hear. Yeah.

    Alice Rothchild:

    So I’m the mentor Liaison. So I’m the person who gets the writer’s essay after, goes through some stuff, and then finds a published English speaking writer and matches them, and then they work together on the essay. So there’s so much out there that wasn’t out there 20 years ago.

    Marc Steiner:

    Yeah, that’s really critically important. I feel like in some ways, historically we’re at this very strange moment, but when I saw the picture of the Israeli soldier holding the a Palestinian kid who had a cast in his arm and the fear in the little boy’s eyes, and then I thought about that famous picture from the Warsaw ghetto of the Nazi and this little 12-year-old boy and the terror in his eyes.

    Alice Rothchild:

    It’s not subtle.

    Marc Steiner:

    It’s not, and it’s not subtle at all. And you look at that, and I think about in some ways, when I look at JVP, the struggle inside the Jewish world now, I think of the struggle in the early part of the 20th century between the Zionists and the Bunes between the revolutionary Jews who were Bunes and the Zionists, many whom were willing to sell out their own people to get what they wanted, right?

    Alice Rothchild:

    And there were the Buber Zionists who wanted to buy national state. I mean, Zionism was highly controversial basically until the 67 War when it was propagandized that this was an existential struggle. And so Jews just got in line, and I had this famous conversation that a friend of mine was having with one of the Jewish in Boston, one of the Jewish leaders, and she was saying, why do you have to be a Zionist to be a Jew? And he said, you don’t understand Israel is the religion. And I think that that’s really the turning point in 67 is when that became the test and you had to be a Zionist to be a good Jew. And that’s when more reformed Jews got on the wagon. It just was a major turning point.

    Marc Steiner:

    I think that’s true. I think that I’m curious as to your analysis about the shift you’re seeing inside the Jewish.

    Alice Rothchild:

    Yeah. Well, I mean, I think what we’re seeing now in the United States at least, is that Jews are traditionally progressive people. They raise their children to think about civil rights and equality and blah, blah, blah. And then the kids look at what’s going on in Israel and they go, I can’t buy that. So I think this generation is really questioning the things that their parents and grandparents just accepted as the Bible, basically. And the younger generations don’t have Holocaust memory, don’t have the upswing of the 67 War and blah, blah, blah. So it’s like a fresh batch, and they’re really having trouble standing with Israel. I mean, they’re certainly ones that do. But as a group, it’s a whole different ballgame. And the majority of people in the United States support an arms embargo against Israel. That’s like revolutionary. I mean, it hasn’t penetrated to the people who sell the arms, but that’s a major, major shift.

    Marc Steiner:

    So in all the years that I’m trying to figure out for myself as well, talking to other people in our generation where the hope lives

    That this ends, and how you organize the story and where you take it, when I see the kind of growth inside the Jewish world of alternative synagogues, it’s see the growth, even though I’m not a religious person when I see that, look at that, or when you watch what JVP is going and the eruption saying, no, not in our name taking over. And then you see this right wing surge as well. I mean, we are on this, it seems to be a political precipice at the moment, and it takes voices organizing to really shift it. And I was just curious in your own work, I mean, we’ve written these books, a physician, an activist, where you see the optimism, where you see the fight going at this moment.

    Alice Rothchild:

    So first of all, it is very hard for me to remain optimistic, but I’m really trying. I’m not a naturally optimistic person. I always say I’m pessimistically optimistic.

    Marc Steiner:

    I understand.

    Alice Rothchild:

    And I also feel like particularly having become a part of the feminist movement, you take two steps forward, one step back, then you get knocked on the head, then you get up again. So I’m not like starry-eyed about this. I am incredibly impressed right now with the assault on universities and the pushback from university students and their professors. This very much reminds me of the Vietnam War

    Because there is this massive assault, both not only on Palestine, but on DEI and all the things that you know, and more and more universities, their students are getting out in those encampments. They’re putting up their protests, they’re organizing in their communities, they’re doing alternative conferences, they’re doing fasting for Gaza. I mean, there’s all sorts of things that young people are doing. And that for me is the most hopeful place. It is also the most dangerous place because the pushback against them is very powerful, very well funded. I mean, we should know who all the donors universities are who are pulling all these strings. And the right wing has been planning for this for decades. And if the right wing wins, they’re going to destroy universities as we know it, and they’re going to destroy a generation of young people, researchers, thinkers, professors, educated people, and that will be catastrophic. So my hope is with the younger generation and what they’re doing now, but also I see a tremendous amount of support from older people as well. And also that it’s intersectional, which is a new thing. When we started, we were like, will anyone actually be interested in this besides Jews and Palestinians? How could

    Will anyone come to our meetings? And now people understand this is much more than the actual topic. This is about the remnants of colonialism. This is about fighting racism. This is about police brutality, this is about the military industrial complex, all the big things that run the universe. This is what this is about, and this is the test case. And I think we have to be clear on that and clear on how big the struggle is because the opposition is very, very well organized and has been planning this for decades.

    Marc Steiner:

    Well, I think the work you’ve been doing, the books you’ve written and your film, which we’ll be linking to so people can actually watch it, which your film is amazing.

    Alice Rothchild:

    Thank you.

    Marc Steiner:

    We can spend an hour just talking about the film itself, which we may do, because I think it’s a powerful piece, and I want to thank you for your work and not stopping the fight and the struggle both in terms of Palestinian rights and for a better society here. And I really appreciate taking the time out. It’s been really a great conversation.

    Alice Rothchild:

    Well, it’s been a pleasure, mark. Thank you so much.

    Marc Steiner:

    Once again, I want to thank Dr. Alice Rothchild for joining us today. And thanks to David Hebden for running the program and our audio editor, Alina Nelich, producer Rosette, for making it all happen behind the scenes. And everyone here at The Real News for making the show possible. Please let me know what you thought about, what you heard today, what you’d like us to cover. Just write to me ats@therealnews.com, and I’ll get right back to you. And once again, thank you to Dr. Alice Rothchild for joining us today and for the incredible work she does. So for the crew here at The Real News, I’m Marc Steiner. Stay involved. Keep listening, and take care.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Marc Steiner.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/20/israel-is-the-religion-zionism-genocide-and-the-generational-divide-in-the-jewish-world/feed/ 0 533985
    Immigrants and Reality Television https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/20/immigrants-and-reality-television/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/20/immigrants-and-reality-television/#respond Tue, 20 May 2025 08:49:35 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=158394 Shocking it might be, yet still part of an old pattern. The US Department of Homeland Security is floating the idea of using a reality television program to select immigrants vying for US citizenship. Whether this involves gladiatorial combat or inane pillow battles remains to be seen, though it is bound to involve airhead celebrity […]

    The post Immigrants and Reality Television first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Shocking it might be, yet still part of an old pattern. The US Department of Homeland Security is floating the idea of using a reality television program to select immigrants vying for US citizenship. Whether this involves gladiatorial combat or inane pillow battles remains to be seen, though it is bound to involve airhead celebrity hosts and a set of fabricated challenges. What matters is the premise: the reduction of a government agency’s functions to a debauched spectacle of deceit, desperation and televisual pornography. Much, in some ways, like the Trump administration itself.

    In an interview with The Wall Street Journal, television producer Rob Worsoff, the man behind the Duck Dynasty reality show, comes clean in his monstrous intentions behind this proposed series he hopes to call The American: he has been pursuing this seedy project since the days of the Obama administration, hoping for some amoral stakeholder to bite. Worsoff, in true fashion, denies that such a project is intended as malicious (“this isn’t the ‘The Hunger Games’ for immigrants”), let alone denigrating the dignity of human worth. In the grand idea of full bloom, optimistic America, it is intended as hopeful, but most of all, competitive. Forget equal protection and a fair evaluation of merits; here is a chance for Social Darwinism to excel.

    Worsoff insists he is free of political ideology. “As an immigrant myself, I am merely trying to make a show that celebrates the immigration process, celebrate what it means to be American and have a national conversation about what it means to be American, through the eyes of people who want it most”. He proposes to do this by, for instance, sending immigrants to San Francisco where they find themselves in a mine to retrieve gold. Another would see the contestants journey to Detroit, where they will be placed on an auto assembly to reassemble a Model-T Ford chassis.

    The winners would end up on the Capitol steps, presumably to receive their citizenship in some staged ceremony for television. The losing contestants would go home with such generous prizes as a Starbucks gift card or airline points.

    DHS spokesperson Tricia McLaughlin has apparently spoken to Worsoff on this steaming drivel, with the producer describing the response as “positive”. DHS Secretary Kristi Noem, it is said, has not officially “‘backed’ or even reviewed the pitch of any scripted or reality show. The Department of Homeland Security receives hundreds of television show pitches a year.” The mind can only dissipate in despair at such an observation, unsurprising in a land where the television, or televisual platforms, remain brain numbing instructors.

    That the DHS is considering this is unremarkable. The department has already participated in television projects and networks, To Catch a Smuggler being a case in point. Noem has also made much of the camera when it comes to dealing with immigrants. An ad campaign costing US$200 million promises to feature her admonishing illegal immigrants to return to their countries. No doubt the hairdressing and makeup department will be busy when tarting her up for the noble task.

    Broadcasters in a number of countries have also found the unsuspecting migrant or foreign guest captured by television irresistible viewing. It’s not just good, couch potato fun, but also a chance to fan prejudice and feed sketchy stereotypes. The reality TV show Border Security, which first aired on Australia’s free-to-air Channel 7 in 2004, proved to be a pioneering model in this regard. Not only did it provide a chance to mock the eating habits of new arrivals as food stuffs were confiscated by customs officers with names like “Barbs”, the program could also impute an intention to attack the Australian agricultural sector with introduced pests and diseases. These depictions went hand in hand with the demonising strategy of the Australian government towards unwanted asylum seekers and refugees (“Stop the Boats!” was the cry), characterised by lengthy spells of detention in an offshore tropical gulag.

    The plight of the vulnerable immigrant has also become a matter of pantomime substitution, an idea supposedly educative in function. Why not act out the entire migrant experience with reality television individuals with particularly xenophobic views?

    In February, this is exactly what took place in a reality television show vulgarly titled Go Back to Where You Come From aired on the UK’s Channel 4, running four episodes where selected, largely anti-immigration participants, according to Channel 4, “experience some of the most perilous parts of the refugee journeys”. It comes as little surprise that the series is modelled on an Australian precursor made in the early 2010s.

    Even pro-immigrant groups were reduced to a state of admiring stupor, with the Refugee Council, a British charity, praising the worth of such shows to “have huge potential to highlight the stories behind the headlines”. Gareth Benest, advocacy director at the International Broadcasting Trust charity, also thought it instructive that the participants “face the reality of irregular migration and to challenge their preconceptions.”

    French politician Xavier Bertrand failed to identify similar points, calling the program “nauseating”. In his attack on the experiment, he saw the deaths across the English Channel as “a humanitarian tragedy, not the subject of a game”. But a game it has become, at least when placed before the camera.

    The post Immigrants and Reality Television first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Binoy Kampmark.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/20/immigrants-and-reality-television/feed/ 0 533894
    No time for doomerism. Why Malcolm Harris still believes humanity can save itself from apocalypse. https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/no-time-for-doomerism-why-malcolm-harris-still-believes-humanity-can-save-itself-from-apocalypse/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/no-time-for-doomerism-why-malcolm-harris-still-believes-humanity-can-save-itself-from-apocalypse/#respond Mon, 19 May 2025 19:54:04 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334193 Global fascism is rising and humanity is speedrunning towards planetary collapse. In his new book “What’s Left,” Malcolm Harris explains why we cannot accept this outcome and charts three practical paths to saving ourselves.]]>

    The climate crisis is not just a climate crisis—it is a planetary crisis threatening the very continuation of life and civilization as we know it. If humanity continues to lolligag its way to an apocalyptic future without drastically addressing this planetary crisis, “We are ensuring at best abominable lives for ourselves and our children,” Malcolm Harris writes in his new book What’s Left. But, Harris continues, “I refuse to believe that we have no alternative to the universal human project’s erosion into parochial barbarism and petty domination. That is an unacceptable outcome, and its giant advancing outline visible through the mist of the near future compels immediate radical action.” In this podcast, recorded at Red Emma’s Cooperative Bookstore and Cafe in Baltimore on April 29, 2025, TRNN Editor-in-Chief Maximillian Alvarez speaks with Harris about his new book and about three practical paths humanity can take to save itself from apocalypse.

    Audio Post-Production: Jules Taylor


    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    John Duda:

    Tonight we are here to talk with Malcolm Harris about what’s left three paths through the planetary crisis. I was thinking about how to introduce this book and I made the mistake of starting to read some of the reviews that had appeared of it. There’s one by Adam Twos in the New York Times, and I like Adam twos. He’s okay. He does good stuff, sends nice emails, nice charts, big books on economic crisis. But I thought his review was really fundamentally wrongheaded because he is basically saying, oh, this is a beautiful, lovely book about the beautiful dream world we could have been in had Trump not won. But now that Trump has won, we have to scale back all our radical ambitions and focus on, I think he says rebuilding the institutions of civil society or something like that. And I thought that was fundamentally just totally wrongheaded based on the book and based on what I know about how radical ideas function in times when they’re not immediately able to be put into place, it’s not for nothing, right?

    For instance, just on a policy level, right? It’s not for nothing that the Heritage Foundation wrote Project 2025 before Trump was elected the second time, right? They didn’t wait around until they had permission to do it and then lay out a plan for their evil shit fuckery that they’re doing. They went ahead and they created a plan for what they wanted to see in the world when they were out of power so that the minute they were in power, guess what? We’re fucked. Likewise, you don’t retrench your radical visions in the middle of crisis. You don’t step away from your desire to remake the world or your desire to deal with the Onrushing planetary crisis that’s coming our way just because you have a setback. In fact, I think those are the times when you redouble it. So I’m really excited to have Malcolm here tonight because this book is a really, really great roadmap to the strategic and tactical possibilities and imperatives that we are facing as a movement or as a movement of movements. And I’m really thrilled to have ’em here in person to talk through it. I’m especially thrilled to have Maximilian Alvarez here. Max has been doing some fantastic work if you haven’t seen it. And I’m tracing the connections between capitalists, hyper extractivism exploitation, and the effects on basically sacrifice communities in the United States. And I think it’s a really dramatic way of illustrating some of the conjunctions and hinge points that Malcolm’s book talks about in a larger sense. So please join me in welcoming both of them to Red Emmas.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Alright, thank you so much, John, thank you to everyone here at Red Emma’s Cooperative Bookstore, cafe and gathering space. Thank you all for making the trip out tonight. Just wanted to encourage y’all to please continue to support Red Emma’s however you can. We need spaces like this now more than ever, and I couldn’t be more grateful to be back here with Brother Malcolm and to talk about his really important challenging and thought provoking new book, what’s Left Three Paths Through the Planetary Crisis. And Malcolm, first of all, I just wanted to congratulate you on publishing another book right after you just published one that it would take me two lifetimes to write. So congrats asshole.

    Malcolm Harris:

    They don’t pay you if you don’t keep writing. I have realized. So when people say another book, I say like, wow, you went to work again this week, didn’t you go last week? So stay tuned. There’ll be more of them.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    And I mean, you feel that in reading your works, right? I mean that these are words that even if you could turn the faucet off, well you couldn’t turn the faucet off, right? I mean, that’s the sense that I get that you’re a natural born writer and you need to write and think, and it’s such a pleasure to behold that as a reader and to be in conversation with you about it. And I wanted to sort of start by way of getting us into the discussion, and I’ll give everyone the same disclaimer I give when I do these events that there’s no possible way that we could condense this entire book into a 35 minute discussion and q and a afterwards. So our goal here is to really give you an overview and hopefully encourage you to go buy the book, read it, talk to us and Malcolm about it, talk to your friends about it, strategize with it.

    That’s our goal here today. So we are going to talk about it for about the next half hour, then we will open it up to q and a. And I wanted to just by way of getting us started from Malcolm’s introduction where he writes and gives a pretty succinct, I think kind of picture of where we’re at right now. So Malcolm writes, clearly the humans of the 21st century have a problem with the way we handle our collective problems. We seem to be acting out the fable about the frog. The pot on the stove who only perceiving small increases in temperature eventually boils to death. But since we’re humans, we get the added benefit of being able to have a conversation about the fact that we’re slowly boiling to death while we slowly boil to death.

    In so far as that is what we should reasonably expect as the outcome of our present social direction. We are ensuring at best abominable lives for ourselves and our children. I refuse Malcolm Wrights to believe that we have no alternative to the universal human project’s erosion into parochial barbarism and petty domination. That is an unacceptable outcome and its giant advancing outline visible through the midst of the near future compels immediate radical action. So Malcolm, before we really dig into the three paths out of the current planetary crisis, I wanted to just meditate a bit on the problem that you write about in the introduction, not just the crisis itself, but what’s keeping us stuck in this pressure cooker of mutually assured destruction.

    Malcolm Harris:

    Yeah. Well thanks Max, first of all for that wonderful intro and John as well, and everyone at Red Emmas for having me back again and all of you for joining me this evening. So I started this book, or the premise for this book comes from an experience I had in 2019 when I was consulting for the oil company Shell. And you might wonder why on earth would the oil company, shell ask Malcolm to go consult for them? And the answer is that my first book was called Kids These Days and it’s an analysis of the millennial generation. And I didn’t know at the time that all generational analysis is advertising copy. It’s just a promo for corporate consulting services. So every person that you’ve ever seen write a generational book, the way they actually make their money is by telling companies how to sell stuff to that generation, which I did not know at the time I wrote this book.

    I thought it was important only to find out that that’s what the whole game was. And so Shell Oil, which has been conducting these future scenario exercises for decades where they try to imagine what’s going to happen deep into the future and try to adjust their business according to it, wanted me to come to London and work on one of these exercises with them. And these corporate consulting deals are such a good deal for writers compared to actually writing that they don’t think anyone’s going to screw it up. And so they don’t even make you sign nondisclosure agreements. And I am stupid enough to screw that up. And so I emailed my editor at New York Magazine and said, look, I’ve got a great story. And then I told she I’m going to be happy to go. I can’t wait to talk to C level executives about how they think about climate change.

    And I did write that article, Michelle was not happy about that article. They refused to cooperate in any way with it, but didn’t deny anything that I wrote, which is great. But what really stuck with me was a conversation I had with this one shell analyst who had started working at a green company and his company got bought by Shell. And so he wasn’t even happy to be working there, but he was trying to figure out what his job was going to be. I was asking him what happens to oil wells when shell decarbonize them? And he said, oh, we sell them. I said, okay, who do you sell them to? And he says, well, we sell them to shady operators who are going to operate them with worse environmental conditions and worse labor conditions, and they’re going to start flaring the gas from these wells and we know that’s what’s going to happen.

    And I was like, well, that doesn’t sound like a very good decarbonization plan for society, even though if that’s what accounts for Shell. And he looked at me and he said, well, we don’t plan to lose money. And that was a sense that really stuck with me for years, even after the article came out, because we need someone to plan to lose money. We need someone to strand some of those oil assets, not to end up burning them somehow or some way, but to actually leave them in the ground. And that requires somebody to plan to lose money. And there isn’t much of a volunteer pool for that, especially with companies like Shell who cannot plan to lose money and this analyst couldn’t plan to lose money and his boss couldn’t plan to lose money or they would both be fired and replaced by somebody who would.

    And that’s not really how we think about the climate crisis. Usually we think about it as personal greed of people who are powerful and rich or shortsightedness of policy makers or whatever. But this is a deep structural problem that goes to the core of how our society arranges itself in the first place, not something that we can solve with a personnel change or even a change to our leadership. And so that was the premise attacking this book is that climate change isn’t the problem we think it is so far and not the way that people have written about it so far.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Well, and John mentioned in the introduction that for the past couple of years I’ve been interviewing working class folks around the US living in so-called sacrifice zones, starting with the community in and around East Palestinian, Ohio where a Norfolk southern bomb train derailed and exploded unnecessarily three days later exposing all these residents to toxic pollutants that are accumulating in their bodies as we speak right now. And that was just the tip of the proverbial iceberg as I connected with residents in South Baltimore who were being poisoned just 20 minutes away from where we’re sitting, cancer alley, Louisiana, red Hill in Hawaii, so on and so forth. And it’s a really critical, and I think eyeopening test case for what you’re talking about because what I’ve learned going to and talking to folks living in these different communities is that if we’re talking about the jobs that are needed in today’s society and the vast scope of work that could be done, like New deal style, putting people to work, it’s remediation, it’s climate remediation, it’s cleaning up all the damage that we’ve done to our communities, to our land, to our planet over the past few centuries, but there’s no profit motive there.

    And so it’s not, even though everything else tells you that this is what society needs, the imposition of the profit motive makes it just not even something worth considering. And I feel like that trap that’s keeping us in the boiling water that you’re talking about,

    Malcolm Harris:

    Absolutely. And people will, because we’re compelled to, we all have to find ways to make livings for ourselves individually. And so people will fight for those jobs destroying their own ecological communities. They’ll fight for oil jobs, they’ll fight for construction jobs for gas fired powered Bitcoin. Mines like the worst possible environmental and social planning. And we have union workers fighting for these jobs and it’s because we are constantly required to make ourselves valuable. So that’s the other side of this oil well, right? The oil well that shell is decarbonizing and this has been verified through reporting that they actually do this. They’ll sell off these oil wells to inscrutable new owners, owners you can’t even find the corporate name for, who will operate it with little to no oversight, with disregard for the law as their plan in ways that are hazardous not just to the environment as a whole, but to the actual workers who are working there approximately.

    And yet people will fight for these jobs in every one of those flaring oil wells. People will feel compelled to sell their labor at those places of work. And it’s not because mostly someone’s put a gun to their head and said, you have to go work at this oil well tomorrow or I’m going to kill you and your family. And it’s not mostly because people think, oh, if I go work at this oil well, I’m going to get rich and I’m going to be able to do something completely different with their life. It’s the same reason people go to work all around the world. They know on some level if they can’t make themselves valuable to the system, that the things that they need in order to live will be taken from them, their access to shelter will be taken from them, their access to medicine will be taken from them, their ability to care for the they love will be taken from them. And in the face of that which is an individual task, the question of a clean atmosphere or decarbonized atmosphere or clean water or clean air, even though we know we need all of those things collectively, those questions go out the window because everyone individually has this responsibility to make themselves valuable. And fossil fuels are valuable, right? Fossil fuels can do a lot of work and they will find places where people can put them to work and can sell them.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    And I mean, I can tell you guys there is an openness, at least from the hundreds of workers that I’ve interviewed in industries like this, there is at least an openness to the possibility of transition. I remember when coal miners in deep red Alabama were on strike for two years at Warrior Met Coal.

    We reported on this struggle. We talked to folks there and they themselves understood that coal is a dying industry and a dying product. But when they were basically saying what Malcolm is saying, it’s like, what are you going to do for me and my family? And as long as we get more than empty promises of some solution down the road, if you have a tangible concrete plan for us to maintain our livelihoods, we’ll leave this damn coal mine. But until you present that, those are the options that we have. And so I think that for all of us need to think about that and how to break that kind of hold, the existential hold that this system has on us that keeps us in this death cycle. And I want to talk Malcolm a little bit about the kind of three paths that you write about in this book that you see as presenting potential ways out of this crisis. But by way of getting there, I guess to cite like Bernie Sanders would say, our good friend Adam Ts, what path would you say we are on now with the current Trump administration, this drill, baby drill, let’s take Greenland. Where are we headed right now with this administration

    Malcolm Harris:

    For a Chinese century? And I say that jokingly, but a little bit not. I think it’s important to displace America as the central actor. From our analysis objectively of the world, which the world is in the process of doing right now, we’ve taken for granted that whatever was going to be happening this century or over the relevant time period for climate change was going to be happening in an American led order, if not an American dominated unipolar order, which has sort of been the assumption for a while. I don’t think that’s a good assumption going forward. And certainly if we’re looking for answers, it’s not starting now. We’re not showing climate leadership or Donald Trump has undermined America’s position as the world’s climate policy leader or whatever. That’s just not true. We haven’t, by no metric are we leading the world in climate policy. And so when people say like, oh, don’t we need a policy to build or something, we just need a abundance construction policy or whatever, I say, well, even if that was the answer, even if that were the answer, even if that’s what I was talking about, you wouldn’t look to America for it.

    We’re not doing that by any standard. And other countries are way ahead of us, specifically the People’s Republic of China. So for me, I find it a relief not to be stuck in a perspective that assumes America’s going to be leading the world. And I think if we really dig our nails into that position, we’re going to get confused. We’re going to find ourselves advocating for positions that make no sense, not just the tariffs, but even the Biden era subsidies on American electric vehicles. Were just more an attempt to fight the Chinese electric vehicle market than they were an attempt to actually do climate policy paying people the $7,500 cost difference between an American electric vehicle and an Chinese electric vehicle so that they buy the American one is not actually climate policy, not any more than shell selling off an oil well is right.

    You’ve got the same stuff happening in these scenarios. And I think we really do need world scale policy at this point. We need a global perspective on what really is a planetary crisis. And I don’t say the climate crisis, that’s not the title of the book. It really is a planetary crisis that exceeds just the numeric analysis of temperature increase. It goes to our social metabolic order, is what I call it. And really at the planetary level that these dynamics that we’re talking about are happening in every community, in every country in the world, whether that country is a socialist country committed to a ecological future or America, they still face these same problems. And we see socialist countries, it’s not like the socialist countries of the world have decided, oh, we’re not going to use fossil fuels anymore. Those people would, if that’s what the leadership of Venezuela decided, they would be removed and the people would install different leaders because the people of the country depend on those fossil fuel assets in order to make livings for themselves in this global economy, right? States have been unable to insulate their populations from those injunctions sufficient to be able to take a leadership stance. No state has been able to take that kind of leadership stance, and it’s not a coincidence.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    And like I said, there’s no way that we’re going to be able to encapsulate the totality of all three of the kind of key paths out of this planetary crisis that you write about in this book. But I want to maybe give folks a bit of an overview of the three paths that you write about. And also could you say a little bit quickly about how you sheared away the options that you weren’t going to consider? I think you have a very effective way in this book of saying, yeah, there are many proposed solutions or paths out of this, but here are all the ones that I’m not even going to entertain because

    Malcolm Harris:

    Yeah. So originally I was going to use the whole book as an argument for why the climate crisis means everyone has to be a communist and they have to use value form theory to understand the climate crisis. And only by severing the connection between value and life at the planetary level, can we even find an analytically viable solution to the climate crisis. And then I thought about that for a little while and decided it was maybe not the most advisable argument to make one, because it turns out it’s not true. There are other analytically viable solutions to the climate crisis, which I’ll discuss. But two, and maybe more importantly, I don’t think it gives me a lot of rhetorical credibility. And I don’t think in the time period that we’re talking about, which is years, maybe some decades, not centuries, I don’t think any one position is going to be able to convince everyone, every progressive actor on the world stage to give up what they believe and follow one strategy.

    So any claim that we’re going to collapse behind some specific strategy I think is unrealistic. And I wanted to write a realistic book. I think there are enough unrealistic solutions to the climate crisis out there, enough unrealistic books about the climate crisis. I wanted to do a realistic one, and that meant being realistic about the political field that I was operating in as well. But at the same time, I won’t anyone write about progressive solutions to the climate crisis. And so I had to draw a line between what I was willing to consider and what I wasn’t willing to consider. And where I put that line for me is that you have to agree that it is society’s prerogative to plan society, that the planning prerogative within society does not belong to a fraction of the capitalist class that is able to control investment under the current status quo.

    It belongs to the entirety of a planetary society on our collective behalf. And that any solution that assumes that either that the market is some ancient God that we have to appease or a fundamental part of human nature or whatever, that we have to accommodate the market rather than perhaps using it as a tool ourselves. I wasn’t going to consider, it’s just like that’s not the purpose of this book. And I made the same decision about parochial strategies. If your strategy is build a bigger border wall around your country or build a wall around your city or pay more border guards and put people on gun boats, which again may be the dominant strategy right now as far as dealing with the climate crisis, but it’s not one I was willing to consider at the beginning. Max quoted me, I still believe in a solution by the planet for the planet, and I believe we’re going to be able to do this together and that we really will win. And that’s the position with which I wrote this book, and the question is how. And so the three strategies that I talked about, I tried to use really non triggering names for the strategies ones that anyone would be able to hear it and still work through the strategy on its own terms, rather than being like, oh, I’m not a liberal. I don’t want to hear about the liberal strategy, or I’m only going to read this chapter to see why they’re wrong or whatever. And so I named the strategies market craft, public power and communism.

    I didn’t quite make it with the third one, and I’ll explain why, but first I’ll go through the first two. So market craft is, you could call it the liberal solutions. And it’s the idea that, and I take this term from the political scientist, Stephen Vogel, that markets are a tool that societies of people use to accomplish what they need and that we can use the tools of market crafting to create the market for the decarbonization goods that we need and the decarbonization outcomes that we need. And we don’t have to submit ourselves to the market, rather, we need to structure the rules and the ground in which they play. I use a metaphor that from the market craft perspective, complaining about the market outcomes of decarbonization is complaining about the quality of the cucumber sandwiches at your imaginary tea party with your stuffed animals, right?

    It’s like it’s your tea party. You got to take responsibility for the quality, the outcomes. And so it means we’re not crafting the market very well. And in that strategy, I point to the People’s Republic of China as even though this is a capitalist strategy, but as people who are pursuing a much more successful market craft strategy than the United States. Second strategy is public power, which refers both to the power of the public and specifically organized to take control of what happens within society directly and decide what happens and make it happen rather than depending on unreliable market actors. But it also refers to public power as in publicly owned and operated utilities like literal public power. And the best example of the combination of both in the United States context is probably the Tennessee Valley Authority, which I talk about a lot in this section where under FDR, they decided, look, if capital doesn’t want to electrify the south, if it’s not worth it for them to develop this area of the country, then we’re going to just go in and do it ourselves. We’re going to set up a government agency and we’re going to backstop it with the federal government and their balance of payments, and we’re going to build the things we’re going to need, we’re going to build the dams we’re going to build. I talk about pump storage, hydro power a lot in this section, which is how 95% globally of grid scale energy is stored, which people may not know because the battery companies don’t want you to know.

    And then communism, which I swear I tried different words. I was like, I’ll call it commenting or community or something that would let people experience the argument without getting reactive. And I ultimately decided that that was a violation of my implicit agreement with the reader to use always the best words that I could find because I think readers can tell when you’re being dishonest. Readers can tell when you’re trying to manipulate or play them or not, say what you really mean and just say something so that they believe it. And I trust my readers a lot. I trust them enough to use that word communism to describe this section, even if I don’t trust the reviewers of the New York Times to not freak out about it. I trust my readers more importantly to be able to read the book. And I’ve got a footnote in that section where I sort of explain this and I say to the reader, please trust me to communicate what I mean by this, which is that society should be organized from each according to their abilities, to each according to their needs with the idea that something we all need collectively right now is to decarbonize our atmosphere urgently.

    And only by breaking this question of our needs from the question of value, can we even approach them in the first place? So one way I talk about this is that the question, how many shoes does the people in this room need under capitalism and other value-based systems? It’s not a question about feet, it’s a question about how much each of our labor commands on the labor market and what kind of priority we place on buying shoes and what the shoe production system is and what wages are in the shoe system where shoes are produced. All these other questions that don’t have to do with the fact that we all have two feet and that we’re people who need shoes for our two feet, and we have a need for decarbonization that is much more like our two feet than our needs for shoes under the current system. And in fact, if we treat our need for decarbonization like shoes under the current system, we’ll never get it because you can’t buy decarbonization individually. You can only buy shelter from the consequences of an increasingly carbonized world. And so the communist strategy says we really have to seize control the basis for the arrangement of society as a whole if we’re going to solve a question of needs like that. So those are the three strategies.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    So we got about five minutes here before we open it up to q and a. And I wanted to kind of quickly follow up there and ask, how would you evaluate the Biden years? I don’t think we should call Biden just an extension of neoliberalism. What you write about in this book, like the industrial policy of the Chips Act, the infrastructure or the Inflation Reduction Act, and that sort of market craft represented something, a breakage if it were from the neoliberal consensus. So would you put the Biden policy under the market craft form of addressing this crisis?

    Malcolm Harris:

    Yeah, not a particularly strong example when we think globally, and I think we have to think globally, and that was a problem with some of the left reception of the inflation reduction Act, was that it was based on the standards of what we thought we could achieve in the American political system, by which standards it was a victory. And I say so and even a surprising victory, but by the standards of the problem, by what we actually need to accomplish, it was relatively weak. And I think one of the problems with the Biden market craft approach is that they didn’t rely enough on public power to be able to say, look, some of these problems we just need to deal with directly, like the electrical grid is currently badly set up. We need to think about how we actually reform the electrical grid from the ground up.

    If we were to approach this right now, how would we do it not struggle through the deregulation legacy of the nineties or whatever, which is currently what they’re doing. And so without that recourse to public power, without the recourse to saying, we’ll, just do it ourselves, if you don’t want to do it, we’ll just do it. You get stuck. And the way I talk about the three strategies is not like we’re looking for the key to the lock. I don’t think any of the strategies is the key to the lock. Instead, I talk about them as puzzle pieces. And the thing about puzzle pieces is that they have to be uneven. They have to have these inlets and protrusions. They can’t have all the answers. They can’t be solid, they can’t be square shaped or circles or whatever. Then they can’t lock together. And so the fact that all of these strategies have these problems, and I try to be very fair about how I present all of them.

    I give five subsections about why they’re good strategies and three subsections for each of them about what problems there are, maybe those little inlets. But those problems and those advantages are what allow them to link together. And that’s what allows us, I hope, to be able to look back from a victorious future where we’ve won, which I really do believe we’re going to do. I do not think that there will be a thousand year Trump rike. It’s not going to happen. We’ll see if they get to six months, they’re not there yet, maybe four years, I don’t believe it. They’re not going to win. And so the question is how we are going to win and to think backwards. And if you look at every turning point historically of major progressive action, whether that’s the French Revolution, the Russian Revolution, the American Civil War, there’s always this composition of social forces where you look back and you say, well, those groups did not all agree together, right?

    Abe Lincoln did not agree with John Brown about a lot of stuff, and yet we can look back and see the abolitionist movement take shape across these differences. And that’s the same thing in the French Revolution. The same thing in the Russian Revolution. Any sort of history, historical conflicts in the modern era has a composition, a progressive composition that looks a lot like this one, the one that I described in this book that goes from liberal all the way to radical, right? Karl Marx actually calls it the Party of anarchy, which is not the slogan for the book, also not maybe rhetorically the way to present the climate answers. But at Red, Emma, as I can call it, this is the party of anarchy. And I do think that that’s how the system will perceive it once we get a little more coherence on the left, that it will show itself to be a threat to the system, and the system will regard it as such.

    And then it’s about holding together in that moment. And so a lot of the end of the book is about how we find this coherence across these lines of difference, even when we disagree, even when people stab each other in the back, even when people break promises and make mistakes, that we have to be able to find this coherence and pull this left wing coherence out so that we will able to look back and say, that was the climate movement, that was the alignment to progressive social forces that got us from where we are now to really where I believe that we’re going to be, and more importantly where we have to be. I don’t think we have an option than to fight for a planetary solution to our planetary problem. And so I look forward to doing it with all of you, and I hope this gives us some models about how we might cohere that framework and cohere into the movement that we need to be. So thank you all, and I’d love to hear your question.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Let’s give it up for Malcolm Harris

    John Duda:

    So I can come around with the mic for q and a. I do want to mention that we do have a big stack of Malcolm’s book in the bookstore. So if you do have to leave, you can exit through the book shop and you can pick one up, and if you can stick around, you can get it signed after the QA. Alright, so who’s got some questions?

    Audience Member 1:

    So what’s an example that’s come out, I don’t know, since the book went to press that’s made you really go, wow, I wish I I could have put that in the book. That’s such a targeted example of exactly what I was talking about in this section.

    Malcolm Harris:

    I dunno. I mean, I try to write books non actively. And so even for my last one, Palo Alto, which was very in the news cycle, whatever, people were like, oh, don’t you wish you’d added a section about crypto at the end? And I was like, no. The point is that it’s a longer term analysis that’s taking larger cycles into consideration. And so my fear about being responsive or reactive to the things that happen right in front of our face is that it can kind of throw our perspective off and we assign unusual importance to the things that are happening in front of us because they’re happening in front of us and they’re happening to us now, which is an understandable survival mechanism. You have to deal with the things that are in front of you right now, but hopefully one of the things I have to offer as an author is a sort of step back perspective to say, what’s really going on here and on what kind of cycle is it happening?

    And I didn’t write this book assuming good things were going to happen in the near term. And I don’t think I’ve written any of my books assuming that good things were going to happen in the near term. And I’ve been right every time so far, but that doesn’t mean that I’m not committed to progress over time. And every book that I’ve written also contains the possibility that struggles will erupt. And in the 10 plus years that I’ve been writing now, those struggles have intensified, right? It’s true that things have gotten worse. It’s also true that the progressive forces within society have stepped things up, have changed so much just since I’ve been writing. I mean, I graduated high school in 2007, and so the way things were politically in 2007, which was only less than 20 years ago or whatever, completely different from what we began.

    There was no organized left of any sort in the United States. It felt like at the time there was the anti-war movement and that was it. And that has changed so much. We’ve seen some of the largest movements in this country’s history since then, some of the largest uprisings in this country’s history since then. And I placed my hope in those conflicts. And so I definitely would’ve talked about what’s happening now, whatever. But it’s an example of what I write in the book and I write about the rise of fascist right wing, petro capitalist regimes throughout the world. And if you were sitting there a couple years ago thinking the United States could not be an example of a country where we had a right wing fascist, petro capitalist regime come to power, then I don’t think you’re paying very good attention, right? This guy got reelected, so you getting like, I can’t believe Trump got elected president, right? It’s like, so yeah, I insist on my ability to have written the book I wrote and have it still be absolutely relevant in this moment.

    Osita Nwanevu:

    First of all, congratulations,

    Malcolm Harris:

    Good to see you again.

    Osita Nwanevu:

    Thanks. I see you. I was wondering if you could say more about how you think that these three approaches could be knitted together organizationally and institutionally and politically. It is one thing to say conceptually that none of these approaches works on its own and we have to knit them together. But what does it actually look like as far as organizing? How do the communists organize with the market craft people? What do those spaces look like? What do those political forms look like?

    Malcolm Harris:

    Well, we’re going to have a talk about Stop Cop City pretty soon, right? What’s the date on the Stop Cop city talk? John May 21st. May 21st. So that’s one of the examples that I use in the text, absolutely that it’s a really good example of how, because also you had people on the boards of companies or whatever and people lobbying the boards of companies to pull out of Cop City to say, this isn’t worth it for you as a market actor because we’re going to put grassroots pressure on you in that way. It’s not just that we’re going to burn the construction equipment, which they did burn the construction equipment, but they also worked within the financial system to say, think about this board members of this construction contractor. You don’t want this. It’s not worth it for you. And I think that’s a negative example because you’re trying to stop cop city, but it’s a good one. It’s one of the examples I put in the middle of the Venn diagram where you had people in all three, you had people working for the state who were trying to stop it. You had people voting in a referendum, you had people making economic cases to the market actors, and then you also had communists halting construction enough to have these debates to be able to theoretically have the democracy weigh in the first place. And to do that, they had to burn construction equipment.

    How we can think more productively, I think that’s not enough, right? It’s not enough to try to stop cop city and maybe to stop cop cities more in the future. We also have to build stuff and build power. And I advance in the final pages of the book speculative structure I call disaster councils that could include people working in all three strategies at the same time to plan in advance to think about what are the disasters likely to befall our communities and how can we all three as progressive elements within society plan for that eventuality? And one specific example I think is after the floods in Asheville and North Carolina, one of the most resonant images was police out lined up outside a grocery store with long guns and angry parents saying, please, I need to get inside to buy baby formula. And they weren’t trying to loop baby formula, they were just trying to buy baby formula, but the state’s reaction was to just clamp things down.

    But the progressive forces within society could plan for such an eventuality, and so we could plan in advance with grocery store workers, with target workers, which vises that sell baby formula, that when these disasters come down, we know there’s going to be a flood in the next five years. We know this is what it’s going to look like when it happens. We’re going to move baby formula, we’re going to take the pallets out of the store and we’re going to move them to these five checkpoints and we’re going to have quarter sheets to let people know that that’s where they can come get free baby formula for their kids in an emergency situation. And that’s doable without raising a billion dollars. That’s doable without taking over the Democratic party. And that’s doable hopefully without getting shot. That’s something that we can plan in advance, and I think we can exercise leverage at that point because it’s not just about charity in that eventuality. It’s not even just about mutual aid that’s about building power and taking power to say that this is how we’re going to distribute things and this is how our society’s going to work in this moment. And because there is such a vacuum around those disasters and because we know they’re going to happen, I think that’s a place where if we’re being thoughtful and exercising foresight that the left in the United States can start exercising leverage right now

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    I also want to just quickly throw in, because OCE a’s question really got my brain churning about some of the nascent examples that exist already, where granted this symbiosis between the three paths out of our planetary crisis have not come together in a full unison, but there’s crossover there. I mentioned for example, I’ll use the labor movement as an example within the labor movement you can see traces of these three paths, right? Absolutely. And sometimes they’re directly at odds with each other within the same union. But I mentioned the Warrior Met coal strike in Alabama. A strike on its own is already a form of market craft or a strategy of market craft, as it were, where workers are using their collective labor power to discipline the company and use that force to hurt its bottom line and change its behavior because of it. So just from the nature of the strike itself, there was a market craft strategy there, but then when you also considered that this was happening in the coal industry that had added importance. But then when you add in the fact that the local DSA were some of the folks who kept showing up, even though those coal miners were not socialists, but after a while they were like, Hey, the socialists are the guys who keep showing up. And so you

    Malcolm Harris:

    Start or the anarchists

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Or the anarchists, you start seeing those social bonds and the ideas and the relationships start to change people a little bit. But I would also point to, and Kim Kelly, the great Kim Kelly did some great reporting for us on this, how after a while when the strike itself wasn’t working, the union made the decision to fly a bunch of those coal miners up to New York and go protest outside of BlackRock, who was the number one like investor in Warrior Met Coal. And so that’s perhaps one example where you can see these paths sort of coming together. The last one I’ll mention just quickly is I also mentioned East Palestinian, Ohio, where I’ve been interviewing residents who’ve been poisoned by that train derailment. Prior to that, I was interviewing railroad workers who were working for companies like Norfolk Southern and who were prepared to go on a national strike about it before Biden and both parties in Congress conspired to crush that strike.

    That was another form of market craft, right? The Railway Labor Act is it’s a codex of market craft preventing workers on the railroad from taking those sorts of actions. But anyway, I digress. The point is that we at the Real News put railroad workers in touch with East Palestine residents saying, why aren’t you guys talking to each other? You’re fighting the same company. And so out of those discussions, coalitions form and people start to realize the common bonds that they have and how they can work together to address these big monstrous corporate opponents that are hurting all of us. And out of this railroad labor, the more radical side of the rail labor movement, you have a national proposal for nationalizing the rails and electrifying them and turning them into a green rail system. So there are nascent, I think, examples of this, but I can tell you right now, no one has figured it out and they need a lot of pushing. And the old guard of the labor movement is not going to get us there. They need new thinking. They need new actors from community side, from the communist side, from all different sides

    Malcolm Harris:

    Who have played important roles in a lot of these actors, whether it’s UAW Wildcat strikes among the grad student workers or a trans anarchist contingent that blocked that coal train until the workers got paid. And they were ones who were holding down that encampment who said, if you guys need to go home to your families, go home to your families, we’ll hold it down even though we don’t have jobs here because we recognize that this is an important social struggle and what I call that communist ve, it can be very important, even just buying enough time to start up the public power struggle. I do in the closing sections, I really do talk about all the little overlaps and I give examples of, okay, what does it look like to do market craft and communism at the same time? What does it look like to do market craft and public power?

    And what are examples of all of these? So I do talk about the specific overlaps, and it’s not only not impossible, but not even particularly hard to find examples. There’s a lot of constant crossing of lines in terms of our actual practical strategies. And one of the goals of the book was to get people out of a sort of identity reactive frame about their politics, which I think people on the left can certainly fall into where they’re looking for buzzwords, they’re looking for keywords so that they can figure out, okay, where’s this book positioned and where am I positioned in relation to it so that I know the politically correct positioning? And that’s more important than the logic that’s more important than the argument. And actually thinking through what it says. And I tried to give people as few of those as possible few places where they can just orient themselves cleanly in terms of their political identity. And so my hope is that that will result in people being more open to the arguments and more open to the overlap strategically and come out of it thinking of a lot of things they could do as opposed to things they don’t want to do or people they don’t want to work with.

    Audience Member 2:

    So I appreciate the fact that you’re talking a lot about things being together in the same timeframe in terms of these strategies overlapping and interacting. I’m curious if you also play with time in the book and escalation and building in these strategies and how one form might move into another form with time.

    Malcolm Harris:

    So I didn’t actually think about them as stages, which I’ve gotten a lot of questions about. Like, oh, is it one market craft, then public power, then communism, which is not how I thought about it because I think, like I said, the relevant period that we’re talking about is years and maybe a couple of decades. And in that period of time, I don’t think we’re going to see that full progression from one strategy to the other. I think there are going to be people working diligently, honestly and progressively within each of those strategies in the whole relevant time period that we’re talking about. Even if at the last minute people have to abandon one for the other or one of them wins or something in a particular moment, which historically happens, like the Bolsheviks win this power struggle, the liberals win the French Revolution power struggle.

    It doesn’t become a proletarian movement in the same way. And I imagine that that will happen in this situation, and I think it’s too soon to tell in what way or in what direction. And so I talk about how we have to walk down all paths at the same time. So I lied. I do talk about it temporarily, but unfortunately it’s in terms of quantum mechanics in which the regular rules of time are suspended. And my argument is that in the big scale of things, what we’re talking about in the time period we’re talking about and the place we’re talking about is so tiny that that could happen, that the regular rules for time and space don’t have to apply, that we could walk down all three paths at the same time and find ourselves at the end of one that works. And that’s what I think we have to do. I also compare it to a football play at one point. There were a bunch of fun metaphors at the end, and I hope that one of them works for people, right? It’s like all of the metaphors don’t have to work as long as you find one that you can hold onto. But yeah, the time is a little complicated. I think thinking about it temporarily is tough. And that doesn’t mean we can escape from that. It means we have to go through it.

    John Duda:

    Got time for one more question.

    Audience Member 3:

    Hi, I enjoyed your talk. I guess I was wondering because a big issue I had with Biden personally was that I kind of saw him as being very hawkish on the international stage.

    Audience Member 1:

    Absolutely.

    Audience Member 3:

    And I think a lot of his green policy was tied to that. I think there was an interesting jet here article about how kind of biden’s his whole idea of the new deal. It was intertwined with kind of Scoop Jackson hawkish Cold War liberalism, which to me, the most depressing thing recently in terms of the democratic qualities politics has been the influx of neocons and the insistence of us pursuing primacy on the international stage in terms of confronting Russia, which I don’t really approve of Russia’s actions, but some of the stuff like the fact that they went from piping in natural gas through pipelines to liquified natural gas that goes through Spain or selling all their oil directly to Europe to selling all their oil, unrefined oil to India, that then gets rerouted to Europe through tankers in a much more costly fashion. It’s clear that you can’t have this type of drive for US primacy overall and also get to carbon neutrality. How do you go about addressing both domestic problems where the Democrats have become the hawkish party as well as kind of, I don’t know. I mean, I think Trump to some degree is doing it right. He’s kind destroying the US empire.

    Malcolm Harris:

    That’s true.

    Audience Member 3:

    And if there is a silver lining, right, there’s that. But yeah, I don’t know. What do you think emerges in 2028 maybe with another democratic presidency? I have trouble, I mean, I talked to somebody at a coffee shop after that election and she was just talking about how it’s good that Liz Cheney was invited into the Democratic party. And I just want to scream when I hear people talk about that, but sorry, I’m kind of all over the place.

    Malcolm Harris:

    No, no, I follow exactly. And that’s a big issue in the book. That’s one of the drawback sections for market craft. That market craft is traditionally organized nationally. And then you have, you find yourself paying $7,500 for everyone who buys a US electric vehicle just to stick it to China. And that’s your whole climate crisis or whole climate policy. But I think at a deeper level, this goes back to the coherence question because, and the Biden question, because we did under the Biden administration, saw a surprising amount of left-wing coherence and you saw pretty radical some of these market craft thinkers making headway into the administration and saying with some pretty relatively radical economic ideas that if we want to build something, we can build it. And if we want to do something, we can do it. And that led to the Biden administration spending a lot more money and pushing for bigger bills than it would have otherwise.

    And it did feel for a moment like we were all part of the same conversation. And then the Biden administration broke that and they broke that with the slaughter of Gaza and they refused to take any responsibility for breaking that moment of coherence. And it’s entirely their fault. And we need to keep that blame where it belongs on those elements within the Democratic party that we can’t work with. Because there is a place where you can step past a line and make it so that people can’t work with you. And I was a big believer in the uncommitted movement, which gave them so many chances to cross back over and said, we understand everything about the situation, but we need you to show some kind of movement. We need you to reach your hand in some way back towards this part of the line and they wouldn’t do it.

    And we are every day dealing with the direct consequences of that choice. That’s what we are currently experiencing. And so this is an important lesson about what happens if you fail to rally around those points of coherence. And I think one of those points of coherence needs to be internationalism. And we need to say we’re not afraid of the people of China, that they have the same problems we do and they’re looking for the same solutions we are. And we don’t hear that much in the Democratic party. We haven’t heard that much from our liberal representatives, but I think it’s a very popular position among Americans themselves. I don’t think Americans necessarily want war with the rest of the world, and I certainly think we can be talked out of it. And so the question is, are we going to see some leadership from the internationalist parts within the Democratic party to come out and say, this is fearmongering, all this tariff stuff is fearmongering, all the military stuff is fearmongering.

    We need to reduce the military industrial complex and we need to spend that money instead of building bombs that are purely destructive. We need to build things that we can use and that solve our problems. And I think that means for those of us in the radical left, we need a direct front against the military industrial complex. I think as Americans, that’s one of the few things that we can offer very directly to the rest of the world, right, is to contest that planning element within society that says we plan for more bombs and more bombs and more bombs. It’s on us to stop them. And I think that’s the most internationalist thing we can do is stop the weapons industry. And that’s would show real leadership, not just nationally, but globally, and that we understand the planetary crisis and maybe we can drag parts of the Democratic party with us. I think that is ultimately a popular message. I think people understand that bombs are destructive, and I think people, liberals, the abundance liberals or whatever, who aren’t willing to say, we should build fewer bombs, our cowards, they’re cowards or they’re bigots one of the two, and neither puts them in an appropriate position to lead. And we should say. So.

    John Duda:

    Alright. Well thank you Malcolm. Thank you Max. Thank you everybody for coming. As I mentioned, the book is for sale in the bookshop. We’ll be open for a while. Grab a drink if you want one. Hang out, get your book signed. And thank you both. Thank you.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Maximillian Alvarez.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/no-time-for-doomerism-why-malcolm-harris-still-believes-humanity-can-save-itself-from-apocalypse/feed/ 0 533844
    ‘We won’t leave’: Palestinians respond to Trump plans to clear Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/we-wont-leave-palestinians-respond-to-trump-plans-to-clear-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/we-wont-leave-palestinians-respond-to-trump-plans-to-clear-gaza/#respond Mon, 19 May 2025 18:05:40 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334184 Still image of a tattered Palestinian flag hanging above refugee tents in the Gaza Strip. Still image from TRNN documentary report "Gaza after Ceasefire" (2025).“Pharaoh himself could come—we won’t leave”]]> Still image of a tattered Palestinian flag hanging above refugee tents in the Gaza Strip. Still image from TRNN documentary report "Gaza after Ceasefire" (2025).

    We asked people in Gaza what their thoughts were on US President Donald Trump’s stated plans to “take over the Gaza Strip” and displace the Palestinian population there. This is what they told us…

    Producer: Belal Awad, Leo Erhardt
    Videographer: Ruwaida Amer, Mahmoud Al Mashharawi
    Video Editor: Leo Erhardt


    Transcript

    Ahed Hisham Raffat Arif: 

    Who is Trump? Who is this? Where did he appear from? This is a crazy, harmful person. We will not leave Gaza, even if it were the last moment of our lives. 

    Donald Trump [CLIP]: 

    The US will take over the Gaza Strip, and we will do a proper job with it. We’ll own it and be responsible for dismantling all the dangerous unexploded bombs and other weapons on the site, clear the rubble, and remove the destroyed buildings. We’ll level the area and initiate economic development that will provide unlimited jobs and housing for the people of the region.

    Ibrahim Al Fayadh: 

    Trump’s evacuation plans are nonsense. We will stay until the end. We are losing people daily, yet still we say: “Don’t despair, God is with us” and “be strong and it will end,” and we say to Trump: your words are empty, we in Gaza are steadfast and remain until the end. 

    Abu Tha’ir: 

    This plan is new and old. In 1948 they were working on the expulsion of all Palestine from the Gaza Strip and from Jaffa… and everyone knows this. But of course, they weren’t able to empty Gaza City entirely, or erase or remove Palestine. No one would accept this, because it is rejected by the whole world and by the people of Palestine in particular: we refuse it completely. When you pull out a tree by its roots, you kill it. You won’t benefit from it in the future. For a human, who is forced to leave his land, he is being sentenced to death. 

    Mohamed El Kurdi: 

    This is the land of our ancestors. We will remain as long as the thyme and olive trees grow, by the grace of God. 

    Abu Tha’ir: 

    To be present on the land in Palestine—this is your land—you are rooted here. It’s hard to leave it. Even under threat of death, with force. It’s hard. 

    Mohamed El Kurdi: 

    We reject any plan, whether it’s from Trump or Biden—many have tried! God willing, they will fail. They attempted plans with their generals and to evacuate areas, but they have all failed. 

    Jamal Eid Qater:

    We will not leave, because this land is ours. No one can buy or sell us. We are the people of this land. We will not allow anyone to buy or sell us. We won’t leave. Pharaoh himself could come—we won’t leave. 

    Mohamed El Kurdi: 

    What was destroyed will be rebuilt. We will rebuild it better, God willing. Abu Tha’ir: 

    Some left to go to the South but others stayed under fire and death. This shows how strongly people cling to their land. To die and be buried in it is better than to be forced out. The whole world has heard and seen this reality. 

    Ahed Hisham Raffat Arif: 

    To us, Gaza is the best country—and the best city—in the world. Despite all the destruction and the blockade, look at Gaza. Gaza is my whole life. I will rebuild my home, my family, and every stone in Gaza. I will rebuild it. 

    Ibrahim Al Fayadh: 

    Gaza is my life. My blood. My veins, my breath, my soul. My eyes, my vision. Honourable Gaza. 

    Abu Tha’ir: 

    Gaza is the soul, the blood, the body, the breath. Without Gaza there is nothing. Mohamed El Kurdi: 

    Gaza is the heart, is the soul. It’s the veins filled with blood. 

    Jamal Eid Qater: 

    Gaza means everything to me. It’s my mother, my father. She is the loving mother to us. Yes. We won’t leave her.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Ruwaida Amer, Leo Erhadt, Belal Awad and Mahmoud Al Mashharawi.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/we-wont-leave-palestinians-respond-to-trump-plans-to-clear-gaza/feed/ 0 533810
    Augusto Sandino fought the US occupation of Nicaragua—and won https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/16/augusto-sandino-fought-the-us-occupation-of-nicaragua-and-won/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/16/augusto-sandino-fought-the-us-occupation-of-nicaragua-and-won/#respond Fri, 16 May 2025 18:48:58 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334164 A monument of Nicaraguan revolutionary hero Augusto Cesar Sandino stands in a park in Managua on February 18, 2010. Photo by ELMER MARTINEZ/AFP via Getty Images.Augusto Sandino was born 130 years ago, on May 18, 1895. His legacy is still remembered. This is Episode 34 of Stories of Resistance.]]> A monument of Nicaraguan revolutionary hero Augusto Cesar Sandino stands in a park in Managua on February 18, 2010. Photo by ELMER MARTINEZ/AFP via Getty Images.

    In the central park in Niquinohomo, Nicaragua, there is a statue of a man. 

    He’s dressed in working man’s clothes of the 20th century. Long-brimmed hat. Jacket and boots. His hands are clasped around his belt buckle. He stares ahead… determined.

    His name is Augusto Sandino.

    The man who would lead the six-year rebellion against the US occupation of Nicaragua. 

    The man who would become a legend across the country… and also far from the shores of Central America.

    Sandino was born on May 18, 1895.

    The so-called illegitimate son of a wealthy coffee merchant and his indigenous servant. 

    Sandino lived with his mother until he was nine years old, and then his father took him in and arranged for his education.

    He helped his dad. Learned the coffee merchant business and started buying and selling on his own. 

    As he grew, he became a successful small-time merchant himself, selling grains, beans, and rice. 

    But in his mid-20s, something went wrong.

    There was a dispute over a business deal.

    They say he shot someone and had to flee. An illegitimate son would be hauled in on charges.

    So he traveled to Honduras and Guatemala. He worked for the US banana juggernaut United Fruit.

    He lived in Mexico on the heels of the Mexican Revolution. He met radical labor groups. Anarchists and communist revolutionaries. He became inspired.

    But in 1926, a civil war broke out in Nicaragua, and he returned home. 

    He joined the Liberal Army. He became a general. 

    And when the civil war ended the following year, Sandino was one of the only liberal generals who refused to lay down his weapons. He had 29 men.

    See… Nicaragua was still under US occupation. At the time, the United States had occupied the country for roughly 15 years. 

    The United States said it was helping Nicaragua maintain political stability.

    In reality, the US sought two things. One, dollar diplomacy. The US government was doing the bidding of US corporations, looking to bank off of Nicaragua’s natural resources. And two, the United States had built the Panama Canal. And it didn’t want a foreign power challenging the US shipping dominance and building another one in neighboring Nicaragua.

    And so, when the United States imposed the terms of the agreement to end Nicaragua’s Civil War… Sandino said no.

    He wanted the US Marines out of Nicaragua.

    “I will not sell out, nor will I give up,” he said. “I want Patria o muerte—a free country or death.”

    His guerrilla war for Nicaragua’s freedom against the United States would become the stuff of legends across the world.

    Sandino took his army to the Segovias, the mountains of northwestern Nicaragua, and began his insurgency.

    Small, but powerful.

    Tactical hits and runs against the US marines. 

    They attacked US-owned mines. US-owned plantations. 

    Peasants and miners joined. The insurgency grew. 

    And the US began to use airplanes to support troops on the ground.

    But they could not catch Sandino. 

    In one message sent secretly by Sandino in 1929, he says, “I will not abandon my resistance until the pirate invaders… assassins of weak peoples are expelled from my country. I will make them realize that their crimes will cost them dear… Nicaragua shall not be the patrimony of Imperialists. I will fight for my cause as long as my heart beats.”

    The United States called him a bandit. Much of Latin America called him a hero.

    One of the world’s first anti-imperialist heroes of the 20th century. 

    There were pro-Sandino movements across the world.

    When Chinese nationalists fought their own war in the late ’20s against a puppet regime, they marched with portraits of Sandino.

    And he won.

    After a protracted guerrilla war, the United States withdrew the last US marines from the country in early 1933.

    But the following year, Sandino traveled to Managua for talks with president Juan Bautista Sacasa. 

    After the meeting, his car was ambushed, and Sandino, his brother, and two of his top generals were killed by members of the US-trained National Guard. 

    They were acting on orders from General Anastasio Somoza García. 

    Two years later, Somoza Garcia would stage a coup and install a US-backed dictatorship and family dynasty that would rule Nicaragua for more than four decades.

    Sandino, the man, the legend, and his revolutionary struggle, would continue to inspire.

    And that is why his name was chosen for the Sandinistas, Nicaragua’s revolutionary guerrilla army that would fight and finally defeat the Somoza dictatorship in 1979.

    ###

    Augusto Sandino was born May 18, 1895. 130 years go. 

    His legacy lives on.

    ###

    Hi folks, thanks for listening. As always, I’m your host Michael Fox. 

    I’ve included some links in the show notes to reporting from my podcast Under the Shadow about Sandino, the Nicaraguan revolution and the US backlash. Definitely check them out.

    Also, you can check out exclusive pictures from Sandino’s hometown, Niquinohomo, Nicaragua, in my Patreon. That’s patreon.com/mfox. 

    This is episode 34 of Stories of Resistance, a new podcast series co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment or leave a review. 

    As always, thanks for listening. See you next time.


    This is episode 34 of Stories of Resistance—a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. 

    You can check out exclusive pictures from Sandino’s hometown, Niquinohomo, Nicaragua, in Michael Fox’s Patreon. There you can also follow his reporting and support at www.patreon.com/mfox.

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    Resources:

    Below are links to Michael’s episodes on Nicaragua from his podcast Under the Shadow.

    THE GRINGO WHO TRIED TO RULE CENTRAL AMERICA | UNDER THE SHADOW, EPISODE 8: https://therealnews.com/nicaragua-william-walker-under-the-shadow-episode-8

    NICARAGUA. SANDINO | UNDER THE SHADOW, EPISODE 9: https://therealnews.com/nicaragua-sandino-under-the-shadow-episode-9

    NICARAGUA, 1980S. REVOLUTION | UNDER THE SHADOW, EPISODE 10, PART 1: https://therealnews.com/nicaragua-1980s-revolution-under-the-shadow-episode-10-part-1

    NICARAGUA, 1980S. CONTRA WAR | UNDER THE SHADOW, EPISODE 10, PART 2: https://therealnews.com/nicaragua-reagan-iran-contra-sandinista-revolution


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/16/augusto-sandino-fought-the-us-occupation-of-nicaragua-and-won/feed/ 0 533461
    ‘These tents are graves above the earth’: Gaza after the broken ceasefire https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/16/these-tents-are-graves-above-the-earth-gaza-after-the-broken-ceasefire/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/16/these-tents-are-graves-above-the-earth-gaza-after-the-broken-ceasefire/#respond Fri, 16 May 2025 00:17:42 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334146 Gazans recount the horrors of Israeli bombings, life in tents, and the silence of a world that watches but does not act.]]>

    In the aftermath of a broken ceasefire, Palestinians in Gaza speak out about the trauma, loss, and fear they live with daily. Families recount the horrors of bombings, life in tents, and the silence of a world that watches but does not act. Through raw testimony and haunting imagery, this short film captures the reality of survival under siege—and the enduring dignity of a people who refuse to be erased.

    Producers: Belal Awad, Leo Erhardt
    Videographers: Ruwaida Amer, Mahmoud Al Mashharawi
    Video Editor: Leo Erhardt


    Transcript

    MAMDOUH AHMED MORTAJA: 

    More than 500 days have passed and this unjust world has watched our bodies being burned alive. 

    SUHAILA HAMED SA’AD: 

    A girl asleep. In a tent, also. An air strike hit, her brain spilled out—she died on her mattress. What did this girl do? What crime did she commit? 

    MUKARAM SA’AD MUSTAFA HLIWA: 

    Two billion Muslims. Two billion Muslims are watching us. They could do something, but they do nothing. Where is the Arab world? Where is the Islamic world? Where is the Western world? While we are being killed daily. 

    MOHAMED DARWISH MUSTAFA SA’AD: 

    Destruction, terror, fear, humiliation. Faith only in God. As for faith in the end of the war—sadly, we’re not hopeful. 

    SUHAILA HAMED SA’AD: 

    We were in the refugee camp, when we heard gunfire, bombs and the chaos that followed. We didn’t need anyone to tell us, at night, we woke up to gunfire and bombs. There were assassinations, and the whole world turned upside down. My feelings when the ceasefire happened: we were truly pleased, we thought it was over and thought we were going to go back to normal life, like everyone else. Or do we not have the right to live? After that, war returned, worse than before. Now our feelings are different from before. At first, when the ceasefire happened, we were happy and thought we could go back to our lives. But for the war to stop and then return? That’s terrifying and fills us with anxiety. We didn’t expect the war to start again, at all. We couldn’t even believe it when it ended. We were waiting for relief, supplies and aid. We heard the promises on the news, about trucks entering—we didn’t expect the war to return. 

    MOHAMED DARWISH MUSTAFA SA’AD: 

    For me? Yes, I expected it. I expected it. Because they are treacherous, they don’t want peace. We had almost finished the first stage, but at the beginning of the second phase, they turned everything around. They don’t want it to succeed. They don’t want it to succeed. It’s not possible for the war to end. It’s not possible. 

    MAMDOUH AHMED MORTAJA: 

    Rings of fire, flying body parts, surprise attacks, abductions—the stuff of nightmares is happening in this war, and now, the resumption of war has renewed our feelings of intense fear. Everyone’s only demand is an end to this war and this curse, so we can have safety,

    and tranquility, so we can rest our heads on our pillows and know that we will wake up the next day without drones, bullets, or artillery strikes. 

    Interviewer: 

    – This is not normal, it’s really loud. 

    MOHAMED DARWISH MUSTAFA SA’AD: 

    – It’s like this 24/7. 

    SUHAILA HAMED SA’AD: 

    Of course, Gaza is used to wars, but not like this. It’s not a war; it’s genocide: the child, the young, the girl, the wealthy, the poor—everyone. I’ll tell you a story: Yesterday, a ten-year-old girl was sleeping in her bed when an airstrike hit and killed her. What did this girl do? She was only ten years old. A girl sleeping. Also, in a tent. An air strike hits, her brains spill out. She dies on her mattress. What did she do? What crime did she commit? It’s a scary thing. The person sitting in his tent is scared, the person in his house is scared. We feel complete exhaustion, there is no stability, and we are mentally drained. When we sleep, we don’t expect to wake up. With the jets and the strikes, no one expects to wake up. We are living day to day, when we sleep, we don’t think about waking up. Death has become normal. What can we do? 

    MUKARAM SA’AD MUSTAFA HLIWA: 

    To me, the war hasn’t stopped. We have been living in destruction since October 7, 2023. I was injured on October 11, 2023, and until now, there’s been complete ongoing destruction in the Gaza Strip. Martyrs, orphans—destruction, destruction, destruction, more than you can imagine. 

    MOHAMED DARWISH MUSTAFA SA’AD: 

    Unfortunately, we expected the war to end, but it didn’t. They don’t want to end it—they want to end us: completely. We don’t want wars, it’s enough. We’re exhasted. Displacement, displacement, displacement. I lost three homes, and I have lost family as martyrs. We’ve been humiliated as you can see, living in a refugee camp and the situation is miserable. A worn out tent, frankly the situation is not good. 

    SUHAILA HAMED SA’AD: 

    The children here, when they hear explosions, develop psychological problems. They wet themselves. If a glass falls, they panic—they’re psychologically broken. They’re still children. What do they know? Anything that moves, they think it’s an airstrike or tank fire. They’re living in fear. 

    MUKARAM SA’AD MUSTAFA HLIWA:

    One of my grandsons has a heart condition, we worry his heart will stop from terror. He screams and cries when he hears a rocket or an airstrike, or the quadcopter fire. The children can’t sleep because of what’s happening here in Gaza. 

    MOHAMED DARWISH MUSTAFA SA’AD: 

    The kids wet themselves. That’s one thing. The second? The fear and terror—like this child next to you. They are terrified and have no reassurance. The children roam the streets. There are no schools, no education. The Jews demolished the schools, they demolished kindergartens, the hospitals, the dispensaries, and the infrastructure. Buildings, houses: there is nothing left. The children are broken. The children? Childhood is over here. 

    SUHAILA HAMED SA’AD: 

    The future? It’s black and bleak. We have no future—our future is with God. What future? We live in tents, and they have followed us even here! The tent is everything—the living room, the kitchen, the bathroom, everything. At the same time, the tent is an oven—not a tent. Even here, they won’t let us stay. They won’t leave us alone. The tents, the fear, the airstrikes—everything is crushing us. 

    MAMDOUH AHMED MORTAJA: 

    More than 500 days have passed, and this unjust world has watched our bodies being burned alive. Today, more than 50,000 human beings killed, burned alive in front of the world, and no one lifts a finger. So it’s normal that we in Gaza feel we face a deaf, blind, unjust world that supports the executioner standing over us, the victims. 

    MUKARAM SA’AD MUSTAFA HLIWA: 

    After losing my son, after what’s happened to Gaza? No. There is no hope, none at all. Only God stands with us. Hope in any country? There is none. I don’t trust the international community. They haven’t helped us. On the contrary. They sit and discuss as they destroy us. They haven’t found a solution for Gaza. They are destroying us here and in the West Bank. No one has stopped the war. Why? Only God knows. The blame is on them. There is a conspiracy against the people of Gaza. 

    MOHAMED DARWISH MUSTAFA SA’AD: 

    Doesn’t the international community see the victims every day? Thirty, forty victims a day, while they watch. No. Only God is our hope. No one else. God will deliver us from this war. He who is capable of anything. As for the international community, the Arab world, the Muslim world? There are 56 Arab and Muslim nations, yet they do nothing. Two billion Muslims. Two billion Muslims are watching us. They could act, but they do nothing. Where is the Arab world? Where is the Islamic world? Where is the Western world? We are being killed daily. They could act, but they are complicit—their hearts side with Israel. In the end, we’re battling the U.S. We are not equals. And the entire world supports Israel. We’re

    exhausted. We are seeing horrors, tragedies, and no one stands with us. The International Court of Justice ruled for us, but where’s the action? We’re alone. 

    Interviewer 

    – Do you think you will survive this war? 

    SUHAILA HAMED SA’AD: 

    – No. Zero chance. I told you: I sleep feeling like I won’t wake up. It’s normal. Thanks be to God. If He wills us to be martyrs, it’s better than this torture. Because, I’m telling you, we are not living—we are dead. These tents are graves above the earth. What’s the difference if we’re buried under it? Nothing. We’re being tortured, watching the explosions, the despair—it’s destroying us mentally and physically. 

    MOHAMED DARWISH MUSTAFA SA’AD: 

    Honestly, it’s difficult. We’ve faced death repeatedly. May God save us. I don’t expect to survive. I’m not optimistic. Destruction, terror, fear, humiliation. Only faith in God. As for faith in the war ending? Sadly, we’re not hopeful. 

    SUHAILA HAMED SA’AD: 

    Who can we have faith in? In whom? There’s no one. We’ve lost everything. Everything. Only our breath remains. And we wait, minute by minute, for it to leave us. 

    MOHAMED DARWISH MUSTAFA SA’AD: 

    Frankly, we are beyond exhausted. We lost our children, homes, livelihoods, work—Gaza has no life left. Life is over. I mean it. I’m 73. I’ve seen many wars, but never like this. This is genocide. 

    MUKARAM SA’AD MUSTAFA HLIWA: 

    I hope to walk again after my injury. I have a broken hip, I need a replacement. They approved my transfer, but I’m afraid if I leave, I’ll be exiled. They’re saying that those who leave can’t return. But why? I’m leaving for treatment—why exile me? I am from this land. I am Palestinian. I want my country. I want treatment, but I must return. I’m not leaving to emigrate. I don’t want to abandon my country. That’s what I fear.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Ruwaida Amer, Mahmoud Al Mashharawi, Belal Awad and Leo Erhadt.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/16/these-tents-are-graves-above-the-earth-gaza-after-the-broken-ceasefire/feed/ 0 533275
    Myanmar’s ousted government calls for international aid after junta kills hundreds https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/05/15/junta-breaks-ceasefire/ https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/05/15/junta-breaks-ceasefire/#respond Thu, 15 May 2025 09:41:10 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/05/15/junta-breaks-ceasefire/ Myanmar’s ousted civilian government called for international intervention, accusing the military regime of committing “war crimes” by killing nearly 400 people within a month, despite the junta’s declaration of a ceasefire on April 2.

    From April 3 to May 13, junta airstrikes across 11 of Myanmar’s 14 territories have killed a total of 182 people and injured 298, said the National League for Democracy, or NLD, the party that won a landslide in the 2020 election but was ousted in a coup the following year.

    The majority of attacks have targeted those affected by the earthquake-affected areas of Sagaing and Mandalay region, it added.

    “We’re sending this appeal directly to the United Nations and to ASEAN,” said a member of the NLD central work committee Kyaw Htwe. “We have confirmed this information with media outlets, party members and the public on the ground.”

    On March 28, 2025, Myanmar experienced a devastating 7.7 magnitude earthquake centered near Mandalay, resulting in over 5,400 deaths, more than 11,000 injuries, and widespread destruction across six regions, including the capital Naypyidaw.

    In response to the disaster, Myanmar’s military junta and various rebel groups declared temporary ceasefires in early April to facilitate humanitarian aid and recovery efforts. The junta extended its ceasefire until May 31. However, despite these declarations, hostilities have continued, with reports indicating that the military has persisted with airstrikes and artillery attacks.

    On Monday, an airstrike on a school in rebel militia-controlled Tabayin township in Sagaing region killed 22 students and two teachers. On the same day, junta soldiers raiding Lel Ma village in Magway region’s Gangaw township shot 11 people and arrested eight others.

    An attack on Arakan Army-controlled Rathedaung township in Rakhine the following day killed 13 civilians, including children and their parents.

    Similarly, attacks with heavy artillery between April 3 and May 13 across five territories killed 14 people and injured 43. Another 166, including infants, were killed by junta raids on villages, when soldiers set fire to civilian homes.

    Junta spokesperson Maj. Gen. Zaw Min Tun has not responded to Radio Free Asia’s inquiries.

    Translated by Kiana Duncan. Edited by Mike Firn and Taejun Kang.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Burmese.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/05/15/junta-breaks-ceasefire/feed/ 0 533128
    Ice roads are a lifeline for First Nations. As Canada warms, they’re disappearing. https://grist.org/indigenous/ice-road-canada-truck-northern-ontario-first-nations-mining/ https://grist.org/indigenous/ice-road-canada-truck-northern-ontario-first-nations-mining/#respond Thu, 15 May 2025 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=665349 It was the last night of February and a 4×4 truck vaulted down the 103-mile winter road to Cat Lake First Nation in northern Ontario, a road made entirely of ice and snow. Only the light of the stars and the red and white truck lights illuminated the dense, snow-dusted spruce trees on either side of the road. From the passenger seat, Rachel Wesley, a member of the Ojibway community and its economic development officer, told the driver to stop.

    The truck halted on a snow bridge over a wide creek — 1 of 5 made of snow along this road. It was wide enough for only one truck to cross at a time; its snowy surface barely 2 feet above the creek. Wesley zipped up her thick jacket and jumped out into the frigid night air. She looked at the creek and pointed at its open, flowing water. “That’s not normal,” she said, placing a cigarette between her lips.

    Wesley, who wore glasses and a knit cap pulled over her shoulder-length hair, manages the crews that build the winter road — a vital supply route that the community of 650 people relies on to truck in lumber for housing, fuel, food, and bottled water. In the past, winters were so cold that she could walk on the ice that naturally formed over the creek. Now it no longer freezes, and neither do the human-made snow bridges. “It’s directly caused by global warming,” she said, lighting the cigarette.

    An illustration of a woman in glasses with a river reflected in them
    Jessie Boulard / Grist

    More than 50 First Nations in Canada — with 56,000 people total — depend on approximately 3,700 miles of winter roads. There are no paved roads connecting these Indigenous communities to the nearest cities. Most of the year, small planes are their only lifeline. But in winter, the lakes, creeks, and marshes around them freeze, allowing workers to build a vast network of ice roads for truck drivers to haul in supplies at a lower cost than flying them in.

    Despite their isolation, the ice roads are community spaces. They guide hockey and broomball teams from small reserves to big cities to compete in tournaments. They enable families to stock up on cheap groceries. They bring people to medical appointments in cities and facilitate hunting and fishing trips with relatives in neighboring communities.

    But the climate crisis is making it harder to build and maintain the ice roads. Winter is arriving later, pushing back construction, and spring is appearing earlier, bringing even the most robust frozen highways to an abrupt end. Less snow is falling, making the bridges smaller and more vulnerable to collapse under heavy trucks.

    The rising temperatures give trucks only a few short weeks to bring in supplies — and often with half-loads due to thin lake ice and fragile snow bridges. Last year, chiefs in northern Ontario declared a state of emergency when the winter roads failed to freeze on time, and in March this year, rain shut down the ice roads to five communities.

    First Nations urgently need permanent roads, but it’s unclear who will pay for them. Government officials in Canada say it’s not their responsibility, and with price tags running into the hundreds of millions of dollars for each community, First Nations typically don’t have the money to fund them. 

    But there is a third, more complex option: Many communities that rely on disappearing ice roads sit atop lucrative minerals. And where mining is approved, road permits and government funding soon follow.

    For nearly two decades, companies and governments have eyed a circular mining area in northern Ontario as a promise of economic prosperity. Named after the Johnny Cash song, the Ring of Fire spans 2,000 miles and contains chromite, nickel, copper, platinum, gold, and zinc, all of which can be used to make EV batteries, cell phones, and military equipment. Scattered across the north are dozens of mines that extract gold, iron, and other minerals, but none compare to the scale of the Ring of Fire.

    But resistance by First Nations and a lack of paved roads has stalled extraction. Mining the region could threaten the fight against climate change: Ontario’s northern peatlands, for instance, sequester an estimated 39 billion tons of carbon that could be released if the land is mined. The proposed Ring of Fire mining area alone holds about 1.8 billion tons of carbon. To put that in perspective, the Amazon rainforest sequesters about 123 billion tons of carbon

    Ontario’s premier, Doug Ford, has longed for years to develop the Ring of Fire, even promising to “hop on a bulldozer” himself. The province, which is responsible for natural resources and road permitting, has committed 1 billion Canadian dollars ($740 million) to build permanent roads to open up mining, asking the federal government to kick in another CA$1 billion. Meanwhile, at least a dozen First Nations in Ontario are requesting government funding for all-season roads.

    Map of Northern Ontario showing winter roads (blue dotted lines) and all-season roads (brown) connecting First Nation communities. Features "Ring of Fire" mining area, the Springpole Gold Project near Cat Lake, and First Nation territories. Inset locates the region within Canada.

    During the recent election, Ford vowed to “unlock” the Ring of Fire and has introduced legislation to fast-track development, actions that some First Nation leaders perceived as a threat. The Nishnawbe Aski Nation, or NAN for short, a regional Indigenous government representing 49 First Nations in northern Ontario, warned the province that it was overstepping its authority. 

    “The unilateral will of the day’s government will not dictate the speed of development on our lands, and continuing to disregard our legal rights serves to reinforce the colonial and racist approach that we have always had to fight against,” said NAN Grand Chief Alvin Fiddler in a statement. First Nations in the Ring of Fire area are not necessarily antidevelopment, but Fiddler said they must be engaged as partners under regional treaties.

    Responding to the premier’s promise to get on a bulldozer, Eabametoong First Nation Chief Solomon Atlookan said, “Nobody’s gonna come without our consent.”

    Located in the Ring of Fire region, Eabametoong relies on a winter road for supplies, including lumber for housing. The seasonal window for their ice road has shrunk so much that the community struggles to bring in enough materials to address a severe housing crisis. According to Atlookan, some homes have as many as 14 people living under one roof. Eabametoong used to haul fuel over the winter road, but it is now flown in at a much higher cost.

    Atlookan said that building a permanent road could threaten traditional ways of life by bringing in tourists, allowing settlers more access to lands to build cottages, and increasing competition over hunting and fishing. But climate change and rising costs are forcing him to seriously consider a paved road. “We need to begin working on it now,” he said.

    Atlookan is not against mining but knows there are trade-offs. His community’s traditional territories contain countless interwoven streams, lakes, and rivers, and mining upstream could contaminate nearby walleye spawning habitat. “They don’t realize how interconnected those tributaries are, where the fish spawn,” he said. ”It’ll destroy that livelihood for our communities. So there’s a lot at stake here.”

    The province is motivated to build all-season roads to allow a more sustainable flow of goods as climate change threatens the ice roads, according to a spokesperson for Greg Rickford, Ontario’s minister of Indigenous affairs and First Nations economic reconciliation. They’re committed to “meaningful partnerships” to advance economic opportunities in the region, the spokesperson added.

    But that’s not how Atlookan views the situation. He described a conversation he had with Rickford, who offered to build him an all-season road. He said he asked Rickford if he wanted access to minerals, and the minister denied that the road would be for mining access. “I said, ‘Rickford, that is what this is all about.’”

    an illustration representing mining and extraction
    Jessie Boulard / Grist

    While Eabametoong is located in the Ring of Fire region and shares a network of winter roads with a cluster of other communities, Cat Lake is in a different situation.

    Cat Lake is 160 miles west of Eabametoong, as the crow flies. The reserve rests at the edge of a watershed where five major rivers flow in opposite directions, affording the community access to various rivers for travel, hunting, and living off the land. It is not located in the Ring of Fire region and has its own winter road that doesn’t connect to other communities.

    Cat Lake is rushing to build an all-season road by 2030 at a cost of CA$125 million, which the community cannot afford on its own. Cat Lake is considering two routes for an all-season road. One option involves construction over the current 103-mile winter road. The other option is to piggyback on an all-season road that would be built to a gold mine, if it is approved. The Springpole mine site is 25 miles from Cat Lake, giving the community the option to build a shorter all-season road.

    First Mining Gold wants to drain a lake and dig a 1-mile open-pit mine to reach the gold underneath. To access Springpole, the company needs to build an all-season road.

    In past years, company vehicles reached the site by driving over a winter road that passed over a frozen lake. But several times those vehicles plunged through the thin ice due to warm weather, according to First Mining Gold’s 2023 ESG report. The company figured it was too risky to keep crossing the lake, so it asked the province for permits to build an overland winter road.

    Ontario issued a permit for the company to build the winter road without Cat Lake’s consent, prompting the First Nation to request an injunction to stop construction. The community dropped its court case after reaching a settlement with the province last year. First Mining Gold did not reply when asked for comment.

    In September 2020, as the company prepared to apply for permits, Wesley invited elders to a meeting to ask two questions: Did they support Springpole, and did they want an all-season road? “In order for us to get a road, we might have to let them open the mine,” Wesley explained. The elders said they don’t value gold but do value lake trout, and they believed the project would destroy fish habitat. Elders also said they wanted an all-season road that would allow young people to connect with the world while embracing their culture. “We said no to the mine, and we said yes to the road,” she said.

    After the elders meeting, Wesley began to look for ways to fund a permanent road without relying on mining. She said the federal government is hesitant to fund an all-season road to only one community, and the province won’t talk to Cat Lake about an all-season road. To unlock funding, she began pursuing economic partnerships like working with PRT Growing Services on forest regeneration and a local bioeconomy that would involve a tree-seedling nursery in the community. Cat Lake is also partnering with Natural Resources Institute Finland to do an assessment of their forests. 

    “Relying on industry would mean that we would have to do mining with First Mining. And like I said, the community values land, air, and water. We don’t value gold,” she said.

    The farther north you fly in Ontario, the fewer glimpses of infrastructure like power lines, cell towers, or paved roads. The winter landscape is composed of evergreen forests shot through with rivers and lakes, bright white from the snow resting on top. From a plane, the ice roads can be seen cutting through the trees and running over frozen lakes.

    On a chilly, sunny afternoon on the Cat Lake winter road, Jonathan Williams drove a red truck with chains pulling heavy tires behind it. Known as “drags,” the tires smooth out the rough parts of the road. Warm weather makes the surface bumpy, requiring constant attention from workers like Williams, who has built winter roads for the last eight years.

    “The year I started, it was minus 50 [degrees Celsius],” he said. “I was out fixing trucks on the road, and it was frickin’ crazy getting frostbite on your hands. After that, every year it’s been getting a little bit warmer, a little bit warmer.”

    It costs about CA$500,000 ($358,800) each year to build and maintain Cat Lake’s winter road. The warming climate is taking a toll on the machines used on the road, but the budget no longer covers the expense of a CA$10,000 ($7,155) broken machine part.

    Winter road construction, which splits the cost 50/50 between Indigenous Services Canada and Ontario’s Ministry of Northern Development, typically starts in November or early December. That’s when crews drive heavy machines over the earth to press it down. When snow arrives, they use grooming machines to pack it.

    Like many reserves, driving over Cat Lake’s winter road requires passing over a lake with no bridge. When winter arrives and lake ice begins to form, crews repeatedly flood the lake to make the ice sturdy enough for heavy trucks. When the ice is ready, workers celebrate by spinning their grooming machines in circles on the frozen surface, a ritual called their “happy dance.”

    To build the required snow bridges, crews use grooming machines to jam huge piles of snow into creeks. They let the snow settle for about 36 hours and then flood it to form icy crossings. The flowing water underneath naturally forms the ice into a culvert shape. “That’s why you need such a massive pile of snow to push out there, because all the water will take it away if there’s not enough,” Williams said.

    A century ago, before planes and trucks became ubiquitous, remote reserves used tractor trains to pull supplies in sleds over the frozen landscape. “It’s a big bulldozer that pulls trailers behind them, sometimes 10 of them, and that’s where all the fuel came from, the groceries. Because they didn’t have big planes at the time,” explained Chief Atlookan of Eabametoong. “Back in the day, you didn’t worry about ice conditions — the ice was 40 inches thick.”

    An illustration showing trucks bringing supplies over an ice road near forest
    Jessie Boulard / Grist

    The remoteness of reserves is a direct outcome of Canada’s colonial history. In 1867, the British Parliament claimed Canada as a colony by passing the British North America Act, which later became its constitution. It granted the federal government exclusive authority over “Indians and lands reserved for Indians” and gave provinces authority over certain issues that affect First Nations, like mining.

    Since European settlement, massive land grabs and the creation of reserves have left Indigenous peoples in Canada with only 0.2 percent of their original territories. Reserves were often deliberately sited in remote locations, away from critical waterways and productive farmland. There was never any intention of connecting reserves to cities; instead, they operated like jails, preventing people from moving off-reserve or seeking economic opportunities.

    The federal government has a fiduciary responsibility to First Nations, as affirmed by the Supreme Court of Canada. Similar to the U.S. government’s relationship with tribes, this means the government has a legal duty to act in the best interest of Indigenous people. “Since the [court’s] decision, they’ve been looking for ways to offload their fiduciary obligations,” said Russ Diabo, a First Nations policy analyst and member of the Mohawk Nation at Kahnawake.

    Although the federal government is obligated to provide the necessities of life on the reserve, like housing and water systems, federal funding formulas are unregulated and up to the government’s discretion, explained Shiri Pasternak, professor at Toronto Metropolitan University. As a result, there are huge discrepancies between what is needed and what is approved. “The underfunding of reserves amounts to systematic impoverishment,” she said.

    This chronic underfunding means many First Nations experience crowded homes and broken-down water treatment plants. Although the federal government has committed to ensuring clean drinking water on reserves, more than 30 First Nations currently have long-term drinking water advisories. This includes Neskantaga in northern Ontario, which has been under a boil water advisory for three decades. Last year, in response to a lawsuit over Canada’s failure to provide clean drinking water to First Nations, the federal government argued it has no legal duty to ensure First Nations have clean water.

    Despite the federal government’s history of abandoning its duties to First Nations, more communities are looking to Indigenous Services Canada, or ISC, for road funding. Of the 53 First Nations that depend on winter roads, 32 have asked ISC for funding to develop all-season roads.

    The sun’s pink light disappeared over the horizon and night fell over the frozen lake surrounding Wesley’s community. She sat in the driver’s seat of her 4×4 truck that was parked on the lake’s icy surface. She watched as workers, bundled up in coats, toques, and boots, drilled a hole in the ice and pumped murky lake water through a hose into a machine. The spout of the machine, pointed upward at a 40-degree angle, blasted a stream of snowflakes into the air. 

    A couple of years ago, Wesley asked her band council for a snowmaker. “They thought I was crazy,” she said. “The chief finally told me, ‘Go ahead and buy a snowmaker.’” 

    Wesley has managed winter road construction for the past eight years. Her dad was the community’s economic development officer before her and was also responsible for the winter road. She grew up crawling around big machines; she would climb them and pretend the floor was lava. 

    When she took over her father’s job, men cast doubt on her ability to oversee winter road construction. “She’s a girl, we don’t have to listen to her,” Wesley said, describing how they perceived her. “My dad told me, ‘You’re the boss. Tell them what to do.’” She said she proved herself, and now the workers respect her. They don’t ask questions, they do what she says. 

    The snowmaker is a short-term adaptation. Wesley said the community has asked the provincial and federal governments to support construction of its all-season road.

    In an interview in March, ISC minister Patty Hajdu recognized the disappearing ice roads as an emergency. “‘Emergency’ doesn’t even feel strong enough [to describe the situation],” she said. “It’s so urgent that we do more together to figure out what this next stage of living with climate change looks like for, in particular, remote communities.”

    But Hajdu stopped short of committing funding for specific all-season roads. Instead, she said the cost will likely be shared but that the federal government was committed to funding all-season roads. “In theory, yes, but it isn’t as simple as a yes or no — it is project by project,” she said. “I can’t speak about specific amounts. I can’t speak about specific routes.” She said the situation is more complex than it seems, and the province has complete control over which routes are prioritized and built.

    ISC provided about CA$260,000 ($186,000) for Cat Lake’s feasibility study to confirm potential routes for an all-season road. Hajdu said this is “an important step to the finalization of any infrastructure funding.”

    Hajdu vowed not to tie all-season road funding to the acceptance of mining projects. “We should not be increasing funding for First Nations in any realm as a condition of approval for anything. That is very coercive and it’s very colonial,” she said.

    “I wouldn’t believe it, because they use money as a way to coerce decisions. They may not directly openly tie it,” said Diabo, the policy analyst. 

    Last year, ISC allocated CA$45 million ($32 million) for construction of a bridge and permanent road to Pikangikum First Nation, which has a winter road that crosses a lake. Although the government announcement did not mention mining, the road will also lead to a proposed lithium mine.

    Each summer, more fires burn through northern forests, Diabo said. “We’re in a time of emergency, and the issue of the disappearing winter roads is part of that.” Under the dual pressures of climate emergencies and extractive industries, some communities will decide to go forward with mining to build all-season roads. “We’re seeing that already,” he added.

    In October, Wesley visited the lake that First Mining wants to drain for its proposed Springpole project. The company’s open-pit mine is in the final stages of the permitting process, and the company expects to receive federal approval by the end of this year.

    For Wesley, the area isn’t just beautiful, it’s a reminder of her connection as an Ojibway person to the water, trees, fish, and land. It’s a relationship she described by saying, “I belong to the land.”

    “I was almost crying, because the land is forever going to be changed in that area,” she said. “We’re gonna have a hole in the ground that’s forever going to be there. I don’t know how not to be emotional about that. Those are my relatives.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Ice roads are a lifeline for First Nations. As Canada warms, they’re disappearing. on May 15, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Hillary Beaumont.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/indigenous/ice-road-canada-truck-northern-ontario-first-nations-mining/feed/ 0 533118
    ‘Sadly, there are martyrs among our colleagues’: Israel continues targeting and killing journalists in Lebanon https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/14/sadly-there-are-martyrs-among-our-colleagues-israel-continues-targeting-and-killing-journalists-in-lebanon/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/14/sadly-there-are-martyrs-among-our-colleagues-israel-continues-targeting-and-killing-journalists-in-lebanon/#respond Wed, 14 May 2025 19:58:58 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334113 In this documentary report from Lebanon, TRNN speaks with journalists who continue to report on Israel’s war crimes even after they have been targeted and injured and their colleagues have been killed.]]>

    On October 13, 2023, a group of well-marked journalists transmitting a live feed of an Israeli military outpost from Lebanon came under fire. An Israeli tank shell struck their location, severely injuring AFP photojournalist Christina Assi. In this same attack, Al Jazeera correspondent Carmen Jokhader was severely injured and Reuters journalist Issam Abdallah was killed. Issam Abdallah’s death marked the first of a series of Lebanese journalists killed by Israel. TRNN reports from Lebanon, speaking with journalists who continue to report on Israel’s war crimes even after they have been targeted and injured and their colleagues have been killed.

    Producer: Belal Awad, Leo Erhardt
    Videographer: Kamal Kanso
    Video Editor: Leo Erhardt
    Fixer: Bachir Abou Zeid


    Transcript

    Narrator: On October 13, 2023, a group of well marked journalists transmitting a live feed of an Israeli military outpost from Lebanon came under fire. An Israeli tank shell struck their location, severely injuring AFP photojournalist Christina Assi. 

    Her AFP colleague, Dylan Collins, was also present alongside teams from Reuters and Al Jazeera. 

    Christina Assi: 

    We didn’t understand at first what happened, it’s when I looked at my legs that I knew that they were gone. I started screaming for Dylan. Because I couldn’t find him because of the smoke and the chaos, you don’t understand anything at first. Suddenly you can’t stand, even though you were just standing just now. And you’re thinking about your team too: “Where are they?” So, Dylan runs up to me, and says: “OK, OK, I want to tie a tourniquet.” I’m just screaming, after seeing my legs. So he’s trying to help me and Ilia from Al Jazeera comes too. He says “now you have the tourniquet, stay near the wall.” He wasn’t able to finish his sentence before they hit us the second time. And it hit the Al Jazeera car directly, and here Elie gets injured too, and Dylan disappears and the car next to us starts burning. And I don’t understand that I’m going to burn. It’s all right next to me. I say to myself: “OK, just move away from the fire.” I couldn’t stand so I started shuffling with my body. My vest was a size too big and it was very heavy, the camera was strangling me, and the helmet. I couldn’t get anything off, I just needed to get away. The last thing I remember, we got to the hospital, they opened the door and asked “What’s your name?” I told them my name, and that’s it, nothing after that. Blank. 

    Narrator: In this same attack, Al Jazeera correspondent Carmen Jokhader was severely injured and Reuters journalist Issam Abdallah was killed. Issam Abdallah’s death marked the first of a series of Lebanese journalists killed by Israel. 

    Christina Assi: 

    Issam was one of the first people to support me after I decided I want to be a photojournalist because in Lebanon it’s mostly men in this domain. Issam was one of the first people to support me in this. He used to love to joke, and he loved life. He loved to go out and to eat. He loved to go out and about on his moped and wander and do stuff. 

    Narrator: Nour Kilzi is a Legal Researcher from the Lebanese non-profit Legal Agenda. She has been documenting attacks on civilians and journalists in Lebanon since the start of this latest war. 

    Nour Kilzi: 

    The Israeli aggression on Lebanon was targeting in a clear way, a huge number of civilians, among them journalists who were doing their jobs documenting the crimes that are taking place. The worst attacks, we can say, was the attack that resulted in the martyrdom of Issam Abdallah, the attack on the Al Mayadeen team where Farah Omar and Rabih Me’mari were martyred and the attack in Aalma El Chaeb on a centre of journalists in Hasbaya.

    Mohamed Farhat

    Sadly, there are martyrs among our colleagues who have fallen as a result of this targeting. It’s clear the Israeli enemy is terrified of the word. It is terrified of the voice of the Lebanese people that is exposing its crimes. This is a new view of its crimes. We were sleeping in the journalists house, as you can see. This is the bedroom that I was in when it was targeted. 

    Narrator: Mohamed Farhat, is a senior reporter at the independent Lebanese TV channel Al Jadeed. 

    Mohamed Farhat

    You look up and you don’t see the roof, you see the sky. Around you everything is black, dust and everything is smashed. Outside we found the car smashed, the SNG truck was completely overturned, closing off the road. We understood there was an attack. The first thing we thought to do was to shout out to the guys to check who was alive. We didn’t get response from three people. As I told you, we were staying in 8 buildings. We looked and found that one of the buildings had completely disappeared. We know that three guys were staying in this building, the three that were killed. We looked for them and found them dead. The strength of the explosion meant they were thrown far from the house, so it took a long time to find them. That’s how it happened: Israel hit us while we slept. Frankly. Everyone present in that residential area was a journalist. From local channels, Arab channels and international channels too. 

    Christina Assi: 

    It wasn’t a mistake. It’s possible for one missile to hit you by mistake, but not two missiles. And bullets: a machine gun opening fire, on top. So… it was an intentional targeting and they didn’t stop there. We have seen this is being repeated with many journalist colleagues, here or in Gaza. Yesterday they killed five in Gaza, they targeted them. And the colleagues who they killed in Hasbaya who were asleep: they were asleep! They weren’t even “on the ground”: they were asleep. There’s something unnatural happening, we can expect anything to happen—the crimes—and no one cares. It’s become that if you wear a press vest that’s it, you’ve become a target. Because you have worn this thing that’s supposed to protect you, it’s become the thing that actually puts you in danger. 

    Either they [Israel] say yes it was a mistake, because of the fog of war. Or they accuse the journalist of belonging to a political party. They just bring any old reason to excuse their crimes. They can say what they want, but nothing excuses what’s happening. For them this kind of thing is allowed—so: why not? 

    Nour Kilzi: 

    The number of journalists that have been killed in Gaza is more than the number of journalists killed in any conflict on the planet in the last 30 years. So of course, it’s not by mistake that they’re killing journalists. There is a targeted killing. Of course the goal is the silencing of journalists, the narrative is shifting, disallowing the transmission of pictures of the

    crimes that are happening. Especially because the narrative is shifting and people are becoming more aware of what Israel really is, its crimes and its brutality. 

    Narrator: 

    Ali Shouaib has been covering news in South Lebanon for 32 years. For many people here, he has become a familiar face. His news channel, Al Manar, is widely seen as sympathetic to Hezbollah. 

    Ali Shouaib: 

    The cameraman with me was sleeping in a different room with journalists from Al Mayadeen. I was sleeping in a room next door. The rocket hit the room they were sleeping in directly. All three of them were killed. The whole compound was damaged. A large number of journalists were injured. The Cairo channel was also present with the cameramen, they also suffered serious injuries. MTV was present, Al Jadeed was present, Al Jazeera was present. Many different journalists were present. 

    Narrator: 

    Working at Al Manar, makes Ali Shouaib even more of a target, and not only for the Israeli military. 

    Ali Shouaib: 

    I have covered every war that south Lebanon witnessed. Every single war. Direct threats have been constant via the spokesperson of the Israeli Army and also there were multiple statements quoted in Yedioth Ahronoth and Haaretz. It got to the point that they were saying “the eyes and tongue of Al Manar,” and they mean by that, Hezbollah. As you can see, I don’t own anything other than a camera, a phone and a mic. These are the weapons that I use. I am a citizen, a civilian and even if I was speaking in the name of the resistance, no one can say that I own any weapons apart from the weapon of the word. The weapon of principle. 

    Nour Kilzi: 

    There were direct threats from the spokesperson of the Israeli Occupation Army towards media and political personalities, close to or affiliated with Hezbollah. In an attempt to create a narrative in people’s minds that these people, because of their political beliefs or because they have opinions or positions that intersect with Hezbollah, that they are legitimate targets. This is completely contradicted by international law. Civilians—and journalists—do not lose the protection afforded them by international law because they have a political opinion or even if they support one side of the warring parties. 

    Ali Shouaib:

    Israel is afraid of the truth. It’s afraid of reality. It’s true it’s a channel that opposes [Israel], we speak in the name of the nation. We are an occupied nation, it’s our right to defend ourselves with the word, against what we are being subjected to. 

    Narrator: 

    Fatima Ftouni, is a journalist working for Al Mayadeen, a Lebanese based pan-Arab news channel. 

    Fatima Ftouni: 

    I feel I have a responsibility towards my family and my people to document the aggression and crimes of Israel because wherever you step in the South there are crimes and the effects of the aggression. You can hear the sounds of explosions that the Israeli occupation is doing, that you can hear. We hear the sounds of the attacks, without any reaction—this is the natural reaction—we finish. As long as there’s no response to the Israelis, and as long as they are not held to account for these crimes, as long as the international community keeps looking away, it will not only continue its crimes, it will go further and further, in its intentional, purposeful, clear and open criminality. We’re talking about clear aggression—even medical crews, even nurses, even paramedics haven’t escaped these crimes. They killed everything. It’s got to the stage that they are bombing hospitals… Is there something worse that this? 

    Mohamed Farhat

    I’ve become convinced that Israel will never be held to account. For anything. From the first days of conflict between the various Arab countries and Israel, until today. Shireen Abu Akleh—does anyone doubt that Israel killed her? Israel has not been held to account. What’s happened in Gaza, what’s happened in Lebanon. The Israelis announced that it was them that targeted us in Hasbaya. They announced it! OK, so where is the accountability? Today: Israel is always above the law, and it always has excuses. Israel is protected internationally, and the powers that protect Israel are stronger than the law, stronger than the courts, stronger than everything. 

    With regards to me, if—God forbid—there was a return to war, of course, I will go and cover. I won’t back down. I won’t stop. 

    Christina Assi: 

    Before I knew all this I didn’t really want to live, I wanted to die. The pain was enormous, more than you can imagine. And the morphine wasn’t helping. Yeh, I didn’t want to, I didn’t want—I didn’t want to stay living like this—with all the injuries. The moment I discovered that we lost Issam, this changed everything. It gave me a push: He took the whole hit. If it wasn’t for him, both of us would be dead. The difference of a millimetre or centimetre would have killed us both. So I have to go back and speak and say what happened. Although there’s no point, we’ve been talking since a year now for Issam, for Elie, for all of us.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Belal Awad and Leo Erhadt.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/14/sadly-there-are-martyrs-among-our-colleagues-israel-continues-targeting-and-killing-journalists-in-lebanon/feed/ 0 533024
    Liquor Store Resistance: 1973 Chile https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/14/liquor-store-resistance-1973-chile/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/14/liquor-store-resistance-1973-chile/#respond Wed, 14 May 2025 18:54:16 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334115 A man walks past a giant mural remembering the brutality of the dictatorship of Augusto Pinochet (1973-1990) seen at the "Memory and Human Rights Museum" inaugurated by Chilean President Michelle Bachelet in Santiago on January 11, 2010. Photo by CLAUDIO SANTANA/AFP via Getty Images.In 1973, a thick grey fog sank over Chile. A fog that plucked people from off the street and removed them, never to be seen again. But despite the risk, many people stood together. This is episode 33 of Stories of Resistance.]]> A man walks past a giant mural remembering the brutality of the dictatorship of Augusto Pinochet (1973-1990) seen at the "Memory and Human Rights Museum" inaugurated by Chilean President Michelle Bachelet in Santiago on January 11, 2010. Photo by CLAUDIO SANTANA/AFP via Getty Images.

    The year is 1973.

    Santiago, Chile.

    Ana Maria’s father runs a liquor store just down the street from their house. Every night when he goes to lock up, pairs of feet follow him. Feet in tired shoes. Nervous feet. Wanted feet. Feet on the run. 

    He guides them into the basement of his shop and maybe rolls out a blanket or two. They lie, alongside cases of the Chilean beer Escudo, or Shield, and hope that it will protect them. Sometimes they even try a bottle. They whisper to each other in the darkness. They develop plans. They talk of fighting. Or fleeing the country. Or they reminisce of better times. Times only just past. 

    They sleep beside the Escudo… under the watchful eye of rows of Chilean Pisco, Cabernet Sauvignon, or Syrah.

    They have restless, agitated dreams. Dreams they cannot run from. Dark dreams that descended on Chile in September, 1973, and enveloped the country in a thick grey fog. A fog that will not go away. A fog that plucked people from off the street and removed them, never to be seen again. 

    But these feet are survivors.

    In the morning, Ana Maria’s father comes to open the shop. He brings food. A large bowl of cazuela. Bread. Sandwiches. His wife cooks.

    “I’m famished,” he tells her every morning. “So hungry.” It’s hard to tell if she knows why.

    The feet eat quickly and quietly. Then they lace their shoes, grab their bag and slide out the back door into the empty street.

    Thrushes and sparrows dart from tree to tree, singing their early morning song. The sun hasn’t yet crested the Andes. 

    The feet walk quickly. Determined. They have no other choice. They have to… before the fog descends again. Sometimes, in 1973 Chile, it’s hard to tell which is worse, the bad dreams or the reality.

    ###

    Thanks for listening. I’m your host, Michael Fox.

    This is episode 33 of Stories of Resistance — a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, leave a review, or tell a friend. 

    In honor of this episode, I’ll be posting a series of pictures of the Museum of Memory in Santiago, Chile. It’s a powerful museum focused on remembering the victims of the country’s 1973 coup, the Pinochet dictatorship, and the resistance against it, like this. Those are available exclusively for my supporters on Patreon. There you can also follow my reporting www.patreon.com/mfox. 

    Thanks for listening. See you next time.


    This is episode 33 of Stories of Resistance — a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. You can also follow Michael’s reporting and support at www.patreon.com/mfox.
    Written and produced by Michael Fox.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/14/liquor-store-resistance-1973-chile/feed/ 0 533010
    TikTok says it’s safe for younger users—but is it really? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/14/tiktok-says-its-safe-for-younger-users-but-is-it-really/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/14/tiktok-says-its-safe-for-younger-users-but-is-it-really/#respond Wed, 14 May 2025 13:00:47 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=0baac4b754442bfbee3e5f3e13f57dce
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/14/tiktok-says-its-safe-for-younger-users-but-is-it-really/feed/ 0 532897
    What Pope Leo means for global climate action and colonialism https://grist.org/international/pope-leo-climate-catholic-indigenous-francis/ https://grist.org/international/pope-leo-climate-catholic-indigenous-francis/#respond Wed, 14 May 2025 08:15:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=665384 On a sweltering January day in 2018, Pope Francis addressed 100,000 of the faithful in Puerto Maldonado, Peru, not far from where gold mining had ravaged an expanse of Amazon rainforest about the size of Colorado. “The native Amazonian peoples have probably never been so threatened on their own lands as they are at present,” he told the crowd. He simultaneously condemned extractive industries and conservation efforts that “under the guise of preserving the forest, hoard great expanses of woodland and negotiate with them, leading to situations of oppression for the native peoples.” 

    Francis denounced the insatiable consumerism that drives the destruction of the Amazon, supported those who say Indigenous peoples’ guardianship of their own territories should be respected, and urged everyone to defend isolated tribes. “Their cosmic vision and their wisdom have much to teach those of us who are not part of their culture,” he said. 

    To Julio Cusurichi Palacios, an Indigenous leader who was in the stadium that day, the words from the head of the Catholic Church — which claims 1.4 billion members and has a long, sordid history of violence against Indigenous peoples worldwide — were welcome and momentous. 

    “Few world leaders have spoken about our issues, and the pope said publicly the rights of Indigenous peoples were historically violated,” he said after Pope Francis died last month. “Let us hope that the new pope is a person who can continue implementing the position the pope who passed away has been talking about.”  

    Pope Francis stands at a podium speaking to an Indigenous audience
    Pope Francis delivers a speech during a meeting with representatives of indigenous communities of the Amazon basin from Peru, Brazil and Bolivia, in the Peruvian city of Puerto Maldonado, on January 19, 2018. Vincenzo Pinto / AFP via Getty Images

    During his 12 years as pontiff, Francis radically reshaped how the world’s most powerful religious institution approached the moral and ethical call to protect the planet. Beyond his invocations for Indigenous rights, Francis acknowledged the Church’s role in colonization, and considered climate change a moral issue born of rampant consumption and materialism. As the Trump administration dismantles climate action and cuts funding to Indigenous peoples around the world — and far-right politics continues to rise globally — experts see the conclave’s selection of Robert Francis Prevost, or Pope Leo XIV as he is now known, as a clear beacon that the faith-based climate justice movement his predecessor led isn’t going anywhere.

    In 2015, Pope Francis released his historic papal letter, or encyclical, titled Laudato si’. In the roughly 180-page document, he unequivocally identified planet-heating pollution as a pressing global issue disproportionately impacting the world’s poor, and condemned the outsize role wealthy countries like the U.S. have in contributing to the climate crisis. With it, Francis did what no pope had done before: He spoke with great clarity and urgency about human degradation of the environment being not just an environmental issue, but a social and moral one. Laudato si’ established the definitive connection between faith, climate change, and social justice, and made it a tenet of Catholic doctrine.  

    The lasting influence of Francis’ encyclical would be buoyed by his other writings, homilies, and his direct appeals to world leaders. He was, for example, credited with helping rally nearly 200 countries to sign the 2015 Paris Agreement, regularly urged cooperation at international climate summits, and released a follow-up to his pioneering encyclical in 2023 that sounded the alarm in the face of the climate crisis. 

    “Pope Francis routinely said that we have a throwaway society. We throw away people, we throw away nature … and that we really need a culture that’s much more based in care,” said Christopher Cox, executive director of the Seventh Generation Interfaith Coalition for Responsible Investment and a former priest. “That means care for people, especially the most poor, the most vulnerable, the most marginalized. And we also need much greater care for creation. We’ve been given a beautiful earth and we’re consuming it at a rate that goes far beyond what will be able to sustain life for the long term.”

    The first Latin American pope, Francis was unique in implicitly embracing some elements of liberation theology, a Catholic social justice movement that calls for the liberation of marginalized peoples from oppression. Although Francis was occasionally critical of the doctrine’s Marxist elements and never fully supportive of it, many observers see his statements regarding poor and Indigenous peoples as reflective of the doctrine’s central values. 

    “Right from the beginning of his papacy, that outreach, that recognition of Indigenous ways of being Catholic and Indigenous language in Catholicism, heralded — up to that point — the most expansive official recognition of Indigenous contributions to Catholicism thus far,” said Eben Levey, an assistant professor of history at Alfred University who has studied the relationship between Catholic Church and Indigenous peoples in Latin America. In the centuries since conquistadores arrived in the Americas and forced Indigenous peoples to accept their religion, many Indigenous communities have made Catholicism their own, and a growing number of church leaders have embraced the idea that there are multiple ways of being Catholic and that Catholicism and Indigenous cultures can coexist. 

    women in traditional feather headdresses
    Members of indigenous communities from Peru, Brasil and Bolivia gather during the assembly of the Amazonian church in Puerto Maldonado, before the arrival of Pope Francis, on January 18, 2018. Ernesto Benavides / AFP via Getty Images

    A year after becoming pope, Francis approved the use of two Mayan languages, Tzotzil and Tzeltal, in mass and sacraments like baptism and confession. In 2015 he expanded that list to include the Aztec language Nahuatl, and in 2016, during a visit to Mexico, he celebrated mass in Tzeltal, Tzotzil and Chol. 

    In 2022, Francis officially apologized to Canada for the residential schools that ripped Indigenous children from their families, leading to the deaths of many who were later buried in unmarked graves. The following year, he rejected the Doctrine of Discovery, a religious concept that colonizers used to justify the illegal seizure of land from Indigenous peoples and became part of an 1823 U.S. Supreme Court ruling that described Native Americans as “savages.” 

    a man in a suit stands next to a chair with a portrait of pope francis
    Elder Fernie Marty, a Cree from the Papaschase First Nation, stands next to the portrait of Pope Francis placed on top of the white chair where the Pope sat during his 2022 visit, inside the Sacred Heart Church of the First Peoples. Artur Widak / NurPhoto via Getty Images

    “The Doctrine of Discovery is not part of the teaching of the Catholic Church,” Pope Francis said, adding that he strongly supports the global implementation of the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples. He also drew a clear connection between those rights and climate action: In 2023, he made clear that Indigenous peoples are critical to fighting climate change when he said, “Ignoring the original communities in the safeguarding of the Earth is a serious mistake, not to say a great injustice.”  

    But Pope Francis’ progressivism had its limits. In 2019, he called for a meeting of church leaders, known as the Synod of Bishops, for the Pan-Amazon region to address issues affecting the Amazon Basin. Indigenous Catholics who attended brought up illegal logging and violence against land defenders and proposed reforms. “The ancestral wisdom of the aboriginal peoples affirms that mother earth has a feminine face,” reads the document that emerged from the gathering and urged the church to give women more leadership roles and allow married deacons to be ordained as priests. In his response, Francis condemned corporations that destroy the Amazon as committing “injustice and crime,” yet refused to embrace the proposals to make church leadership more inclusive of women and married men.

    Francis’ climate activism was also riddled in constraint. He transformed how religious institutions viewed the climate crisis, framing a failure to act on it as a brutal injustice toward the most vulnerable, but could have implemented “more direct institutional action,” said Nadia Ahmad, a Barry University School of Law associate professor who has studied faith-based environmental action. Though the former pontiff publicly supported renewable energy adoption, called for fossil fuel disinvestment, and prompted churches across the world to go solar, he did not mandate what he deemed a “radical energy transition” across dioceses, schools, and hospitals. The work he accomplished “could have been amplified a bit more and had more accountability,” said Ahmad.

    But that limitation, she noted, likely stemmed from contradictory politics playing out within the church — many traditional, conservative Catholics, particularly in the United States, resisted Francis’ progressive teachings. A 2021 study found that over a period of five years, most U.S. bishops were “nearly silent and sometimes even misleading,” in their official messaging to parishioners about climate change and the pope’s famed encyclical.

    Though Pope Leo XIV has been lauded for his advocacy in defense of immigrants and worker rights — his namesake, Leo XIII, who reigned from 1878 until 1903 is known as a historical Catholic champion of social justice and equality — the new pope’s track record on engaging directly with climate change is sparse. 

    Still, Mary Evelyn Tucker, co-director of the Yale Forum on Religion and Ecology, sees comments the new pope made last year on the need to move “from words to action” as a promising sign that he will continue Francis’ commitment to communicating the urgency of a warming world. The timing of the conclave’s unprecedented decision to select the first pontiff from the United States, coming amid the Trump administration’s sweeping dismissal of climate action, elimination of environmental protections, and attacks on Indigenous rights, isn’t lost on her. 

    “It may be a signal to say ‘America, come back into the world community, come back into a planetary future where we collectively have been working to create a future worthy of our children and our children’s children,’” she said.

    dancers in colorful dresses with ruffles and ribbons dance in front of St. Peter's basilica
    Dancers from Latin America celebrate the newly elected Pope Leo XIV in St. Peter’s square. Valeria Ferraro / SOPA Images / LightRocket via Getty Images

    Leo grew up in Chicago and is a citizen of both the U.S. and Peru, where he spent decades serving as a missionary and bishop before Francis made him a cardinal in 2023. He speaks five languages fluently and some Quechua, an Indigenous Incan language. 

    While he was working in Peru in the 1990s, Leo was critical of the government’s human rights abuses — though he refrained from explicitly taking sides in the political fight between Maoist rebels and the government of then-dictator Alberto Fujimori, according to Matthew Casey, a historian and clinical associate professor at Arizona State University based in Lima. Still, his reaction to the country’s authoritarianism could provide a glimpse of what stances he might take as pope, Casey said. “It doesn’t matter who was abusing human rights, he was on the side of the people,” he said. 

    In 2016, the would-be pontiff spoke at a conference in Brazil where attendees talked about threats to the Amazon rainforest and Indigenous peoples who lived there. He praised Francis’ encyclical, describing the document as “very important,” and representing “something new in terms of this explicit expression of the church’s concern for all of creation.” To Casey, that suggests Pope Leo XIV, like his predecessor, has an awareness of the issues affecting Indigenous peoples, such as the rampant degradation of the environment. 

    “Both Francis and Prevost are attuned to Indigeneity in ways that they couldn’t have been if they worked in Europe or the United States, because the politics of Indigeneity in Latin America are just so different,” Casey said. More than a week after the conclave that named him pope, communities across Peru are still celebrating the selection of Pope Leo XIV.

    Francis and Leo’s shared experiences working with marginalized communities harmed by colonialism and climate change, and their commitment to the social justice aspects of the church’s mission, are particularly meaningful in this political moment, said Levey, the Alfred University historian. 

    “We are seeing a resurgence of ultra right wing politics globally, and the Catholic Church next to the United Nations is one of the few multilateral organizations perhaps capable of responding in some form or fashion to the questions of our modern age or contemporary moment,” he said.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline What Pope Leo means for global climate action and colonialism on May 14, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Anita Hofschneider.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/international/pope-leo-climate-catholic-indigenous-francis/feed/ 0 532853
    US deep sea mining plan would likely violate international law https://rfa.org/english/environment/2025/05/14/environment-us-trump-deep-sea-mining/ https://rfa.org/english/environment/2025/05/14/environment-us-trump-deep-sea-mining/#respond Wed, 14 May 2025 06:37:54 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/environment/2025/05/14/environment-us-trump-deep-sea-mining/ BANGKOK – The Trump administration plan to allow mining of deep sea metals in the Pacific Ocean would unequivocally violate international law, experts said, making any attempt to sell the minerals – used in batteries, weapons and smartphones – open to challenge by other nations.

    President Donald Trump last month signed an executive order to speed development of the contentious deep sea mining industry, including in off-limits international waters governed by a treaty most nations are signatory to. The order said action is needed to “counter China’s growing influence over seabed mineral resources.”

    Unilateral action on deep sea mining by the U.S., legal experts said, also has the potential to weaken its legitimacy in attempting to enforce international law generally, including freedom of navigation in flashpoint waters such as the South China Sea or in combating illegal fishing.

    “It is hazardous for the U.S. to throw out the rule book,” said Duncan Currie, an international lawyer, who advises conservation groups and testified to Congress last month on the risks of deep sea mining.

    Foreshadowing the executive order, Nasdaq-traded The Metals Company, or TMC, which has been at the forefront of ambitions to exploit the seabed, in March applied for exploration and mining permits under the U.S. umbrella for areas in the Pacific Ocean.

    It is attempting to bypass the International Seabed Authority, or ISA, a U.N. organization mandated to set rules by consensus for deep sea mining in international waters. Under ISA jurisdiction, TMC has worked with Tonga and Nauru to explore their allocated areas in a vast swath of the Pacific, but now says the ISA has failed by not agreeing rules after several decades of effort.

    The Metals Company CEO Gerard Barron (right) congratulates Leticia Carvalho on her election as International Seabed Authority secretary-general in Kingston, Jamaica, Aug. 2, 2024.
    The Metals Company CEO Gerard Barron (right) congratulates Leticia Carvalho on her election as International Seabed Authority secretary-general in Kingston, Jamaica, Aug. 2, 2024.
    (Stephen Wright/RFA)

    Critics of the nascent industry say the copper, cobalt, manganese and nickel found in the potato-sized nodules that carpet parts of the seafloor is already abundant on land. They warn that hoovering the nodules up from depths of several kilometers will cause irreparable damage to an ocean environment still poorly understood by science.

    Amid a general retreat by large corporations from commitments to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, deep sea mining companies have recently emphasized defense uses and security of mineral supply. Previously the nodules were touted as a source of metals needed for green technologies, such as electric vehicles, that would reduce reliance on fossil fuels.

    According to Currie’s congressional testimony, the arguments for deep sea mining rest on fallacies. China’s dominance in the cobalt and nickel markets is due to it processing those minerals imported from Congo and Indonesia and deep sea mining would not significantly change that equation. Also a growing proportion of batteries in electric vehicles no longer rely on cobalt and nickel

    “TMC promised the people of Nauru jobs and prosperity,” said Shiva Gounden, head of Greenpeace’s Pacific chapter. “But it has taken the first chance it got to turn its back on Nauru and it will do the same to any other Pacific country,” Gounden said in a statement.

    Gerard Barron, TMC‘s chief executive, said the company’s partnerships with Tonga and Nauru remain “rock solid.”

    “They too have been let down by the lack of performance at the ISA,” he told Radio Free Asia.

    The case made by Barron and the Trump administration is that deep sea mining is a legitimate freedom in waters beyond national jurisdiction – an idea that has become antiquated as international law evolved over decades.

    The U.S. has not ratified the 1982 U.N. Convention on the Law of the Sea, which governs international waters and also established the seabed authority, but in practice recognizes and attempts to enforce its principles.

    The U.S. in 1970 also formally recognized that a law of the sea treaty accepted by most countries would establish the rules even for states not a party to it.

    “For the last thirty years, the United States has engaged in acts that uphold the object and purpose” of the law of the sea treaty, said Coalter G. Lathrop, director of international law firm Sovereign Geographic, in a blog post this month for the European Journal of International Law.

    Even so, the Trump executive order appears to be a new lease on life for The Metals Company.

    At the end of March, it had only US$2.3 million cash in the bank and short-term debt of US$10 million. This week it announced a sale of shares in the company that will raise about US$37 million, according to a regulatory filing with the Securities & Exchange Commission. TMC said the money would keep it afloat until it gets a U.S. license for commercial mining.

    Its U.S. application has been criticized by France, China and other countries. A coalition of Pacific island civil society organizations called for TMC to be blacklisted by the seabed authority and for Nauru and Tonga to end their agreements with the company.

    Deep sea mining is depicted in a mural at the International Seabed Authority office in Kingston, Jamaica, July 30, 2024.
    Deep sea mining is depicted in a mural at the International Seabed Authority office in Kingston, Jamaica, July 30, 2024.
    (Stephen Wright/RFA)

    Currie said the U.N. treaty presents numerous obstacles to TMC realizing its ambitions.

    “This casts doubt on whether any metals brought up by TMC under a unilateral permit could be sold,” he told Radio Free Asia.

    TMC is a Canadian company while Allseas, the company that owns the ship and mining equipment used by TMC, is Swiss. Both countries, Currie told RFA, have obligations under the U.N. treaty to ensure their nationals don’t participate in breaches of it.

    TMC also has an agreement for metals processing with a company based in another treaty signatory nation – Japan.

    TMC‘s prospectus for its share sale acknowledges the possibility of legal consequences if it gets a U.S.-issued mining permit.

    The ISA and many nations that are signatories to the law of the sea treaty “are likely to regard such a permit as a violation of international law,” it said.

    This could “affect international perceptions of the project and could have implications for logistics, processing and market access” including legal challenges in the court systems of treaty member nations.

    Attempting a unilateral route to mine the international seabed risks severe geopolitical repercussions “and it could be U.S. interests that get burnt,” said Greenpeace deep sea mining campaigner Louisa Casson.

    “Going against the Law of the Sea could trigger impacts far beyond deep sea mining - for maritime boundaries, freedom of navigation and other security interests,” she told RFA.

    Edited by Mike Firn and Taejun Kang.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Stephen Wright for RFA.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/environment/2025/05/14/environment-us-trump-deep-sea-mining/feed/ 0 532843
    ‘What does it mean to be a Palestinian Jew’ today? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/what-does-it-mean-to-be-a-palestinian-jew-today/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/what-does-it-mean-to-be-a-palestinian-jew-today/#respond Tue, 13 May 2025 19:55:42 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334070 Members of the anti-Zionist Hassidic Jews group, Neturei Karta, carry signs during a rally against the creation of the state of Israel in Jerusalem's Mea Shearim neighbourhood on May 14, 2024. Photo by RONALDO SCHEMIDT/AFP via Getty Images“I was born into the Zionist colony in Palestine, and an identity was imposed on me at birth, called Israeli identity. And this identity was fabricated… 14 years before I was born.”]]> Members of the anti-Zionist Hassidic Jews group, Neturei Karta, carry signs during a rally against the creation of the state of Israel in Jerusalem's Mea Shearim neighbourhood on May 14, 2024. Photo by RONALDO SCHEMIDT/AFP via Getty Images

    At the 2025 National Membership Meeting of Jewish Voice for Peace in Baltimore, thousands of anti-Zionist Jews gathered to reaffirm their opposition to Israel’s occupation of Palestine and ethnic cleansing of Palestinians—and to reject the antisemitic notion that the political ideology of Zionism represents all Jews. In this vital and wide-ranging discussion recorded during the JVP gathering in Baltimore, TRNN’s Marc Steiner sits down with self-identified Palestinian Jews Esther Farmer and Ariella Aïsha Azoulay to discuss the complexities of Jewish identity and belonging today, the historical origins of Israel, and “the way that Zionism destroyed both Palestine and the diverse modes of Jewish life” that predate and reject the Zionist project.

    Ariella Aïsha Azoulay is a Palestinian Jew of African origins, film essayist, curator, and professor of modern culture and comparative literature at Brown University. She is the author of numerous books, including: Potential History: Unlearning ImperialismThe Civil Contract of Photography; and From Palestine to Israel: A Photographic Record of Destruction and State Formation, 1947-1950Esther Farmer is a Palestinian Jew and native Brooklynite passionate about using theater as a tool for community development. She is former Ombudsman and Manager for the New York City Housing Authority, former United Nations representative for the International Association for Community Development and was an original founder of Teamsters for a Democratic Union. She is also a Jewish Voice for Peace NYC chapter leader and the director and playwright of “Wrestling with Zionism.”

    Studio Production: Cameron Granadino, David Hebden
    Audio Post-Production: Alina Nehlich


    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Marc Steiner:

    Welcome to the Marc Steiner Show here in The Real News. I’m Marc Steiner. It’s good to have you all with this. Jewish Voice for Peace is having their national convention right here in Baltimore, and the real news is there to bring you the story. Two of the leading participants in JVP are joining me in studio here at The Real News, Ariella Aïsha Azoulay is Professor of modern culture and media and comparative literature, and a film essayist and curator of archives and exhibitions. Her books include Potential History: Unlearning Imperialism; Civil Imagination: The Political Ontology of Photography; The Civil Contract of Photography; and From Palestine to Israel: A Photographic Record of Destruction and State Formation, 1947-1950. Among her films: Un-Documented: Unlearning Imperial Plunder, and Civil Alliance: Palestine 47-48. Among her exhibitions: “Errata” in Barcelona and HKW in Berlin; “Enough! The Natural Violence of the New World Order” that was done in Leipzig.

    And we’re also joined by Esther Farmer, who is a Palestinian Jew, a native Brooklynite whose passion is using theater as a tool for community development. She’s the director of “Wrestling with Zionism,” a reader’s theater project in New York City, as well as the author of several published articles on theater and community development. Esther is an active member and part of the leadership team of Jewish Voice for Peace in New York City. And they join us here in studio. So welcome both of you. It’s good to have you here. I’m really happy you could take the time from the conference to join us here for a little bit. One of the things that fascinated me about the two of you as I was going through all of your work, not all of it, but going through your work, is that you both identify as Palestinian Jews. Can we talk about what that means? That’s a word You never hear that maybe in certain circles you do, but in the rest of the world you don’t hear that notion idea of Palestinian Jew and what that means and why. That’s the way you identify.

    Esther Farmer:

    So my father was born in Hebron, Palestine. My grandfather was a Turkish Jew who went to Palestine pretty much to avoid the draft from World War I. He was a draft dodger,

    Marc Steiner:

    Didn’t want to fight for the Turkish army.

    Esther Farmer:

    He was a progressive Jew, didn’t believe in war. I found out much later that the penalty for avoiding the draft was to be hung. So several Jews actually left, but he did not realize that since Palestine was a Turkish protector, he was drafted anyway, and that’s why they came to the United States. They came to New York. So this was way before the Nakba and way before 1948, my family was, they lived on the Lower East Side. They were very poor and they were very anti-Zionist. So my family’s existence gives the lie to all Jews loved Israel, and certainly Ariella’s work really ties into that, that before the Holocaust, most Jews were not Zionists. So what does it mean to be a Palestinian Jew is that there was a country called Palestine, and it was Muslim, Christian, and Jewish. It was very diverse, and the vast majority at that time, 80% were not Jewish. They were Muslim. So Israel was a creation of people who did not live there for their own interest.

    Marc Steiner:

    I want to get to that point because that’s really a critical point. People don’t get about it, what Israel is and why it is. Ariella?

    Ariella Aïsha Azoulay:

    Yeah. So I think that first of all, we have to be reminded that the category of identity is a colonial category. And I was born into the Zionist colony in Palestine, and an identity was imposed on me at birth called Israeli identity. And this identity was fabricated in 14 years since, I mean 14 years before I was born, which means synthetic identity that was meant to cultivate or to create a factory of Israeli babies, that their identity is predicated on their opposition to other who lived in this country, who lived in this place, which were defined Palestinians. So when I’m speaking about these kind of human factories in the Zionist colony in Palestine, I’m speaking about the way that Zionism destroyed both Palestine and the diverse modes of Jewish life. Part of them took place in Palestine. My family moved to Palestine, my maternal from maternal side, they were expelled together with Muslims when the first white Christian state was created in Spain, when Jews and Muslims were expelled from Spain. So they moved from Spain to Portugal, France, Austria, Bulgaria, and then Palestine, way before the Zionist movement started to colonize or to aspire to colonize Palestine. So they were Palestinian Jews in the very factual way. They were part of Palestine. And this is not a colonial identity, this is a form of belonging. And when I’m saying that I’m a Palestinian Jew, it is a way of undoing, first of all, the identity that was imposed on me at birth, that I’m not recognizing myself in it, and all the other colonial identities that await for me like American or like French. So claiming that I am a Palestinian Jew is claiming a form of belonging. That was the form of belonging of my maternal ancestors. From my paternal side, we were Algerian Jews and both identities were destroyed. Both forms of belonging, sorry, not identities were destroyed through two colonial project, the French colonization of Algeria on the one hand and the Zionist colonization of Palestine. So being an Algerian Jew, a Palestinian Jew, a Muslim Jew is a mode of reclaiming my ancestral modes of belonging.

    Marc Steiner:

    I love that. Both of you really interesting stories, very powerful stories, and I want to dive back into that. But I was thinking as you were talking that, and I’ve wrestled this a lot and I’ve written about this, which is that if there had been no Holocaust there, there’d be no Israel. I mean, that’s the fundamental, most Jews were not interested in being Zionists. They were in this socialist movements here. They were doing whatever they were doing, whatever we were.

    Esther Farmer:

    I don’t know about that.

    Marc Steiner:

    Okay, please go ahead.

    Esther Farmer:

    I mean, I don’t know how we could know that, but there’s an assumption there that the imperialist powers at that time wouldn’t have. I mean, they certainly used the Holocaust and the sympathy of the world, or the Zionist claimed that they absolutely had to have Israel to, and it was seen as some kind of reparation or something. But as my father used to say, also, I love Avila’s work because it kind of puts a context to things that my family would say is that the Zionists love Israel and they hate Jews. And I think that says a lot. So I don’t know that the imperialists wouldn’t have created Israel one way or another. I don’t know. I just think it’s an assumption.

    Marc Steiner:

    Good.

    Esther Farmer:

    Yeah,

    Ariella Aïsha Azoulay:

    Maybe I can complete it from a different perspective. Yeah, please. I think that we cannot say that if there will not, Holocaust won’t be the state of Israel. We have to ask ourself what is the continuity between the Holocaust and the state of Israel in order to reply that we have to go back in time because the Holocaust didn’t arrive from nowhere.

    Okay, if it didn’t arrive from nowhere, we have to ask ourself what did Europe wanted from the Jews in order to have the Holocaust and then to force on the Jews all over the world to be represented by the Zionists that destroyed Palestine and created the state of Israel as the destiny of the Jewish people. For that, I invite in my book, the Jewelers of the Umai, have it here with me, a potential history of the Jewish Muslim world. What I invite people to look at is in the wake of the French Revolution, when the modern citizenship was invented, Jews who lived in France were not part of the citizenship they were given with this citizenship a few years after the French Revolution. But what interests me is not the fact that the Jews were naturalized in the wake of the French Revolution. What interests me is the price that they had to pay in order to become citizens.

    They had to forget that they were Jews and forgetting that they were Jews. This was a European project. So eliminating the Jews either by assimilating them into the Christian world or assimilating them into what the Euro-American powers invented in the wake of World War II as the Judeo-Christian tradition, or eliminating the Jews through extermination. All these are part of the same project, what to do with the Jews. Europe invented the Jews as a question, as a problem. And at the same time that Europe invented the Jews as a problem, they also invented the solution with quotation mark to make out of diverse Jewish communities, a Jewish people with a destiny. This brings us to the beginning of the 19th century, the beginning of the 19th century. They invent Palestine as a question, and they invent the Jews as a question, and they merge both questions. Napoleon, Napoleonic Wars already saw the possibility of transferring the Jews to Palestine.

    So this connection between Palestine and the Jews is something that Europe invented way before the Nakba. And the last point in time that I would like to bring to our conversation is in the wake of World War ii, after the Holocaust, Euro-American powers imposed what they called New World Order. They created the UN as the organ to facilitate their solutions to different people. The Jews were in displaced person camps in Europe from 45 to 48. The Zionist movement was a marginal movement in the life of Jews, worldwide marginalized movement. In the Jewish Muslim world, it has almost no presence. And Europe that was responsible for the extermination of the Jews add to innocent itself, making Europe innocent, making Europe, one of the liberating powers add to what was relied on the exceptional of the Nazi, which legitimized all the European colonies and the exceptional of the Jewish suffering, this double exceptional and the recognition of the Zionist as representative of the Jews, which means those who were mandated to destroy Jewish, a diverse Jewish life all over the world in Asia, in North Africa, in many other places. And the Zionists were mandated to destroy Palestine. This was part of Europe and your American powers part of their response, what to do with the Jews. So if we speak about the final solution by the Nazi as an extermination, the final, final solution or the post final solution was to impose on the Jews a state that will be for them at the price of Palestine, at the price of the destruction of diverse Jewish communities,

    Esther Farmer:

    Which is fascinating to me because it’s like it’s the way that Zionism is so deeply antisemitic. It is antisemitic, obviously by

    Marc Steiner:

    Homogenizing. Jump to that. Please go ahead.

    Esther Farmer:

    Well, just by homogenizing, and now it’s being used tangible form of Jewish life except the Zionist one, right? And it’s like this way of Jews being used. I mean, that was something that my family taught me very deeply in my DNA, that Jews are used by the imperialists for their own interests. And the creation of Israel was so much about that. And yet, we’re all supposed to say that as Jews, we all love Israel, which is the most antisemitic thing possible. And of course for me, as someone who comes from a very strong leftist Jewish background, what Israel is doing is a travesty. And back to that question of the Jews love the Zionists, love Israel and hate Jews. That incident that happened when it was a boatload of refugees and they were coming to the United States and they were turned away.

    They weren’t interested in going to Israel. They wanted to come to the United States. And the United States turned them away, and the Zionists were fine with that as long as the United States supported Israel. So it’s just a perfect example in your face of how Jews in Israel is not the same thing, but we have been inundated with propaganda to make our identities. And I mean, Ella’s work is so fascinating to me because they’ve literally erased our memories and have just changed the narrative and the dialogue to the point where it’s unrecognizable as to who people are. And now Christian nationalists are telling us what it is to be a Jew, which the IRA definition says that you’re only a Jew if you support Zionism. So they’re literally erasing our memories and history.

    Ariella Aïsha Azoulay:

    Yeah, no, this goes back to Napoleonic Wars Napoleon, who codified what is Judaism, who invented the Jewish consi story, who created Jewish life as a pyramidal modes of being who are entangled being Jew with the state in a way that the state, the states, different states can tell us today, what does it mean to be Jew? And there are bad Jews, and good Jews and the anti-Zionists are being considered the bad Jews. And those are Christians who never reckoned with their antisemitism or anti Judaism with their racism toward many groups that are telling us what does it mean to be Jew? And I would like just to add that Europe, in order to innocent itself from its crimes against the Jews, first of all, imposed the state of Israel or imposed the Zionist as representative of the Jews, but also exchanged with the enemy of the Jews and created Palestinians, Arab and Muslims as the enemies of the Jews.

    And these were never our enemies. If the Jews added systematic enemy, this was Europe. For centuries, Jews were expelled from one place to another in Europe. And it ended up with a project that is being called as a euphemistic term to describe. It was called the emancipation of the Jews in the 18th century, in the 19th century. What is this emancipation? This emancipation meant to kill the Jew within the Jew. I think that here in the us, we have to think about it as similar to the project of killing the indigenous within the indigenous, right? It’s like the boarding schools. So on a global scale, Europe killed the Jew within the Jew, and many of the members of what is being called here in a way that always surprise me, American Jewry, many of the members of this community don’t even remember that they belong to other communities that were destroyed by Europe, right? American Jewry is an invention, is an amalgamation, is another amalgamation that is built on the European amalgamation of the Jewish people in the 19th century. So we have to be reminded also that Zionism started as a Christian movement. The colonization of Palestine was a Christian ideology before it became a Zionist, a Jewish Zionist ideology.

    Esther Farmer:

    It’s interesting that I remember when Biden said, if we didn’t have Israel, we would have to invent

    Marc Steiner:

    It,

    Esther Farmer:

    Which is again, the most antisemitic thing in the world telling are you saying that Jews are not safe where they are? So we’re not safe here. So we have to create Israel. And you support that. I mean, you can’t get more antisemitic than that, but where are the Zionists? Where’s the outrage from the Zionist around that statement?

    Marc Steiner:

    You both have just said so much that we can stay here for hours, just pulling it all apart and really taking a deep dive here into all of it that you’ve said. I mean, what both of you have pointed out on one level, a number of levels you have on one level is how antisemitism drove Zionism in many ways to create Israel for the power of the West, as I put it once a long time ago, is to force refugees, to create refugees. And what you’ve all described, how do you take that and make it understood both politically and socially in this country? So some of the Zionist leaders will immediately call you and me self hating Jews. That’s the first thing they’ll say. But how do you take what you’ve just described and get people to really understand and put their hands around what it really means, how Israel, Israel created, what it stands for and what it’s done to us?

    Esther Farmer:

    Well, we are doing this conference now where we have 2000 anti-Zionist Jews in a womb 15 years ago. Be lucky if you got 15 anti-Zionist Jews in the room. So this is happening right now because the impact of what Zionism has done is war militarism and imperialism. And that’s being seen now throughout the whole world. So our job in JVP is to move Jews and everyone away from Zionism, and that’s happening. The issue is that the narrative, I mean, I’ve been doing this work for 50 years, and I have never seen the narrative the way it is right now. It has substantially changed, and that took a tremendous amount of work, and we’re proud of that work. So that’s happening. And yet the policies of the United States are still the same. So that says a lot about what so-called democracy is, when the majority of the country is with us pole after pole is saying they are not supporting what Israel is doing, but yet that’s still the policy. So I think these issues of identity and the relentless propaganda that has gone on since this Zionist, I dunno what you want to call it, experiment, has been both so destructive to Palestinians and to Jews, really, really destructive. And that’s why it’s so important for us to have this as Naomi Klein says it, Exodus away from Zionism.

    Marc Steiner:

    Yeah,

    Ariella Aïsha Azoulay:

    No, I think that just maybe we have to remind ourselves that there is genocide going on. It’s almost two years, and there are some common ways to understand what is genocide, which is related to what was done by Lemkin and the convention against genocide. But I think that we have to maybe ask other questions about genocide rather than defining what is genocide. Understanding that settler colonial regimes are genocidal regimes, and the state of Israel is a genocidal regime that serve the west, serve the West to solve with quotation mark the Jewish question another time in its history and serve the West to have its mercenaries in the form of Israelis. And I think that it became very clear that since October, 2023, without the arms and the money and the propaganda machine all over the world, in the western world in what you called policies in state apparatuses, the persecution of voices that are denouncing the genocide without all these western power,

    The genocide will not last more than 1, 2, 3 weeks. Israel does not have the power to have a genocide. Israel itself would not survive in 48 without the destruction of Jewish diverse communities without forcing the Jews in Europe, the survivors to go to Palestine rather than to rebuild their communities in Europe without inciting violence in the Jewish Muslim world and making the life of Jews in the Jewish Muslim world impossible in a way that they slowly, slowly, this world was dismantled and Jews had to leave. Most of them did not want to go to Palestine. The case of Algeria in 62, at the moment of the end of the War of Independence

    Marc Steiner:

    For Algeria

    Ariella Aïsha Azoulay:

    Only 20% in Algeria, only 20% of the Jews were forced to leave Algeria because two colonial projects forced them to leave Algeria, only 20% went to the Zionist colony in Palestine. The rest of them went to Canada and France. So they were not Zionists. So we have to understand that the state of Israel was sustained with Western power. It was not an expression of a Jewish liberation project. It was a European project, Euro-American project to reorganize the entire world to create what they called the Jewish Judo Christian tradition, which never existed to remove the Jews from the Jewish Muslim world,

    Marc Steiner:

    Which did exist

    Ariella Aïsha Azoulay:

    To create Palestine as allegedly a state for the Jews and to turn Palestinians into exterminate group. So when I relate to the term genocide, when I wrote several texts during the beginning of the genocide, I put aside the legal definition of genocide. And I am trying to reconstruct how the genocide against Palestinians started. And it started in the wake of World War ii when Western power through the mediation of the UN, decided that Palestinians are experiment for the sake of Zionist, for the sake of creating a Zionist state. So rather than speaking about genocide as an event, I speak about genocidal regime, I speak about genocidal technologies, and when you understand the genocidal regime, you understand that already the nakba was the beginning of the genocide because Palestinians were exter amenable. They had to pay the price, they could be exterminated because their presence, there was an obstacle for the imposition of the new world order with quota mark, which was a Euro-American project of enting Europe of its crimes against the Jews and of its crimes against other colonies. We have to be reminded that in 45 European powers, and we’re speaking about the British, the French, Spanish, they still had colonies in different places in the world. So by exceptionalizing, the Nazi, by exceptionalizing the suffering of the Jews, they actually continue to run the world and not to reckon with their crimes against the Jews and against other racialized communities.

    Esther Farmer:

    One of the things that gets me always is when people say, well, Israel has a right to exist as if the country was established by God. I mean countries are created by the that be for their own interests. When I was growing up, there was no Bosnia.

    This was created generally not created by the people that live in these places. It’s created as Ariela was saying, by the western world for their imperialist interest. So I don’t know why this country of Israel has any more right to exist than anybody else. And I think there’s a difference between these countries and the people that live in them, but this idea that countries, that Israel has a right to exist, it’s just so interesting. It’s an example of how the assumptions and how we’ve been trained to think in these ways around nation states and the creation of these things that just has nothing to do with our actual lived experience and history.

    Marc Steiner:

    So you both have said so much and given such deep analysis about where this is in some ways, I think that is not heard very often and really original. I mean, it’s not the way people describe what is being faced at this moment. And as you were speaking, 10 things were going through my head. One was, how do you take the analytical description that you both have given us and popularize that message so people understand it so people can grasp it? Because the way you describe, it’s very simple, very clear about what created this, I’m sorry, go ahead.

    Ariella Aïsha Azoulay:

    No, no. It just occurred to me to think about it not as we would do this work. JVP does an incredible work, but it is not only about people doing this work, the genocide made it clear to millions

    That this is a genocide and Israel is a genocidal regime. I can write this book and this book and you can do your work, et cetera. But people are not stupid. And there is a moment when people understand they cannot do an accelerated lessons that you take with someone who already did the work, but with the beginning of the genocide, millions went to the street, right, took it to the street to say, this is a genocide and they’re being persecuted constantly. All these draconian laws, all these draconian policies of the Trump administration is because there are millions who are saying that this is a genocidal regime. So the question is not how you bring these ideas. The question is maybe how we exit, as Nole said Zionism, but how we exit the structures that imperial powers created as benign structures. Museums, archives, nation, states, borders, naturalization, all these structures are against people.

    So the questions are much bigger than how you transmit the lies of Zionism to other people. For me, the main question is outcome. That all the crimes that were committed against the Jews as if they never existed because the Jews were received with quota state or the Jews received a citizenship. The question is how to bring the Jews to participate in the anti-colonial, general global anti-colonial struggle to decolonize this world. So it’s not only how you convince your parents or your siblings, it’s about how we exit from those institutions that were normalized as benign institutions, but actually they are reproducing the destruction of the world.

    Marc Steiner:

    So one of the things I think about as you all describe where we are and why we’re here, I think about historically here in this country that 70% of all the civil rights workers in the South when I was a civil rights worker in the South as a young man were Jews. 70% of all the whites civil rights workers, civil rights workers in the south were Jews. And that we were the heart of the labor movement. We were the heart of the revolutionary movements. In Europe, there’s a different spirit I think that has to be grasped and put out there a different heritage and tradition of who we are as opposed to having it being defined by this kind of Zionist domination that was pushed and created by the imperial powers as you were talking about. So they have a beachhead in the Middle East and they figured out what to do with the Jews.

    Ariella Aïsha Azoulay:

    But the example that you bring is very interesting because Jews participated in the civil rights movement. They were in solidarity with the black.

    They didn’t fight their own struggle as part of it. And I think that what JVP maybe today offer is how to think about the liberation aspirations of the Jews together with the liberation aspirations of other groups. And I think that what happened with the us, what happened with this kind of erasure of what Europe did to us, what Euro-American did to us is the removal of the Jews from the history of colonization in a way that the Jews from a long time did not have a project of decolonization while they were still colonized. To act only as a blank American citizen in the movement for the civil rights movement means not understanding how much Jews were still colonized. So they could act as blank citizens, but not as Jews who are affirming this as their own struggle. They struggle for black Americans. And I think that here there is a very interesting things for Jews to do in the US is to reclaim their histories outcome that they became American Jews outcome, that their history is a very short history, the history of their life in America.

    Where is their history in Europe, what was taken from them? There are traditions, there are beliefs, there are many things were taken from them. There are possibility to live their life there. So I’m not speaking about in terms of returning to Europe, but I’m speaking about reclaiming their histories. If the Jews will reclaim their histories, they will not be blank citizens in empire only joining others struggles. And I think the JVPs that maybe the first time that there is a kind of broad Jewish movement in the US where Jews are speaking about what was taken from them and cementing Zionism as their identity is part of what was taken from them. But there is much more to that.

    Esther Farmer:

    I mean, I feel very personally angry at Zionism from my experience as a leftist Jew. My father was a union organizer, and I grew up with that history of, as you say, in the labor movement. And Jews and I have always felt, and I have seen this with my own eyes, how this Zionist project has moved Jews to the right in the way that you are describing has moved Jews in the direction where it’s unrecognizable. To me, that’s the other way in which I see Zionism as so antisemitic. The whole history of Jews being for justice, even in the biblical text and stuff, it’s just completely thrown away by only us only. My mother used to say, we are Jews for justice, not just us.

    Marc Steiner:

    And

    Esther Farmer:

    That was the history, what it meant to me to be a Jew. So I feel like Zionism was, and in Ella’s work, it’s like a deliberate attempt to erase an understanding of Jews as standing with the oppressed in the world. That’s interesting what you said about from my family, I did experience that connection between what happened to the Jews and other people, that solidarity. I did feel that, and I think that there were other people who did feel that, but I also think that there was a deliberate attempt to break that memory in some ways though I think that’s what’s so interesting about what we’re talking about.

    Marc Steiner:

    Yeah, I think the reason, I’m not usually at a loss for words how I make my living, but one of the things that really struck me about this conversation we’ve had so far is that it’s one that doesn’t take place in very many places where there’s an introspection about Jewish history and Jewish life and what it means in what we face today and how we’ve become sucked into this imperial world oppressing Palestinians. And when I was a kid, it was the fight against Jewish store owners in inner city neighborhoods that we used to boycott and go after because of what they were doing. But now that becomes, it becomes a prominent aspect of American jewelry at this moment. And I think the way you two describe this, the depth of which you describe, this is something I think that people need to wrestle with. Beyond JVP.

    Ariella Aïsha Azoulay:

    There are many initiatives. If we see millions in the street protesting against the genocide, many of them are organized in different collectives. Strike MoMA, making, munches, kohenet, so many collectives, smalls middle size that are reclaiming, they are Jewish heritage and reclaiming. They are Jewish heritage is saying, we are not white try to whiten us. This is what they’re saying. But Jews were never white. So while accepting as part of the Jewish identity in the us, it’s something that always strike me accepting this category that the Jews are white is accepting to erase their history. They were first racialized, their histories were destroyed in order to tell them, we give you the passage to passage white, but Jews are not white. So I think that we cannot see the millions in the street protesting against the genocide and believe that there is only JVP. JVP is very powerful, very broad because you have branches in different cities, but there are many, many initiatives all over to reclaim what was taken from the Jews and what was taken from the Jews.

    Part of it is major part of it today. There are history as victims of genocide, and now the Zionists are perpetrating genocide that implicate the entire Jewish community because of a long history of conflating between Zionists and Jews. Because when the West recognized the Zionist as representing the Jewish people with no reason to recognize them, but it served the interest of the West, it created a kind of conflation. And this conflation took from the Jews many things that people are struggling to today to introduce a distance from them and from this identification or this false mode of being represented by the state of Israel and the Zionist without announcing the responsibility to continue the struggle against the genocidal regime.

    Marc Steiner:

    So as we conclude here, I was thinking about this kind of neofascist regime that exists in Israel and this neofascist regime that’s taking over the country that we live in here, and all the experience the two of you have had and the creative work you’ve done and the political work you’ve done, and where you see the hope and where we’re going, where you see the struggle going and what we face right now. I mean, seeing JVP grow as it has is amazing, and other groups are there, but the right is really on the rise. And in many ways, as almost as you were alluding to the right, often uses Jews and people get sucked into the right. So where do you both think this takes us all, after all your years of struggle and being parts of movements in your work,

    Esther Farmer:

    I mean, hits the horror and the hope every second.

    Marc Steiner:

    Yeah,

    Esther Farmer:

    Right. I mean, across the street you’ve got 2000 anti-Zionist. That’s the hope. And we have this fascistic things. Is this really happening right now? Again, I think it’s a really interesting moment when the majority of the country is with us, and yet we still have these policies now that contradiction is only going to grow. I think there’s so much grassroots organizing going on, not just from JVP in so many areas, and it’s really important. I think this concept of intersectionality and solidarity is extremely important. And that’s the hope is the solidarity and the intersectionality of our movements. And as Ariella was saying, it’s a worldwide thing. It’s not only about Israel, it’s not only about Palestine. It’s this whole way of understanding even how nation states are organized. I struggle with that myself because I come from a time when national liberation struggles were a very progressive thing and people wanted independence. And then there are these states that exist and have they helped the world? Have they not helped the world? What does that mean to have the world organized by these nation states? Is there a difference between anti-colonial and decolonial? These are interesting questions that are coming up right now for me anyway. So yeah, I think there is hope. There is organizing going on. People are moving and both sides are moving very fast. They are,

    Ariella Aïsha Azoulay:

    Yeah. So if I may just pick on something that you said right now, I don’t think that these were a national liberation movement. These were anti-colonial movements that were intercepted by the colonizers to become national liberation movements. All the process of decolonization of Africa was intercepted by the West through the creation of the un. We have to be reminded that in 45 there were several 40, 45 states in the world. Today we have 200 states, which means that the decolonization of Africa, decolonization of Asia, rather than being decolonized from the imperial powers, the imperial powers created international organization that imposed that the only way to decolonize a place would be to create a nation state.

    Esther Farmer:

    That’s very interesting.

    Ariella Aïsha Azoulay:

    So I don’t think that these were national liberation struggles. These were anticolonial liberation struggle that were intercepted by the West in Algeria. It’s very typical. It was an anticolonial struggle and it ended up with an independent state from where the Jews, Algerian Jews had to live because this was the model that is built on the purification of the body politic from elements that do not fit there. So the Jews didn’t fit here, and the Jews didn’t fit there, and the Jews didn’t fit there and others didn’t fit there. And we got the new World order. One comment about what you said, I don’t think that in Israel it is a neo fascist regime. Israel is, as I said earlier, a genocidal regime to begin with. The fact that Netanya ran this genocide cannot make us forget that the genocide against Palestinians started in 48. The destruction of Palestine, the destruction of the Palestinian society didn’t start with Netanya.

    And this phase of the genocide is horrible and is the highest in terms of casualties, but it is not the highest in terms of the destruction of the Palestinian society. And when you ask about hope, if there is hope is in a global decolonial transformation of the world, because all these structures that enabled in 45 to impose another settler colonial state as a liberation project for the Jews, while it was a project of liberation of Europe from its crimes to appear in the world as the liberator. So I think that the fact that those organs continue to exist as benign organs, museums, for example, that looted so much of ancestral worlds of black, of Jews, of Muslims, and impose themselves as the guardians of this culture while they participated in the decimation of the material culture of so many people. So I think that there is a lot of work to be done in order to undo imperial planter, to undo the imperial organization of the world, and not only to speak about throwing away this or that government, it’s about stopping the genocidal regimes that are still being recognized as benign democratic regime with an accident with side project that should be reformed.

    Israel cannot be reformed. Israel is a genocidal regime and Israeli state apparatuses should be dismantled in order to allow the return of Palestine in which Jews will also be part of it as one of the minority groups and not as the governor, the masters of the land.

    Marc Steiner:

    I want to say that this has been one of the best conversations I’ve had in a long time, and mostly because I didn’t do much talking at all, but which is great. I think you both brought a very profound and different analysis to this conversation that’s not often heard, and I wish we could sit here for the next three hours, but we can’t. And I just want to say thank you to Ariel Zuli and to you both farmer for being here today and being part of this conversation.

    Ariella Aïsha Azoulay:

    Thank you for inviting us. It was a pleasure. Yes. Thank you so much for having us to share the flow with you.

    Marc Steiner:

    I deeply appreciate it. Really the joke from my friends that were listening, mark, you didn’t say anything. It’s okay. Because what came out of this, I think was something that people have to really wrestle with about where our future is going, not just as Jews, not just as Israel Palestine, but in terms of where the world is going and why this is so central to all of that.

    Esther Farmer:

    And there’s something very liberating about thinking about the world without nation states or thinking about the world without borders. Can we have those imaginations? Can we think beyond what they’ve given us, that we have to think that way? Can we think beyond that? And now maybe is a moment the horror and the hope where we can think in different ways.

    Marc Steiner:

    We have to thank you both so much for taking all this time.

    Esther Farmer:

    Thank you. Thank you.

    Marc Steiner:

    See you back at the JVP conference. Once again, thank you to Ariella, Aisha Azule and Esther Farmer for joining us today. And thanks to David Hebdon and Cameron Grino for running the program and audio editor, Alida Nek and producer for always working for Magic behind the scenes. And everyone here at The Real News for making this show possible. Please let me know what you thought about what you heard today and what you’d like us to cover. Just write to me at mss@therealnews.com and I’ll get right back to you. Once again, thank you to Ella Aisha Azule and Esther Farmer for being our guest today here on the Mark Steiner Show on the Real News. And remember, we can’t do this without you, so please share, join our community by clicking on the subscribe button right below here and support the Real News Network. Do it now. So for the crew here at The Real News, I’m Mark Steiner. Stay involved. Keep listening, and take care.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Marc Steiner.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/what-does-it-mean-to-be-a-palestinian-jew-today/feed/ 0 532773
    How the Philippines Nickel Boom Harms Human Rights https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/how-the-philippines-nickel-boom-harms-human-rights/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/how-the-philippines-nickel-boom-harms-human-rights/#respond Tue, 13 May 2025 09:08:17 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=7c2a69e2efe34e2e3a81e4a5e306cad4
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/how-the-philippines-nickel-boom-harms-human-rights/feed/ 0 532637
    Indigenous Kanaks support New Caledonia’s 50-year ban on seabed mining https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/indigenous-kanaks-support-new-caledonias-50-year-ban-on-seabed-mining/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/indigenous-kanaks-support-new-caledonias-50-year-ban-on-seabed-mining/#respond Tue, 13 May 2025 00:51:59 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=114625 By Andrew Mathieson

    New Caledonia has imposed a 50-year ban on deep-sea mining across its entire maritime zone in a rare and sweeping move that places the French Pacific territory among the most restricted exploration areas on the planet’s waters.

    The law blocks commercial exploration, prospecting and mining of mineral resources that sits within Kanaky New Caledonia’s exclusive economic zone.

    Nauru and the Cook Islands have already publicly expressed support for seabed exploration.

    Sovereign island states discussed the issue earlier this year during last year’s Pacific Islands Forum, but no joint position has yet been agreed on.

    Only non-invasive, scientific research will be permitted across New Caledonia’s surrounding maritime zone that covers 1.3 million sq km.

    Lawmakers in the New Caledonian territorial Congress adopted a moratorium following broad support mostly from Kanak-aligned political parties.

    “Rather than giving in to the logic of immediate profit, New Caledonia can choose to be pioneers in ocean protection,” Jérémie Katidjo Monnier, the local government member responsible for the issue, told Congress.

    A ‘strategic lever’
    “It is a strategic lever to assert our environmental sovereignty in the face of the multinationals and a strong signal of commitment to future generations.”

    New Caledonia’s location has been a global hotspot for marine biodiversity.

    Its waters are home to nearly one-third of the world’s remaining pristine coral reefs that account for 1.5 percent of reefs worldwide.

    Environmental supporters of the new law argue that deep-sea mining could cause a serious and irreversible harm to its fragile marine ecosystems.

    But the pro-French, anti-independence parties, including Caledonian Republicans, Caledonian People’s Movement, Générations NC, Renaissance and the Caledonian Republican Movement all planned to abstain from the vote the politically conservative bloc knew they could not win.

    The Loyalists coalition argued that the decision clashed with the territory’s “broader economic goals” and the measure was “too rigid”, describing its legal basis as “largely disproportionate”.

    “All our political action on the nickel question is directed toward more exploitation and here we are presenting ourselves as defenders of the environment for deep-sea beds we’ve never even seen,” Renaissance MP Nicolas Metzdorf said.

    Ambassador’s support
    But France’s Ambassador for Maritime Affairs, Olivier Poivre d’Arvor, had already asserted “the deep sea is not for sale” and that the high seas “belong to no one”, appearing to back the policy led by pro-independence Kanak alliances.

    The vote in New Caledonia also coincided with US President Donald Trump signing a decree a week earlier authorising deep-sea mining in international waters.

    “No state has the right to unilaterally exploit the mineral resources of the area outside the legal framework established by UNCLOS,” said the head of the International Seabed Authority (ISA), Leticia Carvalho, in a statement referring back to the United Nations’ Convention on the Law of the Sea.

    Republished from the National Indigenous Times.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/indigenous-kanaks-support-new-caledonias-50-year-ban-on-seabed-mining/feed/ 0 532598
    The Sanctuary Movement: Sheltering migrants against deportation https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/12/the-sanctuary-movement-sheltering-migrants-against-deportation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/12/the-sanctuary-movement-sheltering-migrants-against-deportation/#respond Mon, 12 May 2025 18:11:01 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334035 A man prays at Trinity Church, a congregation known for its long-held commitment to social justice on October 16, 2017 in New York City. The U.S. Department of Justice has claimed that New York City is violating a law requiring cooperation on immigration enforcement, one of four cities put on notice that they were out of compliance. Photo by Spencer Platt via Getty Images.In the early 1980s, hundreds of churches, synagogues, and university campuses joined the Sanctuary Movement, sheltering waves of refugees and migrants. This is episode 32 of the Stories of Resistance podcast.]]> A man prays at Trinity Church, a congregation known for its long-held commitment to social justice on October 16, 2017 in New York City. The U.S. Department of Justice has claimed that New York City is violating a law requiring cooperation on immigration enforcement, one of four cities put on notice that they were out of compliance. Photo by Spencer Platt via Getty Images.

    It’s the early 1980s.

    US-backed wars are wreaking havoc across Central America.

    And, in particular, El Salvador and Guatemala.

    Authoritarian governments have unleashed waves of violence on their populations.

    Trained death squads disappeared thousands.

    There are raids. US-backed massacres. 

    One after the next. 

    And so tens of thousands of people begin to flee to the one place they believe they may be safe…

    The United States.

    The very country helping to instigate the violence in their homelands.

    But the United States says they are not welcome.

    President Ronald Reagan refuses to admit that these thousands are fleeing abuses and government repression back home, because it will bar the US from funneling more support to the authoritarian Central American regimes… 

    So Reagan calls them “economic migrants.” 

    Fleeing not violence, but poverty.

    And this bars them from receiving asylum.

    But if the US government will not respond, others will stand up… 

    “…A government that has failed in its responsibility to society, so other institutions must act.”

    Local residents in Tucson, Arizona, begin to provide aid and assistance to the waves of Central American migrants that are arriving to the US border.

    In March 1982, on the second anniversary of the killing of El Salvador’s Archbishop Óscar Romero, Tucson’s Southside Presbyterian Church declared itself a sanctuary for migrants in need. 

    They hang a banner outside the church. It reads: “This is a Sanctuary for the Oppressed of Central America.”

    John Fife was the minister of that church and one of the founders of the Sanctuary Movement.

    “Basic human rights had been violated in systematic ways. And every other possibility had been exhausted… And so the church in Tucson, Arizona remembered that God had given the communities of faith an ancient gift called sanctuary. That the church was given that gift by God to save lives, to keep families intact, to say to the government you have absolutely failed in your responsibility to do justice and therefore that failure means that the community of faith has been given a gift by God to stand up and in nonviolent direct ways say no to more deportations. No to more devastation of families.”

    Other churches joined Southside Presbyterian. They would take in migrants and refugees. They would shelter them against government agents and border patrol. 

    A new underground railroad for Central Americans fleeing US-backed violence abroad. 

    It quickly became a national movement.

    Within three years, 500 churches, synagogues and university campuses had joined and were actively protecting Central American migrants.

    Good samaritans standing for their Central American brothers and sisters.

    “On any given night there might be from two to 25 [refugees] sleeping in the church,” said one member of Southside Presbyterian. “The congregation set up a one-room apartment for them behind the chapel. When that was full, they slept on foam pads in the Sunday school wing.”

    The US government responded. The Justice Department indicted 16 people for aiding undocumented immigrants.

    “If I am guilty of anything, I am guilty of the Gospel,” said one defendant.

    People protested at immigration departments in numerous cities. 

    Half of those indicted were found guilty of human smuggling. Most received light sentences.

    Finally, in 1990, Congress approved temporary protected status to Central Americans in need.

    A tremendous victory that would benefit hundreds of thousands… millions of people. 

    But the struggle continues. 

    In recent decades, a New Sanctuary Movement has begun to fight to end injustices against immigrants regardless of immigration status.

    Under Donald Trump’s first administration, the concept of sanctuary cities arose to respond to government policies that pushed deportations and immigrant crackdowns.

    All of this is more important than ever… NOW.

    Whereas in the past police and immigration officials were instructed not to arrest people in sensitive places, like churches. That policy has now been overturned.

    Trump has unleashed a war on US immigrants… suspending visas and green cards and removing resident status at will.

    But people are pushing back.

    ###

    Thanks for listening. I’m your host, Michael Fox.

    This is episode 32 of Stories of Resistance — a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, leave a review, or tell a friend. You can also check out exclusive pictures, follow my reporting, and support my work at my patreon, www.patreon.com/mfox. 

    Thanks for listening. See you next time.


    This is episode 32 of Stories of Resistance — a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. You can also follow Michael’s reporting and support at www.patreon.com/mfox.

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    Resources

    Below are several short videos about the Sanctuary Movement. 

    This link includes an excellent talk from Presbyterian minister John Fife, which we used part of for the episode: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RwHOACm3Yaw

    Sanctuary Movement: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EUzhG8kp8E8

    1980′ Sanctuary Movement was about Politics: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6NM8NsDpDGE

    The Sanctuary Movement (Part 2): https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PZwfdVbhsYM

    Sanctuary Movement / Central Americans Refugees 1981: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=i0N_shkAOcc


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/12/the-sanctuary-movement-sheltering-migrants-against-deportation/feed/ 0 532547
    Tracing radiation through the Marshall Islands: Reflections from a veteran Greenpeace nuclear campaigner https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/10/tracing-radiation-through-the-marshall-islands-reflections-from-a-veteran-greenpeace-nuclear-campaigner/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/10/tracing-radiation-through-the-marshall-islands-reflections-from-a-veteran-greenpeace-nuclear-campaigner/#respond Sat, 10 May 2025 01:12:45 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=114434 SPECIAL REPORT: By Shaun Burnie of Greenpeace

    We’ve visited Ground Zero. Not once, but three times. But for generations, before these locations were designated as such, they were the ancestral home to the people of the Marshall Islands.

    As part of a team of Greenpeace scientists and specialists from the Radiation Protection Advisers team, we have embarked on a six-week tour on board the Rainbow Warrior, sailing through one of the most disturbing chapters in human history: between 1946 and 1958, the United States detonated 67 nuclear bombs across the Marshall Islands — equivalent to 7200 Hiroshima explosions.

    During this period, testing nuclear weapons at the expense of wonderful ocean nations like the Marshall Islands was considered an acceptable practice, or as the US put it, “for the good of mankind”.

    Instead, the radioactive fallout left a deep and complex legacy — one that is both scientific and profoundly human, with communities displaced for generations.

    Rainbow Warrior ship entering port in Majuro, while being accompanied by three traditional Marshallese canoes. © Bianca Vitale / Greenpeace
    The Rainbow Warrior coming into port in Majuro, Marshall Islands. Between March and April 2025 it embarked on a six-week mission around the Pacific nation to elevate calls for nuclear and climate justice; and support independent scientific research into the impacts of decades-long nuclear weapons testing by the US government. Image: © Bianca Vitale/Greenpeace

    Between March and April, we travelled on the Greenpeace flagship vessel, the Rainbow Warrior, throughout the Marshall Islands, including to three northern atolls that bear the most severe scars of Cold War nuclear weapons testing:

    • Enewetak atoll, where, on Runit Island, stands a massive leaking concrete dome beneath which lies plutonium-contaminated waste, a result of a partial “clean-up” of some of the islands after the nuclear tests;
    • Bikini atoll, a place so beautiful, yet rendered uninhabitable by some of the most powerful nuclear detonations ever conducted; and
    • Rongelap atoll, where residents were exposed to radiation fallout and later convinced to return to contaminated land, part of what is now known as Project 4.1, a US medical experiment to test humans’  exposure to radiation.

    This isn’t fiction, nor the distant past. It’s a chapter of history still alive through the environment, the health of communities, and the data we’re collecting today.

    Each location we visit, each sample we take, adds to a clearer picture of some of the long-term impacts of nuclear testing—and highlights the importance of continuing to document, investigate, and attempt to understand and share these findings.

    These are our field notes from a journey through places that hold important lessons for science, justice, and global accountability.

    'Jimwe im Maron - Justice' Banner on Rainbow Warrior in Rongelap, Marshall Islands. © Greenpeace / Chewy C. Lin
    As part of the Marshall Islands ship tour, a group of Greenpeace scientists and independent radiation experts were in Rongelap to sample lagoon sediments and plants that could become food if people came back. Image: © Greenpeace/Chewy C. Lin

    Our mission: why are we here?
    With the permission and support of the Marshallese government, a group of Greenpeace science and radiation experts, together with independent scientists, are in the island nation to assess, investigate, and document the long-term environmental and radiological consequences of nuclear weapons testing in the Marshall Islands.

    Our mission is grounded in science. We’re conducting field sampling and radiological surveys to gather data on what radioactivity remains in the environment — isotopes such as caesium-137, strontium-90 and plutonium-239/240. These substances are released during nuclear explosions and can linger in the environment for decades, posing serious health risks, such as increased risk of cancers in organs and bones.

    But this work is not only about radiation measurements, it is also about bearing witness.

    We are here in solidarity with Marshallese communities who continue to live with the consequences of decisions made decades ago, without their consent and far from the public eye.

    Stop 1: Enewetak Atoll — the dome that shouldn’t exist

    Rainbow Warrior alongside the Runit Dome in the Marshall Islands. © Greenpeace / Chewy C. Lin
    The Runit Dome with the Greenpeace ship Rainbow Warrior in the background. Image: © Greenpeace/Chewy C. Lin

    At the far western edge of the Marshall Islands is Enewetak. The name might not ring a bell for many, but this atoll was the site of 43 US nuclear detonations. Today, it houses what may be one of the most radioactive places in the world — the Runit Dome.

    Once a tropical paradise thick with coconut palms, Runit Island is capped by a massive concrete structure the size of a football field. Under this dome — cracked, weather-worn, and only 46 centimetres thick in some places — lies 85,000 cubic metres of radioactive waste. These substances are not only confined to the crater — they are also found across the island’s soil, rendering Runit Island uninhabitable for all time.

    The contrast between what it once was and what it has become is staggering. We took samples near the dome’s base, where rising sea levels now routinely flood the area.

    We collected coconut from the island, which will be processed and prepared in the Rainbow Warrior’s onboard laboratory. Crops such as coconut are a known vector for radioactive isotope transfer, and tracking levels in food sources is essential for understanding long-term environmental and health risks.

    The local consequences of this simple fact are deeply unjust. While some atolls in the Marshall Islands can harvest and sell coconut products, the people of Enewetak are prohibited from doing so because of radioactive contamination.

    They have lost not only their land and safety but also their ability to sustain themselves economically. The radioactive legacy has robbed them of income and opportunity.

    Test on Coconuts in Rongelap, Marshall Islands. © Greenpeace / Chewy C. Lin
    Measuring and collecting coconut samples. Image: © Greenpeace/Chewy C. Lin

    One of the most alarming details about this dome is that there is no lining beneath the structure — it is in direct contact with the environment, while containing some of the most hazardous long-lived substances ever to exist on planet Earth. It was never built to withstand flooding, sea level rise, and climate change.

    The scientific questions are urgent: how much of this material is already leaking into the lagoon? What are the exposure risks to marine ecosystems and local communities?

    We are here to help answer questions with new, independent data, but still, being in the craters and walking on this ground where nuclear Armageddon was unleashed is an emotional and surreal journey.

    Stop 2: Bikini — a nuclear catastrophe, labelled ‘for the good of mankind’

    Drone, Aerial shots above Bikini Atoll, showing what it looks like today, Marshall Islands. © Greenpeace / Chewy C. Lin
    Aerial shot of Bikini atoll, Marshall Islands. The Greenpeace ship, Rainbow Warrior can be seen in the upper left. Image: © Greenpeace/Chewy C. Lin

    Unlike Chernobyl or Fukushima, where communities were devastated by catastrophic accidents, Bikini tells a different story. This was not an accident.

    The nuclear destruction of Bikini was deliberate, calculated, and executed with full knowledge that entire ways of life were going to be destroyed.

    Bikini Atoll is incredibly beautiful and would look idyllic on any postcard. But we know what lies beneath: the site of 23 nuclear detonations, including Castle Bravo, the largest ever nuclear weapons test conducted by the United States.

    Castle Bravo alone released more than 1000 times the explosive yield of the Hiroshima bomb. The radioactive fallout massively contaminated nearby islands and their populations, together with thousands of US military personnel.

    Bikini’s former residents were forcibly relocated in 1946 before nuclear testing began, with promises of a safe return. But the atoll is still uninhabited, and most of the new generations of Bikinians have never seen their home island.

    As we stood deep in the forest next to a massive concrete blast bunker, reality hit hard — behind its narrow lead-glass viewing window, US military personnel once watched the evaporation of Bikini lagoon.

    Bikini Islanders board a landing craft vehicle personnel (LCVP) as they depart from Bikini Atoll in March 1946. © United States Navy
    Bikini Islanders board a landing craft vehicle personnel (LCVP) as they depart from Bikini Atoll in March 1946. Image: © United States Navy

    On our visit, we noticed there’s a spectral quality to Bikini. The homes of the Bikini islanders are long gone. In its place now stand a scattering of buildings left by the US Department of Energy: rusting canteens, rotting offices, sleeping quarters with peeling walls, and traces of the scientific experiments conducted here after the bombs fell.

    On dusty desks, we found radiation reports, notes detailing crop trials, and a notebook meticulously tracking the application of potassium to test plots of corn, alfalfa, lime, and native foods like coconut, pandanus, and banana. The potassium was intended to block the uptake of caesium-137, a radioactive isotope, by plant roots.

    The logic was simple: if these crops could be decontaminated, perhaps one day Bikini could be repopulated.

    We collected samples of coconuts and soil — key indicators of internal exposure risk if humans were to return. Bikini raises a stark question: What does “safe” mean, and who gets to decide?

    The US declared parts of Bikini habitable in 1970, only to evacuate people again eight years later after resettled families suffered from radiation exposure. The science is not abstract here. It is personal. It is human. It has real consequences.

    Stop 3: Rongelap — setting for Project 4.1

    Church and Community Centre of Rongelap, Marshall Islands. © Greenpeace / Chewy C. Lin
    The abandoned church on Rongelap atoll. Image: © Greenpeace/Chewy C. Lin

    The Rainbow Warrior arrived at the eastern side of Rongelap atoll, anchoring one mile from the centre of Rongelap Island, the church spire and roofs of “new” buildings reflecting the bright sun.

    n 1954, fallout from the Castle Bravo nuclear detonation on Bikini blanketed this atoll in radioactive ash — fine, white powder that children played in, thinking it was snow. The US government waited three days to evacuate residents, despite knowing the risks. The US government declared it safe to return to Rongelap in 1957 — but it was a severely contaminated environment. The very significant radiation exposure to the Rongelap population caused severe health impacts: thyroid cancers, birth defects such as “jellyfish babies”, miscarriages, and much more.

    In 1985, after a request to the US government to evacuate was dismissed, the Rongelap community asked Greenpeace to help relocate them from their ancestral lands. Using the first Rainbow Warrior, and over a period of 10 days and four trips, 350 residents collectively dismantled their homes, bringing everything with them — including livestock, and 100 metric tons of building material — where they resettled on the islands of Mejatto and Ebeye on Kwajalein atoll.

    It is a part of history that lives on in the minds of the Marshallese people we meet in this ship voyage — in the gratitude they still express, the pride in keeping the fight for justice, and in the pain of still not having a permanent, safe home.

    Community Gathering for 40th Anniversary of Operation Exodus in Marshall Islands. © Greenpeace / Chewy C. Lin
    Greenpeace representatives and displaced Rongelap community come together on Mejatto, Marshall Islands to commemorate the 40 years since the Rainbow Warrior evacuated the island’s entire population in May 1985 due to the impacts of US nuclear weapons testing. Image: © Greenpeace/Chewy C. Lin

    Now, once again, we are standing on their island of Rongelap, walking past abandoned buildings and rusting equipment, some of it dating from the 1980s and 1990s — a period when the US Department of Energy launched a push to encourage resettlement declaring that the island was safe — a declaration that this time, the population welcomed with mistrust, not having access to independent scientific data and remembering the deceitful relocation of some decades before.

    Here, once again, we sample soil and fruits that could become food if people came back. It is essential to understand ongoing risks — especially for communities considering whether and how to return.

    This is not the end. It is just the beginning

    Team of Scientists and Rainbow Warrior in Rongelap, Marshall Islands. © Greenpeace / Chewy C. Lin
    The team of Greenpeace scientists and independent radiation experts on Rongelap atoll, Marshall Islands, with the Rainbow Warrior in the background. Shaun Burnie (author of the article) is first on the left. Image: © Greenpeace/Chewy C. Lin

    Our scientific mission is to take measurements, collect samples, and document contamination. But that’s not all we’re bringing back.

    We carry with us the voices of the Marshallese who survived these tests and are still living with their consequences. We carry images of graves swallowed by tides near Runit Dome, stories of entire cultures displaced from their homelands, and measurements of radiation showing contamination still persists after many decades.

    There are 9700 nuclear warheads still held by military powers around the world – mostly in the United States and Russian arsenals. The Marshall Islands was one of the first nations to suffer the consequences of nuclear weapons — and the legacy persists today.

    We didn’t come to speak for the Marshallese. We came to listen, to bear witness, and to support their demand for justice. We plan to return next year, to follow up on our research and to make results available to the people of the Marshall Islands.

    And we will keep telling these stories — until justice is more than just a word.

    Kommol Tata (“thank you” in the beautiful Marshallese language) for following our journey.

    Shaun Burnie is a senior nuclear specialist at Greenpeace Ukraine and was part of the Rainbow Warrior team in the Marshall Islands. This article was first published by Greenpeace Aotearoa and is republished with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/10/tracing-radiation-through-the-marshall-islands-reflections-from-a-veteran-greenpeace-nuclear-campaigner/feed/ 0 532204
    ‘Blood mixed with rubble’: Gaza and the ceasefire that wasn’t https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/08/blood-mixed-with-rubble-gaza-and-the-ceasefire-that-wasnt/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/08/blood-mixed-with-rubble-gaza-and-the-ceasefire-that-wasnt/#respond Thu, 08 May 2025 19:37:44 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333983 Screenshot/TRNNFor an all-too-brief moment, after a ceasefire deal between Hamas and Israel went into effect on Jan. 19, the slaughter in Gaza halted. Before Israel broke the ceasefire and resumed its siege of Gaza, TRNN spoke to displaced Palestinians who hoped that the war was finally over.]]> Screenshot/TRNN

    On Jan. 19, 2025, a ceasefire deal between Hamas and Israel went into effect—and, for an all-too-brief moment, the slaughter in Gaza halted. TRNN was on the ground in Gaza speaking with displaced Palestinians about their reactions to the ceasefire, the incalculable losses and horrors they had experienced during the previous 15 months, and their hopes for the future once they returned to the ruins of their homes. “I haven’t seen my family for 430 days,” journalist Mustafa Zarzour says. “I’ve been literally waiting for the moment to see my family—since the beginning of the war.”

    Since the filming of this report, Israel broke the ceasefire agreement and re-launched its assault on Gaza, with Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu stating that Israel had “resumed combat in full force.” Netanyahu further stated Israel’s intent this week to conquer and control the Gaza Strip, adding that Gaza’s remaining Palestinian population “will be moved.” According to the UN, 90% of Gaza’s remaining population have been forced from their homes, and no aid has been allowed into the Gaza Strip since March 2, 2025—the longest period of aid blockage since the Hamas-led attack on Oct. 7, 2023.

    Producer: Belal Awad, Leo Erhardt
    Videographer: Ruwaida Amer, Mahmoud Al Mashharawi
    Video Editor: Leo Erhardt


    Transcript

    Khalil Khater:

    Honestly, I felt happy but not so much. You feel like your heart is split. I mean, it’s true people are returning to their homes, but I don’t have a home. And still, it’s bittersweet. I lost my brother and his children. It felt like he died again when they announced the ceasefire.

    Mother of the Martyr Mohammed Wadi:

    A huge joy that can’t be described—I was overjoyed. The first thing I thought was: I will find my son and bury him. I want to go to Gaza City, find my house and bury my son and look for reminders of him—pictures, or some mementos of him. Anything really, that has his scent. God is greater. God is greater. God is greater. There is no God but Allah.

    Mustafa Zarzour – journalist:

    Frankly, there are mixed feelings. Between joy and the fact that we have forgotten the meaning of joy. Because we’ve spent 470 days witnessing bloodshed, air strikes, explosions, displacement. But today, something has returned to us—something like joy. Despite all the blood and all the loss—we have all lost—I lost my brother. This joy is because despite all that happened we are still steadfast.

    Mohammed Rayan – Head of Admissions, Shuhada Al Aqsa Hospital:

    Frankly, our pain is vast and our wounds are big, there’s not really a lot of room for joy, honestly. What we will do is visit the graves of our martyrs and pay our respects to them. Our feelings swing between happiness and despair, pain and loss, hope, and the immense suffering that our people will continue to endure in the coming days. The loss—because there is no home in the Gaza Strip that has not suffered loss.

    Khalil Khater:

    I love your uncle and your cousins, sweetheart. OK, I’ll stop crying—for you. We’ll go to Gaza, God willing, and see your grandpa. You can play with your cousins, because you miss them a lot, right?

    Chantings:

    God is greater. God is greater.

    Mother of the Martyr Mohammed Wadi:

    I lost my brother, my son, and my brother’s children. I lost two brothers who were taken prisoner. My family had already lost 18 martyrs. My mother, the embrace of my loving mother. My siblings in the North, I’ve missed them so much.

    Khalil Khater:

    What did the war take? First it took my health. I’m really exhausted. It took the most important people from me. It took them. That’s what it took from me. I lost my work—I was a kindergarten teacher. I lost my home, where I used to feel safe, where I raised my children. Life in a tent is really, really hard. And I lost my brother, of course I can’t get him back, only memories remain. God rest his soul. God rest his soul. Praise be to God in every circumstance.

    Rayef Mustafa Al Adadla:

    I shall search for my second martyred son, who hasn’t been buried. Then we will return to our homes and fill them. We will rebuild them to say: we rebuild our nation, no matter what the occupation destroys.

    Khalil Khater:

    I don’t want to return to our old neighborhood because that’s it—we were kicked out of our home. There’s no place for us there. Our neighborhood was near the border, there are a lot of houses that were destroyed, and the building we were in was bombed many times. The tower block next to us was also bombed repeatedly.

    Rayef Mustafa Al Adadla:

    My house is destroyed, but I will return to it. Despite all the circumstances, I will set up a tent on its ruins or beside it. I will stay on my land, beside my house. We won’t go far. We won’t abandon Gaza, and we won’t emigrate, because we are steadfast—like the mountains. We will stay beside it in the same area, God willing.

    Mustafa Zarzour – journalist:

    Our house was struck six times. It’s just rubble now, but we will organize this rubble and build again, God willing. What will I find? I’ll find rubble. Blood mixed with rubble. I’ll find ashes. I’ll find… body parts. I won’t find any people, but I’ll return, rebuild it, and live there. We will thank God and continue with our lives. We will move forward, get married, have children—all of us will do this, God willing.

    Mother of the Martyr Mohammed Wadi:

    My house was destroyed early in the war, on day four. I think I’ll find it bulldozed. I hope I will find some photos of my son. Some of his belongings, to remind us of him. All will be well, God willing. We’ve been waiting for this moment for a long time.

    Khalil Khater:

    We’ve been waiting for a ceasefire for a long time. I didn’t sleep all night. I waited until 08:30 to hear them announce a ceasefire.

    Mother of the Martyr Mohammed Wadi:

    One and a half years. From the beginning of the war, I kept saying: “Tomorrow it will be over, tomorrow it will be over.” Hopefully—thank God—today, it’s over. God willing.

    Mustafa Zarzour – journalist:

    I haven’t seen my family for 430 days. I’ve been literally waiting for the moment to see my family—since the beginning of the war. From day one, I’ve been praying for it to end. We go, we come back again. We’ve been waiting to return for 470 days. Today, the feelings… I literally don’t know how to describe them. Beyond description. Peace means the oppressor and occupier leave all of Palestine—not just Gaza, and not just a ceasefire. Because this is a war of extermination. A war of extermination—where they committed every kind of war crime. It’s not two states. There is only one Palestine. They are the brutal occupier. So our peace is when the occupation leaves.

    Mother of the Martyr Mohammed Wadi:

    Peace and safety mean no massacres, no bodies, no mass extermination. No martyrs, no jets, no drones, no tanks.

    Mustafa Zarzour – journalist:

    God rest his soul—my older brother, who was my father’s successor, died. I want to see his kids. His kids are now my responsibility. So the first thing I want to do is see my brother’s children.

    Khalil Khater:

    When I truly believe that the war is over, I will go and throw myself into my mother’s arms. I don’t know… I’m sure that Gaza City will have changed. All its landmarks will have changed.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Belal Awad, Leo Erhadt, Ruwaida Amer and Mahmoud Al Mashharawi.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/08/blood-mixed-with-rubble-gaza-and-the-ceasefire-that-wasnt/feed/ 0 531901
    El Salvador’s Revolutionary Poet, Roque Dalton https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/07/el-salvadors-revolutionary-poet-roque-dalton/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/07/el-salvadors-revolutionary-poet-roque-dalton/#respond Wed, 07 May 2025 20:10:33 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333975 Roque Dalton was killed 50 years ago this week. His words live on, as does his memory. This is episode 30 of Stories of Resistance.]]>

    Revolutionary
    Poet
    Salvadoran
    Roque Dalton was all three.
    Profoundly all three.
    Born on May 14, 1935.
    He grew up in San Salvador 
    Studied law at the University of Chile 
    And later at the University of El Salvador
    There he formed a writer’s group 
    of up-and-coming poets and authors…
    He was inspired by Chilean poet Pablo Neruda. Mexican painter Diego Rivera. 
    Communism and revolutionary causes.

    His poems are pure art
    Mixing politics with poetry 
    Blending verse and prose 
    Humor and reality
    History and current events.
    Beautiful lines alongside anger at the suffering plight of humanity 
    And above all… that of the downtrodden and poor of El Salvador…
    Like his poem, COMO TÚ, “like you”:

    “I, like you,” he writes
    “love love, life, the sweet charm
    of things, the celestial landscape
    of January days.
    My blood also boils,
    and I laugh through eyes
    that have known the spring of tears.
    I believe the world is beautiful,
    that poetry is like bread, for everyone.
    And that my veins end not in me
    but in the unanimous blood
    of those who fight for life,
    love,
    things,
    the landscape, and bread,
    the poetry of everyone.”

    His poems and prose have punchlines 
    innuendo
    Heart and depth

    “Poetry,” he wrote, “Forgive me for helping you understand
    that you are not made only of words.”

    His poems have humor, as he displays the tragic hypocrisies of the world
    And seems to almost be winking at you.
    But they are also profoundly serious.

    “In the middle of the sea a whale sighs,” he writes, “and in its sigh it says: love with hunger does not satisfy.”

    He writes of the past and the very, very present
    Foreign invaders from forgotten times.
    And the current ones… bearing gifts, wrapped in red, white and blue 
    With promises of riches and so-called freedom granted by Washington… and foreign corporations.
    And he was clear that, together with a group of other Latin American poets, he was trying to develop a new style of radical poetry, rooted in politics and social struggle. 

    This is one of the few recordings of Roque Dalton I’ve been able to find.
    In it, he says… 

    “Instead of singing, our poetry poses problems. Presents conflicts. Presents ideas, which are much more effective than hymns at making people conscious of the problems in the fight for the freedom of our peoples.”

    But Roque Dalton did not just write words. 
    He lived them.
    He attended the world youth festival in Russia
    He traveled, met and spoke out against injustices
    He was imprisoned. Escaped. He traveled. He lived in Czechoslovakia.
    Exiled in Mexico. Exiled in Cuba. 
    And trained to fight there.

    In the 1970s, El Salvador was ruled by a brutal US-backed dictatorship. Repressive. Violent Hundreds of people disappeared each month.
    He joined the ERP, the People’s Revolutionary Army, a guerrilla movement that would fight against the government.
    But he and the leadership differed over the direction their movement would take. 
    He remained outspoken. He said they needed to build their base.
    And in an unthinkably treacherous crime…

    The leaders of his guerrilla army killed Roque Dalton on May 10, 1975
    Just four days before his 40th birthday. 
    As an excuse, his murderers claimed he was a CIA agent.
    And they disappeared his body.

    But Roque Dalton continues to inspire even 50 years after his killing.
    His poems. His books breath with life as if they were written yesterday. 
    As if he were still here. 
    And in a way, he still is…  continuing to inspire inside and outside El Salvador.

    I once asked Santiago, the head of the Museum of Word and Image in San Salvador and the former director of Radio Venceremos, El Salvador’s guerrilla radio, what his favorite poem was. His answer was this:

    Alta hora de la noche (In the Dead of the Night), by Roque Dalton.

    I found this version of it online, read by none other than the iconic Argentine writer Julio Cortazar, a close friend of Roque Dalton’s.

    When you learn that I have died, do not pronounce my name
    because it will hold back my death and rest.

    Your voice, which is the sounding of the five senses,
    would be the dim beacon sought by my mist.

    When you learn that I have died, whisper strange syllables.
    Pronounce flower, bee, teardrop, bread, storm.

    Do not let your lips find my eleven letters.
    I have dreams, I loved, I have earned my silence.

    Do not pronounce my name when you learn that I have died
    from the dark earth I would come for your voice.

    Do not pronounce my name, do not say my name
    When you learn that I have died, do not pronounce my name.

    Roque Dalton left a wife and three sons, who also joined in the struggle against the bloody, US-backed Salvadoran government of the 1970s and ’80s. And who have continued to demand justice and the truth about their father’s death.

    Roque Dalton’s words, actions and memory still inspire… 
    So many years later.

    One last thing to add. Remember this song… Unicorno Azul, Blue Unicorn, by Cuba’s celebrated singer songwriter Silvio Rodriguez. Well, lyrics talk about a lost blue unicorn. Silvio Rodriguez wrote it for Roque Dalton in the years following his death.

    ###

    Hi folks, thanks for listening. I’m your host Michael Fox. 

    I’ll be honest, this episode really touched me. Roque Dalton has long been one of my favorite poets and there are just so many layers here. I hope you enjoyed it. I’ll add some links in the show notes to more of his poetry, Julio Cortazar reading Alta hora de la noche and the clip of him speaking about developing a new radical poetry for Latin America.

    I’ll also include links for my stories from my podcast Under the Shadow about El Salvador’s Civil War in the 1980s and the Museum of Word and Image in San Salvador.

    This is Episode 30 of Stories of Resistance, a podcast series co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment or leave a review.

    You can also check out exclusive pictures, follow my reporting, and support my work at my patreon, www.patreon.com/mfox. 

    As always, thanks for listening. See you next time.


    This is episode 30 of Stories of Resistance — a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. You can also follow Michael’s reporting and support at patreon.com/mfox.

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    Resources

    HABLA ROQUE DALTON SOBRE SU OBRA POÉTICA, UNA JOYA DE VIDEO


    Roque Dalton – Dolores de Cabeza

    Alta hora de la noche (Roque Dalton) Recitado por Cortázar

    Other Roque Dalton poems, read by Julio Cortazar

    Under the Shadow:


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/07/el-salvadors-revolutionary-poet-roque-dalton/feed/ 0 531648
    Fired after Zionist uproar, artist Mr. Fish won’t stop drawing the truth https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/06/fired-after-zionist-uproar-artist-mr-fish-wont-stop-drawing-the-truth/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/06/fired-after-zionist-uproar-artist-mr-fish-wont-stop-drawing-the-truth/#respond Tue, 06 May 2025 21:08:55 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333938 "Eternal Damn Nation 2021," original artwork by Mr. Fish (Dwayne Booth). Art used with permission from the original artist.After becoming a target of Zionist and pro-Israel critics for his political cartoons, Dwayne Booth (“Mr. Fish”) was fired from the University of Pennsylvania in March. Marc Steiner speaks with Booth about his firing and how to combat the current repressive crackdown on art and dissent.]]> "Eternal Damn Nation 2021," original artwork by Mr. Fish (Dwayne Booth). Art used with permission from the original artist.

    World-renowned political cartoonist Dwayne Booth, more commonly known as Mr. Fish, has found himself in the crosshairs of the new McCarthyist assault on free expression and higher education. While employed as a lecturer at the University of Pennsylvania, Booth became a target of Zionist and pro-Israel critics, and his work became a flashpoint of controversy in the months leading up to his firing in March. Facing charges that certain cartoons contained anti-Semitic tropes, J. Larry Jameson, interim president of the University of Pennsylvania, denounced Booth’s illustrations as “reprehensible.”

    In a statement about his firing, Booth writes: “The reality – and something that, unfortunately, is not unique to Penn – is that colleges and universities nationwide have been way too complicit with the largely Republican-led efforts to target students and faculty members engaged in any and all speech rendered in support of trans/black/immigrant, and women’s rights, free speech, the independent press, academic freedom, and medical research – speech that also voices bold criticism of right-wing nationalism, genocide, apartheid, fascism, and specifically the Israeli assault on Palestine.”

    In this special edition of The Marc Steiner Show, Marc sits down with Booth in the TRNN studio in Baltimore to discuss the events that led to his firing, the purpose and effects of political art, and how to respond to the repressive crackdown on art and dissent as genocide is unfolding and fascism is rising.

    Producer: Rosette Sewali

    Studio Production / Post-Production: Cameron Granadino

    Audio Post-Production: Alina Nehlich


    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Marc Steiner:

    Welcome to The Marc Steiner Show. I’m Marc Steiner, and it’s great to have you all with us.

    A wave of authoritarian oppression has gripped colleges and universities. Life on campus looks in some ways similar but in other ways very intensely different than it did when I was a young man in the 1960s. International students like Mahmoud, Khalil are being abducted on the street and disappeared by ICE agents in broad daylight, and hundreds of student visas have been abruptly revoked. Faculty and graduate students are being fired, expelled, and doxxed online. From Columbia University to Harvard, Northwestern to Cornell, the Trump administration is holding billions of dollars of federal grants and contracts hostage in order to bend universities to Trump’s will and to squash our constitutional protected rights to free speech and free assembly.

    Now, while the administration has justified these unprecedented attacks as necessary to root out so-called woke scours like diversity, equity, and inclusion programs and trans athletes playing college sports, the primary justification they’ve cited is combating antisemitism on campuses, which the administration has recategorized to mean virtually any criticism, opposition to Israel, its political ideolog, Zionism, and Israel’s US-backed obliteration of Gaza and ethnic cleansing of Palestinians.

    Now, our guest today is Dwayne Booth, more commonly known as Mr. Fish, has found himself in the crosshairs of this top-down political battle to reshape higher education in our country. Booth is a world-renowned political cartoonist based in Philadelphia. His work has appeared in venues like Harvard’s Magazine, The Nation, The Village Voice, The Atlantic. Until recently, he was a lecturer at the Annenberg School [for] Communication at the University of Pennsylvania. And just days after the Trump administration announced it was freezing $175 million in federal funds depend, Booth was fired.

    Booth’s work has become a flashpoint of controversy in the months leading up to his firing, facing charges that certain cartoons he made contained antisemitic tropes. J. Larry Jameson, interim president of the University of Pennsylvania, denounced Booth’s illustrations as reprehensible.

    In a statement about his firing posted on his Patreon page on March 20, Booth wrote this: “The reality and something that, unfortunately, is not unique to Penn is that colleges and universities nationwide have been way too complicit with largely Republican-led efforts to target students and faculty members engaged in any and all speech rendered in support of trans, Black, immigrants, and women’s rights, free speech, the independent press, academic freedom, and medical research, speech that also voices bold criticism of right-wing nationalism, genocide, apartheid, fascism, and specifically the Israeli assault on Palestine.

    Today we’re going straight to the heart of the matter, and we’re speaking with Mr. Fish himself right here in The Real News Studio. Welcome. Good to have you with us.

    Dwayne Booth:

    Great to be here.

    Marc Steiner:

    So I gotta ask you this question first. Just get it out of the way. So where did the fish come from?

    Dwayne Booth:

    Oh my gosh. Well, that’s a long tale. I attempted to name my mother, had gotten my stepfather a new bird for Father’s Day. And this was right after I dropped out of college and was living in the back of my parents’ house and fulfilling the dream of every parent to have their son return. I’m not getting a job, I’m going to draw cartoons, and my real name is Dwayne Booth, and I wasn’t going to start. I started to draw cartoons just as a side, and I couldn’t sign it “Booth” because George Booth was the main cartoonist for The New Yorker magazine, and I couldn’t just write “Dwayne” because it was too Cher or Madonna, I wasn’t going to go for just this straight first name.

    So I attempted to name this new bird that came into the house. My mother asked for names and I said, Mr. Fish is the best name for a pet bird, and she rejected it. So I said, I’ll use it. And I signed all my cartoons “Mr. Fish”, and I immediately got published. And one of the editors, in fact, who published me immediately had pretended to follow me for 30 years. Mr. Fish, I can’t believe Mr. Fish finally sent us. Oh, it was locked in. I had to be Mr. Fish.

    Marc Steiner:

    I love it. I love it. So the work you’ve been doing, first of all, it’s amazing that a person without artistic training creates these incredible, complicated, intricate cartoons. Clearly it’s just innate inside of you.

    You have this piece you did, I dunno why this one keeps sticking in my head, but the “Guernica” piece, which takes on the Trump administration and puts their figures in the place of the original work, to talk about that for a minute, how you came to create that, and why you use “Guernica”?

    Dwayne Booth:

    Well, it’s called “Eternal Damn Nation”. And one of the things that we should be responsible and how we communicate our dismay to other people. Now, what we attempt to do as artists is figure out the quickest path to make your point. So we tend to utilize various iconic images or things from history that will get the viewer to a certain emotional state and then piggyback the modern version on top of it, and also challenge the whole notion that these kinds of injustices have been happening over and over and over again. Because the Picasso piece is about fascism. Guess what? Guess what’s happening now? So you want to use those things to say that this might refer to a historical truism from the past, but it has application now, and it speaks to people, as you said, it resonated. Why did it resonate? Because it seems like a blunt version of truth that we have to contend with.

    Marc Steiner:

    So when you draw your pieces, before we go to Israel Palestine, I want to talk about Trump for a moment. Trump has been a target of your cartoons from the beginning. And the way he’s portrayed eating feces — Can I say the other word? Eating shit and just having shit all over him, a big fat slob and a beast of a fascist. Talk about your own image of this man, why you portray him this way. What do you think he represents here at this moment?

    Dwayne Booth:

    Well, it’s interesting because, in many ways, what I try to do with the images, the cartoons that you’re referring to, is, yes, I try to make it as obscene as I possibly can because the reality is also obscene. So I always want to challenge somebody who might look at something like that and say, oh my gosh, I don’t want to look at it. It’s important to look at these things.

    The reality is, yes, I create these metaphors, eating shit and being a very lethal buffoon and clown. Those, to me, are the metaphors for something that is actually more dangerous. He’s being enabled by a power structure and being legitimized by these power brokers that surround him to enact real misery in America and the rest of the world, so you don’t want to treat somebody respectfully who is doing that. You want to say, this is shit. This is bullshit. This is an obscenity that we have to not shy away from and face it.

    And if it is that ugly, if the metaphor is that ugly, again, challenge me to say that I should be respecting this person in a different way, should be pulling my punches. No, no. We should be going full-throated dissent against this kind of person and this kind of movement because it is an obscenity and we have to do something about it.

    Marc Steiner:

    The way you portray what’s happening in this country at this moment in many of your cartoons, in many of your works, Trump next door with Hitler, Trump as a figure with his middle finger to the air, all of that, when you do these things. How do you think about transient that into political action?

    Dwayne Booth:

    Yeah, yeah, yeah. Well, that’s one of the tricks with satire, and I think that satire, I don’t think people know how to read satire anymore. What stands —

    Marc Steiner:

    It’s a lost art.

    Dwayne Booth:

    It’s a lost art. People think that Saturday Night Live is satire, and it’s not. It’s comedy, it’s burlesque is what it is.

    Marc Steiner:

    It’s burlesque.

    Dwayne Booth:

    It’s burlesque, it’s parody —

    Marc Steiner:

    It’s burlesque.

    Dwayne Booth:

    And what it does is it allows people to address politics in a way that ends with laughter and ridicule, which is the physiological reaction. And when you laugh at something, you’re telling your body, in a way, that it’s going to be okay. We can now congregate around our disdain and minimize the monstrosity by turning Trump into a clown or a buffoon. Only then we can say we’ve done our work. Look at how ridiculous he is. Now we can rely on other people, then, to do something about it.

    Satire is supposed to, from my understanding through history, is supposed to have some humor in it. A lot of the humor is just speaking the blatant truth about something, and it’s supposed to reveal social injustices and political villainy in such a way that when you’re finished with it, you’re still upset and you do want to do something about it. Again, if we have to start worrying about how we are communicating our disdain about something that is deserving of disdain, Lenny Bruce quote, something that always has moved me and is the reason I do what I do. When he said, “Take away the right to say fuck, and you take away the right to say fuck the government.”

    Marc Steiner:

    Yes, I saw that in one of your pieces.

    Dwayne Booth:

    We need that tool. So when I am addressing something that I find upsetting, I lead with my heart because it is a visceral reaction. It’s very, very upsetting. I pour that into the artwork that I’m rendering, and then I share with other people because people are suffering. I know what suffering feels like. So the emotional component is really, really important to me.

    And if you notice, looking at the cartooning that I do about Trump, is those are very involved, most often, fine art pieces. They’re not the whimsy of a cartoon because it’s more serious than that. I want to communicate through the craft that I bring to the piece that I’m willing to spend. Some of those things take me days to complete.

    Marc Steiner:

    I’m sure.

    Dwayne Booth:

    This is so important to me, and you’re going to see my dedication to, A, giving a shit and wanting to do something about it. If I can keep you in front of that piece of art longer than if it was just a zippy cartoon, it might seep into your understanding, your soul, and your enthusiasm to also join some sort of movement to change things.

    Marc Steiner:

    What popped in my head when I first started looking into the piece was the use of humor and satire in attacking fascism, attacking the growth of fascism. Maybe think of Charlie Chaplin.

    Dwayne Booth:

    Yeah, The Great Dictator

    Marc Steiner:

    That was so effective. But the buffoonery that he characterized Hitler with is the same with Trump. It is frightening and close.

    Dwayne Booth:

    It is. And I would say, again, one thing I just want to be clear about is that there can be elements of parody and burlesque in there, because what that does is that that invites the viewer into the conversation. It says that this is not so dangerous that you should cower. This person is a fool — A fool who is capable of great catastrophic actions, but he’s an idiot. He’s an idiot. You’re allowed to be smarter than an idiot, and you’re allowed to lose patience with an idiot.

    So the second question. So, OK, if you can inspire somebody to be upset and recognize that they are somewhere in this strategy coming from an authoritarian of I will devour you at some point, and maybe this is where… I don’t know if you want to get into the college experience necessarily right now, but that was one of the things that’s interesting about being a professor for. I taught there for 11 years, and it’s always been in my mind. I love teaching, but I was hired as a professional because I was a professional cartoonist. I’m actually a college dropout, and so I bring the practice of what I do into the classroom.

    One of the things that was very interesting is, as the world blows up, colleges and universities are institutions of privilege. There’s no way around it. There’s students, yes, that might be there with a great deal of financial aid or some part of a program that gets them in, but by and large, these are communities of privilege. So it was very interesting to see when the society was falling apart, when there was an obvious threat before it was exactly demonstrated about academic freedom and so forth, the strategy from many colleagues that I spoke to was, all right, if we hold our breaths and maybe get to the midterms, we’ll be okay. If we can hold our breaths and just keep our heads down for four years, maybe things will be better. And my reaction was just, do you realize that that’s a privileged position? There’s people who are really suffering. If that is what your strategy is moving forward, then we are doomed because there’s no reason to be brave and stick your neck out.

    Marc Steiner:

    A number of the things running through my head as you were just describing this, before we go back to your cartoons, which I want to get right back to, which is I was part of the student movement into the 1960s. We took over places, we fought police, we got arrested and expelled from schools. I was thrown out of University of Maryland after three semesters and got drafted. Don’t have to go into that story now, but that happened. So I’m saying there’ve always been places of radical disruption and anger and fighting for justice.

    How do you see that different now? I mean, look, in terms of the work you do and what happened to you at Annenberg, tossing you out.

    Dwayne Booth:

    Well, that’s a two-part question, and we can get to the second part of that in a second. But when it comes to that question of what has happened to college campuses, essentially, is look around. The commodification of everything has reduced the call for speaking your mind, for free speech. Because if you’re going to be indoctrinated into thinking that the commodification of everything is what’s calling you to a successful life, then colleges and universities become indoctrination centers for job placement, way more than even… When I was in college, it was different. You were there to explore, to figure out who you were, what you wanted to do, literally, with the rest of your life. It wasn’t about like, OK, this is how you play the game and keep your mouth shut if you want to succeed. That is the new paradigm that is now framing the kinds of conversations and the pressures inside the classroom to “succeed”.

    But my thing with my classes, I would always tell my class a version of the very first day is, what you’re going to learn in this class is not going to help you get a job [Steiner laughs]. What it’s going to do, if I’m successful, and I hope I will be, is it will allow you the potentiality to keep a white-knuckled grip on your soul. Because the stuff we’re looking at is how did the arts community communicate what the humanitarian approach to life should be? That’s not a moneymaking scenario. In fact, there’s examples all through history where you’re penalized for that kind of thinking.

    But what is revealed to students is that this is a glimpse into what makes a meaningful life. It’s not surrendering to bureaucracy and hierarchy. It’s about pushing back against that.

    Marc Steiner:

    Right. And the most important thing in an institution can do — And I don’t want to dive too deep into this now — But is make you question and make you probe and uncover. If you’re not doing that, then you’re not teaching, and you’re not learning.

    Dwayne Booth:

    Right? Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah, a hundred percent. And that’s where we are now. Just even asking the question has become a huge problem. Even when everything started to happen with Gaza and with Israel, we had some conversations in class, without even getting, I wasn’t even trying to start conversations about which side are you going to be on? This is why you should be on this side and abhor the other side. It wasn’t even questions like that. The conversations we ended up having was the terror on the campus to even broach the subject.

    My classes where we spoke very frankly about, I can’t even say the word “Israel”, I can’t say it. And it was also among the faculty. And I don’t know if you’ve spoken to other faculty members at other universities, and this shouldn’t be shocking, but at some point, a year ago, we were told, and we all agreed unanimously, not to use school email. They’re listening. We were going to communicate with WhatsApp or try to have personal conversations off campus because we do not trust the administration not to surrender all of our personal correspondence with these congressional committees attempting to blow up universities.

    And they did that with me. There was some communication about Congress wants all of your communication with colleagues and students.

    Marc Steiner:

    That literally happened.

    Dwayne Booth:

    Yes.

    Marc Steiner:

    They wanted all your communication?

    Dwayne Booth:

    Yes. And I wasn’t alone. This is what’s going on on college campuses. So A, it’s a really interesting thing to ask because I don’t own the correspondence I have on the servers at school. I don’t. So it’s not even up to me. I can say no, but they’re still going to do it. So that kind of question, what that does is say, you are under our boot. We want to make sure that you understand that you are under our boot and that you’re going to cooperate.

    So what was my answer to that? My answer was, fuck you. Because this is coming after a semester where a couple of times I had to teach remotely because not only there were death threats on me, but being the professor in front of this class, there were death threats on my students. So knowing that and really being angry at the main administration and the interim president Jameson for surrendering to this kind of McCarthyism. Again, that’s an easy equation to make, but it’s accurate. It’s a hundred percent accurate.

    Marc Steiner:

    I’m really curious. Let’s stay with this for a moment before we leap into some other areas here, that when did you become first aware that they were coming after you? And B, how did they do it? What did they literally do to push you out?

    Dwayne Booth:

    Me being pushed out, it’s an interesting question to ask because Annenberg actually protected me. Jameson wanted me out when The Washington Free Beacon article came out in February of last year.

    Marc Steiner:

    The one that accused you of being an antisemite?

    Dwayne Booth:

    Yes.

    Marc Steiner:

    Right.

    Dwayne Booth:

    So again, what do we do with that? We clean house. We don’t look at the truth of the matter. We don’t look at the specifics. We don’t push back, we surrender. That’s the stance of the administration. So he wanted me fired, but the Dean of Annenberg was just like, no. So they protected me. It’s the School for Communication. It has a history of…

    Marc Steiner:

    It’s a school where you’re trained journalists and other people to tell the truth and tell the stories and dig deep and put it out there.

    Dwayne Booth:

    And to say no when you need to say no.

    Marc Steiner:

    Yes.

    Dwayne Booth:

    Right. So that happened. So they protected me. I was there because Annenburg protected me. It didn’t stop the administration, as you said at the beginning of the segment, Jameson then makes a public statement that basically says I’m an antisemite and that I’m reprehensible.

    So that went on for all of last year, not so much the beginning of this semester because everybody was very focused on what the election was going to reveal.

    So I was given the opportunity to develop a new class for this coming fall. So I took off the semester, was paid to develop this new course for, actually, about the alternative press and the underground comics movement of the ’60s and ’70s.

    Marc Steiner:

    I remember it well [laughs].

    Dwayne Booth:

    Very good. And so that’s considered the golden age for opinion journalism, which is lacking now. So I’m like, this is a great opportunity to, again, expose what our responsibility is as a free and open society. Let’s really talk about it. I even was going to start a newspaper as part of the class that students were going to contribute to. It was going to be a very big to-do.

    Trump won. The newspaper was the first thing to be canceled. We don’t want to invite too much attention from this new regime on the campus. Again, it’s this cowardice that has real ramifications, as you were saying. These funds, as soon as there’s money involved, the strategy for moving forward becomes an economic decision and not one that has to do with people and their lives.

    So me being let go, I was part of a number of adjuncts and lecturers who were also let go. So it’s not an easy connection to say that I was specifically targeted as somebody who should be fired. But that said, you could feel some relief. And as a matter of fact, being let go and then being, again, the attacks from the right-wing press increased, and all of a sudden we’re like, finally UPenn has gotten rid of the antisemite. And then we’re back in this old ridiculous argument.

    And luckily, I’m not alone. I’m not so much in the spotlight because many people are stepping forward and, again, trying to promote the right kind of conversation about this.

    Marc Steiner:

    One of the things, a bunch of things that went through my head as you were talking, I was thinking about the course you wanted to teach on alternative press. I you ever get to teach that course again, I have tons of files for you to have, to go through.

    Dwayne Booth:

    [Laughs] Yeah, yeah, yeah. I was writing the textbook.

    Marc Steiner:

    Textbook. Oh, were you? OK.

    Dwayne Booth:

    I’m going to France, actually, and I’m going to interview Robert Crumb. I’m staying over his house. Oh, that’s great.

    Marc Steiner:

    Oh, that’s great. He must be really old now.

    Dwayne Booth:

    Yes. I’m really looking forward to it.

    Marc Steiner:

    [Laughs] I was there at the very [beginning]. I helped found Liberation News Service.

    Dwayne Booth:

    Oh, see.

    Marc Steiner:

    And I was at Washington Free Press back in the ’60s.

    Dwayne Booth:

    See? So you know. I curated an exhibit on the alternative press for the University of Connecticut a couple years ago. Hugely popular. They have an archive that is dizzying. It might be the biggest in the country. And so when I was curating and putting together that exhibit, I would go in and I would be, all day, I wouldn’t even eat, and I would pore through these newspapers and magazines at the time. And I would leave, and I would actually have this real sense of woe because looking at what that kind of journalism was attempting and accomplishing made me feel like we have lost.

    Marc Steiner:

    Every city and community had an underground paper across the country, and Liberation newspapers were there to service all those papers and bring them together. The power of the media in that era was very different and very strong.

    Dwayne Booth:

    Well, the work that I do as a cartoonist and somebody who uses visuals to communicate this stuff, that was all through these newspapers, all through this movement. The idea being is the arts community is there — Well, let’s do it this way. The job of journalism, one could say, is that it provides us with the first draft of history, which we’ve heard.

    Marc Steiner:

    Exactly.

    Dwayne Booth:

    So the idea as a journalist, what you’re supposed to be asking yourself is what is the real story here? And I’m going to approach it and try to be objective about it, but what is the real story here? The job of an artist in the arts community is to ask the very same question. What is this story really about? What does this feel like? But rather than searching for the objective version of that, it’s about looking for the subjective. This is how I feel about it. And that invites people in to share their own stories. Because really we’re just stories. We’re really just stories.

    Marc Steiner:

    Storytellers.

    Dwayne Booth:

    Exactly. So if you can have a form of journalism that not only draws on straight journalism but also can bring in Allen Ginsburg to write a poem that will then explore what does it mean to be a human being? Why are we vulnerable and why do we deserve protection? Until you have that inside of a conversation, why argue in favor of protecting, say, the people of Gaza?

    Marc Steiner:

    Let’s talk a bit about that. Now, look, this is what got you fired [laughs].

    Dwayne Booth:

    Well, I don’t… Well, again.

    Marc Steiner:

    It’s part of what got you fired.

    Dwayne Booth:

    It created a lot of heat for me last year, we can say.

    Marc Steiner:

    It is a very difficult question on many levels, being accused of being an antisemite or a self-hating Jew. If you criticize Israel, whether you use the word genocide or slaughter, whatever word you use has infected the entire country at this moment. Campuses, newspapers, everywhere, magazines. And in itself, it seems to me, also creates antisemitism. It makes it bubble up. Because it’s always there, it’s just below the surface. It doesn’t take much to unleash it. So I think we’re in this very dangerous moment.

    Dwayne Booth:

    We are. But I would say that, with that broad description, if people only approach the question with that broad of an approach, I think we’re in trouble.

    Marc Steiner:

    What do you mean by that?

    Dwayne Booth:

    I think the question of attempting to criticize Israel and then being called an antisemite is conflating politics with religion, nationalism with religion. Because really, again, look at it. Just look at all of the conversations that people have been having. To criticize the state of Israel is criticizing the state of Israel. It has really nothing to do with criticizing Judaism at all. Now, if somebody is Jewish and supporting Israel, OK, they’ve made that connection for themselves. So therefore, you can’t have an argument that says, you’re hurting my Jewishness, my Jewish identity by attacking a nation state, because they’re two different things. And if you’re protecting the virtue of a nation state, that is nationalism.

    Marc Steiner:

    It is. I don’t want to digress on this too deeply, but I think that when you are part of a minority that has been persecuted — My grandfather fought the czars, people in the streets of Warsaw, in the pogroms. My dad fought the Nazis. When you know that they just hate you because of who you are, which is the excuse they used to create Israel out of Palestine, which makes it a very complex matter. It was FDR who would not let Jews here and said, you have to go. You want to get out of those camps? You’re going there.

    Dwayne Booth:

    Yeah. There is that. Yep.

    Marc Steiner:

    So what I’m saying to all that, I’m saying it’s a very complicated matter.

    Dwayne Booth:

    And so the argument, though, and I totally agree with you. So what is important for that, the fact that it is a complicated matter, then you need to create space for the conversation to happen, and you have to create the space to be large enough to accommodate all of the emotion, the emotional component that is part of this, because that’s also very, very real. And then the less emotional stuff, like what is the intellectual argument piece of this? So yes, it is all completely knotted up, but the solution is to recognize how complicated it is and then create the space for people then to untangle it.

    Because again, that’s why I said about the broad approach. The broad approach is not going to help us. The broad approach is going to actually disenfranchise people from wanting to enter into the conversation. Because you don’t want to say, and as you can see it happening over and over again, anybody who says, I’m against Israel, what Israel is doing, immediately they’re called, they’re shut down by people who don’t want to have that conversation, as being antisemitic. And nobody wants to feel like they could be called an antisemitic, especially if they are not one. Remember, people who are antisemitic, they tend to be proud of the fact that they are antisemitic.

    Marc Steiner:

    Yeah, I know. But there are a lot of antisemites out there, a lot of racists who don’t admit that they’re antisemitic or racist.

    Dwayne Booth:

    Again, and the question, they don’t admit it. So again, so that’s where you need that kind of conversation to turn the light on in that darkness and give them the opportunity to either defend their antisemitism, have their antisemitism revealed so that they can then self-assess who they are. Because a lot of prejudices people have, they don’t know that they have them, and they have not been challenged.

    So much of what we think and feel is reflexive thinking and feeling. You can’t burn that flag. I’m an American, it’s hurting my heart. Let’s look at the issue. What is trying to be communicated by the burning of the flag? It’s not shitting on your grandfather for fighting in the Second World War. But again, if somebody is going to have all that knotted up into this emotional cluster, it’s up to us as sane human beings who are seeking understanding and also empathy with each other to be able to enter in those things assuming, until it’s disproven, that we actually have the potential for empathy and understanding among each other. But you need to create the space and the conversation for that to happen.

    Marc Steiner:

    What was the specific work that had them attack you as an antisemite at Annenberg? What did they pull out?

    Dwayne Booth:

    They pulled out some cartoons that I had. It was interesting because they pulled out mostly illustrations that I had done for Chris Hedges. I’ve been Chris Hedges’s illustrator for a very long time.

    Marc Steiner:

    He used to work out of this building [laughs].

    Dwayne Booth:

    Yes, exactly. And so what they did was they pulled out these illustrations completely out of context from the article that I was illustrating, had them as standalone pieces, which again, if you’re doing cartoons or you’re doing any illustrations, what you’re trying to do, you’re trying to be provocative and communicate with a very short form. If it’s something as fiery as this issue, then you need, potentially, more information to know what my intent is as an artist. Those were connected to Chris Hedges’s articles that had them make absolute sense. So those were shown without the context of Chris Hedges’s articles.

    They showed a couple cartoons that also were just standalone cartoons that had been published and posted for four months without anything except great adulation from readers, because I also work for Scheer Post, which is Robert Scheer’s publication. And I’ve known Bob for decades. And if you don’t know who Bob is, you should know who Bob is. He was the editor of Ramparts and has a very long history of attempting independent journalism.

    Marc Steiner:

    I can’t believe he’s still rolling.

    Dwayne Booth:

    He is. He’s 89.

    Marc Steiner:

    I know [laughs].

    Dwayne Booth:

    It’s amazing. And so he was running my cartoons. He lost more than half of his family in the Holocaust. He knows what antisemitism looks like. And so these cartoons that were pulled, again, I had nothing but people understanding what I was trying to say. But taken, again, out of context, shown to an audience that is looking for any excuse to call somebody an antisemite, which is the Washington Free Beacon, who has called everybody an antisemite: Obama, Bernie Sanders, just everybody. And framing the parameters of that slander, presenting it to their audience who blew up, again, then started writing me: I want to rape your wife and murder your children. I know where you live. All of those sorts of things all of a sudden come out. So that happened.

    And so again, there I am — And I’ve had hate mail. I’ve had death threats before. I’ve never been part of an institution where the strategy for moving forward is being part of a community was… All right. I was told to just not say anything at first. We’ll see if we can weather this. And then when the Jameson statement came out, I wrote to my dean and I said, I have to say something now. I can’t sit back and just let these people frame the argument because it’s not accurate.

    Marc Steiner:

    Right, right.

    Dwayne Booth:

    Then I started to talk to the press, and again, started to say, we need to understand that there is intent and context for all of these things, and I cannot allow the truncation of communication to happen to the degree where people are silenced and then people are encouraged to self-censor.

    Marc Steiner:

    So I’ll ask you a question. I’ve been wrestling with this question I wanted to ask you about one of your cartoons. It’s the cartoon where Netanyahu [inaudible] are drinking blood.

    Dwayne Booth:

    It’s not Netanyahu. I know which… Is it with the dove?

    Marc Steiner:

    Yeah.

    Dwayne Booth:

    OK. Yeah. Netanyahu is not in there.

    Marc Steiner:

    That’s right, I’m sorry. So the first thing that popped in my head when I saw that picture was the blood libel against the Jews by the Christians that took place. My father told me stories about when he was a kid how Christian kids across from Patterson, the other side of the park, would chase him. You killed, you drank Jesus’s blood, you killed Jesus, the major fights that they had. So talk a bit about that. That’s not the reaction you want us to have.

    Dwayne Booth:

    No, no, no, no. Absolutely not. It is interesting because I think that’s probably the leading one that people — And now when all this started up, again, they don’t even show it, they just describe it, and they describe it so inaccurately [Steiner laughs] that it just makes me crazy.

    Marc Steiner:

    You’re not shocked, are you [both laugh]?

    Dwayne Booth:

    No, no. But in the cartoon, it’s actually, it’s power brokers. These guys look like they’re power brokers from the 1950s. I like to draw that style of… And if you want to look at these guys, they look completely not Jewish. I pulled them from, like I said, they’re basically clip art from the 1950s. So they’re power brokers at a cocktail party. It’s playing off of the New Yorker style of the cocktail party with the upper class.

    So they’re upper crust power brokers. Behind them is a hybrid flag that is half the American flag and half the Israeli flag. And they are drinking blood from glasses that says “Gaza”. And there is a peace dove that is walking into the room and somebody says, who invited that lousy antisemite.

    As a cartoonist, understand that when it comes to, as I said earlier, trying to figure out how to make the point as quickly as you can and as eye catching as you can. If you look through the history of the genre, drinking blood is what monsters do. They do it all of the time in their criticism of people who are powerful and who are called monsters. I, frankly, when I was drawing it, I [wasn’t] like, well, this might be misinterpreted as blood libel. I didn’t know what blood libel was.

    Marc Steiner:

    I’m sure you didn’t.

    Dwayne Booth:

    Yeah. And again, and it was posted for a long time and nobody’s said anything about it. But then when it was called that, it became a very interesting conversation because it was like, oh, OK. So now I can see how that would flood the interpretation of the cartoon. And again, this is what happens in regular conversation. And particularly if you’re communicating as somebody who uses the visuals as your form of communication, there’s a thousand ways to interpret a visual.

    Marc Steiner:

    There are.

    Dwayne Booth:

    There are. And as the artist, you have to understand that you’re going to do the best that you can and hope that the majority of people are going to get what you’re trying to do. Which brings us, again, back to that second question or that point that I was making earlier, which is let’s have the conversation afterwards. If you understand that my intent was playing off of not a Jewish trope but a trope of criticizing power — Which, actually, out of curiosity, I went through the internet and I all of a sudden started to assemble, through time, using people are drinking blood constantly who are evil. So it’s used and so forth.

    And so the challenge with something like that was to then try to communicate that that was not my intent. I know a communications, a free speech expert, in fact. She and I had a really interesting conversation about it because she is such a radical, she’s been more radical than I am. She wanted me to know that it was blood libel, and she wanted to hear me say, yes, I knew it was blood libel, but I’m going to use that to force the conversation and reclaim what that blood libel was supposed to be as, A, this ridiculous thing that actually is being applied as a truism in this circumstance.

    But all of a sudden it became this academic conversation and I was just like, whoa, I don’t need it to be that, because you don’t want to upset everybody and confuse what your communication is, obviously. So I said, it wasn’t that. She goes, you sure [Steiner laughs]? Are you sure you weren’t trying to do that? I’m like, no, I wasn’t trying to do that. So that’s what that one was.

    Marc Steiner:

    So I’m glad we talked about this because I think that… I’m not going to dwell on this cartoon, but when I first showed this to some of my friends —

    Dwayne Booth:

    You’re not alone [crosstalk]. I get it. I totally get it.

    Marc Steiner:

    As I was preparing for our conversation, that was their first reaction as well.

    Dwayne Booth:

    Right. Right.

    Marc Steiner:

    Because your cartoons, they’re really powerful, and they get under an issue, and it glares in front of your eyes like a bright light. And they’re very to hard look at sometimes, whether it’s Trump eating shit, literally [both laugh], and the other images you give us. It’s like you can’t allow us to look away. You want us to ingest them.

    Dwayne Booth:

    I want you to ingest them and then have an honest reaction. And then, again, it doesn’t have to be in a conversation with me, have a conversation with somebody else. Because that cartoon that you were talking about, it started a bunch of debates.

    Marc Steiner:

    The Trump one?

    Dwayne Booth:

    No, no, no.

    Marc Steiner:

    Oh, the blood libel.

    Dwayne Booth:

    Yeah, yeah — Don’t call it the blood libel one. See what I mean, man [both laugh]? So it started, what I would say is necessary debate to really get to the bottom of issues. Again, that’s really what we should be doing. We should be encouraging more and more difficult conversations. Because we’re not, and look at where we are. People are uncomfortable to even go into the streets. You don’t have to shout. You don’t have to carry a sign. People are being conditioned to be uncomfortable with making a statement in the name of humanity, even though humanity is suffering in real time in front of us. Look at Gaza. For me, there’s no way to frame the argument that can justify that. There’s just no way. There’s too many bodies, there’s too many dead people. There’s too much evidence that the human suffering that is happening over there right now in front of the world needs not to be happening.

    Marc Steiner:

    It needs not to be happening. [I’ll] tell [you] what just popped through my head as you were saying that, a couple things. One was the Vietnam War where millions of Vietnamese were slaughtered, North, South, all over. And we didn’t call that a genocide. We called that a slaughter. And then I was thinking as you were speaking about… I speak at synagogues sometimes about why we as Jews have to oppose what Israel’s doing to Gaza.

    Dwayne Booth:

    And I’ve gone to synagogues and seen those talks. That’s also what I’m [crosstalk] —

    Marc Steiner:

    They’re very difficult talks to have people just…

    Dwayne Booth:

    Yeah.

    Marc Steiner:

    Because it’s an emotional issue as much as it’s a —

    Dwayne Booth:

    Exactly.

    Marc Steiner:

    — Logical and political issue. And so, when I look at your work, again, it engenders conversation. It makes you think it’s not just his little typical political cartoon. It’s like you sink yourself into your cartoons like an actor sinks himself into a part. That’s what I felt looking at your work.

    Dwayne Booth:

    Yeah, yeah, yeah. It’s funny because just hearing you say that, it’s true that quite often I forget about my cartoons soon after I do them because I’m already onto the next one. And I’ve done searches for things and found my cartoons that I’ve forgotten. I have no memory of doing them [Steiner laughs]. Some of them I don’t even get, and I literally have to call my older brother and say, what was I trying to say with this? He’s very good at remembering what I was trying to say and can decipher my cartoons for me.

    But yeah, it is a form of meditation. If you look at the work that I do, again, if you’re going to stick with a piece of art for hours, you have to be able to sustain your focus on it. So I meditate while I’m doing it and see if it feels true to my emotional reaction to what’s going on, then I post it.

    Marc Steiner:

    So lemme ask you this question. So think of one of your most recent cartoons, I dunno which one, I’ll let you think of it since I don’t know what your most recent cartoon is, and it’s about Gaza and Israel and this moment. Describe it and what you went through to create it.

    Dwayne Booth:

    One of the most recent ones that I did was, as the death toll continued to climb, and I think it was right after Trump started to talk about how beautiful he’s going to make Gaza once we take over. The normalizing of that, and even the attempts to make it a sexy strategy, hit me so hard that my approach to that was, OK, well what would that look like? What would the attempt to normalize that amount of human suffering, what would that look like?

    Well, it sounds like a travel poster that is going to invite people to the new Gaza. So I decided to do a travel poster riffing off of an old Italian vintage come to Italy poster, just like a Vespa. Let’s get a Vespa in there and a sexy couple. Now, I don’t want to render something that has Gaza completely Trumpified already. We’ve seen what that looks like. Let’s, OK, satire. But let’s talk about, let’s visualize what that would look like right now moving towards that. So I have this young couple on a Vespa coming down a giant mountain of skulls, heading to the beach. And out in the beach there’s some Israeli warships. And it’s rendered, at a glance, to be very gleeful, but then you start to notice the details of it and the attempt to normalize, again, an ocean of skulls, [and] nobody’s recognizing the fact that these are a slaughtered population. So that’s what I thought.

    And so, again, sometimes what you want to do is you want to say, alright, this is an ugly truth that’s being promoted as something that is beautiful, I’m going to show you what that looks like as something that’s been beautified. And the reaction, of course, is just like, oh my God, this hits harder than if I showed the gore, in the same way that if you go back to Jonathan Swift, “A Modest Proposal”, right? He published that anonymously. And he also, it’s very interesting because it’s about what do we do with the poor, bedraggled Irish people? We make them refuse for the needs of the British. We will cook the children, kill some of the grownups, make belts, make wallets, all of these things to feed the gentry of the British.

    What’s very interesting about that is he sustained the irony of that all the way through. You don’t have the sense, he did not turn it into parody or burlesque or wild craziness. He presented it as a solution to the problem. Now, if you look at that, it actually makes business sense. It would actually solve the problem — Minus all the horror of killing babies and killing a bunch of people. It makes good business sense.

    Now, if you look at that and you see that as a parallel to what is justified by big business and corporations now, it happens every single day. It’s been completely normalized. Look what’s going on with the environment. Look at the Rust Belt across this country. All of that stuff is rendered in service of profit and economics the same way that “Modest Proposal” was, and people have been conditioned to see it as normal and ignore the human suffering.

    Marc Steiner:

    I’m curious. The first one is, where’s that latest cartoon published?

    Dwayne Booth:

    I actually gave it to Hedges for one of his columns, and then I posted it and people wanted prints. I’ve sold prints of it. And it was also in the paper that comes out of Washington that Ralph Nader does… Gosh, what’s it called? The Capitol…

    Marc Steiner:

    I should know this

    Dwayne Booth:

    Myself. I should know this too, because I’ve been doing cartoons for them for a few years now.

    Marc Steiner:

    Capitol Hill Citizen.

    Dwayne Booth:

    That’s it. See, I missed the word “hill”. Thank God.

    Marc Steiner:

    Capitol Hill Citizen.

    Dwayne Booth:

    Which is a great newspaper. And it gives me the opportunity to see my stuff on physical paper again, which looks gorgeous to me. I’d rather —

    Marc Steiner:

    Now that you’ve described the cartoon, I saw it this morning as I was getting ready for this conversation. I didn’t know whether it was the latest one you’ve done.

    Now that you were facing what we face here, both in Gaza and with Trump and these neofascists in charge of the country, your brain must be full of how you portray this. I just want you to talk a bit about, both creatively and substantively, how you approach this moment when we are literally facing down a neofascist power taking over our country and about to destroy our democracy. People think that’s hyperbole, you’re being crazy. But we’re not.

    Dwayne Booth:

    No, it’s happening.

    Marc Steiner:

    And if you, as I was, a civil rights worker in the South, you saw what it was like to live under tyranny, under an authoritarian dictatorship if you were not white. I can feel the entire country tumbling in at this moment. So tell me how you think about that and how you approach it with your work.

    Dwayne Booth:

    It’s an interesting time because, in many ways, my work is quadrupled. Partly because it’s just what I’ve always done, but the other part is I don’t see this profession stepping up to the challenge at all. I don’t see any single-panel cartoonists who are hitting the Israel Gaza issue nearly as hard as I am.

    Marc Steiner:

    No, they’re not.

    Dwayne Booth:

    No. And I see a lot also, of the attacks on Trump. And again, it always strikes me as, how would the Democratic Party render a cartoon? That’s what I see out there. And it’s too soft. It is just way too soft. So as I increase my output, I feel the light getting brighter and brighter on me, which makes me feel more and more unsafe inside this society because yes, they’re targeting people who are not citizens, but what’s next? We all know the poem.

    But at the same time, I feel like it’s a responsibility that I have, and I’m sure that you probably have this same sense of responsibility. Speaking up, talking out loud, even though it’s on my nervous system, it is grinding me down in a way that is new.

    But that said, my numbers of people who are coming to me are increasing. I’m actually starting a substack so I can have my own conversations with people and so forth, because we have got to increase this megaphone. We just have to.

    In fact, one thing that was interesting is just this last October I was invited to speak at a cartooning conference in Montreal. And the whole reason to have me up there and to talk about it was was from the perspective of the people, the organizers, I was the only American cartoonist who was cartooning about Gaza.

    Marc Steiner:

    Really?

    Dwayne Booth:

    Yeah. And I’d had conversations, remember, that there’s some cartoonists who are doing some things that, again, are just a little bit too polite. Because if we’re looking at this thing and we do think that this is a genocide, you can’t pull your punches. And so, in fact, when this stuff had happened with me initially with the Washington Free Beacon, I reached out.

    There’s another colleague I have who’s a cartoonist, whose name is Andy Singer, and he and I have been in communication over the years, and he’s somewhat fearless on this issue. He and I were talking, and we came up with this idea, let’s publish a book that has cartoonists who, over the last many decades, have had a problem criticizing Israel for fear of being called anti-Semitic.

    We sent it out to our colleagues and other international cartoonists and so forth. We found two, Matt Wuerker and Ted Rall, who were willing to participate in this project. I had a number of conversations with others who just contacted me privately and said, I can’t do it because I’ll lose my job. I can’t do it because I’ll be targeted and I’m too afraid. I can’t get close to this subject, my editor won’t let me do it, so I can’t do it. International cartoonists, different idea, a whole different approach, sending me stuff. I can tell my story. I’ve been jailed. I’ve been beaten up for this kind of work. And so it became a very interesting thing.

    Again, the United States is, by and large, it’s an extremely privileged society. And yet, when it comes to issues like this, it demonstrates the most cowardice because we’ve been made to be way too sensitive about our own discomfort to advance the cause of humanity and justice, love, all of those things because we’ve seen that there is a penalty for doing that, and we do not want to give up certain creature comforts. We don’t want to be called something that we are not, and we need to be uncomfortable. In many ways we have to break soft rules. We have to chain ourself to fences and then make it an inconvenience to be pulled from those fences.

    Marc Steiner:

    This has been a fascinating conversation. I appreciate you being here today and for all the work that you do. And I think that we’re at this moment where the reason that many of us who are part of Jewish Voices for Peace and other organizations is to say those voices are critical in saying this is wrong and has to end now. And I appreciate the power of the work you do. It’s just amazing. And we encourage everybody, we’ll be linking to your work so people can see it and consume it. And I hope we have a conversation together in the future.

    Dwayne Booth:

    Thanks. I agree. Thanks a lot, Marc.

    Marc Steiner:

    Good to have you sliding through Baltimore.

    Dwayne Booth:

    Thank you.

    Marc Steiner:

    Once again, let me thank Dwayne Booth, also known as Mr. Fish, for joining us today here for this powerful and honest conversation. We will link to his work when we post this episode. You want to check that out.

    And thanks to David Hebden for running the program today, audio editor Alina Nehlich for working on her magic, Rosette Sewali for producing The Marc Steiner Show, and the tireless Kayla Rivara for making all work behind the scenes, and everyone here at The Real News for making this show possible.

    So please let me know what you thought about what you heard today, what you’d like us to cover. Just write to me at mss@therealnews.com and I’ll get right back to you. So for the crew here at The Real News, I’m Marc Steiner. Stay involved, keep listening, and take care.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Marc Steiner.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/06/fired-after-zionist-uproar-artist-mr-fish-wont-stop-drawing-the-truth/feed/ 0 531411
    Cori Bush: ‘AIPAC didn’t make me, so AIPAC can’t break me’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/06/cori-bush-aipac-didnt-make-me-so-aipac-cant-break-me-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/06/cori-bush-aipac-didnt-make-me-so-aipac-cant-break-me-2/#respond Tue, 06 May 2025 19:08:42 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333924 Former Congresswoman Cori Bush (left) speaks with TRNN Editor-in-Chief Maximillian Alvarez (right) at the 2025 National Membership Meeting of Jewish Voice for Peace in Baltimore, MD, on May 4, 2025. Still/TRNN.After speaking at the 2025 National Membership Meeting of Jewish Voice for Peace in Baltimore, former Congresswoman Cori Bush sat down with TRNN to discuss her re-election loss, the undue influence of organizations like AIPAC on our democracy, and her plan for fighting back.]]> Former Congresswoman Cori Bush (left) speaks with TRNN Editor-in-Chief Maximillian Alvarez (right) at the 2025 National Membership Meeting of Jewish Voice for Peace in Baltimore, MD, on May 4, 2025. Still/TRNN.

    The American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC) has openly vowed to pour $100 million into campaigns to defeat progressive representatives like Cori Bush who have spoken out against Israel’s genocidal war on Gaza and ethnic cleansing of Palestinians. As Chris McGreal writes in The Guardian, “after it played a leading role in unseating New York congressman Jamaal Bowman, another progressive Democrat who criticised the scale of Palestinian civilian deaths in Gaza… AIPAC pumped $8.5m into the race in Missouri’s first congressional district to support [Wesley] Bell through its campaign funding arm, the United Democracy Project (UDP), after Bush angered some pro-Israel groups as one of the first members of Congress to call for a ceasefire after the 7 October Hamas attack on Israel.” After Bush was unseated in August, she vowed to keep fighting for justice, and she put AIPAC on notice: “AIPAC,” she told supporters, “I’m coming to tear your kingdom down.”

    At the 2025 National Membership Meeting of Jewish Voice for Peace in Baltimore, TRNN Editor-in-Chief Maximillian Alvarez sits down with the former Congresswoman and key member of “The Squad” to discuss her re-election loss, the undue influence of organizations like AIPAC on our democracy, and Bush’s plan for fighting back.

    Studio Production: Kayla Rivara, Rosette Sewali
    Post-Production: Cameron Granadino


    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    We’re here at the Jewish Voice for Peace National Membership Meeting held in downtown Baltimore, and I am honored to be sitting here with Congresswoman Cori Bush, who just gave an incredible speech at the closing plenary.

    Congresswoman, thank you so much for joining me. I know we only have a limited time here, and I wanted to just sort of ask, first and foremost, for our viewers out there who saw your re-election campaign be awarded by $8.5 million from AIPAC, amidst other things, what would you say to folks out there who just see the results of that election and think, oh, well, she lost fair in square. What’s really going on underneath that?

    Cori Bush:

    Well, thank you for the question. First of all, there was no fair. There was no square. There was deceit, manipulation, lies, misinformation, racism, bigotry, hatred, vitriol, and it was all okay. There was nothing that was off limits as long as AIPAC got the result that they wanted. They didn’t care about how it ripped apart our community, how all of the years of organizing, so much of it was just disrupted and some of those bonds that people created, it just completely shattered. They didn’t care about that. They don’t care about that. They don’t care that I’m the same person that some of those folks marched with out on the streets of Ferguson during the uprising in 2014 and 2015.

    They don’t care that I am the one who protested the ending of the eviction moratorium in 2021 as a freshman out on the steps of the US Capitol to make sure that 11 million people weren’t about to be evicted from their homes when the government could have done something about it. They didn’t care about that. They wanted to discredit me because in discrediting someone that the people trust, then it pulls power not only from that person that they trust, but it pulls power from the people. So there over $8 million that they put in, plus those that they were working with, it roughly ended up being around $15 million, between 15 to $20 million, which is the numbers that we’ve seen. And I just want to make this point. To use racism against me, to distort my face on mailers to make me look like an animal, to use lies about my family or me. The thing is this, if you’re doing the right thing and you’re doing it for the right reason, why can’t you just use truth?

    I have no problem with people running against each other. We’re able to do that. That’s how I won my race. I ran against someone I thought was ineffective. I felt like I could do more. I spoke about what I would do and how I felt I could do it. I spoke about my past and who I wanted to be as a member of Congress. The people believed it because the people saw me as that person, and I won around $1.4 million. It took me that much money to unseat a 20-year incumbent whose parent, whose father was in the seat for 32 years. So 52 years worth of a machine. I spent around $1.4 million to unseat. I won that race with over 4,700 votes. AIPAC and the groups that they were working with, they spent around 15 million. The person only won by less than 7,000 votes.

    So it took basically 15 million … I mean, 15 times the amount of money to unseat me that it took me to unseat someone who had a 52-year family legacy. So that was the depth of the deceit that they had to use. And I’ll say this, never once did they say anything about Israel or Palestine. Never once did they use that in ads. Now in front of people, they would call me anti-Semitic. People would say, well, what did she do? Oh, well, [inaudible 00:04:41]. I have anything to show you. But what they would use in the ads was, oh, she’s mean to Joe Biden. She wants kids to drink contaminated water from lead pipes. Those were the things that they used against me. And because it flooded the media, our local media so heavily because of the amount of money, because you will see four or five ads from my opponent and then only one ad from me, the people started to believe and they were wondering, well, why does he have so much money? Well, why does it?

    So that’s what it looked like, and that’s how they were able to deceive the community to make them think, oh, well, then maybe something is going on that we don’t understand. And then they also made people feel like, well, I’m confused, so maybe I’ll just stay home.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    And I want to ask another follow-up question on that because of course, you and other members of the squad are representative of a grassroots hope coming from a lot of the folks that we talk to and interview on a weekly basis. This is a hope over the past 10 years that there was still a possibility of making progressive change through electoral politics.

    What would you say to folks right now who are feeling despondent and after seeing AIPAC still amidst all of that unseat, you unseat Jamal Bowman, the richest man in the world buying his way into our government right now? what would you say to folks who feel like we don’t have enough to take on their money?

    Cori Bush:

    Well, that’s what they want us to believe. They want us to fall into this place of just feeling overwhelmed, just believing the chaos. They want us to stop fighting. They want us to think that … Well, they want us to just live in this place of fatigue. That’s why they keep ramming this train our way. But we can’t allow that to happen because what they understand is it’s actually the people who have the power. That’s why they have to do so much and push so hard and spend so much money because they understand is that it’s really us who has the power. We just have to acknowledge it and understand it and figure out how to properly use our power to fight against this. And so yes, I was unseated Jamal Bowman was unseated, and I know that we know that they’re coming from more in 2026 and beyond.

    But the thing is, the movement is never one person or never a few people. Yes, we were working for more progressive change, and that’s an issue right now. But the other part of that is we need our actual elected officials who claim to be progressive, to actually be that. We need them or stop saying that you are, because then you’re making people feel this way because they’re looking like, oh, these are our people, but what’s going on? Why aren’t they pushing? Why aren’t they fighting for this change? So we need people to be your authentic self in this moment because the people are falling away from the Democratic Party because they feel the hypocrisy. People are saying, I don’t understand why you’re not fighting hard enough. You said this man is a fascist. He’s a racist, he’s a white supremacist. He’s authoritarian, he’s a dictator. He’s all of these things. But you’re not meeting the moment. You’re not meeting the threat with the proper opposition to it.

    But when they also see that some of these same folks who are supposed to be our “leaders” take money from groups like AIPAC who are primarily funded by Republicans who also endorse insurrectionist members of Congress or people who supported insurrectionists, at least we feel, then the people are like, well, why should I believe and trust in you? Also, if you are cool with allowing a genocide to happen on our watch in our lifetime with our tax dollars, if you are okay with that, then what is your red line? Because apparently, death and destruction of thousands of people, it’s not. So who are you? Is this the party of human rights and civil rights? Is this the party of equality and equity and peace? Is this that party? It is absolutely not if there is no no real opposition to what we’re seeing right now.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    And just a final question. When you lost your reelection and you gave this rousing kind of speech that you sort of brought back into your speech today, you told AIPAC, “I’m coming to tear down your kingdom.” I wanted to ask, just in closing here with the last minute, I’ve got you. What does that mean? What does that look like? And for folks out there watching who want to see that, who want this undue money and influence out of our politics, what is it going to take to tear down that kingdom?

    Cori Bush:

    So one thing I won’t do is give all the secrets away. So I can’t give all of the … but what I will say is part of it is this, part of it is being here with the people. So Jewish Voice for Peace has 100% been a supporter of mine. And this didn’t just start after October 7th. We’ve been working with folks with JVP for years. This is not anything new, and we’ll continue to do that work. But the fact that they continue to organize … other groups are organizing and calling out the name “AIPAC.” There are experts working on why there is this loophole that allows for AIPAC to do some of the lobbying they do. There is a lot happening behind the scenes, and I’m going to continue to do that work. But the stuff that is more forward-facing, I’m going to continue to organize.

    I’m going to continue to make sure that people know. The PAC United Democracy Project is … We need people to understand the connection between them and AIPAC. So that’s where the money is going to flow from. It’s going to flow from UDP. We need people to know DMFI and know some of these other names, but we also need people to know that in your local community, there are PACs being formed that are basically a smaller AIPAC. And their whole purpose is to try to make people to be kind of ambiguous. And so you won’t know that this is who they are. It is just like, oh, it’s this group that has all of this money that’s coming against this elected official that’s speaking out against the genocide. But they have all of this money, and so it’s like maybe they’re good. We want people to know. So educating people around the country as well.

    I’m not going to stop fighting because AIPAC came for me. The thing is this: AIPAC didn’t make me, so AIPAC can’t break me. AIPAC didn’t position me so they can deposition me. The thing is, I got there because the people put me there, but I was there for a purpose and a mission. So that’s the other part. So I knew while I was there in Congress that I was on a timer. I knew that I was only there for a purpose, for a mission. I knew that there was this urgency on the inside of me. One thing that I would say to people all the time is I felt this weeping. I just only inside of me, I just always felt like crying. It never stopped 24 hours a day. And it’s the thing that kept me moving fast. Like, okay, I got to do this. I got to do that.

    People in Congress will say, “She’s championed all of these different areas. Why is she doing so much?” That was why I didn’t know that I would only be there four years, but I needed to get the work done, and I needed to be true to what I said, who I said I would be. But also, I needed to be what I needed. That’s what I had to be what I needed when I was unhoused, when I was hungry, when I was abused, and all of the things. I needed that. I needed what my grandmother needed when she taught me that you never look a white woman in her face because of what she went through the experience in Mississippi growing up and my ancestors before her through chattel slavery. I needed to be what they needed. And I’ll never stop doing that because the thing is, it’s not about me, it’s what is who God created me to be. And that’s just everything for me. And so I’m not afraid.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Maximillian Alvarez.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/06/cori-bush-aipac-didnt-make-me-so-aipac-cant-break-me-2/feed/ 0 531386
    Cook Islands environment group calls on govt to condemn Trump’s seabed mining order https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/06/cook-islands-environment-group-calls-on-govt-to-condemn-trumps-seabed-mining-order/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/06/cook-islands-environment-group-calls-on-govt-to-condemn-trumps-seabed-mining-order/#respond Tue, 06 May 2025 02:26:33 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=114164 By Losirene Lacanivalu, of the Cook Islands News

    A leading Cook Islands environmental lobby group is hoping that the Cook Islands government will speak out against the recent executive order from US President Donald Trump aimed at fast-tracking seabed mining.

    Te Ipukarea Society (TIS) says the arrogance of US president Trump to think that he could break international law by authorising deep seabed mining in international waters was “astounding”, and an action of a “bully”.

    Trump signed the America’s Offshore Critical Minerals and Resources order late last month, directing the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) to allow deep sea mining permits.

    The order states: “It is the policy of the US to advance United States leadership in seabed mineral development.”

    NOAA has been directed to, within 60 days, “expedite the process for reviewing and issuing seabed mineral exploration licenses and commercial recovery permits in areas beyond national jurisdiction under the Deep Seabed Hard Mineral Resources Act.”

    It directs the US science and environmental agency to expedite permits for companies to mine the ocean floor in the US and international waters.

    In addition, a Canadian mining company — The Metals Company — has indicated that they have applied for a permit from Trump’s administration to start commercially mining in international waters.

    The mining company had been unsuccessful in gaining a commercial mining licence through the International Seabed Authority (ISA).

    ‘Arrogance of Trump’
    Te Ipukarea Society’s technical director Kelvin Passfield told Cook Islands News: “The arrogance of Donald Trump to think that he can break international law by authorising deep seabed mining in international waters is astounding.

    “The United States cannot pick and choose which aspects of the United Nations Law of the Sea it will follow, and which ones it will ignore. This is the action of a bully,” he said.

    “It is reckless and completely dismissive of the international rule of law. At the moment we have 169 countries, plus the European Union, all recognising international law under the International Seabed Authority.

    “For one country to start making new international rules for themselves is a dangerous notion, especially if it leads to other States thinking they too can also breach international law with no consequences,” he said.

    TIS president June Hosking said the fact that a part of the Pacific (CCZ) was carved up and shared between nations all over the world was yet another example of “blatantly disregarding or overriding indigenous rights”.

    “I can understand why something had to be done to protect the high seas from rogues having a ‘free for all’, but it should have been Pacific indigenous and first nations groups, within and bordering the Pacific, who decided what happened to the high seas.

    “That’s the first nations groups, not for example, the USA as it is today.”

    South American countries worried
    Hosking highlighted that at the March International Seabed Authority (ISA) assembly she attended it was obvious that South American countries were worried.

    “Many have called for a moratorium. Portugal rightly pointed out that we were all there, at great cost, just for a commercial activity. The delegate said, ‘We must ask ourselves how does this really benefit all of humankind?’

    Looking at The Metals Company’s interests to commercially mine in international waters, Hosking said, “I couldn’t help being annoyed that all this talk assumes mining will happen.

    “ISA was formed at a time when things were assumed about the deep sea e.g. it’s just a desert down there, nothing was known for sure, we didn’t speak of climate crisis, waste crisis and other crises now evident.

    “The ISA mandate is ‘to ensure the effective protection of the marine environment from the harmful effects that may arise from deep seabed related activities.

    “We know much more (but still not enough) to consider that effective protection of the marine environment may require it to be declared a ‘no go zone’, to be left untouched for the good of humankind,” she added.

    Meanwhile, technical director Passfield also added, “The audacity of The Metals Company (TMC) to think they can flaunt international law in order to get an illegal mining licence from the United States to start seabed mining in international waters is a sad reflection of the morality of Gerard Barron and others in charge of TMC.

    ‘What stops other countries?’
    “If the USA is allowed to authorise mining in international waters under a domestic US law, what is stopping any other country in the world from enacting legislation and doing the same?”

    He said that while the Metals Company may be frustrated at the amount of time that the International Seabed Authority is taking to finalise mining rules for deep seabed mining, “we are sure they fully understand that this is for good reason. The potentially disastrous impacts of mining our deep ocean seabed need to be better understood, and this takes time.”

    He said that technology and infrastructure to mine is not in place yet.

    “We need to take as much time as we need to ensure that if mining proceeds, it does not cause serious damage to our ocean. Their attempts to rush the process are selfish, greedy, and driven purely by a desire to profit at any cost to the environment.

    “We hope that the Cook Islands Government speaks out against this abuse of international law by the United States.” Cook Islands News has reached out to the Office of the Prime Minister and Seabed Minerals Authority (SBMA) for comment.

    Republished from the Cook Islands News with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/06/cook-islands-environment-group-calls-on-govt-to-condemn-trumps-seabed-mining-order/feed/ 0 531243
    Midwives under attack: Justice for Ric & Neusa Jones https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/05/midwives-under-attack-justice-for-ric-neusa-jones/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/05/midwives-under-attack-justice-for-ric-neusa-jones/#respond Mon, 05 May 2025 21:15:37 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333901 Ricardo and Neusa Jones.May 5 is the Day of the Midwife. But natural-birth midwives in many countries say they are being targeted for their work. The latest case is in Brazil. But people are pushing back.]]> Ricardo and Neusa Jones.

    Ricardo Jones and his wife, Neusa,
    are from the Southern Brazilian city of Porto Alegre.
    Birth is their calling. 
    But not just any birth. 
    Home birth. Natural birth.
    Humanized birth, where the mothers and their babies come first,
    Where the mothers are embraced and supported,
    Where they’re empowered.
    Because birth is not a sickness.
    It’s not an illness. It’s not a problem.
    It is a gift. A passage.
    It is, perhaps, the most sacred moment of a mother’s and a family’s life,
    And women have been giving birth since the dawn of the human race. 
    Ric Jones and his wife Neusa work together.
    He is an obstetrician. Neusa is an obstetrics nurse.
    But they embrace the ancestral knowledge of midwives.
    And they are running uphill
    Amid a system that is stacked against them. 
    In Brazil… nearly 60% of births are c-sections. 
    In fact, it’s one of the countries with the highest c-section rate in the world.
    That is, in part, because doctors can charge more for c-sections, and they can do more births in a day.
    In private hospitals, the c-section rate is even higher — around 90%.
    The World Health Organization says c-section rates should be closer to 15%… 
    Because in some cases, c-sections are necessary. They can save lives.
    But when they aren’t necessary, more medical intervention costs more money and leads to higher risks.
    Three times the risk of disease or death, over a normal birth.
    Ric Jones and his wife have tried to do things the other way…
    Naturally. Minimal intervention, unless it is needed.
    Ric Jones and his wife, Neusa, have delivered more than 2,000 babies.
    Some babies who are now parents of their own.

    But for their work, Ric and Neusa Jones are under attack. 
    On March 27, 2025, Ric Jones was convicted of first-degree murder, 
    15 years after one of the thousands of babies he delivered died of congenital pneumonia in the hospital, 24 hours  after the child was born at home.
    Ric Jones received a sentence of 14 years in prison. 
    His wife, 11 years.
    Ric Jones spent three weeks in prison. 
    He is now out while they await the decision over the appeal…

    But a movement has grown in their defense. 
    Parents, midwives, doulas, birth activists are standing up.
    They’ve denounced the case against them. 
    They’ve denounced Ric Jones’s imprisonment.
    They are demanding justice 
    For Ric and Neusa Jones.
    They say that for their care and their love,
    And their outspokenness in defense of humanized birth,
    Brazil’s medical establishment is trying to make an example out of them.
    And Ric and Neusa Jones are not the only health professionals and natural-birth midwives being criminalized.
    In Europe, the United States, and Latin America 
    lawyers are taking midwives to court 
    To try to end their work forever,
    And leave the birthing to the hospitals.

    Ricardo Jones says, “The criminalization of natural childbirth is an international phenomenon and is in line with the interests of the medical industry, which controls childbirth care in the West, and hospital institutions, the pharmaceutical industry, etc. that profit from longer hospital stays, drug use, beds, dressings, health insurance, ICU stays, etc. In other words, all those who profit from the “wheel of fortune” of capitalism involved in healthcare. The risk we run is the complete artificialization of birth, where no child will be born through the efforts and determination of his or her mother, but through the time and skills of a third party, who will do it according to their interests.”

    But mothers, midwives, doulas, and birth activists will not go silently. 
    They are speaking out.
    From Brazil and across the planet, women are demanding their right to birth whenever, wherever and however they want…
    Be it in a hospital or in their home. 
    To birth is not just their right. It is an honor and a gift.
    And it should not be up to the busy high-paid doctors and the medical establishment 
    To decide how each mother should bring her child into the world.
    Their right to birth how they want is under attack,
    As are midwives across the planet.
    But they will not go silently.
    They are fighting.

    ###

    Hi folks, thanks for listening.

    Today, May 5th is the Day of the Midwife. It’s really pretty surprising the number of lawsuits against midwives and natural-birth obstetricians in countries across the world that are trying to stop these powerful men and women from doing their job, and continuing with their calling.

    If you’d like to learn more, I’ve included some links in the show notes.

    As always, I’m your host Michael Fox. This is Stories of Resistance, a new podcast series co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment or leave a review.

    You can also check out exclusive pictures, follow my reporting, and support my work at my patreon, www.patreon.com/mfox. 

    As always, thanks for listening. See you next time.


    This is episode 29 of Stories of Resistance — a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. You can also follow Michael’s reporting and support at www.patreon.com/mfox.

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    Resources: 

    Each country has its own rules, laws and legislation regarding home birth, natural birth, and humanized birth. 

    Most of this episode is focused on Brazil, where caesarean section rates are some of the highest in the world, and natural-birth and home-birth midwives, obstetricians, and doulas say they have felt clear marginalization and abuse by mainstream health professionals.

    In the United States, home births are actually on the rise, with more midwives and doulas being certified, but as more and more states move to legalize homebirth, it’s also created a legal grey area.

    Overall, women and men carrying out these home and natural births in many countries say they feel targeted for their work.

    Below is a small list of lawsuits against natural birth midwives in numerous countries. They say this is part of a movement to end humanized and home birth. In many of these cases, midwives were accused or convicted of manslaughter. Ric Jones was convicted of murder, intentionally killing the baby. 

    Canada (2025): Midwife Gloria Lemay
    Charged with manslaughter.
    https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/british-columbia/gloria-lemay-charged-manslaughter-1.7425173

    Austria (2025): Midwife Margerete Wana
    Convicted of causing the death of the baby. Supported by the baby’s mother.
    https://www.instagram.com/thea.maillard/p/DGNHrG8sjSo/
    https://www.theamaillard.com/post/charlotte

    UK (2025): Manslaughter charges after homebirth.
    https://www.theguardian.com/society/2025/mar/13/coffs-harbour-midwives-court-home-birth-death-baby-ntwnfb

    Australia (2019): Lisa Barrett
    Charged with manslaughter. Found not guilty.
    https://www.9news.com.au/national/south-australian-midwife-found-not-guilty-of-manslaughter/1474102c-ccfc-4617-9f60-5be32d881b7a

    United States (2019): Elizabeth Catlin
    Arrested in 2019 and indicted on 95 felony accounts, including criminal homicide.
    https://msmagazine.com/2025/05/04/arrest-the-midwife-documentary-film-review-laws-mennonite-new-york/

    Germany (2014): Midwife Anna Rockel-Loenhoff 
    Sentenced to six-and-a-half years in prison for manslaughter.
    https://frauenfilmfest.com/en/event/hoerkino-tod-eines-neugeborenen-eine-hebamme-vor-gericht/

    Hungary (2012): Conviction of midwife Agnes Gereb. Jailed, placed under house arrest and then granted clemency.
    https://www.frontlinedefenders.org/en/case/agnes-gereb-persecuted-midwifery

    United States (2017): Vickie Sorensen
    Charged with manslaughter. Sentenced to prison.
    https://apnews.com/general-news-7928ca64d42c4e67aae2c382609d296f

    United States (2011): Karen Carr
    Charged with manslaughter.
    https://abcnews.go.com/Health/midwife-karen-carr-pleads-guilty-felonies-babys-death/story?id=13583237

    Here is a link to an article in English about the case against Ric Jones in Brazil, and how it fits into the larger international framework: https://www.greenleft.org.au/content/midwifes-14-year-sentence-highlights-attacks-womens-autonomy-global-surge-unnecessary-c

    Here is the link for the Instagram group in Brazil created in defense of Ric and Neusa Jones: https://www.instagram.com/freericjones

    Here is a statement from the International Confederation of Midwives calling for an end to the criminalization of midwifery, from a decade ago: https://internationalmidwives.org/resources/statement-on-stopping-the-criminalisation-of-midwifery

    An incredible resource from Ms. Magazine about midwives, midwifery in the United States, and a new documentary about a criminalized midwife and Mennonite women who supported her: https://msmagazine.com/2025/05/04/arrest-the-midwife-documentary-film-review-laws-mennonite-new-york/


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/05/midwives-under-attack-justice-for-ric-neusa-jones/feed/ 0 531202
    On the Key Points of Contemporary International Relations: Responsibility to Protect and Humanitarian Military Intervention https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/05/on-the-key-points-of-contemporary-international-relations-responsibility-to-protect-and-humanitarian-military-intervention/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/05/on-the-key-points-of-contemporary-international-relations-responsibility-to-protect-and-humanitarian-military-intervention/#respond Mon, 05 May 2025 08:25:46 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=157981 War and the Responsibility to Protect (R2P) The R2P is one of the most important features of the post-Cold War global politics and international relations (IR) regarding the relations between war and politics, which was formalized in 2005, focusing on when the international community (the UN) must intervene for human protection purposes. The R2P was […]

    The post On the Key Points of Contemporary International Relations: Responsibility to Protect and Humanitarian Military Intervention first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    War and the Responsibility to Protect (R2P)

    The R2P is one of the most important features of the post-Cold War global politics and international relations (IR) regarding the relations between war and politics, which was formalized in 2005, focusing on when the international community (the UN) must intervene for human protection purposes. The R2P was officially endorsed by the international community by the unanimous decision of the UN General Assembly as a principle at the UN World Summit in 2005. This agreement was regulated in paragraphs 138−140 of the documents of this World Summit. There are three crucial decisions concerning the principle of the R2P:

    1. Every state is responsible for protecting its population, in general, that means not only the citizens but more broadly all residents living within the territory of the state from four crimes: a) genocide, b) war crimes, c) crimes against humanity, and d) ethnic cleansing.

    2. The international community has the responsibility to encourage and assist states for the sake that they will realize their fundamental responsibility to protect their residents from the four crimes defined in the first decision.

    3. In the case, however, that the state authorities are “manifestly failing” to protect their residents from the four crimes, then the international community has a moral responsibility to take timely and decisive action on a case-by-case basis. In principle, those actions include both coercive and non-coercive measures founded on Chapters VI−VIII of the UN Charter.

    The R2P was, for instance, invoked in some 45 Resolutions by the UNSC, like Resolutions 1970 and 1973 on Libya in 2011. Nevertheless, the R2P principle is directly connected with the principle of Responsible Sovereignty, that is, in fact, the idea that a state’s sovereignty is conditional upon how state authorities are treating their own residents, founded on the belief that the state’s authority arises ultimately from sovereign individuals.

    As a very complex principle, from the international community’s viewpoint, it is, however, generally accepted that the mainstream consensus is that the R2P is best understood as a multifaceted framework or a complex legal and moral norm that embodies many different but related components. Regarding this issue, in 2009, the UN Secretary-General divided the R2P into three pillars, which had important traction in the further discourse:

    1. Pillar I refers to the domestic responsibilities of states to protect their own residents from the four crimes.

    2. Pillar II regards the responsibility of the international community to provide international assistance with the consent of the target state.

    3. Pillar III is focusing on “timely and collective response” in that the international community is taking collective action through the UNSC to protect the people from the four crimes, but without the consent of the target state, i.e., its governmental authorities.

    Nevertheless, although states did not formally sign up to this structure of the three-pillar approach, they, however, help distinguish between different forms of the R2P action. Among other examples, international assistance in Mali or South Sudan was provided within the framework of the R2P and the consent of the governments of Mali and South Sudan (reflecting the Pillar II action) but the military intervention in Libya in 2011 was done without the consent of the Libyan government (reflecting the Pillar III operation).

    Nonetheless, the widest justification for humanitarian intervention within the internationally recognized legal framework of the R2P is to stop or prevent genocide that is seen as the worst possible crime against humanity – the “crime of crimes”. Nevertheless, in practice, it is very difficult to provide a consistent and reliable “just cause” reason for the international humanitarian intervention within the legal framework of the R2P. This is for the very reason that the phenomenon of genocide is usually understood as a deliberate act or even a planned program of mass killings and destruction of the whole human group or a part of it based on ethnic, ideological, political, religious, or similar background. Probably, the most regarded attempt to fix the principles for the international military intervention concerning the R2P is given by the International Commission on Intervention and State Sovereignty (the ICISS), proposed in 2000 by Canada:

    1. Large-scale loss of life. It can be, nevertheless, real or propagated, with genocidal intent or not, that is the product of several causes like deliberate military-police action, state neglect or inability to act, or a failed state situation (the so-called “failed/rogue state”) (the 1994 Rwandan genocide, for example).

    2. Large-scale ethnic cleansing. Actual or apprehended, whether carried out by killing, forcible expulsion, acts of terror, or raping (for instance, the current holocaust against Palestinians in Gaza).

    Nonetheless, once the criteria for humanitarian intervention are fixed, the next question immediately is on the agenda: Who should decide when the criteria are satisfied? In other words: Who has the “right authority” to authorize military intervention for humanitarian purposes? The generally accepted worldwide answer to these questions is that the only UNSC can authorize a military intervention (what was not done, for instance, in the case of NATO intervention against the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia in 1999 and, therefore, this intervention of 78 days is a pure example of military aggression on a sovereign state). This conclusion reflects, in fact, the UN’s role as the focal source of international law, followed by the UNSC’s responsibility for the protection of international security and peace.

    However, one of the crucial problems became that it may be very difficult to obtain the UNSC’s authorization for military intervention for the very reason that there are five great powers with veto rights (for instance, the USA has almost always used a veto right to bloc any anti-Israeli action by the UNSC). Some of the five members, or all, may be more concerned about the issues of global power, their geopolitical or other goals, etc., than they are concerned with real humanitarian concerns. Nevertheless, the principles on which the R2P idea is founded recognized such a problem by requiring that the UNSC’s authorization has to be obtained before the start of any military intervention, but at the same time accept that alternative options must be available if the UNSC rejects a proposal for the military intervention or fails to deal with it in a reasonable time. Under the R2P, these possible alternatives are that a proposed humanitarian intervention should be considered by the UNGA in an Emergency Special Session or by a regional or sub-regional organization (for instance, the African Union). However, in the very practice, for example, NATO was (mis)used in such matters by serving as a military machine that carries out military interventions, like in the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia in 1999 or Afghanistan in 2001, and later in keeping the order in those occupied territories.

    From one viewpoint, the value of the R2P is still contested, especially among the theoreticians of global politics and IR. However, its supporters defend the principle of the R2P for the reason of its seven crucial (positive) features:

    1. The principle is re-conceptualizing the notion of sovereignty for the very reason that it requires that state sovereignty (independence) is, in fact, a moral responsibility rather than a practical right. In other words, the state has to deserve to be treated as a sovereign by maintaining all international duties, including the R2P.

    2. The principle is focusing on the powerless rather than the powerful people by addressing the rights of the victims to be protected, but not the rights of the state’s authorities to intervene.

    3. The principle of the R2P is establishing a quite clear red line, as it is identifying four crimes as the signal for international action and intervention if necessary.

    4. The consensual support for the R2P among states is very significant, as such consensus is helping international understandings of rightful conduct, especially what concerns the issue of the „Just War“ in the case of the international military intervention.

    5. The principle is broader regarding the operational scope compared to the pure form and understanding of the humanitarian intervention, which poses a false choice between two extremes: to do nothing or to go to war. However, it is argued that the R2P is overcoming such simplistic choice by outlining the broad range of coercive and non-coercive measures which in practice can be used for the sake of encouragement, assistance, and, if necessary, force states to realize their responsibility based on international law and standards.

    6. Although it does not add anything new to international law, the principle of the R2P is drawing attention to a wide range of pre-existing legal responsibilities and, consequently, is helping the international community to focus its attention and responsibility on the real crisis.

    7. Concerning the case of Iraq in 2003, the R2P became at least in the eyes of Westerners, an important principle in restating that the UNSC is the primary legal authorizer of any Pillar III use of force. However, the same policy did not work in the case of NATO aggression on the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia (Serbia and Montenegro) in 1999. Why the R2P as a principle is not used by the international community against the Israeli ethnic cleansing of the Gazan Palestinians is for the very reason that the West Bank of Israel is the USA.

    What is a Humanitarian Military Intervention (HMI)?

    The principle of the R2P is in direct connection with the question of practical humanitarian military intervention, if necessary. According to the widely accepted academic concept of humanitarian military intervention (HMI), it is a type of military intervention with the focal purpose of humanitarian but not strategic or geopolitical reasons and ultimate objectives. Nevertheless, the term itself became very contested and extremely controversial as it, basically, depends on its various interpretations and understandings. In essence, it is the problem of portraying military intervention as humanitarian to be legally legitimate and morally defensible.

    Nevertheless, in practice, the use of the term HMI is surely evaluative and subjective. Some HMIs, at least in terms of intentions, can be classified as humanitarian if they are motivated primarily by the desire to prevent harm to some group of people, including genocide and ethnic cleansing. We have to understand that in the majority of cases of HMI, there are mixed motives for such intervention – declarative and hidden. The evaluation of HMI can be done in terms of pure outcomes: HMI is really humanitarian only if it is resulting in a practical improvement in conditions and especially a reduction of human suffering.

    There are three deconstructing attitudes regarding HMI:

    1. By presenting HMIs as humanitarian, it is giving them a full framework of moral justification and rightfulness, which means legitimacy. The term HMI serves the interests of humanity by reducing death and physical and mental suffering.

    2. The term intervention refers to different forms of interference in the internal affairs of others (in principle, states). Therefore, the term conceals the fact that the (military) interventions in question are military actions involving the use of force and violence. Consequently, the term humanitarian military intervention (the HMI) is more objective and, therefore, preferred.

    3. The notion of the term humanitarian intervention can reproduce significant power asymmetries. The powers of intervention (in practice, NATO and NATO member states) possess military power and formal moral justification, while the human groups needing protection (in practice, in the developing world) are propagandistically presented as victims living in conditions of chaos and the Middle Ages. Consequently, the term HMI supports the notion of westernization as modernization or even, in fact, Americanization.

    More precisely, HMI is entry into a foreign state or international organization by armed forces with the declarative task to protect residents from a real or alleged persecution or the violation of their human (and in some cases minority) rights. For instance, the Russian military intervention in Chechnya in the 1990s was deemed necessary to protect the rights of the Russian Orthodox minority in the Chechen Muslim environment. However, the legal and political lines of HMI are ambiguous, especially in the cases of moral justification for armed incursions in crisis-affected states for the sake of realizing some strategic and geopolitical aims, as was the case with NATO military intervention against the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia in 1999. All counter-HMI supporters are quoting the Charter of UN which clearly states that all member states of the United Nations shall refrain in their international relations from the threat or use of force against the territorial integrity or political independence of any state. However, on the other hand, the UNSC is authorized with specific interventions. The justification of HMI to protect the lives and rights of people is still under debate over when it is right to intervene and when not to intervene.

    Finally, concerning HMI, the focal questions still remain like:

    1) Balancing of minority and majority rights;

    2) The amount of death and damage that is acceptable during a HMI (the so-called “collateral damage”);

    3) How to reconstruct societies after HMI?

    Both concepts, the R2P and HMI, are in direct connection with the concept of human security. The origins of the concept are traced back to the 1994 UN Human Development Report. The report stated that while the majority of states of the international community secured the freedom and rights of their own residents, individuals, nevertheless, remained vulnerable to different levels of threats like poverty, terrorism, disease, or pollution.

    The concept of human security became supported by academic scholars as an idea that individuals, as opposed to states, should be the referent object of security in IR and security studies. In their opinion, both human security and security studies have to challenge the state-centric view of international security and IR.

    Does in Practice Humanitarian Military Intervention (HMI) Work?

    Regarding any kind of  HMI within the moral and legal framework of the R2P, the focal question became: Do the benefits of HMI outweigh its costs? Or to put the question in a different way: Does the R2P, in fact, save lives?

    The crucial issue is to judge HMI not from the side of its moral motives/intentions, or even in terms of international legal framework but rather from the side of its direct (short-time) and indirect (long-time) outcomes from different points of view (political, economic, human cost, cultural, environmental, etc.). However, solving this problem requires that real outcomes have to be compared with those outcomes that would happen in some hypothetical circumstances; for instance, what would happen if the R2P did not occur? Such hypothetical circumstances cannot be proved, like arguing that an earlier and effective HMI in Rwanda in 1994 will save hundreds of thousands of lives or without NATO military intervention in the Balkans in 1999 ethnic Albanians in Kosovo will experience massive expulsion and above all ethnic cleansing/genocide by the Yugoslav security forces. For instance, the NATO military intervention in the Balkans in 1999 became the trigger for Serbian retaliation against the Albanian population in Kosovo. In other words, NATO aggression in Kosovo in 1999 succeeded in the initial goal of expelling Serbian police and the Yugoslav army from the province, but at the same time helped a massive displacement of the ethnic Albanian population (however, a big part of this “displacement” was arranged by the Albanian Kosovo Liberation Army for the propagandistic media purposes) and giving a post-war umbrella for the real ethnic cleansing of Kosovo Serbs by the local Albanians for the next 20+ years. In this particular case of the HMI, the R2P military action resulted in a humanitarian catastrophe, which means it was absolutely counterproductive compared with its initial (humanitarian/moral) task.

    Nonetheless, it can be said, at least from the Western points of view, that there are some examples of the HMI that were beneficial like the establishment of a “no-fly zone” in North Iraq in 1991 which not only prevented reprisal attacks and massacres of the Kurds after their uprising (backed by the USA and her allies) but at the same time allowed the land populated by the Kurds to develop a high degree of autonomy. In both cases, Iraq in 1991 and Yugoslavia in 1999, both operations were carried out by NATO airstrikes involving a significant number of civilian casualties on the ground and a minimal number among the aggressor’s side. For instance, estimates of the civilians and combatants killed in Kosovo in 1999 are 5,700 according to the Serbian sources (the casualties in Central and North Serbia are not taken into consideration on this occasion). The Western academic propaganda claims that Western HMI in Sierra Leone was effective as it brought to an end a 10-year civil war which cost some 50,000 lives, followed by providing the foundations for democratic parliamentary and presidential elections in 2007.

    There are many other R2P military interventions that, in fact, failed or were much less effective and, therefore, raised questions about their purpose. On some occasions, the HMI under the legal umbrella of the UN peacekeepers failed, as humanitarian catastrophes happened (Kosovo after June 1999, the Congo), while some HMIs were quickly left as being unsuccessful (Somalia). However, several R2P interventions ultimately resulted in a protracted counterinsurgency fight (Iraq or Afghanistan). That is the crucial problem concerning the effective results of the HMI/R2P; such military interventions may result in bringing more harm than benefits. A classic example concerning this problem is to change some authoritarian regimes by the use of foreign occupying forces; in many cases, this increases political tension and provokes civil wars, which subject ordinary citizens to constant civil war and suffering. In principle, if the civil struggle is resulting from an effective breakdown in government, foreign interventions of any kind may make internal political things worse, not better.

    While political stability respecting human universal rights are theoretically and morally all desirable goals,  it cannot always be possible for outsiders to impose or enforce these goals. Therefore, the HMI has to be understood from long-term perspective results and not as a result of the pressure from public opinion or politicians that something has to be done. It is known that some HMIs simply failed as a result of badly planned reconstruction efforts or an insufficient supply of different types of resources for the purpose of reconstruction. Consequently, the principle of HMI/R2P places stress not only on the R2P but also on the responsibility to reconstruct after the intervention.

    Is the Humanitarian Military Intervention (HMI) Justified?

    The HMI has become, during the last 30+ years, one of the hottest disputed topics in both IR and world politics. There are two diametrically opposite approaches to the HMI practice: 1) It is clear evidence that IR affairs are guided by new and more acceptable cosmopolitan sensibilities; and 2) The HMIs are, in principle, very misguided, politically and geopolitically motivated, and finally morally confused.

    The focal arguments for the HMI as a positive feature in IR can be summed up in the next five points:

    1. The HMI is founded on the belief that common humanity exists, which implies the attitude that moral responsibilities cannot be confined only to own people, but rather to all entire mankind.

    2. The R2P is increased by the recognition of growing global interconnectedness and interdependence, and, therefore, state authorities can no longer act like to be isolated from the rest of the world. The HMI, consequently, is justified as enlightened self-interest, for instance, to stop the refugee crisis, which can provoke serious political problems abroad.

    3. The state failure that provokes humanitarian problems will have extreme implications for the regional balance of power and, therefore, will create security instability. Such an attitude is providing geopolitical background for surrounding states to participate in the HMI, with great powers opting to intervene for the formal sake to prevent a possible regional military confrontation.

    4. The HMI can be justified under the political environment in which the people are suffering, as not have a democratic way to eliminate their hardship. Consequently, the HMI can take place with the sake to overthrow the authoritarian political regime of dictatorship and, therefore, promote political democracy with the promotion of human rights and other democratic values.

    5. The HMI can show not only demonstrable evidence of the shared values of the international community like peace, prosperity, human rights, or political democracy but as well as it can give guidelines for the way in which state authority has to treat its citizens within the framework of the so-called „responsible sovereignty“.

    The focal arguments against the HMI are:

    1. The HMI is, in fact, an action against international law, as international law only clearly gives the authorization for the intervention in the case of self-defense. This authorization is founded on the assumption that respect for the state’s independence is the basis for the international order and IR. Even if the HMI is formally allowed by international law to some degree for humanitarian purposes, the international law, in such cases, is confused and founded on the weakened rules of the order of global politics, foreign affairs, and IR.

    2. Behind the HMI is national interest but not real interest for the protection of international humanitarian norms. States are primarily motivated by concerns of national self-interest; therefore, their formal claim that the HMI is allegedly motivated by humanitarian considerations can be an example of political deception.

    3. In the practice of the HMI or the R2P we can find many examples of double standards. It is the practice of pressing humanitarian emergencies somewhere in which the HMI is either ruled out or never taken into consideration. It happens for several reasons: no national interest is on stage; an absence of media coverage; intervention is politically impossible, etc. Such a situation is confuses the HMI in both political and moral terms.

    4. The HMI is, in the majority of practical cases, founded on a politicized image of political conflict between “good and bad guys.” Usually, it has been a consequence of the exaggeration of war crimes on the ground. It ignores the moral complexities which are part of all international and domestic conflicts. The attempt to simplify any humanitarian crisis helps explain the tendency towards so-called “mission drift” and interventions going wrong.

    5. The HMI is seen in many cases as cultural imperialism, based on essentially Western values of human rights, which are not applicable in some other parts of the globe. Religious, historical, cultural, social, and/or political differences are making it impossible to create universal guidelines for the behavior of the state’s authorities. Consequently, the task of establishing a “just cause” threshold for a HMI within the framework of the R2P may be unachievable.

    The post On the Key Points of Contemporary International Relations: Responsibility to Protect and Humanitarian Military Intervention first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Vladislav B. Sotirovic.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/05/on-the-key-points-of-contemporary-international-relations-responsibility-to-protect-and-humanitarian-military-intervention/feed/ 0 531098
    Trump’s push on deep sea mining leaves Nauru’s commercial ambitions ‘out in cold’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/05/trumps-push-on-deep-sea-mining-leaves-naurus-commercial-ambitions-out-in-cold/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/05/trumps-push-on-deep-sea-mining-leaves-naurus-commercial-ambitions-out-in-cold/#respond Mon, 05 May 2025 01:21:08 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=114078 By Teuila Fuatai, RNZ Pacific senior journalist

    Nauru’s ambition to commercially mine the seabed is likely at risk following President Donald Trump’s executive order last month aimed at fast-tracking ocean mining, anti-deep sea mining advocates warn.

    The order also increases instability in the Pacific region because it effectively circumvents long-standing international sea laws and processes by providing an alternative path to mine the seabed, advocates say.

    Titled Unleashing America’s Offshore Critical Minerals and Resources, the order was signed by Trump on April 25. It directs the US science and environmental agency to expedite permits for companies to mine the ocean floor in US and international waters.

    It has been condemned by legal and environmental experts around the world, particularly after Canadian mining group The Metals Company announced last Tuesday it had applied to commercially mine in international waters through the US process.

    The Metals Company has so far been unsuccessful in gaining a commercial mining licence through the International Seabed Authority (ISA).

    Currently, the largest area in international waters being explored for commercial deep sea mining is the Clarion-Clipperton Zone, located in the central Pacific Ocean. The vast area sits between Hawai’i, Kiribati and Mexico, and spans 4.5 million sq km.

    The area is of high commercial interest because it has an abundance of polymetallic nodules that contain valuable metals like cobalt, nickel, manganese and copper, which are used to make products such as smartphones and electric batteries. The minerals are also used in weapons manufacturing.

    Benefits ‘for humankind as a whole’
    Under the UN Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS), the Clarion-Clipperton Zone falls under the jurisdiction of the ISA, which was established in 1994. That legislation states that any benefits from minerals extracted in its jurisdiction must be for “humankind as a whole”.

    Nauru — alongside Tonga, Kiribati and the Cook Islands — has interests in the Clarion-Clipperton Zone after being allocated blocks of the area through UNCLOS. They are known as sponsor states.

    In total, there are 19 sponsor states in the Clarion-Clipperton Zone.

    Nauru is leading the charge for deep sea mining in international waters.
    Nauru is leading the charge for deep sea mining in international waters. Image: RNZ Pacific/Caleb Fotheringham

    Nauru and The Metals Company
    Since 2011, Nauru has partnered with The Metals Company to explore and assess its block in the Clarion-Clipperton Zone for commercial mining activity.

    It has done this through an ISA exploration licence.

    At the same time, the ISA, which counts all Pacific nations among its 169-strong membership, has also been developing a commercial mining code. That process began in 2014 and is ongoing.

    The process has been criticised by The Metals Company as effectively blocking it and Nauru’s commercial mining interests.

    Both have sought to advance their respective interests in different ways.

    In 2021, Nauru took the unprecedented step of utilising a “two-year” notification period to initiate an exploitation licencing process under the ISA, even though a commercial seabed mining code was still being developed.

    An ISA commercial mining code, once finalised, is expected to provide the legal and technical regulations for exploitation of the seabed.

    In the absence of a code
    However, according to international law, in the absence of a code, should a plan for exploitation be submitted to the ISA, the body is required to provisionally accept it within two years of its submission.

    While Nauru ultimately delayed enforcing the two-year rule, it remains the only state to ever invoke it under the ISA. It has also stated that it is “comfortable with being a leader on these issues”.

    To date, the ISA has not issued a licence for exploitation of the seabed.

    Meanwhile, The Metals Company has emphasised the economic potential of deep sea mining and its readiness to begin commercial activities. It has also highlighted the potential value of minerals sitting on the seabed in Nauru’s block in the Clarion-Clipperton Zone.

    “[The block represents] 22 percent of The Metals Company’s estimated resource in the [Clarion-Clipperton Zone and] . . .  is ranked as having the largest underdeveloped nickel deposit in the world,” the company states on its website.

    Its announcement on Tuesday revealed it had filed three applications for mining activity in the Clarion-Clipperton Zone under the US pathway. One application is for a commercial mining permit. Two are for exploration permits.

    The announcement added further fuel to warnings from anti-deep sea mining advocates that The Metals Company is pivoting away from Nauru and arrangements under the ISA.

    Last year, the company stated it intended to submit a plan for commercial mining to the ISA on June 27 so it could begin exploitation operations by 2026.

    This date appears to have been usurped by developments under Trump, with the company saying on Tuesday that its US permit application “advances [the company’s] timeline ahead” of that date.

    The Trump factor
    Trump’s recent executive order is critical to this because it specifically directs relevant US government agencies to reactivate the country’s own deep sea mining licence process that had largely been unused over the past 40 years.

    President Donald Trump signs a proclamation in the Oval Office at the White House last month
    President Donald Trump signs a proclamation in the Oval Office at the White House last month expanding fishing rights in the Pacific Islands to an area he described as three times the size of California. Image: RNZ screenshot APR

    That legislation, the Deep Sea Hard Mineral Resources Act, states the US can grant mining permits in international waters. It was implemented in 1980 as a temporary framework while the US worked towards ratifying the UNCLOS Treaty. Since then, only four exploration licences have been issued under the legislation.

    To date, the US is yet to ratify UNCLOS.

    At face value, the Deep Sea Hard Mineral Resources Act offers an alternative licensing route to commercial seabed activity in the high seas to the ISA. However, any cross-over between jurisdictions and authorities remains untested.

    Now, The Metals Company appears to be operating under both in the same area of international waters — the Clarion-Clipperton Zone.

    Deep Sea Conservation Coalition’s Pacific regional coordinator Phil McCabe said it was unclear what would happen to Nauru.

    “This announcement really appears to put Nauru as a partner of the company out in the cold,” McCabe said.

    No Pacific benefit mechanism
    “If The Metals Company moves through the US process, it appears that there is no mechanism or no need for any benefit to go to the Pacific Island sponsoring states because they sponsor through the ISA, not the US,” he said.

    McCabe, who is based in Aotearoa New Zealand, highlighted extensive investment The Metals Company had poured into the Nauru block over more than 10 years.

    He said it was in the company’s financial interests to begin commercial mining as soon as possible.

    “If The Metals Company was going to submit an application through the US law, it would have to have a good measure of environmental data on the area that it wants to mine, and the only area that it has that data [for] is the Nauru block,” McCabe said.

    He also pointed out that the size of the Nauru block The Metals Company had worked on in the Clarion-Clipperton Zone was the same as a block it wanted to commercially mine through US legislation.

    Both are exactly 25,160 sq km, McCabe said.

    RNZ Pacific asked The Metals Company to clarify whether its US application applied to Nauru and Tonga’s blocks. The company said it would “be able to confirm details of the blocks in the coming weeks”.

    It also said it intended to retain its exploration contracts through the ISA that were sponsored by Nauru and Tonga, respectively.

    Cook Islands nodule field - photo taken within Cook Islands EEZ.
    Cook Islands nodule field – photo taken within Cook Islands EEZ. Image: Cook Islands Seabed Minerals Authority

    Pacific Ocean a ‘new frontier’
    Pacific Network on Globalisation (PANG) associate Maureen Penjueli had similar observations to McCabe regarding the potential impacts of Trump’s executive order.

    Trump’s order, and The Metals Company ongoing insistence to commercially mine the ocean, was directly related to escalating geopolitical competition, she told RNZ Pacific.

    “There are a handful of minerals that are quite critical for all kinds of weapons development, from tankers to armour like nuclear weapons, submarines, aircraft,” she said.

    Currently, the supply and processing of minerals in that market, which includes iron, lithium, copper, cobalt and graphite, is dominated by China.

    Between 40 and 90 percent of the world’s rare earth minerals are processed by China, Penjueli said. The variation is due to differences between individual minerals.

    As a result, both Europe and the US are heavily dependent on China for these minerals, which according to Penjueli, has massive implications.

    “On land, you will see the US Department of Defense really trying to seek alternative [mineral] sources,” Penjueli said.

    “Now, it’s extended to minerals in the seabed, both within [a country’s exclusive economic zone], but also in areas beyond national jurisdictions, such as the Clarion-Clipperton Zone, which is here in the Pacific. That is around the geopolitical [competition]  . . .  and the US versus China positioning.”

    Notably, Trump’s executive order on the US seabed mining licence process highlights the country’s reliance on overseas mineral supply, particularly regarding security and defence implications.

    He said the US wanted to advance its leadership in seabed mineral development by “strengthening partnerships with allies and industry to counter China’s growing influence over seabed mineral resources”.

    The Metals Company and the US
    She believed The Metals Company had become increasingly focused on security and defence needs.

    Initially, the company had framed commercial deep sea mining as essential for the world’s transition to green energies, she said. It had used that language when referring to its relationships with Pacific states like Nauru, Penjueli said.

    However, the company had also begun pitching US policy makers under the Biden administration over the need to acquire critical minerals from the seabed to meet US security and defence needs, she said.

    Since Trump’s re-election, it had also made a series of public announcements praising US government decisions that prioritised deep sea mining development for defence and security purposes.

    In a press release on Trump’s executive order, The Metals Company chief executive Gerard Barron said the company had enough knowledge to manage the environmental risks of deep sea mining.

    “Over the last decade, we’ve invested over half a billion dollars to understand and responsibly develop the nodule resource in our contract areas,” Barron said.

    “We built the world’s largest environmental dataset on the [Clarion-Clipperton Zone], carefully designed and tested an off-shore collection system that minimises the environmental impacts and followed every step required by the International Seabed Authority.

    “What we need is a regulator with a robust regulatory regime, and who is willing to give our application a fair hearing. That’s why we’ve formally initiated the process of applying for licenses and permits under the existing US seabed mining code,” Barron said.

    ISA influenced by opposition faction
    The Metals Company directed RNZ Pacific to a statement on its website in response to an interview request.

    The statement, signed by Barron, said the ISA was being influenced by a faction of states aligned with environmental NGOs that opposed the deep sea mining industry.

    Barron also disputed any contraventions of international law under the US regime, and said the country has had “a fully developed regulatory regime” for commercial seabed mining since 1989.

    “The ISA has neither the mining code nor the willingness to engage with their commercial contractors,” Barron said. “In full compliance with international law, we are committed to delivering benefits to our developing state partners.”

    President Trump's executive order marks America’s return to leadership in this exciting industry, The Metals Company says.
    President Trump’s executive order marks America’s return to “leadership in this exciting industry”, claims The Metals Company. Note the name “Gulf of America” on this map was introduced by President Trump in a controversial move, but the rest of the world regards it as the Gulf of Mexico, as recognised by officially recognised by the International Hydrographic Organisation. Image: Facebook/The Metals Company

    ‘It’s an America-first move’
    Despite Barron’s observations, Penjueli and McCabe believed The Metals Company and the US were side-stepping international law, placing Pacific nations at risk.

    McCabe said Pacific nations benefitted from UNCLOS, which gives rights over vast oceanic territories.

    “It’s an America-first move,” said McCabe who believes the actions of The Minerals Company and the US are also a contravention of international law.

    There are also significant concerns that Trump’s executive order has effectively triggered a race to mine the Pacific seabed for minerals that will be destined for military purposes like weapons systems manufacturing, Penjueli said.

    Unlike UNCLOS, the US deep sea mining legislation does not stipulate that minerals from international waters must be used for peaceful purposes.

    Deep Sea Conservation Coalition’s Duncan Currie believes this is another tricky legal point for Nauru and other sponsor states in the Clarion-Clipperton Zone.

    Potentially contravene international law
    For example, should Nauru enter a commercial mining arrangement with The Metals Company and the US under US mining legislation, any royalties that may eventuate could potentially contravene international law, Currie said.

    First, the process would be outside the ISA framework, he said.

    Second, UNCLOS states that any benefits from seabed mining in international waters must benefit all of “humankind”.

    Therefore, Currie said, royalties earned in a process that cannot be scrutinised by the ISA likely did not meet that stipulation.

    Third, he said, if the extracted minerals were used for military purposes — which was a focus of Trump’s executive order — then it likely violates the principle that the seabed should only be exploited for peaceful purposes.

    “There really are a host of very difficult legal issues that arise,” he added.

    The Metals Company
    The Metals Company says ISA is being influenced by a faction of states aligned with environmental NGOs that oppose the deep sea mining industry. Image: Facebook/The Metals Company/RNZ

    The road ahead
    Now more than ever, anti-deep sea mining advocates believe a moratorium on the practice is necessary.

    Penjueli, echoing Currie’s concerns, said there was too much uncertainty with two potential avenues to commercial mining.

    “The moratorium call is quite urgent at this point,” she said.

    “We simply don’t know what [these developments] mean right now. What are the implications if The Metals Company decides to dump its Pacific state sponsored partners? What does it mean for the legal tenements that they hold in the Clarion-Clipperton Zone?”

    In that instance, Nauru, which has spearheaded the push for commercial seabed mining alongside The Metals Company, may be particularly exposed.

    Currently, more than 30 countries have declared support for a moratorium on deep sea mining. Among them are Fiji, Federated States of Micronesia, New Caledonia, Palau, Samoa, Tuvalu, Vanuatu, and Tuvalu.

    On the other hand, Nauru, Kiribati, Tonga, and the Cook Islands all support deep sea mining.

    Australia has not explicitly called for a moratorium on the practice, but it has also refrained from supporting it.

    New Zealand supported a moratorium on deep sea mining under the previous Labour government. The current government is reportedly reconsidering this stance.

    RNZ Pacific contacted the Nauru government for comment but did not receive a response.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/05/trumps-push-on-deep-sea-mining-leaves-naurus-commercial-ambitions-out-in-cold/feed/ 0 531050
    USAID cuts are hitting global conservation projects hard https://grist.org/international/usaid-cuts-are-hitting-global-conservation-projects-hard/ https://grist.org/international/usaid-cuts-are-hitting-global-conservation-projects-hard/#respond Sun, 04 May 2025 13:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=664565 On February 3, Elon Musk typed a now-notorious post to his social media platform X: “Spent the weekend feeding USAID into the wood chipper. Could gone [sic] to some great parties. Did that instead.” 

    The actions by Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency that weekend set off a dizzying series of budget cuts and firings that have dismantled the U.S. Agency for International Development and eliminated billions of dollars of life-saving assistance around the globe. The devastating impacts of these cuts are already being felt, as programs to provide food to people in conflict zones and critically needed medicines, vaccines, and medical care in poor countries have been abruptly halted.

    But while USAID is best known for its humanitarian work, it has also been one of the world’s largest supporters of wildlife conservation and environmental protection, backing a diverse portfolio of projects in dozens of countries — projects that protected elephants in Tanzania, great apes and national parks in central Africa, giant fishes and watersheds of the Mekong River basin in Southeast Asia, and rainforests in the Amazon, among many others. 

    The elimination of USAID funding has left conservationists and environmentalists without one of their most important and reliable sources of support. Some nonprofits have shut down, while others are scrambling to find ways to keep vital activities running. 

    “The U.S. was a leader in this space and doing really important work,” said Zeb Hogan, co-lead of the Wonders of the Mekong project in Cambodia. “All of that work was just stopped overnight. And the way it was done was impossible to plan for and very difficult to recover from.”

    A man in a green shirt hold the branch of a tree in a green forest
    A member of a community forest patrol in Vietnam that was supported by USAID. Benjamin Ilka / USAID

    President John F. Kennedy established USAID in 1961 to administer foreign aid and development assistance. In the 2023 fiscal year, it disbursed almost $44 billion for projects in 160 countries and regions, with a small but significant percentage of its budget going to “green” projects. “USAID was really the first of the international development agencies to recognize that sustainable development would require an environmental element,” said John Robinson, recently retired as senior vice president of the Wildlife Conservation Society. According to a report to Congress, in 2023 USAID provided $375 million to international biodiversity programs in 60 countries and $318 million into what it termed “forestry investments,” such as “relevant biodiversity and sustainable landscapes funds.”

    For example, tens of millions of dollars went into combating wildlife crime, tens of millions more into conserving vast natural landscapes in Africa and South America. African biodiversity projects received $146 million in 2023, more than those on any other continent, with many of these projects working closely with local communities and employing local people. The agency distributed funds in the form of grants — often to NGOs — and contracts with companies that implemented projects in the name of the agency. Some of USAID’s work overlapped with or was coordinated with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, which also supported conservation of threatened species like rhinos and elephants outside the U.S., and whose international projects have also been halted.

    Within hours of starting his second presidential term on January 20, Donald Trump signed an executive order mandating a 90-day “pause” on all foreign development assistance “for assessment of programmatic efficiencies and consistency with United States foreign policy.” The order stated that “no further United States foreign assistance shall be disbursed in a manner that is not fully aligned with the foreign policy of the President of the United States.”      

    The chaotic dismemberment of USAID began within days. On January 24, Secretary of State Marco Rubio issued a “stop work” memo on most projects funded via the State Department or USAID. In early February, USAID’s website went dark without warning, and the administration placed thousands of personnel on administrative leave globally. Many USAID staff suddenly couldn’t access the agency’s online financial system. “Field workers in dangerous areas couldn’t even buy fuel for their vehicles,” a former USAID contractor told Yale Environment 360.

    Despite ongoing court challenges, thousands of USAID staff have been fired, and the agency’s offices have been shuttered. In late March, the Trump administration told the U.S. Congress it had terminated 5,341 projects worth a total of $75 billion (86 percent of its portfolio), and the State Department said it will reduce USAID to the legally required 15 people, thus ending its existence in all but name. The administration stated that some “humanitarian assistance, global health functions, strategic investment, and limited national security programs” will continue within the State Department. (Legally, Congress must vote to completely dissolve USAID and transfer its funding elsewhere.) 

    Yale Environment 360 could find no evidence that the Trump administration will be providing funding to any environmental, wildlife conservation, or climate-focused projects previously supported by USAID. The State Department did not respond to a request for comment. 

    Most of the former USAID employees, contractors, and collaborators contacted for this article would not speak on the record, saying they were worried about their careers, that struggling projects would suffer further damage, or that they might be subject to online attacks by Trump supporters. 

    “The NGOs didn’t see it coming,” says Steven Collins, a South African conservation and development consultant who has worked extensively with USAID. “This was a cut all, cut everything, cut health, cut, cut… This was not a sophisticated process.” Now, he says, “there’s no trust” in the U.S., and it’s raised serious questions about the U.S. government, such as “What’s the value of a contract [to them]?”

    Conservationists said that trust has been damaged not just between the U.S. government and USAID project implementers, but between implementers and the local people they work with. Laly Lichtenfeld, CEO of African People and Wildlife, an NGO that has worked in East Africa for 20 years to involve rural communities in conservation (and which worked with USAID) said, “The trust and relationships with the communities with which we work are paramount. Our most valued asset is that trust, so when shocks come quickly like this, it can undermine those relationships and that progress that can take decades to build.” Other conservationists emphasized the particular importance of maintaining trust in initiatives combating wildlife crime — many of which were funded by USAID and other U.S. government agencies — where participants are at serious risk of being harmed by organized crime gangs.

    A USAID-supported program trained Madagascar peanut farmers on farming techniques that help preserve surrounding forest. Jason Houston / USAID

    Hogan, of the Wonders of the Mekong, said his organization focuses on conservation, supporting research on the river’s fish and ecology, and using the information generated to advise local policymakers on the Mekong’s sustainable development. He said that the project had helped rediscover a fish thought extinct and tagged the largest freshwater fish ever recorded and that the Cambodian government had agreed to keep the main channel of the river dam-free after viewing the project’s research. 

    Wonders of the Mekong was expecting funds from USAID to expand into three more countries — Thailand, Vietnam, and Laos — this year, but in late January was told to stop all work immediately. “The money was frozen even though it had already been approved,” Hogan said. “It’s a small percentage of the U.S. government budget, but a lot of money if you’re trying to fill the gap.” The project has received bare-bones funding from private philanthropists to continue until the end of 2025, he said, but he did not know what would happen after that. “We’re in survival mode. We’re in a difficult place now.”   

    Several conservationists who have worked with USAID said the agency was particularly valued for its forward-thinking approach and its willingness to fund ambitious, large-scale projects for a longer duration than many other funders. “They were very, very thoughtful and very responsive to ideas about how to implement development within an environmental and conservation context.” USAID funded landscape-scale projects in the rainforests of the Congo Basin before anyone else did, he said, and supported similar large-scale projects in the Amazon and Southeast Asia.

    Collins pointed to the agency’s support of massive transfrontier parks in southern Africa that have brought together multi-million-acre conservation areas in neighboring countries to be managed collaboratively, such as the Great Limpopo Transfrontier Park (encompassing land in South Africa, Mozambique, and Zimbabwe), and transnational water management organizations (some of which he worked on). USAID was “open-minded about concepts and more willing to fund ideas [than other agencies],” he said. 

    A man in a green uniform and hat gazes at elephants
    A ranger guards elephants in the Sera Community Conservancy in Kenya, a project that was supported by USAID. Northern Rangelands Trust

    Many conservationists highlighted the agency’s vital role in creating Namibia’s vast and much-heralded network of locally-run community conservancies, where wildlife is conserved and sustainably managed via hunting and ecotourism on traditional community land. USAID was the founding donor of Namibia’s Living in a Finite Environment (LIFE) project, which began in 1993 and promoted legislative changes that allowed communities to take over and manage land for conservation and strongly supported the creation of the conservancy system that exists today. 

    One former USAID contractor said the agency had been open to working outside “pretty ecotourism hotspots” because its decisionmakers understood that “what’s important and what’s easily fundable are often two different things.” She highlighted the West African Biodiversity and Climate Change Project, a five-year, $49-million project that studied environmental degradation in mountain and coastal ecosystems across West Africa and developed policies to combat it. This region contains extraordinary numbers of threatened species and forested watersheds vital to millions of livelihoods, she said, but is not set up for ecotourism and is difficult to travel in, so is hard to attract private philanthropic donors to.

    Other valuable USAID-funded projects identified by conservationists include Khetha, launched in 2018 and implemented by WWF South Africa, which addresses wildlife crime in and around South Africa’s Kruger National Park. Since 2008 South Africa has experienced extraordinary levels of rhinoceros poaching, with the largest remaining populations of the animals in Kruger. Even though the park has invested heavily in a militarized anti-poaching strategy, conservationists said they had come to realize that rhinos cannot be protected by armed anti-poaching patrols alone, as these often exacerbated conflict between the park and the communities that harbor poachers. “Khetha has done great work building relationships between conservation authorities and surrounding communities, finding ways for communities to benefit from and value the park,” said a leader in an unrelated nonprofit working in the area. 

    WWF South Africa declined to comment on the effects of the USAID funding withdrawal on conservation, but confirmed that Khetha has “come to a halt.” Meanwhile, a roughly $20 million USAID project related to Khetha, Southern Africa’s Countering Wildlife Crime Activity, has also been shut down.

    Some conservation nonprofits that received USAID funding have ceased operations.  Others are cutting back their programs or delving into their savings to try to keep critical work going for as long as possible. All those contacted for this article agreed there are no obvious replacements for USAID’s conservation support in the short or even medium term. 

    African People and Wildlife’s Lichtenfeld says that European development agencies, which might have been expected to replace some USAID dollars, are constrained because European governments have raised military spending following Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. Philanthropists, she said, face a conundrum because so many humanitarian and environmental projects have been impacted by U.S. cuts. “There’s no clear roadmap yet. I think the philanthropic community is still working it out among themselves.” 

    Collins, who is based in Johannesburg, said that the USAID shutdown is “a wake-up call” to Africans who have become dependent on foreign donors to support work “that we say is valuable but can’t persuade our own governments to fund.” Environmental organizations may have to generate more income locally, perhaps by placing levies on ecotourists or getting local governments to pay for ecosystem services like clean water from conservation areas. This could make NGOs less dependent on outside sources and more aligned with local needs, he said, although such funds would take time to raise and might not be sufficient. “Maybe some good will come out of this,” he said, “but in the meantime, it’s going to be hard.”

    John Robinson said the Wildlife Conservation Society has worked at scale in central Africa for about 30 years, with much of that work funded via USAID. Its major Congo Basin rainforest conservation projects gave the U.S. soft power in the region’s Francophone countries that it never had before, he said. Besides losing political influence, defunding those projects may cause local governments to turn away from conservation, which would mean “you’ve suddenly turned the management of natural resources in central Africa over to organized crime.” 

    USAID, he said, “is a development agency. It was about livelihoods. It was about human dignity and governance, and it was about the environment.” Now, he said, globally “all those efforts have been hung out to dry. And from the perspective of U.S. standing and respect in the world, we just shot ourselves in the head.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline USAID cuts are hitting global conservation projects hard on May 4, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Adam Welz, Yale E360.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/international/usaid-cuts-are-hitting-global-conservation-projects-hard/feed/ 0 531024
    Flotilla Coalition Ship to Gaza Attacked in International Waters https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/flotilla-coalition-ship-to-gaza-attacked-in-international-waters/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/flotilla-coalition-ship-to-gaza-attacked-in-international-waters/#respond Fri, 02 May 2025 20:00:42 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=157942 Photo credit: Freedom Flotilla Coalition In the early hours of May 2, the quiet of night was shattered aboard the Conscience, a civilian vessel anchored in international waters, 17 kilometers off the coast of Malta. Aboard were 18 crew members and passengers, jolted from sleep by the sound of two explosions. Flames and smoke filled the […]

    The post Flotilla Coalition Ship to Gaza Attacked in International Waters first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Photo credit: Freedom Flotilla Coalition

    In the early hours of May 2, the quiet of night was shattered aboard the Conscience, a civilian vessel anchored in international waters, 17 kilometers off the coast of Malta. Aboard were 18 crew members and passengers, jolted from sleep by the sound of two explosions. Flames and smoke filled the air. The ship had just been struck—by what the crew members say were drone attacks.

    The very day of the attack, more passengers from 21 countries were waiting in Malta to be ferried out to join the Conscience. Among those slated to join the ship were world-renowned environmentalist Greta Thunberg, retired U.S. Army Colonel Ann Wright, and longtime CODEPINK activist Tighe Barry.

    The Conscience is part of the Freedom Flotilla Coalition, a network of international activists that has been challenging Israel’s maritime blockade of Gaza since 2008.

    The group alleges that the attack came from Israel—an allegation bolstered by a CNN investigation. According to CNN, flight-tracking data from ADS-B Exchange showed that an Israeli Air Force C-130 Hercules aircraft departed from Israel early Thursday afternoon and flew at low altitude over eastern Malta for an extended period. While the Hercules did not land, its path brought it in proximity to the area where the Conscience was later attacked. The plane returned to Israel approximately seven hours later. The Israel Defense Forces (IDF) declined to comment on the flight data.

    The ship suffered significant damage, but fortunately, no one was hurt. That was not the case when the Freedom Flotilla was attacked in 2010. This May 2 attack comes just weeks before the 15th anniversary of the infamous raid on the Mavi Marmara, the Turkish ship that led a previous flotilla to Gaza in 2010. On May 31 of that year, Israeli naval commandos stormed the ship in international waters, killing ten people and injuring dozens. The Mavi Marmara had been carrying over 500 activists and humanitarian supplies. That attack drew condemnation from around the world and calls for an international investigation—calls that Israel dismissed.

    One of this year’s flotilla organizers, Ismail Behesti, is the son of a man killed in the 2010 raid. In videos circulating after the recent strike, Behesti is seen walking through the damaged interior of the Conscience, his voice resolute as he condemns what he believes was another Israeli act of aggression against civilians on a humanitarian mission.

    “People are asking how Israel can get away with attacking a civilian ship in international waters,” said Tighe Barry, speaking from the port in Malta. “But since October 8, 2024, Israel has shown complete disregard for international law—from bombing civilian neighborhoods to using starvation as a weapon by blocking food from entering Gaza. This is just one more example of its impunity.”

    “Where is the outrage?” Barry continued. “The U.S. condemns the Houthis for stopping ships carrying weapons to Israel—and bombs Yemen mercilessly for it. But will they condemn Israel for attacking a peaceful ship on a humanitarian mission to Gaza?”

    The Freedom Flotilla Coalition and activist groups such as CODEPINK are calling on governments and international bodies to speak out and take action.

    The Conscience was carrying no weapons. It posed no threat. Its only crime was daring to challenge a brutal siege and slaughter that the UN itself has condemned as illegal and inhumane. That’s the real threat Israel fears—not the ship itself, but the global solidarity it represents.

    So, will the world speak up about Israel’s latest outrage? Or will this, too, be quietly buried beneath the waves?

    The post Flotilla Coalition Ship to Gaza Attacked in International Waters first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Medea Benjamin.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/flotilla-coalition-ship-to-gaza-attacked-in-international-waters/feed/ 0 530841
    Police arrest hundreds in Istanbul, Türkiye at May Day protests https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/police-arrest-hundreds-in-istanbul-turkiye-at-may-day-protests/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/police-arrest-hundreds-in-istanbul-turkiye-at-may-day-protests/#respond Fri, 02 May 2025 16:30:17 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=f95c656263af9a9885aa9fd531a411cf
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/police-arrest-hundreds-in-istanbul-turkiye-at-may-day-protests/feed/ 0 530784
    Gaza Aid Flotilla Attacked by Drones in International Waters; Organizers Blame Israel https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/gaza-aid-flotilla-attacked-by-drones-in-international-waters-organizers-blame-israel-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/gaza-aid-flotilla-attacked-by-drones-in-international-waters-organizers-blame-israel-2/#respond Fri, 02 May 2025 15:16:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=920888089c46509c14a1ca12a40b0a90
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/gaza-aid-flotilla-attacked-by-drones-in-international-waters-organizers-blame-israel-2/feed/ 0 530775
    Human rights group calls for probe into attack on Freedom Flotilla ship https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/human-rights-group-calls-for-probe-into-attack-on-freedom-flotilla-ship/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/human-rights-group-calls-for-probe-into-attack-on-freedom-flotilla-ship/#respond Fri, 02 May 2025 14:18:48 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=113982 Asia Pacific Report

    A human rights agency has called for an investigation into the drone attacks on the Gaza Freedom Flotilla aid ship Conscience with Israel suspected of being responsible.

    The Euro-Med Human Rights Monitor said in a statement that the deliberate targeting of a civilian aid ship in international waters was a “flagrant violation” of the United Nations Charter, the Law of the Sea, and the Rome Statute, which prohibits the targeting of humanitarian objects.

    It added: “This attack falls within a recurring and documented pattern of force being used to prevent ships from reaching the Gaza Strip, even before they approach its shores.”

    The monitor is calling for an “independent and transparent investigation under Maltese jurisdiction, with the participation of the United Nations”.

    It is also demanding “guarantees for safe sea passage for humanitarian aid bound for Gaza”.

    “Any failure to act today will only encourage further attacks on humanitarian missions and deepen the catastrophe unfolding in Gaza,” said the monitor.

    A spokesperson for the Gaza Freedom Flotilla said the group blamed Israel or one of its allies for the attack, adding it currently did not have proof of this claim.

    Israeli TV confirms attack
    However, Israel’s channel 12 television reported that Israeli forces were responsible for the attack.

    The Freedom Flotilla Coalition (FFC) is a grassroots people-to-people solidarity movement composed of campaigns and initiatives from different parts of the world, working together to end the illegal Israeli blockade of Gaza.

    The organisation said its goals included:

    • breaking Israel’s more than 17-year illegal and inhumane blockade of the Gaza Strip;
    • educating people around the world about the blockade of Gaza;
    • condemning and publicising the complicity of other governments and global actors in enabling the blockade; and
    • responding to the cry from Palestinians and Palestinian organisations in Gaza for solidarity to break the blockade.

    The MV Conscience — with about 30 human rights and aid activists on board — came under direct attack in international waters off the coast of Malta at 00:23 local time.

    The Maltese government said everyone on the ship was safe following the attack. Although several New Zealanders have been on board past flotilla ships, none were on board this time.

    In May 2010, Israeli security forces attacked six vessels in a Freedom Flotilla mission carrying aid aid bound for Gaza.

    Nine of the flotilla passengers were killed during the raid, with 30 wounded — one of whom later died of his wounds.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/human-rights-group-calls-for-probe-into-attack-on-freedom-flotilla-ship/feed/ 0 530741
    🚨 SOS 🚨 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/%f0%9f%9a%a8-sos-%f0%9f%9a%a8/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/%f0%9f%9a%a8-sos-%f0%9f%9a%a8/#respond Fri, 02 May 2025 13:48:13 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=4e66c878a22a92c95b12ab2d68da9b75
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/%f0%9f%9a%a8-sos-%f0%9f%9a%a8/feed/ 0 530739
    Gaza Aid Flotilla Attacked by Drones in International Waters; Organizers Blame Israel https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/gaza-aid-flotilla-attacked-by-drones-in-international-waters-organizers-blame-israel/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/gaza-aid-flotilla-attacked-by-drones-in-international-waters-organizers-blame-israel/#respond Fri, 02 May 2025 12:13:06 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=0ac6fbfaab24125062d1dba19a7f6d90 Seg flotilla boat

    A ship carrying humanitarian aid for the Gaza Strip sent out a distress signal overnight after it was bombed by drones in international waters near Malta. The Freedom Flotilla Coalition, the organizer of the voyage, is blaming Israel for the attack, which set the ship on fire, punched a substantial breach in its hull and cut off communication with those aboard. “We are dealing with a brutal attack on an innocent ship,” retired U.S. Army Colonel Ann Wright, who was in Malta waiting to board the flotilla, tells Democracy Now! “While we cannot yet identify the source of the drones, there is no doubt in my mind that there is a history of violence that has been directed toward the flotillas from the state of Israel.”

    The climate activist Greta Thunberg was also set to join the flotilla and said in an online video that activists would “continue to do everything in our power to do our part to demand a free Palestine and demand the opening of a humanitarian corridor.”


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/gaza-aid-flotilla-attacked-by-drones-in-international-waters-organizers-blame-israel/feed/ 0 530749
    AFL-CIO President on International Workers’ Day: ‘An Injury to One Is an Injury to All’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/01/afl-cio-president-on-international-workers-day-an-injury-to-one-is-an-injury-to-all/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/01/afl-cio-president-on-international-workers-day-an-injury-to-one-is-an-injury-to-all/#respond Thu, 01 May 2025 14:37:29 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/afl-cio-president-on-international-workers-day-an-injury-to-one-is-an-injury-to-all AFL-CIO President Liz Shuler issued the following statement on International Workers’ Day, or “May Day”:

    On International Workers’ Day, working people around the globe are taking action to stand up to the billionaires who are threatening our rights and freedoms. Here at home, President Trump and Elon Musk have slashed thousands of union jobs, ripped up union contracts, cut essential services and are attacking our fundamental freedom to organize for a better life.

    The Trump administration also has illegally targeted our fellow workers—union members like Kilmar Abrego Garcia, who was separated from his family in Maryland and sent to a prison in El Salvador without due process, and Rümeysa Öztürk, detained while walking to dinner in Massachusetts and thrown into a detention center thousands of miles away, despite neither of them having committed a crime. An injury to one is an injury to all. When Trump targets immigrant families like Kilmar’s and Rümeysa’s, he targets all workers.

    This May Day, working people are standing together, unified in our commitment to a better future for all workers. We won’t allow billionaires to divide us—especially when it’s based on where we’re from. We’ll fight to protect all workers from the Trump administration’s illegal attacks on our jobs, our unions, our contracts and our freedoms. Our solidarity is our strength.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/01/afl-cio-president-on-international-workers-day-an-injury-to-one-is-an-injury-to-all/feed/ 0 530546
    Who will finance global climate solutions? Not the West. https://grist.org/international/who-will-finance-global-climate-solutions-not-the-west/ https://grist.org/international/who-will-finance-global-climate-solutions-not-the-west/#respond Thu, 01 May 2025 08:15:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=664459 International climate action has long rested on the consequential distinction between the Global North and the Global South. Wealthier, earlier-to-industrialize nations contributed the most to a warming planet while developing countries bear the brunt of the climate crisis. As a result, developed countries have been called on to help developing nations reduce their carbon emissions and adapt to climate change by providing financial assistance, technology, and other resources. 

    This essential premise has been embedded in various climate agreements signed since the 1990s, including the most recent pact inked at the 29th Conference of Parties, or COP29, in Baku, Azerbaijan, late last year. There, wealthy countries agreed to provide $300 billion per year to developing nations by 2035.

    Wealthy countries, however, have frequently failed to live up to their promises, slowly eroding the Global South’s trust in a multilateral approach to the climate crisis. Over the last three months, the Trump administration has only accelerated that process. First, President Donald Trump withdrew the United States from the Paris Agreement, the 2015 climate treaty to keep global warming to less than 1.5 degrees Celsius. Then, Trump cut funding for various international climate programs, including the Just Energy Transition Partnerships and other initiatives supported by the U.S. Agency for International Development. And most recently, Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent criticized the World Bank and International Monetary Fund, prominent financial institutions that have made climate a priority in recent years, for straying from their mission. 

    “The IMF was once unwavering in its mission of promoting global monetary cooperation and financial stability,” Bessent said last week. “Now it devotes disproportionate time and resources to work on climate change, gender, and social issues.”  

    These changes in the U.S.’s stance are taking place at a time when the European Union is also slashing its development funding, which includes climate aid. Countries including the United Kingdom, Switzerland, Germany, France, and the Netherlands have cut as much as 37 percent of their aid budgets, moving the money instead to defense and stimulus measures. According to one analysis, the aid cuts add up to nearly $40 billion.

    While it’s unclear exactly how much total climate aid will be lost as a result of these changes, the figure is a substantial portion of international climate finance. The U.S. alone provided $11 billion last year — 8 percent of global climate aid. Much of that has already been lost this year through cuts to the U.S. Agency for International Aid and the Green Climate Fund. 

    “We are at a very uniquely devastating moment,” said Harjeet Singh, founder of the Satat Sampada Climate Foundation, a nongovernmental organization based in India, and a climate justice activist. “The U.S.’ retreat, more fossil fuel production, no climate finance or aid, and trust in the multilateral system at the bottom — that’s where we are. It’s not inspiring.”

    The resulting vacuum in leadership is increasingly being filled by countries in the Global South, primarily China. In the wake of the Trump administration’s yo-yoing on tariffs, President Xi Jinping reaffirmed China’s commitment to climate action at a meeting of global leaders. In a speech last week, Xi announced that China would set more stringent emission targets ahead of COP30, the annual climate conference taking place in Brazil later this year. 

    “However the world may change, China will not slow down its climate actions,” he said. 

    At the same time, China is forging stronger alliances across the world. With tensions rising between the United States and European countries over tariffs, China has been deepening diplomatic ties in Europe. Similarly, it has called for a “Dragon-Elephant tango” with India, a country with which it has historically clashed over border disputes. 

    “We’re seeing an inflection point in the global world order,” said Kaveh Guilanpour, a climate finance expert at the Center for Climate and Energy Solutions and a former climate negotiator for the United Kingdom, European Union, and small island states. “It’s accelerated in a matter of weeks, something that was probably going to take decades.”

    The shift in the global order toward the East is being recognized by top climate officials. COP30 President André Correa do Lago told reporters last month that with the U.S. retreating from climate leadership and Europe prioritizing defense spending, countries in the Global South have an opportunity to step forward. 

    “The Global South has an important role to play at this stage,” he said. “We followed the agreements and engaged in extensive debates but remained constructive. We accepted the Paris Agreement, among others. However, the North’s commitments related to financial support and accelerating emission reductions have not materialized as planned.”

    It’s unclear exactly what these changing political dynamics might mean for climate negotiations in Belém, Brazil, in November. For one, the distinction between developed and developing countries has been enshrined in climate agreements since the convening of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, the 1992 international treaty and process by which countries limit global temperature rise. That crucial classification was based on countries’ economic status at the time — and hasn’t been revised since. As a result, even as countries like South Korea, Singapore, United Arab Emirates have grown economically and contributed increasingly more to climate change, they continue to be classified as developing nations during climate negotiations. 

    While developing countries have worked to preserve the distinction on paper, many have contributed funding to poorer nations outside of the United Nations framework in recognition of their responsibility to help tackle climate change. According to one estimate, China, for instance, has provided $24 billion in climate aid to Global South countries since 2016. In 2023, during COP28 in Dubai, the United Arab Emirates pledged $100 million to help emerging economies manage the losses that have already resulted from a warming planet. Similarly, Brazil, Russia, and India have also contributed billions of dollars to multilateral banks and other international institutions that provide climate aid.

    Ultimately, these shifts in climate action and funding may allow for new partnerships to form and new climate leaders to emerge.

    “If advanced economies are pulling back and ceding power and influence, and other countries are stepping up, shouldn’t we recognize that?” said Joe Thwaites, an expert on international climate funding at the nonprofit Natural Resources Defense Council. “That realignment is going to determine how successful a lot of climate action is going to be in the next decade or two.” 

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Who will finance global climate solutions? Not the West. on May 1, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Naveena Sadasivam.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/international/who-will-finance-global-climate-solutions-not-the-west/feed/ 0 530502
    Federal judge orders release of Palestinian student Mohsen Mahdawi from ICE detention https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/30/federal-judge-orders-release-of-palestinian-student-mohsen-mahdawi-from-ice-detention/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/30/federal-judge-orders-release-of-palestinian-student-mohsen-mahdawi-from-ice-detention/#respond Wed, 30 Apr 2025 19:49:36 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333846 Mohsen Mahdawi speaks at a protest on the Columbia University campus on November 9, 2023 in New York City. Mahdawi, a Columbia University student and green card holder, was arrested in Vermont by immigration officials on April 14, 2025. Photo by Mukta Joshi/Getty ImagesA federal judge in Vermont ordered Mohsen Mahdawi be released from detention and compared the administration's crackdown on dissent to the Red Scare. Upon his release, Mahdawi declared, “To President Trump and his cabinet: I am not afraid of you.”]]> Mohsen Mahdawi speaks at a protest on the Columbia University campus on November 9, 2023 in New York City. Mahdawi, a Columbia University student and green card holder, was arrested in Vermont by immigration officials on April 14, 2025. Photo by Mukta Joshi/Getty Images

    This story originally appeared in Mondoweiss on Apr. 30, 2025. It is shared here with permission.

    Columbia University student Mohsen Mahdawi is free on bail after a federal judge in Vermont ordered his release.

    It’s the first order mandating the release of a student detained by the Trump administration. The New York Times called his release “a defeat” for the administration’s “widening crackdown against student protesters.”

    “The two weeks of detention so far demonstrate great harm to a person who has been charged with no crime,” said Judge Geoffrey Crawford at an April 30 hearing. “Mr. Mahdawi, I will order you released.”

    Crawford also compared Trump’s crackdown to the Red Scare and said that period of history wasn’t one that people should be proud of.

    “For anybody who is doubting justice, this is a light of hope and faith in the justice system in America,” Mahdawi told a crowd outside the courthouse after his release. “We are witnessing the fight for justice in America, which means a true democracy, and the fight for justice for Palestinians, which means that both liberation are interconnected, because no one of us is free unless we all are.”

    “I am saying it clear and loud,” he added. “To President Trump and his cabinet: I am not afraid of you.”

    “Today’s victory cannot be overstated. It is a victory for Mohsen who gets to walk free today out of this court,” said Shezza Abboushi Dallal, one of Mahdawi’s lawyers. “And it is also a victory for everyone else in this country invested in the very ability to dissent, who want to be able to speak out for the causes that they feel a moral imperative to lend their voices to and want to do that without fear that they will be abducted by masked men.”

    Mahdawi, a permanent U.S. resident and green card holder for the past decade, was arrested by immigration officials on April 14 during his naturalization interview to become a United States citizen.

    According to a recent legal brief from Mahdawi’s attorneys, the citizenship appointment had been a trap, as ICE agents intended to ambush the Columbia student and send him to a detention facility in Louisiana, where the Trump administration is holding Mahmoud Khalil and Rumeysa Ozturk.

    A judge blocked Trump from transferring Mahdawi out Vermont before agents could transport him.

    A court filing submitted in the case by the Justice Department included a letter from Secretary of State Marco Rubio claiming that Mahdawi’s presence in the United States could “potentially undermine” the Middle East peace process.

    Earlier this month, Vermont Senator Peter Welch (D-VT) visited Mahdawi at the ICE detention center where he was being held.

    “I am centered, I am clear, I am grounded, and I don’t want you to worry about me,” Mahdawi told Welch. “I want you to continue working for the democracy of this country and for humanity. The war must stop.”


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Arria.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/30/federal-judge-orders-release-of-palestinian-student-mohsen-mahdawi-from-ice-detention/feed/ 0 530423
    ‘The raids happened Wednesday, finals started Thursday’: FBI agents raid homes of pro-Palestine students at University of Michigan https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/30/the-raids-happened-wednesday-finals-started-thursday-fbi-agents-raid-homes-of-pro-palestine-students-at-university-of-michigan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/30/the-raids-happened-wednesday-finals-started-thursday-fbi-agents-raid-homes-of-pro-palestine-students-at-university-of-michigan/#respond Wed, 30 Apr 2025 17:12:10 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333823 University students rally and march against Israeli attacks on Gaza as they continue their encampment on the grounds of the University of Michigan, on April 28, 2024, in Ann Arbor, Michigan, United States. Photo by Katie McTiernan/Anadolu via Getty ImagesWe speak with four graduate student-workers at the University of Michigan and Columbia University about how their unions are fighting back against ICE abductions, FBI raids, and McCarthyist attacks on academic freedom.]]> University students rally and march against Israeli attacks on Gaza as they continue their encampment on the grounds of the University of Michigan, on April 28, 2024, in Ann Arbor, Michigan, United States. Photo by Katie McTiernan/Anadolu via Getty Images

    The Trump administration continues to escalate its authoritarian assault on higher education, free speech, and political dissent—and university administrators and state government officials are willingly aiding that assault. On the morning of April 23, at the direction of Michigan Attorney General Dana Nessel, law enforcement officers, including FBI agents, raided the homes of multiple student organizers connected to Palestine solidarity protests at the University of Michigan. “According to the group Students Allied for Freedom and Equality (SAFE), agents seized the students’ electronics and a number of personal items,” Michael Arria reports at Mondoweiss. “Four individuals were detained, but eventually released.” In this urgent episode of Working People, we speak with a panel of graduate student workers from the University of Michigan and Columbia University about how they and their unions are fighting back against ICE abductions, FBI raids, and top-down political repression, all while trying to carry on with their day-to-day work.

    Panelists include: Lavinia, a PhD student at the University of Michigan School of Information and an officer in the Graduate Employees Organization (GEO); Ember McCoy, a PhD candidate in the School for Environment and Sustainability at the University of Michigan and a rank-and-file member of GEO and the TAHRIR Coalition; Jessie Rubin, a PhD student in the School of Arts and Sciences at Columbia University and a rank-and-file member of Student Workers of Columbia (SWC); and Conlan Olson, a PhD student in Computer Science at Columbia and a member of the SWC bargaining committee.

    Additional links/info:

    Permanent links below…

    Featured Music…

    • Jules Taylor, “Working People” Theme Song

    Studio Production: Maximillian Alvarez
    Post-Production: Jules Taylor


    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Alright. Welcome everyone to Working People, a podcast about the lives, jobs, dreams, and struggles of the working class today. Working People is a proud member of the Labor Radio Podcast Network and is brought to you in partnership within these Times Magazine and the Real News Network. This show is produced by Jules Taylor and made possible by the support of listeners like you. My name is Maximillian Alvarez and today we are continuing our ongoing coverage of the Trump administration’s authoritarian assault on higher education and the people who live, learn, and work there. Things have continued to escalate since we published our episodes earlier in April where I first interviewed Todd Wolfson in Chen Akua of the American Association of University Professors, and then interviewed graduate student workers at Columbia University, Ali Wong and Caitlyn Liss. Now many since then have praised the development of Harvard University standing up and challenging Trump’s attacks in a public statement titled, upholding Our Values, defending Our University.

    Harvard’s president Alan m Garber wrote Dear members of the Harvard Community. Over the course of the past week, the federal government has taken several actions following Harvard’s refusal to comply with its illegal demands. Although some members of the administration have said their April 11th letter was sent by mistake. Other statements and their actions suggest otherwise doubling down on the letters, sweeping and intrusive demands which would impose unprecedented and improper control over the university. The government has, in addition to the initial freeze of $2.2 billion in funding, considered taking steps to freeze an additional $1 billion in grants initiated numerous investigations of Harvard’s operations, threatened the education of international students, and announced that it is considering a revocation of Harvard’s 5 0 1 C3 tax exempt status. These actions have stark real life consequences for patients, students, faculty, staff, researchers, and the standing of American higher education in the world. Moments ago, we filed a lawsuit to halt the funding freeze because it is unlawful and beyond the government’s authority.

    Now at the same time at the University of Michigan, the FBI and other law enforcement agencies raided multiple homes of student activists connected to Gaza solidarity protests as Michael Aria reports at Monde Weiss. On the morning of April 23rd, the FBI and other law enforcement agencies executed search warrants at multiple homes in Ann Arbor, Ypsilanti and Canton Township, Michigan. The raids reportedly targeted a number of student organizers who were connected to Gaza protests at the University of Michigan. According to the group, students allied for Freedom and Equality or safe agents seized the students’ electronics and a number of personal items. Four individuals were detained but eventually released to rear coalition. A student led movement calling for divestment from Israel said that officers initially refused to present warrants at the Ypsilanti raid. They were unable to confirm whether ICE was present at the raid. A Detroit FBI office spokesman declined to explain why the warrants were executed, but confirmed that the matter was being handled by the Office of Michigan.

    Attorney General Dana Nessel. Nessel has refused to confirm whether the raids were connected to Palestine activism thus far, but her office has aggressively targeted the movement. Last fall, Nestle introduced criminal charges against at least 11 protestors involved in the University of Michigan Gaza encampment. An investigation by the Guardian revealed that members of University of Michigan’s governing board had pressed Nestle to bring charges against the students. The report notes that six of eight Regents donated more than $33,000 combined to Nestle’s campaigns after the regents called for action. Nestle took the cases over from local district attorney Ellie Savitt, an extremely rare move as local prosecutors typically handle such cases. Listen, as we’ve been saying repeatedly on this show and across the Real news, the battle on and over are institutions of higher education have been and will continue to be a critical front where the future of democracy and the Trump Administration’s agenda will be decided.

    And it will be decided not just by what Trump does and how university administrators and boards of regents respond, but by how faculty respond students, grad students, staff, campus communities, and the public writ large. And today we are very grateful to be joined by four guests who are on the front lines of that fight. We’re joined today by Lavinia, a PhD student at the University of Michigan School of Information and an officer in the Graduate Employees organization or GEO, which full disclosure is my old union. Ember McCoy is also joining us. Ember is a PhD candidate in the School for Environment and Sustainability at the University of Michigan and a rank and file member of GEO and the Tare Coalition. And we are also joined today by Jesse Rubin, a PhD student in the School of Arts and Sciences at Columbia University and a rank and file member of Student Workers of Columbia.

    We are also joined by Conlin Olson, a PhD student in computer science at Columbia, and a member of the Bargaining Committee for Student Workers of Columbia, Lavinia Ember, Jesse Conlin. Thank you all so much for joining us today, especially amidst this terrifying reality that we all find ourselves in. I wanted to just jump right in and start there because since we have y’all and you are new voices in this ongoing coverage that we’re trying to do of these authoritarian attacks on higher ed, I wanted to start by just going around the table and asking if y’all could briefly introduce yourselves and tell us about what your life and work have been like these past few weeks and months as all of this Orwellian nightmare has been unfolding.

    Lavinia:

    Yeah. Hi everyone. Thank you so much, max for putting this together. So by and large, my life just continues to revolve around research. I’m actually on an NSF fellowship and that means that I basically spend all of my time in the office doing research. That being said, over the past couple of months, especially sort of in the context of organizing, a lot of what I and other grad workers at the University of Michigan have been working on is safety planning and mutual aid efforts related to immigration. And then of course in the past couple of weeks there’s been sort of this really alarming, as you said, escalation in repression by the state government of pro-Palestine protestors. So recently a lot of organizing work has also been related to that, but just to personalize it, the people who are affected by this repression, our friends, they’re coworkers and it’s just been extremely scary recently even just sort of trying to navigate being on campus in this really kind of tense political environment.

    Ember McCoy:

    So for me, this is kind a continuation of the organizing that I’ve been doing throughout the PhD and before I was vice president of the grad union during our 2023 strike, and there was a lot of infrastructure that we built and organizing models that we’ve changed, that we’ve talked about. Even I think on this podcast leading into the strike, which I think then we got a contract in September of 2023 and then pretty much right away ended up transitioning our work to be very focused on Palestine Pro Palestine organizing in collaboration with undergrad students after October 7th, which I think is really important for some of the infrastructure we built and organizing models we built, thinking about how we’ve been able to transition from labor organizing to pro-Palestine organizing to ICE organizing and all the way back around and in between. On a personal level, this week, Monday morning, I had a meeting with my advisor.

    I told him, I promised him I was going to lock in. I was like, I’m going to do it. I need to finish. By August, two hours later, I found out my NSF grant was terminated. I study environmental justice, I have a doctoral dissertation research grant, and then I spent Tuesday trying to do paperwork around that. And Monday morning I woke up to my friend’s houses being rated by the FBI and safe to say, I’ve not worked on my dissertation the rest of the week. So yeah, I think it’s just important like Lavinia said, to think about how, I don’t know, we’re all operating in this space of navigating, trying to continue thinking about our work and the obligations we have as workers for students at the University of Michigan. It is finals week, so the raids happen Wednesdays finals started Thursday. And also not only continuing the fight for pre Palestine, but also making sure our comrades are okay and that they’re safe.

    Jessie Rubin:

    Hi everyone. It’s really nice to meet you Lavinia and Ember, and thank you so much Max for inviting us to be a part of this. My name is Jessie and I’m a PhD candidate at Columbia in the music department and also a rank and file member of Student Workers of Columbia. I guess to start off with the more personal side with my own research, I guess I’m lucky in that my research has not been threatened with funding cuts the same way that embers has been, and I can’t imagine what you’re going through right now. Ember much love and solidarity to you, but my research does engage Palestine. I researched the Palestine Solidarity movement in Ireland and this past year has definitely been a whirlwind of being scared that I could get in trouble even for just talking about my own research on campus, scared that if I share my research with my students, that might be grounds for discipline.

    So it’s definitely been this large existential fight of trying to write my dissertation and write it well while also feeling like Columbia doesn’t want me to be doing the dissertation that I am doing. At the same time, I’ve been really invigorated and motivated through working with my fellow union members. I’m a member of our communications committee, which has obviously taken off a ton in the past few months with social media, internal communications and press, and figuring out how we as a union can sort of express our demands to a broader audience in America and around the globe. I’m also a member of our political education and solidarity committee, and that has been really moving, I mean really exciting to see how different members of our community and also the broader union work with other groups on campus through mutual aid efforts, through actions, through all sorts of activity to fight against this attack on higher ed. And lastly, I also joined our Palestine working group last year. Our union passed a BDS resolution, which then sort of necessitated the formation of our working group. And our working group has been working to think about what Palestine might look like in our upcoming bargaining. We are just entering bargaining and Conlin who’s here with us today can probably talk more about what that’s been looking like as they’re a member of our bargaining team.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    And it should also be remembered from listeners from our previous episode with members of Student workers of Columbia. Don’t forget that the university expelled and functionally fired Grant Minor, the former president of Student Workers of Columbia, right before bargaining sessions opened with the university.

    Conlan Olson:

    Yeah, that’s right. This is Conlin. Like Jesse said, I’m a member of the bargaining committee at Student Workers of Columbia. I’m also a PhD student in computer science. I study algorithmic fairness and data privacy, which are sort of terrifyingly relevant right now. And in addition to our current contract campaign, just on a day-to-day organizing level, and we’re all really trying hard to build the left and build the labor movement among tech workers and STEM workers, which is an uphill battle, but I think is really important work. And I think there is a lot of potential for solidarity and labor power in those areas, even if at Columbia right now they feel under organized.

    And in our contract campaign, we are currently, we have contract articles ready. We have a comprehensive health and safety article that includes protections for international students. We have articles about keeping federal law enforcement off our campus. And of course we have all the usual articles that you would see in a union contract. We have a non-discrimination and harassment article that provides real recourse in a way that we don’t have right now. And so we are ready to bargain and we have our unit standing behind us and the university really has refused to meet us in good faith. As Max said, they’ve fired our president and then we still brought our president because he’s still our president to bargaining. And the next time we went to schedule a bargaining session, they declared him persona non grata from campus. And so we said, well, we can’t meet you on campus because we need our president. Here’s a zoom link. And Columbia, of course refused to show up on Zoom. So we are frustrated. We are ready to bargain. We have the power, we have the contract articles and the universities refusing to meet us. So we are building a powerful campaign to ask them to meet us and to try to get them to the table and work on reaching a fair contract for all of our workers. Yeah, I think that’s most of my day-to-day these days is working on our contract campaign.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    I just want to say speaking only for myself and full disclosure, I am a former GEO member at the University of Michigan. I got my PhDs there as well, and I remember after already leaving the university to come work at the Chronicle of Higher Education, but I was still a BD, meaning I hadn’t fully finished my dissertation and defended it. Then COD hit in 2020 and our university was doing the same thing of amidst this chaotic nightmare that we were all living through. My professors and administrators were saying, Hey, finish that dissertation. And I think I rightly said, I rightly expressed what many of us were feeling, which was, Hey man, I’ve earned that goddamn thing at this point. Just give me the degree. I can’t imagine how y’all are still trying to write and defend your dissertations amidst these funding cuts amidst when the future of higher education itself is in doubt. So I would just say for myself and for no one else, just give PhD candidates their goddamn doctorates at this point, man, what are you doing? But anyway, ember Lavinia, I want to go to y’all and ask if you could help us break down the FBI and police raids out there in Ann Arbor Ypsilanti all around the University of Michigan. Can you tell us more about what happened, how the people who were detained are doing, how folks on campus are responding and just where the hell things stand now?

    Ember McCoy:

    And you did a really thorough job covering the timeline of what happened on Wednesday morning. So on Wednesday between six and 9:00 AM the FBI, along with Michigan State police and local police officers in the three different cities and University of Michigan police conducted a coordinated raid in unmarked vehicles at the home of homes of multiple University of Michigan pro-Palestine activists. And I think that’s very important to name because the attorney general who a democrat who signed these warrants that have no probable cause is saying that in their press release that the raids don’t have anything to do with University of Michigan campus activism, and they don’t have anything to do with the encampments, but the people whose home berated are prominent pro-Palestine activists at the University of Michigan. So trying to say those things aren’t connected is not at all, and there’s no charges, right? There’s no charges that has happened for these folks whose homes have been rated. And so it’s just a crazy situation to say the least. I would say people are doing as well as they can be. Some of their immediate thoughts were like, I need to figure out my finals and I no longer have my devices or access to my university meme Michigan accounts because of duo two factor authentication.

    Yeah. So I mean, I think the organizing of course is still continuing. Another big thing that’s happened. I guess to scale out a little bit, what happened Wednesday is just another thing that has happened in this year long campaign where the Attorney General of Michigan, Dana Nessel, is really targeting University of Michigan activists Ann Arbor activists for pro-Palestine free speech. So as you alluded to, there are 11 people facing felony charges from the Attorney general related to the encampment raid. There’s another four people facing charges as a result of a die-in that we did in the fall. And so that is also all still ongoing and very much a part of this. So there’s almost 40 different activists that they’re targeting across these different attacks. And we actually had Thursday, we had a court date coincidentally for the encampment 11, and it was the intention of it was to file a motion to ask the judge to recuse Dana Nessel, the Attorney General.

    She has already had to recuse herself from a different case due to perceived Islamic Islamic phobic bias. And she’s a prominent Zionist in the state. And so our argument is kind of like if she’s had to recuse herself from that case, she should also have to recuse herself from this case. They would fall under similar intent. However, when we were at that court case, one of the encampment 11 also was accused of violating his bond. So as a part of their bond, they’re not allowed to be on campus unless for class or for work, though most of them have been fired from their jobs at this point. And he was accused of being, he was surveilled on campus 20 minutes after his class ended and he was walking through and stopped allegedly to say hi to friends. So he was sent to jail for four days right then and there.

    The judge and the prosecutor originally said they were trying to put him in jail for 10 days, but they didn’t want him to miss his graduation and wax poetic about how they didn’t want his parents to have to miss his graduation. So instead, they sent him to jail for four days and he got out Sunday morning. And so yeah, it’s been a lot, right? There’s all these different things that are happening, but I think the organizing still continues. People are very mobilized. People are probably more agitated than they were before. And after this, a bunch of us are heading to a rally at Dana Nestle’s office in Lansing. So I would say that it definitely hasn’t curtailed the movement for a free Palestine and the movement for free speech broadly in the state of Michigan. That was long-winded, but lots going on.

    Lavinia:

    That was such a great summary, Amber. Great. Yeah. I also just want to add that there has been a lot of repression on campus that doesn’t rise to the level of criminal charges or legal actions. Instead, it’s stuff like, for instance, one of my friends was pulled into a disciplinary meeting because he sent a mass email about Palestine or there have been many instances of police deploying pepper spray on campus against protesters. So there’s also just kind of this general climate of fear, which is reinforced in many different contexts on campus, specifically surrounding Palestine.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Well, and Conlin. Jesse, I wanted to bring you in here because as we discussed in the recent episode with two other members of your union, Trump’s administration really set the template for this broader assault on higher ed by first going after Columbia. So what is your message to workers and students on other campuses like Michigan who are facing similar attacks? What can we learn from Columbia that may help people at other universities be better prepared for what’s coming?

    Jessie Rubin:

    Great question. First and foremost, I would say the biggest takeaway is that we help us. It’s us who take care of each other. We can’t expect the university or the administration to protect the most vulnerable among us to protect our international students, to protect our research. It’s us who has to create the infrastructure to keep us safe. For example, it was the union that provided the most robust know your rights trainings and detailed information to support international students on our campus. While the university has pretty much stayed silent and offered completely hollow support, I mean, we saw this with our fellow union member, Ron Boston, who had her visa revoked for totally no reason at all, and the university immediately dis-enrolled her from her program and from her housing. So it’s really clear that the university does not have our safety as a top priority. And if anything, I mean the university’s response to the Trump administration has made it clear that they’re not just capitulating, but they are active collaborators. And I would say that we can expect the same from other universities. And through their collaboration with the Trump administration, through their appeasement, we haven’t gotten anything. Columbia has gone above and beyond here, and even still our programs are getting hit with funding cuts and this continued federal overreach.

    Conlan Olson:

    And I think this lesson that appeasement gets us, nothing also has a parallel lesson for activists. So as a union, as activists, we can’t just sit this tight or wait this out, we can’t stay quiet in order to survive. And I really feel that if we start appeasing or hedging our bets, we’re going to lose our values and just get beat one step at a time. And this is why our union has really not backed down from fighting for Ranjani, why we’ve not backed down from fighting for a grant minor. And it’s why we’re fighting for such a strong contract with really unprecedented articles to protect non-citizens, to keep cops off our campus, to provide for parents to ensure financial transparency and justice in Columbia’s financial investments. And of course, to get paid a living wage. I think as a union, we could have backed down or softened our position, but I really think this would’ve meant losing before we even start.

    We are labor unionists. We are people fighting for justice. If we start backing off, we’re just going to get beat one step at a time. And I do think that our activism is starting to work. So yesterday, Columbia, for the first time named Mah Halil and most of madi for the first time in public communications, and they offered slightly more support for non-citizens. And so to be clear, it’s still absolutely ridiculous that they’re not doing more and really despicable that they’re only now naming those people by name. But we are starting to see the needle moved because of activist campaigns by our union, both to pressure the university and to just provide, as Jesse said, know your rights training and outreach to students on our campus.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    And Ember, Lavinia, I wanted to bring you all back in as well and ask if you had any kind of thoughts or messages to folks at Columbia or people on other campuses right now. I mean, of course this looks differently depending on what state people are in and what university they’re at. But I guess for folks out there who are listening to this and preparing for what may happen on their campuses, did you have any sort of messages you wanted to let folks know?

    Lavinia:

    Yeah, so I kind of want to echo Jesse’s point that really we keep us safe. Many of these university administrations I think historically are intransigent in their negotiations with students. So for instance, with go, we had a 2022 to 2023 bargaining cycle where the university didn’t really budget all. And I think that in some way sort of set the precedent for what’s happening now, but I think we know in general, sort of the incentive structures for these academic institutions are really not set up to support what protects grad workers or students or really people who are just in the community. So that’s why things like safety planning or for instance within NGEO, we have an immigration hotline, those sort of community infrastructures are so important. So I just really want to advocate for thinking about how you as a community can support each other, especially in the face of new or more exaggerated threats from the government and the university.

    Ember McCoy:

    And if I could just add quickly too, I think one, I want to name that part of the reason we were so prepared this week is because we are following the footsteps of Columbia and our Columbia comrades. We’ve been able to do similar safety planning and set up these hotlines because we witnessed first the horrors that happened to you all. And I think that’s really important to be able to directly connect with you all which we had been previously, and to help other people do the same. And as Livinia mentioned, the reason we knew the raids were happening at 6:00 AM on Wednesday is because one of the people called our hotline called our ice hotline and our ICE hotline as Jail support hotline and we’re able to get people out because that’s an infrastructure that they knew about to try to suddenly get people’s attention.

    And another one of the homes we knew they were being rated because we have a group in collaboration with community partners where there’s an ice watch group and people put in the group chat that there was FBI staging nearby, and then they watched people raid someone’s homes. And that brought out tons of people immediately to the scene. And so those infrastructures, many of them were actually for ice, and there was not ice in collaboration in the FBI raid. But I think it’s really important how those infrastructures which build off each other originally were able to protect us and us safe on Wednesday.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Gang, I wanted to sort of talk about the signs of life that we’re seeing. And y’all mentioned some on your campuses, like amidst all of this darkness and repression, and as I mentioned in the introduction, a lot of folks around the country, a lot of folks that I’ve talked to in higher ed have been really galvanized by seeing the news that Harvard of all places is fighting Donald Trump’s attacks. It may not be perfect, but it’s something right. And I wanted to ask if there are more efforts that you’re seeing on your campus or other campuses that are giving you hope right now?

    Conlan Olson:

    I just want to say, so I happen to be a Harvard alum also, and I don’t want to be too down here, but I think that the way that we should think about Harvard’s efforts are really what Max called them, which is just a sign of life. I don’t have that much faith in our institutions. I appreciate the Big 10 movement and that we need a diversity of tactics here. But we should also keep in mind that yesterday Harvard renamed its diversity office and cut all of its affinity graduation celebrations in response to pressure from the federal government. Harvard remains invested in Israeli genocide and continues to suppress student protest. They fired the leadership of the Center for Middle East Studies last month. And so while I appreciate this sort of sign of life, I really feel that our institutions are not going to save us.

    And so these days looking for inspiration, I’m far more inspired by activist movements by students, staff, professors, community members. So for example, yesterday just the same day that Harvard canceled these affinity graduation celebrations, students responded committing to holding their own, and we’re still seeing student protests, we’re seeing increasing faculty support for student protests, which is really important to me. We’re seeing mutual aid projects. We’re seeing legal movements to fight against visa ramifications. And so I think these places really from the ground up and from activism by the people at these universities are much more the things that are inspiring me these days.

    Jessie Rubin:

    I completely agree with Conland that it’s been so heartwarming to see the power of student movements, the power of working people movements on our campuses. It’s been heartwarming to see encampments starting to pop up again around the country even though the stakes are much higher than they’ve been than ever. Students are putting their bodies on the line, they’re risking expulsion, they’re risking arrest, they’re risking physical injury. And it’s really clear that no matter how hard our administrations try to stamp out dissent, including by expelling core organizers, that students keep coming out in and greater force and developing new tools to keep each other safe. And we see that this student pressure works. Just a few days ago, MIT was forced to cut ties with Elbit systems after a targeted campaign by a BDS group on campus. EL I is an Israeli arms company and has been a target in many BDS campaigns across the globe.

    Ember McCoy:

    Yeah, one thing I similarly, I similarly don’t want to be a downer, but one thing I think for us that’s been really present on my mind at least this week is the importance of also making connections between not just what the Trump administration is doing to facilitate the targeting of pro-Palestine activists, but what Democrat elected officials are doing in the state of Michigan to help support that. Dana Nessel, who is our attorney general is there’s all these articles and things and she’s coming out being like, oh, she’s a big anti-Trump democrat. She’s taking an aggressive approach to these ICE and these lawsuits. But at the same time, she sent Trump’s FBI to our houses on Wednesday, and she’s continuing to prosecute our free speech in a way that is really important to connect the criminalization of international students or international community members who are then that platform is then going to be able to be used, potentially could be used to by Trump’s administration.

    And so there’s all these really important connections that I think need to be made. And for me, obviously what the Trump administration is doing is horrible, but it’s also really, really important that to name that this did not start or end with the Trump administration and it’s being actively facilitated by democratic elected officials across the United States. But I think one thing that’s a bright spot is I do think that activists at the University of Michigan and in our community are doing a really good job of trying to name that and to have really concrete political education for our community members. And I’m really inspired by the ways in which our community showed up for us on Wednesday and the rest of the week and the ways in which people were able to galvanize around us and act quickly and kind of test our infrastructures as successful in that way.

    Lavinia:

    Yeah, I think the threats to academic freedom through things like grant withholding or threatening DEI offices or what have you, are I think waking up faculty in particular to sort the broader power structures which govern universities. And those power structures frequently don’t include faculty. So a lot of them are, I think being, I wouldn’t say radicalized, but awakened to the kind of undemocratic nature of these institutions and specifically how they can threaten their students. I mean, I know especially as PhD students, we do tend to work closely with a lot of faculty. And I think there is sort of an inspiring change happening there as well.

    Ember McCoy:

    One additional thing about Harvard is I would say I agree with everything Conlin said, and the University of Michigan has the largest public endowment in the country. We now have a 20 billion endowment. It’s $3 billion more than it was in 2023 when we were doing our strike. And part of I think why Harvard is able to make the statement so that they can around resisting Trump’s funding is because they have the resources to do so, and a lot of institutions do not. University of Michigan is one that absolutely does. And so I do think it helps us try to leverage that argument that what is the 20 billion endowment for if it’s not for right now, why are we just immediately bending the knee to the Trump administration, especially on a campus that is known to have a long legacy of anti-war divestment and all of these other really important things.

    And two weeks ago, I think it was time is nothing right now, but we got an email from President Ono saying that the NIH is requiring that institutions who get grants from the NIH certify that they don’t have diversity, equity and inclusion programs. And this was a new thing, do not have BDS campaigns, that they’re not divesting from Israel, which is not only obviously one of the main demands of the TER Coalition, but has also been a demand that students on campus that geo has taken stand for decades for over 20 years at the University of Michigan. And so seeing that all being facilitated is really, really scary, and I think it’s really frustrating that the University of Michigan administration is doing what they’re doing. So I think for me, there’s just a little teeny glimmer of hope to be able to use that as leverage more than anything.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Well, and as we’ve mentioned on this call and in previous episodes, I mean the Trump administration is using multiple things to justify these attacks, including the notion that universities are just overrun with woke ideology embodied in diversity, equity and inclusion programs, trans student athletes participating in sports. But really the tip of this authoritarian spear has been the charge that this administration is protecting campuses from a scourge of antisemitism that is rampant across institutions of higher education around the country. And of course, like plenty of university administrations have gone along with that framing and have even adopted policies that accept the premise that criticism of the state of Israel and the political ideology of Zionism is tantamount to anti-Semitism, including Harvard. And so I wanted to just ask y’all, if you had a chance to talk to people out there who are buying this, what is the reality on campuses? Are they overrun with antisemitism and wokeness the way people are being told? What do you want people to know about the reality on campus versus what they’re hearing from the White House and on Fox News and stuff?

    Jessie Rubin:

    Yeah, I mean, I can start by answering as an anti-Zionist Jew, I would say that the schools are of course not overrun by antisemitism, but instead we’re seeing growing mass movements that are anti genocide movements, that are Palestine liberation movements, and that is by no means antisemitic. And on top of that, these new definitions of antisemitism that are getting adopted on campuses actually make me feel less safe. They completely invalidate my identity as an anti-Zionist Jew and say that my religion or my culture is somehow at odds with my politics.

    Ember McCoy:

    I mean, I would just echo what Jesse said. I think that’s something we’re definitely being accused of, right at the University of Michigan, like you said, the elected officials are Zionists, right? And so they’re weaponizing this argument of antisemitism on campus and while also persecuting and charging anti-Zionist Jews with felony charges for speaking out for pro-Palestine. I think for those listening really all, it seems so simple, but I feel like it’s just you have to really listen to the people who are part of these movements and look as who’s a part of it. Because I think, as Jesse said, it’s really an intergenerational interfaith group that have shared politics. And it’s really important to understand that distinction between antisemitism and anti-Zionism that is being inflated in really, really terrifying ways.

    Conlan Olson:

    And I would just say the encampments, especially last spring and now again this spring and student movements really community spaces and spaces where people are taking care of each other, and that is what it feels like being in campus activism these days. I feel cared for by my comrades and the people I organize with. And I think that when we say solidarity, it’s not just a political statement, it’s also something that we really feel. And so yeah, I would invite people worried about antisemitism or other divisive ideologies on college campuses to just listen to the students who feel cared for and who are doing the work to care for each other.

    Lavinia:

    Yeah, I think one thing that was really wonderful, at least about the encampment at U of M is that there were lots of people who I think did have this misconception that there was some relationship between anti-Zionism and antisemitism, and then upon visiting the encampment and seeing the kind of solidarity that was being displayed there, they sort of potentially were a bit disabused of that notion. Unfortunately, I think that’s part of why the encampments in particular were so threatening to university administrations and Zionist officials, et cetera.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Now, Lavinia, Ember, Jesse Conlin, there’s so much more that we could talk about here. But with the final minutes that I have, I wanted to focus in on the fact that y’all are unions and union members, and this is a show about and for workers. And I wanted to round things off by sort of talking about what role unions and collective labor power have to play in this terrifying moment. How can graduate student unions like yours and other unions like faculty unions and unions representing staff workers on campuses, what can labor organizations do to work together to fight this?

    Jessie Rubin:

    Sure. Thank you for your question. The first thing that I want to say is as workers, the most powerful tool that we have is our labor, and we have the power to withhold labor. We have to remember that we’re not just bystanders who the Trump administration can cross with no consequences. Graduate students, we produce their research that saves lives in human health. We write books that shape American life and we invent the things that America is so proud of. We also teach undergraduates, the university would just simply not run without its graduate students. So a strike poses a threat that simply cannot be ignored.

    Conlan Olson:

    And in addition to our work in higher education, the whole point is that we believe in solidarity, and that includes solidarity across sectors and across borders. And of course, mobilizing in this way is a huge task, but we’re seeing really inspiring work. For example, UIW Labor for Palestine is a coalition of workers in manufacturing to legal services to higher education, all fighting together against investment in Israeli genocide. And so I think that cross sectoral organizing both between grad students and other unions on campuses, but even unions, not on campuses at all, is really important. And I think working to connect people is a huge part of the work that needs to be done now.

    Ember McCoy:

    So I think we already little mentioned a little bit at the University of Michigan, what we built during our strike and the organizing model and the networks and community that we built at that time has directly supported our pro-Palestine activism and our ICE organizing and the combination of the two through things like safety planning department meetings, and then literally being the institutions that have resources to do things like set up a hotline or to have bodies that are mobilized and already connected to each other. And so a lot of it is, I don’t feel that we’re even reinventing the real wheel right now, right? It’s like unions are this space where this collective organizing and this solidarity and financial and physical and legal resources already exist. And so we should absolutely be leveraging those to protect ourselves and our comrades. And at the University of Michigan, I know this is not the case everywhere, including Columbia, but until two weeks ago anyways, there hadn’t been a unionized staff member who was fired. So while undergrad research assistants were getting hiring bands and being fired from their jobs, they’re not unionized, grad workers were not being fired. And I think a lot of that is in part because we have an incredibly strong contract. And it would’ve been really hard to fire someone who was a graduate teaching instructor last two weeks ago. There was a full-time staff member who was fired for something or for allegedly participating in a protest that happened before she was even hired or applied to the job.

    She is a part of our new United Staff University staff United Union. Is that right? Vidia? Did I? Yeah, I think it’s university. Okay. Yeah. So she’s a part of our university staff, United Union. They don’t have a contract yet though. So she is in a position where she has people that can start to try to fight for her, but then they don’t have a contract. And so I think also for workers who are not yet unionized, this is a really critical time to be able to use that type of institution to protect workers because we are seeing it work in many places.

    Conlan Olson:

    And just to build on that, I think one troubling pattern that we’ve seen recently is people who are nervous to sign a union card because they’re worried about retaliation for being involved with labor organizing. And just to start, I think that fear is totally understandable, and I don’t think it’s silly or invalid, but I also think that we need to remember that people are far safer in a union than they are without a union. And so in addition to our power to withhold labor, we’re also just a group of people who keep each other safe. So we have mutual aid collectives, we run campaigns to defend each other, like the one that we’re running for Rani. And so lying low is just not going to work, especially in this political moment. And so yeah, I really want people to remember that unions keep you safe.

    Lavinia:

    I think empirically there has been sort of a duality in the organizing conversations that we’re having for GEO as well where people both see how dangerous the situation is right now and want to be involved, but at the same time, especially if they’re not a citizen, they don’t necessarily feel comfortable exposing themselves, I guess. So I think one thing that’s just important in general for unions right now is providing avenues for people who are in that situation to get involved and contribute, even if that’s not necessarily going to the media or speaking out in a very public way.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    With the last couple minutes that we have here, I wanted to end on that note and just acknowledge the reality that this podcast is going to be listened to by students, grad students, faculty, non university affiliated folks who are terrified right now, people who are self-censoring, people who are going back in their Facebook feeds and Instagram feeds and deleting past posts because they’re terrified of the government surveilling them and scrubbing them. And people are worried about getting abducted on the street by agents of the state losing their jobs, their livelihoods, their research. This is a very terrifying moment, and the more filled with terror we are, the more immobilized we are and the easier we are to control. So I wanted to ask y’all if you just had any final messages to folks out there on your campus or beyond your campus who are feeling this way, what would you say to them about ways they could get involved in this effort to fight back or any sort of parting messages that you wanted to leave listeners with before we break?

    Lavinia:

    I think doubt is a wonderful time to plug in. So for people who maybe previously hadn’t been thinking about unions especially as sort of an important part of their lives or thought, oh, the union on my campus is just doing whatever it needs to do, but I don’t necessarily need to have any personal involvement in their activities, I think right now is when we need all hands on deck given the level of political repression that’s happening. And also just to maybe bring in that old Martin Eller quote about first they came for the communist and I did not speak up because I was not a communist, et cetera. I think it’s also just really important to emphasize that I don’t think any of this is going to stop here. And even within the context of pro-Palestine organizing at the university, it is basically escalated in terms of the severity of the legal charges that are being brought. Obviously bringing in the FB is kind of really crazy, et cetera. So I don’t think that this is going to stop here or there’s any reason to assume that if you are not taking action right now, that means that you’re going to be safe ultimately. Yeah,

    Ember McCoy:

    And I think I would add, like many of us had said in the call, I think it’s very clear that we keep each other safe. The institutions that we’ve built, the organizing communities that we’ve built are very much actively keeping each other safe. And I think we’re seeing that in many different ways. And it’s important to acknowledge that and see that we’re much stronger fighting together as a part of these networks than that we are alone.

    Conlan Olson:

    I think as a closing thought, I also just want to say I think it’s really essential that we expand our view beyond just higher education. And so let me say why I think that’s true. So people know about Mahmud and Mosen and Ru Mesa, but I also want people to know about Alfredo Juarez, also known as Lelo, who’s a worker and labor organizer with the Independent Farm Workers Union in Washington state. And Lelo was kidnapped by ice from his car on his way to work in the tulip fields about a month ago. He’s an incredibly powerful labor organizer. He’s known especially for his ability to organize his fellow indigenous mixed deco speaking workers, and he was targeted by the state for this organizing. I think it’s important to keep this in mind and to learn from campaigns that are going on elsewhere and also to contribute to them.

    And also I want people to remember that it’s not all dark. And so one story that was really inspiring to me recently was that in early April, a mother and her three young children living in a small town on the shore of Lake Ontario and upstate New York were taken by ice. And in response, the town, which keep in mind is a predominantly Republican voting town, turned out a thousand out of 1300 people in the town to a rally, and the family’s free now. And so we’re all labor organizers. Turning out a thousand out of 1300 people is some seriously impressive organizing. And I think learning from these lessons and keeping these victories in mind is really important. Not only as just an intellectual exercise, but also solidarity is something that we do every day. So it’s for example, why we fight for divestment from genocide. It’s why we do mutual aid. It’s why we engage with the neighborhoods that our universities are in. It’s why we don’t just defend our comrades who are highly educated, who have high earning potential, but we also defend our comrades who are taken, whose names we don’t even know yet. And so I just think expanding our view beyond just higher education is both a source of wisdom and something that we can learn from and also a source of hope for me

    Jessie Rubin:

    Really beautifully said Conlin. And I just want to add that expanding our view beyond higher education also includes the communities that our campuses reside on. I mean, I’m coming from a Columbia perspective where my university is consistently displacing people in Harlem who have been there for decades in this project of expanding Columbia’s campus continues to this day, and it’s something that we must fight back against. It’s really important that we protect our neighbors, not just on campus but also off campus. It’s important that we get to know our neighbors, that we are truly fully members of our greater community.

    Ember McCoy:

    If folks listening are interested in supporting us here at the University of Michigan, and I hope our Columbia colleagues can do the same, we have a legal slash mutual aid fund for our comrades who are facing charges and who are rated by the FBI. It is Bitly, BIT ly slash legal fund, and that is all lowercase, which matters. And we’re also happy to take solidarity statements and Columbia SWC did a great one for us and we’re happy to do the same. Thank you.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    All right, gang, that’s going to wrap things up for us this week. Once again, I want to thank our guests, Ember McCoy and Lavinia from the University of Michigan Graduate Employees Organization and Jessie Rubin and Conlan Olson from Student Workers of Columbia University. And I want to thank you all for listening, and I want to thank you for caring. We’ll see you all back here next week for another episode of Working People. And if you can’t wait that long, then go explore all the great work we’re doing at the Real News Network where we do grassroots journalism that lifts up the voices and stories from the front lines of struggle. Sign up for the Real News Newsletter so you never miss a story and help us do more work like this by going to the real news.com/donate and becoming a supporter today. I promise you it really makes a difference. I’m Maximillian Alvarez. Take care of yourselves. Take care of each other. Solidarity forever.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Maximillian Alvarez.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/30/the-raids-happened-wednesday-finals-started-thursday-fbi-agents-raid-homes-of-pro-palestine-students-at-university-of-michigan/feed/ 0 530383
    Greenpeace slams deep sea mining bid as ‘rogue’ disregard for global law https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/29/greenpeace-slams-deep-sea-mining-bid-as-rogue-disregard-for-global-law/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/29/greenpeace-slams-deep-sea-mining-bid-as-rogue-disregard-for-global-law/#respond Tue, 29 Apr 2025 23:03:44 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=113818 By Reza Azam

    Greenpeace has condemned an announcement by The Metals Company to submit the first application to commercially mine the seabed.

    “The first application to commercially mine the seabed will be remembered as an act of total disregard for international law and scientific consensus,” said Greenpeace International senior campaigner Louisa Casson.

    “This unilateral US effort to carve up the Pacific Ocean already faces fierce international opposition. Governments around the world must now step up to defend international rules and cooperation against rogue deep sea mining.

    “Leaders will be meeting at the UN Oceans Conference in Nice in June where they must speak with one voice in support of a moratorium on this reckless industry.”

    Greenpeace Aotearoa spokesperson Juressa Lee said: “The disastrous effects of deep sea mining recognise no international borders in the ocean.

    “This will be another case of short-term profits for a very few, from the Global North, with the Pacific bearing the destructive impacts for generations to come.”

    The Metals Company announcement follows President Donald Trump’s Executive Order fast-tracking deep sea mining in US and international waters, which Greenpeace says threatens Pacific sovereignty.

    Bypassed ISA rules
    Trump’s action bypasses the International Seabed Authority (ISA), the regulatory body which protects the deep sea and decides whether deep sea mining can take place in international waters.

    “The Metals Company and Donald Trump are wilfully ignoring the rules-based international order and the science that deep sea mining will wreak havoc on the oceans,”said Lee.

    “Pacific Peoples have deep cultural ties to the ocean, and we regard ‘home’ as more ocean than land. Our ancestors were wayfarers and ocean custodians who have traversed the Pacific and protected our livelihoods for future generations.

    “This is the Indigenous knowledge we should be led by, to safeguard our planet and our environment. Deep sea mining is not the answer to the green transition away from carbon-based fossil fuels — it’s another false solution.”

    President Trump’s order follows negotiations in March at the ISA, at which governments refused to give wannabe miners The Metals Company a clear pathway to an approved mining application via the ISA.

    Thirty two countries around the world publicly support a moratorium on deep sea mining.

    Millions of people have spoken out against this dangerous emerging industry.

    Republished from Greenpeace Aotearoa News.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/29/greenpeace-slams-deep-sea-mining-bid-as-rogue-disregard-for-global-law/feed/ 0 530232
    ‘Trump is trying to break us,’ Carney warns as Liberals win Canadian election https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/29/trump-is-trying-to-break-us-carney-warns-as-liberals-win-canadian-election/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/29/trump-is-trying-to-break-us-carney-warns-as-liberals-win-canadian-election/#respond Tue, 29 Apr 2025 16:10:48 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333814 Canada's Prime Minister Mark Carney speaks at a news conference about the US tariffs on Parliament Hill in Ottawa on April 3, 2025. Photo by DAVE CHAN/AFP via Getty Images"As I have been warning for months, America wants our land, our resources, our water, our country," said Canadian Prime Minister Mark Carney. "That will never, ever happen."]]> Canada's Prime Minister Mark Carney speaks at a news conference about the US tariffs on Parliament Hill in Ottawa on April 3, 2025. Photo by DAVE CHAN/AFP via Getty Images
    Common Dreams Logo

    This story originally appeared in Common Dreams on Apr. 29, 2024. It is shared here with permission under a Creative Commons (CC BY-NC-ND 3.0) license.

    Canadian Prime Minister Mark Carney declared that his country’s “old relationship with the United States… is over” after leading his Liberal Party to victory in Monday’s federal election, a contest that came amid U.S. President Donald Trump’s destructive trade war and threats to forcibly annex Canada.

    “As I have been warning for months, America wants our land, our resources, our water, our country. But these are not idle threats,” Carney, a former central banker who succeeded Justin Trudeau as Canada’s prime minister last month, said after he was projected the winner of Monday’s election.

    On the day of the contest, Trump reiterated his desire to make Canada “the cherished 51st. State of the United States of America.”

    “President Trump is trying to break us so that America can own us,” Carney said Monday. “That will never, ever happen.”

    It’s not yet clear whether the Liberal Party will secure enough seats for a parliamentary majority, but its victory Monday was seen as a stunning comeback after the party appeared to be spiraling toward defeat under Trudeau’s leadership.

    Pierre Poilievre, the head of Canada’s Conservative Party, looked for much of the past year to be “cruising to one of the largest majority governments in Canada’s history,” The Washington Post noted.

    But on Monday, Poilievre—who was embraced by Trump allies, including mega-billionaire Elon Musk—lost his parliamentary seat to his Liberal opponent, Bruce Fanjoy.

    Vox‘s Zack Beauchamp wrote Tuesday that “Trump has single-handedly created the greatest surge of nationalist anti-Americanism in Canada’s history as an independent country,” pointing to a recent survey showing that “61% of Canadians are currently boycotting American-made goods.”

    “Trump’s aggressive economic policy isn’t, as he claimed, making America Great or respected again. Instead, it’s having the opposite effect: turning longtime allies into places where campaigning against American leadership is a winning strategy,” Beauchamp added. “If we are indeed witnessing the beginning of the end of the American-led world order, the history books will likely record April 28, 2025, as a notable date—one where even America’s closest ally started eying the geopolitical exits.”


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/29/trump-is-trying-to-break-us-carney-warns-as-liberals-win-canadian-election/feed/ 0 530149
    ‘Worse’ than McCarthyism: Trump’s war on higher education, free speech, and political dissent https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/worse-than-mccarthyism-trumps-war-on-higher-education-free-speech-and-political-dissent/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/worse-than-mccarthyism-trumps-war-on-higher-education-free-speech-and-political-dissent/#respond Mon, 28 Apr 2025 20:02:43 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333790 People rally and march in support of universities and education on April 17, 2025 in New York City. Photo by Spencer Platt/Getty ImagesWe asked three leading scholars of McCarthyism and political repression in the US how Donald Trump’s war on higher education, free speech, and political dissent compares to the 1950s anti-Communist Red Scare. “It’s worse” and “much broader,” they say.]]> People rally and march in support of universities and education on April 17, 2025 in New York City. Photo by Spencer Platt/Getty Images

    A dystopian reality has gripped America’s colleges and universities: ICE agents are snatching and disappearing international students in broad daylight; student visas are being revoked en masse overnight; funding cuts and freezes are upending countless careers and our entire public research infrastructure; students are being expelled and faculty fired for speaking out against Israel’s US-backed genocidal war on Gaza and ethnic cleansing of Palestinians. An all-out assault on higher ed and the people who live, learn, and work there is being led by the federal government and aided by law enforcement, internet vigilantes, and even university administrators. Today’s climate of repression recalls that of McCarthyism and the height of the anti-communist Red Scare in the 1950s, but leading scholars of McCarthyism and political repression say that the attacks on higher education, free speech, and political repression we’re seeing today are “worse” and “much broader.”

    In this installment of The Real News Network podcast, TRNN Editor-in-Chief Maximillian Alvarez speaks with a panel of scholars about the Trump administration’s authoritarian war on higher education in America, the historical roots of the attacks we’re seeing play out today, and what lessons we can draw from history about how to fight them. Panelists include:

    Studio Production: David Hebden
    Audio Post-Production: Jules Taylor


    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Welcome everyone to the Real News Network podcast. My name is Maximillian Alvarez. I’m the editor in chief here at The Real News and it’s so great to have you all with us. Higher education looks very different today than it did when I was a graduate student at the University of Michigan and then an editor at the Chronicle of Higher Education during the first Trump administration just a few short years ago. As you have heard from the harrowing interviews that we’ve published at the Real News interviews with faculty members, graduate students and union representatives, a dystopian reality has gripped America’s colleges and universities under the second Trump administration fear of ice agents snatching and disappearing international students in broad daylight student visas revoked on mass overnight funding cuts that have upended countless careers and our entire public research infrastructure, self-censorship online and in the classroom, students expelled and faculty fired for speaking out against Israel’s US backed genocidal war on Gaza and ethnic cleansing of Palestinians, an all out assault on higher ed and the people who live, learn, and work there is being led by the federal government and aided by police, internet vigilantes and even university administrators.

    Now, when you go digging into the darker parts of American history to find comparisons to the bleak situation we find ourselves in now, one of the obvious periods that stands out is that of McCarthyism and the height of the anti-communist red scare in the 1950s. In her canonical book, no Ivory Tower McCarthyism and the universities historian Ellen Schreker writes the following, the academy’s enforcement of McCarthyism had silenced an entire generation of radical intellectuals and snuffed out all meaningful opposition to the official version of the Cold War. When by the late fifties the hearings and dismissals tapered off. It was not because they encountered resistance, but because they were no longer necessary, all was quiet on the academic front. In another era, perhaps Schreker also writes, the academy might not have cooperated so readily, but the 1950s was the period when the nation’s, colleges and universities were becoming increasingly dependent upon and responsive toward the federal government, the academic communities collaboration with McCarthyism was part of that process.

    My friends, we now find ourselves in another era and we are going to find out if colleges and universities will take the path they didn’t travel in the 1950s or if we’re going to continue down the horrifying path that we are currently on. Today we’re going to talk about the Trump administration’s authoritarian war on an effort to remake higher education in America, the historical roots of the attacks that we’re seeing play out today and what lessons we can draw from history about how to fight it to help us navigate this hairy terrain. I am truly honored to be joined by three esteemed guests. First, we are joined by Ellen Schreker herself. Professor Schreker is a historian and author who has written extensively about McCarthyism and American Higher Education, and she’s a member of the American Association of University Professors National Committee on Academic Freedom and Tenure.

    She’s the author of numerous irreplaceable books including her most recent work, which she co-edited called The Right to Learn, resisting the Right Wing Attack on Academic Freedom and other Titles Like The Lost Promise American Universities in the 1960s, no Ivory Tower McCarthyism and the Universities, and many are the Crimes McCarthyism in America. We are also joined by Professor David Plumal Liu Louise Hewlett Nixon professor in comparative literature at Stanford University. David is the author of several books including his most recent one, speaking out of Place, getting Our Political Voices Back. He is also the host of the podcast speaking out of place which everyone should listen to. And lastly, we are joined by Professor Alan Walt. Alan is an editor of Against the Current and Science and Society. He’s the h Chandler Davis Collegiate Professor Emeritus of English Literature and American Culture at the University of Michigan.

    Wald is the author of a vital trilogy of books from the University of North Carolina press about writers and communism in the United States, and he serves as a member of the Academic Council of Jewish Voice for Peace and full disclosure here, I myself am a former student of Allen’s, but he really kicked my butt in grad school, so trust me when I say I don’t think you guys have to worry about any special treatment here. David Ellen Allen, thank you all so much for joining us today on The Real News Network. I truly appreciate it and I wanted to just kind of dive right in and ask if we could go around the table and start where we are here and now from your vantage points, how would you describe and assess what’s happening to higher education in America right now? Would you describe this as fascism, McCarthyism, an authoritarian takeover or something else? And does it even matter what we call it at this point?

    Ellen Schrecker:

    We can call it all of the above and then some or as my favorite sign at the first really big demonstration I was at I guess about two weeks ago, make dystopia fiction again. That’s where we are, and I used to get all sort of into, was it McCarthyism? Of course, it’s not just one man, it’s not even just Trump, although he seems to have a sort of lock on authoritarianism of a certain what shall we say, manic type. But it’s the difference between what I’ve been studying for the past 40 years, I guess if not longer, is that now everything is at play during the McCarthy period, and I do use the term McCarthyism just because it’s sort of specifically located in the anti-communist red scare of the Early Cold War. We could call it the home front of the Cold War if you wanted, just focused on individual communists, their past, their refusal to collaborate with that iteration of political oppression. And today it’s much broader. What the Trump administration is doing is focusing completely on everything that has to do with higher education as well as pretty much everything that has to do with everything else. I mean, this administration is worse than anything I’ve ever seen as a historian or studied. The closest that it comes to really is the rollback of the Civil War, the rollback against reconstruction when people were being shot by the dozens, and we haven’t gotten that blood thirsty, but I’m scared to death.

    Alan Wald:

    There are two points that I want to make. First of all, as Ellen very effectively pointed out, we’re now in this kind of broad spectrum crisis every single day, everything’s happening all at once. It’s hard to get a fix on what the most important thing to me from my perspective and my experience, you can’t lose sight of what precipitated the current situation. Would it begin, and I referred to it as the antisemitism scare. It’s an obvious comparison to the red skin, but there’s a pretext for what’s going on today, and that started several a while back like October, 2023. That’s when the real assault on student rights and academic freedom began and was started under the Biden Harris administration that is Democrats as well as Republicans. They targeted pro-Palestinian speech in action with this exaggerated claim. They were claiming that there was an epidemic of antisemitism rampant on the campuses.

    You hear those two terms over and over epidemic rampant, and they said it was an epidemic that was endangering the safety of Jewish students. Of course, Jewish students were in the vanguard. Now we’re not talking about a small number of real anti-Semitic acts. Those could have occurred if there were real anti-Semitic acts I’m against. I want to oppose ’em if we can accurately identify them. But what was happening was this kind of bonkers exaggeration, a conflation of militant anti-Israel and anti-Zionist critique, which it can be vulgar or sometimes simplistic and sometimes not very helpful, but it’s not antisemitism. And it became a kind of smokescreen anti antisemitism now that Trump administration is using to attack all these other things because it worked. I mean, for a while they were trying to use critical race theory and so on, but this antisemitism and for various reasons we can discuss that was a better smear.

    Now the other question you raised that I’ll try to tackle briefly is just this, is it fascism? I’ve been in study groups where we go back and forth about this. Are we talking about fascism as a rigorous theoretical economic concept or is this fascism thing and a rhetorical advice because we want to sound the alarm or is it just an epithet? Everybody’s a fascist. Reagan was a fascist, Johnson was a Goldwater, everybody. And what does it mean if you call somebody a fascist? What does that imply in terms of your action? Joe Biden did not do any great favors when he called Trump a fascist. Then he smiles and hands the guy, the keys to the White House. Is that what you do when there’s real fascism? Some people would say that that kind of obscures the situation. So we have to be careful about these terms.

    I don’t think rhetorical overkill will help things. But on the other hand, there is the resemblance to classical fascism and what’s going on in terms of a mass movement right wing, the usurp of political powers and so on. At the same time as I understand that there is a fascist aspect, this, and maybe it’s a kind of new fascism post fascism on the edge of fascism, probably it’s more like or band’s dictatorship over Hungary where he used economic coercion to undermine the universities, undermine the press, undermine everything. But one thing about this fascism cry, if we go back to McCarthyism, and Ellen knows this better than I do, they left and especially the communist movement said that was fascism. They said it was one minute to midnight and the communists, they did what you do when you think it’s fascism. They sent a layer of people underground.

    They sent a whole leadership underground because that’s what you do when you’re facing fascism. And it looked bad. 1954, they had executed the Rosenbergs, they had the leadership of the party and a lot of the secondary leadership were in prison. Lots of people were being fired, terrible things were going on. And yet in 1955 in December, in the deep South, which is where things were much worse, the Montgomery bus boycott occurred under fascism supposedly September 19, I mean December, 1955. And in September 57, the Little Rock nine stood up and went to a school and faced down a mob and so on. And in 1960, the sit-in movement began. This is just shortly after we supposedly had fascism, and then of course 1961 of Freedom Rides 1964, the Berkeley free spoof free speech. We know this because some of us, we lived through all that. So if that had really been fascism as people were saying, then why did it disappear in this matter? And it was just a small number of people at first who fought against it. So we have to be careful about using that term fascism. I think it’s good to look at the comparison and gird ourselves, but we shouldn’t get too hysterical and think all us lost start leaving the country like certain professors at Yale have done. We have to gird ourselves through a tough fight. And there are a lot of ways we could wage this fight, which I’m sure we’ll get into in a future discussion.

    David Palumbo-Liu:

    Yeah, I mean, I would just say in terms of fascism, we think we can all agree to bracket it and refer to it because there are certainly fascistic elements in it. And the classic definition, or one classic definition, I suppose there are lots, a fascism is the collusion of the business in political classes. And you can see that precisely in Steve Bannon and Elon Musk, the intense privatization of everything in education, not just education, but any kind of public good. That’s the primary aim that Musk is driving for. And for Bannon, its immigrants. I mean, it’s a very racialized attack, feeding off America’s pretty natural racism and the attacks on brown and black people. And I’m thinking, I’m here for the list of, I’m here as a substitute, a last minute substitute for Cherise Bird and Stelli, and I urge everybody to read her book Black Scare Red Scare because she puts these two facets together historically beautifully.

    But I think that’s this powerful conversions of these two things. And when it comes to universities, the fact that they’re attacking the funding, which is public funding, is emblematic of what we’re up against. And so that’s where I think I would like to respond to the fashion what we’re up against. It is massive. The other thing I would add simply because I’m here in Silicon Valley is techno fascism. We are dealing with an entirely different mediascape. So thank God for the Real News Network. It is all US alternative media. It is an incredibly important instrument in the fight against the mainstream media and Trump’s absolute mastery of playing that. So I think we have to understand the technological changes that have occurred to make the battle both more challenging, but also offer us different kinds of instruments.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    I mean, there’s so much to think about in just these opening responses from you all, and I want to dig deeper into the historical roots of this moment. But before I do, I just wanted to go back around the table really quick and ask if you guys could just tell us a little bit about what this looks like from your vantage point. What are you and your colleagues, your students, your former students feeling right now? I mean, David, we had you on during the student encampment movement last year, Alan, I was organizing in Ann Arbor during the last Trump administration. Things have, the vibe has shifted as my generation says. So can you tell us a little bit of just what this all looks like from your sides of the academy right now?

    Ellen Schrecker:

    I’ve been retired now for, I think it’s 12 years. And so my normal was a campus that is very different from all other campuses in the United States. It’s an orthodox Jewish institution whose sort of cultural, what shall we say, politics is that of the Zionist, right? So I could not do any organizing on my campus, not because I was afraid of being fired or anything like that, but I just never would’ve had any students in my classes. So that was that. But what I’m seeing now is absolutely amazing. It’s the scariest thing I’ve ever seen. I mean, they are really out for blood, but on the same time, the pushback is amazing. During McCarthyism, there was no student activity whatsoever, or if there was, it was secret. And I think there was some, and it was secret. And then all of a sudden the civil rights movement sort of burst into full flower.

    And there was a realization, I mean I do agree with Alan on this, that the civil rights movement ended McCarthyism, no question about it. All of a sudden the political establishment had to deal with real problems, not fake communist subversion. So hopefully the moment will shift and people will begin to think about civil liberties and constitutional freedom and free speech just like the good old days of the 1950s. But it’s still very, very scary and it shows you that we are living and have been living longer than we knew with a very powerful state. And I think I’ll leave it there

    Alan Wald:

    In regard to anti-Zionist activity, it’s kind of an amazing development. I came to University of Michigan in 1975. I was involved then in the Palestine Human Rights Committee, all three of us. And it was a terrible struggle. We couldn’t even get Noam Chomsky permission to speak on the campus when sponsored by departments. We had to use other means and so on. So to see a massive, relatively large anti-Zionist movement is inspiring and it is fed by a new generation of Jews that is unlike my generation. There was a generation of young people who were thoroughly indoctrinated in Zionism after the 67 war throughout the late last century whose eyes were opened mostly by operation cast led and the events in Gaza in the early 20th century. And now they’re angry that they were lied to and they’re kind of the backbone. I mean, of course there are Palestinians and other students involved, but an important element are Jewish students who realized that they were deceived about what’s going on in the Middle East.

    So that’s good. There’s also a big upsurge of faculty activism in areas not seen before. As Ellen has documented, the a UP was not very nice during the 1950s. It kind of disappeared. A UP is terrific today. I mean, I dunno might have something to do with the departure of Kerry Nelson, but the new president is wonderful and the chapter here is vital and vibrant. And also the faculty senate at University of Michigan, which was pretty dormant during my time of activist politics, is now playing a terrific role, has a terrific leadership, but it’s not much around Palestine, I have to say. That’s why I’m worried about that issue getting pushed aside. They’re very upset about what happened with DEI, diversity and equity and inclusion here at University of Michigan because just overnight without any real threat from the government, they just dropped it and pretty much forced out the director who’s now moving on to another position.

    And so people are upset about that issue and the procedure used and they’re upset about the other threats, although we haven’t actually had the removal of faculty from programs like they did at Harvard’s one. But the Palestine issue is not that central. And some of the things related to it, like the new excessive surveillance, which I guess Maximilian didn’t experience, but there are cameras everywhere now on campus. I mean, you can’t do a thing without being photographed. People are upset about that. Those kinds of issues are mobilizing people, but I am worried about somebody being put under the bus and a compromise being made around Palestine rights and Palestine speech.

    David Palumbo-Liu:

    I’m going to take the liberty of answering the question in rather a fuller form because I might have to leave. So I want to get some of these points and sort of picks up on what Alan said. But to answer your question directly, max, how is it like at Stanford? Well, the Harvard statement gave everybody a shot of courage and it was great. I fully support it. However, I find it very deficient in all sorts of ways, even while admiring it. I’ll tell you a short anecdote to illustrate what I’m talking about. We had a focus group in the faculty senate and I was sitting next to this person from the med school and she said, well, yes, it’s horrible. Everybody’s talking about their grants being taken away. That’s the real surgeons of a lot of faculty activities. My grants have been taken away, so she said five of my grants were taken away, but two got replaced after I went through this application process.

    So maybe that’s the new norm. And I said, well, only in baseball is batting 400 a good thing. And she said, well, I’m in ear, nose, throat, whatever. Thank God I’m not in gynecology or obstetrics. Then I’d really be in my grants. And I said, well, I teach race and ethnicity. What are you going to say about me not even be able to give a class much less? So I said to her, think of this as structural, not particular. It’s a structural attempt to take over, not just the university, but everything public. And that’s something I think we really need to drive home to folks, is that unless we see all these struggles interconnected, and that’s one of the big problems with the university is it’s not that we’re woke, it’s that we’re removed. We are not connected to human beings anymore. We’re connected to our, too much of us and our ones are connected to research.

    And Ellen mentioned Jennifer Ruth, who’s a strong ally of mine. The day of action was amazing. This was a national day of action that was put on by the Coalition for Action in Higher Education. And it combined not only labor unions, but K through 12. And it had a vision of what we could do that far exceeded the, I will say it, selfishness of some of our elite colleagues in our elite schools who are just there to keep the money rolling. All they want is to reset the clock before Trump sort of mythical time that things were fine, but it was fine for them. And if they don’t understand exactly what Alan said and what we all think, if we can’t protect the most vulnerable of us, then we are leaving a gaping hole in the structure so that protect all of us. And so we can’t throw Palestinians, immigrants, undocumented folks, queer throat folks to the machine saying, well, we will appease you with these things and this is what happens under fascism. So I really want to encourage people to look, check out khi, check out the new reinvigorated a UP, thank God that it has partnered with a FT. These are the kinds of things that I think, if not save us, at least give us a sense of comradeship that we are doing something together that can be productive at whatever scale.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    I want to go back around the table and hopefully we can get back to you, David, before you have to hop off for your next class. But we already started getting into this in the first round of questions, but I wanted to go a bit deeper and ask, when it comes to the state and non-state actors converging to attack the institutions and the very foundations of higher education, what historical precedents would you compare our current moment to, right? I mean, it doesn’t have to just be McCarthyism, but even if it is, what aspects of McCarthyism or what other periods do you want to point listeners to? And also what historical antecedents have laid the groundwork for the current assault on higher ed? So Ellen, let’s start again with you and go back around the table.

    Ellen Schrecker:

    Okay, well, the main thing about McCarthyism, which is sort of a classic case of collaboration of mainstream institutions with official red baiters at the time, now it’s official, what is it? Defenders of the Jews, thank you very much. It’s that collaboration. McCarthyism did it very cleverly. I don’t think they intended it, but they had sort of McCarthy as their straw man. He was up there, he was a drunk, he was out of control. He was making charges against innocent people. And so they would say, oh, McCarthyism is dreadful. And then fire three tenured professors, and we are seeing that, or we were up until, if you can believe it, Harvard, I have three Harvard degrees. I want you to know, and I thought I loved every minute of it and thought I got such a lousy education. You can’t believe it. But that’s beside the point. That’s not what you go to school for anyhow. You go to school to stay out of the job market as long as you possibly can. But anyhow, what we saw throughout McCarthyism throughout the 1960s, throughout going way back to the beginning of the 20th century, is that your private institutions are collaborating with the forces of what will be called political repression.

    Political repression would not succeed in the United States without the collaboration of mainstream establishment institutions, the corporations. I’ve been starting to have bad dreams about Jamie Diamond Dimon the head of Citi Corp that he’s coming after me next and they’re going to close out my credit cards and there I’ll be standing in line in the homeless areas. But what we’re seeing is and have been seeing and is the American form of political repression, is that collaboration between mainstream institutions, including the mainstream media, Hollywood certainly going along with depriving the American population of access to information they need. I mean, that’s one of our functions as a force for resistance is to give people the intellectual ammunition to fight back. And I think everybody else here would probably agree.

    Alan Wald:

    My view is that in the 20th century there’s always been this collaboration, but it had a lot to do with foreign policy. As I remember the World War I period when they fired professors from Columbia and other colleges is because they were anti-war against the first World war. And during the Little Red Scare, 1939 or 41, it was because of the hit Hitler Stalin pack to the beginning of World War I and so on, which the communists were opposed to US intervention and the allies and so on. Then during the McCarthy period, again, it was reinforcing US foreign policy in the Cold War and during the Vietnam period when professors were fired, Bruce Franklin and other people were persecuted. Again, it was US foreign policy and now today around the assault on Gaza and support of the Israeli state, and again, it’s US foreign policy. So I see that as a very consistent factor and at every stage, community groups, businesses, and eventually the universities found some way to collaborate in a process even in the red skier, which I think is the most obvious comparison.

    The government didn’t do the well, government fired it. It had its own subversive investigation in the government, and they fired a lot of people and forced a lot of people to quietly resign. That’s very similar to the situation today. But in terms of the faculty and other places, they counted on the universities to do the firing. They didn’t send many people to jail. They sent Chandler Davis to jail because of the contempt of Congress, but the others were fired by the university and the public schools and businesses blacklisted them and so on. So there was this kind of collaboration that went all the way. And of course they counted on the private sector to jump in certain areas and do their dirty work. All those are red channels. Those were private investigators. That wasn’t the government. The government may have fed them names, but today of course, we have Canary mission and we have other organizations that blacklist people and publicize their names and so on. And of course we have these massive email campaigns against universities having speakers like Maura Stein, if she goes to speak somewhere about being fired, thousands of emails will suddenly appear and they’ll try to cancel or some way change the venue of her speaking and so on. So this kind of pattern of interventions is pretty much consistent and it pretty consistently involves the state working with universities and businesses.

    David Palumbo-Liu:

    Yeah. Well, I think that you asked be at the beginning where you asked us all what’s going on campuses and what’s really striking a lot of fear of course is ice. And I think back to the Palmer raids, the Palmer raids, which were sort of the beginning of the justice Department acting as criminals and the whole idea of during the red summer, for example, and Max, this whole stop cop city, the Rico case being pressed against the protestors, right? This imaginary notion that they were all conniving together like mafia when the actual mafia is in the White House itself. So I think the whole capture of the Justice Department by the fascist state is what’s going to be one of the most formidable things because, and we’re pressing our universities, there are laws about where ice can go and where not, but they’re turning. They’re not making any public statements.

    Some universities are giving sort of surreptitious, covert good legal advice to people who are getting their measles roped. But this is what’s appalling to me. No university leaders are really coming out and saying, no, dad, God damnit, this is illegal. I mean, they’re not speaking truth, and that’s what makes the whole enterprise shaky and vulnerable to assault. The more you push back, the Japanese called it, well with the trade wars, it’s extortion. You don’t pay an extortionist. Columbia tried it and failed miserably, and yet other are lining up saying, well, maybe in our case it’ll be different. And that’s sort of the definition of crazy when you keep on doing the same thing expecting a different result.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Well, and that takes my mind to the antecedent question, right? Because we’ve mentioned the new leadership of the American Association of University professors. I myself just interviewed President Todd Wolfson on our podcast working people, and he talked about this, how the decades long process of corporatization and neoliberal about which you have all written, and Ellen’s written an entire book about this subject, multiple books in fact. But Todd pointed to how that process over the past four decades has contributed to making universities uniquely vulnerable to the kinds of attacks that they’re facing now, which is a bit different from the situation described in Ellen’s book about McCarthyism and higher education that I quoted in the introduction where Ellen, you mentioned that in the fifties this was a period where colleges and universities were becoming more dependent on the federal government, and so they were more vulnerable to the top down like power moves of the federal government at that time. So I just wanted to ask what that looks like now in the year of our Lord 2025 when I ask about antecedents. What are the sort of changes to the very structure of higher education that have led to universities capitulating to the Trump administration, like David was just saying, or not defending their students, not defending academic freedom as vigorously as we would expect them to?

    Ellen Schrecker:

    Well, we could start with the backlash against the student movement of the sixties, which was orchestrated in large part by certain right wing groups, within groups of billionaires and right-wing think tanks and groups of libertarian, sort of pundit types that are now becoming fairly well known within the academic community before they were operating secretly. Now, they can’t quite keep everything secret because a lot of smart people have been writing about this, and especially the key work here that I always push is Nancy McLean’s book Democracy and Chains, which really sort of chronicles the rise of these right wings, think tanks that are creating scenarios for how you take over a university and destroy it. And also of course, how you take over a legal system and destroy it and how you take over a political system and destroy it often through the use of hundreds of millions of dollars.

    I mean, we are talking about very big rich people, many of them, shall we say in the oil industry. I mean, they’re protecting their interests and they’re doing a very good job of that. I have the feeling that Elon Musk just sort of sticks a intravenous needle into the federal Treasury and withdraws however much money he wants. That is always the image I have of how he’s operating. And so the federal government is incredibly important here in a way that it wasn’t in the 1950s, in the 1950s, they were just throwing money at higher education. This is a period that’s been called by many historians, the golden age of American higher education. Well, it was in a certain sense, but they sold their soul at the same time to McCarthyism. So we’re always looking at these amazing contradictions and trying to figure out, okay, what’s their next step?

    Rather than thinking about what should be their next step? How do we fight back? How do we can’t go back to a golden age? There was no golden age. Let’s start there and say, how can we get something that is going to support a democratic system of higher education for everybody in America and then go on. We’re not. But unfortunately for the past 40 or 50 years, they’ve just been backpedaling. These higher education establishment has been seeding ground to the forces of ignorance, and now we’re stuck with having to fight back. And luckily we are fighting back, even if not necessarily in a way that we love, because seeding an awful lot of ground.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    With the few minutes I have left with y’all, I want to talk about the fight back, and I want to ask y’all like what lessons we can draw from our own history, both the victories and the losses about what we’re really facing and how we can effectively fight it, and also what will happen, what will our universities and society look like if we don’t fight now?

    David Palumbo-Liu:

    Okay, so I’ll say add my two minutes and pick up actually from what Ellen said, because yes, it was the reaction to the student protest movements in the sixties that for one thing made student loans unforgivable. That was Congress’s little knife in the gut. But remember the trilateral commission that Samuel Huntington headed, and he actually published this scree called There’s Too much Democracy. And to answer Max’s point, my recommendation is to restore a sense of what democracy should look like. And that’s the only way to do that is not to stay in our ivory towers, but to draw the resources for democracy and instill the capacity for action in everybody and make it possible for everybody to see that nobody is immune from this. This is tearing down the common trust that we have with each other and substituting this oligarchy that is beyond scale. Thank you so much for having me on. I’ll let you continue your conversations, but it’s been such an honor and a pleasure to be with Ellen. And Ellen and Max, I’ll see you a bit.

    Alan Wald:

    Okay. Look, first of all, I think that Ellen’s making a good point about the no golden age. It’s not if the universities were terrific defenders of student rights during the 1960s. I was at Berkeley. I mean, when I arrived at Berkeley, the National Guard was occupying the city. It was not a very nice atmosphere. And even here at University of Michigan, I was involved in a 15 year struggle to stop divestment in South Africa and get a degree for Nelson Mandela, 15 years. It took us of constant protests and trying to get to the regents meeting which they would ban us from, or they’d move to secret locations and have a million excuses. Oh, we can’t give a degree to Mandela in prison. We don’t give it to prisoners. Of course, eventually they gave in and they did give it to him, but it took 15 years.

    And I mentioned already the problem with Palestine rights on the campus arguing for that was hell. So it’s not been perfect. I mean, now they’re invoking all kinds of new rules and regulations about time and place and bullhorn use of a bullhorn that they didn’t have before, or at least they weren’t punishing people before. So it wasn’t so great. And in terms of university repression, yes, it’s much worse for the Palestine protestors for some other groups, eil their protestors, they seem to get away with all kinds of things. But in terms of responses, first of all, everybody is saying, we need unity. We can’t give in. If we give in, it’s like putting blood in the water. The sharks come after you even more. And I apologize to these sharks who are offended by comparison with the Trump administration. But yeah, so we all agree on that, but I am concerned about them giving in on this IHRA definition of antisemitism.

    Everybody’s praising Harvard, wonderful, wonderful, but Harvard already agreed to that horrible definition and they set a precedent, and that’s going to happen at a lot of places. And that is the wedge that’s going to cut out free speech and free discussion. If you don’t know this definition, the International Holocaust Nce Association that’s being promoted by Congress and supported by the Trump administration and I think will become the law of the land for Adeem. You should look at it carefully because of the 11 definitions of antisemitism. Seven, refer to Israel. Now, anybody who does research on antisemitism and the US knows that most antisemitism is young men who get it from social media. They get these conspiracy theories and so on. There is very little antisemitism on the left. The left is involved in criticizing Israeli state racism. But in addition, these 11 no-nos for defining antisemitism say that if you call the Israeli state racist, you’re an antisemite and antisemitism is not on the campus.

    So instead of refuting that claim that Israel is a racist state, which it seems that way, especially with their law saying that only Jews have self-determination and not Palestinians, and they have 60 or so laws on the books against Palestinians and Apartheid and so on, instead of trying to refute that argument, they’re just trying to suppress it. And they’re also trying to suppress any comparisons with Nazi Germany. Now, that’s not something that I myself do a lot, but you can’t have scholarship without serious comparisons. And there’s certainly good arguments that there are comparisons to be made. So they’re trying to silence these things instead of refuting them in intellectual debate. And once they do that and get that institutionalized, that’ll lead to a lot of other things. So we have to draw a line, and I think that’s one of the things we got to draw a line on the IHRA definition.

    Ellen Schrecker:

    I couldn’t agree with you more, but it’s really hard when I get up to talk to sort of stick it in there and make sure that I say, Gaza, Gaza, Gaza, this has to stop. But at the same time, I know there are people who maybe aren’t aware of Gaza. It’s too horrible. You can’t look at it or something. I don’t know. It’s a very hard issue to deal with because I know that people will stop listening to you. How do you talk to, you make alliances with people who don’t want to hear what you say when you have to make alliances with those people. I don’t know how to do it yet. I’m learning, but I’m curious. I would like to discuss that issue and probably argue with you about it a bit.

    Alan Wald:

    Well, I’m not sure where the argument is. I think that the pro-Palestinian rights movement has to be more disciplined. I much support what Jewish Voice for Peace does. That’s why I join them. I think that they’re focusing on Stop the genocide. Jews don’t do it in our name. That’s great. Some of the other groups that march around waving flags that people don’t understand the difference between a Palestinian flag and a Hamas flag. So they’re told it’s Hamas flag and they believe it, or they use slogans that are incomprehensible or mean different things. Or

    Ellen Schrecker:

    If

    Alan Wald:

    You put a bus sticker on somebody’s house because you want to show that that administrator’s a Nazi, people know that the Nazi sign is something that’s used to intimidate Jews. So it’s confusing. So there’s a lot of stuff out there that needs to be cleaned up. I think it’s just a minority that’s not acting in a way that says, what will convince people before you do something, what is going to win people over? So there are debates about where to draw the line. For example, Peter Byard, he came here to speak recently and he said, I believe it’s genocide, but if I use the word genocide, people, they’ll shut up. They won’t listen to me. They’ll put their hands over their ears. So I describe all the things that amount to genocide, but I don’t use the term maybe in some audiences you have to do that. Solidarity is not just showing your anger and showing your support, it’s also figuring out how to help people. In this case, we have to build a mass movement to get the Zionist state and the United States off the backs of the Palestinians so that they’re free to determine their own future and their own kind of leadership, which I hope will be a democratic and secular one, not a conservative right wing religious one like Hamas. But we have to get the US and the Israeli state off their backs first. And that means building a mass movement.

    Ellen Schrecker:

    I have been waking up in the morning reading the New York Times much too closely and feeling incredibly depressed, and recently I am somewhat less depressed. I can go right to my computer and start writing something. I can feel that maybe it’s going to make a difference because I’m seeing much more fight back against political repression that I, as a historian, and I’m speaking as a historian, never saw in the past in a similar situation. And I think that I used to sort of say, well, we must fight. We must have solidarity. But I’d never said, I have hope, and now I do have hope. I think we are on the upswing, that the forces of ignorance are now shooting at each other and shooting themselves in the foot and are beginning to really understand that they’re not going to win because nobody what they want. And that’s as simple as that. Thank you.

    Alan Wald:

    I don’t think I can add much, but one mistake Trump is making is he is attacking so many different sections of the society that we have the basis for a majority against him. I mean, he is firing all these people. He is screwing up the economy. He’s taking away healthcare. I mean, it’s not just the universities. So there’s an objective basis for a majority toe against him. We just have to find a way to do that.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    I want to thank all of our brilliant guests today, professor Ellen Schreker, professor Allen Wald, and Professor David Pumba Liu for this vital conversation. And I want to thank you all for listening, and I want to thank you for caring. Before you go, I want to remind y’all that the Real News is an independent viewer and listener supported grassroots media network. We don’t take corporate cash, we don’t have ads, and we never ever put our reporting behind paywalls, but we cannot continue to do this work without your support. So if you want more vital storytelling and reporting like this from the front lines of struggle, we need you to become a supporter of The Real News. Now, we’re in the middle of our spring fundraiser right now, and with these wildly uncertain times politically and economically, we are falling short of our goal and we need your help. So please go to the real news.com/donate and become a supporter today. If you want to hear more conversations and coverage just like this for our whole crew at the Real News Network, this is Maximillian Alvarez signing off. Take care of yourselves. Take care of each other, solidarity forever.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Maximillian Alvarez.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/worse-than-mccarthyism-trumps-war-on-higher-education-free-speech-and-political-dissent/feed/ 0 529958
    Marching against El Salvador’s police state https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/marching-against-el-salvadors-police-state/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/marching-against-el-salvadors-police-state/#respond Mon, 28 Apr 2025 17:47:16 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333776 Family members of people detained in Nayib Bukele's dragnet carry signs and pictures of their loved ones during a May Day march in San Salvador, on May 1, 2023. They say their loved ones are innocent and they will continue to fight for their freedom.In El Salvador, thousands of innocent people have been locked up in Nayib Bukele’s crackdown on gangs. But family members are standing up. And on May 1 they march. This is episode 26 of Stories of Resistance.]]> Family members of people detained in Nayib Bukele's dragnet carry signs and pictures of their loved ones during a May Day march in San Salvador, on May 1, 2023. They say their loved ones are innocent and they will continue to fight for their freedom.

    Across the country, chairs sit empty around dinner tables.

    Husbands, brothers, sons, mostly, are missing.

    Caught up in a government dragnet that picked them off the streets.

    Or took them from their homes. Or ripped them off of buses or from their workplaces.

    The news gushes over how safe the country of El Salvador is today.

    But for the thousands of families who’s innocent loved ones were taken from them 

    And locked into high security prisons without a key…

    This is not a paradise.

    It’s a nightmare. 

    In March 2022, President Nayib Bukele ordered a state of exception and unleashed raids that have locked up more than 70,000 people around the country. 

    They are accused of being affiliated with gangs. 

    Gangs that wreaked havoc in the country

    with one of the highest homicide rates in Latin America (or the world).

    People say they couldn’t leave their homes without fear of violence.

    But in Bukele’s gang crackdown

    he also picked up the innocent. 

    Thousands. Tens of thousands of innocent people.

    Police grabbed people with impunity. 

    Without asking for proof, or a warrant.

    And in jail, they are languishing. Most incommunicado from their families.

    Incommunicado from a lawyer. 

    Waiting for years.

    And there are no charges. No court cases. No trials. No conviction. 

    They are just held, indefinitely. 

    Their crime: Being young. And male. And, in many cases, tattooed. 

    And this system has the stamp of approval from the United States,

    which is now openly participating, by sending Venezuelans to be housed in El Salvador’s jails. 

    Also under the pretext of being gang members, even though many are not. 

    The rule of law is dead. Habeaus corpus, buried.

    Buried in the name of the war on gangs. 

    Buried in the name of the United States. 

    But people are fighting. 

    Family members are marching. 

    On May 1, International Workers Day, the family members of the detained lead the way. 

    They carry signs of the loved ones who have been ripped from them. Husbands. Sons. Brothers. Breadwinners for their families, now languishing in prisons. 

    They carry signs and images, strangely reminiscent of the pictures of those detained, killed, and disappeared during the 1970s and ’80s… in another time and another war, funded and backed by the United States. 

    Those also kidnapped in the name of the United States.

    But the Salvadorian relatives are not the only ones marching for their loved ones.

    So are Venezuelans, standing up in Caracas and other cities against the illegal deportation of their compatriots to another country far away.

    So are people in the United States.

    But family members in El Salvador are leading the way.

    They are marching. They are organizing. Demanding the freedom for their loved ones. 

    Demanding to be allowed to speak to them. 

    Demanding that there be justice.

    Resisting, despite so much impunity.

    Despite so much injustice.

    ###

    Thanks for listening. I’m your host, Michael Fox.

    I was in El Salvador for the May 1 march a couple of years ago, and did some reporting on the situation in the country and the widespread dentition of innocent people. I’ll add links in the show notes for some of my stories for The Real News. 

    This is episode 26 of Stories of Resistance — a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, leave a review, or tell a friend. You can also check out exclusive pictures, follow my reporting, and support my work at my patreon, www.patreon.com/mfox. 

    Thanks for listening. See you next time.


    In El Salvador, thousands of innocent people have been locked up in Nayib Bukele’s crackdown on gangs. They have been held without due process for years. But family members are standing up. And on May 1 they march, carrying the pictures and the names of their innocent loved ones detained and held without rights, with the ever-increasing support of the United States. 

    This is episode 26 of Stories of Resistance — a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. You can also follow Michael’s reporting and support at patreon.com/mfox.

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    Below are some links to Michael Fox’s previous reporting on this issue with The Real News.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/marching-against-el-salvadors-police-state/feed/ 0 529938
    Amnesty Launches Annual Report on the State of Human Rights Worldwide https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/amnesty-launches-annual-report-on-the-state-of-human-rights-worldwide-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/amnesty-launches-annual-report-on-the-state-of-human-rights-worldwide-2/#respond Mon, 28 Apr 2025 10:45:31 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=ba2fa21244945d505f5c91ff8eeed079
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/amnesty-launches-annual-report-on-the-state-of-human-rights-worldwide-2/feed/ 0 529868
    Indigenous delegates at the UN raise alarm on voluntary isolated peoples https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/indigenous-delegates-at-the-u-n-raise-alarm-on-voluntary-isolated-peoples/ https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/indigenous-delegates-at-the-u-n-raise-alarm-on-voluntary-isolated-peoples/#respond Mon, 28 Apr 2025 08:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=664005 This story is published through the Indigenous News Alliance.

    At the United Nations Permanent Forum on Indigenous Issues — the world’s largest convening of Indigenous peoples — Indigenous leaders from South America are taking the chance to spotlight threats facing isolated peoples, also known as uncontacted people.

    Deforestation is closing in on some communities in the Amazon and many lack official recognition of records of their existence, say representatives at the 10-day gathering in the U.N. headquarters in New York City. They are holding multiple events in the city, including launching a book with strategies to recognize their presence and sharing solutions to protect the lands they depend on.

    “There needs to be greater respect, protection and land demarcation for these peoples,” said Bushe Matis, general coordinator of the Union of Indigenous Peoples of the Vale do Javari. “It’s important for us Indigenous peoples who came to New York to raise our voices for them.”

    The rights of isolated Indigenous peoples are guaranteed in international legislation and some national laws, such as the U.N. Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples, and Convention 169 of the International Labor Organization. However, these are at times violated by states, companies, and invaders searching for land. In some cases, they are unprotected because states, including Venezuela and Paraguay, don’t recognize them.

    Indigenous peoples in voluntary isolation and initial contact, also known as PIACI, are threatened by the exploitation of natural resources, drug trafficking, illegal logging, and mining in their lands, say researchers. Contact with outsiders can be deadly because isolated peoples lack immunity to illnesses that are common outside. These threats can also lead to their displacement and the disappearance of the game they depend on to survive.

    “The issue is of utmost importance because these peoples are the ones who also help protect Indigenous territories with their ancestral knowledge,” said Eligio Dacosta, the president of the Regional Organization of Indigenous Peoples of Amazonas, or ORPIA, in Venezuela.

    Image by Gleilson Miranda / Governo do Acre via Flickr

    The main proposals Indigenous leaders and organizations have raised at the forum are the recognition of lands vital for isolated peoples and the implementation of protective measures, such as public policies to safeguard their rights.

    Jamer López, the president of ORAU, a regional organization part of the Interethnic Association for the Development of the Peruvian Rainforest, said the primary concern of Indigenous leaders and organizations at the forum is to secure the territories their isolated brothers and sisters have ancestrally occupied.

    While there has been past progress in Peru, he said the state, rather than guarantee the protection of these communities, has promoted policies of land possession, such as laws that obstruct and prevent the creation of Indigenous reserves for isolated peoples. The government is favoring the interests of big business which want to expand forestry concessions and oil fields in these areas to boost economic growth, López said.

    For more than 20 years, Indigenous organizations in Peru have petitioned the government to create Yavarí Mirim, a 2.5 million-acre Indigenous reserve on the Amazon border with Brazil and Colombia that would protect hundreds of isolated and initially contacted peoples in the region. But in February this year, the country’s Multi-Sector Commission postponed a meeting to determine the reserve boundaries indefinitely.

    Peru’s Ministry for Culture did not respond to our requests for comment by the time of publication.

    Darío Silva Cubeo, a delegate of the Amazon Regional Roundtable for the Amazonas department of Colombia, told Mongabay a “very serious concern” in Colombia is that despite having a decree to protect isolated peoples, to date, there has been little implementation and there is no public policy on the matter, such as a contingency plan in case of contact.

    In Colombia and many other countries in South America, many people in isolation are threatened by organized groups, such as illegal miners and drug traffickers, who encroach on their homes and cause violence and displacement. “They are being besieged precisely by the chains of crime,” Lena Estrada Añokazi, Colombia’s minister of environment and sustainable development, and the first Indigenous person to ever hold the position, said at the forum.

    “That’s why it’s urgent to continue to invest more in investigations to find out who these criminals are.”

    Across South America, states only recognize and guarantee the rights of peoples in isolation whose presence has been officially recorded. In Venezuela, for example, although NGOs have confirmed four records of Indigenous peoples in voluntary isolation, the state has not recognized any of them.

    “[Venezuela] does not appear on the map of isolated peoples in Latin America,” said Dacosta. “There are already mining hotspots in each [Indigenous territory] and mining is almost reaching these peoples who do not have this initial contact, who are in isolation.”

    Dacosta said people in isolation have already been affected in some regions as mining gradually pushes their displacement. At the forum, ORPIA raised the issue with the national government and called for constitutional reform in Venezuela to establish rights for peoples in isolation and initial contact. Currently, they are not included in its constitution, and the country has no established protocols to recognize them in laws and supreme decrees.

    Venezuela’s Ministry for Indigenous Peoples did not respond to our requests for comment by the time of publication.

    The International Working Group for the Protection of Indigenous Peoples in Isolation and Initial Contact launched a report at the forum that lays out a series of principles and guidelines to help governments, Indigenous organizations, and NGOs prove the existence of Indigenous peoples in isolation.

    According to the report, there are 188 records of Indigenous peoples in voluntary isolation in South America but only 60 are officially recognized by the state. “This means that, for the state, 128 records don’t exist,” states the report, adding that this lack of recognition denies the rights of these communities. Of these records, Indigenous organizations recognize 31, but they are not included in the official lists.  

    Delegates have also requested that states adopt a territorial corridors initiative, which aims to protect the PIACI and the well-being of neighbouring Indigenous peoples. They have called on governments to coordinate with the Indigenous organizations to implement policy actions, with a cross-border approach, to guarantee isolated peoples’ rights and territories. 

    Last month, Colombia created an over 2.7-million-acre territory to protect the Yuri-Passé Indigenous peoples living in isolation between the Caquetá and Putumayo Rivers in the Amazon.

    “In order to protect them, we must protect the territories they inhabit,” Estrada said. “We must also protect the Indigenous peoples surrounding the territories they inhabit. If we strengthen the governance of these Indigenous peoples whose territories surround the territories of isolated peoples, we will obviously protect them as well.”

    Julio Cusurichi, a Shipibo-Conibo Indigenous leader and President of the Native Federation of the River Madre de Dios and Tributaries in Peru, wrote over WhatsApp voice messages they want to see the implementation of a control and surveillance system in Peru to protect the PIACI which involves the participation of the communities surrounding these reserves.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Indigenous delegates at the UN raise alarm on voluntary isolated peoples on Apr 28, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Aimee Gabay.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/indigenous-delegates-at-the-u-n-raise-alarm-on-voluntary-isolated-peoples/feed/ 0 529839
    Harry Belafonte—Using art for good https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/25/harry-belafonte-using-art-for-good/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/25/harry-belafonte-using-art-for-good/#respond Fri, 25 Apr 2025 19:37:10 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333734 American singer-songwriter and civil rights activist Harry Belafonte, wearing a striped shirt, in an recording studio, circa 1957. Photo by Archive Photos/Hulton Archive/Getty Images.Harry Belafonte was the “King of Calypso.” Singer, actor, and above all, an activist who fought racism and oppression throughout his life. This is episode 25 of Stories of Resistance.]]> American singer-songwriter and civil rights activist Harry Belafonte, wearing a striped shirt, in an recording studio, circa 1957. Photo by Archive Photos/Hulton Archive/Getty Images.

    A smooth velvet voice.

    A voice that sang folk songs 

    From the shores of the Caribbean.

    But Harry Belafonte was so much more than that. 

    He was born in Harlem, New York. 1927.

    To parents from Jamaica. 

    Growing up, he lived in Jamaica with his grandparents for several years before returning to the US and joining the Navy to fight in World War II.

    When he returned, he worked as a janitor.

    Got into theater. 

    And began to sing to pay the bills. 

    The Black activist and singer Paul Robeson took him under his wing. 

    And Belafonte’s career took off. 

    You know this song. It was the top track on Belafonte’s hit debut record, Calypso. 

    That topped the charts for half a year.

    And Harry Belafonte was transformed into the “King of Calypso,” a style of music which originated in Trinidad and Tobago in the late 1800s. 

    He sang folk songs. Caribbean songs. Pop songs. Spiritual songs. And songs of resistance. 

    His last studio album, in 1988, was a compilation of 10 protest songs against South African apartheid. 

    He acted, performing in more than a dozen movies throughout his career. 

    “I’m not a politician, I’m an artist, and if my art is done well, that in itself is a contribution.”

    A contribution for change.

    See, though Harry Belafonte was a great musician and actor, he was also, more than anything else, an activist. 

    A fighter against racism and oppression, in the United States and around the world.

    “As long as there is racism, I’m gonna be on fire,” he once said.

    “Racismo in its subtlest and its most evil sense has worked its way into the fiber and the hearts and minds of many men and women. And with this going on, it’s had an incredible influence on my own life. I was born in the ghetto. My mother was a domestic worker. My father was a seaman. And I grew up in the West Indies. My uncles and aunts were farmers. Under British exploitation.”

    He joined the civil rights movement. He marched alongside Martin Luther King. 

    “To be a part of the movement that Dr. King led was the greatest moment of my life.”

    He helped to fund civil rights organizing and groups. 

    He helped organize the 1963 March on Washington.

    When Martin Luther King Jr. and other civil rights leaders were jailed,

    Harry Belafonte helped to bail them out. 

    When he had a hard time renting an apartment in Manhattan, because he was Black.

    He bought the building and helped other Black artists move in and find a home. 

    He was a true American patriot. Ever fighting for justice and equality. 

    Ever fighting to make the United States better. 

    He also denounced the US abroad. He demanded an end to the endless wars, apartheid, and the US blockade on Cuba.

    Here’s just one clip from an interview he did with the CBC in 1967:

    “I fought in the Second World War. I was told then and I fought with the knowledge that this was the war to end all wars and we were going to defeat fascism and mankind could turn its attention to the best of us in man. And now I come and my son is 10 years old, and I will arm him with everything I can, so he can be free of any primitive medieval concepts about false patriotism, about boundaries and the meaning of flags. Mankind is much bigger than all these primitive symbols. And I don’t want to see my boy with his face stuck in some rice paddy off in Vietnam, or off in some other land, protecting the interests of the establishment and trying to reward their greed with his life. I’m opposed to it.”

    Harry Belafonte stood up for justice and against oppression throughout his life. 

    And he remained active into his ’90s, working for prison reform, denouncing the Iraq War, George W. Bush, Trump, and so much more.

    Harry Belafonte passed away on April 25, 2023.

    His work and his melodies sing on.

    ###

    Hi folks. Thanks for listening. I’m your host, Michael Fox. Like so many others I am grateful to my parents to have raised me listening to Harry Belafonte. And I was even more grateful when I learned what an incredible person and activist he was…. Using his music and his success for good.

    This is episode 25 of Stories of Resistance — a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. You can also follow my reporting and support at www.patreon.com/mfox.

    Thanks for listening. See you next time.


    This is episode 25 of Stories of Resistance — a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. You can also follow Michael’s reporting and support at patreon.com/mfox.

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    Links for some old clips of Harry Belafonte:

    Harry Belafonte Interview on Activism Through Art (1958)

    Harry Belafonte on racism, patriotism & war, 1967: CBC Archives | CBC

    Harry Belafonte’s Best Crime Thriller? Odds Against Tomorrow (1959) | BlackTree TV

    Harry Belafonte in Concert (Japan, 1960)


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/25/harry-belafonte-using-art-for-good/feed/ 0 529545
    Trump signs ‘deeply dangerous’ order to fast-track deep sea mining https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/25/trump-signs-deeply-dangerous-order-to-fast-track-deep-sea-mining/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/25/trump-signs-deeply-dangerous-order-to-fast-track-deep-sea-mining/#respond Fri, 25 Apr 2025 09:38:41 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=113624

    An ocean conservation non-profit has condemned the United States President’s latest executive order aimed at boosting the deep sea mining industry.

    President Donald Trump issued the “Unleashing America’s offshore critical minerals and resources” order on Thursday, directing the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) to allow deep sea mining.

    The order states: “It is the policy of the US to advance United States leadership in seabed mineral development.”

    NOAA has been directed to, within 60 days, “expedite the process for reviewing and issuing seabed mineral exploration licenses and commercial recovery permits in areas beyond national jurisdiction under the Deep Seabed Hard Mineral Resources Act.”

    Ocean Conservancy said the executive order is a result of deep sea mining frontrunner, The Metals Company, requesting US approval for mining in international waters, bypassing the authority of the International Seabed Authority (ISA).

    US not ISA member
    The ISA is the United Nations agency responsible for coming up with a set of regulations for deep sea mining across the world. The US is not a member of the ISA because it has not ratified UN Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS).

    “This executive order flies in the face of NOAA’s mission,” Ocean Conservancy’s vice-president for external affairs Jeff Watters said.

    “NOAA is charged with protecting, not imperiling, the ocean and its economic benefits, including fishing and tourism; and scientists agree that deep-sea mining is a deeply dangerous endeavor for our ocean and all of us who depend on it,” he said.

    He said areas of the US seafloor where test mining took place more than 50 years ago still had not fully recovered.

    “The harm caused by deep sea mining isn’t restricted to the ocean floor: it will impact the entire water column, top to bottom, and everyone and everything relying on it.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/25/trump-signs-deeply-dangerous-order-to-fast-track-deep-sea-mining/feed/ 0 529421
    US takes step towards deep sea mining in international waters https://rfa.org/english/environment/2025/04/25/us-deep-sea-mining/ https://rfa.org/english/environment/2025/04/25/us-deep-sea-mining/#respond Fri, 25 Apr 2025 09:16:23 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/environment/2025/04/25/us-deep-sea-mining/ BANGKOK – U.S. President Donald Trump has ordered his administration to speed development of the deep sea mining industry, including in international waters governed by a U.N. treaty that most nations are signatory to.

    A Trump executive order signed Thursday says the U.S. must “counter China’s growing influence over seabed mineral resources,” – namely the potato sized nodules that carpet vast areas of the seabed and contain rare earths and minerals such as nickel, cobalt and manganese.

    Like Trump’s tariff shock therapy, the deep sea mining policy threatens to upend an established part of the global order. Under the framework of the international law of the sea, nations have sought to fashion a consensus on if and how deep sea minerals should be exploited.

    “The United States has a core national security and economic interest in maintaining leadership in deep sea science and technology and seabed mineral resources,” the executive order said.

    “The United States faces unprecedented economic and national security challenges in securing reliable supplies of critical minerals independent of foreign adversary control,” it said.

    Mining of the nodules from depths of several kilometers has been touted by companies in the nascent industry as a source of minerals needed for green technologies, such as electric vehicles, that would reduce reliance on fossil fuels.

    Amid a general retreat by large corporations from commitments to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, deep sea mining companies have more recently emphasized defense uses and security of mineral supply.

    Skeptics say the minerals in so-called polymetallic nodules are already abundant on land and warn that mining the seabed could cause irreparable damage to an ocean environment that is still poorly understood by science.

    Trump’s executive order said the Commerce Secretary should within two months expedite the process of issuing mineral exploration licenses and commercial exploitation permits in seabed areas beyond American national jurisdiction.

    The instruction sets the U.S. against the International Seabed Authority, or ISA, which was established in 1996 to regulate exploitation of mineral endowments in international waters. About 54% of the seabed is under the ISA’s jurisdiction.

    The ISA’s secretary-general, Leticia Carvalho, last month said the authority was the “only universally recognized legitimate framework” for regulating mining in international waters.

    “Any unilateral action would constitute a violation of international law and directly undermine the fundamental principles of multilateralism, the peaceful use of the oceans and the collective governance framework,” she said in a statement.

    The U.S. has not signed the U.N. Convention on the Law of the Sea, which is the enabling treaty for the ISA, and is only an observer at the authority.

    Trump’s executive order was in part foreshadowed by Nasdaq-traded The Metals Company’s application last month for U.S. government approval to mine the seabed under its 1980 minerals law.

    The Metals Company has been collaborating with the Pacific island nations of Nauru and Tonga to mine areas allocated to them in international waters of the Pacific Ocean.

    Nauru in particular has chafed against the ISA’s consensus-based decision making, which means that after nearly three decades it hasn’t agreed rules for the deep sea mining industry.

    Other countries, from Norway to the Cook Islands in the South Pacific, are investigating deep sea mining in their own waters, which doesn’t require ISA approval.

    Edited by Mike Firn and Taejun Kang.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Stephen Wright for RFA.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/environment/2025/04/25/us-deep-sea-mining/feed/ 0 529408
    Abrego Garcia family flees to safe house after Trump DHS posts home address on social media https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/24/abrego-garcia-family-flees-to-safe-house-after-trump-dhs-posts-home-address-on-social-media/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/24/abrego-garcia-family-flees-to-safe-house-after-trump-dhs-posts-home-address-on-social-media/#respond Thu, 24 Apr 2025 20:08:42 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333725 Jennifer Vasquez Sura, the wife of Kilmar Abrego Garcia, is dealing with the stress of not knowing the future for her husband who is being held in a prison in El Salvador. Photo by Michael S. Williamson/The Washington Post via Getty Images"The Trump administration doxxed an American citizen, endangering her and her children. This is completely unacceptable and flat-out wrong."]]> Jennifer Vasquez Sura, the wife of Kilmar Abrego Garcia, is dealing with the stress of not knowing the future for her husband who is being held in a prison in El Salvador. Photo by Michael S. Williamson/The Washington Post via Getty Images
    Common Dreams Logo

    This story originally appeared in Common Dreams on Apr. 23, 2024. It is shared here with permission under a Creative Commons (CC BY-NC-ND 3.0) license.

    The Trump administration has not only sent Kilmar Abrego Garcia to a Salvadoran megaprison due to an “administrative error” and so far refused to comply with a U.S. Supreme Court order to facilitate his return to the United States, but also shared on social media the home address of his family in Maryland, forcing them to relocate.

    The news that Abrego Garcia’s wife, Jennifer Vasquez Sura, and her children were “moved to a safe house by supporters” after the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt posted to X a 2021 order of protection petition that Vasquez Sura filed but soon abandoned was reported early Tuesday by The Washington Post.

    “I don’t feel safe when the government posts my address, the house where my family lives, for everyone to see, especially when this case has gone viral and people have all sorts of opinions,” said Vasquez Sura. “So, this is definitely a bit terrifying. I’m scared for my kids.”

    A DHS spokesperson did not respond Monday to a request for a comment about not redacting the family’s address, according to the newspaper’s lengthy story about Vasquez Sura—who shares a 5-year-old nonverbal, autistic son with Abrego Garcia and has a 9-year-old son and 10-year-old daughter from a previous relationship that was abusive.

    On Wednesday, The New Republic published a short article highlighting the safe house detail and noting that “the government has not commented on the decision to leave the family’s address in the document it posted online,” sparking a fresh wave of outrage over the Trump administration endangering the family.

    He was "mistakenly" deported to prison camp, and it was just a "slip-up" that they then posted his wife's address. Bullshit. If these are all accidents, who's getting fired?

    Ezra Levin (@ezralevin.bsky.social) 2025-04-23T16:29:54.624Z

    “The Trump administration doxxed an American citizen, endangering her and her children,” MSNBC contributor Rotimi Adeoye wrote on X Wednesday. “This is completely unacceptable and flat-out wrong.”

    Several others responded on the social media platform Bluesky.

    “These fascists didn’t stop at abducting Abrego Garcia, they’ve now doxxed his wife, forcing her into hiding,” said Dean Preston, the leader of a renters’ rights organization. “The Trump administration is terrorizing this family. Speak up, show up, resist.”

    Jonathan Cohn, political director for the group Progressive Mass, similarly declared, “The Trump administration is terrorizing this woman.”

    Katherine Hawkins, senior legal analyst for the Project On Government Oversight’s Constitution Project, openly wondered “if publishing Abrego Garcia and his wife’s home address violates federal or (particularly) Maryland laws.”

    “Definitely unconscionable and further demonstration of bad faith/intimidation,” Hawkins added.

    While Abrego Garcia’s family seeks refuge in a U.S. safe house, he remains behind bars in his native El Salvador—despite the Supreme Court order from earlier this month and an immigration judge’s 2019 decision that was supposed to prevent his deportation. Multiple congressional Democrats have flown to the country in recent days to support demands for his freedom.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/24/abrego-garcia-family-flees-to-safe-house-after-trump-dhs-posts-home-address-on-social-media/feed/ 0 529255
    Maura Finkelstein on Academic Freedom, Jewish, Zionism, and Palestine https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/24/maura-finkelstein-on-academic-freedom-jewish-zionism-and-palestine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/24/maura-finkelstein-on-academic-freedom-jewish-zionism-and-palestine/#respond Thu, 24 Apr 2025 14:55:30 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=157703 Host Faramarz Farbod talks with Dr. Maura Finkelstein, writer, ethnographer, anthropologist, and author of The Archive of Loss: Lively Ruination in Mill Land Mumbai (DUP 2019). Dr. Finkelstein was falsely accused of antisemitism and fired last May (2024) from her teaching position at Muhlenberg College in Allentown. We talk about the state of academic freedom, […]

    The post Maura Finkelstein on Academic Freedom, Jewish, Zionism, and Palestine first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Host Faramarz Farbod talks with Dr. Maura Finkelstein, writer, ethnographer, anthropologist, and author of The Archive of Loss: Lively Ruination in Mill Land Mumbai (DUP 2019). Dr. Finkelstein was falsely accused of antisemitism and fired last May (2024) from her teaching position at Muhlenberg College in Allentown. We talk about the state of academic freedom, classrooms as ethnographic spaces, decanonization, being Jewish and anti-Zionist in the US, Zionism, Israel, misuses of antisemitism, Islamophobia, empire, and the present moment in history.

    The post Maura Finkelstein on Academic Freedom, Jewish, Zionism, and Palestine first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Faramarz Farbod.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/24/maura-finkelstein-on-academic-freedom-jewish-zionism-and-palestine/feed/ 0 529187
    Israel stalls and the International Court of Justice complies https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/23/israel-stalls-and-the-international-court-of-justice-complies/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/23/israel-stalls-and-the-international-court-of-justice-complies/#respond Wed, 23 Apr 2025 15:42:10 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=157681 One year ago, the International Court of Justice ruled that Israel had fifteen months to prepare their defense (“counter memorial”) against the charges of genocide filed by South Africa. They were told to present their arguments by 28 July 2025. That seems like a very long time in a case involving the daily killing of […]

    The post Israel stalls and the International Court of Justice complies first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    One year ago, the International Court of Justice ruled that Israel had fifteen months to prepare their defense (“counter memorial”) against the charges of genocide filed by South Africa. They were told to present their arguments by 28 July 2025.

    That seems like a very long time in a case involving the daily killing of many people, including children. But it was not enough time for Israel, which on 27 March 2025 filed a request to extend the time.

    In a very recent decision, the International Court of Justice has obliged and extended the time by six months. Israel can continue killing with impunity, and their defense to the International Court of Justice is not required until 28 January 2026.

    There has been very little news of this decision.  The ICJ did not issue a press release, despite this being their most sensational case. Accordingly, the decision has not been reported in The New York TimesThe Washington Post, or The Guardian.  Meanwhile, Israeli media reported, “EXCLUSIVE: Israel secures six month delay in Hague Court proceedings.”

    Another important story that has been largely ignored by Western media is regarding the sole Judge who voted in favor of Israel in every single decision so far in this case. That person, Judge Julia Sebutinde, has been revealed to have grossly plagiarized the writings of two ultra-zionists:  Douglas Feith and David Brog. Feith is a co-author of the infamous Netanyahu plan, “A Clean Break: A New Strategy for Securing the Realm,” and part of the Bush/Cheney team that campaigned for the 2003 invasion of Iraq.   Brog is Jewish but helped to found Christians United for Israel. He is currently the head of Miriam Adelson’s “Maccabee Task Force”.  Anti-zionist scholar Norman Finkelstein has discovered that 32% of the ICJ judge’s pro-Israel dissenting opinion was plagiarized from Feith, Brog, and others.

    As the saying goes, “Justice delayed is justice denied.” And if nobody reports or knows about it, did it really happen?  Along with dead Palestinians in Gaza, Israel is trying and perhaps succeeding in killing the International Court of Justice.

    The post Israel stalls and the International Court of Justice complies first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Rick Sterling.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/23/israel-stalls-and-the-international-court-of-justice-complies/feed/ 0 528967
    International observers are defending Palestinians in the West Bank with their own bodies https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/22/international-observers-are-defending-palestinians-in-the-west-bank-with-their-own-bodies/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/22/international-observers-are-defending-palestinians-in-the-west-bank-with-their-own-bodies/#respond Tue, 22 Apr 2025 18:44:25 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333676 Israeli soldiers stand armed and ready as they watch over West Bank Palestinian residents with conditional permits, cross into a checkpoint to enter Jerusalem to pray at the Al-Aqsa in the Old City for Ramadan, in Qalandia, Occupied West Bank , Friday, March 29, 2024. MARCUS YAM / LOS ANGELES TIMESAnna Lippman of Independent Jewish Voices recounts her experiences traveling to the West Bank to defend Palestinian land and people from settler attacks.]]> Israeli soldiers stand armed and ready as they watch over West Bank Palestinian residents with conditional permits, cross into a checkpoint to enter Jerusalem to pray at the Al-Aqsa in the Old City for Ramadan, in Qalandia, Occupied West Bank , Friday, March 29, 2024. MARCUS YAM / LOS ANGELES TIMES

    Even before the end of the ceasefire in Gaza, Israeli attacks on the West Bank were escalating in 2025. By Feb. 5, 70 Palestinians were reported killed this year alone. Anna Lippman, a member of Independent Jewish Voices, has traveled on numerous occasions to the West Bank from her home in Toronto, Canada, to stand with Palestinians defending their land from attacks by Israeli soldiers and armed settlers.

    Most recently, Lippman was in the Masafer Yatta community in the occupied West Bank as Hamdan Ballal, Oscar-winning Palestinian director of the film No Other Land, was detained by Israeli forces after being attacked by armed Israeli settlers in that same community. Lippman joins The Marc Steiner Show for an in-depth discussion on her experiences on the ground in the West Bank, where attempted land grabs and expulsions of Palestinians are growing by the day.

    Producer: Rosette Sewali
    Studio Production: David Hebden
    Post-Production: Alina Nehlich


    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Marc Steiner:

    Welcome to The Marc Steiner Show here on The Real News. It’s good to have you all with us as we continue to cover Palestine and Israel and hear from people throughout that struggle, and continue our series Not in Our Name — Jewish voices that oppose the occupation of Palestine and the oppression and repression of Palestinians by Israelis.

    On March 24, co-director of the film No Other Land, Hamdan Ballal, was attacked by Israeli settlers and was badly injured — And while in the ambulance, he was attacked again. The Israeli police took him to an unknown location and, following an international outcry, he was released the next day.

    Toronto resident Anna Lippman was in the area known as Masafer Yatta on the West Bank. While she was providing protective presence to Palestinians, Lippman, whois Jewish, was also attacked — Though not as severely — By Israeli settlers, and also was not arrested. Lippman spoke afterwards to the online media where she said what brings you back here is the people, meeting the people here, the children, the elders, the activists, the mothers, all of them, seeing the way that they continue to resist — Not just writing articles, but sharing their story through their everyday acts of resistance, continuing to be on their land, continuing their careers, their family lives, and the joy they find on their land and with their families, with their communities. It’s so beautiful. The hospitality they gave me as a Jewish person whose taxes and identity are used to kill their cousins, they welcome me into their home and feed me even though they have almost nothing.

    Today we are joined by Anna Lippman. She’s a Toronto member of Independent Jewish Voices, and has long been showing up in solidarity with Palestinian people in opposition to Israel’s campaign of violence and displacement. And she opposes deeply, which we’ll talk about today, the conflation of anti-Zionism and antisemitism. Now, she went to the West Bank to protect Palestinians and showed huge heart and courage in her time there. She’s the daughter of a Holocaust surviving family and takes that into her heart as well when it comes to fighting and supporting liberation of Palestinian people.

    Anna, welcome. It’s good to have you with us.

    Anna Lippman:

    Thanks for having me.

    Marc Steiner:

    So many places to start, but let me just begin, if you could just talk a bit about your time on the West Bank: A, was that the first time you’ve been there? And B, how did that affect you? You went there already opposed to the occupation, but I’m very curious how that affected you when you were there.

    Anna Lippman:

    Yeah, so I’m actually currently in the West Bank.

    Marc Steiner:

    At this moment?

    Anna Lippman:

    At this moment, which is why my internet is still terrible. So I’ve been here for two months, and I’ll be here for another month. It’s actually my fourth time here doing protective presence work, using both my international and my Jewish privilege to try to mitigate the violence and the ethnic cleansing.

    As a kid, I went to Israel a lot of times, but I had never been to the occupied Palestinian territories, the West Bank. And so going for my first time and seeing it, even though I had been doing this work for so long, it really made my resolve so much stronger because the things that you see here, it’s impossible to imagine. And the relationships that you make with the people here and then the violence that you witness upon them, it just breaks your heart.

    Marc Steiner:

    So let me jump into some things you just said because I think it’s important. For people listening to us today, where are you on the West Bank? Who are you staying with?

    Anna Lippman:

    I am in the region of Masafer Yatta, the South Hebron Hills, and I’m in the village of Susya, most famous for being the home of Academy Award-winning director Hamdan Bilal.

    Marc Steiner:

    So I assume then, if you’re there, you’re staying with Palestinian families?

    Anna Lippman:

    They’re hosting us in the village. They have basically a guest house in the middle of the village where we sleep and where basically, when we’re not sleeping, children either are playing with us [Steiner laughs] or people are coming to get us to respond to attacks.

    Marc Steiner:

    And who is the we?

    Anna Lippman:

    So I’m actually here with seven other Jewish activists. We’re part of the Center for Jewish Nonviolence. There’s also several other non-Jewish activists. But for myself and for the people in this group, it’s really important for us to show up as Jews because, not [inaudible] show the world what it means to oppose the state and Zionism, but also so many Palestinians here have never met a Jew that doesn’t want to harm them. And so this, in many ways, is the work of doing that cultural exchange and helping people understand that this is a terrible thing that is happening, but it doesn’t represent all Jews.

    Marc Steiner:

    One thing you said, just to explore briefly for a moment together about the pain and terror the Jews and Israelis are foisting on Palestinians in this occupation and more. And I was reading about your work and who you are, and the idea that Jews, who suffered so much over thousands of years, who survived — And my family survived the Holocaust, the Cossack repressions in Eastern Poland, the inquisitions that took place. Everything that has happened to us as a people over the millennia, that we could then turn and do what we’re doing in Israel.

    Anna Lippman:

    Yes, I agree with you. And on the inside, I wonder the same way. Especially, like you, I’m the granddaughter of a Holocaust survivor. She was in Auschwitz. To understand the way that that which happened before I was born impacts my life, I could never want to do this to someone else. But also, it’s the plain and sad truth that hurt people hurt people. And if Jews, we don’t deal with our trauma, if we’re able to let others exploit it for their imperial goals, then of course we’re seeing what’s happening in Israel.

    Marc Steiner:

    So I’m very curious what the response has been to you, first from the Israelis, but then the Palestinians. What has been your experience in what we might call Israel proper, for the moment, in terms of what you experience when people know who you are and why you’re there?

    Anna Lippman:

    To be honest, I don’t tell people within Israel proper who I am and why I’m there [Steiner laughs].

    Marc Steiner:

    I get it.

    Anna Lippman:

    [Crosstalk] I fear for my life.

    Marc Steiner:

    Right. Absolutely. Absolutely. Yes.

    Anna Lippman:

    And even in the West Bank, we have to be a little careful who we talk to about what we’re doing because there are many ways that these names get back to the Israeli government. It’s despicably easy for me to get away with this within Israel because I look very Ashkenazi. I look like everyone else. No one looks at me and blinks twice. And that’s why the Jews come to do this work is because we have these privileges and we might as well exploit them for something good.

    Marc Steiner:

    So let’s explore for a moment what that work is. When you say, we’ve said a number of times, you’re there doing this work, talk to people listening to us today about what this work is that you’re doing.

    Anna Lippman:

    So a lot of what we’re doing is documentation and accompaniment work. So, especially in Masafer Yatta, most of the people here are farmers and shepherds. They very much rely on the land. And so a key way for them to be able to remain here is to be able to take their flocks out, is to be able to harvest their crops. And so we literally just accompany them on their shepherding shifts, as they go to the grocery store, what have you, not only because Palestinians, Israelis, and internationals understand that you don’t want to act the same towards Palestinians in private that you do in front of an international. Because I’m getting this interview and Palestinians are not, so they don’t want us to tell the world what they’re doing to the Palestinians, what’s happening. And this is what we do when we bring our privilege here is we’re able to share it back out.

    Marc Steiner:

    In the process of your work over there, what has been your interaction with Israelis, with Jewish Israelis, about what you’re doing?

    Anna Lippman:

    Yeah, it’s been terrible. When the army comes, they give us quite a hard time despite us being Jewish. They call us anarchists. They say we are making chaos. A soldier told me the other day that I was here to make problems for the Jewish. And the settlers themselves, they’re even worse. The army will call us traitors, self-hating Jews, but the settlers will yell all kinds of profanities at us. They’ll chase us. I’ve been in multiple rock attacks.

    Marc Steiner:

    What does that mean?

    Anna Lippman:

    Groups of young settlers coming to throw rocks at the villages, the Palestinians, basically a stoning.

    Marc Steiner:

    In their minds a biblical stoning.

    Anna Lippman:

    Yes, of course.

    Marc Steiner:

    The vast majority of settlers in the West Bank are right-wing extremist, Orthodox Jews, is that right?

    Anna Lippman:

    Yeah. And the thing is that on the front lines of these more extremist settlements are mostly young men, like 15- to 20-year-olds that are sometimes called the Hilltop Youth, who are taken from bad homes, off the street, and brought to these settlements that are run by really right-wing fascist people that tell them, this is your land. You must protect it. You must shepherd. And if you see Palestinians, attack them before they attack you. And so who we mostly see is teenage boys, and that makes it a difficult dynamic to hate them.

    Marc Steiner:

    I understand. Let me take a step backwards here with you for just a minute because this is literally, I’ve been involved in this, in covering this, my entire life, almost. But what you’re describing now, what you just said about Israeli boys on these settlements attacking you and the Palestinians were brought there, were in trouble and brought to these… Talk a bit about that. Who are these kids? Where they come from? What do you mean they were in trouble? It sounds like what — And I hate saying this — It sounds like what fascists did in Germany and Italy, taking youths off the street and turning them into stormtroopers.

    Anna Lippman:

    Yes, exactly. And it’s very similar here. Sometimes it’s rabbis, sometimes it’s just agricultural entrepreneurs. And they’ll go to places like Tel Aviv, like Jerusalem, like Be’er Sheva, places within 48, and they’ll tout their programs as helping at-risk youth and providing rehabilitation centers for at-risk youth. So these previously street youth are now productive members of society. They’re learning how to farm, they’re going to school.

    And actually, because they’re touted this way, they get a lot of funding from places like the JNF that funds social service projects, from places like the Israeli government that funds rehabilitation for at-risk youth. But at the same time, there’s enough of a distance that the Israeli government can blame these youth for an attack. And then, through keeping an arm’s distance to them, they’re both supporting the youth to be there to do this ethnic cleansing, and they can blame the youth and say it’s not part of the state, it’s extrastate actors.

    Marc Steiner:

    So would it be fair to say, just to explore this for a moment — Then we can go on something else — But is it fair to say that these kids that are taken to these settlements, who are in trouble from the stuff they did in the streets, are kids who are what we call Mizrahim, that there are kids who are from Arab African descent in Israel. Would that be about right?

    Anna Lippman:

    Mostly not. Mostly they’re Ashkenazi. Sometimes they’re Mizrahi, but the vast majority of them are Ashkenazi. A lot of them are from places like Europe and Ukraine. A lot of them are just born and raised in Israel.

    Marc Steiner:

    That’s a pretty horrendous description. I think the world is not aware of what you’re describing at this moment. I think most people, I wasn’t, are not aware, and I stay on top of this. It’s something that is almost, it’s a frightening Orwellian step.

    Anna Lippman:

    It definitely is. And it’s been happening for quite a while. And not only is it terrible for the Palestinians, but it’s so exploitative [of] these young men.

    Marc Steiner:

    Yes, absolutely. I’m also curious, I’ve not been to the West Bank, but as a young person — I was a very young person — I was a Freedom Rider, and I was [on the] Eastern shore Maryland, Mississippi, Alabama. And it was terrifying. But you did it because it had to be done.

    Anna Lippman:

    Exactly.

    Marc Steiner:

    So I want to talk about you in that regard. What it’s like for you to live on the edge of that violence, protecting the human rights and liberation of Palestinians as a Jewish woman?

    Anna Lippman:

    It’s a lot. It’s very scary, and it’s not comfortable. I think a lot of times I feel like I’m on a three-month firefighting shift. You can never really put your guard completely down because things could go off at any minute and you’ll have to run out of the house and go stop this fire. And it really impacts the activists here because it’s a lot on your body, on your mind.

    And then I see the Palestinians who live this every day, and I remember that I will go home to Netflix and Uber Eats, and they will not. This is where they live. And so I think, just like you said, this is what has to be done, even though it’s not my favorite thing to do, for sure.

    Marc Steiner:

    All right. So I guess you’ve been aware of all the crackdowns taking place in Canada, in Germany, across the globe, against Palestinians.

    Anna Lippman:

    Absolutely.

    Marc Steiner:

    So just to hear your thoughts and analysis of what all that means, this literally international crackdown, and it’s going to begin to happen in larger ways here in the United States as well with Donald Trump back in the White House.

    Anna Lippman:

    Absolutely, yeah. No, I totally agree. And Canada is not that far off from Trump. We don’t know who’s going to win this next election, and Canada is going quite right itself. And I think one thing I’ve always learned about Palestine is it’s sort of the moral center of the world. Everything that Israel does in Palestine, their militarization, their technology, their AI, they export it to the rest of the world. Police, [armies] from all over the world, go train with the IDF.

    And so to me, [it’s] surprising to see the ways that this extreme crackdown is going global and is starting to impact people that perhaps thought they were a bit more safe. And I think that’s why everyone who feels strongly about this, who feels strongly about the right to speak up for what you believe in, needs to be saying no, needs to be standing up. Because if we don’t say this is too much, what student are they going to snatch off the streets next?

    Marc Steiner:

    And it sounds like, what I’ve seen written before and what you’re describing, people don’t realize this Western American and Israeli cooperation in testing out weaponry and more is a test run for oppression universally.

    Anna Lippman:

    Exactly, yes. And Israel does it very well. And other imperial settler colonial countries like Canada, they pay attention. They want to do it well too.

    Marc Steiner:

    So tell me a bit, for people listening to us in the time we have left, a bit about what your daily life and work is like there, what you’re experiencing firsthand as a young Jewish woman in the West Bank living with Palestinians and staring down right-wing settlers and the Israeli army.

    Anna Lippman:

    I think what, to me, is most noticeable about my day-to-day experience here is it’s so unpredictable that it’s impossible to plan a month ahead, and very difficult to plan two days ahead.

    Marc Steiner:

    Wow.

    Anna Lippman:

    We’ll wake up, we’ll go shepherding, we’ll be having a lovely time, and then suddenly a settler will come in their truck, try to run us over, and we’re taking footage of this, talking to lawyers, taking people to the police station to give testimony. And that’s your whole day. And sometimes we can be very lucky and we’ll just have a morning where things are great and we’ll get to hang out with the families and just chill. But even in those quiet times, there’s still tension because it’s so unpredictable that you never know what is coming or when. And every time that you continue to stay in your land, that you continue to call settlers out, they seek revenge. So just like the Palestinians here, I can’t really give you a day-to-day because the settlers don’t let us have that regularity and schedule.

    Marc Steiner:

    What do you mean by that?

    Anna Lippman:

    They keep us on our toes by intentionally being unpredictable, by telling us they’ll come back tonight, then not, but coming to attack three days later. So it’s very hard.

    Marc Steiner:

    As an activist in the midst of this, and more in the middle of it than most people are who might oppose what’s happening, becausre you’re there, physically there, putting your life on the line, how do you see it unfolding in the future? And where are the possibilities that we can actually find a road to peace where Israelis and Palestinians, Muslims, Christians, and Jews live in that place together? Because in the end, for me, I have this poster on my wall — I’ve said this before on other shows — I have this poster on my wall that I got in Cuba in 1968, and it’s a map of all of Palestine, and it has a Palestinian flag on one side and an Israeli flag on the other side, and it says “One state, two people, three faiths”. And that’s kind of been my mantra for a long time. So I’m asking you that question in that spirit because it almost feels impossible to attain.

    Anna Lippman:

    Yeah, I think that it has been really grim for the last two or so years, and it’s been really difficult to find hope. I think where I find hope is the fact that so many more people know about Palestine than they did in 2014, than they did in 2021. So for me, this gives me hope when I see a random person that’s not Jewish, that’s not Arab, who knows about Palestine and cares about the injustice there. I think the more we speak up, the more we ask our governments to hold the Israeli government accountable, the more that we will find actual peace.

    But it’s also important to recognize that peace, true peace, means equality, humanity, and dignity for everyone from the river to the sea. And so we cannot have a state, two states, 12 states, I don’t care [Steiner laughs]. But if Palestinians don’t have the right to live in their land, to return to their ancestral land, to be as much of a society as an Israeli citizen is, there will never be peace because peace is not built on oppression.

    Marc Steiner:

    Anna Lippman, a couple of things here. First of all, I do want to say this to you, and I want everyone listening to us here at The Real News to know it, what you and others like you are doing at this moment takes, and the Yiddish word is chutzpah, takes a lot of heart and strength and bravery to stand up for what you’re doing. It’s not just carrying a placard around an embassy. You’re in the midst of it, saying, no, not in our name, this has to end.

    And I do want to thank you for what you’re doing. I think your voice and the voices of others around you, along with Palestinians, is what we want to continue to hear more [of] on this program. And for one, I want to stay in touch, and I want to help work to bring more voices like yours on, but also to expand those voices and give people the opportunity and chance to do exactly what you are doing.

    Anna Lippman:

    Yes, I love that.

    Marc Steiner:

    That will change it.

    Anna Lippman:

    I think so. We gotta have hope, right?

    Marc Steiner:

    Yes, we do. Look, I’ll say this one last thing. I say this often. One of the scariest things for people in the South during Civil Rights, which you see all the white freedom workers, and among those, the majority of the white people who put their lives on the line in Civil Rights were Jews.

    Anna Lippman:

    Yes. This is our history, right?

    Marc Steiner:

    Yes. Right. So you’re carrying on a tradition, and you’re a brave human being, a brave woman. Let’s do stay in touch, and whatever stories we can tell together about your experience and others’ experiences and the experiences of the Palestinian lives that you touch and live with, we want to put on the air and do that.

    Anna Lippman:

    Yeah. That’s so great. Thank you so much for having me, and, really, for everything.

    Marc Steiner:

    Please stay safe and stay strong. Thank you.

    Anna Lippman:

    Thank you.

    Marc Steiner:

    Thank you once again to Anna Lippman for joining us today. And I want to reiterate what I said during our conversation. The bravery she and other young Jews are showing in Israel Palestine, living with Palestinians to say, we, as Jews, say not in our name, is literally putting their lives on the line, just as people did to end racial segregation in America. We will, I will, continue to highlight their work, and we’ll be hearing more from Anna Lippman, and other Anna Lippmans as well, as the voices of the Palestinians they work with put their lives on the line, and they’re there to stand with them.

    Once again, thank you to Anna Lippman for joining us today. Thanks to David Hebden for running the program today, our audio editor, Alina Nehlich, and producer, Rosette Sewali, for making it all work behind the scenes, and everyone here at The Real News for making this show possible.

    Please let me know what you thought about what you heard today, what you’d like us to cover. Just write to me at mss@therealnews.com and I’ll get right back to you. Once again, thank you, Anna Lippman, for all the work you do and for joining us today. So for the crew here at The Real News, I’m Marc Steiner. Stay involved, keep listening, and take care.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Marc Steiner.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/22/international-observers-are-defending-palestinians-in-the-west-bank-with-their-own-bodies/feed/ 0 528342
    Reforesting the Andes: One tree at a time https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/21/reforesting-the-andes-one-tree-at-a-time/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/21/reforesting-the-andes-one-tree-at-a-time/#respond Mon, 21 Apr 2025 21:02:48 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333659 A local Indigenous guide sets his llama to graze, while preparing to plant trees in the high mountains of Peru’s Urubamba Valley.There has been a huge push to plant native trees across the Andes in recent years. And it’s been a success. This is episode 23 of Stories of Resistance, in honor of Earth Day.]]> A local Indigenous guide sets his llama to graze, while preparing to plant trees in the high mountains of Peru’s Urubamba Valley.

    The trail leads across the vast horizon 

    traversing sharp green slopes.

    A row of travelers walks on an overgrown path of stone

    chiseled half a millenium ago into the hillside.

    Thousands of feet above the valley floor

    thousands of feet above the snaking brown Urubamba River

    craggy snow-covered 17-, 18-, 19,000-foot peaks reach toward the heavens.

    They are not just mountains. 

    They’re Apus. 

    The word means “señor,” “elder,” or “the honored ones” in Quechua. 

    For the Andean Quechuan people, the apus are spirits that embody the mountains.

    Spirits that protect them and their harvests.

    And this group of travelers is also going to pay their respects to the ancient ones.

    The path takes a sharp ascent and winds up over a pass. 

    And at the top they stop, 12,000 feet up.

    Here…  the land was terraced hundreds of years ago, by ancient bygone people. 

    Maybe the Incas. Maybe the Killke or Qotacalla people before them.

    The land is still farmed today.

    But it’s barren of trees and shrubs. They were long since cut, and cleared and used.

    But people in the Andes of Peru are changing that.

    The guide wears a traditional red woven Andean poncho.

    He sets his llamas to graze on the lush green hillside

    And pulls from their packs saplings. Tiny queñua trees — polylepis, in English.

    They are native to Peru.

    To the highlands and the hillsides here. They thrive in the high altitudes.

    They help protect the soil. They conserve water.

    They are sacred. And this team is here to plant them on the edge of the ridge where they will grow big and strong.

    The team breaks into the ground with a pickaxe and shovel.

    They pull out the rich moist earth. 

    And then say prayers to the Apus

    three coca leaves in hand, blowing sacred breaths to the mountain spirits. 

    In every direction they turn, saying a prayer to the mighty summits that surround them… Pitusiray, Sahuasiray, Verónica, Chicón and all of the others, even those they cannot see.

    In the base of each hole where the tree will be planted, they make an offering.

    Coca leaves, crackers, candy, and other sweets. 

    The things that humans like, they say, are the same to be offered to Pachamama, Mother Earth, and the Apus.

    The items are arranged in a gorgeous multicolored design.

    And then they pour in beer. It fizzes and mixes. 

    More prayers in Quechua. A moment of silence.

    They ask that these trees may grow roots.

    Big and strong. That they may give life

    and protect this sacred place. 

    The tree is a metaphor for their own future.

    That the Apus may bless these little saplings and also their path ahead.

    Their community. Their families and endeavours.

    And then… they gently fill up the holes with the rich dark earth 

    llama dung for fertilizer

    brown tufts of Andean grass to hold in the moisture.

    More words of prayer on this ancient hillside.

    Tiny trees being planted and born.

    Dreams. Hope for what may come. 

    Resisting on the high mountains of the Andes.

    Planting trees for tomorrow. 

    ###

    There has been a huge push to plant these trees and other native trees across the Andes in recent years. And it’s been a tremendous success.

    In recent years, local organizations, together with dozens of Indigenous communities have planted more than 10 million trees up and down the Andes. Almost half of them in the Peruvian mountains around Cusco. Many of the tree species are threatened. And many of the ecosystems at risk.

    The trees help to protect and preserve the local environments and ecosystems and in particular help retain water. The communities are also holding on to their local cultures, beliefs and religion. Making offerings and prayers to Pachamama and the Apus. Offerings for the resistance of their peoples on the hillsides of the Andes. Offerings for their children and their communities. Offerings for the future.

    This is episode 23 of Stories of Resistance — a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    This week, we celebrate Earth Day, April 22. So I thought this was a perfect story to highlight the incredible work Indigenous peoples and communities are doing in the highlands of Peru.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. You can also follow my reporting and support at www.patreon.com/mfox.


    This is episode 23 of Stories of Resistance — a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    This week, we celebrate Earth Day, April 22. This is a perfect story to highlight the incredible work Indigenous peoples and communities are doing in the highlands of Peru.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. You can also follow Michael’s reporting and support at patreon.com/mfox.

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/21/reforesting-the-andes-one-tree-at-a-time/feed/ 0 527948
    Tamara Pearson: Writing as an act of resistance https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/18/tamara-pearson-writing-as-an-act-of-resistance/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/18/tamara-pearson-writing-as-an-act-of-resistance/#respond Fri, 18 Apr 2025 17:17:24 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333554 Tamara Pearson is a writer and journalist who, in both her work and her activism, demonstrates the words that she lives by. This is episode 22 of Stories of Resistance.]]>

    Tamara writes. She writes in her tiny apartment in bustling Puebla, Mexico, where street vendors hawk vegetables and fruits, clothes, and electronics. Where their calls ring like birdsong and the sound of city traffic bellows low like a bassoon, or a didgeridoo. 

    Tamara writes beautiful phrases, linking adjective and metaphor. Inventing words, painting pictures of alebrijes and butterflies and magic. But her stories are not fanciful. They are not fast-food fairy tales or strip-mall Coca-Cola Inc.-brand fables meant to lull you to sleep and to buy their products.

    Tamara’s stories have an edge. They have a point, chiseled over years. They are stories of grit. They are stories of truth. Where the hero is not an impossibly brawny white uniform-wearing man, but an elderly migrant; a homeless grandmother, fleeing violence, picking her way forward, following the breadcrumbs left by an unjust system made not for her, but for the rich. For the elites. For the wealthy tourists, with their expensive cameras, who speak loudly in foreign languages in countries they only visit to say they’ve visited, and eat their food and buy their trinkets and return home to brag.

    But Tamara’s protagonists also have their superpowers. They have magic. They see mystical creatures. They paint their own worlds, just like Tamara’s pen, or keyboard stroke.

    Tamara writes of injustice. She writes of inequality. She writes of poverty. Then she volunteers at a migrant shelter. She marches with the Indigenous defending their homeland, fighting foreign water companies or mining corporations. She meets. She organizes. She speaks, softly. In a throng of people, she is often the one behind the lens of a camera. Tamara carries both powerful words and silence, in the same breath. This is her superpower. She knows both when to listen and to speak. A potent potion few heroes wield.

    Global inequality is her Lex Luthor. Her Joker. Her Darth Vader. This system that permits some countries, and thereby some people, to hold so much power over the rest. This system that decides who needs to fight to survive and who gets to spend their days binge watching Netflix. Who will be educated. Who should travel. Who should live and who should die. All decided by what side of a fence they were born on. What mountainside. What distant shore. What tiny dot on the planet their mothers birthed and raised them.

    This global caste system — that is her greatest antagonist. And she fights it daily the only way she knows how. With the very essence of her soul.

    ###

    Tamara Pearson is an Australian-Mexican writer and journalist. You can check out her work on her website ResistanceWords.com. I’ll add a link in the show notes.

    Her latest novel, Eyes of the Earth, is a journey of magical realism about a 73-year-old homeless refugee in Mexico. Definitely check it out. 

    As always, I’m your host Michael Fox. This is Stories of Resistance, a new podcast series co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment or leave a review. 

    As always, thanks for listening. See you next time.


    This is Stories of Resistance—a new podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    Check out Tamara Pearson’s original publications for The Real News Network here, and follow her work at resistancewords.com. She tweets at x.com/pajaritaroja.

    You can find Tamara Pearson’s latest novel, Eyes of the Earth, at resistancewords.com/novel-the-eyes-of-the-earth/

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. You can also follow Michael’s reporting, and support at patreon.com/mfox.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/18/tamara-pearson-writing-as-an-act-of-resistance/feed/ 0 527295
    ‘Dirtiest campaign we’ve ever seen’: Ecuador’s President Noboa accused of election fraud https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/18/dirtiest-campaign-weve-ever-seen-ecuadors-president-noboa-accused-of-election-fraud/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/18/dirtiest-campaign-weve-ever-seen-ecuadors-president-noboa-accused-of-election-fraud/#respond Fri, 18 Apr 2025 17:00:35 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333535 Ecuador's reelected President Daniel Noboa (R) thumbs up next to his wife, Lavinia Valbonesi, gesture from a balcony of the Carondelet Presidential Palace during the changing of the guard ceremony in Quito on April 15, 2025. Photo by RODRIGO BUENDIA/AFP via Getty ImagesRight-wing billionaire Daniel Noboa has claimed victory in Ecuador's election—but challenger Luisa González and international experts claim the election has been stolen.]]> Ecuador's reelected President Daniel Noboa (R) thumbs up next to his wife, Lavinia Valbonesi, gesture from a balcony of the Carondelet Presidential Palace during the changing of the guard ceremony in Quito on April 15, 2025. Photo by RODRIGO BUENDIA/AFP via Getty Images

    Ecuador’s president and Trump ally Daniel Noboa has declared victory in the recent election, claiming 56% of the vote in Sunday’s presidential election, according to the country’s National Electoral Council. But analysts say Noboa’s campaign was riddled with illegalities, and that he waged a dirty fake news war against challenger Luisa González the likes of which the country has never seen—and González has challenged the legitimacy of the final vote tally. Reporting from the streets of Quito, journalist Michael Fox breaks down the political tumult in Ecuador and the implications of Noboa’s victory for Ecuadorians, for Latin America, and the new international right.

    Videography / Production / Narration: Michael Fox

    Transcript

    Michael Fox, narrator: Ecuador’s president, Daniel Noboa, has been reelected. He’s 37 years old. The son of a banana tycoon. And a Trump ally. He was one of only three Latin American presidents to attend Donald Trump’s inauguration in January, alongside Argentina’s Javier Milei and El Salvador’s Nayib Bukele—all international figureheads of the “new right”.

    Noboa’s campaign focused on one thing: Security. See, gangs and narco-groups have sent violence spiraling out of control in recent years. 

    Decio Machado, political analyst: If things continue this way this year, Ecuador won’t be the second most violent country in Latin America, it will be the first.

    Michael Fox, narrator: Noboa has promised to take it to the gangs. He’s building high-security prisons, like El Salvador’s Nayib Bukele, and like Bukele has done to execute his war on the gangs and extrajudicial imprisonment of 2% of his country’s population, the highest incarceration rate in the world.

    Daniel Noboa has also decreed states of emergency to claim exceptional powers, suspending constitutional rights in the name of the war on drugs. 

    He’s even invited the United States to help. 

    Daniel Noboa, Ecuador’s President [speech]: We are going to end delinquency. We are going to end criminality. We are going to do away with these miserable politicians that have kept us behind.

    Michael Fox, narrator: Iron fist. Tough on crime. This is Noboa’s bread and butter. And his people love it.

    According to the National Electoral Council, Noboa won Sunday’s election with 56% of the vote. His supporters danced in the streets.

    Noboa supporter: I’m so happy. We’ve won again.

    Michael Fox, narrator: But analysts say Noboa’s campaign was riddled with illegalities, and that he waged a dirty fake news war against challenger Luisa González the likes of which the country has never seen.

    And on election night… González refused to recognize the results.

    Luisa González, presidential candidate [speech]: I denounce, before the people, before the media and the world that Ecuador is living under a dictatorship. This is the biggest fraud in the history of Ecuador!

    Michael Fox, narrator: Luisa González is a former national assembly member, a lawyer, and the leader of the Citizen’s Revolution. That’s the leftist political party created by former president Rafael Correa in the mid 2000s. He oversaw a tremendous increase in spending for education, healthcare, and social programs. They helped to lift almost two million people out of poverty.

    Luisa ran on this legacy, with a campaign focused on both battling crime, and also tackling unemployment and poverty. Almost 30 percent of Ecuadorians live under the poverty line. González called for unity and promised to reinvest in Ecuador. Social programs. Education.

    Her supporters were excited for a return to the good days of the past.

    Marlene Yacchirema, Luisa González supporter: There was a lot of security. We lived in peace for 10 years, which we had not experienced for many years. And today, it’s gotten so much worse.

    Michael Fox, narrator: Polls showed her leading ahead of the vote. Even the exit polls showed a virtual tie. That is, in part why, when the results started to roll in showing a more than 10-point lead for Noboa, Luisa González’s team believed there must be something wrong.

    In a historic agreement, González was endorsed by the country’s most powerful Indigenous political party. In the first round of voting in February, Pachakutik had come in third with 5% of the vote . Nevertheless, on Sunday night, González received roughly the same number of votes she had in the first round.

    Luisa González is now calling for a recount. It is still unclear if the electoral council will permit it and how everything will unfold. But beyond the fraud allegations, this entire election was rife with abuse, violations, and a dirty campaign carried out by president Daniel Noboa.

    Decio Machado, political analyst: We have witnessed the shadiest electoral campaign since the return of democracy in Ecuador, from the year 1979 onward. And I say shady because it’s been the campaign with the dirtiest war, with the worst fake news campaign, with the most lies, and violations of the constitution.

    Lee Brown, political analyst & election observer: I came here about five days before the election, and even in those few days before the vote itself took place, it was very obvious that the election wasn’t taking place in what you and I would call free and fair conditions. So most extraordinarily, the day before the election, there was a state of emergency. And this was called in, in particular, in all the areas where Luisa’s vote was strongest in the first round, but also in the capital city. Obviously that creates a climate of fear. People couldn’t move freely. So this is the sort of context the election was taking place even before that. That was on the day before the election.

    I saw in my own eyes and, you know, people were telling me clear, clear abuses of power that were taking place. One clear example is the failure for there to be a separation between the government itself and the election campaign. One of those examples is just the state spending literally hundreds of millions of pounds in grants other things in the run up to the election, effectively buying votes. So that’s caused a lot of concern for people.

    Michael Fox, narrator: Above all else, this high-stakes election was defined by a rabid fake news campaign against candidate Luisa González, which clearly influenced voters.

    Alejandra Costa, doctor & Noboa supporter: I don’t want socialism from other countries to be implemented here in Ecuador. I want to continue to live in freedom. And I want my nephews to have this future as well. We want a free country.

    Decio Machado, political analyst: There’s been a huge fake news campaign. It’s targeted Luisa supporters and has tried to insinuate links of candidate Luisa González with drug gangs, with links to drug trafficking, with the Tren de Aragua, with Mexican cartels. There’s been a whole strategy of poisoning the Ecuadorian electorate with information through social media, WhatsApp groups, etc., and it’s been very powerful on the part of the ruling party’s candidacy and on the part of Daniel Noboa’s candidacy. It’s all clearly part of the dirtiest campaign we’ve ever seen in Ecuador.

    Michael Fox, narrator: Noboa’s fake news campaign wasn’t just negative against Luisa González, it was also positive in favor of himself.

    Lee Brown, political analyst & election observer: The most incredible fake news that I’ve seen is that the government is resolving the question of security, because with your own eyes you can see that with all the data points, you cannot see them.

    Michael Fox, narrator: This is an interesting reality. Despite Noboa’s discourse, his state of exceptions, and his increasing the military and police on the streets… the violence, homicides, and theft in the country have actually gotten worse. 

    Decio Machado, political analyst: Between January, February, and March, according to the official figures, the levels of violence have risen 70% compared with the numbers from the same period last year.

    Lee Brown, political analyst & election observer: The propaganda campaign means people are really, really getting this unified message that only they can resolve this issue of security, and, on the flip side, that if you bring back the progressive movement Luisa González and representatives of the citizens Revolution, that if you were to do that then the drug the narco traffickers would take over the country.

    Michael Fox, narrator: These types of lies and fake news campaigns we have seen before. From Donald Trump. From Bolsonaro, in Brazil. From Bukele, in El Salvador. They are a dirty, but highly effective tactic of the far right across the region. Their push to spread false narratives and weaponize misinformation across media platforms has been key to securing sufficient popular support and consolidating power.

    Analysts expect Daniel Noboa to double down in his new term. A willing ally of Donald Trump and the United States, Noboa even traveled to the US two weeks before the election for a photo-op at Mar-A-Lago with the US president. Noboa has invited the United States to help fight his war on drugs.

    Francesca Emanuele, Center for Economic and Policy Research: He is trying to get to that position of being part of the Latin American far right. And actually his policies are from the far right. He has militarized the whole country in the name of fighting crime. He is committing human rights abuses, forced disappearances with impunity, and he’s offering the US to have military bases.

    So he’s definitely working to be the far right of the Americas and the far right of the world. And that’s really scary. That’s really scary for the population here in Ecuador. And I think that in the next four years, the situation is going to be worse.

    Michael Fox, narrator: But there will be resistance. Social explosions are common in Ecuador when people’s rights are being trampled, or their communities disrespected, or their native lands threatened. 

    Nation-wide protests shut down the country in 2019 and again in 2022 against neoliberal government reforms and the rising cost of gas and basic products.

    If Luisa González and the Indigenous movement continue united, it is only a matter of time, before a new wave of protests ignites. As we have seen time and time again, in Ecuador, if rights are not respected and won at the ballot box, they will be fought for and reclaimed on the streets.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/18/dirtiest-campaign-weve-ever-seen-ecuadors-president-noboa-accused-of-election-fraud/feed/ 0 527297
    The ‘king of poisons’ is building up in rice https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/the-king-of-poisons-arsenic-is-building-up-in-rice/ https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/the-king-of-poisons-arsenic-is-building-up-in-rice/#respond Thu, 17 Apr 2025 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=662882 Throughout the Yangtze River Delta, a region in southern China famed for its widespread rice production, farmers grow belts of slender green stalks. Before they reach several feet tall and turn golden brown, the grassy plants soak in muddy, waterlogged fields for months. Along the rows of submerged plants, levees store and distribute a steady supply of water that farmers source from nearby canals.

    This traditional practice of flooding paddies to raise the notoriously thirsty crop is almost as old as the ancient grain’s domestication. Thousands of years later, the agricultural method continues to predominate in rice cultivation practices from the low-lying fields of Arkansas to the sprawling terraces of Vietnam. 

    As the planet heats up, this popular process of growing rice is becoming increasingly more dangerous for the millions of people worldwide that eat the grain regularly, according to research published Wednesday in the journal Lancet Planetary Health. After drinking water, the researchers say, rice is the world’s second largest dietary source of inorganic arsenic, and climate change appears to be increasing the amount of the highly toxic chemical that is in it. If nothing is done to transform how most of the world’s rice is produced, regulate how much of it people consume, or mitigate warming, the authors conclude that communities with rice-heavy diets could begin confronting increased risks of cancer and disease as soon as 2050. 

    “Our results are very scary,” said Donming Wang, the ecological doctorate student at the Institute of Soil Science, Chinese Academy of Sciences who led the paper. “It’s a disaster … and a wake-up call.” 

    Back in 2014, Wang and an international team of climate, plant, and public health scientists started working together on a research project that would end up taking them close to a decade to complete. Wading through rice paddies across the Yangtze Delta, they sought to find out just how projected temperatures and levels of atmospheric CO2 in 2050 would interact with the arsenic in the soil and the rice crops planted there. They knew, from past research, that the carcinogen was a problem in rice crops, but wanted to find out how much more of an issue it might be in a warming world. The team didn’t look at just any rice, but some of the grain varieties most produced and consumed worldwide.

    Although there are an estimated 40,000 types of rice on the planet, they tend to be grouped into three categories based on length of the grain. Short-grain rice, or the sticky kind often used in sushi; long-grain, which includes aromatic types like basmati and jasmine; and medium-grain, or rice that tends to be served as a main dish. Of these, the short-to-medium japonica and long-grain indica are the two major subspecies of cultivated rice eaten across Asia. Wang’s study modelled the growth of 28 varieties of japonica, indica, and hybrid rice strains central to cuisine for seven of the continent’s top rice consuming and producing countries: Bangladesh, China, India, Indonesia, Myanmar, Philippines, and Vietnam. India, Vietnam, and China are among the group of eight nations that lead the rest of the world in rice exports. 

    After nearly a decade of observing and analyzing the growth of the plants, the researchers discovered that the combination of higher temperatures and CO2 encourages root growth, increasing the ability of rice plants to uptake arsenic from the soil. They believe this is because climate-related changes in soil chemistry that favor arsenic can be more easily absorbed into the grain. Carbon-dioxide enriched crops were found to capture more atmospheric carbon and pump some of that into the soil, stimulating microbes that are making arsenic.

    The more root growth, the more carbon in the soil, which can be a source of food for soil bacteria that multiply under warming temperatures. When soil in a rice paddy is waterlogged, oxygen gets depleted, causing the soil bacteria to rely further on arsenic to generate energy. The end result is more arsenic building up in the rice paddy, and more roots to take it up to the developing grain.

    These arsenic-accumulating effects linked to increased root growth and carbon capture is a paradoxical surprise to Corey Lesk, a Dartmouth College postdoctoral climate and crop researcher unaffiliated with the paper. The paradox, said Lesk, is that both of these outcomes have been talked about as potential benefits to rice yields under climate change. “More roots could make the rice more drought-resistant, and cheaper carbon can boost yields generally,” he said. “But the extra arsenic accumulation could make it hard to realize health benefits from that yield boost.” 

    Arsenic comes in many different forms. Notoriously toxic, inorganic arsenic — compounds of the element that don’t contain carbon — is what the World Health Organization classifies as a “confirmed carcinogen” and “the most significant chemical contaminant in drinking-water globally.” Such forms of arsenic are typically more toxic to humans because they are less stable than their organic counterparts and may allow arsenic to interact with molecules that ramp up exposure. Chronic exposure has been linked to lung, bladder, and skin cancers, as well as heart disease, diabetes, adverse pregnancy, neurodevelopmental issues, and weakened immune systems, among other health impacts.

    Scientists and public-health specialists have known for years that the presence of arsenic in food is a mounting threat, but dietary exposure has long been considered much less of a risk in comparison to contaminated groundwater. So policy measures to mitigate the risk have been slow-going. The few existing standards that have been enacted by the European Union and China, for example, are considered inconsistent and largely unenforced. No country has formally established regulations for organic arsenic exposure in foods. (In the U.S., the Food and Drug Administration has established an action level of 100 parts per billion of inorganic arsenic in infant rice cereal, but that recommendation for manufacturers isn’t an enforceable regulation on arsenic in rice or any other food.)

    Wang hopes to see this change. The levels of inorganic arsenic commonly found in rice today fall within China’s recommended standards, for example, but her paper shows that lifetime bladder and lung cancer incidences are likely to increase “proportionally” to exposure by 2050. Under a “worst case” climate scenario, where global temperatures rise above 2 degrees Celsius and are coupled with CO2 levels that increase another 200 parts per million, the levels of inorganic arsenic in the rice varieties studied are projected to surge by a whopping 44 percent. That means that more than half the rice samples would exceed China’s current proposed limit, which limits 200 parts per billion for inorganic arsenic in paddy rice, with an estimated 13.4 million cancers linked to rice-based arsenic exposure.

    Because these health risks are in part calculated based on body weight, infants and young children will face the biggest health burdens. Babies, in particular, may end up facing outsize risks through the consumption of rice cereals, according to the researchers. 

    “You’re talking about a crop staple that feeds billions of people, and when you consider that more carbon dioxide and warmer temperatures can significantly influence the amount of arsenic in that staple, the amount of health consequences related to that are, for lack of a better word, enormous,” said study coauthor Lewis Ziska, a plant biologist researching climate change and public health at Columbia University. 

    But everyone should not suddenly stop eating rice as a result, he added. Though the team found the amount of inorganic arsenic in rice is higher than a lot of other plants, it’s still quite low overall. The key variable is how much rice a person eats. If you are among the bulk of the world that consumes rice multiple times a week, this looming health burden could apply to you, but if you do so more sporadically, Ziska says, the inorganic arsenic you may end up exposed to won’t be “a big deal.” 

    In that way, the study’s projections may also deepen existing global and social inequities, as a big reason rice has long reigned as one of the planet’s most devoured grains is because it’s also among the most affordable.

    Beyond mitigating global greenhouse gas emissions — what Ziska calls “waving my rainbows, unicorns, and sprinkles wand” — adaptation efforts to avoid a future with toxic rice include rice paddy farmers planting earlier in the season to avoid seeds developing under warmer temperatures, better soil management, and plant breeding to minimize rice’s propensity to accumulate so much arsenic. 

    Water-saving irrigation techniques such as alternate wetting and drying, where paddy fields are first flooded and then allowed to dry in a cycle, could also be used to reduce these increasing health risks and the grain’s enormous methane footprint. On a global scale, rice production accounts for roughly 8 percent of all methane emissions from human activity — flooded paddy fields are ideal conditions for methane-emitting bacteria

    “This is an area that I know is not sexy, that doesn’t have the same vibe as the end of the world, rising sea levels, category 10 storms,” said Ziska. “But I will tell you quite honestly that it will have the greatest effect in terms of humanity, because we all eat.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline The ‘king of poisons’ is building up in rice on Apr 17, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Ayurella Horn-Muller.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/the-king-of-poisons-arsenic-is-building-up-in-rice/feed/ 0 526416
    ‘A tremendous chilling effect’: Columbia students describe dystopian reality on campus amid Trump attacks https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/16/a-tremendous-chilling-effect-columbia-students-describe-dystopian-reality-on-campus-amid-trump-attacks/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/16/a-tremendous-chilling-effect-columbia-students-describe-dystopian-reality-on-campus-amid-trump-attacks/#respond Wed, 16 Apr 2025 20:50:03 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333495 Police arrest protesters during pro-Palestinian demonstrations at The City College Of New York (CUNY) as the NYPD cracks down on protest camps at both Columbia University and CCNY on April 30, 2024 in New York City. Photo by Spencer Platt/Getty ImagesIn the span of a year, Columbia University went from being the epicenter of the student-led Gaza solidarity encampment movement to ground zero for the Trump administration’s authoritarian assault on higher education.]]> Police arrest protesters during pro-Palestinian demonstrations at The City College Of New York (CUNY) as the NYPD cracks down on protest camps at both Columbia University and CCNY on April 30, 2024 in New York City. Photo by Spencer Platt/Getty Images

    One year ago, Columbia University became ground zero for the student-led Gaza solidarity encampment movement that spread to campuses across the country and around the world. Now, Columbia has become ground zero for the Trump administration’s authoritarian assault on higher education, academic freedom, and the right to free speech and free assembly—all under the McCarthyist guise of rooting out “anti-semitism.” From Trump’s threats to cancel $400 million in federal grants and contracts with Columbia to the abduction of international students like Mahmoud Khalil by ICE agents, to the university’s firing and expulsion of Student Workers of Columbia-United Auto Workers union president Grant Miner, “a tremendous chilling effect” has gripped Columbia’s campus community. In this urgent episode of Working People, we speak with: Caitlin Liss, a PhD candidate in history at Columbia University and a member of Student Workers of Columbia-UAW (SWC); and Allie Wong, a PhD student at the Columbia Journalism School and a SWC member who was arrested and beaten by police during the second raid on the Gaza solidarity protests at Columbia on April 30, 2024.

    Additional links/info:

    Permanent links below…

    Featured Music…

    • Jules Taylor, “Working People” Theme Song

    Studio Production: Maximillian Alvarez
    Post-Production: Jules Taylor


    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Alright. Welcome everyone to Working People, a podcast about the lives, jobs, dreams, and struggles of the working class today. Working People is a proud member of the Labor Radio Podcast Network and is brought to you in partnership within these Times Magazine and the Real News Network. This show is produced by Jules Taylor and made possible by the support of listeners like you. My name is Maximillian Alvarez and today we are continuing our urgent coverage of the Trump Administration’s all out assault on our institutions of higher education and the people who live, learn and work there. Today we are going deeper into the heart of authoritarian darkness that has gripped colleges and universities across the country and we’re talking with two graduate student workers at Columbia University. Columbia has become ground zero for the administration’s gangster government style moves to hold billions of dollars of federal funding hostage in order to bend universities to Donald Trump’s will to reshape the curricula culture and research infrastructure of American higher ed as such and to squash our constitutionally protected rights to free speech and free assembly, all under the McCarthy’s guise of rooting out supposed antisemitism, which the administration has recategorized to mean virtually any criticism of an opposition to the state of Israel.

    The political ideology of Zionism and Israel’s US backed genocide in Gaza and ethnic cleansing of Palestinians just one year ago. Columbia University was also ground zero for the student-led Palestine solidarity protests and encampments that spread to campuses across the country and even around the world. It was exactly one year ago that the first Gaza solidarity encampment began at Columbia on April 17th, 2024 and that same month on more than one occasion, Columbia’s own president at the time minutia authorized the NYPD to descend on campus like an occupying force, beat an arrest protestors and dismantle the camps. Now fast forward to March of this year. On Friday, March 7th, the Trump administration announced that it was canceling $400 million in federal grants and contracts with Columbia claiming that the move was due to the school’s continued inaction in the face of persistent harassment of Jewish students. The very next day, March 8th Mahmud, Khalil was abducted by ICE agents at his New York City apartment building in front of his pregnant wife and disappeared to a Louisiana immigration jail.

    Khalil, a Palestinian born legal resident with a green card had just completed his master’s program and was set to graduate in May. He had served as a key negotiator with the university administration and spokesperson for the student encampment last year. He’s not accused of breaking any laws during that time, but the Trump administration has weaponized a rarely used section of the Immigration and Nationality Act of 1952, invoking the Secretary of States power to deport non-citizens if they supposedly believed their presence in the country could negatively affect US foreign policy. Just days after Khalil’s abduction, the university also expelled grant minor president of the Student Workers of Columbia Union, a local of the United Auto Workers, and that was just one day before contract negotiations were set to open between the union and the university. On March 13th, I was expelled from Columbia University for participating in the protest movement against the ongoing genocide in Gaza, minor rights in an op-ed for the nation.

    I was not the only one. He continues, 22 students, all of whom like me had been cleared of any criminal wrongdoing, were either expelled, suspended for years or had their hard earned degrees revoked on the same day all for allegedly occupying a building that has been occupied at least four times throughout Columbia’s history. And then there’s Y Sao Chung, a 21-year-old undergraduate and legal permanent resident who is suing the government after ICE moved to deport her, following her arrest on March 5th while protesting Columbia’s disciplinary actions against student protestors. I mean, this is just a small, terrifying snapshot of the broader Orwellian nightmare that has become all too real, all too quickly at Columbia University and it is increasingly becoming reality around the country and things got even darker last week with the latest development in Mahmood Khalil’s case as the American Civil Liberties Union stated on Friday in a decision that appeared to be pre-written, an immigration judge ruled immediately after a hearing today that Mahmud Khalil is removable under US immigration law. This comes less than 48 hours after the US government handed over the evidence they have on Mr. Khalil, which included nothing more than a letter from Secretary of State Marco Rubio that made clear Mr. Khalil had not committed a crime and was being targeted solely based on his speech. He’s not yet scheduled for deportation.

    Listen, this isn’t just a redux of McCarthyism and the red scare. It has elements of that absolutely, but it is also monstrously terrifyingly new. I don’t know how far down this road we’re going to go. All I know is that whatever comes next will depend on what people of conscience do now or what they don’t do. Will other universities cave and capitulate to Trump as quickly as Columbia has? Will we see instead faculty, staff, students, grad students, parents, community members and others coming together on campuses across the country to fight this or will fear submission silence and self-censorship went out? What is it even like to be living, working and studying at Columbia University right now? Well, today you’ll hear all about that firsthand from our two guests. With all of this going on, I got to speak with Caitlin Liss, a PhD candidate in history at Columbia University and a member of Student workers of Columbia, and I also spoke with Alie Wong, a PhD student at the Columbia Journalism School, and a student workers of Columbia member who was arrested and beaten by police during the second raid on the Gaza solidarity protests at Columbia on April 30th, 2024.

    Here’s my conversation with Caitlin and Allie recorded on Saturday April 12th. Well, Caitlin, Allie, thank you both so much for joining us today on the show. I really appreciate it, especially in the midst of everything going on right now. And I basically wanted to start there and ask if you could tell us from your own firsthand experience as student workers at Columbia, like what is the mood on campus and in your life right now, especially in light of the latest ruling on Mahmud Khalil’s case?

    Caitlin Liss:

    Okay. Yeah, so thank you for having us. I’m happy to be here. The mood on campus has been, you probably won’t be surprised to hear pretty bleak, pretty bad. We found out yesterday that Mahmood Kalila is not going to be released from jail in Louisiana. I think a lot of us were hoping that this ruling that was coming up was going to be in his favor and he would be released and be back home in time to be there for the birth of his baby. And it didn’t happen. And I think it’s just another horrible thing that has happened in a month, two months of just unrelenting bad news on campus. So stuff is feeling pretty bad. People are afraid, especially international students are afraid to leave their house. They’re afraid to speak up in class. I hear from people who are afraid to go to a union meeting and even those of us who are citizens feel afraid as well.

    I mean, I wake up every day and I look at my phone to see if I’ve gotten a text message telling me that one of my friends has been abducted. It’s really scary. And on top of the sort of personal relationships with our friends and comrades who are at risk, there’s the sense that also our careers are industry are at risk. So, and many other members of student workers of Columbia have spent many years dedicated to getting a PhD and being in academia and it’s increasingly starting to feel like academia might not exist for that much longer. So it’s feeling pretty bleak.

    Allie Wong:

    Yeah, I would definitely agree. And again, thank you so much Max for having us here. It’s a real pleasure to be able to share our stories and have a platform to do that. Yeah, I would agree. I think that there is a tremendous chilling effect that’s sunk in across the campus. And on one hand it’s not terribly surprising considering that’s the strategy of the Trump administration on the other. It is really a defeating feeling to see the momentum that we had last year, the ways that we were not only telling the story but telling it across the world that all eyes were on Columbia and we had this really incredible momentum. And so to see not just that lack of momentum, but the actual fear that has saturated the entire campus that has indiscriminately permeated people’s attitudes, whether you’re an American citizen or not, whether you’re light-skinned or not, has been something that’s been incredibly harrowing.

    I know that after Mahmood, I at least had the anticipation of quite a bit of activity, but between that ranjani the other students and Columbia’s capitulation, it actually has gone the opposite way in that while I expected there to be tons of masks on campus after Columbia agreed to have a total mask ban, there was no one when I expected to see different vigils or protests or the breakdown of silos that have emerged across the campus of different groups, whether they’re student groups or faculty groups, I’m just hoping to see some kind of solidarity there. It hasn’t, and I think it’s largely because of the chilling effect because that this is the strategy of the Trump administration and unfortunately it’s such a dire situation that I think it’s really squashed a lot of the fervor and a lot of the fearlessness that many of us had prior to this moment.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    It feels like a ice pick to the heart to hear that, especially knowing not just what we saw on campuses across the country just a year ago, but also the long tradition of campus protests and universities and higher education being a place of free speech, free thought free debate and the right to protest and lead with a moral consciousness like movements that help direct the whole of society to see that this is what is happening here now in front of all of us. And since I have so much more, I want to ask about the past month for you both on campus, but while we’re on that subject that Allie just brought up about the expectation right now, which I have heard echoed a lot of places online and offline of why aren’t there mass protests across higher ed in every state in the country right now, you would think that the generation of the sixties would do just that if Nixon had tried such a thing. And a lot of folks have been asking us why aren’t we seeing that right now? And so I wanted to ask if y’all had any thoughts on that and also if that would in your mind change things like if you saw other campuses that weren’t being targeted as intently as Columbia is, if you saw students and faculty and others protesting on behalf of what’s happening to you, would that change the mood on campus you think?

    Caitlin Liss:

    I mean that there’s a few things going on. Part of it is, like Allie said, the chilling effect of what’s been happening is making a really large percentage of our members and people in our community afraid to publicly take action. International student workers make up a really big percentage of our membership, and a lot of those people are afraid to even sign their name to a petition. In my departments. We sent a joint letter to the departments about what was going on, and a bunch of students didn’t want their names appearing on this letter that was just being sent the chair of the departments. So the chilling effect is real and very strong, and I think that that’s preventing a lot of people from showing up in ways that they might have done otherwise. I think that another part of it is just the kind of unrelenting nature of what’s been happening.

    It has been one horrible thing after another and trying to react to everything as it comes in is difficult, but I don’t think it’s the case that we’re not doing anything. We are doing quite a bit and really trying through many different avenues to use our power as a union to fight back against what’s happening. We are talking with other unions on campus, we talk to other higher ed unions across the country, and so I think that there is quite a lot going on, but it does sometimes feel like we can’t keep up with the pace of the things that are happening just because they are happening so quickly and accumulating so fast.

    Allie Wong:

    Yeah, I mean I would definitely agree. I think that it’s the fire hose strategy, which has proven to be effective not just on Columbia but across the nation with the dismantling of the federal government attack on institutions, the arts, the legal processes and legal entities. And so I think that again, that that’s part of the strategy is to just overwhelm people with the number of issues that would require attention. And I think that’s happening on Columbia’s campus as well. If we take even divestment as an example where it was a pretty straightforward ask last year, but now we’re seeing an issue on campus where it’s no longer about Palestine, Israel divestment, it’s about immigration reform and law enforcement. It’s about the American dream class consciousness. So many of these different things that are happening not just to the student body, but to faculty and the administration.

    And so I think that in terms of trying to galvanize people, it’s a really difficult ask when you have so many different things that are coming apart at the seams. And that’s not to say it’s an insurmountable task. As Caitlin mentioned, we are moving forward, we are putting infrastructure in place and asks in place, but I think it’s difficult to mobilize people around so many different issues when everyone already feels not only powerless but cynical about the ability to change things when again, that momentum that we had last year has waned and the issues have broadened.

    Caitlin Liss:

    Just in terms of your question about support or solidarity from other campuses, I think that one of the things that has been most dispiriting about being at Columbia right now is that it’s clear that Columbia is essentially a test case for the Trump administration. We were the first school to be and are still in many ways kind of the center of attention, but it’s not just us, but it feels like the way that Columbia is reacting is kind of setting the tone for what other universities and colleges can do across the country. And what Columbia is doing is folding, so they are setting an example that is just rolling over and giving up in terms of what other colleges can do. I think we’re seeing other universities are reacting to these kinds of attacks in ways that are much better than Columbia has done. We just saw that Tufts, I think filed some legal documents in support of Ru Mesa Ozturk because she is a student there.

    Columbia has done no such thing for Ranjani, for Uno, for Mahmood. They haven’t even mentioned them. And so we can see other universities are reacting in ways that are better. And I think that that gives us hope and not only gives us hope, but it gives us also something to point to when people at Columbia say, well, Columbia can’t do things any differently. It’s like, well, clearly it can because these other universities are doing something. Columbia doesn’t have to be doing this. It is making a choice to completely give in to everything that Trump is demanding.

    Allie Wong:

    And I would also add to that point, and going back to your question about Mahmood and sort of how either us individually or collectively are feeling about that, to Caitlin’s point, I think there’s so much that’s symbolic about Columbia, whether it has to do with Trump’s personal pettiness or the fact that it was kind of the epicenter of the encampments list last year. I think what happened with Mahmood is incredibly symbolic. If you look at particularly him and Ranjani, the first two that were targeted by the university, so much of their situations are almost comical in how they planned the ambiguity of policy and antisemitism where you look at Mahmud and he, it’s almost funny that he was the person who was targeted because he’s an incredibly calm, gentle person. He provided a sense of peace during the chaos of last year. He’s unequivocally condemned, Hamas, very publicly condemned terrorism, condemned antisemitism.

    So if you were looking for someone who would be a great example, he’s not really one considering they don’t have any evidence on him. And the same thing for Ranjani who literally wasn’t even in the country when October 7th happened in that entire year, had never participated in the protests at most, had kind of engaged with social media by liking things, but two really good examples of people who don’t actually quite fit the bill in terms of trying to root out antisemitism. But in my mind it’s really strategic because it really communicates that nobody is safe. Whether you’ve participated in protests or not, you’re not safe, whether you’ve condemned antisemitism or not, you’re not safe. And I think that plays into the symbolic nature of Columbia as well, where Trump is trying to make an example out of Columbia and out of Columbia students. And we see that very clearly in the ruling yesterday with Mahmud.

    Again, that’s not to say that it’s not an insurmountable thing, but it’s disappointing and it’s frankly embarrassing to be a part of an institution that brags about its long history of protests, its long history of social change through student movements. When you look at 1968 and Columbia called the NYPD on students arrested 700 students, and yet it kind of enshrines that moment in history as a place of pride, and I see that happening right now as well where 20, 30, 50 years from now, we’ll be looking at this moment and Columbia will be proud of it when really they’re the perpetrators of violence and hatred and bigotry and kind of turning the gun on their own students. So yeah, it’s a really precarious time to be a Columbia student and to be advocating for ourselves and our friends, our brothers and sisters who are experiencing this kind of oppression and persecution from our own country.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Allie, Caitlin, I want to ask if we could again take that step back to the beginning of March where things were this terrifying new reality was really ramping up with the Trump administration’s freezing and threatening of completely withholding $400 million in federal funds and grants to Columbia just one day before Mahmood Khalil was abducted by ice agents and disappeared to a jail in Louisiana thousands of miles away. So from that point to now, I wanted to ask, as self-identified student workers at Columbia University, how have you and others been feeling throughout all of this as it’s been unfolding and trying to get through your day-to-day work? What does that even look like? Teaching and researching under these terrifying circumstances?

    Allie Wong:

    For me, it has been incredibly scary. As you mentioned, I was someone who was arrested and beaten last year after the second Gaza solidarity encampment raid and have spoken quite publicly about it. I authored a number of pieces around that time and since then and have been pretty open about my involvement being okay serving as a lightning rod for a lot of that PR stuff. And so for me, coming into this iteration of students battles with the university, it’s been really scary to kind see how many of the students that I was arrested with, many of my friends and colleagues are now either being targeted because of their involvement or living in the fear of being targeted because there is an opacity around what those policies are and how they’re being enforced and implemented. So it really does feel quite McCarthys in the sense that you don’t really know what the dangers are, but you know that they’re there, you’re looking over your shoulder all the time.

    I don’t leave my house without wearing a mask just because through this whole process, many students have been doxed. Both Caitlin and myself have been doxed quite heavily through Canary mission and other groups online, and many folks have experienced offline behavior that has been threatening or scary to their own physical emotional security. And so that’s been a big piece for me is just being aware of my surroundings, being mindful of when I leave the house. In many respects, it does feel like I am growing in paranoia, but at the same time I consider it a moral obligation to be on the front lines as a light-skinned US citizen to be serving as a literal and figurative shield for my international brothers and sisters. And so it’s an interesting place as particularly a US citizen to say, what is my responsibility to the people around me?

    What’s my responsibility to myself and keeping myself and my home safe? What’s my responsibility for sticking up for those who are targeted as someone who has the privilege of being able to be a citizen? And so I think it’s kind of a confusing time for those of us on the ground wanting to do more, wanting to help, wanting to offer our assistance with the privileges that we have and everyone’s level of comfort is different, and so my expectation is not that other people would take the kinds of risks I’m taking, but everyone has a part to play and whether that’s a visual part or a non-visual part, being in the public, it doesn’t really matter. We all have a part to play. And so given what we talked about just about the strategy of the Trump administration and the objectives to make us fearful and make us not speak out, I think it’s more important now than ever for those of us who are able to have the covering of US citizenship, to be doing everything in our power with the resources we’ve been given to take those risks because it’s much more important now in this administration than it’s ever been.

    Caitlin Liss:

    And I think on top of the stuff allie’s talking about, we do still have to continue doing our jobs. So for me, that is teaching. I’m teaching a class this semester and that has been very challenging to do, having to continue going in and talking about the subject matter, which is stuff that is very interesting to me personally and that I’m very excited to be teaching about in the classroom, but at the same time, there’s so much going on campus, it just feels impossible to be turning our attention to Ana and I hear from my students are scared, so part of my job has become having to help my students through that. I have heard lots of people who are trying to move their classes off campus because students don’t want to be on campus right now.

    ICE is crawling all over campus. The NYPD is all over the place. I don’t know if you saw this, but Columbia has agreed to hire these 36 quote peace officers who are going to be on campus and have arresting power. So now essentially we have cops on campus full time and then on top of all of that, you have to wait in these horrible security lines to even get onto campus so the environment on campus doesn’t feel safe, so my students don’t feel safe. I don’t think anyone’s students feel safe right now. My colleagues who are international students don’t feel safe. I had a friend ask me what to do because she was TAing for a class and she wasn’t allowed to move it off campus or onto Zoom, and she said, I don’t feel safe on campus because I’m an international student and what am I going to do if ice comes to the door?

    I don’t know what I’m supposed to do in that situation. And so the students are scared, my colleagues are scared. I’ve even heard from a lot of professors who are feeling like they have to watch their words in the classroom because they don’t want to end up on Canary mission for having said something. So that’s quite difficult. Teaching in this environment is very difficult and I think that the students are having a really hard time. And then on top of that, I am in the sixth year of my PhD, so I’m supposed to be writing a dissertation right now, and that is also quite difficult to be keeping up with my research, which is supposed to be a big part of the PhD is producing research and it’s really hard to do right now because it feels like we have, my friends and my colleagues are at risk right now, so that’s quite difficult to maintain your attention in all those different places.

    Allie Wong:

    Just one more piece to add because I know that we’ve been pretty negative and it is a pretty negative situation, so I don’t want to silver line things. That being said, I do feel as though it’s been really beautiful to see people step up and really beautiful to see this kind of symbiotic relationship happening between US students and international students. I’m at the journalism school, which is overwhelmingly international, and I was really discouraged when there was a report that came out from the New York Times a couple of weeks ago about a closed town hall that we had where our dean, Jelani Cobb more or less said to students, we can’t protect you as much as I would love to be able to say here are the processes and protocols and the ways to keep yourself safe and the ways that we’re here to support you, but he just said we can’t.

    And he got a lot of flack for that because that’s a pretty horrible thing for a dean to say. But I actually really appreciated it because it was the most honest and direct thing he could have said to students when the university itself was just sending us barrages of emails with these empty platitudes about values and a 270 year history of freethinking and all this nonsense. That being said, I think that it was a really difficult story to read, but at the same time it’s been really beautiful to see community gather around and clinging together when there are unknowns, people taking notes for each other when students don’t feel comfortable going to campus, students starting to host off campus happy hour groups and sit-ins together and things of that nature that have been really, again, amazing to see happen under such terrible circumstances and people just wanting to help each other out in the ways that they can.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Caitlyn, Allie, you were just giving us a pretty harrowing view of your day-to-day reality there as student workers of Columbia PhD working on your PhDs and dealing with all of this Orwellian madness that we’ve been talking about today. When I was listening to you both, I was hearing so many kind of resonances from my own experience, just one sort of decade back, right? I mean, because I remember being a PhD candidate at the University of Michigan during the first Trump administration and co-founding for full disclosure, I was a member of the grad union there. I was a co-founder of the campus anti-fascist network. I was doing a lot of public writing. I started this podcast in that sort of era, and there were so many things that y’all were talking about that sounded similar from the fear of websites like Canary Mission, putting people’s names out there and encouraging them to be doxed and disciplined and even deported.

    That resonated with me because it just ate nine years ago. That was groups like Turning Point USA, they were the ones trying to film professors in class and then send it to Breitbart and hopefully get it into the Fox News outrage cycle. And I experienced some of that. But what I’m hearing also is just that the things we were dealing with during the first Trump administration are not what y’all are dealing with now. There is first and foremost a fully, the state is now part of it. The state is now sort of leading that. It’s not just the sort of far right groups and people online and that kind of thing, but also it feels like the mechanisms of surveillance and punishment are entirely different as well. I wanted to ask if y’all could speak a little more to that side of things. It’s not just the university administration that you’re contending with, you’re contending with a lot of different forces here that are converging on you and your rights at this very moment.

    Caitlin Liss:

    Yeah, I mean I think the one thing that has been coming up a lot for us, we’re used to fighting Columbia, the institution for our rights in the workplace for fair pay. And Columbia has always been a very stubborn adversary, very difficult to get anything out of them. Our first contract fight lasted for years, and now we’re looking at not just Columbia as someone to be fighting with, but at the federal government as a whole. And it’s quite scary. I think we talked about this a little bit, about international students being afraid to participate in protests, being afraid to go to union meetings. We’re hearing a lot of fear from people who aren’t citizens about to what extent participating in the union is safe for them right now. And on the one hand you want to say participating in a union is a protected activity.

    There’s nothing illegal about it. You can’t get in trouble. In fact, it’s illegal to retaliate against you for being in a union. But on the other hand, it doesn’t necessarily feel like the law is being that protective right now. So it’s a very scary place to be in. And I think that from our point of view, the main tool we have in this moment is just our solidarity with one another and labor power as a union because the federal governments does not seem that interested in protecting our rights as a union. And so we have to rely on each other in order to fight for what we need and what will make our workplace safe.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Well, and I was wondering, Allie, if I could also toss it to you there, because this makes me think of something you said earlier about how the conditions at Columbia, the structure of Columbia, how Columbia’s run, have sort of made it vulnerable to what’s happening now or the ways that Columbia talks about itself versus what Columbia actually is, are quite stark here. And connecting that to what Caitlin just said, I think it should also be understood as someone who has covered grad student campaigns, contract campaigns at Columbia and elsewhere, that when these sorts of strikes are happening when graduate student workers are taking action against the administration, the first ones that are threatened by the administration with punitive measures including potentially the revocation of their visas are international students. They have always been the most vulnerable members of grad student unions that administrations have actually used as leverage to compel unions to bend to their demand. So I make that point speaking only for myself here as a journalist who has observed this in many other times, that this precedent of going after international students in the way the Trump administration is like didn’t just come out of nowhere.

    Allie Wong:

    Exactly. Yeah. So I mean I think if you even look at how Trump campaigned, he really doubled down on immigration policy. I mean, it’s the most obvious statement I can say, but the high hyperbole, the hatred, the racism, you see that as a direct map onto what’s happening right now. And I think that’s part of what maybe isn’t unique about Columbia, but as we’re starting to see other universities take a stand, Caitlin mentioned Tufts. I know Princeton also recently kind said that they would not capitulate. So there is precedent for something different from how Columbia has behaved, and I think you see them just playing exactly into Trump’s hands folding to his kind of proxy policy of wanting to make Colombian example. And it’s a really disappointing thing from a university that prides itself on its liberal values, prides itself on its diversity on protecting students.

    When you actually see quite the opposite, not only is Columbia not just doing anything, it’s actively participating in what’s happening on campus, the fact that they have yet to even name the students who have very publicly been abducted or chased out of the country because of their complicity, the fact that they will send emails or make these statements about values, but actually not tell us anything that’s going to be helpful, like how policies will be implemented when they’re going to be implemented, what these ice agents look like, things of that nature that could be done to protect students. And also obviously not negotiating in good faith. The fact that Grant was expelled and fired the day before we had a collective bargaining meeting right before we were about to talk about protections for international students, just communicates that the university is not operating in good faith, they’re not interested in the wellbeing of their students or doing anything within their power, which is quite a tremendous power to say to the Trump administration, our students come first. Our students are an entity of us and we’re going to do whatever we can in our power to block you from demonizing and targeting international students who, as you said, are the most vulnerable people on our campus, but also those who bring so much diversity and brilliance and life to our university and our country.

    Caitlin Liss:

    And I think on the subject of international students, you, you’re right that they have always been in a more precarious position in higher ed unions. But on the other hand, I think that that shows us what power we do have as a union. I’m thinking. So we’ve been talking a lot about to what extent it’s safe for international workers to stay involved in the union, and our contract is expiring in June, which is why we’re having these bargaining sessions and we’re talking about going on strike next fall potentially. And there’s a lot of questions about to what extent can international students participate now because who knows what kind of protections they’re going to have? And I’ve been thinking about the last time we went on strike, it was a 10 week strike and we were striking through the end of the semester. It was the fall semester and we were still on strike when the semester ended.

    And Columbia said that if we didn’t come off strike that they weren’t going to rehire the workers who were striking for the next semester. So anyone who was on strike wouldn’t get hired for a position in the spring semester and for international students that was going to affect their visa status. So it was very scary for them. And we of course said, that’s illegal. You can, that’s retaliation for us for going on strike. You can’t do that. And they said, it’s not illegal because we’re just not rehiring you. And it was this real moment of risk even though we felt much more confident in the legal protection because it felt like they could still do it and our recourse would have to be going to court and winning the case that this was illegal. So it was still very scary for international students, but we voted together to stay on strike and we held the line and Columbia did not in fact want to fire all of us who were on strike, and we won a contract anyway, even though there was this scary moment for international students even back then. And I have been telling people this story when we are thinking about protections for international students now, because I think that the moral of the story is that even under a situation where there’s a lot more legal security and legal protection, it’s still scary. And the way that you get over it being scary is by trusting that everyone coming together and standing together is what’s going to win and rather than whatever the legal protection might be.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Caitlin and Allie, I have so many more thoughts and questions, but I know that we only have about 10 minutes left here and I want to use the time that we have left with y’all to sort of tug on the thread that you were just pulling there. Caitlin, looking at this through the union’s perspective or through a labor perspective, can you frame these attacks on higher ed and the people who live, learn and work there through a labor and working workers’ rights perspective, and talk about what your message is to other union members and other people who listen to this show who are working people, union and non-union, why this is important, why they need to care and what people can do about it.

    Caitlin Liss:

    It’s very clear why it’s important and why other workers should care. The funding cuts to Columbia University and other universities really threaten not just the university, but the whole ecosystem of research. So these are people’s careers that are at risk and careers that not only they have an interest in having, but careers that benefit everyone in our society, people who do public health research, people who do medical research, people who do research about climate change. These are really important jobs that the opportunities to pursue them are vanishing. And so that obviously is important. And then when we’re looking at the attacks on international students, if m kil can be abducted for speaking out in support of Palestine and against the genocide and Gaza, then none of us are safe. No worker is safe if the governments can just abduct you and deport you for something like that.

    On the one hand, even people who aren’t citizens are protected by the first amendments, but also it’s not clear that that’s where they’re going to stop. I think that this is a moment that we should all take very seriously. I mean, it’s very serious for the future of higher education as a whole. I feel like we are in sort of an existential fight here. And at the moment, Columbia is just completely welcoming this fascist takeover with open arms and it threatens higher ed as an institution. What kind of university is this? If the Middle Eastern studies department is being controlled by some outside force who says what they can and can’t teach, and now Trump is threatening to put all of Columbia under some consent decree, so we’re going to have to be beholden to whatever the Trump administration says we’re allowed to do on campus. So it is a major threat to higher education, but it’s also a threat I think, in a much larger sense to workers all over the country because it is sending the message that none of us are safe. No one is safe to express ourselves. We can’t expect to be safe in the workplace. And it’s really important that as a labor union that we take a stand here because it is not just destroying our workplaces, but sort of it’s threatening everyone’s workplace.

    Allie Wong:

    Exactly. That’s exactly what I was thinking too. I know it’s such an overused word at this point, but I think a huge aspect of this has to do with precedent and how, as we were mentioning, Columbia is so symbolic for a lot of reasons, including the fact that all eyes are on Columbia. And so when Columbia sets a precedent for what can and cannot not be done by University of Administration in caving to the federal government, I think that sets a precedent for not just academic institutions, but institutions writ large and the workers that work in those institutions. Because what happens here is happening across the federal government and will happen to institutions everywhere. And so I think it’s really critical that we bake trust back into our systems, both trust in administrations by having them prove that they do have our backs and they do care about student workers, but also that they trust student workers.

    They trust us to do the really important research that keeps the heartbeat of this university alive. And I think that it’s going to crumble not just Columbia, but other academic institutions if really critical research gets defunded. Research that doesn’t just affect right now, but affects our country in perpetuity, in the kinds of opportunities that will be presented later in the future, the kinds of research that will be instrumental in making our society healthier and more equitable place in the future. And so this isn’t just a moment in time, but it’s one that absolutely will ripple out into history.

    Caitlin Liss:

    And we happen right now to be sort of fortunately bargaining a new contract as we speak. So like I said before, our contract is expiring in June. And so for us, obviously these kinds of issues are the top of mind when we’re thinking about what we can get in the contract. So in what way is this contract that we’re bargaining for going to be able to help us? So we’re fighting for Columbia to restore the funding cuts we’re fighting for them to instate a sanctuary campus and to reinstate grant minor, our president who was expelled, and Ronan who was enrolled, and everyone else who has been expelled or experienced sanctions because of their protests for Palestine. And so in a lot of ways, I think that the contract fight is a big part of what we’re concentrating on right now. But there’s also, there’s many unions on Columbia’s campus.

    There’s the postdoc union, UAW 4,100, there’s the support staff and the Barnard contingent faculty who are UAW 2110. There’s building service employees, I think they’re 32 BJ and the maintenance staff is TW. So there’s many unions on campus. And I think about this a lot because I think what we’re seeing is we haven’t mentioned the trustees yet, I don’t think, but recently our interim president, Katrina Armstrong stepped down and was replaced by an acting president, was the former co-chair of the board of trustees Claire Shipman. And in many ways, I think what we’ve been seeing happening at Columbia is the result of the board of trustees not caving, but welcoming the things that Trump is demanding. I think that they’re complicit in this, but the board of trustees is like 21 people. There’s not very many of them. And there’s thousands of us at Columbia who actually are the people who make the university work, the students, the faculty, the staff, thousands of people in unions, thousands of non-unionized students and workers on campus as well.

    And we outnumber the trustees by such a huge amount. And I think that thinking about the power we have when we all come together as the thousands of people who do the actual work of the university as opposed to these 21 people who are making decisions for us without consulting us that we don’t want, and that’s the way we have to think about reclaiming the university. I think we have to try and take back the power as workers, as students, as faculty from the board of trustees and start thinking about how we can make decisions that are in our interests.

    Allie Wong:

    One more thing that I wanted to call out, I’m not sure where this fits in. I think Caitlin talking about the board of trustees made me think of it is just the fact that I think that another big issue is the fact that there’s this very amorphous idea of antisemitism that all of this is being done under the banner of, and I think that it’s incredibly problematic because first of all, what is antisemitism? It’s this catchall phrase that is used to weaponize against dissent. And I think that when you look at the track record of these now three presidents that we’ve had in the past year, each of them has condemned antisemitism but has not condemned other forms of racism, including an especially Islamophobia that has permeated our campus. And because everything is done under the banner of antisemitism and you have folks like Claire Shipman who have been aligned with Zionist organizations, it also erodes the trust in of the student body, but then especially student workers, many of whom are Jewish and many of whom are having their research be threatened under the banner of antisemitism being done in their name. And yet it’s the thing that is stunting their ability to thrive at this university. And so I think that as we talk about the administration and board of trustees, just calling out the hypocrisy there of how they are behaving on campus, the ways that they’re capitulating and doing it under the guise of protecting Jewish students, but in the process of actually made Jewish students and faculty a target by not only withholding their funding but also saying that this is all to protect Jewish students but have created a more threatening environment than existed before.

    Caitlin Liss:

    Yeah, I mean, as a Jewish student personally, I’m about to go to my family’s Seder to talk about celebrating liberation from oppression while our friends and colleagues are sitting in jail. It’s quite depressing and quite horrific to see people saying that they’re doing this to protect Jews when it’s so clearly not the case.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Well, I wanted to ask in just this final two minutes that we got here, I want to bring it back down to that level to again remind folks listening that you both are student workers, you are working people just like everyone else that we talk to on this show. And I as a former graduate student worker can’t help but identify with the situation that y’all are in. But it makes me think about the conversations I had with my family when I was on the job market and I was trying to go from being a PhD student to a faculty member somewhere and hearing that maybe my political activism or my public writing would be like a mark against me in my quest to get that career that I had worked so many years for and just having that in the back of my mind. But that still seems so far away and so minuscule in comparison to what y’all are dealing with. And I just wanted to ask as act scholars, as people working on your careers as well, how are you talking to your families about this and what future in or outside of academia do you feel is still open to you and people, graduate student workers like yourselves in today’s higher ed?

    Caitlin Liss:

    I mean the job market for history, PhDs has been quite bad for a long time even before this. So I mean, when I started the PhD program, I think I knew that I might not get a job in academia. And it’s sad because I really love it. I love teaching especially, but at the end of the day, I don’t feel like it’s a choice to stop speaking up about what’s happening, to stop condemning what’s happening in Gaza, to stop condemning the fascist takeover of our government and the attacks on our colleagues. It’s just I can’t not say something about it. I can’t do nothing, and if it means I can’t get a job after this, that will be very sad. But I don’t think that that is a choice that I can or should make to do nothing or say nothing so that I can try and preserve my career if I have to. I’ll get another kind of job.

    Allie Wong:

    Yeah, I completely agree. How dare I try to protect some nice job that I could potentially have in the future when there are friends and students on campus who are running for their lives. It just is not something that’s even comparable. And so I just feel like it’s an argument a lot of folks have made that if in the future there’s a job that decides not to hire me based off of my advocacy, I don’t want that job. I want a job based off of my skills and qualifications and experience, not my opinions about a genocide that’s happening halfway across the world, that any person should feel strongly against the slaughtering of tens of thousands of children and innocent folks. If that’s an inhibitor of a potential job, then that’s not the kind of environment I want to work in anyway. And that’s a really privileged position to have. I recognize that. But I think it’s incredibly crucial to be able to couch that issue in the broader perspective of not just this horrific genocide that’s happening, but also the future of our democracy and how critical it is to be someone who is willing to take a risk for the future of this country and the future of our basic civil liberties and freedoms.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Alright, gang, that’s going to wrap things up for us this week. Once again, I want to thank our guests, Caitlin Liss and Allie Wong of Student Workers of Columbia, and I want to thank you for listening and I want to thank you for caring. We’ll see you Allall back here next week for another episode of Working People. And if you can’t wait that long, then go explore all the great work we’re doing at the Real News Network where we do grassroots journalism that lifts up the voices and stories from the front lines of struggle. And we need to hear those voices now more than ever. Sign up for the real new newsletter so you never miss a story. And help us do more work like this by going to the real news.com/donate and becoming a supporter today. I promise you it really makes a difference. I’m Maximilian Alvarez, take care of yourselves. Take care of each other, solidarity forever.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Maximillian Alvarez.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/16/a-tremendous-chilling-effect-columbia-students-describe-dystopian-reality-on-campus-amid-trump-attacks/feed/ 0 526207
    Poetry and resistance: Breaking through the digital cacophony https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/16/poetry-and-resistance-breaking-through-the-digital-cacophony/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/16/poetry-and-resistance-breaking-through-the-digital-cacophony/#respond Wed, 16 Apr 2025 19:15:04 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333491 Poetry is resistance. Standing up to the cyber mayhem. Breathing art into the void. Today, we celebrate Poetry month. This is episode 21 of Stories of Resistance.]]>

    Federico Avalos is an Argentine poet. 

    But he does not write the words. He recites them.

    He walks the white sands, weaving through the sunbathing crowd that lays near the turquoise waters of the Atacama ocean.

    “Would you like to roll the literary dice?” Federico asks.

    He wears a large smile, behind a salt and pepper beard, a brimmed hat and a blue flowered shirt. 

    He holds a large homemade die in his hand, numbers written on all sides. 

    He hands it to a little girl who laughs and tosses it into the air. It lands on the number 6.

    He opens a book with a black and white cover. The drawing of a silhouette of people marching. The words “Nunca Mas,” “Never Again,” written across it. 

    He begins:

    “If you can keep your head when all about you
       Are losing theirs and blaming it on you;
    If you can trust yourself when all men doubt you,
       But make allowance for their doubting too;
    If you can wait and not be tired by waiting,
       Or, being lied about, don’t deal in lies,
    Or, being hated, don’t give way to hating…

    These are the opening lines to Rudyard Kipling’s “If,” a poem about believing and hope. And making the impossible into reality.

    It is cliche, but time stands still. The seagulls stop crying. The lapping of the water at the shore ceases. A boy kicks a soccer ball and it’s frozen in midair. The laughter from a group nearby pauses. 

    All that is left are the words. And the images and ideas painted by Federico’s rich, deep voice. 

    Federico’s arms move to the cadence of each line, as though he’s reciting to a crowd of thousands on a Victorian stage somewhere long ago, and far away.

    This is both Federico’s job and his activism. A theatrical intervention. A temporal break from the digital monotony: The selfies, the tweets, the posts, the likes, the comments and the follows.

    This is Federico’s resistance. Standing up to the cyber mayhem. 

    Breathing art into the void. Magic. Reflection.

    “I didn’t used to read much poetry,” he says. “I had a hard time. I was too distracted. In poetry, you can’t be thinking about something else. It needs your undivided attention.” 

    “That’s what I like about it,” he says.

    Not every poet is right for this occasion. Federico carries a book of poems by Jorge Luis Borges. But Borges is too heady. Too intellectual. Too hard to decipher under the hot sun after a glass, or two, of Chilean Pisco Sour, or while building a sand castle with your daughter.

    Uruguayan great Mario Benedetti is more palatable. But there are so many. Ruben Dario, Pablo Neruda, James Joyce, Joao Pessoa.

    Federico’s repertoire shifts like the tides. Rising and falling. Growing and changing. He’s adding a collection of women authors.

    Federico used to work in education. That was before his family planned a road trip, and the car broke down in another country, far from home. And they ran out of money to fix it. And now, they’re camped on the edge of town and he had to find a way to survive and he began reciting poems.

    “I don’t usually have that many good ideas,” he says, tossing his die in the air. “This was one of them.”

    “Would you like to roll the literary dice?” He asks.

    ###

    Thanks for listening. I’m your host, Michael Fox.

    This is episode 21 of Stories of Resistance, a new podcast series co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    April is National Poetry Month, in the United States. I am taking advantage of it to feature three stories of resistance about poets and authors this week.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment or leave a review. You can support my work and find exclusive pictures and background information on my Patreon: patreon.com/mfox.

    As always, thanks for listening. See you next time.


    This is episode 21 of Stories of Resistance — a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    April is poetry month in the United States. We are taking advantage to feature three stories about poetry and writing this week. This is the second of those three.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. You can also follow Michael’s reporting and support at www.patreon.com/mfox.
    Written and produced by Michael Fox.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/16/poetry-and-resistance-breaking-through-the-digital-cacophony/feed/ 0 526189
    When the government tries to silence Pride , we speak louder 📢 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/16/when-the-government-tries-to-silence-pride-we-speak-louder-%f0%9f%93%a2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/16/when-the-government-tries-to-silence-pride-we-speak-louder-%f0%9f%93%a2/#respond Wed, 16 Apr 2025 11:59:31 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=4cf6da44ad7d6ce9cb1307c879bb2ba7
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/16/when-the-government-tries-to-silence-pride-we-speak-louder-%f0%9f%93%a2/feed/ 0 526083
    Why the shipping industry’s new carbon tax is a big deal — and still not enough https://grist.org/international/why-the-shipping-industrys-new-carbon-tax-is-a-big-deal-and-still-not-enough/ https://grist.org/international/why-the-shipping-industrys-new-carbon-tax-is-a-big-deal-and-still-not-enough/#respond Wed, 16 Apr 2025 08:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=663165 Each year, all the cargo ships that crisscross the oceans carrying cars, building materials, food, and other goods emit about 3 percent of the world’s climate pollution. That’s about as much as the aviation sector

    Driving down those emissions is complicated. Unlike, say, electricity generation, which happens within a nation’s borders, shipping is by definition global, so it takes international cooperation to decarbonize. The International Maritime Organization, part of the United Nations, has largely taken up this mantle. 

    Last week, the agency took a big step in the right direction with the introduction of the world’s first sector-wide carbon tax. More than 60 member states approved a complex system that requires shipping companies to meet certain greenhouse gas standards or pay for their shortfall. (The United States walked out of the discussions.)

    The plan has yet to be formally adopted — that’s expected to happen in October — and it doesn’t include the most ambitious proposals sought by island nations and environmental nonprofits, including a flat tax on all shipping emissions. But policy experts are calling it a “historic” development for global climate action.

    “It doesn’t meet the IMO’s climate targets, but it’s generally still a very welcome outcome for us,” said Nishatabbas Rehmatulla, a principal research fellow at the University College London Energy Institute.

    Created by a U.N. conference in 1948, the IMO has a broad remit to regulate the “safety, security, and environmental performance of international shipping.” With participation from its 176 member states, the agency writes treaties, conventions, and other legal instruments that are then incorporated into countries’ laws. Perhaps the best known of these is the 1973 International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, called MARPOL (a portmanteau of “marine pollution”). 

    Some of the earliest regulations implemented by MARPOL sought to prevent oil-related pollution from routine operations and spills. Subsequent amendments to the convention have aimed to limit pollution from sewage and litter, and in 2005 a new annex restricted emissions of ozone-depleting gases like sulphur and nitrogen oxides. The IMO began to address climate change in 2011, when it added a chapter to the ozone regulation requiring ships to improve their energy efficiency.

    A large freight ship travels diagonally toward the camera, with blue sky in background.
    A container ship near the Port of Antwerp, in Belgium. Nicolas Tucat / AFP via Getty Images

    In 2018, the IMO set an intention to halve net-zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2050, using 2008 levels as a baseline. It updated that goal in 2023, shooting for net-zero “by or around, i.e., close to, 2050,” while also setting an interim target of cutting emissions by 20 to 30 percent by 2030. Last week’s meeting was part of the IMO’s work to develop a “basket of measures” to achieve those benchmarks and more forcefully transition the sector away from heavy fuel oil, a particularly carbon-intensive fuel that makes up the bulk of large ships’ energy source.

    Many environmental groups and island countries — which are more vulnerable to climate-driven sea level rise — had hoped that the IMO would implement a straightforward tax on all shipping emissions, with revenue directed broadly toward climate mitigation and adaptation projects in their regions. 

    That’s not quite what happened. Instead, the agreed-upon policy creates a complex mechanism to charge shipping companies for a portion of their vessels’ climate pollution, on the basis of their emissions intensity: the amount of climate pollution they emit per unit of energy used. The mechanism includes two intensity targets, which become more stringent over time. One is a “base target,” a minimum threshold that all ships are supposed to meet. The other is more ambitious and is confusingly dubbed a “direct compliance target.” 

    Ships that meet the more stringent target are the most fuel efficient. Based on how much cleaner they are than the target, their operators are awarded a credit they can sell to companies with less efficient boats. They can also bank these credits for use within the following two years, in case their performance dips and they need to make up for it.

    Vessels that don’t quite meet the stricter standard but are more efficient than the base target don’t get a reward. They must pay for their deficit below the direct compliance target with “remedial units” at a price of $100 per metric ton of CO2 equivalent. 

    Those that are below both targets have to buy remedial units to make up for the full amount of space between them. On top of that, they also have to buy a number of even more expensive units ($380 per ton of CO2 equivalent), based on how much less efficient than the base target they are. They can cover their shortfall with any credits they’ve banked, or by buying them from carriers with more efficient ships.

    Graph with emissions reduction factor on the Y axis and time on the X-axis
    Depending on how much they reduce their ships’ emissions intensity, companies may accrue “surplus units” or have to buy “remedial units.” In this graph, ships above the blue line are the least efficient; those below the orange line are the most efficient.
    Courtesy of Nishatabbas Rehmatulla

    Revenue raised from this system will go into a “net-zero fund,” which is intended to help pay for further decarbonization of the shipping sector, including the development of low- and zero-emissions fuels. A portion of this fund is explicitly intended to help poor countries and island states with fewer resources to make this transition.

    The strategy was approved by a vote — an uncommon occurrence in intergovernmental fora where decisions are usually made by consensus. Rehmatulla said the IMO has only held a vote like this once before, 15 years ago. 

    Sixty-three countries voted in favor of the measures, and 16 opposed. Another two dozen, including many small island states like Fiji and Tuvalu, chose to abstain. Tuvalu’s transport minister, Simon Kofe, told Climate Home News that the agreement “lacks the necessary incentives for industry to make the necessary shift to cleaner technologies.” Modeling by University College London suggests that the new pricing mechanism will only lead to an 8 to 10 percent reduction in shipping’s climate pollution by 2030, a far cry from the agency’s own goal of 20 to 30 percent.

    Leaders from other island nations, as well as climate advocates, also objected to restrictions on the net-zero fund that suggest it will only be used to finance shipping decarbonization; they wanted the fund to be available for climate mitigation and adaptation projects in any sector. In order to transition away from fossil fuels and safeguard themselves from climate disasters, developing countries need trillions of dollars more than what’s currently coming to them from the world’s biggest historical emitters of greenhouse gases.

    A climate minister from Vanuatu, Ralph Regenvanu, said in a statement the U.S., Saudi Arabia, and other oil-producing countries had “blocked progress” at the IMO talks, and that they had “turned away a proposal for a reliable source of revenue for those of us in dire need of finance to help with climate impacts.”

    University College London research also suggests that, while the system will make it too expensive to build new boats reliant on liquefied natural gas — a fossil fuel that drives climate change — it will not raise enough revenue to finance the development of zero- and near-zero-carbon shipping technologies like green ammonia. (Lower shipping speeds and wind propulsion — also known as sails — can also reduce shipping emissions).

    The United States did not participate in the negotiations. Its delegation left on day two, calling the proposed regulations “blatantly unfair” and threatening to retaliate with “reciprocal measures” if the IMO approved measures to restrict greenhouse gas emissions.

    The International Chamber of Shipping welcomed the agreement, saying it would level the playing field and give companies more confidence to decarbonize their fleets. “We are pleased that governments have understood the need to catalyse and support investment in zero-emission fuels, and it will be fundamental to the ultimate success of this IMO agreement that it will quickly deliver at the scale required,” said a statement from Guy Platten, the group’s secretary general.

    Antonio Santos, federal climate policy director for the nonprofit Pacific Environment, said the agreement was “momentous,” although he shared the disappointment of many small island states over its lack of ambition. “What was agreed to today is the floor,” he told Grist. “It’s lower than we would have wanted, but at least it sets us in a positive direction.”

    Revisions to the strategy are expected every five years, potentially leading to higher carbon prices and other measures to quicken decarbonization. But Santos said significant additional investment from governments and the private sector will still be needed. 

    IMO member states will reconvene in October to formally adopt the new regulations. Over the following 16 months, delegates will figure out how to implement the rules before they are finally entered into force in 2027. 

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Why the shipping industry’s new carbon tax is a big deal — and still not enough on Apr 16, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Joseph Winters.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/international/why-the-shipping-industrys-new-carbon-tax-is-a-big-deal-and-still-not-enough/feed/ 0 526057
    Mozambique: Authorities Must Bring Perpetrators to Justice for Reckless and Deadly Protest Crackdown https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/mozambique-authorities-must-bring-perpetrators-to-justice-for-reckless-and-deadly-protest-crackdown/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/mozambique-authorities-must-bring-perpetrators-to-justice-for-reckless-and-deadly-protest-crackdown/#respond Tue, 15 Apr 2025 21:01:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=0e0596c76269b3023c2f5c4fe1296a33
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/mozambique-authorities-must-bring-perpetrators-to-justice-for-reckless-and-deadly-protest-crackdown/feed/ 0 525942
    Amnesty International opens Hong Kong section ‘in exile’ https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/04/15/amnesty-hong-kong-exile/ https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/04/15/amnesty-hong-kong-exile/#respond Tue, 15 Apr 2025 17:15:33 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/04/15/amnesty-hong-kong-exile/ Human rights group Amnesty International said Tuesday it is opening a new Hong Kong section overseas, three years after closing its office in the territory because of a Chinese crackdown on civil society.

    Amnesty International Hong Kong Overseas (AIHKO), will be led by Hong Kong diaspora activists operating from key international hubs including Australia, Canada, Taiwan, the United Kingdom and the United States, Amnesty said in a statement.

    “The gutting of Hong Kong’s civil society has been a tragedy for the city with more than 100 non-profits and media outlets shut down or forced to flee,” the statement said. “We are now ready to intensify our efforts by building new communities of support driven by the Hong Kong diaspora.”

    Amnesty said that since pro-democracy protests in 2019, more than 10,000 people, many of them students, have been arrested for protest-related activities. Over 300 people have been arrested for alleged acts of “endangering national security.”

    It said that AIHKO is Amnesty International’s first-ever section founded and operated entirely “in exile.”

    “Being overseas provides us with a degree of protection, allowing us to speak more freely and engage in advocacy work. We have a responsibility to do more to support those who remain in Hong Kong and continue their vital efforts,” Fernando Cheung, AIHKO board member and former Hong Kong legislator, was quoted as saying.

    The U.K.-based human rights group was founded in 1961 with particular focus on the plight of political prisoners. Amnesty International’s local office in Hong Kong ceased operations on Oct. 31, 2021.

    AIHKO, which is officially registered in Switzerland, will focus on advocating for human rights of Hong Kongers, within Hong Kong and abroad, the statement said.

    Hong Kong was once a bastion of free media and expression in Asia, qualities that helped make it an international financial center and a regional hub for journalism and civil society groups.

    But demonstrations in 2019 against Beijing’s encroachment on Hong Kong’s freedoms led to the passage of a national security law in 2020 that stifled dissent, making life increasingly precarious for independent groups that criticized China.

    Radio Free Asia closed in its Hong Kong bureau in March 2024, saying the city’s recently amended national security law, also known as “Article 23,” had raised safety concerns for its reporters and staff members.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Staff.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/04/15/amnesty-hong-kong-exile/feed/ 0 525887
    ‘Full-blown constitutional crisis’ deepens as Bukele refuses to release Maryland resident https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/full-blown-constitutional-crisis-deepens-as-bukele-refuses-to-release-maryland-resident/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/full-blown-constitutional-crisis-deepens-as-bukele-refuses-to-release-maryland-resident/#respond Tue, 15 Apr 2025 16:00:55 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333462 U.S. President Donald Trump meets with President Nayib Bukele of El Salvador in the Oval Office of the White House April 14, 2025 in Washington, DC. Photo by Win McNamee/Getty Images"If this holds," said one critic, "there is no law but Trump's law."]]> U.S. President Donald Trump meets with President Nayib Bukele of El Salvador in the Oval Office of the White House April 14, 2025 in Washington, DC. Photo by Win McNamee/Getty Images
    Common Dreams Logo

    This story originally appeared in Common Dreams on Apr. 14, 2024. It is shared here with permission under a Creative Commons (CC BY-NC-ND 3.0) license.

    “Everyone here is pretending,” said immigration policy expert Aaron Reichlin-Melnick as a video of Salvadoran President Nayib Bukele speaking in the Oval Office circulated on Monday.

    Bukele, said the senior fellow at the American Immigration Council, was pretending “that he’s incapable of releasing” Kilmar Abrego Garcia, a Maryland resident whom the Trump administration expelled to El Salvador’s Terrorism Confinement Center (CECOT) in March, while President Donald Trump continued to pretend he’s unable to demand Abrego Garcia’s release.

    When reporters asked Bukele to weigh in on Abrego Garcia’s case, the Salvadoran leader scoffed.

    “Of course you’re not suggesting that I smuggle a terrorist into the United States,” he said. “How can I return him to the United States, do I smuggle him into the United States? …I don’t have the power to return him to the United States.”

    Abrego Garcia entered the U.S. as an undocumented immigrant in 2011. He was accused by a police informant of being a member of MS-13 in 2019, but he denied the allegations and was never charged with a crime. He was denied asylum in a hearing, but a judge determined that he should not be deported to his home country of El Salvador, where he had a credible fear of facing persecution and torture.

    He had been working as a sheet metal worker and living in Maryland with his wife and children for several years when he was among hundreds of people accused of being criminals and rounded up to be expelled to El Salvador under a Trump administration deal with Bukele last month.

    In the Oval Office on Monday, Bukele joined the Trump administration in claiming nothing can be done to return Abrego Garcia to his family in Maryland.

    “The U.S. is pretending it doesn’t have the power,” said civil rights lawyer Patrick Jaicomo. “And Bukele is pretending he doesn’t have the power. So who has the power?”

    The Supreme Court last week said the administration is responsible for “facilitating” Abrego Garcia’s release, and the Department of Justice claimed in a filing on Sunday that under that order, it is only liable for allowing the man to enter the U.S. once he is freed from the prison in El Salvador.

    Trump’s treatment of the case represents “a full-blown constitutional crisis and possibly the watershed moment for what the near future looks like,” said one writer. “If this holds, there is no law but Trump’s law.”

    In the Oval Office, said J.P. Hill, both leaders were “openly saying they’ll defy the Supreme Court and maybe even send American citizens to the prison camp in El Salvador. Nobody will be safe if we let this happen.”

    As Bukele and Trump both denied responsibility for the hundreds of people they have sent to CECOT, Documented reported on Merwil Gutiérrez, a 19-year-old Venezuelan immigrant who was also sent to El Salvador.

    Gutiérrez has no criminal record in the U.S. or his home country, and was not a target of Immigration and Customs Enforcement’s deportation operation. An ICE agent said, “He’s not the one,” when a group of officers came to make an arrest at Gutiérrez’s apartment building, but another replied, “Take him anyway.”

    Gutiérrez’s story, said Reichlin-Melnick, “comes as Bukele today pretends that he has no power to release people held in his own prison.”


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/full-blown-constitutional-crisis-deepens-as-bukele-refuses-to-release-maryland-resident/feed/ 0 525849
    Global Charade: Israel, Palestine and the “Rules-Based Order” https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/global-charade-israel-palestine-and-the-rules-based-order/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/global-charade-israel-palestine-and-the-rules-based-order/#respond Tue, 15 Apr 2025 14:32:45 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=157484 The post-WW2 ‘international rules-based order’ that supposedly underpins global affairs in the interests of peace, democracy and prosperity has always been largely a charade. But Israel’s continuing Gaza genocide, carried out with seeming impunity and with the complicity and even active participation of the US and its allies, has exposed the charade like never before. […]

    The post Global Charade: Israel, Palestine and the “Rules-Based Order” first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    The post-WW2 ‘international rules-based order’ that supposedly underpins global affairs in the interests of peace, democracy and prosperity has always been largely a charade. But Israel’s continuing Gaza genocide, carried out with seeming impunity and with the complicity and even active participation of the US and its allies, has exposed the charade like never before.

    Twenty years ago, at the 2005 World Summit, the United Nations General Assembly endorsed the doctrine of the ‘responsibility to protect’ or ‘R2P’. The key concerns were to prevent genocide, war crimes, ethnic cleansing and crimes against humanity. Whenever populations are at risk of such crimes, the international community is supposed to take collective action ‘in a timely and decisive manner’ to prevent mass atrocities from taking place.

    In practice, only some massacres matter, whether threatened or actual: namely, those that can be exploited by Western powers to further their own geostrategic interests (for example, see our media alerts here and here). The Nato-led attack on Libya in 2011 is a textbook example. Western politicians and their cheerleaders across the media ‘spectrum’ declared that the world had to act to prevent a ‘bloodbath’ in Benghazi when Gaddafi’s forces there were allegedly threatening to massacre civilians.

    In fact, the public were subjected to a propaganda blitz to promote the Perpetual War that had already wreaked havoc in Iraq, resulting in the deaths of over one million people, the virtual destruction of the Iraqi state and the proliferation of Al-Qaeda and other militia groups.

    In 2016, a report from the UK House of Commons Foreign Affairs Committee summarised the destructive consequences of Nato’s 2011 intervention in Libya:

    ‘The result was political and economic collapse, inter-militia and inter-tribal warfare, humanitarian and migrant crises, widespread human rights violations, the spread of Gaddafi regime weapons across the region and the growth of ISIL [Islamic State] in North Africa.’

    As for the supposed threat of a massacre by Gaddafi’s forces in Benghazi, the alleged motivation for Nato’s ‘humanitarian intervention’, the report concluded that this ‘was not supported by the available evidence’. Likewise, claims that Gaddafi used African mercenaries and employed Viagra-fuelled mass rape as a weapon of war were invented.

    Nato’s actual goals were regime change and Libya’s oil, long pursued by the UK. After years of the West cosying up to Gaddafi, including by Tony Blair, the Libyan leader had become a hindrance to Western interests.

    As historian Mark Curtis observed:

    ‘three weeks after [then UK prime minister David] Cameron assured parliament in March 2011 that the object of the intervention was not regime change, he signed a joint letter with President Obama and French President Sarkozy committing to “a future without Gaddafi”.’

    Curtis added:

    ‘That these policies were illegal is confirmed by Cameron himself. He told Parliament on 21 March 2011 that the UN resolution “explicitly does not provide legal authority for action to bring about Gaddafi’s removal from power by military means”.’

    Like Blair, Cameron should have ended up in The Hague facing charges of war crimes.

    ‘Unapologetic Genocide’

    If the doctrine of ‘R2P’ was authentic, then there would have been massive international action to prevent Israel’s genocide of Palestinians in Gaza, as well as Israeli terror acts committed in the occupied West Bank, including the routine killing of Palestinian children.

    It took Amnesty International 14 months after the attacks of 7 October 2023 to publish a finding of genocide against Israel on 5 December 2024. A further four months have passed. In March, Israel shattered the ceasefire it never intended to keep, killing almost 1,600 Palestinians since then. According to the Health Ministry in Gaza, around 51,000 people have been killed by Israel since October 2023. The actual death toll is likely much higher. Israel has also halted all supplies of food, fuel and humanitarian aid into Gaza.

    The killing of 15 medics and emergency workers last month by Israeli soldiers, and the attempted Israeli cover-up, with bodies and vehicles buried in a shallow mass grave, provoked not a single public condemnation of Israel from Western leaders, as far as we are aware.

    BBC News, no doubt aware of public scrutiny and perhaps also under internal pressure from some of their own journalists, set its ‘BBC Verify’ team to work. This followed the publication of harrowing video footage of Israel’s attack found on the mobile phone of Rifaat Radwan, one of the victims. Heartbreakingly, he could be heard saying moments before his killing:

    ‘Forgive me mother because I chose this way, the way of helping people. Accept my martyrdom, God, and forgive me.’

    The 19-minute clip revealed that the vehicles in the convoy of the Palestinian Red Crescent had their headlights and emergency lights on, with high-vis jackets being worn, flatly contradicting Israel’s dishonest statements of the convoy behaving ‘suspiciously’ and constituting a ‘threat’.

    Early BBC reports carried the headline: ‘Israel admits mistakes over medic killings in Gaza.’

    This was the BBC once again bending over backwards to minimise Israel’s crimes.

    The headline was later updated to a more accurate, but still soft-pedalling:

    ‘Israel changes account of Gaza medic killings after video showed deadly attack’

    Notably, BBC News did not use the word ‘massacre’ in its reports, which it plainly was. Nor did they spell out that Israel’s spokespeople had been deceitful in their statements. In fact, Israel has a long history of spreading disinformation and even outright lies: a crucial fact that is routinely missing from ‘mainstream’ news reports.

    Instead, the BBC said that Israel had merely ‘changed its account’ of what had happened. Likewise, the Guardian went with:

    ‘Israeli military changes account of Gaza paramedics’ killing after video of attack’

    The 15 victims were but statistics, with little or no attempt to name or humanise them; no interviews with grieving relatives or account of their lives, their hopes, their ambitions.

    Owen Jones put it well via X and, at greater length, in a video:

    ‘Imagine Russia executed 15 Red Cross medics and first responders, burying them in a mass grave.

    ‘Imagine it lied about this grave war crime. Imagine footage then proved this.

    ‘Would the BBC frame that as “Russia admits mistakes over medic killings in Ukraine”?

    ‘No it would not.’

    On BBC News at Six on 7 April, international editor Jeremy Bowen concluded his account of Israel’s massacre of the 15 medics and emergency workers with a shameful piece of bothsidesism:

    ‘Israel now admits that its soldiers made mistakes when they attacked the convoy. It consistently denies it commits war crimes in Gaza. The evidence indicates that all the warring parties have done so.’ [Bowen’s own emphasis]

    The egregious false balance, the failure to point out Israel’s long and disreputable record of lying, and the BBC’s refusal to use words such as ‘massacre’ and ‘genocide’ are all glaringly obvious to the public.

    Historian and political commentator Assal Rad observed via X that Western media have no compunction giving headline coverage whenever ‘Russia lies’. But, in the case of Israel, the headlines use the weasel phrase: ‘Israel changes account’.

    As mentioned, it is possible that both public and internal pressure on BBC News are occasionally having an impact on the broadcaster. As trade unionist Howard Beckett pointed out, the BBC initially reported the appalling Israeli attack on 13 April on the al Ahli Arab Hospital, the last fully functional hospital in Gaza City, with the headline:

    ‘Gaza hospital hit by Israeli strike, Hamas-run healthy ministry says’

    BBC News systematically includes the phrase ‘Hamas-run healthy ministry says’ in its headlines, implying that the source may not be trustworthy. The headline was later updated to:

    ‘Israeli air strike destroys part of last functioning hospital in Gaza City’

    As ever with BBC News, Israel’s excuse for the attack appeared near the top of the article:

    ‘The Israel Defense Forces (IDF) said it targeted the hospital because it contained a “command and control centre used by Hamas”.’

    Richard Sanders, an experienced journalist and filmmaker, noted via X:

    ‘BBC again reports the Israeli claim the Al-Ahli Baptist hospital was a “command and control centre used by Hamas” without caveats – despite the fact such claims in the past have proved to be entirely untrue again and again. Bad, bad journalism.’

    ‘Bad, bad journalism’; namely, propaganda. But entirely standard for BBC News and much of what passes for ‘mainstream’ news.

    Readers may recall that this is the same hospital where a devastating explosion occurred on 17 October 2023, killing 471 people, according to Gaza’s health ministry. Israel mounted a huge propaganda operation to try to convince the world that the cause was a ‘misfiring’ Palestinian rocket. However, detailed analysis by Forensic Architecture, a multidisciplinary research group based at Goldsmiths, University of London, which investigates human rights violations, revealed that a more likely conclusion is that the cause was an exploding Israeli interceptor rocket.

    In the hours after the explosion, doctors who treated the wounded held a news conference at nearby al-Shifa Hospital. There, the British-Palestinian surgeon Dr Ghassan Abu-Sittah, currently Rector of the University of Glasgow, said that: ‘This is a massacre’, predicting that ‘more hospitals will be targeted’.

    Dr Abu-Sittah would later say that the blast at al Ahli hospital was the moment when it seemed clear to him that Israel’s military campaign ‘stopped being a war, and became a genocide’.

    Sky News correspondent Alex Crawford pointed out that this was the fifth time the hospital had been bombed by Israeli military forces since October 2023.

    As investigative journalist Dan Cohen noted of the latest attack:

    ‘This is the same hospital Israel bombed in October 2023 and waged a massive media disinformation campaign to blame a Palestinian rocket. Now they don’t even pretend. Unapologetic genocide.’

    Does Italy Have A Right To Exist?

    Last November, perhaps seeking a viral ‘gotcha’ moment, a journalist challenged Francesca Albanese, the UN Special Rapporteur on the occupied Palestinian territories, with the clichéd question, ‘Does Israel have a right to exist?’

    Albanese’s cogent response is worth contemplating:

    ‘Israel does exist. Israel is a recognised member of the United Nations. Besides this, there is not such a thing in international law like a right of a state to exist. Does Italy have a right to exist? Italy exists. Now, if tomorrow, Italy and France want to merge and become Ita-France, fine, this is not up to us. What is enshrined in international law is the right of a people to exist. So, the state is there. The state of Israel is there. It’s protected as a member of the United Nations. Does this justify the erasure of another people? Hell, no. Not 75 years ago. Not 57 years ago. Surely not today. Where is the protection of the Palestinian people from erasure, from annexation, from illegal occupation and apartheid? This is what we need to discuss.’

    A powerful reply indeed. Where is the much-vaunted ‘R2P’ when it comes to Palestine? Instead of discussing how best to protect the Palestinian people and, more importantly, taking immediate decisive action to do so, the West continues to support the apartheid and genocidal state of Israel: arming it, providing diplomatic cover, colluding with the Israeli air forces with RAF spy flights over Gaza and war operations, including the secret supply of weapons to Israel, being conducted from the RAF base in Cyprus.

    As is well known by now, the International Court of Justice in The Hague is currently deliberating over a case of genocide against Israel. Last year, the ICJ declared that Israel’s occupation of the Palestinian territories – Gaza and the West Bank, including East Jerusalem – is illegal. And the International Criminal Court has issued arrest warrants for Israeli prime minister Benjamin Netanyahu and former Israeli defence minister Yoav Gallant. And yet, Netanyahu was recently welcomed with open arms in Washington, DC, having flown through airspace in France and other European countries which, under their ICC obligations, should have denied him that privilege.

    Palestinian journalist Lubna Masarwa, Middle East Eye’s Palestine and Israel bureau chief, observed that:

    ‘To western leaders, there are no red lines for Israel’s slaughter. Emboldened by the US and other western powers, Israel feels it can get away with unleashing hell on all Palestinians.’

    She added: ‘The inhumanity of these times scares me, as a journalist and as a person.’

    Last Friday, Mirjana Spoljaric, the head of the International Committee of the Red Cross, said that Gaza has become ‘hell on earth’. Israel was ‘threatening the viability of Palestinians continuing to live in Gaza at all’. What is happening in Gaza is, she said, an ‘extreme hollowing out’ of international law.

    As Andrew Feinstein, the author, activist and former South African MP, stated in a recent powerful video for Double Down News:

    ‘The West has a choice: stop supporting genocide or mutate their own democracies and destroy international law forever. The West has chosen the latter.’

    The post Global Charade: Israel, Palestine and the “Rules-Based Order” first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Media Lens.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/global-charade-israel-palestine-and-the-rules-based-order/feed/ 0 525815
    Eduardo Galeano: Latin America’s poet-historian https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/14/eduardo-galeano-latin-americas-poet-historian/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/14/eduardo-galeano-latin-americas-poet-historian/#respond Mon, 14 Apr 2025 18:41:58 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333436 10 years since his passing, Galeano’s oeuvre casts a long shadow—not only in Latin America’s letters, but in the region’s political identity. This is episode 20 of Stories of Resistance.]]>

    A man sits at a dark wooden table in a bar in the old city of Montevideo, Uruguay.

    The bar is old. Historic. It’s been around for more than a hundred years. And it looks it. 

    The decor hasn’t changed much since the 1870s.

    Wooden walls. Wooden tables. Italian chairs.

    The bar is called the Cafe Brasileiro.

    And it was a favorite of more than a few Uruguayan poets and writers. 

    Mario Benedetti, Idea Vilariño, José Enrique Rodó.

    They say Juan Carlos Onetti wrote the first words of his first novel here in the 1930s.

    But of them all, one man is remembered in the menu… 

    Eduardo Galeano.

    The ingredients of the Cafe Galeano are Amaretto, Cream and dulce de leche — caramel.

    Galeano frequented the Cafe Brasileiro for decades. Chair leaned back against the wall. Sometimes a pencil or a pen in hand.

    Titles cannot describe him. 

    He was writer, reader, journalist, editor.

    But he was also historian.

    Catching stories in the air.

    Writing and retelling them anew.

    But he did not write for the stuffy halls of the elites or academia.

    He wrote for the people.

    He was a truth-teller.

    A myth-maker.

    An essayist.

    A poet.

    Polishing his craft

    Honing his art

    Chiseling his sculptures with words

    Until they were perfectly symmetrical 

    Beautifully balanced 

    The least common denominator of language and meaning. 

    Gorgeous bouquets of words.

    He was a storyteller.

    And his tales had morals

    Points

    Punchlines.

    His vignettes — tiny packets of beauty 

    That remind us who we are

    And where we come from.

    The immense injustices carried out by the powerful

    And the profound insight of the people.

    His most famous book, Open Veins of Latin America, was published in 1971. 

    A hard-hitting examination of the gutting of the Americas by Europe and the United States since the arrival of Columbus.

    But it reads like a novel.

    They say the book was one of the few items writer Isabel Allende took with her when she fled Chile with her family following the brutal 1973 coup.

    He too would have to flee in 1973, when the military took over Uruguay.

    He went into exile first in Argentina, and then in Spain, when Argentina also fell into its own military dictatorship in 1976.

    There, he wrote his Memories of Fire trilogy. 

    “I’m a writer obsessed with remembering,” he wrote once. “With remembering the past of America and above all that of Latin America, intimate land condemned to amnesia.”

    His were words of wisdom.

    Upside-down words.

    Words that celebrated the poor and working class.

    Words that denounced the global injustices by stripping them of their fake façades and painting them anew… showing who they really were.

    “What a paradox today’s world is,” he writes in his posthumous 2016 book, Hunter of Stories. “In the name of freedom, we are invited to choose between the same and the same, be it on the table or on television.”

    Galeano passed away exactly 10 years ago — April 13, 2015. 

    His words live on.

    ###

    My wife and I interviewed Galeano once in the mid 2000s, at the Cafe Brasileiro in Montevideo.

    It was for a documentary we were doing about democracy, called Beyond Elections.

    We spoke for only a few minutes. But his insight, as always, was profound.

    “Every country is in the United Nations,” he said. “But we only formulate recommendations. The decisions are made by the UN Security Council. And within the UN Security Council, those who decide are the countries that have the right of veto. Which are five… the five countries that watch over world peace: US, the UK, France, China, and Russia. They are also the five top producers of weapons. In other words, world peace is in the hands of the lords of war,” he said.

    I’ll place a link for the interview and our documentary in the show notes. 

    Thanks for listening. I’m your host Michael Fox. This is episode 20 of Stories of Resistance, a podcast series co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment or leave a review. 

    You can also support my work and see exclusive pictures and background information in my Patreon. That’s patreon.com/mfox.

    As always, thanks for listening. See you next time.


    This is episode 20 of Stories of Resistance — a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange.  Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    April is poetry month in the United States. We are taking advantage to feature three stories about poetry and writing this week. This is the first of those three.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. You can also follow Michael’s reporting and support at www.patreon.com/mfox.

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    Here is a clip of Michael’s interview with Eduardo Galeano about the UN and international institutions:

    You can watch Michael Fox and Silvia Leindecker’s full documentary, Beyond Elections, below.

    In English: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pL4YYYiQIco&t=114s
    En Español: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wgdXksT92uU&t=1246s
    En Portugues: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F5S_iKHjLBM&t=2111s


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/14/eduardo-galeano-latin-americas-poet-historian/feed/ 0 525656
    Fresh details emerge on Australia’s new climate migration visa for Tuvalu residents https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/13/fresh-details-emerge-on-australias-new-climate-migration-visa-for-tuvalu-residents/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/13/fresh-details-emerge-on-australias-new-climate-migration-visa-for-tuvalu-residents/#respond Sun, 13 Apr 2025 11:10:23 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=113167 ANALYSIS: By Jane McAdam, UNSW Sydney

    The details of a new visa enabling Tuvaluan citizens to permanently migrate to Australia were released this week.

    The visa was created as part of a bilateral treaty Australia and Tuvalu signed in late 2023, which aims to protect the two countries’ shared interests in security, prosperity and stability, especially given the “existential threat posed by climate change”.

    The Australia–Tuvalu Falepili Union, as it is known, is the world’s first bilateral agreement to create a special visa like this in the context of climate change.

    Here’s what we know so far about why this special visa exists and how it will work.

    Why is this migration avenue important?
    The impacts of climate change are already contributing to displacement and migration around the world.

    As a low-lying atoll nation, Tuvalu is particularly exposed to rising sea levels, storm surges and coastal erosion.

    As Pacific leaders declared in a world-first regional framework on climate mobility in 2023, rights-based migration can “help people to move safely and on their own terms in the context of climate change.”

    And enhanced migration opportunities have clearly made a huge difference to development challenges in the Pacific, allowing people to access education and work and send money back home.

    As international development expert Professor Stephen Howes put it,

    Countries with greater migration opportunities in the Pacific generally do better.

    While Australia has a history of labour mobility schemes for Pacific peoples, this will not provide opportunities for everyone.

    Despite perennial calls for migration or relocation opportunities in the face of climate change, this is the first Australian visa to respond.

    How does the new visa work?
    The visa will enable up to 280 people from Tuvalu to move to Australia each year.

    On arrival in Australia, visa holders will receive, among other things, immediate access to:

    • education (at the same subsidisation as Australian citizens)
    • Medicare
    • the National Disability Insurance Scheme (NDIS)
    • family tax benefit
    • childcare subsidy
    • youth allowance.

    They will also have “freedom for unlimited travel” to and from Australia.

    This is rare. Normally, unlimited travel is capped at five years.

    According to some experts, these arrangements now mean Tuvalu has the “second closest migration relationship with Australia after New Zealand”.

    Reading the fine print
    The technical name of the visa is Subclass 192 (Pacific Engagement).

    The details of the visa, released this week, reveal some curiosities.

    First, it has been incorporated into the existing Pacific Engagement Visa category (subclass 192) rather than designed as a standalone visa.

    Presumably, this was a pragmatic decision to expedite its creation and overcome the significant costs of establishing a wholly new visa category.

    But unlike the Pacific Engagement Visa — a different, earlier visa, which is contingent on applicants having a job offer in Australia — this new visa is not employment-dependent.

    Secondly, the new visa does not specifically mention Tuvalu.

    This would make it simpler to extend it to other Pacific countries in the future.

    Who can apply, and how?

    To apply, eligible people must first register their interest for the visa online. Then, they must be selected through a random computer ballot to apply.

    The primary applicant must:

    • be at least 18 years of age
    • hold a Tuvaluan passport, and
    • have been born in Tuvalu — or had a parent or a grandparent born there.

    People with New Zealand citizenship cannot apply. Nor can anyone whose Tuvaluan citizenship was obtained through investment in the country.

    This indicates the underlying humanitarian nature of the visa; people with comparable opportunities in New Zealand or elsewhere are ineligible to apply for it.

    Applicants must also satisfy certain health and character requirements.

    Strikingly, the visa is open to those “with disabilities, special needs and chronic health conditions”. This is often a bar to acquiring an Australian visa.

    And the new visa isn’t contingent on people showing they face risks from the adverse impacts of climate change and disasters, even though climate change formed the backdrop to the scheme’s creation.

    Settlement support is crucial
    With the first visa holders expected to arrive later this year, questions remain about how well supported they will be.

    The Explanatory Memorandum to the treaty says:

    Australia would provide support for applicants to find work and to the growing Tuvaluan diaspora in Australia to maintain connection to culture and improve settlement outcomes.

    That’s promising, but it’s not yet clear how this will be done.

    A heavy burden often falls on diaspora communities to assist newcomers.

    For this scheme to work, there must be government investment over the immediate and longer-term to give people the best prospects of thriving.

    Drawing on experiences from refugee settlement, and from comparative experiences in New Zealand with respect to Pacific communities, will be instructive.

    Extensive and ongoing community consultation is also needed with Tuvalu and with the Tuvalu diaspora in Australia. This includes involving these communities in reviewing the scheme over time.The Conversation

    Dr Jane McAdam is Scientia professor and ARC laureate fellow, Kaldor Centre for International Refugee Law, UNSW Sydney. This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons licence. Read the original article.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/13/fresh-details-emerge-on-australias-new-climate-migration-visa-for-tuvalu-residents/feed/ 0 525452
    Venezuela, 2002: When the people overturned a coup https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/venezuela-2002-when-the-people-overturned-a-coup/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/venezuela-2002-when-the-people-overturned-a-coup/#respond Fri, 11 Apr 2025 19:39:52 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333423 The streets of Caracas flowed with blood when officers in Venezuela's Chamber of Commerce attempted a coup against Hugo Chavez in 2002—only to be ultimately stopped by mass mobilization.]]>

    These were days of marches.

    Huge marches. 

    That wrapped themselves around the capital, Caracas

    And, in particular, the higher-class eastern side of the city.

    It was April 2002.

    President Hugo Chavez had been elected four years before. 

    He’d promised a revolution. A Bolivarian revolution—named after South America’s greatest Independence leader, Simon Bolivar.

    And Chavez decreed dozens of laws hoping to turn the tides on the concentration of wealth in the country. They would hand large estates over to small farmers and redirect the profit from the state oil company to social services.

    But the businesses and the elites did not want Chavez’s revolution.

    Venezuela’s Chamber of Commerce, Fedecamaras, led strikes, marches, and protests.

    And now, those marching in the streets promised to take down the government. 

    Some even carried the American flag.

    But as they approached the presidential palace toward the west of the city, shots began to ring down upon them.

    Snipers sat high on rooftops firing into the crowd. 

    One person fell. And then another. 

    18 deaths. Almost 70 injured.

    The news cameras captured the chaos. The people cowering. 

    They filmed people being carried away. 

    They said the supporters and troops of president Hugo Chavez were firing on unarmed protesters.

    This was the message spread on the mainstream TV channels across Venezuela and abroad.

    The message that spread like wildfire.

    But those carrying out this bloodbath were not the supporters and troops of president Hugo Chavez.

    They were members of the metropolitan police. And they were carrying out a coup.

    Rebelling officers in the Venezuelan military used the killings as the pretext to detain the president

    And accuse him of ordering the massacre.

    The leaders of the coup said there was a vacuum of power. They said Chavez had resigned. 

    Pedro Carmona, the head of Venezuela’s Chamber of Commerce, swore himself in as the de facto president.

    Flanked by supporters, Carmona, dissolved the National Assembly, the Supreme Court. 

    He suspended the attorney general, elected mayors and governors.

    Carmona and his allies would rule the government on their own.

    His de facto government led a violent witch hunt after Chavez government officials.

    Meanwhile, the mainstream press looked away and played cartoon reruns.

    But the people were not having it. 

    Those from Venezuela’s poorest communities had seen their lives improve under the short four years since the election of president Hugo Chavez.

    And they had seen their hopes dashed by the unelected leaders of the country’s business class and ruling elites.

    So they descended from the hillsides of the poorest communities across Caracas and amassed outside of Miraflores, the presidential palace. 

    They refused to recognize Pedro Carmona’s de facto government. 

    They would not leave until Chavez had returned.

    And that is what happened…

    On April 13, Chavez’s presidential guard expelled Carmona and the coup leaders from the presidential palace. Pressure from both the people and loyal military forces led to the collapse of the coup government. It was unprecedented. The people and the military united together to defend their democratically elected leader. 

    They rescued president Chavez

    Who was flown back to Miraflores and returned to power.

    The people would not be silent.

    The people had overturned a coup.

    ###

    Hi folks. Im your host Michael Fox.

    Today in Venezuela, April 13, is remembered as El Dia de la Dignidad, the Day of Dignity. A day of grassroots resistance.

    Some people in Venezuela are still confused about what happened between April 11 and April 13, 2002. The media manipulations was so great that it left a tremendous legacy of confusion.

    But there have been in-depth investigations, including the documentaries, The Revolution Will Not be Televised and Llaguno Bridge: Keys to a Massacre. This last film, I actually helped to translate and narrated into English more than 20 years ago. If you are interested in watching or learning more, I’ll add links in the show notes. 

    This is episode 19 of Stories of Resistance, a new podcast series co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, leave a review, or tell a friend. You can support my work and find exclusive pictures and background information on my patreon… patreon.com/mfox.

    As always, thanks for listening. See you next time.


    On April 13, Chavez’s presidential guard expelled the coup leaders and returned Chavez to power. 

    Pressure from both the people and loyal military forces led to the collapse of the coup government. The people and the military united together to defend their democratically elected leader.

    If you’re interested in more background, you can check out the following documentaries:

    The Revolution Will Not be Televised (2003)

    Llaguno Bridge: Keys to a Massacre (2004): Host Michael Fox helped to translate and narrate this documentary in English.
    In English: https://vimeo.com/40502430
    In Spanish: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cZ9jE1c0XPE

    This is episode 19 of Stories of Resistance — a new podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. You can also follow Michael’s reporting and support at www.patreon.com/mfox.

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/venezuela-2002-when-the-people-overturned-a-coup/feed/ 0 525263
    ‘People are hiding in their apartments’: Inside Trump’s assault on universities https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/people-are-hiding-in-their-apartments-inside-trumps-assault-on-universities/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/people-are-hiding-in-their-apartments-inside-trumps-assault-on-universities/#respond Fri, 11 Apr 2025 19:09:14 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333417 Protesters rally in Manhattan to demand an end to cuts in science, research, education and other areas by the Trump administration on April 08, 2025 in New York City. Photo by Spencer Platt/Getty Images“I have never seen a climate of fear like this in my life anywhere. We’re getting hundreds of emails every single day from faculty, staff, and students [saying], ‘I need a safe place to stay.’”]]> Protesters rally in Manhattan to demand an end to cuts in science, research, education and other areas by the Trump administration on April 08, 2025 in New York City. Photo by Spencer Platt/Getty Images

    International students are being abducted and disappeared by ICE in broad daylight. Life-saving research projects across the academy are being halted or thrown into disarray by seismic cuts to federal grants. Dozens of universities are under federal investigation for their Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion programs, their allowance of trans athletes to compete in college sports, and their tolerance of constitutionally protected Palestine solidarity protests. In today’s urgent episode of Working People, we get a harrowing, on-the-ground view of the Trump administration’s all-out assault on institutions of higher education and the people who live, learn, and work there. TRNN Editor-in-Chief Maximillian Alvarez speaks with Todd Wolfson, President of the American Association of University Professors, Associate Professor of Journalism and Media Studies at Rutgers University, and co-director of the Media, Inequality and Change Center; and Chenjerai Kumanyika, Assistant Professor at the Arthur L. Carter Journalism Institute at New York University, AAUP Council Member, and Peabody-award winning host of Empire City: The Untold Origin Story of the NYPD.

    Additional links/info:

    Permanent links below…

    Featured Music…

    • Jules Taylor, “Working People” Theme Song

    Studio Production: Maximillian Alvarez
    Post-Production: Jules Taylor


    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Alright. Welcome everyone to Working People, a podcast about the lives, jobs, dreams, and struggles of the working class today. Working People is a proud member of the Labor Radio Podcast Network and is brought to you in partnership within these Times Magazine and the Real News Network. This show is produced by Jules Taylor and made possible by the support of listeners like you. My name is Maximillian Alvarez and today we are taking an urgent look at the Trump Administration’s all out assault on institutions of higher education and the people who live, learn, and work there. As we’ve been covering here on the show and across the Real News Network, the Trump Musk administration’s attacks on workers, workers’ rights, and on democracy as such are frankly so broad, wide ranging and destructive that it’s hard to really sum it all up here. But colleges and universities have become a key target of Trump’s administration and a key battlefront for enacting his agenda.

    The world of higher ed looks and feels a lot different today than it did when I was a graduate student at the University of Michigan and then an editor at the Chronicle of Higher Education just a few short years ago. International students like Mahmoud Khalil at Columbia University and Rumeysa Ozturk at Tufts are being hunted, abducted, and disappeared by ice for speaking out against Israel’s US backed genocide of Palestinians, hundreds of international students have had their visas and their ability to stay in the country abruptly revoked. Dozens of investigations into different universities have been launched by the administration because of their diversity, equity and inclusion programs, their allowance of trans athletes to compete in college sports and their tolerance of constitutionally protected Palestine solidarity protests, which the administration has dangerously deemed antisemitic and grounds for denial of federal funding. And the administration has indeed frozen federal funding as a means to bend universities to Trump’s will.

    So far. Alan Blinder reports this week at the New York Times “seven universities have been singled out for punitive funding cuts or have been explicitly notified that their funding is in serious jeopardy. They are Brown University, which the Trump administration said stood to lose 510 million Columbia, which is hoping to regain about $400 million in canceled grants and contracts after it bowed to a list of demands from the federal government, Cornell University, the target of a cut of at least 1 billion Harvard University, which has approximately 9 billion at stake. Northwestern University, which Trump administration officials said would be stripped of $790 million. The University of Pennsylvania, which saw $175 million in federal funding suspended because of its approach to a transgender athlete’s participation in 2022 and Princeton University, which said dozens of grants have been suspended. The White House indicated that $210 million was at risk.”

    The battle on and over our institutions of higher education have been and will continue to be a critical front where the future of democracy and the Trump Administration’s agenda will be decided. And it will be decided not just by what Trump does and how university administrators and boards of regents respond. It will be decided by how faculty respond, how students and grad students respond, staff campus communities, and you in the public writ large. We’re going to be covering that fight continuously here on working people and at the Real News Network in the coming months and years. And we’re taking it head on in today’s episode with two guests who are on the front lines of that fight.

    I’m honored to have them joining us together. Returning to the podcast, we’ve got Todd Wolfson, who currently serves as president of the American Association of University Professors. Todd is associate professor of Journalism and Media Studies at Rutgers University and he’s the co-director of the Media, Inequality, and Change Center, a collaboration between the University of Pennsylvania’s Anenberg School of Communication and Rutgers University’s School of Communication and Information.

    We are also joined today by Chenjerai Kumanyika, assistant professor at the Arthur L. Carter Journalism Institute at New York University, who serves as a council member for the AAUP. You likely already know Chenjerai’s voice. I mean, the man is a radio and podcast legend. He’s a Peabody award-winning host of Empire City: The Untold Origin Story of the NYPD. He’s the co-creator, co-executive producer and co-host of Uncivil, Gimlet Media’s podcast on the Civil War, and so much more. Brother Todd, brother Chenj, thank you both so much for joining us on the show today. I really appreciate it and I want to just dive right in. And I want to start by just asking you both to keep pulling on the thread from my introduction to the show just now. I tried to pack in as much information as I could, but really this is just scratching the surface of things. So can you both help our listeners better understand the full scope of what is actually happening across higher ed in the United States right now? So Todd, let’s start with you and then Chenj, please hop in after

    Todd Wolfson:

    You did a pretty good job packing in a lot of information in the short bit Max and yeah, it’s like drinking from a fire hose right now. I characterize the main attacks as there’s about five streams of main frontal assaults on higher ed. One is an absolute attempt at the destruction of our biomedical research infrastructure and then a broader research infrastructure from there. And National Endowments of the Humanities just announced a 70% cancellation of all their grants. But the biggest funding agency that’s taken the biggest hit is the NIH, which is the biggest biomedical research funding organization in the world. In the world. And at this point in 2024, they’d given out 6 billion in grants to do research on cancer and to do research on the Alzheimer’s and strokes and pediatric oncology and diabetes and all the things we all need so that when we go to the doctor, they have cutting edge therapies to save the lives of ourselves and our parents.

    Now that 6 billion is 2.7 billion, that’s how much they’ve given out in 2025, less than half. So if we project that out, the NIH gives out 40 billion in funding for research on issues, biomedical health research, we expect something like 20 billion. So a $20 billion cut in research is what we’re looking at. And again, it’s primarily targeted at the biomedical infrastructure, but this is also National Science Foundation grants, it’s National Endowment of Humanities grants. It’s all the critical things that we need. So that’s one bucket. The second bucket is extreme attacks on our students. You flagged it, right? Abductions of students in broad daylight, Mahmud, Khalil, who you mentioned, I think there’s about eight or nine students now that have been just abducted in broad daylight and whisked into an ice underground prison system, usually hundreds of miles from their home, often with no charge, maybe the slightest charge of some pro-Palestinian in organizing or protest work or even editorial work, which is their right of freedom of speech absolute and getting whisked off.

    But those folks who they’ve abducted are just scratching the surface over the weekend. Over this past weekend, the numbers something like 600 visas were revoked across the country. We think at least a hundred of them were college, graduate and undergraduate students. So not all that’s hitting our colleges and universities. It’s bigger than that, but it’s probably the largest sector taking this hit and we’re trying to figure it out at Rutgers, my home institution 1212 students got their visas revoked and the folks who got their visas revoked this past weekend, they’re not on record for anything. We think it’s country of origin and connected to the Muslim Ban 2.0, but we’re not even sure. So that’s a second. And just to be clear about these attacks on our students, the goal is to outlaw protest, right? This is the first step in the strategy. They’re weaponizing antisemitism to go after pro-Palestinian protestors.

    This is a first step and they want to see they’re testing the water and they want to see how far they can take this. Just yesterday they floated deporting US citizens, so they’re going to keep pushing this and the goal is to shut us up. The other things I’ll just flag really quickly that it should be on folks’ Radar is also happening. As we know. They’re also attacking universities for DEI related grants and programs, and that’s been a massive attack. It was one of the first executive orders. So for instance, we have a researcher who is doing research on the diversity of wheat crops, the genome and wheat crops. That research canceled because the word diversity is in it and they don’t want diversity any sort of DEI. And so plant genome diversity is part of DEI now and it’s of the keystone cops, and they’re doing this through keyword searches, but it gets more serious than that.

    They’re also canceling research on infant mortality rates. We want to understand why they’re differing infant mortality rates in urban or suburban or rural settings in black communities and white communities and Latinx communities. They won’t allow that research anymore or literacy rates. They don’t allow differing literacy rates in urban, suburban rural communities, diversity research. So there’s DEI attacks, and then the last attack I’ll flag, and I’ll let Chenjerai come in is that the attack on our institutions writ large, and that’s the stuff that we’re seeing at Columbia and we’re seeing at all these other universities that you laid out. It’s not simply to weaponize antisemitism, to threaten cuts in the biomedical research and weaponize antisemitism. It’s bigger than that. They want to be able to control these institutions and the first step is Columbia bowing. And so now they expect these next six bow and on and on from there. And the goal is for them to come in and tell us what we can research, what we can teach, what our students can say and learn. So it’s a real attempt at massive control. And again, they’re looking at hungry in Europe and they’re getting much of their strategy here. So those are four major buckets of attacks going on. I’m sorry, get in there, Chenj.

    Chenjerai Kumanyika:

    First of all, I think you laid it out real well. And also I’ll just say much respect to you Max, to working people pod. I’ve been a long time fan, real excited to be here. So I just want to step back a little bit and talk about, we have to really look at why this is happening and if you look at these cuts, it points to a little bit about why they’re doing this, right? First of all, they’re lying about what higher education is and I think that’s really important. They want to cast higher education as a place that is only for a certain kind of elites, but that’s not true. Higher education is where so many families in America, across America, different communities, not just in rural community cities where people are sending their kids because they want to have a fair shot, whether family members because they want to have a fair shot.

    So that’s one component. They also want to actually restrict higher education to maybe people just imagine a certain kind of classes that they think don’t matter. But we have to understand is higher education is a lot of things. Higher education are healthcare facilities, not just places where health research is being done, but also where health workers are working in places where people are nurses, doctors, people who are nurses, aides and doctor aides. All those kinds are working at healthcare facilities that are a part of higher education. And in some communities, those are the only healthcare facilities and they reach out into the community.

    Universities are, and like I said, speaking of labor universities are places where people of all kinds of different folks work. They want you to think about this caricature of the woke student and then the woke out of touch elite professor. But of course a lot of people working in universities are contingent, contingent faculty, people who are teaching an incredible load and do not have the kind of job security that we would like them to have. You have staff, you have people who, there’s food facilities, cafeteria workers. So in many places, universities are public, universities are huge employer for the state, a huge amount of that is happening. So they are really central. And this is not to say at all that higher education doesn’t have problems, but I think with everything with this administration, and if you look at the A UP and some of the incredible exciting coalitions we’ve been building around labor and higher education, we were already trying to address some of these changes that these outside agitators would like to do to control our institutions and make them places cases with administrators being complicit with that.

    So that’s just one thing, but I want to say that they’re lying about what it is, but it’s also like they’re lying when you look at what they’re attacking. So for example, if you look at these cuts to the NIH, right? This is not some kind of austerity where they’re doing this because they want to help taxpayers. This is ideological. They want to replace public science with corporate science and they want to defund fields that they can’t control, especially ones that address systemic health disparities or things like the social determinants of health, reproductive research, things like gun violence, climate health, mental health. I mean, look at these cuts that happened yesterday when you, I think Cornell and Northwestern are not verifying everything. They’re still trying to figure out what’s going on in this cuts that happen, but you just look at it and go, some of the stuff that’s being cut, cancer research, I mean they receive stop work orders to stop cancer research.

    So when we say these cuts kill, it’s serious. It’s not hyperbole. And I think that that’s really important for folks to understand. And just one other thing I’ll say is, but not only in the STEM fields, why are they so obsessed with, for example, gender and queer studies in the humanities? Partially because they understand that when people study those fields, they expose how gender gets used as a political category to maintain state control using sexuality and kinship and labor. They understand that in the humanities, the research around race and around the real history of America. They understand that when people understand that, when people understand history, they’re like, oh, then they’re less vulnerable to some of the moves that they want to make and the ways that they want to, their policies harm people both here and abroad. And so I just think disabilities, they don’t want people studying disability studies and really understand how some of these market logics harm people who are disabled or people who are chronically ill. And then what that has to mean for health infrastructure because again, they want to reformulate this society and according to what profits, billionaires. So I think that when we look at these cuts, part of our battle is that, and I think what’s happening now in an unfortunate way is we’re seeing people come together around a real understanding of why it’s important for this research to continue, why it’s important for it to be protected from Elon Musk or people like RFK or whatever and what higher education really is.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Todd, Chenjerai, I want to ask if you could take us even further into your lifeworld and your experience of all this chaos that’s happening in higher ed right now at the hands of the Trump administration. We were talking in that first section about the scope of this attack. I want to ask if you could tell us about the experience of the attacks. How have you both personally been processing this as it’s been unfolding in your capacities as professors, but also as representatives and leaders of the AAUP? What are you hearing from your colleagues in the faculty? How are students responding to this and other members of the community?

    Chenjerai Kumanyika:

    Well, I guess I’ll jump in. There’s so much. One thing I’ll say is that there are Todd and a number of other leaders in organizations like Higher Ed, labor United, some people in a UP who are not necessarily positioned in the leadership in the way that we are now and and other folks who are working in a coalition which we now have called Labor for Higher Education. So many people and people at different AAUP locals were already in a fight about the direction higher education is going in. I mean, as someone who just kind of came into the academy around two, I mean as a professor, I started my first appointment around 2013. What I saw was I worked at universities where the whole faculty had been kind of casualized and really didn’t have the ability to speak up. And I saw what the effects of that were.

    I saw what they were living in fear because the way the contract structure had been set up, they kind of had to beg for their jobs every year. They didn’t have protections, they didn’t have the benefits they needed, and in the southern states, they really had real obstacles to really organizing around collective bargaining. So I saw what that meant for people though I saw what that meant. For example, what the custodial workers in university, they didn’t have a place they could really go to appeal and push back on things that the administration might be doing with them. And then I moved through to different institutions. I was at Rutgers for full disclosure briefly, and I saw kind of the opposite of what it means when you have a wall to wall union and what it means actually to go through those struggles and all those other kinds of things.

    So I just want to say that it was really interesting that so many of us were kind of in this battle. I was still kind of learning and getting involved with it when these cuts hit, what you saw was everything that we had already been talking about just kind of escalate to a whole new level and then with these new pieces involved. And for me, it looks like talking to colleagues who were doing HIV research or cancer research, I mean seeing them at an informal event and they’re just almost in tears because their whole research infrastructure, they have to figure out if they’re going to fire people. There’s a diverse array of postdoc students who’s not only their education but their jobs are in flux. They’re thinking about the people that they serve and they’re just in a panic state. And then I’m seeing people who put it is not easy to get an NEH grant or an NIH grant.

    You put a lot of work into doing that, and that work sustains both the communities and some of those institutions. And I’m just seeing people, some of these grants, for example, are grants that function at multiple institutions, you know what I’m saying? So they kind of helped to really create an infrastructure for people to do powerful, important research. A lot of research by the way, and this is I think also if you look at it is one way people tend to think about a place like Cornell, but you got to understand some of that research was in innovation. Some of it was even in national security stuff. So that’s the kind of stuff that I was seeing be people say, oh my God, how do I keep this work going? What do I do? Scrambling, panicking. And the idea that the Trump administration is doing this to somehow make America more competitive to protect working class vulnerable people is absurd.

    And then to talk about the DEI stuff that was coming down, I mean we’re kind of in the discussion now about the cuts. I would say. I mean it’s just fascinating and very clarifying to watch these folks try to just roll back a hundred years of civil rights progress in the most flagrant and obvious ways. No way I can say it. How as a journalist, your job usually is to try to translate something that’s not quite clear. This is so crystal clear. People see it. They see what you’re not allowed to talk about. They see who’s getting fired. And then the final thing I’ll say is that when it comes to the issue of the free to protest students who stood up on the issue of Palestine, I mean, I’ve been in meetings with colleagues who are talking about students and colleagues hiding in their apartment.

    People are being advised by their lawyers in to hide in their apartment because they’re not sure what’s going to happen if they come out. If there’s every time on the street I’m at NYU. But anytime those ice vehicles or certain kinds of police vehicles pull up, you just see a wave of terror go across the company snatching people off the street. And so to sort of try to function in every day in that kind of context and do the work that we want to do as a faculty member, I want to tell my colleagues and my students that it’s going to be okay, but the way that we can actually make it is to really organize. And it’s good we are organizing, but it’s horrifying.

    Todd Wolfson:

    Thank you. Change. I mean, I want to start where you have tough, and it doesn’t perfectly answer your question Max, but it just needs to be said here, which is the 60 to 70 years of divestment from higher ed and the fascist threats to higher ed in this moment are deeply entangled, and that’s something that needs to be clearly understood and discussed more. So divestment started at the moment when schools like the University of California system and CUNY were free. They were free in the seventies, in the sixties into the early seventies, and people of color were getting access to free higher ed for the first time or a highly subsidized higher ed for the first time in this country’s history. And in the same moment, those same universities around the country were the backbone of the sixties in the protests, whether it’s the protests against Vietnam or for the Civil Rights Movement, black Panther party, each one of these had the Berkeley free speech movement was deeply, universities were critical to them.

    And so at first it was a racialized and political attack on our universities that started in the sixties and seventies. Reagan was governor of California, and he said quite directly, we can’t let the working class get educated for free. That was said, and that led to divest from our institutions first in California. Again, Reagan was like, we got to do something about those radicals, radical hippies in Berkeley. And so they divested and they forced students to start paying for their higher ed. So that happened. And lo and behold, the right-wing attack on higher ed led to a full scale like neoliberal corporate kind of ideology within higher ed, where our institutions became more and more dependent on a corporate logic, a neoliberal logic to run themselves, which meant Chen drive’s point more contingent faculty, higher tuition rates higher and higher and higher tuition rates, 2 trillion student debt bureaucrats running our institutions, and importantly, mission drift.

    They don’t remember what the institution is for because they’re so tied to corporate America ideology. And so no longer are these institutions, the bedrock of a public system, a common good system. And so fast forward to the fascist attacks on our institution, which we’re outlining right now. They had already hollowed out the core. They had already hollowed out the cord. And that’s why Columbia bows and knee in one second flat. That’s why our presidents go down to Washington DC when they’re called by the Educational Workforce Committee, and they cannot respond with a clear vision of what higher ed is about, and they get end run by right-wing ideologues in the Senate and in Congress. And so it’s really important to just flag that there’s a deeply entwined relationship between fascism, right-wing ideology, authoritarianism and neoliberalism, which isn’t really well talked about, which is what has put us in this situation.

    I’m sorry, I just want to go into that. It’s got to be flagged. Note to your question. It’s like I have never seen a climate of fear like this in my life anywhere, anywhere in my experience, we’re getting hundreds of emails every single day from faculty, from staff, from students. I need a safe place to say to Chen’s point, I need a safe place to stay. That’s on half of our discussions right now is people need safe places to stay. I don’t know if my research project is going to be cut. I’m not going to get tenure. I’m going to have to change careers because a loss of funding, I’m going to be set home and I’m not going to be able to come back and finish my degree. These are the kind of discussions we’re having, and it’s not like once in a while.

    It’s every single day, multiple times a day. The fear is palpable and it’s purposeful. It’s purposeful, right? They’re trying to destabilize us, they’re trying to make us fearful, and they’re trying to get us all to bow down to what is a fascist threat to our institutions. So I mean, that’s the situation we’re in, but I’m seeing something else too, and this is what gives me a lot of hope, is that fear is turning into anger and that anger is turning into action and we need more of that. And we need the people who are the least vulnerable, US-born citizens, people with tenure to stand up and step into this battle full throated not only for ourselves but for all of us, for higher education, for democracy, but also for the vulnerable students who dared to speak out for a free Palestine and now are getting dragged away in handcuffs by ice agents. It’s on us to do that and continue building that power.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Guys, we were just talking about how the sort of long path to turning universities into their kind of contemporary neoliberal corporate ties, versions of themselves like that all predated these attacks. And it has, as you both pointed out, made institutions of higher ed, especially vulnerable to these sorts of attacks from the Trump administration. I wanted to kind of just tug on that thread a bit more by asking about the workforce and what the campus community looks like after decades of neoliberal reforms because this was something that I dealt with as a graduate student and political organizer at the University of Michigan during the first Trump administration. We are trying to rally members of the campus community and in so doing had to come up against the fact that you have students who, unlike the student activists of the 1960s, who now having to make the calculation of whether or not they could afford to get suspended or even miss a class because they are paying tens of thousands of dollars for this tuition.

    So that right there is already a complicating factor in the political minds of people on campus, especially students. But you also have—Chenjerai mentioned the ways that faculty in higher ed over the past 40 years, we used to have around 75% of the faculty be tenured or tenure track and only 25% being non-tenure track and contingent faculty, adjuncts, lecturers, so on and so forth. That ratio is completely flipped and the vast bulk of the teaching workforce in higher ed is made up of so-called contingent faculty, and that puts a lot more pressure on those faculty members to not get involved in political activity for fear that their paychecks and livelihoods and professional reputations will be tarnished and they’ll be out of a job. So these are sort of just some of the realities that one has to deal with trying to organize on a campus in the 21st century. I wanted to ask if you could just for folks listening talk about that more and what it looks like from the faculty side. So as you all on your campuses are trying to respond to this moment, what role is the AAUP playing in that? For folks listening, could you just say what the AAUP is, but also what the differences between say a tenured professor and an adjunct professor and their involvement in this fight right now?

    Todd Wolfson:

    So I’ll just lay out what the AAUP is a real brief. So AAUP is over a hundred years old. John Dewey, one of the great US scholars was one of the founders of it. And when it was first, and this is why it’s a complicated organization, when it was first established, it was a professional association for faculty, and it probably was like that for its first 50 years. But in 1970 or about that time, it also started unionizing and building collective bargaining units. And so it is been a layered history of first a professional association layered on top of that a union, a national union for faculty in particular. And so today it is both of those things. But from my vantage as the president who comes out of a strong union at Rutgers, I think in this moment in time, it needs to act less like a professional association and more like a union.

    It needs to build power, it needs to organize and it needs to fight, fight not only up against the threats we face right now with the Trump administration, but also fight to reimagine what higher education is for and about, which I’d love to get to, but I’ll say one other thing about this and then quickly talk about faculty and then kick it to Chen, which is we have 500 chapters across this country on every type of university in community colleges, two year institutions at four year publics, four year privates in Ivy League institutions, every type of institution, out of those 500, about 400 of our chapters are called advocacy chapters. They don’t have collective bargaining rights. And about 100 are unions. And an important thing for your listeners to know is private. In private universities, faculty, tenured faculty do not have the right to unionize, but in public universities they do.

    So it’s a strange bifurcation. And so there are a few places where faculty have unions in private institutions, but almost the entirety of tenure stream faculty that are unionized are unionized our public institutions. And so then I’ll just say one other thing for folks to know, which is, and unfortunately a UP used to primarily cater to tenure stream faculty, our leadership, we do not believe in that. We believe in, everyone fights together, wall to wall, coast to coast. And so we’re really fighting to reframe that. And it’s not just about faculty. We need to build with faculty. We need to build with our postdocs, our grad workers. We need to build with our undergrads, we need to build with our custodial staff, professional staff, tech across the board, our medical workers. That’s the only way forward. That’s the only way we build the power necessary to fight back.

    And the last thing I’ll say is that the professor, the faculty in this country, you flagged it and it’s important to know it is not what they say it is. The majority, at least the plurality of faculty are contingent. Most of them are adjunct faculty, which means part-time. And most of them are applying for their jobs semester after semester every semester with no benefits, no zero benefits. And so we have adjunct faculty that are teaching six classes in a semester at six different institutions up and down the eastern seaboard. So the teacher is one day in a school in upstate New York and the next day teaching in Philadelphia. That’s the situation. And they’re lucky to scrape by with 60 grand a year and no benefits. So the story they tell about what the professoriate is and the reality of the professoriate couldn’t be more different. And it’s important to understand that when we think about our institutions today. But I’ll let Chenjerai get in there and talk a little bit more about that.

    Chenjerai Kumanyika:

    Yeah, I just think I want to go back to something Todd says, we have to, I can’t help, but we make this a little historical. This is not actually not unprecedented. And it’s really important for people to understand that this is part of a historical trajectory that has to do with neoliberalism. I was reading recently and talking actually with Ryan Leventhal incredible book called Burdened. One of the things that lays out is that in 1979, some conservatives got together at the Heritage Foundation and were like, we’re going to start to lay out a plan. And they laid out a plan called a series what ultimately became a series of publications called Mandate for Leadership. They launched the first one in 1980. And that did a lot of things. Mandate for leadership was broad, it didn’t just focus on higher education. But actually the first thing you got to understand is Project 2025 was a part in that series.

    So people talk about project 25, like 2025, it came out of nowhere. No, it was a part of things that started, and it’s not like they never had a chance to implement it. The sort of attacks cuts, similar types of things that were implemented that were sort of planned out in this kind of early eighties version of the project 2025 were actually implemented other Reagan administration. Now, one of the many things that did was it really gutted federal support for higher education, including things like student loans and actually transformed a lot of, I mean I would say including student support. Because one of the things that happened during that period was that a lot of the federal grants, I think in the early, if you would’ve looked going back to the forties, only like 20% of the federal money that came in was targeted toward a loan structure where people would have to repay it right after the eighties where they realized that they could actually turn student debt into a product.

    It became like a centerpiece. But that was just one of many ways in which you started to see this divestment of states of the federal government from public education support. And so yes, to your point, that has meant that all these people, that has meant that our faculty, so many of the faculty are insecure. And I want to be clear, the reason, part of why I bring that up is that they were very intentional about the idea that people who are insecure are going to be less political. People who are in debt are going to be less political. They’re not going to be sure, and they’re going to have to make very careful decisions about how they can fight if they can fight. And some of it is even just being overloaded with work. And as you try to pay back this debt as you try to do it, you might not even have time to get your mind around it, if that sounds familiar to anybody.

    And for this reason, this is one of the ways I just want to be clear, that these attacks don’t just touch people currently in the academy, they touch both the cuts to funding. I mean, I’m hearing from parents who are unsure what disciplines their folks should go into. So they’re actually trying to shape it where at a time when we need massive amount of doctors, we have emerging health threats that are happening. People are like, I don’t know if I want to go be a doctor because I’m seeing the funding being cut at the elite places where I would’ve done that. So it affects things that level. And then the funding available affects families who have to say, am I going to be able to get that support I need? So how do we fight? So that’s more and more people are being drawn into this fight. In this way, you’re seeing all these people being attacked and in a way they are kind of taking a step toward building our coalition for us because I think they’re overreaching. When you hear all about all these people being affected, all these people feeling insecure.

    For me, that’s the coalition that we want to organize. Now, on a note of organizing, let me say a few things. Higher education is, on the one hand, higher education is any other kind of workplace. You have some people who are very engaged who’ve been pulling their weight, who’ve been leading the fight, and you have some people who maybe are just focused on their jobs and haven’t yet seen themselves as organizers. But I would say in this situation, what we’re trying to do across workplaces, including, and what our organizations are doing is inviting people in and saying, Hey, see how these battles that you’re fighting at an individual level, at a department level, you know what I mean? Whether you’re a parent, whether you’re a community member who doesn’t want to see that medical research cut, see how this is part of a larger fight?

    And where I think higher education interestingly, isn’t a place to lead is that the way I’ve been learning from leaders like Todd, leaders from Labor for higher ed, Hulu, even leaders at a FT, right? People who have a long history of organizing labor has a set of strategies that we can use that is not just the same as people coming out into the street. I was excited to see people at our days of action all over the country. I was excited to see people at the hands-off protests, hundreds of thousands of people in the street, but coming out into the street is not enough. We need a repertoire of strategies which include things that can create real leverage, things people cannot ignore. And so in a way, what the a UP is leading is we’re actually showing people that repertoire of strategies. We have a legal strategy, incredible legal counsel has been rolling out lawsuits that are moving through the system.

    We know that the legal strategy by itself is not going to be the thing that does it, but it buys us time. It slows things down and it shows people that we know how to throw a punch. And at the same time where we’re building the power that we need to take real labor action, we’re doing educations and teachings. So in that way, what I’ve seen is that there’s times when people don’t necessarily know really what I do as a professor or they’re like, oh, you offering a professor in the books? Now I’m seeing people who are outside of the academy saying, we love the way that higher education is leading at a time when folks don’t know what to do, or maybe they don’t know what to do beyond just simply coming out into the street. Which again, I encourage you ain’t going to hear me be one of these people talking about people.

    Well, I don’t. The demands weren’t clear enough. No, listen, this is a time honestly, to think like an organizer, not like, I’m just going to say it, not like a social media influencer. Social media influencers build currency because you just point out, you dunk on people. Look, if there’s somebody who voted for Trump and they see it’s wrong now and they’re like, I want to get involved in changing it. I don’t like what I’m seeing. I want to welcome that person in. I’m not here to dunk on you. I don’t get nothing but dunking on you on clicks and likes, but if you join our coalition and become part of it and spread the move to your people, we get stronger and we can fight this. And that’s what we’re trying to show people our version of that with the way that we’re organizing. And again, I’m learning this in a way, I’m newer to this than other people, but it’s really exciting to me to feel like there’s something we can do.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Todd, Chenjerai, I have so much more I want to talk to you about, but I know we only have a few more minutes here before we have to wrap up. And so I want to make them count. I wanted to, in this last 10 minutes or so, focus in on three key questions. One, if the Trump administration is not stopped, thwarted, frustrated in its efforts to remake higher education in this country, what is the end game there? What are our colleges and universities and our higher ed system going to look like if they get what they want? The next question is, and then on top of that, the situation that people are in is needing to defend institutions that already had deep problems with them as we’ve been talking about here. And you can’t just galvanize by saying, we got to defend the norms and institutions that were already in place. That’s the same university system that saddled people like me with hundreds of thousands of dollars of debt that we’re not exactly chomping at the bit to save that system in its current form. So what is the alternate vision? What is the future of higher education that y’all are fighting for in rallying people around? Then the last question is how do we get there? What can folks listening do to be part of this and why should they get involved before it’s too late?

    Todd Wolfson:

    Look, I mean, I think it’s really clear what the Trump administration’s goals are here. And they’ve taken this out of hundreds of years, a hundred years of history, of authoritarian and fascist regimes. And one of the key sectors that these regimes always target is higher education, always. I think most recently it is Victor Orban and Hungary. But you can peel back our history and you’ll see it has happened before in many different moments when fascist forces are on the march. And so the reason why higher ed is targeted is because it’s an independent formation that can offer not always an imperfect, but can offer a counter political ideology and it needs to come under control of the state because otherwise it is a danger to the state’s ability to push forward. Fascism in particular an educated populace. And so there is a real goal here at the biggest level to slow down enrollment numbers take over the way a higher education is done so that we are not a counterforce to fascism in this country.

    And so it is a clear path towards that. This is not the only institution that they’re going to target and go after, but it’s one of the key institutions that they will go after and target labor’s another, which is why labor unions in higher ed are at such a critical cross hair. Another is college students and protests from college students who have always led this country have always been the mirror of showing a mirror to us and showing us what we look like and been a moral beacon for us. And so there are real aspects of higher ed that are really, really dangerous or threatening to a Trump administration and what they want to achieve. And so if they get rid of higher ed or they take control of it, I think it is a step towards, it’s not the entirety of, but a critical step towards authoritarianism.

    We could call it fascism, we could call it post fascism, we could call it an I liberal democracy. There’s a lot of ideas going around about what exactly we’re in, and I think it’s a complex merger of a host of things, but I think wherever they’re trying to go, it means less voice, less power for all working people and getting rid of the higher ed is a way to get there. And so I’ll just say two other things in this short time to you, which is one, higher ed has never been perfect, right? Let’s just be clear about some of its worst moments in history. Our great land grant institutions, which are great, one of the great things about America, American higher ed system, which Lincoln dubbed the people’s colleges or along those lines we’re all based on taking off stolen land from indigenous people.

    That’s clear. That happened. And those same indigenous native folks didn’t get to enjoy and use those universities to advance their lives. So they merely were extractive from the people who are here first, but then also post World War ii, the GI program, black people didn’t get access to it the same way white soldiers coming back did. And so always at the heart of this institution has been racism and classism and sexism has been coded into our higher ed. So we should be clear about that. And we don’t want to build a new higher ed that replicates those problems. We need to reimagine it, but we need to reimagine it building off what we have now. We can’t just say tomorrow we want something wholly new. We have to take steps. People are getting their livelihoods from these institutions. They’re finding ways to have social mobility through these institutions.

    So we need to build through them. And what our vision is is a fully funded public higher education system fully funded. Nobody should be going to college and coming out in debt, nobody. And there needs to be an end to student debt. We need to end the debt that has already been accrued. That’s better for all the people who have that debt, but it’s also better for our economy writ large for you, max. We got to get rid of your debt too. And then we have to make sure that people who work on our campuses work with dignity. Right now, that is not the case. Too many people, as we already discussed, are working across six institutions, scraping together a living, and we have to end that. We have to make sure everyone who works can have long-term dignified employment. And we have to make sure that we fully fund and increase our funding to our HBCUs, our minority serving institutions, our tribal colleges and universities.

    And we forgot to say this, the attack on the Department of Education defund those institutions. So that also is another line of attack that I forgot to mention. So we want more funding for those groups and we want more funding for science, more funding for arts. And so that’s the kind of higher ed we want to build. We want to build that higher ed as one which has shared governance so that the students and the faculty and the staff of our institutions govern our institutions, not business bureaucrats that now control them. So that’s a vision we want to put forward. And the last thing I want to say is we have a way to get there, but the first step has got to be responding to Trump. We can’t build the vision of higher ed that we all want without first standing up to fascism.

    And so Chenjerai said this, and my heart sings when he says this because we’re on the same page. Protests are great. They are not going to stop fascism. They will not stop fascism. The courts are great. Thank God they’ve done a good job for us so far in holding up some of the worst aspects of Trump’s illegal moves. They will not stop fascism. We are going to have to scale up Our organizing higher ed is going to have to build with other sectors, federal workers, K 12 workers, healthcare workers, immigrant workers, all under attack in different ways. And we’re going to have to figure out the demands we need to make and the militancy we’re going to have to take the militant moves we’re going to have to take to force them to stop. And that’s going to mean risk, but there is no other way forward. And so that’s what a U p’s committed to. That’s what labor for higher ed’s committed to, and that’s where we’re trying to go and we need other sectors to join us to get there.

    Chenjerai Kumanyika:

    Yeah, I mean Todd really said it. I would just add two points to that. I mean, when you see what’s being cut and what’s being attacked, you’re getting a glimpse of the future of what it is. And you could go to places like Hungary, you could go to a lot of places where these things are a little bit more developed and see what this looks like there. And I guarantee it’s not something that we want. But there’s two points I want to make, which is that one of the things about worker power right across sectors is that workers when they’re in control can say, this is what we want the institutions that we work in to do, and this is what we don’t want them to do. Workers can govern the direction of institutions. When you see Amazon workers and tech workers who are stepping up saying, we don’t want to be involved in making technology that’s supporting genocide, or that’s just supporting oppression or data extraction here at home, like that’s worker power workers saying, let’s get together and dictate what happens as opposed to administrator or I would just say sort of like billionaire executive power, which is organized around a completely different set of priorities.

    And the same is true in the academy. One of the dangers is that if you look at the various org parts of labor at the university, I mean folks are also saying, this is what we want our universities to be on the right side of history, doing powerful, important work. We do not want them to be involved in suppression. And if you don’t like what you see at Columbia where you see them bending the knee and then you see them actually becoming complicit in a way teaching the Trump administration what they can do, what they’re allowed to do, that’s a consequence of not having sufficient worker power.

    And you’re going to see more of that. So you’re imagining not just what’s going to get removed, but now imagine that universities are really deployed as an arm of fascism and in all its different formation. So that’s one thing that I think is at stake. The second thing I would really bring up is that higher education battles are so important because everything that we really want to try to make this world a better place is interwoven with higher education. So if we want to defeat the urgent threat of climate change, that takes research people who are finding the solutions, right? Precisely the kind of research that’s being taken. So that’s not just about what’s happening at universities, it’s about the climate stakes for everybody. And most of the people that affects are not in the university, but the university research and making sure you’re having real research on that is central to that.

    When it talks about when you talk about healthcare, fighting for a world where we do have healthcare for all and understanding what that healthcare needs to look like, the university is crucial for that. Todd already mentioned the NIH was responsible for almost, I think basically all the therapies that came out that were useful in the last decade, really, right? So you can’t talk about healthcare without talking about it when you talk about labor and this emerging regime where labor protections and technology trying to understand what is this actually going to look like? People producing real research like our colleague Vina Dubal, who’s looking at what actually is happening with these algorithms for real and how are those algorithms going to affect things as these people try to uberize the entire planet and subject them people and create a situation where people don’t have benefits and all that, that research is also being done at the university.

    So working, I just laid out three right there. Working conditions, healthcare, climate change, and we could go on, what about art? What about the things that bring us joy in life? You know what I’m saying? Where people have the room outside of the corporate factory to actually explore and produce wonderful things, art and music and culture, all those things. So to me, what’s at stake is literally that future and as higher education workers, it’s up to us to make sure that as Todd is saying, we want to fight for the conditions of education, that it really is working for the common good, but also we have to fight back this monster. And I’m terrified right now. I got to say, it is okay to say you’re scared by what I’m seeing, but I’m also encouraged. And when you’re scared, you got to lock arms with your people and walk forward anyway. And that’s what I’m seeing people stepping up and doing.

    Todd Wolfson:

    We have actions on April 17th throughout the countries, I think over about a hundred institutions across the country are taking part in our April 17th actions. So please come out or organize your own action. It’s being driven by the Coalition for Action in Higher ed, which is a lot of amazing A UP leaders. We will also be engaging in mayday organizing. And then this summer we want you to come to your a UP chapter, your UAW local, your CWA local, your A FT local, your NEA local, your SEIU local, whatever it is. However you can plug in. And then you need to reach out to us. We’re going to do a summer of training that’s going to prepare us for what needs to get done in the fall and we need every single higher ed worker. And one other thing, if you aren’t member of a UP, now is the time to become a member and join us in this fight. And if you don’t have a chapter, you need to build a chapter on your campus and we will be there with you every step of the way. We have a campaign called Organize Every Campus, and we will help you build your campus chapter and build your power so you can fight back at the campus level while we collectively fight back at the state and national level together. So join AAUP today. If you’re already in a union, get involved in your union and we’ll see you on the front lines.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Alright, gang. That’s going to wrap things up for us this week. Once again, I want to thank our guests, professors, Todd Wolfson and Chenjerai Kumanyika of the American Association of University Professors, and I want to thank you all for listening and I want to thank you for caring. We’ll see you all back here next week for another episode of Working People. And if you cannot wait that long, then please go explore all the great work we’re doing at the Real News Network where we do grassroots journalism that lifts up the voices and stories from the front lines of struggle. Sign up for the Real News newsletter so you never miss a story and help us do more work like this by going to the real news.com/donate and becoming a supporter today. I promise you it really makes a difference. I’m Maximillian Alvarez. Take care of yourselves. Take care of each other, solidarity forever.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Maximillian Alvarez.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/people-are-hiding-in-their-apartments-inside-trumps-assault-on-universities/feed/ 0 525252
    Sara Millerey González should still be alive 💔 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/sara-millerey-gonzalez-should-still-be-alive-%f0%9f%92%94/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/sara-millerey-gonzalez-should-still-be-alive-%f0%9f%92%94/#respond Fri, 11 Apr 2025 12:38:52 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=11ad98041f90f1971363d8c694374351
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/sara-millerey-gonzalez-should-still-be-alive-%f0%9f%92%94/feed/ 0 525153
    Fetterman joins GOP in voting to confirm Mike Huckabee as ambassador to Israel https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/10/fetterman-joins-gop-in-voting-to-confirm-mike-huckabee-as-ambassador-to-israel/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/10/fetterman-joins-gop-in-voting-to-confirm-mike-huckabee-as-ambassador-to-israel/#respond Thu, 10 Apr 2025 20:27:56 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333387 Former Arkansas Gov. Mike Huckabee, U.S. President Donald Trump's nominee to be ambassador to Israel, arrives to testify during his Senate Foreign Relations Committee confirmation hearing at the Dirksen Senate Office Building on March 25, 2025 in Washington, DC. Photo by Kevin Dietsch/Getty ImagesHuckabee once said that he believes there’s “really no such thing as a Palestinian.”]]> Former Arkansas Gov. Mike Huckabee, U.S. President Donald Trump's nominee to be ambassador to Israel, arrives to testify during his Senate Foreign Relations Committee confirmation hearing at the Dirksen Senate Office Building on March 25, 2025 in Washington, DC. Photo by Kevin Dietsch/Getty Images

    This story originally appeared in Truthout on Apr. 09, 2025. It is shared here with permission.

    The Senate has confirmed former Arkansas governor and fervent Christian Zionist Mike Huckabee as the U.S.’s next ambassador to Israel after numerous rights groups called on the Senate to oppose his nomination.

    Huckabee was confirmed 53 to 46, in what was a largely party line vote — except for Democratic Sen. John Fetterman (Pennsylvania), who voted with Republicans in favor.

    Advocates for Palestinian rights have long raised alarm about Huckabee’s nomination over his clear bias toward Israel and his numerous statements dehumanizing Palestinians.

    He has visited Israel over 100 times and espouses his beliefs as a Christian Zionist who believes that Jewish people must take over Palestine in order to fulfill a Biblical prophecy; many anti-Zionists have pointed out that Christian Zionists often hold antisemitic beliefs in their support of this goal.

    Huckabee has backed President Donald Trump’s plan for the total ethnic cleansing of Palestinians from Gaza, and has called for Israel to annex the West Bank — the latter of which he refers to as “Judea and Samaria,” a term used by Zionists to erase Palestinians’ name for the region and imply Israel’s supposed “right” to the land. He refuses to acknowledge that Israel is occupying Palestine, despite international authorities recognizing Israel’s illegal occupation.

    Huckabee also once said, at a campaign stop in 2008, that there is “really no such thing as a Palestinian,” erasing the existence of an entire people and stripping them of their cultural identity — much like Trump and Israeli officials seem to be seeking to do with their genocide in Gaza.

    When asked about this comment during his confirmation hearing, he denied that this comment had anything to do with the forced expulsion of Palestinians, saying, “I simply referenced the biblical mandate that goes all the way back to the time of Abraham, 3,500 years ago.”

    Dozens of rights and faith groups had protested Huckabee’s confirmation, and have sent numerous letters urging senators to vote against him. Advocates for Palestinian rights have condemned Huckabee’s confirmation.

    “The Senate’s decision to confirm Mike Huckabee as Ambassador to Israel is a threat to Palestinians and Israelis, and to Jews, immigrants, LGBTQ+ people, and people of color in the United States,” said IfNotNow in a statement. “He has claimed Palestinians do not exist & has allied with Israel’s violent settler movement and extremist evangelicals in the United States — and will undoubtedly pursue his dangerous Christian Nationalist worldview as ambassador.”

    Many have specifically called out Fetterman, who is facing increasing isolation from his voter base and fellow Democrats over his zealous support of Israel since he took office.

    “Fetterman was the only ‘Democrat’ who voted for Trump’s [Attorney General] Pam Bondi, who is ripping up the Constitution. Now he is the only ‘Democrat’ to vote for Huckabee — who wants to bring about Armageddon by ethnically cleansing Palestinians,” said the Institute for Middle East Understanding Policy Project. “Pennsylvania deserves a new Senator.”


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Sharon Zhang.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/10/fetterman-joins-gop-in-voting-to-confirm-mike-huckabee-as-ambassador-to-israel/feed/ 0 524975
    The Cochabamba Water War: Bolivia’s rebellion against neoliberalism https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/09/the-cochabamba-water-war-bolivias-rebellion-against-neoliberalism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/09/the-cochabamba-water-war-bolivias-rebellion-against-neoliberalism/#respond Wed, 09 Apr 2025 19:11:16 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333373 Riot police are positioned on a tear gas-enshrouded street during a protest by an estimated 2,000 residents against a sharp hike in water prices February 2000 in Cochabamba, Bolivia's second largest city.In early 2000, Cochabamba, Bolivia, exploded when water rates spiked overnight following the city's privatization of the municipal water supply. This is episode 18 of Stories of Resistance.]]> Riot police are positioned on a tear gas-enshrouded street during a protest by an estimated 2,000 residents against a sharp hike in water prices February 2000 in Cochabamba, Bolivia's second largest city.

    Water. 

    The most precious resource on the planet.

    And yet, in many places, there has been a push to privatize it.

    This was the case in 1999, in Cochabamba, Bolivia, when the city privatized the city’s municipal water supply.

    The move came at the mandate of the World Bank.

    The new company was a subsidiary of the US construction firm Bechtel and several other foreign corporations.

    The company raised water rates more than 30% overnight.

    A manager said “If people didn’t pay their water bills their water would be turned off.”

    Protests exploded in January 2000. 

    Workers. Campesinos. Retirees. Even the middle class hit the streets.

    They were organized under the Coordinator in Defense of Water and Life.

    And they occupied Cochabamba’s main square.

    Their only demand: Cancel the contract.

    They held a general strike that lasted for four days. 

    Police cracked down. Tear gas. Rubber bullets. 

    200 protesters were arrested. More than 120 people injured. 

    Protests spread to other cities. Roadblocks shut down towns and highways. 

    President Hugo Banzer declared a state of siege, suspending constitutional guarantees. 

    Nighttime raids. Arrests against labor leaders. 

    And then… Víctor Hugo Daza.

    He was a high school student in a crowd of protesters that April, when he was shot and killed by a Bolivian Army captain.

    The act was recorded on camera. It reverberated across Bolivia.

    Finally, the Bolivian government acquiesced.

    On April 10, 2000, leaders of the protest movement signed an agreement with the national government, reversing the privatization.

    The people had won.


    This is episode 18 of Stories of Resistance — a new podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange.  Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. You can also follow Michael’s reporting and support at www.patreon.com/mfox.

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    If you are interested in more information on the Cochabamba Water War, we recommend you check out the 2010 movie “Tambien La Lluvia,” featuring Gael García Bernal. It is a tremendous look back at that time, amid a scathing critique of how the Spanish, foreign companies, and white elites have always treated local Indigenous and campesino populations in Bolivia and across Latin America.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/09/the-cochabamba-water-war-bolivias-rebellion-against-neoliberalism/feed/ 0 524751
    Will the Philippines be a battleground for US-China war? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/09/will-the-philippines-be-a-battleground-for-us-china-war/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/09/will-the-philippines-be-a-battleground-for-us-china-war/#respond Wed, 09 Apr 2025 17:40:49 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333251 US Marines watch the US navy multipurpose amphibious assault ship 'USS Wasp' with F-35 lightning fighter jets on the deck during the amphibious landing exercises as part of the annual joint US-Philippines military exercise, on the shores of San Antonio town, facing the South China sea, Zambales province on April 11, 2019. Photo by TED ALJIBE/AFP via Getty ImagesTerritorial conflict in the South China Sea has been driving tensions between China and the US vis-a-vis the Philippines. How likely is a clash?]]> US Marines watch the US navy multipurpose amphibious assault ship 'USS Wasp' with F-35 lightning fighter jets on the deck during the amphibious landing exercises as part of the annual joint US-Philippines military exercise, on the shores of San Antonio town, facing the South China sea, Zambales province on April 11, 2019. Photo by TED ALJIBE/AFP via Getty Images

    Since 1565, the Philippines has been in the grip of one imperialist power after another. Even after independence, the archipelago remains a kind of functional US colony. Now, territorial conflict in the South China Sea could turn the Philippines into a battleground for US-China war. Josua Mata joins Solidarity Without Exception to discuss the Philippines long history of colonization and resistance.

    Production: Ashley Smith
    Audio Post-Production: Alina Nehlich


    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Ashley Smith:

    Welcome to Solidarity Without Exception. I’m Ashley Smith, who along with Blanca Misse, are co-hosts of this ongoing podcast series. Solidarity Without Exception is sponsored by the Ukraine Solidarity Network and produced by The Real News Network. Today, we’re joined by Josua Mata to discuss the Philippines, a country caught in the crossfire between the US and China over hegemony in the Asia Pacific.

    Josua Mata is the General Secretary of the Filipino Labor Federation, SENTRO, which organizes workers across many sectors in the country. The Philippines has long been a battleground between empires fighting for dominance over the Asia Pacific. The US replaced Spain as the country’s colonial overlord in 1898 through President William McKinley’s Spanish-American War. The US used that war to seize control over Cuba, Puerto Rico, Guam, and the Philippines, projecting its imperial power over the Americas and Asia. Japan drove out the US during World War II, imposing its own brutal dominance over the country, only to be replaced after its defeat by the United States.

    Ever since, Washington has used the Philippines as a base to project its hegemony in Asia. Today, the country is caught between the intensifying conflict between the US and China in the region. The Philippines elite has historically been a willing collaborator with the US. Washington backed the country’s dynastic families, including the notorious dictatorship of Ferdinand Marcos, until it was overthrown in the People’s Power Revolution in 1986. Because the uprising did not have a party of its own to lead a thoroughgoing transformation of society, the liberal elite were able to hijack the revolution.

    While they did reestablish democracy and kick out the US military bases, they enacted Washington’s neoliberal reforms that have driven the country into debt and devastated the living standards of the working class and peasantry. They also collaborated with the US in challenging China’s construction of military bases in the South China Sea. China established those bases to project its regional power, control shipping lanes, and secure access to fisheries and drilling rights to the undersea oil and natural gas reserves.

    The Philippines challenged Beijing’s encroachment into what it regarded as its sovereign territory, winning a case under the UN Convention on the Law of the Sea in The Hague Permanent Court of Arbitration. China has not recognized or obeyed that decision, stoking what has become a semi-militarized conflict between China and the Philippines. But amid spiraling poverty, the masses of the country grew disappointed with the liberal elite, opening the door to the return of authoritarian forces.

    Far-right populist Rodrigo Duterte won election in 2016. He launched his so-called War on drugs that massacred tens of thousands of people, escalated the government’s brutal repression of the Muslim separatist groups in Mindanao, and tilted the Philippines toward China in the hopes of securing investment as part of Beijing’s Belt and Road initiative. After the end of his term in office, Duterte’s daughter, Sara Duterte, ran as the vice president on the presidential ticket of Marcos son, Ferdinand Bongbong Marcos Jr.

    Their joint dynastic ticket one handily, but the pact between the families has fallen apart. Marcos has back to the US and permitted the International Criminal Court to arrest Rodrigo Duterte and place him on trial in The Hague for the mass killing he carried out in his so-called war on drugs. Now, Sara Duterte is mobilizing protests against Marcos, thrusting the country towards political conflict between dynastic elites.

    Amidst this conflict, the Marcos government is whipping up nationalism against China’s ongoing encroachment on its seas. The Trump administration is pouring fuel on the fire. It dispatched Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth to the Philippines and elsewhere in Asia to escalate the US confrontation with China. He promised to back the Philippines, Taiwan, and other countries in the region against Beijing. Thus, the Philippines has become yet another flashpoint between the US and China in their ongoing rivalry.

    In this podcast, Josua Mata lays out an alternative approach for working people. He advocates progressive internationalism. He calls for the demilitarization of the region, international solidarity from below against both imperial powers as well as the region’s elite, and the transformation of the contested seas into a commons to be shared by the region, and developed in the interests of the people and our planet. Now on to the discussion with Josua Mata.

    The Philippines has been a battleground of empires, various imperial powers, really for centuries. And I really couldn’t help but think about that when President Trump and his inaugural address referred to President McKinley and the Spanish American War, which the US used to take over the Philippines and impose a brutal occupation and semi or direct colonial rule of the country for decades. So what is the history of the Philippines’ experience of colonization by different imperialist powers and how have Filipinos resisted?

    Josua Mata:

    Well, we normally would start the history of the Philippine labor movement by tracing it all the way to the time that we were struggling against pain. In fact, the working-class hero, Andres Bonifacio, is considered as a working-class hero, primarily because he was the one who founded the revolutionary organization that fought Spain after 300 years of colonial rule.

    And to be honest, that revolution have already won almost all the territories in the country except for Manila, particularly the fort, the world city of Manila, and some small parts in the provinces. But primarily, the Katipunan, which was what it was called them, was already able to liberate most of the areas from Spanish colonial rule. However, that was also the time when the American colonial project started, and it started with the coming of Commodore George Dewey and where they staged our mock naval battle in Manila Bay.

    And then they took over Fort Santiago, pretending to have a firefight with the Spaniards, just to give them the semblance that they are really fighting for their dignity, when if fact it’s really a mock bottle. And then they started fooling the Filipino forces then by telling them that this is something that they came to the Philippines to help the revolution. Of course, the Philippine Republic was already declared as an independent country then. But then, as soon as George Dewey was able to amass enough resources coming from, enough reinforcements, I mean, coming from the US, then they started to have this really brutal fight with the Filipino revolutionaries.

    Eventually, of course, we were overtaken by more superior technology and much more better trained American soldiers who were fresh from their experiences in practically decimating the Native American Indians in North America. So, a lot of the things that they did here in the Philippines were actually efforts to perfect what they have learned in killing the Native American Indians. And in turn, what they learned from the Philippines are exactly the same things that they brought with them to Vietnam.

    So, to answer your question quite clearly, how was the Filipino experience when it came to American imperial control? Well, the simplest answer is that we were the first Vietnam. So Japan came in, and then the Americans, of course came back with MacArthur’s promise of, “I shall return.” And he did return, but unfortunately when he did, he was more interested in making sure that the elites that he had befriended when he was still the security advisor of Manuel L. Quezon, that was the first president of the Commonwealth of the Philippines, he was more interested in making sure that the elites are able to regain their power, their prestige, and even their economic wealth, to the point that he was so eager to pardon everyone who practically collaborated with the Japanese.

    And that is so unlike the practice that he demonstrated. That’s so unlike what he did when he was the proconsul of Japan, where he literally punished everyone who had ties with the military’s Japanese empire, except of course, the Japanese leaders who have very strong ties with those who amass so much wealth plundering every country in this part of the world. So, the so-called Yamashita gold, this actually historical reality, and it is suspected that MacArthur readily pardoned many of the Japanese war criminals in exchange for some share of that looted gold. So, those are two very different approaches.

    So for example, as soon as they returned to the Philippines, one of the first things that the US government did was to help the elite to destroy the armed Huk Rebellion, which is essentially an armed group controlled by the old Communist Party, who were fighting with the peasants who wanted, of course, to have a control over the land that they have been historically cultivating. That’s so contrary to what MacArthur did in Japan, where one of the first thing he imposed was punishing, undergoing agrarian reform in order to dismantle, partly, also to dismantle the Zaibatsus that armed the imperial government of Japan. It’s a contrasting way of dealing with a colonial country, and obviously it has to do with the loyalties of MacArthur to the elites in the Philippines.

    Ashley Smith:

    So, in the wake of World War II, the Philippines eventually achieves a kind of nominal independence, but with serious control by the United States through military bases, through economic domination.

    Josua Mata:

    That’s right. And that’s one of the biggest problems, the so-called parity rights that Americans imposed on the Philippines, wherein American capitalists would have the same rights as Filipinos in running their business in the country, or even in exploiting our natural resources. And that was one of the nastiest things that made sure that even if we have nominal independence, the country practically continues to serve as a colony, a new colony of the US, if you like.

    Ashley Smith:

    So, now we’re in a situation where the United States is still the predominant power in Asia, but it faces a rival for its dominance in the form of China. And the Philippines is caught in the middle of this conflict between the US and China. And China in particular has been trying to assert its control of the South China Sea, and with that, islands fisheries, undersea natural resources, oil, natural gas, and shipping lanes. And the Philippines has been caught in between the US and China. So, what is the character of this conflict between the United States and China, and what impact has it had on the Philippines?

    Josua Mata:

    Well, clearly this is a fight between two imperial powers, and the Philippines is being caught between them, and that’s not a good place to be. On the one hand, the US, because of its historical ties to the country, and because it has an existing mutual defense treaty with the Philippines, it is dangling this promise that they would come to the aid of the Philippines if it is attacked militarily by a foreign aggressor, in this case, for example, China.

    But interestingly, actually, for many presidents in the past, it was so difficult for them to be very categorical about coming to the aid of the Philippines, to the point that you’re not really sure whether the US would actually support the Philippines or not. And with Trump around, many are obviously now having a problem because nobody knows if Trump would actually lift a finger to help Filipinos. And why would he, when he’s so preoccupied with ejecting everyone who is not a white American in his own country? Why would he then spend time, energy and resources and American lives to save Filipinos? So that’s a big question mark.

    Now, that is putting the current government in a quandary because it casted its lot with American power, and it started having a much more robust, if you like, stance to US intervention and intrusion, if you like, in our part of the world. Now, that’s problematic for them because now they have been supported by the previous government of the US, the Biden administration, to stand fast, fight back. Now they’re not so sure whether the Americans would really come to their support. And I think that clearly is the problem, because in the first place, why did they decide to side with the US in this conflict and eventually be used as a pawn of one imperial power as against another rising imperial power?

    Now, having said that, China on the other hand, is obviously keen on making sure that it can exercise its own manifest destiny in this part of the world. They have been very, very clear, if the US run the Americas throughout history as if it’s its own backyard, they should have the, “Same right to do that,” quote, unquote. Which then puts Filipinos, particularly the fishermen who have traditionally been going out to those parts of the South China Sea, which we now call the West Philippine Sea, in order to do their livelihood. And prior to this conflict, it has been said that Filipinos, Taiwanese, Chinese, Vietnamese, even Indonesians were all free to gather resources peacefully and in coexistence when there was no conflict. But then, now that’s not possible because China was asserting its nine-dash lines, which is now back to 10-dash lines in a very, very aggressive manner.

    But in the meantime, rather than call for sobriety and call for making sure that there’s no potential for any flashpoint that could lead to war, unfortunately my country, the government, my government opted to bring in and invite more military arrangements, not only with the US, but also with several other countries like Japan, Australia. Now they’re forging now another agreement with New Zealand. They’re trying to forge an agreement with Germany as well as in India. And what would that mean? It means that this would only lead to more militarization of that part of the world. And with more naval forces loitering in that area, then you have an ever-increasing possibility of having a flashpoint that could lead eventually to war. So, this is a very, very dangerous moment for all of us.

    Ashley Smith:

    One thing I wanted to get you to talk a little bit more about was the Philippine elite and how it has vacillated the Duterte government, which was the predecessor to the current Marcos Jr. government, tilted seemingly towards China, and then Marcos has swung back to the United States pretty decisively. And what explains this vacillation, and also how is it related to the kind of increasing authoritarian nature of the Filipino government itself and its rule over the country?

    Josua Mata:

    Well, first of all, to be clear, while we have always called the country a democratic country, we have very, very little experience in actual democracy in this country. Ever since we gained our, “Independence,” quote, unquote, from the American empire, our nominal freedom, if you like, we’ve always been ruled by the elites who are much more subservient to the US empire than to anyone else. And the US empire has always been happy to keep them happy, our elites happy, as long as they allow the US bases to continue untouched in this part of the world, for a longest time. That changed somehow when we finally managed to kick out the US bases, but then the economic ties are still so strong.

    So let me put it out first. We don’t have much experience in democracy in this country. That’s the first point. The second point I want to say is that our economy has always been designed to serve the needs of capital, particularly, specifically US capital. And most of our elites have almost always directed their economic transactions to be part of the US global capitalist system. However, with the rise of China, it gave an opportunity for some parts of the elites in the country to have their own entry to global trade. But that’s a very small part of the elite, but that was given much more space when Duterte came to power. But let’s not forget that Duterte came to power primarily because he was supported by China, not just financially, but also politically.

    And the reason is, and this is where it gets weird, the reason is because Duterte is the kind of leader that actually fits perfectly well with the kind of politics that we have in this country, which is a highly personalistic kind of politic, where our politics is essentially dominated by personalities, specifically by family dynasties. For example, in this current Congress, more than 85% of all congressmen are actually part of the political dynasties. Our mayors, about 68% of our mayors are part of political dynasties. We have a president who is a Marcos, his sister is a senator, his son is a congressman, and he’s got several uncles and nieces and cousins who are congressmen and mayors and local government officials. That’s the kind of political system that we have.

    And Duterte came to the picture when these political dynasties have started asserting themselves once again in our history with a vengeance. It’s like having political dynasties on steroids at that point in time. But you see, Duterte has had a really bad experience with the US, and because he takes things personally, when he was applying for a visa, he apparently was rejected being given a visa, and that he took that personally. And since then, he has become anti-American and packaging his anti-Americanism as part of a nationalist position in the Philippines. Which is funny, because while he keeps claiming that he is nationalist, the first thing he did was actually, after he declared that he’s no longer with the US empire, he then shifted immediately and told Xi Jinping himself, of China, that now he would depend on China. So that’s really incredible.

    And I told you, that’s where it gets funny, because here’s the personal preference of a president that is essentially affecting the entire country. But that link goes deeper if you look more closely, because his family is suspected of having very, very deep links with Chinese businessmen, particularly those who are operating in the shadow economy of China, which means the underground economy, specifically the drugs trade. So, there’s that very strong suspicion in this country, that they’ve always been linked to the Chinese triads. And that’s why he had that preference of being with China.

    So, you have here the personal interconnection of political clan who is now using, who is now intent on using their power in order to deepen that connection and to favor the economic interest of their family. But then, we only have one term for presidents in this country, and that was specifically designed to prevent a dictator from ruling us, so that means he only had six years to be a dictator. So there’s a natural limit for dictatorship in this country. So when Marcos won by running a campaign where both the Duterte family and the Marcos family are in close unity, and they call themselves UniTeam, as soon as he won, I don’t think he had any intention of moving away from China.

    In fact, what we now know is that he had all the intention to keep going, to keep the relationship going with China. The problem is, he felt insulted after China promised exactly the same things that they promised to Duterte, but they never delivered. So, all the billions of investments that Xi Jinping promised to Duterte, none of it actually materialized. Even the official development programs that they promised, of all the many things that they promised, including massive railway infrastructure, none of that materialized. The only thing that materialized are two bridges that were built by China.

    So Marcos felt insulted by that, and that’s from what I heard, is that that’s one reason why he immediately shifted to the US. But I also think it’s because the Marcoses have always been closed to the US. They’ve been trained. The children of Marcos Senior were trained in the US. They never graduated, but they can claim that they have actually stepped inside a US university like Princeton, but I’m not so sure what they learned. But the outlook has always been closer to the US as a family more than anything else. But more importantly, he has also to contend with the fact that the military infrastructure in this country, the military personnel, the ideology, as well as the doctrines that they’re using are all developed using the US influence. So, the military has always been pro-US. So that’s also one reason why it’s not that difficult for Marcos to shift to the US away from China.

    So that’s how things are, I mean if you look at why the elites would vacillate between the two countries. But now, it’s important to talk about, so what do the people really know about this conflict? Because the way it is being presented to the public is that this is a fight for national sovereignty. This is a fight for our own freedoms. But the elites, and even parts of the left, has been failing to explain the fact that one of the things that pushed the Philippine government to file a case in the UN was primarily because those who have commercial interests, the Filipino oligarchs who have commercial interests to drill the fossil fuels that are supposedly found in those areas, and they failed to drill because China has been preventing them. That is actually what pushed the country to file an arbitration case.

    Now, we all know what happened when the Philippine case was heard, UNCLOS made a decision that favors the Philippines, but now their problem is how could they have it enforced when China doesn’t recognize that decision? And that’s why we are now in this situation, because parts of the elites, parts of the oligarchs wanted to get their hands in the fossil fuels buried in that part of the world. And yet, they’re mobilizing people’s sentiment to support what is necessarily a nationalist position to defend our territory, and that we find very, very dangerous.

    Ashley Smith:

    Now, let’s talk a little bit more about the conflicts that are happening in this clash over the islands of the so-called South China Sea. Are we headed towards a conflict between the Philippines, backed by the US, with China? How close to an actual military conflict? Because it seems like it’s gotten close and then both have backed off, and then it’s gotten close again. And so we’re kind of feeling like we’re at the edge of a military conflagration.

    Josua Mata:

    To be honest, I don’t think China wants to start a war. It doesn’t help them. It just won’t help them. And I don’t think US wants to have a war as well, not even the Philippines. So nobody wants to have a war, but let’s not forget that’s exactly the attitude of most world powers before World War I. Nobody wanted the World War I, but then it was too late when everyone realized that European powers were actually sleepwalking into a world war, so that’s exactly what we have right now.

    I don’t think anyone wants to have a war, but the fact that you’re increasing militarization in that area, where China has built its artificial islands and then put up naval bases and air facilities for their air forces, and then the Philippines started arming itself as if we have all the money to do it when we can’t even feed our people properly. Now, we’re even looking at the possibility of buying submarines.

    So I really don’t understand what’s the plan here, because do we intend to arm ourselves to the teeth, thinking that we can actually frighten the Chinese away? Where is the end game if you try to militarize? And now you’re inviting everyone, all your allies to have military arrangements with you. So all this militarization is the problem, and unfortunately there’s no pushback that I can see, nor do I hear, even among the progressive elements of the society. It’s as if everyone just accepted that there’s no other solution to the problem but to try to arm ourselves, and come up with more military arrangements so that we can all push China out of those islands, and that’s very, very dangerous.

    Ashley Smith:

    Yeah. So, what impact has this increasing military budget, this sleepwalking dynamic into a military conflagration, what impact has that had on the domestic politics of the Philippines? What impact has it had on working people, both at the ideological level, what people are thinking, and also on the economy of the country and the experience of working class life?

    Josua Mata:

    Well, let’s start with economy, which is the simplest thing to explain because we’re not a rich country, despite the way many of our economic mismanagers would try to brag, that we are almost at the middle income level country. We are still a poor country. We still have many people who don’t even have access to electricity or access to sanitation. So we still need resources in order to develop the economy so that we can provide material needs of our people.

    Now, you have to funnel a huge chunk of that money to military expenditures in order to modernize supposedly our military forces. And so what’s a concrete impact? This year, in 2025, the government just signed, the president just signed a budget, a trillion peso budget. Now it’s like 5 trillion pesos, if I’m not mistaken, and there’s zero budget or zero subsidy for field health. Field Health, that’s the health system in this country, zero subsidy so that they can now use it in order to put more money and more resources into militarization.

    But more importantly, because this is an election period, then politicians would want to have a capacity to dip their hands into the coffers so that they can actually buy their way back to power. So that’s the economic impact. We have to shift a lot of our resources, much needed resources away from social expenditure into military expenditure.

    Ideologically, for me the bigger problem is that there’s a stark increase or there’s a tendency to encourage nationalist thinking, which again is very dangerous, because for me it means that you put a premium on your own country, and therefore, it prepares everyone to fight anyone else outside of the country. And that obviously is the foundation for war. That’s the psychological preparation for war, if you like.

    And who would suffer first and foremost in a war? It’s the working class, specifically the women and the children who are all unarmed, the civilians. And whose interests would this kind of war be waged for? Well, obviously, this is what the oligarchs and the powers that be are not explaining. It’s actually in the interest of the oligarchs who wanted to drill fossil fuel in that part of the world.

    So that really is what the government is not explaining to the working class. And that is what we in SENTRO are really explaining to workers. And we are trying to tell everyone that militarization is not the only solution. In fact, militarization is the worst solution that you can ever think of, if it is called a solution in the first place. I don’t think we are in a situation where we only need to choose between Beijing or Washington.

    These are false choices. These are imperialist powers who wanted to have the upper hand in the global competition for resources, for markets, et cetera. And both of them will not do anything good for the Filipino people. But then, the elites are forcing the Filipino people to take sides, and these binary choices that they’re presenting are all false choices. I think the more appropriate response should come from an international response, particularly from the labor movement, where the first question that all workers should ask is that, what is it that we can do to make sure that there is no war?

    Ashley Smith:

    One of the things that is clear in the US-China rivalry, in particular, is that every corner of the earth is affecting every other corner of the earth. You can’t separate any region of the world geopolitically. They’re all interrelated. And in particular, the impact of what happens in Europe has an impact of what happens in Asia.

    So right now, Trump is trying to foist a pro-Russian imperialist deal on Ukraine, which basically forces Ukraine to give up 20% of its territory, no security guarantees, which means there’s likelihood for more war, but Trump has pushed for that deal. And many in Asia have thought if Ukraine falls, Taiwan’s next, and then there’s lots of other countries that are in the path. Because what it’s affirmed is a kind of annexationist imperialism by these great powers, the United States under Trump, Putin’s Russia, and Xi Jinping’s China.

    On the other hand, people have also said that Trump is trying to strike a deal over Ukraine to redeploy forces of the United States to Asia for a sharper confrontation with China. So, like you said earlier, it’s a little bit hard to figure out what Trump is really up to. What’s the plan behind this deal in Europe and what’s its impact going to be on China? So what’s your take on what is going on there in Europe and what’s impact it’s going to have on Asia?

    Josua Mata:

    Well, to be honest, as I said, many are now wondering could the country actually rely on the US? Because the country, as I said, it’s locked with the US, but now with Trump and his extremely volatile positioning and highly unpredictable way of conducting foreign policy, nobody actually knows what would happen. So that’s what people are wondering about in this part of the world. And I think that’s a natural result of the strategy when you start casting your luck with the US. So, now you’re in that kind of a dilemma, precisely because you did what you did.

    Now, having said that, I think Trump’s positioning in Ukraine right now, whether it pans out or not, already sends a very strong message to everyone else, that you cannot rely on the US, you cannot rely on Trump. And that’s also the reason why I think the Philippine government, particularly the president, is starting to figure out how to recalculate things.

    And this is where his statement about, remember we have Typhon missiles here that were deployed by the US. Now, I’m not so sure if we have the nuclear weapons here, nuclear warheads here. Hopefully not because that’s unconstitutional. But we both know that the US, it’s not the first time. If ever the US deploys a nuclear weapon in a country with constitutional bans against nuclear weapons, it’s not the first time. They did it with Japan, right? So without the Japanese government actually knowing about it. So I wouldn’t be surprised.

    But having said that, now Marcos is saying, “Oh, I’d be happy to return the Typhon missiles, provided that China, you will stop harassing us and you will respect our rights,” et cetera. So to me, that’s a signal that he’s trying to recalibrate his own positioning, knowing fully well that he can no longer rely fully on what the US will do. So that’s one impact, at least that I can see.

    But the worrisome thing for me is that it also tells us that weak countries have no say in solving the problems of this world, but even if these problems are the ones that are faced by these weak countries. I cannot imagine how Ukrainian people right now feel. Their future is being decided by two superpowers without them having any voice at all.

    And that’s, I think, also the message to everyone in this part of the world. Whether Trump would launch a much more militarist front, whether Trump would be much more militaristic in dealing with China when it comes to the West or the South China Sea or Taiwan or not, the fact is, it is very clear that he will make the decision without thinking of consulting, whether the Taiwanese people or the Filipino people who would be affected by his decision, and that that’s just not good for anyone.

    Ashley Smith:

    So now, let’s turn to what progressive forces in the Philippines and what the left and the trade union movement can do. You’re one of the leaders of one of the key unions in the Philippines. So, how should the labor movement, oppressed people, workers more broadly, the peasant movement in the Philippines position themselves in this sharpening rivalry, this instability, the unreliability of the United States? What are the traps that should be avoided, and what are the kind of solutions that the working class movement in the Philippines should put forward?

    Josua Mata:

    That’s one of the questions that we have been trying to grapple with for many, many years now, since this whole thing started. And we’re still developing our ideas, but one thing is very clear for us at the onset. We can never respond to these problems coming from narrow nationalistic thinking. That, for us, is a disaster, which unfortunately is what the elites are peddling in order to gather more support for their position.

    And unfortunately, many in the left in the Philippines, many in the progressive movement, including the left in the Philippines, who are also so steep into nationalist thinking, even in their own ideological moorings, is finding it, because of their own steep nationalist thinking, they are finding it very difficult to step away from that. But that’s the biggest trap, if you like, if you get into this nationalist thinking that, “We should wave the flag and defend those islands as our own.” That’s just going to lead to war.

    Now, that was very clear for us from the very start. It was also very clear to us that the key issue here are the fossil fuels that are supposedly buried down there, but we’re in the midst of a climate crisis, and this is a real climate crisis. So, are we saying that we’re going to wage a war only to dig up and kill each other, only to dig up those fossil fuels so that we can burn the planet even more? That’s just absurd.

    So, people should also sit back and think very clearly, is that the way you want to make use of these resources? Now, obviously we would have to burn some fossil fuels if you want to lift people from poverty, of course. But then, if that’s the case, shouldn’t we be thinking along the lines of, how do we do this in a way where we can minimize the impact on climate? And isn’t it better to think about these resources as something that all of us in this part of the world can use and not just the Filipinos?

    I’m a socialist. As a socialist, I’ve always been raised with the thinking that resources are things that we should be sharing with everyone, no matter what your nationality is. So why can’t we think of, so this is second thing that we thought of immediately, is that why can’t we think of these islands of regional commons, where everyone who’s had any claim on it, let’s just all sit down and let’s all agree on how we can make sure that we can make use of these resources in an equitable way?

    And then finally, clearly the solution to prevent the intensification or to prevent any potential military conflict, I think the solution is simply to call for a complete demilitarization of that area. And this is where we don’t have any support, even among the progressive groups in this country. Again, it’s because I think of this one-track thinking, that the only solution or the only response that you can present to a bully like China is to present a military solution. That, again, would only lead to disaster.

    So these are some of the key things that we’re trying to develop at this point in time. But the problem here is that we still have yet to develop a broader constituency for this thinking, because there are very, very few people who would subscribe to this idea in a situation where nationalist thinking nationalist solutions are so powerful, even among the left in this country.

    Ashley Smith:

    A couple of final questions I wanted to ask you. First about this moment, because this moment that we’re living through has both these kind of interstate conflicts and inter-imperial conflicts, but it also has been 15 years of explosive struggle from below, pro-democracy movements, national liberation movements, revolutionary uprisings, especially in the Middle East. And a lot of them have not broken through and rebuilt the society in a progressive way, yet.

    And one question, because of the Philippines history of intense pro-democracy struggles, explosive pro-democracy struggles, in particular the People’s Power movement that toppled the brutal dictatorship of Ferdinand Marcos’ father, Ferdinand Marcos, what lessons do you think the left in the Philippines, and more broadly and globally, should people draw from the experience of these struggles, and in particular in the Philippines, from the People Power movement?

    Josua Mata:

    It’s a perfect question to end this discussion, and I’d like to remind you that in a few days time, we will actually celebrate or commemorate EDSA Revolution. And then this current government, the Marcos government, is trying its darnedest best to make sure that people actually forget it. So, I think the first thing that our first job is to make sure that people don’t forget. That’s the first job. And as we have often heard, the battle, the fight against authoritarianism, dictatorship is actually a fight against forgetting. It’s a fight to make sure that our memory is not left behind or it’s not forgotten. It’s a fight for memory. It’s a fight for historical memory. And that is the first thing that I think we lost as a progressive movement, as part of the left in the Philippines. And so that’s one lesson.

    Many people no longer have the idea that the Marcos dictatorship was a really dark moment in our history. Most people may have heard of that and they have probably read of that in our textbook, but they have no clue on what it actually means. To the point that workers, 61% of voters even voted for Marcos during the last election. Now, that really is frustrating, because most of these voters are working class people, and they have forgotten that when the father declared the martial law, the first ones that he arrested were not the politicians. It was the trade union leaders. The first thing that he tried to destroy was not just the democratic systems that we have, but the labor movement that can potentially be an opposition to his martial law. So, the battle for memory, I think is something that we need to keep fighting for.

    The second lesson that we can learn from the People Power, the failed People Power Revolution in this country, is that it is always important to make sure that there is an organized mass, an organized force that can provide the backbone, if you like, for the continuous push for social transformation. What we had in the EDSA Revolution was a political moment, a moment where we had the potential to transform society by ushering a thorough going social reform, a social transformation, if you like. The problem is People Power Revolution was largely led by people who were unorganized.

    And the only organized forces that you can imagine that you can see during that period where the military and the politicians, the elite politicians. They were the only ones who had the machinery, the organization to make sure that the gains of the revolution could be pushed towards their agenda. Because the dominant left at that point in time, made a mistake of ignoring People Power Revolution because they have this sectarian belief, this Stalinist belief that the only way to wage a revolution in the Philippines is only through armed struggle, nothing more. So that effectively sidelined the Communist Party, which then led to… That was his historical error that led to them being sidelined.

    Maybe I should say it this way. My political upbringing was when I joined the EDSA Revolution. I was still a student then, and I was a working student. And I distinctly remember when there was a call for people to come to EDSA. And at that time, many of us didn’t realize what was happening. Many of us didn’t know until much, much later that EDSA was actually started when a coup d’etat, a military coup d’etat of General Ramos and the secretary of defense minister at that time, minister of defense at that time. And really, they were planning a coup d’etat against Marcos because he knew he was dying and they were afraid that it’s the wife, Imelda, now together with General Ver, who would take over. Nobody knew that at that point in time.

    And that plot, that coup plot, which they wanted to launch in 1984, was postponed to 1985 because the Americans managed to convince Marcos to hold snap elections. So they postponed it, but then they wanted to do it again, they were discovered by de Marcoses. And that forced Fidel Ramos and Enrile to come out in public, have a press conference and declare that they’re no longer supporting Marcos. The funny thing is, a funny footnote, actually, is that Imelda and General Ver could have nipped that pressy in the bud had one of the aides actually had the gall to disturb them during a party they were having.

    No, it’s true, this is true. I think it’s a wedding party. They were having a wedding party and nobody wanted to disturb them. And then by the time they found out about it, it was too late. Enrile and the General Ramos were already able to start mobilizing support for them for their rebellion, if you like. But people heeded the call of cardinal sin. Who supported Marcos for a long time, but then eventually turned away from him. These are people, who are like me at that point in time, who were not organized. And we were there out in the streets. We didn’t sleep, we didn’t take a bath. You don’t eat much, except when there’s food, except that you can always rely on someone giving you food in the streets when we were manning the barricades.

    And then when we heard that finally Marcos has left, everybody was so jubilant, everybody was crying, dancing, laughing, and then the first thing that we thought of, “We should sleep.” So we all went home, we slept, not knowing that the elites were up constructing the new system, so by the time that we woke up welcome back, we woke up to a government that’s once again run by the oligarchs. That is the biggest lesson. You don’t wage a revolution, and then on the verge of your victory, you go to sleep.

    Which means it only brings us back to what many of us who are practitioners of professional revolutionaries, if you like, it only brings us back to the point that we always know that nothing beats people being organized, knowing fully well, not just what they are against, but what they really want. Because if we don’t have that organization with very clear vision and strategy on how do you want to transform society, then someone else will step in and hijack what we have started.

    Ashley Smith:

    Exactly. So this podcast is entitled Solidarity Without Exception. So I wanted to ask you about what you think about the popular struggle in the Philippines and its relation to similar ones in Palestine and Ukraine. Because so often, progressives fall into a trap of selective solidarity, siding with some popular struggles but not other popular struggles because of the camp that those struggles happen in, either a Russian or Chinese camp, or as an American camp, and people don’t have universal solidarity with progressive struggles from below. So, in the context that we’re in, of rising inter-imperial antagonism, increasing national oppression, and with that, growing popular struggle of various kinds from below, how do we build a kind of new internationalism that practices solidarity without exceptions? And what are the openings for that kind of internationalism today?

    Josua Mata:

    I think the problem in the Philippines, for us in the labor movement, is not the kind of problems that you’re facing that you just mentioned. Our problem is that there’s not much solidarity among Filipino working class and the labor movement, simply because people are so tied up with their day-to-day struggles. But don’t get me wrong, when I started the labor movement three decades ago, one of my first international work was actually supporting Burma. It wasn’t called Myanmar then.

    So I was supporting Free Burma Coalition, not as an individual, but as part of the labor movement. I was then working as an education officer of the hotel unions, and I was very, very proud that we were providing spaces for the Burmese, the exiled Burmese leaders. Whenever they come to the Philippines, we actually host them, and so that they can meet quietly in one of the hotels that we organize. So, it’s so easy for us to be very, very involved in that kind of solidarity.

    But then, looking back, one wonders so why are many trade union leaders then were very supportive of the struggle for Burma, but then when we asked them to look at the situation of the Muslims in Mindanao who were also waging their own war for their freedom, and who were for the longest time were being treated as if they are our own Palestine, then why is it that it’s so difficult for them to support that?

    And that was really a nagging question that led my organization to actually have a program to combat the prejudice that many Catholics, if you like, Christians, if you like, against Muslims. Because in the first place, that fight for freedom of the moral people was never a religious fight. It was a completely secular fight for the freedom of people who have never agreed to be part of the country.

    So, we realized that it’s not easy for people to readily provide solidarity to them because they have been fooled into thinking that this is a religious war. So we had to launch a massive, within our organization, we had to launch a massive education campaign to address the prejudice and make sure that at the minimum the labor movement should at least be able to ensure that its membership is a constituency for peace. So, that’s the lesson we draw for that.

    But the problem for us now is that it’s so difficult for us to get the people to support, for example, the struggle of the people in Ukraine or even in Palestine. We hold rallies, we hold activities, we hold actions, but it’s this small community of activists and believers and not the general public. That is the kind of challenge that we have right now. And I attribute that to the fact that people are so burdened with day-to-day living, that’s just difficult for them to… The bandwidth for solidarity, if you like, is so limited. And that is a challenge that we have to figure out, “Now, how do we address that?”

    So yes, having said that, I completely believe that real solidarity is the solution to the problems that we’re facing, even in the West Philippine Sea or the South China Sea, if you like. The starting point in our efforts to develop working class narrative to the so-called China question has always been to understand the workers of China. We firmly believe that there’s no way we can build solidarity with the Chinese working class, unless people understand that they, like us, are workers who are suffering not just the atrocious behavior of capitalists, but they’re also suffering from dictatorship of the Communist Party of China.

    Unless Filipino workers starts thinking along those lines, the elites would always have the power to sway them to wave the flag and wage a war against the Chinese people. And that’s going to be a war that will decimate the working class only to profit the oligarchs.

    Ashley Smith:

    Thanks to Josua Mata for that revealing discussion of the Philippines, its working class struggle against the country’s dynastic rulers, the necessity of the country’s left opposing the US and China’s militarism in the Asia Pacific, and advocating for regional demilitarization. To hear about upcoming episodes of Solidarity Without Exception, sign up for the Real News Network newsletter. Don’t miss an episode.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Ashley Smith.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/09/will-the-philippines-be-a-battleground-for-us-china-war/feed/ 0 524734
    Birju Dattani lost his job for criticizing Israel—but he’s fighting back https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/09/birju-dattani-lost-his-job-for-criticizing-israel-but-hes-fighting-back/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/09/birju-dattani-lost-his-job-for-criticizing-israel-but-hes-fighting-back/#respond Wed, 09 Apr 2025 17:11:44 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333245 Former Canadian Human Rights Commissioner Birju DattaniThe former Canadian human rights commissioner was forced to resign by a firestorm of controversy surrounding his support for Palestinian rights. Now he's suing his critics.]]> Former Canadian Human Rights Commissioner Birju Dattani

    Birju Dattani’s tenure as Canada’s chief human rights commissioner was short-lived. After holding the post for less than a year, Dattani was forced to resign by a smear campaign targeting him for his social media posts criticizing Israel. Now, Dattani is suing his critics, and joins The Marc Steiner Show to discuss his case and the wider implications for human rights and free speech in countries backing Israel’s genocide of Palestinians.

    Links:

    Production: David Hebden, Rosette Sewali
    Post-production: Alina Nehlich


    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Marc Steiner:

    Welcome to the Marc Steiner Show here on The Real News. I’m Marc Steiner. Great to have y’all with us, and we continue covering issues around the globe with people under attack from the right, and there’s a war going on. We know that war is happening in this country, United States, in Canada, across the globe, where the right is seizing power in one country after the other. And we are all here in that battle for the future. And we’re talking today to Birju Dattani. He was the executive director of the Yukon Human Rights Commission that’s in Canada, but for a very short while. That’s what we’re going to talk about. And he works as Director of Human Rights and Conflict Resolution at Centennial College, assistant regional director of the Alberta Human Rights Commission, and has been an activist and a lawyer and keeps on fighting despite the fact that he was pushed out by right male elements in the Jewish community and in the parliament that went after him and forced him to resign, which he did. The battle continues in court in other places. And vi welcome. Good to have you with us.

    Birju Dattani:

    Thank you, Marc. It’s a pleasure to be with you.

    Marc Steiner:

    Let me just, for folks who don’t know Canada that well, our American listeners or European listeners may not know a lot about what’s going on. What is the climate, the political climate that allowed you to be pushed out of a human rights commission to be attacked? What is the politics going on there?

    Birju Dattani:

    Well, I think the climate here in some ways is from where I sit worse than it is, or was, I should say, worse than it was in the United States. I think with this current regime that you have in the United States, all bets are off, of course. But I think that in a lot of ways historically and in a post October 7th world, the environment in Canada did not admit and has not admitted a diversity of voices on this issue or a diversity of perspectives on this issue. So in that sense, the space for discussion of things such as Israeli policy has been extraordinarily narrow, narrowly narrow. And that I think in the months following October 7th became narrower still. So for instance, and some of this you may have heard, but for the benefit of your audience, university students who would sign open letters in support or in solidarity with Palestinians would be boycotted from the legal profession if they were law students. Not only the students signing those letters, but the entirety of law schools would be boycotted by prominent law firms, thereby barring the participation to the legal profession, often from law students who are from historically marginalized backgrounds.

    Marc Steiner:

    That’s what’s happening at this moment.

    Birju Dattani:

    So in the aftermath of October 7th, so I’m going back to

    November, December, 2023 letters were issued, the healthcare workers, educators who had shared a critical perspective would be canceled, many of them fired, run out of employment broadcasters, same thing and very little politically. I know that in the United States, you have voices like Rashida tb, you have Ellan Omar, you have a larger aggregate of voices, I think, on the left than we do in Canada. I mean, we do have some voices. Heather McPherson, for instance, of the NDP has been quite good on this issue. Nikki Ashton, Charlie Angus, but I think smaller country, those voices are in the aggregate, smaller and power is often concentrated in the hands of people who are a lot more, not only to the right, but even the center. And the center left positions on this issue are indistinguishable in some cases.

    Marc Steiner:

    Yeah. Quick digression, then jump right back in. I mean, you mentioned a new Democratic party, the left party in Canada. I remember when we all were excited at one point that they were actually potentially had some power, but I mean, it says a lot about where our two countries are. So let’s really step back for a moment and really explore what happened to you in the first place as a Muslim, the first Muslim in that kind of position and the battles it took place and the attack the place as soon as you got this job, as soon as you were being appointed to this commission, the attacks came from people in Parliament and other folks in Canada accusing you of being pro Hamas, being a terrorist, hating Jews being an antisemite. Tell us a bit about how that unfurled.

    Birju Dattani:

    Well, I think that the way that it unfurled is something that was never a secret in an employment situation. I mean, I have a resume like anybody else does. And when I was a PhD student at the School of Oriental and African Studies, I was a member of the Center for Palestine Studies among other academic institutions based out of that university. That was of course, on my resume, not a secret, certainly not a secret that I’ve kept. Some of my scholarship is available publicly, some of it isn’t. And just the way that it works. I’ve been on so many panels on international law, much of it on Israel Palestine, some of it not, some of it being on other issues that was being dredged up, and it was a lot of innuendos. So it would be something along the lines of you lectured during Israel apartheid week. That’s it. No one really knew what I had said.

    So oftentimes it would be a guilt by association, paint by numbers type of a thing. So for instance, I shared a podium with Ben White who’s authored a number of books, who’s a journalist. His articles have appeared in the Independent, the Guardian, et cetera. So someone would go searching through Ben White’s books to find something that looked objectionable from a certain standpoint. And I thought, okay, well those are Ben White’s views and Ben White is entitled to his views. Being on a panel is not a team sport. I mean, my views are my views, but a lot of what I was doing during Israel Apartheid week was to explain what apartheid is, an international law, for example, or having shared a panel with Moba who was a Guantanamo Bay detainee, the same sort of horror stories. At some point he’s released from Guantanamo Bay, he’s given a settlement by the British government.

    It was omitted that while I did share a panel with him, and I’ve always been against torture. I also, on that panel, I shared a platform with someone from Breitbart News. Of course, they put the thumbs over the words that would indicate that the person sitting right next to me was from Breitbart News or number of panels where I shared a platform with someone who was aboard the Mafia Marmara, which I didn’t know at the time, and it doesn’t really matter to me that he was aboard the Mafia Marmara. But at a lot of these panels, there’d be also members of the Zionist Federation of the United Kingdom, members of the pro-Israel lobby in Britain who were also on that panel. So there was in omission or selective rendering of this in a way that you would have to go out of your way to omit those facts.

    And so this started to take on a life of its own in some ways. But I sat there thinking, at any point is someone going to attribute a view to me that they find objectionable? Which eventually did come in, again, a sentence taken out of context from part of my dissertation, which talked about or aligned, that suggested that terrorism as a strategy can be rational. And of course that isn’t a controversial proposition in the academic literature, but that was used to make it seem as though I was someone who glorified terrorism, the bad faith illusion that was taking place. I think that prompted almost a dozen academics in Canada to then speak publicly to the fact that number one, I wasn’t justifying terrorism number two, that’s basic international relations 1 0 1 stuff. And lastly that this seemed to be a bad faith smear job because they weren’t actually checking in with experts in the field.

    Marc Steiner:

    So I want to talk a bit about what the political dynamics are right now in Canada that even allowed this attack on you personally to take place. And the present conflict with Israel and Gaza. Israel and Palestinians has really gripped the world and people are really divided over it in deep ways. And I just want to know what the dynamic is in Canada and around you that allowed this to happen. Why did it happen?

    Birju Dattani:

    Sure. So I think that activism from pro-Israel law groups, I think around me and around this issue and related issues have focused really on two things. The first is to push to adopt the highly controversial IRA definition or our IHRA definition on antisemitism IRA standing for the International Holocaust Remembrance Alliance,

    Which conflates criticism of Israel in a lot of cases with antisemitism. And second, this attempt to suppress any concept of anti Palestinian racism as being recognized as a bonafide and legitimate type of racism. So adding to that context, there was a proposed piece of legislation called Bill C 63, also known as the Online Harms bill, where the liberal government was seeking to reintroduce a provision of the Canadian Human Rights Act, which would prescribe hate speech among other things. So there are criminal law dimensions to that, which would have nothing to do with the Canadian Human Rights Commission or the Canadian Human Rights Act, but there was a provision which would resurrect something that existed in that act before, which is to make hate speech actionable under Canadian human rights legislation. So a lot of these groups likely looked at the fact that given those twin efforts, calling on the adoption of the IRA definition of antisemitism on the one hand, and trying to suppress any notion of anti Palestinian racism as a legitimate racism on the other, I’m sure that if the person proposed for my position was a technocrat that really didn’t know very much about these issues, it’s easier than to direct your lobbying efforts in a way that that person might take your position.

    I think that that would be harder with me given my academic background on these issues, but also and don’t want to lose sight of the fact that the conniption over my personal identity as someone who identifies as a Muslim who’s a person of color, those two things or those consolation of factors led to these efforts and the alacrity with which they were pursued.

    Marc Steiner:

    So in Canada at this moment, I mean Jews are minority in Canada. I have cousins in Canada, they all flipped from Poland. They came here, they went to Canada, they went to Palestine, they went all over Uruguay. But so I have cousins from Montreal and Toronto, and they are a minority community. And so what I was shocked about when I read what happened to you was that that was allowed to happen in terms of using antisemitism. The more they use and abuse antisemitism, the more it loses its meaning because it has lots of depth. It’s all over the place. So I’m very curious about the political dynamic in Canada at this moment that allows you and people like you to be attacked and where that comes from and what kind of movement is growing to fight it.

    Birju Dattani:

    And that’s a really interesting question mark. So I think what this looks like is, in some respects, Canada isn’t all that different in terms of the approaches and the views on this from the United States, from Europe, from the Anglosphere in terms of Jewish communities and in particular Jewish institutions as distinct from Jewish communities. So whether or not the institutions are an accurate reflection of the constituencies that they represent, I think is very much being called into question. But again, that doesn’t always play out in a way that’s reflective. So you’ve probably often heard it said, particularly in the American context, that most members of Jewish communities favor a two state solution. They are against the increase of settlements. They are typically voters. They vote for the Democratic party.

    But that doesn’t come out when you look at the institutions that purport to speak to their names. So you wouldn’t know that by seeing what organizations like APAC or the A DL are doing or saying relative to those positions. So I’m reminded of Ron Dermer when he was the ambassador to Israel in the last Trump administration. He very famously said, we should stop dedicating our attentions on American Jews who are disproportionately among our critics. Let’s focus instead on evangelical Christians implying that there are more reliable ally. I think those dynamics play out in a similar way in Canada where the views of Jewish communities are not always reflected in the institutions that purport to speak out in their name. So there’s been wider efforts on those members of the Jewish community who do see this as problematic and who have been more vocal in speaking out. So the group independent Jewish voices, for instance, has been among my most strident supporters. I think they’ve issued multiple statements. They join me at the Deus during my press conference. They have posted a lot of my story on social media. I I actually attended a Shabbat dinner on Purim with members of the United Jewish People’s Order of Canada, independent Jewish voices and other members of the progressive Jewish community who have been very vocal. So

    Marc Steiner:

    In terms of what’s happening to you right now, you attacked online in a pretty vicious manner by Bene Brith and this woman, doya Kurtz, who refers to you as Ew hater, talking about how you were a terrorist supporter. I’ve looked at, I spent some time looking at what you write, looking at things you put out, nothing I saw in any of that that can be construed as antisemitic, as hating Jews. So what is the political dynamic in Canada that allows that to happen now? And what about the movement building to defend you? It seems like a lot of places that you would think but naturally come around and say, this is outrageous. We can’t let this happen. It’s not happening. So I want to hear about those two things. If you could lay those out for us.

    Birju Dattani:

    Yeah. I think that to put it this way, the way that these attacks took place has less to do with what I’ve actually said or written. And again, as I’ve mentioned before, part of the frustrating things was there have been very few opinions or positions attributed to me, it’s almost, there is the plugging in of buzzwords, right? So when you plug in words like apartheid, when you plug in words like occupation, that seems to elicit an emotive response, not a rational one. And again, political Zionism is a type of nationalism. Nationalism is emotional. So there’s an emotive response that doesn’t focus on what I’ve actually said. But then when you combine that with the fact that I’m Muslim and have three names biju, so again, the scrutiny of my middle name and what it could mean, the harnessing of fear did a really effective job. And so it becomes more what I’m capable of. So it’s basically suggesting that here is a person who’s a Muslim who has written about not just Israel-Palestine, but who’s written a lot about critically about terrorism, those national security type discussions.

    What is he capable of? It really didn’t matter what I said at that point. It’s harnessing the imagination for people to really think or let their imaginations run wild in terms of, well, what is he capable of? Do you trust him to be in this sort of position? And again, as Churchill has said, I’m not in the habit of quoting him. I’m going to make an exception here, but a lie gets halfway around the world before the truth has had an opportunity to put its pants on. And so I think the efforts then to come to my defense, the Yukon Human Rights Commission was one of the first out of the gate, and they made two public statements, which I’m very grateful for, and which were really powerful to say that in the time that he served as our executive director, we’ve known him to be intelligent, thoughtful, innovative, fair, and he has never been biased. He believes in human rights for all people. And we are all too familiar with the sorts of attacks that target human rights defenders. I’m paraphrasing that, but it is really rare for your former employer in that climate to put their necks out on the line publicly unless they’re very sure that this is just all a big smear campaign.

    Some other organizations did defend me. Some of the defenses were run the spectrum of conservative tepid defenses to a lot more strident and fiery ones. But you are right to the extent that your question implies that there hasn’t been the same level of defense from the places that you’d typically expect it from, or at least to match the volume and the strided of the attacks, your guess is as good as mine. Although I would imagine that whenever one throws out the term or the smear where it’s false, antisemitism is something that sticks and it’s something that people are terrified about. So to even attempt a defense, if you’re an institution or a public body, you run the risk of conscripting yourself into that smear. And I think that the fear that comes with that is very hard to underestimate sometimes.

    Marc Steiner:

    It seems what’s happening to you at this moment being pushed out of a very prestigious, important position is the tip of the iceberg of what’s happening. It means there’s a dynamic happening at this moment here in the United States and in Canada and happening across the globe that centers so many things. One of those centers is the struggle inside of Israel Palestine right now. And if you don’t take the establishment position, you can have your career damaged. And so it seems to me that what happened to you in Canada could just be the beginning of something much larger,

    Birju Dattani:

    Perhaps. And I think that, and I should point out here, that there are some independent journalists that have kept a running tally of all of the people that have lost their jobs, right? From jobs that are prominent in the public eye to those which are maybe more, for lack of a better way of putting it, garden variety. For example, mark Haven, professor Mark Haven writing in Canadian Dimension has maintained a tally in every sector of people that have lost their jobs. And it’s staggering that list. I would imagine at this point, and this is just an estimate, but it’s probably approaching 55 0 documented cases. So in some ways, mine is one of the more public stories. It was a role that is a very important public office. But there are a number of doctors, educators, lawyers, et cetera, public servants that have lost their jobs or who have been investigated, and it’s found that these smears are actually

    Marc Steiner:

    Lost their jobs because of what,

    Birju Dattani:

    So let me clarify that for speaking about Israel Palestine. So for posts that they’re making on social media for conversations that they’re having around this, and so their social media posts will be highlighted where it’s in solidarity with Palestinians, or that’s critical of Israel’s conduct in Gaza.

    Marc Steiner:

    And you’re saying that Pia can use that to fire somebody to move them from their jobs?

    Birju Dattani:

    Oh, yeah. It is been attempted. So what they’ll do is they’ll use this provision of bringing the employer into disrepute. So there’s a lawyer, brilliant lawyer here, Jackie Mond, at a firm called Cavazos who’s talked about this, about how employers will use certain vague social media policies in the workplace to fire people in unionized environments. It’s harder to do, and there’s a lot of times where those investigations discover that the allegations don’t have any merit. So that also does happen. But in places where there are no union protections, for example, that is a lot easier to do and has happened

    Marc Steiner:

    In other conversations with some of the people you mentioned. We should have those to show the extent of how this is happening in Canada and where it’s going. I think it’s important for all of us to understand that this is a very dangerous trend, a frightening trend, actually. And so in your particular case at this moment, talk a bit about where, I know you can’t get into specifics. You are suing the Canadian government?

    Birju Dattani:

    No. So I’m suing certain groups and personalities. So for example, Ben Iri, the Center for Israel and Jewish Affairs.

    Marc Steiner:

    That’s right, I’m sorry. Yeah, yeah,

    Birju Dattani:

    Yeah. Ezra Event, who is the founder of Rebel Media, which is sort of our version of Alex Jones, to put it that way.

    Marc Steiner:

    No, I watched him and I watched him attack you. And he is, I mean, he very typical of the very right wing hosts that you become your raw meat for them.

    Birju Dattani:

    And of course, I’ve never been particularly interested in this show, so I steer clear of that. But yeah, he’s something akin to an Alex Jones here in Canada. That’s sort of how he’s regarded. Dalia Kurtz, whom you mentioned, who’s something of a social media influencer. I, again, don’t really know all that much more about her. And Melissa Lansman, who’s a conservative member of parliament here, who I think, again, just in terms of sheer volume, there’s a lot that’s come from her in terms of attacks. So that’s who we are pursuing in this litigation.

    Marc Steiner:

    I mean, yeah, she literally came out and said that you were a supporter of terrorism.

    Birju Dattani:

    Yes, that’s correct.

    Marc Steiner:

    So talk a bit about before we have to leave the movement growing around this and the support you’re getting and where that’s coming from.

    Birju Dattani:

    So I think that the movement around me is growing. I think one of the things that I did do is it’s easier now for me to talk about this than I was at the height of this. So before I stepped down, I was walking on eggshells. And so now not being encumbered in the same way, I am able to speak more about my experiences, what happened, the fact that I’m launching a lawsuit. And I think a lot of people are looking at that and saying it’s about time. It is high time that people who smear other people falsely as being antisemitic when there’s no basis in fact of that, of being terrorism, adjacent terrorism, glor supporter, et cetera, that a lot of people are rallying around this because a lot of people are exhausted and tired and fed up by all of this, especially what’s happened in the last 18 months and how frequent and shameless a lot of this was and has been for other people. And a lot of these people are members of the Jewish community who are rallying around me, which to a certain extent, I mean Jewish communities, like any community are non monolithic. But I think there have been so many members of the Jewish community and Israelis as well who have rallied to this because I think there’s also a struggle for who defines identity. And we’re sort of in this bizarre place where parliamentarians, those that are not Jewish, are dictating to members of the Jewish community, their Jewish identity,

    That this is what it means to be Jewish in our eyes. And I think that they look at that with anger, with frustration, and to say, no, no one has bequeathed unto you the ability to tell us as those who identify as Jewish, that we are Jewish any more than. And again, some of these institutions, it’s the same thing. So in terms of the suppression of dissent among their ranks. And so there has been a movement that believes that to combat racism, you have to do that in solidarity with marginalized groups that face discrimination rather than treating these things as discreet disparate phenomenon. Really that’s what this is beginning to represent from what I can see. So that movement is growing, it is encompassing and countenance saying increasingly prominent figures. To give you an example, there is a member of Montreal City Council who has now publicly come out with his own lawsuit against the mayor of a town in Ontario, Hampton, Ontario, who was attacking him as an antisemite in ways that are very reminiscent of what happened to me. And so I reposted his statement that he’s suing Mayor Jeremy Levy on my LinkedIn. And this city councilor Alex Norris, publicly supported my lawsuit and I amplified his. So we may have led a spark. And so more of this may happen. And so now the courts become a forum potentially to conduct this struggle. And it looks like more people may be doing that.

    Marc Steiner:

    I think what’s happening to you is a critical story because it’s one of those things that happens. It’s a tip of an iceberg. It’s the beginning of something that could become an avalanche. You just said 50 more people are facing these kinds of discrimination and attacks throughout Canada. And so I think that we want to stay in touch with you as this fight unfolds, and also talk to some of the other folks in Canada who are also fighting and what that portends for Canadian democracy and the battle around for people who really believe that peace has to come to Israel Palestine. And I think what’s happening to you is nothing short of obscenity. And so we want to give you all the room you need here to get that story out and keep it out to make people understand what’s going on around us.

    Birju Dattani:

    Thank you so much, mark. I’m so grateful for that. And

    Marc Steiner:

    I appreciate you standing up, Biju, Biju, Ani. We’re going to link to all the stuff here on our site about the struggle he’s going through. You can read it yourself from different publications, see what he’s doing, and we will stay on top of this so that we can expose the power of the right here in this country and across the globe, taking away our rights to speak as we wish. And good luck and let’s stay in touch.

    Birju Dattani:

    Absolutely, mark and such a pleasure. And thank you for everything you’re doing to highlight some of these stories that are not getting airing in a more mainstream or wide stream forum. So thank you so much for everything you’re doing in terms of highlighting these stories.

    Marc Steiner:

    We won’t let them win.

    Birju Dattani:

    Absolutely hear here.

    Marc Steiner:

    Once again, let me thank Birju Dattani for joining us today, and thanks to David Hebden for running the program today and audio editor Alina Nehlich for working her audio magic Rosette Sewali for producing the Marc Steiner show and the Titleless Taylor rra for making it all work behind the scenes. And everyone here at The Real News for making this show possible. Please let me know what you thought about, what you heard today, what you’d like us to cover. Just write to me at marc@therealnews.com and I’ll get right back to you. So for the crew here at The Real News, I’m Marc Steiner. Stay involved, keep listening, and take care.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Marc Steiner.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/09/birju-dattani-lost-his-job-for-criticizing-israel-but-hes-fighting-back/feed/ 0 524736
    Hungary, Europe, and the International Criminal Court https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/08/hungary-europe-and-the-international-criminal-court/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/08/hungary-europe-and-the-international-criminal-court/#respond Tue, 08 Apr 2025 08:24:06 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=157282 Europe seems to be suffering paroxysms of withdrawal, notably when it comes to international conventions. Many states on the continent seem to have decided that international law is a burden onerous and in need of lightening. Poland, Finland and the three Baltic states, for instance, have concluded that using landmines, despite their indiscriminately murderous quality, […]

    The post Hungary, Europe, and the International Criminal Court first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Europe seems to be suffering paroxysms of withdrawal, notably when it comes to international conventions. Many states on the continent seem to have decided that international law is a burden onerous and in need of lightening. Poland, Finland and the three Baltic states, for instance, have concluded that using landmines, despite their indiscriminately murderous quality, somehow fits their mould of self-defence against the Russian Bear. That spells the end of their obligations under the Anti-Personnel Landmines Convention. Lithuania’s government has thought it beneath it to continue abiding by the Convention on Cluster Munitions, withdrawing last month.

    The International Criminal Court now promises to be one member short. Hungary, under the rule of its pugilistic premier, Viktor Orbán, timed the announcement to wounding perfection. Knowing full well that Israel’s Prime Minister, Benjamin Netanyahu, faces an ICC arrest warrant for alleged war crimes and crimes against humanity in Gaza, and also knowing, full well, Hungary’s obligations as a member state to arrest him, Orbán preferred to do the opposite. That was an international institution both men could rubbish and bash with relish.

    As far back as November, when the warrant was issued, the Hungarian leader had already promised that the order would not run in his country. An invitation to Netanyahu to visit was promptly issued. Spite was in the air. In February this year, Orbán ruminated on his country’s continued membership of the ICC. “It’s time for Hungary to review what we’re doing in an international organization that is under US sanctions!” he bellowed in a post on the X platform. “New winds are blowing in international politics. We call it the Trump-tornado.”

    On the arrival of the Israeli leader for a four-day visit, there was a conspicuous absence of any law officer or police official willing to discharge the duties of the Rome Statute. The reception for Netanyahu featured a welcoming ceremony at the Lion Courtyard in Buda Castle.

    Alongside Netanyahu at a press conference, Orbán trotted out the thesis that has long been used against any international court, or body, that behaves in a way contrary to the wishes of a government. “This very important court has been diminished to a political tool and Hungary wishes to play no role in it.” The abandonment of impartiality was evident by “it’s decisions on Israel.”

    Netanyahu, who conveniently described the warrant for his arrest as “absurd and antisemitic”, brimmed with glee, calling the withdrawal “bold and principled” while directing his usual bile upon the organisation. (Judges, Israeli or international, are not esteemed in the Israeli PM’s universe.) “It’s important for all democracies,” he declared. “It’s important to stand up to this corrupt organisation.” Israeli Foreign Minister Gideon Sa’ar concurred. “The so-called International Criminal Court lost its moral authority after trampling the fundamental principles of international law in its zest for harming Israel’s right to self-defence.” A right, seemingly, to be exercised with defiant impunity.

    Orbán should at least be credited for a certain unvarnished, vulgar honesty. Open contempt is its own virtue. Other European member states of the ICC have been resolutely mealy mouthed in whether they would execute their obligations under the Rome Statute were Netanyahu to visit them. France, for instance, claims that Netanyahu has immunity from prosecution before the ICC, a rather self-defeating proposition if you are in the international justice business. Italy, for its part, expressed doubts on the legal situation.

    Germany, with its obstinate pro-Israeli stance, is one member state deeming the whole idea of arresting an Israeli leader unappetising, raising questions on whether its own membership of the court is valid. “We have spoken about this several times,” stated the country’s outgoing Chancellor Olaf Scholz at a very recent press conference in Berlin, “and I cannot imagine that an arrest would occur in Germany.”

    Scholz’s successor, Friedrich Merz, has confirmed this blithe attitude to ICC regulations, having promised Netanyahu “that we would find ways and means for him to be able to visit Germany and leave again without being arrested. I think it is a completely absurd idea that an Israeli prime minister cannot visit the Federal Republic of Germany”. As absurd, implicitly, as an international justice system moored in The Hague.

    This made the hypocrisy of Germany’s own criticism of Hungary’s withdrawal from the Rome Statute sharp and tangy, with Foreign Minister Annalena Baerbock lamenting the event as “a bad day for international criminal law”. Europe had “clear rules that apply to all EU member states, and that is the Rome Statute.” No mirror, it would seem, was on hand for Baerbock to reconsider the hollowness of such observations before the stance of her own government.

    The response from the Presidency of the Assembly of States Parties to the Rome Statute, delivered in diplomatic if cool language, expressed “regret” at Hungary’s announcement. “When a State Party withdraws from the Rome Statute, it clouds our shared quest or justice and weakens our resolve to fight impunity.” The statement goes on to make the fundamental point: “The ICC is at the centre of the global commitment to accountability, and in order to maintain its strength, it is imperative that the international community support it without reservation.” Hungary’s exit, and European qualifications and niggling subversions of the Court, show that reservations are all the rage, and justice a nuisance when applied inconveniently.

    The post Hungary, Europe, and the International Criminal Court first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Binoy Kampmark.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/08/hungary-europe-and-the-international-criminal-court/feed/ 0 524423
    North Korea holds first Pyongyang International Marathon in six years https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/08/north-korea-holds-first-pyongyang-international-marathon-in-six-years/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/08/north-korea-holds-first-pyongyang-international-marathon-in-six-years/#respond Tue, 08 Apr 2025 03:30:24 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=5ecbd879dc8c165bc5a8f796d6f03b95
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/08/north-korea-holds-first-pyongyang-international-marathon-in-six-years/feed/ 0 524345
    Chile’s Roma community: Maintaining an identity through resistance https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/07/chiles-roma-community-maintaining-an-identity-through-resistance/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/07/chiles-roma-community-maintaining-an-identity-through-resistance/#respond Mon, 07 Apr 2025 21:01:53 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333222 As much as 10% of the world’s Roma, or Romani, people live in Latin America. In Chile, this community carries on with its traditions to this day. This is Episode 17 of Stories of Resistance.]]>

    In the town of Vallenar, in Chile’s Southern Atacama region, a group of families live in rows of striped circus tents, on the edge of the highway under a never-ending heavy sun.

    Theirs is a life on the edge. Always on the edge.

    They are Chilean — their ancestors arrived here more than a century ago. 

    And they are foreigners.

    Somewhere in between. Always in between.

    “Where are you from?” we ask.

    “From everywhere,” they respond, in Spanish accents that carry in their cadence the spray of far away oceans and the chill of distant mountains.

    When they are alone, they speak their own language, Romani.

    A language carried with them, when they came with their belongings and their memories.

    Some of their people have left behind their ancestor’s ways.

    But not them. They are Roma and they will not give in.

    In the day, the men work, and the women read palms, sell trinkets and give blessings.

    Their young children are with them, in the shade on the edge of a busy gas station parking lot. One of the few for a hundred miles.

    The locals walk quickly past. They try to avert their eyes, as if these women in colorful dresses, and their children, were as bright as the sun, or as dark as the night. Or a plague. Or a virus that might catch them up and carry them away, or their kids.

    The locals grip their children’s hands. They hold their pocketbooks close. They skitter to their cars, locks their doors and drive away.

    They are afraid.

    They should be. These women carry the strength of generations fighting to survive. When they look at you, their eyes do not waver. They stare into your soul.

    They carry weight. They carry truth, though they keep it hidden. Their gestures are smooth and defiant.

    They speak magic passed down from parents and grandparents.

    Real magic. Magic for the receiver. And magic that will also line their pockets.

    They live in a world on the borders of society. On the edge. Their homes are malleable, like their lives — made of tarp and fabric.

    They have to be. It is their means of survival. To dance on the edge of the acceptable. To give and to take. To defend their own. To hold on to their culture, their language, and their way of life.

    To resist.


    This is the 17th episode of Stories of Resistance. This project is co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Each week, we bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    Tomorrow, April 8, is the International Day of the Roma, or Romani, people. It takes place each year to focus attention on the discrimination and marginalization of Roma communities across the world.

    Stories of Resistance is written and produced by Michael Fox. You can support his work and see exclusive pictures of many of these stories on his patron


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/07/chiles-roma-community-maintaining-an-identity-through-resistance/feed/ 0 524303
    Israel ‘deliberately targeting’ journalists in Gaza, says Australian author after latest killings https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/07/israel-deliberately-targeting-journalists-in-gaza-says-australian-author-after-latest-killings/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/07/israel-deliberately-targeting-journalists-in-gaza-says-australian-author-after-latest-killings/#respond Mon, 07 Apr 2025 11:05:34 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=113055 Pacific Media Watch

    Israel has been targeting journalists in the occupied Palestinian territory with more intensity since October 7, 2023, says Australian journalist and author Antony Lowenstein.

    Pointing to studies that tracked the number of media workers killed in conflicts, he told Al Jazeera: “The number of journalists killed in Gaza is greater than that of all conflicts in the last 100 years combined.”

    Lowenstein, author of the landmark book The Palestine Laboratory, which has been translated into several languages and was the basis of a recent two-part documentary series, cited a study by Brown University’s Cost of War project.

    Australian author Antony Loewenstein
    Australian author Antony Loewenstein . . . “The lack of international outrage speaks volumes about how suddenly the press have a hierarchy of who is important.” Image: AJ screenshot APR

    He added that the figures pointed to a “deliberate targeting of journalists”.

    Among Western countries, “there is far more interest if China, Russia and Iran target journalists but far less if Israel does”, Lowenstein said.

    “The lack of international outrage speaks volumes about how suddenly the press have a hierarchy of who is important, and Palestinians are not top of that list.”

    Israel’s war on Gaza ‘worst ever conflict for reporters’
    An Israeli attack that killed two people, including a journalist, in Khan Younis comes days after the Watson Institute for International and Public Affairs at Brown University said Israel’s war on Gaza was the “deadliest” for media workers ever recorded.

    The US-based think tank, in a report published on April 1, said Israeli forces had killed 232 journalists since October 7, 2023.

    That averages 13 a week.

    It means that more journalists have been killed in Gaza than in both world wars, the Vietnam War, the wars in Yugoslavia and the US war in Afghanistan combined.

    Since the report’s publication, at least two more journalists have been killed.

    They are Helmi al-Faqawi, who was killed yesterday, and Islam Maqdad, who was killed on Sunday along with her husband and their child.

    "Press silence = violence", says a New Zealand solidarity for Gazan journalists poster
    “Press silence = violence”, says a New Zealand solidarity for Gazan journalists poster at a rally last week. Image: JFP

    Meanwhile, the Gaza Government Media Office said that the number of media personnel killed in Israeli attacks on Gaza since October 2023 had risen to 210 after the killing of al-Faqawi.

    Al-Faqawi was among at least two people killed when Israeli warplanes bombed a tent for journalists near a hospital in Khan Younis.

    At least seven people were wounded in the attack.

    In a report published on April 1, the Watson Institute’s report said Israeli forces had killed 232 journalists since October 7, 2023.

    This figure apparently included the West Bank and Lebanon as well as Gaza.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/07/israel-deliberately-targeting-journalists-in-gaza-says-australian-author-after-latest-killings/feed/ 0 524179
    Myanmar junta says international groups must be ‘approved’ for quake aid https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/04/07/myanmar-aid-groups-approval-earth-quake/ https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/04/07/myanmar-aid-groups-approval-earth-quake/#respond Mon, 07 Apr 2025 09:45:24 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/04/07/myanmar-aid-groups-approval-earth-quake/ Read RFA coverage of these topics in Burmese.

    International aid groups who want to provide assistance to earthquake-hit areas of Myanmar must gain prior approval from junta authorities, said the military’s top official, as the death toll surpassed 3,500.

    The 7.7 magnitude quake, which struck between Sagaing town and Mandalay city on March 28, left many people without food, clean water and shelter in Naypyidaw, Bago and Magway regions as well as Shan state.

    Residents and international human rights groups have accused the junta, which seized power from the democratically-elected civilian administration in 2021, of hampering aid efforts and of exacerbating disaster by launching aerial attacks nationwide.

    “Relief teams are not permitted to operate independently, regardless of other organizations,” the junta’s deputy prime minister Gen. Soe Win said in a speech published by the junta’s Office of the Commander-in-Chief of Armed Forces.

    “They must be entities that have obtained prior authorization, and a policy will be implemented to ensure that permission is granted only in cooperation with relevant officials,” he said adding the policy was necessary, as some organizations may “enter the country for negative purposes by exploiting the earthquake.”

    At least 3,514 people are dead and another 4,809 injured, with 210 people still missing, junta authorities reported on Sunday night.

    Junta soldiers have also enforced strict checks for groups entering Sagaing town in central Myanmar, which may cause the deaths of those desperately in need of urgent assistance, aid workers told Radio Free Asia.

    “If the junta allows it, people are going to die, of course,” he said, adding that if international organizations, including the United Nations, are going to help, they need to be allowed entry on humanitarian grounds as fast as possible.

    “It’s like us just sitting around and watching as people are being killed while they are still alive.”

    Airstrikes continue

    Residents across Magway, Sagaing and Mandalay region, as well as Shan state, have also reported attacks with heavy weapons on communities, which have killed seven people and injured seven more despite ceasefire agreements from both junta authorities and insurgent groups.

    Junta soldiers attacked parts of Rakhine state, Bago and Ayeyarwady region from April 2 to 7 by land, sea and sky, the Arakan Army, or AA, said in a statement published on Saturday.

    The AA controls 14 of 17 townships in Rakhine state, and has launched attacks in Chin state and into Ayeyarwady region, but has not seized junta strongholds in Rakhine’s capital of Sittwe or Kyaukpyu township with heavy Chinese infrastructure and investment.

    In Kyaukpyu on April 2, junta troops fired near villages on the border of Pauktaw township with drone-operated bombs nearly 90 times, and fired up to 60 times with heavy weapons, the AA said.

    In the following days, junta forces fired on villages in the township with fighter jets and ships dozens more times and bombed Sittwe township on Saturday, it said, adding that there was damage in the capital township but did provide further details.

    The junta accused insurgent groups such as the AA of violating the ceasefire first.

    “The AA arrived with soldiers in areas near Ayeyarwady and began shooting,” junta spokesperson Maj. Gen. Zaw Min Tun said in a speech broadcast on a state-owned television channel.

    Junta authorities previously stated that they would respond in kind to any shots fired by insurgent groups, he added, but did not comment on casualties or damage across Sittwe, Kyaukpyu or Pauktaw townships.

    The AA and allied groups said they would continue to honor the ceasefire to assist those affected by the earthquake, but also stated that the group had captured a strategic base in western Bago region’s Nyaung Kyoe village on April 2.

    Translated by Kiana Duncan. Edited by Teajun Kang and Mike Firn.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Burmese.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/04/07/myanmar-aid-groups-approval-earth-quake/feed/ 0 524158
    Myanmar junta says international groups must be ‘approved’ for quake aid https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/04/07/myanmar-aid-groups-approval-earth-quake/ https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/04/07/myanmar-aid-groups-approval-earth-quake/#respond Mon, 07 Apr 2025 09:45:24 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/04/07/myanmar-aid-groups-approval-earth-quake/ Read RFA coverage of these topics in Burmese.

    International aid groups who want to provide assistance to earthquake-hit areas of Myanmar must gain prior approval from junta authorities, said the military’s top official, as the death toll surpassed 3,500.

    The 7.7 magnitude quake, which struck between Sagaing town and Mandalay city on March 28, left many people without food, clean water and shelter in Naypyidaw, Bago and Magway regions as well as Shan state.

    Residents and international human rights groups have accused the junta, which seized power from the democratically-elected civilian administration in 2021, of hampering aid efforts and of exacerbating disaster by launching aerial attacks nationwide.

    “Relief teams are not permitted to operate independently, regardless of other organizations,” the junta’s deputy prime minister Gen. Soe Win said in a speech published by the junta’s Office of the Commander-in-Chief of Armed Forces.

    “They must be entities that have obtained prior authorization, and a policy will be implemented to ensure that permission is granted only in cooperation with relevant officials,” he said adding the policy was necessary, as some organizations may “enter the country for negative purposes by exploiting the earthquake.”

    At least 3,514 people are dead and another 4,809 injured, with 210 people still missing, junta authorities reported on Sunday night.

    Junta soldiers have also enforced strict checks for groups entering Sagaing town in central Myanmar, which may cause the deaths of those desperately in need of urgent assistance, aid workers told Radio Free Asia.

    “If the junta allows it, people are going to die, of course,” he said, adding that if international organizations, including the United Nations, are going to help, they need to be allowed entry on humanitarian grounds as fast as possible.

    “It’s like us just sitting around and watching as people are being killed while they are still alive.”

    Airstrikes continue

    Residents across Magway, Sagaing and Mandalay region, as well as Shan state, have also reported attacks with heavy weapons on communities, which have killed seven people and injured seven more despite ceasefire agreements from both junta authorities and insurgent groups.

    Junta soldiers attacked parts of Rakhine state, Bago and Ayeyarwady region from April 2 to 7 by land, sea and sky, the Arakan Army, or AA, said in a statement published on Saturday.

    The AA controls 14 of 17 townships in Rakhine state, and has launched attacks in Chin state and into Ayeyarwady region, but has not seized junta strongholds in Rakhine’s capital of Sittwe or Kyaukpyu township with heavy Chinese infrastructure and investment.

    In Kyaukpyu on April 2, junta troops fired near villages on the border of Pauktaw township with drone-operated bombs nearly 90 times, and fired up to 60 times with heavy weapons, the AA said.

    In the following days, junta forces fired on villages in the township with fighter jets and ships dozens more times and bombed Sittwe township on Saturday, it said, adding that there was damage in the capital township but did provide further details.

    The junta accused insurgent groups such as the AA of violating the ceasefire first.

    “The AA arrived with soldiers in areas near Ayeyarwady and began shooting,” junta spokesperson Maj. Gen. Zaw Min Tun said in a speech broadcast on a state-owned television channel.

    Junta authorities previously stated that they would respond in kind to any shots fired by insurgent groups, he added, but did not comment on casualties or damage across Sittwe, Kyaukpyu or Pauktaw townships.

    The AA and allied groups said they would continue to honor the ceasefire to assist those affected by the earthquake, but also stated that the group had captured a strategic base in western Bago region’s Nyaung Kyoe village on April 2.

    Translated by Kiana Duncan. Edited by Teajun Kang and Mike Firn.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Burmese.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/04/07/myanmar-aid-groups-approval-earth-quake/feed/ 0 524159
    The US government is arresting and seeking to deport international students https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/07/the-us-government-is-arresting-and-seeking-to-deport-international-students/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/07/the-us-government-is-arresting-and-seeking-to-deport-international-students/#respond Mon, 07 Apr 2025 07:30:35 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=4d67f3f8790b6ff9ed8884ac39daea5f
    This content originally appeared on Human Rights Watch and was authored by Human Rights Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/07/the-us-government-is-arresting-and-seeking-to-deport-international-students/feed/ 0 524147
    Free Lula: The vigil that freed a president https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/free-lula-the-vigil-that-freed-a-president/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/free-lula-the-vigil-that-freed-a-president/#respond Fri, 04 Apr 2025 17:34:35 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332870 A man holds a sign in front of the Curitiba federal prison where former president Luiz Inacio Lula da Silva is behind held. The sign reads: “Free Lula. Why? Because he's innocent.”When President Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva was jailed on trumped-up corruption charges, his supporters held a vigil for his release that lasted 580 days.]]> A man holds a sign in front of the Curitiba federal prison where former president Luiz Inacio Lula da Silva is behind held. The sign reads: “Free Lula. Why? Because he's innocent.”

    The night is dark. Overcast. And, in Curitiba, cold.

    Crowds amass outside the chain-link barbed-wire fence surrounding the courthouse and jail.

    One group, dressed in yellow and green, sets off fireworks and cheered in euphoria.

    The other, dressed in red, dances to the rhythm of drums.

    And then, the sound of the spinning blades of a helicopter in the distance.

    Inside is former President Luiz Inacio Lula da Silva. 

    Working-class hero. Labor leader turned iconic president.

    Now, convicted of corruption. Being flown to jail.

    His supporters say he’s innocent—-convicted on trumped-up charges by a biased judge hell-bent on power, and taking down the Workers Party.

    As the chopper arrives, military police inside the fence open fire on Lula’s supporters. 

    Rubber bullets fly. Tear gas canisters volley into the crowd. Some people fall. Others scream and run. The crowd is pushed back several blocks. They stand tougher and chant before rows of riot police.

    The unthinkable has happened. 

    The night is dark and cold. 

    The future is bleak.

    But with daybreak, something extraordinary happens.

    People begin to arrive. First by the dozens and then by the hundreds.

    They come by bus and car. They come from miles away. 

    They line the streets outside the jail.

    Tents spring up along the sidewalks in this normally sleepy residential neighborhood. 

    Sleepy no more.

    Two blocks from the prison, a vigil is emerging.

    Round-the-clock action and organizing.

    Chants, cheers, and music.

    The Workers Party announces it’s moving its headquarters to the location.

    “We are not leaving until Lula is free,” says one leader to cameras. “Free Lula!”

    Supporters arrive from across the country to participate in the vigil. 

    Some come and go. Others stay. For weeks and then months. s.

    From the spent tear gas canisters shot on the night of Lula’s jailing, something today is reborn: 

    A movement of resistance that will not go away, despite the attacks, the threats, the rain, sun, heat or freezing temperatures.

    The vigil will see the seasons change. Winter transformed to summer, back to winter, and into spring.

    And still the people stay.

    And every day the crowd chants and cheers. 

    “Good morning, presidente Lula!” 

    “Good afternoon.” 

    “Good evening.”

    580 days pass. 

    And then, finally, Lula is free. 

    The Supreme Court tosses out the charges. The courts have tossed out every charge against him.

    His former jailer, Sergio Moro, has himself come under investigation for using biased methods to convict.

    The first thing Lula does when he leaves prison is speak to the crowd outside.

    “Thank you so much from the depths of my heart. I have no way of repaying you other than to say that I am eternally grateful to you and I will be faithful to your struggle,” he says.

    “Thank you for chanting ‘Free Lula’ over these 580 days.”

    It would take almost three more years, but on October 30, 2022, the former labor leader was reelected president of Brazil. 

    ###

    Hi folks. Thanks for listening. I’m your host Michael Fox. Lula was jailed on the evening of April 7, 2018, which is why I’m dropping this story today. I was there outside the federal prison that night, and I continued to do a ton of reporting on the Free Lula vigil over the next two years, as well as on Lula’s return to the presidency in 2022. You can check out my podcast Brazil on Fire for a deep dive into all of it. I have a whole episode on Lula’s jailing and the Free Lula vigil that helped to fight for his freedom. The podcast was co-produced by The Real News and NACLA. The link is in the show notes. You can also see exclusive pictures of the Free Lula vigil and support my work in my patreon… that’s patreon.com/mfox.

    This is episode 16 of Stories of Resistance, a podcast series co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment or leave a review. 

    As always, thanks for listening. See you next time.


    This is episode 16 of Stories of Resistance — a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    This week, in remembrance of the anniversary of Brazil’s military coup on March 31, 1964, we are taking a deep dive in Brazil. All three episodes this week look at stories of resistance in Brazil. From protest music, to general strikes against the dictatorship, to the Free Lula vigil in more recent times.

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. You can also follow Michael’s reporting, and support at www.patreon.com/mfox. There, you can also see Michael’s exclusive pictures of the Free Lula Vigil. 

    You can check out more of Michael’s in-depth reporting of the Free Lula vigil in the following reports for The Real News and his 2022 podcast Brazil on Fire.

    Resources:
    Free Lula Samba at Brazil’s Carnival
    Brazil’s Ex-President Lula Freed, Promises to Continue Fight for Justice
    Brazil on Fire podcast
    Episode 2 (Brazil on Fire podcast): Free Lula


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/free-lula-the-vigil-that-freed-a-president/feed/ 0 523809
    Human Rights 101 | Episode 14: What is International Justice and How Does it Work? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/human-rights-101-episode-14-what-is-international-justice-and-how-does-it-work/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/human-rights-101-episode-14-what-is-international-justice-and-how-does-it-work/#respond Fri, 04 Apr 2025 09:48:02 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=ccb89cae3e0c96d1982d4be39f11dac6
    This content originally appeared on Human Rights Watch and was authored by Human Rights Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/human-rights-101-episode-14-what-is-international-justice-and-how-does-it-work/feed/ 0 523717
    The deep-sea mining industry got tired of waiting for international approval. Enter Trump. https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/the-deep-sea-mining-industry-got-tired-of-waiting-for-international-approval-enter-trump/ https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/the-deep-sea-mining-industry-got-tired-of-waiting-for-international-approval-enter-trump/#respond Fri, 04 Apr 2025 08:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=662204 When Solomon Kahoʻohalahala arrived in Jamaica in mid-March to attend a meeting of the International Seabed Authority, he felt the weight of the moment on his shoulders. 

    The United Nations agency is in the midst of crafting regulations to govern a new industry for deep-sea mining that involves scraping mineral deposits from the ocean floor, often referred to as nodules. But after three years of advocating on behalf of Indigenous peoples, none of Kahoʻohalahala’s or his colleagues’ recommendations had been incorporated into the latest draft proposal.

    “It was disheartening and discouraging for us to be absolutely dismissed,” said Kahoʻohalahala, who is Native Hawaiian from the island of Lanaʻi in Hawaiʻi. “There was no option for us except to make our best case.” 

    On the first day of the two-week gathering, Kahoʻohalahala urged the nation-state representatives gathered at the International Seabed Authority headquarters to consider Indigenous peoples’ perspectives. And to his surprise, many representatives agreed with him.

    By the time he flew from the Caribbean back to the Pacific the following week, Kahoʻohalahala felt relieved and hopeful. The ISA had agreed to give him and other Indigenous advocates up until 2026 to come up with further recommendations. Moreover, the International Seabed Authority declined a request from the Pacific island country of Nauru in Micronesia to set up a process to evaluate their application to mine the high seas, and reiterated the authority’s previous commitment to finalizing the mining regulations before allowing seabed mining to proceed.

    “That was very, very uplifting,” Kahoʻohalahala said. 

    But no sooner had Kahoʻohalahala departed Jamaica than he’d heard the news: The Metals Company, a Canadian seabed mining company, announced it is working with the Trump administration to circumvent the international regulatory process and pursue mining in the high seas under a 1980 United States law. 

    Gerard Barron, CEO of The Metals Company, said that the company believes they have enough knowledge to manage environmental risks. They plan to submit applications to the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration to mine the deep seas within the next three months.

    “We’re encouraged by the growing recognition in Washington that nodules represent a strategic opportunity for America — and we’re moving forward with urgency,” he said.

    The move unleashed harsh criticism from more than 40 nation-states, from the United Kingdom to China. Leticia Carvalho, the secretary-general of the International Seabed Authority, said that international law of the sea that gives the agency authority over mining in the high seas “remains the only universally recognized legitimate framework.” In other words, the U.S. doesn’t have the right to permit seabed mining beyond its national boundaries. 

    “Any unilateral action would constitute a violation of international law and directly undermine the fundamental principles of multilateralism, the peaceful use of the oceans and the collective governance framework established under UNCLOS,” she said, referring to the United Nations Convention the Law of the Seas.

    The U.S. Congress approved the Deep Seabed Hard Mineral Resources Act of 1980 as an interim measure to govern seabed mining on the high seas “until an international regime was in place,” according to an analysis last year by the Congressional Research Service. Two years later, the United Nations Convention the Law of the Seas was adopted, establishing the International Seabed Authority. But the U.S. has never signed onto UNCLOS and while no companies have commenced mining under the 1980 Act, it remains U.S. law.

    Barron at The Metals Company replied to Carvalho and other critics that the reality is  “commercial industry is not welcome at the ISA.” 

    Gerard Barron, CEO of The Metals Company, stands before his company's research ship in San Diego in June 2021.
    Gerard Barron, CEO of The Metals Company, stands before his company’s research ship in San Diego in June 2021. Carolyn Cole / Los Angeles Times via Getty Images

    “The Authority is being influenced by a faction of States allied with environmental NGOs who see the deep-sea mining industry as their ‘last green trophy,’” he said, “with the explicit intent of killing commercial industry and leaving the aspirations and rights of developing states that took the initiative to sponsor private companies as roadkill.”

    Proponents of deep-sea mining like Barron emphasize that seabed mining would supply cobalt, manganese and other critical minerals to make batteries for electric vehicles and could accelerate the global transition from gas-powered, carbon dioxide-polluting cars to cleaner battery-powered vehicles.

    But many scientists and environmentalists have raised strong objections to the industry that would irrevocably strip large swaths of the ocean floor, killing rare sea creatures and removing irreplaceable nodules that took millions of years to form. The environmental opposition that Barron describes comes from an array of groups including Greenpeace, which granted Kahoʻohalahala its official observer status to enable him to participate

    The same players are expected to get involved in the U.S. permitting process, which will require public input and environmental reviews. During the Obama administration, the Center for Biological Diversity sued the National Oceanic Atmospheric Administration for giving a subsidiary of Lockheed Martin exploratory permits for deep-sea mining within the Clarion-Clipperton Zone, a nodule-rich region south of Hawai’i. The first Trump administration reached a confidential settlement with the environmental nonprofit that required the federal government to conduct an environmental impact statement before any of the Lockheed licenses could proceed.

    Miyoko Sakashita, an attorney at the Center for Biological Diversity, said the settlement additionally requires NOAA to publish any proposed seabed mining licenses on regulations.gov and give the public the opportunity to weigh in. 

    Maureen O’Leary, a spokeswoman for NOAA, declined to make anyone at the agency available for an interview or address how recent staffing cuts might affect the permitting process, but confirmed mining applications will undergo a vetting process. 

    “The process ensures a thorough environmental impact review, interagency consultations and opportunity for public comment,” she said. 

    Kahoʻohalahala is still grappling with what this new path toward seabed mining will entail, but said he’s worried that it’ll enable mining in close proximity to his home of Hawaiʻi where the industry has been preemptively banned under state law. 

    The Metals Company’s shift in strategy reflects the success of Kahoʻohalahala and other Indigenous and environmental advocates at the ISA, but it also underscores the commitment by industry players to seek the most expedient path to commercialization. Already, The Metals Company has spent over half a billion dollars on research, and the New York Times reported the company is both low on cash and has a limited ability to borrow. The companyʻs CEO Barron said in his initial public statement that he believes the U.S. would give the company a “fair hearing.” 

    But opponents of deep-sea mining fear that the company will have outsized sway with the Trump administration, which is reportedly weighing an executive order to fast-track the seabed mining industry and has a longstanding pattern of fast-tracking pipelines and other extractive projects despite environmental concerns. 

    Thereʻs also the question of what it means for the U.S. to assert control over international waters in defiance of decades-old international law.

    “This attempt to bypass international law treads into murky waters,” Sakashita said. “Mining in the sea beyond national boundaries without authorization from the International Seabed Authority should be illegal. Even though the U.S. deep sea mining law purports to have licenses available, it cannot be used as a runaround international law that applies in the high seas.” 

    While it’s yet unclear what will happen next with NOAA’s deep-sea mining permitting process, Kahoʻohalahala hasn’t paused his advocacy since leaving Jamaica. He flew straight to French Polynesia where he helped urge the president to sign onto a letter opposing deep-sea mining. Now Kahoʻohalahala is preparing to fly to France in June for a U.N. oceans conference to continue to ensure his community’s concerns continue to be taken seriously. 

    “The timing of this meeting puts it at a really critical time for the ocean,” he said. “We cannot miss this opportunity.” 

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline The deep-sea mining industry got tired of waiting for international approval. Enter Trump. on Apr 4, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Anita Hofschneider.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/the-deep-sea-mining-industry-got-tired-of-waiting-for-international-approval-enter-trump/feed/ 0 523671
    Media’s Response to Trump Restarting the Gaza Genocide? Mostly Ignore It.  https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/03/medias-response-to-trump-restarting-the-gaza-genocide-mostly-ignore-it/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/03/medias-response-to-trump-restarting-the-gaza-genocide-mostly-ignore-it/#respond Thu, 03 Apr 2025 15:58:13 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332813 This picture taken from the Israeli side of the border with the Gaza Strip shows destroyed buildings in the northern Gaza Strip on January 13, 2025 amid the ongoing war between Israel and Hamas. Photo by MENAHEM KAHANA/AFP via Getty ImagesGaza has disappeared from nightly news and Sunday shows and no longer merits front page NYT coverage. It’s totally bipartisan and totally normalized mass death.]]> This picture taken from the Israeli side of the border with the Gaza Strip shows destroyed buildings in the northern Gaza Strip on January 13, 2025 amid the ongoing war between Israel and Hamas. Photo by MENAHEM KAHANA/AFP via Getty Images

    On March 18 Israel broke the Gaza ceasefire and recommenced its full scale assault, siege, and bombing of Gaza. Since then, over 1,000 Palestinians have been killed and the humanitarian situation is as desperate as ever. Watching mainstream media, however, one would hardly notice. 

    While US media outlets continue to report below the fold on the daily airstrikes, they are no longer treated as major stories meriting emphasis and urgency. This is especially true for the New York Times and TV broadcast news, which have all but forgotten there’s an unprecedented humanitarian crisis ongoing in Gaza–still funded and armed by the US government. 

    The paper of record, the New York Times, ran a front page story March 19, the day after Israel broke the ceasefire and killed hundreds in one day, but didn’t run a front page story on Israel’s bombing and siege of Gaza in the 13 days since. (They ran a front page story on April 3 that centered Israel’s military “tactics” in Gaza but didn’t mention civilian death totals.) The Times did find room on March 27 for a front page image of anti-Hamas protests in Gaza which, of course, are a favorite media topic for the pro-genocide crowd as they see it as evidence their “war on Hamas” is both morally justified and, somehow, endorsed by Palestinians themselves. 

    Like the New York Times, the nightly news shows–CBS Evening News, NBC Nightly News, and ABC World News Tonight–covered the initial bombing and breaking of the ceasefire the day after (ABC News’s lede after Israel killed 400+ in under 24 hours: “What does this mean for the hostages?”), but have subsequently ignored Gaza entirely, with one notable exception. CBS Evening News did a 4-minute segment on March 26 on “allegations” Israel was using Palestinians, and Palestinian children in particular, as human shields and even this was front loaded with bizarre denunciations of Hamas “using human shields”:

    Most conspicuous of all was the total erasure of Gaza from the “agenda-setting” Sunday news programs that are designed to tell elites in Washington what they should care about. Gaza wasn’t mentioned once on any of the Sunday news shows–ABC’s This Week, CBS’s Face the Nation and NBC’s Meet the Press, and CNN’s State of the Union–for the weeks of March 23 and March 30. Despite Israel breaking the ceasefire on Tuesday March 18 and killing more than 400 Palestinians–including over 200 women and children–in less than 24 hours, none of the Sunday morning news programs that have aired since have covered Gaza at all. 

    Combined with the nonstop “flood the zone” strategy of the Trump White House as it attacks dozens of perceived enemies at once, the US-backed genocide in Gaza is now both cliche and low priority.

    The United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF) said yesterday that at least 322 children had been killed and 609 injured since Israel broke the ceasefire on March 18. 

    Whereas the media approach during the Biden years was to spin, obfuscate, blame Hamas, and help distance the White House from the images of carnage emanating from Gaza by propping up fake “ceasefire talks,” the media approach now that Trump is doubling down on Biden’s strategy of unfettered support for genocide appears to be to largely ignore it. 

    All indications are that Israeli officials were banking on US news outlets normalizing the ongoing genocide of Gaza, assuming–correctly, as it turns out–that the death and despair would become so routine it would take on a “dog bites man” element. Combined with the nonstop “flood the zone” strategy of the Trump White House as it attacks dozens of perceived enemies at once, the US-backed genocide in Gaza is now both cliche and low priority. 

    By way of comparison, the Sunday shows, nightly news shows, and the front page of the New York Times ran wall-to-wall coverage of the Yemen-Signal group chat controversy. Obviously, administration officials using unsecured channels to discuss war plans is a news story (though not nearly as important as the war crimes casually being discussed) but the fact that Israel recommenced its bombing, siege, and starvation strategy on an already decimated population is, objectively, a more urgent story with much higher human stakes. 

    With Trump openly endorsing ethnic cleansing, “debates” around how best to facilitate this ethnic cleansing are presented as sober, practical foreign policy discussions–not the open planning of a crime against humanity.

    Indeed, Palestinians reporting from Gaza say the situation is as dire as it’s ever been. Israel cut off all aid on March 2 and the bombings have been as relentless and brutal as any time period pre-ceasefire. Meanwhile, with Trump openly endorsing ethnic cleansing, “debates” around how best to facilitate this ethnic cleansing are presented as sober, practical foreign policy discussions–not the open planning of a crime against humanity. “You mentioned Gaza,” Margaret Brennan casually said to Trump’s envoy to the Middle East, Steve Witkoff, the last time Gaza was mentioned on CBS’s Face the Nation, March 16. “I want to ask you what specifics you are looking at when it comes to relocating the two million Palestinians in Gaza. In the past, you’ve mentioned Egypt. You’ve mentioned Jordan. Are you talking to other countries at this point about resettling?” 

    Witkoff would go on to say Trump’s ethnic cleansing plan for Gaza would “lead to a better life for Gazans,” to which Brennan politely nodded, thanked him and moved on. Watching this exchange one would hardly know that was being discussed–mass forceable population transfer–is a textbook war crime. Recent revelations by the UN that aid workers had been found in a mass grave have also been ignored by broadcast news. 15 Palestinian rescue workers, including at least one United Nations employee, were killed by Israeli forces “one by one,” according to the UN humanitarian affairs office (OCHA) and the Palestinian Red Crescent (PRCS). This story has not been covered on-air by ABC News, CBS News, NBC News, MSNBC, or CNN. 

    The ongoing suffering in Gaza, still very much armed and funded by the White House, continues to fade into the background. It’s become routine, banal, and not something that can drive a wedge into the Democratic coalition. This dynamic, combined with US media’s general pro-Israel bias, means the daily starvation and death is not going to be making major headlines anytime soon. It’s now, after 18 months of genocide, just another boring “foreign policy” story. 


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Adam Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/03/medias-response-to-trump-restarting-the-gaza-genocide-mostly-ignore-it/feed/ 0 523493
    Huwaida Arraf on Gaza: ‘We will look back and truly feel ashamed’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/03/huwaida-arraf-on-gaza-we-will-look-back-and-truly-feel-ashamed/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/03/huwaida-arraf-on-gaza-we-will-look-back-and-truly-feel-ashamed/#respond Thu, 03 Apr 2025 15:25:59 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332806 KHAN YUNIS, GAZA - APRIL 01: A woman is seen sitting among the rubble as Palestinians inspect a building destroyed in an Israeli army attack on a settlement on the third day of Eid al-Fitr in Khan Yunis, Gaza on April 01, 2025. Palestinian journalist Mohammed Saleh al-Bardawil, his wife and children lost their lives in the attack. Photo by Abdallah F.s. Alattar/Anadolu via Getty ImagesThe Palestinian American lawyer and activist explains why the fight for our civil liberties and Gaza go hand in hand.]]> KHAN YUNIS, GAZA - APRIL 01: A woman is seen sitting among the rubble as Palestinians inspect a building destroyed in an Israeli army attack on a settlement on the third day of Eid al-Fitr in Khan Yunis, Gaza on April 01, 2025. Palestinian journalist Mohammed Saleh al-Bardawil, his wife and children lost their lives in the attack. Photo by Abdallah F.s. Alattar/Anadolu via Getty Images

    The ceasefire in Gaza has shattered, and Israel’s military has resumed the genocide. Simultaneously, organizations and activists in the US are sounding the alarm over Trump’s persecution of Mahmoud Khalil and other student activists. Palestinian American lawyer and activist Huwaida Arraf joins The Marc Steiner Show to discuss the situation in Gaza, and the urgency of ramping up the solidarity movement with Palestine to combat genocide and the rise of fascism.

    Production: David Hebden, Rosette Sewali
    Post-production: Alina Nehlich


    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Marc Steiner:

    Welcome to the Marc Steiner Show here in The Real News. I’m Marc Steiner. It’s great to have you all with us. We’re talking today with Huwaida Arraf, a Palestinian woman, a lawyer born in Israel, an international renowned human rights lawyer, trilingual and English, Arabic, and Hebrew. A nonviolent activist who co-founded International Solidarity Network fighting for Palestinian rights and nationhood. She ran for Congress in Michigan’s 10th congressional district writes extensively and which her mind, body, literally, and spirit on the line for Palestinian freedom and Hu to welcome. Good to have you with us.

    Huwaida Arraf:

    It’s good to be with you, Marc. Thank you.

    Marc Steiner:

    You have been, I mean, doing this for a while.

    Huwaida Arraf:

    Yeah, I had hoped it wouldn’t be this long, but the fight goes on.

    Marc Steiner:

    As we had this conversation today, I was looking at the news before I walked into the studio and Israel has resumed their operations in central and South Gaza. They’ve started their airstrikes, 20 Palestinians were killed. Almost all of them health workers for a hundred Palestinians were killed in airstrikes. Since the beginning is conflict. I mean, what’s happening in Gaza is almost unbelievable. I think it’s hard for people to fathom the extent of death and destruction that’s taking place. This is not simply a war.

    Huwaida Arraf:

    Absolutely. I don’t like to use that term at all because war implies you have two equal sites and that’s absolutely not what you have here. Have a population that has been oppressed and colonized for nearly eight decades and for the past almost two decades in Gaza specifically really has been caged and cut off from essentials. And you take that and over the years also every few years Israel bombs decimate the society, the infrastructure. You have a medieval siege that’s imposed on the entire civilian population that really leaves people not able to control even their daily lives. I mean, forget about just being able to leave the Gaza Strip to go get what you need to go to school, to visit family, to get the medical attention that you need, what you might be able to find food that day is completely determined by what Israel allows in and what doesn’t allow in.

    And for the past two and a half weeks before it restarted, this barbaric bombardment of Gaza has been cutting off all food and medical aid and then just cut off also electricity, which means they can’t desalinate water. I mean people have nothing. It is truly a caged, beleaguered star population that Israel has also restarted viciously bombing from the air. So just in the past couple of days, nearly 500 killed so many children. At least the last number, and I don’t even like to say numbers because it changes by the minute, but over 180 children, babies, infants, and no one seems to be able to stop Israel. No one is willing to do it. And the reports are that the United States, the White House has given the green light. They were briefed on it, and the slaughter continues. It really, I am unable to find words these days to describe to the evil that we went missing.

    Marc Steiner:

    And you mentioned the United States. I mean the kind of lack of political will in the Biden administration to intervene and stop it. And now we’re faced with a government in this country which actively supports Israel in its destruction of Palestinians and the murder of Palestinians. It is really time for, I think those of us in America to step up and really heighten the protests and the confrontations with our own government to say, no, this can’t take place. So I’m curious as an activist here, where you see that going, where you see what our role is here in the United States to stop this kind of genocide taking place in Gaza.

    Huwaida Arraf:

    Absolutely, and that is the question, right? Because I worked for a long time volunteering in the occupied Palestinian territory and welcoming people from around the world to come see what’s actually happening in Palestine. And Palestinians would be so grateful for the international solidarity and for people leaving the comforts of their own home to travel to stand with them. But what we would hear over and over again from Palestinians is just please go back to your countries, especially the United States, and change the policies there because it is the policies of especially the Western countries led by the United States that’s enabling Israel. And so what we do here in the United States really, really matters. I mean, it’s not adequate to just say it’s not our problem, it’s not happening here. It’s thousands of miles away because we are so actively involved and complicit. It’s our tax dollars.

    It is our elected representatives that are making these choices to continuously fund Israel’s genocide. So it comes down to us to create that political will to change policy. Now, how do we do that? It seems to be really overwhelming. A lot of it really comes down to educating people because for decades we have been programmed here in the United States by the mainstream media, by popular culture to dehumanize Palestinians and to think that Israel is the victim here. So there’s a lot of education that goes into it, opening people’s eyes in terms of what has really been happening and then changing that act or moving that education into mobilization and really pushing our elected representatives to make the right choices to stop funding genocide and colonialism and apartheid. And so that requires us making our voices heard, whether in the streets, in protests, to going to town halls, making appointments with our elected representatives, calling them, writing to them every day and letting them know that this is an issue that matters, that we care about, that we will vote on.

    Yes, there are other issues that affect our daily lives, but this is also an issue that affects life, that affects life, and it affects our daily lives because it is not just about being what happens in Palestine. Yes, that’s horrible, but I have other concerns. What happens in Palestine and the extent in which the United States is funding and enabling what Israel is doing comes back here to affect us. If we look at the billions and billions of dollars that this government and the previous government and for decades, the United States has been giving of our tax dollars to Israel, that money can be spent in our own communities. I mean, $3.8 billion, that’s just yearly without all of the extra packages that Israel has gotten, which is now in the last 16, 17 months, has topped I think 30 billion. Billion. So yearly is 3.8 billion of our tax dollars.

    And on top of that, the United States has authorized more and more money and weapon shipments to Israel that can be used in our own communities. Then when we talk about our own civil liberties here, the extent to which there is a crackdown on freedom of speech and on education, and that people are being doxed and fired from their jobs and silenced if they dare to criticize Israel. That affects our own civil liberties here. And I am involved in cases to defend students’ rights who have been persecuted, who have been kicked out of school. Their organizations suspended because they advocate for Palestinian rights. So if it’s not our tax dollars in our own communities and life in Palestine, it is our own ability to speak out and to exercise our freedom of speech that is being curtailed and actually really threatened all to protect a country that is committing a genocide.

    It is really shameful. And I think that when we look back at this time, and I firmly believe there will come a time where we will look back and truly feel ashamed that we allowed this to happen. Those who were silent or those who advocated for this policy of supporting this genocide, it will be seen as a stain on US history. And I think what I keep saying is to everyone around me, this is happening in our lifetime on our watch. What are we going to say we did to stop it? And if we think about that every day, we will find our place what we can do. It could be joining a protest. I’m heading to a protest today, but it could be talking to your neighbor. It could be picking up the phone to talk to your member of Congress. Each one of us have a role to play.

    And I think that if we understand that we can’t always be the top, we can’t always be at the front of those demonstrations, but if you do what you can from where you are and we each do that, it will build up. It will create that critical mass that we need to change policy. And I do believe that things have, in all of the years that you mentioned, I have been doing this, but we need to keep pushing. We need to keep pushing until we reach that tipping point. And I just seeing all the carnage, you just have to wonder how many more lives destroyed until we get to that tipping point where policy has changed. I mean, that motivates me every single day, and I hope we can all find it in ourselves to realize that there is something we can do about it.

    Marc Steiner:

    I hope so too. And I think that from your work, from helping to found a free gaze in 2006 with your co-founding international solidarity, the non-violent movement to fight for Palestinian rights, that we seem to be an precipice of the moment though, given what’s happening in Gaza, given the crackdown in this country on Palestinians who are standing up and given the crackdowns taking place inside Israel at this moment, people I’ve talked to who are both Jewish Israelis and Palestinian Israelis are talking about the intense pressure that they’re under every day. Some even being arrested because they’re standing up to the government saying, no, I don’t think people just really get and understand the depth of the repression that’s taking place on the West Bank in Gaza and in Israel itself.

    Huwaida Arraf:

    Yep, absolutely. I have family. So my family is partially from the West Bank and the other part is from inside 48, what is now Israel. And so,

    Marc Steiner:

    And you’re an Israeli citizen as well, or was were right,

    Huwaida Arraf:

    An Israeli citizen. Yes, of course. I mean, I always say I’m not the kind of citizen that Israel wants. Unfortunately, I’m considered a demographic threat because of, again, Israel’s project of really colonization. And when we call it apartheid, it’s not just throwing out words. It really is a government and a regime that wants to create a society and the state with specific rights for certain people based on your religion. So even though my village and my family was there before the state of Israel was created, we are not equal citizens. And the last time I talked to my family, I mean, they’re terrified. They can’t say anything in their place of work. If they like a Facebook post, they could be arrested, right? And they have Israeli citizens that are walking around armed, coming into their place of business, whether it is their clinics or their shops.

    And you don’t know if what you’re going to say is going to get you injured, killed, arrested. And those are Palestinians who are citizens of Israel, who Israel likes to say are equal or have more rights than they would have anywhere else, which is just not true at all. And then when you talk about Israeli citizens, I mean, yeah, there are protests. People are not happy with Netanyahu, and there is, especially the families of the hostages and other people who are worried about the hostages are protesting and are getting arrested for these protests. And there is a crackdown. I wish I had something a little bit better or more hopeful to say about Israeli society because I spent so many years in the occupied territories and worked with some wonderful Israelis, Israelis who put their safety and their lives on the line and firmly believe in true equality and spend their time in Palestinian villages and standing up to their own soldiers.

    But those numbers are so, so few, the polls are showing that a vast majority of Israelis support what their government has been doing in Gaza. If they didn’t have hostages in Gaza, they wouldn’t care at all about the Palestinian civilians there and what’s happening to them. And that’s really frightening. I mean, that’s frightening, just from a humanitarian perspective, that’s frightening when you think about any society to be supportive of such ruthless violence. And if it wasn’t for having some of your own people there wouldn’t care at all what happens to the population that your government is occupying, oppressing and killing. And so that is scary. And what we have been seeing in Israeli society is this decline, this decline towards more isolationism, fascism, violence. And it’s not good for anybody, certainly not good for Israeli society. And even the future where I say, I’ve always said that we need to live together in what we’re working to create.

    We’re working to end Israeli colonialism and apartheid so that there can be a future where anybody and everybody who wants to live in historic Palestine in this land can do so as equals. Right. And what we have been seeing, again on the enormous violence unleashed on Palestinians and the almost complete disregard by Israelis except for where it concerns their own population, it means that it’s going to be very, very, very difficult to rebuild a lot of that. And this is, we’re talking about it because we don’t have too much time, but we shouldn’t just gloss over the amount of violence being used. And that’s not just in Gaza, that’s not just when we come to the death and dismemberment and amputations and the starvations, but the torture, the deliberate killings, the humiliation, the people, children who have seen their parents killed dismembered, the humiliated, what kind of psychological effect this has on people is really hard, really hard to fathom.

    And especially when we’re looking at Gaza, but also the West Bank, this is all Palestinians have known most Palestinians for their entire lives is this kind of violence, is this kind of complete disregard by the international community and the rest of the world. And just this overwhelming oppression and this attempt really to get rid of you. You’re an undesirable, your life doesn’t matter. That’s all Palestinians have known. And despite this, they try to continue, they try to insist on, but what kind of psychological effect this has on people is really hard to know as of like 20 years ago, 20 years ago, before these massive bombing started in Gaza, there’s, it’s a Gaza community mental health program that was saying over 90% of Gaza’s children are traumatized. And that is back in 2006, you have seen at least five massive bombing campaigns since then and now an act of full-blown genocide if over 90% of Gaza’s children were traumatized before all this, what do we say now? So it is really, really dismal. But that doesn’t mean we give up. We have no choice but to keep going and fighting because we are fighting for the rights of people to live.

    Marc Steiner:

    It’s true. And those children now you talk about are now in their twenties and thirties and trying to survive.

    Huwaida Arraf:

    Yeah, trying to survive, probably trying to keep their children alive, probably trying to find a way to keep their children safe to find food. And these are children that have been traumatized themselves. In 2009, after Israel’s first major bombing campaign operation cast led on Gaza, this was 2008, 2009, I went in with a delegation of US attorneys to try to document and report on US weapons that were used in Operation Castlight to commit war crimes. And we did produce a report after that, but some of the stories that we heard, I mean one home that was bombed and Israel did not allow the Red Crescent or any rescue services to get to the home for three days. And when they got to the home, found a number, most of the adults in that home killed

    And number of children who were still alive, injured, and forced to stay with the relatives, with the bodies of their dead parents for three days without food or water. Those children, that was 2008, 2009, if those children even survived, what they’re trying to do now in keeping their, they probably hope that their children wouldn’t have to endure the same. But not only are they doing the same, it’s so much worse now. It’s as bad as it has ever been. And that doesn’t even come remotely close to describing it. There’s a report that just came out from the un, and I’m almost, I’ve read the bullet points, but I can’t even bring myself to read it because even though the summary is so bad, it is so bad about the kind of torture, what people have been subjected to things that humans should never, ever do to each other. I can’t, as a human rights attorney, I’m almost embarrassed to admit I just can’t even bring myself to read it.

    Marc Steiner:

    What’s the name of the report?

    Huwaida Arraf:

    It was done by the, there’s a un fact finding patient. It’s an independent commission that is investigating what Israel is doing in the occupied policy and territory and in Gaza. And they came out, I’d have to pull up the report, but one of their findings is that Israel is committing genocidal acts. Israel has deliberately targeted the maternal wards, the ability of Palestinian, Palestinian women to reproduce in various ways. But part of that also covers the torture that Palestinian hostages also have endured in Israeli captivity and some of the torture tactics and the rape that is described is just horrific. And that’s just the summary. So I can pull the exact name of the report for you, but it was done by an independent fact finding commission.

    Marc Steiner:

    Well, we’ll add that just so people can access that, because I think that’s important. I mean, as you describe the reality that Palestinians face, and I mean, just think about you personally. I’ve been reading all the things you’ve been writing and I’ve been reading about you and the bravery you showed on the Flotillas and other, the places in the face of Israeli violence standing up to it, putting your life on the line. And you’re married to a Jewish man who’s thrown out of Israel because he stood up. I mean, this is something people have to understand. I think for us to get beyond this and to find this path to peace, and there are over one and a half to 2 billion Israelis who no longer live in Israel and live in Europe and live in the United States. Most of ’em would be the people who oppose this government that’s taking place in Israel at this moment.

    Huwaida Arraf:

    I mean, that’s what we’re hearing. And then the large number of Israelis who are leaving would be the more moderate ones, leaving the Israelis, more the ideological. This land was given to us by God. It’s only our land and everybody else needs to be kicked out, are the ones that are remaining. And we see the government that is now in power is a right wing fascist government. And that is the, as I said earlier, that the Israeli society where it has going and the fact that it’s become so extreme, it doesn’t bode well for anyone. But how do we break that? And for a lot of the work that I’ve done originally when I went over to Palestine in shortly after college, it was in the year 2000, it was to work for a conflict resolution organization that was bringing Palestinian and Israeli youth together.

    Marc Steiner:

    Seeds of peace.

    Huwaida Arraf:

    Yes, yes.

    Marc Steiner:

    Right.

    Huwaida Arraf:

    And I quickly realized the problem with these organizations, because they don’t actually get to the heart of the matter, they don’t do the work that needs to be done to dismantle the racist structures or the structures of oppression that tear people apart. And it’s more about getting to know each other and doing these normalization projects. Becoming friends is great. Obviously we lifelong friends, but when you don’t actually, or when you avoid the work that needs to be done to dismantle the structures of oppression, then you are just normalizing oppression, right? So I don’t necessarily support these organizations, but I went on, even in founding the International Solidarity Movement, it was bringing internationals, but also bringing Israelis and bringing everybody irrespective of religion, of ethnicity, of nationality. I mean, we are all humans and we are all standing for freedom and for equality and for dignity, for everybody.

    And there is this attempt to also reach Israelis with the actions that we were doing. A lot of the protests I was face to face with Israeli soldiers and trying to say, look, what are you doing? You are here shooting at children. You are invading these people’s villages, maybe getting them to think about what role they’re playing in this violence. And then I think that we are so far from that right now. People just have been so siloed, I feel, and so hard. There’s those that are hardened and just don’t want to hear anything that has to do with Palestinian humanity. And then there are those, the ideological Israelis that are bent on having this Jewish state that was promised to them by God. And everybody else needs to either agree to be subservient or they can be killed or they can get out. And that is really what we are fighting here. We are fighting this idea that there can be any kind of religious or ethno religious supremacy for anybody. And we are fighting for a world, a region, a country, I mean everywhere, certainly in Israel, Palestine, but around the world where everyone is respected in everyone is equal. And we seem to be so far away from that. But I say this because there is this idea, and you probably know well, anytime that we in the United States or in other places speak up for Palestinian rights, we are automatically labeled as antisemites

    Marc Steiner:

    Or self-hating Jews

    Huwaida Arraf:

    Or yourself Jews, my husband celebrating Jews all the time. And we seem to just lost this ability to look at each other as humans. And it doesn’t bode well for where we are in this moment in time. It is very dangerous what is happening, certainly in the region. But then what is happening here, and I mentioned, we started talking also about the restrictions on our civil liberties here.

    We know that we are creating certainly Trump’s policy, cracking down even more on those who speak up for Palestinian rights. But one thing that I want to say there is that it didn’t start with Trump, right? It has been US policy. And certainly I blame the previous administration, the Biden administration, for laying the groundwork for where we are now. For 15 months we were protesting trying to get the Biden Harris administration to put an arms embargo on Israel to stop the genocide. And they gaslit the American people in that Israel has a right to defend itself. That’s what we always hear. But Israel is not defending itself. Israel is fighting for a land that is free of the indigenous Palestinian population. And the United States has been supporting that. But what is positive, I don’t want to be all negative. What is positive is that so many people like yourself, mark, but so many also younger American Jews, and even when we started the International Solidarity Movement, so many of those who came to join us were young American or European Jews.

    We look at the protests on college campuses, so many of them Jewish students who reject this notion that what Israel is doing and what the US is doing in cracking down on protesters in any way serves Jewish safety. Certainly not Jewish Americans. And where I am in Michigan, the University of Michigan, we have 12 protesters that are being prosecuted actually by the Attorney General in a shameful, really prosecution. But about half of those protesters being prosecuted for protesting in the encampments and for Palestinian rights are Jewish. So on one hand, there are those who are really pushing really hard to label all advocates of Palestinian rights as antisemitic and supporting this kind of crackdown, whether what Israel’s doing or what this administration is doing as fighting antisemitism or protecting the Jewish people when it’s just the opposite. And it’s heartening to see that so many young Jews, but also of all ages that are, I have a good friend who is well into her eighties Jewish activist, and she’s just so feisty and that I really consider my family, my family, and these are the kind of people that I always want to stand side by side with and fighting for everybody’s rights.

    Marc Steiner:

    So before we end, a couple of things. One is I’m curious, in your life now, you’ve been through a lot facing violence in the Israeli Army, Navy violence, dealing on flotillas, the work you’ve done over there, the work you’re doing here, educating your life to this, what are you in the midst of now? Where is the struggle taking you? Now,

    Huwaida Arraf:

    That is a good question because I feel like I’m torn in so many different ways because there’s so much work to be done, and I want to always do as much as I can. One of my most important roles right now, although my kids would probably beg to differ, is raising the next generation. But I frequently hear from them that I’m always busy and I’m always doing something for Palestine or some other social justice issues. So I might be not doing as well as I should be in that arena, but raising the next generation, my kids are 10 and 11, and if I impart anything on them, I want it to be a strong belief in their ability and their obligation to do something when they see that something is wrong, whether it is in their elementary classroom, if somebody is being racist or somebody is being bullied to stand up to, if it’s the president of the United States, you can get out and protest when something’s happening that is not right.

    You are able to, and you should do something about it. If I impart anything on them, I want it to be that. So that is one of my most important jobs. But I am also an attorney and I’m also working with other attorneys both to defensive liberties here at home. So I am one helping with the defense of students who are being persecuted for standing up for Palestinian rights and also suing the University of Michigan for violating the constitutional rights of these students by treating them differently, by curtailing the First Amendment rights. Because these institutions and these state power that is cracking down on our students, on protestors, on citizens should not be allowed to get away with this. So it’s defense and offense there and activism. We are still trying to support people to go to the occupied Palestinian territory, to volunteer with the international Solidarity movement if they are able to.

    And if somebody can, unfortunately we cannot get into Gaza, but people are still able to get into Jerusalem and the West Bank and the international solidarity movement there is trying as much as possible to be a presence, to witness, to document, to stand in solidarity with the people there who are being terrorized by settlers and soldiers. Just in the past month, over 40,000 Palestinians have been forcibly displaced from their refugee camps in and in Janine. So in these Palestinian cities, Israeli soldiers would come through and literally blow up their homes or demolish their homes. And those that are still in their villages are being attacked by settlers, supported by soldiers. So having people there to witness to try to deter some of the violence by saying to the state of Israel, like, Hey, we’re here and we see what we’re doing can help deter violence sometimes and can help let Palestinians know that they’re not alone.

    So I encourage anyone who is able to travel to look up the international solidarity movement and see about volunteering there. At the same time, we are trying to stop the atrocities in Gaza in a variety of ways. I am still involved with the Freedom Flotilla and the Freedom Flotilla Coalition and that we have been trying for years to break Israel’s illegal siege on Gaza. We started, as you mentioned, I mean the first time we got into Gaza with two small fishing boats in 2008. And that was a deliberate action to challenge, to confront, to try to break Israel’s stranglehold and its naval blockade on Gaza. We were able to get through a few times, but then Israel started lethally attacking our ships, but we did not give up. And we, as of last year also, were pulling together if flotilla, unfortunately, some states sabotaged our mission, but again, we are not giving up.

    We are readying ships to try to sail again. And we are encouraging these organizations that are being blocked from entering Gaza and from rendering aid to people to join us, to put their aid on these ships and directly confront Israel’s policy. Because Israel’s policy is illegal. A siege on an entire civilian population is illegal, and it is part of a larger genocide, a crime against humanity. But what is infuriating is that these organizations and world governments only talk, they do not do anything to actively confront Israel’s policy. So effectively, you have every single government in the world that is respecting Israel’s control over Gaza. They are complicit. They are complicit in the starvation and the genocide of the Palestinian people. I mean, the government of Turkey held back three of our ships that were supposed to sail to confront Israel’s blockade. Why isn’t Turkey itself sailing?

    Why isn’t Greece sailing? Why aren’t these Arab countries sailing and daring Israel to confront them and to insist that we are getting to the people that you are trying to annihilate in Gaza. So we are still trying to do that as a civilian initiative and hopefully within the next few weeks or months, I hope it’s not longer, your listeners will hear about and are able to support the Freedom Flotilla coalition and try to break through this blockade. And here at home. Aside from the legal front, there’s also the political front and continuing to push our elected representatives and continuing to encourage people that really represent our ideals and our principles, our vision of human rights and inequality for everybody to run for office. I am trying to encourage young people, the Arab Americans, Muslim Americans, to actually get involved. And so our voices are represented and we are heard. So it’s a lot of work on a lot of different friends. Sometimes I feel like I’m trying to be in too many spaces and not doing anything particularly relevant. Well, we continue to try to do what we can. I think that that’s important just as continue to do what we can and there’s a space for everyone.

    Marc Steiner:

    I want to first say thank you, hued our off. You’re doing amazing work. I want to stay in touch with you to see how this Portilla gathering is growing and what the next moves are, so we can then support to that and bring those voices to the people in this country and across the globe. So I appreciate the work you’re doing, and thank you so much for being here today.

    Huwaida Arraf:

    Thank you for having me, and please continue to speak out because as we know, our freedom of speech is really being threatened right now. And I encourage your listeners to really follow the case of il, who is the government is trying to set an example by deporting him illegally for speaking out for Palestinian rights. And they’re again, trying to not only make an example of him, but silence speech by sending this chill through the communities, the pro-Palestinian community or anyone would dare to speak out. And it is, like I say again, the extent to which our own civil liberties, our right to the first amendment, our right to due process are really at stake right now is really hard to overemphasize. We need everybody to be watching, to be speaking out, and to be letting our elected representatives know that we will not stand for this and that they need to fight. So thank you for doing your part in continuing to speak out and bring voices of protests, of dissent to your listeners, and I would love to stay in touch.

    Marc Steiner:

    We will stay in touch. Thank you very much.

    Huwaida Arraf:

    Thank you.

    Marc Steiner:

    Once again, thank you to Huda Araf for joining us today. And thanks for David Hebdon for running the program and audio editor Alina Neek and producer Roset Sole for making it all work behind the scenes. And everyone here at The Real News for making this show possible. Please let me know what you thought about, what you heard today, what you’d like us to cover. Just write to me at mss@therealnews.com and I’ll get right back to you. Once again, thank you to Huwaida Arraf for joining us today and for the work that she does. So for the crew here at The Real News, I’m Marc Steiner. Stay involved. Keep listening, and take care.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Marc Steiner.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/03/huwaida-arraf-on-gaza-we-will-look-back-and-truly-feel-ashamed/feed/ 0 523495
    Brazil’s military dictatorship seemed invulnerable—until metalworkers went on strike https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/02/brazils-military-dictatorship-seemed-invulnerable-until-metalworkers-went-on-strike/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/02/brazils-military-dictatorship-seemed-invulnerable-until-metalworkers-went-on-strike/#respond Wed, 02 Apr 2025 21:57:56 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332792 This 22 March 1979 file photo shows Luiz Inacio Lula da Silva being lifted by metalworker colleagues after a union rally in BrazilBrazil’s military dictatorship ruled through fear and terror. Then, massive metalworkers’ strikes in 1979 and 1980 led by current President Luíz Inácio Lula da Silva changed everything. This is episode 15 of Stories of Resistance.]]> This 22 March 1979 file photo shows Luiz Inacio Lula da Silva being lifted by metalworker colleagues after a union rally in Brazil

    São Bernardo do Campo is a working-class neighborhood on the edge of the city of Sao Paulo. 

    Gritty. Industrial.

    The Detroit of Brazil.

    In the late 1970s, this is where hundreds of thousands of workers labor in the factories.

    Metal workers.

    Assembling the cars that run across the highways of Brazil and South America.

    Volkswagen, Ford, Toyota, Mercedes-Benz.

    But in the late 1970s…  Brazil’s economic miracle is over. 

    Wages are squeezed. Inflation spiraling. 

    Factory workers have a hard time providing for their families.

    2,000 metal workers building trucks at a Saab-Scania factory are the first to cross their arms and demand higher salaries.

    The movement spreads to other factories across the automobile sector.

    It’s only the beginning.

    Brazil’s military dictatorship still holds strong. It’s been in power for almost 15 years.

    But workers have had enough. They are demanding more.

    March, 1979. A new wave a strikes hits the factories of Sao Bernardino do Campo and ABC Paulista.

    200,000 metal workers walk off the job. They demand better working conditions and substantial wage hikes.

    The government declares the strike illegal. But the workers push on. The country hasn’t seen protests like this in years. It’s a sign of the weakening of the military regime. The beginning of the end… though that end would take years to come.

    One charismatic 33-year-old metal worker leads the way. His name is Luíz Inácio Lula da Silva. He has a thick beard. A defiant stare. And he speaks the language of the working class. Of a poor upbringing in northeastern Brazil.

    He leads huge rallies in the Vila Euclides Stadium. 150,000 people on May 1, International Workers Day. 

    Two weeks later, the workers win, accepting a 60% salary increase.

    It is only the beginning.

    The next year, 1980, Lula leads even larger strikes. They demand a 40-hour work week, scheduled salary adjustments for inflation. Direct elections.

    This time, the government responds with repression. Lula and a dozen other labor leaders are jailed for more than a month. Still workers press on.

    Rallies. Pickets. May 1. The strike, this time, can’t continue. But a general strike will ripple across Brazil just two months later… 3 million workers walk off the job. The first general strike in almost 20 years.

    The military regime cracks down. Raiding unions, tracking down leaders, and arresting workers.

    But the increasing labor organizing and actions over the last two years, as well as the tremendous victories… they are all a sign of the things to come. The opening up of the regime. The democracy that would finally return to Brazil within five years.

    And the man who two decades later in 2002 would finally win the presidency: Luíz Inácio Lula da Silva.


    This is episode 15 of Stories of Resistance — a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Independent investigative journalism, supported by Global Exchange’s Human Rights in Action program.

    Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    This week, in remembrance of the anniversary of Brazil’s military coup on March 31, 1964, we are taking a deep dive in Brazil. All three episodes this week look at stories of resistance in Brazil. From protest music, to general strikes against the dictatorship, to the Free Lula vigil in more recent times.

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    Here is a link to a Spotify playlist of songs written in resistance to Brazil’s military dictatorship. 

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. You can also follow Michael’s reporting, and support at www.patreon.com/mfox.


    Resources:


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/02/brazils-military-dictatorship-seemed-invulnerable-until-metalworkers-went-on-strike/feed/ 0 523308
    MARCHING FOR TRANS RIGHTS 💙 💗 🤍 💗 💙 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/02/marching-for-trans-rights-%f0%9f%92%99-%f0%9f%92%97-%f0%9f%a4%8d-%f0%9f%92%97-%f0%9f%92%99/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/02/marching-for-trans-rights-%f0%9f%92%99-%f0%9f%92%97-%f0%9f%a4%8d-%f0%9f%92%97-%f0%9f%92%99/#respond Wed, 02 Apr 2025 16:00:28 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=874b35e68beea485055c2fcb8327dafe
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/02/marching-for-trans-rights-%f0%9f%92%99-%f0%9f%92%97-%f0%9f%a4%8d-%f0%9f%92%97-%f0%9f%92%99/feed/ 0 523240
    MOMENT: Myanmar earthquake survivor rescued https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/02/moment-myanmar-earthquake-survivor-rescued/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/02/moment-myanmar-earthquake-survivor-rescued/#respond Wed, 02 Apr 2025 14:44:45 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=e6af051c8d07acbc429da12876b9c3b7
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/02/moment-myanmar-earthquake-survivor-rescued/feed/ 0 523242
    Red Crescent Palestinians massacre: Global rule of law masquerade is over https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/02/red-crescent-palestinians-massacre-global-rule-of-law-masquerade-is-over/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/02/red-crescent-palestinians-massacre-global-rule-of-law-masquerade-is-over/#respond Wed, 02 Apr 2025 08:28:01 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=112849 SPECIAL REPORT: By Joe Gill

    It is difficult to be shocked after 18 months of Israel‘s genocidal onslaught on Gaza.

    Brazen crimes against humanity have become the norm. World powers do nothing in response. At best, they put out weak statements of concern. Now, the US does not even bother with that.

    It is fully on board with genocide.

    Israel and the US are planning the violent ethnic cleansing of Gaza, knowing full well that no one will stop them.

    The International Court of Justice (ICJ) and the International Criminal Court (ICC) are sitting on their hands, despite what appeared to be significant rulings last year on Israeli war crimes by the ICC and on the “plausible risk” of genocide by the ICJ.

    Israeli anti-Zionist commentator Alon Mizrahi posted on X this week:

    “As Israel and the US announce and begin to enact plans to ethnically cleanse Gaza of Palestinians, let’s remember that the International Court of Justice has not even convened to discuss the genocide since 24 May 2024, when it was using very blurry language about the planned Rafah action.

    “Tens of thousands have been exterminated since then, and hundreds of thousands have been injured. Babies starved and froze to death, and thousands of children lost limbs.

    “Not a word from the ICJ. Zionism and American imperialism have rendered international law null and void. Everyone is allowed to do as they please to anyone. The post-World War II masquerade is truly over.”

    Under the US Joe Biden administration, Secretary of State Antony Blinken and the smirking US spokesperson Matt Miller would make performative statements about “concern” over the killing of Palestinians with weapons they had supplied. (They would never use a word as clear as “killing”, always preferring the perpetrator-free “deaths”).

    Today, under the Donald Trump regime, even the mask of respect for the rituals of international diplomacy has been thrown aside.

    This is the law of the jungle, and the winner is the government that uses superior force to seize what it believes is theirs, and to silence and destroy those who stand in their way.

    Brutally targeted
    Last week, a group of Palestine Red Crescent Society (PRCS), civil defence and UN staff rushed to the site of Israeli air strikes to rescue wounded Palestinians in southern Gaza.

    PRCS is the local branch of the International Committee of the Red Cross, which, like the United Nations Relief and Works Agency (Unrwa), provides essential health services to Palestinians in a devastated, besieged war zone.

    Alongside other international aid groups, they have been repeatedly and brutally targeted by Israel.

    That pattern continued on March 23, when Israeli forces committed a heinous, deliberate massacre that left eight PRCS members, six members of Gaza’s civil defence, and one UN agency employee dead.

    The bodies of 14 first responders were found in Rafah, southern Gaza, a week after they were killed. The vehicles were mangled, and the bodies dumped in a mass grave. Some were mutilated, one decapitated.

    The Palestinian Health Ministry said some of the bodies were found with their hands tied and with wounds to their heads and chests.

    “This grave was located just metres from their vehicles, indicating the [Israeli] occupation forces removed the victims from the vehicles, executed them, and then discarded their bodies in the pit,” civil defence spokesperson Mahmoud Basal said, describing it as “one of the most brutal massacres Gaza has witnessed in modern history”.


    Under fire: Israel’s war on medics.     Video: Middle East Eye

    ‘Killed on way to save lives’
    The head of the UN Humanitarian Affairs Office in Gaza, Jonathan Whittall, said: “Today, on the first day of Eid, we returned and recovered the buried bodies of eight PRCS, six civil defence and one UN staff.

    “They were killed in their uniforms. Driving their clearly marked vehicles. Wearing their gloves. On their way to save lives. This should never have happened.”

    Nothing happened following previous lethal attacks, such as the killing of seven World Central Kitchen staff on 1 April 2024, exactly one year ago, when the victims were British, Polish, Australian, Palestinian, and a dual US-Canadian citizen.

    Despite a certain uproar that was absent when dozens or hundreds of Palestinians were massacred, Israel was not sanctioned by Western powers or the UN. And so, it continued killing aid workers.

    Israel declared Unrwa a “terror” group last October and has killed more than 280 of its staff — accounting for the majority of the 408 aid workers killed in Gaza since October 2023.

    The international response to this latest massacre? Zilch.

    Official silence
    On Sunday, Save the Children, Medical Aid for Palestinians and Christian Aid took out ads in the UK Observer calling for the UK government to stop supplying arms to Israel in the wake of renewed Israeli attacks in Gaza: “David Lammy, Keir Starmer, your failure to act is costing lives.”

    The British prime minister is too busy touting his mass deportation of “illegal” migrants from the UK to comment on the atrocities of his close ally, Israel. He has said nothing in public.

    Lammy, UK Foreign Secretary, has found time to put out statements on the Myanmar earthquake, Nato, Russian attacks on Ukraine, and the need for de-escalation of renewed tensions in South Sudan.

    His last public comment on Israel and Gaza was on March 22, several days after Israel’s horrific massacre of more than 400 Palestinians at dawn on 18 March: “The resumption of Israeli strikes in Gaza marks a dramatic step backward. Alongside France and Germany, the UK urgently calls for a return to the ceasefire.”

    No condemnation of the slaughter of nearly 200 children.

    In response to a request for comment from Middle East Eye, a Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Office spokesperson said: “We are outraged by these deaths and we expect the incident to be investigated transparently and for those responsible held to account. Humanitarian workers must be protected, and medical and aid workers must be able to do their jobs safely.

    “We continue to call for a lift on the aid blockade in Gaza, and for all parties to re-engage in ceasefire negotiations to get the hostages out and to secure a permanent end to the conflict, leading to a two-state solution and a lasting peace.”

    As this article was being written, Lammy put out a statement on X that, as usual, avoided any direct mention of who was committing war crimes. “Gaza remains the deadliest place for humanitarians — with over 400 killed. Recent aid worker deaths are a stark reminder. Those responsible must be held accountable.”

    Age of lawlessness
    The new world order of 2025 is a lawless one.

    The big powers and their allies are committed to the violent reordering of the map: Palestine is to be forcibly absorbed into Israel, with US backing. Ukraine will lose its eastern regions to Vladimir Putin’s Russia with US support.

    Smaller nations can be attacked with impunity, from Yemen to Lebanon to Greenland (no US invasion plan as yet, but the mood music is growing louder with every statement from Trump and Vice-President JD Vance).

    This has always been the way to some extent. Still, previously in the post-war world, adherence to international law was the official position of great powers, including the US and the Soviet Union.

    Israel, however, never had time for international law. It was the pioneer of the force-is-right doctrine. That doctrine is now the dominant one.

    International law and international aid are out.

    In the UK last Thursday, a group of youth activists were meeting at the Quaker Friends House in central London to discuss peaceful resistance to the genocide in Gaza.

    Police stormed the building and arrested six young women.

    Such a police action would have been unthinkable a few years ago, but new laws introduced under the last government have made such raids against peaceful gatherings increasingly common.

    This is the age of lawlessness. And anyone standing up for human rights and peace is now the enemy of the state, whether in Palestine, London, or at Columbia University.

    Joe Gill has worked as a journalist in London, Oman, Venezuela and the US, for newspapers including Financial Times, Morning Star and Middle East Eye. His Masters was in Politics of the World Economy at the London School of Economics. Republished from Middle East Eye under Creative Commons.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/02/red-crescent-palestinians-massacre-global-rule-of-law-masquerade-is-over/feed/ 0 523143
    The soundtrack to the resistance against the Brazilian dictatorship https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/31/the-soundtrack-to-the-resistance-against-the-brazilian-dictatorship/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/31/the-soundtrack-to-the-resistance-against-the-brazilian-dictatorship/#respond Mon, 31 Mar 2025 18:59:36 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332755 Musicians responded to the Brazilian dictatorship by writing songs of resistance and hope. The military regime fought back with censorship and repression. But still the music sang on. This is episode 14 of Stories of Resistance.]]>

    In times of darkness, music has often led the way.

    Shining light on the injustices.

    Breathing hope into the cracks.

    Denouncing violence and repression… authoritarianism.

    Sometimes openly. Sometimes with messages hidden between the lines.

    This was true of the music written in protest to the Brazilian dictatorship.

    [Music]

    March 31, 1964… the military regime rolls in with a US-backed coup.

    The dictatorship will last for 21 years. Hundreds are disappeared. Thousands imprisoned and tortured.

    But artists stand up.

    Their music inspires.

    [Music]

    Like this song by Chico Buarque and Gilberto Gil. It’s called “Calise,” which means Chalice. But it’s also a play on words. Cale-se means “shut up” in Portuguese. Exactly what Brazilian authorities are telling those in opposition to their regime.

    The words of the song are a sometimes subtle, sometimes not-so-subtle, critique of the dictatorship.

    “How difficult it is to wake up silently,” Chico Buarque sings. “If in the dead of night I get hurt. I want to let out an inhuman scream. Which is a way of being heard.”

    There are so many more songs like this…. Chico Buarque’s “A pesar de voce” — “Despite You” — is written as though it’s a fight between lovers. But really, it’s a vent about the dictatorship. 

    “Amanhã vai ser outro dia,” the song begins. Tomorrow will be another day.

    Chico Buarque is exiled for 18 months. For a time, all of his songs are censored by the dictatorship. It’s the military’s means of silencing opposition.

    Many musicians go into exile. Particularly those performing MPB, Popular Brazilian Music. Caetano Veloso. Gilberto Gil. Rita Lee. They are detained and jailed for weeks or months.

    Brazil’s rock icon Raul Seixas is imprisoned and tortured for two weeks.

    But still the music plays.

    Still it rings on.

    Still musicians write and perform… Geraldo Vandré, Gonzaguinha, Vítor Martins, João Bosco. Milton Nascimento. And so many more… 

    Their words are more important than ever.

    Some musicians create pseudonyms when censors are on to them. Chico Buarque releases material under the name Julinho de Adelaide. The band MPB4 becomes Coral Som Live.

    They are openly defiant.

    “You cut a verse, I write another,” they sing in the song Pesadelo, or “Nightmare,” by composer Paulo César Pinheiro. “You detain me alive, I escape death. Suddenly, look at me again. Disturbing the peace, demanding change.”

    Resistance is sometimes loud and aggressive. Sometimes, it is melodic and beautiful.

    But it is always necessary in times of darkness.

    Shining light on the injustices.

    Breathing hope into the cracks.

    Denouncing violence and repression.

    Singing songs of hope…


    On March 31, 1964, the Brazilian military carried out a U.S.-backed coup against the democratically elected government, installing a dictatorship that would last for 21 years. Hundreds of people were disappeared. Thousands imprisoned and tortured. But musicians stood up, singing songs that were a sometimes subtle — sometimes not-so-subtle — critique of the dictatorship. 

    The military regime responded by censoring songs, music and artists. Some, like Chico Buarque, went into exile. Others were detained, jailed and even tortured. But still the music played on. Still, artists found a way for their music to reach the people. Still, the music gave hope that “tomorrow would be another day.”

    This is episode 14 of Stories of Resistance — a podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    This week, in remembrance of the anniversary of Brazil’s military coup on March 31, 1964, we are taking a deep dive in Brazil. All three episodes this week will look at stories of resistance in Brazil. From protest music, to general strikes against the dictatorship, to the Free Lula vigil in more recent times.

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. 

    To mark this anniversary, Michael Fox created a Spotify playlist of songs written in resistance to Brazil’s military dictatorship. You can check it out on his Patreon: www.patreon.com/mfox. There, you can also follow Michael’s reporting, and support his work.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/31/the-soundtrack-to-the-resistance-against-the-brazilian-dictatorship/feed/ 0 522751
    Be There Highlights & Impact 2024 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/31/be-there-highlights-impact-2024/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/31/be-there-highlights-impact-2024/#respond Mon, 31 Mar 2025 13:22:37 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=394b44a60a71f4e640f5240a1df828ed
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/31/be-there-highlights-impact-2024/feed/ 0 522667
    10 international organizations submit amicus brief in case of imprisoned Guatemalan journalist José Rubén Zamora Marroquín https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/28/10-international-organizations-submit-amicus-brief-in-case-of-imprisoned-guatemalan-journalist-jose-ruben-zamora-marroquin/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/28/10-international-organizations-submit-amicus-brief-in-case-of-imprisoned-guatemalan-journalist-jose-ruben-zamora-marroquin/#respond Fri, 28 Mar 2025 13:56:55 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=467452 March 28, 2025 – A group of 10 international organizations submitted an amicus curiae brief to Guatemala’s Supreme Court in the case of journalist José Rubén Zamora Marroquín. The brief, filed on March 26, argues that Zamora’s return to preventive detention constitutes a violation of his fundamental rights under Guatemalan and international law, and urges the Court to grant a pending amparo appeal and allow Zamora to return to house arrest. 

    José Rubén Zamora Marroquín, journalist and founder of the media outlet elPeriódico, was arrested on July 29, 2022, on charges of financial crimes and held in preventive detention for more than 800 days. On October 18, 2024, an appeals court granted Zamora’s provisional release to house arrest. However, on March 4, 2025, the Third Chamber of the Criminal Court of Appeals partially annulled the process and reversed the decision that granted substitutive measures, ordering Zamora back to jail. The next day, Zamora’s legal team filed a constitutional amparo action before the Supreme Court challenging the validity of the March 4 appeals court decision, and seeking to protect Zamora’s human rights, particularly his right to liberty. On March 10, 2025, the Court complied with the decision of the Third Chamber, and Zamora was remanded in custody.

    The amicus brief, filed in support of the amparo, urges the Court to maintain the criteria of the lower court that determined Zamora’s trial could move forward under alternative measures, “without the need to remain in pretrial detention.” It states that “not granting [the] amparo in favor of Mr. José Rubén Zamora Marroquín would constitute a serious violation of his rights under international standards.”

    The brief also stated that: 

    “Should this Court decide to grant the amparo, Mr. Zamora would be able to return to obtaining substitutive measures instead of serving several more years in pretrial detention without a final sentence. The alleged flight risk supporting the remand is unsubstantiated, as Mr. Zamora has consistently demonstrated his compliance with imposed restrictions, and with the home detention regime in general.

    Mr. Zamora’s extended deprivation of liberty is unnecessary and unjustified, given that he has not been convicted with a final sentence. This situation violates international human rights standards such as the right to liberty, the exceptionality of pre-trial detention and the presumption of innocence.” 

    In the brief, the signatory organizations cite the May 2024 opinion of the United Nations Working Group on Arbitrary Detention on Zamora’s case. The Working Group determined that Zamora’s ongoing imprisonment constituted arbitrary detention and violated multiple international human rights standards and called on the Guatemalan government to “remedy Mr. Zamora’s situation without delay and bring it into compliance with relevant international standards.”

    The brief highlights the profound negative effects of detention on the physical and mental health of the 68-year-old journalist, including significant weight loss, skin and digestive issues, and other adverse effects. It points to significant delays and inconsistencies in the criminal proceedings against Zamora, and argues that prosecutors and appeals courts have failed to present sufficient evidence to justify the need for preventive detention in this case.

    The brief also notes the retaliatory nature of the case. Numerous international organizations, including many of the brief signatories, have repeatedly raised concerns about the case’s broader impact on press freedom in Guatemala, and the use of criminal proceedings to intimidate journalists and human rights defenders like José Rubén Zamora. 

    “The circumstances of Mr. Zamora’s detention indicate that it is used as a punishment and not to prevent him from escaping or hindering the case. Pretrial detention is a means of silencing his journalistic activities, rather than responding to legitimate criminal procedural concerns,” it says. 

    ###

    About the Committee to Protect Journalists

    The Committee to Protect Journalists is an independent, nonprofit organization that promotes press freedom worldwide. We defend the right of journalists to report the news safely and without fear of reprisal.

    Signatories and Press Contacts

    Cyrus R. Vance Center for International Justice – Natalie Southwick, nsouthwick@nycbar.org

    CIVICUS – media@civicus.org

    Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ) press@cpj.org

    Due Process of Law Foundation (DPLF) – Karen Arita, karita@dplf.org

    Reporteros Sin Fronteras (RSF) – Artur Romeu, aromeu@rsf.org

    Washington Office on Latin America (WOLA) – Ana María Méndez-Dardón, amendez@wola.org

    Article 19 México y Centroamérica

    International Center for Journalists (ICFJ) 

    Protection International Mesoamérica

    Sociedad Interamericana de Prensa (SIP)


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/28/10-international-organizations-submit-amicus-brief-in-case-of-imprisoned-guatemalan-journalist-jose-ruben-zamora-marroquin/feed/ 0 522213
    Tufts student activist Rumeysa Ozturk abducted by ICE on her way to Iftar https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/27/tufts-student-activist-rumeysa-ozturk-abducted-by-ice-on-her-way-to-iftar/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/27/tufts-student-activist-rumeysa-ozturk-abducted-by-ice-on-her-way-to-iftar/#respond Thu, 27 Mar 2025 16:13:37 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332693 Protesters hold signs reading "Free Rumeysa Ozturk" and "come for one face us all! solidarity forever" during a demonstration at Powder House Park. Photo by Erin Clark/The Boston Globe via Getty ImagesChilling footage shows Ozturk being arrested and taken away by six people in plain clothes.]]> Protesters hold signs reading "Free Rumeysa Ozturk" and "come for one face us all! solidarity forever" during a demonstration at Powder House Park. Photo by Erin Clark/The Boston Globe via Getty Images

    This story originally appeared in Truthout on Mar. 26, 2025. It is shared here with permission.

    Tufts University graduate student Rumeysa Ozturk was abducted by federal agents on Tuesday and has reportedly had her visa revoked, the university says, in what seems to be the latest instance of the Trump administration targeting and detaining an immigrant for their pro-Palestine advocacy.

    Ozturk, who hails from Turkey, is in the U.S. on a valid F-1 student visa, according to her lawyer, Mahsa Khanbabai. She is a doctoral candidate in the university’s Child Study and Human Development department and formerly attended Columbia University as a Fulbright Scholar, according to The Tufts Daily.

    Video of Ozturk’s arrest captured by a home security camera shows the student being apprehended by a group of six people in plain clothes whose faces are covered by masks and hats. A man first approaches and apprehends her, then grabs her wrists as the others convene from different directions. She asks if she can call the police for help, and they tell her, “we are the police.”

    The group takes her backpack and handcuffs her before escorting her to an unmarked car parked nearby. The arrest and abduction take place in the course of less than two minutes.

    Khanbabai says that the PhD candidate was on her way to meet friends for iftar, when those observing Ramadan break their fast, when she was apprehended by and detained by Department of Homeland Security agents.

    Officials initially did not specify where Ozturk had been taken, and Khanbabai was unable to reach her. Later on Wednesday, Khanbabai said in a motion that she was informed by a senator’s office that the student was transferred to Louisiana. DHS agents also sent Columbia University activist Mahmoud Khalil to Louisiana, where he is being held in an immigration jail notorious for its abuses.

    The transfer is despite the fact that a judge approved a petition barring Ozturk from being removed from Massachusetts without advance notice filed by Khanbabai on Tuesday. The Trump administration has been openly flouting court orders when it comes to its anti-immigrant onslaught; earlier this month, for instance, immigration officials deported Brown University assistant professor and doctor Rasha Alawieh to Lebanon, despite a judge having ordered the visa holder not to be removed.

    Ozturk’s abduction comes just days after she was doxxed by Zionist vigilante group Canary Mission, advocates for Palestinian rights said. The group cited her activism against Israel’s genocide in Gaza, including an op-ed published in Tufts Daily last year demanding that university leadership divest from Israel and condemn its slaughter of Palestinians.

    Pro-Palestine activist groups have organized a rally in solidarity with Ozturk on Wednesday to demand her release. This is the first known instance of a student being targeted by immigration officials for their pro-Palestine activism in Boston.

    Ozturk is the latest campus activist involved in the student movement against Israel’s genocide to be targeted by ICE in recent weeks. Recent Columbia University graduate and leader of student protests Khalil was abducted by ICE earlier this month and had his green card revoked by Secretary of State Marco Rubio. Trump officials openly admitted that Khalil was targeted for his activism, in what legal experts say is a clear violation of free speech rights.

    Columbia student Yunseo Chung has also been targeted by the Trump administration for her participation in student protests. Immigration officials are seeking to deport Chung, a legal permanent resident who moved to the U.S. when she was 7 years old, according to a lawsuit filed by Chung against the administration this week.

    Note: This story has been updated to reflect new information about Ozturk’s location.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Sharon Zhang.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/27/tufts-student-activist-rumeysa-ozturk-abducted-by-ice-on-her-way-to-iftar/feed/ 0 521932
    Defy the Odds https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/27/defy-the-odds/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/27/defy-the-odds/#respond Thu, 27 Mar 2025 15:51:50 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d6da32fd88eedf4d73d1a318fb3d8086
    This content originally appeared on International Rescue Committee and was authored by International Rescue Committee.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/27/defy-the-odds/feed/ 0 521947
    The US and Canada have long managed the Great Lakes together. That era could be ending. https://grist.org/politics/us-canada-great-lakes-water-sharing-political-tensions/ https://grist.org/politics/us-canada-great-lakes-water-sharing-political-tensions/#respond Thu, 27 Mar 2025 08:15:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=661431 This coverage is made possible through a partnership between Grist, Interlochen Public Radio in Northern Michigan, and WBEZ, a public radio station serving the Chicago metropolitan region.

    Great Lakes Day is an annual summit where politicians and officials of all stripes gather in Washington, D.C., to demonstrate their commitment to the region home to the largest freshwater ecosystem on the planet. For years, leaders from the United States and Canada have met at the event without incident. But earlier this month and amid a tariff dispute between the two nations, the Trump administration abruptly disinvited two Canadian mayors from the long-standing White House meeting. 

    The last-minute exclusion of Montreal Mayor Valérie Plante and St. Catharines Mayor Mat Siscoe came just 48 hours before the event due to “diplomatic protocols,” according to Christine Maydossian, a spokesperson for the Great Lakes and St. Lawrence Cities Initiative, which coordinates the meeting and submitted the names of the two Canadian mayors and one American to White House officials a month earlier.  

    Neither Canadian mayor responded to a request for comment. 

    Since taking office in January, President Donald Trump and his administration has repeatedly stoked tensions with Canada, once considered the United States’ closest ally. Along with trade and tariffs, this strife has also raised questions about how the region’s water resources will be managed. Amid the escalating political tensions, some Great Lakes advocates worry the diplomatic snub is a warning sign that one of the world’s most successful examples of water-sharing could become collateral damage in a geopolitical rift. 

    “We are worried that maybe behind all this is the idea that a country one day will be able to take water out of the Great Lakes and manage water not as an ecosystem that needs to be preserved in its watershed, but as a resource, as a commodity,” said Jérôme Marty, speaking as the director of the International Association for Great Lakes Research.

    The New York Times reported earlier this month that in calls with then-Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, Trump had “mentioned revisiting the sharing of lakes and rivers between the two nations.” 

    “President Trump has made clear the need for Canada to stop ripping off the United States on trade. President Trump will explore any and all actions that put the interests of America first,” said Brian Hughes, a spokesperson with the National Security Council, in an emailed statement to Grist. (The White House did not respond directly to Grist’s questions about cooperation between the two countries concerning the Great Lakes.)

    For over a century, the United States and Canada have worked in tandem to manage four of the five Great Lakes that straddle both countries: Superior, Huron, Erie, and Ontario. That cooperative arrangement — with which the countries settle everything from water use to navigation to invasive species to pollution — may now be on the line.

    “We cannot let this be sacrificed,” said Rachel Havrelock, a professor at the University of Illinois Chicago who directs the Freshwater Lab, an environmental research initiative focused on the Great Lakes and environmental justice.

    “This is the most stable, productive, and mutually beneficial form of binational water governance on Earth,” she added. 

    The lakes provide drinking water for more than 30 million people spread across both sides of the border. The U.S. and Canada, then under British rule, signed the Boundary Waters Treaty in 1909, a highly-praised water sharing agreement that formed the International Joint Commission, or IJC, a binational organization that aims to prevent and resolve disputes over shared lakes and rivers.

    (The arrangements between the two countries long sidelined Indigenous nations, which the U.S.-Canada border artificially bisect. For example, the IJC did not invite Indigenous representatives to participate until the 1980s, despite the sovereign rights of those nations. Indigenous communities often face disproportionate impacts from pollution and climate change, and recent IJC assessments have acknowledged that strengthening relationships with Indigenous governments is key to improving its response to those threats.)  

    The relationship was further cemented by the Great Lakes Fishery Commission, established in 1955, which coordinates how invasive species and fisheries are managed, and again by the 1972 Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement, which committed the two nations to “restore and maintain” the health of the lakes. 

    Those are just three among a layered patchwork of treaties and other agreements between local, state, federal, and tribal governments that determine Great Lakes management. Some don’t necessarily rely on federal involvement, such as the Great Lakes Agreement and Compact, which protects the water from being shipped to other states and regions. 

    Trump has cast doubt on the stability of these agreements by breaking a series of diplomatic taboos, including calling Canada the “51st state” and halting negotiations on the Columbia River Treaty, after referring to the British Columbia river as a “large faucet” that could be used to solve California’s water crisis last year.    

    Policy experts say Trump’s recent tack raises a red flag for the future of the Great Lakes.

    “The water and the resources don’t recognize international boundaries,” said Mike Shriberg, a faculty member at the University of Michigan who specializes in Great Lakes policy. “You can’t manage things like invasive species from only one country and not the other. You can’t manage harmful algal blooms from one country or the other. The information on the flow of ice and what that means for shipping has to be shared across borders.” 

    Shriberg said the Trump administration’s funding freeze and staffing cuts related to management of the lakes are impacting how the U.S. will protect them and meet its obligations with Canada — concerns that prompted him to write an op-ed making the case for politicians to unify to protect the Great Lakes. 

    Some areas have shown signs of revival; the Great Lakes Fishery Commission’s sea lamprey program can begin rehiring U.S. federal workers to control the invasive species, which can wreak havoc on other fish. That means the program will move forward, albeit weeks behind schedule. 

    But other threats are visible, according to Shriberg: There are more bureaucratic roadblocks to federal scientists working with their Canadian counterparts on everything from harmful algal blooms to flooding — work he said had until this point been “seamless.”

    “It’s often not happening because of the chaos within the agencies that’s being caused by all the cutbacks,” Shriberg said. 

    Those cutbacks have reached the NOAA Great Lakes Environmental Research Laboratory, which has been rocked by staffing upheavals, with a fifth of their employees reportedly retiring, resigning, fired, or on leave, including the communications team. 

    “You’re already seeing a breakdown in capacity to do the basic work that we need to protect the lakes,” he said.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline The US and Canada have long managed the Great Lakes together. That era could be ending. on Mar 27, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Juanpablo Ramirez-Franco.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/politics/us-canada-great-lakes-water-sharing-political-tensions/feed/ 0 521813
    The US and Canada have long managed the Great Lakes together. That era could be ending. https://grist.org/politics/us-canada-great-lakes-water-sharing-political-tensions/ https://grist.org/politics/us-canada-great-lakes-water-sharing-political-tensions/#respond Thu, 27 Mar 2025 08:15:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=661431 This coverage is made possible through a partnership between Grist, Interlochen Public Radio in Northern Michigan, and WBEZ, a public radio station serving the Chicago metropolitan region.

    Great Lakes Day is an annual summit where politicians and officials of all stripes gather in Washington, D.C., to demonstrate their commitment to the region home to the largest freshwater ecosystem on the planet. For years, leaders from the United States and Canada have met at the event without incident. But earlier this month and amid a tariff dispute between the two nations, the Trump administration abruptly disinvited two Canadian mayors from the long-standing White House meeting. 

    The last-minute exclusion of Montreal Mayor Valérie Plante and St. Catharines Mayor Mat Siscoe came just 48 hours before the event due to “diplomatic protocols,” according to Christine Maydossian, a spokesperson for the Great Lakes and St. Lawrence Cities Initiative, which coordinates the meeting and submitted the names of the two Canadian mayors and one American to White House officials a month earlier.  

    Neither Canadian mayor responded to a request for comment. 

    Since taking office in January, President Donald Trump and his administration has repeatedly stoked tensions with Canada, once considered the United States’ closest ally. Along with trade and tariffs, this strife has also raised questions about how the region’s water resources will be managed. Amid the escalating political tensions, some Great Lakes advocates worry the diplomatic snub is a warning sign that one of the world’s most successful examples of water-sharing could become collateral damage in a geopolitical rift. 

    “We are worried that maybe behind all this is the idea that a country one day will be able to take water out of the Great Lakes and manage water not as an ecosystem that needs to be preserved in its watershed, but as a resource, as a commodity,” said Jérôme Marty, speaking as the director of the International Association for Great Lakes Research.

    The New York Times reported earlier this month that in calls with then-Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, Trump had “mentioned revisiting the sharing of lakes and rivers between the two nations.” 

    “President Trump has made clear the need for Canada to stop ripping off the United States on trade. President Trump will explore any and all actions that put the interests of America first,” said Brian Hughes, a spokesperson with the National Security Council, in an emailed statement to Grist. (The White House did not respond directly to Grist’s questions about cooperation between the two countries concerning the Great Lakes.)

    For over a century, the United States and Canada have worked in tandem to manage four of the five Great Lakes that straddle both countries: Superior, Huron, Erie, and Ontario. That cooperative arrangement — with which the countries settle everything from water use to navigation to invasive species to pollution — may now be on the line.

    “We cannot let this be sacrificed,” said Rachel Havrelock, a professor at the University of Illinois Chicago who directs the Freshwater Lab, an environmental research initiative focused on the Great Lakes and environmental justice.

    “This is the most stable, productive, and mutually beneficial form of binational water governance on Earth,” she added. 

    The lakes provide drinking water for more than 30 million people spread across both sides of the border. The U.S. and Canada, then under British rule, signed the Boundary Waters Treaty in 1909, a highly-praised water sharing agreement that formed the International Joint Commission, or IJC, a binational organization that aims to prevent and resolve disputes over shared lakes and rivers.

    (The arrangements between the two countries long sidelined Indigenous nations, which the U.S.-Canada border artificially bisect. For example, the IJC did not invite Indigenous representatives to participate until the 1980s, despite the sovereign rights of those nations. Indigenous communities often face disproportionate impacts from pollution and climate change, and recent IJC assessments have acknowledged that strengthening relationships with Indigenous governments is key to improving its response to those threats.)  

    The relationship was further cemented by the Great Lakes Fishery Commission, established in 1955, which coordinates how invasive species and fisheries are managed, and again by the 1972 Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement, which committed the two nations to “restore and maintain” the health of the lakes. 

    Those are just three among a layered patchwork of treaties and other agreements between local, state, federal, and tribal governments that determine Great Lakes management. Some don’t necessarily rely on federal involvement, such as the Great Lakes Agreement and Compact, which protects the water from being shipped to other states and regions. 

    Trump has cast doubt on the stability of these agreements by breaking a series of diplomatic taboos, including calling Canada the “51st state” and halting negotiations on the Columbia River Treaty, after referring to the British Columbia river as a “large faucet” that could be used to solve California’s water crisis last year.    

    Policy experts say Trump’s recent tack raises a red flag for the future of the Great Lakes.

    “The water and the resources don’t recognize international boundaries,” said Mike Shriberg, a faculty member at the University of Michigan who specializes in Great Lakes policy. “You can’t manage things like invasive species from only one country and not the other. You can’t manage harmful algal blooms from one country or the other. The information on the flow of ice and what that means for shipping has to be shared across borders.” 

    Shriberg said the Trump administration’s funding freeze and staffing cuts related to management of the lakes are impacting how the U.S. will protect them and meet its obligations with Canada — concerns that prompted him to write an op-ed making the case for politicians to unify to protect the Great Lakes. 

    Some areas have shown signs of revival; the Great Lakes Fishery Commission’s sea lamprey program can begin rehiring U.S. federal workers to control the invasive species, which can wreak havoc on other fish. That means the program will move forward, albeit weeks behind schedule. 

    But other threats are visible, according to Shriberg: There are more bureaucratic roadblocks to federal scientists working with their Canadian counterparts on everything from harmful algal blooms to flooding — work he said had until this point been “seamless.”

    “It’s often not happening because of the chaos within the agencies that’s being caused by all the cutbacks,” Shriberg said. 

    Those cutbacks have reached the NOAA Great Lakes Environmental Research Laboratory, which has been rocked by staffing upheavals, with a fifth of their employees reportedly retiring, resigning, fired, or on leave, including the communications team. 

    “You’re already seeing a breakdown in capacity to do the basic work that we need to protect the lakes,” he said.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline The US and Canada have long managed the Great Lakes together. That era could be ending. on Mar 27, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Juanpablo Ramirez-Franco.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/politics/us-canada-great-lakes-water-sharing-political-tensions/feed/ 0 521814
    Stories of Resistance: Trump wants the Panama Canal—but Panamanians won’t surrender without a fight https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/stories-of-resistance-trump-wants-the-panama-canal-but-panamanians-wont-surrender-without-a-fight/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/stories-of-resistance-trump-wants-the-panama-canal-but-panamanians-wont-surrender-without-a-fight/#respond Wed, 26 Mar 2025 16:47:02 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332673 Centuries of foreign occupation and exploitation have taught Panamanians to fiercely guard their sovereignty, as a recent national mobilization against a Canadian copper mine showed.]]>

    The response rolled in like a tidal wave. 

    Unexpected and overwhelming…

    Growing until it would crash across the entire country.

    People marched in every city. On every highway. 

    They took over roads. Shut down traffic.

    And promised to stay in the streets until their voices were heard.

    And it was not a small sliver of society. 

    It was everyone…  students, teachers, workers, environmentalists… Indigenous communities. 

    But also the middle class and even the wealthy. Businessmen and bankers. 

    They marched. They chanted. A resounding choir echoed “No” across the country, their voices bouncing from shore to shore. Refusing to cave or to be silenced.

    The focus of their rage? A new government contract with a mine—the largest open-pit copper mine in Central America. 300,000 metric tons of copper a year. More than half of Panamanian exports. It had been under operation for a few years, but never under a legal contract. The Panamanian Supreme Court had ruled it unconstitutional. The president Laurentino Cortizo vowed to renegotiate the deal.

    When they were done, the president announced the news to huge fanfare, heralding the windfall profits, the jobs and the benefits the Canadian mining company—First Quantum—would bestow on the country. Congress approved the contract the same day.

    But Panamanians were not having it.

    They and their ancestors had lived through a century of US invasions and occupation. The area around the Panama Canal was known as the Canal Zone and for a hundred years it had belonged to Uncle Sam. A segregated apartheid zone, roughly half the size of Rhode Island, smack dab in the middle of their country. Off limits to Panamanians except for those working for, and serving the whims of the military personnel and the families living under the Stars and Stripes.

    And this new contract smelled very similar. It ceded land and sovereign rights to the Canadian company for extended periods of time.

    Panama’s president promised the profits would strengthen the country’s Social Security fund and increase pensions. He cheered for the jobs.

    Panamanians did not care. They were not going to hand over a piece of their country to a foreign nation EVER AGAIN. 

    “The sovereignty of our country is in danger. That’s why I’m here,” said one protester in a yellow raincoat, marching under a thick downpour. That sentiment, echoed the voices of thousands — millions — across the country. And they kept their promises to stay in the streets, despite everything.

    Days turned to weeks, which turned into month. The roadblocks shut down the country. Gas ran out at filling stations. Supermarket shelves grew empty. And still the protests continued…. Until. November 28, 2023. The day that celebrates Panama’s independence from Spain. 

    That morning, the country’s Supreme Court of Justice ruled the new mining contract unconstitutional.

    Protesters waved the red, white, and blue Panamanian flag. They danced in the streets in front of the Supreme Court. They sang the national anthem.

    The people had done what the president and Congress would not. They had defended their country against the interests of a foreign nation, which had promised money and development—-but at what cost? The destruction of their environment. The loss of a chunk of Panamanian land in the hands of a foreign entity… again?

    Not happening.

    The US occupation of Panama is not ancient history, here. It is still in the forefront of everyone’s mind. So are the decades of blood, sweat, and tears that it took to finally win back the region of the Panama Canal from the United States in 1999.

    They remember the 1989 US invasion. They remember the thousands killed. They remember what it was like to have a US enclave in the middle of their country. And Panamanians are not going back there again.

    Not at the hands of a Canadian copper mine. And certainly not at the order of Donald Trump.


    This is episode 12 of Stories of Resistance — a new podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    Michael Fox reported from the ground in Panama throughout the months-long protests. You can see his reporting for The Real News here.  You can see his pictures of the protests, here on his Patreon, where you can also support his work: www.patreon.com/mfox.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/stories-of-resistance-trump-wants-the-panama-canal-but-panamanians-wont-surrender-without-a-fight/feed/ 0 521689
    China jails Taiwan-based publisher for 3 years on separatism charges  https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/china-jails-taiwan-based-publisher-for-3-years-on-separatism-charges/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/china-jails-taiwan-based-publisher-for-3-years-on-separatism-charges/#respond Wed, 26 Mar 2025 16:12:06 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=466555 New York, March 26, 2025—The Committee to Protect Journalists condemns a three-year prison sentence handed to Taiwan-based radio host and publisher Li Yanhe on charges of inciting separatism, and calls on Chinese authorities to allow the media to work freely.

    Li, who is a Chinese citizen and goes by the name Fucha, was arrested in March 2023 by national security officers, then held in secret detention after he returned home to visit relatives in the financial hub Shanghai.

    China’s Taiwan Affairs Office, which is responsible for relations with the self-governing island,  said Li was convicted by a Shanghai court in February and fined 50,000 yuan ($6,900), office spokesperson Chen Binhua told a news conference on Wednesday. He said the publisher pleaded guilty and did not appeal.

    “China must stop persecuting journalists for their work and release Li Yanhe,” said CPJ Asia Program Coordinator Beh Lih Yi. “The free flow of information is vital for societies to flourish. China’s crackdown on press freedom will not help the world’s second-largest economy to achieve peace and prosperity. Let Li Yanhe be reunited with his family.”

    After he immigrated to Taiwan, Li founded Gusa Press, which has published books critical of the ruling Chinese Communist Party. He also hosts a program on Radio Taiwan International about Chinese politics and current affairs. Gusa Press said it was “saddened“ by the sentence and declined to comment further.

    Taiwan and China split in 1949 during the civil war that brought the Chinese Communist Party to power in Beijing. The Chinese government claims Taiwan as its territory and opposes what it views as separatist activity on the island, which has not declared formal independence.

    China was the world’s largest jailer of journalists, with at least 50 behind bars, in CPJ’s latest annual prison census on December 1, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/china-jails-taiwan-based-publisher-for-3-years-on-separatism-charges/feed/ 0 521675
    Chile’s lithium boom promises jobs and money — but threatens a critical water source https://grist.org/energy/chile-lithium-mining-salt-flat-water/ https://grist.org/energy/chile-lithium-mining-salt-flat-water/#respond Wed, 26 Mar 2025 08:44:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=659449 In the main square of Peine, a village of low houses and dirt streets in Chile’s northern Atacama Desert, there is barely any movement. It’s midday and the sun beats down from a cloudless sky. At this hour, the streets remain largely empty. Every now and then, a truck interrupts the silence of its steep and cracked streets. But it’s not always this quiet. Although this small town has just over 300 residents, its population can quadruple after 6 p.m. when workers from across the country return from mining lithium — the mineral that has turned this remote village into a crucial link in the global energy transition.

    Peine sits on the edge of the nearly 1,200-square-mile Atacama Salt Flat, or Salar de Atacama. Sitting beneath its surface, dissolved in underground saline waters called brine, is one of the largest, most concentrated reserves of lithium in the world.

    The mineral is used in everything from air-conditioning, computers, ceramics, and mood-stabilizing medication to, most recently, electric vehicle batteries and renewable energy storage. As countries and industries around the globe race to adopt more climate-friendly technology, demand for lithium has spiked. The Atacama Salt Flat is an epicenter of this growth. The region contains an estimated 8.3 million tons of lithium and now supplies 30 percent of global demand annually. Chile has a national plan to increase production even more.

    But this boom has reshaped the fragile Atacama ecosystem as well as the life of the 18 Indigenous settlements — which are home to the Lickanantay, or the Atacameño people — that surround the salt flat.

    Trucks, heavy machinery, and pipelines now crisscross the desert landscape, transporting lithium-laden brine extracted from underground wells to a network of evaporation ponds. Under the blazing Atacama sun, water evaporates from the mixture, leaving behind piles of salt and lithium.

    After evaporation, the lithium chloride from the Salar de Atacama is loaded on to trucks and carried across the desert, kicking up dust along the route to the Chilean coast. In the town of Antofagasta, the material is delivered to a chemical plant to be refined into lithium carbonate and lithium hydroxide. It is then bagged, sent 40 miles north to the Port of Angamos in Mejillones, and shipped off to destinations such as China, Korea, Japan, and the United States.

    Peine — once a town of “peaceful and healthy living,” according to Sergio Cubillos, president of the community — has become a thoroughfare for contractors’ trucks and buses in the evening. Residents, newly concerned for their safety, have installed bars on their windows and gates around their patios. “There are truck thefts, and there’s drug and alcohol use. People tend to keep to themselves more,” Cubillos said. Black flags on the facades of some homes in Peine reflect the residents’ discontent.

    In several communities surrounding the Atacama Salt Flat, black flags on building facades reflect residents’ discontent with the future of lithium extraction. Muriel Alarcon / Grist

    According to the president of the Peine Community, Sergio Cubillos, this locality has become a transit route for trucks and contractor buses. In several communities surrounding the Atacama Salt Flat, black flags on building facades reflect residents’ discontent with the future of lithium extraction. Muriel Alarcon / Grist

    According to the president of the Peine Community, Sergio Cubillos, this locality has become a transit route for trucks and contractor buses. Muriel Alarcon / Grist

    Then there is the critical problem of water. Mining in northern Chile “uses volumes of water comparable to the flows of the Loa River,” the longest waterway in the country and the main water source for the region, said Christian Herrera, an expert in hydrogeology in arid areas at the Catholic University of the North in Chile. One recent study found that the Atacama region where lithium-rich brine is pumped is sinking at a rate of up to 0.8 inches per year. It is also where groundwater levels have decreased the most. 

    The surrounding towns have seen their already scarce drinking supplies decline as the lithium mines boom. Toconao, a community east of the salt flat, and some towns surrounding San Pedro de Atacama have reported experiencing water shortages. Every night, households in Peine have their water cut off to refill the tanks that supply the city. 

    Cubillos understands that lithium is essential for a world without fossil fuels, but he wants to see more regulation. “[I hope] the time never comes when someone says: ‘You know what? You’ll have to leave because there is no more water, no more land left,’” he said.


    The Lickanantay have inhabited the world’s driest nonpolar desert for millennia. They lived as hunters, herders, and farmers. In Kunza, the native language of the Atacameños, the land, or Mother Earth, is called Patta Hoiri and water, puri

    Among the most common fauna of the desert are llamas, which coexist with the Lickanantay, or Atacameño people, who have inhabited the world’s driest nonpolar desert for millennia. Muriel Alarcon / Grist

    The region also happens to be rich in minerals: Volcanic and magmatic activity millions of years ago deposited them, and the Atacama’s exceptionally arid climate preserved them. As one biologist put it, the Atacama Desert is a “geological photograph.”

    Mining companies first flocked to the region in the early 20th century in search of copper. Soon, mining camps and entire towns rose up around extraction sites. The industry pumped money into the rural economy: Mining helped build the chapel of the San Roque Church in Peine, the local school, and a soccer field. It has also been a critical source of formal employment for residents. 

    But the recent demand for lithium has far outpaced the region’s previous extraction rates, leaving local residents grappling with the environmental and societal impact of a rapidly growing industry — with little oversight from the nation’s regulators.

    The country of Chile owns the mining rights to the Atacama Salt Flat. The Chilean Economic Development Agency, or Corfo, manages the agreements and leases with private companies operating and producing lithium in the region: Albemarle and SQM, which has among its shareholders the Chinese company Tianqi Lithium and the Ponce Lerou family, the latter which has ties to former Chilean dictator Augusto Pinochet. A new public-private partnership between SQM and Codelco, the state-owned copper company, will also operate in the Atacama Salt Flat from 2025 to 2060, with Codelco holding a 50 percent stake plus one share.

    According to the Chilean Copper Commission, which is responsible for generating statistics and reports on mining in Chile, global lithium demand is expected to reach 3.8 million metric tons of lithium carbonate equivalent (a standardized measurement of lithium) by 2035 — up from just 310,000 metric tons in 2020. That represents a twelvefold jump.

    In 2023, Chilean President Gabriel Boric introduced the National Lithium Strategy to tap into this surging market. The plan seeks to increase lithium production in the country by 70 percent by 2030 and to restore Chile as the world’s leading producer of the mineral, a position it held until 2017 when it was outpaced by Australia. 

    “No one denies that there has been so-called ‘development,’” said Cubillos, referring to how mining has long contributed to the local Atacama economy. “But the main complaint here is the lack of government support.”

    Unlike Australia, where lithium is mined from hard rock using complex and costly chemicals, in Chile the process involves brine extraction, “aided by the exceptional arid and sunny climate,” explained Hugo Romero, an expert in geography and climatology at the University of Chile.

    a machine digs alongside a watery salt flat
    Mining trucks load lithium sulfate, as seen in Chile’s Atacama Salt Flat on July 29, 2024.
    Aguayo Araos / Anadolu via Getty Images

    These conditions are what make the Atacama Salt Flat ideal for low-cost extraction, economically speaking, “because the inputs are almost entirely natural,” he said. But he cautions that the water extracted with the brine evaporates and is lost to the atmosphere, disrupting the socio-ecological and hydro-social balance of the area. Simply put, lithium mining “is drying out the desert,” said Mauricio Lorca, who researches lithium and its impact on Indigenous communities at the University of Talca. 

    Three decades ago, an influx of mining companies prompted local Indigenous leaders like Cubillos, to organize under the Council of Atacameño Peoples, or CPA in Spanish, representing the 18 communities surrounding the salt flat. The CPA has become the key negotiator with mining companies and employs legal advisers to defend its territory.

    Some agreements, however, have sparked tensions. A decade ago, CPA signed an unprecedented cooperation, sustainability, and mutual benefit agreement, under which Albemarle committed to delivering 3.5 percent of its annual sales to the Atacameño people. While some believe the communities should economically benefit from the mining happening in the region, others “want to return to their previous, peaceful way of life,” Cubillos explained. Lorca, from the University of Talca, observes that “these transactional, albeit redistributive, relationships are transforming the interethnic relations of Indigenous communities into economic ones.”

    Alexis Romero, a prominent figure and former president of the Council of Atacameño Peoples, has become a central figure in the debate. From the community of Solor, located in the northern part of the salt flat, he emphasized that the CPA has resolved “not to be partners or part of lithium production, to promote territorial unity, and to occupy every decision-making space concerning lithium” — though it has not dissuaded individuals from working in the mines. 

    A man poses for a portrait while standing outside a sand-colored building
    Alexis Romero has become a prominent figure in the Council of Atacameño Peoples, an organization that defends the interests of the communities living around the Atacama Salt Flat. Council of Atacameño Peoples,

    The CPA is also demanding guaranteed access to water. They are asking state entities, such as the Ministry of Science and the General Directorate of Water, which manages and regulates Chile’s water resources, for studies on the impact of the projected extraction on their land through 2060. As Romero put it, “Our ancestral ways of life are now at serious risk of disappearing precisely because of the lack of water.”

    In 2017, the CPA convened environmental representatives from all 18 communities to form a volunteer group focused on studying water availability in the desert. By 2019, this group had formalized, trained field technicians, recruited Atacameños and non-Atacameño water experts, and transformed into the CPA’s environmental unit. “The dream [was] that the communities could have their own data to debate with companies and the state,” explained Francisco Mondaca, an environmental engineer from Toconao who leads the initiative.

    For Mondaca, who as a child helped his grandmother plant crops in the Atacama, a fair and sustainable transition to clean energy must be responsible and respect the fragility of this environment. “Otherwise, the much heralded energy transition will mean the extermination of an ancient nature and culture,” he said.

    “Not all of us are against mining, but we do want to know the state of health of our basin,” said Edwin Erazo, a pharmacist from the community of Cúcuter, who is part of the CPA’s environmental unit. “We don’t want to be a sacrifice zone.”


    The CPA does not act alone in defending the salt flat and its waters; Atacameños activists have teamed up with researchers and scientists to advocate for the region’s cultural, environmental, and biological significance.

    Back in the early 2000s, Sonia Ramos, a Lickanantay healer from Chuquicamata, watched as her community lost access to its water due to the construction of a reservoir that charged farmers unaffordable prices. Confronted with this crisis, she felt compelled to act.

    “From that point on, I realized that without this kind of stance and critical thinking, the next generation could be forced to migrate,” said Ramos from her home in San Pedro de Atacama, outside of the salt flat. Over time, her resistance made her a national figure in water defense.

    In 2009, she walked 978 miles — almost the equivalent of walking from New York to Miami — to Chile’s capital city, Santiago, demanding the permanent cancellation of permits for a geothermal plant operating at the El Tatio geysers. The site is the largest geyser field in the Southern Hemisphere, known for its steam columns and fumaroles, and holds Indigenous significance as a ceremonial site. 

    “I thought it would set an example for my people, but I was wrong,” she said. She hoped her actions and the movement she led would change her community’s priorities around natural resources. But soon after her march, the CPA signed its cost-sharing agreement with mining companies. “Our people have had no other opportunities. The state has never viewed our land through any lens other than extraction,” she explained. “Here, it’s the transnationals who govern.” 

    Sonia Ramos, a Lickanantay healer born in Chuquicamata, has risen as a defender of water in the Atacama Desert. Council of Atacameño Peoples,

    She founded Ayllus sin Fronteras, an organization “uniting people in harmony between ancestral and non-ancestral ways” to preserve Atacameño cultural heritage and promote the idea that the Atacama Salt Flat is more than just a resource reserve — it is the grandfather heart (abuelo corazón) of Lickanantay culture. “It irrigates the entire greater Atacama with its underground rivers,” Ramos said. Her organization has put together various resistance strategies against natural resource extraction, ranging from summer schools and research projects with local and international universities that integrate science and ancestral knowledge to signature-collecting campaigns and public demonstrations. 

    Often invited to speak at forums, Ramos, whose father worked for the mining industry, has been connecting with researchers to study alternatives to natural resource extraction. “The desert holds great answers for humanity,” she said. “The groundwater holds the memory of all planetary processes.”

    Her leadership has drawn researchers like Manuel Tironi, a sociologist at the Institute for Sustainable Development at the Catholic University of Chile, who has collaborated with Ramos on studies about how extractive industries disrupt the water balance and biodiversity, as well as the cultural and spiritual integrity of the Lickanantay world. 

    Ramos has also collaborated with Chilean biologist Cristina Dorador, an associate professor at the University of Antofagasta and principal researcher at the Center for Biotechnology and Bioengineering. Dorador’s research studies the biodiversity of Chile’s salt flats and their microbial richness. Her team’s recent findings warn that increased lithium extraction has led to declining flamingo populations, particularly among endemic species.

    In 2020, during her participation in Chile’s Constitutional Convention, which aimed to draft a new constitution for the country, Dorador tried amending the draft constitution article that classifies salt flats as “mines” under Chilean law. “Salt flats aren’t mines; they’re ecosystems,” she said. While her edited text made it into the draft, the proposed new constitution was ultimately rejected by an overwhelming majority of the Chilean population.

    Despite the setback, Dorador has continued to advocate for the region’s vital ecological role. “I knew it was urgent to study the salt flats, at least to preserve a record of what they once were,” she said. She eventually left her lab and switched full-time to fighting to preserve Chile’s salt flats. 

    Trucks lumber alongside a large swath of land covered in white crystals and piles
    Trucks drive alongside lithium mining pits in the Atacama Salt Flat, Chile, on July 29, 2024.
    Lucas Aguayo Araos / Anadolu via Getty Images

    Mining continues to ramp up under Chile’s National Lithium Strategy, with companies exploring previously untouched parts of the Atacama and other salt flats in the country. 

    The SQM and Codelco partnership is promoting the “Salar Futuro” project, which commits to “building a governance model to foster a sustained relationship with the communities around the salt flat” and to implementing new extraction methods that achieve “a more efficient and sustainable production, that is, producing more lithium with less brine and no use of continental water.” In a statement for Grist, SQM and Codelco assured that among other things, this partnership “protects the local ecosystems of the salt flat and the surrounding communities.”

    But even as the government has made funds available for studying these ecosystems, concerns remain about how mining expansion will impact the region. Dorador and her colleagues secured one of these grants and, over the next three years, will study the potential of salt flat microorganisms for everything from storing greenhouse gas emissions to benefiting human health, including as a source of antibiotics, anticancer compounds, and bacteria that break down plastics. “There’s almost no information about these basins; this is a chance to generate knowledge to appreciate ecosystems without exploiting them, as spaces for study,” she said.


    In the past, Atacameños practiced the ritual of walking to the salt flat to gather flamingo eggs. The tradition, carried out collectively, provided food for families and facilitated trade with neighboring agricultural communities. To preserve the species, local customs dictated that some eggs should always be left in the nests. Flamingo feathers played a role in traditional ceremonies, including Talatur, a ritual still practiced today, “so that we don’t lose the water,” according to Cubillos. During the ceremony, participants clear irrigation channels and chant to the water in Kunza.

    Today, this ecosystem has disappeared, the landscape is desiccated, and the flamingos no longer arrive.

    The severe water shortage led Peine to file a lawsuit against Minera Escondida, a leading copper extraction company, in 2022. Later, the Consejo de Defensa del Estado, or State Defense Council — tasked in Chile with representing and safeguarding the public interest in environmental litigation — joined the case, adding Albemarle and the mining company Zaldívar. The companies were accused of continuously extracting water resources from the Monturaqui-Negrillar-Tilopozo Aquifer, a key source of groundwater in the Atacama Desert, vital for recharging ecosystems like Las Vegas de Tilopozo, a sacred space for the Atacameño people. A scientific study in which Mondaca’s environmental unit participated was presented as evidence in the lawsuit.

    In December, the First Environmental Court of Antofagasta approved a settlement agreement between Peine, the State Defense Council, and the mining companies over responsibility for the environmental damage to the aquifer and Las Vegas de Tilopozo, which had profoundly affected the way of life and customs of the Indigenous community. Under the agreement, the mining companies must take measures to restore the aquifer and Las Vegas de Tilopozo, as well as compensate the residents of Peine for social, economic, and environmental damages.

    “It’s not right for the world to benefit from these resources while we’re the ones paying the price,” Cubillos said. He added: “We want Peine to exist for future generations.”

    Read the full mining issue

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Chile’s lithium boom promises jobs and money — but threatens a critical water source on Mar 26, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Muriel Alarcón.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/energy/chile-lithium-mining-salt-flat-water/feed/ 0 521570
    Beneath Greenland’s ice lies a climate solution — and a new geopolitical battleground https://grist.org/energy/greenland-rare-earths-mining-geopolitics-china-us/ https://grist.org/energy/greenland-rare-earths-mining-geopolitics-china-us/#respond Wed, 26 Mar 2025 08:43:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=661081 Greenland’s massive cap of ice, containing enough fresh water to raise sea levels by 23 feet, is in serious trouble. Between 2002 and 2023, Greenland lost 270 billion tons of frozen water each year as winter snowfall failed to compensate for ever-fiercer summer temperatures. That’s a significant contributor of sea level rise globally, which is now at a quarter of an inch a year.

    But underneath all that melting ice is something the whole world wants: the rare earth elements that make modern society — and the clean energy revolution — possible. That could soon turn Greenland, which has a population size similar to that of Casper, Wyoming, into a mining mecca. 

    Greenland’s dominant industry has long been fishing, but its government is now looking to diversify its economy. While the island has opened up a handful of mines, like for gold and rubies, its built and natural environment makes drilling a nightmare — freezing conditions on remote sites without railways or highways for access. The country’s rich reserves of rare earths and geopolitical conflict, however, are making the island look increasingly enticing to mining companies, Arctic conditions be damned.

    Meltwater drips from glacier ice in Disco Bay, Greenland, revealing bare earth beneath. Science Photo Library / Getty Images

    When President Donald Trump talks about the United States acquiring Greenland, it’s partly for its strategic trade and military location in the Arctic, but also for its mineral resources. According to one Greenland official, the island “possesses 39 of the 50 minerals that the United States has classified as critical to national security and economic stability.” While the island, an autonomous territory of Denmark, has made clear it is not for sale, its government is signaling it is open to business, particularly in the minerals sector. Earlier this month, Greenland’s elections saw the ascendance of the pro-business Demokraatit Party, which has promised to accelerate the development of the country’s minerals and other resources. At the same time, the party’s leadership is pushing back hard against Trump’s rhetoric.

    Rare earth elements are fundamental to daily life: These words you are reading on a screen are made of the ones and zeroes of binary code. But they’re also made of rare earth elements, such as the terbium in LED screens, praseodymium in batteries, and neodymium in a phone’s vibration unit. Depending on where you live, the electricity powering this screen may have even come from the dysprosium in wind turbines. 

    These minerals helped build the modern world — and will be in increasing demand going forward. “They sit at the heart of pretty much every electric vehicle, cruise missile, advanced magnet,” said Adam Lajeunesse, a public policy expert at Canada’s St. Francis Xavier University. “All of these different minerals are absolutely required to build almost everything that we do in our high-tech environment.”

    Greenland’s vanishing ice

    Sea ice extent, 1979 vs 2023

    Arctic sea route
    1979
    2023

    To the increasing alarm of Western powers, China now has a stranglehold on the market for rare earth elements, responsible for 70 percent of production globally. As the renewables revolution unfolds, and as more EVs hit the road, the world will demand ever more of these metals: Between 2020 and 2022, the total value of rare earths used in the energy transition each year quadrupled. That is projected to go up another tenfold by 2035. According to the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre, by 2030, Greenland could provide nearly 10,000 tons of rare earth oxides to the global economy. 

    One way to meet that demand, and for the world to diversify control over the rare earths market and speed up clean energy adoption, is to mine in Greenland. (In other words, the way to avoid future ice melt may, ironically, mean capitalizing on the riches revealed by climate-driven ice loss.) On the land currently exposed along the island’s edges, mining companies are starting to drill, and the U.S. doesn’t want to be left out of the action. 

    But anyone gung-ho on immediately turning Greenland into a rare earths bonanza is in for a rude awakening. More so than elsewhere on the planet, mining the island is an extremely complicated, and lengthy, proposition — logistically, geopolitically, and economically. And most importantly for the people of Greenland, mining of any kind comes with inevitable environmental consequences, like pollution and disruptions to wildlife.

    A plane with the word 'TRUMP' on it sitting at an icy airport with village and water in the background
    An aircraft carrying President Trump’s son, businessman Donald Trump Jr., arrives in Nuuk, Greenland, on January 7.
    Emil Stach / Ritzau Scanpix / AFP / Denmark OUT via Getty Images

    The Trump administration’s aggressive language has spooked Indigenous Greenlanders in particular, who make up 90 percent of the population and have endured a long history of brutal colonization, from deadly waves of disease and displacement to forced sterilization. “It’s been a shock for Greenland,” said Aqqaluk Lynge, former president of the Inuit Circumpolar Council and co-founder of Greenland’s Inuit Ataqatigiit political party. “They are looking at us as people that you just can throw out.”

    Lacking the resources to directly invest in mining for rare earths, the Greenland government is approving licenses for exploration. “We have all the critical minerals. Everyone wants them,” said Jørgen T. Hammeken-Holm, permanent secretary for mineral resources in the Greenland government. “The geology is so exciting, but there are a lot of ‘buts.’”


    TThe funny thing about rare earth elements is that they’re not particularly rare. Planet Earth is loaded with them — only in an annoyingly distributed manner. Miners have to process a lot of rock to pluck out small amounts of praseodymium, neodymium, and the 15 other rare earth elements. That makes the minerals very difficult and dirty to mine and then refine: For every ton of rare earths dug up, 2,000 tons of toxic waste are generated.

    China’s government cornered the market on rare earths by both subsidizing the industry and streamlining regulations. “If you can purchase something from a Chinese company which does not have the same labor regulations, human rights considerations, environmental considerations as you would in Australia or California, you’ll buy it more cheaply on the Chinese market,” Lajeunesse said. Many critical minerals that are mined elsewhere in the world still go back to China, because the country has spent decades building up its refining capacity.

    The race is on

    Count of active rare earth exploration licenses in Greenland by country

    China has used the rare earths market as an economic and political weapon. In 2010, the so-called Rare Earths Trade Dispute broke out, when China refused to ship the minerals to Japan — a country famous for its manufacturing of technologies. (However, some researchers question whether this was a deliberate embargo or a Chinese effort to reduce rare earth exports generally.) More subtly, China can manipulate the market on rare earths by, say, increasing production to drive down prices. This makes it less economically feasible for other mining outfits to get into the game, given the cost and difficulty of extracting the minerals, solidifying China’s grip on rare earths. 

    “They control every stage — the mining of it, and then the intermediate processing, and then the more sophisticated final product processing,” said Heather Exner-Pirot, director of energy, natural resources, and environment at the Macdonald-Laurier Institute, a think tank in Canada. “So they can intervene in the market at all these levels.”

    This is a precarious monopoly for Western economies and governments to navigate. Military aircraft and drones use permanent magnets made of terbium and dysprosium. Medical imaging equipment also relies on rare earths, as do flatscreens and electric motors. It’s not just the energy transition that needs a steady supply of these minerals, but modern life itself.

    Meltwater flows from the Russell Glacier near Kangerlussuaq, Greenland
    Meltwater flows from the Russell Glacier near Kangerlussuaq, Greenland. Juan Maria Coy Vergara / Getty Images

    As a result, all eyes are turning toward Greenland’s rich deposits of rare earths. The island contains 18 percent of the global reserves for neodymium, praseodymium, dysprosium, and terbium, according to the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre. Even a decade ago, scientists reported that the island could meet a quarter of the global demand for rare earths.


    TThe question is whether mining companies can overcome the headaches inherent in extracting rare earths from Greenland’s ice-free yet still frigid edges. An outfit would have to ship in all their equipment and build their own city at a remote mining site at considerable cost. On top of that, it would be difficult to actually hire enough workers from the island’s population of laborers, so a mining company may need to hire internationally and bring them in. Greenland has a population of 57,000, just 65 of whom were involved in mining as of 2020, so the requisite experience just isn’t there. “Labor laws are much more strict than they would be in a Chinese rare earth mine in Mongolia,” Lajeunesse said. “All of those things factor together to make Arctic development very expensive.”

    Still, the geopolitical pressure from China’s domination of the rare earths market has opened Greenland to exploration. No one needs to wait for further deterioration of the island’s ice sheet to get to work, as there’s enough ice-free land along these edges to dig through. Around 40 mining companies have exploration, prospecting, and exploitation licenses in Greenland, with the majority of the firms based in Australia, Canada, and the United Kingdom. “We can give you these minerals,” Hammeken-Holm said, “but you need to come to Greenland and do the exploration.”

    China dominates the rare earths

    Annual processed rare earth production, metric tons

    One of those companies is Critical Metals Corp., which in September drilled 14 holes on the coast of southern Greenland, about 16 miles from the town of Qaqortoq. The New York-based company says it’s found one of the world’s highest concentrations of gallium, which isn’t technically a rare earth element but is still essential in the manufacturing of computer chips.

    Dramatic change on and around the island, though, could make mining for rare earths even more complicated. While the loss of floating ice in the waters around the island makes it easier and safer for ships to navigate, more chunks of glaciers will drop into the ocean as the world warms, which could become especially hazardous for ships, à la the Titanic. 

    Even given the rapid loss of Greenland’s 650,000-square-mile ice sheet, though, it would take a long while to lose it all — it’s 1.4 miles thick on average. The Earth itself is also frozen in parts of the island, known as permafrost, which will thaw in the nearer term as temperatures rise. “That's going to give you certainly instability in terms of building access roads and such,” said Paul Bierman, a geologist at the University of Vermont and author of the book When the Ice Is Gone: What a Greenland Ice Core Reveals About Earth's Tumultuous History and Perilous Future. “The climate is changing, so I think it's going to be a very dynamic environment in which to extract minerals.” 

    Mining pollution, too, is a major concern: The accessible land along the island’s ice-free edges is also where humans live. As mining equipment and ships burn fossil fuels, they produce black carbon. When this settles on ice, it darkens the surface, which then absorbs more sunlight — think of how much hotter you get wearing a black shirt than a white shirt on a summer day. This could further accelerate the melting of Greenland’s precarious ice sheet. A 2022 study also found that three legacy mines in Greenland heavily polluted the local environment with metals, like lead and zinc, due to the lack of environmental studies and regulation prior to the 1970s. But it also found no significant pollution at mines established in the last 20 years. 

    A more immediate problem with mining is the potentially toxic dust generated by so much machinery, said Niels Henrik Hooge, a campaigner at NOAH, the Danish chapter of the environmental organization Friends of the Earth. “That's a concern, because all the mining projects are located in areas where people live, or potentially could live,” Hooge said. “Everything is a bit different in the Arctic, because the environment does not recover very quickly when polluted.”

    The coast is clear

    Greenland's active rare earth licenses

    Rare earth element exploration license
    Mineral deposit

    Lynge says that a win-win for Greenlanders would be to support mining but insist that it’s run on hydropower instead of fossil fuels. The island has huge potential for hydropower, and indeed has been approving more projects and expanding another existing facility. Still, no amount of hydropower can negate the impact of mining on the landscape. “There's no sustainable mining in the world,” Lynge said. “The question is if we can do it a little bit better.”

    Critical Metals Corp., for its part, says that it expects to produce minimal harmful products at its site. Like other mining projects in Greenland, it will need to pass an environmental review. “We expect to provide more updates about our plans to reduce our environmental footprint as we get closer to mining operations,” said Tony Sage, the company’s CEO and executive chairman, in a statement provided to Grist. “With that, we believe it is important to keep in mind that rare earth elements are critical materials for cleaner applications, which will help us build a greener planet in the future.” 

    Still, wherever there’s mining activity, there’s potential for spills. There’s also potential for a lot of noise: Ships in particular fill the ocean around Greenland with a din that can stress and disorient fishes and marine mammals, like narwhals, seals, and whales. For vocalizing species, it can disrupt their communication. 

    There’s a lot at stake here economically and politically, too: Fishing is Greenland’s predominant industry, accounting for 95 percent of the island’s exports. Rare earth mining, then, is the island’s play to diversify its economy, which could help it wean off the subsidies it gets from the Danish government. That, in turn, could help it win independence.

    hands hold glasses in front of a map of Greenland with color-coded mineral deposits
    A geologist points to discoveries of rare minerals and precious metals on a survey map at the University of Greenland during on March 5.
    Odd Andersen / AFP via Getty Images

    Thus far, the mining business has been a bit rocky in Greenland. In 2021, the government banned uranium mining, halting the development of a project by the Australian outfit Greenland Minerals, which would have also produced rare earths at the site. (Greenland Minerals did not respond to multiple requests to comment for this story.) The China-linked company is now suing the Greenland government for $11 billion — potentially spooking other would-be prospectors and the investors already worried about the profitability of mining for rare earths in the far north.

    “When we talk to them, they understand the situation, and they're not afraid,” said Hammeken-Holm. He added that Greenland maintains a dialogue with mining outfits about the challenges, and prospects, of exploration. “It is difficult to get private finance for these projects, but we are not alone,” he said. “That's a worldwide situation.”


    The growing demand and geopolitical fervor around rare earths may well make Greenland irresistible for mining companies, regardless of the logistical challenges. Hammeken-Holm says that a major discovery, like an especially rich deposit of a given rare earth element, might be the extra boost the country needs to transform itself into an indispensable provider of the critical minerals.

    Both Exner-Pirot, of the Macdonald-Laurier Institute, and Lajeunesse, the public policy expert, say that Western powers might get to the point where they intervene aggressively in the market. Like China’s state-sponsored rare earths industry, the U.S., Canada, Australia, or the European Union — which entered into a strategic partnership with Greenland in 2023 to develop critical raw materials — might band together to guarantee a steady flow of the minerals that make modern militaries, consumerism, and the energy transition possible. Subsidies, for instance, would help make the industry more profitable — and palatable for investors. “You'd have to accept that you're purchasing and developing minerals for more than the market price,” Lajeunesse said. “But over the long term, it's about developing a security of supply.”

    Already a land of rapid climatological change, Greenland could soon grow richer — and more powerful on the world stage. Ton by ton, its disappearing ice will reveal more of the mineral solutions to the world’s woes.

    Tom Vaillant contributed research and reporting.

    Read the full mining issue

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Beneath Greenland’s ice lies a climate solution — and a new geopolitical battleground on Mar 26, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Matt Simon.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/energy/greenland-rare-earths-mining-geopolitics-china-us/feed/ 0 521572
    Israel kills journalist Hossam Shabat, known for his reports from North Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/25/israel-kills-journalist-hossam-shabat-known-for-his-reports-from-north-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/25/israel-kills-journalist-hossam-shabat-known-for-his-reports-from-north-gaza/#respond Tue, 25 Mar 2025 16:48:59 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332636 Hossam Shabat, a journalist for the Al Jazeera Mubasher channel. Photo via @AnasAlSharif0 on X“I ask you now: do not stop speaking about Gaza,” he said. “Keep telling our stories — until Palestine is free."]]> Hossam Shabat, a journalist for the Al Jazeera Mubasher channel. Photo via @AnasAlSharif0 on X

    This story originally appeared in Truthout on Mar. 24, 2025. It is shared here with permission.

    Israeli forces killed two Palestinian journalists in Gaza on Monday in separate strikes, bringing the total number of Palestinian journalists killed to at least 208 since October 7, 2023, according to a count by Gaza officials.

    Mohammad Mansour, a correspondent for Palestine Today, was killed along with his wife and child when Israel struck his home in Khan Yunis in southern Gaza. Al Jazeera reported that Israel deliberately targeted Mansour in the attack.

    Shortly after, Israeli forces killed Hossam Shabat with a targeted airstrike while he was driving his car in Beit Lahiya, local sources reported. Shabat, who was 23 years old, had become well-known for his reports from northern Gaza amid Israel’s total siege on the region. He was a contributor to U.S. outlet Drop Site News and a reporter for Al Jazeera Mubasher.

    Shabat’s friends posted a message written by the young journalist that he requested to be published on social media in the event of his death.

    “If you’re reading this, it means I have been killed — most likely targeted — by the Israeli occupation forces,” he said. “When this all began, I was only 21 years old — a college student with dreams like anyone else. For the past 18 months, I have dedicated every moment of my life to my people. I documented the horrors in northern Gaza minute by minute, determined to show the world the truth they tried to bury.”

    “By God, I fulfilled my duty as a journalist. I risked everything to report the truth, and now, I am finally at rest — something I haven’t known in the past 18 months,” he wrote. “I did all this because I believe in the Palestinian cause. I believe this land is ours, and it has been the highest honor of my life to die defending it and serving its people.”

    Drop Site condemned the attack in a statement. “Drop Site News holds Israel and the U.S. responsible for killing Hossam,” the outlet said. “More than 200 of our Palestinian media colleagues have been killed by Israel — supplied with weapons and given blanket impunity by most Western governments — over the past seventeen months.”

    Fellow journalists in Gaza mourned Shabat’s death. “I no longer have words,” said Gaza journalist Abubaker Abed, who was a colleague of Shabat at Drop Site. “This is just an incalculable loss. This is unbearable.”

    Shabat, like Abed and many other young people in Gaza, became a war journalist when the genocide began despite having other aspirations. Last year, he thanked university students across the world for protesting for Gaza, noting that he was in his third year in college when the genocide began on October 7, 2023.

    “I’ll never be able to finish my studies because Israeli occupation forces bombed my university and every other university in Gaza,” he wrote.

    His life was upended as he went out to report on Israel’s genocide, separating from his family in order to show the world the barbarity of the killings.

    In October 2024, Israeli authorities issued a list of journalists it was seemingly targeting for assassination, accusing them, without evidence, as being affiliated with “Hamas and Islamic Jihad terrorist” groups. Shabat, who was one of the only journalists left in north Gaza at the time, was on that list. He had already survived another targeted attack in November, when Israeli forces injured him in an apparent “double tap” strike on a house in northern Gaza.

    Despite the November attack and concerns he was being hunted by Israeli forces for his work, Shabat pledged to continue reporting.

    Just a month ago, amid the ceasefire, Shabat posted a video of him and his mother being reunited after 492 days, having been separated due to Israel’s evacuation orders.

    Last week, shortly after Israeli authorities resumed their heavy bombing of Gaza despite the ceasefire agreement, Shabat posted a video of him once again putting on his flak jacket and helmet marked “press.”

    “I thought it was over and I’d finally get some rest, but the genocide is back in full force, and I’m back on the front lines,” he said.

    Shabat had continually pleaded for the world to intervene and end the genocide.

    “On October 17th, 2023, Israel bombed Al-Ahli Hospital in Gaza,” Shabat wrote in his final Instagram reel. “Israel denied it. Western media believed it. And the bombing continued as ‘Israel investigated itself.’ UN and NGO investigations proved that Israel indeed did it. No government acted. No condemnations.”

    “So Israel continued bombing, besieging and targeting EVERY SINGLE HOSPITAL in Gaza,” he continued. “Eighteen months of genocide and impunity meant that they didn’t have to deny bombing hospitals anymore. No one cares… They say the magic H word and war crimes are justified.”

    Even posthumously, Shabat pled for Palestinian rights.

    “I ask you now: do not stop speaking about Gaza,” the journalist wrote in his final message. “Do not let the world look away. Keep fighting, keep telling our stories — until Palestine is free.”


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Sharon Zhang.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/25/israel-kills-journalist-hossam-shabat-known-for-his-reports-from-north-gaza/feed/ 0 521417
    Family reunites after four years https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/25/family-reunites-after-four-years/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/25/family-reunites-after-four-years/#respond Tue, 25 Mar 2025 15:31:11 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d967ef400464df5e309e617c8b2a5dd4
    This content originally appeared on International Rescue Committee and was authored by International Rescue Committee.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/25/family-reunites-after-four-years/feed/ 0 521413
    Stories of Resistance: Mothers of Argentina’s 30,000 disappeared half-century struggle for justice https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/24/stories-of-resistance-mothers-of-argentinas-30000-disappeared-half-century-struggle-for-justice/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/24/stories-of-resistance-mothers-of-argentinas-30000-disappeared-half-century-struggle-for-justice/#respond Mon, 24 Mar 2025 18:43:31 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332612 Today is the Day for Memory, Truth & Justice in Argentina, honoring the victims of the military dictatorship. The Mothers of the Plaza de Mayo are still marching.]]>

    The streets of Buenos Aires are cold. Colder than they should be in April, 1977. Because people—students and young adults, in particular–are missing. Snatched by military officers of the regime and never heard from again.

    Their absence is colder than the harshest winter storm. Their silence louder than the most violent thunderclap or shot from the soldier’s submachine gun.

    Mothers search desperately for their children. They visit the police. Government offices. People in uniforms just shake their heads.

    They find no answers. The mothers decide they must do something. 

    And so, on Saturday, April 30, 1977, fourteen women meet in the plaza in front of the Casa Rosada, Argentina’s presidential palace. They demand to know where their children are. 

    “By ourselves, we will achieve nothing,” says Azucena Villaflor. Her son and his girlfriend were kidnapped exactly five months before. 

    But this is the Argentine dictatorship, installed just a year before, on March 24, 1976, and meetings in public of more than two people are banned.

    A police officer approaches. He orders them to keep moving.

    And so… the women take each other arm in arm, and, two by two, begin to walk around the obelisk in the center of the square. One small, iconic act of resistance, in the face of so much darkness… so much pain.

    The mothers decide to return each week. 

    But instead of on a Saturday, they will march on Thursdays, when there are people in the square. People who will witness their suffering, their pain, and their simple yet brazen act of resistance, in the middle of a harsh, cold, violent dictatorship.

    Within a few months, they will begin to wear white pañuelos on their heads as they march—the baby diapers of their lost children—as a way to recognize each other in crowds.

    But they, too, are targeted.

    In December 1977, three mothers—Azucena Villaflor, Esther Ballestrino, and María Ponce de Bianco—are themselves kidnapped and disappeared.

    Still, the mothers march.

    “We were not heroines,” says Taty Almeida. “We did what any mother would do for her child.”

    “They called us crazy,” she says. “And we were crazy. Crazy with pain, rage, and helplessness.”

    And so begins the five-decade-long struggle of the Mothers and Grandmothers of the Plaza de Mayo. A struggle that lasts until today.

    They will become one of the most iconic groups of resistance in Latin America, continuing to demand the return of their children and grandchildren, alive, until today.

    The mothers will inspire similar groups across the Americas. They will demand justice and memory.

    30,000 people were disappeared in Argentina under the US-backed military dictatorship, which lasted from 1976 to 1983. Babies of the disappeared were stolen and raised by military officials as their own. 

    The Mothers and Grandmothers of the Plaza de Mayo have, today, found almost 140 of their grandchildren, and given them back their true identities.

    The Mothers and Grandmothers are still marching today—every Thursday around the obelisk in the center of the Plaza de Mayo. Like they did that first time in 1977. Five decades ago.

    Today is March 24… the anniversary of the 1976 coup that led to the brutal Argentine dictatorship. In Argentina, it’s known as the National Day for Memory and Truth and Justice. It honors the victims of the military regime. Each year, big marches and demonstrations are held in Buenos Aires to mark the date. The Mothers of the Plaza de Mayo are always front and center. In fact, the center of the events is usually the Plaza de Mayo, which thanks to the mothers and grandmothers, has become the iconic image of the struggle against the Argentine dictatorship and the fight for truth and justice. Today, under the government of Javier Milei, these acts of resistance have become even more important. Milei has criticized the country’s policies of justice. His government has defunded memorial sites and closed investigations into the crimes of the past. His allies have vocally backed former military officers serving time for torture and crimes against humanity.

    The demands for justice and the resistance, defending the true memory of the past, continues as acute and as important as ever. 


    This is the eleventh episode of Stories of Resistance—a new podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. You can also follow Michael’s reporting, see his pictures of the Plaza de Mayo, and support at www.patreon.com/mfox.

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    Michael is currently working on Season 2 of his podcast Under the Shadow, about Plan Condor and the U.S.-backed South American dictatorships of the 1960s and 70s. It’s expected to be released in 2026. You can listen to the first season, here.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/24/stories-of-resistance-mothers-of-argentinas-30000-disappeared-half-century-struggle-for-justice/feed/ 0 521179
    Police are violently attack protesters in Türkiye https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/24/police-are-violently-attack-protesters-in-turkiye/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/24/police-are-violently-attack-protesters-in-turkiye/#respond Mon, 24 Mar 2025 17:33:10 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=b56f0c13d566d34f0813711a8919e795
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/24/police-are-violently-attack-protesters-in-turkiye/feed/ 0 521168
    Environmentalists in Israel and Palestine fight to save cross-border water resources https://grist.org/international/environmentalists-in-israel-and-palestine-fight-to-save-cross-border-water-resources/ https://grist.org/international/environmentalists-in-israel-and-palestine-fight-to-save-cross-border-water-resources/#respond Mon, 24 Mar 2025 08:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=661025 Wadi Gaza is the estuary of Nahal Besor, a stream mentioned in the Bible. It flows west from Hebron in the West Bank, through Israeli territory and on through Gaza into the Mediterranean Sea. Today, after 18 months of war, Wadi Gaza is characterized by “pollution from debris, wastewater, corpses, ammunition, and explosives,” in the words of Nada Majdalani, the Palestinian director of EcoPeace Middle East.

    Nevertheless, spring is still the migration season in Israel and Palestine. This region forms a narrow land bridge joining Europe, Asia, and Africa, marking one of the world’s busiest flight paths for an estimated 500 million birds. Many of them — flamingos, herons, storks, cranes — land in Wadi Gaza, one of the few natural preserves in the Gaza Strip, which grew into one of the most densely populated areas in the world over the last two decades because of Israeli restrictions.

     

    White birds against greenery near a body of water.
    Birds seen in the Gaza valley in 2022. Migration season in Israel and Palestine can draw millions of bird, many landing near the Wadi Gaza. Ahmed Zakot/SOPA Images/LightRocket via Getty Images

    This is the driest region in the world for the number of people it supports, and water scarcity is getting worse because it’s also warming around twice as fast as the global average. Eighty percent of Israel’s drinking water comes from ocean desalination. In Gaza, seawater intrusion has contaminated once-abundant underground reservoirs because of overpumping. While Israel and other powers in the region continue to practice resource hoarding and ecological destruction, there is also a small, stubborn movement of transboundary environmentalist peacebuilders, who have persisted throughout the current war. 

    Organizations like EcoPeace, the Arava Institute for Environmental Studies, and A Land For All — all three with shared Palestinian and Israeli leadership — have been working collectively for decades toward a vision that centers fair, shared stewardship of natural resources and sustainable development as the basis of lasting peace. And they persevere even now, after Israel violated a several-week ceasefire in March with another round of bombings, killings, and cutting off of aid to Gaza, and when the prevailing political messaging, according to Arava’s Barak Talmor, “has gotten so polarized that cultivating empathy or sympathy between the sides is increasingly challenging.”  

    Water-based environmental and health risks travel across borders, just like Nahal Besor. Yasmeen Abu Fraiha, an Israeli citizen and doctor of Palestinian descent, advises A Land For All, a political group that advocates for a two-state confederation. She was working at a hospital in southern Israel in the first few months of the war. There, she treated Israeli soldiers suffering from dysentery and rare fungal infections attributable to drinking the water in Gaza. “In Israel and Palestine, what we see is that our lives are so intertwined with each other,” she said. “The health of Palestinians affects the health of Israelis and vice versa. And the best example is water.”

    A 2024 map showing proximity of water infrastructure to damage sites in Gaza
    A 2024 map showing proximity of water infrastructure to damage sites in Gaza Elaine Donderer / Arava Institute for Environmental Studies

    This fact can sometimes force compromise. The environmental nonprofit EcoPeace Middle East was able to leverage the health-water connection to bring modern wastewater treatment to Gaza before the war. EcoPeace had Israeli beaches tested just north of Gaza, and found e.coli contamination in the sand. A technician at the lab also tipped them off that untreated solid waste from Gaza was clogging and shutting down an Israeli desalination facility.

    “[Prime Minister Benjamin] Netanyahu himself quoted one of our reports in a statement in 2014, saying that if the sewage crisis of Gaza threatens Israel’s water security, we have to deal with it,” said Gidon Bromberg, EcoPeace’s Israeli co-founder and co-director. Four plants ultimately opened in Gaza by 2022, enabling Gazans and Israelis alike to more safely swim in the ocean; they sustained severe damage during the war.

    Even after the October 7 attack of Hamas on Israel, Bromberg said, they were able to invoke the same principle of shared health destiny after Israel shut off the three water pipes supplying Gaza’s highest-quality drinking water. EcoPeace got leading Israeli public health experts to sign a letter saying, “You’re going to see lots of disease, and it’s not going to just stop in Gaza.”

    “That was very effective,” he said. “It broadens the zero-sum thinking into an understanding that this is lose-lose.” 

    Within the first week, one drinking water pipeline was reopened, and eventually all three. (More recently, in March 2025, Israel cut power to two of Gaza’s desalination plants, once again imposing water scarcity as a weapon; EcoPeace is responding  by lobbying the government). 

    a man in glasses standing next to a wall of documents
    Gidon Bromberg of EcoPeace Middle East in his office in Tel Aviv. As environmentalists, he said, “We’re all coming from a technical position where we strongly understand that borders are man-made.” Anya Kamentz / Grist

    The environmental situation today in Gaza is worse than ever. The war has left an estimated 40 million tons of rubble and 900,000 tons of toxic waste from demolished buildings in Gaza, according to a recent report from the Arava Institute; not to mention, once again, a growing amount of raw sewage. The World Health Organization warns that infectious disease, arising from water scarcity, could kill more Gazan people than Israeli bombs, and researchers are concerned about new strains of antibiotic-resistant bacteria that thrive where soap and water washing is scarce. 

    Barak Talmor is the project manager of Arava Institute’s Jumpstarting Hope in Gaza project, one attempt to respond to these conditions. The educational and research institute, in its first foray into direct humanitarian aid, raised money and convened a coalition to bring some of the off-grid sustainable technologies developed there and elsewhere into Gaza. These include Laguna, a solar-powered water treatment unit the size of a large dumpster that uses algae to filter sewage; WaterGen, machines that pull potable water out of the air; off-grid desalination units, and a biodigester that turns sewage gas into cooking gas. These were designated to supply a refugee camp in Khan Younis and a hospital. But approval took months, and the donated equipment is currently sitting in warehouses and at the border thanks to yet another stop on aid. “If I have any gray hair, it’s from the past year,” Talmor said.  

    Despite these harsh realities, members of EcoPeace, Arava, and A Land For All say that their shared commitment to sustainability has enabled them to keep cross-border relationships strong. This is itself a challenge when any hint of “normalization” or Israeli-Palestinian dialogue is denigrated by what Bromberg calls “spoilers” on both sides. 

    Abdullah Khateeb is part of a new generation of Palestinian environmentalist peacebuilders, and he said it’s a lonely path, especially since the war. “I cannot tell my family that I’m meeting Israelis. I cannot tell the Israeli people that my community wants to throw you to the sea. It’s kind of living two lives, basically, and you have to hide it perfectly in order to survive.” 

    Khateeb had never left the West Bank three years ago when he was accepted for a semester at Arava Institute, studying environmental science in the south of Israel alongside fellow Palestinians, Israeli, and Jordanian students. He said he applied solely to get past the checkpoints and see a little more of the world. “I didn’t care about the environment, about peace, about anything like that. Arava attracted me with the free food, the swimming pool. And once I was there, miracles happened.” 

    Khateeb, by chance, recognized one of his Israeli classmates. She had once been a soldier guarding his village. Through the Arava Institute’s moderated weekly dialogue sessions, they listened to each others’ experiences and forged a friendship. Now, he’s traveled to Northern Ireland and to England to engage in dialogue alongside Israeli peace activists. And after earning degrees in civil and water engineering, he now interns with Laguna, which has two of its off-grid sewage treatment units installed in the West Bank. He’s working on better methods for converting the solids into cooking gas. 

    “Water apartheid” is visible here in the West Bank in the storage tanks seen only on Palestinian roofs; they are forced to purchase drinking water, while nearby Israelis in illegal settlements copiously irrigate their crops.   For Khateeb, “Peacebuilding is not only about dialogue. It’s also political, financial, educational, and technological. That’s why I work on water and environment. It offers opportunities. Everyone likes new innovations.” 

    Bromberg, an attorney, founded EcoPeace alongside Jordanian, Egyptian, and Palestinian environmentalists in the mid-1990s. Back then, their plan was to team up to prevent rapid overdevelopment that was expected in the wake of the Oslo Accords bringing peace and with it, increased tourism to the region. Needless to say, that did not come to pass, and EcoPeace’s mission pivoted from pursuing environmentalism post-peace, to modeling peace through environmentalism. (The Egyptians pulled out in the late 1990s under pressure from President Hosni Mubarak). 

    As environmentalists, he said, “We’re all coming from a technical position where we strongly understand that borders are man-made. We have to look at watersheds and water basins. There, borders just get in the way.” During the second Intifada in the early 2000s, they launched the Good Water Neighbors project. Ultimately, 28 communities on either side of rivers and streams in Israel, Gaza, the West Bank, and Jordan, cooperated in campaigns to preserve the bodies of water that both divided and united them. 

    After October 7, Bromberg and his counterparts in Jordan and Palestine made a pact to talk every day, to combat the misinformation that was inundating all sides. “We had staff in all of our offices lose family members in the war. One of our Ramallah staff lost 100 members of his extended family.” he said. They also lost a colleague in Gaza, a consultant. “It’s been a nightmare.” 

    One that has recently resumed.  “Every day you open your eyes, and you wonder whether you’re on the right track or not,” said Nada Majdalani, the Palestinian director of EcoPeace. “But then we confront ourselves with — if this is not the way to do it, then what else? We don’t accept the status quo. And we need to bring out a different narrative to each other. What we all really want for us and for our children in the future is peace and stability.”  

    What keeps her going, she said, are the thousands of students, teachers, young professionals, and other stakeholders that are “walking the path” alongside them.

    Their educational programs are more popular than ever. And all three EcoPeace directors were in Washington, DC in a March meeting with the State Department and members of Congress about sustainable development plans for a railway, expanded renewable energy, and a new Gaza port.

    “We share the understanding that this war will end and we all have a responsibility to ensure we stop the suffering,” said Bromberg.

    While she doesn’t like many of the statements of the Trump administration in relation to Gaza, Majdalani said, “The important part is not to shut down the opportunity for communication. But try to find an opening where we can actually put on the table ideas which bring interest to all parties.” 

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Environmentalists in Israel and Palestine fight to save cross-border water resources on Mar 24, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Anya Kamenetz.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/international/environmentalists-in-israel-and-palestine-fight-to-save-cross-border-water-resources/feed/ 0 521044
    Stories of Resistance: Monsignor Óscar Romero, El Salvador’s Bishop of the Poor https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/stories-of-resistance-monsignor-oscar-romero-el-salvadors-bishop-of-the-poor/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/stories-of-resistance-monsignor-oscar-romero-el-salvadors-bishop-of-the-poor/#respond Fri, 21 Mar 2025 19:33:11 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332554 Members of the Committee of Mothers of Missing and Political Detainees march through San Salvador central streets 24 March 1989 to mark the 9th anniversary of Monsignor Oscar Romero assassination. Photo by IVAN MONTECINOS/AFP via Getty Images.Assassinated by El Salvador’s military dictatorship 45 years ago in 1980, Óscar Romero remains an icon of the country’s working class.]]> Members of the Committee of Mothers of Missing and Political Detainees march through San Salvador central streets 24 March 1989 to mark the 9th anniversary of Monsignor Oscar Romero assassination. Photo by IVAN MONTECINOS/AFP via Getty Images.

    His was a voice people waited for all week long. A voice of love. A voice of reason. A voice against the violence that had descended on the region and spread like the plague.

    This was late 1970s El Salvador. A country on the brink of civil war, ruled by a brutal, authoritarian government. 

    US-trained death squads were killing roughly 800 people a month.

    And Monsignor Óscar Romero — Archbishop of San Salvador, the bishop of the poor — would not shy from denouncing the violence.

    He preached every Sunday. His words were carried over the airwaves. People across Central America tuned in.

    But he wasn’t always so outspoken. He was moved by what he saw around him. By the killings and the violence at the hands of state forces.

    In 1977, just a month after Óscar Romero became archbishop of San Salvador, his close friend Jesuit Father Rutilio Grande was killed alongside a boy and an elderly peasant.

    Grande had preached liberation theology and helped to establish Christian base communities that worked for social change. He had spoken out against the injustices and the repressive government.

    “I, too, have to walk the same path,” Óscar Romero would later say, when he saw his friend’s body laying in state at San Salvador’s cathedral.

    And as violence grew across the country, Óscar Romero became ever more outspoken against the killings and the massacres.

    He wrote to the United States and asked it to cut off military aid to the Salvadorian dictatorship. 

    In his last sermon, on March 23, 1980, he spoke directly to the country’s soldiers during Sunday Mass at the Cathedral in San Salvador.

    “The law of God that says ‘thou shalt not kill’ must prevail,” he said. “No soldier is obliged to obey an order contrary to the law of God.”

    He closed his sermon…

    “In the name of God, then, and in the name of this suffering people. Whose cries rise to the heave more tumultuously every day. I beseech you, I beg you, I order you, in the name of God, stop the repression!”

    The next day, he was shot and killed at the altar while delivering mass.

    They called him the voice of the poor. La voz de la sin voz. The voice of the voiceless.

    He still is. His words repeated to this day. His image carried in marches up and down the Americas.

    His legacy lives on.

    ###

    In 2018, Pope Francis declared him a saint. 

    March 24, the day of his assassination, is his Saint’s Day.


    This is the tenth episode of Stories of Resistance — a new podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. You can also follow Michael’s reporting and support at www.patreon.com/mfox.

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    For more on El Salvador’s Resistance to U.S.-back violence of the 1970s and 80s, you can see Michael Fox’s 2024 podcast, Under the Shadow:

    Episode 4, El Salvador, the Innocent Victims

    Episode 5, El Salvador, Rebel Radio

    You can see pictures of the chapel where Monsignor Romero last celebrated mass, and a museum in his former home on Michael Fox’s Patreon account.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/stories-of-resistance-monsignor-oscar-romero-el-salvadors-bishop-of-the-poor/feed/ 0 520761
    Human Rights Attorney Wolfgang Kaleck on Double Standards in International Law, from Russia to U.S. https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/human-rights-attorney-wolfgang-kaleck-on-double-standards-in-international-law-from-russia-to-u-s/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/human-rights-attorney-wolfgang-kaleck-on-double-standards-in-international-law-from-russia-to-u-s/#respond Fri, 21 Mar 2025 12:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=728e041d97e92e9be838c5bd6f077b09
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! Audio and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/human-rights-attorney-wolfgang-kaleck-on-double-standards-in-international-law-from-russia-to-u-s/feed/ 0 520692
    US might not cut pledged Pacific aid, says NZ foreign minister https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/20/us-might-not-cut-pledged-pacific-aid-says-nz-foreign-minister/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/20/us-might-not-cut-pledged-pacific-aid-says-nz-foreign-minister/#respond Thu, 20 Mar 2025 22:42:33 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=112489 By Alex Willemyns for Radio Free Asia

    The Trump administration might let hundreds of millions of dollars in aid pledged to Pacific island nations during former President Joe Biden’s time in office stand, says New Zealand Foreign Minister Winston Peters.

    The Biden administration pledged about $1 billion in aid to the Pacific to help counter China’s influence in the strategic region.

    However, Trump last month froze all disbursements of aid by the US Agency for International Development (USAID), for 90 days pending a “review” of all aid spending under his “America First” policy.

    Peters told reporters on Monday after meetings with Trump’s USAID acting head, Peter Marocco, and his national security adviser, Mike Waltz, “more confident” about the prospects of the aid being left alone than he was before.

    Peters said he had a “very frank and open discussion” with American officials about how important the aid was for the Pacific, and insisted that they “get our point of view in terms of how essential it is”.

    TVNZ's 1News and Kiribati
    NZ Foreign Minister Winson Peters . . . . “We are looking ahead with more confidence than when we arrived.” Image: TVNZ 1News screenshot RNZ

    “In our business, it’s wise to find out the results before you open your mouth, but we are looking ahead with more confidence than when we arrived,” Peters said, pushing back against claims that the Trump administration would be “pulling back” from the Pacific region.

    “We don’t know that yet. Let’s find out in April, when that full review is done on USAID,” he said. “But we came away more confident than some of the alarmists might have been before we arrived.”

    Frenzied diplomatic battle
    The Biden administration sought to rapidly expand US engagement with the small island nations of the Pacific after the Solomon Islands signed a controversial security pact with China three years ago.

    The deal by the Solomon Islands sparked a frenzied diplomatic battle between Washington and Beijing for influence in the strategic region.

    Biden subsequently hosted Pacific island leaders at back-to-back summits in Washington in September 2022 and 2023, the first two of their kind. He pledged hundreds of millions of dollars at both meets, appearing to tilt the region back toward Washington.

    The first summit included announcements of some $800 billion in aid for the Pacific, while the second added about $200 billion.

    But the region has since been rocked by the Trump administration’s decision to freeze all aid pending its ongoing review. The concerns have not been helped by a claim from Elon Musk, who Trump tasked with cutting government waste, that USAID would be shut down.

    “You’ve got to basically get rid of the whole thing. It’s beyond repair. We’re shutting it down,” Musk said in a February 3 livestreamed video.

    However, the New Zealand foreign minister, who also met with Secretary of State Marco Rubio on Tuesday, said he held out hope that Washington would not turn back on its fight for influence in the Pacific.

    “The first Trump administration turned more powerfully towards the Pacific . . .  than any previous administration,” he said, “and now they’ve got Trump back again, and we hope for the same into the future.”

    Radio Free Asia is an online news service affiliated with BenarNews. Republished from BenarNews with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/20/us-might-not-cut-pledged-pacific-aid-says-nz-foreign-minister/feed/ 0 520458
    Baltimore activists target Chuck Schumer’s book tour as Israel resumes bombing Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/baltimore-activists-target-chuck-schumers-book-tour-as-israel-resumes-bombing-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/baltimore-activists-target-chuck-schumers-book-tour-as-israel-resumes-bombing-gaza/#respond Wed, 19 Mar 2025 19:10:44 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332503 Avery Misterka, a member of the Towson University chapter of Jewish Voice for Peace protests in front of the Pratt Library in Baltimore, MD on March 17, 2025. Photo by Ryan Harvey/@rebellensbmoreSchumer has cancelled the tour for his new book, 'Antisemitism in America,' as the movement for Palestine surges following Israel's slaughter of over 400 people in Gaza in a single night.]]> Avery Misterka, a member of the Towson University chapter of Jewish Voice for Peace protests in front of the Pratt Library in Baltimore, MD on March 17, 2025. Photo by Ryan Harvey/@rebellensbmore

    Israel shattered the ceasefire in Gaza in the early hours of March 18 with a massive series of airstrikes targeting Palestinian civilians living in tents inside the designated “safe zones” of the strip. In a single night, more than 400 people were killed, and cities across the world have responded with a new wave of protests. Amid this calamity, Chuck Schumer has quietly cancelled the tour for his newest book, Antisemitism in America: A Warning. In spite of this, Baltimore-based organizers with Jewish Voice for Peace went ahead with a planned protest of Schumer’s cancelled event in their city, raising up a message of Jewish solidarity with Palestinians and a rejection of Zionism. Jaisal Noor reports from Baltimore.

    Pre/Post-production: Jaisal Noor


    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Jaisal Noor:

    Jewish peace activists and their allies rallied in Baltimore on March 17th, just hours after New York Senator Chuck Schumer abruptly canceled his book talk amid planned protests. The demonstration led by the anti-Zionist group Jewish Voice for Peace was meant to challenge the top Senate Democrat stance on Israel and assert that criticizing Israel’s genocide in Gaza is not anti-Semitic.

    Nikki Morse:

    As it turns out, Chuck Schumer canceled the event, but we didn’t feel like we should cancel ours because the information we wanted to share with each other, with our community, it’s still relevant. It was relevant decades ago, and it is relevant right now because we have to understand what anti-Semitism is and what it isn’t, if we’re going to stop it, and if we’re going to fight other forms of oppression.

    Zackary Berger:

    The right wing is trying to drive a wedge into the Jewish community and trying to use charges of anti-Semitism to cover up its anti-democratic and frankly, fascistic tendencies. And the fact that Senator Schumer is aligning with those groups, even implicitly, is very disappointing.

    Jaisal Noor:

    Schumer’s also facing amounting backlash for voting for the Republican budget bill instead of doing more to fight the GOP’s cuts on vital government services.

    Nikki Morse:

    We’re a group of people that include LGBTQ folks, trans folks, queer folks, people of color, people of low income, unhoused folks. We have people who are undocumented, who are threatened by deportation. These are all the things that we need our leaders to be fighting

    Jaisal Noor:

    Many voiced support for Mahmoud Khalil, a Columbia University student and spokesperson for the pro-Palestine protest on campus who is facing deportation by the Trump administration despite being a green card holder and not being charged with a crime. Activists call it a blatant attempt to silence dissent.

    Nikki Morse:

    In Jewish Voice for Peace, we see that as a sign of the threat to all of us. The chant that we’ve been saying tonight is “Come for one, face us all. Free Mahmoud, free us all,” because we see our fates as intimately intertwined with the fate of someone like Mahmoud Khalil.

    Jaisal Noor:

    For The Real News, I’m Jaisal Noor in Baltimore.

    Son of Nun [singing]:

    From the IDF for divest.

    Divest.

    Divest.

    Divest.

    Divest and let’s lay apartheid to rest.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Jaisal Noor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/baltimore-activists-target-chuck-schumers-book-tour-as-israel-resumes-bombing-gaza/feed/ 0 520175
    HUNGARY BANS PRIDE https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/hungary-bans-pride/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/hungary-bans-pride/#respond Wed, 19 Mar 2025 16:37:31 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=659e570f6658195767e3d13e210c93c3
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/hungary-bans-pride/feed/ 0 520146
    My name is Mahmoud Khalil and I am a political prisoner. https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/my-name-is-mahmoud-khalil-and-i-am-a-political-prisoner-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/my-name-is-mahmoud-khalil-and-i-am-a-political-prisoner-2/#respond Wed, 19 Mar 2025 03:51:44 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332478 A letter dictated over the phone by Mahmoud Khalil, a Palestinian political prisoner currently being held in a Louisiana ICE detention center.]]>

    My name is Mahmoud Khalil and I am a political prisoner. I am writing to you from a detention facility in Louisiana where I wake to cold mornings and spend long days bearing witness to the quiet injustices underway against a great many people precluded from the protections of the law.

    Who has the right to have rights? It is certainly not the humans crowded into the cells here. It isn’t the Senegalese man I met who has been deprived of his liberty for a year, his legal situation in limbo and his family an ocean away. It isn’t the 21-year-old detainee I met, who stepped foot in this country at age nine, only to be deported without so much as a hearing.

    Knowing fully that this moment transcends my individual circumstances, I hope nonetheless to be free to witness the birth of my first-born child.

    Justice escapes the contours of this nation’s immigration facilities.

    On March 8, I was taken by DHS agents who refused to provide a warrant, and accosted my wife and me as we returned from dinner. By now, the footage of that night has been made public. Before I knew what was happening, agents handcuffed and forced me into an unmarked car. At that moment, my only concern was for Noor’s safety. I had no idea if she would be taken too, since the agents had threatened to arrest her for not leaving my side. DHS would not tell me anything for hours — I did not know the cause of my arrest or if I was facing immediate deportation. At 26 Federal Plaza, I slept on the cold floor. In the early morning hours, agents transported me to another facility in Elizabeth, New Jersey. There, I slept on the ground and was refused a blanket despite my request.

    My arrest was a direct consequence of exercising my right to free speech as I advocated for a free Palestine and an end to the genocide in Gaza, which resumed in full force Monday night. With January’s ceasefire now broken, parents in Gaza are once again cradling too-small shrouds, and families are forced to weigh starvation and displacement against bombs. It is our moral imperative to persist in the struggle for their complete freedom.

    I was born in a Palestinian refugee camp in Syria to a family which has been displaced from their land since the 1948 Nakba. I spent my youth in proximity to yet distant from my homeland. But being Palestinian is an experience that transcends borders. I see in my circumstances similarities to Israel’s use of administrative detention — imprisonment without trial or charge — to strip Palestinians of their rights. I think of our friend Omar Khatib, who was incarcerated without charge or trial by Israel as he returned home from travel. I think of Gaza hospital director and pediatrician Dr. Hussam Abu Safiya, who was taken captive by the Israeli military on December 27 and remains in an Israeli torture camp today. For Palestinians, imprisonment without due process is commonplace.

    I have always believed that my duty is not only to liberate myself from the oppressor, but also to liberate my oppressors from their hatred and fear. My unjust detention is indicative of the anti-Palestinian racism that both the Biden and Trump administrations have demonstrated over the past 16 months as the U.S. has continued to supply Israel with weapons to kill Palestinians and prevented international intervention. For decades, anti-Palestinian racism has driven efforts to expand U.S. laws and practices that are used to violently repress Palestinians, Arab Americans, and other communities. That is precisely why I am being targeted.

    I have always believed that my duty is not only to liberate myself from the oppressor, but also to liberate my oppressors from their hatred and fear.

    While I await legal decisions that hold the futures of my wife and child in the balance, those who enabled my targeting remain comfortably at Columbia University. Presidents Shafik, Armstrong, and Dean Yarhi-Milo laid the groundwork for the U.S. government to target me by arbitrarily disciplining pro-Palestinian students and allowing viral doxing campaigns — based on racism and disinformation — to go unchecked.Columbia targeted me for my activism, creating a new authoritarian disciplinary office to bypass due process and silence students criticizing Israel. Columbia surrendered to federal pressure by disclosing student records to Congress and yielding to the Trump administration’s latest threats. My arrest, the expulsion or suspension of at least 22 Columbia students — some stripped of their B.A. degrees just weeks before graduation — and the expulsion of SWC President Grant Miner on the eve of contract negotiations, are clear examples.

    If anything, my detention is a testament to the strength of the student movement in shifting public opinion toward Palestinian liberation. Students have long been at the forefront of change — leading the charge against the Vietnam War, standing on the frontlines of the civil rights movement, and driving the struggle against apartheid in South Africa. Today, too, even if the public has yet to fully grasp it, it is students who steer us toward truth and justice.

    The Trump administration is targeting me as part of a broader strategy to suppress dissent. Visa-holders, green-card carriers, and citizens alike will all be targeted for their political beliefs. In the weeks ahead, students, advocates, and elected officials must unite to defend the right to protest for Palestine. At stake are not just our voices, but the fundamental civil liberties of all.

    Knowing fully that this moment transcends my individual circumstances, I hope nonetheless to be free to witness the birth of my first-born child.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Mahmoud Khalil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/my-name-is-mahmoud-khalil-and-i-am-a-political-prisoner-2/feed/ 0 519961
    Israel resumes its war on Gaza, killing over 400 people in one night  https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/18/israel-resumes-its-war-on-gaza-killing-over-400-people-in-one-night/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/18/israel-resumes-its-war-on-gaza-killing-over-400-people-in-one-night/#respond Tue, 18 Mar 2025 15:54:46 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332433 Palestinian mourners pray over the bodies of victims of overnight Israeli airstrikes on the Gaza Strip at Al-Ahli Arab hospital, also known as the Baptist hospital, in Gaza City ahead of their burial on March 18, 2025. Photo by OMAR AL-QATTAA/AFP via Getty ImagesAfter two weeks of systematic Israeli violations of the tenuous ceasefire agreement, Israel has officially resumed its genocidal war on the Gaza Strip. Despite Israel's killing of over 400 people, Hamas remains committed to completing the ceasefire.]]> Palestinian mourners pray over the bodies of victims of overnight Israeli airstrikes on the Gaza Strip at Al-Ahli Arab hospital, also known as the Baptist hospital, in Gaza City ahead of their burial on March 18, 2025. Photo by OMAR AL-QATTAA/AFP via Getty Images

    This story originally appeared in Mondoweiss on Mar. 18, 2025. It is shared here with permission.

    Israel resumed heavy airstrikes across the Gaza Strip after two weeks of systematic Israeli violations of the terms of the ceasefire and the stalling of negotiations over the agreement’s second phase. The Israeli army began bombing numerous targets in the Gaza Strip early on Tuesday past midnight, including civilian homes and tents for the displaced. As of the time of writing, the Ministry of Health in Gaza reports that over 404 people have been killed in Gaza and 562 were injured in multiple massacres carried out by Israeli forces since the early morning hours. According to the Health Ministry, among the slain are 174 children, 89 women, and 32 seniors.

    After nearly two months of relative calm, the airstrikes resumed overnight without prior warning or evacuation orders, with local sources reporting that bombs dropped over Gaza City, northern Gaza, Khan Younis, Rafah, al-Bureij, and several other parts of the Strip.

    Familiar scenes of mass killing returned to Gaza as hundreds of families gathered at hospitals throughout the Strip, carrying the remains of their loved ones.

    “We were sleeping when suddenly a volcano descended on my children’s heads,” Muhammad al-Sakani, 42, told Mondoweiss in front of the al-Ahli Arab Hospital in Gaza City, standing over the bodies of his two slain children. “This is the bank of targets of Netanyahu, Trump, and all the other cowards.” 

    “They are not to blame,” he added. “Their only crime is that our enemy is a criminal who assassinates children and women as they sleep.”

    The Israeli military announced that it had carried out extensive strikes on Hamas targets in Gaza, adding that it was “prepared to continue attacks against Hamas leaders and infrastructure in Gaza for as long as necessary.” The army said that the attack would expand beyond airstrikes, signaling the likelihood of the return of a ground invasion. After the airstrikes had already begun and claimed hundreds of casualties, the Israeli military spokesperson warned several areas, such as Beit Hanoun and the Khuza’a and Abasan areas in Khan Younis, that they needed to be evacuated.

    Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s Office announced in a statement that the Prime Minister had instructed the army to “take strong action” against Hamas and that Israel would act “with increased military might from now on.” 

    Israeli Defense Minister Israel Katz said the resumed fighting was due to  “Hamas’s refusal” to release Israeli captives and “its threats to harm” Israeli soldiers and communities near Gaza. Katz added that Israel would not stop fighting until all captives were returned and “all the war’s aims” were achieved.

    In an interview with Fox News, White House spokesperson Caroline Leavitt said that “the Trump administration and the White House were consulted by the Israelis on their attacks in Gaza tonight.” 

    “President Trump has made it absolutely clear that Hamas, the Houthis, Iran, and all those who seek to spread terror, not only against Israel but also against the United States, will pay a price for their actions,” Leavitt added.

    Hamas remains committed to implementing ceasefire

    Despite the Israeli aggression, Hamas continues to call on the international community to intervene and put an end to the bombing taking place in Gaza, reaffirming the movement’s commitment to completing the ceasefire deal.

    Hamas spokesperson Abdul Latif al-Qanou told Mondoweiss that Israel was “resuming its war of genocide and committing dozens of massacres against our people,” adding that Israel’s “prior coordination with the American administration confirms [U.S.] partnership in the war of extermination against our people.”

    Al-Qanou stressed that Netanyahu resumed the war on Gaza to escape his internal crises and impose new negotiating conditions on the Palestinian resistance, referencing Netanyahu’s battle against corruption charges and his attempts to revive his right-wing government coalition. Qanou pointed out that Hamas adhered to all the terms of the ceasefire agreement and remains keen on moving on to its second phase.

    “All the mediators are aware of Hamas’s commitment to the terms of the agreement, despite Netanyahu’s procrastination,” Qanou added. “His reversal requires them to reveal this to the world.”

    The Israeli raids have killed several Hamas leaders across Gaza, including those holding civilian positions, such as Ayman Abu Teir, director of the nutrition department at Nasser Hospital in Khan Younis, who was assassinated by Israel in his home in Khan Younis along with 13 members of his family. 

    Hamas mourned several of its leaders, including Issam al-Da’alis, head of Government Operations in the Gaza Strip, Ahmad al-Hatta, Undersecretary of the Ministry of Justice, Major General Mahmoud Abu Watfa, Undersecretary of the Ministry of Interior, and Major General Bahjat Abu Sultan, Director-General of the Internal Security Service.

    Local media sources affiliated with the Palestinian Islamic Jihad (PIJ) also revealed that the military spokesperson of the PIJ’s armed wing, the al-Quds Brigades, was killed in an Israeli airstrike. Known by his nom de guerre, “Abu Hamza,” the spokesperson’s real name was revealed to be Naji Abu Saif, according to media reports. The PIJ did not officially confirm the news as of the time of writing. 

    Systematic Israeli ceasefire violations

    Since the signing of the ceasefire agreement on January 17, which stipulated three consecutive 42-day phases under Egyptian, Qatari, and American sponsorship, Hamas has largely adhered to the terms of the first phase, while Israel has systematically violated it by suspending the entry of humanitarian aid into Gaza and progressively resuming the targeting and killing of civilians in Gaza’s border areas.

    Hamas released 33 Israeli captives during the first phase as stipulated in the agreement, but Israel did not comply with its end of the deal, including the delay or prevention of the entry of reconstruction material, tents, and prefabricated mobile homes. More importantly, Israel has consistently attempted to walk back its commitments to engage in talks over the permanent end of the war and the full withdrawal of its forces from Gaza. Israel was supposed to withdraw from the Philadelphi corridor along the Egyptian border during the first phase of the ceasefire. It was also supposed to have entered into talks over the second phase of the deal in mid-February, ahead of the end of the first phase. Israel did neither, instead shifting the goalposts for the agreement by insisting that Hamas continue to release more Israeli captives without entering into negotiations over withdrawing or ending the war.

    In early March, Israeli officials threatened to completely close the crossings and prevent food, medicine, water, and electricity from reaching Gaza if more Israeli captives weren’t released. It implemented these threats during the past two weeks. Moreover, without announcing the resumption of the war, Israel resumed bombarding various areas throughout Gaza starting in March, resulting in the death of dozens of Palestinian civilians. In the two days before the official resumption of the war, Israeli airstrikes killed more than 15 people across Gaza.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Tareq S. Hajjaj.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/18/israel-resumes-its-war-on-gaza-killing-over-400-people-in-one-night/feed/ 0 519803
    The internet that could have been was ruined by billionaires https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/17/the-internet-that-could-have-been-was-ruined-by-billionaires/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/17/the-internet-that-could-have-been-was-ruined-by-billionaires/#respond Mon, 17 Mar 2025 20:35:54 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332411 KENNEDY SPACE CENTER, FL - MAY 30: SpaceX founder Elon Musk jumps for joy at a gathering following NASA commercial crew astronauts Doug Hurley (L) and Bob Behnken blast off from historic Launch Complex 39A aboard the SpaceX Falcon 9 rocket in the crew Dragon capsule bound for the International Space Station. Photo by Jonathan Newton/The Washington Post via Getty ImagesThe dawn of the internet promised a more democratic and connected world. Tech philosopher Cory Doctorow returns us to this vision in his new novel, “Picks and Shovels.”]]> KENNEDY SPACE CENTER, FL - MAY 30: SpaceX founder Elon Musk jumps for joy at a gathering following NASA commercial crew astronauts Doug Hurley (L) and Bob Behnken blast off from historic Launch Complex 39A aboard the SpaceX Falcon 9 rocket in the crew Dragon capsule bound for the International Space Station. Photo by Jonathan Newton/The Washington Post via Getty Images

    The rise of the internet and personal computing once inspired utopian visions of how technology could improve society. These days, that kind optimism is sorely lacking from the conversation. The internet has gone from a sprawling web of thousands of websites and subcultures to an increasingly homogenized and monopolized space dominated financially and politically by a handful of billionaires, whose reach now extends into the federal government. In his new novel, Picks and Shovels, author Cory Doctorow brings his readers back in time to the 1980s, the pioneering days of PCs and the internet—and the egalitarian visions of technology’s role in the future that proliferated decades ago. In a special discussion hosted by Red Emma’s Bookstore in Baltimore, TRNN Editor-in-Chief Maximillian Alvarez and Doctorow dig into his new novel, and its place in the wider discussion on tech, inequality, and capitalism.

    Production: Maximillian Alvarez
    Post-Production: David Hebden


    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Corey Doctorow:

    Baltimore, thank you very much. What a pleasure. To be in an anarchist bookstore. I grew up in a Marxist bookstore, print shops, which are a little staid. They don’t have as many comic books. It’s very nice to be in a bookstore, radical bookstore where the ethos is if I can’t read a cracking fantasy or I don’t want to be part of your revolution.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Yeah. Well, and I want give you a chance to give us an overview of this book and talk about where it came from. But before we get there, a question I’ve been really wanting to ask you for a while, I couldn’t help but sort of be overwhelmed with emotion holding this book, thinking about what it means, thinking back to young Corey, the IT worker crawling around desks and in the early days of the internet, and how much writing meant to you throughout your entire life. And of course, as someone who interviews workers all day, it makes me think of all the great works of literature that are just unwritten and living in the tired brains and exploited bodies of working people all around us. And so it’s a real remarkable thing to be holding one of those works of literature in my hand. I wanted to ask just to start, as someone who’s written so many different kinds of works, nonfiction, fiction, science fiction, what fiction writing, what has it given you that other forms of writing?

    Corey Doctorow:

    Well, I think that there are all these issues that are sort of on the horizon. I’ve spent most of my life the last 23 years working with the Electronic Frontier Foundation on these issues of tech policy that are really long way off before they’re urgent. But you can see on the horizon that things are going to be very bad if we don’t act now and when they’re that far off, everything seems very abstract and cold and it’s kind of hard to get your head around why you should be worked up about it. There’s stuff in the here and now you got to pay attention to, and this is broadly the problem of activism in the 21st century. This is the problem of climate activism. Eventually everyone believes in climate change, but if you believe in climate change because your house is on fire, it’s kind of too late and upregulating the salience of things that are a long way away, very technical, very abstract.

    It’s hard to do with just argument and you don’t want to wait until people are in the midst of it if for no other reason, then the difference between denialism and nihilism is paper thin. If we spend a decade arguing about whether anyone should be caring about the crashing population of rhinoceros, eventually there’s just going to be one of them left. And you’re definitely going to agree that this is now a problem. But at that point you might say, well, why don’t we find out what he tastes like? Right? Because there’s only one left. So getting people to care about this stuff early on, it’s very hard. And one of the things that science fiction is really good at is interrogating not just what a gadget might do, but who it might do it for and who it might do it to. The difference between a thing in your car that warns you if you’re drifting out of your lane and a thing in your car that rats you out to your insurance company because you’re drifted out of your lane is not the technology, right? It’s the social arrangements that go around it. And we are at the tail end of 40 years of technocratic neoliberalism that is really grounded in Margaret Thatcher’s idea that there is no alternative, which is really a way of saying don’t try and think of alternatives. That there’s only one way. This could be someone came down off a mount with two stone tablets and said, Larry Sergei thou shalt start mining thine log files for actionable market intelligence.

    These are not decisions that had to be made in one way, and they’re not decisions that we can’t unmake and remake in new ways. And one of the things that fiction does is let you explore a kind of emotional fly through of a virtual rendering of a better world or a worse one, both of which can inspire you to do more or to take action now to upregulate the salience of things that are a long way away.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    So you’re saying fiction is the shortest distance between the fuck around and find out stages of history?

    Corey Doctorow:

    Well, look, you need both. You don’t want to just build castles in the sky. You need a grounded theoretical basis. And the other thing about science fiction that I think is amazing is it’s the literature where we welcome exposition and exposition gets a bum rap. They’re like, oh, exposition is always bad show don’t tell. The reason we like showing and not telling is because it’s fiction. Writing on the easy level showing intrinsically is dramatic in a way that telling is not so it’s much harder to make it interesting. But you get 6,000 words of Neil Stevenson explaining how to eat a bowl of Captain Crunch cereal in Komi Con. I would read 20,000 words of that. I would tune into a weekly radio broadcast about it. So good at exposition. And so science fiction can integrate some of that theory, but you also need the theory part. This is a radical bookstore. It has an amazing comic book section. It’s also got a lot of theory.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Well, let’s talk about picks and shovels. Tell us a bit about where this book specifically a Martin Inch novel came from and give us I guess a

    Corey Doctorow:

    Quick

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Overview

    Corey Doctorow:

    Of it. So I write, when I’m anxious, it makes the world go away. I sort of disappear into the world of the mind. And so I’ve been doing a lot of writing during lockdown. I wrote nine books. I live in Southern California, so I spent all of lockdown in a hammock in my backyard writing. And one of them was this book, red Team Blues and Red Team Blues had a very weird conceit. I somehow came up with the idea of writing the final volume in a long running series without the tedious business of the series. And I thought there’d be a kind of exciting energy that kind of last day of summer camp, final episode, mash kind of feeling of getting to the finale of a long running series without having to do all that other work. And I didn’t know if it would work or not, but I sent it to my editor who’s a really lovely fellow, but not the world’s most reliable email correspondent.

    And I hunkered down to spend a couple months doing other stuff waiting to hear from him. But the next morning there was an email in my inbox, just three lines, that was a fucking ride. Whoa. And he bought two more, which is great, except that Red Team Blues is the final adventure of a 67-year-old forensic accountant who spent 40 years in Silicon Valley unwinding every weird, terrible finance scam that tech bros could think of over the whole period of the PC revolution and beyond. And he has earned his retirement by the end of Red Team Blues, he gets called out for a one last job and now it’s time for him to sail off into the sunset. And I didn’t want to bring him out of retirement. I mean, there is some precedent, right? Conan Doyle gave us back, Sherlock Holmes brought him back over Ricken Bch Falls.

    But that was because Queen Victoria offered him a knighthood if he’d do it. And my editor at the time was a vice president of the McMillan company that carries a lot of power, but you don’t get to night people. So I decided I would tell the story out of order and that you don’t really lose any real dramatic tension if you know that there’s something that happens chronologically later, which means that the character must be alive. Broadly speaking, you know that about every mystery or crime thriller series that you read. But by telling it at a sequence, I get a bunch of plot stuff for free. I don’t have to worry about continuity because I’m not foreshadowing. I’m back shadowing, right? Anytime. Two things don’t line up, I can just interpose an intermediary event in which they’re resolved. It turns out that when you’re doing this, the more stuff you pull out of your ass and make up and then later on figure out how to work out the more of a premeditated motherfucker you seem to be and people get really impressed, it’s great.

    It’s a great cheap writing trick. So this book Picks and Shovels, it’s Marty, he’s First Adventure. It starts with him as a classic MIT screw up. He’s in the computer science program in the early eighties and he is so busy programming computers that he’s flunking out of computer science. And so he ends up becoming a CPA, not because he’s particularly interested in accounting, but because the community college CPA program now has a lab full of Apple, two pluses, and he really wants to go play with those. So after getting his ticket, he and his genius hacker roommate moved to Silicon Valley at the height of the era of the weird PC because when PC started, they were weird. No one knew what they were for, who was supposed to sell ’em, who was supposed to buy ’em, how you were supposed to use them, what shape they were supposed to be.

    I grew up in Ontario, as you heard, I’m a Canadian. We’re like serial killers. We’re everywhere. We look just like everyone else. And the Ministry of Education in Ontario had its own computer that booted three different operating systems, a logo prompt, and it was in a giant piece of injection molded plastic with a cassette drive and a huge track ball like a Centipede game at the arcade. It was a very weird pc. Marty Hench ends up working with some very weird PCs. There’s a weird PC company called Fidelity Computing. The setup sounds like a joke. It’s a Mormon bishop, a Catholic priest and an orthodox rabbi who started a computer company. But the joke is it’s a pyramid scheme and they use parishioners to predate upon one another, extract money from each other and hook them into these computers that are meant to drain their wallets over long timescales because they’ve been gimmick so you can’t get your data off of them.

    The printers have been Reese Sprocketed, so they’ve got slightly wider tractor feeds, so you have to buy special paper that costs five times as much. They’ve done the same thing with the floppy drives. And this is making the millions and three women who work for them have become so disenchanted that they’ve decided to repent of their sins and rescue all of the parishioners. They have sucked into this pyramid scheme with a rival computing company. So these three women, a nun who’s left her order and become a Marxist involved with liberation theology, queer, Orthodox women whose family’s kicked her out, and a Mormon woman who’s left the faith overall position to the Equal Rights Amendment starts a company called Computing Freedom, whose goal is to make interoperable components floppy drives that work with their floppies floppies that work with their floppy drives, printers that work with their paper, paper that works with their printer printers that you can plug into their computers, computers that you can plug into their printers, all of the things you need to escape the lock-in of these devices and see in computers the liberatory potential that I think so many people saw as opposed to the control and extraction potential that unfortunately so many people also saw.

    And as Marty falls in with them, they discover that the kind of people who are not above making millions of dollars stealing from people who trust them because they’re faith leaders are also not above spectacular acts of violence to keep the Griff going. And so what starts as a commercial dispute becomes a shooting war. And that’s the book.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    So like you said, there’s like there’s a punchline kind of set up where a Mormon bishop, a Catholic priest and an orthodox rabbi walk into a bar and start a PC company. And I was thinking about that a lot when I was staring for a long while before I even got to the book at just the copyright page where it says this is a work of fiction. All of the characters, organizations and events portrayed in this novel are either products of the author’s imagination or are used fictitiously. And I wanted to ask in the context of that disclaimer, where the question of faith and the exploitation of faith in this era, what it’s speaking to that is either a creation of your mind or a real situation that you’re addressing fictitiously.

    Corey Doctorow:

    So remember that the early 1980s were a revolutionary moment or maybe a counter-revolutionary moment. It’s the moment in which all of the things that we’re worried about today started. So it’s the first election that evangelicals came into the electorate in large numbers because Reagan brokered a deal with Jerry Falwell to get evangelicals into the Republican coalition. So this is the beginning of political activism among religion. It is also the moment at which pyramid schemes are taking off, especially within religions. I tell the story in the book, but there’s a company called Amway. Amway is one of the most toxic of the pyramid schemes we’ve ever had. It was started by Rich DeVos, who’s Betsy and his partner Jay Van Andel, who ran the US Chamber of Commerce and was the most powerful business lobbyist in the world. And ironically, Richard Nixon had had enough of their shit and was getting ready to shut them down through the Federal Trade Commission when he got fenestrated.

    And Jerry Ford, who’d been their congressman, came in and ordered the FTC to lay off on them. And the FTC crafted a rule, the Amway rule that basically says so long as your pyramid scheme operates like Amway did, it’s legal. So anyone from your high school class who’s found you on Facebook and tried to sell you essential oils or tights, they’re just doing Amway for tights or essential oils. The Amway has become the template and the reason that Amway was so successful, is it married pyramid selling to religion and religion, especially religions that are high demand or that have a high degree of a demand for fertility where you’re expected to have large families. These are institutions that require a lot of social capital for the parishioners to survive, right? If you’re in a religion where you’re expected to have 10 kids and you’re also supposed to tithe 10% of your income to the church, you are really reliant on other people to help take care of your family and vice versa.

    And so they live on social capital and a pyramid scheme is a way for weaponizing social capital, extracting it, vaporizing it, turning it into a small amount of one-time cash, and then moving that up to the top of the pyramid and leaving nothing behind. I just heard a really good interview on the Know Your Enemy podcast where they talked about how pyramid selling, it’s like the bizarre world version of union organizing because pyramid selling is organized around finding the charismatic leaders within a community who other people rely on teaching them how to have a structured conversation that brings other people into what they’re doing, except this is where it goes off the rails because a union organizing conversation is about building solidarity, whereas a pyramid selling conversation is about vaporizing it. And so this crossover of technology, which is always a fertile ground for ripping people off because things people don’t understand are easy to bamboozle them with. People think a pile of shit sufficiently large always has a pony underneath it.

    And it has this nexus with religion, the takeoff of pyramid schemes and this moment of Reagan omic kind of transformation of the country. And you put all those things together, you get a really rich soil that you can grow quite a story out of. And I didn’t know that it would be echoing this moment of counter-revolution that we’re in now that they would coincide so tightly. But really this is also a book about people living through things like the AIDS crisis where it’s an existential crisis because their government has decided that not only they don’t care whether they live or die, the government’s decided they want them dead.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    I want to return in the end before we go to q and a to that, the echoes of our current moment thing. But before we get there, my wife Meg, who’s a worker owner here at Red, Emma’s is from Michigan, and so she has to hear me complain about this more than anybody. Every time we’re driving back to Michigan and we’re on the goddamn toll roads throughout Pennsylvania and Ohio, I get so irrationally angry at the existence and concept of toll roads every time we’re passing through. Like this is so stupid, not just the existence of ’em, but you see the sort of systems and behaviors that coalesce and harden around a stupid idea and become just our accepted reality. And in so many ways, that’s the relationship that we have to tech. And you are returning us to a time in this novel, like you said, the era of the weird pc, the 1980s where so much of what we accept now as kind of settled concrete fact was not settled at all. So why return to that time and what is the world that you explore in this novel?

    Corey Doctorow:

    Yeah, so it was a very contingent moment, right? Not only did no one know what the PC was for, there was a lot of argument about what the PC could be for notoriously, there’s this moment where Bill Gates publishes an open letter in all the computer hobbyist magazines called a Letter to the Computer Hobbyists in which he says, look, I know that since the dawn of the first computer hobbyists and computer science, as we understand it, the way that we wrote programs is the way we do science. You publish the program, other people improve it, they read it, they understand it, they modify it, they use it themselves. However, history stops. Now, I and my buddy have copied a program that was progress. We made our own basic compiler or basic interpreter for A-P-D-P-I think it was. So we copied someone else’s idea that was a legitimate act of copying.

    You must not copy our program when you do that, that’s piracy. And from now on, nobody copies anyone. All the copying is done. And it’s this moment where you see this division in the two cultures between people who think of it as a scientific enterprise, which means that it has this degree of peer review, information sharing, building standing on the shoulders of others, and this idea of it being an extractive industry and one where it’s like we’ve planted all the corn we need, now we can eat the seed corn, right? We’ve got all the cool ideas that we needed to make by sharing ideas. Now it’s time to just have whoever was holding onto the idea when the music stopped, be the person in charge of that idea forever and ever. And we’re still living through that. We’re living through evermore extreme versions of it.

    And actually one of the things I’m very interested in at this moment, and one of the echoes of the moment that this book is set in is that we are at a moment of great upheaval a crisis. And Milton Friedman said in times of crisis, ideas moved from the periphery to the center. He was a terrible person, but he was right about that. His weird ideas about dismantling the new deal and turning us all into forelock tugging plebs who attended our social betters and cleaned their toilets are finally bearing fruit now. And for decades, people thought those were terrible ideas, but he was like, when the oil crisis comes, when whatever crisis it is comes, we’ll be able to do this. Well right now, Trump is our oil crisis. He’s about to make everything in the world 25% more expensive or more with a series of tariffs.

    And when those hit all the countries in the world that have signed up to not allow people to jailbreak, modify, copy, and improve the big tech products who signed up to make sure that every time a Canadian software author makes an app and sells it to a Canadian software user, the dollar the Canadian software user pays makes a round trip through Cupertino and comes back 30 cents lighter. All those things that other countries have signed up to do, we can throw them out the window because we signed up to do them on the condition that we get free trade. So we can be performatively angry at Elon Musk about the Nazi salutes. He kind of likes that he’s into the attention, but if it was legal everywhere in the world to jailbreak Teslas and get all the subscription content, all the stuff that you have to pay every month for free, and that took his absurd valuation to earnings ratio down to something much more realistic and prompted a margin call on all the debt that he’s floated to buy Twitter and so on, that’s going to really kick that guy in the dongle. So I really think that we are at this moment where some of the things we wanted to do back then that were kind of taken as red back then that we exterminated over 40 years, that they’ve never really gone away. They’ve been lurking in the background all along. And I think, I’m not saying Trump is good or that this is a good thing that Trump is in office, but I am saying when life gives you stars, you make sars Barilla, and this is our chance.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    I’m thinking about what you said about the timeline of the narrative, and you sort of know how we’re all going to end if you zoom out long enough. And in so many ways, there’s that kind of tragic sense that you get reading this novel and feeling that unsettledness of the eighties knowing that the endpoint is Aaron Swartz and the state’s attack on him. The endpoint is people like Eric Lundgren, who was one of the first people I ever reported on for the Baffler who printed the very free discs that come with every PC to let you just reboot the system if it fails. He wanted to print those and give ’em to as many people as he could, so they knew how to do it. And Microsoft charged him with basically manufacturing new OS systems and he went to prisons. So there’s that tragic sense of fatalism knowing where that memo from Bill Gates, where it ended up. And so I guess I wanted to ask how we really got from this open weird potential to such a cold system of capture.

    Corey Doctorow:

    Yeah, the five giant websites filled with screenshots, the text from the other four. I think that there’s a revisionist history of that moment that says there were people who were really excited about computers, but hopelessly naive. They thought if we gave everyone a computer, everything would be fine. Those techno optimists are how we got here. I don’t think that’s true. I don’t recognize that account. When I think back to those moments and those people, for example, nobody founds or devotes their life to the Electronic Frontier Foundation, everything is going to be fine. You have to, on the one hand, be very alive to the liberatory potential of computing, but also very concerned about what happens if things go wrong. It’s both. It’s not just these can be misused, but these can be used as well. And I think that if there was something we missed, and I do think we missed it, it was that competition law antitrust was dying as the computer was taking off.

    Literally, Reagan went on the campaign trail when the Apple two plus went on sale. And we had this decades of tech consolidation, not by making better things, but by buying companies that made better things, making those things worse, but also capturing regulators so that people can’t escape. Making it illegal to reverse engineer and modify things so that you can get away from them. So you look at a company like Google, right? 25 years ago, Google made a really amazing search engine. I don’t want to downplay that. It was magic. You could ask Js questions all day long and you’d never get an answer nearly as good as the answer you would get out of Google. But in the years since the quarter century, since when Google has grown to a $3 trillion market cap company, it has had, depending on how you count between zero and one commercial successes of things that it made on its own.

    And everything that it does that’s successful is something it bought from someone else. It made a video service, it sucked Google video, it’s gone. They bought someone else’s video service, YouTube, they bought their mobile stack, they bought their ad tech stack server management docs, collaboration maps, GPS, everything except the Hotmail clone is something that they bought from someone else. They’re not Willy Wonka’s Idea Factory, right? They’re just like Rich Uncle Penny bags. They just go around. They buy everyone else’s ideas up and kind of wall them off and lock you in with them. And I think we missed that that was going on and we missed it because there was a kind of echo of the antitrust enforcement that kind of carried forward through those years. So like 1982, which is more or less where the action this story starts, Ronald Reagan decides that he is going to go ahead and break up at and t.

    At and t had been under antitrust investigation for 69 years at that point. He led IBM off the hook. IBM had been through 12 years of antitrust investigation at that point. Every year they spent more on outside counsel to fight the US government than all the lawyers in the DOJ antitrust division cost the US government. They outspent America for 12 consecutive years. They called it Antitrusts, Vietnam. And in the end, they did get off the hook, right? Reagan dropped the case against them, but they were also like, well, obviously we don’t want to get in trouble again. So when we build the pc, we’re going to get someone else to make the operating system. That’s where we get Bill Gates. We we’re going to make it out of commodity components so anyone can make a pc. And Tom Jennings, who has a cameo in this book, he is, in addition to being a really important person in the history of computer science, is also a really important gay rights activist and published a seminal zine called Core.

    And there’s a scene in the book where he’s quietly selling issues of core in the corner of a dead Kennedy show. Tom went into a clean room and reverse engineered the PC rom for Phoenix, and that’s where we got Dell Gateway Compact and so on. So you get this moment of incredible eff fluorescence where there’s BBSs everywhere because at t is not crushing modems. Everyone’s making a PC like digital equipment company, which is this titan of computing keels over and gets bought with money down the back of the sofa cushions by compact, which is a company that had barely existed 10 minutes before. Things are really dynamic back then. Everything is changing. And I think that’s what we missed was that actually we weren’t going to do the antitrust work that would keep things dynamic after that. That was the last time we were going to do it.

    We try with Bill Gates, and it did get us somewhere, right? With the Microsoft antitrust investigation. Conviction went very well. And then GW Bush gets in and he drops the investigation, but it was, it was this amazing time and it let Google exist, right? Microsoft didn’t do to Google what they’d done to Netscape. And so we got this incredible new kind internet company. Things were really dynamic. And what we missed was that the dynamism was being sapped out of the system, that these companies were aspiring to become monopolists, and the people who would’ve stepped in to prevent them were no longer on the job that we were operating on. The presumption that monopolies are intrinsically efficient, that if you see a monopoly in the wild, it means it’s doing something good. And it would be incredibly ironic to use public money to destroy something that everybody loves.

    And so that’s how we get to this moment, and it’s how we end up with widespread regulatory capture. Because a hundred companies in the sector, they can’t agree on what they want their regulators to do. They can’t even agree on where to have their annual meeting. This is how tech got its ass kicked by entertainment. During the Napster Wars, the Napster companies, the entertainment companies, they were much smaller than tech and aggregate, but there were seven of them. They were all like godparents to each other’s children. They played on the same little league. Kids played on the same little league team. They were executors of each other’s estates. They were in the same polys, and they were able to run a very tight game around 200 tech companies that made up the sector then who were a rabble and who could be divided and conquered.

    And so when the sector concentrates like this, it gets its way. And that I think was the great blind spot that we had that we would end up in this moment. Now where monopolies are the norm, regulatory capture is the norm. Markets don’t discipline companies because they don’t really have competitors. Governments don’t discipline companies because they have captured their regulators. Workers no longer have power. I mean, tech workers had power for decades. They were in such short supply. And if your boss asked you to screw up the thing, you’d missed your mother’s funeral to ship on time, you’d say, fuck off and go get a job across the street with someone who paid more. But 260,000 tech layoffs in 2023, 150,000 in 20, 24 tens of thousands this year. Facebook just announced a 5% across the board headcount reduction. And they’re doubling executive bonuses. That’s a good one. Tech workers aren’t telling their bosses to fuck off anymore. And so all the things that stopped tech from turning into just another industry, that dynamism, that meant that if they made us angry at them, we could do something about it. We could switch, we could go somewhere else. All that stuff is vaporized by the collapse of anti-monopoly enforcement and it led the pack. But we now see that in every sector.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    And I want to just tease that out a little more from the consumer side,

    Corey Doctorow:

    Right?

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    I mean, it felt like all of us have lived through the timeline where it felt like we could tell tech to fuck off and say, I’m going to go buy a Blackberry instead of this. They’re like, I’m going to go buy this MP three player instead of an iPod. Now it feels like we’re living in the period where tech’s telling us to fuck off and accept whatever they give us. And I think that speaks to the delayed reaction from us as consumers to what was happening, what you’ve just described. And our blindness to that was in part because it felt like as consumers tech was still giving us what we wanted. That dynamic period you talked about, and the companies and products and personalities that emerged from that all fed into this deep set, techno modernist, conceit that better technologies are going to win out in the market and become dominant in our lives because they are better, more efficient, the people making them are smarter, so on and so forth. So I wanted to ask, how has Silicon Valley as a real world entity become what it is because of that deep set cultural conceit that we have about it, but also how does its trajectory over the past 40 years reveal the falseness of that conceit?

    Corey Doctorow:

    Well, I mean, the reason that it seems so plausible is that it was true for a time, right? In the same way that if you show me a 10 foot wall, I’ll show you an 11 foot tall ladder. If you show me a printer where the ink costs 30% over margin, I’ll show you a company willing to sell you ink at 15% over margin. But the expansion of laws that made it illegal to do that, reverse engineering, that would break the digital lock that stopped you from using Third Party Inc. Or going to a third party mechanic or exporting your data, or when Facebook kicked off, it had a superior product to MySpace. It was like MySpace except they promised they would never spy on you. I don’t know if you remember this, and their pitch to people was Come to Facebook, we promise we’ll never spy on you.

    But the problem was that everyone who was already using MySpace had a bunch of friends there. And you know what it’s like you love your friends. They’re great people, but they’re a giant pain in the ass. And you cannot get the six people in your group chat to agree on what board game you’re going to play this weekend. Much less get 200 people that you’re connected to on Facebook to agree to leave when some of them are there, because that’s where the people have the same rare disease as them are hanging out. And some of them are there because that’s where they plan the carpool for Little League and some of them there because that’s where their customers are or their performers, and that’s where their audience is. Or they’ve moved from another country and that’s how they stay in touch with their family. It’s really hard to get those people to go Facebook cut through that Gordy and Knot, they gave people a scraper, a bot.

    You gave that bot your MySpace login and password. It would pretend to be you at MySpace several times a day, grab all the messages waiting for you, put them in your Facebook inbox, you could reply to them in and push ’em back out again. If you did that to Facebook today, they would nuke you until you glowed, right? You’d have violated Section 1201 of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act, the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act. You’d be a tortious interferer with contract. You’d have violated their trademarks, their copyrights, their patents. I mean the rubble would be bouncing by the time the bomb stopped. And so this is how you end up in a situation where the same callow asshole Mark Zuckerberg can maltreat you much more without paying any penalty. And so he does. And printer ink is my favorite example of this because it’s just so visceral.

    HP really invented this. And so it’s against the lottery fill a printer cartridge or to use a third party ink cartridge, not because those things have ever been prohibited by Congress, but because all the printers are designed to detect whether you’ve refilled your cartridge or used a third party cartridge and modifying the printer, bypassing the access control to modify the printer is illegal under Section 1201 of the DMCA $500,000 fine and a five-year prison sentence for trafficking and a device to remove that. And so HP has just been raising the price of ink along with other members of the cartel. Ink is now the most expensive fluid you can buy as a civilian without a special permit. It runs over $10,000 a gallon. You print your grocery lists with colored water that costs more than the semen of a Kentucky Derby winner.

    This is how we get to this moment. These companies that are not run by more evil or wicked people, but are just less constrained, are able to act on the impulses that they have to exploit you, rip you off, do bad things because no one tells them no. I mean, we all know people who have gotten in a position of authority where no one could tell them no and abuse it. We are living through that politically right now. That is true all the way through movements, societies, and economies. When you take away the discipline and the responsibility and accountability to other people, then even benevolent people get crazy ideas and do bad things. And people who are malevolent, but we’re getting something done that we all enjoyed then can have their craziness fly mean, and it’s bad for them too, right? This is how you get Steve Jobs going. Well, I’m going to treat my cancer with juice cleanses, right? If no one can tell you no, you’re being an idiot, you have to do it differently. Everything goes wrong.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    So we got about 10 minutes, and I want to make sure that we end before we go to q and a with the passage bringing us back to the book and reading a passage there. But while we’re on the subject of malevolent evil people and what they do when no one tells them no, I wanted to ask since we’ve got you here and we’re all freaking out for the same reasons how we interpret this, Elon Musk is doing to the federal government what he did to Twitter, and we were all laughing about a year ago with the same logic of laying off thousands of federal workers. I’ve interviewed some of them at The Real News, it’s heartbreaking. And talking about replacing ’em with ai. So how do we make sense of this and how do we make sure, where is this going to go if no one tells them no if we don’t stop them?

    Corey Doctorow:

    Well, the joke about the guy who goes to the therapist and he says, I’m really sad and I just can’t seem to shake it. And the therapist says, well, you’ve got good news. The great clown Pag Lichi is in town. You should go see him tonight. Everybody who sees Pachi comes away with a smile on his face and the patient says, but Doctor, I am pag. I sort of feel this way when people ask me about Elon Musk. I mean, look, I am in the same chaos and demoralizing stuff as you. And there is a saying from Eastern Canada, if you wanted to get there, I wouldn’t start from here. That saying gets more true every day. And as an activist, I try to focus on the places where I think we can get a lot of leverage and change stuff, not because I can see how we get from there to solving all of our problems, but I feel like the difference between optimism and pessimism or just the fatalistic belief that things will get better or worse irrespective of what we do that hope is this idea.

    If we change things somewhat, if we ascend the gradient towards the world, we want to live in that. From that new vantage point, we’ll be able to see new ways to climb further and further up that gradient. And so that’s what I’m looking for. I’m looking for what we can do right now that improves the lie of the land so that maybe we can from there, see something else that we can do in something else. And right now, I think it’s going against the International Order of Trade. I really do think this is our moment for this. I especially think that this is the case because you can easily see how countries could be stampeded into it. So my friend Carolina Botero just wrote a couple of editorials in the big Columbian Daily about why Columbia should do this, should jettison all of its IP obligations under its trade agreements with the United States.

    And I’ve been talking a lot to Canadians. I was just there giving a lecture and talking to policymakers in Canada when I told ’em this. They were like, oh, well, if Columbia does it first, we might not be able to make as much money as we would if we were the first ones off. The Mark Mexico’s in the same boat. Mexico’s facing the same 25% tariff as Canada. There are so many places that are deliberately allowing Americans to rip off their own people and holding back their own domestic tech sector that might make locally appropriate more resilient technology by adapting technology themselves that I really feel like this is our oil crisis. This is where we can get something done. I don’t know where it ends with Musk. I mean, one of the things that is crazy about this moment and for the last 10 years is that we live in a kind of actuarial nightmare of a political system because everyone is so old. We are just a couple of blood clots away from majorities flipping in both houses.

    And it’s funny, but it’s totally true. It’s weird that a country that organizes a designated survivor in a bunker during the State of the Union, so there can be some continuity, can’t figure out how to have a talent pipeline that has anyone in it that’s not, doesn’t have a 13% chance of dying of natural causes in the next year. And so things are really unstable in lots of ways. And I could easily see Elon Musk just ODing on ketamine. We are just in this very weird moment where things could go very differently at any moment. And so what I’m bearing down on what I’m putting my chips on right now is figuring out how to get countries around the world to start thinking about what it would mean to raid the margins of large American companies as a retaliatory measure for tariffs instead of retaliatory tariffs, which just makes things more expensive in your own country, which if there’s one thing we learned from the last four years in every country around the world, if you are in office when things become more expensive, you will not be in office come the next election.

    And so this is a moment where you can do something that will actually make everything cheaper for the people in your country. And here in America, I think this is going to bleed in. There’s no way to stop a Canadian company that makes a tool like a software tool that diagnoses cars that you plug into a laptop with a USB port that you plug into the car from selling that to American mechanics. So long as there’s payment processing and an internet connection, they’ll buy it. And the thing is that if you destroy the margins, if you globally zero out the margins of the most profitable companies in the s and p 500 in their most profitable lines of industry, and these are the firms that are really at the core of the corruption of our political process, I think this changes facts on the ground in America for the better as well.

    And so this is where I’m not saying this is where everyone else should be, and I am freely admit that I’m a crank with one idea, and this is my idea and I’m going to work on it, but I am more excited about this than I’ve been in a long time because I really can see a way of doing this. I used to be a UN rep, right? I’ve been in treating negotiations. You ask how you carry on and persevere when it’s hopeless. It was hopeless then, right? We were just there because you couldn’t let this stuff happen without a fight. And every now and again, we won for weird reasons, which we just happened to be in the right place at the right time, and we could give things a push when they were already unstable, but mostly we lost. But after 25 years of doing it, I’m like, oh wait.

    There’s a lot of groundwork we built in those years, and there’s a lot of constituencies that we know how to reach, and there’s a lot of people who are more worked up about this stuff than they were a long time ago. And maybe this is the moment where we can actually make a huge durable change. One of the things that I think is so about what Musk is doing is that it’s so hard to rebuild the institution after it’s gutted. But one of the things that I’m very excited about is that it will be so hard to rebuild these institutions if we can gut them. So I feel like Steve Bannon calling himself a Leninist. I’m a leftist Freedman Knight

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    As alumni of the University of Chicago. I don’t know what to do with that, but we love our crank, Corey. I know that much, and I really love and appreciate what you said earlier. I don’t know what’s going to happen in the next year, two years, four or five 50 either, but I know where we’re headed. If we do nothing, I don’t know what’s going to happen because that side of the story has not yet been authored by us. And I want to kind of return us to that question of authorship. I want to return us back to the question of this text and finish with the text, because I think one of the things that gave me was at least more of a understanding that things are not as settled as they seem. The fates of everything is not as assured as they want us to believe.

    Corey Doctorow:

    Actually, you know what? I summarized the bit that I was going to read, so I think I should yield my time for q and a. Cool. Let’s not do the reading.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Let’s just do that. We’ll yield, go read the book. It’s a really great book. Let’s give it up to Corey Docto, everybody. Thank you.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Maximillian Alvarez.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/17/the-internet-that-could-have-been-was-ruined-by-billionaires/feed/ 0 519627
    Stories of Resistance: The Saint Patrick’s Battalion https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/17/stories-of-resistance-the-saint-patricks-battalion/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/17/stories-of-resistance-the-saint-patricks-battalion/#respond Mon, 17 Mar 2025 16:22:57 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332404 On St. Patrick’s Day, Mexicans celebrate in honor of the Irish battalion that defended their country against the invading United States Army in the 1840s.]]>

    There is a wall in Mexico City with a memorial plaque for the Irish. 

    But these were not just any Irishmen. They were members of the Brigada San Patricio—the Saint Patrick’s Brigade.

    And they gave their lives for the Mexican struggle against the United States.

    This was the late 1840s.

    Potato famine was ravaging Ireland. 

    Hundreds of thousands of Irish citizens were emigrating to the United States.

    In search of a better life abroad. 

    Opportunity and hope.

    Many enlisted in the US army.

    But in the 1840s United States, the Irish were second-class people…

    If their white skin helped them to blend in, their accents did not. 

    They were ridiculed and discriminated against, for their accents and their Catholic faith. 

    And many were sent to the front lines to fight Mexico.

    Then US President James K. Polk promised to expand US territory by any means necessary. When the US declared war on Mexico in 1846, it was a war for land, for manifest destiny… 

    But for many of the Irish sent to the front lines… they were fighting for a country that was not their own. And this war of conquest didn’t sit right.

    They identified not with Uncle Sam, but with the Mexicans defending their land against a foreign aggressor. It reminded them of their own fight back home to defend Catholic Ireland against the Protestant British. Like the Irish, the Mexicans were also Catholics, seen as an inferior religion for those in the invading army.

    In Mexico, the Irish watched homes burn, and violence, looting, and sexual assaults by US soldiers.

    So… they defected. Hundreds left the red, white, and blue and joined the Mexican army. 

    They were known as the Saint Patrick’s Brigade, or the Colorados for their red hair. As many as 800 people would join the Saint Patrick’s Brigade.

    They fought under Irish Captain John Riley. And they weren’t just Irish. A band of foreigners from a dozen countries, from across Europe. Many of them Catholics.

    They marched under the green flag of Saint Patrick, with the harp and the shamrock and the Irish words Erin Go Bragh embroidered across it. “Ireland forever.”

    They fought in Monterrey, Matamoros, and several other major battles. 

    Churubusco, in Mexico City, was the last. Even as the US ranks gained the upper hand, and the Irish ran out of bullets, their brigade pushed on. They tore down the white flag of surrender and battled with their bare hands. Many bodies were left on the battlefield. 

    The rest were taken and executed by American officers as traitors… for deserting their ranks in the US army.

    But they are still remembered. From Ireland to Mexico.

    Memorials still tell of their bravery. 

    Stories are still told.

    Songs sung. 

    In Mexico, they have their own day of remembrance… September 12, which honors the Saint Patrick’s Battalion.

    And of course… Saint Patrick’s Day. Across Mexico, people lift a glass to the brigade of Irish soldiers who fought to defend Mexican soil against the US invasion.

    And the many who gave their lives…

    In recent years, Mexico City has even illuminated the city’s Angel of Independence monument in green light to remember the Saint Patrick’s Brigade and their sacrifice for Mexico.


    This is the ninth episode of Stories of Resistance — a new podcast co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. You can also follow Michael’s reporting and support at www.patreon.com/mfox.

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    You can check out folk singer David Rovics’ song, St. Patrick Battalion, here. In that same link you can also read the lyrics and see several videos of him performing the song live.

    For more information, see this link about the Mexican-American War and the Saint Patrick’s Battalion: https://www.smithsonianmag.com/history/mexican-american-war-irish-immigrants-deserted-us-army-fight-against-america-180971713/


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/17/stories-of-resistance-the-saint-patricks-battalion/feed/ 0 519571
    Can Syria’s revolution bloom after Assad? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/14/can-syrias-revolution-bloom-after-assad/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/14/can-syrias-revolution-bloom-after-assad/#respond Fri, 14 Mar 2025 16:17:49 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332365 People chant slogans during a rally called for by Syrian activists and civil society representatives "to mourn for the civilian and security personnel casualties", at al-Marjeh square in Damascus on March 9, 2025. Photo by -/AFP via Getty ImagesMore than a decade of civil war and foreign intervention has left Syria with immense challenges. What does solidarity with the Syrian people look like now?]]> People chant slogans during a rally called for by Syrian activists and civil society representatives "to mourn for the civilian and security personnel casualties", at al-Marjeh square in Damascus on March 9, 2025. Photo by -/AFP via Getty Images

    Editor’s note: This episode was recorded on March 4, 2025.

    In Syria, Assad is gone, but the country’s challenges remain. Over a decade of civil war and foreign intervention has devastated the country’s economy and politics, but a fragile optimism still exists. Joseph Daher and Ramah Kudaimi join this second episode of Solidarity Without Exception for a discussion on Syria’s long journey from the 2011 revolution to today, and what solidarity with the Syrian people should have looked like then, and could look like now.

    Pre-Production: Ashley Smith
    Audio Post-Production: Alina Nehlich

    Music Credits: 
    Venticinque Aprile (“Bella Ciao” Orchestral Cover) by Savfk |
    https://www.youtube.com/savfkmusic
    Music promoted by https://www.free-stock-music.com Creative Commons / Attribution 4.0 International (CC BY 4.0) https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/


    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Ashley Smith:

    Welcome to Solidarity Without Exception. I’m Ashley Smith, who along with Blanca Missé are co-hosts of this ongoing podcast series. Today we’re joined by Joseph Daher and Ramah Kudaimi to discuss the toppling of Bashar al-Assad’s regime in Syria. Joseph is a Swiss Syrian socialist, professor and author of Hezbollah: The Political Economy of Lebanon’s Party of God, Syria After the Uprising, and Palestine and Marxism. He recently returned from a visit to Syria only to find out that he has been fired from his university post for organizing in solidarity with Palestine. Ramah is a Syrian American activist and the campaign director for the Crescendo Project at the Action Center on Race and the Economy Institute. Ramah was previously the deputy director at the US Campaign for Palestinian Rights, where she led and supported BDS campaigns in solidarity with the Palestinian people’s struggle for freedom, justice, and equality.

    In this episode, we’ll discuss Syria’s revolutionary process, which began in 2011 as part of the Arab Spring, when people revolted against the autocratic governments throughout the Middle East and North Africa. In Syria, people rose up against Assad’s regime in a mass revolutionary struggle for democracy and equality. In response, Assad launched a counter-revolutionary war on his people to defend his rule. There is no doubt that he would have fallen without the military support of Russia, Iran, and Lebanon’s Hezbollah. Together, they jailed, killed, bombed, and terrorized the country’s people driving millions into exile and internal displacement. Nevertheless, Assad lost control over whole sections of the country. Rebels led by the Islamic fundamentalist groups like Hay’at Tahrir al-Sham that dominated the military resistance, seized control over some sections of Syria, while Kurdish-led forces in the Syrian defense forces declared a liberated zone in Rojava.

    The US intervened in Syria against ISIS. When the group took over whole swaths of the country, Washington did back some Syrian rebels, including the Kurds, but restricted them to fighting ISIS, not the regime. In fact, the US wanted to preserve the regime as a bulwark of stability in the region. At best, hoping for a more pliant ruler to replace Assad. With that not in the cards, states throughout the region and world began to normalize relationships with Assad. But the regime’s days were numbered. It had little to no domestic support, and its foreign backers became weakened and preoccupied. Israel bombed Iran and Lebanon’s Hezbollah as part of their expansion of its genocidal war on Palestine. Meanwhile, Russia got bogged down in its own imperialist war on Ukraine.

    Without support from these regional and imperialist powers, the regime began to teeter and was finally toppled by Hay’at Tahrir al-Sham, the Turkish-backed Syrian National Army and local popular militias. This has opened a new day in Syria, one that offers hope to rekindle the dreams of the original popular uprising, but also dangers posed by the Islamic fundamentalist forces now in power and the schemes of regional powers like Turkey and Israel. These two possible trajectories have been on display after this episode was recorded.

    On the one hand, the country’s new Islamic fundamentalist regime deployed its security forces in Latakia against holdout supporters of Assad in the mainly Alawite community. That encouraged sectarian attacks against the Alawite community that killed hundreds of people and drove many more from their homes in the worst sectarian violence since the fall of the regime. On the other hand, the new regime reached an accord with the Kurdish-led Syrian defense forces, which controls about 30% of the country. They agreed to unite their forces, declare a ceasefire, recognize Kurds as an Indigenous community entitled to citizenship and constitutional rights, and oppose attempts to sow sectarian strife between Syria’s different ethnic and religious communities.

    This accord is an enormous step forward for the Syrian people and a devastating setback to both Turkey and Israel’s attempt to divide the country. Thus, the future of Syria hangs in the balance between hope and horror, between an inclusive, democratic and egalitarian future and another of sectarian division, violence and social decomposition. What the masses of the country’s people do will determine whether the original hope of the revolution encapsulated in its slogan, the Syrian People Are One, will be fulfilled. Now on to the discussion with Joseph and Ramah, who provide crucial context for understanding the country’s ongoing struggle for liberation, democracy and equality.

    So obviously the biggest news out of Syria is the toppling of Assad’s regime. And I think everybody around the world, and obviously the overwhelming majority of Syrians were overjoyed about the overthrow and end of his horrific rule in power. So just to give us some background on the nature of his regime and also about the impact of the regime on the country’s people and how people responded to the fall of his regime. Maybe we could start with Joseph, because I know you were just in Syria, so you can give us an on-the-ground sense of that.

    Joseph Daher:

    To tell you honestly, since the 8th of December, it’s been kind of a dream following the fall of the Assad dynasty, a family that ruled Syria for 54 years. And obviously, there are a lot of challenges for the future of Syria. But as I’ve been saying, ability only to speak about these challenges is a big way forward. For the vast majority of the Syrian population, the ability to organize, the ability to organize conferences. For example, when I was in Syria, I was able to visit Damascus, Suwayda, Aleppo, and just the ability to go back to Syria. For a lot of people, it was not a total of possibility. I never thought I would be able to go back. I was saying there was this Syrian women political movement doing their first press conference. There have been a lot of local popular organizations will come back to this, so there’s a lot of dynamism.

    But this is not to deny as well the huge challenges for a country that suffered 13 years of war, massive destructions, 90% of the population live under the poverty line. Still the influence of foreign forces. And obviously the new actor in power that is far from being democratic, and I know we’ll come back to this, Hay’at Tahrir al-Sham. Now coming back to the nature of the, and it’s very nice to be able to say this, to the former regime, the Assad regime, it was, again, Hafez al-Assad built a new patrimonial state which was authoritarian, liberalizing the economy slowly, and there was an acceleration after Bashar al-Assad, but he put the basis, if we want, or the pillars of authoritarianism, despotism. And for the first time in decades, Syrians were able, for example, to celebrate or to commemorate the massacre of Hama that killed tens of thousands of people openly in ’82. So there was a complete oppression and criminalization of all forms of opposition.

    Bashar al-Assad completed, if you want, the patrimonialism of this regime, the centers of power concentrated within a small group, and this was only deepened with the war. And this is one of the reasons why actually the Assad regime fell as a house of cards, that no one wanted to defend a regime in which oppression was the rule, exploitation was the rule, and 90% lived under the poverty line. And soldiers did not fight. There was no major confrontations in the fall of the Assad regime. And this regime was completely dependent on foreign powers, Russia and Iran, that when they were weakened, therefore the regime vanished.

    Ramah Kudaimi:

    Yeah, it’s wonderful to be in convo with both of you and really happy, Joseph, you got to go to Syria. I’m still trying to figure out when to go myself. But yeah, that beautiful joy that people had, that continues to be had is something just so awe-inspiring. And just the shift of even how I’m able to have conversations with my family there. Immediately, the shift happened. And it was very shocking that people are immediately like, “Yeah, let’s openly talk about everything now,” after decades of really being afraid to say much about anything over WhatsApp or other way we have been staying in contact. So that stuff really was deep in so many people across the country, and we saw that fear break. We saw that fear break early on in the revolution. And then what we’ve been seeing I think these last two months is just that continuous joy and bringing us back to those early days of the revolution when people were just happy to be out in the street making demands.

    And I think some of what Joseph talked about in terms of like, oh yeah, people are just having political conversations, that doesn’t seem like a big deal, but it is really a big deal in Syria. And I think that’s something I would want to remind people. When we’re talking about authoritarianism, we’re really talking about a brutal, violent dictatorship that there was no opposition whatsoever, not like in other countries in the region where there was a controlled opposition. Here that wasn’t even accepted that there was a controlled opposition. It was just complete fealty to the regime, and specifically to the Assad family themselves.

    I think that’s another thing we need to remind ourselves, of what the regime was like. It was just really out for themselves for decades. The disappearances and the torture that we saw during the last almost 15 years of revolution were happening decades beforehand. All those pictures and videos of people being released from the prisons, it wasn’t only people who were released just from the start of the revolution, we’re talking about people who spent decades of their lives there. So that context is also important to understand why there is so much optimism and joy in this moment, even though we don’t know what’s going to necessarily happen next.

    Ashley Smith:

    Right. I think one thing we’ve got to do is start with the most recent wave of revolt, because you both have just talked about that this has been a decades-long struggle for the liberation of the Syrian people from this regime. But the most recent wave of revolt really began back in 2011 as part of the so-called Arab Spring uprisings. What precipitated the uprising in 2011 in Syria? Who participated in it? How was it organized? What were people demanding?

    Ramah Kudaimi:

    So much has happened since the end of 2010, 2011 that people kind of forget what sparked all of this. And we get bogged down into like, well, the US versus Russia, Saudi versus Iran, all the geopolitics. And what happened was this moment in time where people across the region were inspired to make a simple demand, that people want the fall of the regime. And that demand we saw go from Tunisia to Egypt to Libya to Bahrain to Yemen to Syria and beyond, to Iraq, there were protests early on, et cetera. And so I think that’s such an important context that we need to really delve into. And how important that moment was, particularly because it came almost a decade after the start of the global war on terror and the US invasions and occupations of Afghanistan and Iraq. And kind of really a moment in time that was very dark for the region.

    We were having the Palestinian Second Intifada at the time as well. And so this was a moment where people were like, “No, actually we can make our own demands of these regions. We aren’t just being played by this geopolitical power versus this other one and whatever regime is wanting to do.” And so particularly in Syria, it started the famous protests of youth in Daraa, who saw what was happening across the region and decided to paint these freedom slogans on the walls of their city. And they were immediately arrested and tortured. The army person who was in charge of their torture actually just recently got captured, thankfully. So we can talk more about the need for accountability. But their torture then sparked more protests by folks in Daraa and were eventually met with even tanks and further violence, which then brought out protests against cities across the country. And there’s how this revolution sparked.

    So there’s just that sparking of it. And obviously there’s things like the economic situation was not that good at the time. There was a drought happening, there was high unemployment. The Bashar al-Assad had really opened up the country in terms of neoliberal policies, which meant slashing of subsidies and rising expenses. And none of that was necessarily new. But that with the moment of protests happening across the region with, again, if we think by February, March, 2011 when things started picking up in Syria, by that time Ben Ali had already fled in Tunisia, Mubarak had stepped down in Egypt. So that was two huge processes that brought down regimes that had been in power for decades. Of course people are going to then be like, “Why can’t this happen to us too?”

    Joseph Daher:

    I think what Ramah explained is key. And the images also of seeing people protest in Tunis and especially in Tahrir Square. I think the fall of Mubarak was a key turning point. Without forgetting obviously what happened in Bahrain, Yemen and Libya. And I think the roots, while every country has its own specificities, has to be found in obviously the absence of democracy, but also the particular, if you want, capitalist dynamics in the region where you have for the past decades, a form of blocked economic development focused on sectors of economy with short-term profits, such as luxurious real estate, financial services, trade. While productive sectors of the economy, such as agriculture and manufacturing industry, were very much diminished or undermined through the neoliberal policies. And obviously this increased also as well the level of corruption.

    So contrary to what a lot of academics and the US kind of discourse, more neoliberalism or economic liberalism did not bring democracy out [inaudible 00:15:20]. It brought quite the opposite, a form of upgrading authoritarianism, what we witnessed throughout the uprising. So yes, there were specificities in each country, but again, I think they all had similar kind of characteristics when it came to absence of democracy, absence of social justice, blocked economic development, and a willingness of the popular classes to basically participate in the future of the country, to decide their own future.

    Now, when it came to the Syrian uprising, what was interesting was the form of organization. Very rapidly, we had local coordination committees at the level of neighborhoods, cities, region, starting to organize protests, forms of civilian resistance. But the local coordination committees had democratic aspirations, I would even say some socioeconomic aspirations as well, talking about the issue of social justice inequalities. Because if you look at the geography of the uprising in Syria, it’s very much the poor neighborhoods of the big cities, rural areas, midtowns that suffered mostly from the neoliberal policies, the austerity measures that Ramah mentioned.

    And afterwards, as the uprising continued, also the regime withdrew from certain areas. And this is important to say that we had forms of double power, meaning that you had a key challenge to the center of power and people self-organizing through local councils. And obviously we shouldn’t romanticize all experiences. Some of them were not completely democratic, the role of armed opposition forces was also problematic. But there were attempts in large areas of Syria to self-organize, to manage their own life. And afterwards, unfortunately, we had militarization that was imposed on the Syrian population. There were harsh debates among Syrian protest movement on the issue of militarization. We forget now, but there were harsh debates was not easy solutions. And very often at the beginning it was civilians taking up arms to defend their own neighborhoods. And this is how the Free Syrian Army developed afterwards. Unfortunately, the level of violence was so heavy, so high on the protesters. Also the level of foreign intervention increased massively.

    So we had a popular uprising that turned into with foreign interventions from all sides. First of all, on the side of the regime, Hezbollah of Lebanon, Iran, very early on, even mid-end of 2011, and afterwards, Russia, 2015. On the other side, the so-called Friends of Syria, such as Saudi Arabia, Turkey, and Qatar played also a very reactionary role by supporting the most, I think, reactionary sectors of the Syrian opposition. While most of these actors in the first six months of the uprising were trying to reach a deal with the Syrian regime at the time, we forget this, and they were quite big economic investors in Syria prior to 2011, for all of them were close allies. We forget that Erdogan and Bashar al-Assad used to spend their vacations together prior to 2011.

    So all this made that until recently, the roots, if you want, of the organization of the Syrian popular uprising suffered massively. First of all, because of the repression, the deadly repression of Syrian regime, its attempts to sectarianize from the beginning, eliminate every kind of democratic opposition and the rise of reactionary Islamic fundamentalist forces, the rise of foreign interventions, and militarization. And there were only few pockets I would see a continuous, I would say, roots of the popular uprising. But the key dominating aspect, unfortunately, since 2015 was the military aspect, in which it’s very hard to democratic and progressive to express and organize.

    Ashley Smith:

    So let’s talk now about how Assad was able to withstand this revolutionary uprising. What enabled the regime to survive one of the most mass popular uprisings of any of them that happened in the Middle East back in 2011 with the most democratic self-organization? What kind of regional and international powers intervened to help save the regime? And what was the impact of the counterrevolution on the country? Maybe we can start with you, Ramah on this.

    Ramah Kudaimi:

    Yeah, it’s interesting because I think for people who are into conspiracy theories, a lot of times it’s like, “Well, this was a conspiracy against the Assad regime.” And the reality is I think many people will tell you no, actually the global conspiracy was against the revolution itself. So we have the obvious actors that came in to support the Assad regime, which Joseph talked about in terms of Iran, Hezbollah, Russia. And we have to understand too, it wasn’t just the official armies of these folks, but Iran, for example, backed a lot of militias, whether it’s militias from Iraq or militias of people that they sent from refugee camps like Afghan, Pakistanis, refugees in Iran that they would just send to fight on their behalf in Syria, which is absolutely ridiculous that they would be able to get away with this.

    And the fact that they did it with such ruthlessness. We’re talking the bombing of hospitals was just a normal thing. Something we obviously spent the last year watching Israel do in Gaza, Assad normalized it to such an extent across Syria. The use of chemical weapons, the torture, the imprisonment, the siege, all tactics to destroy the uprising and all, again, supported by various international powers. And even, frankly, by the so-called Friends of Syria at one point and another where it was just like there could have been more potentially ways to hold Assad back that different regimes refused to do, did not want to do.Because at the end it became, I think, very clear, especially by 2013, 2014, that the preservation of the regime was much more important than the people actually succeeding in their revolution.

    And then we saw that, as Joseph was talking about, as folks took up more arms and it became more of an armed resistance against the regime, I mean sometimes that’s just going to be the reality of what’s going to happen when you have activists who were imprisoned, killed, or forced to flee, when you had geopolitics becoming the dominant discourse. So that was what became the issue in Syria versus, again, what do the everyday people want? And that’s such an important part of the conversation we need to have in terms of how we move forward and the future of Syria is to always remember who actually had the Syrian people’s future and their goals in mind. It was no one other than the Syrian people. It was obviously not those who came in support of the Assad regime. It was not the United States who was supposedly against the regime. It was not any of the various Friends of Syria that came together. It was not the United Nations and other international bodies. Let’s be very clear. So I think that’s a very important part of the conversation as we talk now and then in the future.

    Joseph Daher:

    Well, I totally agree with Ramah. I just add very few things. As I mentioned before, in the summer of 2012, half of Syria was outside the control of the regime. This is where you had extension increase in the assistance given by Iran, Hezbollah and the militia supported by Iran. In 2015, Russia intervened. And it was from this period they were able to reconquer territories. First of all, Eastern Aleppo in 2016, after Damascus countryside, Daraa. But even with this, it wasn’t enough. And militarily, the regime needed Iran and Russia, but also politically and economically. And this is how they accumulated a huge debt, especially to Iran, the 30, 50 billions. I think this is something that should be taken more by, especially the authorities, but the Syrian Democrats, is that we have an odious debt, so we don’t need to pay it to the Iranians.

    And the fact that this debt was made consciously against the interest of the Syrian people and Iran was participating in the massacres and keeping this regime in place. Plus, and it’s important also, as Ramah was saying, that everyone was against the fall of this regime, basically. There was a normalization that was started from 2018. The US and Russia were kind of having deal, how do they share Syria? It was clear that Israel from the beginning and for the past decades saw as a threat the fall of this regime. And the day after the fall of this regime, the best proof of this is that they bombed massively Syrian state capacities, armed capacities and extended the occupation of Syria the day after the fall of the guardian of the border with Israel.

    So we had a normalization period, et cetera. And the fall of the regime came from an initiative from an armed group, Hay’at Tahrir al-Sham. But even there was a green light given by Turkey. Turkey also entered the normalization process with the Syrian regime. So none of them wanting it. But because this regime was so weak and dependent on foreign actors, Iran and Russia most especially, and when they were weakened, again as I said, because it had no popular support, it vanished. So here we see really the key issues of foreign actors within the Syrian revolution process. And throughout the past five years, I would say, whether the kind of so-called Friends of Syria or Russia and Iran on the side really wanted to impose a form of authoritarian stability in the region, which included Assad.

    Ashley Smith:

    So let’s talk a little bit about how the US got involved, because both of you just touched on this. And it seems to me that the real turning point for significant intervention was after the rise of ISIS, which took over whole sections of Syria and Iraq. And the US then started intervening quite intensively. So what were its aims in doing so? What was the US really up to in Syria?

    Joseph Daher:

    Well, and again, I think it’s important, especially now that it’s been more than a decade, and also speaking with this in Syria with people that are a generation of 20 years old and asking them how they joined the revolution, et cetera. And I think we have to have the kind of similar kind of discussion outside, how the Arab uprisings or the uprisings in the region started and it wasn’t a conspiracy or et cetera. And in the case of Syria, again looking at the role of the US, I will always remember Hillary Clinton from I think the first few weeks of the uprising saying, “You know, Bashar Assad is a reformist, he’s not like his father.” It was two or three years before Obama reopened the embassy in Damascus. There was willingness to cooperate. And the Syrian regime of Assad, father and son, had a long history of cooperation with US imperialism. I think it’s important to remind everyone.

    And it was clear from the beginning, they said, “We will not have any Libyan scenario in Syria.” They were not interested in any kind of destruction of the Syrian regime. Rather they were seeking maybe to replace the head with another head that would be more submissive to their own political interests. But because of the nature of the Syrian regime, this was very difficult to do, the patrimonial nature, concentration of centers of power. But they definitely didn’t want the uprising to see a full complete of the acien regime, they were more in a controlled transition. This was the main aim of the US. And with the rise of ISIS, this challenged also the interests in the region and especially in Iraq. Iraqi Kurdistan, with the leadership of Barazan is a key ally. And they saw ISIS as creating, when it established its so-called Islamic Emirate from Mosul to Raqqa as a threat to the regional order.

    And this is when they intervened. They did not intervene in a manner to serve the interest of the Syrian population, but to serve their own political interests. And therefore there was never any kind of real intervention against the Syrian regime. There was one offensive made by Trump in the first presidency following the massacre, the chemical massacre of Khan Shaykhun, the city up north. But even then, the attack they did was really symbolic and they had actually told the Syrian and Russian that they would attack this particular military basements areas. So it was very clear for the US they always wanted a very clear control transition that does not create more chaos to the region, especially to Israel, Jordan, which is a key ally of the US as well. So here, I believe the main role of the US, it was never to challenge actually the Syrian regime.

    Ramah Kudaimi:

    The only other thing I’d add is just the context of, again, this continuing global war on terror and the excuse that that has given various presidents since 2001 to go in and go after, quote, unquote, “the terrorists.” So I think obviously, you know, Obama declared that the war on terror was over in 2013. That obviously was not true because a year later he’s going into Iraq and Syria against ISIS. Biden claimed, you know, “I withdrew the troops from Afghanistan in 2021.” That hasn’t stopped necessarily various drone strikes, especially in parts of Africa particularly. And then, obviously, what we’ve seen again with Israel and Gaza since October 7th, 2023.

    And I think that’s just part of the conversation as well in terms of like when the US and their allies truly intervened, it was to, again, fight who they were considering as terrorists. And it was to ensure these… We agree these are reactionary forces were destroyed. But it also happened around a time where the Assad regime was being very weakened. And what did that mean in terms of, in this moment of time where you chose to intervene was not against Assad but against ISIS.

    Ashley Smith:

    Right. So let’s turn a little bit to the questions about the later stages in the run-up to the toppling of the regime because one of the key powers in the region that started to intervene, that we really haven’t talked that much about, is Turkey. And Turkey played an increasing role, largely in opposition to the rise of a Kurdish revolutionary process within Syria, including establishing a regional autonomous area, Rojava. So why did Turkey increasingly intervene and become a player in Syria despite the deals, that Joseph talked about, the Erdogan regime making with Assad?

    Joseph Daher:

    Again, it’s important to remind everyone that Erdogan and Bashar Assad were great foes, there was commercial free trade agreement between both countries that now they want to also revive that would be catastrophic in economic terms for Syrian national production, especially manufacturing industry and agriculture. So in the first six months of the uprising, Turkey pushed for a deal between the Syrian regime and the Muslim Brotherhood that was refused, and they cut relations completely. And this is where Turkish state started supporting sectors of the opposition, especially in the beginning, Muslim Brotherhood welcoming a lot of Syrians. And throughout the years, as the Syrian regime with the help of its foreign allies, Turkey saw it was unable, basically, at this period, to overthrow the regime, turned more and more to concentrate on trying to put an end to what it perceives as a continuation of its national threat or national security threat, the Kurdish issue. And especially the fallout of the peace negotiation.

    So therefore, from there on, this concentrated more and more on the northeast, which is controlled by the autonomous administration of the Northeast, which is dominated by the PYD, a sister organization of PKK. So Turkey saw it as a continuation of its basically national security threat around the Kurdish issue. And this is how we understand the increasing intervention of Turkey in Syria. Also, it was to preserve its influence through the support of what is called its proxy, Syrian National Army, which is composed of tens of thousands of soldiers paid by Turkey, that serve their interests. And also lastly, there was the issue of the Syrian refugees that became an internal factor of instability for the AKP and rising racism against Syrian refugees. So they wanted to also to push them back to Syria. So I think these are the key, until recently, until the fall of the regime.

    Ramah Kudaimi:

    Turkey, like every other regional player, has its interests and those interests changed throughout the last 10, 12 years. And I think that’s an important, again, part of the conversation of what it means for those of us outside of the region, what solidarity looks like to be thinking about these things. It’s not just always a clearly like, “Here’s the formula of what it means to be a leftist.” Because I think that’s what a lot of times we’re looking for, instead of being like, “Things are going to shift very dramatically,” we have seen, and we need to be always on top of these shifts and understand when there are moments that like, yeah, there came a time when Turkey was very supportive of the revolution and was providing a lot to refugees, what does that mean? And then they flip obviously because they have their own concerns in relationship to their power and the Kurdish question, as Joseph was talking about. And now this flip-flop back of just like, “Oh, can we… Now the people we like are in power.”

    Ashley Smith:

    So if you think about where we stand over the last year, before the last year, before the Israeli genocidal war, Assad is in power, he’s normalizing relations with all these regional powers, but the country is not entirely controlled by Assad. There’s the Kurdish region, autonomous region, there’s sections of the country controlled by HTS, and the regime only has a narrow base. So what changed in the region and who are the forces that toppled the regime?

    Joseph Daher:

    First of all, it’s important to remember that the Assad regime had couple of changes to seek or to be able to guarantee in a way the survival of its regime by entering a form of transitional phase that was very symbolic because before its fall, the resolution 2254, UN resolution was seen by the regime in Russia, basically the demands were being constantly undermined since 2012 as the regime was normalizing. But the regime never sought, first of all, to restructure its own institutions, to seek even to guarantee some of the interests of actors they were normalizing with. This is one thing also, this is, and despite the fact that Russia and Iran were saying to some extent, not harshly, to the Syrian regime, try to give a bit to guarantee a bit.

    But more importantly, first of all you have the weakening of Russia following its imperialist war against Ukraine. It was not able to be able again to intervene as it was before. Iran and Hezbollah were definitely weakened by the sequence of events that followed the beginning of the genocide in Gaza. Israel was more and more, and with the total support of the US, because this genocide has been ongoing mainly because of US support and obviously European, but mainly US, especially military economically. So it weakened Hezbollah massively in the war of Lebanon and Iran in Syria. And you had even other areas outside the control of the region such as Suwayda and partially Daraa in the south. And these two actors actually, military actors from these regions when HTS, Hay’at Tahrir al-Sham, and again no one was seeing that they were top of the regime.

    First of all, I think even them, their main objective was to have better position in future negotiation by taking the countryside of Aleppo, possibly Aleppo, but not the whole. But when they were continuing the attack, it was actually armed groups from the south that entered first Damascus. And you had also part of a popular dynamics protest that is important to remember. First, and after let Ramah, Hay’at Tahrir al-Sham, we have to acknowledge that it went through major ideological political evolution from starting as a branch of Daesh in 2012, Jabhat al-Nusra, then falling out with Daesh, joining Al-Qaeda, falling out with Al-Qaeda. And basically because of the material reality they’re living in, they had to, in the northwest, basically rule an area.

    So they’re not anymore a transnational jihadist organization. They’re very pragmatist and they’ve been very pragmatist for a while. It’s not new. Does that mean they’re a democratic organization? No, far from it. They want to consolidate now their power and authoritarian, neoliberal, et cetera. We can come back to this later. The Syrian National Army, as I said, is acting as a main proxy of Turkey really. And this is a key asset for Turkey. And Turkey today is the most important regional actor within Syria.

    Ramah Kudaimi:

    I think I’ll also say that I think we can’t forget that even though it was under this banner of HTS, this is offensive started, right after, you know, the end of November through December 8th when Assad fled. We have to remember Idlib as a region housed Syrians from across the country. Idlib was where everyone would escape to when, you know, there was a deal made, when Assad would lay siege on an area, and then the UN would intervene. And in order to end the siege, the deal would be that these folks would hop on what became known, these green buses that everyone saw these images of, and then take the fighters and their families to Idlib.

    And I think that’s an important part of the conversation of just like a lot of these fighters that were part of this offensive were fighters who were returning to their homes, reuniting with their families. And so when they went to Halab, when they went to Hama, when they went to Homs, it was people returning to their homes. And I say that because I think that is a very different narrative than like, “Oh these HTS reactionaries brought down this, quote, unquote, ‘secular regime,'” which I think is something that certain parts of the internet is trying to push, this narrative, which is just not true. And I think it’s important to have these facts in place as we talk about what the future of Syria is and also to like really inspire us when we talk about… So many struggles across the globe are about returning to the homeland. And we’re witnessing an opening now of people returning to their homelands.

    Ashley Smith:

    Yeah, I think that really captures the dual dynamic of the toppling of the regime, that it had this very mass popular element to it of people within the country feeling liberated and HTS trying to consolidate its rule. So I want to ask about now the post-revolutionary situation and the kind of trajectory of things in Syria. So what is HTS trying to do in consolidating its transitional government? And how are the popular forces, the popular classes responding to that? And how does this connect to the original goals of the revolution in 2011?

    Ramah Kudaimi:

    Yeah, it seems like every day something new comes up, which is exciting, it is really exciting and it’s like, “Oh wow, things are just not set in stone?” I think people continue to be optimistic. I know I actually surprise myself when I’m like, “Oh this is interesting.” That pragmatism that Joseph was talking about is really coming through a lot in ways that at times I found unexpected. And my hopes of hopes that that continues. Even though we know, again, it’s not like some leftist socialist project is being born in Syria at this moment in time. Let’s be real. That is not what is being born at this moment. But that does not also mean that the opening isn’t there for the future of that.

    And I think that’s the biggest thing to me to keep in mind is like these openings are so important because, again, under these decades long under the Assad regime, those openings were not absolutely there. So even if the folks who are in power now, these folks who you know are former HTS fighters who are reactionary in many of their politics, et cetera, that is not necessarily the ideal where actor that the majority of Syrians would be like, “Yes, this is who we want to take over.” And yet under what we’ve been seeing these last two months is there continues to be openings for these conversations and these discussions and people being out and having these things very publicly, again, back to the early days of the revolution, these demands being made.

    I do think there’s like three things that I think really are important for us to continue to push on for those original goals of the revolution. One, how do we get accountability for all the war crimes? So obviously first and foremost, Assad and his cronies. And we’re seeing some people have been getting arrested. I think there was an official demand made of Russia to hand over Assad recently. So what does that mean? But the reality is when you have 10, 12 years of war, all kinds of actors have committed war crimes, whether it is HTS, whether it is SDF, like so many of these rebel groups. And what does accountability mean? Not accountability like everyone needs to be punished, but what is the process in order to get us to a point when we can actually rebuild this country, recognizing all the different pain and suffering all sectors of society went to.

    I think the other one, I think there’s been a lot of demands and protests by the families of the disappeared. And I think that’s one thing that actually has disappointed a lot of people is that, well, Sharaa now officially being the president of Syria has yet, to my understanding, to meet any of the families of the disappeared. And that’s been something that I think across the board has been a disappointment by many folks. And then I think there is this question of there’s a terrible economic situation in place and also the political situation. And I think there’s like this question of like what do you tackle first? Do you go all in to try to fix the economy because that’s what people need to survive? But does that then mean that the political situation of like the basics of freedom of assembly and freedom of speech and how we can get subsumed into this like economic solution? And I think those are the kind of discussions that need to continue. And hopefully that there continues to be space for that as we see various people take their positions in power now.

    Joseph Daher:

    Yeah, I think I will start where Ramah finished. The issue of the space to organize. And again, I think this is a principle for leftists. We see what the country, society, what is the space to organize for workers for popular classes? And it’s undeniable that since the fall of the regime, this space has increased massively. And this is, again, a victory for anyone thinking in gaining interest for the popular classes, working classes. Moreover, Hay’at Tahrir al-Sham is still unable, because of the lack of human capacities and military capacities, to completely and fully dominate the country, which is a chance again for the Syrian popular classes.

    Does that mean it transformed automatically in the future democratic social society? No, it’s a race now. It’s basically a race between the ability of the Syrian popular classes, working classes to organize democratically, socially, et cetera. And on the other side, a clear, I think, willingness that has been proven for me since day one nearly or the day after the fall of the regime, that HTS is seeking to consolidate its power. The first government, transitional government they established was from one color, all the same ministers from Idlib establishment of a new army only with their members. Now they want to integrate people from the Syrian National Army. And some of them are true criminals, Abu Amsha, and others that are known assassins, establishment of new security services by the right hand of Julani, Ahmad al-Sharaa, designation in various professional associations and trade unions of new leadership. For example, the Lawyers Association and the members opposed it and demanded free elections.

    So there’s a clear attempt, and also on other levels they have no legitimacy for the moment to decide on the future of the economic trajectory of the country. They already made various statements regarding this. And a clear neoliberal path, privatization of state assets, ports, airports, transport networks, et cetera. And wanting to put an end to various forms of subsidies, bread obviously, electricity, et cetera. Now I think what Ramah was saying is one of the key issues I will just add regarding transitional justice, it would be key also to struggle against sectarian tensions, I believe so, without transitional justice it will be very hard, as well as ethnic divisions within the country. And we’ve seen in the past few days and weeks militia campaigns by HTS in rural areas of Homs that have killed dozens of people. We’re seeing rising tension. Full transitional justice I think can be also tackled, but I think democratic and social rights will have to go together.

    I’m very afraid that if there’s no economic improvement, because again, 90% of the population live under the poverty line, massive destructions. For a large section of the Syrians, obviously they’re happy because the regime is stopped, but their socioeconomic situation has not changed. So they still have to deal on a daily basis how they’re going to be able to live. And if we’re not able to improve their condition, they will not. It’s not because they’re unwilling, but they will not be able to participate to democratic debates or issues of citizenship, et cetera. And there’s a fear that we transform this issue in elitist discussions, issues of [inaudible 00:46:28] if we’re not able to bring them with socioeconomic issues. And here, I believe the role of trade unions, professional associations should be key, asking for free elections within it, starting to be active on its workplace, et cetera. So again, there are a lot of challenges, but as I started, I think, the discussion, the ability to think about these challenges, to live them is already a victory.

    Ashley Smith:

    So I want to end with one final question, which is really the theme of the entire podcast that we’re doing, which is called Solidarity Without Exception, with all democratic uprisings throughout the world. And one of the things that’s striking in a discussion about Syria is how much of the progressive left didn’t extend solidarity to the Syrian revolution, but did extend solidarity to the Palestinian liberation struggle. And really the question is why did that happen? And how should we think about solidarity globally, with the Ukrainian struggle for self-determination, with the Syrian struggle for the transformation of their society, with the struggle for Palestinian liberation and their relationship between one and another?

    Ramah Kudaimi:

    Yeah, I think I’ll start with saying that it also wasn’t necessarily a given that the left would be so in support of Palestinian liberation. I think that took decades of struggle as well. I think we all have been part of that struggle, and I think that’s just, unfortunately, being a leftist doesn’t mean that automatically you have the right politics. This is struggle that we’re having and organizing and needing to do. The importance of political education and organizing is important. And yes, of course it makes sense why particularly in the West leftists would be very clear about their solidarity with the Palestinian people since it is the Western countries, particularly the United States, arming the genocide for decades now.

    But I think what continues to be so infuriating is why that somehow is seen as requiring then Western leftists to, say, shill for Putin or shill for the Assad regime when they were still in power. And also having to realize that imperialism, Islamophobia, the war on terror, these are not just Western projects at this point. These are projects of China, these are projects of Russia, these are projects of the regional powers across the globe. And it’s so important that we, again, as I was saying earlier, it’s not just like, “Here are the three leftist positions,” no, we have principles as leftists and then we understand how we look at a situation based on our principles and our values and then decide this is what it means to be in solidarity with the oppressed people.

    And I think we’ve seen, similar to how liberals spent 2024 telling us we have to throw Palestinians under the bus in order to ensure that the greater fight against the right wing prevails, i.e. we have to support the Democrats in order for Trump to be defeated, I think leftists have had that positions towards Syrians for years now in terms of the greater fight is anti-imperialist fight. Assad somehow falls in that and so that is why the Syrian people need to just be sacrificed. And what we’ve learned is allowing genocide and massive war crimes to continue actually just leads to fascism and right-wing politics, whether it’s in Syria or US support for Israel.

    And I think we have to really push ourselves as leftists this idea that just whataboutism is not a politic. Calling out liberal hypocrisy is not politics. We are losing as leftists, to be very real. And seeing, like it hasn’t even been two weeks of Trump, and I’m like, “We are in trouble.” And one of the reasons we are in trouble is because a large part, again, of the left has just failed at understanding what our project should be and putting out a vision of what our project is meant that is not just like in of itself a hypocritical vision, just like what liberals have done with conservatives and the right wing. I think in this moment I think there’s a lot that we can, again, be inspired by the Syrian people. And for us it’s like, “What can we do at this moment?” We still have an opportunity to change the way we interact with the Syrian revolution. And so things like demanding the lifting of sanctions is going to be very important.

    So how are we pushing that the sanctions gets lifted? And how are we doing more grassroots support and donating as the grassroots left across the globe so that these institutions in Syria who are trying to rebuild are not only dependent on the neoliberal capitalist world system that we are, obviously. And then the misinformation and the disinformation, the propaganda we need to continue to watch for it and continue to trust the people of Syria. We’ve seen Syrians over and over again uprise when they need it, whether it’s from the regime. Syrians who were living under HTS in Idlib had no problem going out and making demands of HTS.

    So I think that’s a reality we can’t just succumb to of just like, “Well, now this reactionary force is in power, then that’s it, it’s all over.” No. Trust the people. And again, because for those of us in the US, the arms embargo demand around Israel continues to be top, not only obviously for Palestinian liberation, but we saw what Israel did immediately after the fall of the regime, go in, take more land, destroy all the planes and all these things that they somehow did not do while Assad was in power. And now all of a sudden take out all the military assets of the state. So I think that continues to be another important demand, and why we cannot separate our solidarity with Palestine from the solidarity of everyone else in the region.

    Joseph Daher:

    Yeah, it’s great, Ramah, because I always want to start where she finishes. It’s amazing. No, regarding the direct demand based Ramah in the US, you in the US, me in Europe is we can see direct links between the solidarity campaigns with Palestine and Syria. First of all, oppose Western imperialism and especially regarding sanctions. I was opposed against the general sectoral sanctions on Syria prior to the fall of the regime, based on the fact that these sanctions were hitting massively the same population and impoverishing them partially. And I’m opposed also today because it’s definitely a political card used by Western imperialists, especially the US, to pressure any kind of government. Today it’s HTS, hopefully tomorrow it’s not anymore. Maybe a bit afterwards. But it’s a card of pressure. And this is unacceptable. Goes against the interest of Syrian population.

    Just as the genocide was allowed and permitted and supported by Western imperialism, just as the war in Lebanon and expansion, occupation and destruction of Syrian statement and military capacities by Israel. So all of this, we can see the common demands, I mean, regarding Israel as genocide, continuous occupation, et cetera. And I think more broadly, our work is also because the significance of campism is also the inability to project a political alternative built on socialism from below. The ability of the people to change radically a political situation, a political framework from mass participation from below.

    This idea came back at the beginning of the uprisings in the MENA region after Tunis, Egypt. It was lost partially because of the counter revolutions. And I think it’s also something that throughout the world, this ability to change from below a political framework has been lost partially. And we have to rebuild this issue of socialism from below, internationalism that runs against a view by campism, that because change from below is not possible, we will basically put our politics in geopolitical dynamics, and we hope that the enemy of my enemy is partially kind of my friend. So basically the Russia, China as opposed to the US, therefore maybe we could find an opportunity to improve our own situation, regardless of the fact that these regimes are authoritarian, neoliberal, patriarchal, et cetera.

    And it’s putting also false hopes in these kinds of… It’s wrong hopes, wrong strategy, completely, to believe that these regimes that have very good relation, by the way, with Israel, that they not challenge the capitalist system, they just want a bigger part in it. And similarly with the so-called axis of resistance, how can we trust regimes or political parties that oppose their own popular classes, that repress them, that participate in a system of oppression? So again, I think the key issue is bringing back this issue of socialism from below, internationalism and that basically our destinies are connected. The liberation of Palestine is connected to the liberation of the popular classes of the Middle East and North Africa, and of the support, the international support, internationalist support of leftist popular classes against the complicity of their own state in a genocide and an apartheid state. And this is what we have to work with, to believe once again that our destinies are linked regardless of the borders and knowing the different situation. But really, it’s through internationalism, socialism from below that we believe that we can liberate Palestine and the further region internationally.

    Ashley Smith:

    Thanks to both Joseph and Ramah for that eye-opening discussion of Syria’s revolutionary process. Clearly a new day has dawned in Syria, one that offers hope for a truly democratic transition, but also challenges posed by Islamic fundamentalists in power as well as regional and imperialist powers. Stay tuned for our next episode on Solidarity Without Exception, hosted by Blanca Missé, where she will discuss Puerto Rico’s ongoing struggle for national self-determination and its class struggle against the island’s elite, with state senator and activist, Rafael Bernabe. To hear about upcoming episodes, sign up on the Real News Network newsletter.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Ashley Smith and Blanca Missé.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/14/can-syrias-revolution-bloom-after-assad/feed/ 0 519094
    Prince Group-linked businesses raided in international money-laundering probe https://rfa.org/english/cambodia/2025/03/14/prince-group-cambodia-china-isle-of-man-money-laundering/ https://rfa.org/english/cambodia/2025/03/14/prince-group-cambodia-china-isle-of-man-money-laundering/#respond Fri, 14 Mar 2025 14:56:07 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/cambodia/2025/03/14/prince-group-cambodia-china-isle-of-man-money-laundering/ Businesses owned by Prince Group chairman Chen Zhi on the Isle of Man have been raided and two employees arrested as part of what police called “a large-scale international money laundering investigation.”

    The companies, Ableton Prestige Global Limited and Amiga Entertainment Limited, operate in the island’s online gambling industry.

    Both featured in a Radio Free Asia report last February, which uncovered evidence they were being used for money laundering. The report was the second installment in a three-part investigation that uncovered allegations that the Prince Group, a sprawling conglomerate with deep ties to the Cambodian government, was involved in large-scale money laundering and human trafficking.

    The Prince Group has long denied having anything to do with Amiga and Ableton. But corporate records showed that the companies are owned by the group’s chairman, Chen, through a trust. According to insider testimony given to RFA, millions of dollars in likely illicit funds were disguised as invoices paid to Amiga Entertainment before being returned to Southeast Asia.

    “[Amiga Entertainment] is the one they used for laundering money,” the person told RFA. “They pumped in all the money through here.”

    Wednesday’s raid followed an announcement by the Isle of Man government last Friday that the island statelet of some 80,000 people has been subject to attacks by “transnational organized criminals” from Southeast Asia seeking to “bypass the Island’s controls against financial crime and immigration.”

    The Amiga Entertainment homepage.
    The Amiga Entertainment homepage.
    (Image from Amiga Entertainment website)

    Dozens of Chinese nationals working at Amiga and Ableton were stripped of their visas following the raid, according to two sources with knowledge of the matter who asked not to be named as they were not authorized to speak to the press.

    That law enforcement on the Isle of Man was investigating Amiga and Ableton was first revealed last year. A judgment in their appeal against a production order – a sort of search warrant – was published by the island’s Chancery Court in August, revealing that the companies were under investigation and that property freezing orders had been sought against them.

    Ableton held a license from the Isle of Man’s Gambling Supervision Commission to operate online casinos from 2018 until April of last year, when it surrendered its license almost half a year prior to its expiry date.

    A lawyer for the companies had not responded to a request for comment as of publication.

    Prince Group spokesman Gabriel Tan did not immediately respond to a request for comment. But the conglomerate has previously distanced itself from Amiga and Ableton, despite the group’s chairman having a controlling interest in the trust that owns both. It has also called RFA’s reporting on the group inaccurate.

    Confirming the raids to Isle of Man Today newspaper, which broke the news, a spokesman for the Isle of Man’s Constabulary said: “The Isle of Man authorities continue to work in partnership, responding robustly to prevent, identify and disrupt any criminal activity of this nature.

    “It is imperative that the Isle of Man authorities and industry across all sectors remain vigilant and mitigate vulnerabilities that can be exploited by criminals.”


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Jack Adamović Davies for RFA Investigative.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/cambodia/2025/03/14/prince-group-cambodia-china-isle-of-man-money-laundering/feed/ 0 519085
    Marshall Islands: How the Rongelap evacuation changed the course of history https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/14/marshall-islands-how-the-rongelap-evacuation-changed-the-course-of-history/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/14/marshall-islands-how-the-rongelap-evacuation-changed-the-course-of-history/#respond Fri, 14 Mar 2025 11:18:55 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=112158 SPECIAL REPORT: By Giff Johnson, editor of the Marshall Islands Journal and RNZ Pacific correspondent in Majuro

    The late Member of Parliament Jeton Anjain and the people of the nuclear test-affected Rongelap Atoll changed the course of the history of the Marshall Islands by using Greenpeace’s Rainbow Warrior ship to evacuate their radioactive home islands 40 years ago.

    They did this by taking control of their own destiny after decades of being at the mercy of the United States nuclear testing programme and its aftermath.

    In 1954, the US tested the Bravo hydrogen bomb test at Bikini Atoll, spewing high-level radioactive fallout on unsuspecting Rongelap Islanders nearby.

    For years after the Bravo test, decisions by US government doctors and scientists caused Rongelap Islanders to be continuously exposed to additional radiation.

    Marshall Islands traditional and government leaders joined Greenpeace representatives in Majuro
    Marshall Islands traditional and government leaders joined Greenpeace representatives in showing off tapa banners with the words “Justice for Marshall Islands” during the dockside welcome ceremony earlier this week in Majuro. Image: Giff Johnson/RNZ Pacific

    The 40th anniversary of the dramatic evacuation of Rongelap Atoll in 1985 by the Greenpeace vessel Rainbow Warrior — a few weeks before French secret agents bombed the ship in Auckland harbour — was spotlighted this week in Majuro with the arrival of Greenpeace’s flagship Rainbow Warrior III to a warm welcome combining top national government leaders, the Rongelap Atoll Local Government and the Rongelap community.

    “We were displaced, our lives were disrupted, and our voices ignored,” said MP Hilton Kendall, who represents Rongelap in the Marshall Islands Parliament, at the welcome ceremony in Majuro earlier in the week.

    “In our darkest time, Greenpeace stood with us.”

    ‘Evacuated people to safety’
    He said the Rainbow Warrior “evacuated the people to safety” in 1985.

    Greenpeace would “forever be remembered by the people of Rongelap,” he added.

    In 1984, Jeton Anjain — like most Rongelap people who were living on the nuclear test-affected atoll — knew that Rongelap was unsafe for continued habitation.

    The Able U.S. nuclear test at Bikini Atoll in the Marshall Islands, pictured July 1, 1946. [U.S. National Archives]
    The Able US nuclear test at Bikini Atoll in the Marshall Islands on 1 July 1946. Image: US National Archives

    There was not a single scientist or medical doctor among their community although Jeton was a trained dentist, and they mainly depended on US Department of Energy-provided doctors and scientists for health care and environmental advice.

    They were always told not to worry and that everything was fine.

    But it wasn’t, as the countless thyroid tumors, cancers, miscarriages and surgeries confirmed.

    Crew of the Rainbow Warrior and other Greenpeace officials were welcomed to the Marshall Islands during a dockside ceremony in Majuro to mark the 40th anniversary of the evacuation of Rongelap Atoll. Photo: Giff Johnson.
    Crew of the Rainbow Warrior and other Greenpeace officials — including two crew members from the original Rainbow Warrior, Bunny McDiarmid and Henk Hazen, from Aotearoa New Zealand – were welcomed to the Marshall Islands during a dockside ceremony in Majuro to mark the 40th anniversary of the evacuation of Rongelap Atoll. Image: Giff Johnson/RNZ Pacific

    As the desire of Rongelap people to evacuate their homeland intensified in 1984, unbeknown to them Greenpeace was hatching a plan to dispatch the Rainbow Warrior on a Pacific voyage the following year to turn a spotlight on the nuclear test legacy in the Marshall Islands and the ongoing French nuclear testing at Moruroa in French Polynesia.

    A Rainbow Warrior question
    As I had friends in the Greenpeace organisation, I was contacted early on in its planning process with the question: How could a visit by the Rainbow Warrior be of use to the Marshall Islands?

    Jeton and I were good friends by 1984, and had worked together on advocacy for Rongelap since the late 1970s. I informed him that Greenpeace was planning a visit and without hesitation he asked me if the ship could facilitate the evacuation of Rongelap.

    At this time, Jeton had already initiated discussions with Kwajalein traditional leaders to locate an island that they could settle in that atoll.

    I conveyed Jeton’s interest in the visit to Greenpeace, and a Greenpeace International board member, the late Steve Sawyer, who coordinated the Pacific voyage of the Rainbow Warrior, arranged a meeting for the three of us in Seattle to discuss ideas.

    Jeton and I flew to Seattle and met Steve. After the usual preliminaries, Jeton asked Steve if the Rainbow Warrior could assist Rongelap to evacuate their community to Mejatto Island in Kwajalein Atoll, a distance of about 250 km.

    Steve responded in classic Greenpeace campaign thinking, which is what Greenpeace has proved effective in doing over many decades. He said words to the effect that the Rainbow Warrior could aid a “symbolic evacuation” by taking a small group of islanders from Rongelap to Majuro or Ebeye and holding a media conference publicising their plight with ongoing radiation exposure.

    “No,” said Jeton firmly. He wasn’t talking about a “symbolic” evacuation. He told Steve: “We want to evacuate Rongelap, the entire community and the housing, too.”

    Steve Sawyer taken aback
    Steve was taken aback by what Jeton wanted. Steve simply hadn’t considered the idea of evacuating the entire community.

    But we could see him mulling over this new idea and within minutes, as his mind clicked through the significant logistics hurdles for evacuation of the community — including that it would take three-to-four trips by the Rainbow Warrior between Rongelap and Mejatto to accomplish it — Steve said it was possible.

    And from that meeting, planning for the 1985 Marshall Islands visit began in earnest.

    I offer this background because when the evacuation began in early May 1985, various officials from the United States government sharply criticised Rongelap people for evacuating their atoll, saying there was no radiological hazard to justify the move and that they were being manipulated by Greenpeace for its own anti-nuclear agenda.

    Women from the nuclear test-affected Rongelap Atoll greeted the Rainbow Warrior
    Women from the nuclear test-affected Rongelap Atoll greeted the Rainbow Warrior and its crew with songs and dances this week as part of celebrating the 40th anniversary of the evacuation of Rongelap Atoll in 1985 by the Rainbow Warrior. Image: Giff Johnson/RNZ Pacific

    This condescending American government response suggested Rongelap people did not have the brain power to make important decisions for themselves.

    But it also showed the US government’s lack of understanding of the gravity of the situation in which Rongelap Islanders lived day in and day out in a highly radioactive environment.

    The Bravo hydrogen bomb test blasted Rongelap and nearby islands with snow-like radioactive fallout on 1 March 1954. The 82 Rongelap people were first evacuated to the US Navy base at Kwajalein for emergency medical treatment and the start of long-term studies by US government doctors.

    No radiological cleanup
    A few months later, they were resettled on Ejit Island in Majuro, the capital atoll, until 1957 when, with no radiological cleanup conducted, the US government said it was safe to return to Rongelap and moved the people back.

    “Even though the radioactive contamination of Rongelap Island is considered perfectly safe for human habitation, the levels of activity are higher than those found in other inhabited locations in the world,” said a Brookhaven National Laboratory report commenting on the return of Rongelap Islanders to their contaminated islands in 1957.

    It then stated plainly why the people were moved back: “The habitation of these people on the island will afford most valuable ecological radiation data on human beings.”

    And for 28 years, Rongelap people lived in one of the world’s most radioactive environments, consuming radioactivity through the food chain and by living an island life.

    Proving the US narrative of safety to be false, the 1985 evacuation forced the US Congress to respond by funding new radiological studies of Rongelap.

    Thanks to the determination of the soft-spoken but persistent leadership of Jeton, he ensured that a scientist chosen by Rongelap would be included in the study. And the new study did indeed identify health hazards, particularly for children, of living on Rongelap.

    The US Congress responded by appropriating US$45 million to a Rongelap Resettlement Trust Fund.

    Subsistence atoll life
    All of this was important — it both showed that islanders with a PhD in subsistence atoll life understood more about their situation than the US government’s university educated PhDs and medical doctors who showed up from time-to-time to study them, provide medical treatment, and tell them everything was fine on their atoll, and it produced a $45 million fund from the US government.

    However, this is only a fraction of the story about why the Rongelap evacuation in 1985 forever changed the US narrative and control of its nuclear test legacy in this country.

    On arrival in Majuro March 11, the crew of Greenpeace's Rainbow Warrior III vessel were serenaded by the Rongelap community to mark the 40th anniversary of the evacuation of Rongelap Islanders from their nuclear test-affected islands. Photo: Giff Johnson.
    The crew of Greenpeace’s Rainbow Warrior III vessel were serenaded by the Rongelap community to mark the 40th anniversary of the evacuation of Rongelap Islanders from their nuclear test-affected islands this week in Majuro. Image: Giff Johnson/RNZ Pacific

    Rongelap is the most affected population from the US hydrogen bomb testing programme in the 1950s.

    By living on Rongelap, the community confirmed the US government’s narrative that all was good and the nuclear test legacy was largely a relic of the past.

    The 1985 evacuation was a demonstration of the Rongelap community exerting control over their life after 31 years of dictates by US government doctors, scientists and officials.

    It was difficult building a new community on Mejatto Island, which was uninhabited and barren in 1985. Make no mistake, Rongelap people living on Mejatto suffered hardship and privation, especially in the first years after the 1985 resettlement.

    Nuclear legacy history
    Their perseverance, however, defined the larger ramification of the move to Mejatto: It changed the course of nuclear legacy history by people taking control of their future that forced a response from the US government to the benefit of the Rongelap community.

    Forty years later, the displacement of Rongelap Islanders on Mejatto and in other locations, unable to return to nuclear test contaminated Rongelap Atoll demonstrates clearly that the US nuclear testing legacy remains unresolved — unfinished business that is in need of a long-term, fair and just response from the US government.

    The Rainbow Warrior will be in Majuro until next week when it will depart for Mejatto Island to mark the 40th anniversary of the resettlement, and then voyage to other nuclear test-affected atolls around the Marshall Islands.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/14/marshall-islands-how-the-rongelap-evacuation-changed-the-course-of-history/feed/ 0 519028
    The future of Gaza’s recovery may rely on solar power https://grist.org/energy/the-future-of-gazas-recovery-may-rely-on-solar-power/ https://grist.org/energy/the-future-of-gazas-recovery-may-rely-on-solar-power/#respond Fri, 14 Mar 2025 08:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=660266 The first time Majd Mashharawi left her native Gaza was in 2017, to visit Tokyo. Her flight landed late at night, and she was struck by the airport’s many glittering lights. Then when she got to the urban core, she was astonished. “This is the life people have outside Gaza?” she thought. “Why don’t we have this life?”

    Growing up, Mashharawi had been accustomed to life with inconsistent power — as little as three hours a day. “It’s not easy to describe unless you live it,” she said. “Your life is completely messed up. Everything is controlled by others. Your life is controlled by when power is on and off.”

    Last week, Israel cut off all electricity to the Gaza Strip in an effort to strengthen its hand against Hamas in ceasefire talks. But in fact, the two parties’ dysfunctional relationship around energy has a long history. In 2007, after Hamas took control of the Gaza Strip, Israel established a land and sea blockade. This included electricity: Israel came to control 10 power lines running into Gaza, as well as the diesel fuel needed to run its one power plant. The blockade also gave Israel gatekeeping power over any materials — cement, steel, batteries — needed for domestic infrastructure, if Israeli authorities judged they could help militants.

    Israel’s security establishment thought this hammerlock over Gazan energy meant leverage over Hamas, said Elai Rettig, a lecturer in energy politics at Bar-Ilan University. As for Hamas, many Gazans felt the group was more interested in its crusade against Israel than addressing public works.

    For the people of Gaza, the conflict meant energy poverty. The Strip’s combined power resources could at best meet a quarter to a third of demand. This translated to daily power outages averaging 12 to 16 hours a day. Even worse, Mashharawi said, the outages were unpredictable — whenever the power flicked on, you had to scramble. This maddening unreliability landed especially hard on women, who had to jam all their chores into these fleeting windows of opportunity.

    But over the last decade, as solar prices tumbled worldwide, more Israeli leaders started thinking that getting solar into Gaza had a strategic benefit. Gaza’s energy dependence wasn’t cheap. Years of Palestinian counterparties failing to pay Gaza’s power bill — for financial and political reasons — had by 2023 racked up a debt to Israel of 2 billion shekels, about $500 million.

    In 2016 and 2017, Israel approved about 100,000 solar panels to enter Gaza, according to researchers at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem. Satellite imagery soon showed solar arrays sprouting on thousands of buildings across the Gaza Strip, especially in crowded areas like refugee camps. 

    Around the time of Mashhawawi’s trip to Tokyo, she’d been working to start a company that manufactured Gaza’s war rubble into bricks. But her production lines were being constantly kneecapped by the start-stop of the grid. It occurred to her that unreliable power was not just a burden in households, like the one she grew up in. Thousands of businesses across Gaza — restaurants, workshops, bakeries — yearned for a source of energy more reliable than what they had. Mashharawi decided to get into the energy business.

    She started Sunbox, a social enterprise promoting solar power, in 2017, working doggedly with Israeli authorities to get the equipment approved. She started by selling small arrays — 1 kilowatt and up, about enough to power a home with a small fridge — to families. She soon helped supply bigger projects. Sunbox equipped 20 small desalination plants, the engines of Gazan water production, with solar. It set up solar-charged streetlights so girls could feel more confident walking to school in the wee hours.

    Large international organizations like the World Bank and U.N. were also getting in the game, decking hospitals and schools in solar. A 7-megawatt system, partly financed by the International Finance Corporation, or IFC, got bolted onto the Gaza Industrial Estate, a manufacturing complex. The IFC said the smoother power supply made it possible to expand output and hire workers.

    It was a renewable revolution born of political dysfunction. The total number of solar arrays in the Gaza Strip vaulted from about a dozen in 2012 to 8,760 in 2019, mostly in the form of small rooftop systems. The extraordinary growth made the Occupied Palestinian Territories one of the fastest-growing renewable energy markets in the world. By 2023, solar represented 25-40 percent of daytime power generation on the ragged Gazan grid, Rettig, of Bar-Ilan University, estimated.

    Then came October 7, 2023. Mashharawi was abroad at the time on business travel. She spent the first two months of the war calling in favors and trying to get her family to Egypt. Meanwhile, Sunbox’s offices and warehouses were destroyed. Mashharawi is mourning the loss of a dear coworker, Mahmoud Abushawish, who she said was venturing north to help a school set up solar — and find some candy for the kids.

    Israel’s military assault on Gaza has taken at least 48,000 lives and left its infrastructure in tatters. In February an interim assessment, led by the World Bank, estimated $53 billion in reconstruction needs. It said that 80 percent of Gaza’s power infrastructure is wrecked and that Gazans have experienced a “near-total blackout” since the start of the war. Because Gaza’s water supplies depend on energy to pump and purify it, availability has fallen to sub-critical levels. “There is no water and no electricity. It is stunning just how much damage occurred there,” Steve Witkoff, President Donald Trump’s Middle East envoy, told Axios after visiting the territory in January.

    A ceasefire signed in January, which has been roughly observed even as its first phase expired March 1, has paused the bombing for now. But talks to end the war haven’t gained traction, and many sense that Israel’s ultra-right-wing government, emboldened by Trump’s return, wants to resume fighting. Meanwhile, today most of Gaza’s 2.1 million people live in desperate conditions in displacement camps and other makeshift shelters, often exposed to the elements and possessing minimal access to basic services. Humanitarian groups are begging Israel and the international community to preserve the ceasefire and rush aid to improve conditions at these camps — hopefully, as a precursor to reconstruction.

    With Hamas weakened, world powers are deciding the future of Gaza. In February, Trump whimsically proposed to empty Gaza of Palestinians and redevelop it as a luxury riviera. The idea won plaudits from Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu — and categorical rejection by America’s Arab and Western allies. Trump’s vision is out of step with the majority of governments and experts who think that the reconstruction of Gaza can, and should, be done in a way that empowers Palestinians to live better lives on their land, without posing a threat to Israel.

    Energy access is minimal in Gaza today. But solar has become one of the few ways to get it. About half of the electrons Gazans are using today come from solar power, according to a December estimate by the Shelter Cluster, a group that coordinates among aid organizations working in Gaza. The other half is coming from diesel, the customary fuel for post-disaster scenarios, but aid groups say Israel is withholding the necessary supplies.

    With virtually no new hardware getting in, Gazans have created an internal economy for used cleantech. Solar units and their peripherals are being ripped from roofs, salvaged from rubble, and sold on Facebook. In the many camps of internally displaced people now dotting the strip, you’ll see solar panels leaning against walls and chairs — facing the sun. Some serve commercial ends. “You can find a guy with one panel, and a table, and his business is actually to charge cell phones and to charge batteries,” said one 55-year-old Gazan whose family has been displaced several times during the war.

    The aid groups serving these encampments are hoping the most violent stage of the war is past and that they can switch to establishing basic services: food, water, shelter and critical health care. With diesel supplies scant, some are trying to import solar-powered gear instead. The U.N. Development Programme wants to deploy 1,100 prefab housing units, each equipped with a kilowatt of solar and rudimentary plumbing, as part of a $27 million program. The U.N. Food and Agriculture Organization said in a statement that setting up off-grid photovoltaic systems is crucial to restoring agricultural activities like irrigation and cold storage.

    Jumpstarting Hope in Gaza, a coalition of Palestinian, Israeli, and international NGOs, is supporting Palestinian-run IDP camps with 12,000 people in the south of Gaza with goods and equipment. The group aspires to set up a suite of solar-powered services — electricity, wastewater treatment, even units that produce drinking water from the air — to make them self-sufficient, dignified places to live during reconstruction, whenever that should begin. But in actuality, only a bit of traditional equipment got in before the ceasefire, and all equipment entries have stopped since then, said David Lehrer, a co-leader of the initiative.

    Though the war isn’t formally over, many Gazans are returning to their homes, or the places their homes once stood. Some are beginning the early work of clearing rubble and laying to rest the bodies they find — a glimpse of the immense mourning that lies ahead. 

    As for the longer term, powerful parties are already competing to advance their respective visions of reconstruction. This month, Egypt, along with the 21 other members of the Arab League, issued a plan meant to counter Trump’s “riviera” concept. It proposes building 2,500 megawatts of power generation — about 20 times what Gaza had before the war — including solar, wind, and fossil-fuel generation. They’re not alone in envisioning Gaza as a renewable-energy powerhouse. The Palestinian Authority, which hopes to replace Hamas as Gaza’s ruling body, is developing a master plan of infrastructural priorities to be finalized with the World Bank, European Union, U.N., and Arab States. Wael Zakout, the Authority’s Minister of Planning and International Cooperation, has said solar and wind farms across Gaza could make it “the first region in the world to reach zero carbon emissions.”

    Another idea that’s been mooted — one that Trump endorsed in his first term — is to build a solar farm in the sun-blasted deserts of the Sinai, just across Gaza’s southern border. Proponents say this has twin benefits: It frees up land in Gaza for other uses, and because it’s in Egypt, Israel’s not likely to target it.

    But renewable energy won’t be the only resource considered for the repowering of Gaza. A modestly sized natural gas field was discovered offshore of Gaza in 2000. Political and economic conditions kept it from being developed, but the U.S., Egypt, and Israel have described it as an untapped energy reserve for Gaza. In November 2023, Amos Hochstein, a Middle East envoy for President Joe Biden and a former energy executive, said “as soon as we get to the day after and this horrible war ends, there are companies willing to develop those fields.” Supporters say gas-fired electricity would bolster Gaza’s overall energy supply and enable major new industrial infrastructure, like desalination plants and wastewater treatment, that would improve everyday life.

    Josef Abramowitz, an Israeli-American solar developer who’s worked with Palestinian partners before, thinks the emphasis on large projects loses the decentralized character that has proven the most successful in Gaza. “The story of Gaza is: big projects that don’t get done,” he said.

    Abramowitz’s favored model is minigrids: localized networks of solar panels and battery storage, which he said can supply round-the-clock energy at a fraction the cost of gas-fired generation. They’re flexible, sustainable, and — important in the Gazan context of blockade, frequent war, and poor governance — feasible with or without a grand resolution to the Israel-Palestine conflict.

    As for Mashharawi, she said her vision for reconstruction involves something a lot more basic than energy: peace and quiet.

    “One to two years from now, where are we going?” she said. “We don’t want to keep building and rebuilding things that are destroyed.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline The future of Gaza’s recovery may rely on solar power on Mar 14, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Saqib Rahim.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/energy/the-future-of-gazas-recovery-may-rely-on-solar-power/feed/ 0 518984
    What’s next for Philippines’ Rodrigo Duterte at the International Criminal Court? https://rfa.org/english/asia/2025/03/13/philippines-duterte-whats-next/ https://rfa.org/english/asia/2025/03/13/philippines-duterte-whats-next/#respond Thu, 13 Mar 2025 17:33:35 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/asia/2025/03/13/philippines-duterte-whats-next/ Ex-Philippine President Rodrigo Duterte arrived in the Netherlands on Wednesday, about 24 hours after Filipino authorities dispatched him there on a warrant from the International Criminal Court to face a murder charge linked to his past deadly crackdown on drugs.

    Prosecutors had sought three charges against Duterte – murder, torture and rape as crimes against humanity – but a three-judge ICC chamber ruled there was insufficient evidence for the torture and rape allegations, according to the warrant.

    While the Philippine government claims at least 6,800 were killed in the counter-narcotics campaign carried out by the Duterte administration (2016-22), activists allege that thousands more were victims.

    The ICC warrant homes in on 19 killings during Duterte’s term as mayor of southern Davao city and 24 when he served as president.

    “Taking into account the totality of the information before it, the Chamber finds reasonable grounds to believe that Mr. Duterte is individually responsible for the crime against humanity of murder,” said the warrant dated March 7 and signed by Presiding Judge Iulia Antoanella Motoc and judges Reine Adélaïde Sophie Alapini-Gansou and María del Socorro Flores Liera.

    The plane carrying former Philippine President Rodrigo Duterte arrives at Rotterdam The Hague Airport in the Netherlands, March 12, 2025.
    The plane carrying former Philippine President Rodrigo Duterte arrives at Rotterdam The Hague Airport in the Netherlands, March 12, 2025.
    (Wolfgang Rattay/REUTERS)

    Shortly after Duterte’s flight left Manila, the ICC responded to a BenarNews request for information about what Duterte would face before the world court based in The Hague.

    “Once a suspect is in ICC custody, an initial appearance hearing will be scheduled. Further information will be communicated in due course,” it said in a statement.

    Outlining what is next in the case, the ICC explains on its website how the pre-trial, trial and appeals stages of prosecutions work along with how enforcement of a conviction would be handled, should Duterte be found guilty.

    • Pre-trial: During the initial appearance, the three-judge panel will confirm the suspect’s identity (in this case, Duterte) and ensure that he understands the charges. After hearing from prosecutors, defense lawyers and legal representatives of the victims, the judges will decide if there is enough evidence for the case to go to trial – this usually occurs within 60 days.
    • Trial: The judges consider all evidence, then issue a verdict and, when there is a verdict of guilt, issue a sentence. The prosecution must prove its case beyond reasonable doubt. If guilty, the judges can sentence a defendant to up to 30 years in prison or life under exceptional circumstances. They also can order reparations for the victims. Verdicts are subject to appeal by both the defense and the prosecution.
    • Appeals: An appeal is decided by five judges of the Appeals Chamber, who are never the same judges as those who gave the original verdict. Those judges decide whether to uphold the appealed decision, amend it or reverse it. This is considered the final judgment, unless a re-trial is ordered. In addition to the defense and prosecution having rights to appeal, victims and the guilty person can appeal a reparation order.
    • Enforcement: Sentences, for those found guilty, are served in countries that have agreed to enforce ICC rulings.

    BenarNews is an online news outlet affiliated with Radio Free Asia.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by John Bechtel for BenarNews.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/asia/2025/03/13/philippines-duterte-whats-next/feed/ 0 518779
    Argentinian police use tear gas against retirees at protest https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/13/argentinian-police-use-tear-gas-against-retirees-at-protest/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/13/argentinian-police-use-tear-gas-against-retirees-at-protest/#respond Thu, 13 Mar 2025 16:54:22 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=7c7a44d8efe068ec864c2bd57175044b
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/13/argentinian-police-use-tear-gas-against-retirees-at-protest/feed/ 0 518792
    Only 14 House members sign letter calling for activist Mahmoud Khalil’s release https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/12/only-14-house-members-sign-letter-calling-for-activist-mahmoud-khalils-release/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/12/only-14-house-members-sign-letter-calling-for-activist-mahmoud-khalils-release/#respond Wed, 12 Mar 2025 18:32:22 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332336 Columbia University student Mahmoud Khalil talks to the press during the press briefing organized by Pro-Palestinian protesters who set up a new encampment at Columbia University's Morningside Heights campus on Friday evening, in New York City, United States on June 01, 2024. Photo by Selcuk Acar/Anadolu via Getty ImagesLawmakers denounced the administration’s “assault on free speech” with Khalil’s detention.]]> Columbia University student Mahmoud Khalil talks to the press during the press briefing organized by Pro-Palestinian protesters who set up a new encampment at Columbia University's Morningside Heights campus on Friday evening, in New York City, United States on June 01, 2024. Photo by Selcuk Acar/Anadolu via Getty Images

    This story originally appeared in Truthout on Mar. 11, 2025. It is shared here with permission.

    A group of over a dozen lawmakers is demanding the “immediate” release of Palestinian activist Mahmoud Khalil after his likely illegal arrest and threat of deportation by the Trump administration this week.

    The House members, led by Rep. Rashida Tlaib (D-Michigan), raised alarm about the threat to free speech raised by Khalil’s detention, saying that his arrest violates immigration laws and effectively criminalizes protest.

    “Mahmoud Khalil must be freed from DHS custody immediately. He is a political prisoner, wrongfully and unlawfully detained, who deserves to be at home in New York preparing for the birth of his first child,” the lawmakers wrote. “Universities throughout the country must protect their students from this vile assault on free thought and expression, and [the Department of Homeland Security (DHS)] must immediately refrain from any further illegal arrests targeting constitutionally protected speech and activity.”

    The arrest violated Khalil’s constitutional rights to freedom of speech and due process, the lawmakers said.

    The letter was signed by 14 Democrats in the House: Representatives André Carson (Indiana) Jasmine Crockett (Texas), Al Green (Texas), Summer Lee (Pennsylvania), Jim McGovern (Massachusetts), Gwen Moore (Wisconsin), Ilhan Omar (Minnesota), Mark Pocan (Wisconsin), Ayanna Pressley (Massachusetts), Lateefah Simon (California), Delia Ramirez (Illinois), Nydia Velázquez (New York) and Nikema Williams (Georgia).

    The case has been met with silence by other Democratic leaders like Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer, who represents the state where the arrest happened and is a fervent Zionist. House Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries, also from New York, has also refused to denounce the arrest.

    On Saturday night, DHS officers detained Khalil at his home in Columbia University student housing, citing his role in organizing pro-Palestine protests at the university last year. The Trump administration has threatened to revoke Khalil’s green card and deport him for his activism — which experts say is illegal and a major overstep of the administration’s power.

    Federal agents seemingly covertly transported Khalil, who is Palestinian, to a private jail in Louisiana without telling his wife, who is eight months pregnant. On Monday night, a federal judge temporarily blocked the planned deportation of the activist, pending more legal action.

    “Khalil has not been charged or convicted of any crime,” the lawmakers said. “As the Trump administration proudly admits, he was targeted solely for his activism and organizing as a student leader and negotiator for the Gaza Solidarity Encampment on Columbia University campus, protesting the Israeli government’s brutal assault on the Palestinian people in Gaza and his university’s complicity in this oppression.”

    “We must be extremely clear: this is an attempt to criminalize political protest and is a direct assault on the freedom of speech of everyone in this country,” they went on. “Khalil’s arrest is an act of anti-Palestinian racism intended to silence the Palestine solidarity movement in this country, but this lawless abuse of power and political repression is a threat to all Americans.”

    Khalil’s detention has been widely denounced by advocates for Palestinian rights and civil society organizations.

    “This arrest is unprecedented, illegal, and un-American. The federal government is claiming the authority to deport people with deep ties to the U.S. and revoke their green cards for advocating positions that the government opposes,” said Ben Wizner, who heads the ACLU’s Speech, Privacy, and Technology Project. “To be clear: The First Amendment protects everyone in the U.S. The government’s actions are obviously intended to intimidate and chill speech on one side of a public debate.”


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Sharon Zhang.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/12/only-14-house-members-sign-letter-calling-for-activist-mahmoud-khalils-release/feed/ 0 518475
    Trump’s Pressure on Countries and International Organizations Erodes Protections for Asylum-Seekers https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/12/trumps-pressure-on-countries-and-international-organizations-erodes-protections-for-asylum-seekers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/12/trumps-pressure-on-countries-and-international-organizations-erodes-protections-for-asylum-seekers/#respond Wed, 12 Mar 2025 16:01:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/trump-deportations-panama-asylum-aid-groups by Lomi Kriel, Perla Trevizo and Mica Rosenberg

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    The text came from inside a Panamanian government outpost, set hours away from the country’s capital, on the edge of the Darien jungle.

    It had been written by a migrant who’d managed to smuggle a cellphone into the facility by hiding it in his shorts. He said authorities had detained him without providing him access to a lawyer or any means to communicate with relatives. He was hungry because all he was being fed were small portions of bread and rice. His cellphone was all he had to try to get help.

    I am Hayatullah Omagh, from Afghanistan, 29 years old.

    I arrived in February, 07 in USA.

    They took me to the San Diego detention center and on Feb, 12 they deported to Panama.

    Now we are like prisoners.

    He was one of the lucky ones. Most of the hundred or so other migrants who were being detained with him had no way to communicate with the outside world. They’d been sent to Panama as part of President Donald Trump’s high-profile campaign to ramp up deportations. In addition to Afghanistan, the migrants had traveled to the U.S. from Iran, Uzbekistan, Nepal, Vietnam, India and China, among other countries. Some told reporters that they had only recently crossed the U.S.-Mexico border when they were detained, and that they were hoping to seek asylum. But, they said, American authorities refused to hear their pleas and then treated them like criminals, putting them in shackles, loading them onto military airplanes and flying them from California to Panama.

    Three flights, carrying a total of 299 migrants, including children as young as 5, landed in Panama in mid-February. For the following three weeks, amid an international outcry over what critics described as a stunning breach of U.S. and international law, the migrants who had not committed any crimes were held against their will. As public pressure on Panama mounted and immigrant advocates filed suit against that country, authorities there released the migrants over the weekend, on the condition that they agree to make their own arrangements to leave within 90 days.

    Their release has hardly settled matters, however, among those groups that consider themselves part of the international safety net charged with providing migrants humanitarian support. Among them is the International Organization for Migration, which helped Panama return migrants who chose to go home rather than remain in detention. The IOM said it participated in the effort because it believes that without its presence the situation for migrants would be “far worse.” Critics charge that the group’s role shows how much the safety net relies on the United States and as a result can easily come undone.

    “I appreciate that some individuals hold the view that providing a more humane detention and deportation or voluntary return is better than a less humane version of those unequivocal rights violations,” said Hannah Flamm, an attorney with the International Refugee Assistance Project, a legal advocacy group in New York. “But in the context of egregious unlawful conduct by the Trump administration, this is a moment that calls for deep introspection on where the line of complicity lies.”

    She added, “If everybody abided by their legal and ethical obligations not to violate the rights of people seeking protection in the U.S., these third-country removals could not happen.”

    Since taking office, Trump has signed several executive orders that eliminated options for seeking asylum at the border and deemed all crossings illegal, broadly authorizing the removal of migrants encountered there. The American Civil Liberties Union and other advocacy groups sued over the orders. The United States has not responded to the lawsuit in court. The proceedings against Panama, in the Inter-American Commission on Human Rights, are not conducted in public. But at a press conference on the day after the first planeload of migrants landed last month, the country’s president dodged, reassuring the public that the migrants were only passing through Panama on their way elsewhere. Their stay would be brief and cost nothing, he said, and added that it had all been “organized and paid for by the International Organization for Migration.”

    The IOM, founded in the aftermath of World War II and now part of the United Nations, typically plays a critical, but low-profile, role helping migrants including those who, when faced with deportation, seek instead to voluntarily return to their homes. It provides everything from advice to governments managing sudden mass refugee movements to travel documents, food and lodging for individual migrants. And its mission statement charges it with upholding the rights of people on the move.

    However, its role in support of sending home asylum-seekers who’d been expelled from the United States without the opportunity to make a case for protection from persecution has exposed just how easily the safety net can come undone.

    In response to the Trump administration’s litany of threats against Mexico and Central America — including imposing tariffs, cutting off aid and, in Panama’s case, seizing its canal — those governments have taken extraordinary steps that upend international and diplomatic norms by agreeing to allow the Trump administration to turn their countries into extensions of the U.S. immigration enforcement system. President Rodrigo Chaves Robles of Costa Rica, whose government has historically gone to great lengths to uphold itself as neutral in regional conflicts and strife, also allowed U.S. migrant flights to land in his country. In a public event last month, he made the stakes plain.

    “We’re helping our powerful economic brother in the north,” he said, “because if they impose a tax on our export zones, we’re screwed.”

    Meanwhile, groups like the IOM are just as vulnerable to U.S. pressure. Some 40% of the donations that have funded its work come from the United States. And in recent weeks, the organization was forced to lay off thousands of workers after Trump froze billions of dollars in foreign aid. What that means, according to a former Biden administration official who worked on migration issues, is that when the United States makes a request, even ones that risk going against the IOM’s mission, “there is not a lot of space to say no.”

    Speaking of the IOM, the official added that it “almost can’t exist without the U.S.”

    Without the legal protections established under international law, asylum-seekers like those that the United States transported to Panama have been left to fend for themselves. By the time many of them had made it to the United States, they had little more than the clothes on their backs and the money in their pockets. And U.S. authorities expelled them exactly as they’d come. Upon landing in Panama, authorities confiscated any cellphones they found in the migrants’ possession. Omagh was one of the few who’d managed to keep his phone from being discovered.

    The situation in the Darien Forest is extremely difficult. There are security guards everywhere and they are very vigilant. They even watch us when we go to the bathroom.

    Distressed texts like those provided the only information about what the migrants were going through while they were in detention. Before being sent to the Darien camp, Panamanian authorities kept the migrants under 24-hour watch by armed guards at a hotel in downtown Panama City. But when scenes of them standing in the hotel windows with handwritten pleas for help, some scrawled in toothpaste on the glass, triggered an international outcry, IOM officials quickly moved to fly out more than half of the migrants who agreed to be sent home and the Panamanian government shuttled the rest to the remote Darien camp.

    On at least two occasions, Panamanian officials offered to allow journalists into the camp to speak with the detainees, but they canceled both times without explanation. Since then, they have declined multiple requests for interviews. Panamanian lawyers said they were also denied access to the migrants.

    Migrants deported by the U.S. to Panama who decided to accept an offer to voluntarily go home with the assistance of the IOM were initially held at a hotel in Panama City while their travel arrangements were made. (Alejandro Cegarra for ProPublica)

    Secret cellphone chatter filled the void, offering glimpses of the conditions inside the camp. Migrants wrote that bathrooms and showers had no doors for privacy, and that they were held in sweltering temperatures without air conditioning. One migrant had gone on a hunger strike for seven days. Omagh wrote that when he and others complained about the quantity and quality of the food, authorities offered to buy more if the detainees paid for it.

    We immigrants, each of us, have no more than $100, and some don’t even have a single dollar. How long can we buy ourselves?

    On Friday, the Panamanian government announced it would release the 112 migrants left. The authorities said that those migrants who stayed beyond the three-month time limit risked being deported. Migrants said they were also told they would only be allowed to leave the camp if they agreed to sign a document saying they had not been mistreated — potentially making it hard for them to file legal claims later.

    The following day, IOM and Panamanian officials entered the camp again and told the migrants that they would be asked to vacate the premises in a matter of hours, setting off a new wave of pandemonium and anxiety among the detainees, most of whom speak no Spanish and have no contacts or places to stay in Panama. Omagh, who understood what was happening because he’d picked up some Spanish when he migrated to the United States through Mexico, texted about the upheaval.

    I asked, if we go to Panama City, what will happen there? We are refugees. We don’t have money. We do not have nothing. The IOM told me ‘it is your responsibility.’

    I don’t know what will happen there, but I’m sure that IOM, they will not help us.

    When asked about these comments, the IOM said that because its staff helped Panamanian officials with interpretation, migrants in the camp often confuse who is who. Jorge Gallo, a regional spokesperson for the IOM in Latin America and the Caribbean, defended his group’s involvement in Panama. He said the agency’s work “empowering migrants to make informed decisions, even in the face of constrained options, is preferable to no choice at all.”

    He and other IOM officials said the organization helps migrants find “safe alternatives,” including helping them go to other countries where they can obtain a legal status if they don’t choose to go home.

    IOM officials say their only involvement with the migrants the U.S. expelled to Panama is to help those who wish to return home. (Alejandro Cegarra for ProPublica)

    The State Department and Department of Homeland Security did not respond to detailed questions about the expulsions. However, a State Department spokesperson expressed gratitude to those countries that had agreed to cooperate, saying they showed that they are “committed to ending the crisis of illegal immigration to the United States.”

    Within the human rights community, advocates are at odds with one another about what to do. As the Panamanian government prepared to move migrants out of the Darien camp, IOM officials reached out to faith-based shelter managers seeking places for the migrants to stay. Elías Cornejo, migrant services coordinator for the Jesuit ministry Fe y Alegría in Panama City, said some of the managers hesitated because they worried that anything that gave the appearance that they were advancing policies that run contrary to the law could taint their reputation.

    “It’s Like They Want to Delete Us” Hayatullah Omagh sent this voice message to ProPublica’s reporters while he was detained in Panama.

    The IOM, Cornejo said, might be trying to do the right thing, but its actions can have unintended consequences that would be hard to undo. He said the agency was “whitewashing” Panama’s collusion and “dirtying its own hands” by participating in an improvised effort “without control and without the possibility of doing something good for the people.”

    Hayatullah Omagh, a 29-year-old immigrant from Afghanistan, tries to figure out what to do after Panamanian authorities released him from detention and gave him up to 90 days to leave the country. (Matias Delacroix/AP Images)

    As the migrants at the Darien camp scrambled to figure out what they’d do after leaving, they felt free to openly use their phones and to share them with one another.

    Tatiana Nikitina got a message from her 28-year-old brother, who’d migrated to the United States from Russia. He had been detained after crossing the border near San Diego, but her family hadn’t heard from him for days and was panicked that he might be forced to return home. Not knowing where to turn for answers about his whereabouts, his sister sought information in public chat groups and then began communicating with ProPublica about her desperate search for him.

    Her brother, Nikita Gaponov, using Omagh’s phone, also communicated with ProPublica and explained why he fled home.

    I am LGBT. My country harass these people.

    I cannot live a normal life in my country. It’s impossible for me.

    He said he spoke with IOM representatives about his fears.

    They said, We are sorry we cannot help you.

    I also do not know my USA status like it was deportation or not

    In USA they show me zero documents. No protocols or nothing.

    Omagh, too, said he was terrified about the prospect of returning to Afghanistan. He said he is from an ethnic minority group that is systematically persecuted by the ruling Taliban and that he’d been briefly jailed.

    They will execute me without hesitation.

    I want to apply for asylum, but I don’t know where I can apply for asylum, in which country, and how.

    I cannot go back to my country, never, never, never.

    Lexi Churchill contributed research.


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Lomi Kriel, Perla Trevizo and Mica Rosenberg.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/12/trumps-pressure-on-countries-and-international-organizations-erodes-protections-for-asylum-seekers/feed/ 0 518465
    Blue Bottle Coffee Workers fight Nestle for a first contract—with international support https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/12/blue-bottle-coffee-workers-fight-nestle-for-a-first-contract-with-international-support/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/12/blue-bottle-coffee-workers-fight-nestle-for-a-first-contract-with-international-support/#respond Wed, 12 Mar 2025 15:50:38 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332320 Members of Blue Bottle Independent Union stand together on a picket line during a walkout at one of their Boston-area locations on Jan 25.Blue Bottle Coffee workers in Massachusetts scored a major victory when they unionized the Nestle-owned coffee chain in 2024. Now they’re fighting for their first contract, and building international solidarity with unions along the supply chain in the process.]]> Members of Blue Bottle Independent Union stand together on a picket line during a walkout at one of their Boston-area locations on Jan 25.

    After workers unionized at six Nestle-owned Blue Bottle coffee shops in Massachusetts in 2024, they have been in the midst of a pitched struggle to secure a first contract for their members. Their landslide victory against the multinational corporation has been a source of optimism for the coffee industry, and the union has enjoyed broad support from their customers, other unions in Massachusetts, and even workers along the international supply chain. Now, months into bargaining, frustrations mount as the company seems determined to drag things out as long as possible.

    Bringing in the Union Busters

    As with past union campaigns at Nestle-owned companies, the corporation brought in Ogletree Deakins to handle the union campaign and negotiations at Blue Bottle. According to watchdog organization LaborLab, Ogletree Deakins is the nation’s “second largest management-side law firm specializing in union avoidance.” Over the past 40 years, Ogletree has played a leading role in keeping many multinational corporations operating in the US union-free—one of at least four major union avoidance law firms that have taken their union-busting tactics into an international arena in recent years.

    Workers at Blue Bottle understand the stakes as they continue to push for their demands at the bargaining table, and have been frustrated by the company’s attempts to drag bargaining out. “[It’s] certainly frustrating,” said Alex Pine, vice president of Blue Bottle Independent Union (BBIU). “I think that their entire bargaining strategy, and certainly Ogletree Deakins’s, is to delay bargaining to demoralize membership.”

    Despite these frustrations, bargaining continues. In the last bargaining session, held on Feb. 21, the union secured tentative agreements for a number of their noneconomic proposals, but have seen no movement on key economic issues, including wages and holidays. The union faces an uphill battle in continuing to secure neutral meeting places—of which there are precious few. They have been able to meet in city hall locations, which are free to use, but scheduling difficulties at Cambridge City Hall have delayed bargaining even further. The company has repeatedly pushed to meet in conference halls, but the union is unable to afford the associated costs with renting those spaces. Other alternatives for bargaining, including Zoom, have been roundly rejected by the company. “The company certainly could afford to cover the cost of a bargaining space, they just don’t want to,” Pine said in an email. “They understand that the more time we have to spend looking for a location to meet means less time to organize.”

    The union’s demands form a comprehensive package that would vastly improve the conditions that their baristas and other staff labor under. Chief among those demands are wages that are comparable with the cost of living in Massachusetts, democratic control in the workplace, and protection from harassment. To that end, they have asked for $30 an hour for their baristas, which would meet the minimum threshold for the high cost of living in the Boston area, as well as fairer scheduling, better PTO and holiday schedules, a more comprehensive healthcare plan, and the ability to accrue sick time for their employees. 

    “[It’s] certainly frustrating,” said Alex Pine, vice president of Blue Bottle Independent Union (BBIU). “I think that their entire bargaining strategy, and certainly Ogletree Deakins’s, is to delay bargaining to demoralize membership.”

    Perhaps more important, they have asked for a “just cause” clause to be included in their contract, which would restrict management from issuing what the union alleges are retaliatory write-ups. Since the union took their campaign public last year, multiple workers have been terminated without recourse–something that the union is working diligently to fix. Additionally, the union alleges that the company continues to create a hostile work environment for its employees. 

    In January, the union staged a walkout in protest of the closing of their Prudential Center location without guaranteeing hours or a tip differential to workers that needed to be transferred to other locations. In a Jan. 25 statement, BBIU noted that they had filed 16 unfair labor practice complaints against the company, saying saying that Blue Bottle “engaged in union busting by writing up members for petty infractions, cutting hours of vocal supporters, unilaterally changing store operating hours without bargaining with the union, and more. In another unforced error by management, in September Blue Bottle fired union organizer Remy Roskin without any prior discipline. Even with the company agreeing to bargain over Roskin’s termination, workers say that Blue Bottle has unnecessarily strained the relationship between management and employees.”

    Taking on the megacorp

    Just as with union campaigns at Starbucks, Amazon, and other multinational corporations, the workers of BBIU have no illusions about the monumental task ahead of them. A megacorporation like Nestle, which posted profits of over $10 billion in 2024 and projected continued growth in its coffee portfolio for the foreseeable future, seems to tower like Goliath over the organizing efforts of its coffee shops in Massachusetts. Against these odds, BBIU remains committed to fighting for better conditions in their workplaces, no matter how incremental it may seem.

    The workers of BBIU have no illusions about the monumental task ahead of them.

    “It feels really good. I’ll tell people [at school] like, ‘Oh, I’m in a union [organizing] against a company owned by Nestle,’ and they’re immediately like, ‘hell yeah.’ The fact that we’ve already, in a very real sense, won so much, like we had this landslide union victory,” said Abby Sato, barista and BBIU organizer. “Even though at the table it doesn’t feel like these huge wins in the larger schemes of things, we are kind of tipping the scale, so it does feel really good, and it does feel like when we come together, we can make real change,” they added.

    This sense of victory has helped bargaining committee members stay positive, even as the company drags things out. “This is the thing that gets me kind of excited when thinking about what we’re up against is all of the possibilities that exist,” Pine said. Since the union won their election, members of BBIU have been in contact with members of Sinaltrainal in Colombia, the union representing coffee workers farther down the supply chain. Workers in Colombia have been in a nearly year-long labor dispute with Nestle over mass layoffs–including of sick employees. Last month, bargaining sessions were meant to begin, but have since been suspended

    For Pine, the regular messages of international solidarity from their union siblings along the supply chain have had a buoying effect. “Although the conditions of our workplaces are very different, it means a lot to me that we’re able to send messages of support to each other, talk about issues that we have with the company, and to have that kind of shared sense of international solidarity,” Pine said. That solidarity has given hope to Pine that they and their fellow workers can join a global movement to organize Nestle. “I think that there is a very real chance that we can begin to organize across the supply chain.”

    For now, members are working on keeping morale up as bargaining stretches into yet another month. The union has worked hard to build up a strong union culture within their bargaining unit by continuing to hold social events and other gatherings. Pine believes that in the absence of any really meaningful social institutions or third spaces, the union is a source of community and shared power for their membership and supporters. “Even completely new members that don’t really understand what a union is already have positive feelings about it, because they understand that this can be a source or a space of a different way of life, really,” Pine said. “This is something collectively focused that gives people a sense of autonomy in their lives.”


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Mel Buer.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/12/blue-bottle-coffee-workers-fight-nestle-for-a-first-contract-with-international-support/feed/ 0 518451
    Duterte’s arrest a huge moment for the power of international law ✊ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/11/dutertes-arrest-a-huge-moment-for-the-power-of-international-law-%e2%9c%8a/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/11/dutertes-arrest-a-huge-moment-for-the-power-of-international-law-%e2%9c%8a/#respond Tue, 11 Mar 2025 15:15:05 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=58789a054ae4c7154d7dc8beab4ff324
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/11/dutertes-arrest-a-huge-moment-for-the-power-of-international-law-%e2%9c%8a/feed/ 0 518083
    Drug war architect Rodrigo Duterte arrested on International Criminal Court warrant https://rfa.org/english/asia/2025/03/11/philippines-duterte-international-criminal-court-arrest/ https://rfa.org/english/asia/2025/03/11/philippines-duterte-international-criminal-court-arrest/#respond Tue, 11 Mar 2025 07:09:05 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/asia/2025/03/11/philippines-duterte-international-criminal-court-arrest/ MANILA, Philippines – Philippine police detained former president Rodrigo Duterte at Manila airport on Tuesday after he arrived from Hong Kong, acting on an arrest warrant issued by the International Criminal Court.

    Duterte, 79, arrived with his entourage aboard a Cathay Pacific flight and was served the warrant. He went voluntarily with the police, accompanied by his aides.

    “Upon his arrival, the prosecutor general served the ICC notification for an arrest warrant against the former president for crimes against humanity,” the presidential palace said in a statement. “He is currently in the custody of Philippine authorities,” the palace said, adding that the officers who arrested Duterte were wearing body cameras.

    A government doctor examined Duterte, who was seen walking with a cane, and said the former president was in good health.

    He faces the charge of “the crime against humanity of murder” at the Netherlands-based International Criminal Court, or ICC, for a crackdown on addicts and dealers that he launched after becoming president in 2016 in which thousands of people were killed.

    Duterte appeared before the Senate and the House of Representatives in October and November, respectively, where he defended his administration’s war on drugs that he said was meant to protect the youth.

    Duterte has never denied his heavy-handed approach to crime but he did deny ordering police to kill suspects. He insisted that his approach was necessary to rid the Southeast Asian country of crime.

    Police said more than 6,000 drug dealers and users were killed in shoot-outs as they resisted arrest. Rights groups more than 10,000 people were killed and that many of them were summarily executed.

    At the House hearing, he dared the ICC to once and for all subject him to an investigation.

    “I am asking the ICC to hurry up and if possible, if they can come here and start the investigation tomorrow,” Duterte said. “This issue has been left hanging for so many years. I might die even before they investigate me. That’s why I am asking the ICC, through you, to come here.”

    On Tuesday, the former president tried to reason with arresting officers, asking them “What is the law and what is the crime that I committed?”

    “I was apparently brought here not of my own volition, and somebody else’s. You have to answer now for that deprivation of liberty,” he said, according to a clip by GMA News television that showed him sitting down at the airport lounge and talking to the arresting officers.

    The Philippines under Duterte withdrew from the ICC in 2019.

    President Ferdinand Marcos Jr. had earlier blocked tjhe ICC in the Philippines, but subsequently changed his mind after Duterte’s statement. Marcos insisted that the country’s justice system was working perfectly well.

    Duterte’s lawyer, Salvador Panelo, charged that the police did not allow him to meet with his client. “It’s unlawful arrest,” he stressed. “He was deprived of legal representation at the time of his arrest.”

    Panelo reiterated that because the Philippines had withdrawn from the ICC, the country was no longer under its jurisdiction.

    Former justice secretary Leila de Lima, whom Duterte’s government jailed on false drug-related charges, welcomed the arrest of the former president at long last.

    “The arrest of Rodrigo Duterte is the beginning of a much-need reckoning,” de Lima told Radio Free Asia affiliate BenarNews, minutes after Duterte was arrested. “This arrest should not only signal the end of impunity but ignite a larger movement for justice, transparency and the restoration of human rights.”

    De Lima, who survived a hostage taking incident while in detention, stressed that the arrest “really had to happen.”

    “The victims, the families of the thousands killed under Mr. Duterte’s war on drugs have been crying out for justice and they really looked at the ICC as their best hope because they feel, rightly so, that they could not really get a speedy justice from the local or domestic authorities,” she stressed.

    She said the ICC had been quietly doing its job, and that Duterte’s arrest was expected by the rights community. “That is one of the most significant developments in current times,” she said, of the ICC arrest warrant.

    The arrest, De Lima said, would “have a lot of impact on the political climate in this country.” She said that Marcos’ hands were tied by the political alliance he had made with the Duterte family at first. “

    “But when the unity broke up, we could see the gradual softening of this administration’s position,” she stressed. “So politically, this is an ace on the part of Mr. Marcos (because) the issuance of the warrant of arrest was the best way of getting rid of Mr. Duterte (since) there have been reports of destabilization efforts attributed to forces within the (police) and the military still loyal to the former president.”

    Bryony Lau, deputy director for the Human Rights Watch in Asia, said the arrest was a “critical step” towards accountability in the Southeast Asian nation.

    “His arrest could bring victims and their families closer to justice and send the clear message that no one is above the law,” Lau said in a statement. “The Marcos government should swiftly surrender him to the ICC.”

    Mark Navales and Jeoffrey Maitem contributed reporting from Davao City, and Gerard Carreon from Manila.

    BenarNews is an RFA-affiliated online news organization.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Jason Gutierrez for BenarNews.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/asia/2025/03/11/philippines-duterte-international-criminal-court-arrest/feed/ 0 517985
    Violent weekend brawl, clashes rock Greater Nouméa area https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/10/violent-weekend-brawl-clashes-rock-greater-noumea-area/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/10/violent-weekend-brawl-clashes-rock-greater-noumea-area/#respond Mon, 10 Mar 2025 21:03:00 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=111969 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

    A series of violent incidents and confrontations over the weekend in New Caledonia’s capital Nouméa and its surroundings, causing clashes with law enforcement agencies and several injuries.

    On Saturday night, in a bar and night-club in downtown Nouméa, a “Ladies Night” event dedicated to International Women’s Day degenerated into an all-out brawl, involving mostly young customers.

    The event was scheduled to end at 2am, but bar owners decided to close at 1am, prompting violent reactions from the young patrons, who started to throw glasses at the DJ, then ransacked the bar.

    The incident was recorded and later broadcast on social networks.

    “We should have closed at 2am, but shortly after midnight, we felt the pressure was mounting and most of the people were already quite inebriated”, the 1881 establishment owner told local media.

    “So we decided to close earlier to avoid people getting more drunk. We stopped the music, that’s when they started to throw glasses to the bar”.

    The brawl involved three to four hundred youths in a bar and night-club in downtown Nouméa on Saturday night – PHOTO Screenshot Facebook
    The brawl involved 300-400 youths in a bar and night-club in downtown Nouméa on Saturday night. Image: RNZ Pacific/FB

    Public brawl outside
    Outside, in a parking lot, an estimated “300 to 400 hundred” customers began a public brawl.

    Law enforcement units were called and later described themselves as finding “a dangerous situation” — confronted with “hostile” individuals, and having to resort to teargas and stun-balls.

    The French High Commission reported during a press conference yesterday that seven people had been injured, including one gendarme and a police officer, in the face of people throwing “bottles, stones and even concrete blocks”.

    The situation came back under control at around 2:30 am, officials said.

    The High Commission said that at this stage no one had been arrested, but an investigation was underway that could lead to the bar and night club being closed down.

    “This is a serious incident . . .  but we are not back to the insurrection situation last year”, the French High Commission’s chief-of-staff, Anaïs Aït Mansour, told reporters.

    She said a meeting had been called with all of Nouméa’s bar and nightclub owners and managers.

    After months of prohibition on the sale of alcoholic beverages, following the violent unrest that started in May 2024, the restrictions were finally lifted only a few weeks ago.

    A re-introduction of the restrictive measure was now “under consideration”, Aït Mansour said.

    The incident has also prompted political reactions as parties were preparing for the return of French Minister for Overseas Manuel Valls in less than two weeks to try to bring political talks to another level on New Caledonia’s political future.

    Politicians warned not to amalgamate
    The incidents, widely condemned by the pro-France political groups, were also labelled as “unacceptable” by the major pro-independence Union Calédonienne (UC)-FLNKS party.

    In a media statement, UC said these “acts of vandalism and violence committed by inebriated youths” had “nothing to do with the political claims from 13 May 2024, or with the Kanak people’s struggle”.

    However, the pro-independence party warned against any attempt to “turn these youths into scapegoats for all of our society’s harms”.

    UC said this behaviour could be explained by “a profound ill-being” among “a certain part” of the young Kanak population who felt disenfranchised.

    Violent clashes on highway
    The weekend was also marred by another violent confrontation with law enforcement services on the territorial road RT1 between the capital Nouméa and the La Tontouta International Airport where motorists were targeted by people throwing stones at them.

    The incidents took place early Sunday morning near the Saint-Laurent village, in an area usually referred to as Col de La Pirogue, close to the small town of Païta.

    The Gendarmerie Commander, General Nicolas Matthéos, said those actions were from a group of up to 30 individuals under the influence of alcohol.

    He said his services were now attempting to talk to traditional chiefs in the area so they could persuade those responsible for these “very aggressive” acts to surrender and be “brought to justice”.

    He said four gendarmes had been slightly injured after being hit by stones.

    “We had to use stun grenades and during those operations we had to stop all traffic on the RT1″,” he said.

    Traffic was interrupted for almost one hour and a squadron of gendarmes remained in place to secure the area.

    A judicial inquiry is also underway.

    Sandalwood oil factory goes up in flames
    Also at the weekend, a sandalwood oil factory went up in flames late on Sunday evening on the island of Maré in the Loyalty Islands group.

    Local firemen could not stop the destruction of the small factory’ production and refinery unit.

    Another investigation is now underway from Nouméa-based gendarmerie investigators to determine the cause of the fire and whether it was accidental or criminal.

    The locally-managed unit was created in 2010.

    It is believed to be the world’s third largest producer of high-quality sandalwood essential oil, with international perfume and cosmetics clients such as Dior, Guerlain and Chanel.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/10/violent-weekend-brawl-clashes-rock-greater-noumea-area/feed/ 0 517879
    Violent weekend brawl, clashes rock Greater Nouméa area https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/10/violent-weekend-brawl-clashes-rock-greater-noumea-area-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/10/violent-weekend-brawl-clashes-rock-greater-noumea-area-2/#respond Mon, 10 Mar 2025 21:03:00 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=111969 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

    A series of violent incidents and confrontations over the weekend in New Caledonia’s capital Nouméa and its surroundings, causing clashes with law enforcement agencies and several injuries.

    On Saturday night, in a bar and night-club in downtown Nouméa, a “Ladies Night” event dedicated to International Women’s Day degenerated into an all-out brawl, involving mostly young customers.

    The event was scheduled to end at 2am, but bar owners decided to close at 1am, prompting violent reactions from the young patrons, who started to throw glasses at the DJ, then ransacked the bar.

    The incident was recorded and later broadcast on social networks.

    “We should have closed at 2am, but shortly after midnight, we felt the pressure was mounting and most of the people were already quite inebriated”, the 1881 establishment owner told local media.

    “So we decided to close earlier to avoid people getting more drunk. We stopped the music, that’s when they started to throw glasses to the bar”.

    The brawl involved three to four hundred youths in a bar and night-club in downtown Nouméa on Saturday night – PHOTO Screenshot Facebook
    The brawl involved 300-400 youths in a bar and night-club in downtown Nouméa on Saturday night. Image: RNZ Pacific/FB

    Public brawl outside
    Outside, in a parking lot, an estimated “300 to 400 hundred” customers began a public brawl.

    Law enforcement units were called and later described themselves as finding “a dangerous situation” — confronted with “hostile” individuals, and having to resort to teargas and stun-balls.

    The French High Commission reported during a press conference yesterday that seven people had been injured, including one gendarme and a police officer, in the face of people throwing “bottles, stones and even concrete blocks”.

    The situation came back under control at around 2:30 am, officials said.

    The High Commission said that at this stage no one had been arrested, but an investigation was underway that could lead to the bar and night club being closed down.

    “This is a serious incident . . .  but we are not back to the insurrection situation last year”, the French High Commission’s chief-of-staff, Anaïs Aït Mansour, told reporters.

    She said a meeting had been called with all of Nouméa’s bar and nightclub owners and managers.

    After months of prohibition on the sale of alcoholic beverages, following the violent unrest that started in May 2024, the restrictions were finally lifted only a few weeks ago.

    A re-introduction of the restrictive measure was now “under consideration”, Aït Mansour said.

    The incident has also prompted political reactions as parties were preparing for the return of French Minister for Overseas Manuel Valls in less than two weeks to try to bring political talks to another level on New Caledonia’s political future.

    Politicians warned not to amalgamate
    The incidents, widely condemned by the pro-France political groups, were also labelled as “unacceptable” by the major pro-independence Union Calédonienne (UC)-FLNKS party.

    In a media statement, UC said these “acts of vandalism and violence committed by inebriated youths” had “nothing to do with the political claims from 13 May 2024, or with the Kanak people’s struggle”.

    However, the pro-independence party warned against any attempt to “turn these youths into scapegoats for all of our society’s harms”.

    UC said this behaviour could be explained by “a profound ill-being” among “a certain part” of the young Kanak population who felt disenfranchised.

    Violent clashes on highway
    The weekend was also marred by another violent confrontation with law enforcement services on the territorial road RT1 between the capital Nouméa and the La Tontouta International Airport where motorists were targeted by people throwing stones at them.

    The incidents took place early Sunday morning near the Saint-Laurent village, in an area usually referred to as Col de La Pirogue, close to the small town of Païta.

    The Gendarmerie Commander, General Nicolas Matthéos, said those actions were from a group of up to 30 individuals under the influence of alcohol.

    He said his services were now attempting to talk to traditional chiefs in the area so they could persuade those responsible for these “very aggressive” acts to surrender and be “brought to justice”.

    He said four gendarmes had been slightly injured after being hit by stones.

    “We had to use stun grenades and during those operations we had to stop all traffic on the RT1″,” he said.

    Traffic was interrupted for almost one hour and a squadron of gendarmes remained in place to secure the area.

    A judicial inquiry is also underway.

    Sandalwood oil factory goes up in flames
    Also at the weekend, a sandalwood oil factory went up in flames late on Sunday evening on the island of Maré in the Loyalty Islands group.

    Local firemen could not stop the destruction of the small factory’ production and refinery unit.

    Another investigation is now underway from Nouméa-based gendarmerie investigators to determine the cause of the fire and whether it was accidental or criminal.

    The locally-managed unit was created in 2010.

    It is believed to be the world’s third largest producer of high-quality sandalwood essential oil, with international perfume and cosmetics clients such as Dior, Guerlain and Chanel.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/10/violent-weekend-brawl-clashes-rock-greater-noumea-area-2/feed/ 0 517880
    Celebrating Indigenous roots in Chile’s Arica Carnival https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/10/celebrating-indigenous-roots-in-chiles-arica-carnival/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/10/celebrating-indigenous-roots-in-chiles-arica-carnival/#respond Mon, 10 Mar 2025 17:49:07 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332297 The largest carnival celebration in Chile reflects a long history of Indigenous resistance to colonization—a struggle that continues to this day.]]>

    In the far northern reaches of Chile, there is a land surrounded by borders. Peru on one side. Bolivia on the other. It is a land where soldiers forced assimilation with the barrel of a gun. Embrace your Chilean identity, or die. Those soldiers came in waves, always in the wake of the sound of boots marching, guns firing, tanks rolling.

    But the people here were more than Chilean. Their blood ran from rivers of the Andes mountains. Or from their homelands far across the ocean in Central Africa. They were Aymara and Quechua. Black, Peruvian, and Bolivian. They sang their own songs. And danced their own dances. First quietly, and then louder and louder. 

    They borrowed dances from the homeland of their people in Bolivia. They built folk groups to practice and perform. And they grew.

    Today, the Arica carnival is known as the fuerza del sol — the strength of the sun. It’s the largest carnival in Chile. 16,000 performers dance in 80 different groups. 

    For three days, the drums ring. The instruments play. The dancers move through the streets in synchronized succession.

    This carnival is an act of resistance. A celebration of multicultural identity. Of Indigenous roots. Of remembering and celebrating who they are.

    “This carnival is a mixture of cultures where we all embrace with one objective. To maintain our culture viva — alive,” says Fredy Amaneces. He wears an elaborate purple outfit with a colorful headdress.

    The carnival begins with a ceremony for Pachamama, Mother Earth. An Indigenous shaman on a working-class street corner lights a flame and says a prayer. 

    Each joyful step is an offering to their connection with the land, and their past.

    “We dance with our hearts,” says Judith Mamani, in a yellow Cholita dress. “We sing with everything we have, because these are our roots.”

    Each jump, each twist and turn, each movement, re-lives a story of the past. Each shout and song a revival of their ancestry. Each move a defiant promise that their culture and identity will only continue and grow.

    Regardless of what may come.


    Stories of Resistance is a new project, co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. You can also follow Michael’s reporting and support at www.patreon.com/mfox.

    This story is based on reporting Michael did for PRX The World.

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/10/celebrating-indigenous-roots-in-chiles-arica-carnival/feed/ 0 518196
    What To Us Is International Women’s Day? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/10/what-to-us-is-international-womens-day/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/10/what-to-us-is-international-womens-day/#respond Mon, 10 Mar 2025 16:37:42 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=45941 This week, a special Project Censored episode: “What To Us Is International Women’s Day?,” a variation on the question asked by Frederick Douglass: What to the Slave is the 4th of July? March 8th is International Women’s Day, and while many will and do celebrate this day in revolutionary ways, the truth is that IWD like so many other holidays is often used to serve the vehemently anti-feminist goals of the architects of our oppression. So-called white feminism perpetuates the evils of white supremacy, colonialism, capitalism, patriarchy, and imperialism - but with a femme facade, pushing us to ask what to us is an international women’s day which doesn’t seek to dismantle the very systems that use, abuse & torment women across the US and the globe? Award-winning journalist Mnar Adley and organizer Afeni Evans will join Eleanor Goldfield for this special hour-long dive into the insidious machinations of white feminism, who gets violently othered and why, the internationalist demands of a revolutionary feminism, and what really to us, is - or could be - International Women’s Day?

    The post What To Us Is International Women’s Day? appeared first on Project Censored.


    This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Kate Horgan.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/10/what-to-us-is-international-womens-day/feed/ 0 517826
    In Canada, Indigenous advocates argue mining companies violate the rights of nature https://grist.org/equity/in-canada-indigenous-advocates-argue-mining-companies-violate-the-rights-of-nature/ https://grist.org/equity/in-canada-indigenous-advocates-argue-mining-companies-violate-the-rights-of-nature/#respond Mon, 10 Mar 2025 08:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=660031 In Western legal systems, arguments against pollution or the destruction of the environment tend to focus exclusively on people: It’s wrong to contaminate a river, for example, because certain humans depend on the river for drinking water.

    But what if the river had an inherent right to be protected from pollution, regardless of its utility to humans? This is the idea that drives the “rights of nature” movement, a global campaign to recognize the intrinsic value of nonhuman nature — not just rivers, but also trees, mountains, animals, ecosystems — by granting it legal rights. Many Indigenous worldviews already recognize these rights. The question for many in the movement, however, is how to bring the rights of nature into the courtroom.

    Enter the International Rights of Nature Tribunal, a recurring gathering of Indigenous and environmental advocates who present arguments regarding alleged violations of the rights of nature and Indigenous peoples. Given international law’s broad failure to recognize the rights of nature, the events provide a model showing what this type of jurisprudence could look like. 

    At the sixth tribunal in Toronto late last month, a panel of nine judges heard cases against Canadian mining companies, ultimately ruling that they had violated “collective rights, Indigenous rights, and rights of nature.”

    “Today’s testimonies have emphasized the age-old stories of greed, colonization, … and the ongoing ecocide caused by the extractive industries,” said Casey Camp-Horinek, an elder of the Ponca Nation of Oklahoma and one of the tribunal’s judges. She and the other judges called for the ratification of a United Nations treaty on business and human rights, a report from U.N. experts on critical minerals and Indigenous peoples’ rights, and further consideration of mining’s impacts at the U.N.’s Permanent Forum on Indigenous Issues. 

    Those recommendations and the verdict against the mining companies are set to be presented later this year at COP30 in Brazil — the United Nations’ annual climate change conference — where the tribunal judges hope their findings will pressure countries to develop legal protections for nature and Indigenous peoples.

    Mining was selected as the theme of this tribunal because of the damage that resource extraction can cause to people and ecosystems, even though the sector is necessary for addressing climate change. Minerals like lithium and copper are needed in large quantities for electric vehicle batteries, solar panels, and other renewable technologies to replace fossil fuels. A previous session of the tribunal, held in New York City last September, focused on oil and gas infrastructure. 

    Canadian companies were singled out because of their prominence in the global mining sector. According to a recent report by the nonprofit MiningWatch Canada, the country is home to more than 1,300 mining and exploration companies, 730 of which operate overseas. About half of the world’s public mining companies are listed on Canadian stock exchanges.

    A woman standing in Indigenous dress.
    Casey Camp-Horinek, International Rights of Nature tribunal judge and Ponca Nation of Oklahoma elder, reveals Canadian mining companies are violating the rights of both nature and Indigenous peoples in South America and Serbia. Courtesy of the Global Alliance for the Rights of Nature

    The tribunal was also meant to contrast with this week’s annual conference of the Prospectors and Developers Association of Canada, which featured climate change and Indigenous issues in a way that speakers described as opportunistic — by now a familiar criticism

    James Yap, the tribunal’s prosecutor and acting director of an international human rights program at the University of Toronto, called out one particular event titled “Caliente Caliente Ooh Aah: Latin American Mining is Heating Up!,” which invited attendees to “dance to the Latin beat through the various regulatory issues affecting the region.” 

    Neither the law firm that organized the Latin American mining event nor the Prospectors and Developers Association of Canada responded to Grist’s requests for comment.

    Jérémie Gilbert, a professor of social and ecological justice at the University of Southampton in the United Kingdom, applauded the tribunal for building an evidence base of the alleged human rights and nature’s rights violations by transnational mining companies. His research has highlighted how most international law treats nature as a resource to be owned or exploited, instead of having value in its own right.

    Legal protections that include Indigenous knowledge and the rights of nature have already been implemented in several countries — most famously in Ecuador, which in its rewritten 2008 constitution acknowledged the rights of Mother Earth, or Pacha Mama, to the “maintenance and regeneration of its life cycles, structure, functions, and evolutionary processes.” 

    “What’s required for the rights of nature is a pen and then enforceability,” said Dov Korff-Korn, the legal director of Sacred Defense Fund, an Indigenous environmental group based in Santa Fe. Korff-Korn said that giving rights to nonhuman entities like water, animals, and plants is already baked into how many tribes see the world, so using tribal laws and respecting sovereignty is a way forward. 

    “We’ve got some unique rights and laws that have unique expressions,” said Frank Bibeau, an enrolled member of the Minnesota Chippewa tribe and a tribal attorney with the nonprofit Center for Democratic and Environmental Rights who has worked on cases that give rights to nonhuman relatives under Chippewa treaties. 

    Aerial view of cars driving around a copper mine, with the ocean visible in the background
    A copper mine in Puerto Coloso, Chile. Sebastian Rojas Rojo / AFP via Getty Images

    One example came during the fight against the controversial Line 3 Pipeline proposed by the oil and gas company Enbridge in Minnesota. Bibeau listed manoomin, Ojibwe for wild rice, as a plaintiff in a lawsuit against Minnesota’s Department of Natural Resources, arguing that the rice had rights to clean water and habitat that would be jeopardized by the pipeline and the oil spill risks it would bring.

    Bibeau said the lawsuit is an example of how many tribes see the rights inherent in nature. But since most settler courts don’t, he argues that Indigenous treaties are a useful way to help protect nonhuman relatives. 

    Other ways to develop legal protections could involve tribal courts. And this year in Aotearoa, or New Zealand, the mountain Taranaki Maunga was recognized as a legal person because the Maori see it as an ancestor. The country also recognizes the rights of the Te Irewera Forest and the Whanganui River, so there is a developing global precedent for this sort of legal framework. 

    Protections like these could protect ecosystems in the examined cases of the tribunal, including in Brazil where a firm called Belo Sun has proposed the development of the country’s largest open-pit gold mine, and in regions affected by copper, silver, and other metals mining throughout Ecuador. One of the cases heard by tribunal judges related to a gold mine proposed in eastern Serbia by the Canadian company Dundee Precious Metals, and another centered on uranium mining within Canada

    In a presentation about heavy metals mining in Penco, Chile, Valerie Sepúlveda — president of a Chilean environmental nonprofit called Parque para Penco — criticized the Toronto-based Aclara Resources for opaque operations and a failure to engage with residents near its mines. “We must reevaluate what mining is really necessary and which is not,” she told the audience. One of the judges, in describing the 2015 release of millions of liters of cyanide solution from a gold mine in San Juan, Argentina, said mining companies are “sacrificing these towns so that Americans can have their Teslas.” 

    Another judge — Tzeporah Berman, international program director at the nonprofit Stand.earth — told attendees she was “horrified and embarrassed” by the practices of Canadian mining companies. “Canada must pursue human and environmental due diligence,” she added while delivering her verdict. “I hope that our recommendations will be used in future policy design and legal challenges.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline In Canada, Indigenous advocates argue mining companies violate the rights of nature on Mar 10, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Taylar Dawn Stagner.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/equity/in-canada-indigenous-advocates-argue-mining-companies-violate-the-rights-of-nature/feed/ 0 517740
    Thousands in Melbourne rally for International Women’s Day, Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/10/thousands-in-melbourne-rally-for-international-womens-day-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/10/thousands-in-melbourne-rally-for-international-womens-day-gaza/#respond Mon, 10 Mar 2025 05:53:06 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=111900 By Mary Merkenich in Naarm/Melbourne

    More than 2000 people — mostly women and union members — marked International Women’s Day two days early last week on March 6 with a lively rally and march in Melbourne, capital of the Australian state of Victoria.

    Chants of “Women united will never be defeated”, “Tell me what a feminist looks like? This is what a feminist looks like” and “When women’s rights are under attack, what do we do? Stand up! Fight back!” rang through the streets.

    Speakers addressed the inequality women still faced at work and in society, the leading roles women play in many struggles for justice, including for First Nations rights, against the junta in Myanmar, against Israel’s genocide in Gaza/Palestine, and against oppressive regimes like that in Iran.


    “Palestine is not for sale.”  Video: Green Left

    When Michelle O’Neill, president of the Australian Council of Trade Unions (ACTU) spoke, some women chanted “CFMEU” to demonstrate their displeasure at the ACTU’s complicity in attacks against that union.

    The rally also marched to Victoria’s Parliament House.

    Republished from Green Left.

    in Auckland, Aotearoa New Zealand, activists marked International Women’s Day on Saturday and the start of Ramadan this week with solidarity rallies across the country, calling for justice and peace for Palestinian women and the territories occupied illegally by Israel.

    The theme this year for IWD was “For all women and girls: Rights. Equality. Empowerment” and this was the 74th week of Palestinian solidarity protests.

    The IWD protesters at the Victorian Parliament
    The IWD protesters at the Victorian Parliament. Image: Jordan AK/Green Left


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/10/thousands-in-melbourne-rally-for-international-womens-day-gaza/feed/ 0 517676
    Thousands in Melbourne rally for International Women’s Day, Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/10/thousands-in-melbourne-rally-for-international-womens-day-gaza-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/10/thousands-in-melbourne-rally-for-international-womens-day-gaza-2/#respond Mon, 10 Mar 2025 05:53:06 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=111900 By Mary Merkenich in Naarm/Melbourne

    More than 2000 people — mostly women and union members — marked International Women’s Day two days early last week on March 6 with a lively rally and march in Melbourne, capital of the Australian state of Victoria.

    Chants of “Women united will never be defeated”, “Tell me what a feminist looks like? This is what a feminist looks like” and “When women’s rights are under attack, what do we do? Stand up! Fight back!” rang through the streets.

    Speakers addressed the inequality women still faced at work and in society, the leading roles women play in many struggles for justice, including for First Nations rights, against the junta in Myanmar, against Israel’s genocide in Gaza/Palestine, and against oppressive regimes like that in Iran.


    “Palestine is not for sale.”  Video: Green Left

    When Michelle O’Neill, president of the Australian Council of Trade Unions (ACTU) spoke, some women chanted “CFMEU” to demonstrate their displeasure at the ACTU’s complicity in attacks against that union.

    The rally also marched to Victoria’s Parliament House.

    Republished from Green Left.

    in Auckland, Aotearoa New Zealand, activists marked International Women’s Day on Saturday and the start of Ramadan this week with solidarity rallies across the country, calling for justice and peace for Palestinian women and the territories occupied illegally by Israel.

    The theme this year for IWD was “For all women and girls: Rights. Equality. Empowerment” and this was the 74th week of Palestinian solidarity protests.

    The IWD protesters at the Victorian Parliament
    The IWD protesters at the Victorian Parliament. Image: Jordan AK/Green Left


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/10/thousands-in-melbourne-rally-for-international-womens-day-gaza-2/feed/ 0 517677
    Luamanuvao reflects on International Women’s Day and ‘Pacific dreams’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/09/luamanuvao-reflects-on-international-womens-day-and-pacific-dreams/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/09/luamanuvao-reflects-on-international-womens-day-and-pacific-dreams/#respond Sun, 09 Mar 2025 23:05:41 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=111871 By Moera Tuilaepa-Taylor, RNZ Pacific manager

    International Women’s Day, March 8, is an opportunity to celebrate the achievements of women around the world.

    Closer to home, here in Aotearoa New Zealand, we can take a moment to acknowledge Pasifika women, and in particular the contributions of Luamanuvao Dame Winnie Laban.

    For her, “International Women’s day is an opportunity to acknowledge Pasifika women’s contribution to economic, social, and cultural development in New Zealand and our Pacific region.”

    Luamanuvao has a significant string of “firsts” in her resume, including becoming the first Pasifika woman to be elected to Parliament in 1999.

    Growing up, she drew great motivation from her parents’ immigrant story.

    She told RNZ Pacific that she often contemplated their journey to New Zealand from Samoa on a boat. Sailing with them were their dreams for a better life.

    When she became the first Samoan woman to be made a dame in 2018, she spoke about how her success was a manifestation of those dreams.

    ‘Hard work and sacrifice’
    “And it is that hard work and sacrifice that for me makes me reflect on why this award is so important.

    “Because it acknowledges the Pacific journey of sacrifice and dreams. But more importantly, bringing up a generation who must make the best use of their opportunities.”

    Luamanuvao Dame Winnie Laban and supporters during an International Women's day event in Wellington
    Luamanuvao Dame Winnie Laban and supporters during an International Women’s day event in Wellington. Image: RNZ Pacific

    After serving as assistant Vice-Chancellor (Pasifika) at Te Herenga Waka/Victoria University since 2010, Dame Winnie is stepping down. As she prepares to move on from that role, she spoke to RNZ Pacific about the importance of Pasifika women in society.

    “Our women teach us that our strength and resilience is in our relationship, courage to do what is right, respect and ability to work together, stay together and look after and support each other,” she said.

    “We are also reminded of the powerful women from our communities who are strong leaders and contributors to the welfare and wellbeing of our families and communities.

    “They are the sacred weavers of our ie toga, tivaevae, latu, bilum and masi that connect our genealogy and our connection to each other.

    “Our Pacific Ocean is our mother and she binds us together. This is our enduring legacy.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/09/luamanuvao-reflects-on-international-womens-day-and-pacific-dreams/feed/ 0 517637
    Luamanuvao reflects on International Women’s Day and ‘Pacific dreams’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/09/luamanuvao-reflects-on-international-womens-day-and-pacific-dreams-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/09/luamanuvao-reflects-on-international-womens-day-and-pacific-dreams-2/#respond Sun, 09 Mar 2025 23:05:41 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=111871 By Moera Tuilaepa-Taylor, RNZ Pacific manager

    International Women’s Day, March 8, is an opportunity to celebrate the achievements of women around the world.

    Closer to home, here in Aotearoa New Zealand, we can take a moment to acknowledge Pasifika women, and in particular the contributions of Luamanuvao Dame Winnie Laban.

    For her, “International Women’s day is an opportunity to acknowledge Pasifika women’s contribution to economic, social, and cultural development in New Zealand and our Pacific region.”

    Luamanuvao has a significant string of “firsts” in her resume, including becoming the first Pasifika woman to be elected to Parliament in 1999.

    Growing up, she drew great motivation from her parents’ immigrant story.

    She told RNZ Pacific that she often contemplated their journey to New Zealand from Samoa on a boat. Sailing with them were their dreams for a better life.

    When she became the first Samoan woman to be made a dame in 2018, she spoke about how her success was a manifestation of those dreams.

    ‘Hard work and sacrifice’
    “And it is that hard work and sacrifice that for me makes me reflect on why this award is so important.

    “Because it acknowledges the Pacific journey of sacrifice and dreams. But more importantly, bringing up a generation who must make the best use of their opportunities.”

    Luamanuvao Dame Winnie Laban and supporters during an International Women's day event in Wellington
    Luamanuvao Dame Winnie Laban and supporters during an International Women’s day event in Wellington. Image: RNZ Pacific

    After serving as assistant Vice-Chancellor (Pasifika) at Te Herenga Waka/Victoria University since 2010, Dame Winnie is stepping down. As she prepares to move on from that role, she spoke to RNZ Pacific about the importance of Pasifika women in society.

    “Our women teach us that our strength and resilience is in our relationship, courage to do what is right, respect and ability to work together, stay together and look after and support each other,” she said.

    “We are also reminded of the powerful women from our communities who are strong leaders and contributors to the welfare and wellbeing of our families and communities.

    “They are the sacred weavers of our ie toga, tivaevae, latu, bilum and masi that connect our genealogy and our connection to each other.

    “Our Pacific Ocean is our mother and she binds us together. This is our enduring legacy.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/09/luamanuvao-reflects-on-international-womens-day-and-pacific-dreams-2/feed/ 0 517638
    Celebrate International Working Women’s Day by Joining the Struggle Against Imperialism! https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/08/celebrate-international-working-womens-day-by-joining-the-struggle-against-imperialism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/08/celebrate-international-working-womens-day-by-joining-the-struggle-against-imperialism/#respond Sat, 08 Mar 2025 15:36:25 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=156460 International Women’s Day (IWD) was founded by working-class women who staunchly opposed war and fought for labor rights, peace, and equality. Rooted in the anti-war and socialist movements of the early 20th century, IWD emerged as a day to challenge oppression and demand justice. However, IWD has been co-opted by intersectional imperialists—women of diverse cultural […]

    The post Celebrate International Working Women’s Day by Joining the Struggle Against Imperialism! first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    International Women’s Day (IWD) was founded by working-class women who staunchly opposed war and fought for labor rights, peace, and equality. Rooted in the anti-war and socialist movements of the early 20th century, IWD emerged as a day to challenge oppression and demand justice. However, IWD has been co-opted by intersectional imperialists—women of diverse cultural backgrounds who unite under the banner of the U.S. empire, perpetuating violence and destabilization across the globe. This betrayal of its radical origins demands a reckoning.

    The U.S. empire, draped in the language of feminism and empowerment, has weaponized IWD to justify its gangsterism. In Gaza, U.S.-backed Israeli forces have killed and displaced thousands of women and children, destroying homes, hospitals, and schools under the guise of “security.” In Sudan, U.S.-aligned forces and foreign interventions have fueled a devastating civil war, displacing millions and leaving women vulnerable to sexual violence and starvation. In Haiti, U.S. imperialism has propped up corrupt regimes and destabilized the nation, leaving women to bear the brunt of poverty, violence, and systemic collapse. Meanwhile, in the U.S., Black women in cities like Chicago and rural areas like the Mississippi Delta face systemic neglect, police violence, and economic exploitation. These are not isolated incidents but the direct consequences of Western imperialism, which prioritizes profit and power over human lives.

    The celebration of IWD by those complicit in these atrocities is a grotesque distortion of its founding principles. True solidarity with women worldwide means opposing the systems that exploit and destroy their lives. It means standing against the U.S. empire’s wars, sanctions, and interventions that disproportionately harm women in the Global South. It means reclaiming IWD as a day of resistance against imperialism, capitalism, and patriarchy.

    For the Black Alliance for Peace, the task is reclaiming International Women’s Day as a day of struggle, not of celebration—a day to dismantle Western imperialism and fight for a world where all women can live in freedom and dignity.

    No Compromise.

    No Retreat!

    The post Celebrate International Working Women’s Day by Joining the Struggle Against Imperialism! first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Black Alliance for Peace.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/08/celebrate-international-working-womens-day-by-joining-the-struggle-against-imperialism/feed/ 0 517505
    PHOTOS: Chinese, US and Indian jets take to the skies at international air show https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/03/08/us-india-china-air-force-plaaf-usaf-iaf/ https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/03/08/us-india-china-air-force-plaaf-usaf-iaf/#respond Sat, 08 Mar 2025 14:51:41 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/03/08/us-india-china-air-force-plaaf-usaf-iaf/ BANGKOK — Air force aerobatic and demonstration teams from China, India and the United States streaked through Bangkok’s overcast skies Friday in a rare joint-showcase marking the 88th anniversary of the Royal Thai Air Force.

    China’s August 1st Aerobatic Team of People’s Liberation Army Air Force, the U.S. Air Force’s F-35A Lightning II Demonstration Team and India’s Air Force Surya Kiran Aerobatic Team each performed separately, entertaining crowds at Bangkok’s Don Mueang air base.

    Also present was Thailand’s King Maha Vajiralongkorn, a former F-5 fighter jet pilot.

    “We did not have special conditions to have both the U.S. and Chinese aircraft to join. Politics is set aside and mutual respect is there,” Thailand’s air force chief Air Marshal Punpakdee Pattanakul told reporters.

    Vortices are visible on its wings as a U.S. Air Force F-35A demonstration team fifth generation jet performs over Don Mueang air base in Bangkok, March 7, 2025.
    Vortices are visible on its wings as a U.S. Air Force F-35A demonstration team fifth generation jet performs over Don Mueang air base in Bangkok, March 7, 2025.
    (Pimuk Rakkanam/RFA)
    India’s Air Force Surya Kiran Aerobatic Team fly Hawk Mk-132 jets as they perform over Don Mueang air base in Bangkok, March 7, 2025.
    India’s Air Force Surya Kiran Aerobatic Team fly Hawk Mk-132 jets as they perform over Don Mueang air base in Bangkok, March 7, 2025.
    (Pimuk Rakkanam/RFA)
    Chinese People’s Liberation Army Air Force Chengdu J-10 jets perform over Don Mueang air base in Bangkok, March 7, 2025.
    Chinese People’s Liberation Army Air Force Chengdu J-10 jets perform over Don Mueang air base in Bangkok, March 7, 2025.
    (Pimuk Rakkanam/RFA)
    A U.S. Air Force F-35A demonstration team fifth generation jet opens its weapons bay as it performs over Don Mueang air base in Bangkok, March 7, 2025.
    A U.S. Air Force F-35A demonstration team fifth generation jet opens its weapons bay as it performs over Don Mueang air base in Bangkok, March 7, 2025.
    (Pimuk Rakkanam/RFA)
    Chinese People’s Liberation Army Air Force Chengdu J-10 jets perform over Don Mueang air base in Bangkok, March 7, 2025.
    Chinese People’s Liberation Army Air Force Chengdu J-10 jets perform over Don Mueang air base in Bangkok, March 7, 2025.
    (Pimuk Rakkanam/RFA)
    India’s Air Force Surya Kiran Aerobatic Team fly Hawk Mk-132 jets as they perform over Don Mueang air base in Bangkok, March 7, 2025.
    India’s Air Force Surya Kiran Aerobatic Team fly Hawk Mk-132 jets as they perform over Don Mueang air base in Bangkok, March 7, 2025.
    (Pimuk Rakkanam/RFA)
    Chinese People’s Liberation Army Air Force pilots greet spectators as they taxi at Don Mueang air base in Bangkok, March 7, 2025.
    Chinese People’s Liberation Army Air Force pilots greet spectators as they taxi at Don Mueang air base in Bangkok, March 7, 2025.
    (Pimuk Rakkanam/RFA)
    A Royal Thai Air Force JAS 39 Gripen fighter jet  takes off from Bangkok’s Don Mueang air base, Mar. 7, 2025.
    A Royal Thai Air Force JAS 39 Gripen fighter jet takes off from Bangkok’s Don Mueang air base, Mar. 7, 2025.
    (Pimuk Rakkanam/RFA)
    A U.S. Air Force demonstration team pilot waves to spectators before taking off Don Mueang air base in Bangkok, March 7, 2025.
    A U.S. Air Force demonstration team pilot waves to spectators before taking off Don Mueang air base in Bangkok, March 7, 2025.
    (Pimuk Rakkanam/RFA)
    Spectators arrive at Don Mueang air base for the international air show commemorating the 88th anniversary of the Royal Thai Air Force, Mar. 7, 2025, in Bangkok.
    Spectators arrive at Don Mueang air base for the international air show commemorating the 88th anniversary of the Royal Thai Air Force, Mar. 7, 2025, in Bangkok.
    (Pimuk Rakkanam/RFA)


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Pimuk Rakkanam for RFA.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/03/08/us-india-china-air-force-plaaf-usaf-iaf/feed/ 0 517494
    International Women’s Day activists protest in solidarity with Palestinians https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/08/international-womens-day-activists-protest-in-solidarity-with-palestinians/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/08/international-womens-day-activists-protest-in-solidarity-with-palestinians/#respond Sat, 08 Mar 2025 09:51:54 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=111815 Asia Pacific Report

    Activists in Aotearoa New Zealand marked International Women’s Day today and the start of Ramadan this week with solidarity rallies across the country, calling for justice and peace for Palestinian women and the territories occupied illegally by Israel.

    The theme this year for IWD is “For all women and girls: Rights. Equality. Empowerment” and this was the 74th week of Palestinian solidarity protests.

    First speaker at the Auckland rally today, Del Abcede of the Aotearoa section of the Women’s International League for Peace and Freedom (WILPF), said the protest was “timely given how women have suffered the brunt of Israel’s war on Palestine and the Gaza ceasefire in limbo”.

    Del Abcede of the Aotearoa section of the Women's International League for Peace and Freedom (WILPF)
    Del Abcede of the Aotearoa section of the Women’s International League for Peace and Freedom (WILPF) . . . “Empowered women empower the world.” Image: David Robie/APR

    “Women are the backbone of families and communities. They provide care, support and nurturing to their families and the development of children,” she said.

    “Women also play a significant role in community building and often take on leadership roles in community organisations. Empowered women empower the world.”

    Abcede explained how the non-government organisation WILPF had national sections in 37 countries, including the Palestine branch which was founded in 1988. WILPF works close with its Palestinian partners, Women’s Centre for Legal Aid and Counselling (WCLAC) and General Union of Palestinian Women (GUPW).

    “This catastrophe is playing out on our TV screens every day. The majority of feminists in Britain — and in the West — seem to have nothing to say about it,” Abcede said, quoting gender researcher Dr Maryam Aldosarri, to cries of shame.

    ‘There can be neutrality’
    “In the face of such overwhelming terror, there can be no neutrality.”

    Dr Aldosarri said in an article published earlier in the war on Gaza last year that the “siege and indiscriminate bombardment” had already “killed, maimed and disappeared under the rubble tens of thousands of Palestinian women and children”.

    “Many more have been displaced and left to survive the harsh winter without appropriate shelter and supplies. The almost complete breakdown of the healthcare system, coupled with the lack of food and clean water, means that some 45,000 pregnant women and 68,000 breastfeeding mothers in Gaza are facing the risk of anaemia, bleeding, and death.

    “Meanwhile, hundreds of Palestinian women and children in the occupied West Bank are still imprisoned, many without trial, and trying to survive in abominable conditions.”

    The death toll in the war — with killings still happening in spite of the precarious ceasefire — is now more than 50,000 — mostly women and children.

    Abcede read out a statement from WILPF International welcoming the ceasefire, but adding that it “was only a step”.

    “Achieving durable and equitable peace demands addressing the root causes of violence and oppression. This means adhering to the International Court of Justice’s July 2024 advisory opinion by dismantling the foundational structures of colonial violence and ensuring Palestinians’ rights to self-determination, dignity and freedom.”

    Action for justice and peace
    Abcede also spoke about what action to take for “justice and peace” — such as countering disinformation and influencing the narrative; amplifying Palstinian voices and demands; joining rallies — “like what we do every Saturday”; supporting the global BDS (boycott, divestment and sanctions) campaign against Israel; writing letters to the government calling for special visas for Palestinians who have families in New Zealand; and donating to campaigns supporting the victims.

    Lorri Mackness also of WILPF (right)
    Lorri Mackness also of WILPF (right) . . . “Women will be delivered [of babies] in tents, corridors, or bombed out homes without anasthesia, without doctors, without clean water.” Image: David Robie/APR
    Lorri Mackness, also of WILPF Aotearoa, spoke of the Zionist gendered violence against Palestinians and the ruthless attacks on Gaza’s medical workers and hospitals to destroy the health sector.

    Gaza’s hospitals had been “reduced to rubble by Israeli bombs”, she said.

    “UN reports that over 60,000 women would give birth this year in Gaza. But Israel has destroyed every maternity hospital.

    “Women will be delivered in tents, corridors, or bombed out homes without anasthesia, without doctors, without clean water.

    “When Israel killed Gaza’s only foetal medicine specialist, Dr Muhammad Obeid, it wasn’t collateral damage — it was calculated reproductive terror.”

    “Now, miscarriages have spiked by 300 percent, and mothers stitch their own C-sections with sewing thread.”

    ‘Femicide – a war crime’
    Babies who survived birth entered a world where Israel blocked food aid — 1 in 10 infants would die of starvation, 335,000 children faced starvation, and their mothers forced to watch, according to UNICEF.

    “This is femicide — this is a war crime.”

    Eugene Velasco, of the Filipino feminist action group Gabriela Aotearoa, said Israel’s violence in Gaza was a “clear reminder of the injustice that transcends geographical borders”.

    “The injustice is magnified in Gaza where the US-funded genocide and ethnic cleansing against the Palestinian people has resulted in the deaths of more than 61,000.”

    ‘Pernicious’ Regulatory Standards Bill
    Dr Jane Kelsey, a retired law professor and justice advocate, spoke of an issue that connected the “scourge of colonisation in Palestine and Aotearoa with the same lethal logic and goals”.

    Law professor Dr Jane Kelsey
    Law professor Dr Jane Kelsey . . . “Behind the scenes is ACT’s more systemic and pernicious Regulatory Standards Bill.” Image: David Robie/APR

    The parallels between both colonised territories included theft of land and the creation of private property rights, and the denial of sovereign authority and self-determination.

    She spoke of how international treaties that had been entered in good faith were disrespected, disregarded and “rewritten as it suits the colonising power”.

    Dr Kelsey said an issue that had “gone under the radar” needed to be put on the radar and for action.

    She said that while the controversial Treaty Principles Bill would not proceed because of the massive mobilisations such as the hikoi, it had served ACT’s purpose.

    “Behind the scenes is ACT’s more systemic and pernicious Regulatory Standards Bill,” she said. ACT had tried three times to get the bill adopted and failed, but it was now in the coalition government’s agreement.

    A ‘stain on humanity’
    Meanwhile, Hamas has reacted to a Gaza government tally of the number of women who were killed by Israel’s war, reports Al Jazeera.

    “The killing of 12,000 women in Gaza, the injury and arrest of thousands, and the displacement of hundreds of thousands are a stain on humanity,” the group said.

    “Palestinian female prisoners are subjected to psychological and physical torture in flagrant violation of all international norms and conventions.”

    Hamas added the suffering endured by Palestinian female prisoners revealed the “double standards” of Western countries, including the United States, in dealing with Palestinians.

    Filipino feminist activists from Gabriela and the International Women's Alliance (IWA) also participated
    Filipino feminist activists from Gabriela Aotearoa and the International Women’s Alliance (IWA) also participated in the pro-Palestine solidarity rally. Image: David Robie/APR


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/08/international-womens-day-activists-protest-in-solidarity-with-palestinians/feed/ 0 517475
    Gallery: NZ women call for long-term peace and justice in Palestine https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/08/gallery-nz-women-call-for-long-term-peace-and-justice-in-palestine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/08/gallery-nz-women-call-for-long-term-peace-and-justice-in-palestine/#respond Sat, 08 Mar 2025 08:42:15 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=111792 Asia Pacific Report

    Women from Aotearoa, Philippines, Palestine and South Africa today called for justice and peace for the people of Gaza and the West Bank, currently under a genocidal siege and attacks being waged by Israel for the past 16 months.

    Marking International Women’s Day, the rally highlighted the theme: “For all women and girls – Rights, equality and empowerment.”

    Speakers outlined how women are the “backbone of families and communities” and how they have borne the brunt of the crimes against humanity in occupied Palestine with the “Israeli war machine” having killed more than 50,000 people, mostly women and children, since 7 October 2023.

    The speakers included Del Abcede and Lorri Mackness of the International Women’s League for Peace and Freedom (WILPF), Gabriela’s Eugene Velasco, and retired law professor Jane Kelsey.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/08/gallery-nz-women-call-for-long-term-peace-and-justice-in-palestine/feed/ 0 517455
    United Nations observes International Women’s Day, warning of “mainstreaming of misogyny”; Trump holds White House summit on cryptocurrency he once said “seems like a scam” – March 7, 2025 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/united-nations-observes-international-womens-day-warning-of-mainstreaming-of-misogyny-trump-holds-white-house-summit-on-cryptocurrency-he-once-said-seems-like-a-s/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/united-nations-observes-international-womens-day-warning-of-mainstreaming-of-misogyny-trump-holds-white-house-summit-on-cryptocurrency-he-once-said-seems-like-a-s/#respond Fri, 07 Mar 2025 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=65eec533a14343fa5d8c4a9f2d95f474 Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice.

    • United Nations observes International Women’s Day, celebrating advances but warning of push-back and “mainstreaming of misogyny”
    • Trump hosts White House summit on bitcoin, vows to make USA the “crypto capital of the world”
    • Trump says he’s “strongly considering” new sanctions on Russia, as massive drone strike hits Ukraine energy infrastructure
    • Measles outbreak in West Texas still growing, as CDC plans study of vaccine-autism link despite research showing no connection

    The post United Nations observes International Women’s Day, warning of “mainstreaming of misogyny”; Trump holds White House summit on cryptocurrency he once said “seems like a scam” – March 7, 2025 appeared first on KPFA.


    This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/united-nations-observes-international-womens-day-warning-of-mainstreaming-of-misogyny-trump-holds-white-house-summit-on-cryptocurrency-he-once-said-seems-like-a-s/feed/ 0 517388
    B’Tselem in the Crosshairs https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/btselem-in-the-crosshairs/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/btselem-in-the-crosshairs/#respond Fri, 07 Mar 2025 13:21:15 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=156422 In early 2023, the most far-right cabinet in Israel’s history launched its war for “judicial reforms” to replace democracy with autocracy. In fall 2023, it began an obliteration war against Gaza. Now it is readying to decimate the last human rights defenders in Israel.

    In view of the Israeli Prime Minister, amid his own corruption trial, the truth about the Israeli-occupied territories seems to be equivalent to treason. Hence, his determination to destroy B’Tselem, the Israeli Information Center for Human Rights in the Occupied Territories.

    The effort to decimate the last defenders of human rights in Israel cries for effective external intervention.

    The post B’Tselem in the Crosshairs first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    In early 2023, the most far-right cabinet in Israel’s history launched its war for “judicial reforms” to replace democracy with autocracy. In fall 2023, it began an obliteration war against Gaza. Now it is readying to decimate the last human rights defenders in Israel.

    In view of the Israeli Prime Minister, amid his own corruption trial, the truth about the Israeli-occupied territories seems to be equivalent to treason. Hence, his determination to destroy B’Tselem, the Israeli Information Center for Human Rights in the Occupied Territories.

    The effort to decimate the last defenders of human rights in Israel cries for effective external intervention.

    Why are Netanyahu’s autocrats after B’Tselem?

    B’Tselem evolved in early 1989, when it was established by a group of Israeli lawyers, academics and doctors with the support of 10 members of Knesset, the Israeli parliament. The name comes from Genesis 1:27, which deems that all mankind was created “b’tselem elohim” (in the image of God); in line with the UN Universal Declaration of Human Rights.

    As Jewish far-right extremism was spreading in Israel, B’Tselem reflected an effort to replace nascent Jewish supremacism doctrines with the original, universalistic spirit of social justice that had marked Judaism for centuries.

    It was founded after two years of the First Intifada, the Palestinian uprising in the occupied territories and in Israel. After two decades of futile struggle for decolonization and increasing Israeli repression, Palestinians resorted to protests, then civil disobedience and eventually violence.

    Instead of taking a hard look at the causes of the uprising, the hard-right Likud government – led by Yitzhak Shamir, Netanyahu’s one-time mentor and ex-leader of the violent pre-state Stern group – deployed 80,000 soldiers in response, which started with live rounds against peaceful demonstrators.

    The brutal repression resulted in over 330 Palestinian deaths (and 12 Israelis killed) in just the first 13 months. The objective of the newly-established B’Tselem became to document human rights violations in both Gaza and the West Bank. Amid a vicious cycle of violence, it sought to serve as the nation’s voice of conscience.

    Today, it is led by human rights activist Yuli Novak who had to leave Israel in 2022 due to mounting death threats, and chaired by Orly Noy, left-wing Mizrahi activist and editor of +972 magazine. Despite mounting threats from the government, the Messianic far-right and the settler extremists, B’Tselem has insistently recorded human rights violations in the occupied territories earning the regard of rights organizations and awards worldwide.

    In early 2021, the NGO released a report describing Israel as an “apartheid” regime, which the Netanyahu cabinets have fervently rejected. Yet, the NGO simply codified, with abundant evidence, Israel’s apartheid rule that had worsened over time. Several Israeli military, intelligence and political leaders had used the same characterization since the 2000s.

    B’Tselem warned that Israeli governance was no longer about democracy plus occupation. It had morphed into “a regime of Jewish supremacy from the Jordan River to the Mediterranean Sea” – that is, apartheid. And the kind of military excess that led to the genocidal atrocities in Gaza.

    How is the Netanyahu cabinet undermining B’Tselem?   

    Recently, the Knesset passed a preliminary reading of two bills. They are an integral part of a broader shift from democracy to autocracy. The ultimate objective is to eliminate human rights (and other rights) groups from Israel, including B’Tselem, and to marginalize the autocratic harsh-right’s critics.

    In its efforts, the Netanyahu cabinet is relying on two proposed laws involving NGO taxation and the ICC. In the former case, the proposal slaps an 80% tax on donations from foreign countries, the UN and many international foundations supporting human rights. This will effectively cut off the NGOs’ funding. The proposal was approved in a preliminary reading.

    The second bill, which has now also passed a preliminary reading, seeks to criminalize any cooperation with the International Criminal Court (ICC). It could be seen as the Israeli version of the US Trump administration’s sanctions to undermine the ICC, its activities and members.

    With its diffuse language, the Israeli ICC bill can be exploited to criminalize not only active assistance to the court but the release of any information indicating the government or senior Israeli officials are committing war crimes or crimes against humanity. According to Israeli scholars of international law, “the definitions in this dangerous bill are so broad that even someone sharing on social media a photo or video of a soldier documenting themselves committing what appears to be a war crime could face imprisonment.” More precisely, half a decade in jail.

    If the “ICC law” criminalizes the work of B’Tselem and other human rights NGOs by making human rights defense a punishable offense, the “NGO taxation law” is intended to drain the meager financial resources of these NGOs.

    Whose “foreign subversion”?            

    B’Tselem is an independent, non-partisan organization. It is funded by donations: grants from European and North American foundations that support human rights activity worldwide, and contributions by private individuals in Israel and abroad. These donors do not represent the kind of “subversion” that the Likud governments attribute to human rights NGOs. Nor do they possess major financial resources. Even right-wing NGO critics estimate B’Tselem’s annual funding at most about $3 million per year.

    Things are very different behind the donors of the Kohelet Policy Forum, led by neoconservatives with US-Israeli dual citizenship, and its many spinoffs. These have served as the Netanyahu cabinets’ thinktanks and authored many of their policies, including the “judicial reforms.” Totaling several million dollars, Kohelet in particular benefited from multi-million-dollar donations made anonymously and sent through the U.S. nonprofit, American Friends of Kohelet Policy Forum (AF-KPF).

    For years, these money flows originated mainly from two Jewish-American private equity billionaires and philanthropists, Arthur Dantchik and Jeffrey Yass, the co-founders of Susquehanna International Group (The Fall of Israel, Chapter 6).

    With a net worth of $7.5 billion, Dantchik is an active supporter of neoconservative Israeli causes. And so is Yass, with net worth estimated at $29 billion. Between 2010 and 2020, his Claws Foundation gave more than $25 million to the Jerusalem-based Shalom Hartman Institute, the Kohelet and other right-wing causes. As the publicity-shy Dantchik and Yass began to suffer from Kohelet’s negative PR, they took distance, while other money flows offset the difference.

    By 2021, more than 90% of Kohelet’s $7.2 million income came from the Central Fund of Israel, a family-run nonprofit that gave $55 million to more than 500 Israel-related causes. It was run by Marcus Brothers Textiles on Sixth Avenue in Manhattan, which sponsors highly controversial settlement projects in the West Bank, while supporting the far-right activists’ ImTirtzu and Honenu, which is notorious for defending Jewish far-right extremists charged with violence against and killings of Palestinians.

    Toward a unitary, autocratic Jewish state     

    Given the present course, the ultimate demise of human rights in Israel is now a matter of time. The Netanyahu cabinet will decide when to bring the legislative proposals to hearings in the relevant parliamentary committees, to prepare them for final approval.

    There is no doubt about the final objective: the creation of a state “from the river to the water,” but not the two-state model enacted almost eight decades ago. Nor the secular-democratic Jewish state with a vibrant Arab minority. The goal is a Jewish unitary state in which both the rule of law and democracy will be under erosion.

    B’Tselem is the harsh-right’s scapegoat for its own international isolation, but only the first one. There is more to come. Under the watch of and military aid and financing by the Biden and Trump administrations, the protection of human rights in occupied territories will soon be treated as a punishable crime, while the economic resources of the remaining human rights defenders will be decimated.

    In Gaza, the international community failed to halt the genocidal atrocities. If it fails to protect the last defenders of human rights in Israel, it is likely to become complicit in new atrocities in the West Bank.

    • Originally published by Informed Comment.
    The post B’Tselem in the Crosshairs first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Dan Steinbock.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/btselem-in-the-crosshairs/feed/ 0 517212
    Oil companies are dropping renewable goals — and more importantly, expanding fossil fuels https://grist.org/energy/oil-companies-are-dropping-renewable-goals-and-more-importantly-expanding-fossil-fuels/ https://grist.org/energy/oil-companies-are-dropping-renewable-goals-and-more-importantly-expanding-fossil-fuels/#respond Fri, 07 Mar 2025 09:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=659954 Last week, British Petroleum announced that it was slashing more than $5 billion in planned green energy investments. It was a marked departure from the early 2000s, when the oil giant branded itself as “beyond petroleum,” and even 2020, when the company targeted a 20-fold increase in its renewables portfolio.

    “Today, we have fundamentally reset BP’s strategy,” said BP’s CEO, Murray Auchincloss, as part of the most recent announcement. “This is a reset BP, with an unwavering focus on growing long-term shareholder value.”

    BP isn’t the only oil giant rolling back its climate commitments. Shell and Norway’s state-controlled Equinor have also made similar moves recently. But, while the news has caught headlines, experts say that the moves will have little impact on the larger renewables industry — and that, from a climate perspective, the companies’ proposed increase in fossil fuel production is much more alarming. 

    “I don’t see the watering down of renewables targets as particularly significant. The oil and gas sector accounts for a negligible share of clean energy investment,” wrote Rich Collett-White, an analyst at Carbon Tracker, a nonprofit think tank researching the impact of climate change on financial markets, in an email. According to the International Energy Agency, the sector accounts for only 1 percent of the overall industry. 

    “Clean energy investment is still increasing globally — it’s just not coming from the oil and gas sector,” said White. “The changes they’re making to production targets are more significant.”

    At the same time that BP cut its renewables portfolio, it said it was going to invest $10 billion more in oil and gas. The company is now aiming to produce 2.4 million barrels per day of fossil fuels by 2030, which is a 60 percent jump from its previous target. That 900,000 barrel difference amounts to about 387,000 more metric tons of carbon dioxide each day — which is equivalent to around 90,000 gas-powered cars operating for a year.

    “​​Even before these renewable rollbacks, almost all the oil majors were locked in to new oil and gas production,” explained Kelly Trout, research director at Oil Change International, an advocacy organization aiming to facilitate a just transition to clean energy. A report from the organization last May found that six of the eight largest oil companies had explicit goals to increase oil and gas production. Since then, Trout says that has grown to seven companies, with Shell being the only exception. 

    These commitments come at a time when the oil market already shows signs of saturation. Of the 2,206 active leases in the Gulf, only a fifth are producing oil, according to records from the Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, which regulates offshore drilling. White says that, climate aside, Carbon Tracker “would caution against locking in new, high-capex long-cycle developments that would need high oil/gas prices to be competitive.”

    Nonetheless, President Donald Trump has urged the United States to “drill, baby, drill.” In the first month since retaking office, his administration has declared an “energy emergency” aimed at enabling the government to ramp up fossil fuel extraction, reversed a moratorium on liquefied natural gas exports, and installed a former natural gas executive as the head of the Department of Energy. At the same time, Trump has also frozen much of the money from President Joe Biden’s landmark climate bills, the Inflation Reduction Act and the bipartisan infrastructure law. 

    “Trump and the current administration is giving these companies a pass to keep their polluting practices,” said Mahyar Sorour, the director of the Beyond Fossil Fuels Policy program at the Sierra Club. “It is no surprise that these companies are following [Trump’s] lead.”

    In BP’s announcement, the company is similarly distancing itself from its previous commitments to clean energy. “Our optimism for a fast [energy] transition was misplaced,” said Auchincloss. “We went too far, too fast.“

    Rollbacks like BP’s are in some ways laying bare what activists have long argued: The commitments were insincere from the start. “Many of these tactics have been simple greenwashing,” said Sorour, adding that momentum will continue regardless. “We are well on our way to a green energy transition.”

    Now that oil companies have made their intentions clear, Trout is watching whether investors and governments will respond with any pushback against the production increases. Meaningful reductions in planet warming emissions, she said, can’t happen without phasing out fossil fuels — a future oil companies clearly aren’t envisioning. 

    “We’re not going to solve the climate crisis simply by adding renewable energy on top of fossil fuels,” she said. “It’s a truth telling moment.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Oil companies are dropping renewable goals — and more importantly, expanding fossil fuels on Mar 7, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Tik Root.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/energy/oil-companies-are-dropping-renewable-goals-and-more-importantly-expanding-fossil-fuels/feed/ 0 517171
    International Law at a Crossroads: Can Gaza Spark a Global Reckoning? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/international-law-at-a-crossroads-can-gaza-spark-a-global-reckoning/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/international-law-at-a-crossroads-can-gaza-spark-a-global-reckoning/#respond Fri, 07 Mar 2025 06:56:26 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=356574 International law is fighting for relevance. The outcome of this fight is likely to change the entire global political dynamics, which were shaped by World War II and sustained through the selective interpretation of the law by dominant countries. In principle, international law should have always been relevant, if not paramount, in governing the relationships between all More

    The post International Law at a Crossroads: Can Gaza Spark a Global Reckoning? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Image by Wesley Tingey.

    International law is fighting for relevance. The outcome of this fight is likely to change the entire global political dynamics, which were shaped by World War II and sustained through the selective interpretation of the law by dominant countries.

    In principle, international law should have always been relevant, if not paramount, in governing the relationships between all countries, large and small, to resolve conflicts before they turn into outright wars. It should also have worked to prevent a return to an era of exploitation that allowed Western colonialism to practically enslave the global south for hundreds of years.

    Unfortunately, international law, which was in theory supposed to reflect global consensus, was hardly dedicated to peace or genuinely invested in the decolonization of the South.

    From the invasion of Iraq and Afghanistan to the war on Libya and numerous other examples, past and present, the UN was often used as a platform for the strong to impose their will on the weak. And whenever smaller countries collectively fought back, as the UN General Assembly often does, those with veto power, military, and economic leverage used their advantage to coerce the rest based on the maxim, “might makes right.”

    It should therefore hardly be a surprise to see many intellectuals and politicians in the global south arguing that, aside from paying lip service to peace, human rights, and justice, international law has always been irrelevant.

    This irrelevance was put on full display through 15 months of a relentless Israeli genocidal war on Gaza that killed and wounded over 160,000 people, a number that, according to several credible medical journals and studies, is expected to dramatically rise.

    Yet, when the International Court of Justice (ICJ) opened an investigation of plausible genocide in Gaza on January 26, followed by a decisive ruling on July 19 regarding the illegality of the Israeli occupation of Palestine, the international system began showing a pulse, however faint. The International Criminal Court’s (ICC) arrest warrants were another proof that West-centered legal institutions are capable of change.

    The angry American response to all of this was predictable. Washington has been fighting against international accountability for many years. The US Congress under the George W. Bush administration, as early as 2002, passed a law that shielded US soldiers “against criminal prosecution” by the ICC to which the US is not a party.

    The so-called Hague Invasion Act authorized the use of military force to rescue American citizens or military personnel detained by the ICC.

    Naturally, many of Washington’s measures to pressure, threaten, or punish international institutions have been linked to shielding Israel under various guises.

    The global outcry and demands for accountability following Israel’s genocide in Gaza, however, have once again put Western governments on the defensive. For the first time, Israel was facing the kind of scrutiny that rendered it, in many respects, a pariah state.

    Instead of reconsidering their approach to Israel, and refraining from feeding the war machine, many Western governments lashed out at civil society, for merely advocating the enforcement of international law. Those targeted included UN-affiliated human rights defenders.

    On February 18, German police descended on the Junge Welt venue in Berlin as if they were about to apprehend a notorious criminal. They surrounded the building in full gear, sparking a bizarre drama that should have never taken place in a country that perceives itself as democratic.

    The reason behind the security mobilization was none other than Francesca Albanese, an Italian lawyer, an outspoken critic of the Israeli genocide in Gaza, and the current United Nations Special Rapporteur on the occupied Palestinian territories.

    If it were not for the UN’s intervention, Albanese could have been arrested simply for demanding that Israel must be held accountable for its crimes against Palestinians.

    Germany, however, is not the exception. Other Western powers, lead amongst them the US, are actively taking part in this moral crisis. Washington has taken serious and troubling steps, not just to protect Israel, and itself, from accountability to international law, but to punish the very international institutions, its judges, and officials for daring to question Israel’s behavior.

    Indeed, on February 13, the US sanctioned the ICC’s chief prosecutor due to his stance on Israel.

    After some hesitance, Karim Khan has done what no other ICC prosecutor had done before: issuing, on November 21, arrest warrants for two Israeli leaders, Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and then-Defense Minister Yoav Gallant. They are currently wanted for “crimes against humanity and war crimes.”

    The moral crisis deepens when the judges become the accused, as Khan found himself at the receiving end of endless Western media attacks and abuse, in addition to US sanctions.

    As disturbing as all of this is, there is a silver lining, specifically an opportunity for the international legal and political system to be fixed based on new standards, justice that applies to all, and accountability that is expected from all.

    Those who continue to support Israel have practically disowned international law altogether. The consequences of their decisions are dire. But for the rest of humanity, the Gaza war can be that very opportunity to reconstruct a more equitable world, one that is not molded by the militarily powerful, but by the need to stop senseless killings of innocent children.

    The post International Law at a Crossroads: Can Gaza Spark a Global Reckoning? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Ramzy Baroud.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/international-law-at-a-crossroads-can-gaza-spark-a-global-reckoning/feed/ 0 517100
    International Law at a Crossroads: Can Gaza Spark a Global Reckoning? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/international-law-at-a-crossroads-can-gaza-spark-a-global-reckoning-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/international-law-at-a-crossroads-can-gaza-spark-a-global-reckoning-2/#respond Fri, 07 Mar 2025 06:56:26 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=356574 International law is fighting for relevance. The outcome of this fight is likely to change the entire global political dynamics, which were shaped by World War II and sustained through the selective interpretation of the law by dominant countries. In principle, international law should have always been relevant, if not paramount, in governing the relationships between all More

    The post International Law at a Crossroads: Can Gaza Spark a Global Reckoning? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Image by Wesley Tingey.

    International law is fighting for relevance. The outcome of this fight is likely to change the entire global political dynamics, which were shaped by World War II and sustained through the selective interpretation of the law by dominant countries.

    In principle, international law should have always been relevant, if not paramount, in governing the relationships between all countries, large and small, to resolve conflicts before they turn into outright wars. It should also have worked to prevent a return to an era of exploitation that allowed Western colonialism to practically enslave the global south for hundreds of years.

    Unfortunately, international law, which was in theory supposed to reflect global consensus, was hardly dedicated to peace or genuinely invested in the decolonization of the South.

    From the invasion of Iraq and Afghanistan to the war on Libya and numerous other examples, past and present, the UN was often used as a platform for the strong to impose their will on the weak. And whenever smaller countries collectively fought back, as the UN General Assembly often does, those with veto power, military, and economic leverage used their advantage to coerce the rest based on the maxim, “might makes right.”

    It should therefore hardly be a surprise to see many intellectuals and politicians in the global south arguing that, aside from paying lip service to peace, human rights, and justice, international law has always been irrelevant.

    This irrelevance was put on full display through 15 months of a relentless Israeli genocidal war on Gaza that killed and wounded over 160,000 people, a number that, according to several credible medical journals and studies, is expected to dramatically rise.

    Yet, when the International Court of Justice (ICJ) opened an investigation of plausible genocide in Gaza on January 26, followed by a decisive ruling on July 19 regarding the illegality of the Israeli occupation of Palestine, the international system began showing a pulse, however faint. The International Criminal Court’s (ICC) arrest warrants were another proof that West-centered legal institutions are capable of change.

    The angry American response to all of this was predictable. Washington has been fighting against international accountability for many years. The US Congress under the George W. Bush administration, as early as 2002, passed a law that shielded US soldiers “against criminal prosecution” by the ICC to which the US is not a party.

    The so-called Hague Invasion Act authorized the use of military force to rescue American citizens or military personnel detained by the ICC.

    Naturally, many of Washington’s measures to pressure, threaten, or punish international institutions have been linked to shielding Israel under various guises.

    The global outcry and demands for accountability following Israel’s genocide in Gaza, however, have once again put Western governments on the defensive. For the first time, Israel was facing the kind of scrutiny that rendered it, in many respects, a pariah state.

    Instead of reconsidering their approach to Israel, and refraining from feeding the war machine, many Western governments lashed out at civil society, for merely advocating the enforcement of international law. Those targeted included UN-affiliated human rights defenders.

    On February 18, German police descended on the Junge Welt venue in Berlin as if they were about to apprehend a notorious criminal. They surrounded the building in full gear, sparking a bizarre drama that should have never taken place in a country that perceives itself as democratic.

    The reason behind the security mobilization was none other than Francesca Albanese, an Italian lawyer, an outspoken critic of the Israeli genocide in Gaza, and the current United Nations Special Rapporteur on the occupied Palestinian territories.

    If it were not for the UN’s intervention, Albanese could have been arrested simply for demanding that Israel must be held accountable for its crimes against Palestinians.

    Germany, however, is not the exception. Other Western powers, lead amongst them the US, are actively taking part in this moral crisis. Washington has taken serious and troubling steps, not just to protect Israel, and itself, from accountability to international law, but to punish the very international institutions, its judges, and officials for daring to question Israel’s behavior.

    Indeed, on February 13, the US sanctioned the ICC’s chief prosecutor due to his stance on Israel.

    After some hesitance, Karim Khan has done what no other ICC prosecutor had done before: issuing, on November 21, arrest warrants for two Israeli leaders, Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and then-Defense Minister Yoav Gallant. They are currently wanted for “crimes against humanity and war crimes.”

    The moral crisis deepens when the judges become the accused, as Khan found himself at the receiving end of endless Western media attacks and abuse, in addition to US sanctions.

    As disturbing as all of this is, there is a silver lining, specifically an opportunity for the international legal and political system to be fixed based on new standards, justice that applies to all, and accountability that is expected from all.

    Those who continue to support Israel have practically disowned international law altogether. The consequences of their decisions are dire. But for the rest of humanity, the Gaza war can be that very opportunity to reconstruct a more equitable world, one that is not molded by the militarily powerful, but by the need to stop senseless killings of innocent children.

    The post International Law at a Crossroads: Can Gaza Spark a Global Reckoning? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Ramzy Baroud.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/international-law-at-a-crossroads-can-gaza-spark-a-global-reckoning-2/feed/ 0 517101
    Tesla: An Appeal for an International Anti-Fascist Campaign https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/tesla-an-appeal-for-an-international-anti-fascist-campaign/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/tesla-an-appeal-for-an-international-anti-fascist-campaign/#respond Fri, 07 Mar 2025 06:56:11 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=356529 Over the last few weeks, Tesla has become the target for a growing, largely social media organized campaign across the United States. This past weekend alone, CNN reported: Demonstrators gathered at more than 50 Tesla showrooms across the United States on Saturday in protest of CEO Elon Musk’s role in slashing government agencies as part of More

    The post Tesla: An Appeal for an International Anti-Fascist Campaign appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>
    Over the last few weeks, Tesla has become the target for a growing, largely social media organized campaign across the United States. This past weekend alone, CNN reported:

    Demonstrators gathered at more than 50 Tesla showrooms across the United States on Saturday in protest of CEO Elon Musk’s role in slashing government agencies as part of the so-called Department of Government Efficiency established by President Donald Trump.

    This was probably an undercount. If you follow the mainstream media alone, you’ll miss out on some protests. Our protests in Chicago have received no media coverage, and there has been scant coverage of protests in the suburbs. While many of the protests have been organized by Indivisible, the nationwide campaigning group of liberal and progressive Democrats, the outpouring of protests at Tesla showrooms is much greater than one organization.

    Musk is despised by millions of people around the globe. The world’s richest man and best known Nazi, Musk personifies everything that is wrong with the world today. Tesla takedown is a positive development in the struggle against the Trump regime and Fascism in the United States.

    Henry Ford comes to mind as the last major auto industrialist who was identified closely with Fascism. In many ways, Ford thrusted political antisemitism into the mainstream of U.S. society through his newspaper the Dearborn Independent. But, Ford was on the wrong side of the New Deal and preparations for WWII.

    Today, according to Harold Meyerson:

    Fast-forward now to Elon Musk, who today has no qualms about neo-Nazis ruling Germany. Quite unsolicited, Musk has tweeted (X-ed?) his way into Germany’s parliamentary election, which will be held next month, beginning by arguing that “only the AfD can save Germany.” The Alternative for Germany is a far-right, vehemently anti-immigrant and racist party that has grown in strength, particularly in the economically depressed states that were formerly part of East Germany, since it was founded a dozen years ago. Musk has argued that it’s not a neo-Nazi party, but a number of self-professed neo-Nazis and Holocaust deniers have been in the party’s leadership, while the German government views it as a potentially violent threat to German security.

    Yet, unlike Ford, Musk had attained political power that a few years ago would have been unimaginable.

    Musk is, however, vulnerable. His interventions in European politics have led to sales of cars to plummet. Tesla’s stock has declined significantly. Major pension funds have dropped their ownership of Tesla stock and prominent people have sold their cars. The various Tesla models have gone from being seen as saving the environment to be a Nazi vehicle, like the Volkswagen in the 1930s.

    Like Henry Ford, Elon Musk is a fanatical opponent of unions in his workplaces from California to Sweden to Berlin. We see Tesla workers as our allies. Ford was the last of the Big Three U.S. automakers to be unionized by the United Auto Workers (UAW) in 1941, following a bitter strike on the eve of U.S. entry into the Second World War. Musk’s political power can ultimately only be curtailed if the workers in his car and battery plants are organized.

    There is still much to do in the United States to combat Elon Musk, but more needs to be done internationally. Tesla takedown is a rare opportunity for anti-Fascists, climate change activists, and supporters of trade unions and democratic rights across the globe to come together with one target. We should make the most of this opportunity now. Organize or join protests at Tesla outlets in your country. Our international unity will make a difference.

    The post Tesla: An Appeal for an International Anti-Fascist Campaign appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Joe Allen – Bill V. Mullen.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/tesla-an-appeal-for-an-international-anti-fascist-campaign/feed/ 0 517107
    Tesla: An Appeal for an International Anti-Fascist Campaign https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/tesla-an-appeal-for-an-international-anti-fascist-campaign-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/tesla-an-appeal-for-an-international-anti-fascist-campaign-2/#respond Fri, 07 Mar 2025 06:56:11 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=356529 Over the last few weeks, Tesla has become the target for a growing, largely social media organized campaign across the United States. This past weekend alone, CNN reported: Demonstrators gathered at more than 50 Tesla showrooms across the United States on Saturday in protest of CEO Elon Musk’s role in slashing government agencies as part of More

    The post Tesla: An Appeal for an International Anti-Fascist Campaign appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>
    Over the last few weeks, Tesla has become the target for a growing, largely social media organized campaign across the United States. This past weekend alone, CNN reported:

    Demonstrators gathered at more than 50 Tesla showrooms across the United States on Saturday in protest of CEO Elon Musk’s role in slashing government agencies as part of the so-called Department of Government Efficiency established by President Donald Trump.

    This was probably an undercount. If you follow the mainstream media alone, you’ll miss out on some protests. Our protests in Chicago have received no media coverage, and there has been scant coverage of protests in the suburbs. While many of the protests have been organized by Indivisible, the nationwide campaigning group of liberal and progressive Democrats, the outpouring of protests at Tesla showrooms is much greater than one organization.

    Musk is despised by millions of people around the globe. The world’s richest man and best known Nazi, Musk personifies everything that is wrong with the world today. Tesla takedown is a positive development in the struggle against the Trump regime and Fascism in the United States.

    Henry Ford comes to mind as the last major auto industrialist who was identified closely with Fascism. In many ways, Ford thrusted political antisemitism into the mainstream of U.S. society through his newspaper the Dearborn Independent. But, Ford was on the wrong side of the New Deal and preparations for WWII.

    Today, according to Harold Meyerson:

    Fast-forward now to Elon Musk, who today has no qualms about neo-Nazis ruling Germany. Quite unsolicited, Musk has tweeted (X-ed?) his way into Germany’s parliamentary election, which will be held next month, beginning by arguing that “only the AfD can save Germany.” The Alternative for Germany is a far-right, vehemently anti-immigrant and racist party that has grown in strength, particularly in the economically depressed states that were formerly part of East Germany, since it was founded a dozen years ago. Musk has argued that it’s not a neo-Nazi party, but a number of self-professed neo-Nazis and Holocaust deniers have been in the party’s leadership, while the German government views it as a potentially violent threat to German security.

    Yet, unlike Ford, Musk had attained political power that a few years ago would have been unimaginable.

    Musk is, however, vulnerable. His interventions in European politics have led to sales of cars to plummet. Tesla’s stock has declined significantly. Major pension funds have dropped their ownership of Tesla stock and prominent people have sold their cars. The various Tesla models have gone from being seen as saving the environment to be a Nazi vehicle, like the Volkswagen in the 1930s.

    Like Henry Ford, Elon Musk is a fanatical opponent of unions in his workplaces from California to Sweden to Berlin. We see Tesla workers as our allies. Ford was the last of the Big Three U.S. automakers to be unionized by the United Auto Workers (UAW) in 1941, following a bitter strike on the eve of U.S. entry into the Second World War. Musk’s political power can ultimately only be curtailed if the workers in his car and battery plants are organized.

    There is still much to do in the United States to combat Elon Musk, but more needs to be done internationally. Tesla takedown is a rare opportunity for anti-Fascists, climate change activists, and supporters of trade unions and democratic rights across the globe to come together with one target. We should make the most of this opportunity now. Organize or join protests at Tesla outlets in your country. Our international unity will make a difference.

    The post Tesla: An Appeal for an International Anti-Fascist Campaign appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Joe Allen – Bill V. Mullen.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/tesla-an-appeal-for-an-international-anti-fascist-campaign-2/feed/ 0 517108
    Your words have the power change lives! https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/05/your-words-have-the-power-change-lives/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/05/your-words-have-the-power-change-lives/#respond Wed, 05 Mar 2025 17:00:29 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=5bf4b8dbb7a27c84daaaf17024d18838
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/05/your-words-have-the-power-change-lives/feed/ 0 516638
    Pankaj Mishra on “The World After Gaza” & the “Reactionary International” from Trump to Modi https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/04/pankaj-mishra-on-the-world-after-gaza-the-reactionary-international-from-trump-to-modi/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/04/pankaj-mishra-on-the-world-after-gaza-the-reactionary-international-from-trump-to-modi/#respond Tue, 04 Mar 2025 13:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=de62d74d1cf93668faa5d5f40a6648a9
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! Audio and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/04/pankaj-mishra-on-the-world-after-gaza-the-reactionary-international-from-trump-to-modi/feed/ 0 516121
    Israel’s decision to again block humanitarian aid to Gaza a flagrant violation of international law https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/04/israels-decision-to-again-block-humanitarian-aid-to-gaza-a-flagrant-violation-of-international-law/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/04/israels-decision-to-again-block-humanitarian-aid-to-gaza-a-flagrant-violation-of-international-law/#respond Tue, 04 Mar 2025 10:57:11 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=bcec5cbc74fd6cf1a422f1cc3c54d2aa
    This content originally appeared on Human Rights Watch and was authored by Human Rights Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/04/israels-decision-to-again-block-humanitarian-aid-to-gaza-a-flagrant-violation-of-international-law/feed/ 0 516063
    ‘We will be here forever’: Treaty 8 First Nations stand up to Big Oil https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/03/we-will-be-here-forever-treaty-8-first-nations-stand-up-to-big-oil/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/03/we-will-be-here-forever-treaty-8-first-nations-stand-up-to-big-oil/#respond Mon, 03 Mar 2025 21:40:56 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332173 Screenshot from video by Brandi MorinJoined by local industry owners, the Woodland Cree First Nation take on Obsidian Energy to defend their treaty rights to local resources.]]> Screenshot from video by Brandi Morin

    The oil boom in Alberta, Canada has brought Big Oil in confrontation with First Nations for decades. This year, a breakthrough struggle occurred as the Woodland Cree First Nation established a blockade to stop construction of new oil wells by Obsidian Energy. Demanding respect for their treaty rights and a more equitable deal, the struggle of the Woodland Cree united Treaty 8 First Nations and local non-Indigenous industry owners against Obsidian. Brandi Morin reports from Treaty 8 territory in this exclusive documentary from The Real News and Ricochet Media.

    Pre-Production: Brandi Morin, Geordie Day, Maximillian Alvarez, Ethan Cox
    Videographer: Geordie Day
    Video Post-Production: Cameron Granadino


    Transcript

    A transcript will be made available as soon as possible.

    Irina Ceric:  WoodLand Cree First Nation Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom is seen taking the injunction and putting it in a nearby fire pit

    Brandi Morin:  Throughout the month of May. In a remote region of Northern Alberta, Canada, a standoff took place between a First Nation and an energy company. Sounds typical, right? No, this was more complicated. For starters, an oil and gas company had requested an emergency court hearing to seek the arrest of a Cree chief opposing a drilling project on Indigenous land.

    Irina Ceric:  It’s over?

    Grand Chief Joe Whitehead Jr.:  It’s over. There was no intent on their part to negotiate.

    Brandi Morin:  I’ve covered many confrontations between resource companies and First Nations, but I could tell this one was different as soon as I set foot in Woodland Cree territory,

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  We believe in sharing prosperity. First Nations people are very generous. I think we’re born that way. If we see somebody hungry, we feed them. If we see somebody cold, we help them. That’s just the way we’re brought up.

    Brandi Morin:  This pro-industry First Nation and their blockade were supported by many local, non-Indigenous industry owners and workers. They joined the Woodland Cree in asking Obsidian Energy to hire local, mitigate environmental impacts, and share profits with the First Nation. But Obsidian’s confrontational American CEO seemed to think he could bulldoze through local opposition.

    Stephen, do you have any time for a brief [crosstalk] interview.

    Stephen Loukas:  [Crosstalk] Rangers in six.

    Brandi Morin:  After failed attempts to negotiate with the company, the Woodland Cree First Nation erected a blockade in the form of a traditional camp in early May to halt Obsidian Energy’s access to their traditional territory near Peace River. Soon after, Obsidian was granted a civil injunction against them.

    It was a conflict that threatened to have far-reaching implications for how resource companies interact with First Nations across Canada. In June, Obsidian reached an agreement with the First Nation to end their blockade.

    Although the terms aren’t public, it’s clear Obsidian were forced to walk back from their earlier, more confrontational statements. Could this be the start of a new kind of resource fight, one that pits Indigenous and non-Indigenous locals against corporate investors? This is the story of how one small First Nation partnered with local industry and forced a multinational to listen to them.

    Tensions escalated on May 13 when Woodland Cree leadership, including Isaac Laboucan-Avirom, stormed out of a meeting with Obsidian CEO, Stephen Loukas, who jetted in from Calgary. Loukas is American, but the company is based in Calgary. Woodland Cree members suspect he isn’t well-informed on Indigenous rights and the legal duty to consult.

    Stephen Loukas:  We’re in the early innings of executing on that plan. I’m very happy with the start that we have to date. We’ve outlined production that was approximately 36,000 BOEs a day.

    Brandi Morin:  Some Woodland Cree told me Loukas comes off as arrogant and disinterested in good-faith negotiations. He sure wasn’t interested when I asked for comment

    Stephen Loukas:  Rangers in six.

    Brandi Morin:  What the heck does that mean?

    Speaker 1:  Sports reference.

    Brandi Morin:  And my repeated requests for interviews with Obsidian reps have been ignored.

    Speaker 2:  I need to transfer your call, but that is the number that I have for the media department… One second. And did you already left a voicemail [crosstalk] —

    Brandi Morin:  Yes.

    Speaker 2:  — Requesting a call back?

    Brandi Morin:  Yes, I have.

    This conflict’s been brewing for a while, as far back as two years ago when the Woodland Cree learned the company was planning to drill 200 more wells here. They don’t seem to care that this is unceded territory. First Nations signed treaties with the Canadian government when Canada was established. The treaties stipulated First Nations’ access to traditional territories and rights to maintain their livelihoods. Industries like Obsidian are supposed to consult with First Nation treaty holders about any developments affecting their territories, but that’s not what Obsidian is doing.

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  Well, this, I believe, is definitely years in the making. This didn’t happen overnight. We acted overnight — Reacted overnight, but this has been definitely an accumulation of many different circumstances.

    The campus here is due to an awkward relationship, manipulation, lack of integrity. This company is basically saying, Hey, we don’t gotta work with the locals. But I’m saying, hey, you should work with the locals. Obviously you don’t have to, but you should. It’s the right thing to do. In this Peace area, it hasn’t been as economically hot as other regions in this province.

    Brandi Morin:  Obsidian has filed an application that has yet to be heard by the court, an emergency application to specifically have Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom arrested and jailed until the blockade is taken down, and that’s a pretty bold move.

    Irina Ceric:  The injunction was not surprising. Research that I participated in the Yellowhead Institute published a couple of years ago makes it very clear that resource extraction companies such as Obsidian have a very strong record of success in obtaining injunctions against First Nations and Indigenous groups, even on traditional territories, even on treaty territories, and this is Treaty 8 territory.

    Brandi Morin:  I reached out to Irina Ceric, an expert on injunctions granted against activists and Indigenous groups.

    Irina Ceric:  The way that the courts issue injunctions mean that issues such as Indigenous legal orders or the existence of Aboriginal or treaty rights under a treaty or under the Constitution are just not taken into consideration. When these sorts of court orders are obtained by corporations, the corporations can just say, we have this licensed project, regardless of how well that licensing process was carried out, this group of people is impeding our ability to carry out this project and we’re going to be irreparably harmed, meaning that we’re going to lose so much money and time that that cannot be addressed later on. And then the courts tend to take those arguments very seriously, and injunctions of this sort of situation are not unusual at all.

    What is really unusual, and you mentioned this yourself, is this attempt by Obsidian to go back to court and attempt to have a second procedure issue, this arrest warrant. And that’s unnecessary on a legal level. Once a court order is issued, there will be an enforcement order within that injunction that says, in this case it’s the RCMP, you can enforce this order; that includes taking people into custody if necessary. So the police have that power. It’s not like the police can’t arrest the chief if they choose to. So what I’m seeing here is an attempt to sidestep the discretion of the police and attempt to have a court issue an unnecessary, and, I think, highly unusual, arrest warrant.

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  Obviously, that’s outrageous. I think the courts also understand the repercussions that that would have and the precedents that would have, and I don’t think that is a responsible way forward, a respectful way forward. And that’s been the issue all along. I think to move forward, whether it’s with industry, government, even family, you have to have integrity, understanding, respect in response. You know what I mean? There’s principles, and even corporate principles, that have to be met. We’re not just all about the money, but we are, in a way, saying, hey, if you do want to make money, we want to make money for our people as well.

    Brandi Morin:  At the heart of this conflict, industry and government circumventing treaty rights, and First Nations have had enough.

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  I definitely don’t think there’s a good understanding of traditional rights, treaty rights, land acknowledgement, et cetera. It’s been very intrusive what Obsidian is doing to us, but it’s also showcasing to the world there has to be better ways to get work done, so to speak. I do understand that there is a need for resources to be in the global market. I think it actually might make the world a better place. I think Canada needs to do a better job at getting investors into this country — But working with the First Nations in partnership to get that done. We take responsibility for our destiny. We have our own rights to our own self-determination, and that is definitely different than what others might assume for us.

    Janice Makokis:  When our ancestors and the people in Treaty 8 entered into treaty more than a hundred years ago, there was an understanding that the parties were both sovereign entities with unextinguished title to the lands. When they entered into that international treaty agreement, it was two sovereigns. And the Indigenous side of that party understood that they were not giving up anything, including the land and resources of the lands that they would’ve referred to as their territory.

    Brandi Morin:  I reached out to Janice Makokis, an Indigenous scholar and member of Saddle Lake Cree Nation in Alberta, to understand more about how treaty rights play into this.

    Janice Makokis:  And so what happened after that was almost immediately after treaty making happened, the Indian Act was set in play by the federal government, which corral our people onto these small parcels of land referred to now as reserves, but we would be able to have full access to land outside of the reserves for hunting, fishing, trapping, and other things to maintain our livelihood and way of life. And so that territory is inclusive of everything within the treaty territory, so everything within Treaty 8, as the Woodland Cree are under.

    So there’s a significant misunderstanding between our people’s understanding of the treaty and the crown, government’s, and industry’s understanding of what that is. And I think that’s where we see these conflicts happening on the land, because we are still exercising our inherent and treaty rights as we understood them when our ancestors made that treaty. And the crown and industry have a completely different understanding, and so that’s why we have these conflicts that exist on the land.

    Brandi Morin:  Don’t you think that those different understandings that the government and industry have is pretty convenient for them?

    Janice Makokis:  Oh yeah, absolutely. Because it benefits them to continue to oppress and use colonial laws and legal instruments such as injunctions or through the courts to advance their interests in the name of the public good or the good of the company and for economic development reasons, whatever that is, or whatever arguments that they’re making to advance the interest of their company.

    Brandi Morin:  But they don’t look at the public interest in regards to the interests of First Nations, whose sovereign territory that is and whose livelihoods are connected to that.

    Janice Makokis:  That’s right, exactly. They don’t consider First Nations as a part of the interest when they’re considering the interests, whose rights, lives, and land that they’re impacting when they’re out there doing what they’re doing on the land to make profit from resource extraction taking place.

    Brandi Morin:  The Peace oil sands is referred to as the mini Fort McMurray of Alberta. Fort McMurray is the extractive economic engine of Canada, pumping out billions of dollars in annual revenue. The Peace oil sands are also rich in untapped oil reserves. There’s a ton of money to be gleaned out of here, but development goes hand in hand with the destruction of the land.

    Frank Whitehead:  And I said, hey, this is the most environmental person you’ll ever see. Because I was born in [inaudible]. I knew where everything is, where the moose licks are, things like that. A lot of times they bury all that when they’re working on oil. They don’t look at what we look at. We look at the whole territory. We look at where you need to put your lease. We have to be doing that, not you guys. A lot of times they don’t let us do that, and they go ahead and do it without consulting us. Consulting us is the very thing that they should be doing. They should not do that, but a lot of times they’ll just do it. Go ahead and do everything.

    But my heart cries for Mother Nature a lot of times too, because Mother Nature is the one that gives us this land, that gives us everything that we should respect. We should have no garbage. We should have everything to be cleaned up after. And sometimes if you go, they’re not cleaned up. When they plug a hole and the water comes out with cement. Cement just shoots out, now you have cement all over. That’s not the way it’s supposed to be. You have to clean this place. Because to me, sometimes Mother Nature cries so much. They drain so much.

    But that’s what I was taught. A lot of times you have to listen to that. You have to listen to the birds, you listen to the animals. You listen to the little creatures. You listen to the little bugs. Because the bugs, if it wasn’t for the bugs, the birds wouldn’t be here.

    Brandi Morin:  So Frank, have you been coming and has you and your family been utilizing these specific areas ever since you were [crosstalk].

    Frank Whitehead:  Yes. Yes.

    Brandi Morin:  And so have you seen big changes?

    Frank Whitehead:  Oh, man. Like I said, I’ve been here, and we flew this 10 years ago when my brother Joe was the chief there. We flew it and then we see the changes from the helicopter, how it changed. We used to hunt all the routes to walk, instead of now you can just drive anywhere. But what keeps us from that is they’re putting the gates now. This is our hunting grounds, and you put a gate and you put all this. This is where we live.

    But I even see animals going away too, because [they’re] scared of everything that’s happening, and you got your trucks all over the place, and we have to watch it.

    Brandi Morin:  Industrial activity is transforming the landscape, but there’s another big problem: earthquakes. The Alberta energy regulator found Obsidian Energy responsible for causing a series of quakes here in 2022 after it injected industrial wastewater deep into the ground.

    Reporter 1:  Late November, an earthquake shook houses and had people stop in their tracks.

    Speaker 3:  [Clip of man playing piano when earthquake starts] Oh my.

    Reporter 1:  It happened in the Peace River region and could be felt more than 600 kilometers away.

    Ryan Shultz:  But what makes this different or noteworthy is how big this earthquake was.

    Reporter 1:  The 5.6 magnitude earthquake is the largest the province has seen. At first, it was thought to be natural, but a study done by Stanford University is suggesting wastewater disposal from oil production triggered it.

    Ryan Shultz:  We are confident that this event was a manmade or induced earthquake is what they’re called.

    Reporter 1:  This research shows the first link between such a large earthquake and human activities this far away from a mountain range. Researchers say they’ve seen other quakes caused by fracking, but they believe this one is different: it happened after wastewater was injected into a well to extract oil.

    Ryan Shultz:  The injection of CO2 also has the potential to cause earthquakes. So this is something to, essentially, start thinking about, and maybe even start monitoring.

    Brandi Morin:  One of the quakes was the largest ever recorded in Alberta’s history: it scored a local magnitude of 5.6 — Yet, Obsidian denies it had anything to do with them and is appealing the AER ruling.

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  We did make a request for incremental data that really anchored the AER’s decision as well as the characterization that the seismic activity in the Peace River area was solely attributable to Obsidian’s operations. We didn’t agree with that assertion then, we don’t agree with it now. We are in the process of evaluating that data. We will have more to say in that regard in the future.

    Brandi Morin:  The memory of this earthquake is seared into the minds of all here, including Chief Isaac.

    Can you talk about the earthquakes?

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  Oh my goodness. I remember that day I had elders calling me. I just dropped my kids off for school. My daughters were calling me from Peace River. I was taking off to a meeting. I believe I was close to the area, ready to turn around. But definitely unexpected and felt by everybody, not just me and my family, but the farmers nearby, industry. I believe it might’ve been one of the biggest in Alberta to date.

    Brandi Morin:  So do you feel it, or…?

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  We felt it. It was shaking houses, absolutely. I think there were four or five tremors or something that happened. Like I said, I was on the road and I was definitely scared for my children. Obviously, when you hear about earthquakes, because they’re not normal in our area, we wonder what the repercussions would be. Will it rupture pipes? Will it rupture foundational stuff? Will it hurt old homes? We don’t know. Will it contaminate groundwaters?

    Brandi Morin:  Will there be more?

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  Will there be more? That’s one of the biggest questions as well. Will there be more? Are they man-made? Are they industry made?

    Brandi Morin:  Chief Isaac, like most Woodland Cree, grew up hunting, fishing, and trapping. He still gets out on the land as often as he can.

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  So then my brother comes looking in for me three or four nights after, tries pulling me out, he gets stuck. Then he had to walk out with my little brother to the end of the road. And that must have been… Yeah, it was definitely a few miles.

    Brandi Morin:  So then how’d you guys get out then?

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  Three or four four-by-fours.

    Brandi Morin:  [Laughs] Chains?

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  And everything. Yeah.

    Brandi Morin:  Just moments after sharing stories of being on the land with me, the chief discovered access to his beloved hunting territory was blocked. Obsidian erected a gate to another industry road not far from the Woodland Cree blockade.

    Oh, they have a gate up.

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  Holy fuck.

    Brandi Morin:  Notice… Oh, was that there before?

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  No.

    Brandi Morin:  This road is closed… Blah, blah, blah. Oh, here’s the security lady. I wonder what she’s going to say to you.

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  When was the gate put up?

    Security Guard:  Yesterday.

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  Oh, so they did put it up, hey? I’m the chief. Just wondering what’s going on with this gate. Don’t worry. I’m not going to make a big deal. I just wanted to see if the gate was put up.

    Security Guard:  [Inaudible].

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  Oh wow.

    Security Guard:  I just don’t like being on video.

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  Yeah, neither do I [laughs]. Man. Well, this is very, very unfortunate. How many people are up this way?

    Security Guard:  I have no idea.

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  Son of a gun. All right. Yep.

    Security Guard:  Well, I’m not letting no one unless they work for… [Inaudible].

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  Which company? Obsidian?

    Security Guard:  [Nods][inaudible].

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  Yeah. All right. Is there any other construction going on over there? Just tankers.

    Security Guard:  [Shakes head][inaudible].

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  Alright, well, I’ll go let them know that they did put up the gate. I thought they were going to wait for us.

    Like, holy fuck. The direct attack on treaty from stopping the people who live off of this land from entering their own lands. How it stops us from hunting, gathering, trapping. We were just talking about stories of how we used to just camp forever. And then now we’re being locked out of our traditional territories and places where we found medicine. We were finding medicine over there. They harvested moose over there. We have that and they’ve put a lock on it. Something has to change.

    Brandi Morin:  Back at the blockade, Woodland Cree members are set up along the Walrus industry access road, about 40 minutes east of Peace River. It’s a key access road utilized by Obsidian, which is now shut down. The company is losing around $450,000 Canadian dollars a day here.

    And the Woodland Cree are not alone. See, I’ve covered a lot of Indigenous defense frontlines. Other than a few non-Native allies that show up sometimes, I’ve never witnessed non-Indigenous industry owners supporting First Nations like they are here. Some have parked their semi-trucks and heavy equipment at the blockade, despite risking being blacklisted by Obsidian.

    Dustin Lambert:  My name’s Dustin Lambert. I’m from Peace River, Alberta, area.

    Brandi Morin:  And what do you do?

    Dustin Lambert:  I work in construction.

    Brandi Morin:  Awesome. What do you think about what’s going on here with the camp?

    Dustin Lambert:  I think it’s a good thing for the community to stand against the oil companies when they try to take from the communities and not work with the community. People like Obsidian has work, but they want to bring in a large outside contractor. And, as I understand, in Canada, we’re free to work in all areas. However, when you have local contractors, they should have the first opportunity. And when Obsidian goes and tries to bring the larger contractors in that have the potential to take all the work from the companies in the region.

    And then with Obsidian trying to go through and not work with the community being like the Woodland Band, or Lubicon, or any of the bands, because we work through them and directly with them. And I’ve worked with these guys on and off pretty much my whole life. Went to school with them and then worked with them.

    Brandi Morin:  Meanwhile, Woodland Cree members are well equipped for the long haul if need be.

    Frank Whitehead:  Right here.

    Brandi Morin:  Blended right in.

    Frank Whitehead:  Right here. The snare’s right here.

    Brandi Morin:  Wow.

    Frank Whitehead:  And that’s how you put it.

    And this is where they’re working. And look at what’s happening. They’re taking all our rabbits, everything, animals.

    Brandi Morin:  The Woodland Cree have utilized these lands for millennia, but they were forced out of their traditional territories decades ago when oil was discovered here. The band was made to settle on allotted reserve sites about an hour away from here. But they’ve never abandoned their original homelands.

    Frank Whitehead:  Well, it’s very important because of our livelihood, our hunting grounds, what’s happening with the fires too, and that’s not helping us. But with the oil companies too now coming in, that’s not helping us no more. It’s just destroying our livelihood right now.

    Brandi Morin:  Frank’s been an elected Woodland Cree Nation counselor for over 16 years. He’s seen industry come and go, governments make promises and break them. Foreign companies are even more of a problem, he says.

    Frank Whitehead:  I don’t think they know what we do here as First Nations people, especially when somebody else is not from this country. That’s not right because they don’t know. And we try talking to ’em, we tried teaching them, we tried everything. But still, a lot of people won’t understand how we live here. And they need to understand this. We’re from here. We were here, one of the first people that lived in this territory a long time ago. We went up and down these rivers. Every year we canoed down Peace River. So they don’t know what’s going on and they need to know, they need to listen to us too.

    But people, you gotta understand that this is our livelihood. This is how we were born. This is how we were raised. This is what we eat. Everything we eat and the herbs and everything that the trees provide for us, the animals. If the animals are going, sometimes when we trap, we don’t… It’s my kids, their livelihood, and it’s gotta continue like this for generations and generations. We cannot stop this. This is how we were born. We have young guys that’s doing that now. This is the young guy that’s trapping, hunting, and he learned.

    Brandi Morin:  Woodland Cree Counselor Joe Whitehead Jr. has been helping oversee the camp. Grand chief of the Kee Tas Kee Now Tribal Council and chief of the Woodland Cree, he’s pissed that Obsidian is sidestepping its duty to consult and work with the nation.

    Grand Chief Joe Whitehead Jr.:  The trust factor for our First Nation is really low with industry because of Obsidian. Obsidian is to blame for everything that’s happening today, where the cops are staging over there to come in here and trying to remove people that are from the land and believe in the land. And we are teaching kids here today, and we’ll still keep doing that.

    And we will be here forever. Obsidian might not be here for a long time, until they take the resources away from our land. We’re just asking for that fair, equal share of the resources that go out of here. No more of this construction and all that. We want to be part of the solution and part of the development. That’s all we’re saying. And I encourage First Nations people to stand up because this is our fight together. It’s just not Woodland Crees, it’s us all across this Turtle Island, all of Canada.

    We always say we support each other, but let’s have action, any means necessary in terms of trying to educate Canada in terms of who First Nations people are and who we really are, and that’s from the land. And we have to protect it. Any means necessary.

    There was a gate put up over here. In our treaty, it states that all gates shall be open in case of hunger. But what they did was they put up a gate and blocked our chief. And that’s wrong. And I’m mad today because of that. This is going to escalate if the government doesn’t step in.

    And if Obsidian doesn’t come to the table, what does that say to other industries? They can start putting up gates where we hunt, trap, fish, and gather? That’s our treaty right. That’s nobody else’s right but our First Nations people.

    Grand Chief Arthur Noskey:  We’re still in that role as the liaison team.

    Speaker 4:  We’re speaking with you, we speak with the other side, for sure. We’re not picking a side. That’s why we need to be able to keep those lines of communication open. If you’re saying —

    Grand Chief Joe Whitehead Jr.:  The people be here, they’re not welcome in our company. We can stay over there, take your photos and whatnot. So speak with the chief when he gets here.

    Speaker 4:  Oh no, that’s OK. And like I said, we’re not here to pick sides. We’ve always been upfront with you in regards to that.

    Grand Chief Joe Whitehead Jr.:  Well, all First Nations that have a stake in this, it’s just not Woodland Cree, it’s everybody. We live off this land. And I think industry and government need to be educated more in terms of when they come in and try to develop the resources around us. We will idle no more. We will do what we have to do as a nation to protect the rights, the treaty rights of our people that were signed in 1899.

    And I believe that industry needs to wake up in terms of what they’re doing. You need to come to the table and not give us lies and lies after lies. You need to be honest.

    Police Officer 1:  …Energy regulator’s going to want to inspect because it’s not been operational. So they might be here tomorrow too.

    Grand Chief Joe Whitehead Jr.:  We’ll see, we’ll see about that.

    Police Officer 1:  The energy regulator?

    Grand Chief Joe Whitehead Jr.:  That’s unprecedented because [inaudible].

    Brandi Morin:  You guys know if that helicopter that’s been circling, if that’s the industry guys?

    Speaker 4:  Yeah.

    Brandi Morin:  It is, eh? So they’re just trying to scope things out?

    Speaker 4:  They gotta do their checks. Extra police that are going to be in the area just to ensure the safety and security of all involved.

    Speaker 1:  So they’re not there to enforce the injunction?

    Brandi Morin:  It’s a step up, obvious.

    Speaker 4:  Well, we don’t have any information in regards to what’s going to happen in regards to the injunction. We’re [crosstalk] not privy to that information.

    Brandi Morin:  — Resources for nothing.

    Speaker 4:  We do have extra resources there.

    Speaker 5:  But to ensure the safety of all people involved, that’s pretty much the one group. So the only other group was the police officers.

    Speaker 4:  Well, we have to be prepared for anything that might happen. So if we didn’t have those police here and something were to happen, then it would be [crosstalk] how are you able to respond?

    Speaker 5:  I’m not sure what would happen between them?

    Speaker 4:  That’s what we don’t know either, right?

    Speaker 5:  Exactly.

    Speaker 4:  We never know. We’ve been to lots of these type of events. There’s people who decide that they want to hijack these type of events that people don’t necessarily think the way that everybody here or that you may think. As a result…

    Brandi Morin:  Hello!

    Police Officer 2:  Hi, how’s it going?

    Brandi Morin:  Good, how are you?

    Police Officer 2:  Living the dream. [Crosstalk] One day at a time.

    Brandi Morin:  You guys are hiding out back here?

    Police Officer 2:  You guys are not allowed in here, I’m sorry.

    Brandi Morin:  You’re hiding out back here?

    Police Officer 2:  No, we’re just here for fun.

    Brandi Morin:  Is this C-IRG?

    Police Officer 2:  Sorry?

    Brandi Morin:  Is this C-IRG? Are you guys C-IRG?

    Police Officer 2:  What’s that? Sorry, I don’t know —

    Brandi Morin:  Community-Industry Response Group.

    Police Officer 2:  No, no, no, no, no.

    Brandi Morin:  OK. So obviously —

    Police Officer 2:  I’m sorry, I don’t know all the acronyms [laughs].

    Brandi Morin:  OK, so you’re staging, obviously, [crosstalk] because you’re hiding.

    Police Officer 2:  Well, we tend to stay on the road, right. We need a place to park our vehicles. But you guys are technically not allowed in here because it’s closed.

    Brandi Morin:  It’s closed.

    Police Officer 2:  This place is closed

    Brandi Morin:  By the police, or…?

    Police Officer 2:  No, no, no, it’s just closed.

    Brandi Morin:  Can you say what you’re doing?

    Police Officer 2:  We’re just here working. That’s all we’re doing. There’s nothing to be worried about. If you have any questions, you guys were in touch with the DLTs?

    Brandi Morin:  Yeah. OK.

    Police Officer 2:  OK? You guys just can’t stay here.

    Brandi Morin:  OK.

    Police Officer 2:  OK? Alright. Thanks a lot, guys.

    Irina Ceric:  There’s another way to address this, which is to look more at the politics and history of these sorts of struggles. This is not the only example of courts refusing to recognize Indigenous jurisdiction. This is not the only example of Canadian law facilitating the extraction of resources at the cost of the environment, the cost of workers, at the cost of, in this case, First Nations. So to me, this is not an unusual outcome of the foundation of Canadian law in both settler-colonialism and in the Canadian foundation in resource extraction as a national preoccupation.

    Brandi Morin:  Well, you think that because it’s 2024, because we’ve had the Truth and Reconciliation Commission, because we’re in so-called building nation-to-nation relationships, you think that things would be different by now.

    Irina Ceric:  You would. You absolutely would.

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  Well, we want to see, obviously, respectful, responsible industry. Obviously we’re not getting respect here, and they’re not being responsible. Just what you asked me about them not hiring local, other people around us. We want to see stuff be sustainable. We do care about our environment. We do care about the lands, the waters. We do feel the encroachment of industry and the accumulative effects of not just industry, but also the environment. The wildfires. The droughts. We’re thankful for this rain. But it’s about finding that balance. We are educating our children now to become the operators, tradespeople, nurses, teachers, et cetera. We want to educate our peoples to adapt to modern society — But as well keep their traditional way of life.

    Grand Chief Arthur Noskey:  It’s kind of absurd for Obsidian to start making those recommendations to the province and even to the courts, and even to try and enforce the RCMP to do something, as those that don’t know the treaty. The RCMP officers were presented at the treaty, a day of making treaty, and these were here for our protection against foreigners that would intrude in our way of life. Obsidian, you’re intruding without talking to the people, without doing a proper process because the government, you’re listening to the government more so than the leadership that is sitting at this table.

    And I will say when it comes to jailing our people, our chiefs, I think you’ll see a lot of chiefs either in jail, and hopefully that the court systems or that the institutions can hold all of the Canadian First Nations people in jail. Because I think there is an uprising in the making, and I think at some point we need to start making those calls for that support.

    Brandi Morin:  Just days after the failed May 13 meeting with Obsidian representatives, the chiefs of Treaty 8 traveled to gather in the same meeting room to support the Woodland Cree.

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  I just want to say that Obsidian is changing the dynamics of industry within our backyard and others. For Woodland Cree, we are hoping that they remove the injunctions on myself and my people, that they remove the injunctions of our local joint ventures and their livelihoods.

    Grand Chief Arthur Noskey:  And Supreme Court of Canada ruled that there must be consultation with landowners.

    Brandi Morin:  Treaty 8 Grand Chief Arthur Noskey called on the province to step in.

    Grand Chief Arthur Noskey:  Remove ACO Aboriginal Consultation Office, AER, Alberta Energy Regulator, and the Red Tape Ministry, because these agencies and ministries do not honor the Supreme Court ruling, the duty to consult. Premier Danielle Smith and cabinet, we call upon you to meet with Woodland Cree First Nation leadership and Treaty 8 chiefs to establish a table for revenue sharing talks with the province. It is important that the public and industry know that Alberta government’s First Nations consultation policy is their own policy. We are sovereign nations with our own consultation processes and laws.

    Brandi Morin:  For decades, First Nations in Alberta have insisted the province pay up. Alberta makes billions in royalties earned from industry projects in First Nations territories. The province has largely ignored requests to share some of those benefits with Indigenous communities. The current situation could pressure Alberta’s government to change course.

    Chief Sheldon Sunshine:  When we talk about the issue that my colleague here, Chief Ivan, and their community has dealt with Obsidian, we feel those impacts all across our territory. We deal with the same issues in our backyard. We’re here to support Chief Isaac and the rest of the Treaty 8 chiefs in solidarity in opposing this issue. It affects all of our First Nation people. And when you take a look at the resource development in our backyard, the government of Alberta has received over $30 billion, and the government of Canada is prospering as well — Yet, while our communities are suffering. This attack on Woodland community is an attack on all of our treaty rights.

    Chief Dwayne Lovell Laboucan:  It’s pretty simple from our end: if you’re going to come and make a livelihood in our lands, we must too. That’s our message to oil and gas. You’re not going to come in here and start bullying us. We’re here to stay and we’re ready to fight. Hay-hay.

    Brandi Morin:  Ultimately, this isn’t just about what’s happening in Woodland Cree territory. This is about a status quo that’s fundamentally untenable for Indigenous peoples. The status quo must change, says Chief Isaac.

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  Well just look at the GDP that comes out of our land from the forest sector, the oil and gas sector, even, for the longest time, billions, hundreds of millions come out of this land. Why are, as First Nations, we still administrate poverty? Obviously those comments that are made on greed, it’s people that don’t even understand the current situation and the reality of this country. We shouldn’t have to fight this hard for prosperity when we signed a treaty. A treaty is a nation-to-nation relationship.

    And that people ask about our greed? Well, I think it’s actually the other way around. People don’t want to see us lift ourselves up. I’m not looking for a handout. I’m looking to just provide and to protect my people with our own ways and our own rights. We want to be part of the workforce. We want to develop megaprojects. We want to be owners of the resources.

    And you’re darn right it is about money. My people shouldn’t be living in poverty. We deserve equalization payments. The chiefs that are around this table are the economic engine of this country, the economic engine of this country. Our resources supply the world with some of our trees, our oil and gas. And we could set a good example, a world-class example of doing things right. And we need that opportunity to do things right and that collaboration with industry, government, and communities — And in solidarity with our chiefs, our brothers and our sisters.

    And I really want to commend them, the councilmen, the leadership, the elders, the youth. Our kids need a brighter future. Seven out of 10 of us are going to die sooner than the [rest of] Canada’s population. Seven out of 10 of our kids are in CFS issues. That’s because of poverty. So how is this greed? It’s actually the other way around, where a greedy American company wants to come dictate in our land? I don’t think so.

    Grand Chief Arthur Noskey:  You’re talking about landowners that entered into a treaty with the imperial crown. How can there be anything higher than that in our lands? Where is that certificate of ownership, Canada? Where’s the certificate of ownership, province? So these are questions that still remain there. Right now they’re just brokering deals with industry at the expense of our lands, our resources, and just leaving their contaminants behind. They’re greedy for money, and it is obvious. Thank you very much.

    Grand Chief Joe Whitehead Jr.:  I just want to make a quick comment in terms of why we’re here today in terms of what we’re doing. And it’s for our people. And I’d like to show you, this is what my daughter does every time I go home. I see her every four hours, and she takes this shirt and covers herself up. And the people need to know that we are fighting for our kids and their kids, for the future, so they don’t keep fighting. That’s one thing that people don’t understand. That we are passionate people. We are humble people, and we like to laugh, but at the same time, we have to protect this land, our treaty rights, for our future generation.

    Brandi Morin:  Now you also said that if they were to come to arrest you, that you wouldn’t surrender.

    Chief Isaac Laboucan-Avirom:  Surrender. Of course not. I don’t think there’s a Cree word for surrender [laughs] or cede. No. I’m here to maintain the best interest of my community. And if I was, I know there’s a lot of support that I have out there. I think Evander Kane said it best: Sometimes you got to fuck around to find out [laughs].

    Brandi Morin:  I’m Brandi Morin, reporting in the traditional territories of the Woodland Cree Nation for The Real News Network, IndigiNews, and Ricochet Media.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Brandi Morin.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/03/we-will-be-here-forever-treaty-8-first-nations-stand-up-to-big-oil/feed/ 0 518204
    Stories of Resistance: Standing for trans rights in Uruguay https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/03/stories-of-resistance-standing-for-trans-rights-in-uruguay/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/03/stories-of-resistance-standing-for-trans-rights-in-uruguay/#respond Mon, 03 Mar 2025 21:37:24 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332184 LGBT demonstrators shows a letter in spanish wich says "Love overall" during Montevideo's annual diversity march. Photo via Getty ImagesA transgender person’s life expectancy in Uruguay is just 35 years—and yet this country was the first in Latin America to pass a trans rights law in 2018, thanks to fighters like Collette Spinetti Nuñez.]]> LGBT demonstrators shows a letter in spanish wich says "Love overall" during Montevideo's annual diversity march. Photo via Getty Images

    In the Banda Oriental, on the pampas of the gauchos, nestled between the shores of the Southern Atlantic and the Rio Plata… One woman would not be silent.

    Collette Spinetti Nuñez would not sit down. She would not stay put.

    From Roche to Artigas. From the city to the beaches and the rolling countryside, where farmers harvest the grains and the meat for the nation…

    Colette traveled it all. 

    She stood up. She spoke out. And helped others to find their voice.

    A voice that usually comes in a whisper, if at all. A voice belonging to the most vulnerable. A voice in the highest danger of being silenced forever at far too young an age. 

    See, Colette is trans. The average trans man and woman in the region lives to just 35 years of age. They are often humiliated and ridiculed. Rejected and shunned. Forced from school at far too young an age. Forced into prostitution and other dangerous jobs.

    But Colette has been fighting to change that. 

    She’s a teacher and an activist. A leader in the LGBTQ movement. She helped to battle for the first trans law in Latin America. Uruguay passed it in 2018. It guarantees gender-affirming operations and requires 1% of government jobs for transgender people.

    This week marks another milestone: Collette Spinetti Nuñez is the first trans woman, ever, to hold a position in the Uruguayan government.

    The new leftist Frente Amplio government took office on March 1. Colette is the country’s new director of human rights.

    She’s promised to fight for the vulnerable. And she says her appointment is bigger than Uruguay. “My identity is sending a message to the world,” she says. And in particular, the United States. The land of freedom. The land of the American Dream, where anyone can be anything they want… just as long as they aren’t foreigners, or immigrants, or undocumented, or Black, or trans, or anything in between.

    The land where the president says there are boys and girls, and everyone else needs to get with the program. 

    The land of the free. But where, today, only some freedoms are approved. Others… are not. 

    Collette, even in far away Uruguay, is standing up. She’s speaking out. And as the new secretary of human rights, she plans to help others to find their voice. A voice that usually comes in a whisper, if at all. A voice belonging to the most vulnerable. A voice that powerful people in powerful places are trying to silence. 

    And Collette Spinetti Nuñez is not having any of it.

    She says she’s going to shout it from the rooftops, keep a finger pointed at Uncle Sam.

    And even as freedoms and rights of the LGBTQ community are gutted in the supposed land of the free and the home of the brave, Colette, and so many others, are standing up. Demanding rights. Demanding their voices be heard. And sending their message to the world.

    From this tiny corner of South America, in the land of the gauchos, nestled between the shores of the Southern Atlantic and the Rio Plata…


    This is the seventh episode of Stories of Resistance. 

    Stories of Resistance is a new project, co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. 

    Last week, we hit our target with the Kickstarter campaign. Thank you so much to everyone who supported. If you like what you hear, you can continue to support at www.patreon.com/mfox.

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    Here is some more of Michael’s reporting about the Frente Amplio’s return to power in Uruguay.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/03/stories-of-resistance-standing-for-trans-rights-in-uruguay/feed/ 0 518206
    Kenneth Roth on the origins of international human rights law https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/03/kenneth-roth-on-the-origins-of-international-human-rights-law/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/03/kenneth-roth-on-the-origins-of-international-human-rights-law/#respond Mon, 03 Mar 2025 17:17:06 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=6a08ab8868c1f007f0c964f0ea586320
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/03/kenneth-roth-on-the-origins-of-international-human-rights-law/feed/ 0 515960
    Our top moments from the 2025 Oscars 💛 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/03/our-top-moments-from-the-2025-oscars-%f0%9f%92%9b/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/03/our-top-moments-from-the-2025-oscars-%f0%9f%92%9b/#respond Mon, 03 Mar 2025 12:56:13 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=110fee7d8636efa02a5b70b08a355967
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/03/our-top-moments-from-the-2025-oscars-%f0%9f%92%9b/feed/ 0 515912
    Our top moments from the 2025 Oscars 💛 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/03/our-top-moments-from-the-2025-oscars-%f0%9f%92%9b-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/03/our-top-moments-from-the-2025-oscars-%f0%9f%92%9b-2/#respond Mon, 03 Mar 2025 12:56:13 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?guid=110fee7d8636efa02a5b70b08a355967
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/03/our-top-moments-from-the-2025-oscars-%f0%9f%92%9b-2/feed/ 0 516195
    Vietnam’s legal system ‘arbitrary,’ ignores international agreements, UN group says https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/03/03/un-blogger-thang-arbitrary-arrest/ https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/03/03/un-blogger-thang-arbitrary-arrest/#respond Mon, 03 Mar 2025 01:20:03 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/03/03/un-blogger-thang-arbitrary-arrest/ Read a version of this story in Vietnamese

    A United Nations group has accused Vietnam of unfairly arresting and trying a blogger and activist, who is serving a six-year prison term. The Working Group on Arbitrary Detention said the trial took place under a state judicial practice that could amount to a violation of international law.

    Nguyen Lan Thang was jailed for six years in 2023 for “conducting propaganda against the State” under Article 117 of Vietnam’s criminal code.

    The U.N. group said in its report, Opinion No. 51/2024, which it released on Wednesday, that Article 117 is so loosely worded that it serves as a trap to catch government critics.

    “The language used is overly broad and fails to define key terms, which prevents individuals from regulating their behaviour and ensuring that it is in accordance with the law,” the opinion letter said.

    “The Working Group has previously considered that article 117 of the Criminal Code is so vague that it is impossible to invoke a legal basis for detention thereunder and expressly noted that the provision does not meet the standards of the principle of legality due to its vague and overly broad language.”

    The group submitted its report to Vietnam on Dec. 10 and said Vietnam had not responded.

    Thang, who was a Radio Free Asia blogger, reported on human rights issues since 2011. He was also active in protests over China’s territorial clashes with Vietnam in the South China Sea.

    He was arrested on July 5, 2022, kept in solitary confinement for more than seven months and refused visits from his family and lawyer. In February 2023 he was finally allowed to meet his lawyer to prepare for a closed trial in July of that year.

    The working group’s document said Thang’s arrest was arbitrary because he was only peacefully exercising his fundamental rights as guaranteed by the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, which Vietnam has agreed to follow.

    The group also said Thang’s trial was unfair since he was denied legal advice for so long.

    The U.N. group, made up of five independent international experts, called on Vietnam to release and compensate Thang.

    It said Thang’s case was one of many in Vietnam recently where activists had been locked up following arbitrary arrests that didn’t meet international standards. Campaigners were detained for long periods before their trials with limited or no access to lawyers and often held in solitary confinement, the U.N. body added.

    The group said Vietnam prosecuted human rights defenders at show trials on vaguely worded criminal charges for peacefully exercising their human rights. Courts gave them disproportionately long prison sentences and prisons denied them access to the outside world.

    “This pattern indicates a systemic problem with arbitrary detention in Viet Nam,” the group said, adding that if such cases continued, “this practice, which is embedded in the security and judicial culture of Viet Nam, might amount to a serious violation of international law.”

    “The constant and systematic targeting of journalists, bloggers and human rights defenders, such as Mr. Nguyễn in the present case, amounts to a crime against humanity. Mr. Nguyễn has been the victim of serious crimes committed as part of a large-scale attack against bloggers, journalists and others in Viet Nam.”

    Vietnam’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs did not respond to RFA’s emails seeking a response to the group’s statement.

    What do lawyers say?

    A lawyer who defended Thang at his trial, but who didn’t want to be identified due to the sensitive nature of the subject, said Vietnam’s judiciary and legal system are not fair or transparent.

    “Such substantive and procedural law-based adjudication has the effect of challenging the sustainability and core values ​​of justice, which require strict detail and precision for all its application conditions,” he told RFA on Friday.

    He said legal regulations should not “unduly restrict citizens' political rights, especially with regard to freedom of speech or assembly, and of the press.”

    RELATED STORIES

    Family of political prisoner describes his ordeal behind bars

    Vietnamese author jailed for 30 months for Facebook posts

    UN experts call for release of jailed Vietnamese blogger

    Another lawyer, Dang Dinh Manh, who has defended many political cases and was forced to flee to the United States, said that although Vietnam has been a member of the International Covenant of Civil and Political Rights since 1982, it still uses Article 117 “propaganda against the State” and Article 331 “abusing democratic freedoms” to silence dissidents.

    “It is unjust because the investigation process, prosecution and trial of those accused under Article 117 or Article 331 are full of violations of criminal procedures, as well as violations of the standard principles of criminal procedures that many civilized countries in the world are applying,” he said, calling the U.N. groups comments completely legitimate.

    “The Vietnamese government needs to promptly and fully implement the contents of this document. At the same time, apply similar treatment to all other political prisoners who are being detained, whether they have been tried or not.”

    Translated by RFA Vietnamese. Edited by Mike Firn.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Vietnamese.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/03/03/un-blogger-thang-arbitrary-arrest/feed/ 0 515884
    Abby Martin: Israel’s assault on the West Bank and Trump’s crackdown on Palestine solidarity https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/28/abby-martin-israels-assault-on-the-west-bank-and-trumps-crackdown-on-palestine-solidarity/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/28/abby-martin-israels-assault-on-the-west-bank-and-trumps-crackdown-on-palestine-solidarity/#respond Fri, 28 Feb 2025 18:16:34 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332152 Palestinian children and journalists disperse as Israeli tanks enter the Jenin camp for Palestinian refugees in the occupied West Bank, on February 23, 2025. Photo by JAAFAR ASHTIYEH/AFP via Getty ImagesTrump pledged to “finish the job” in Palestine. Now, Israel’s ethnic cleansing of the West Bank is intensifying, and the global solidarity movement faces a growing crackdown. Where does the movement for Palestine go from here?]]> Palestinian children and journalists disperse as Israeli tanks enter the Jenin camp for Palestinian refugees in the occupied West Bank, on February 23, 2025. Photo by JAAFAR ASHTIYEH/AFP via Getty Images

    The shaky ceasefire in Gaza is entering the final days of its first phase, but the genocide of the Palestinian people has not been paused. On Feb. 25, Israeli tanks stormed Jenin, the heart of the Palestinian resistance in the West Bank, for the first time since the Second Intifada. From Donald Trump’s declarations that the US should “own” Gaza to promises to deport pro-Palestine student activists, the new administration’s intentions to accelerate the ethnic cleansing of Palestine and criminalize solidarity with Palestinians have been made clear. Abby Martin, independent journalist and host of Empire Files, joins The Real News to help analyze how war on Palestine is expanding and evolving.

    Studio Production: David Hebden, Adam Coley


    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Welcome to the Real News Network and welcome back to our weekly live stream Palestinians in the occupied West Bank. Fear that Israel is preparing to unleash the same people destroying population, displacing civilization, erasing force that it unleashed on Gaza for 15 months, beginning just days after Israel and Hamas began Phase one of last month’s fragile ceasefire in Gaza, the Israeli military has sent troops, bulldozers, drones, helicopters, and heavy battle tanks into the Northern West Bank, United Nations. Secretary General Antonio Gutierrez said on Monday that he was gravely concerned by the rising violence in the occupied West Bank by Israeli settlers and other violations. Palestinian writer and journalist, Miriam Bardi told democracy now this week that what we are seeing in fact is a green light of annexation. What is happening right now, she said in the West Bank is defacto annexation of lands. This Israeli offensive, the so-called Operation Iron Wall, is one of the most intense military operations in the West Bank since the height of the second Infa Palestinian uprising against Israel’s occupation.

    Just over two decades ago, Israel’s defense minister Israel Kaz, said this week that 40,000 Palestinians have been forced out of the refugee camps in Janine Tu and Hams. All activity by the United Nations Relief and Works Agency in those areas has also been stopped. Now, Katz made it clear that this is not a short-term operation. In a written statement, Katz said, I instructed the IDF to prepare for a long stay in the camps that were cleared for the coming year, and to not allow residents to return and the terror to return and grow, we will not return to the reality that was in the past. He said, we will continue to clear refugee camps and other terror centers to dismantle the battalions and terror infrastructure of extreme Islam that was built, armed, funded, and supported by the Iranian evil axis he claimed in an attempt to establish an Eastern terror front. Now, I want you to keep those statements from Israel’s defense minister in your head as you watch this next clip. This is actually from an incredible documentary report that we filmed in the now empty Janine Refugee Camp in July of 20 23, 3 months before October 7th. The report was shot produced by shot and produced by Ross Domini, Nadia Per Do and Ahad Elbaz. Take a look.

    Nadia Péridot:

    The Real News Network spoke to Haniya Salameh whose son Farouk was killed by the Israeli army just days before he was due to be married.

    Speaker 3:

    Far

    Nadia Péridot:

    Like many of Janine’s residents is a refugee of the 1948 Zionist expulsion of people from across Palestine. Today, these depopulated villages either remain empty or have been raised to the ground to make way for Israel’s settlements. Palestinians are banned from returning to these

    Speaker 3:

    Homes

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    With these tanks and bulldozers rolling through the occupied West Bank right now with Israel launching new attacks in southern Syria this week with the ceasefire in Gaza, still very much in danger of collapsing before phase one of the deal is set to end on Saturday and with Donald Trump still joking that it would be best if the US took over Gaza. The bubble has officially burst on any pre inauguration hopes that people had that Trump’s presidency would somehow usher in peace in the Middle East and an end to the humanitarian horror of Israel’s ethnic cleansing of Palestinians from what remains of occupied historic Palestine and the United States’ support for it. Quite the opposite in fact. And not only that, but here in the so-called West the United States, Canada, Europe, we’re seeing a corresponding surge in state and institutional repression of free speech, the free press and the independent and corporate media sides speaking the truth about Israel’s genocide of Palestinians and our government’s complicity in it.

    We are also seeing a surge in the criminalization of Palestine solidarity protests and attempts to classify solidarity with Palestine as support for terrorism. So listen, we need to get real about where we are right now, what we are facing, and how we can keep forging forward, fighting for what’s right and good and beautiful in times of great darkness and great danger, like the time we’re in now, fighting for peace in a world of war, fighting for life in a culture of mass death. And that is why I could not be more grateful that we’ve got the great Abby Martin on the live stream today to help us do just that. You all should know Abby by now, but in case you don’t for some reason and you’ve been living under a rock, Abby Martin is an independent journalist and host of the Empire Files, an interview and documentary series that everyone needs to watch and support.

    She’s the director of the 2019 documentary, Gaza Fights for Freedom and is also directing a new documentary called Earth’s Greatest Enemy, which examines how the United States Empire is not only a primary contributor to climate change, but the central entity that imperils life on earth. Abby, thank you so much for joining us again. It’s always so great to have you back on the Real News. I want to start with the latest horrifying developments in Israel’s war on Palestine. Can you walk us through what we’re seeing and perhaps what we’re not seeing in the West Bank right now?

    Abby Martin:

    I mean, I think your intro did a really great job at laying out the current situation Max, and thank you for the intro. To me, that was wonderful. Look, it’s very clear that whatever ceasefire deal was negotiated, that the annexation and the green lighting of the further annexation of the West Bank was part of the sweetheart edition to that ceasefire deal. And that’s exactly what we’ve seen, just completely transition from Gaza to the West Bank where extremist settlers in tandem with Israeli soldiers are clearing out entire refugee camps and villages and at an expulsion rate that we have never frankly seen before. I mean, 40,000 Palestinians being expelled just over 35 days is just extraordinary. And this is happening almost on a daily basis. We’re at the barrel of a gun. Dozens of Palestinians are being forced and rejected from their homes. We’ve seen 60 Palestinians be killed in this timeframe.

    Several children, just over the last week, we saw two Palestinian children being gunned down. This just is happening at such a rapid pace. It’s very dizzying, and it just seems like there are no measures in place whatsoever to stop this rapid annexation and this whole operation Iron Wall. It’s very clear that the ultimate goal is to clear out as much as possible and just have the plausible deniability, oh, it’s settlers. Oh, it’s Hamas fighters. Oh, well, we have to do it because of the violence that’s happening. I mean, again, if you don’t get to the root of the violence, it’s just going to erupt. It’s a tinderbox and it’s a pressure cooker. So all of the things that are happening as a result of the clearing out of these villages and refugee camps, it’s an inevitability. So you’re going to see waves of attacks, whether they be knife attacks or suicide bombings or like the inert bombs that didn’t explode and actually kill people on those buses. I mean, all of these things are inevitabilities. Once you engage on a full scale invasion and war to the native population, that’s already under a very extremely repressive police state dictatorship that prevents them from doing anything at all.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Could you say just a little more on that last point you filmed there in the West Bank, you’ve been there, you’ve reported on it many, many times. I guess for folks who maybe haven’t looked into the West Bank as much as they’ve learned about Gaza over the past two years, could you just say a little more for folks who are watching this about the state of life as such in the West Bank before this operation Iron Wall began?

    Abby Martin:

    Yeah, and a perfect example of that is this current ceasefire deal, phase one where people may be asking themselves how is it possible that hundreds of Palestinian prisoners really their hostages in their own right? How is it possible that there’s so many hundreds of Palestinians being held and being released at the behest of Hamas’ demands? It may be confusing to some to see just a couple dozen hostages from the Israeli side being released for hundreds of Palestinians. Well, the answer is basically the fact that there’s this repressive police state style dictatorship that wantonly just arrests hundreds of people, detains them, arbitrarily, keeps them without charges or trial, and that’s precisely what we’ve seen, ramp up and escalate in the aftermath of October 7th, hundreds and hundreds of Palestinians, including dozens of children and women, not to take away the revolutionary agency or political agency of women, but it is just unbelievable how many people have been detained arbitrarily and held.

    Why aren’t they called hostages? I have no idea. But it just again, just kind of paints the picture of what Palestinians are living under. They cannot raise a Palestinian flag. They cannot practice any political activity. It is crazy. I mean, they can set up arbitrary checkpoints, resort these people’s lives to a living. Hell set up just random blockades that can reroute people just take hours out of their day just to make their lives extremely uncomfortable. But it just goes far beyond that. I mean, raiding killing Palestinians arbitrarily having no recourse whatsoever. You certainly cannot have armed resistance. I mean, anything that can be construed as a weapon in these people’s homes or cars can just subject you to not only humiliating tactics, but also just being thrown in prison. I mean, we’re talking about such a crazy level of control that simply the David versus Goliath, just symbolism of throwing a rock at a tank. There’s a law on the books that can put a Palestinian child in prison for 20 years for simply throwing a rock at an armed tank. So these are the kind of measures that have been in place since 1967 when this military dictatorship was imposed illegally. And ever since then, we’ve been placated as Westerners with this promise of a two states solution, which has just been a cover for the continued annexation of the West Bank and under Trump, we’ve seen just a complete rapid green lighting of just continuing that policy.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Yeah, man. I mean, I did not want to incorporate it as a visual element in this live stream because frankly, it’s too ghoulish and horrifying to give any more airtime to. But I would point folks, if you haven’t already seen it, to an AI generated video that our president shared on his truth social account, promoting the transformation of Gaza into a luxury beach front destination filled with skyscrapers, condos, bearded belly dancers like Monde Weiss reported the video shows Trump and Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu sunbathing together in Gaza, Elon Musk eating hummus, the area being converted into resort called Trump, Gaza, a golden Trump statue and children running from rubble into picturesque beaches. What the hell, man? I mean, I guess where do you even find your center of humanity in such an inhumane timeline?

    Abby Martin:

    I mean, that’s what’s so creepy about it. It’s the dizzying spectacle of it all. And I feel like Trump, I feel like he was much more dialed in 2016 personally because he was less senile and whatever. He was younger and more astute. But now it does seem like he’s kind of, he doesn’t give a shit. I mean, he is just going for it and letting all of these crazy outliers just take the government for a ride. I mean, Elon Musk, this AI stuff, it’s like by the time that you’re trying to unpack this press conference where he is sitting next to this grinning genocide fugitive talking about how Gaza is a hellhole and how you’re going to get, why would you want to go back to Gaza? You’re just going to get shot and killed next to the grinning genocide fugitive, who did it. I mean, once you unpack that, he’s already signed another thousand executive orders once you try to make sense of this AI generated video of Trump’s golden head on a balloon, and kids running out of the rubble into a more attractive version of Elon Musk eating hummus and peta.

    I mean, they’ve already done this, that and the other. So again, it’s the spectacle. It’s like no response is the good response. It’s so difficult to even maneuver this new political landscape even for us who follow it for a job. I mean, a perfect example is the sig. He twice the Nazi salute from Elon. I mean, it’s like, what is the appropriate response to this? Because they will just gaslight you and say what you see isn’t reality. And so by the time you’re like, no, no, no, that’s a Nazi salute. No, no, no, it’s like they’ve already done this, that and the other thing. So it’s such an insane time to be living and to navigate this political space, and I just keep comparing it to the mass hallucinations. Everyone’s relegated to their own framework of reality. The algorithm boosts whatever it is that you want to justify as that reality, and that’s kind of our respective mass hallucinations that we’re wading through. I mean, I feel like I’m living in reality, and that’s why I’m so aghast and horrified by everything. But

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Yeah, that’s why I wake up screaming every night. And in fact, so much of our politics is a war on the means of perceiving reality. It is a war over the narrative of what we’re actually seeing. And from everyone’s watching a plane crash down the road in Washington DC and it’s immediately a battle over is this DEI or is this something else? Is the fires in my home state of California? Is this A DEI thing? Is this climate change? The war over the means of perception, I think is really the terrain upon which so many of us are fighting or forced to fight in the 21st century. And I definitely want to circle back to Trump Musk and how we navigate all of this here at home in the second half of the discussion. But I guess before we move on, I wanted to bring us back to the West Bank.

    You mentioned the gaslighting, right? You mentioned the ways that that war on perception, the top down narratives handed to us by the very villains who are committing genocide and destroying our government and so on and so forth. I am not drawing an equivalence between our situation and that of the occupied Palestinian. But I think in your amazing conversation and interview with the great Muhammad el-Kurd about his new book, I was learning so many lessons from him that feel very relevant to us today, particularly the gaslighting and the sort of top down effort to turn the victim into the terrorist. I wanted to play that clip really quick from Muhammad el-Kurd. This is a clip from Abby show, the Empire Files, which she interviewed Muhammad on recently. So let’s play that clip and let’s talk about what this can tell us about how to navigate what we’re up against now.

    Mohammed el-Kurd:

    Yeah, and I think the average person, anybody with common sense would understand that defending yourself against intruders, against colonizers, against thiefs, against burglars, against murderous regimes is a fundamental right that you are entitled to defend yourself and your family. And actually across history, people who have done so have been hailed as heroes. But violence itself is essentially a mutating concept. It’s something to celebrate when it’s sanctioned by the empire, and it’s something to pearl clutch out when it’s done by natives, by these young men in tracksuits. But again, this is, it’s not like a fundamental western opposition to violence or militias or whatever. It’s a rejection of any kind of political prospect for the Palestinian, because anytime the Palestinian has engaged in armed resistance or has engaged in kinds of resistance that have extended beyond the bounds of what is acceptable to a liberal society, that those are some of the only times we have been heard.

    So what does that say about the world and what does that say to the Palestinian? When we are told time and time again, the only time people are going to listen to us and talk about us and put us in their headlines is when we engage in violent resistance. But ultimately, this is about the rejection of Palestinian. Armed resistance is about a rejection of a Palestinian national project is about a rejection of actually ending the occupation. Everybody can sing every day about ending the occupation, but when it becomes real, we are terrified of it. We lose our compass. We refuse, we refuse to even entertain it. For years, maybe all of my life, I’ve been hearing about a two-state solution while Israeli bulldozers eat away at our land in areas that are supposedly under Palestinian authority control. It’s like a circus where they’re just telling us these narratives to buy time while they’re creating facts on the ground, while they’re setting greedy the terms of engagement and creating the roadmap for the future while robbing us of any kind of future.

    And while sanctioning even our ambitions, even our intentions, even our hopes and dreams. You know what I mean? There’s also a hyper, when we say defanging of Palestinians, it’s not just taking our rifles and vilifying our freedom fighters, but there’s also an interrogation of our thoughts. They ask us, do you condemn this and do you condemn that and do you want to do this, and do you want to throw Israelis into the sea? And what’s your issue with those people? And it’s never about actually engaging with you in a certain political uplifted discourse, but it’s about making sure you concede to the liberal world order before you are even allowed entry to the conversation. And that needs to be,

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Everyone should go watch that full interview first thing. Second thing, everyone should go read Muhammad el-Kurd’s book by Haymarket Books. Perfect victim. Third thing, Abby, I’ve got just some questions I want to throw at you really quick. Can you talk about that clip, what Muhammad’s saying there and how this applies to what we’re seeing in the West Bank? A lot of these refugee camps, yes, they’re where freedom fighters lived, but also a bunch of regular people who have nowhere else to go. So can you help folks apply what Muhammad’s saying there to what we’re seeing unfold in the West Bank, but also how this applies to us here? It does feel eerily reminiscent of the right wing in this country, condemning violence of Black Lives Matter protesters while celebrating Kyle Rittenhouse shooting them. Right? That double standard does seem to be very much at play here. So I wanted to ask if we could talk about it in the context of the West Bank first and then bring it back home after that.

    Abby Martin:

    Absolutely. I think, look, it’s really, really clear to understand that the West Bank is under illegal occupation and under international law, Palestinians as well as other people under occupying forces have the legal right to armed resistance that is enshrined in law. And so when you’re looking at a place like the West Bank that hosts houses 3 million Palestinians, and a lot of people are resisting naturally, so of course, I mean, that’s going to be an inevitability you’re going to resist if you’re denied basic human rights, denied clean water, denied mobility. I mean, when you’re living under this harsh repression where you can’t even celebrate the hostages coming home, you can’t grieve, you can’t publicly mourn. You can’t erect a flag. I mean, it’s absolutely insane what these people are subjected to on a day-to-day basis. And given the genocide that we’ve seen erupt in Gaza, the unending slaughter of children, I mean, obviously Palestinians are united front despite the political schisms and divisions.

    And so you’re going to see resistance in the West Bank, especially when you see full scale mobilizations to invade and annex your land illegally. And so it’s actually a legal right to see resistance mobilized against Israeli invaders. So first and foremost, we need to zoom out and realize not only is this an egregious and flagrant violation of just the ceasefire, the idea of a ceasefire that Israel considers a ceasefire, just no one reacting to them constantly violating the ceasefire, whether it be in Lebanon or Gaza or in the West Bank. They can just go on and do whatever they want with complete impunity. And the second that a Palestinian fights back, oh, they’ve broken the ceasefire. Oh, the deal’s off the table. It is so disgustingly. But when you zoom out from that, I mean, yeah, Palestinians have the right to resist. So what you’re seeing in refugee camps, what you’re seeing in places like Janine is resistance, legal resistance actually.

    So when Israel uses that as a precursor to then further colonize, it’s just absolutely dumbfounding because it’s just completely violating every single law in the books, and this is what they’ve done for decades. And they’re ramping it up under the cover of the ceasefire of the genocides saying that Hamas fighters are on the ground. Oh, well, they did this. So of course we need to go and eject thousands of people from their homes say that they can never return. And it’s gaslighting upon gaslighting, but it’s also just a refusal of just basic reality and the facts that we know to be true Max. When you apply that to the United States, it is just such a double sighted. I mean, it just a completely absurd notion that we worship. We’re a culture of violence. We worship war. I mean militarism and war is so ingrained in the psyche of American citizens, especially in the wake of nine 11.

    It’s just a constant thing. But it’s only the good arbiters of violence. I mean, of course, the US military can do whatever it wants around the world as long as it’s doing it in the name of democracy and human rights. If Ukrainians resist against evil Russia, give them all the weapons in the world, turn it into a proxy war where we’re throwing Ukrainians into just making them cannon fodder. I mean, it’s absolutely insane. But when you’re looking at just the basic tenets of what would you do if someone came to your home and said, get out, this is my home now because the Bible says that it is from thousands of years ago, get the hell out at the barrel of a gun. What would you do? What would your family do? Obviously you would band together and resist like anyone would, especially Americans. I mean, we’re talking about a country that has stand your ground laws that if you just go up and knock on the wrong door, you could get shot and killed legally.

    So it is just the paradoxical nature of propaganda. It does not make sense and it does not equate, and it’s only because of the deep, deep embedded dehumanization of Arabs and specifically Palestinians. And this has been part and parcel with the war on terror propaganda, the deep dehumanization of just Arabs and Muslims in general, and Palestinians are just, I mean, it’s absolutely absurd how much they’ve been dehumanized where people, even my fellow colleagues as journalists don’t even consider Palestinian journalists, journalists. So it’s a disgrace upon disgrace. But I think what Muhammad’s talking about is so many salient points there of just the utter hypocrisy of the way that we perceive violence. And when it comes to actual decolonization and liberation, which are concepts that make liberals feel uncomfortable, they’d rather keep Palestinians in a perpetual victimhood and treat them as if they just need aid instead of need freedom. Because when you talk about what that actually means, it means fighting back. It means resisting this unending violence and slaughter. What do these people think it means? So what does that actually look like? How does that play out and how is it successful? And that’s why history is so sanitized, and these things are just rewritten by the victors because they don’t want to teach us the hard lessons of how entire countries and peoples have been victorious and have been liberated from empires and from their colonizers in the past.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Yeah, man, I think that’s powerfully put. And I just wanted to emphasize for folks, when Abby was asking us like, what would you do if someone came in and pointed a gun at you and said, get out of your home. That happened to Muhammad, that happened to him and his family. He became a very prominent international voice, like while settlers were taking over their home from the states. So we’re not asking a rhetorical question here. This is a real question. What would you do in that situation? And in terms of how those rules of engagement he talked about are set by this by definition, hypocritical by definition, like Ill intended entity that does not want us to win, that does not want us to have a leg to stand on. We’re seeing that being baked into this kind of repressive apparatus that is spreading out across the so-called west here to make an example, claiming that Palestine solidarity encampments on a college campus are a threat to the safety of Jewish students while Zionists beating the shit out of student encampment.

    Students who are encamping on campus is not categorized in the same violent way. So keep that in mind because I want to kind of focus in here on this sort of the state of repression back here at home as the war across over Palestine. The war on Palestine intensifies because over the past two years, even with the ruling elites in government and this whole imperialist capitalist warmaking establishment doing everything that they could to maintain the longstanding, unconditional support for Israel’s genocidal occupation, ethnic cleansing of Palestinians, while all of that has been going on, we have seen a sea change at the base of societies around the globe, and especially here in the United States, the explosion of the Palestine solidarity movement, mass protests in DC and around the country, the student encampment movement that I mentioned, but the empire is striking back. As you know, Abby, the reactionary ruling class answer to all of this grassroots opposition to Israel’s war on Palestine has been to criminalize the methods of that opposition and to even criminalize and legally recategorize solidarity with Palestinians itself as anti-Semitic, anti-American, and even supportive of terrorism like here in the United States.

    For folks who may have forgotten in the first weeks in office of his new administration, president Trump signed an executive order to deport foreign university students who participate in Gaza solidarity protests in a chilling quote fact sheet that accompanied the executive ordered the White House said quote to all the resident aliens who joined in the pro jihadist protests. We put you on notice, come 2025, we will find you and we will deport you and quote, but this is not just happening in the us. Our colleague, Ali Abu Nima, Palestinian American journalist and executive director of the online publication, the Electronic Intifada, traveled to Switzerland last month to give a speech in Zurich. And after being allowed to enter the country, Abu Nima was arrested by plainclothes officers, forced into an unmarked vehicle, held incommunicado in jail for two nights, and then he was deported from the country.

    And in Canada, things were getting very dark very quickly. pro-Palestinian Canadian author and activist, Eves Engler was jailed this week for criticizing Zionist influencer Dalia Kurtz on the social media platform, X Kurtz accused angler and his posts of harassment. And he was jailed by Montreal Police for five days. And all of this is happening back in Toronto. The largest school board in Canada has taken steps to adopt the institutional recategorize of Zionists as a protected class and anti-Zionism as antisemitism. And we actually asked our friend and colleague, the brilliant Toronto-based journalist and founder of On the Line Media, Samira Moine to give us a little update on that story. So let’s play that really quick, and then we’re going to go back to Abby.

    Samira Mohyeddin:

    The decision by the Toronto District School Board to receive this report on antisemitism is dangerous for a number of reasons. The most important being is that the report conflates anti-Zionism with anti-Semitism and moves to make Zionist a protected class of people under the anti-racism policy. So basically a political ideology such as Zionism will now be protected as anything else, will be like race, religion, gender, sexuality. It will fall under that realm, which means that to criticize a political ideology such as Zionism will mean that you will be falling under someone who I don’t know, is critical of someone’s religion, critical of their sexuality. It will actually make it so that this is a weaponization of people who criticize the actions of Israel, which is a state. So this is very dangerous, and we don’t know what sort of effects this will have, what effect will it have on teachers who are teaching history, who are teaching social studies? Does this mean that they can’t criticize Israel? What does this mean for Jewish students who are critical of Israeli actions? Will they be penalized? So there’s a whole realm of things that the Toronto District School Board really doesn’t have answers for yet, and we’re really waiting to see how receiving this report or what even receiving of the report means, what impact it will have, both on parents, on students, and most importantly on teachers who really don’t know how to navigate such a thing. And so this is very, very dangerous.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Okay. Abby Martin, what the hell is going on with all of this? How are you seeing, I guess, the broad sweep of all this repression?

    Abby Martin:

    I mean, even before the genocide in Gaza, I foresaw the writing on the wall because I myself was engaged in this litigation against the state of Georgia for their anti BDS law. So I knew that states were taking measures to preempt the wave of Palestine solidarity that they inevitably knew would come. And that’s why we’ve seen consulate officials and the Israeli lobby officials going and essentially seeking to undermine our first amendment rights, the constitutionally protected right to boycott a country that was enshrined during the Montgomery Bus boycotts during the civil rights movement. So I knew that pro-Palestine speech was among the most repressed, among the most criminalized because of these laws. And we’ve seen attacks on college campuses even though there’s this kind of notion that right wing speech is what’s heckled and suppressed and repressed on college campuses. I think it’s very clear as day, especially in the wake of the Gaza genocide, that pro-Palestine speech is the most repressed and criminalized speech in the country, even though we have the sacred First Amendment, which unfortunately places like the UK doesn’t.

    So you’re seeing raids and arrests of journalists like Aza Wi Stanley from the electronic ADA as well, who was also his electronic communications were seized. I mean, people like Richard Medhurst, they are being arrested and detained with their communications seized and their devices seized under these absurd counter terror powers. I mean, usually the charges don’t stick at the end of the day, but it’s just meant to create a chilling effect and to cement that repressive state where you feel like you can’t even do your job as a journalist. So even though we have the First Amendment, it is not doing much to protect us, especially with what’s happening on college campuses. I mean, the threats even from Israeli government officials saying, you’re never going to have a job again. I mean, it’s just absolutely insane. I don’t even know the words to describe this political climate because like Muhammad articulated so well, it is living in someone else’s hallucination.

    It’s like living in a fever dream imposed by someone. It’s just like, what are we even talking about here? You’re telling me that saying from the river to the sea is a terrorist incitement to genocide. While I’m seeing genocide, I’m logging onto my device and seeing a genocide. But you’re saying that people’s words for liberation is the threat. So it’s just this topsy-turvy reality that we’re trying to wade through. Meanwhile, people’s lives are being ruined and destroyed. People are being suspended, expelled. I mean, their jobs are being taken away from them for just speaking facts and just trying to stand in solidarity with people who are being repressed and occupied and killed, and what’s happening to journalists. I mean, the fact that Western powers, European powers are more concerned with criminalizing pro-Palestine journalism and speech, and they are stopping a genocide, really just says it all, doesn’t it?

    These institutions, these global bodies that have been in place for the last 70 years to try to prevent the never again to try to stop genocide, at least in the era or the auspices of, and these same institutions have just been made a mockery of by the same states that have created them. I mean, I think we know at this point the rules-based order in these international bodies. It was never designed to really have egalitarianism or to protect all peoples who are oppressed. No, it was to protect and shroud the west with impunity. And when it’s a western ally that’s committing genocide in plain day, well, we see exactly what these institutions are designed to do. And we’ve seen the threats, the ICC sanctions against the members of the court, their families, what’s happening in South Africa from the Trump administration. It is an upside down world where drone bombings are not terrorism because that’s just seen as normal day-to-day operations of the empire, and its junior collaborators and its colonial outposts.

    But words and incitement, all of these things are unacceptable. And so that’s what you’re seeing. You’re seeing an extreme policing of our language and intent, intent. Meanwhile, the people who are ruling the world, the global elite, can do whatever they want out of the shadows, plain as day, commit genocide and ethnic cleansing and boast about it and make all of us just scurry like mice trying to catch up. Meanwhile, we can’t say shit. And so it’s a war on the mind. It’s a war on our thoughts. It is beyond even an information war. I mean, it is a war on reality itself,

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    And those of us who are trying to report on it mean we didn’t even mention it, but there’s on top of everything, there’s the nonprofit killer Bill HR 9 4 9 5 or the stop terror financing and tax penalties on American Hostages Act that already passed the House of Representatives going to pass the Senate at some point. But that’s another thing that I think about daily because I am the co-executive director and editor in chief of a nonprofit journalism outlet. And this bill if passed, would effectively give the Trump administration the ability to unilaterally declare that orgs like ours are terrorist supporting, not because we’re providing material support for Hamas or anything like that, but because our speech, the way we report honestly about the genocide in Palestine is being re-categorized as support for terrorism. And so we could lose our nonprofit status that’s going to kill most nonprofits that get targeted.

    It won’t kill all of them, but it’ll be a massive financial hit. But also the leaders of those orgs could be held personally liable. They could be attacked, like this is something that I have to think about and talk to my family about all the time. I mean this plus the firings of tenured professors at universities threats to deport foreign students who are participating in protests, locking up journalists for social media posts. This is a really intense and dark time. And while all of this is happening, Elon Musk and is leading a techno fascist coup in our government, and I want to end there in a second, but by way of getting there, since we’ve got you on, and since you mentioned it, Abby, of course, you, Abby Martin, were famously at the center of this critical free speech battle against Georgia Southern University when the university rescinded the offer to have you deliver a keynote speech because you refuse to sign a BS contract that illegally stipulated speakers were forbidden from openly supporting any boycott of Israel. So I wanted to ask if, just by way of getting us to the final turn, if there are any lessons that you learned even from just the decision to fight that we could really internalize and need to internalize to face what we’re facing today?

    Abby Martin:

    Yes, I think it’s a multi-pronged battle, and we have to utilize every arm of the fight. I mean, the courts are absolutely one important facet that we need to utilize. I think if there were plaintiffs in every state taking on these BDS laws, then hopefully it will go to the Supreme Court, even though they said that they didn’t want to hear it. Right Now, there are enough mixed verdicts that would bring this to the attention of the Supreme Court, and I think if anyone is trained in constitutional law, well, we don’t know about these Trump appointees, but I mean anyone who knows the Constitution would say it’s very clear these are flagrantly unconstitutional laws, and hopefully we would put an end to it. But I think that they’re just so desperate and they know that it’s going to take, it’s a long slog to challenge all these laws, but we absolutely have to have in every single state.

    And that’s just one part of it, max. I mean, the media, obviously, the fact that Elon Musk has taken over our town hall, he is, I mean, on one hand what Trump and Elon Musk are doing is kind of exposing the incestuous relationship with the so-called legacy media and the way that the political establishment operates within it. But on the other hand, it’s very scary because they’re maneuvering it all to consolidate it with the right wings, sphere of influence, and using this kind of populist fake news rhetoric to do that. And that’s very disturbing and damaging because as leftists and people who are trying to do citizen journalism for grassroots organizing and things like that, we are in for a very tough road ahead because we don’t have billionaire funding like they do. But I would say my biggest lesson learned is that we have to take on every part of the battle they have. I mean, they’ve planned for 50 years taking over the institutions, taking over the media and taking over the courts, and we are 10 steps behind and we have to do everything in our power. And that means day in and day out. It’s not pulling the lever every two to four years. It’s being a part of this active struggle to maintain democratic rights, human rights, and try to have some sort of international solidarity with the people living under the boot of our policies.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Let’s keep talking about that in this last 15 minutes that we’ve got here. One of the many folks that I’ve been thinking about a lot since Trump was inaugurated, really wondering what your analysis of all of this is. And so many of us are trying to figure out and articulate what is actually happening. I just interviewed three federal workers, two of whom were illegally fired for the podcast working people. We published it yesterday. Folks should go listen to what they have to say. It’s really important. But even there, we’re talking about battling the narrative that Musk himself and Trump and the whole administration and Fox News and these rejiggered algorithms on social media that are platforming and pushing more right-wing narratives. All of that is saying that this is all done in the name of efficiency that Trump and Musk are out there cutting government waste, attacking the corrupt deep state that’s getting in the way of the will of the American people. But if you talk to federal workers, they’re like, no, that’s not what they’re doing at all. They are slashing the hell out of it. They are just non-surgically destroying government agencies, laying groups of people off and throwing the government into disarray. None of this is done in the name of efficiency, and we shouldn’t even be taking that at face value when the guy who’s telling us that it’s being done in the name of efficiency is giving Ziggy salutes on public stages. So maybe we should stop assuming as the great

    Abby Martin:

    Adam Johnson said, it’s a stiff, armed, awkward gesture,

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Stiff arm, Roman stiff

    Abby Martin:

    Arm, Roman salute in an awkward gesture.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    It is nuts, but it’s just like, maybe the point being is, hey, maybe this guy is acting ideologically, maybe he’s acting self interestedly. Why do we keep buying the narrative that he’s acting uninterested in just the name of efficiency? That’s insane. It requires us to ignore the reality in front of our faces. But again, I wanted to bring us back to this point because everything we’ve been talking about now from tanks in the West Bank, the potential of the Gaza ceasefire falling apart, criminalization and crackdown on free speech and protest across the west, all of that is happening while like Elon Musk, the richest man in the world and the unelected destroyer of government agencies is literally and figuratively like on a maniacal chainsaw, wielding rampage through the institutional guts of what remains of liberal democracy and the administrative state. And so this all feels so overwhelming, and I think most folks, because they know what you just said is right, that we’re playing so far behind and they have seemingly all the control, the impulse is going to be to close off to protect what’s ours, to hide, to silence ourselves. So I wanted to ask you, with those last few minutes we’ve got, what is your analysis of what’s happening in our government right now and what does this all mean for how do we move forward and keep fighting for what’s right and good, even though it’s getting really perilous and really dangerous out there? Oh

    Abby Martin:

    My God. I mean, it’s really difficult. And looking at the lessons gleaned from the Iraq war era when I was radicalized and activated to do media work and activism, what was different about that time was the fact that there was a more multi-pronged kind of united front with a lot of libertarians who were disaffected, a lot more like right wingers who hated the Bush administration. There seems to be a cult-like emergence of the sycophant, worshiping of a figure like Donald Trump. And that’s what’s so disturbing about MAGA in general and by proxy, someone like Elon Musk, a South African oligarch as well as the whole PayPal Mafia, all these oligarchs from South Africa coming over here and just seizing government control, which is completely illegal. I mean, that doesn’t even really need to be said, all the unconstitutional nature of what they’re doing, but it’s just so perplexing because of the way that he’s been able to siphon support from people who historically would not necessarily just worship a billionaire.

    I mean, back decades ago it was the Republican party was kind of cartoonishly, just so detached from the working class because it was just so clearly just a party for billionaires and tax breaks for the wealthy. But because of the abject failure of the Democrats to form any sort of opposition, I mean, what is their project 2025? There is no goal. There’s no vision. They’re scrambling to figure out how could they even stand in opposition to what’s going on their 10 steps behind, but because of their failure and their ineptitude and the lies and the propaganda and the media manipulation and the war, the war on terror, because they’ve failed so horribly and mirrored Republicans on so much naturally, you’ve seen this kind of faux populism reroute a lot of disaffected people into the Republican party. And for the first time we saw people who were under a hundred thousand dollars or less actually vote en mass for Trump.

    This is an unprecedented shift, a tectonic shift in how these parties have really played out. So I would argue the failure of the Democrats have driven people into the hands of Trump, and it doesn’t matter if it’s fake or not, they want someone to blame for their problems. And they look at Trump and they say, yeah, immigrants, trans people, sure, whatever will help solve my basically buffer my reality. They want people to say what is wrong and who’s doing it. That’s why Bernie resonated so much. I mean, he pointed to the oligarchic class, he pointed to the people, the actual robber barons who consolidated all of the wealth during the Covid era, but now we’re in this really bizarre, weirdly entrenched new Trump regime where he’s folded in all of the tech overlords, who, by the way, all the DEI rhetoric and all the people who are like corporations are woke, woke and liberalism have taken over and dominated our culture.

    Actually, it was just the notion that women should have rights and gay people should be out because you saw the virtue signaling completely go by the wayside. The second that everyone resigned to the fact that Trump was going to be president again, what happened with Google, don’t be evil. All of these people who were actually protesting the Muslim ban and had really strong rhetoric against Trump back in 2016, they’re completely folded in just seamlessly because it never was about that. It was all virtue signaling. They were always right wing. They always didn’t care that Trump was who he is. I mean, it really is just so obvious. The ruling class never really cared about Trump or his policies or the threat of fascism or the erosion of democracy. They just cared that he was a bull in a China shop. He was just unpredictable. He was uncouth, and all they care about is that peaceful transition of power, and the system just keeps going, and the status quo just keeps churning on.

    And that’s why January 6th was such an abomination for them. It wasn’t because of anything else. And so now I think everything’s been exposed. Everything is clear as day. That’s why we don’t see anything. There’s no actual opposition forming. And when you look at the grassroots and all the mobilized efforts, I mean, I think there’s such a fatigue with activism because for the last 15 months, people have been out in the streets opposing biden’s subsidization and oversight of genocide. So now we’re supposed to go and fight tooth and nail against the fascist takeover of the government. It’s like, God damn, for the last 15 months we’ve been out in the streets and no one’s been listening to us about stopping genocide. So I mean, it’s such a dizzying, disorienting time intentionally, the shock and awe of this mass firings of federal workers, the thousands and thousands of federal workers, it’s so clear as day what they’re doing.

    They’re just gutting in the interim. They’re trying to do as much damage as they can because they know that the time that the courts basically do their jobs, it’s going to be too late. Trump has stacked enough courts at the end of the day, and Republicans have that. Even if there’s a million challenges legally, the damage is going to be done. You can’t pick up the pieces and just go back to the way things were. And that’s the intent. For all intents and purposes, they’re trying to gut any sort of semblance of institutions that care for people. Cruelty is the point. Poor people, elderly people, disabled people, those are who are going to be the brunt of these services that are being cut. The veterans affairs, I mean, all these people from the crisis hotline, all these veterans who are calling with suicidal ideation, those people are being cut Medicaid.

    I mean, the statistic flying around 880 billion, that’s the entirety of Medicaid. So when they’re talking about, oh, these budget cuts are going to cut 880 billion from this one committee, yeah, that’s the entirety of Medicaid. Who is that going to affect 73 million Americans? I mean, the shortsightedness of all of this is just astonishing, but that’s not the point. They know how much damage it’s going to do. They don’t care. They want to gut everything and privatize everything, the post office, the va, every last bastion of government services that work that are good and healthy for a democratic society, and it’s going to do so much damage. I mean, just the environmental damage, the environmental damage. And what’s so funny, all of the discussions, people like to take everything that Trump says at face value. They’re like, oh, well, he says he wants to cut the Pentagon budget in half.

    Oh, well, really, because on the other side of his mouth, he’s saying the exact opposite, that he wants to increase the Pentagon budget for this, that and the other. And when you look at what Hegseth is saying about what they’re actually cutting, it’s all the climate change initiatives that they were all the cursory attempts to try to placate environmentalists like, no, no, no. We’re greening this global military empire. So it’s just all, it’s so bad in every way, but I would just urge people to just not feel overwhelmed with the barrage of news, the rapid fire nature of the algorithm. Our brains are not meant to digest news in this way or information in this way. Let Max and I do it. Let us do it. Don’t get overwhelmed by the day to day just paralysis of the shock and awe of what they’re doing because that’s the intent. You cannot get paralyzed. You cannot just detach yourself from this. We have to be plugged in to the capacity that you can. We have to all be plugged into how we can all make a dent in our lives and let Max and I do the dirty work of sorting through the propaganda on the day to day. But it’s going to be a really tough road ahead, Max.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    It is, and I appreciate everything that you said, and I just kind of had a final tiny question. I know we got a wrap, but on that last point, because Abby and I, our whole team here at the Real News, everyone you see on screen and also everyone, you don’t who makes everything that we produce possible. We’re going to keep manning our posts. We’re going to keep doing our work. We’re going to keep speaking the truth. But as you have learned from this conversation, there may be a great cost to pay for that. And I think that’s also something that we all need to sit with and think about because people don’t ask to be kind of in the moments in history they find theirselves in, but how we respond to those moments defines who we are as people, as generations and as movements. And so Abby, I didn’t go to journalism school.

    I don’t know if you did. I never set out to be a journalist. I never thought I would find myself sitting in this chair as the executive director, co-executive director and editor in chief of a nonprofit journalism outlet. But if I can think back to even my early days, the through line from then to here, I was raised by great people who taught me to stand up for what’s right and speak my truth, especially speak it unwaveringly in the face of those who want to shut me up. And I’m not someone who shuts up easily. That’s probably why I’m here. That’s why Abby’s doing what she does. If you try to shut her up, she’ll file a lawsuit against your ass and win it, right? I mean, but there’s a non-zero chance that being who we are, doing what we do, because we’re going to do it.

    We’re going to do it for you. We’re going to do it because it’s right. There’s a non-zero chance we could end up in prison for it or have our outlet shut down, but that just is what it is. And so Abby, with that kind of on the table, I just wanted to ask if you had any kind of parting words to folks out there who depend on our journalism, folks out there who do journalism, any final notes about the real state that we’re in, what we’re facing, but also how we need to be kind of stealing our hearts to keep fighting for what’s right and not allowing ourselves to be silenced, even though they’re going to try really hard to do so?

    Abby Martin:

    Absolutely. I mean, it’s going to be so hard for just average Americans and workers who are suffering the brunt of these policies. Obviously it’s going to be really hard for them to engage in the struggle because they’re worried about how they’re going to survive day to day. They have no savings and their living paycheck to paycheck, and it’s just going to get worse. I mean, look, I became a journalist out of necessity because I saw the failure of the institutional media and the legacy media and the drive to the Iraq war, and I realized that it didn’t matter if I was standing in a street corner with a sign. I mean, no one’s going to hear what you have to say unless you advocate through a media avenue. I mean, you have to utilize the tools that we have available to speak these truths, to speak powers truth to power, to hold, power to account.

    And we’re in a very dystopian era where again, words are considered terrorist incitement, especially when it comes to pro-Palestine advocacy. I run a nonprofit as well. Empire Files is a nonprofit, and it’s this paradox where you have our job revenues and our ability to tell this information potentially being threatened with shut down. Meanwhile, you have charities very active and lucrative, being able to fund people from America to go over and take over a Palestinian family’s home, like literally, nonprofit charities can go fund a genocidal army to kill Palestinians for sport. So that’s the world that we’re living in. It’s a very topsy turvy world set by actually a crime syndicate and a global mafia. And the enforcer is the US military. I am in a place of privilege to the point where I can at least speak these facts. We’re not living under a totalitarian dictatorship yet where our First Amendment is completely gone.

    So I will continue to speak out and speak these facts and hold power to account and speak the truth as I see it and not be played or propagandized by the billionaire class. I am happy that at least we can rise above this deep seated propaganda where they’re telling us black is white and saying, no, this multi-billion dollar propaganda apparatus does not work on me. And we’re able to see things clearly, and we’re going to speak those truths clearly no matter where they take us, because Max, I think you and I both know that even though it’s a dangerous road ahead, we’re not going to stop doing our jobs. We’re going to speak truth to power, and we see what’s happening to our colleagues. But you know what? I’m going to keep speaking truth to power because my colleagues are being gunned down, mowed down systematically.

    And so until that threat is on my doorstep, you’re not going to be able to shut me up, man. You’re not going to be able to shut me up because my friends are being killed. And I take that very seriously because a threat to justice anywhere means that injustice is still rooted everywhere. So we have to keep fighting because we can’t stop. We’re going to let these criminals win. We’re going to let them destroy the planet and kill off the sake of any viable habitat for our children. We’re going to let that happen. No. Yes, the odds are stacked against us. Yes, the institutions have completely been hijacked by these maniacs, these genocidal maniacs and sociopaths. But that’s not enough to stop us. We have to keep fighting. We have no other choice. And even if we lose, well, we sure as hell tried. We sure as hell tried, and we owe it to every person on this planet that is living under the boot of our policies that doesn’t have the privilege of being an American citizen.

    That’s just dealing with the brunt of the effects of sanctions, of war, of bombings, of this economic terrorism. We owe it to them and we owe it to the kids that we’ve brought into this world. We cannot stop, max. We cannot stop. And history has been stacked before. Yes, the crisis is more existential with the environmental calamities that we’re facing, but we’ve been in deep crises before slavery, the civil rights, I mean, not people literally living in abject slavery. We have to continue to fight for the better future that we know is possible. I would not be able to live with myself if I gave up. It’s not an option. It’s not an option.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Wholeheartedly agree sis. And I love you, and I’m in solidarity with you, and I’m as scared as I think I’ll ever be, but I’m not going to stop either. So it’s an honor to be in this struggle with you and to all of you watching again, we will continue to speak truth to power, and we will continue fighting for the truth and speaking that truth to empower you because that is also why we do what we do. Because when working people have the truth, the powerful cannot take that away from us. And it is the truth that we need to know how to act because we are ultimately the ones who are going to decide how this history is written. I don’t know what’s going to happen in the next few years, but I know what will happen if we regular people, people of conscious do nothing.

    If we do nothing, I can tell you what’s going to happen. But what happens next is up to us and Abby, the Real News, all of our colleagues who are out there fighting for the truth. We’ll keep doing that as long as we possibly can to empower you to be the change that we need to see in this world because this world is worth fighting for and the future is worth fighting for, and it’s not gone yet. So thank you all for fighting. Thank you for caring. Abby Martin, thank you so much for coming on The Real News yet again, thank you for all the invaluable work that you do. Can you please just tell folks one more time where they can find you, how they can support your work? And then I promise we’ll let you go.

    Abby Martin:

    Max, thank you so much. I couldn’t agree more. I mean, the love and the family are in the struggle. And for people who may be feeling really isolated out in the middle of nowhere and feel, what can I do? I’m totally just immobilized from all of this. The paralysis from our political state of affairs, I mean, reach out. It is literally the most important thing you could do is reach out to your like-minded people in your area, go on meetup groups, figure out what people are doing to just generate activism with whatever issue because that is where the love and the family and the friendships are is the struggle and getting involved, and that’s going to take you out of this kind of atomization that the system imposes on us. I love Real News Network. I’m so honored to be on Anytime Max, I’m honored to call you a friend in a comrade. People can find my work at Empire Files, the Empire Files tv, and also our new documentary is going to come out this year. I’m really excited about it. Earth’s greatest enemy.com. Thank you so much again.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Oh yeah, thank you sis. And all you watching that is the great Abby Martin, if you are not already, please, please, please go subscribe to her channel. The Empire Files support the work that she’s doing, and please support the work that we’re doing here at The Real News. We cannot keep doing it without you, and we do it for you. So please, before you go subscribe to this channel, become a member of our YouTube community, please donate to The Real News by going to the real news.com/donate, especially if you want to see more conversations like this and more coverage from the front lines of struggle around the US and across the world. And for all of us here at the Real News Network, this is Maximilian Alvarez signing off. Please take care of yourselves, take care of each other, solidarity forever. Thank you so much for watching The Real News Network, where we lift up the voices, stories and struggles that you care about most, and we need your help to keep doing this work. So please tap your screen now, subscribe and donate to the Real News Network. Solidarity forever.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Maximillian Alvarez.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/28/abby-martin-israels-assault-on-the-west-bank-and-trumps-crackdown-on-palestine-solidarity/feed/ 0 518208
    America’s avocado obsession is destroying Mexico’s forests. Is there a fix? https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/americas-avocado-obsession-is-destroying-mexicos-forests-is-there-a-fix/ https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/americas-avocado-obsession-is-destroying-mexicos-forests-is-there-a-fix/#respond Fri, 28 Feb 2025 09:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=659436 Avocados are entrenched in American cuisine. The rich, creamy fruit, swaddled in a coarse skin, is often smashed into guacamole, slathered on toast, or minced into salads.

    The nation’s demand for Persea americana has surged by 600 percent since 1998. Most of the avocados consumed in the U.S., and many of those eaten elsewhere in the world, are a single variety grown in Michoacán, a state in west-central Mexico with an immensely profitable export industry worth at least $2 billion annually. But this “green gold rush” has come at a steep climatic cost, as vast tracts of protected land are razed for orchards. 

    “We are losing the forest,” said Alejandro Méndez López, who has been the secretary of environment in Michoacán since 2022. Every year, up to 24,700 acres are illegally cleared for avocado production. “The main contribution of Michoacán for climate change is land-use change. So I think the whole world should be concerned.”

    The state government hopes to mitigate that through a certification program that ensures packinghouses that ship the fruit to international markets are buying sustainably grown avocados. The effort, called Pro-Forest Avocado certification, launched last fall, and uses satellites to monitor orchards for signs of clear-cutting. Ultimately, the aim is to do away with deals between processors and producers that aren’t adhering to Mexico’s sweeping anti-deforestation law. 

    That hasn’t gone over well with everyone in a business that has grown so profitable that it’s attracted interest from drug cartels and civilian militias.

    Méndez López helped create this program and is its public face. He has spent the past month meeting with angry avocado growers throughout Michoacán, always in a car outfitted with bulletproof windows and accompanied by police. Despite his attempts to ease their concerns, he says many leave no less irate. Their problem isn’t so much with him, but what his presence represents: the government’s rollout of a program that is voluntary for packinghouses but leaves growers fearing they have little choice but to comply. 

    “They were very angry. I was telling them that this certification is not compulsory, but many of them believe that this is a hidden way to tax them,” he said. Given the powerful role cartels play in the avocado business, his efforts to address the industry’s ecological and climatic impact has created no small risk to his safety. Some growers have started anonymously boycotting packinghouses that join, denouncing them as “traitors.” “I don’t want to be killed,” he said. “I’m a bit afraid, because right now we are touching their economic interests.” 

    Climate activists and analysts say the program could replicate the market changes seen with other ethical labeling efforts like fair trade coffee and dolphin-free tuna. Locals are more skeptical, and worry that the industry’s history of corruption will undermine progress. And there’s always the question of it receiving the support needed to succeed. But Méndez López believes this is a legitimate solution to a grave issue. Even threats of violence won’t deter the work.

    “We have very few resources,” he said. “They can come to my office and put a gun to my head, but they won’t be able to shut down a satellite.”  

    A worker holds an avocado in an orchard on February 6, 2025 in Tenancingo de Degollado, Mexico.
    Cristopher Rogel Blanquet via Getty Images

    Nearly a third of the avocados consumed worldwide — more than 2 million metric tons annually — are grown in Michoacán’s “Avocado Belt.” Fertile volcanic soils, elevated terrain, and warm, subtropical microclimates with ample rainfall make it the only region in the world with large-scale production year-round

    Michoacán started moving toward the center of the global avocado trade in 1994 when the North American Free Trade Agreement opened the U.S. to imports from south of the border. By 2007, it was the only Mexican state authorized to send avocados throughout the U.S. This provided consumers with year-round access to the fruit, which further drove demand. Since 2019 alone, avocado exports to the United States have surged 48 percent. (Some 90 percent are the market-dominating Hass variety.)

    That explosive growth has brought opportunity to economically disadvantaged areas. Juan Gabriel Pedraza, an Indigenous Purépecha farmer in the town of Sicuicho, told Grist that his people plant orchards even as they strive to protect the forests. He raises roughly 720 avocado trees alongside the pines. The crop “has brought life” to his community, which was once “extremely, extremely poor.” 

    “We are like guardians of the forest, because if the forest disappears, then it’s going to affect everything else,” he said in Spanish. “We are always careful with keeping the forest healthy. It’s a duty of ours.”

    Over the years, enormous avocado export profits have led to an escalation of violence that has surged alongside demand. Local cartels have bribed agricultural officials and police and extorted or kidnapped growers to maintain a stronghold in the lucrative business, while civilian militias have fought for control of their communities. Avocados are now Michoacán’s, and one of Mexico’s, biggest agricultural exports. This booming industry has triggered widespread violation of a federal law banning clear-cutting without government approval. About 95 percent of the deforestation in Mexico happens illegally. 

    The problem has since expanded to neighboring Jalisco, the only other Mexican state authorized to ship avocados to the U.S. Some 40,000 to 70,000 acres across the two states were cleared between 1983 and 2023 to grow the fruit destined for American supermarkets, according to a Climate Rights International report. It also found that major U.S. supermarket chains, including Costco, Target, and Walmart, bought from packinghouses whose supply chains included orchards on recently deforested land. 

    “More and more, these forests were disappearing and being transformed into avocado orchards,” said Antonio González-Rodríguez, a forest conservation scientist at the Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México in Michoacán’s capital city of Morelia. 

    In 2022, his team estimated that another 100,000 hectares of orchards could be established in Michoacán by 2050 — an area roughly 17 times the size of Manhattan — of which more than two-thirds would lead to forest loss. That includes protected reserves home to endangered species like the eastern Monarch butterfly. Such a loss would represent “more than 10 percent of the remaining forest,” said González-Rodríguez. 

    That comes with a staggering planetary cost. Chopping down forests eliminates vital carbon sinks and diminishes an ecosystem’s ability to store carbon. Meanwhile, warming threatens to reduce the amount of land highly suited to avocado cultivation by up to 41 percent worldwide within 25 years. 

    Clear-cutting also contributes to water scarcity by increasing soil erosion and disrupting natural filtration processes, throwing off the water cycle. Over the course of one decade, deforestation can have the same impact on a community’s access to clean drinking water as a 9 percent decrease in rainfall. This is increasingly an issue as Mexico faces a severe supply crisis.

    It doesn’t help that avocado trees need a lot of water and are only getting thirstier as the world warms. Water demand for the crop in Uruapan, Michoacán’s second largest city, rose nearly 24 percent from 2012 to 2017, with orchards drawing 120 percent of the amount allocated to agriculture, creating shortages. Last year, droughts prompted some growers to illegally siphon it from lakes or basins into unlicensed irrigation ponds

    “The expansion of the avocado industry is creating a conflict over water,” González-Rodríguez said. “It’s going to become one of the more serious problems, socially and politically.” 

    A group of avocado growers in a forest
    Juan Gabriel Pedraza, an Indigenous Purépecha farmer in the town of Sicuicho, told Grist that his people plant orchards even as they strive to protect the forests. Juan Gabriel Pedraza

    Voluntary certification programs that rely on public interest in fair and sustainable practices have reshaped consumer purchasing of everything from coffee to tuna. But assessing their impact can be difficult, said Stephanie Feldstein, population and sustainability director of the Center for Biological Diversity. 

    One fundamental flaw many of these efforts share is a reliance on self-reporting, with little accountability and inadequate follow-up. Those that operate independently of the government often lack regulatory oversight, while others attempt to cover so many products, or so large a geographic area, that they rarely disrupt large industries or markets, she said. Crops associated with widespread deforestation, such as the Cavendish banana, often end up bogged down in too many certification schemes, with multiple retailers requesting several iterations of “sustainable” labels. At worst, these efforts provide little more than greenwashing, and typically at a high cost to producers.

    Michoacán’s Pro-Forest program sidesteps many of those issues by focusing on a single product grown in a specific region and sold primarily to one international market. Its labeling scheme was created by a forest conservation nonprofit working in collaboration with the state government, researchers at local universities, and environmental organizations. It could soon end up boosted by Mexico’s federal government, which on January 30 announced the forthcoming launch of a national program to eliminate deforestation and water exploitation for agricultural exports. A week later, Michoacán Governor Alfredo Ramírez Bedolla issued anti-deforestation certificates to six packing plants and two orchards that together supply roughly 31 percent of the state’s avocados sold to the U.S

    Orchards qualify for the scheme if they’ve had no deforestation since 2018, no forest fires since 2012, and do not operate on protected land. Government subsidies cover enrollment costs for packinghouses, while growers are charged about $40 for every 2.5 acres for certification. Growers must also pay for the conservation of a forest area to make up for the water consumption of their avocado cultivation. In a “plus” version of the program, companies commit to prioritizing buying from locally certified orchards. (No incentive for this tier exists just yet). 

    So far, about 10 percent of the state’s packinghouses that send avocados to the U.S. have signed on. That means they’ve agreed to be informed which orchards are complying with the guidelines — and to cease working with those that do not. Packinghouses that continue buying from orchards in violation of the anti-deforestation guidelines lose the ability to certify their avocados as sustainably sourced.

    But no one is promising to buy avocados only from orchards bearing the state’s official seal of approval, because there simply aren’t enough of them. As it stands, 937 out of the state’s 53,105 orchards have signed up, a number that changes almost daily, Heriberto Padilla Ibarra told Grist. Ibarra leads Guardian Forestal, the nonprofit overseeing the program’s remote sensing efforts.  

    The scant participation may reflect the fact that local producers must pay for certification that packinghouses receive for free. It could also be because growers like Icpac Escalera have little faith in government initiatives. Escalera runs his family’s organic avocado orchard in the town of Acuitzio del Canje. Although he considers the labeling a valiant effort, he says the 2018 date barring deforestation “is not enough.” He also doubts the state has sufficient resources to enforce it, and is worried that it will further disenfranchise smaller producers “without political clout.” 

    “The political situation hasn’t really helped anything in terms of making sure that deforestation is being properly handled,” Escalera said in Spanish. “Many politicians have avocado fields. It’s a well-known secret. There are not enough incentives for the smaller producers to maintain the forest, and because of that, the forests are disappearing.” 

    All the while, global demand for avocados continues to soar. Production in other top exporters like Colombia, Peru, and the Dominican Republic is booming, and breeders are developing new varieties. Even as avocados could overtake pineapples and mangos to become the world’s most traded tropical fruit as early as this year, regulators are stepping in to minimize their environmental and climatic impacts.

    The European Union is set to begin implementing “deforestation-free” product regulations in December. The United States took strides in that direction one year ago when several senators urged the Biden administration to address the role the country takes in driving the crisis as a primary market for avocados. Ken Salazar, the former U.S. ambassador to Mexico, announced that avocados grown in illegally cleared orchards should be blocked from the market, before the administration released a policy framework on how to begin doing so for all agricultural imports in December.

    President Donald Trump has yet to address the topic, but given his administration’s hostility toward climate action, he isn’t likely to do much about the issue for that reason. But the impending threat of tariffs on Mexico imply the administration may be interested in doing something about it, if for no reason than to limit overall imports from the country, said James Sayre, an agricultural economist at the University of California, Davis. “In a way, the Trump administration could end up acting on the deforestation issue,” he said. 

    Despite the controversial reputation of product labeling, Méndez López remains optimistic about Michoacán’s certification initiative. He hopes to see Mexico and its biggest avocado market federally mandate the need for such schemes. “It would be wonderful if the U.S. had a compulsory [requirement] for the imports of avocado to be deforestation-free. That would be perfect. But, we didn’t get so far [with the Biden administration]. And I don’t know if this new administration will do that,” he said. 

    For Julio Santoyo Guerrero, an environmental activist in the Michoacán municipality of Madero, the program, while “barely a lifeline” is at least a measure that warns people of the dire ethical and environmental costs linked to every avocado they consume. 

    “Our biggest cancer is corruption … I believe that the cause that originated the expansion of avocados, the market demand, will be the same thing that can stop it,” said Guerrero in Spanish. “If the market continues to function without regulation, our forests will continue to be destroyed.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline America’s avocado obsession is destroying Mexico’s forests. Is there a fix? on Feb 28, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Ayurella Horn-Muller.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/americas-avocado-obsession-is-destroying-mexicos-forests-is-there-a-fix/feed/ 0 515605
    ‘They stole my humanity’: Abu Ghraib survivors are still fighting for justice https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/27/they-stole-my-humanity-abu-ghraib-survivors-are-still-fighting-for-justice/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/27/they-stole-my-humanity-abu-ghraib-survivors-are-still-fighting-for-justice/#respond Thu, 27 Feb 2025 17:29:07 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332107 Taleb al-Majli holding a prisoner identity card that he says US forces issued to him at Abu Ghraib. One side lists his inmate number, name, and cell number. The other side shows an official prison stamp received upon entering Abu Ghraib.More than 20 years since the revelations of US torture at Abu Ghraib, three victims were awarded victory in a federal lawsuit against the military contractor complicit in their torture. Yet for most, justice remains elusive.]]> Taleb al-Majli holding a prisoner identity card that he says US forces issued to him at Abu Ghraib. One side lists his inmate number, name, and cell number. The other side shows an official prison stamp received upon entering Abu Ghraib.

    Taleb al-Majli effortlessly recites his detainee identification number from Iraq’s infamous Abu Ghraib prison, where he was held more than 20 years ago—the numbers forever etched into his memory.

    “Every day I still think about what happened to me,” explains the 58-year-old, who says American soldiers tortured and humiliated him in the prison. He is sitting on the hard floor of a small, mostly unfurnished, apartment he rents in Baghdad. “It lives inside me and never leaves me alone. I cannot begin to heal until I get justice for what they did to me.”

    The torture and abuse of detainees by United States soldiers in Abu Ghraib made headlines and was broadcast from newsrooms around the world when photographs were released in April 2004 showing a hooded man standing on a box with electrical wires attached to his fingers, along with men stripped naked, leashed like dogs, or forced into sexual positions while US soldiers gleefully posed beside them. Majli tells The Real News Network that he appears in one of these images, in which naked detainees with bags over their heads are piled on top of each other in a disturbing human pyramid. Two American soldiers—Sabrina Harman and Charles Graner—are smiling and giving a thumbs up.

    “The only thing I could think about at that moment was that I wish I had died before experiencing this,” Majli says, fiddling with his thumbs. “They stole my humanity from me. I still haven’t been able to process what happened to me there.”

    Majli sitting on the floor of the apartment he rents in Baghdad.
    Majli sitting on the floor of the apartment he rents in Baghdad. Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.
    The other side of Majli's prison identity card, showing an official Abu Ghraib entry stamp.
    The other side of Majli’s prison identity card, showing an official Abu Ghraib entry stamp. Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.

    For more than two decades, no one from Abu Ghraib—or other victims of torture during the US war on Iraq—ever received compensation from the United States government or its private military contractors. Majli is still among those who have not received redress for what he endured.

    But, in November last year, something historic occurred in a Virginia courtroom. In 2008, three former Abu Ghraib detainees who were tortured at the facility sued Virginia-based CACI Premier Technology, Inc, which was contracted by the US military to provide interpretation services at Abu Ghraib. The federal lawsuit, Al Shimari v. CACI Premier Technology, Inc., alleged that CACI participated in a conspiracy to commit unlawful conduct, including torture and war crimes.

    After 15 years of litigation, the jury agreed with the defendants, ordering CACI to pay $42 million to the former detainees—marking the first time victims of torture during times of war in the post-9/11 era have received compensation. The case is also the first lawsuit where victims of US torture and cruel treatment held a trial in a US courtroom.

    Following this historic win, other former Abu Ghraib detainees hope this case can renew possibilities of getting redress for crimes they faced two decades ago. Rights groups propose that this could be a legal opening for other victims of US torture to come forward against private military and security contractors. Others, however, are doubtful the case could easily be reproduced by others.

    ‘No one will know about it’

    During the rule of Saddam Hussein, Abu Ghraib, located 20 miles west of Baghdad, was one of the world’s most notorious prisons, with torture, weekly executions, and vile living conditions. It held tens of thousands of political prisoners at one time. After the 2003 US invasion of Iraq and Saddam’s toppling, it was transformed into a US military prison.

    Majli was detained in October 2003, picked up off the streets while visiting his uncle in Iraq’s western Anbar province. “They were just arresting all the men,” recounts Majli, who was about 36 at this time. “They zip-tied my hands and put a hood over my head. I was innocent and they took me for no reason at all.”

    View of Abu Ghraib prison.
    View of Abu Ghraib prison. Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.
    View of Abu Ghraib prison.
    View of Abu Ghraib prison. Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.

    After a few days at the Habbaniyah Camp in Anbar and another unknown location, Majli was transferred to Abu Ghraib, where he remained for 16 months. He was never charged with a crime nor informed of the reasons he was being detained. According to a leaked International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) report, military intelligence officers from the US-led coalition forces in Iraq admitted that between 70% and 90% of Iraqis detained after the US invasion were actually arrested by mistake.

    Majli tells TRNN he was kept in solitary confinement for nearly one month, which is prohibited under international law. “All I could think about was suicide,” he says, adding that he tried to use the ceiling light in his cell to electrocute himself. “The American guards told me that behind the [isolation] cell is a shredder that was used during Saddam, so if they wanted they could shred me up and throw my remains in the river and no one will ever know about it.”

    Majli recounts being attacked by unmuzzled dogs, ordered to strip naked while soldiers threw freezing water on him during cold winter months, and beaten directly on his genitals with a stick. In addition to the human pyramid, the soldiers forced him into sexual positions with other male inmates while he was naked and blindfolded—although he is not certain whether soldiers took photos of it.

    Majli says US soldiers also shot live ammunition at the prisoners. With his own eyes, he saw two inmates killed from this and their bodies removed from the prison in body bags. Majli also developed pneumonia after guards flooded his cell with cold water as a tactic to stop the prisoners from getting rest.

    “I never imagined that human beings were capable of such things,” Majli says, lifting his knuckles to his mouth and gnawing on the skin, a nervous tic he picked up in Abu Ghraib. “I felt so scared and nervous all the time in the prison that I started uncontrollably biting my knuckles. Even now, I still bite the skin on my knuckles and arms whenever I remember my time in prison. I can’t help it.”

    Majli shows the scars on his knuckles and arms from chewing the skin any time he thinks of Abu Ghraib, a habit he picked up in the prison.
    Majli shows the scars on his knuckles and arms from chewing the skin any time he thinks of Abu Ghraib, a habit he picked up in the prison. Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.

    When Majli was released in February 2005, his ordeal only continued. He was left penniless and psychologically distraught, suffering from nightmares and uncontrollable anger over what he endured.

    According to Sarah Sanbar, a researcher at Human Rights Watch (HRW), owing to the sexual nature of the released photos former Abu Ghraib detainees face extreme stigma in Iraq’s conservative society. Therefore, many survivors of torture are too fearful to go public with their experiences. “A lot of people just don’t want to come forward,” explains Sanbar. “The people who do come forward face marginalization and stigmatization from within the community. Others are also harassed by contractors and soldiers for speaking out.”

    “So we don’t actually know how many other victims of torture there are from Abu Ghraib,” she adds.

    After Majli went public about his experiences in the prison, his wife filed for divorce and his children faced bullying in their schools, eventually dropping out. He is also forced to move each time his neighbors find out he was detained at Abu Ghraib. “This is the ninth house I have moved to in Baghdad,” Majli tells TRNN, nervously glancing towards the window.

    Despite the US government’s attempts to portray the abuse at Abu Ghraib as an isolated incident, human rights experts assert that these abuses were indicative of a grim pattern of torture that characterized the Iraq war and the so-called War on Terror. The only exceptional aspect of the abuse at Abu Ghraib was that it was photographed and shown to the world, Sanbar says. But widespread torture and mistreatment of detainees, which was sometimes more extreme than Abu Ghraib, have been documented in numerous US military-run locations throughout Iraq.

    Suhail al-Shimari, Salah al-Ejaili, and Asa’ad al-Zubae, the three plaintiffs of the Virginia-based case, were subjected to weeks and months of serious mistreatment, humiliation, degradation, and denial of their humanity while at the “hard site” of Abu Ghraib, where the most severe acts of torture were carried out.

    The plaintiffs described being sexually assaulted, electrically shocked, deprived of sleep, forced into stress positions—which resulted in one of the men vomiting black liquid—forced to wear women’s underwear, and threatened with dogs. Shimari was dragged around the prison by a rope tied around his neck. None of the men, however, are in the notorious photos, in which Majli says he appears.

    Unlike Majli and other victims of US torture, these three men got their day in court—and won.

    ‘Empire’s court’

    US courts have repeatedly dismissed similar cases against the federal government because of a 1946 law that preserves US forces’ immunity for claims that arise during war. Since the US is not party to the Rome Statute, which founded the International Criminal Court (ICC), war crimes are investigated by the US military internally, a process which has continuously failed to provide redress for victims.

    In what rights groups say is a rarity, 11 US military officials were convicted of crimes relating to the Abu Ghraib scandal from 2004 onwards—several of whom received prison sentences ranging from a few months to several years. But, “Abu Ghraib is a symptom of a much bigger cancer within the US government,” explains Yumna Rizvi, a senior policy analyst at the Center for Victims of Torture (CVT).

    “What took place in Abu Ghraib is not isolated, but part of the Bush administration’s War on Terror torture policy. There are innumerable other cases of torture where it was not photographed or caught on film and it never attracted media attention. And those victims were essentially forgotten and the perpetrators never punished.”

    Owing to the immunity afforded to the US government, the Center for Constitutional Rights (CCR), which filed the lawsuit on the plaintiffs’ behalf, decided to sue CACI in US courts through the Alien Tort Statute (ATS), which allows for non-US citizens to bring civil actions before US federal courts in cases concerning violations of international law. Over the years, several Supreme Court decisions have greatly limited the reach of ATS.

    While two of the plaintiffs testified from Iraq, Ejaili, a former Al Jazeera journalist who is now living in Sweden, traveled to the US to testify. “He basically entered the Empire’s court and stood firmly and demanded that they be heard,” explains Baher Azmy, the legal director of CCR. “And this jury agreed.”

    CACI is appealing the decision and will likely try to take it all the way to the US Supreme Court, according to Azmy.

    Human rights experts hope this case can pave the way for other victims of US torture to seek redress from private military and security contractors. “I hope we see more people filing under the ATS,” says Rizvi, from CVT. “I hope this creates a [legal] precedent and shines some light on those who have been waiting for justice for a long time.”

    Majli tried to obtain compensation from the US government for years after his release, requesting assistance from the Iraqi Bar Association in Baghdad; however, they informed him that they did not deal with such cases. He also reached out to the Iraqi Ministry for Human Rights, but other than providing him a letter confirming he was in their system as a former prisoner of Abu Ghraib, they were not able to help him.

    Since then, he has been stuck, without any legal avenue in Iraq to seek redress from the US government for the abuses. “Myself and all the other Iraqis abused in Abu Ghraib deserve financial compensation so we can heal and rebuild our lives,” Majli tells TRNN. The news of the historic legal win in November has given Majli a glimmer of hope, wondering if this could be a new avenue of getting justice for the abuses that continue to haunt him.

    “This essentially puts all other military and security contractors around the world on notice—no matter what theater or conflict they are operating in,” Sanbar tells TRNN. “They can and will be held accountable for their actions abroad should they engage in mistreatment, torture, or war crimes.”

    But, according to experts, this court win would likely not be helpful to other victims of torture at Abu Ghraib. While ATS does not have a specific statute of limitations within the law itself, conventionally courts consider it to be 10 years. Therefore, a US court accepting cases from more than 20 years ago would be very unlikely.

    According to Sanbar, from HRW, there are also limitations for other, more recent victims of torture to emulate this case. “The context in which a lot of this torture occurs is that you’re picked up off the street and sent to a detention facility,” Sanbar explains. “You don’t speak the language of your captors. You’re not able to recognize the different insignias or uniforms. And you don’t actually know in a lot of cases who is the one torturing you.”

    CCR’s case was helped immensely by the fact that the US government conducted extensive investigations into the abuses at Abu Ghraib, the reports of which were released to the public, and specifically identified CACI’s role in the torture and abuse. In other cases that did not attract the outrage that Abu Ghraib did, information is not shared publicly. “In future cases, it will be very easy for the government to deny access to information on the grounds of national security,” Sanbar says.

    The US government has also long issued gag orders against detainees at Guatanamo Bay, which has become a symbol of torture, rendition, and indefinite detention without charge or trial. Most recently, it was revealed that part of the plea deal of Khalid Shaikh Mohammed, the alleged mastermind behind the September 11 attacks, includes a lifetime gag order on speaking about aspects of his torture by the CIA. Moreover, Congress has constitutionally divested the federal courts of jurisdiction over suits for damages by former Guantanamo detainees.

    Despite these barriers, the court win is still extremely significant, not least because it sends a message to private security contractors that they can be held accountable for abuses they commit abroad. “This essentially puts all other military and security contractors around the world on notice—no matter what theater or conflict they are operating in,” Sanbar tells TRNN. “They can and will be held accountable for their actions abroad should they engage in mistreatment, torture, or war crimes.”

    But Sanbar emphasizes that this court win should not distract from the fact that the US government has an obligation under national and international law to provide redress and reparations for harm it has committed “both in terms of holding its own soldiers accountable and providing redress to victims.”

    “There is currently no legal avenue for people who claim they were tortured or mistreated by US officials to have their cases heard or for them to apply for compensation,” she adds.

    ‘Heart can’t heal’

    “My heart cannot heal without justice,” says 50-year-old Abdelrahman Muhammad Abed, who was detained by US soldiers in December 2005, nearly two years after the first photos from Abu Ghraib were released to the media, sending shockwaves throughout the world.

    The public indignation that followed the Abu Ghraib scandal in 2004 did not deter US soldiers from abusing and humiliating Abed immediately upon his arrest, during which Abed, along with his brother and nephew, were beaten by the soldiers, including with the butt of their guns; they were also forced to strip down to their underwear.

    They were transferred to a US-run military camp, where a party among soldiers was underway. “There was a DJ and the men and women were dancing together,” Abed recounts, anxiously shaking his leg up and down while seated on a chair at his home in Baghdad. “The soldier threw me on the ground and started dancing, kicking sand and dust into my face and mouth.”

    According to Abed, the three men, who were still only in their underwear, were then forced to stand in front of freshly dug holes in the ground, resembling graves. “The translator working for the soldiers told us they will now execute us so we should say our last words.” They were forced to stand in front of the graves for about an hour, while celebratory music blared around them. Then soldiers beat them again, Abed says.

    He was detained without charge or trial for a year and a half in Camp Bucca, once referred to as “Iraq’s Guantanamo Bay,” and Abu Ghraib, where he was held for two months. “For weeks in [Abu Ghraib], they were beating me constantly. On my hands, legs, and back, with their fists, feet, and their guns,” Abed tells TRNN.

    Muhammad Abed at his home in Baghdad.
    Abdelrahman Muhammad Abed at his home in Baghdad. Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.

    Abed abruptly stops speaking as he chokes back a wave of tears. “Most of us don’t like to talk about our experiences because it’s too painful,” he says, slowly regaining his composure.

    “I deserve compensation from those who abused me—not because I want money. Even if they paid me $1 million for each day I was unfairly detained, it would not be enough. But I want recognition for what happened to me.”

    For years after his release, Abed says he lived in constant fear that US soldiers would come for him again. “If I even heard a noise outside—like a rustling of leaves—I would become terrified, worried it was the Americans,” he explains.

    “The Americans just saw all Iraqis as terrorists. They made us feel like we were not human. Since I was a child, I heard about America and the Western world and how they respect human rights and democracy. But the truth is the opposite.”


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Jaclynn Ashly.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/27/they-stole-my-humanity-abu-ghraib-survivors-are-still-fighting-for-justice/feed/ 0 518212
    Is USAID “a criminal organization?” https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/27/is-usaid-a-criminal-organization/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/27/is-usaid-a-criminal-organization/#respond Thu, 27 Feb 2025 17:00:52 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=156235 President Trump has just closed down USAID after Elon Musk branded it “a criminal organization,” adding “it’s time for it to die.” Is there any truth at all in Musk’s allegation? One “beneficiary” of USAID is Nicaragua, a country with one of the lowest incomes per head in Latin America. Between 2014 and 2021, USAID […]

    The post Is USAID “a criminal organization?” first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    President Trump has just closed down USAID after Elon Musk branded it “a criminal organization,” adding “it’s time for it to die.” Is there any truth at all in Musk’s allegation?

    One “beneficiary” of USAID is Nicaragua, a country with one of the lowest incomes per head in Latin America. Between 2014 and 2021, USAID spent US$315,009,297 on projects there. Uninformed observers might suppose that this money helped poor communities, but they would be wrong. Most of it was spent trying to undermine Nicaragua’s government, and in the process gave lucrative contracts to US consultancies and to some of Nicaragua’s richest families.

    USAID has been working in Nicaragua for decades, but this article focuses on the period 2014-2021. The story is not a pleasant one. The key element is the agency’s role in the coup attempt against Nicaragua’s Sandinista government in 2018 and, later, in trying to disrupt the country’s general elections in 2021. Detailed information has been revealed by websites such as Nicaleaks, Tortilla con Sal and Behind Back Doors, but after 2021 many of the local “non-governmental” organizations USAID funded were closed (voluntarily in some cases, in others following resolutions by Nicaragua’s parliament). In the last few years, the agency’s operations, in Nicaragua at least, have become more obscure.

    The last major operation that was exposed to the public gaze, via a leaked document, was called “RAIN” (“Responsive Assistance in Nicaragua”). If you ask Google’s AI assistant, Search Labs, what it is, you will be told that it provides rapid aid in response to natural disasters. But it does nothing of the sort. It started with a $2 million program in 2020-2022 to try to ensure that the Sandinistas were defeated in the 2021 elections. I described the project here and an article by Ben Norton went into further detail. The contract, active until recently, is now recorded as worth $5 million and was extended at least to April 2024.

    The RAIN contract was awarded to the Navanti Group, one of many large consultancies that have benefitted from USAID’s Nicaraguan projects. Binoy Kampmark recently noted in Dissident Voice that nine out of every ten dollars spent by USAID goes to a limited number of consultancies, mostly based in Washington. Back in 2023, New Lines Magazine commented that “USAID and its massive budget have spurred a network of firms, lobbyists, academics and logistics personnel that would cease to exist without government funding.”

    One such firm is Creative Associates International, a company described by Alan MacLeod in Mintpress News as “one of the largest and most powerful non-governmental organizations operating anywhere in the world,” its regime-change work has taken place in Cuba, Venezuela and elsewhere, mostly marked by failure. In Cuba alone it received $1.8 billion of USAID money. Then from 2018-2020, Creative Associates was awarded $7.5 million-worth of projects in Nicaragua. One, dubbed TVET SAY, was to train young opposition political leaders in towns on Nicaragua’s Caribbean coast so that they could engage more effectively with business leaders opposed to the government.

    Manuel Orozco, a Nicaraguan organizer of the 2018 coup attempt, later became a director of Creative Associates. Now based in Washington, when he last planned to visit Nicaragua in June 2021, he was advised by USAID to cancel his trip as he risked being arrested for his role in the coup. Shortly afterwards he was formally accused of conspiracy by the Nicaraguan prosecutor.

    Another large company, Dexis, which had $144 million of new contracts with USAID in 2024, ran a $9 million “Institutional strengthening program” in Nicaragua between 2013-2018. Its purpose was to help opposition leaders mobilize and to run media campaigns. In 2023, USAID audited Dexis contracts and found over $41 million of ineligible or unsupported costs.

    Dexis subcontracted the Nicaraguan work to another US firm, Chemonics, which has 6,000 employees (“teammates”) and is USAID’s biggest contractor. It received awards of well over $1 billion in both 2023 and 2024, despite heavy criticisms of its previous work, for example in Haiti. Chemonics’s founder told the New York Times in 1993 that he created the firm to “have my own CIA.”

    Two US consultancies had USAID contracts to promote anti-Sandinista opinion and instill antigovernment practices. DevTech Systems, a company awarded $45 million in USAID contracts in 2024, ran a $14 million education project on the Caribbean coast with these objectives, from 2013 to 2019. Global Communities, two-thirds of whose income ($248 million in 2023) comes from the US government, ran a similar, $29 million program.

    Yet another large consultancy, the International Research and Exchange Board (IREX), formed close ties with one of Nicaragua’s richest families, the Chamorros. IREX has a global staff of 760 and over 80% of its $155 million income comes from the US government. It ran “media strengthening” programs in Nicaragua worth $10,300,000. Ticavision, a Costa Rican TV channel, recently reported that USAID is investigating the misuse of $158 million allocated through IREX to Nicaraguan projects, including this one. The money went to a number of well-known Nicaraguan journalists, now based abroad, including Confidencial’s Carlos Fernando Chamorro.

    The Chamorro family, owners of the newspaper La Prensa and online outlet Confidencial, were the main beneficiaries of USAID in Nicaragua. The Violeta Barrios de Chamorro Foundation is named after a former president and run by her daughter, Cristiana Chamorro. It received $7 million in USAID funds to promote opposition media platforms, including those owned by the family. From this it disbursed smaller sums – typically $40,000 each – to other media organizations such as 100% Noticias and various radio and TV channels. But the bulk of the money stayed with the Chamorros.

    All the media that received money were openly anti-Sandinista. In 2018, the owner of 100% Noticias, Miguel Mora incited a violent arson attack against Sandinista-supporting Radio Ya, from which the journalists barely escaped alive. Later he told Max Blumenthal of The Grayzone that the US should have intervened militarily to remove the Nicaraguan government. Mora was later welcomed at the White House by then vice-president Mike Pence.

    Another Chamorro organization, the thinktank FUNIDES, was allegedly created by USAID and received $3,699,221 to run anti-government research projects. Its head was Juan Sebastián Chamorro (cousin of Cristiana and Carlos).

    Yet another Chamorro thinktank, CINCO, headed by Carlos Fernando and opposition activist Sofía Montenegro, received $3,247,632. There is considerable evidence of close liaison between the Chamorros, Montenegro and US officials. For example, Montenegro received money directly from USAID and was also photographed at the US embassy; USAID representative Deborah Ullmer met Juan Sebastián Chamorro in October 2018 to discuss why the coup attempt had failed. Juan Sebastián was then head of one of the main opposition political parties, the Civic Alliance.

    In total, it is estimated that the Chamorros benefitted personally to the tune of $5,516,578 in US government money. In 2022, Cristiana Chamorro was found guilty of money laundering (her eight-year sentence was commuted to house arrest; after a few months she was given asylum in the US).

    Luciano García Mejía, a wealthy member of the family of the former dictator, Anastasio Somoza, was another beneficiary of Washington’s dollars. He ran another political pressure group, Hagamos Democracia (“Let’s make democracy”). This was funded partially by USAID but principally (with $1,114,000) by the CIA. Hagamos Democracia openly called for criminal acts during the coup attempt, recruited known criminals and directly threatened President Ortega to “look to his own and his family’s safety and leave without further repercussions.”

    Other affluent Nicaraguans to receive USAID money included Mónica Baltodano who, through her Fundación Popol Na was paid $207,762. Similarly, Violeta Granera’s Movement for Nicaragua was paid $803,154. Both were opposition leaders; Granera later called for US sanctions against Nicaragua.

    Not only did USAID fund and actively monitor the 2018 insurrection as it developed, but once it realized that the coup had failed, it began to undermine the 2021 elections. This was another failure, but the corporate media’s current depiction of Nicaragua as a “dictatorship” or an “authoritarian regime” is due in no small part to the work of the US government’s “aid agency.”

    Very little of USAID’s work over the past eleven years benefitted ordinary Nicaraguans. Instead, millions of dollars were creamed off by wealthy consultants in Washington and wealthy oligarchs in Nicaragua. Evidence of fraud comes mainly from Nicaraguan government investigations but, as noted in the examples in this article, it fits within a pattern of US-government largesse with limited accountability and plentiful evidence of bad practice.

    This is only a small part of the story in which the agency spent $315 millions in training and funding Nicaraguan opposition leaders who coordinated the violence and criminality of the 2018 coup attempt. In Nicaragua at least, the evidence arguably supports Musk’s contention that USAID is “a criminal organization.”

    The post Is USAID “a criminal organization?” first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by John Perry.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/27/is-usaid-a-criminal-organization/feed/ 0 515464
    The ‘doomsday’ seed vault in Svalbard just added thousands of climate-hardy crops https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/the-doomsday-seed-vault-in-svalbard-just-added-thousands-of-climate-hardy-crops/ https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/the-doomsday-seed-vault-in-svalbard-just-added-thousands-of-climate-hardy-crops/#respond Wed, 26 Feb 2025 09:15:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=659348 Three times a year, a fortress within the remote mountainside of a Norwegian island opens its doors to a select few. Such infrequency is intentional. The Svalbard Global Seed Vault preserves more than 1.3 million samples in what is the world’s most secure stash of seeds. Far above the Arctic Circle, tucked away in the permafrost, this underground “doomsday” facility is built to outlast everything from climate disasters to civil wars. 

    The first vault opening of the year came Tuesday, when government officials and scientists, traveling great distances from countries like Brazil, Malawi, and the Philippines gathered to make a deposit. Their contribution of 14,022 samples from 21 gene banks around the world added to what is already the planet’s largest collection dedicated to long-term seed storage. Organizers say Svalbard’s growing stockpile, which includes traditional crops such as millet and drought-tolerant legumes, known colloquially as “opportunity crops,” will ensure future farmers have what they need to adapt to an increasingly unpredictable climate. 

    Even as the Trump administration slashes support for climate-related research and guts the U.S. Agency for International Development and Department of Agriculture, safeguarding crop diversity remains a priority for much of the international community.

    This deposit is “about more than storing seeds,” said Stefan Schmitz, executive director of Crop Trust, the nonprofit organization that helps manage the vault alongside the Norwegian government and the Nordic Genetic Resource Center. “It’s about defusing a ticking time bomb that threatens our global food system … protecting crop diversity is a global imperative. We must defend and preserve these genetic resources to prevent our fragile world from becoming even more unstable.” He told Grist that now is the time for “decision-makers around the world to recognize the urgency and take action together to secure the future of food.”

    The latest additions include sorghum and pearl millet shipped from Sudan’s crop gene bank, nearly destroyed during the country’s civil war. The delegation from Malawi, where a barrage of extreme weather events have throttled subsistence farmers and deepened a hunger crisis, provided “velvet beans,” a nitrogen-fixing legume that acts as a natural fertilizer. Staple varieties of rice, beans and maize came from Brazil, where such crops are seeing major yield losses. And the Philippines deposited sorghum, eggplant, and lima beans from a gene bank already ravaged by typhoons.

    “In the face of climate change, which we are already feeling with all the extreme weather conditions in the Philippines, it becomes more pressing to duplicate these collections in other gene banks like Svalbard to safeguard [them],” Hidelisa de Chavez, a researcher at the University of the Philippines’ National Plant Genetic Resources Laboratory, or NPGRL, told Grist. 

    A man stands in front of the Svalbard Seed Vault holding a blue container.
    Elcio Perpetuo Guimaraes, of the EMBRAPA Rice and Bean Research Center in Brazil, stands in front of the entrance of the Svalbard Global Seed Vault on Tuesday, February 25, 2025. Crop Trust/LM Salazar

    For 16 straight years, the Philippines has ranked highest on the World Risk Index, which measures countries’ vulnerability to extreme weather. In 2006, Typhoon Xangsane flooded the laboratory’s main research building in Los Baños, almost wiping out the collection, said de Chavez: “The whole gene bank was submerged in mud and water.” The damage and subsequent loss of power caused the “irreversible” loss of several traditional varieties of crops, with some 70 percent of the collection ruined. 

    The NPGRL has sent roughly 1,000 genetic samples of crops to Svalbard as part of an initiative led by Crop Trust to help “future-proof the world’s food supply.” Ahead of Tuesday’s deposit, de Chavez’s team prepared a selection of sorghum, lima beans, eggplant and rice beans. Each is woven into the livelihoods and food culture of Indigenous and rural communities across the Philippines.

    Even so, the lab is not contributing about half as many samples as it would like to because climate change is making it harder to grow what it would like to preserve. This trip saw de Chavez deposit just 75, as compared to 983 last year.

    Haunted by the lingering ghosts of one disastrous typhoon and the looming specters of those to come, every storm season sees de Chavez increasingly fearful for the vulnerable crops she works to preserve. It gives her peace of mind to know samples of Filipino food staples now sit in an underground safe near the North Pole. Though the vault faces escalating risks and speculation over its ability to withstand the wrath of a warming planet, she still thinks the seeds stored at Svalbard have a much greater shot at prevailing there than anywhere else on Earth. 

    “Given climate change and the extreme weather conditions, we cannot say that these crops will still be available for future generations, so we have to continue conserving,” said de Chavez. “If this disappears in the field, what would be our alternative, if we don’t have it conserved? We cannot go back.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline The ‘doomsday’ seed vault in Svalbard just added thousands of climate-hardy crops on Feb 26, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Ayurella Horn-Muller.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/the-doomsday-seed-vault-in-svalbard-just-added-thousands-of-climate-hardy-crops/feed/ 0 515250
    CPJ, SPJ, journalist groups call on Trump administration to restore AP access to White House   https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/25/cpj-spj-journalist-groups-call-on-trump-administration-to-restore-ap-access-to-white-house/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/25/cpj-spj-journalist-groups-call-on-trump-administration-to-restore-ap-access-to-white-house/#respond Tue, 25 Feb 2025 21:49:19 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=455712 We, the undersigned coalition of journalism and press freedom organizations, express our deep concern regarding the White House’s decision to bar Associated Press (AP) reporters from access to the Oval Office, Air Force One and other White House pool events.

    AP provides essential reporting that is published by thousands of outlets across the United States and around the world, helping to keep millions informed on matters of national and international importance. U.S. newspapers, radio stations, and television broadcasters rely heavily on the AP’s copy to deliver news to local communities. Barring AP effectively removes these media outlets’ ability to deliver the news to the groups they serve. 

    Limiting AP’s access to media pool events because of the news agency’s editorial and style decisions stifles freedom of speech and violates the First Amendment. News organizations should be allowed to make editorial decisions without fear of retaliation from government officials. 

    We ask that the administration honor its commitment to freedom of expression, as outlined in President Donald Trump’s executive order, by restoring AP’s access to White House events and ensuring the administration upholds a nonpartisan defense of a free press. 

    Signed by– 

    Committee to Protect Journalists

    Society of Professional Journalists

    Freedom of the Press Foundation

    Free Press Unlimited

    International Press Institute 

    Institute for Nonprofit News

    National Press Club

    National Press Photographers Association

    PEN America

    Reporters Without Borders (RSF)

    Student Press Law Center

    Chapters of the Society of Professional Journalists

    Arkansas Pro Chapter, Society of Professional Journalists
    Boston University Society of Professional Journalists
    Chicago Headline Club (SPJ)
    Colorado Pro Chapter, SPJ
    Connecticut Society of Professional Journalists
    Detroit Chapter of the Society of Professional Journalists
    Georgia Pro Chapter of the Society of Professional Journalists
    Hawaii Pro Chapter SPJ
    Indiana Professional Chapter, Society of Professional Journalists
    Las Vegas Pro Chapter, Society of Professional Journalists
    Maine Pro Chapter of the Society of Professional Journalists
    Minnesota SPJ
    New Jersey Society of Professional Journalists
    SPJ Florida
    SPJ Houston Pro Chapter
    SPJ Kansas Pro Chapter
    SPJ Keystone Pro Chapter
    SPJ New England
    SPJ Northwest Arkansas Pro Chapter
    SPJ San Antonio Pro Chapter
    SPJ San Diego Pro Chapter
    SPJ University of Arkansas Chapter
    SPJ Valley of the Sun (Arizona) Pro Chapter
    SPJ Virginia Pro Chapter
    St. Louis Society of Professional Journalists, Pro Chapter
    The Deadline Club (New York City Chapter of SPJ)
    The Press Club of Long Island (SPJ)
    Utah Headliners Chapter of the Society of Professional Journalists
    Washington, D.C., Pro SPJ Chapter


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/25/cpj-spj-journalist-groups-call-on-trump-administration-to-restore-ap-access-to-white-house/feed/ 0 515181
    Global protests in support of Ukraine https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/25/global-protests-in-support-of-ukraine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/25/global-protests-in-support-of-ukraine/#respond Tue, 25 Feb 2025 17:37:56 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=41b8991157dce146e86d7f77b49d63bc
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/25/global-protests-in-support-of-ukraine/feed/ 0 515155
    Global protests in support of Ukraine https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/25/global-protests-in-support-of-ukraine-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/25/global-protests-in-support-of-ukraine-2/#respond Tue, 25 Feb 2025 17:37:56 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?guid=41b8991157dce146e86d7f77b49d63bc
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/25/global-protests-in-support-of-ukraine-2/feed/ 0 516197
    Many ignored Ukrainians’ fight against Russia’s invasion, but the fallout from it will affect all of us https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/25/many-ignored-ukrainians-fight-against-russias-invasion-but-the-fallout-from-it-will-affect-all-of-us/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/25/many-ignored-ukrainians-fight-against-russias-invasion-but-the-fallout-from-it-will-affect-all-of-us/#respond Tue, 25 Feb 2025 00:39:21 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332077 Solidarity with working people in Ukraine and their fight against Russia’s invasion never meant support for the Zelensky government, the US government, NATO, or the designs of rival imperial powers, but lack of international solidarity has left Ukrainians in an impossible situation.]]>

    Three years after Russia’s invasion of Ukraine on Feb. 24, 2022, roughly 20% of the Ukrainian territory remains occupied by Russian troops. Before the invasion, there were 41 million people living in Ukraine; today, the UN Refugee Agency estimates that 3.7 million people still in Ukraine have been displaced from their homes, while almost 7 million refugees had to flee abroad. The war has severely damaged the Ukrainian economy and the living conditions for people in Ukraine.

    Like everywhere else in the world, there is a class divide in Ukraine, and the impact of the war has not been equally felt: while the average Ukrainian was forced to migrate, lose wages, and fight on the front, the wealthy were able to escape conscription and put their money abroad. While economic elites reportedly took $35 billion out of the country since the start of the war, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelesnky not only refused to expropriate and nationalize their assets but, instead, chose to impose harsh anti-labor measures on workers and unions and make further cuts to social services using the national emergency laws. 

    The fight to ensure Ukrainian people’s right to self-determination is not just about removing all Russian troops from Ukrainian territory and allowing the Ukrainian people to decide their own fate without fears of coups and invasions. It also has to do with stopping and reversing the encroachment of Western corporate and US imperial interests that seek to further exploit the country. However, prospects for this are growing darker by the day as President Donald Trump’s new administration engages in bilateral negotiations with Russian President Vladimir Putin, and without Zelensky, to end the war, all while suggesting that the US take ownership of 50% of Ukraine’s rare earth minerals. 

    Solidarity with working people in Ukraine and their fight against Russia’s invasion never meant support for the Zelensky government, the US government, NATO, or the designs of rival imperial powers, but lack of international solidarity has left Ukrainians in an impossible situation.   

    This is Solidarity without Exception, a new podcast series brought to you by The Real News Network, in partnership with the Ukraine Solidarity Network, hosted by Blanca Missé and Ashley Smith. In Episode One of this series, released on the three-year anniversary of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, we analyze the current state of the war and the last three years from an internationalist, working-class perspective. Cohost Blanca Missé speaks with Denys Bondar, a native of Ukraine, professor of Physics at Tulane University, and one of the coordinators of the Ukraine Solidarity Network in the US; and Hanna Perekhoda, a researcher at the University of Lausanne, Switzerland, a founder of the Switzerland-based Committee of Solidarity with the Ukrainian People and Russian Opponents of the War, and an ethnic Ukrainian who grew up in the Russian-speaking the city of Donetsk in the Donbas region of Eastern Ukraine. 

    Pre-Production: Maximillian Alvarez, Blanca Missé, Ashley Smith, Kayla Rivara
    Audio Post-Production: Alina Nehlich

    Music Credits: 
    Venticinque Aprile (“Bella Ciao” Orchestral Cover) by Savfk | https://www.youtube.com/savfkmusic
    Music promoted by https://www.free-stock-music.com Creative Commons / Attribution 4.0 International (CC BY 4.0) https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/


    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Blanca Missé:

    Welcome to Solidarity Without Exception, a podcast series about working people’s struggles for national self-determination in the 21st century and what connects them and us. This podcast is produced by the Real News Network in partnership with the Ukrainian Solidarity Network. And I am Blanca Missé. We are releasing this episode on the third year anniversary of the Russian invasion of Ukraine on February 24th, 2022. Today, roughly 20% of the Ukrainian territory remains occupied by Russian troops. Before the invasion, there were 41 million people living in Ukraine, but today the UN Refugee Agency estimates that 3.7 million people in Ukraine still remain displaced from their homes. While almost 7 million refugees had to flee abroad, official counts of the total number of Russian fighters killed or wounded in action oscillate between 550,000 and 800,000. And on the Ukrainian side, president Zelensky confirmed the more than 46,000 Ukrainian soldiers have been killed and some 380,000 wounded.

    But independent Ukrainian war correspondent Yuri Bov said in December, 2024 that his army sources estimated some 70,000 dead and 35,000 missing. This war has severely damaged the Ukrainian economy and the living conditions for people in Ukraine. We all know that the country’s GDP fell almost 30% the year of the invasion, and since then, the IV economic schools calculate that the country has lost a total of $1.5 trillion. And we need to be very clear here, like everywhere else in the world, there is a class divide in Ukraine and the impact of the war has not been equally felt. While the average Ukrainian was forced to migrate, lose wages, fight on the front, and sometimes die, the wealthy were able to escape conscription and put their money abroad. It is calculated that the economic elites took 35 billion out of the country since the start of the war, and all of that was happening while President Zelensky refused to appropriate those who were betraying their country, nationalize their assets under workers’ control, and instead choose to impose harsh anti-labor measures on unions and workers and further cuts to social services using the National Marshall Emergency Laws.

    As we’ll discuss in this episode, the fight to ensure Ukrainians people’s right to self-determination is not just about removing all Russian troops from the Ukrainian territory and allowing the Ukrainian people to decide their own fate without fears of coups and invasions. It also has to do with stopping and reversing the encroachment of Western corporate interest that seek to further exploit the country. This encroachment began more than a decade ago with US investors buying Ukrainian land and is advancing quickly with all the reconstruction loans that increase the country’s debt, and of course, come with strings attached. More privatization of state-owned companies, opening of the country to foreign investment and the very well-known austerity antisocial measures. The Ukraine debt has increased 60% between 2022 and November of last year. And in particular, its debt with the European Union has been multiplied more than eight times. More recently though, the Trump administration suggested that Ukraine should give the United States 50% ownership of the country’s rare earth minerals.

    He has even asked for 500 billion worth of Ukraine’s rare Earths minerals. And this is because Ukraine has large lithium and titanium reserves in the eastern part of the country, precisely the part that Putin has occupied and wants to annex it, which is also rich in coal, gas and other metals. Since we recorded this episode, Trump made another bold move. He initiated bilateral negotiations with Putin to end the war and normalized diplomatic relations with the Russian government without the Ukrainians and also ditching the European leaders. In this context, we are going to discuss what it means today to stand in solidarity with the Ukrainian people and how we do so without falling into the traps of rival imperial powers starting with the US, but also the European Union. And for this the best is to give a voice to our Ukrainian comrades of struggle. Today we discuss all these issues with Denys Bondar, a native of Ukraine, a professor of physics in Tulane University, and one of the coordinators of the Ukraine Solidarity Network in the us, and a supporter of the socialist group, so Niru social movement, and also with Hanna Perekhoda, an ethnic Ukrainian who grew up in Russia speaking city of esque in the Donbass region in the east of Ukraine.

    Hanna is a researcher of the University of Lausanne in Switzerland and a founder of the Swiss-based committee of solidarity with the Ukrainian people with the Russian occupants of the war. She’s also a member of social rule. Welcome both to our podcast and let’s get started. When Putin invaded Ukraine in February, 2022, most of the anti-war activists in the Western Europe and the US were kind of caught by surprise. I was caught by my surprise myself. I thought Putin is not really going to do this. I had a sense that folks in Ukraine were not so stunned by this invasion. Can you tell us why you were kind of expecting this invasion and what was your reaction to this very brutal military aggression? Denys, you want to get started?

    Denys Bondar:

    First of all, I have no questions. I have no problem with people, ordinary working people’s reactions. I mean, they are ordinary people. They have plenty of things to be worried about. And in fact, I have to say since I live in New Orleans, and I was in New Orleans at this time, which is a very special kind of happy place in the United States, very famous for tourism. And literally on every second house you could see Ukrainian flag on the first month of invasion. So clearly it was kind of amazing actually. And usually people here do not worry about foreign policy just by the very nature of this land. And so people had an ordinary working, people had absolutely knee-jerk reaction that one has to help thanks all over the border or innocent people. That’s not good. So I have far more questions to so-called experts, and I think one of the main misconception is it actually was articulated by Timothy Snyder, a famous historian from Yale University, that the way the education works, so all ex-Soviet space, former Soviet space is basically dominated by Russian studies and all the spaces being in general, east Europe, caucuses, et cetera, it’s all studied through the lens of Russian imperial point of view, whether it’s Soviet studies or Russian studies, it doesn’t matter.

    And this has cultivated generations of experts and diplomats with this point of view. And of course it revealed itself immediately in the first days of war. And second is that of course cold war thinking is not gone in expert circles, it’s also extremely moderate the situation for the assessment of what’s happening with the level of the threat and the nature of dynamics. By looking at this through this point of view, of course all the eastern Europe in particularly Ukraine, is sort of this borderlands which are supposed to be buffer zone between two geopolitical blocks and totally denying agency to actually people of Ukraine and totally denying their historical and present experience.

    Blanca Missé:

    Thank you very much. Can we then now go into what are the reasons that led putting to invade Ukraine? I don’t know, Hanna, do you have any thoughts on that? How do you explain this invasion?

    Hanna Perekhoda:

    This is a question that needs the whole discussion in itself. And as you said, there are multiple reasons and in such limited amount of time we cannot really touch all these reasons, but the least we can say maybe is that to understand the immediate motivations, we must understand the power dynamics inside Russia, between the state economic actors, the society for the past 25 years that Putin is in power. But what we can say at least is that Putin, when he came to power, had a strategy of restoring the previous Soviet imperial zone of influence through a deal with Western political elites. So he expected the west to let him establish an exclusive control over post Soviet space in exchange for he will give them cheap fossil fuels and some individual preferences of various kind. And European leaders at that time were very happy with this deal.

    But there was a factor that Putin did not took into account. It is the agency, precisely the agency that Denise was mentioning of the population of this so-called zone of influence. Of course, Russia could easily corrupt the post-Soviet president of Ukraine and other countries, but the citizens of these countries like Ukraine voiced their dissatisfaction, radical dissatisfaction with autocratic ineffective leaders that were supported by Russia. And when the control of Putin and his friends over Russia itself were threatened, even inside Russia, he just went nuts. And for him, every possible means was now justified in order to stop the erosion of his power and the spreading of popular unrests including so he used repressions, annexations, wars, et cetera. So I think this is something that we need to understand. The principle roots of this war are inside the internal dynamics of the Russian state and the power relations.

    But another dimension that is crucial but mostly overlooked, I will try to really synthesize it quickly, is that to concur, Ukraine is explicitly presented by Putin as motivated by the necessity to restore the unity of a Russian nation national body that is being supposedly torn apart by the enemies. So Ukraine is imagined as a part of a Russian national body, and this kind of ideology is very charged with strong emotions. And as a consequence, it is clearly leaving a very small space, less space for compromise, for diplomacy, et cetera, because Putin is motivated by ideology and he invest his ideology of nationalism with a sense of self, very strong one I think. And this is something that western reading is struggling really to grasp. And the last important point is this national denta, the assimilation, the conquest in assimilation of Ukraine is not presented as a purpose in itself. It is presented explicitly as a means to achieve something else, something bigger. The ultimate purpose, and he make it clear, is that once we assimilate Ukraine, we can have a future imperial expansion because he’s convinced that the only reason why Russia is still not the greatest power on earth is mainly because Ukraine is not part of it. This is silly, has nothing to do with reality, but narratives, they have their own logic and their own power.

    Blanca Missé:

    Thank you, Hannah, because I hear you saying that most of the western media explanations that have to do with NATO are missing all of these factors that have to do with the internal loss of legitimacy or opposition that putting was facing. And of course, as you’re reminding us this desire for putting to a reestablish an imperial state by going back to this great Russia imperial imagination, I wonder if Denis has something to add on the multiple causes of the war and how he’s been explaining to working people in the US what is behind this invasion?

    Denys Bondar:

    So I just further would like to evidence what Hannah said, in particular the internal Russian reason for the war. Putinism as a system has been in deep crisis since 2018. If you track the Putin’s approval ratings, absolute numbers don’t actually tell you much, but the dynamics of these approval ratings actually tell you a lot about the legitimacy. And you can see 2018, these approval ratings jumped up because of the pension protest took place and there was pension reform 2018. Then immediately next year 2019, there were protests in Moscow 2020 protests in be Russia for fair election. Then there was a series of regional protests followed in Cabarrus cry. There were 2021 next year Navalny protests. You can see every year there’s a major, major protests are happening in Russia and plus Belarus of course, that you can see that the Putin’s regime is in very deep crisis legitimacy crisis.

    And this kind of frequency of the protests that have not been mainly mostly covered in the west, smaller protests, regional protests show you that the regime needed to boost up its approval rating. And only in post February, 2022 after the full scale invasion of Ukraine, you can see his disapproval rating finally collapsing back to nearly zero. So the internal dynamics was absolutely essential to restored the legitimacy of Putin regime because we can, again, if you look back to the entire history of Putinism starting from two thousands, from 1999 when he was appointed in that his disapproval when he had a crisis of legitimacy, which should reflect itself as a increase of disapproval rating, it was fixed by actually some imperialistic adventure, whether it was in Shia or in Georgia or in Ukraine by next Crimea interfering in Donbass before that. And one important reason I would like to emphasize is that basically Putin clearly counted on the European elites, in particular the EM embedment of the Putin oligarchy and the Putin regime with the European elites, especially with a conservative and far right ban, I think is hard to underestimate. And we know also some of the far right parties have been actually taking loans from Russian banks. So clearly the Putin regime expecting complicity of European, of European elites kind of basically he expected that they would behave the same way as they did during the first war, which was the annexation of Crimea in 2014.

    Blanca Missé:

    Thank you, Dan. So something both of you have said that I think it’s quite important to emphasize is like reading this war through just a competition between two blocks, the NATO block and Russia block tends to erase the agency of the Ukrainian people themselves and also unfortunately buy into the narrative that the Ukrainian nation does not exist and these assimilationist pressures that Russia has on Ukraine. And my question to you now is what does it mean for working people in the West and in particular in the US to stand in solidarity with Ukrainian people? What kinds of support are needed to ensure the right of self-determination of Ukrainians and the support of their agencies so they are not erased in this sometimes reductionist geopolitical narratives of the war? Can you tell us a little bit about that

    Denys Bondar:

    First? So you’re asking very touchy question in this difficult times as we know that the both military and humanitarian aid from the United States is suspended currently to Ukraine, and these are the most two important things. So Ukraine first and foremost needs the military aid and also humanitarian aid to fulfill basic social needs of its citizen. And I would like to sort of remind listeners that in nineties when Ukraine became independent, it undergone massive disarmament program which included both disarmament of unconventional weapons, which led to actually partially destruction destruction of military equipment as well as transferred back to Russia as well as disarmament nuclear disarmament. So at that time, Ukraine had a third largest nuclear arsenal in the world and it was surrender under the, it was actually transferred again back to Russia under the promise of security, security assurances and territorial in respect of territorial integrity from both United States, Russia, as well as the United Kingdom. And so in a way, all the eight is not only morally justified but also legally should be in these terms. And in order for Ukraines to realize the right of self-determination is of course they have to be able to protect their homes, right? Their land, their homes from the invaders, Russian invaders. So this is why first and foremost, military assistance, military aid is absolutely essential.

    Blanca Missé:

    Thank you so much Dennis. Hannah, do you have anything to add? I know you are based in Switzerland, I know you’re also being very actively engaged in solidarity with the Ukrainian people during the war, and I imagine you also been having this kind of conversations of organizing support for the right of self determination of Ukrainian. So what would you say or what have you been proposing and organizing in Switzerland and in Europe?

    Hanna Perekhoda:

    Well, from the practical point of view, you can for example build links with the forces of social transformation in Ukraine, actually Ukrainian civic society, civic organizations, trade unions, but also feminists also with be Russian and Russian progressive anti-war organizations. You can raise money for their initiatives. You can participate in some international campaigns that exist, for example, for the conation of Ukraine’s foreign depth for increasing help confiscating the assets of Putin’s oligos and using them for the reconstruction of Ukraine. But let’s be honest, for the overwhelming majority of Ukrainians, the help that matters is the military help. And this is the condition number one for the Ukraine survival as a society and the survival of its individual members. But from my perspective, I would like to make it a little bit another take on this question, that the help that American in general western societies can offer to Ukraine’s not just in the military or economic sphere.

    It is the primary help that you can do for Ukrainians is by resolving your own crisis of internal legitimacy. Because what is clear in the United States is that worsening inequalities participates in rising sense of injustice and the perception also among the ordinary people that elites are completely out of touch with day-to-day realities, it undermines the illegitimacy. And you saw the results that a society that feels abandoned or ignored is very unlikely to support international commitments even if they respond to some principles such as defense of rights or sovereignty, et cetera. And this feeling of being abandoned and the frustration is used by irresponsible politicians to instrumentalize discontent to feed the idea that the governments, the previous governments were actually sacrificing national interests for some distant causes and such as support of Ukraine. And now the isolationist politics will solve the problem. Now it’s America first. A society that could respond to the struggles of other societies against injustice, against aggression is a society based on solidarity. So the action for social equality is not just an internal priority for the United States Society, but also it is essential a condition number one for the Ukrainian survival, at least in my opinion.

    Blanca Missé:

    Thank you, Hannah. I really like your point, this idea of not competition, but of who deserves more at home or abroad, but an expansive understanding of solidarity, solidarity without exception, solidarity without borders, like fighting for the rights and the needs of working people here in the US as something that connects directly with fighting for the needs of working people in Ukraine or in Palestine or in Syria or in anywhere else in the world where there is oppression and war and genocide. And I know you’ve been very active in New Orleans in providing material aid, and if you can tell us a little bit about the value of having this worker to worker solidarity campaigns working with the unions, I think that would be really useful to explain how we can connect with Ukrainian working people today.

    Denys Bondar:

    Yes, our network, Ukrainian Solidarity Network US is currently running campaign on fundraising for generators for the trade union members of miners, workers union, as well as the railway workers union. And these generators go to the members of the trade union that have three or more children or actually or have disabled family members. So they really cannot afford to buy ones. And it’s a truly working class solidarity because these are members of the independent union they have which have been active in fighting neoliberal reforms and resisting neoliberal agenda and fighting for the rights of working people all across industries and such a solidarity is actually absolutely fundamental because they feel that we on the west as a working class, people absolutely understand their needs, not just these generic geopolitical things like, oh, military aid is important, but to understand that individual members of societies matter and individual member of societies who are willing to fight to fight for the more just future are even more matter even more.

    Blanca Missé:

    Thank you. And this makes me think that what I hear you both saying is that part of the work we have to do here in United States, but also in Europe, Western Europe, to support the struggle for liberation of Ukrainians aside of the questions of material aid, military aid is to amplify the voices of Ukrainians who are fighting for social justice, fighting for union rights, fighting for the progressive causes in Ukraine, and show that there are forces there that are fighting for an independent Ukraine that are not necessary tied to their government. Now, I would like to go to one of the tricky questions that emerges every time we are organizing solidarity campaigns for Ukrainian particular for the left in Western imperialist countries that has rightly so, a very clear concern and position of opposition to western imperialism, to the military actions and expansions of their government starting with the us, which is this question of weapons. Because once and once again, we have run into many social justice activists, folks who really want to support Ukraine and they want to support Ukraine diplomatically, they want to send food, they want to send medicine, but they become really hesitant about giving critical support or not obstructing military aid because they see that military aid is necessarily going to strengthen NATO and the US war machine. And I would like you to tell me how do you resolve this contradiction?

    Hanna Perekhoda:

    Well, many things to say of course, and I would not pretend that the question is easy or something. So yes, of course the US is pursuing its own interest and this interest, you can see that they could align sometimes with progressive struggles in some parts of the world, like in Eastern Europe, while in the other parts of the world, like in Middle East, it’s the extreme opposite. But the question is why should an ordinary person follow or mirror the logic of the state’s interests? Because in different parts of the world, ordinary people are struggling against the external invasion, against the internal oppression. And of course, because they are facing different and partly competing enemies, they would need to use the tools of self-defense that are produced by these competing imperialist forces. It’s obvious, it’s not like they have a lot of choice. And when you face a fascist state that denies you right to exist, Ukrainians are facing, your priority is freedom and survival.

    And for that you need weapons wherever they come from. And this is of course the perspective of Ukrainians, but I also, I understand what it means when you focus also on your own perspective. But what is crucial to understand is to look beyond and to have a little bit a long-term vision because a lack of substantial support of the victims only encourages aggressors, and not just one aggressor in particular, but all the aggressors and if you abandon the victims of the aggression in the family. But if you abandon the victim of a military aggression, also you give a green light to those in the position of power that now they’re free to do whatever they want. They’re free to solve their problems of legitimacy through wars, genocides, and the impunity given to those who advocate this law the strongest on the international stage, inevitably fuels the rise of the same ideas, the same forces that defend the same principles at home and also vice versa. So of course I understand all the reticence when it comes to the US imperialism, et cetera, but I think we need to see what not defending the victims of aggression means for all of us in the long-term perspective.

    Blanca Missé:

    Thank you, Hannah. Dennis, what are your thoughts on these? Very tricky question. How do you address this in the multiple conversations you have about raising support for Ukraine, specifically being here in the us?

    Denys Bondar:

    So in fact, this question is very straightforward. No military aid, no Ukraine, so there is no debate. This is absolutely essential component of defending Ukraine. No amount of pillows would have saved mariupol, right? Air defense system would’ve saved mariupol, better artillery would’ve saved mariupol. Again, no amount of pillows or blankets would have saved several hundreds victims in the massacre of bucha, right? Only Ukrainian army could have saved them and so on. And so the list goes on with all the cities that are wiped out in the east of Ukraine. Only military aid can save that, and it still is still important. And just to emphasize this point, that anate about general, I’m sorry to say geopolitical context, but it never that it’s very important. So Ukraine has a railway connection to Europe. So in principle, an infinite amount of weapon can be delivered to Ukraine, right?

    Because it’s very logistics, it’s very simple, very straightforward. And for example, compared to Taiwan where it’s of course it’s an island and should anything horrible happen by horrible I mean potential invasion from mainland China, then of course the supplies have to be done over the maritime domain, which is much more difficult logistically, and by showing, so in the case of Ukraine, in a way it’s a cannery in the mine. If collectively speaking, the western societies are not, Western elites are not able to provide sufficient military aid to country which is willing to fight for its freedom, independence, and logistically easy to deliver at this point also, the military is trained to use this equipment.

    Blanca Missé:

    Thank you, Dennis. I was reflecting also on what Hannah was saying, that it has been in history something very common that those fighting for liberation use the weapons of the competitors of the powers that oppressed them. And I was thinking even the way the United States won its independence from Britain, it got military aid from France, and Haiti was using military aid and making alliances with the Spanish imperial powers to fight the French and so on and so forth. And even entire Latin America relied on financing and weapons from Britain to fight the Spanish empire. So that has been one of the ways, I mean, maybe the way the oppressed have been able to fight for the liberation is trying to get the weapons from where they can get them from and then use them in a smart way for their own liberation. This discussion reminds me also of a very important statement.

    They came out last summer that is called the people’s piece, not an imperial piece that I think was endorsed by many networks of solidarity with Ukraine by social niru, and in particular by the Ukraine solidarity network in the US where we were making very clear that an effective support of Ukraine does not require necessarily a new wave of armaments. We can just send the existing arsenals and huge arsenals that exist in the US to Ukraine, and we can have a social reappropriation of the arms industry or working people could decide who produced weapons and for whom. And I think this question of just thinking aiding Ukraine with food and medicine, but not thinking of the military component is a little bit like Dennis has said, pie in the sky, right? It’s not realist politics. Without military aid, there is no struggle for self-determination. Now, do you see some potential dangers of only relying on western aid or some strings that would come attached with these aid? Do you think the Ukrainian people need to have some kind of alerts of the way these military aid is being sent?

    Denys Bondar:

    We can see the strings attached, like clearly limitations on the usage of weapons that is supplied and the scheduling of the deliveries of the weapons, how different systems were delivered. Actually pretty much always too late and then too little quantities.

    Blanca Missé:

    Thank you, Dennis and Hannah, do you have any thoughts about that?

    Hanna Perekhoda:

    Yeah, I dunno much about the military aid, but when it comes to the other kind of help, well, Western countries tie aid firstly to political reforms. The European Union is linking it to the political reforms like anti-corruption efforts, judicial institutional reforms, and I had say rather useful string attached, it’s not necessarily bad in the Ukrainian context, but the financial aid loans, reconstruction funds often come with economic conditions tied to neoliberal policies. So privatization of state assets to supposedly attract foreign investment, which inevitably also leads to the loss of control over the strategic sectors. It must be said that it is, the war has proven that, for example, such spheres like transport cannot be privatized. If it is privatized, it is dysfunctional in the conditions of war and of self-defense. This is if the Ukrainian railways were in a private ship, they would not be able to evacuate millions and millions of people.

    So in this sense, I think it must be clear that the strategic sectors must not be subject to privatization, but it is clear for us, not clear for the Ukrainian government. Also UK Ukraine is in the same manner asked to cut public spending or to limit some subsidies and economic policies in general kind of prioritize investor interests over public interests. So this is the first point. Also, of course, the dependence on this kind of loans create a cycle of debt. Ukraine is hugely indebted in the sense, and maybe the last point that the Western aid, of course the huge risk, it could be used as a tool in negotiations for leveraging negotiations and potentially it could restrain Ukraine’s freedom to make decisions about its own policies, domestic and foreign one.

    Blanca Missé:

    Yeah, Hannah, I mean you were going into the next question I wanted to ask you because I think you touched on the key thing here that because of the war, of course, the debt internal and external debt of Ukraine has a boom. I was reading this morning an article by Eric Tusan who has been working very much on the question of abolition of external debt and following very closely the situation of Ukraine that since the beginning of the war, the debt has increased by 60%, that today Ukraine has won hundred 60 billion of debt. And many of these grants and loans come with different conditionalities as they’re called. We’re very familiar with them. Now, as you mentioned, privatization of state companies cuts to social programs, deregulation of the liberal law. So it seems that Ukraine is kind of trapped on the one hand, the Russian invasion, which is trying to oppress and also exploit further exploit Ukraine and its resources. And on the other hand, this western imperialist powers that are also trying to take advantage of Ukraine by signing these loans and these agreements for reconstruction and financing that, as you said, could put in danger or are putting in danger, is possibility of being fully independent in the future. So one question I have is, do you see any struggles already happening or position is already happening in Ukraine against these neoliberal plans, and what has been the role of the landscape administration in all of that? I don’t know. Dennis, if you want to start.

    Denys Bondar:

    So Blanca, I would like to step a little bit back and revisit the premises of the question by asking question. You sort of imply intentionality of the western elites and also Ukrainian elites of this about commitment to neoliberal form. But I think situation is much more worse. I think we are all new liberals. There is nothing but neoliberal agenda. There’s no alternative in the world. And this is where every society here in the United States, in Europe, in Ukraine, this working people suffer from the same problems from this total GMO of neoliberal ideology. And this the summation of social safety nets is a problem everywhere. So that’s where absolute solidarity can be built, right? This is the same problem that you listed. You could have put any name of any country in the west and it’ll still be the case. So the first and foremost, to get rid of ourself from this kind of spiraling down motion, we need to start thinking collectively thinking about alternatives as far as I’m aware specifically talking about Ukraine again, which is similar to the US unions are at the forefront of the fight for just society. Even though right now Ukraine is a martial law and all the politics is basically kind of suspended and protests are not allowed. They still do happen, actually they still do happen about reforms, labor reforms about mobilization, the way mobilization is done, and again, these are specific cases to Ukraine, but most of the problems that you mentioned are actually unique, absolutely universal to all the countries.

    Blanca Missé:

    Thank you, Dennis. Hannah, what is your take on the opposition of new liberal reforms in Ukraine and also this connection that DE is making?

    Hanna Perekhoda:

    I mean it’s this question really deserves better experts than us. I think it is the central one. Also, I need to ize, I mean, I agree with what you said Blanca with your analyst, but I also want to say that we must not enter into a little bit simplistic analysis to interpret what happens through the prism. There is an almighty west imposed in neoliberal conditions on poor Ukrainians. As said in this, it is worse than that because the most radical and crazy funds of neoliberalism are the Ukrainians Ukrainian political and economical elites themselves. I think they are on the top of this pyramid in terms of neoliberal, imaginary and fanaticism. And in comparison with them the requirements, for example of the European unions in regard to Ukraine that for example, Eric to he says that yes, these are neoliberal requirements, but they seem rather humanistic in comparison of what the Ukrainian government does itself.

    In fact, the European commission pressures the Ukrainian government to threaten the social dialogue and to not to crush the unions and this kind of thing. But I think, well, the Ukrainian government, it is not very smart to say in the least because it is trying. What is actually doing is trying to win a war of such a magnitude while sustaining the fantasy of a neoliberal economy and the neoliberal economy. It is based on deeply individualist, social imaginary on deregulated economic system. And it is evident that is simply not suited to the demands of defense because the defense requires solidarity at all levels of society and they promote reforms like the regulation of labor law, et cetera. And these reforms, of course, they weaken the workers and obviously destroys the very little trust that the workers still had in the state because there is a trust, the state is kind of fulfilling, tries to fulfill its duty of the defense of the society, but it is eroding very quickly. It’s legitimacy. And Ukraine’s existence depends on the collective effort, on the resilience of its citizens, a collectively resilience. But the government itself is weakening actively the very foundation of this society and it’s a horrible situation.

    Blanca Missé:

    Thank you, Hannah, because I really also want to thank you both for reframing my question because what I hear you say, one is we’re all under neoliberal assault for the past 40 years. So this is kind of the common basis for international solidarity regardless that you live in the US in Ukraine and Palestine, in France, in Syria and Sudan is the same policies that attack workers’ rights, social rights, democratic rights. So there’s nothing exceptional. But I also heard you say that in particular in Ukraine, the economic elites have a very high capitalist predation and have been attacking social rights even more or more eager to do so that to pay on privatizations and accumulation of money more than the European Union would like them to do. So that’s also something very important that there is an internal class struggle that I’m assuming began before the war and is exacerbated by the war.

    But I think what you said, Hannah, and I would like to know if you could develop a little bit more, I think you kind of getting to one of the crux problems here is that these policies, these neoliberal policies are today an obstacle to win the war in Ukraine because they weakened national economic independence, they weakened the production of goods, they weakened the working people who are the ones who are fighting in the forefront and making sure the economy can resist the Russian imperialist aggression. So what would be alternative social and economic policies that would help the Ukrainians win the war? I understand you’re very critical of the Zel landscape administration.

    Hanna Perekhoda:

    Yes. So I think the very crucial thing now is the redistribution, the fair redistribution of resources inside of Ukraine, the revision of taxation. Also, the take on the reform is complex and it implies a lot of things. Also, the fight of corruption is a very important point in order to dismantle this oligarchic predatory system. But the investment needs to be made a huge investment in a public sector and also in defense. And to restore the legitimacy of the government and the trust of the working people, the people who are now in the trenches, they want to be sure that their families don’t starve and their families get what they deserve from the state. And they are respected, their work and their families are respected. And it’s not the case now because as I said, they try to pretend that neoliberal state could function during the times of war, and it is clearly not the case.

    Blanca Missé:

    Thank you, Hannah. Dennis, do you have any thoughts about this question?

    Denys Bondar:

    As far as alternative goes? Actually everything depends what’s going to happen in the battlefield. All sectors of societies are represented in the battlefield. Future political leaders are obviously there will be former soldiers or commanders, and now we have progressive members of progressive forces there. And there are different groups. L-G-B-T-Q groups are also represented in the armed forces. And all these groups will have their say once the political process is open, if there’s a ceasefire and there is a martial law is canceled so that elections can begin, can restart only then we will see. Honestly, that’s the only way to see, in my opinion, some change. Because at the moment, people of Ukraine have many problems with the zelensky government, yet they’re not willing to challenge it openly through protests because they understand that the country needs to become not internally paralyzed internal politics because that’s the only thing that basically Russian occupier want to see. Right? Internal destabilization to the point where the state is not able to provide the basic defense needs. So is I would like to again reiterate that we, everything is right now decided on the battlefield, including the future.

    Blanca Missé:

    Thank you, Deni. So I have a more broad or abstract question to you that has to do with what does it mean today for you to be an anti-imperialist and to stand for international solidarity? What are the principles you think we should be upholding?

    Hanna Perekhoda:

    Yes, I just wanted to say a few words to complete, maybe to react to what Denise was saying before answering. I think I also would like to repeat that there is an idea that circulates in the western media and among some people about the reelections of zelensky, blah, blah, blah. I think Ukrainians are very clear, most of them on the fact that objectively it is unrealistic to hold democratic elections in times where the cities are bombed. Dial one sort of the country is under occupation, 10 million of people are displaced. Million is I think around a million is of people is in the trenches. But of course we need the return of politics and the conditions where the political economic struggles are possible when the elections could take place, but not just elections, of course, all kinds of struggles. And for this, we need the end of the war, but we need functioning democratic institutions.

    And for this, the condition number one is just peace. Just peace that could be accepted by the majority of the Ukrainian society because nothing will strengthen the populists, the extreme rights more than the military occupation and all the systematic injustice oppression that accompanies it. And I think if Ukraine is forced to make peace under the Russian conditions, it is more likely that we will not have the opportunity to actually make politics, us and our organizations. It is more likely than in this circumstances, radical groups which capitalize on frustration on the feelings of injustice will gain thread. And you have multiple examples in the world of such dynamics, very sad examples. And Ukraine, I think it must not become one of them and we must not repeat the same mistakes. And as for the more broad question, also a lot of things to say, but if we consider the current context, which is very, for me personally, very difficult, discouraging, and kind of emotionally, I’m really feeling bad for what is happening in the world and particularly in the United States. And with the return of Donald Trump, I think it should be clear now that the rising of reactionary militaristic states like Russia, like Israel directly fuels the rise of fascist forces in the United States and other countries and vice versa. These are the communicating vessels. And these forces are actually working very actively in order to dismantle all possible international structures that limit their ambitions, their ambitions of wars, of pollution, of exploitation. And I think the fight in Ukraine is in this sense, linked directly with the global struggles against this destructive trends.

    Blanca Missé:

    Thank you, Hanna, Denys. What it means to you to be an anti-imperialist today, and which connections do you see between the struggle of the Ukrainian people and other struggles abroad?

    Denys Bondar:

    So it’s very simple. It’s basically trusting people, right? Trusting ordinary people, working people everywhere, respecting their voices, respecting their opinions, and trying to sympathize with them on their own terms, trying to put yourself in other shoes. And I think these principles have been foundational principles since 19th century emergence of the progressive thoughts, and they remain activists today. And unfortunately, it’s painful to see many people whom I would call comrades on other issues, not basically remembering these basic fundamental tenants.

    Blanca Missé:

    Can you give examples of comrades who have not been remembering the tenants and some of the struggles about supporting this liberation movement or not this movement? Can you tell us a little bit more about that?

    Denys Bondar:

    Yeah, so it’s very particular in the western left, especially in the US and actually some of the European left, which are mainly from major countries like uk, Germany. You can clearly see how the starting point of discussion is always this geopolitical and cold war thinking that we have started our conversation with, even though these people should know better, right? They’re activists, they’re engaged with Palestinians, with the Georgians, et cetera, et cetera. They know other people, they know how it is to be oppressed and not able to apply the same principles to Ukrainians. Sorry to Georgians. I wanted to say also just I cannot fathom how they can live with this self-evident contradictions, how they can reconcile two different worldviews as applied to Ukraine and East Europe and Ukraine and Coco regions and everybody else.

    Blanca Missé:

    Yeah, I’m glad that you mentioned Georgia because of course there is also an analogy between the aggressions Russian aggressions to Georgia and interference in Georgia, national affairs from Russia and the situation of Ukraine. But you also mentioned Palestine, and I do remember that in the Ukraine social solidarity network in the us, and we had a point of taking a position of solidarity with Palestine, that was our first episode of solidarity, without exception whether to Ukrainian guests. It is clear that for the Ukrainian people to achieve a durable peace, it is them who have to be at the table of negotiations as they have been the ones fighting on the front, and it is their own country and livelihood that is at stake. Stay tuned for our next episode hosted by Ashley Smith, where we’ll turn into the recent events in Syria with a fall of Bashar Assad, and the challenges posed today to the Syrian people to lead a truly democratic transition free from any foreign interference.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Blanca Missé.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/25/many-ignored-ukrainians-fight-against-russias-invasion-but-the-fallout-from-it-will-affect-all-of-us/feed/ 0 518229
    The old world order couldn’t stop wars in Ukraine and Gaza; the new world order will accelerate more wars like them https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/24/the-old-world-order-couldnt-stop-wars-in-ukraine-and-gaza-the-new-world-order-will-accelerate-more-wars-like-them/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/24/the-old-world-order-couldnt-stop-wars-in-ukraine-and-gaza-the-new-world-order-will-accelerate-more-wars-like-them/#respond Mon, 24 Feb 2025 21:54:21 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332046 Ukraine and Palestine flag together via Getty ImagesEven the fiction of the US-enforced “rules-based international order” has collapsed, and a new, terrifying world disorder—one that more closely resembles the geopolitical periods preceding World Wars I and II—is emerging. What does global working-class solidarity look like in this new era?]]> Ukraine and Palestine flag together via Getty Images

    As we cross the third anniversary of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine on Feb. 24, 2022, Russia has launched its largest drone attack in Ukraine to date, and Israeli tanks are rolling into the Occupied West Bank for the first time in decades. US President Donald Trump has issued repeated threats to “take over” and “own” Gaza, “buy” Greenland, and “absorb” Canada as the “51st state.” Even the fiction of the US-enforced “rules-based international order” has collapsed, and a new, terrifying world disorder—one that more closely resembles the geopolitical periods preceding World Wars I and II—is emerging. 

    This new era is characterized by heightening inter-imperial conflicts between great powers like the US, Russia, and China, and emerging regional powers, the rise of far-right and authoritarian governments around the globe, and the accelerated drive of those governments to annex and take over other countries, deny their populations the right to self-determination, and plunder their resources. But this tectonic shift in 21st-century geopolitics has, in turn, provoked growing struggles for self-determination and national liberation. From Palestine to Puerto Rico, from Ukraine to Xinjiang, how can working-class people in the United States and beyond fight for a different future and an alternative world order founded not on imperial conquest, war, and capitalist domination, but on solidarity without exception among all poor, working-class, and oppressed peoples who yearn to live freely and peacefully? 

    This is Solidarity without Exception, a new podcast series brought to you by The Real News Network, in partnership with the Ukraine Solidarity Network, hosted by Blanca Missé and Ashley Smith. In the inaugural episode of this series, TRNN Editor-in-Chief Maximillian Alvarez joins Missé and Smith to dissect how the world order has changed in the three years since Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, and how the simultaneous unfolding of the war in Ukraine and Israel’s US-backed genocidal war on Palestine has revealed both the centrality of anti-occupation struggles for self-determination in the 21st century, and the need for global working-class solidarity with all oppressed peoples waging those struggles.

    Pre-Production: Maximillian Alvarez, Blanca Missé, Kayla Rivara, Ashley Smith
    Studio Production: David Hebden
    Audio Post-Production: Alina Nehlich

    Music Credits: 
    Venticinque Aprile (“Bella Ciao” Orchestral Cover) by Savfk | https://www.youtube.com/savfkmusic
    Music promoted by https://www.free-stock-music.com Creative Commons / Attribution 4.0 International (CC BY 4.0) https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/


    Transcript

    [CLIP BEGINS]

    Rafael Bernabe:  My support for the Ukrainian people to self-determination doesn’t mean that I necessarily support the policies or even support the government of Zelenskyy. What it means is that it is up to the Ukrainian people to decide what government they have — Not for Putin to decide that or anybody else but the Ukrainian people. That’s what self-determination means. They decide what kind of government they want to have, which is what we are also fighting for in Puerto Rico, which is what we are also fighting for in Palestine and everywhere else.

    [CLIP ENDS]

    [THEME MUSIC]

    Maximillian Alvarez:  This is Solidarity Without Exception, a new podcast series brought to you by The Real News Network in partnership with the Ukraine Solidarity Network. I’m Maximillian Alvarez. I’m the editor-in-chief here at The Real News, and I’m sending my love and solidarity to you, to all poor and oppressed people around the world, and to all who yearn and fight to live freely.

    Blanca Missé:  And I’m Blanca Missé. I teach at San Francisco State University. I’m with the Ukraine Solidarity Network and the Labor for Palestine National Network, and I also organize with Workers’ Voice. I’m really excited to start this podcast because we see the old world order crumbling, and we need to figure out how to put forward principle politics to defend working people’s rights and struggles in the US and all over the world. And we want to share with you all the discussions we’ve been having with Ukraine activists, Palestine solidarity activists, immigrant rights activists, and labor folks in the US.

    Ashley Smith:  I’m Ashley Smith. I’m a member of the Ukraine Solidarity Network and also a member of the Tempest Collective. I think this podcast is incredibly significant, especially with Donald Trump’s assumption of power in Washington DC, because I think it’s accelerating the development of what we could call a new world disorder; of a stagnant world economy; heightening interimperial conflicts, especially between the US, China, and Russia; and a rise of far-right governments and authoritarian governments all around the world, which is accelerating an annexationist drive to take over countries, deny them the right of self-determination, which is provoking struggles for self-determination and national liberation in response.

    So the questions that we want to address in this podcast is how do we oppose all imperialisms from the US to Russia to China, but most importantly in the US, how we oppose US imperialism without extending support to its rival imperialisms? How do we build solidarity with all oppressed peoples and nations fighting for self-determination, from Puerto Rico to Ukraine to Xinjiang? That is, how do we build solidarity without exception, not only with struggles of national liberation, but also struggles of working-class people and oppressed people from below throughout the world.

    [CLIP BEGINS]

    Reporter 1:  Good evening, and we’re coming on the air at this hour with breaking news. After the US warned all day of a full-scale Russian invasion of Ukraine, that it was imminent, Vladimir Putin has just addressed the Russian people moments ago, announcing what Putin called the start of a military special operation, in his words, to demilitarize Ukraine.

    Reporter 2:  The Russian president says A military operation is now underway in Eastern Ukraine. Ukraine has declared a state of emergency.

    Reporter 3:  The full-scale invasion that intelligence officials had been warning about for weeks is now underway, and there are reports of explosions and attacks at several major Ukrainian cities.

    Reporter 4:  Ukraine’s president has been calling on civilians to fight, appealing for help while this assault is unfolding across Ukraine. Global leaders are responding with stronger sanctions.

    [CLIP ENDS]

    Maximillian Alvarez:  February of 2022 was an intense time in the world, and there was a lot going on in the world before Russia invaded Ukraine on the 24th of February. Here at The Real News in January through February of 2022, we were covering stories like the electoral victory of Chile’s leftist President Gabriel Borich and the Canada “trucker convoy”. We were covering this incredible story of Mexican autoworkers at a GM plant in Silao, using the provisions of the renegotiated NAFTA to wage this heroic effort to vote out their old, corrupt union and vote in a new, independent union. And I was interviewing folks involved in that struggle from Mexico.

    The Starbucks union wave was really kicking into high gear at that point. I was interviewing workers at stores here in Baltimore and around the United States. And I had just conducted what would become my first of many, many interviews with railroad workers here in the United States — And that was after I learned that a US district court judge had blocked 17,000 railroad workers at BNSF railway from striking on Feb. 1.

    So that’s where I was and where we were as a news network leading into Russia’s invasion of Ukraine on Feb. 24. But when that invasion happened, there was this real chilling sense of history, that something was changing, something irrevocable had been broken, and that things were never going to be what they were on Feb. 23, 2022.

    Ashley Smith:  I guess I was shocked but not at all surprised, because, I think, if you go back now three years, it was really clear that the world was changing rapidly. And I did a lot of on-the-ground organizing through all the years Trump was in power. And then we were a year into the Biden administration. And what really struck me is this massive wave of struggle that swept through the United States under Trump, lots of it was co-opted, neutralized, and taken over by the Democratic Party, and the movements collapsed around us.

    In particular, Black Lives Matter really went from one of the biggest social uprisings in US history to dissipating before our eyes. The Democratic Party successfully co-opted that big, enormous wave of struggles behind a project that I saw as hardcore imperialist in its very nature, a project to rebuild US capitalism and rally Washington’s allies for a great power confrontation, in particular with China and Russia.

    And during that time, I was writing a book about all of this with several co-authors called China and Global Capitalism that was an attempt to explain this developing period in history that we were living through. And we were writing that book right when China and Russia struck their friendship without limits agreement. And that showed from the other side of the interimperial rivalries that another camp was forming in opposition to the US.

    So then when Russia invaded Ukraine soon after that friendship pact, I really wasn’t surprised by it at all. And really because the war had been going on since 2014, the actual beginning of the war wasn’t three years ago in 2022, it was back in 2014 when Russia took over the sections of Donbas and the Crimea and had been trying to figure out how to annex the rest of the country.

    And Putin was doing this for clear reasons that had to do, in part, with response to NATO expansion into Eastern Europe, but more importantly, I think, in response to the democratic uprising within Russia itself, the pro-democracy movement, the attempt to address the class and social inequalities inside Russia itself. And so Putin turned to increasing authoritarianism at home and an explicit imperialist project abroad to reclaim not the Soviet Union’s project, but the great czarist project of the 19th century. It’s not an accident that his big heroes are czars of that period.

    And I totally agree, Max, I think the Russian invasion of Ukraine ushered in an epochal shift in world politics that has shaped everything in every corner of our globe all the way through till today. That is a new epic of annexation imperialism which is coming from Russia, from China, from the US, smaller regional powers. And in response to that, it’s triggering a new epic of struggles for national liberation and self-determination, which are going to be at the heart of all international political discussions.

    Blanca Missé:  When I tried to rewind to February, 2022, many of us here were, I mean at least I was coming out of a big fight against austerity measures in my university after COVID. The preunfolding of what we’re seeing a little bit with this massive attack to the Department of Education, to public universities, there’s been a long time coming of a restructuring of social services and an attack on free speech, academic freedom.

    So I have to say I was shocked and stunned by the February invasion. I agree with Ashley that the war technically had started in 2014. But I’m from Europe, I’m Catalan, and I’m in conversation with my family in Barcelona, friends in France, in Italy, in Portugal, and for all of us Europeans from the old world to see tanks back invading territory and trench building and alarms for bombs and people going into the refuges, it sounded like a real situation, like we’re back to the 20th century wars, which a lot of the US propaganda in Hollywood is telling us that the wars are going to be driven by drones and precision weapons, and there you have all this huge human capital and life being murdered, slaughtered at the front.

    That was a huge shock to me, and I started rethinking what is happening. Many of the first explanations were Putin has gone crazy. This guy is out of control. And this explanation of one person just being crazy in power, it does not hold long enough to explain this war. And you see, it’s pretty clear that since Putin arrived to power, he radically transformed the Russian state. He turned the Russian state into an imperial state. He concentrated all of the power, all of the industries, he squashed all of the opposition, and he needed to preserve this area of influence to sell its gas, its oil, to extract resources, to submit all of these areas of Belarus, the Baltic states, Ukraine, with huge debt deals. And any attempts to contest that, like it was in Maidan in Ukraine, or even the beginning of the opposition in Russia, prompted him to invade Ukraine.

    When you start understanding more the geopolitical, social, economic history of this part of the world, then the invasion makes total sense. I thought there was a beginning and an after because this war kept going on and on, and many of us thought this is going to just be two, three months and they’re going to negotiate. And we’re in year three of this war. And this was compounded also with the ongoing genocide in Palestine, which was restarted last year after the October events.

    And so I do agree fully with Ashley that the way I was processing this, first I joined the Ukraine Solidarity Network. It was crucial for many of us active to have conversations with Ukrainians and with Russians who were also educating us and exchanging with us their views about what’s happening in the world. So we were trying to form a collective, internationalist viewpoint so we could process things across countries.

    And also I started reading a lot of history, maybe because I’m a nerd, and I realized that our world right now is not anymore this “stable” US hegemonic world. As Ashley was saying, it looks more and more like the pre-World War II world with rising empires competing with each other and trying to steal land and colonies — At the time they were colonies, today they’re not, they’re supposedly independent countries — But they’re trying to annex them to put them under their thumb for control of their resources, of their markets, of their populations.

    So I am still processing the war, and the war is getting more and more complicated because it is enmeshed in this world mess. How could you explain that we have North Korean troops fighting today on the Russian front? We need to be able to unpack all of this mess and be able to explain it clearly to working people so we can find a sense of direction, a sense of understanding of our history, and a sense of agency. And I think the goal of our podcast and also doing this reflection is how we can win back agency in this country to stand up for our rights.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  I think that’s beautifully and powerfully put, and it is very much the soul of this podcast series. That really is our goal here, is to help you all navigate what has become such an unnavigable, or seemingly unnavigable, terrain, where you have these competing allegiances and things pulling at your heartstrings, when we want to lead with a basic humanitarian principle of defending life, defending people’s right to national sovereignty.

    I wanted to take us back down to February of 2022 and what people were seeing and what was making sense and what wasn’t at that time. For most people — And the national polling really bore this out at the time — The question of who the bad guys were here, who the good guys were, and what the evil deeds were seemed pretty apparent on its face: Russia violating the national sovereignty of Ukraine, Russian troops entering Ukrainian territory, opening fire on Ukrainians, and committing the basic war crime of invading another country. And again, on its face, this is what people were seeing, this is what was being reported, and the question of who deserved our solidarity and why was seemingly pretty clear cut.

    But as you guys already alluded to, there was an immediate discourse battle unfolding here where a lot of complicating factors were being introduced, whether they be the role of NATO expansionism and the US involvement in the 2014 coup, where you guys pointed out this war really started in 2014. The US had a lot of direct involvement in that. There were facts circulating about the far right neo-Nazis. Putin himself was claiming that this was a campaign of de-Nazification in Ukraine.

    And so all of these interceding points start coming into the basic vision of your average person who’s seeing a sovereign country being invaded by its powerful neighbor. And these interceding factors served, at best, to complicate the official US narrative about the war. But at worst, they served to justify what Russia was doing. And I think somewhere in the middle, for many, the point was to essentially justify a lack of solidarity with Ukraine and a basic conviction that this was not our problem.

    Ashley Smith:  I think the surface, gut-level response of most people to seeing a country invaded was of solidarity with the victims of such an invasion. And I think it’s very important to affirm that gut instinct of solidarity because that provides a guiding light for people through the points of confusion about the origins of the war, the nature of Ukraine, the politics of Ukraine, and the nature of its struggle for self-determination.

    And a few things about that. There is no doubt that NATO expansion set the stage for this, in part. But as I said earlier, the motivations of Putin were laid out numerous times in speeches that he gave over and over and over again that said this war was about proclaiming and reclaiming a Russian empire, and that entailed the eradication of an entire national state and national people: the Ukrainian people.

    Now, those Ukrainian people rose up in resistance, legitimately so — Not just the government but the vast majority of the people — All the way back in 2014 and then again in 2022. And one of the things that’s very important to say about the so-called coup in 2014 was that it wasn’t a coup, that this was a national popular uprising of the vast majority of people against a government that was essentially aligning itself with Russia, and therefore threatened the people in Ukraine with an authoritarian regime that they fundamentally rejected.

    And when the government attempted to crush the protests in opposition and brutalize the population, it transformed into a national popular uprising that drove the government from power. Which to Russia felt like a threat because what it showed is the agency of people to fight for their rights against an authoritarian regime, which, back in Russia, was ominous for Putin. So Putin had the ambition from the very beginning to set an example for the Russian people that if you rise up against the dictates and program and project of Putin’s regime, it will be crushed in blood.

    And the more you read about Ukraine, the more clear it becomes that this is a genuine progressive struggle for national liberation. Now, that doesn’t mean that there are not lots of complexities within Ukraine, but frankly, there’s lots of complexities in every single nation state around the world.

    And sometimes when I heard people talk about the right in Ukraine, I was like, oh my God, we live in the United States where we had Donald Trump, so it was a bit rich to hear people pick points about the politics of Ukraine. And the more you read about the actual politics inside the country, the more marginal, actually, the right is in the society. That doesn’t mean it’s not a threat, but it’s the Ukrainian people’s fight to deal with their own right wing, which is our responsibility here in the United States to deal with our own right wing.

    And the final thing I’ll say about this is you don’t have to have perfect victims to grant solidarity to people. And I think this is a very important point that Mohammed El-Kurd makes in his new book, Perfect Victims, about the Palestinian people’s struggle for national liberation, because they don’t have to be perfect victims to have solidarity extended to them, nor should Ukrainians. We should be in solidarity with Ukraine’s struggle and Palestine’s struggle for self-determination, with all the complexities of their societies recognized, and understanding that only Ukrainians and Palestinians can deal with those problems, and it shouldn’t mean that we deny them our solidarity.

    Blanca Missé:  When you see a country being invaded, you have your gut reaction to say, I side with them. And I think in the United States we have several added complexities. I think we have maybe different guts or different ways of feeling that are compounded because, on the one hand, most of the folks who maybe are indifferent or are questioning whether we should support Ukraine, they don’t deny that what is happening to Ukrainian people is horrible.

    The hesitations come from the fact that, in the United States, we have such a long history of our US government leading wars at home and abroad. So then suddenly when they see a bad actor doing a bad thing, but they see the US government taking the side of the victim, they’re saying, maybe there is something fishy here. And that is an understandable conflict.

    And then because one logic would be the enemy of my enemy is my friend, and that’s something we’re trying to unpack here. The enemy of your enemy doesn’t have to be your friend. It can also be another enemy that is going to come after you.

    And so this very mechanical gut reaction when you have these two competing things, I think — And that was a case for all the racialized populations in the United States, that they were feeling maybe less identified with the plea of the Ukrainian people, not because they’re not human, but because they were suddenly surprised and, actually, angry that their own government, who has been oppressing their communities and their own people at home, suddenly wanted to drop everything and find money that supposedly we don’t have; we don’t have money for schools, we don’t have money for social services, we don’t have money for healthcare, and then send all of this money to Ukrainians. So that didn’t help.

    And so this is why it’s so important, and it has been so important for our Ukraine Solidarity Network work to do everything from a standpoint of independence from the US government, independence from the Trump and Biden administrations, because we’re not here about backing any government or state. We’re here about building working-class solidarity from below, direct worker-to-worker, people-to-people connections.

    And the other thing I want to add here, when there was this reaction of not a problem, most of the time working people in the US — And this is particularly white people — It’s not their problem what happens in the world, right? It is their problem when it comes to their pockets. But there is a socialization about we around the world, we are the ones who deserve all the wealth, and we can extract the wealth of the rest of the world and make all these cheap products abroad for slavery wages, and plunder the resources of the world so we can have a way of living. [This] makes it that we don’t care about what happens in the rest of the world because in everyday life we have to care about what happens to the working class in the world. We could not sleep for the nightmares that we would have about what our standards of living and our consumption conditions require.

    So there is also something, there’s two perverse ways in which the US capitalist system and the US state has socialized us and desensitized us not to care. One is because we are US-centric, born and raised to be US-centric and not care about the rest of the world and not spend money abroad when there are needs at home. And the other thing is that we also have a lot of folks who have been so much damaged, tortured, aggressed, harmed, hurt by the US empire, that their first gut reaction is to be against any cause the US government supports.

    And we have to deal with all of this mess, of all of this. And it’s important to call it gut reactions and say how we start unpacking, validating the way people think, of course, but then start showing them the way other people are feeling and thinking, and trying to put these two things together so we can build internationalism and solidarity for below.

    It is difficult work, but this is why we’re doing this podcast, because we think this work must be done, and it can be done together if we have productive conversations across the different sectors of our class internationally.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Another condition that your average working person in America is in, living in the heart of empire, being subject to a capitalist dominated society and an imperial war machine installed in our government. People, over ,get really, really tired of getting jerked around and lied to and feeling duped. And the better angels of their nature are being exploited by the people in power to justify doing awful things. And I think that that’s where also you get this malaise that so many of us feel.

    One of the, I think, other factors to consider is that, for your average person, the decision about what to think about this was also broken into two choices: Is my duty here to do something to stop this, or is it to have the right position on it? And I think that that’s actually symptomatic of the broad powerlessness that we are raised to feel in this country when we sense that we have so little influence over the power structure that we are finding out has had a hand in NATO expansion, that has had a hand in creating the crisis that we’re watching unfold on our televisions, our impulse is just throw our hands up and say, I don’t want to associate myself with this crap. And in that position, you can gravitate towards the one thing you do have, which is the righteousness of your own perspective.

    And so when you’re in that mode, you latch onto these reasons to not care, to not give your heart so willingly to a cause like we did after 9/11, like we did in Vietnam, like we did in Desert Storm. People remember what it felt like to learn how wrong we were in those days gone by, and we don’t want to make that same mistake again.

    And so when we hear that there are far-right Nazis in parts of Ukraine, that’s enough of an excuse to write off an entire population. When we hear that, once again, the US has had a strong hand over years and decades in creating the crisis that is unfolding now, we throw up our hands and say it’s the US’s fault. We don’t want to deal with it.

    So I think that that reaction from a lot of folks is more symptomatic of our learned powerlessness in a craven, imperialist society that is constantly looking for our emotional validation of its imperial exploits and people refusing to give it, but doing so by writing off an entire population that needs our solidarity.

    Ashley Smith:  I think what you’re saying, Max, is really important because there’s a healthy knee-jerk suspicion of the US government that is the legacy of the absolutely criminal history of US imperialism, all the way back to the 19th century, from the Spanish-American war to today, in which they lie, cheat, and steal to make profit through plunder of other countries and military dominance and manipulation of debt and gunboat diplomacy and fake alibis for wars, et cetera. So there’s a good knee-jerk suspicion of the US government, and I think that’s particularly concentrated, rightly so, among progressives.

    But then it can lead to the kinds of problems that you’re describing, of not thinking our lives are bound up with people in Ukraine, and that the Ukrainian people don’t deserve our solidarity and support.

    And I always come back to Martin Luther King’s famous statement as part of his opposition to the Vietnam War when he said that a threat to justice anywhere is a threat to justice everywhere. And I think we have to internalize that because I think we need a healthy knee-jerk anti-imperialism towards the US government, but also towards other governments and imperial powers throughout the world.

    In this case in particular Russia, because I think Russia set a precedent that is now spreading, that is that you can have an imperialist war to annex and eradicate an entire country that first started in Europe, the first ground war in Europe since World War II. Now you’re seeing that spread with Israel and its using a logic of colonial annexation that’s eerily familiar from what Russia said about Ukraine. Because if you put what Netanyahu says right next to what Putin says about each country they’re annexing and colonizing, they’re eerily similar. And if you look at what Trump is now saying about Gaza, the ethnic cleansing and seizure of Gaza — Not only Gaza but Greenland, Panama, and if God can believe it, Canada as the 51st state.

    So there’s a whole logic of a territorial imperialism and annexation that Russia’s war initiated globally, and it’s why our interests as working people and progressives here in the United States are bound up with Ukrainian people’s struggle for self-determination. Because if they lose in their struggle, that sets a precedent for powers to go after other subject peoples and nations all around the world.

    And what’s most eerie right now is that Trump is rewarding Russia’s aggression and saying, sure, you can have 20% of Ukraine. That’s fine. We’ll sit down and make a deal over the heads and without the involvement of Ukraine’s government, let alone its people. That is eerie. That’s what Netanyahu and Trump are doing about Palestine. Who knows what’s going to happen between Xi Jinping and Donald Trump about Taiwan. Who knows what’s going to happen in Latin America and Panama and Greenland. We’re entering a very ominous phase, and it began, really, with the invasion of Ukraine. That’s why, whether we like it or not, our lives and destinies are bound up with the struggle of the Ukrainian people.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Exactly. And to even look backwards at the Biden administration’s handling of this, again, I think what you’re describing with Trump still puts your average American in a similar position because we had just clearly stated evidence that, under the Biden administration, that while we may, from our gut impulse, want to support Ukrainians fighting against this imperialist aggression, defending their national sovereignty, their lives, their communities, and that was the official line that we were hearing from Washington, DC, throughout the media. But then you also get these media clips from then Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin, who, in April 2022, told reporters:

    [CLIP BEGINS]

    Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin:  We want to see Ukraine remain a sovereign country, a democratic country able to protect its sovereign territory. We want to see Russia weakened to the degree that it can’t do the kinds of things that it has done in invading Ukraine.

    [CLIP ENDS]

    Maximillian Alvarez:  So right there you have, in the center of those two statements, you have your average working person trying to square that contradiction: Is this about supporting Ukrainians fight for their lives or is this about putting them in the firing line as cannon fodder so that our enemy Russia weakens itself slaughtering the people that we are in solidarity with? What is your average person supposed to do in that situation? What are they supposed to think?

    And so you have those contradictions swirling around in general, but you also have other contradictions that clash, I think, are the deeply held principles of people who might describe themselves as on the left or having more leftist and progressive principles that they try to live by that are in seeming conflict in a situation like this and our clear-cut principal opposition to Nazis anywhere. So yes, of course if there are and where there are Nazis in Russia, Ukraine, anywhere, fuck them. But they are not the entire population, just like the Nazis who are literally marching on the street right now in the United States of America do not represent the entirety of the US population.

    But you also had, for instance, within Ukraine, necessary critiques of the Zelenskyy government, of the wartime policies that have squashed labor rights, that have sold off more resources and terrain within Ukraine to other countries and private firms that are looking to take advantage of this situation. And so again, if you are, say, someone more on the left than not and you support unions and workers’ rights, and you are seeing them be violated in Ukraine by its own government, you have this difficult question to untangle. And I actually thought that in this great interview that Bill Fletcher did for us at The Real News in September of 2023 where he spoke with Olesia Briazgunova, the international secretary of the Confederation of Free Trade Unions of Ukraine, she actually puts this into great perspective. Let’s play that clip.

    [CLIP BEGINS]

    Bill Fletcher Jr.:  I’d like you to explain to US workers who might say something like this: The Zelenskyy government is neoliberal, it’s reactionary. Yes, I don’t agree with the Russian aggression, but I don’t agree with the Zelenskyy government. I don’t think we should give any support to anybody. What would you say to someone that raises that?

    Olesia Briazgunova:  I want to emphasize that there are two different issues: Issues of war, genocidal war that includes massive killings of people, mass graves, torture, killing of children, deportation of children, people who are activists, human rights and labor activists under the threat of captivity in the occupied territories. So it’s two different issues. Yes, we need the support in this direction of fighting for decent work and labor standards. We need your solidarity. But to fight for workers’ rights, we need to survive. We need to survive and ensure that workers’ right to life is ensured. And then, of course, we will fight for better working conditions and decent work. And maybe in peaceful time, it would be more easy to promote our agenda within the social dialogue.

    [CLIP ENDS]

    Blanca Missé:  The US government, the Biden administration has been weaponizing the principle solidarity American people felt for Ukraine, to actually use it against Putin, the Russian state, and weakening it. But it is even more perverse than that because all of these aid packages that were presented in Congress, which supposedly is money that we are sending to support Ukraine, if you look at the fine print, a third of each of these packages was just to restock the US military with more advanced weapons, giving huge contracts to the major war corporations. Another third was to boost NATO, to boost the CIA, to boost international surveillance. Only a third of what remained was to send material aid to Ukraine, which mostly what they send are the old weapons that are not really useful so much in combat today. Not the most advanced ones, not the airplanes, the ones they need to discard.

    So they have been using the Ukraine war in two ways. One is, as you were saying, Max, to use the lives of Ukrainians as cannon fodder to weaken the Russian economy. They have also weaponized the war to impose sanctions on Russia to make it more difficult for Russia to upgrade its industry, its military production. But they also have been lying to American working-class people, telling them that this is about Ukraine [when] this is about boosting their own war machine.

    And we have to be honest, we have to explain what’s happening. That does not mean we do not stand in solidarity with the Ukrainian working class. That does not mean we oppose material aid. But we need to explain the aims of this material aid. We need to explain the strings that come attached while we are on the material military side of the Ukrainians, and we fully agree that they need airplanes, weapons, tanks, anything they need to protect the sovereignty of the territory.

    As Denys Bondar said in Episode 1, you cannot fight an invasion with pillows. You need weapons. That’s absolutely true. I think the perversity of the US imperial agenda went a step further, and we’ll talk about it later today when we talk about what happened once we combined what’s happening in Ukraine, what is happening with Palestine. Because the last aid package for Ukraine that was proposed by Biden was proposing the same package with aid for Israel and for the militarization of the border to further criminalize and repress immigrants in the United States. So the cruelty, the cynicism, the twisted mindset of the US empire that is supposedly here to support Ukraine, but is, in fact, using this war and the Ukrainian people and the working-class folks in the US to further its imperial aims, it’s absolutely disgusting and outrageous, and we need to be able to denounce it while we build solidarity for Ukraine.

    And one of these things you were saying, Max, about this split between being a commentator of what’s happening versus being actively involved, we see that in a lot of the movements here, and I think it has to do with the fact that working people in the US feel really politically disempowered. I think the biggest manifestation of that is in what is supposed to be the most democratic country in the world, the political life is dominated, since the Civil War, by two huge parties which are controlled by money and by major corporate America, and working people don’t have an outlet. There is not a worker’s party. There’s no independent political parties. You go anywhere in the world, you run for elections, you have 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10 parties. You have coalition governments. Here in the US, folks have kind of accepted that they have to be ruled by one of the two evils.

    And when you have interiorized that there is no good that could come from politics, that you have no political agency, that we cannot be in charge of running our country, but we have to defer to one of the two evils, it is logic that the mentality of the lesser of two evils gets applied to read the rest of the struggles, always speaking the less of the two evils.

    And I think that’s important to remind ourselves that when we’re doing all of this work to stand in solidarity without exceptions, the first duty we have in the US is to stand in solidarity with ourselves, with working people in the US, to start challenging this imposed hegemony of the bipartisan system in our country so we can finally begin to articulate, one day, independent working-class politics for working people in the US too, not only for the struggles of the oppressed abroad.

    I think these things are connected. Our incapacity, most of the time, in the US to read and understand the complexities and the class struggle dynamics of the wars and the conflicts and the national liberation movements and the democratic movements abroad is linked to our conditions here in the US and our political life in the US, which is really poor, and is made poor by the US state to make sure that we do not have a rich political life of debate or struggle of experience with the system so we can eventually liberate ourselves one day.

    Ashley Smith:  We should never underestimate the cynicism of the US government, whichever party is in power. I always think of the great quote from the American socialist John Reed who said, Uncle Sam never gives you something for nothing. He comes with a sack of hay in one hand and a whip in the other, and the price will be paid in blood, sweat, and tears by the oppressed.

    I think we should keep that in mind always when we talk about the US government because the quote you read from the general, Austin, explains very clearly what the US is about, which is totally different than what the Ukraine Solidarity Network and movement is about. The US wants to use Ukraine for its own purposes to weaken Russia and to impose its agenda on Ukraine, which is not in the interest of the Ukrainian people. Because one of the things, to add to what Blanca said about the aid packages, they all came with debt attached to them, and the price of neoliberal restructuring and privatization of the Ukrainian people’s government, social services, and economy, and opening it to the plunder of multinationals, including US multinationals, which Donald Trump drew the logical conclusion by saying that he wants to buy half the country’s minerals — Or not even buy it, just get it through plunder.

    So I think there’s the cynicism of what the US is up to we need to be clear-eyed about. Because as we oppose Russian imperialism and its annexationist drive in Ukraine, we should have absolutely no illusions of what the US government is about in Ukraine or anywhere on the planet. They don’t respect the sovereignty of Ukraine, whether under Biden or Trump. They’re after their own interests, not the interests of the Ukrainian people. And they have supported Zelenskyy, who is a neoliberal, who wants privatization, restructuring, and has agreed to all these debt deals for his own corporate backers’ interests.

    And that’s why our solidarity is always with working people, with oppressed people in Ukraine and everywhere on the earth, because they have a different project than the capitalist governments and corporate rulers and far-right governments that rule over them, and that’s about liberation. And so our project is collective liberation from below with no illusions in any imperial power or in any existing government anywhere on the planet.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  I think that you both really importantly hit upon one of the common causes of our intellectual incapacity to see the world for what it is and see what’s right in front of our eyes. We reduce entire populations to the figureheads in their state houses and the official policies reported in the media, and we lose all ability to see things like class, to see the different power structures in a given society that don’t mean that because Zelenskyy said X every Ukrainian believes it and is undeserving of our solidarity. This top-down enforced hypocrisy has been so viciously on display from the time that Russia invaded Ukraine till now, and even before.

    And before we head into the break, I wanted to play this clip from then President Biden, which was from April of 2022, that really makes the point here.

    [CLIPS BEGIN]

    President Joe Biden:  I called it genocide because it becomes clearer and clearer that Putin is just trying to wipe out the idea of even being able to be a Ukrainian. And the evidence is mounting. It’s different than it was last week, the more evidence is coming out of literally the horrible things that the Russians have done in Ukraine. And we’re going to only learn more and more about the devastation. And we’ll let the lawyers decide internationally whether or not it qualifies, but it sure seems that way to me.

    Reporter 5:  Good evening, and thank you for joining us. At dawn local time, Hamas militants launched an unprecedented and large-scale surprise attack targeting dozens of locations in Israel. Right now, Israeli authorities say at least 200 people in Israel have been killed. The Gaza Health Ministry says 232 Palestinians are dead.

    Reporter 6:  The death toll across Israel and Gaza has topped 1,300 as the bloody conflict stretches into its third day. Israel today announced a total blockade on Gaza, including food, water, electricity, and fuel. Over 800 people have been killed in Israel, over 500 in Gaza. Thousands more have been injured on both sides of the separation barrier. Hamas says it’s taken over a hundred hostages, including civilians and Israeli army officers. The Israeli prime minister has told Gazans to leave, though it’s unclear where they’d be able to go, vowing to all but decimate the besieged territory.

    [CLIPS END]

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Now, we’ve already mentioned earlier in this discussion Israel’s genocidal war on Palestinians, particularly on the besieged open-air prison of Gaza, which really rose to new heights after the Oct. 7 attacks in Israel. We are going to discuss that in more depth in the second part of this episode, and it’s going to be baked into everything that we’re discussing over the course of this series, which itself will end on the anniversary of Oct. 7 with an episode concluding this series focused on Gaza-Palestine.

    Right now, in this episode and in this series, we’re trying to walk ourselves and our listeners from the Russian invasion on Feb. 24, 2022, all the way up to present day. And in that vein, I think in the period between Feb. 24, 2022, and before Oct. 7, 2023, we were already seeing, and many were calling out, the apparent double standards and the political and humanitarian inconsistencies that would really come to a head when both of these wars were playing out simultaneously in front of the global public.

    And from the jump, these double standards were blisteringly, almost shockingly apparent in the way that many mainstream news outlets were covering the Russian invasion of Ukraine. Of course, there was the infamous example when Charlie D’Agata of CBS News really said the quiet part out loud in the early days of the invasion:

    [CLIP BEGINS]

    Charlie D’Agata:  But this isn’t a place, with all due respect, like Iraq or Afghanistan that has seen conflict raging for decades. This is a relatively civilized, relatively European — I have to choose those words carefully, too — City where you wouldn’t expect that or hope that it’s going to happen.

    [CLIP ENDS]

    Maximillian Alvarez:  And that was by no means an exception. This was a pervasive, racist double standard that was so taken for granted that the people expressing it apparently felt no reserve or shame in just saying these “quiet parts” out loud. Like Daniel Hannan, as well, of The Telegraph, who wrote at the time, “They — ” Meaning Ukrainians — “seem so like us. That is what makes it so shocking. […] War is no longer something visited upon impoverished and remote populations. It can happen to anyone.”

    Now, of course, these double standards were being called out immediately. And in fact, the Arab and Middle Eastern Journalists Association released a blistering response to this pervasive coverage that we were seeing at the time. And that statement reads, in part, “AMEJA condemns and categorically rejects orientalist and racist implications that any population or country is ‘uncivilized’ or bears economic factors that make it worthy of conflict. This type of commentary reflects the pervasive mentality in Western journalism of normalizing tragedy in parts of the world such as the Middle East, Africa, South Asia, and Latin America. It dehumanizes and renders their experience with war as somehow normal and expected. 

    “Newsrooms must not make comparisons that weigh the significance or imply justification of one conflict over another — Civilian casualties and displacement in other countries are equally as abhorrent as they are in Ukraine.”

    This double standard was pervasive not just in mainstream media, but it was even leaking into social media and the discourse that we were having at the time of the Russian invasion before the Oct. 7 attacks in Israel and Israel’s genocidal, scorched earth response.

    You even had viral videos of a young Palestinian, of the famous Ahed Tamimi, who was arrested at age 16 in an altercation with an IDF soldier. That took place in 2017, she was actually in prison for eight months in Israel after that. But you saw a viral video, which was viewed more than 12 million times on TikTok alone, of Tamimi confronting this IDF soldier, but people were showing it as a Ukrainian girl standing up to Russian troops. And that also highlighted not just the racist double standard in the mainstream media, but the media illiteracy of users of social media who couldn’t even understand the double standard that they were embodying in holding up a Palestinian woman as an example of a Ukrainian standing up to Russians.

    But it wasn’t just the media, of course. The racist double standards that were really coming to the fore after Russia’s invasion and before Oct. 7 were also made grimly apparent in the treatment of Ukrainian and non-Ukrainian refugees who were fleeing the war.

    Just to give you a few examples, in March of 2022, we republished this piece by Adam Bychawski, which was titled “’19th-century Racism’ at Ukrainian Border” and reads, and I quote, “Indian students in Ukraine who spent days stranded at the Polish border have told of ‘19th-century racism’ as they watched Ukrainians’ pets allowed to cross before they were. ‘It all comes back to black and white’ said medical student Muhammad, speaking from a hostel in Lviv on Tuesday. ‘They are Europeans and we are just Indians.’ Muhammad, originally from New Delhi, said he and hundreds of other foreign students had been denied access to the Polish border and forced to return to the city, 40 miles away, a few days earlier.”

    There was also this example from another piece that we published at The Real News in March of 2022 by the great Molly Shah who wrote about Yemeni students who were fleeing Ukraine. And she writes, “The journey out of Ukraine for both Ahmed and [Mohammed Talat] Al-Bukari was incredibly difficult. They faced racist discrimination at many points during the journey, something that Jarhum — ” Who works with the group Yemenis and Ukraine — “says is a common thread running through most of the stories from Yemenis she worked with. ‘The discrimination on the border was… crazy,’ she said. ‘They prioritized women and children and Ukrainians over all other nationalities.’

    “After a 26-hour bus ride from Kharkiv to Lviv, followed by a six-hour bus ride to the border, Ahmed was shocked when he was told he would not be allowed to cross. ‘They asked us if there were Ukrainians in the bus and there were no Ukrainians, [so] they forced us back seven kilometers to the gas station where non-Ukrainians congregate,’ he said, describing the Kafka-esque series of steps he went through before finally being permitted to cross the Polish border. ‘We waited in line for 18 hours, no sleep and no bathroom.'”

    And of course, it wasn’t just people trying to enter Poland and nearby countries to Ukraine. NPR reported from here in the States in July of 2022 “Thousands of Afghans that were promised US visas remain on the run from the Taliban. The Biden administration, however, quickly cleared red tape for Ukrainians after Russia invaded Ukraine.” Highlighting again the horrific, racist, and hypocritical actions of our government to selectively sympathize with white Ukrainian refugees while leaving the Afghans that the US had already promised visas to, leaving them out in the cold while seizing on the political opportunity to welcome Ukrainians, thus again pitting people’s natural solidarity for one over the other.

    Blanca Missé:  I want to say something about this double standard because double standard in the media, it’s a nice way to put it. I want to go back to what I mentioned about the second aid package for Ukraine that was conditioning aid to Ukraine to aid to Israel and aid to the border. Because, in fact, it’s not just a double standard like, oh, we give money to these, but we don’t give money to them. It is even more perverse and cruel. It is if you want to save the Ukrainian people, you need to sacrifice Palestinian lives and immigrant lives. It’s the lives of those ones in exchange for the lives of these ones. And that is, in a nutshell, the core of imperialism, the core of the politics of any imperial state that is not only putting populations in competition but is asking those who are in need, if you want my help, it needs to come at the expense and sacrifice of these other parts of the population.

    And so it’s not only the divide and conquer, it’s as if we need to become each other’s the transactional tool to legitimize the genocide of another people to prevent the genocide of one people. This is also the logic of austerity. This is a zero-sum game. There is not [enough] for everybody.

    And what we’re trying to say all over and over is that, yes, we can save everyone. Yes, we need to stop all of the wars. Yes, we need to stop all of the genocides. But the system makes it impossible for us to do that because to stop all of the wars, all of the genocides, and have resources for everybody, will require that we working people take control of the system so we can dismantle it, so we can be in the driving seat.

    And so in order to even prevent this question from being raised, the framing is a framing of double standard, but even worse, one in exchange of the other. It’s either this, either that. And I think that’s exactly the logic that we are trying to fight back against so we can put forward a true logic of solidarity without exceptions.

    Ashley Smith:  I just wanted to add to what Blanca was saying about the hypocrisy of the United States and Joe Biden, the idea that, at the same time he’s posturing as in favor of a rules-based order that he’s defending, in the case of Ukraine, he’s enforcing, collaborating in a joint genocidal war against Palestine. And what I think that blows up is the idea that we have anything that could be called a rules-based international order. If you really think about it, the US rules-based international order had Vietnam, had the countless invasions of independent countries by the United States: Panama, Haiti — Many times in Haiti — The war on terror, the invasions of Iraq and Afghanistan. And what the US has done in Palestine in particular is such an obscenity and has really delegitimized anything that could be called a rules-based international order.

    And imperialists and autocrats all around the world are taking advantage of that and display a similar kind of hypocrisy and double standard. So if you think about Russia posturing as against what is being done in Palestine while it does the same thing in Ukraine, all the powers of the world have these systematic examples of hypocrisy.

    And I think the worst is around the question of migration. The racism of the border regime cannot be overstated. It’s impossible to overstate. You look at what the US is doing on the US-Mexico border and the selective treatment of Ukrainians versus the treatment of people from all over the world, especially from Global South countries and, in particular, racialized countries. The racist double standards are there for all to see. The European Union does the same thing. If you look at what the European Union does in the Mediterranean, it’s guilty of mass murder of North African refugees fleeing for sanctuary.

    One of the things that struck me most powerfully is when I did an interview with Guerline Jozef, who’s a leader of the Haitian Bridge Alliance, and she looked at the double standard that the US applied between Ukrainians and Haitians on the US-Mexico border, and she said very simply, of course Ukrainians should be let in, but so should Haitians. We should be treated with the same standards of respect and dignity of every other human being. And the conclusion of that is the border regime should be smashed. We should have open borders and the free movement of people until we can really challenge what is a fact, is the free movement of capital at the expense of workers of the world.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  I think that’s beautifully put, Ashley, and beautifully put by Guerline. Again, the response to seeing this racist double standard by which white Ukrainians are welcomed into the country while Haitian migrants, Latino migrants, migrants who are not white Ukrainians are treated horrifically and counted as lesser than human. The response is not to then say Ukrainians should be treated that way too, it’s that we should all be treated to the same universal standard of humanity. That should be the conclusion, but so often we are pushed and prodded and encouraged to feel the opposite.

    And I think, honestly, that is the way that the United States and Israel, at the top echelons of their imperial governments, were expecting people to react after the Oct. 7 attacks and Israel’s genocidal onslaught on Gaza that has been going on ever since. They were probably, I think, expecting that Americans especially would feel the same way towards Palestinians and Israelis as we’ve always been taught to feel. But that, of course, is not how things went.

    And so I want to ask by way of getting us up to Oct. 7 and up to present day, how you guys feel the unfolding of the war in Ukraine, the unfolding and public display of these racist double standards, how do you think all of that set the stage for how people were going to perceive what was to happen in Palestine, in Israel in October of 2023?

    Blanca Missé:  In the particular case of Palestine and Israel, the US state had been funding the state of Israel since its inception, and socializing among the US population the fact that we are identified with Israeli people, they’re a legitimate people too, in a state, they are a nationality there, and they’re one of us. They’re the only democracy in the Middle East. We keep hearing this and this. There’s coded language: They’re the only white people like us in the Middle East.

    So we are already predisposed by all of these layers of ideology, of discourse, of double standards to immediately extend our solidarity with any Israeli victims and deny humanity and solidarity to Palestinian victims and survivors. The very fact that we are already, even before the Oct. 7 attacks and what happened, we have been supporting the war machine, the occupation, the apartheid regime, and the genocide, the ongoing, slow genocide that Israel has conducted on Palestinian people without ever having any qualms or any major public debate in the US.

    When the US was supporting the war in Vietnam, there was a big discussion in the US started by the anti-war movement about who the US should privilege and support. But this discussion has never really happened at the mass level in the United States. There has been a Palestinian solidarity movement that has been reinvigorated since the Second Intifada with the radicalization of youth around the creation of the Students for Justice in Palestine chapters, the tremendous success of the BDS campaigns. So there has been a beginning of an incipient resistance among specifically younger people who have been questioning these double standards.

    But we cannot see that the majority of the US population has been seeing this as a double standard. They have rather considered that almost an Israeli is closer even to them than a Ukrainian. And I think that was the framework that was already in place, that people were, again, having these gut reactions to what happened on Oct. 7.

    Ashley Smith:  I think that there have been two responses to Israel’s genocidal war. There’s been the establishment response: bipartisan lockstep support for the eradication of the Palestinian people. This is a genocidal war, it’s a joint genocidal war by the US corporate military imperial establishment and Israel’s state, and there has been no debate about it across the political spectrum at the top, or only a handful of people dissenting.

    Down below, I think we’ve seen a sea change within the US population towards Palestine, and I think it’s the expression of 15 years of radicalization that people have undergone at the base of society in opposition to all the problems: Occupy, Black Lives Matter, The [Red State Revolt], solidarity with Standing Rock, another wave of Black Lives Matter, and all the Palestine solidarity that kept flashing up through that period from the Second Intifada on and the BDS movement, all of this converged.

    And, I think, in particular, Black Lives Matter and the growing consciousness among a new layer of Black radicals about the Black Palestine solidarity that has gotten organized, intellectual expression, people like Angela Davis writing books, drawing attention to it.

    So there were the preconditions among a new generation that has been born of the radicalization since the great financial crisis of 2008. That was the preconditions for the explosion of solidarity with Palestine.

    The other thing is the deep cynicism about the US government and what it does in the world born of the Iraq and Afghanistan wars. The deep suspicion among working-class people too, because the number of people that came back maimed, wounded, permanently impacted, and their families permanently impacted by the tens of thousands of soldiers deployed to that war meant there was a bedrock of suspicion.

    And so people could see the hypocrisy. Not in the majority, as Blanca rightly says, but a surprising, much larger minority including of Democratic Party voters under a Democratic Party administration that was for a ceasefire. So I think there were preconditions that were built up from below that challenged the establishment’s commitment to this genocidal war, and it gives you tremendous hope.

    The thing that’s striking is that there was very little crossover in terms of mass popular consciousness of sympathy with Palestine and sympathy with Ukraine because people saw the manipulation that the US was doing in the case of Ukraine and were suspicious of it in the case of Palestine. They saw the manipulation and fundamentally opposed it. And I think what we’re trying to do in this podcast is get people to see across that division and see the common bounds of solidarity between all oppressed, occupied, and terrorized populations, from Ukraine to Palestine.

    So really I think the Palestine radicalization is one of the things that has torn the cover off of US imperialism and torn the cover off of the so-called democracy in the United States. Look at what has happened to Palestine solidarity activists on campuses, in cities, and communities across the country. We are being criminalized because of the threat this movement poses to the US government’s sponsorship of the genocide and its use of Israel as its local cop to police the Middle East to make sure that the US controls the spigot of the world’s largest reserves of oil in the world.

    So I see the Palestine solidarity movement as one of the tremendous hopes for anti-imperialism in the world, but not without challenges politically that we need to overcome, in particular on overcoming any selective solidarity within the movement, and instead winning a method of solidarity without exception.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Let’s talk about that a little more by way of bringing us around the final turn here, and talk about how the need for this podcast series itself really came roaring out of the contradictions that we were feeling, seeing, hearing, experiencing in the moment that we’ve been in over the past two years, when Israel’s genocidal war on Gaza and Russia’s imperialist invasion and war on Ukraine have been occurring simultaneously on the same timeline in the world that we inhabit. Because this is, again, made complicated for your average person who may be seeing and hearing on the news quotes like this from President Volodymyr Zelenskyy speaking to the NATO Parliamentary Assembly in Copenhagen on Oct. 9 of 2023:

    [CLIP BEGINS]

    President Volodymyr Zelenskyy:  These days, our attention is focused on the Middle East. No one can ever forget what the terrorists did in Israel, thousands of missiles against peaceful cities, shooting people in cars on the roads, men, women, children. No one was spared, streets covered in blood. Israelis themselves, Israeli journalists who were here in Ukraine, who were in Bucha, now seeing that they saw the same evil where Russia came. The same evil. And the only difference is that there is a terrorist organization that attacked Israel, and here is a terrorist state that attacked Ukraine. The intentions declared are different, but the essence is the same. You see it, you see the same blood on the streets, you see the same civilian cars shot up. You see the same bodies of people who have been tortured.

    [CLIP ENDS]

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Now, of course, there’s a political reality here where Ukraine is dependent on US support to maintain its war effort to stop the Russian invasion. And so by default, if not by ideology, the Ukrainian government is going to have to jump on whatever side it thinks that the United States is going to be on in this Israel-Palestine “conflict” so that it doesn’t mess up its one lifeline to keep fighting its fight against the Russians. And so we want to name, there are multiple reasons why Zelenskyy would make this claim.

    But for your average person who’s hearing that claim, again, it forces your soul into this sort of your car stalling out and you don’t know where to go because you have the president of Ukraine effectively trying to square this circle and compare the plight of Ukrainians fighting against the Russian invasion with the plight of Israelis who are, in Zelenskyy’s own terms, the ones who are being victimized by this terrorist invasion coming from Gaza, coming from Palestine.

    And perhaps in years past that may have been an easier sell, but it wasn’t this time. That was not a line that, in fact, like you guys were saying, a lot of regular people were not buying this comparison.

    Ashley Smith:  I think the shortest thing to say about Zelenskyy’s statement is he has it precisely upside down and backwards because the analogy is between Ukraine and Palestine, not between Ukraine and Israel. The analogy on the other side is Russia and Israel. Those are the annexation aggressors in this circumstance. Russia on its own invading and annexing and occupying Ukraine, and in the case of Palestine, the US and Israel invading in a genocidal war against the Palestinian people. So the analogy and the solidarity is the exact opposite of what Zelenskyy said.

    It’s important for us in the Ukraine Solidarity Movement to say that because Zelenskyy did a disservice to international anti-imperialism by making it that upside down and backward analogy. If he had said the right thing, then there would’ve been more sympathy with Ukraine’s plight from the insurgent movement from below. And that points to the importance that our solidarity is not with Zelenskyy’s government, but with the people in Ukraine.

    And that said, I think there are a couple of things that we have to do to explain where Zelenskyy’s position comes from. First of all, he’s Jewish, and that’s important for all this stuff about Ukraine being a Nazi country. It’s got an elected Jewish leader of the government, so there’s a predisposition to identify with Israel and Zionism. There’s also the fact of a large migrant population, settler community of Ukrainians in Israel, one of a large population there.

    That said, Ukraine traditionally has respected the sovereignty in the UN of Palestine and has advocated, whatever you think of it, a two-state solution for Palestine. That’s been the official position of Ukraine — Which I disagree with. I think we should have a secular democratic state from the river to the sea with equal rights for all and the right of Palestinians to return.

    I think the most important thing, though, is what the Ukrainian left did in response to this, which was to issue a statement of solidarity and opposition to the genocidal war conducted by Israel. And Commons Journal produced that, distributed, large numbers of Ukrainian intellectuals, trade unionists, and activists, and leftists signed onto that, and they did webinars to try and articulate a different position that gets the bonds of solidarity correct between Ukrainians and Palestinians against the aggressors that they face.

    But that just shows that politics is not simple. You’ve got to work at it, and you’ve got to orient people and win arguments. And there’s a live debate in Ukraine about all this that has gotten better over time as the war in Gaza has exposed itself to the Ukrainian population. More people in Ukraine are more sympathetic with Palestine than at the start of the war when Zelenskyy made this upside down and backward statement.

    Blanca Missé:  Actually in the US, our Ukraine Solidarity Network put out a statement in solidarity with Palestine. And actually, we didn’t put only one statement, I think we [put out] three or four statements. And the importance of that is that as we saw the use of this country rising against the genocide, taking tremendous risks in the campuses, including on my campus, the only condition for us to link up the struggles is to assert from the beginning solidarity with without exceptions.

    And the first question the Palestinian movement is going to ask is, OK, I will support your fight against Russian invasion, but will you support my fight for Palestinian liberation? Will you support our demand to end all USAID to Israel now? If you want aid for Ukraine, will you support the demand to end all USAID to Israel now? Because in the same way your people are dying under the bombs of Putin, our people are dying under the bombs of Netanyahu. But the crime is that the bombs of Netanyahu, they’re paid for by the United States, they’re fabricated, they’re built in the United States, many in the state of California where I work and live.

    So to be able to, as Ashley says, in many ways, move away from these very top-down, simplistic, opportunistic narratives, to rebuild a more complex, but in the end, also connecting what we were saying with a universal and simple feeling of solidarity. There is a lot of unpacking to do, but most of the unpacking we need to do is to destroy and undo the compartmentalization of struggles that has been put in our heads and reconnect with some fundamental feeling and sense of solidarity, of compassion, of being together and say, I see you struggle. You see my struggle. We might not speak the same language, we might not have the same appearance, but we do understand that we’re going through each other.

    What Zelenskyy said and did, it’s tremendously opportunistic, but he’s not the first leader to do that. It might seem as a shock to us, but during the Japanese invasion of China during World War II, there were also opportunistic sectors of the petty bourgeois elite, the Black elite here who were rooting for Japan because they wanted to be against the US. But rooting for Japan meant sacrificing the national liberation movement of the Chinese, and we had a huge Chinese immigration community in the US. So that position was also separating the Black movement from the Asian movement.

    Or even worse, during World War II, the Egyptian elites were trying to figure out whether they will support the Nazis or they will support the British because they were calculating who might win the war. But those were opportunistic self-interest positions of these national leaders, elites, economic elites who, like our imperialist governments, they don’t believe in solidarity without exceptions. Nobody from below could in their right mind say, fine, let’s side with the Nazis. Fine, let’s side with Putin’s invasion. Fine, let’s side with Israel’s genocide. That will not be a defensible position ever. But these elites are training us to be calculating.

    And again, I go back to this thing: can we save our lives at the expense of these others? Is this a trade we’re willing to make? And this calculating mindset is the number one mortal enemy of the struggles of solidarity. And that’s the point we’re trying to make over and over in our movements. And that’s also the main reason behind this podcast. Instead of calculating, let’s start thinking and let’s start feeling what we have in common to fight for a common liberation.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Well, and as you both said, in so many ways, the need for that message, the need for this series and the need for folks to hear the voices they’re going to hear, the discussions they’re going to hear over the course of this podcast series really emerged out of not only the conflict between people’s solidarity with Ukrainians that was not being equally applied to Palestinians after Oct. 7, but also in the other direction within the growing movement of folks who were in solidarity with Gaza, with Palestinians, was not equally applied back to Ukrainians. And so that itself presented a clear case for why we needed to talk about this and figure out why.

    But on that note, I think one thing that we’ve mentioned here that maybe we don’t have time to go into in as much depth on this episode, but has clearly been a major factor over the past two years in public opinion shifting on Israel and really shifting towards solidarity with Palestinians. A lot of that we saw happen in real time.

    We saw mainstream Western journalists who were all stationed in Israel while all the Palestinian journalists were being slaughtered in Gaza, and journalists were not being let into Gaza. And so you had this Iron Dome attempt to maintain the long hegemonic narrative of Israel as the only democracy in the Middle East, as the United States’s permanent ally, as Palestinians and Arabs and Muslims in general as less than human, the terrorist aggressors who hate us and hate democracy because of who they are. You saw that line be enforced and reinforced in the ways that the media was covering the Oct. 7 attacks, the lies that were spread all the way from our White House down the Hasbara propaganda that was being unthinkingly regurgitated through Western outlets, through the mouths of Western diplomats and politicians.

    But it didn’t hold, it didn’t have the command over the public mind that it would have in years past. And a big part of that was because regular people were seeing the counter evidence on their phones over social media. They were seeing the livestreamed genocide unfolding in Gaza, on TikTok, on Twitter, on Facebook, you name it.

    But there really were insurgent realities, insurgent narratives, like breaking apart that US-Israel media-enforced consensus over the past two years. And when people in this country, people I know, people I grew up with, people like myself who, for years, for our entire lives, never questioned that line about Israel, about its rightness, about its right to defend itself, all that stuff. Here in the United States, you had so many members of the population finally be ready to ask about the other side, to learn about the other side in a way that we’ve never been before.

    And when we were ready to finally see that other side, to finally admit that perhaps we did not know the whole situation, people had a wealth of literature, of interviews, of coverage of BDS and Palestine solidarity movements to learn from when they were finally ready to take advantage of them. I don’t think that folks had that when it came to Ukraine as readily available to us if and when we started asking similar questions.

    But all of that is to say that in the two years since both Israel’s genocidal onslaught on Gaza and Russia’s continued war in Ukraine have been occurring simultaneously, in as much as the openings that have presented the opportunity for people to feel more solidarity with their fellow workers and human beings in Palestine, what does that look like for Ukraine? What does that look like for Haiti? What does that look like for other parts of the world where the story’s not going to be the same?

    And in fact, there was, I think, a really important point made by Daria Savrova in a panel, a Haymarket panel on Ukrainians who were in solidarity with Palestinians, asserting that we do not need equivalence for solidarity. We don’t need the situation in Ukraine to be exactly like the one in Palestine to feel that solidarity.

    Ashley Smith:  Yeah, I think, Max, you’re entirely right. There doesn’t need to be an equivalent experience of exploited and oppressed people to have the basis of solidarity. I think that point that Daria made is really important because if you look at what Russia has done in Ukraine, it’s horrific, like the mass murder in Bucha, the destruction of an entire city of Mariupol, the bombing of hospitals, the bombing of schools, that’s horrific. It’s not on the scale of what Israel has done in Palestine. And a lot of other wars and other experiences of countries under national oppression and experiencing exploitation aren’t identical, but you don’t need to have the identical experience to identify with people undergoing exploitation and oppression.

    And in fact, that’s the hope of humanity, is that those of us down below among the working-class majority, the oppressed majority of the world, we have a basis for solidarity and common struggle and common identification. That’s the only way we’re going to get out of this catastrophic moment in global capitalism that we’re living in, in which the scale of the crises and the problems and the wars from Ukraine to Palestine to Congo to Sudan to you name it. We are in an existential moment, and we have to have the hope and the trust in the workers of the world, the majority of the world’s population, that we can forge bonds of solidarity that can challenge all the governments that stand above and enforce this order. In particular, the big powers, the Europeans, the US, China, Russia that stand atop this mess. But that’s the hope of humanity is the bonds of solidarity which don’t require equivalence and identical experience.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Well, and as we’ve already said in this episode, the need for that robust sense of solidarity, that durable sense of solidarity, the ability to know what we’re fighting for in a world that is spinning increasingly out of control is more necessary now than ever because we are living in that existential moment, as you said, Ashley, where it is a new and terrifying era in which the violability of national sovereignty is fully back on the table — And that’s not to say that it was off the table before. The US has been violating countries’ national sovereignty since our settler ancestors came here and genocided the Natives who were here, to say nothing of the wars in Iraq, the wars in Vietnam, the coups in Latin America, all across the world. We’re not negating that.

    But we are saying that we are definitively in a new geopolitical era in which even the fiction of the US-enforced international rules-based order has fully collapsed. We are living in a time where Donald Trump can say that he wants to absorb Canada as the 51st state, that he wants to take over Greenland from Denmark, that he wants to turn Gaza into a real estate development, that he wants to retake the Panama Canal. Again, it is not just the United States that is making these kinds of proclamations, it is a world breaking apart under multiple competing imperialisms. This is the reality of what we call living in a multipolar world.

    But for that reason, the question of what national sovereignty, what the right to it and the right to defend ourselves and our lands really means in a time like this. I wanted to ask if you guys could say a little more about what listeners who are living through this monstrous moment that we all are living through, what they’re going to get out of this series and why it’s important.

    Blanca Missé:  We are in a new world order that is still evolving and reconfiguring itself. It’s not like we know the shape it’s going to have, but we know there’s a huge geopolitical crisis. And I think in the midst of this turmoil, we need to be able to resist against all the regressive politics, the wars, the genocides, our own government, the US government, is going to carry out at home and abroad, and at the same time oppose all the regressive politics, wars, genocides that rival powers like China and Russia are going to carry out. And not only China and Russia — We also have the rise of regional powers that are collaborating with them and also oppressing people abroad.

    And so when we talk about solidarity without exceptions, first, we need to have an understanding of what brings us together and how to articulate this solidarity. And more importantly here in the US, we need to also provide avenues for working people in the US to stand in solidarity with other struggles without relying on their government, without siding with their government. Obviously refusing to side with sponsoring wars, genocides, sanctions, tariff wars, but also being suspicious of some supposed aid packages and good aims they might have abroad. And the only way to do that is by developing a mutual understanding from below of what solidarity means.

    And this is why we’re going to be bringing guests who are international guests, some of them are US-based, who are knowledgeable about the struggles of liberation, who have been active in the struggles of liberation, and also have been thinking through the complexities of developing solidarity without exceptions. And we’re all going to be learning together how, in the midst of this turmoil, how to collectively rethink from below what international solidarity is with a working-class perspective.

    Ashley Smith:  I want to go back to the moment that we’re in, because I think Trump has ushered us into a whole new phase of geopolitics, that he’s declared an American-first imperialism, a kind of unilateral annexationist, frankly, colonial imperialism that we haven’t heard articulated from the White House in a long, long time. And it’s not isolationist, it’s certainly not pacifist. It’s essentially saying might makes right — The US is going to use its hard power all around the world to get its way in an authoritarian fashion at home and a brutal, unilateral imperialist fashion abroad.

    Max went through the list that Trump ticked off. He does want to annex Panama, Greenland, make Canada the 51st state, take over Gaza. These are not just idle threats. He’s really trying to implement them as policies. And this kind of authoritarianism is growing in every country all around the world, particularly in the historic great powers and the new powers. We are really headed for a global clusterfuck of interimperialist antagonisms unlike we’ve seen except in the run-up to World War I and World War II. More annexation, more war, more conflict, more militarism, increased military budgets all around the world. That’s going to produce increasing authoritarianism at home against our rights as working-class people and oppressed people like we’re seeing under Donald Trump, and more aggression abroad like we’re seeing under Trump. But not only Trump, all the other powers are doing the same kinds of things.

    And what we’re going to be exploring is how we can bind together through a politics of solidarity, the national liberation struggles, the struggles for self-determination of oppressed peoples, and the struggles of working-class people politically throughout the world. So we’ll be exploring all these themes.

    In the first round of episodes we’ll be talking about Ukraine, which we’ve been discussing today in detail, but we’ll do it with special guests from Ukraine about Ukraine’s struggle. We’ll also be then following up with Puerto Rico and then with Syria, with people who’ve actually just come back from the Syrian people’s victorious toppling of the Assad regime. But these episodes are going to be a part of many unfolding over the next year that are going to explore the politics of solidarity and solidarity without exception, which I think has to be the bedrock, the first principle of our collective liberation globally.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Hell yeah. Well, I cannot wait to listen to them. And Ashley and Blanca, it is such an honor and a privilege to be producing this series with y’all. For everyone listening, you can find new episodes of Solidarity Without Exception right here on The Real News Network podcast feed. Get it anywhere you get your podcasts. Keep an eye out for those new episodes that Ashley mentioned, which will be coming out every two weeks from now.

    And then we’re going to take a little break, and then we’re going to bring you a new batch of episodes. But again, this series is going to be continuing over the course of this year. Please let us know what you think of it. Please share it with everyone that you know, and please support the work that we’re doing here at The Real News Network so we can keep bringing you more important coverage, conversations, and series just like this. Ashley, Blanca, solidarity to you.

    [THEME MUSIC]


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Ashley Smith, Blanca Missé and Maximillian Alvarez.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/24/the-old-world-order-couldnt-stop-wars-in-ukraine-and-gaza-the-new-world-order-will-accelerate-more-wars-like-them/feed/ 0 518231
    Stories of Resistance: Venezuela’s communal pharmacy challenges US sanctions https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/24/stories-of-resistance-venezuelas-communal-pharmacy-challenges-us-sanctions/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/24/stories-of-resistance-venezuelas-communal-pharmacy-challenges-us-sanctions/#respond Mon, 24 Feb 2025 18:47:12 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332033 In 2019 Venezuela, US sanctions are wreaking havoc. Health supplies are hard to find. In particular, medicine.]]>

    High on the hillsides of the Waraira Repano mountain, a sea of cinderblock homes pushes up to the edge of the forest.

    This is the commune of Altos de Lidice. They have been organizing. Organizing to bring sports to local kids in the community. Organizing to ensure that everyone in the neighborhood has access to water, education, and, above all, health.

    These are dire needs in 2019 Venezuela.

    US sanctions are wreaking havoc. They were first imposed by Obama and then ramped up by Trump. They block Venezuela from trading internationally and selling oil, its top export. The sanctions have unraveled the economy and spiked inflation. Millions of Venezuelans are fleeing the country.

    Broken cars sit along roadsides, because there are no parts to fix them. Water systems are failing, because replacement parts can’t be purchased from abroad. Health supplies are hard to find. So is medicine.

    The shelves of pharmacies across the country are empty. Pharmacists say almost half of their product is impossible to acquire. The medicine they do have is so overpriced, it’s out of reach for most Venezuelans.

    “People with cancer pretty much just die, because they just can’t afford it,” one pharmacist in Caracas tells me.

    And that is what’s happening. According to one study, tens of thousands of people have died over the last two years, due to the sanctions. People with cancer, people who need dialysis, people with diabetes and hypertension, and who can’t acquire insulin or heart meds.

    But neighbors in the Altos de Lidice commune are standing up for each other. They’ve created a community pharmacy. They get the medicine from anywhere they can. Donations from abroad. From individuals. Solidarity groups. Medicine has been brought to them from Australia, Brazil, Italy, and Chile.

    It’s run by a health committee organized by a group of neighbors. They meet in one of their homes. The same place the pharmacy is run out of. 

    A sign sits out front. “Communal Pharmacy. Health for the Barrio.” 

    The medicine is all free. It’s delivered to those with a doctor’s note from the local community health clinic. Which is also free.

    It’s one small service. But for those in the community here, it’s making a tremendous difference. It’s a matter of survival. A lifeboat in a sea of struggle. 

    Community resistance, in the face of harsh sanctions—and US intervention.


    This is the sixth episode of Stories of Resistance. 

    Stories of Resistance is a new project, co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. 

    This is our last week of the Kickstarter campaign we launched to help get the series off the ground. You can support it by clicking here: Stories of Resistance: Inspiration for Dark Times

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    You can find out more about the communal pharmacy in Michael’s 2019 story for The Real News: Venezuelan Community Builds Solidarity Pharmacy to Counter US Sanctions

    Here is a report by the Washington-based Center for Economic and Policy Research Center, which looks at the thousands of deaths that occurred in Venezuela during this period due to US sanctions: Report Finds US Sanctions on Venezuela Are Responsible for Tens of Thousands of Deaths


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/24/stories-of-resistance-venezuelas-communal-pharmacy-challenges-us-sanctions/feed/ 0 518235
    Education Under Occupation: The Dangerous Fight for Education in Occupied Ukraine https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/22/education-under-occupation-the-dangerous-fight-for-education-in-occupied-ukraine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/22/education-under-occupation-the-dangerous-fight-for-education-in-occupied-ukraine/#respond Sat, 22 Feb 2025 00:00:30 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=c2c238b91ecfd03244941020c852aa3b
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/22/education-under-occupation-the-dangerous-fight-for-education-in-occupied-ukraine/feed/ 0 514737
    Education Under Occupation: The Dangerous Fight for Education in Occupied Ukraine https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/22/education-under-occupation-the-dangerous-fight-for-education-in-occupied-ukraine-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/22/education-under-occupation-the-dangerous-fight-for-education-in-occupied-ukraine-2/#respond Sat, 22 Feb 2025 00:00:30 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?guid=c2c238b91ecfd03244941020c852aa3b
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/22/education-under-occupation-the-dangerous-fight-for-education-in-occupied-ukraine-2/feed/ 0 516199
    On International Mother Language Day, Tibetans struggle to preserve their language | Radio Free Asia https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/21/on-international-mother-language-day-tibetans-struggle-to-preserve-their-language-radio-free-asia-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/21/on-international-mother-language-day-tibetans-struggle-to-preserve-their-language-radio-free-asia-2/#respond Fri, 21 Feb 2025 20:53:36 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=670208d64e5b906b9311e2dc4c942437
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/21/on-international-mother-language-day-tibetans-struggle-to-preserve-their-language-radio-free-asia-2/feed/ 0 514698
    On International Mother Language Day, Tibetans struggle to preserve their language | Radio Free Asia https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/21/on-international-mother-language-day-tibetans-struggle-to-preserve-their-language-radio-free-asia/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/21/on-international-mother-language-day-tibetans-struggle-to-preserve-their-language-radio-free-asia/#respond Fri, 21 Feb 2025 20:36:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=1dc01fdfce912275e5ab45c280c6676f
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/21/on-international-mother-language-day-tibetans-struggle-to-preserve-their-language-radio-free-asia/feed/ 0 514691
    Thousands of Indonesian students have taken to the streets in protest ✊ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/21/thousands-of-indonesian-students-have-taken-to-the-streets-in-protest-%e2%9c%8a/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/21/thousands-of-indonesian-students-have-taken-to-the-streets-in-protest-%e2%9c%8a/#respond Fri, 21 Feb 2025 15:49:06 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=037aaf1858cd37f2d9929424eadf5b8e
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/21/thousands-of-indonesian-students-have-taken-to-the-streets-in-protest-%e2%9c%8a/feed/ 0 514646
    Thousands of Indonesian students have taken to the streets in protest ✊ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/21/thousands-of-indonesian-students-have-taken-to-the-streets-in-protest-%e2%9c%8a-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/21/thousands-of-indonesian-students-have-taken-to-the-streets-in-protest-%e2%9c%8a-2/#respond Fri, 21 Feb 2025 15:49:06 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?guid=037aaf1858cd37f2d9929424eadf5b8e
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/21/thousands-of-indonesian-students-have-taken-to-the-streets-in-protest-%e2%9c%8a-2/feed/ 0 516201
    Thanks to HBO, everyone wants a White Lotus getaway. Can Thailand handle it? https://grist.org/arts-culture/white-lotus-season-3-thailand-tourism-koh-samui/ https://grist.org/arts-culture/white-lotus-season-3-thailand-tourism-koh-samui/#respond Wed, 19 Feb 2025 09:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=659070 Season 3 of the hit HBO show White Lotus premiered this week, opening on a gnarled branch in a dense jungle, the camera tracking upward before landing on a monkey, perched attentively. The shot establishes nature as a primary theme that continues as we watch this season’s guests arrive, then disperse into villas cascading down a lush Thai hillside, each of them afforded ravishing views over a seemingly pristine island and sea. 

    In real life, this resort is the Four Seasons Koh Samui, and thanks to both its visual appeal and the popularity of the show, Thailand is anticipating a major tourism boost.

    The country has experienced the power of appearing on screens across the globe before. At the dawn of the new millennium, the film The Beach premiered, starring Leonardo DiCaprio at his post-Titanic peak as well as the setting itself — the otherworldly Maya Bay, a nearly enclosed slice of the Andaman Sea on the uninhabited island of Phi Phi Leh, inside a national park. It was a popular snorkeling spot before The Beach, but the film supercharged interest and fans began flocking to Maya Bay, with upwards of 5,000 tourists and 200 boats overwhelming the small beach and its marine ecosystem every day. 

    The country went along with it, caught in the all-too-common trap of depending on revenue from the very tourism that jeopardizes its infrastructure and environment. Meanwhile, trash wrecked the beach, boat anchors and pollution killed the reef, and wildlife disappeared. 

    Now, 25 years later almost to the day after The Beach came along, Thailand has its next Hollywood-induced frenzy on its hands, and it’s hoping to be better prepared this time around.

    An aerial photo of a beach and beautiful turquoise waters
    A view of Bang Makham Beach on Koh Samui’s western coast near The Four Seasons Resort, the locale for White Lotus Season 3. Lauren DeCicca / Getty Images

    While The Beach portrayed paradise-seekers rejecting the traditional markers of vacation luxury by starting their own commune on a secret beach, White Lotus showcases those very markers, then lampoons them. Each season ushers in a new set of wealthy malcontents and the locals who make their holidays run smoothly. Both productions share a sense of paradise gone wrong. They in fact skewer the very notion of the beach as paradise, which would seem to make them awkward conduits for selling a location. Yet, a marketing budget can’t buy the kind of promotion they’ve provided. 

    “Appearing in White Lotus Season 3 allows us to reach a truly global audience,” said Chompu Marusachot, the New York director of the Tourist Authority of Thailand. “We are continuously striving to enhance and expand our tourism efforts and infrastructure to welcome even more visitors in the future.” 

    But as Maya Bay showed, more tourists can mean more problems. In 2018, the Thai government had finally seen enough and shut the place down until further notice. Maya Bay reopened in 2022 with a strict system in place to minimize future damage. Boats are no longer allowed to enter the bay, docking instead at a pier elsewhere on the island. The new maximum of 4,125 daily visitors, arriving in designated time slots, walk along a new boardwalk to reach the bay, where they can no longer swim or bring non-reef-safe sunscreen. Maya Bay continues to close to visitors for two months every year for rehabilitation. 

    Koh Samui, by contrast, has been home to a bustling tourism industry long before White Lotus. Today it has 630 hotels and resorts. One of them, the Four Seasons, opened in 2007 and occupies a relatively serene stretch of coastline compared to other parts of the island, whose 3.5 million annual visitors join a local population of 70,000. 

    Both locations are dealing with the challenges of climate change. Last year, Thailand suffered record high sea temperatures, which led to a mass coral bleaching event and the death of seagrass, which in turn led to a mass die-off of dugongs and other ocean life. Storms and floods are also getting more destructive. In 2024, Thailand experienced its worst flooding in decades, affecting more than half a million households.

    Koh Samui is a case study in how tourism can add to those problems. “Since tourism rapidly developed without proper infrastructure planning and environmental management, Samui is facing critical problems in terms of waste management and water resources,” said Kannapa Pongponrat, a professor at Thailand’s Thammasat University.  

    The pipeline bringing water from the mainline to Koh Samui has proved insufficient as tourism has grown, leading to water shortages on the island. Sediment from construction of resorts and hotels has damaged coral reefs and other ocean life. And trash often accumulates at the edges of roads and in the ocean itself. Thailand is one of the world’s biggest contributors to marine plastic pollution, with tourism having been identified as the primary source of the problem in the Gulf of Thailand, where Koh Samui is located.      

    A photo of plastic bottles and other trash on a sandy beach
    Plastic bottles and other trash litter a beach on Koh Samui in 2021. Mladen Antonov / AFP via Getty Images

    The Thai government nevertheless worked hard to woo creator Mike White’s juggernaut of a show, offering generous tax breaks and other incentives that ultimately shaved as much as $4.4 million from production costs for White Lotus’ third season. The payoff? A near guarantee of more tourism revenue. After Season 2 aired in 2022, the Four Seasons’ San Domenico Palace, Taormina, which stood in for the White Lotus resort, sold out for all of 2023, while travel interest for Sicily spiked. The Four Seasons Maui, the setting for Season 1, saw a 425 percent increase in traffic to its website after the show aired. A representative for the Four Seasons on Koh Samui said that since being announced as the “White Lotus” for Season 3, the hotel has already experienced a surge in searches and bookings.

    As the country seeks to increase tourism, plans are underway to begin construction on a cruise ship terminal for Koh Samui in 2029. An airport expansion is set to start this year. New hotel development continues apace. A second waterline from the mainland is being built.

    At the same time, the government has taken steps to mitigate environmental impacts over the past decade or so. The 2015 Marine and Coastal Resources Management Act has been harnessed to ban harmful activities such as the discharge of wastewater into the ocean and “sea walking,” where tourists stroll the ocean floor hooked up to oxygen-fed helmets. The country’s Roadmap on Plastic Waste Management aims to reduce plastic use and increase recycling practices. All the way back in 2014, the government launched the “Save Water, Save Samui” campaign to encourage sustainable water use on the island. 

    According to experts, though, these efforts are sometimes toothless. “The Thai government has laws and regulations,” said Suchana Apple Chavanich, professor of oceanography at Thailand’s Chulalongkorn University, “but in this case they need to make sure that those laws and regulations will be followed.” The plastic waste roadmap, for example, does not include an enforcement mechanism, likely limiting its effectiveness. Pongponrat pointed to unchecked illegal construction on Koh Samui, often with insufficient water drainage, which exacerbates flooding problems.

    Chavanich also noted that many hotels and other tourist businesses on Koh Samui have been working independently to make Koh Samui greener over the past decade or so, but these efforts in turn could use more government support. “This has to be a collaboration between [the Thai] government, local government, public and private sectors,” she said. 

    For its part, the Four Seasons said it has embarked on a number of initiatives. It eliminated all single-use plastic in 2019, treats its graywater on property, and partnered with Thailand’s Department of Marine and Coastal Resources on a reef conservation project that has so far reintroduced 16,000 coral pieces to the reef offshore from the resort. The resort said it is developing additional sustainability measures in light of the expected White Lotus effect, but was unable to provide detail at this time as plans are still being approved. 

    Experts agreed that more action will be necessary to counterbalance the damage from overtourism on Koh Samui. The crowds are coming, proving that even as climate change and rising seas threaten the entire model of the beach vacation, its cultural cachet endures. Three seasons in, White Lotus is featuring nature prominently, but always with ominous overtones — the fruit of a pong pong tree in one villa turns out to be toxic, a large monitor lizard spooks one of the guests. It’s almost as if the island is trying to send a message. A quarter century after The Beach, whether that message will be received remains an open question.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Thanks to HBO, everyone wants a White Lotus getaway. Can Thailand handle it? on Feb 19, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Sarah Stodola.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/arts-culture/white-lotus-season-3-thailand-tourism-koh-samui/feed/ 0 514299
    To save democracy, look outside America https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/18/to-save-democracy-look-outside-america/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/18/to-save-democracy-look-outside-america/#respond Tue, 18 Feb 2025 21:22:16 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=331922 Thousands of people take to the streets in Lisbon, Portugal, on October 28, 2023, to demand better living conditions and lower housing prices. Photo by Nuno Cruz/NurPhoto via Getty ImagesAnother world is possible, and impressive strides in democratic progress are being made right now—but not in the USA.]]> Thousands of people take to the streets in Lisbon, Portugal, on October 28, 2023, to demand better living conditions and lower housing prices. Photo by Nuno Cruz/NurPhoto via Getty Images

    The view from inside the United States has many wondering if the days of democracy are numbered, but that’s not the story everywhere. In spite of a global surge in far-right politics, many countries are still making progressive strides and demonstrating the problems facing the US have real, proven solutions. Natasha Hakimi Zapata, author of Another World is Possible, joins Marc Steiner for a globetrotting discussion from Estonia to Costa Rica about where democracy is actually thriving—and why.

    Studio Production: Cameron Granadino, David Hebden
    Post-Production: Alina Nehlich


    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Marc Steiner:

    I am Marc Steiner and welcome. Good to have you all with us on this very special podcast. We’re going to talk today with Natasha Ha about that and she’s an award-winning journalist translator. Her book that we’re going to talk about is called Another World is Possible Lessons from America From Around the World. That’s from New Press. She’s written for the nation. We’ll send a few books times many, many, many, many publications and joins us here today in studio in Baltimore. And she’s going to be speaking tonight at Red Emmas, which is a local bookstore here, which brings her here to the studio. And it’s good to meet you and good to have you here.

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    Hi Marc. Thanks so much for having me.

    Marc Steiner:

    This is great. This is an amazing book. Just to give people perspective, you traveled to what, eight countries over the course of

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    About five years? Yeah, so the book includes nine countries, nine policies, but I’ve lived in a couple of them. I didn’t have to travel too far for the UK chapter on the National Health Service since I live in London.

    Marc Steiner:

    Just take the subway.

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    Yeah, exactly.

    Marc Steiner:

    So I’m curious, you can write a book like this looking at systems around the world and what you’ve also done with this book is kind of talk about what is possible. That’s what I think the journey was so interesting to me that you took to say that a different world is possible. We can live a different way, governments can take care of people, people will be actively be part of a government, and we have a different kind of democratic future if we only pay attention.

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    I’ve been in progressive media for about 15 years now as you were noting. And during that time I’ve also lived in a number of other countries and I was reporting and writing on all of these issues that in the US seemed intractable and then experiencing firsthand how they were actually pretty much solve problems in a lot of the places I was living. And I really wanted to share those stories and go and look for more stories to share with the left here in the US as we try to re-envision what kind of country we want to live in, what kind of society we want to live in.

    Marc Steiner:

    I was thinking about this when we talked a little earlier before we jump into the book completely. This book comes out about hope and possibilities and what we could be and what societies could be, how we can rebuild society for people across the globe. And we’re doing it now in the time of the rise of the right, this book comes out right in the midst of the most right-wing regime ever to be elected in this country. Right-wing regimes all over the planet, being elected or taking power. One could look at it as a contradiction, but also just might be also why this book is so timely and important now in the face of what we see in the world. When this came out, all this is happening now your book is out. I’m really curious how you felt about the kind of very positive, powerful nature of what you wrote about and then seeing this mass of the right taking over.

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    I wasn’t expecting to be talking about hope in a second Trump administration truly, and I am disappointed for that to be the case. But I do think that a really important lesson and at the end of the book, starting at the end of the book, there are lessons that I’ve collected from all of the countries that I went to, not just based on their policies, but just from what I was seeing everywhere. And one of the most important lessons for me, especially now, is that we can make the best out of the worst times. And if it’s okay, I’ll read a little bit from that.

    Marc Steiner:

    Please do.

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    Yeah. So lesson one, we can make the best out of the worst times profound societal change is often rooted in moments of deep crisis in Britain. The National Health Service was born from the bloodstain devastation of World War ii. Portugal’s radical drug reforms arose from the desperation of dual epidemics. Unlike any of the country had seen, Estonia, Finland, Singapore, and Norway all designed their own policies in the midst of financial crises that required them to reimagine the very foundations of their economies. Faced with environmental devastation, Uruguay and Costa Rica found different but connected ways to tackle the climate and biodiversity crises head on. All these historically difficult periods had one thing in common. They forced their citizens not just to hope for better but to work toward better. And they all took it upon themselves to do so rather than raise our hands in surrender as we face this avalanche of problems, we must look to examples in this book and take heart.

    The lesson is crystal clear. Some of the most effective and longest lasting solutions are forged in the darkest times. As we look up from the pits of despair and envision how to get out of the abyss, we find ourselves in more importantly, it’s at times like these that we learn how not to fall back in. And so like I said, I didn’t imagine going on tour and throughout the US and talking about this darkness that I really feel is consuming our political life, our daily lives. But I am able to go to all of these cities and really talk about hope from a place of understanding that it is possible even in moments of despair.

    Marc Steiner:

    So when you did these travels, I mean you went to all these countries over several periods of years and kind of brought their stories out about the battle for freedom, battle for Democracy Building society that’s built for the people. And before we get into specifics of some of the places you went, I’m curious, given what’s happened in the last year or two, have you been back in touch with these people talking about what’s actually they’re confronting given the rise of the right in the world?

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    I have been in touch and in Costa Rica especially, I’ve seen how the right wing government there has tried to get rid of their biodiversity law or at least weaken it or weaken the institutions that I created. And what heartens me is that those same people that I interviewed are still fighting and they’re not going anywhere. And what’s great in the case of Costa Rica, for example, as someone told me when I was interviewing them, this idea that the biodiversity of Costa Rica belongs to the people is so ingrained now in everyone there that it’s impossible to take that away now. And I think that that’s a really important lesson too. The National Health Service is another one in the UK is another good example of how once you have these amazing policies that really change people’s lives for the better, it’s so hard to roll them back, try as they may.

    I mean, I’ve reported for the nation on how the right, and actually also Tony Blair’s Labor Party over the years have tried and often succeeded to defund or privatize certain aspects of the National Health Service, but it is still free at the point of delivery. I think if that were not the case, more Britains would be up in arms about it because they love their national health service so much. There’s this really great quote that I paraphrase by Nire Bevin, who was the founder of the National Health Service, who was the health minister in the first labor government, and again paraphrasing, but he says something like the NHS is about to become so popular that even our enemies are going to take credit for it. And I think that that’s a really good starting point to know that we have to fight to implement these things and that eventually we will have to fight to keep them. But when they are rooted in a society, it is so hard to unroot them.

    Marc Steiner:

    So when you go to countries like Estonia, and I was really fascinated. I never knew what was happening there in terms of trying to do direct democracy online, something the United States should be able to do since we began it. It’s this huge network here, we can’t seem to get it together. Talk a bit about that. I mean the model of Estonia for a digital democracy, it just blew me away when I read it. I had no idea what was going on.

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    Estonia is such an interesting example of how you can build public digital infrastructure and how that can build trust in people, that their government will work for them and that also that they can engage with their government directly. As you said, there are all of these direct democracy kind of initiatives online where you can talk to your representatives, you can talk to your local city officials and ask them questions and they’ll be able to answer. And it really is rooted in this idea that internet is a human right and that there were solutions to many problems that the country was facing as against its independence that they could maybe turn to these new technologies for. And now we see one of the interesting things I’ve been seeing recently with Elon Musk and this among many things with doge or dodgy as some people call it,

    Marc Steiner:

    We supposed to say it. Yes, right.

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    This incursion into the heart of government and all of this private data. I mean there are many problems with what they’re doing, but one of the fascinating things I saw was this data grab, this private data grab that could affect millions of American citizens. Things like your social security number, your address, all of this personal information. And I was thinking about how in Estonia he just would not be able to do this for a number of reasons because of the publicly owned digital infrastructure that they’ve put in place. And there are a few reasons that he wouldn’t be able to, but if he did, there is a really great part of the citizen portal. So every Estonian has access to a citizen portal where they can access all government services online and they’re making it as easy as possible for people to sign up for things like paid parental leave or to renew their driver’s license all in one place. But importantly, there’s also a page where you can see what agency or who or when your private data was accessed and you can query why. And we just don’t have any sort of mechanisms like that to really fight against these kind of data grabs that we’re seeing now.

    Marc Steiner:

    It made me think when you wrote about Estonia, and I was thinking about when you wrote about Portugal and the incredible work they do in Portugal when people are addicted and not criminalizing and I put people in prison but wrapping their arms around people and helping them find a new way to live. And then I think about this country we live in and why it’s so hard. And you touch on that throughout the book. I mean why it’s so hard for us to get it right for us to be able to do the simplest of things to make society better for everybody in it.

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    I’m a big believer in universal programs and I came out of writing this book an even bigger believer in universal programs. There’s this problem at the core of American society that if you are among the wealthy few, you have access to all of the best of everything, the best healthcare, the best childcare, the best housing. But the majority of Americans, despite living in the wealthiest country in the history of the planet, have very little to no access to the same things. And so these off-ramps built into our system for wealthy Americans, and that means that they’re not invested in actually making things better for the rest of us along with themselves because they don’t need to. So I really think that universal programs are an answer, not only because they are more equitable, they’re less wasteful as well, but they also create more social solidarity. And I think when we ask what are we getting wrong, I think that’s it. We don’t have the sense of social solidarity because we don’t have these shared services or programs.

    Marc Steiner:

    The more I read when we jumped into Uwe for a minute, which is a really interesting country that’s gone back and forth within the tuba hours and the gorillas and fighting the revolution and the right, right-wing government in place. But you all see there, you found this kernel of hope built around clean energy, built around a different kind of world that you can do that could be happening right here. The same thing could be happening here, but talk a bit about that one, what you found in Uruguay.

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    I loved going toay because it was a really good example of how even, or maybe I shouldn’t say even that energy policy can be redistributive. So they have a publicly owned utility at the heart of everything. And again, this came from a moment of crisis. Their decision to transition to green energy came from the fact that they don’t have any naturally occurring fossil fuels in ua. And what would happen is that they would have rolling blackouts and power cuts and it would be incredibly disruptive not just to civilian life or political life, but also to businesses. I went to a factory where they said every time that the lights would go out, we would just have to stop making cloth, which is what they did. And so PE moca with F, he gets elected after tha Vasquez around 2009 I think. And even before he comes into government, he decides we’re not going to be able to tackle these really thorny issues at the heart of Wai without building some sort of cross party agreements that ensure that what we start will be finished by other political parties.

    And so they did. They hammered out four cross-party agreements on four key issues. And one of those was energy because of these rolling blackouts and this issue that they had where because so much of the energy was based on hydroelectric as well, they would every time there was a drought and these droughts became increasingly more common because of the climate crisis more severe, you had a situation where the government would go into a financial crisis because they would have to import fossil fuels from neighboring Argentina and Brazil exorbitant prices. And so green energy seemed to be the solution to that issue. And they proved in under 10 years, despite having so few resources, especially compared to a country like the us,

    Marc Steiner:

    It’s a very small place.

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    It’s a very small place. But also, I mean what I like about it is that it’s a small place, but it had to be scrappy. They didn’t have these huge resources. And so they proved that in under 10 years you can green a grid and almost a hundred percent and that it can be stable, that you can look at a number of different renewable energy sources and that will stabilize a grid. And so the other thing that happened was that they went from spending millions of dollars every time they had a drought in order to import fossil fuels to actually saving that money, being able to spend it on social programs and on top of it, making money from exporting their excess renewable energy to neighboring Argentina and Bris Brazil, the same countries that they used to import from. And so it’s just again a great example about how sometimes there’s an economic incentive and it has all of these ripple effects across society

    Marc Steiner:

    Given the rise of the right that we’re facing in this world today in some of the countries that you went to and visited as well, and the stories you tell of hope and organizing and fighting back and building a different kind of world. So I’m curious in your own travels and how you think this fight back is being organized and what hope these kinds of stories give us for what our future could be rather than letting this kind of authoritarian manage the world.

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    I really believe that now is the time for really bold ideas and that we need to get inspired and point to the pragmatism of these radical ideas. I wanted to include countries that were so different from one another. I didn’t just go to Scandinavia even though obviously they do have good ideas. And I went to Norway and I went to Finland, but I wanted to go somewhere like Singapore, which is this hyper capitalist context,

    Marc Steiner:

    Hyper capitalist

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    It’s, and that is so different, again, not just from Norway, Finland, but also from the US and show that even though we see these as ideas from the left, and they probably come from the left still, that you don’t necessarily need the left to implement them. And that actually what’s more important to me is that we build out coalitions to ensure like Ika did in Wai, that these things are carried out long term. I really think right now we have to re-envision how we look towards the future, build out those coalitions, hopefully point to some of these stories to people who maybe don’t feel identified by movements we have currently or the political parties we have and say, Hey, it’s working for other people, why can’t it work for us?

    Marc Steiner:

    So pick any country you want that you went to right now, two of them, whatever you like. I want you to talk a bit about the coalitions that were built and how they were built across these lines that made these incredible changes inside their countries.

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    A few that come to mind about building coalitions are Wai as I just explained. And again, that was from a moment of crisis. And so there was no denying that something had to be done to address the energy crisis that they were facing if they were ever going to stabilize their country, their economy, anything. Portugal was another really good example in which you had one in every hundred Portuguese people was suffering from some sort of problematic addiction as they called it. And it touched everyone’s lives. And again, it really inspired and moved people from all parts of the political spectrum to do something radical. I think that that is really the key to those policies. Then you had something like Norway where you had a labor party in charge and in the 1970s there was this real push from the labor party to kind of re-envision how families were supported because they wanted to bring women into the formal, they wanted to have sort of full employment in the country.

    And that meant making work that was traditionally unpaid and done by women paid and within usually the public sector. Part of that meant that they needed to find a way to support families if people were still going to have children, which they wanted them to. And you saw this really interesting thing where the left wanted paid parental leave and subsidized childcare for the reasons I just explained for economic reasons, largely of course some feminist ideologies as well. But then you had the Christian Democrats who wanted it to support traditional family values and for people to keep having children and they came together and passed it. And now again, it’s one of these policies that’s so beloved that no one on the right or left, even though the center right wasn’t in agreement at the time, no one would try and take it away. And you have one year in which both parents can split the time as they see fit to stay home with their newborns at a hundred percent of their salaries backed by the

    Marc Steiner:

    States, a

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    Hundred percent of those, a hundred percent of their salaries. And what I really also really loved about Norway is that they were the, and the reason I went there, they were the first country to have what’s called a papa perm or daddy quota where it was this, now it’s three months, that’s use it or lose it. That dad or co-parent, a progressive country has to stay home and be a caregiver, a primary caregiver on their own. And what’s really key to that is that it means that co-parent is no longer assistant to mom or other co-parent. They’re really a primary caregiver. And the impact that that’s had on the rest of society is fascinating because you have a situation in which not only are homes changing the way that people see what the role traditional gender roles, whether we should have them or not, has shifted. But then you also see how in the workforce there’s less discrimination towards women because both people of all genders will be able to take the same amount of leave if they want to if they have children and also go home with their child if they’re sick, they have a number of sick days that are specifically if your child is sick. And that’s split between parents as well.

    There’s just a broader understanding throughout society about what it takes to raise a family. Not to mention they have great high quality, subsidized, very subsidized childcare after age one.

    Marc Steiner:

    That does make a difference huge. When you don’t have to worry about where your kids are going to go, it’s there, it’s well done. Professionals are taking care of your children and you go off and do what you have to do and come back and collect them at the end of the day.

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    Exactly right. Exactly. And what I loved as well is I would ask, go to all of these daycares across the country. I tend to go around each country as much as possible over the course of almost a month in each place. And I would ask, who’s coming to pick up the kids? And they were without fail always 50 50 moms and dads. I was like, great. It’s working somehow.

    Marc Steiner:

    So when you look at what you discovered, I’m thinking about also for some reason New Zealand, let’s talk about that for a minute. Popped in my head and their whole battle around retirement, how they changed the whole nature of retirement for people. Well, let me start there then I’ll have a follow up. I mean, just talk a bit about what they did there because actually New Zealand is more diverse than people realize. It’s not just an old white man’s country. Many people think of it, but they built something very different and unique there.

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    They have universal non-contributory flat rate pensions for everyone over a certain age at around 40% of the average wage. And the real requirement is you have to be 65 and you have to be a resident of New Zealand for a number of years. And that’s shifted a bit over the years. But what’s fascinating about it is that by making it non-contributory that it’s not based on your wages or your taxes over your lifetime. It’s just so much more fair for women and groups that have been oppressed throughout their lives because it doesn’t discriminate based on income. It doesn’t discriminate based on what you’ve put into this pot over time. And I don’t want to be too mean about social security because I do think that it’s one of these things that we have still left over from the New Deal that is beloved and it’s we

    Marc Steiner:

    Do have it, it’s great, but it doesn’t give you that much.

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    It doesn’t give you that much. It doesn’t give you that much needs to be better. It needs to be improved. And one of the problems that I see with it, despite all of these different ways that they’re trying to make it better for everyone who’s left out of it, is that it still kind of entrenches these inequalities that people experience throughout their lifetime rather than ensuring that people when they get to old age will have the ability to have a dignified life. And that’s really what I want to see. I mean, our elderly poverty rates are terrible. And one of the striking stories that I saw in New Zealand is there was this woman who I met who was a victim of domestic abuse and had no income for years and she was telling me how much she was looking forward to. She was a few years off of getting the NZ super as they call it, the super superannuation. And she was just so looking forward to that stable income after having so many different jobs and not being able to work at different periods. And you can see from a life like that, if she had not been able to contribute in certain systems, she would not be able to look forward to that level of security in her old age.

    Marc Steiner:

    What was the word? Superannuation?

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    Superannuation

    Marc Steiner:

    A new word for me when I read your book. I’m curious, as you travel the world, seeing people struggle some stories and you watch the reality that around us, we talked about in the beginning where conversation with the right wing kind of really moving and taking power in so many parts of the globe and these stories, if people heard these stories, if people who were involved in political struggle to build a more equitable society, you stories like this to say, this is who we are, this is what we could be. I mean, it’s amazing that this is not part of the dynamic. You know what I’m saying? I mean that tiny New Zealand, if these other countries can ensure that when you get old, you’re taken care of, ensure that your kids are taking care of biodiversity programs that save the land, give people work, it’s right there. But we don’t seem to be able to tell the story in a way that makes people say, we can build a political movement around this.

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    Often the way that we talk about policy can be so alienating for people. And I really feel that sometimes people ask me who I want to read this book and obviously I want everyone to read this book as much as possible really. But I often think of my ideal reader as someone like my mom who didn’t finish high school, who was undocumented in the US for many years, who never really felt identified by politics or political movements or anything like that. But of course policies impacted her life. So one of the personal drivers behind this book was a healthcare incident that had to do with my mom talk about it in the introduction. So my mom couldn’t afford a healthcare health insurance really in the US for many years and ended up having undiagnosed untreated diabetes and had her right foot amputated because of this. And a number of other complications since then that I didn’t even mention kidney failure dialysis three days a week, all of these very difficult things and

    Marc Steiner:

    This is why you were growing up.

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    I was about 2020 something when this happened. And at the time I had been fortunate enough to be able to study abroad with scholarships. I was the first in my family to get a college degree. We were these I call my brothers and I these little American dreams that my parents had. And really at that moment I started to feel like the American dream that my parents had both from different countries had come for, was really more possible in other places that I had been, that I had studied abroad and I had lived in places like the UK and Spain that have universal healthcare. So while I was worrying about my mom’s wellbeing and whether she’d be able to survive this disease, she had the amputation, all of these things, I also had this other concern, how were we going to be able to afford the care she needed, the insulin she needed to keep her alive.

    And I knew having lived in other places, that just wasn’t something that people had to think about there. And I wanted to do better and I to understand why we weren’t doing better by our citizens. And so part of the way that I’ve structured the book, going back to this idea of who should read it and how we should tell these stories, is really to pass the mic on to people who are impacted by these policies, not just policymakers and activists and academics and industry leaders, which I do interview in the book, but really just everyday people who live with these policies and talk about how they have benefited from them so that these people feel real, as real as they were to me when I was sitting in front of them. I wanted them to feel real to my readers and I wanted people to be able to share these stories in that way that felt like it was something that you were telling someone over dinner or before you went to the movies or something.

    Marc Steiner:

    As I read the book, I was taking these crazy notes that I have here. I thought that these are the things that people need to understand of what could be. I mean, the title of your book, another World is possible that when I watched the Democrats in this country in this last election, and they just need to read this book first to understand, to say, look, we can have a different world. This is what we could do. This is what’s happening across the globe. We don’t have, we can have medical care, you can have housing, we can have a biodiverse world that’s safe for all of us to live in. And that to me was just, it was a point of frustration but of hope that what you write about in this book is what it could be.

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    Thank you for saying that. I like you. I’m so frustrated with Democrats sort of constantly trying to tell us what we can’t have rather than actually having a bold vision for what we can accomplish. And they’ve seeded that ground and it’s incredibly frustrating to me. To see Kamala Harris’s campaign I think was a huge failure. Well, it was a huge failure she lost. But to me the biggest failing even before she lost, was that they weren’t talking about real policies that would have a material impact on people’s daily lives. There was no talk of things like universal healthcare, things that Bernie Sanders was so good about, their universal paid parental leave and highly subsidized childcare. They just have completely seeded that ground to the right. And then the right is just offering culture wars and chaos.

    Marc Steiner:

    And what you describe here as we close out is just that the countries diverse group of countries have found answers to the problems that we face right here in the United States that we refuse to take. We refuse to look at and go, yes, we can solve this. Yes, we can have healthcare. Yes, we can have housing.

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    I’m hopeful because of something that did happen in November as well. During the general election, you saw a number of states increase the minimum wage and at the same time you saw what we would consider deep red states like Missouri, Nebraska, and Alaska Pass paid sick leave on their ballots, on their state ballots with huge majorities. And Nebraska was 74% of the vote. This to me shows exactly what I’m trying to show in this book that beyond left or right politics beyond what we consider the political spectrum, these ideas are taking root. These are ideas that we would consider incredibly progressive, and yet you have them being passed in states like Mississippi and Alaska and Nebraska. And so somehow they’re getting through. Even if we have someone in the White House who would never want something like that,

    Marc Steiner:

    You would not. But since this is a wonderful book and I want to encourage all the people listening to us today to just get a copy of another world as possible, Natasha Hami Zapata, I’ll be right here on the site. You can see it yourself. Really important stories from across the globe of people fighting for justice, getting justice and building a new world, the kind of world we all want to see happen. So Natasha, I’m glad you took a moment to come by the studio today on your way to red Ems to talk. It’s good to have you here and it’s good to have met you.

    Natasha Hakimi Zapata:

    Thank you so much practices.

    Marc Steiner:

    Thank you for the work. Thank you. Once again, thank you to Natasha Hami Zapata for joining us today in studio and for her book Another World as Possible. And thanks to Cameron Grino for running the program today, audio editor Alida Anek and producer Roset Ali for making it all work behind the scenes. And everyone here at The Real News for making this show possible. Please let me know what you thought about, what you heard today, what you’d like us to cover. Just write to me at mss@therealnews.com and I’ll get right back to you. Once again, thank you Natasha Hato for joining us today. And I seriously encourage all of you to read another world as possible, lessons for America from around the globe, really well done, wonderfully written, and a powerfully important book. So for the crew here at The Real News, I’m Marc Steiner, stand involved. Keep listening and take care.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Marc Steiner.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/18/to-save-democracy-look-outside-america/feed/ 0 518245
    Stories of Resistance: Two Mayan Warriors https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/17/stories-of-resistance-two-mayan-warriors/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/17/stories-of-resistance-two-mayan-warriors/#respond Mon, 17 Feb 2025 14:39:03 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=331905 Xaibe pyramid surrounded by tropical forest, Coba, Quintana Roo, Mexico. Mayan civilisation, 6th-10th century.In the Caribbean jungles of Quintana Roo, two Mayan brothers lived. They were fierce warriors. And they are still defending their land, in the forest of present-day Mexico.]]> Xaibe pyramid surrounded by tropical forest, Coba, Quintana Roo, Mexico. Mayan civilisation, 6th-10th century.

    In the Caribbean jungles of Quintana Roo, two Mayan brothers lived.

    They were fierce warriors, and also very different. One was cold and arrogant. The other, they say, was gentle, kind, and giving.

    And they both fell for the same woman: Nicté-Ha.

    They battled to win her love.

    But, like the brothers in the Greek tragedy Antigone, they killed each other in battle.

    In the afterlife, they pleaded to the gods to let them return to be with Nicté-Ha.

    And the gods agreed. They sent them back in the form of two trees. 

    The first brother, who was arrogant and cold, was turned into el Chechén: a poisonous tree with bark that seems to peel, and leaves and branches that leave thick rashes and burns on those who come in contact with it.

    The other brother was also reborn. The gods transformed him into el Chacá: a tree that is never far away from el Chechén, and which heals those touched by his brother.

    Nicté-Há died of sadness at the tragic death of her warriors. 

    The gods transformed her into a water lily, a beautiful white flower that blooms over the cenotes of the region, never far from el Chechén and el Chacá.

    But that is only the beginning of the story.

    Along the banks of the clear turquoise waters of Bacalar Lagoon in the southern Yucatan, there is an area where el Chechén and el Chacá grow in abundance.

    A veritable forest of poisonous trees, they line the channel that leads into Bacalar Lagoon from the open ocean. This was the route taken by the Spanish—and later, pirates—to invade the region.

    They say Mayan warriors planted the Chechén forest here to guard against these invaders, who would mistakenly rub against the trees without knowledge of their poison and the curative attributes of their brother Chacá just nearby.

    Others say it was the gods who planted the forest. Either way, these two Mayan warriors are still defending their land, in the jungles of Quintana Roo.


    This is the fifth episode of Stories of Resistance.

    Stories of Resistance is a new project, co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review.

    We’ve recently launched a Kickstarter to help get the series off the ground. You can support it by clicking here: Stories of Resistance: Inspiration for Dark Times Kickstarter

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/17/stories-of-resistance-two-mayan-warriors/feed/ 0 518253
    Elon Musk is making technofascism a reality before our eyes https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/14/elon-musk-is-making-technofascism-a-reality-before-our-eyes/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/14/elon-musk-is-making-technofascism-a-reality-before-our-eyes/#respond Fri, 14 Feb 2025 16:48:29 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=331868 People hold up signs as they protest against US President Donald Trump and Elon Musk's "Department of Government Efficiency" (DOGE) outside of the US Department of Labor near the US Capitol in Washington, DC, February 5, 2025. Photo by DREW ANGERER/AFP via Getty ImagesMusk and DOGE are bulldozing the administrative state, and building a harrowing new reality for working people.]]> People hold up signs as they protest against US President Donald Trump and Elon Musk's "Department of Government Efficiency" (DOGE) outside of the US Department of Labor near the US Capitol in Washington, DC, February 5, 2025. Photo by DREW ANGERER/AFP via Getty Images

    Within the first month of the new Trump administration, the federal government has already become nearly unrecognizable. Operating through the unofficial Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), Elon Musk, the world’s richest man, has been given carte blanche to wage war on every part of the government that stands in the way of the business and investment needs of the billionaire class. The ongoing attacks on the Treasury Department, the Department of Education, and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) are just the opening salvo of a broader, darker plan to remake American society and government to serve the interests of the largest corporations and most powerful oligarchs. On this week’s livestream, TRNN Editor-in-Chief Maximillian Alvarez will speak with organizers of the emergency rally that took place on Monday outside of the CFPB building in Washington DC to protest the Trump administration’s moves to effectively shut down the agency. Then, we’ll speak with media critic and TRNN columnist Adam Johnson and tech critic Paris Marx about DOGE’s attacks on democracy, Musk’s agenda, and the grim future of technofascism materializing before us in real time.

    Studio Production: Cameron Granadino, David Hebden, Adam Coley


    Transcript

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Welcome to The Real News Network, and welcome back to our weekly livestream.

    The Trump administration has effectively shut down the Consumer Finance Protection Bureau, the very agency that was created to protect consumers after the 2008 financial crisis and subprime mortgage lending scandal. Since its creation, the CFPB has clawed back over $21 billion from Wall Street banks, credit card companies, and other predatory financial institutions for defrauded customers. Russell Vought, an unabashed Christian nationalist, founder of the far-right think tank the Center for Renewing America, a primary architect of Project 2025, and Donald Trump’s newly Senate-confirmed acting director of the CFPB, ordered all agency staff in an email Saturday to stop working and to not come into the office.

    Hundreds of federal employees and protesters mobilized for an emergency rally in front of the CFPB headquarters near the White House in Washington DC on Monday. Democratic lawmakers like Elizabeth Warren and Maxine Waters spoke at the event, which was organized by progressive organizations Indivisible, the Progressive Change Institute, MoveOn, Americans for Financial Reform, and the National Treasury Employees Union Local 335, which represents CFPB workers.

    Here’s Sen. Warren speaking to the crowd on Monday:

    [CLIP BEGINS]

    Sen. Elizabeth Warren:  This fight is about hardworking people versus the billionaires who want to squeeze more and more and more money. And now, now is our time to put a stop to this.

    [CLIP ENDS]

    Maximillian Alvarez:  On Tuesday night, just 24 hours after that demonstration, dozens of CFPB employees were notified over email that they had been fired. For his part, Elon Musk, richest man in the world and unelected head of the newly created Department of Government Efficiency, celebrated the shuttering of the agency, posting Sunday night on X, the platform that he owns, Musk wrote “CFPB RIP” accompanied by a tombstone emoji.

    Now Musk, it should really be noted, has a big fat obvious conflict of interest here. Just last month, his site X announced a partnership with Visa to offer a real-time payment system on the platform. And yes, the CFPB would’ve been scrutinizing the whole thing in order to make sure that users weren’t scammed and didn’t have their sensitive information stolen. Now it won’t.

    But the wrecking balls that Musk and Trump are swinging through the government right now are doing incalculable damage that goes far beyond the CFPB as we speak. Trump’s administration appears dead set on manufacturing a constitutional crisis if and when they openly defy court rulings, ordering them to halt their numerous illegal moves to shut down agencies, seize operational control of government finances, and to access everyone’s sensitive government data. There’s very much a Silicon Valley esque move fast and break things strategy that’s being applied here.

    And the big tech oligarchs of Silicon Valley who threw their full support behind the Trump-Vance ticket have much more at stake here than just Musk’s payment system on X. Through Trump, Musk, J.D. Vance, and others, Silicon Valley and its technofascist oligarchs are waging a coup of their own right now, rewiring our government and our economy to serve their business and investment needs and to accelerate the coming of the dystopian future that they envision for all of us.

    Over the course of this livestream, we’re going to break down this technofascist takeover of our government that’s unfolding in real time. We’re going to talk about what the consequences will be and how people are fighting back. In the second half of the stream, we’re going to talk with media critic, Real News columnist, and co-host of the Citations Needed podcast, Adam Johnson, and we’re also going to speak with Paris Marx, renowned tech critic, author, and host of the podcast Tech Won’t Save Us.

    But we’re going to start right now with the chaos at the CFPB and the protest action outside the DC agency headquarters on Monday. We’re joined now by Aaron Stephens. Aaron is the former mayor of East Lansing, Michigan, a senior legislative strategist with the Progressive Change Campaign Committee, and he was an organizer of Monday’s CFPB protest.

    Aaron, thank you so much for joining us, man, especially with everything going on. Can you start by just giving us and our viewers an on-the-ground account of Monday’s action? How did it get organized? What did you see and hear on the day, and what were the real core rallying messages of the event?

    Aaron Stephens:  Yeah, thanks for having me. So this is a really difficult time. I think that everybody’s dealing with a fire hose of news, the Trump administration taking actions, especially taking actions on Fridays, Saturdays to try and get away from the news cycle, to hide some of the worst things that they’re doing during the times when people might not be paying attention.

    But we got news that some of the DOGE, those, I think, 20-something-year-old tech folks got into CFPB and started accessing some really sensitive data that the CFPB has and were looking to shut down the agency. You have to remember that Elon Musk, back when Trump first won reelection, tweeted that the CFPB was a redundant agency and one that needed to be deleted in the first place. So this is something that we were expecting to see, but of course we didn’t expect things to happen in the way that it did.

    This is an agency that, DOGE, of course, is Elon Musk, is not an elected person. There’s been no act of Congress to authorize anything that’s been happening over at the CFPB, but we saw basically a takeover of the agency. People being told stay home, people being told don’t work.

    And so we quickly mobilized with some of our congressional allies and some of our allies like Indivisible, MoveOn, the union folks, and Americans for Financial Reform to show that this was not going to be something that folks just stood by and let happen. We had about a thousand people there, maybe more, many, many members of Congress.

    And I want to highlight the fact that it wasn’t just members that care and talk about consumer protection every single day. You had freshman members like Yassamin Ansari and senior members like Maxine Waters who are on the financial services committee, and Elizabeth Warren who, obviously, is the matriarch of this agency, but a lot of support from within the party here to really push back on what’s going on. The core message being that we’re not just going to stand by and let Elon Musk take over at this agency, and we’re not going to let what is really the financial cop on the street die in the darkness.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Let’s talk a little more about that. For folks who weren’t at the rally or for folks who are maybe not fully up to speed on what the CFPB itself does or did, let’s talk a little more about what the CFPB does, why it was created. And as much as we don’t want to speculate, of course we can’t know what’s going to happen in the future, but if we have a shut down of CFPB, what is that going to mean for people?

    Aaron Stephens:  I think you really have to look back at why this agency was created. This agency was created after the financial crisis in the late 2000s. This is an agency that is meant to hold banks and corporations and financial institutions accountable for malfeasance and advocates for consumers when they are wronged. This is an agency that, for instance, somebody who has been paying their mortgage on time, but the bank has been misapplying those payments as late and then their house got foreclosed on, they go to the CFPB. And the CFPB is the one that steps in and says, actually, you guys were in the wrong here. We’re going to keep this person in their house. They are the people on the street advocating for consumers. So getting rid of an agency like that is going to leave millions of Americans without somebody to go to.

    I want to point out some of the numbers here. The CFPB has returned over $20 billion to consumers. It has a billion dollar a year budget and it has returned over $20 billion to consumers just on actions against corporations that have taken advantage of them alone. You have folks like Wells Fargo that have been taken action against, and they’ve had to pay back $2.5 billion for misapplying mortgage payments, like I mentioned before, and a lot of other actors that are, quite frankly, in the tech space, which Elon Musk is very, very related to, that are seeing action taken against them as well.

    And so you can see the throughline there. Not having this agency protect consumers will mean that corporations will have a much, much easier time stealing from consumers and not having any kind of retribution against them.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  I guess this is as much a disclosure as anything, because it’s very hard to sit here as a journalist, as editor-in-chief of The Real News Network talking about this, but I’m also someone whose family lost everything in the financial crisis. I’ve been open about this my whole media career. It’s where my media career started. We lost the house that I grew up in. This agency was created because so many millions of families like mine got screwed over in the 2008 financial crash, and now here we are, 15 years later, being told that shuttering this agency is a win for, I don’t know what, efficiency…?

    Aaron Stephens:  For who? If you talk about efficiency, again, I’ll point out $20 billion returned to consumers, a billion dollar a year budget. That’s efficient to me. And we’re talking about an agency that is literally dedicated to protecting consumers. So the only thing that I could say this would be efficient for is helping big corporations take advantage of people. There is no other reason to go after an agency that is dedicated to making sure that people have a fair shake in a financial system that is usually difficult to navigate and sometimes, unfortunately, as we’ve seen many, many times in the past, takes advantage of consumers. There’s no reason to go after an agency like this other than to make it easier for those folks to do that.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Well, I think that’s a really important point, and I want to build on that in a second and talk about what the attack on the CFPB tells us about the larger attack that’s happening across the government right now. But I would be remiss if I didn’t ask if you’ve heard anything from the folks at the CFPB who lost their jobs this week, or anyone that you were talking to on the ground on Monday. Our listeners want to know.

    Aaron Stephens:  I want to couch this and make sure that the point of this really is to talk about the consumers that are affected by this, but there is a really important story that is not probably going to be as told, which is that there are civil servants that dedicated their lives to basically saying, you know what? — And many of them have very similar stories to you. I saw somebody get taken advantage of, my family got taken advantage of, and now I’ve dedicated my life to fighting for consumers, and this is the agency that I’m part of. All of those people got an email that said, your work’s not important, stop doing it.

    And so that’s why so many workers showed up on Monday. And their message was very, very simple. It was, we just want to do our job. We just want to protect people, let us do our job. You’ve got hundreds of people that they’re probably not making as much as they might be able to in the private sector, and they’re doing their best to try and protect people, and they’re just basically being told this isn’t important anymore.

    As part of a larger plan, we’re seeing the same playbook at different agencies. I’m not going to be surprised as Elon Musk goes and attacks Social Security, attacks the Department of Education. These are services that affect working families everywhere across the country, and you don’t see him having the same kind of vitriol to a large corporation that’s taking advantage of people. It’s very, very clear that what’s going on right now is they’re dismantling the agencies that are protecting people just to give tax breaks and give an easier time for billionaires to take advantage of consumers.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Let’s tease that out a little more, because I would hope that that is the clear and obvious message that people are taking away from it. But you know as well as I do that, it’s not that easy, unfortunately. We’re going to talk about this in the second segment with Paris Marx and Adam Johnson, but this is as much a war over what Musk and Trump are doing as it is over the perception about what they’re doing.

    And so I see people all the time, people I know, people I’ve interviewed, people in my family who are right-leaning or maybe politically independent, who are still very much buying the Musk and Trump line that this is all being done in the name of efficiency, rooting out longstanding corruption and wokeism and all that crap.

    So I wanted to ask if, in good faith, if we want to talk to folks who are feeling that way and thinking that way, what does the attack on the CFPB, how does that fit into the larger project that you just described? How can people take that and what’s going on at the Treasury, and just what the hell is going on here and what’s the end game?

    Aaron Stephens:  Let’s talk through some of their playbook, because what Elon Musk and Donald Trump will do is they will find one little line item budget thing that they know they can message on, and they will say, look at this inefficient spending, and it’ll be like $10 million in a budget of a billion. And they’ll say, look at this inefficient thing, this is the thing that we’re cutting. And they won’t talk about the millions and millions of dollars going to help consumers. But that’s the thing they’ll talk about so that way they can message to folks, no, no, no, look, we’re cutting. We’re cutting and we’re being efficient. But the reality is that they’re saying that publicly so that way behind the scenes they can cut the things that help people.

    And so I think that the CFPB is, and one of the reasons why we are so passionate about it, is because there are so many stories of people being helped by this agency.

    I’ll give another random example, although there are literally thousands. People that went to a for-profit college that was not accredited, took out large loans for this, and the CFPB helped state AGs sue that for-profit college, which led to not only money going back to those folks, but also loans being forgiven. Those are people that would’ve been in debt for probably the rest of their lives for a degree that wasn’t even accredited, and that’s the CFPB, that’s what they’re doing.

    One of the reasons why I think centering this agency in this fight is a very, very good thing to do is because there are thousands of stories of people really going out there and seeking help from the CFPB and that agency doing the right thing.

    One of the rules that they most recently announced, which is a great rule which is now being attacked by congressional Republicans, is their medical debt and credit reporting rule. You’re talking about folks that, for those who don’t know, when you have an amount of medical debt, it goes on your credit report and it can significantly impact your life in the future, not being able to get a mortgage or not being able to get a car. And sometimes those procedures are just not things that you can control. And the statistics have said it and the studies have said it over and over again: Having medical debt does not actually have any real determining factor on whether or not you’re going to be paying back car loans or house loans, and it really doesn’t affect anything. In fact, Experian has even said that publicly.

    And the CFPB said, you know what? This should be something that we address. We should not have medical debt [be] something that is reported on their credit report. And there are thousands of stories of people saying, I had a procedure done in the ’90s. It was out of the blue, I couldn’t control anything about it, and now 20 years later, I can’t get a house. I have two kids and I can’t get a house. Those are the people that are affected by closing this agency.

    And so I think centering those stories is really, really important in this conversation. And just talking about, really, who is Elon Musk and Donald Trump on the side of? Is it on the side of that person that is trying to get a home for their two kids, or is it on the side of the banks that just want to make sure that they can make every last dime out of these consumers? And I think the answer’s fairly clear to that.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  I think that’s powerfully put. And we do need to center these stories, if only to get people out of the hazy miasma of Trumpian rhetoric and actually see the reality in front of them. We were talking about this two livestreams ago, a day after the horrific plane crash in DC where over 60 people lost their lives. But that was another clear-cut example where the government bureaucrats, the deep state, useless, evil, faceless folks in the government are actually air traffic controllers. They’re working people who are making sure our planes don’t crash when we come in and out of an airport. They’re also the people in the CFPB, the NLRB, talking to workers about organizing every day. If you just look at this in terms of big awful government but you’re not actually seeing the details, we’re going to be sleepwalking into even more dangerous stuff.

    And I want to hover on that point for a second because for people who are not right in the middle of this, people who don’t live and work in DC, and even for people who aren’t employees of the government and they’re really only seeing this from the outside through the media and social media, I wanted to ask you, since you were there, you’re in it, how are people who work in government responding to this? What is the range of emotions that you’re hearing and seeing from your colleagues there in DC?

    Aaron Stephens:  I do live in Michigan, so I go to DC fairly regularly, but I’m here on the ground in the wonderful, greatest state in the country. There’s folks that are there that are terrified. They get an email one day that says, don’t come into the office, you’re working from home. Get an email the next day that says stop your work entirely.

    And I think it’s very important that we engage the union in this protest too, because those are real folks that have families, jobs, lives that are completely in limbo because there’s an unelected billionaire that decided that he wanted to tweet to delete the CFPB, and that’s a really scary reality to live in currently.

    To your earlier point about people not really feeling or understanding what a government employee is, I want to point out, I was a mayor back in Michigan, and I think that people have different opinions about different levels of government involvement, but I’ll tell you, when the pandemic hit and you needed those folks out there making sure that people were getting access to vaccines or access to rental assistance or whatever else it was, those are government employees, they’re doing their job. And those backbone, really important things for society are what government employees do. I think we can have discussions about where we can direct policy or direct money more efficiently, but shutting down agencies that are dedicated to protecting people is not the way that we need to go about things.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  There’s a larger complicated point here to be made, but I have faith that we can manage it because we can walk and chew gum at the same time. Two things can be true at once. What’s happening right now is a catastrophe, and plenty of government agencies have drawn justified criticism and ire from working people across this country. I’ll be the first to say it.

    I talked to working class people living and fighting in sacrifice zones around the country, people in Michigan, people in Baltimore, people in places like East Palestine, Ohio, who have been polluted by private industry, government-run sites, all this crap. The point being is that that is what the Environmental Protection Agency was created in response to a half a century ago. The Cuyahoga River was on fire every other month, and toxic pollution was rampant, and people across the country rose up and said, the government needs to do something about this. And it was fricking Nixon’s administration who created the EPA and actually had an understanding that you need to have a level of enforcement there that gives people confidence that this agency is actually doing what it says it’s doing.

    Now over the last 50 years, both parties have contributed in one way or another, either by just cutting the budget, vilifying the agency, or leaning more towards the interests of the corporations that the agency’s supposed to regulate. And so you end up with people like the folks I talked to in these sacrifice zones not trusting the EPA at all, because the EPA is telling them that they’re fine and they can stay in their homes while they and their kids continue to get sick.

    And so that is the situation that we are in with so much wrought that has been created in well-meaning or established-for-good-reasons agencies. But that doesn’t mean you throw everything out with the bathwater. Again, we can walk and chew gum at the same time, otherwise we’re going to have nothing left at the end of this.

    Aaron Stephens:  Right. And I want to put a fine edge point on that. What we’re not sitting here saying is that everything is perfect, but look at where they’re targeting. They’re taking the frustration that people have that’s valid with government or the way that things are happening right now, and they’re using that frustration to attack agencies that are just holding corporations accountable. Where is the energy from them going? It is not going to address people’s actual concerns about government. They’re taking the, again, valid concerns that people have about the way that things are right now, and they’re saying, great, my solution is to give away tax breaks to billionaires. And they’re doing it in a more couched way.

    But the reality is if they cared about people being taken advantage of, then the CFPB would be enhanced, not taken away. And you see where they’re diverting their energy into cutting, and it’s for public services for working families. It is not that real angst — And again, real angst — From people that are just angry at the current situation and the way things are. So they’re taking advantage of folks’ fear, unfortunately.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  That, in many ways, is the political difference here between this MAGA-fied Republican Party and what I guess we would tend to call the Democratic establishment, not the whole party itself, but very much the ruling side of the party.

    Trump, for all of his lies and the scapegoats and fictive enemies that he creates, is still identifying and speaking to those touchpoints of neoliberal system failure that people feel in their real lives. What is our counternarrative? What is the opposite vision of the future and governance that is being offered instead of the wrecking ball that is the Trump administration? That’s a question that all of us need to sit with.

    And it’s a question that leads into, we only got about 10 more minutes here before we move into the next segment, but I didn’t want to let you go without asking about what this all means for the Democrats who are still in office right now, this party that people are looking to as the core institutional opposition to what Trump and the GOP are doing right now.

    Axios dropped a story, which I’m sure you saw, earlier this week, sparked a lot of justified outrage all over the internet. And this article said, “Members of the Steering and Policy Committee — with House Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries in the room — on Monday complained” about pressure from activist groups, including ones that helped organize Monday’s action and are putting them. They’re really pissed about the pressure these groups are putting on them to get off their butts and do something. And there was a quote from this Axios article that said, “‘It’s been a constant theme of us saying, “Please call the Republicans.”’” And that was from Rep. Don Beyer from Virginia, basically throwing up their hands and telling their constituents, hey, we’re in the minority now. There’s nothing we can do, go call the Republicans.

    Is this the pervasive attitude from Democrats on the Hill right now that you’re hearing? Who’s fighting back? And tell us more about the work that you’re doing with the Progressive Change Campaign Committee to be part of that fight back.

    Aaron Stephens:  I think it’s important to note, I think everybody’s seen the responses to some of that article, but also the positive responses to our rally on Monday where Maxine Waters and Elizabeth Warren stood up and said, we’re not going to stand by. Or Maxwell Frost trying to get into USAID. People want to see Democrats fighting back. They feel like, at this moment, they are getting just hounded with news every single day from a different Trump administration action that is going to harm them in the long term or in the short term, and they want to know that their representatives are fighting back.

    And so I think that some of that frustration is just going to manifest in people calling their Dem representatives and being like, what are you doing? And I think it’s important that Dem leadership hears that. I think that we as an organization are going to continue trying to channel our members to make sure that action is being taken on the Dem side and that we’re using every single tool in the arsenal, whether that be in the funding fight or whether that be pushing stateside, pushing on AGs and the courts. Whatever it is, people need to see Dems fighting back.

    I certainly agree that this is a Republican agenda and we need to be holding them accountable for what they are doing. But again, people need to see Dems fighting back. And if they don’t see that, then they’re going to feel like they’ve been abandoned by the party that claims to be the ones that’s fighting for them.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Picking up on that, for folks out here who are watching and listening to this stream, what would be your message to them about why they should fight back and the ways they can? It could be calling your elected representative, but for folks who are maybe feeling like they’re not getting anything out of their representative right now, but we don’t want to leave folks feeling hopeless and powerless, that is never our aim. What’s your message to the folks around you, the folks you talk to these days about why they need to fight, not give up, and the different things that they can do to hold this administration accountable, preserve the things in our society, in our government that need to be preserved? What’s your message to folks right now?

    Aaron Stephens:  My one big message is we need more stories being shared. There are millions of people in this country that have been impacted that are on Medicare and would be in a very, very bad situation if that was reduced, or Social Security, or again, had good action taken by the CFPB, or had their grocery store saved in their local community because the FTC stopped a merger. Those things, those stories need to be amplified.

    And I think that it’s important that people are not just apathetic about the situation. I know that it’s difficult given just how much is going on, but show up to the town hall for your congressional member, stage a protest, do it in your own district. We need to be showing that, again, we are not going to stand by and let this happen.

    And quite frankly, I think that Democrats need to see that when they do stand up and when they do take real action that they have support. I think they do just based on what the response was to this rally and what happened at USAID. But I think that we need to be also, while still calling out the folks that are maybe a little bit quieter, we also need to be celebrating the folks that are out there fighting the fight and make sure that folks know that if they do stand up, they’ll have backup. And I think that’s important to do.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Hell yeah. Well man, I want to have you back on soon because there’s so many other big questions to talk about here: What’s going to happen when we hit the debt ceiling crap again? What can we expect in the coming weeks, months, and years of this administration? We’re only one month into this thing, so we gotta pace ourselves, but we gotta know what’s coming ahead so that we’re not constantly immobilized by the onslaught of news on a given day. So having that long view, I think, is important for all of us. And I do want to have you back on to talk about that in more depth.

    As we close out, I did want to ask if you had any thoughts you wanted to share on that, or if there were any other upcoming actions that you wanted to point people to? I’m hearing that there’s a national day of action that federal workers are going to be participating in on the 17th. Are there agency demonstrations that you know happening in DC? Just anything like that that you wanted to put out there before we let you go. And also tell folks about where they can find you.

    Aaron Stephens:  Yeah, so feel free to find me on Twitter, @AaronDStephens — I’ll still call it Twitter — And go to boldprogressives.org, sign up for our listserv. We’ll send out action alerts on protests and different things that are going on there. We’re also going to be collecting stories from folks that are affected.

    And I think, again, just because we have those connections in the Hill amplifying those of offices, so they have things to really push for, and they have a little bit more ammunition when they’re having these conversations on the Hill is important. And as you said, fortunately, it’s a marathon that feels like a sprint right now with everything going on. We just need to keep it going. I’d be happy to come back on. Thanks for having me.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Thank you so much, man. We really appreciate you being here. I appreciate the work that you’re doing. We hope to have you back soon, man. Thank you again.

    Aaron Stephens:  Thanks so much. Have a good one.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Alright, gang. So we’ve got another hour in our livestream today. We want to thank again Aaron Stephens, senior legislative strategist with the Progressive Change Campaign Committee, who was one of the organizers of Monday’s protest outside the CFPB. Thank you to Aaron. Please follow him on X, or Twitter, if you want to stay up to date with Aaron.

    And now I want to bring in our next two guests here. They’re longtime friends of The Real News. We’ve interviewed them separately a number of times. I’ve had the honor of being on Citations Needed. Adam himself writes for The Real News. So I’m really, really grateful to see your faces and to have your critical voices here with us, guys.

    And I just want to make sure, for folks who are watching, if you are living under a rock and you don’t know about Paris and Adam’s work yet, I actually envy you because you’ve got a lot of great work at your disposal. But Paris Marx is a Canadian technology writer whose work has been published in a range of outlets including NBC News, CBC News, Jacobin, and Tribune. They’re also the host of the acclaimed podcast Tech Won’t Save Us, which everyone should go listen to, especially right now. Paris is also the author of the excellent book Road to Nowhere: What Silicon Valley Gets Wrong about the Future of Transportation, which was published by Verso Books in 2022.

    And we are also joined by the great Adam Johnson. Adam hosts the Citations Needed podcast, which everyone should also listen to. And Adam writes at The Column on Substack. He is a columnist for us here at The Real News. You should read every column he’s ever written for us because they’re all bangers and all critical media analyses. And he also writes for other outlets like The Nation.

    Paris, Adam, thank you both so much for joining us today. We got a lot to talk about, and you guys are exactly the folks I want to be talking to about it. But I wanted to just, by way of transitioning from that first segment with Aaron into our discussion, if you guys had any comments on Musk, Trump, and votes attacks specifically on the CFPB, and any thoughts you had on why they’re going after the CFPB that maybe we didn’t cover in that first segment.

    So yeah, Paris, let’s start with you, and then Adam, we’ll go to you.

    Paris Marx:  Sure. Yeah, I think it’s pretty clear that the CFPB is low-hanging fruit and something easy for them to take on. We know that the right has not liked this agency for quite a while, and then we can also see that an agency like that is going to hinder some of what Elon Musk and these other tech billionaires want to be doing. We know Marc Andreessen, for example, has been angry at this agency and blaming it for debanking people in crypto, which is probably not true, but is one of these conspiracy theories that he has embraced.

    Elon Musk, of course, has ambitions of moving Twitter or X into payments and financial services and things like that. It is not a surprise to me that he would want to take on the CFPB right as he is getting into an area like that. And of course, as I understand, the CFPB has also looked into Tesla in the past and issues with Tesla. So yeah, it’s not a surprise to me that he wants to take on this agency, and I think we’re going to see him take on a lot of other ones as well and try to dismantle them too.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Adam, what about you? Were you surprised? You look surprised. You don’t look surprised at all [laughs]. Oh, wait, you’re muted, brother.

    Adam Johnson:  My apologies. I want to start off by saying I thought that the intro, Max, you gave at the top of the show about 37 minutes ago was excellent. I don’t usually kiss ass to my host, but that was very, very well written, established the stakes. I thought that was really well done. I forget because you edit me, but you should do more writing. It was very good. It’s a complex thing to break down, and I don’t usually kiss the ass of the host, but I’m doing it.

    But to answer your question, yeah, I mean, look, he’s obviously going after the liberal administrative regulatory state. These are all the Project 2025 wishlist, Silicon Valley wishlist of people they want to go after. He is going after it in a different way than previously. He is going after it in a way that is obviously not legal, which is another way of saying illegal. He is doing it in a way that is blatantly illegal, knowing that there’s not really any mechanism to hold him accountable. They are now openly and flagrantly violating judges’ orders, district judges’ orders. My guess is it’ll have to be escalated to the Supreme Court.

    And again, as your previous guest mentioned, the fire hose element is because liberal good government groups and progressive groups only have so much resources, so everyone’s putting out fires. As you know as an editor at a progressive publication, that’s what these last three weeks have been, is just putting out a series of fires. That’s part of their strategy because they have far more resources. And of course, as you also mentioned as —

    Maximillian Alvarez:  OK, so we lost Brother Adam for a quick second, but he’ll be back on. But yeah, I mean that is something — Oh, wait, do we have you back, Adam?

    Adam Johnson:  Did I fall out?

    Maximillian Alvarez:  You froze for about 30 seconds there, but go ahead and pick right back up.

    Adam Johnson:  So sorry. I apologize. I said, while Democratic leadership in Congress has been largely a no-show, although that’s changed a little bit lately… Oh shoot.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  OK.

    Adam Johnson:  Hello?

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Yeah. So little. Hey, man, it’s a livestream baby. So technical issues —

    Adam Johnson:  I’m not sure why my wifi says it’s operating at full capacity. I’m not sure what’s going on. I apologize.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  No, you’re good, man.

    Adam Johnson:  I was in the middle of my denouement, and now I’m interrupted. Now I feel —

    Maximillian Alvarez:  All right. Give me the denouement, baby.

    Adam Johnson:  Well, now there’s a lot of pressure to make it a good denouement. No, I was saying that governors had pushed back, but they are attempting to dismantle the liberal state that they know they couldn’t possibly dismantle through Congress or other legal means.

    Because here’s the thing, and this is, I think, a dynamic people have to appreciate, which is that Musk can try to do a few dozen illegal things and then what’s the pushback? He gets some court order that says, no, you can’t do that, but he can’t lose anything. It’s not like he’s going to go to prison, and to say nothing to the fact that he’s obviously abusing stimulants and surrounded by a bunch of Nazi Zoomers who are egging him on. So he’s very much high on his own supply. But he can’t lose, he can only be curbed. And so from his perspective, he’s thinking, what are they going to do, take away my birthdays? He can illegally try to shut down whatever department he wants, Department of Education, Department of Labor, to get rid of the NLRA and the NLRB, whatever, name it, because what does he have to lose by doing that? Nothing.

    The only limiting thing is two things: Number one, how much resources they have on their end, but two, it will ultimately be congressional Republicans, because it’s very clear, obviously, Trump can’t run again. Musk doesn’t give a shit if this harms the long-term Republican Party brand. The only real counterforce here, other than lawfare, which Democrats are doing and ought to do, which is suing them, as well as these progressive groups like Bold Progressives and others, is that Republicans do have to run in 2026. And if they’re running on putting grandma on cat food, that doesn’t sound as good as going after whatever woke chimpanzee, transgender studies or some other bullshit they make up.

    So right now they’re doing this… This is the project, this is the Heritage Foundation’s wet dream, and this is what we’re seeing. We’re seeing these full-blown assaults on the liberal and administrative and regulatory state because it serves Silicon Valley, it serves non-Silicon Valley, the wealthy in general. Again, we’re getting $4.5 trillion in tax cuts. We’re doing the 2017 tax cuts on steroids. This is why most billionaire money went to Trump and Republicans, despite their faux-populist rhetoric and token attempts to make taxes tip-free for waiters or other such trivial nonsense.

    And so they’re just going to go until somebody stops them, because why not? Again, what’s the downside? It’s Trump’s. It’s not like Musk is going to get arrested for violating the law.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  No, no.

    Adam Johnson:  And even if he did, Trump would just pardon him. And this is why — Sorry, real quick I want to say one thing. This is why the Jan. 6 pardons were so key, because it’s a signal to every right-wing vigilante and every hardcore right winger that they can pretty much do anything they want that’s illegal so long as they are advancing the MAGA cause, and they can expect to not be held accountable so long as it’s a federal and not a state crime. So as long as they go from Kansas to Nebraska and commit a crime pursuant to Trumpism, Trump will pardon them no matter what, even if they have a record of all kinds of horrific crimes.

    And so that kind of vigilantism and that kind of lawlessness is completely taking hold. That is an escalation from previous… The policies themselves are boilerplate Republican policies, but the extralegal, extrajudicial tactics are an escalation, they’re new. And we’re seeing some of the ways in which Democratic leadership either can’t or won’t be prepared to really address it on those terms.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  And it’s even been, like you said, from the first time Trump was elected eight years ago to now, there has been a notable and concerted evolution of the MAGA movement to basically state sanction vigilantism. And you can see the examples of that, not just in Donald Trump and J.D. Vance cozying up to known vigilantes like Kyle Rittenhouse or the guy who strangled the poor man in New York on the subway.

    That celebration of typically white men vigilantes, but also baked into the MAGA-fied legislation that’s been creeping through state Houses all across the country where you see the weaponization of citizens’ impulse for vigilantism as a necessary part of executing the policy. That’s why you get abortion laws in Texas that are encouraging everyday citizens to sue anyone who helps with an abortion, even the Uber driver who drives you to the clinic.

    These types of policy points are making the point that Adam made there where you have a party that is not just pardoning the Jan. 6 insurrectionists for their crimes against the country and their violent crimes, but also sanctioning this type of vigilantist mode of politics in other policy areas as well.

    I do want to come back to that in a few minutes, but I wanted to, before we get too far afield, come back to the big question that I wanted to ask you both because it’s a question that I feel is at the center of your respective areas of expertise. It’s in that Venn diagram overlap, and it’s something that I’ve been getting asked from our viewers a lot about. So I want to ask if we could break what’s going down now from this angle, because this is as much a war over what Musk and Trump are doing in practice as it is a war over how people perceive what they’re doing and how they want us to perceive it.

    I have seen plenty of right-leaning people that I’ve interviewed from sacrifice zones and unions from around the US sharing Newsmax posts that are framing this all as a heroic, historic moment. And Musk is out there rooting out corruption, and I’ve seen others sharing Musk memes with his resting rich face and the texts saying, “‘They’ Lied and Stole from you for Years, and now ‘They’ — ” All caps — “want you to be ANGRY at D.O.G.E. from PROVING it. LET THAT SINK IN.” So this is the war that’s going on right now.

    Paris, I want to start with you, and then, Adam, kick it to you. How would you describe the difference between what Musk and Trump say they’re doing and what they’re actually doing right now?

    Paris Marx:  Well, it’s a gulf, right? But I feel like it depends on what you’re looking at. These are people who are talking about making government more efficient, making it work better, but actually they are embarking on a major austerity program in order to gut the US federal government and, in particular, the aspects and the departments and the agencies within the federal government that they have personal distaste for.

    And not just them personally. Certainly, Elon Musk and his companies will have certain agencies that they want to go after and certain programs that they want to go after. But Adam was mentioning before, we can see the outline for this kind of program in the Heritage Foundation and these other right-wing groups that have been wanting to, basically, launch this campaign against the federal government for a very long time, to remake it.

    By bringing in the tech industry and bringing in someone like Elon Musk, you get the ability to frame this as something that tech is doing to give it this framing that it is modernizing the government rather than taking it apart. And in particular, as they are starting to try to do mass layoffs, people often point to what Elon Musk did at Twitter as a comparison for what they’re trying to do with the federal government, where Elon Musk came in, laid off a ton of staff, most of the company, and then kept it running.

    And they want people to believe that the government is a ton of fraud, a ton of waste, that you can just get rid of all these workers and then you’ll still be able to provide the services that the US government provides, run the government as it is, because there’s just all these useless bureaucrats who are around. Which is a right-wing narrative that we have been hearing for ages. This is not a new thing.

    But what they’re also doing as they embark on this project is to say, yes, we’re going to gut all of these workers, but also now we’re going to roll out these incredible AI tools that are going to be able to do all the work of these various workers to provide these services. Because look, AI has become so much more powerful over the past couple of years. They’ve been spreading these really deceptive narratives about how AI is reaching this point where it’s going to be nearly as powerful as a human being, and it has this understanding that it didn’t have before, and it’s so much more capable.

    And a lot of that is bullshit, but it really helps with this larger program to say, we are going to gut the government. We are going to bring forward this massive austerity program, but it’s okay because technology is now going to fill the gap because technology has gotten so much better. To present this as inherently a technological problem, not so much a political one, where they are using technology as a form of power against all of these workers and against, really, the American public as they embark on this massive transformation of the government.

    And so far it has been focusing on specific agencies, but we’ve already seen the suggestion from people like Elon Musk that they’re going to have to go after Medicare and Social Security and these other programs that so many Americans rely on. It’s not just going to end at these things that they perceive as only being about the culture wars and things like that. It’s going to expand much greater as they continue down this road.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  I have so many thoughts on that, but Adam, I want to toss it to you.

    Adam Johnson:  So from the beginning of this stupid DOGE narrative, I’ve been pulling my hair out because the way it’s covered is the exact opposite of the way it exists in reality. I often compare it to the Biden ceasefire talks. It’s just a fictitious alternative reality that has no basis in fact. And the media’s running with it because if you’re powerful, editorially speaking, you’re assumed always to have good faith, even if there’s facts that completely contradict reality. So any skepticism is seen as being too ideological, too outside the lane of mainstream reporting.

    So about two weeks ago, I wrote an article criticizing the media covering DOGE as a “cost cutting” or to find waste and abuse, these ostensibly postideological, tech-savvy, as Paris said, and we can get into that, the use of the ways that we’re doing a whole episode on the ways in which AI becomes this moral laundromat where you say, oh, we’re going to fire a bunch of people, which sounds evil, because don’t they have jobs? Oh, don’t worry, we’re going to replace them with AI. But it’s bullshit. Everybody knows it’s bullshit. It’s a way of firing people so they can have more control. These so-called bureaucrats, which is to say those who are part of the liberal and administrative state they loathe because they want to be able to fucking pollute rivers without anyone giving them any flack.

    And the way the media covered this was, again, this is someone in Elon Musk who, if you follow his Twitter activity, which everybody in media does because mostly they don’t have a choice, he jams it in front of your fucking face. He posts right-wing white nationalist memes all day from 4chan. White genocide is a huge, “hashtag white genocide is a huge part” of his worldview. He’s obsessed with knockout game type lurid, VDARE, straight up white nationalist propaganda, has been doing this for years. Inauguration day, does a goddamn Sieg Heil three times, clear as day, non-negotiable, not even ambiguous, not well, maybe — No, no, clear as day does a Sieg, Heil — Oh no, it was just a troll. Oh, it was a Roman salute. Again, you can’t ironically murder someone. You can’t ironically do Nazi propaganda. You either do it or you don’t do it, OK?

    So you would think this would be, OK, let’s interrogate what he means by waste and abuse. Is this how some bean counter at the OMB sees it? Is this someone, one of these admittedly right-wing think tanks like a center for tax fairness or one of these Peter Peterson Foundation? No, to him, waste is an ideological assertion. Fraud is an ideological assertion. 

    Keep in mind, he’s been lying for weeks about fraud, citing public fucking databases that are already online as if it’s some great revelation that he’s found, oh, they did this, they spent this so-and-so USAID or State Department or whatever. And it’s like, yeah, it’s a public database and it’s not fraud, it’s just how government spending works. So he’s been overtly lying for weeks.

    And yet, as I wrote on Feb. 3, this is how it was covered. The New York Times, they referred to DOGE as, “finding savings”, “budget cutters”. In a later article, they wrote “cost-cutting effort”. They called it “an efficiency panel”, “a cost-cutting project”. The New York Times wrote on Jan. 12, 2025, “DOGE is a cost-cutting effort to seek potential savings.” Washington Post did the same thing. “Government efficiency commission”, “non-governmental fiscal efficiency group”, “the efficiency group”, “proposed savings”. So here’s someone with overt neo-Nazi ideologic — OK, maybe that’s too hard for you. We’ll say far-right tech billionaire, whatever, someone who’s overtly ideological, and he’s consistently treated like someone who’s genuinely concerned with finding efficiencies.

    Now, finally, after weeks of this shit, again, spreading outright lies about USAID — As much as I’m not particularly a fan of them, but just lying about them outright, completely making shit up out of context, accusing congresspeople of getting money from these organizations for some outright lurid conspiracy theories that, if he wasn’t the richest man in the world, we would say, this guy’s just an anonymous crank on Twitter, just completely made up horseshit.

    They’re finally — They being the media — They’re starting to finally publish articles that commit the ultimate sin of reportage, which is the I word: Ideology, mentioning ideology. That this is not some postideological, postpartisan attempt to find deficiencies, but is, in fact, a right-wing attack on the liberal and administrative state for programs and departments that have been duly funded by the federal government. And a lot of these programs, of course, were begun under or continued explicitly by the Trump administration, but we can talk about the first one, we can talk about that later.

    So here, finally we have The Washington Post — This is Aaron Blake — “Trump and Musk can’t seem to locate much evidence of fraud”. So now we’re finally pointing out that there’s no actual fraud, that them just calling everything fraud is like the Michael Scott “I declare bankruptcy.” You can’t just say it’s fraud. That’s a legal claim.

    And so for weeks they’ve been saying there’s this fraud, and Musk uses this word all the time, fraud, fraud — OK, well, if there’s all this widespread fraud, Musk, then why has the Trump DOJ not arrested anyone? Because there’s no fraud. There’s just spending they don’t like, which they’ve now rebranded fraud. And then Reuters says “Musk’s DOGE cuts based more on political ideology than real cost savings so far”. So finally, after weeks of taking this at face value and in good faith — Which, again, is the holiest of holies, especially if you’re rich and powerful — Not if you’re, by the way, an activist, then you’re, as I note in my piece your ideology is…

    I compared it to an article written about Democrats as part of a police reform panel, they referred to them four times as progressive, five different times as activists. So their ideology is put on the forefront. But if you’re a megalomaniac billionaire who shares white genocide all day that you took off white supremacist websites, ideology is just not mentioned. It’s not mentioned why you’re going after programs. They can say DEI — As long as you say DEI, not the N word, you can get away with anything, even though clearly this is racially motivated. Clearly it’s about chaining women to the stove. Clearly it’s about hating people with disabilities. Clearly it’s about hating gay and trans people. He fucking loathes trans people, posts antitrans shit all day.

    So just now, I’m not in the business of complimenting the media, and it’s still obviously not nearly sufficient, but we’re just now seeing a pivot from people being like, oh, well maybe this isn’t about efficiency. Well, OK, it would’ve been nice had you done that before he destroyed several different federal programs. But we’re now seeing people realizing that indulging this premise of efficiency, which morons like Ro Khanna consistently do, boggles my mind. I mean, I know why. He’s got terminal lawyer brain and he fundraises with a lot of these Silicon Valley billionaires, so he has to play stupid –

    That we’re like, OK, clearly this is a right-wing attack on the liberal and administrative state. It is entirely ideological to the extent to which you can even do efficiency nonideologically. Even that premise is suspect. But for someone who does a Sieg Heil on national TV, again, had you told me a month ago, well, Musk is going to do a very clear Sieg Heil on national TV and nothing’s basically going to change, and the ADL is a fucking shakedown operation, who he paid off a few years ago, is going to come to his defense, I’d say, now, clearly there has to be some limit to this. He can’t get away with anything. No, he’s got half a trillion dollars, he can pretty much get away with anything.

    So we’re just now seeing, finally, people being like, oh, maybe his ideology is actually what’s motivating this rather than this… Again, I could go on and on. I have all these articles just in The New York Times cost-cutting panel, cost efficiency panel, reducing waste, fraud, abuse. It’s like this guy is sharing the most manic fucking right-wing chud conspiracy theories, completely misrepresenting how you read government spending documents and misrepresenting how you read RFPs, accusing Reuters of — By the way, he did that after Reuters wrote that article. I think that’s why they did it — Because an unrelated company owned by the same corporation did a defense contractor RFP on, I think, data protection or something. Not related at all to anything sinister. Completely takes it out of context, just consistently fucking lies all the time. Just straight up Alex Jones shit.

    But because, again, because he’s so rich, he’s so powerful, people kept deferring to him as some kind of neutral expert, and it was literally driving me fucking crazy because sitting there watching this going, are we going to mention that he’s a white nationalist? Isn’t this kind of relevant since he’s going after specifically groups related to racial justice, civil rights, and, of course, anyone who, as you noted, anyone who undermines his bottom line ,just as a person who’s extremely rich?

    Maximillian Alvarez:  All right, I got three quick things I want to say, then, Paris, I want to come back to you real quick. But the first is I would read the crap out of an Adam Johnson tongue-in-cheek weekly Low Bar Award where Adam Johnson rewards a publication for doing its basic-ass job of reporting the facts about something [laughs]. I would read that.

    Second is just a note on the fraud thing and speaking, again, if we’re talking here as media critic, tech critic. In a former life, I was a trained historian, and so, for obvious reasons right now, I’ve been going back to my bookshelf and pulling all of the big history books that I have on the McCarthy period and the Red Scare, and I can’t help but hear what I feel are the very obvious and hackneyed echoes of the McCarthy period, when Sen. McCarthy’s there saying, I hold here in my hand a piece of paper with the names of communists in the government. And then you got this dickhead Musk out there saying like, oh my God, you won’t believe all the fraud I’m finding. I’ve got it all written here.

    Adam Johnson:  He keeps doing these lurid, vague, conspiratorial appeals to some secret list he has, and it’s like, where? What are you talking about? And the evidence they share is just shit that was published already. It’s been online, been online because of good government sunshine law liberals, by the way. He’s just doing Alex Jones shit. He’s doing Alex Jones shit, but he’s so rich you can do it and no one cares.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Well, and Paris, I have a question for you about that because, like I said earlier, this is a real struggle here over what the great Cory Doctorow would call seizing and controlling the means of communication. We’re not just talking about, like Adam said, not just rich billionaires. We’re talking about people who control the infrastructure and platforms upon which we communicate and commerce every single day.

    And so, as much as this is the 21st century new digital politics that we’re all swimming in now, who controls the means of communication and who controls the means of public perception is really critical. And I bring this up because I can’t help but notice that, as we’re talking about here the narrative that Musk, Trump, Vance and their donors from Silicon Valley are trying to spin about this, I think your average person with a basic common sense can see the bullshit — But so much of them are not seeing it because they’re getting news on platforms that aren’t showing it. Or the algorithms are keeping them locked into echo chambers that are going to keep the points that we’re talking about here out of sight, out of mind.

    I wanted to ask if you could talk about that side of things, as ridiculous as the top-down narrative about DOGE, about the government takeover that’s happening right now, what should people be considering about how these big tech overlords and their accomplices in the government are trying to also adjust our variability to see the truth for what it is here?

    Paris Marx:  Yeah, it’s a frustrating one, and I feel like it’s not a uniquely social media discussion. If we look at news, we can see how, whether it’s cable news or radio, has been taken over by the right for years, and then they unleash similar strategies to try to shift how social media works, these narratives that cable news was too liberal and conservative voices were not present there or not as well represented. Meanwhile, you had Fox News pushing out these right-wing narratives. And good —

    Maximillian Alvarez:  No, keep going. Sorry. Sorry. Keep going.

    Paris Marx:  Yeah, sorry. Meanwhile, you had Fox News pushing out these right-wing narratives and all the liberal media adopting these framings and starting to talk about the issues that were being pushed by the right. What you had, very clearly, the right saw the opportunity to do this on Facebook and other platforms, where they kept saying that conservative voices were being silenced on Facebook or on Twitter, or because people were being moderated when they were posting hate speech, and things like that. And it was no real surprise that people on the right were being moderated much more for those things because they were much more likely to be saying them.

    But even still, think years ago, you had Mark Zuckerberg going on this tour of America to talk to conservatives and all this kind of stuff to show that he was not going to give into censorship, and the types of things that he’s talking about in a much more animated way today. I feel like we have this narrative that there has been this shift in the social media landscape in the past little while with Mark Zuckerberg getting rid of the fact checkers and getting rid of everything that he considers woke at Meta, which I think was more of just an opportunity for him to get rid of a bunch of things that he didn’t want to be doing and to lay off more workers, which they’ve already been doing for a while now.

    But we’ve seen social media companies already abandoning those sorts of things for a while before the election, up to a year or more ago. And there was a brief moment where they were doing some additional moderation during the pandemic in that period.

    But for a very long time, these companies have been quite committed to these right-wing notions of free speech. Mark Zuckerberg and Joel Kaplan, who is now in an even more powerful position at the company, a Republican operative, they stopped Alex Jones’s initial banning on the platform for ages, kept pushing it off. They didn’t want to see Donald Trump be banned, all these sorts of things.

    Social media is positioned as this place where we can all post what we want to post, and anyone can publish what they want on there. But the reality is that these are environments that are shaped in order to ensure that right-wing narratives are the ones that are being encountered most often by people, that the algorithmic recommendations are ensuring that you’re in that kind of an ecosystem unless you have explicitly tried to opt out of it. But even then, you’re still going to see a lot of this stuff.

    And they are platforms that are premised on engagement in order to get ad profits. And what you do in order to make your ad profits is to piss people off a bit and serve them more extreme content so that they begin interacting with the world in that way. I think we saw that very clearly during the pandemic, when you saw people’s brains basically get fried. And it’s not solely because of social media that happened. There are many different reasons that these things have occurred.

    But I think even just recently, if you think about before the holidays, people were losing their minds over all these drones that were like in the sky in the United States. This was a huge thing, and it was a big conspiracy theory, and even the mainstream media were covering it as though it was a real thing that people needed to be concerned about and not some bullshit that they needed to debunk. These are not just right-wing platforms, but platforms that spread a whole lot of bullshit that people end up believing because of the way that the information is presented and the ways that average people don’t have the media literacy that those of us who are constantly engaging in these things might. And even then, I would say that we occasionally fall for some bullshit as well. We occasionally see things that we might want to believe and then need to check into it and say, ah, damn, that was bullshit as well.

    But anyway, that’s just a long way of saying that I think that these platforms, I called Facebook a social cancer recently, and that’s not just because of the recent changes that Mark Zuckerberg has made, but I think that these platforms have been very socially detrimental to the discourses that we have. And that’s not to say that traditional media is the most amazing thing in the world. Adam has a whole show where he discusses why that is not the case. But I think that we’re living in this media environment that is very polluted, that has a lot of problems with it, and the independent one that has been set up as the solution to it is often very much funded by these right-wing billionaires as well. And if you want to maximally succeed in the new media environment that’s being set up, you’re encouraged to be a right-wing piece of shit instead of to really hold power to account.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Adam, I know you got thoughts on that. Hit me.

    Adam Johnson:  So here’s a fundamental problem, which is that the right wing embraces populism in the most superficial and aesthetic sense. They’re good at $50 million of condoms in Gaza, all these little thought memes, they’re extremely good at that, disseminating that to everybody. This idea that, again, Musk speaks in these demagogic or pseudo populous terms about he’s taking on the bureaucrats and the establishment — Again, he’s fucking worth $450 billion, but he’s taking on the man. Trump does this, obviously, very well.

    And establishment Democrats and liberals run and are allergic to any form of populism. So naturally they’re going to fail in a media ecosystem where that kind of thing is currency, sometimes for better, sometimes for worse. It is a party run by PR hacks and lawyers and eggheads, and they don’t speak in those terms, they don’t speak in that language, they don’t know how to fight back. And when someone within that milieu who’s better at speaking in those terms, whether it be Elizabeth Warren or Bernie Sanders, tries to defend the liberal administrative state, it can work, but it’s so rare.

    And then meanwhile, you have people like Chris Murphy and talking about how, oh, actually Biden’s going to deport more people, and USAID is how we destroy China. And it’s like, well, that’s not a very populist framing, that’s just ratcheting up the racist machine.

    And so there’s an asymmetry of what kind of rhetoric you employ. And again, Democrats, I think by design, just don’t have those kinds of [inaudible] talking points, the $50 million in condoms to dollars or whatever. They are talking about gutting $880 billion from Medicare and Medicaid. They’re talking about raising the retirement age. We’re talking about doing a lot of extremist right-wing shit.

    And for a variety of reasons, liberals and Democrats have been unable to really message around that. They are a little bit better over the last week or so. But there hasn’t been a way of framing this as an elite attack on the liberal administrative state because liberals, for 30 years, have run away from the idea of government as something that’s good, something that actually protects you, that keeps your water clean, that makes sure that these fucking speed-addled billionaires don’t wreck every part of your life.

    And I think what you see in the messaging asymmetry, the media ecosystem asymmetry, people did all this lamenting about why is there no liberal Joe Rogan? Why is there no Democratic media ecosystem? And it’s like, because the media ecosystem on the right embraces its extremists because they know, ultimately, it doesn’t really undermine their bottom line, whereas liberals’ fundamental project is disciplining, managing, and marginalizing the left, and partisan liberal content is just inherently going to be fucking boring. How many times can you spin for various unpopular policies rather than having a genuine space where you attack them?

    And I think that plays into a similar dynamic here. So when we talk about why Musk has been good at messaging this, again, he goes on Joe Rogan, Rogan’s been doing a fucking six-month-long Musk puff fest about how great he is. This is someone who does have a huge working-class listenership. And they’re reframing themselves again, as Trump successfully did. And the cognitive dissonance of all these people being multi-billionaires is just something you put aside in your fucking brain somewhere. These are the rogue billionaires who are actually out to help you.

    It’s what I call the, I dunno if you saw that Jason Statham film [The] Beekeeper. It’s this distorted vision of who’s fucking you over. It’s liberal bureaucrats and other billionaires, but not the good billionaires. And there’s also some cops, but some cops are good, and it’s really actually the deep state, but it’s USAID that’s really running the show behind the scenes, not the DOD or the CIA.

    It’s obviously this warped vision because people, again, as you note, Max, in your intro and elsewhere, people have a vague sense that there is a system fucking them, and they need it to have a name and a face. And liberals don’t do that. They do this facile Republican billionaires — Oh, but they can’t reject billionaires because when the guy who just won the DNC said, we’re going to find the good billionaires, so we are going to take $50 million from Bill Gates, we’re going to take $50 million from Michael Bloomberg. So we can’t really have populist politics, so we have to turn it into this partisan schlock.

    And I keep going back to Norman Solomon’s definition of neoliberalism, which is a worldview of victims but no victimizers. There’s never a fucking bad guy. And the extent to which there ever is a bad guy, it’s just this, again, it’s this particular billionaire here. It’s not a form of class politics. So it’s all very frustrated and limp and half-assed and doesn’t really resonate like the faux populism of the right.

    To say nothing of the fact that they just have more control over social media, more control over, obviously, billionaires run the media, so there’s going to be a natural asymmetry that you can’t really do much about just by virtue of who funds things.

    But you’re seeing that play out, and they are winning the messaging war to a great degree. Liberals have a liberal sort of elite media, your centrist media, New York Times, Democratic leadership in Congress. What’s the first thing they did after Trump won? You had Joe Scarborough go on TV and say, we’re going to work with Trump. We’re going to do bipartisanship. You had Hakeem Jeffries say, we’re going to work with Trump, we’re going to do bipartisanship, the minority leader. And there wasn’t a sense of, oh, we’re going to resist this time.

    New York Times did a profile about how big liberal donors, Reid Hoffman, all these guys, Michael Bloomberg, are pulling back. They’re not really donating to the so-called resistance because, unlike last time, it can’t be filtered into this neoconservative project like Trump is.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  I’ll say though, maybe one small bit of grace that we’ve gotten compared to the last time Trump was elected is we don’t have to suffer through year after year of mainstream media pundits saying today is the day Donald Trump became [crosstalk] [laughs] —

    Adam Johnson:  Oh, well, yeah, that’s where a lot of the money went. They went through the conspiratorial Milleritism — Or as I ironically call it, Muelleritism. He’s going to come and he’s going to rescue you, and we’re all going to be saved at the 11th hour, and here’s an AI picture of Trump in prison clothes, and we’re going to get him.

    In a way, that can create space for a genuine resistance where you do try to reorient a party that does address people’s root issues and economic issues and these genuine issues rather than the Liz Cheney brand. But I think that the point is that we’re going to work with Trumpism. Because whenever they say bipartisanship, nine times out of 10, or 99 times out of 100, they’re not talking about saving the spotted owl or preserving a natural — They’re talking about punishing Gaza protesters, increasing militarism against China. They’re talking about antiwoke stuff. That really was a bipartisan thing. Much of what Trump is executing is just an extreme version of what The Atlantic magazine and New York Times opinion pages have been advocating since, frankly, #MeToo, to some extent, George Floyd, which is like, oh, the wokes got too cute. They got overaggressive. We need to put them back in their place. And they view Trump as someone that could instrumentalize to do that.

    So then Musk comes in and does this. And again, a lot of these austerity things Musk is doing is just kind of Bull Simpson on steroids. These are things that a lot of rich Democrats and rich Democrat donors wanted anyway, they just didn’t want it to go this far. And so to the extent to which Democratic elites and the media and Democratic leadership in Congress, again — Less so governors — Are responding now and actually are defending the liberal state, not just spooky stuff at USAID, but the very idea of a liberal state, I think it is coming from bottom-up pressure. I think it’s coming from these, not partisan hack groups, from genuine protests. I think you do see a liberal resistance, in a true sense, liberals.

    There was a point where hardcore Democrat pundits on social media, total hacks, people that defended the genocide for 15 months would come on and be like, so are they going to do anything about this? And it’s like, yeah. And so they began to alienate even some of the more hardcore MSNBC set, and I think that’s why you’re seeing the shift now a little bit more.

    Not to, God forbid I’m positive, but I do think, again, the lawfare stuff has always been there. A lot of the governors have been there. I hate Gavin Newsom, but he’s been suing, defending trans rights, the attorney general of California, Pritzker. These guys have been suing. It’s not like people are doing nothing.

    But actual Democratic leadership has had no consistent message. They have no little $50 million in condoms to Gaza meme stuff. They have nothing to really counter the narrative that Musk is somehow taking on the deep state or elites of nebulous origin, even though he himself has $20 billion in government contracts. So he’s not the elite. It’s unclear.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Well, I want to hone in on that point, actually. I wanted to underline this in red pen, and I know folks in the live chat are asking about it, and it’s on all of our minds, but definitely worth noting here. In rapid pace, I’m going to read some quotes from other outlets that make this point. The Lever reported this week, “Elon Musk’s [Department of] Government Efficiency was reportedly canceling Department of Education contracts in the name of frugality.” As that was happening, “Musk’s rocket company was [this week] cementing a NASA contract adding millions of dollars to its already massive deal with the space agency. […] The new ‘supplemental’ contract dated Feb. 10 adds $7.5 million to SpaceX’s NASA work, according to the Federal Procurement Data System records. The overall transaction obligated $38 million to Musk’s company, as part of its overall deal with NASA.”

    This is to say nothing of Musk’s other companies like SpaceX, which, Reuters reports, “SpaceX provides launch services to the Department of Defense, including the launch of classified satellites and other payloads. SpaceX’s CEO Gwynne Shotwell has said the company has about $22 billion in government contracts.” But it’s also important to note that “The total value of Musk’s companies’ contracts with the DoD are estimated to be in the billions [of dollars],” but we don’t know because a lot of them are classified. But you could go through, again, the obvious, what should be the obvious conflicts of interest here, is Musk is going in there like a bull in a China shop, saying he’s rooting out corruption and waste while he’s still securing contracts for himself and his companies.

    And the other story there that folks were talking about this morning was, as The New York Times and first the news site Drop Site reported, that apparently the State Department had plans to buy $400 million worth of armored Tesla Cybertrucks, which caused a massive uproar. As of right now on Thursday, Musk has denied those reports and is calling Drop Site fake news, doing the standard like, oh, I’ve never heard of this, that never happened thing, even though it was written on the State Department’s procurement forecast for the 2025 fiscal year, including $400 million of “armored Tesla cars”.

    So there’s a whole lot more we could say about that. But Paris, I wanted to come to you because there was another quote that I came across that I think people should really recall right now, and this was a quote from Palantir’s CEO, Alex Karp, who said that DOGE is a “revolution”, one that will be “very good for Palantir in the long run”. And this was something that Alex Karp said on Palantir’s fourth quarter earnings call.

    And so this brings us back to the question of, again, the Silicon Valley oligarchic network that birthed J.D. Vance’s political career, that threw ungodly sums of money behind the Trump and Vance ticket, that are embodied in the richest man in the world, Elon Musk, that were sitting there in the rotunda on Trump’s inauguration day. You had Jeff Bezos, Mark Zuckerberg, Musk all there.

    I wanted to bring this back to you, Paris, because, could we describe this as a capitalist coup by the big tech oligarchy? Are they trying to essentially force society and the market to become more dependent on their version of AI? Are they trying to force us to become dependent on crypto even though no one fucking wants to? How do people navigate that question? Is it that concerted? Are they using not just Musk, but Trump and the whole administration, to effectively take over our system of government so that they rewire our whole society to fit their needs?

    Paris Marx:  Yeah, absolutely. And I don’t think that’s a big surprise. I think that that has been a project that they have been engaged in for quite some time now. It’s just they have an enormous amount of power and wealth that they can use to further force this onto everybody. And it’s not that this kind of tech oligarchy is unique in that way. I think that if we look at the United States, we can see that powerful capitalist interests have always been very influential in shaping government policy and what the government has been doing, and also what the wider society looks like in order to benefit themselves and their industries.

    My book that I wrote was about the transportation industry, certainly looking at what Silicon Valley has been doing recently, but also going back to the early days of automobility and where you see these auto companies and these various interests working together to ensure that communities in the United States become dependent on automobiles because it’s great for the oil business and it’s great for the auto business and so many of these other industries that are associated with it. As we develop this mode of suburban living that is very consumer oriented, there was a concerted effort to create a particular kind of society that was going to be very beneficial to a lot of capitalist interests.

    And right now what we see is these capitalists in Silicon Valley making sure that they are trying to remake the United States in their interests, in the way that they want to see it, and it looks like it’s going to be a total mess because they don’t have a very good understanding of how society actually works. They think that because they can code, or even just understand code to a certain degree, that they understand everything, and that is not the case. They’re very narcissistic people.

    But you mentioned Palantir and Alex Karp. I was listening to an interview with an executive at Palantir just the other day where they’re talking about how they think it’s very essential for the Department of Defense to increase competition in the development of arms and weapons, because not just does that take the defense primes, the major companies that currently provide weapons to the US government and the US military, down from their current pedestal, but also opens the way for Palantir, Anduril, for these other more tech-framed startup companies to get in on some of those Pentagon dollars.

    That is one of the things that they are very focused on in that sector of the tech economy. And a lot of these major tech companies are also reorienting to sell more AI to also develop more defense products so that they can tap into all of this money that the United States spends on defense.

    And of course, they will promote that as a savings because one of the things that they always point to is SpaceX, to say, look, SpaceX reduced the cost of launching, and now the United States has this much easier ability to get things into space. And when you note that the United States is becoming dependent on SpaceX in a way that actually has people really concerned, that’s not a worry to them because they just say, oh, well, other companies could compete on cost, but they’re not. So the problem isn’t with SpaceX, it’s with everyone else.

    And that is something that we’re also seeing, as you mentioned NASA, is NASA is going to be a focus of Elon Musk and the DOGE agency. There were reports today that DOGE people are now going to NASA to look through the books, and the acting NASA administrator is welcoming them to do that. And it seems quite clear that they are going to seek to remake NASA around Elon Musk’s priorities and SpaceX’s priorities in particular, potentially even the cancellation of the space launch system, which Boeing, and I can’t remember the other company that’s working on that, but essentially to cancel that and to make sure that SpaceX is going to get more business out of it.

    So everywhere you look, they are trying to remake things in order for them to benefit from it. David Sachs, who is the AI and crypto czar, says that stable coin legislation is their first big priority. So to try to legitimize the crypto industry and to make sure that it’s easier to roll out crypto and these products throughout the US economy and financial system, despite the fact that we saw how scam laden this whole industry is and how these venture capitalists benefited from it.

    We have reporting that Marc Andreessen, despite the fact that he’s not very public facing, he does a lot of interviews and stuff, but he’s not out talking a lot about what he’s doing with the administration, but reportedly he also has a lot of influence in the policies that are being pushed forward.

    So a lot of these tech billionaires are trying to make sure that the changes that the Trump administration is going to bring forward are going to be in their interests, and that the things that are going to make them money and increase their power are things that are going to be pushed forward in the next little while.

    That is not a big surprise, but we need to be aware of those things if we’re going to be able to push back on them properly and try to ensure that the tech industry isn’t able to remake American society in the way that it would want to see it, regardless of what that means for everybody else. Because I can guarantee you that, just as people have been increasingly waking up to the harms that have come of this industry and these tech companies over the past few decades, despite the fact that they were long positioned as increasing democracy and freedom and convenience and all this stuff, that actually there are a whole load of issues that have come of the transformation of the economy with these digital services because these people don’t really care about average people or the consequences of what they do. They’re capitalists. They’re just trying to make their money and increase their power.

    Adam Johnson:  That’s what makes this whole deep state framing so goofy. These are all defense contractors. Palantir was co-founded by the CIA through its In-Q-Tel fund in 2003. Peter Thiel was on their original board of directors the year before he put the first big money into Facebook. This is someone who’s deeply into the so-called deep state Pentagon contract, CIA. It’s all fucking a show. It’s all an act. This is this victimization link of the deep state’s after them, and it’s like, you are the fucking deep state. And this is what they want. They want control over the government.

    And a lot of progressives have said, why has DOGE not gone after the Defense Department? And I think that’s a little bit of a trap because I think they will go after the Defense Department in a very particular way, in the same way Josh Hawley holds up DOD bills because he wants to rename bases after Confederate generals. I think they’ll go after it for anti-“DEI” stuff to go after trans people, Black people, they’ll do that. They’ll call it efficiency, but they’ll do the racist disciplining aspect. But they’ll also just get rid of defense contractors that aren’t them.

    Again, they’ll put it under the auspices of modernization, AI, all this slick dogshit to make it seem like it’s, oh, they’re just streamlining things. But it’s because they want to pay back a lot of their buddies in Silicon Valley. And some of these companies they perceive as dinosaurs, whether it’s Boeing or Lockheed Martin or whatever, will probably lose out on contracts to some of their Silicon Valley. They have a ton of money in defense contractors.

    So I think they’ll do that. And maybe that’ll shave off, at the end of the day, a couple billion. But ultimately it’s just a power grab. It’s got nothing to do with genuinely taking on the power of the deep state or power of the CIA or power of the Pentagon. These guys are not interested in that. They are interested in the raw exercise of American imperial power, just like every other capitalist. They want to do it their way. If anything, it’s maybe a civil war within the defense contracting world, but it’s not going to meaningfully push back on the Pentagon.

    So when people like Ro Khanna, and to some extent even Bernie Sanders, they get all cute saying, why don’t you defend, go after the Defense Department? I’m like, man, be careful what you wish for, because what they’re going to do is they’re going to purge it of fucking Black people and give their contracts to their buddies. So again, because all this is just in bad faith, it’s got nothing to do with efficiency, obviously. Clearly, in case it wasn’t obvious [laughs].

    Paris Marx:  No, I think the thing to always remember is you think about the history of Silicon Valley, and when we think of Silicon Valley today, we think of the internet companies and digital technology and all this stuff, but Lockheed Martin and missile manufacturers and all that stuff have always been there. They were where the first microprocessors went, to go into these missiles. This relationship has always been there, and we’re seeing it very much come to the fore at the moment.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Guys, this has been a phenomenal conversation, and I could genuinely talk to you for two more hours, but I know I’ve got to wrap up and let you go. And so by way of a final, not a question to answer right here, but just maybe looking ahead to the next stream when we can get you guys back on to talk about this, let’s not forget that the world does not stop and end with the United States.

    What happens here is also going to depend on what technology from China and other parts of the world do. And we’ve been seeing that there are plenty of companies, governments, people around the world who are salivating at the chance to make American capitalists and America itself pay the price for all of our bullshit in past years, decades, and centuries.

    So I wanted to ask if you had any leading thoughts for things that people should keep an eye on when they’re also trying to get a handle on this subject? What outside of the US, particularly when it comes to China, should we also be factoring in here?

    So let’s make that a final note. And also tell folks where they can find you and take advantage of your brilliant work after we close out this stream.

    So yeah, Paris, let’s go back to you, and then Adam, we’ll close out with you.

    Paris Marx:  Sounds good. Yeah, absolutely. China is the big competitor at the moment when it comes to technology because it has been able to actually develop a proper industry because it’s protected a lot of its companies, so it was able to do that. We recently saw the AI market get this big scare when a Chinese company called DeepSeek developed a more efficient generative AI model that had all these very energy intensive American companies running and getting nervous. I don’t think it’s ultimately going to change a whole lot.

    But I would also say in this moment where you have Trump flexing the power of the American government and making it so that the exercise of American power is very short term and very transactional, that you have a lot of countries that were previously aligned with the United States that are still aligned with the United States getting more and more pissed off, I would say, with the US and the American government. I’m in Canada, so obviously I’m thinking about that a lot these days as we hear about major tariffs being put on Canada and Mexico and talk of Canada being a 51st state.

    But you also hear what Donald Trump has been saying about Panama, about South Africa, about different parts of Europe, Greenland, Denmark, not to mention his new plan to take over Gaza, apparently, and turn it into a wonderful resort or something.

    As the United States says more of these things and turns off countries that have been its allies, I think that there’s also an opening there, as we see the relationship between the Trump administration and Silicon Valley and these tech billionaires, for other countries to come together and to say, not just fuck the United States, but fuck Silicon Valley as well. And we can develop our own technologies to compete against this and increasingly try to reduce our dependence on American digital technology and these tech companies that we were told we had to be dependent on because of this moment and how the internet was supposed to work in this new neoliberal era that increased American power.

    So I guess maybe it’s more of a hope. We see the Europeans getting increasingly frustrated. I know Canada is very frustrated, and I’m sure a number of other countries are as well. And I hope that that becomes actually some sort of a broader movement, for these countries to try something different rather than just keep being dependent on the United States. But we’ll see where that ultimately goes. I think China right now is obviously the one to watch in this area, but I hope it will expand beyond that as people get fed up with the US.

    And on that, of course, Tech Won’t Save Us podcast is where I am most of the time. Usually I tweet or post on Bluesky these days. And I also have a newsletter called Disconnect.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Which everyone should subscribe to. And I can’t stress enough, go listen to Tech Won’t Save Us. You’ll learn a lot that you’re going to need right now to understand what the hell is happening.

    Adam, let’s close out with you. Any final thoughts on that? And where can folks find you?

    Adam Johnson:  This is, again, this is an example. What is fascism? It’s imperialism turned inwards. I think they are so high on their own ideological supply. They’re getting so greedy, they don’t understand that the liberal state, such as it is, all these DEI programs — The actual ones, not the racist canard — This is all to preserve capitalism. It’s an HR device. They’re trying to help you.

    But Musk and these right-wing oligarchs, they’re so in their own world, they truly have developed what Cass Sunstein refers to pejoratively as a crippling epistemology. They’re so warped in their mind. It’s like going after USAID. It’s a soft power. It’s a regime change [laughs] like [inaudible]. Yeah, it does important work, but that’s not really why it’s there.

    And I think that this level of myopia, I think we’re seeing this play out, and they’re so used to just consuming and consuming and consuming that they will let the world burn if it can get them an extra 5%. The smart billionaires, the ones who don’t really see much difference between $100 billion and $150 billion, who understand that, who donate to Democrats, who understand that they’re a fundamentally conservative force, are just losing the day. And they’re not really, they don’t have that much skin in the game, and they just will keep consuming and consuming until there’s nothing left to consume.

    Even if, again, they blow up the very — It’s like when they talk about AI. The way they talk, you would think they don’t need consumers or people. It’s humanity without humans. It’s a very dark vision of the world. And Musk really does exemplify this. He is the epitome of this. He views everyone as an NPC. He’s the main actor. People either work for him or they’re in his way.

    And this is a general pathology in Silicon Valley. It, again, it’s not everybody, but it’s a lot of ’em. This kind of Randian dark vision of the world of dog eat dog. And they don’t understand that savvy capitalists know how to adapt and throw the little piggy some slop, and they don’t even want to do that. So I think they are sowing the seeds of their own destruction in certain ways. And the question is, what force will emerge to counterbalance that dark vision? And right now, I don’t see that happening.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  But I think the question itself is one we all need to sit with because we need to be the authors of that counter story. What is it? How are we telling it? How are we fighting to make it a reality? That is our task, but we know the story that these oligarchs want to tell and the role that they want us, as minor characters and cannon fodder, to play in their story.

    And so we want to end on that note, as a call to action to all of us. What is the story that we are telling to counteract this technofascist takeover that ends with the potential destruction of civilization as such, the planet that we live on, if not checked. What is the check? What are we prepared to do? What are we going to do to fight for a better future that’s still worth living in for ourselves and our children? We need to answer that question in a hurry.

    And I really cannot thank enough all of our incredible guests today on the stream: the great Aaron Stephens, Paris Marx, and Adam Johnson, who have contributed to making this a phenomenal conversation. I hope that you all learned as much from it as I did.

    Please give us your feedback in the live chat. Reach out to us over email. Please subscribe to our YouTube channel. Become a donor and a community member today, because your support directly translates to us getting to do more shows like this, doing more weekly reporting on workers in the labor movement, on the people victimized by the prison-industrial complex, people victimized by the police, and this gross system of inequality and endless war. We are on the front lines holding a microphone to the folks who are fighting the fight there in the middle of the struggle.

    And so we can’t do that work without you and your support. So please let us know how we’re doing. Please let us know what you’d like us to address on future livestreams, and other guests that you want us to have on.

    But we do these streams for you. We do them to hopefully empower you and others to act in this moment, because if we don’t act and we let this all happen, we are headed towards a very, very dark place. We’re in a dark place right now, but things can still always get darker. So please fight however you can for the light, and hold it up, and we’ll be right there with you.

    For The Real News Network, this is Maximilian Alvarez thanking you for the whole team here, everyone behind the scenes who is making this stream happen. We are with you, and we thank you for watching, and we thank you for caring. Take care of yourselves, take care of each other, solidarity forever.

    [Outro] Thank you so much for watching The Real News Network, where we lift up the voices, stories, and struggles that you care about most. And we need your help to keep doing this work. So please tap your screen now, subscribe, and donate to The Real News Network. Solidarity forever.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Maximillian Alvarez.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/14/elon-musk-is-making-technofascism-a-reality-before-our-eyes/feed/ 0 518258
    Climate change is scorching the cocoa belt — and you’re paying the price https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/climate-change-is-scorching-the-cocoa-belt-and-youre-paying-the-price/ https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/climate-change-is-scorching-the-cocoa-belt-and-youre-paying-the-price/#respond Fri, 14 Feb 2025 09:15:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=658855 Just four West African countries are the foundation of an industry worth more than $100 billion. In the tropical nations of Côte d’Ivoire, Ghana, Cameroon, and Nigeria, rows of cacao trees sprout pods bearing dozens of seeds. Once harvested, these humble beans are dried, roasted, and processed into something beloved worldwide.

    Chocolate has been coveted for millennia and, particularly on Valentine’s Day, is an unmistakable token of love. But as increasingly erratic weather continues driving up the costs of confectionery, the sweet treat has become a symbol of something much less romantic: climate change.

    Two reports published Wednesday found that warming is pushing temperatures beyond the optimal range for cacao growth in the countries at the heart of the world’s supply, particularly during primary harvest seasons. The research reveals how burning oil, coal, and methane is roasting the planet’s cocoa belt and skyrocketing chocolate prices.

    “One of the foods that the world most loves is at risk because of climate change,” said Kristina Dahl, vice president for science at the nonprofit Climate Central, which wrote one of the two reports. “I would hope that by hearing that human activity is making it harder to grow cocoa, it might cause people to stop and think about our priorities as a species, and whether we can and should be prioritizing actions to limit future climate change and future harms to this food that we love so much.” 

    About 70 percent of the world’s cacao is grown in West Africa, with Côte d’Ivoire, Ghana, Cameroon, and Nigeria the biggest producers. The bulk of the rest is grown in places with similar climates not far from the equator, such as Indonesia and Ecuador. The trees grow best in rainforest conditions with high humidity, abundant rain, nitrogen-rich soil, and natural wind buffers. Exposure to temperatures higher than 89.6 degrees Fahrenheit prompts water stress, hinders plant growth, and erodes the quality and quantity of seeds the trees yield. 

    Last year, warming added at least six weeks’ worth of days above that threshold in nearly two-thirds of cacao-producing areas across Côte d’Ivoire, Ghana, Cameroon, and Nigeria, likely contributing to a disastrous harvest, according to the Climate Central report. 

    The researchers examined temperature data for the region and estimates of what might have been experienced over the past decade in a world without human-induced warming. They found that between 2015 and 2024, climate change increased the number of days each country experiences temperature ranges above the ideal for cacao growth by an average of two to four weeks annually. Most of those hotter days came during the main crop cycle, when the plants bloom and produce beans. Warming is also altering rain patterns, accelerating droughts, facilitating the spread of devastating diseases like pod rot, and contributing to soil degradation. Another new study found low rates of pollination and higher-than-average temperatures in Ghana have combined to limit yields. 

    But teasing out just how much of an impact climate change has had on production and consumer prices remains largely unchartered by scientists and economists. Dahl also said it’s unknown which weather phenomena is behind the largest impact on production, nor is it clear what influence El Niño had on last year’s harvests. 

    A man dries a big pile of cocoa beans
    A cocoa farmer dries cocoa beans in the village of Satikran near Abengourou, eastern Ivory Coast, on May 18, 2023. Issouf Sanogo / AFP via Getty Images

    Emmanuel Essah-Mensah, a cocoa grower in Ghana, described climate change as one of the most serious problems affecting production throughout West Africa. “The drought means we are losing 60 percent of our cocoa plants. I have seen a drastic decline in income, as have all the farmers in my farming cooperative,” Essah-Mensah told Grist. 

    Droughts, floods, and plant diseases thrashing the region last year contributed to record cocoa prices, which in turn caused the cost of chocolate to jump, according to a report by the nonprofit Christian Aid, which works toward sustainable development and economic justice. Global cocoa production fell by about 14 percent in the 2023-24 season, and ahead of Valentine’s Day last year, the soaring price of cocoa on the futures market shattered a 47-year record.

    Kat Kramer, co-author of the report and a climate policy consultant for the nonprofit, said the findings, and those of Climate Central, expose the industry’s vulnerability to climate change. “Chocolate lovers need to push companies and their governments to cut greenhouse gas emissions,” said Kramer, “otherwise chocolate supplies will tragically be at increasing climate risk.”

    The implications of this go beyond what it means for this delectable delicacy. Cocoa also is used in other goods like cosmetics and pharmaceuticals, which account for a significant piece of the global market. Yet chocolate remains king, with the U.S. importing around $2.8 billion worth of it every year — over 10 percent of the world’s supply.  

    Federal Reserve data suggests that global cocoa prices rose 144 percent in December, more than doubling from the year before, said Alla Semenova, an economist at St. Mary’s College of Maryland. This is known as the producer price, or what global chocolate manufacturers pay those who process the raw beans. Still, that cost is often absorbed by confectionary customers. “When producer prices rise, when the costs of production rise, consumer prices rise,” said Semenova.

    Yet even as prices go up, the farmers raising cacao don’t always see any of that profit. Josephine George Francis, who produces the crop alongside coffee on her farm in Liberia, said farmers throughout West Africa actually lose money due to the rising cost of growing crops in a warming world. “We need a different approach that puts sustainability and farmers at its heart,” said George Francis. “We do not benefit from increased prices on world markets.”

    Of course, cocoa isn’t the only ingredient in confectioneries threatened by warming. Early last year, sugar, another essential ingredient, sold at some of the highest prices in over a decade after extreme weather constrained global sugarcane production

    “It is not just the quantity of cocoa production that is affected by the acceleration of climate change,” said Semenova. “The type and the quality of the ingredients that go into the production of chocolate will change.” 

    All of this has led many chocolatiers to adapt. Some, like Mars and Hershey, have been quietly reducing the amount of cocoa or even introducing new treats that eliminate it entirely. As prices continue to rise, analysts expect to see demand wane, a trend even Valentine’s Day can’t stop. 

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Climate change is scorching the cocoa belt — and you’re paying the price on Feb 14, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Ayurella Horn-Muller.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/climate-change-is-scorching-the-cocoa-belt-and-youre-paying-the-price/feed/ 0 513742
    Civicus Monitor criticises PNG use of cybercrime law to curb free speech https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/13/civicus-monitor-criticises-png-use-of-cybercrime-law-to-curb-free-speech/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/13/civicus-monitor-criticises-png-use-of-cybercrime-law-to-curb-free-speech/#respond Thu, 13 Feb 2025 01:31:01 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=110783 Pacific Media Watch

    Papua New Guinea’s civic space has been rated as “obstructed” by the Civicus Monitor and the country has been criticised for pushing forward with a controversial media law in spite of strong opposition.

    Among concerns previously documented by the civil rights watchdog are harassment and threats against human rights defenders, particularly those working on land and environmental rights, use of the cybercrime law to criminalise online expression, intimidation and restrictions against journalists, and excessive force during protests.

    In recent months, the authorities have used the cybercrime law to target a human rights defender for raising questions online on forest enforcement, while a journalist and gender-based violence survivor is also facing charges under the law, said the Civicus Monitor in its latest report.

    The court halted a logging company’s lawsuit against a civil society group while the government is pushing forward with the controversial National Media Development law.

    Human rights defender charged under cybercrime law
    On 9 December 2024, human rights defender and ACT NOW! campaign manager Eddie Tanago was arrested and charged by police under section 21(2) of the Cybercrime Act 2016 for allegedly publishing defamatory remarks on social media about the managing director of the PNG Forest Authority.

    Tanago was taken to the Boroko Police Station Holding cell and released on bail the same afternoon. If convicted he could face a maximum sentence of 15 years’ imprisonment.

    ACT NOW is a prominent human rights organisation seeking to halt illegal logging and related human rights violations in Papua New Guinea (PNG).

    According to reports, ACT NOW had reshared a Facebook post from a radio station advertising an interview with PNG Forest Authority (PNGFA) staff members, which included a photo of the managing director.

    The repost included a comment raising questions about PNGFA forest enforcement.

    Following Tanago’s arrest, ACT NOW said: “it believes that the arrest and charging of Tanago is a massive overreach and is a blatant and unwarranted attempt to intimidate and silence public debate on a critical issue of national and international importance.”

    It added that “there was nothing defamatory in the social media post it shared and there is nothing remotely criminal in republishing a poster which includes the image of a public figure which can be found all over the internet.”

    On 24 January 2025, when Tanago appeared at the Waigani Committal Court, he was instead charged under section 15, subparagraph (b) of the Cybercrime Act for “identity theft”. The next hearing has been scheduled for February 25.

    The 2016 Cybercrime Act has been used to silence criticism and creates a chilling effect, said Civicus Monitor.

    The law has been criticised by the opposition, journalists and activists for its impact on freedom of expression and political discourse.

    Journalist and gender activist charged with defamation
    Journalist and gender activist Hennah Joku was detained and charged under the Cybercrime Act on 23 November 2024, following defamation complaints filed by her former partner Robert Agen.

    Joku was charged with two counts of breaching the Cybercrimes Act 2016 and detained in Boroko Prison. She was freed on the same day after bail was posted.

    Joku, a survivor of a 2018 assault by Agen, had documented and shared her six-year journey through the PNG justice system, which had resulted in his conviction and jailing in 2023.

    On 2 September 2024, the PNG Supreme Court overturned two of three criminal convictions, and Agen was released from prison.

    On 4 and 15 September 2024, Joku shared her reactions with more than 9000 followers on her Meta social media account. Those two posts, one of which featured the injuries suffered from her 2018 assault, now form the basis for the current defamation charges against her.

    Section 21(2) of the Cybercrimes Act 2016, which has an electronic defamation clause, carries a maximum penalty of up to 25 years’ imprisonment or a fine of up to one million kina (NZ$442,000).

    The Pacific Freedom Forum (PFF) expressed “grave concerns” over the charges, saying: “We encourage the government and judiciary to review the use of defamation legislation to silence and gag the universal right to freedom of speech.

    “Citizens must be informed. They must be protected.”

    Court stays logging company lawsuit against civil society group
    In January 2025, an injunction issued against community advocacy group ACT NOW! to prevent publication of reports on illegal logging has been stayed by the National Court.

    In July 2024, two Malaysian owned logging companies obtained an order from the District Court in Vanimo preventing ACT NOW! from issuing publications about their activities and from contacting their clients and service providers.

    That order has now been effectively lifted after the National Court agreed to stay the whole District court proceedings while it considers an application from ACT NOW! to have the case permanently stayed and transferred to the National Court.

    ACT NOW! said the action by Global Elite Limited and Wewak Agriculture Development Limited, which are part of the Giant Kingdom group, is an example of Strategic Litigation Against Public Participation (SLAPP).

    “SLAPPs are illegitimate and abusive lawsuits designed to intimidate, harass and silence legitimate criticism and close down public scrutiny of the logging industry,” said Civicus Monitor.

    SLAPP lawsuits have been outlawed in many countries and lawyers involved in supporting them can be sanctioned, but those protections do not yet exist in PNG.

    The District Court action is not the first time the Malaysian-owned Giant Kingdom group has tried to use the legal system in an attempt to silence ACT NOW!

    In March 2024, the court rejected a similar SLAPP style application by the Global Elite for an injunction against ACT NOW! As a result, the company discontinued its legal action and the court ordered it to pay ACT NOW!’s legal costs.

    Government pushes forward with controversial media legislation
    The government is reportedly ready to pass legislation to regulate its media, which journalism advocates have said could have serious implications for democracy and freedom of speech in the country.

    National Broadcasting Corporation (NBC) of PNG reported in January 2025 that the policy has received the “green light” from cabinet to be presented in Parliament.

    The state broadcaster reported that Communications Minister Timothy Masiu said: “This policy will address the ongoing concerns about sensationalism, ethical standards, and the portrayal of violence in the media.”

    In July 2024, it was reported that the proposed media policy was now in its fifth draft but it is unclear if this version has been updated.

    As previously documented, journalists have raised concerns that the media development policy could lead to more government control over the country’s relatively free media.

    The bill includes sections that give the government the “power to investigate complaints against media outlets, issue guidelines for ethical reporting, and enforce sanctions or penalties for violations of professional standards”.

    There are also concerns that the law will punish journalists who create content that is against the country’s development objectives.

    Organisations such as Transparency International PNG, Media Council of PNG, Pacific Freedom Forum, and Pacific Media Watch/Asia Pacific Media Network among others, have asked for the policy to be dropped.

    The press freedom ranking for PNG dropped from 59th place to 91st in the most recent index published by Reporters without Borders (RSF) in May 2024.

    Civicus Monitor.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/13/civicus-monitor-criticises-png-use-of-cybercrime-law-to-curb-free-speech/feed/ 0 513470
    Surviving genocide, and Gaza’s bitter winter https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/12/surviving-genocide-and-gazas-bitter-winter/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/12/surviving-genocide-and-gazas-bitter-winter/#respond Wed, 12 Feb 2025 18:06:34 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=331827 Two girls gaze out from a tent in Gaza.Gaza's plunging winter temperatures are taking a toll on millions of displaced Palestinians who have nothing but nylon tents for shelter.]]> Two girls gaze out from a tent in Gaza.

    As a fragile ceasefire falters in Gaza, millions of displaced Palestinians are still without adequate shelter. Exposure and hypothermia now present grave threats to people’s survival. The Real News reports from the Gaza Strip.

    Producer: Belal Awad, Leo Erhardt
    Videographer: Ruwaida Amer, Mahmoud Al Mashharawi
    Video Editor: Leo Erhardt


    Transcript

    RANIA HAMD AL-HISI 

    The cold. What can I say? The situation is dire. 

    It’s very cold. Look, we’re living on the street. We’re living on a street. This entire campsite is suffering from the cold. Me? I am not a child, and I’m suffering from the cold. I’m not a child. God help the children. 

    In the morning I try to wash, clean, or do something, and I can’t because of the severity of the cold. We’re literally living on a street. What is protecting us? A sheet. 

    The children are exhausted, and we’re also exhausted. There is no immunity. We have no immune defenses at all. No nutrition, no heating, nothing. We’re exhausted. 

    The whole camp is suffering; they have no electricity. No blankets, no sheets. Nothing to keep the children warm. This little girl is always wheezing from the intense cold. We’ve taken her to the doctor a hundred times since we moved to the tents. They don’t know what’s wrong. Her stomach hurts. Every time she eats, her stomach hurts her. From what? The cold. 

    We’re not handling the cold, so how can the children? I witnessed something with our neighbor that I still can’t process. The sight of him holding his daughter and she’s dead. The whole camp now fears for the children. 

    She’s a child. Our neighbors have a small child who’s seven months old. My niece is a child, my granddaughter is a child. We’re scared for them. My granddaughter developed a respiratory illness. This one is wheezing. Our neighbor, Um Wissam, had an attack. I have developed chest pains. I swear to you, I’ve been suffering for two months with chest and back pains. 

    And our neighbor’s daughter, Sila… She died from the cold. We heard her mother. I carried her when she was dead. The girl, she was like ice. Ice. When I found her father carrying her, and her mother was on the floor… I carried the girl, I was the first to get to them, I found blood coming from her mouth. It was as if she had come out of a freezer. Frozen solid. I told them, “This girl has died from the cold.” 

    MAHMOOD AL-FASIHI 

    The night that Sila died was extremely cold. We’re living on the coast. At night it’s unnaturally cold. We adults couldn’t tolerate the cold that night when Sila died. Sila was perfectly normal. She didn’t suffer from any health problems. She breastfed three times that night. The final feeding was at 3:00 a.m. When we tried to wake her at 7:00 a.m. to feed her, we found her blue from the severity of the cold, and her heart had stopped. 

    AFFAF HUSAIN ABU-AWILI 

    Most of the cases we’re getting right now are called ‘cold injury.’ They are the result of severe cold and the change of season. These cases are usually less than a month old, a week, or two days old. The child arrives already frozen. We call it ‘cold injury’—it means a

    deceased child. Of course, all of this is a result of the weather and the cold. Some can’t tolerate the cold. This environment causes respiratory problems. 

    The scene is very difficult, the father carrying the body, people screaming. A terrible situation, it’s indescribable. A small child, loved by his family, and the mum awakes and finds him like that, dead. I mean, a terrible situation that defies description. 

    Honestly, the situation is getting worse. Especially when it comes to respiratory inflammation in children and these sudden deaths, it’s increased a lot. Of course, it’s a result of the way people are living. Living in tents, lack of medicine, lack of warm clothing. 

    MAHMOOD AL-FASIHI 

    I have to collect plastic from the street to make a fire for my children. I don’t have gas, I don’t have anything. No basics of life, no heating. At night when it’s cold, my children have to huddle together from the cold. As much as I wrap my children, they’re still cold because of the severity of the cold. And nothing is available, the necessities of life are zero here. 

    The severe cold and lack of nutrition have created a lot of problems for the children. They’ve developed skin problems, they’ve developed a lot of things. My children wake up in the middle of the night scared of bombs. Of the terror we are living in. We’re living in terror. We adults have developed mental health issues from the extreme pressure we’re experiencing. We have developed… what can I say? We’re exhausted. Seriously. We’re exhausted from the war. 

    RANIA HAMD AL-HISI 

    When it rains, the whole place swims. When it rained last time, everyone had to leave. Look, you can see. There are no covers, or anything, and no one has given us anything. I have a sister, Um Ahmed, who recently gave birth. Where does the baby sleep? She’s made a bed for him from cardboard. On cardboard! Fearing that he falls into the water. The boy is two months old. 

    I swear to God, the thing that scares me the most. When it’s nighttime, I start praying: “Oh God, Oh God.” “Oh God please let us get through this night. God, don’t let it rain, please God.” God, please don’t let the people drown from the rain. 

    All night and the morning too, we can’t sleep because of the bombs. And the rain. The night that it rained, I swear to God I suffered. When the rain comes, it’s not about me—I can tolerate it. It’s the children. I can tolerate it. But the children? 

    Where’s the world? Where are the Arab people to see us? Would they like their kids to go through this? Now our children wake up from sleep, they’re thinking about water, they collect pieces of paper to help their moms make a fire, they’re thinking about the soup kitchen. That’s it. That’s our children. 

    I swear to God, what is happening to us—I hope happens to everyone who isn’t seeing or hearing us. I swear to God, I’m talking to you and my fingers are frayed from the cold. So

    what about the children? What about the kids, what should they do? I swear to God all they think about is the soup kitchen: “The soup kitchen is here! The soup kitchen is gone!” 

    This girl, I’m telling you, she’s wheezing the whole night. I wake up and even to make her a herbal tea, we struggle. We don’t have gas or anything. I swear to God, you suffer so much just to make a fire.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Belal Awad, Leo Erhadt and Ruwaida Amer.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/12/surviving-genocide-and-gazas-bitter-winter/feed/ 0 518260
    Haiti Gang Violence Impact on Children https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/12/haiti-gang-violence-impact-on-children/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/12/haiti-gang-violence-impact-on-children/#respond Wed, 12 Feb 2025 10:32:57 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=91a26c9b38e72d842f16ce2758c2e05c
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/12/haiti-gang-violence-impact-on-children/feed/ 0 513364
    Haiti Gang Violence Impact on Children https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/12/haiti-gang-violence-impact-on-children-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/12/haiti-gang-violence-impact-on-children-2/#respond Wed, 12 Feb 2025 10:32:57 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?guid=91a26c9b38e72d842f16ce2758c2e05c
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/12/haiti-gang-violence-impact-on-children-2/feed/ 0 516203
    Three things we’re asking #AIActionSummit https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/11/three-things-were-asking-aiactionsummit/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/11/three-things-were-asking-aiactionsummit/#respond Tue, 11 Feb 2025 14:46:26 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=2ddb4381cd934f9ad5d4a1d69b69a642
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/11/three-things-were-asking-aiactionsummit/feed/ 0 513234
    Three things we’re asking #AIActionSummit https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/11/three-things-were-asking-aiactionsummit-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/11/three-things-were-asking-aiactionsummit-2/#respond Tue, 11 Feb 2025 14:46:26 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?guid=2ddb4381cd934f9ad5d4a1d69b69a642
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/11/three-things-were-asking-aiactionsummit-2/feed/ 0 516205
    Stories of Resistance: How Indigenous peoples in Brazil fought COVID-19 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/10/stories-of-resistance-how-indigenous-peoples-in-brazil-fought-covid-19/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/10/stories-of-resistance-how-indigenous-peoples-in-brazil-fought-covid-19/#respond Mon, 10 Feb 2025 20:43:04 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=331800 Kayapó indigenous people from the Baú and Menkragnoti villages, near the city of Novo Progresso, in the south of Pará, Brazil, on August 17, 2020, block the BR-163 highway in protest against the lack of resources to combat COVID-19. Photo by Ernesto Carriço/NurPhoto via Getty Images"We have traditional medicine. We have our cure inside the forest."]]> Kayapó indigenous people from the Baú and Menkragnoti villages, near the city of Novo Progresso, in the south of Pará, Brazil, on August 17, 2020, block the BR-163 highway in protest against the lack of resources to combat COVID-19. Photo by Ernesto Carriço/NurPhoto via Getty Images

    Back to the Earth

    In the early days of COVID, when the disease spreads like wildfire 

    And ICU units overflow capacity

    There are few places as bad as Brazil

    And the Amazon is ground zero 

    A sign of just how scary it can get

    And what awaits everyone else

    Mass graves in Manaus

    Hospitals at capacity

    Oxygen running out

    Cases spiking 

    The death count rising

    Particularly among Indigenous populations

    And president Jair Bolsonaro laughs off the virus

    He tells cameras it was just a little cold

    That he is strong and won’t catch it (even though he does)

    He fights with governors

    And attacks lockdowns

    And refuses to wear masks

    And pushes unproven drugs

    And his government turns its back on Indigenous communities

    Bolsonaro’s administration pulls officials working to protect native lands

    And health workers who cared for their peoples

    And left Indigenous territories stranded, like islands in a sea of unknown and fear

    But the country’s Indigenous peoples are used to having backs turned against them.

    And they take action.

    They set up roadblocks in the entrances into their territories. 

    They test temperatures 

    And spray alcohol 

    And distribute masks

    And block unwanted visitors

    And stand tall against the disease

    Which they know can ravage their peoples

    And when COVID does spread to their lands

    Like it does everywhere

    They turn to their ancestral medicine

    Their native plants

    They share their knowledge with other neighboring tribes. 

    That’s what Indigenous leader Almerinda Ramos de Lima saw 

    in the farthest reaches of Brazil. 

    in the Upper Rio Negro, 

    near the Colombian Border.

    “They didn’t wait for exams. They didn’t wait for doctors to arrive,” she says.

    “Each community organized 

    and shared the traditional medicines that they were preparing.”

    “Where we have forests, 

    where we have plants, 

    we have traditional medicine,” she says. 

    “We have our cure inside the forest.”

    Historic Indigenous leaders still fell. 

    Chief Aritana Yawalapiti, who led his Xingu people for five decades. 

    Paulinho Paiakan, of the Kayapó.

    Artist and healer Vovó Bernaldina… from the Macuxi tribe in the Raposa Serra do Sol territory. 

    Reservoirs of knowledge and wisdom. Heartbreaking losses. 

    But their people sang. 

    And danced their tribal dances. 

    And honored their loved ones and their elders.

    And new leaders have risen. 

    Fighting to protect their lands, their communities and their way of life.

    Now and forever.

    Hi folks. thanks for listening. This is the fourth episode of Stories of Resistance. This is a new project co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. I’m your host, writer, and producer, Michael Fox. I’m a longtime journalist based in Latin America. Each week, I’ll bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment or leave a review. 

    I’ve also just launched a Kickstarter to help get this podcast series off the ground and up and running. I’ll add a link in the show notes.

    As always, thanks for listening. I hope you like the stories. 


    This is the fourth episode of Stories of Resistance.

    Stories of Resistance is a new project, co-produced by The Real News and Global Exchange. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review.

    We’ve recently launched a Kickstarter to help get the series off the ground. You can support it by clicking here: Stories of Resistance: Inspiration for Dark Times Kickstarter

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Michael Fox.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/10/stories-of-resistance-how-indigenous-peoples-in-brazil-fought-covid-19/feed/ 0 518262
    Is This the Best We Can Do? Hope and Limitations in International Law https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/10/is-this-the-best-we-can-do-hope-and-limitations-in-international-law/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/10/is-this-the-best-we-can-do-hope-and-limitations-in-international-law/#respond Mon, 10 Feb 2025 18:26:55 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=45784 In the first part of the program this week, Palestinian legal expert Hassan Ben Imran comes back on the show to talk about the recent formation of the Hague Group, the ongoing cases against Israel and the limitations of, and hope in international law. Later in the show, cohosts Mickey Huff and Eleanor Goldfield banter about the sad state of the 4th estate vis a vis coverage of the genocide in Gaza, and how legacy media couldn’t even be bothered to truthfully report on the carnage meted out by US tax dollars. In a new segment that we’ll come back to in many arenas of life, Mickey and Eleanor ask if this is the best we can do — be it these so-called journalists, or the latest cabinet picks.

    The post Is This the Best We Can Do? Hope and Limitations in International Law appeared first on Project Censored.


    This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Kate Horgan.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/10/is-this-the-best-we-can-do-hope-and-limitations-in-international-law/feed/ 0 513125
    German police banned all languages except German and English at these protests #ProtectTheProtest https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/10/german-police-banned-all-languages-except-german-and-english-at-these-protests-protecttheprotest/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/10/german-police-banned-all-languages-except-german-and-english-at-these-protests-protecttheprotest/#respond Mon, 10 Feb 2025 16:51:19 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d38bb47b153f9ae97bb4a76ba7f117ee
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/10/german-police-banned-all-languages-except-german-and-english-at-these-protests-protecttheprotest/feed/ 0 513112
    German police banned all languages except German and English at these protests #ProtectTheProtest https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/10/german-police-banned-all-languages-except-german-and-english-at-these-protests-protecttheprotest-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/10/german-police-banned-all-languages-except-german-and-english-at-these-protests-protecttheprotest-2/#respond Mon, 10 Feb 2025 16:51:19 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d38bb47b153f9ae97bb4a76ba7f117ee
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/10/german-police-banned-all-languages-except-german-and-english-at-these-protests-protecttheprotest-2/feed/ 0 516207
    NZ must take robust Gaza stance – ‘stop tip-toeing’ around Trump, warns academic https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/09/nz-must-take-robust-gaza-stance-stop-tip-toeing-around-trump-warns-academic/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/09/nz-must-take-robust-gaza-stance-stop-tip-toeing-around-trump-warns-academic/#respond Sun, 09 Feb 2025 05:27:56 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=110592 By Rachel Helyer Donaldson, RNZ News journalist

    New Zealand should be robust in its response to the “unacceptable” situation in Gaza but it must also back its allies against threats by the US President, says an international relations academic.

    Otago University professor of international relations Robert Patman said the rest of the world also “should stop tip-toeing” around President Donald Trump and must stand up to any threats he makes against allies, no matter how outlandish they seem.

    Trump doubled down on his proposal for a US takeover of Gaza on Friday, after the idea was rejected by Palestinians and leaders around the world.

    Foreign Minister Winston Peters told RNZ that New Zealand would not comment on the plan until it was clear exactly what was meant, but said New Zealand continued to support a two-state solution for Israel and Palestine.

    Dr Patman said the president’s plan was “truly shocking and absolutely appalling” in light of the devastation in Gaza in the last 15 months.

    It was not only “tone deaf” but also dangerous, he added, with the proposal amounting to “the most powerful country in the world — the US — dismantling an international rules=based system that [it] has done so much to establish”.

    “This was an extraordinary proposal which I think is reckless and dangerous because it certainly doesn’t help the immediate situation. It probably plays into the hands of extremists in the region.

    “There is a view at the moment that we must all tiptoe round Mr Trump in order not to upset him, while he’s completely free to make outrageous suggestions which endanger people’s lives.”

    Professor Robert Patman
    Professor Robert Patman . . . Trump’s plan for Gaza “truly shocking and absolutely appalling”. Image: RNZ

    Winston Peters’ careful position on a potential US takeover of Gaza was “a fair response . . . but the Luxon-led government must be clear the current situation is unacceptable” and oppose protectionism, he said.

    “[The government ] wants a solution in the Middle East which recognises both the Israeli desire for security but also recognises the political right to self determination of the Palestinian people — in other words the right to have a state of their own.”

    New Zealand should also speak out against Trump’s threats to annex Canada, “our very close ally”, he said.

    He was “not suggesting New Zealand be provocative but it must be robust”, Dr Patman said.

    Greens also respond to Trump actions
    The Green Party said President Trump had been explicit in his intention to take over Gaza, and New Zealand needed to make its position crystal clear too.

    Greens co-leader Chlöe Swarbrick said the Prime Minister needed to stand up and condemn the plan as “reprehensible”.

    “President Trump’s comments have been pretty clear to anybody who is able to read or to listen to them, about his intention to forcibly displace, or to see displaced, about 1.8 million Gazans from their own land, who have already been made refugees in their own land.”

    France, Spain, Ireland, Brazil and other countries had been “unequivocal” in their condemnation of Trump’s plan, and NZ’s Foreign Affairs Minister should be too, she added.

    “New Zealanders value justice and they value peace, and they want to see our leadership represent that, on the international stage. So [these were] really disappointing and unfortunately unclear comments from our Deputy Prime Minister.”

    Yesterday Foreign Minister Winston Peters told RNZ that New Zealand still supported a two-state solution, but said he would not comment on Trump’s Gaza plan until officials could grasp exactly what this meant.

    Trump sanctions International Criminal Court
    Meanwhile, an international law expert says New Zealand’s cautious position following Trump’s sanctions on International Criminal Court (ICC) staff is the right response — for now.

    Dozens of countries have expressed “unwavering support” for the ICC in a joint statement, after the US President imposed sanctions on its staff.

    The 125-member ICC is a permanent court that can prosecute individuals for war crimes, crimes against humanity, genocide and the crime of aggression against the territory of member states or by their nationals.

    The United States, China, Russia and Israel are not members.

    Trump has accused the court of improperly targeting the US and its ally, Israel.

    Neither New Zealand nor Australia had joined the statement, but in a statement to RNZ the Ministry of Foreign Affairs said it had always supported the ICC’s role in upholding international law and a rules-based system.

    University of Victoria law professor Alberto Costi said currently New Zealand is at little risk of sanctions and there’s no need for a stronger approach.

    “At this stage there is no reason to be stronger. New Zealand is perceived as a state that believes in a rules-based order and is supportive of the work of the ICC.

    “So there’s not much need to go further but it’s a space to watch in the future, should these sanctions become a reality.

    “But as far as New Zealand is concerned, at the moment there is no need to antagonise anyone at this stage.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/09/nz-must-take-robust-gaza-stance-stop-tip-toeing-around-trump-warns-academic/feed/ 0 512983
    International Community Expresses Outrage at Donald Trump’s Latest Real Estate Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/08/international-community-expresses-outrage-at-donald-trumps-latest-real-estate-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/08/international-community-expresses-outrage-at-donald-trumps-latest-real-estate-plan/#respond Sat, 08 Feb 2025 14:00:00 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/international-community-expresses-outrage-kelly-20250207/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Kathy Kelly.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/08/international-community-expresses-outrage-at-donald-trumps-latest-real-estate-plan/feed/ 0 512914
    International Community Expresses Outrage at Donald Trump’s Latest Real Estate Plan https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/08/international-community-expresses-outrage-at-donald-trumps-latest-real-estate-plan-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/08/international-community-expresses-outrage-at-donald-trumps-latest-real-estate-plan-2/#respond Sat, 08 Feb 2025 14:00:00 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/international-community-expresses-outrage-at-donald-trumps-latest-real-estate-plan-kelly-20250207/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Kathy Kelly.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/08/international-community-expresses-outrage-at-donald-trumps-latest-real-estate-plan-2/feed/ 0 513102
    Trump’s foreign aid freeze throws independent journalism into chaos https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/08/trumps-foreign-aid-freeze-throws-independent-journalism-into-chaos/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/08/trumps-foreign-aid-freeze-throws-independent-journalism-into-chaos/#respond Sat, 08 Feb 2025 08:05:43 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=110543 Pacific Media Watch

    President Donald Trump has frozen billions of dollars around the world in aid projects, including more than $268 million allocated by Congress to support independent media and the free flow of information.

    Reporters Without Borders (RSF) has denounced this decision, which has plunged NGOs, media outlets, and journalists doing vital work into chaotic uncertainty — including in the Pacific.

    In a statement published on its website, RSF has called for international public and private support to commit to the “sustainability of independent media”.

    Since the new American president announced the freeze of US foreign aid on January 20, USAID (United States Agency for International Development) has been in turmoil — its website is inaccessible, its X account has been suspended, the agency’s headquarters was closed and employees told to stay home.

    South African-born American billionaire Elon Musk, an unelected official, whom Trump chose to lead the quasi-official Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), has called USAID a “criminal organisation” and declared: “We’re shutting [it] down.”

    Later that day, Secretary of State Marco Rubio announced that he was named acting director of the agency, suggesting its operations were being moved to the State Department.

    Almost immediately after the freeze went into effect, journalistic organisations around the world — including media groups in the Pacific — that receive American aid funding started reaching out to RSF expressing confusion, chaos, and uncertainty.

    Large and smaller media NGOs affected
    The affected organisations include large international NGOs that support independent media like the International Fund for Public Interest Media and smaller, individual media outlets serving audiences living under repressive conditions in countries like Iran and Russia.

    “The American aid funding freeze is sowing chaos around the world, including in journalism. The programmes that have been frozen provide vital support to projects that strengthen media, transparency, and democracy,” said Clayton Weimers, executive director of RSF USA.

    President Donald Trump
    President Donald Trump . . . “The American aid funding freeze is sowing chaos around the world, including in journalism,” says RSF. Image: RSF

    “President Trump justified this order by charging — without evidence — that a so-called ‘foreign aid industry’ is not aligned with US interests.

    “The tragic irony is that this measure will create a vacuum that plays into the hands of propagandists and authoritarian states. Reporters Without Borders (RSF) is appealing to the international public and private funders to commit to the sustainability of independent media.”

    USAID programmes support independent media in more than 30 countries, but it is difficult to assess the full extent of the harm done to the global media.

    Many organisations are hesitant to draw attention for fear of risking long-term funding or coming under political attacks.

    According to a USAID fact sheet which has since been taken offline, in 2023 the agency funded training and support for 6200 journalists, assisted 707 non-state news outlets, and supported 279 media-sector civil society organisations dedicated to strengthening independent media.

    The USAID website today
    The USAID website today . . . All USAID “direct hire” staff were reportedly put “on leave” on 7 February 2025. Image: USAID website screenshot APR

    Activities halted overnight
    The 2025 foreign aid budget included $268,376,000 allocated by Congress to support “independent media and the free flow of information”.

    All over the world, media outlets and organisations have had to halt some of their activities overnight.

    “We have articles scheduled until the end of January, but after that, if we haven’t found solutions, we won’t be able to publish anymore,” explains a journalist from a Belarusian exiled media outlet who wished to remain anonymous.

    In Cameroon, the funding freeze forced DataCameroon, a public interest media outlet based in the economic capital Douala, to put several projects on hold, including one focused on journalist safety and another covering the upcoming presidential election.

    An exiled Iranian media outlet that preferred to remain anonymous was forced to suspend collaboration with its staff for three months and slash salaries to a bare minimum to survive.

    An exiled Iranian journalist interviewed by RSF warns that the impact of the funding freeze could silence some of the last remaining free voices, creating a vacuum that Iranian state propaganda would inevitably fill.

    “Shutting us off will mean that they’ll have more power,” she says.

    USAID: the main donor for Ukrainian media
    In Ukraine, where 9 out of 10 outlets rely on subsidies and USAID is the primary donor, several local media have already announced the suspension of their activities and are searching for alternative solutions.

    “At Slidstvo.Info, 80 percent of our budget is affected,” said Anna Babinets, CEO and co-founder of this independent investigative media outlet based in Kyiv.

    The risk of this suspension is that it could open the door to other sources of funding that may seek to alter the editorial line and independence of these media.

    “Some media might be shut down or bought by businessmen or oligarchs. I think Russian money will enter the market. And government propaganda will, of course, intensify,” Babinets said.

    RSF has already witnessed the direct effects of such propaganda — a fabricated video, falsely branded with the organisation’s logo, claimed that RSF welcomed the suspension of USAID funding for Ukrainian media — a stance RSF has never endorsed.

    This is not the first instance of such disinformation.

    Finding alternatives quickly
    This situation highlights the financial fragility of the sector.

    According to Oleh Dereniuha, editor-in-chief of the Ukrainian local media outlet NikVesti, based in Mykolaiv, a city in southeast Ukraine, “The suspension of US funding is just the tip of the iceberg — a key case that illustrates the severity of the situation.”

    Since 2024, independent Ukrainian media outlets have found securing financial sustainability nearly impossible due to the decline in donors.

    As a result, even minor budget cuts could put these media outlets in a precarious position.

    A recent RSF report stressed the need to focus on the economic recovery of the independent Ukrainian media landscape, weakened by the large-scale Russian invasion of February 24, 2022, which RSF’s study estimated to be at least $96 million over three years.

    Moreover, beyond the decline in donor support in Ukraine, media outlets are also facing growing threats to their funding and economic models in other countries.

    Georgia’s Transparency of Foreign Influence Law — modelled after Russia’s legislation — has put numerous media organisations at risk. The Georgian Prime Minister welcomed the US president’s decision with approval.

    This suspension is officially expected to last only 90 days, according to the US government.

    However, some, like Katerina Abramova, communications director for leading exiled Russian media outlet Meduza, fear that the reviews of funding contracts could take much longer.

    Abramova is anticipating the risk that these funds may be permanently cut off.

    “Exiled media are even in a more fragile position than others, as we can’t monetise our audience and the crowdfunding has its limits — especially when donating to Meduza is a crime in Russia,” Abramova stressed.

    By abruptly suspending American aid, the United States has made many media outlets and journalists vulnerable, dealing a significant blow to press freedom.

    For all the media outlets interviewed by RSF, the priority is to recover and urgently find alternative funding.

    How Fijivillage News reported the USAID crackdown
    How Fijivillage News reported the USAID crackdown by the Trump administration. Image: Fijivillage News screenshot APR

    Fiji, Pacific media, aid groups reel shocked by cuts
    In Suva, Fiji, as Pacific media groups have been reeling from the shock of the aid cuts, Fijivillage News reports that hundreds of local jobs and assistance to marginalised communities are being impacted because Fiji is an AUSAID hub.

    According to an USAID staff member speaking on the condition of anonymity, Trump’s decision has affected hundreds of Fijian jobs due to USAID believing in building local capacity.

    The staff member said millions of dollars in grants for strengthening climate resilience, the healthcare system, economic growth, and digital connectivity in rural communities were now on hold.

    The staff member also said civil society organisations, especially grantees in rural areas that rely on their aid, were at risk.

    Pacific Media Watch and Asia Pacific Report collaborate with Reporters Without Borders.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/08/trumps-foreign-aid-freeze-throws-independent-journalism-into-chaos/feed/ 0 512897
    Why was the idea of an international criminal court controversial? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/07/why-was-the-idea-of-an-international-criminal-court-controversial/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/07/why-was-the-idea-of-an-international-criminal-court-controversial/#respond Fri, 07 Feb 2025 23:00:30 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=24d51504219e683f9bb5288b01572155
    This content originally appeared on Human Rights Watch and was authored by Human Rights Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/07/why-was-the-idea-of-an-international-criminal-court-controversial/feed/ 0 512863
    Digital Forensics Training Programme for Human Rights Defenders https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/06/amnestys-digital-forensics-fellowship-training-programme/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/06/amnestys-digital-forensics-fellowship-training-programme/#respond Thu, 06 Feb 2025 17:22:16 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=e145a668ce178da8a7637f9ef52b59e4
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/06/amnestys-digital-forensics-fellowship-training-programme/feed/ 0 512667
    Digital Forensics Training Programme for Human Rights Defenders https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/06/digital-forensics-training-programme-for-human-rights-defenders/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/06/digital-forensics-training-programme-for-human-rights-defenders/#respond Thu, 06 Feb 2025 17:22:16 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?guid=e145a668ce178da8a7637f9ef52b59e4
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/06/digital-forensics-training-programme-for-human-rights-defenders/feed/ 0 516209
    Taliban detains 2 media workers, suspends women-run broadcaster Radio Begum https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/06/taliban-detains-2-media-workers-suspends-women-run-broadcaster-radio-begum/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/06/taliban-detains-2-media-workers-suspends-women-run-broadcaster-radio-begum/#respond Thu, 06 Feb 2025 15:42:58 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=450923 New York, February 6, 2025—Taliban intelligence agents raided the Kabul station of Radio Begum on Tuesday, February 4, suspended broadcast operations, detained two unidentified media workers, and confiscated documents and essential broadcasting equipment, including computers, hard drives, and mobile devices.

    The Taliban’s Ministry of Information and Culture accused the outlet of “non-compliance” with regulations and collaboration with an unnamed foreign-based television network. The ministry said it was investigating the broadcaster’s activities but did not specify a date to end the suspension.

    The outlet refuted the accusations in a statement, according to a report by London-based broadcaster Afghanistan International.

    “The Taliban must immediately rescind its suspension of Radio Begum’s operations and allow the station to resume its reporting without interference,” said CPJ Asia Program Coordinator Beh Lih Yi. “The forced closure of Radio Begum is part of a broader, systematic assault on women’s rights in Afghanistan, particularly targeting women-led and women-owned media organizations. This practice must end, and the international community must hold the Taliban accountable for these actions.”  

    Founded in 2021, just months before the Taliban’s takeover of Afghanistan, Radio Begum is a women-led media broadcaster in Kabul that also posts on social media, particularly Facebook. In November 2023, its sister channel, Begum TV, was launched in Paris with a grant from the Malala Fund, which advocates for girls’ education globally.

    CPJ’s messages to Taliban spokesperson Zabihullah Mujahid requesting comment did not receive a response.

    In March 2023, the Taliban shut down women-run broadcaster Radio Sada e Banowan, citing the airing of music during the holy month of Ramadan. The station was permitted to resume operations on April 7 and continues to report on news about women in the city of Faizabad in northeastern Badakhshan Province.  


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/06/taliban-detains-2-media-workers-suspends-women-run-broadcaster-radio-begum/feed/ 0 512650
    How Trump’s USAID shutdown threatens the world’s climate goals https://grist.org/politics/usaid-elon-musk-trump-climate/ https://grist.org/politics/usaid-elon-musk-trump-climate/#respond Tue, 04 Feb 2025 20:56:56 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=658336 As part of a broad effort to bypass Congress and unilaterally cut government spending, the Trump administration has all but shut down operations at the U.S. Agency for International Development, or USAID, the independent federal body that delivers humanitarian aid and economic development funding around the world. On his first day in office, President Trump issued an executive order pausing all USAID funding, and the agency subsequently issued a stop-work order to nearly all funding recipients, from soup kitchens in Sudan to the global humanitarian group Mercy Corps.

    Since then, Elon Musk’s new “Department of Government Efficiency” has shut down the agency’s website, locked employees out of their email accounts, and closed the agency’s Washington office. 

    “USAID is a criminal organization,” Musk tweeted on Sunday. “Time for it to die.” (The agency is codified in federal law, and court challenges are likely to argue that Musk’s actions are themselves illegal.)

    While criticisms of Trump’s abrupt demolition of USAID have largely focused on global public health projects that have long enjoyed bipartisan support, the effort also threatens billions of dollars meant to combat climate change. USAID’s climate-related funding helps low-income countries build renewable energy and adapt to worsening natural disasters, as well as conserve carbon sinks and sensitive ecosystems. During the Biden administration, USAID accelerated its climate-focused efforts as part of an ambitious new initiative that was supposed to last through the end of the decade. That effort now appears to have come to an abrupt end as USAID contractors around the world prepare to abandon critical projects and lay off staff.

    Secretary of State Marco Rubio, who has taken over USAID as acting director, has said that Musk’s abrupt shutdown is “not about getting rid of foreign aid.” But even if USAID eventually resumes operations to provide emergency humanitarian assistance such as famine support and HIV prevention, the agency is still likely to terminate all its climate-related work under the Trump administration. The result would be a blow to the landmark Paris climate agreement just as significant as Trump’s formal withdrawal of the U.S. from the international pact. By clawing back billions of dollars that Congress has already committed to the fight against global warming, the U.S. is poised to derail climate progress far beyond its own borders.

    “This is taking a torch to development programs that the American people have paid for,” Gillian Caldwell, who served as USAID’s chief climate officer under former President Biden. “Many commitments under the Paris agreement are funding-contingent, and that’s very much in peril.”

    The United States spends less than 1 percent of its federal budget on foreign aid, but that still makes the country the largest aid donor in the world by far. USAID distributes between $40 and $60 billion per year — almost a quarter of all global humanitarian aid. While in recent years the largest shares of that aid have gone to Ukraine, Israel, and Afghanistan, the agency also distributes billions of dollars to Latin America, sub-Saharan Africa, and southeast Asia, where it primarily helps promote food security, health and sanitation, and education efforts.

    In 2022, Caldwell led the launch of a sweeping new “climate strategy” that sought to reposition USAID’s work over the next decade to account for climate shocks. The first part of this initiative was a country-by-country review of existing aid flows in standard areas like food and sanitation. USAID offices around the world began tweaking their operations to ensure the projects they were funding would hold up as temperatures continue to rise. For example, the agency would ensure water and sewer systems could handle bigger floods, or would plan to inoculate against diseases that might spread faster in warm weather. The effort was especially important in sectors like agriculture, which is both emissions-heavy and extremely vulnerable to the weather shocks that come with even small climactic shifts.

    “You’re going to be having a lot more demands on humanitarian assistance when you’ve got extreme weather events,” she said. “The point was to make sure that every dollar we’re spending is sensible given the world we live in today.”

    In addition to that review, the agency also increased its direct spending on renewable energy, conservation, and climate adaptation. The agency added dozens of new countries to its climate aid portfolio under Biden’s tenure, expanding in southeast Asia and western Africa. USAID work has had a far greater effect on the climate fight than its raw spending, which totaled around $600 million on climate efforts in 2023, would indicate. That’s because the agency’s support has also mobilized billions of dollars from the private sector, attracting investment from renewable energy developers and insurance companies that offer drought and flood coverage to vulnerable areas abroad.

    USAID’s renewable energy efforts may be some of the most resilient to Trump’s shock attack, because they don’t rely on the agency’s continued involvement. USAID has helped several countries design and hold renewable energy auctions, wherein private companies bid for the right to build new power facilities at low prices. These auctions save countries money and make it easier for them to attract private capital. In the Philippines, two USAID-sponsored auctions generated almost $7 billion in investment to build 5.4 gigawatts of solar and wind energy, enough to power millions of homes — without further USAID support.

    The agency’s spending on landscape conservation is less secure. That funding prevents development on sensitive natural environments like rainforests by paying nearby residents to seek livelihoods other than the logging and grazing that could unleash massive emissions from the carbon stored in the forests. If USAID collapses, that aid will dry up, jeopardizing millions of acres of climate-friendly land.

    The largest portion of the USAID’s climate-related spending goes toward disaster resilience, which doesn’t attract much investment from banks and private companies, making government support crucial. In the case of Zimbabwe, for instance, the agency funds dozens of projects a year that are intended to make the country’s farmers more resilient to drought and flooding. (This is in addition to public health and AIDS relief provided to the country, which together account for the majority of its USAID funding.)

    Women use a depleted well in rural Zimbabwe in the summer of 2024, during an El Nino-induced drought. USAID has spent millions on drought support in the country.
    Women use a depleted well in rural Zimbabwe in the summer of 2024, during an El Nino-induced drought. USAID has spent millions of dollars on drought support in the country.
    Photo by Jekesai Njikizana / AFP via Getty Images

    One of the largest disaster relief programs in Zimbabwe, a broad-based initiative to help smallholder farmers, has increased water stability for tens of thousands of households by helping them build small rain catchment systems and restore degraded soils. USAID has been funding the project to the tune of about $12 million annually since 2020, and the program was slated to continue for the next three years.

    Zimbabwe’s minister for climate and the environment, Washington Zhakata, said that a shutoff of USAID funding will make it nearly impossible for the country to meet its commitments to the Paris agreement. The country has promised not only to develop renewable energy but also to spend huge amounts of money on drought and flood protections. It has developed a nationwide adaptation plan on the premise that future funding would be provided — and provided in large part by the countries that are responsible for the most carbon emissions historically, like the U.S.

    “With limited and reduced resources, as a result of the funding withdrawal, meeting our compliance will be an uphill task,” Zhakata told Grist. “The created finance gap will see developing countries have to live with minimum resources and also to squeeze from domestic sources.”

    At times, USAID has faced criticism for inefficient spending and unclear results — including for its past climate spending. The agency’s inspector general released a report last summer that criticized USAID’s previous climate initiatives for having murky data, saying that “weaknesses in the Agency’s processes for awarding funds, managing performance, and communicating climate change information could impede successful implementation.” 

    The inspector general’s report also called USAID’s measurements of climate progress into question. In another report last year, the agency said that its new clean energy investments in Pakistan will cut around 55 million tons of greenhouse gas emissions by 2030, the equivalent of taking around 10 million average cars off the road. In Brazil, the agency said it has conserved around 118 million acres of forest land, which will sequester millions of tons of carbon. The inspector general said results like these are “highly susceptible to inaccuracies,” because the emissions results haven’t yet happened.

    Some experts also argue that the agency’s humanitarian aid programs don’t focus enough on reducing long-term risk. Food security specialists who spoke to Grist during a 2023 famine in Somalia said that USAID provided emergency food assistance in the country as pastoralists lost their income, but it didn’t provide enough funding to help those shepherds adapt to future droughts. Caldwell, the former USAID climate officer, said the agency has reduced long-term risk by trying to reduce emissions on emergency aid deliveries and ensure new infrastructure can survive future disasters.

    While the first Trump administration tried to zero out climate aid in every round of annual budget negotiations, some Senate Republicans resisted and kept aid flows more or less level. This time around, there’s no guarantee that Republicans in Congress will show the same resistance to Trump’s demands — and no guarantee that the administration will comply with laws requiring it to spend the money that Congress appropriates. If Musk, who Trump has made a special government employee to conduct his Department of Government Efficiency vision, overcomes court challenges and succeeds in clearing out USAID staff and shutting down the agency’s typical operations, it will take a new administration and years of work to restore the flow of climate aid, assuming Congress votes to restore it as well.

    Trump withdrew the United States from the Paris agreement on his first day in office, but the U.S. is still a member of the broader United Nations climate convention, and only Congress has the power to withdraw it from that convention. The original framework text, which the U.S. adopted in 1992, says that rich countries like the U.S. “shall provide” aid to help poorer countries meet their climate goals. 

    In a statement about the USAID shutdown, Manish Bapna, head of the nonprofit Natural Resources Defense Council, connected the shuttering of USAID to Trump’s withdrawal from the 2015 Paris accord.

    “Similar to the Paris Climate Agreement exit, this action simply narrows the window for essential climate and global health actions, while delivering no benefit to American taxpayers,” he said. “This is a curiously counterproductive and poorly timed move that comes as the world is facing grave climate, health, environmental, and economic crises — all of which will be worsened by this assault on USAID.”

    Editor’s note: The Natural Resources Defense Council is an advertiser with Grist. Advertisers have no role in Grist’s editorial decisions.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline How Trump’s USAID shutdown threatens the world’s climate goals on Feb 4, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Jake Bittle.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/politics/usaid-elon-musk-trump-climate/feed/ 0 512371
    "Fascism Is at the Door": Trump Threatens to Deport Pro-Palestinian International Student Protesters https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/04/fascism-is-at-the-door-trump-threatens-to-deport-pro-palestinian-international-student-protesters-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/04/fascism-is-at-the-door-trump-threatens-to-deport-pro-palestinian-international-student-protesters-2/#respond Tue, 04 Feb 2025 15:46:26 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=7416b315a621d4469ba1bef4e9f334ba
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/04/fascism-is-at-the-door-trump-threatens-to-deport-pro-palestinian-international-student-protesters-2/feed/ 0 512354
    “Fascism Is at the Door”: Trump Threatens to Deport Pro-Palestinian International Student Protesters https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/04/fascism-is-at-the-door-trump-threatens-to-deport-pro-palestinian-international-student-protesters/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/04/fascism-is-at-the-door-trump-threatens-to-deport-pro-palestinian-international-student-protesters/#respond Tue, 04 Feb 2025 13:43:38 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=99f6175d511d7f2252071476e8e1a05a Seg4 propal students 1

    An executive order that purports to combat antisemitism on university campuses is likely to chill free speech and target students for pro-Palestine, antiwar and anti-racist views. The order, signed by President Trump, threatens to deport noncitizen college students and other international visitors who take part in protests considered antisemitic under a broad and contested definition of the term. Though the order gives them new teeth, these threats of deportation are not new, as our guest Momodou Taal, a doctoral student at Cornell University who was threatened with deportation last year, can attest. While public outcry forced Cornell to lift Taal’s suspension and allow him a limited return to campus, he is still effectively banned from campus life and blocked from teaching positions. “There’s somewhat of a great irony that students who were protesting apartheid are now subject to forms of exclusion bordering on apartheid,” says Taal about his ongoing exclusion.

    Rights groups and legal scholars say the new executive order violates constitutional free speech rights and would likely draw legal challenges if implemented. “This is basically a textbook authoritarian playbook meant to stifle any criticism of what’s going on in Israel,” explains our other guest, Etan Nechin, a New York correspondent for Haaretz. Students like Taal, however, say they will not allow the government and their administrations to prevent them from speaking out. Taal says his pro-Palestine activism comes out of his obligations as “a human being” and that “when fascism is at the door, what we do is come together and unite even stronger.”


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/04/fascism-is-at-the-door-trump-threatens-to-deport-pro-palestinian-international-student-protesters/feed/ 0 512315
    Sámi need better legal protections to save their homelands https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/sami-need-better-legal-protections-to-save-their-homelands/ https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/sami-need-better-legal-protections-to-save-their-homelands/#respond Tue, 04 Feb 2025 09:15:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=658236 A new report from Amnesty International says “green colonialism” — the appropriation of land and resources for environmental purposes — threatens indigenous Sámi culture in Sweden, Norway, and Finland. Written with the input of the Saami Council, a voluntary nongovernmental organization, the report highlights human rights violations connected to Sámi lands being treated like sacrifice zones for global climate goals and green financial interests.

    “We see that states continue to promote the same types of industrial activities and exploitation of nature as before, but now under new labels and justifications,” said Saami Council President Per-Olof Nutti. “These processes are often extremely lengthy and complex, leaving the Sámi with little or no opportunity to influence our own future.” 

    Sámi homelands, known as Sápmi, stretch across northern Norway, Sweden, Finland, and Russia, and the report’s authors highlight that climate change threatens Sámi people in two ways: direct environmental impacts, and an increasing number of green energy projects and extractive industries needed for the green transition.

    A map showing the Sámi homelands in Norway, Sweden, Finland, and Russia.
    A map of Sápmi, the Sámi homelands that cross through Norway, Finland, Sweden, and Russia. Grist / Clayton Aldern

    The report focuses on three case studies in Norway, Sweden, and Finland. Because of the war in Ukraine, the authors said it was impossible to do research there. In Norway, the Fosen wind farm was greenlit in 2010 without Sámi consent and resulted in legal battles spanning years. In 2021, the country’s Supreme Court ruled that the wind farm was unconstitutional; however, turbines are still in operation because of a settlement last year. In Finland, exploration permits to build a mine in Sápmi have angered Sámi leaders, but the Sámi lack the legal mechanisms to protect the area. In Sweden, a nickel mine in Rönnbäcken, in reindeer-herding territory, was given exploration permits starting in 2005. The Sámi say the effort threatens the land essential to herding reindeer, and the long battle has exacerbated racism from non-Sámi locals in the area. 

    “There are many more,” said Elina Mikola, an Amnesty International researcher. “This development is really worrying, and it’s obvious that there will be more and more of these land-use conflicts in the near future.”

    The report’s authors highlight that the Sámi, as Indigenous people, have collective rights that are enshrined in international treaties and law — specifically, the right to self-determination: the right of Indigenous peoples to freely determine their political status and futures through the exercise of free, prior, and informed consent, also known as FPIC. However, the report also reveals that Sweden, Finland, and Norway have failed to adequately implement FPIC and other international laws that would protect Sápmi from exploitation.

    The report took three years to complete, partly, because of intersecting laws in different countries. Like many Indigenous communities, Sámi homelands don’t sit squarely within one state’s borders and can span multiple jurisdictions. Mikola said that the report wanted to focus on the Sámi and not individual countries. “It’s a bit of a de-colonial approach because we really wanted to treat the Sámi as all one nation, one area.” 

    In addition to including FPIC reform, the report recommends Finland, Sweden, and Norway review their regulations and implement laws that strengthen the protection of traditional livelihoods like reindeer herding. The authors also recommend that Sámi people be compensated for their time when consulting with companies and governments — a practice enshrined in international human rights law that would allow the Sámi to maintain cultural traditions.

    Spokespersons from Finland, Norway, and Sweden did not respond to requests for comment by publication.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Sámi need better legal protections to save their homelands on Feb 4, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Taylar Dawn Stagner.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/sami-need-better-legal-protections-to-save-their-homelands/feed/ 0 512286
    Thousands march in Argentina for LGBTI rights and against hate speech 🏳️‍🌈 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/03/thousands-march-in-argentina-for-lgbti-rights-and-against-hate-speech-%f0%9f%8f%b3%ef%b8%8f%f0%9f%8c%88/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/03/thousands-march-in-argentina-for-lgbti-rights-and-against-hate-speech-%f0%9f%8f%b3%ef%b8%8f%f0%9f%8c%88/#respond Mon, 03 Feb 2025 16:20:45 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=752c9e199674a8142f49e636639a0ea5
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/03/thousands-march-in-argentina-for-lgbti-rights-and-against-hate-speech-%f0%9f%8f%b3%ef%b8%8f%f0%9f%8c%88/feed/ 0 512172
    Thousands march in Argentina for LGBTI rights and against hate speech 🏳️‍🌈 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/03/thousands-march-in-argentina-for-lgbti-rights-and-against-hate-speech-%f0%9f%8f%b3%ef%b8%8f%f0%9f%8c%88-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/03/thousands-march-in-argentina-for-lgbti-rights-and-against-hate-speech-%f0%9f%8f%b3%ef%b8%8f%f0%9f%8c%88-2/#respond Mon, 03 Feb 2025 16:20:45 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?guid=752c9e199674a8142f49e636639a0ea5
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/03/thousands-march-in-argentina-for-lgbti-rights-and-against-hate-speech-%f0%9f%8f%b3%ef%b8%8f%f0%9f%8c%88-2/feed/ 0 516211
    Wenda calls for international inquiry into film claim that Indonesia is using chemical weapons in West Papua https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/31/wenda-calls-for-international-inquiry-into-film-claim-that-indonesia-is-using-chemical-weapons-in-west-papua/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/31/wenda-calls-for-international-inquiry-into-film-claim-that-indonesia-is-using-chemical-weapons-in-west-papua/#respond Fri, 31 Jan 2025 06:30:58 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=110341 Pacific Media Watch

    A West Papuan advocacy group is calling for an urgent international inquiry into allegations that Indonesian security forces have used the chemical weapon white phosphorus against West Papuans for a second time.

    The allegations were made in the new documentary, Frontier War, by Paradise Broadcasting.

    In the film, West Papuan civilians give testimony about a number of children dying from sickness in the months folllowing the 2021 Kiwirok attack.

    They say that “poisoning . . . occurred due to the bombings”, that “they throw the bomb and . . .  chemicals come through the mouth”, said United Liberation Movement for West Papua (ULMWP) interim president Benny Wenda.

    They add that this was “the first time they’re throwing people up are not dying, but between one month later or two months later”, he said in a statement.

    Bombings produced big “clouds of dust” and infants suffering the effects could not stop coughing up blood.

    “White phosphorus is an evil weapon, even when used against combatants. It burns through skin and flesh and causes heart and liver failure,” said Wenda.

    ‘Crimes against defenceless civilians’
    “But Indonesia is committing these crimes against humanity against defenceless civilians, elders, women and children.

    “Thousands of Papuans in the border region were forced from their villages by these attacks, adding to the over 85,000 who are still internally displaced by militarisation.”

    Indonesia previously used white phosphorus in Nduga in December 2018.

    Journalists uncovered that victims were suffering deep burns down to the bone, typical with that weapon, as well as photographing yellow tipped bombs which military sources confirmed “appear to be incendiary or white phosphorus”.

    The same yellow-tipped explosives were discovered in Kiwirok, and the fins from the recovered munitions are consistent with white phosphorus.

    “As usual, Indonesia lied about using white phosphorus in Nduga,” said Wenda.

    “They have also lied about even the existence of the Kiwirok attack — an operation that led to the deaths of over 300 men, women, and children.

    “They lie, lie, lie.”


    Frontier War/ Inside the West Papua Liberation Army    Video: Paradise Broadcasting

    Proof needed after ‘opening up’
    Wenda said the movement would not be able to obtain proof of these attacks — “of the atrocities being perpetrated daily against my people” — until Indonesia opened West Papua to the “eyes of the world”.

    “West Papua is a prison island: no journalists, NGOs, or aid organisations are allowed to operate there. Even the UN is totally banned,” Wenda said.

    Indonesia’s entire strategy in West Papua is secrecy. Their crimes have been hidden from the world for decades, through a combination of internet blackouts, repression of domestic journalists, and refusal of access to international media.”

    Wenda said Indonesia must urgently facilitate the long-delayed UN Human Rights visit to West Papua, and allow journalists and NGOs to operate there without fear of imprisonment or repression.

    “The MSG [Melanesian Spearhead Group], PIF [Pacific Islands Forum] and the OACPS [Organisation of African, Caribbean and Pacific States] must again increase the pressure on Indonesia to allow a UN visit,” he said.
    “The fake amnesty proposed by [President] Prabowo Subianto is contradictory as it does not also include a UN visit. Even if 10, 20 activists are released, our right to political expression is totally banned.”

    Wenda said that Indonesia must ultimately “open their eyes” to the only long-term solution in West Papua — self-determination through an independence referendum.

    Scenes from the Paradise Broadcasting documentary Frontier War
    Scenes from the Paradise Broadcasting documentary Frontier War. Images: Screenshots APR


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/31/wenda-calls-for-international-inquiry-into-film-claim-that-indonesia-is-using-chemical-weapons-in-west-papua/feed/ 0 511726
    Mango farms where? Climate change is scrambling where the world’s food is grown. https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/mango-farm-italy-florida-climate-crop-changing/ https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/mango-farm-italy-florida-climate-crop-changing/#respond Thu, 30 Jan 2025 09:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=657812 Twelve years ago, Vincenzo Amata stumbled upon a plot of flowering trees while wandering the Sicilian countryside. Before long, he found a farmer tending the grove. As Amata asked one question after another, the stranger tugged a mango off a tree and offered it to him. He didn’t know it, but his first bite of the bright yellow fruit would change his life. 

    “I can still taste it to this day,” Amata said in Italian. The burst of sweet flavor, coupled with its smooth, velvety texture, was unlike anything he’d ever tasted. “I got chills, goosebumps all over my skin, it was so delicious.”

    Six months later, Amata left a lifelong career as a clothing salesman to launch his own mango farm. It put him “very out of my element. But I just fell in love with it.” Amata has since grown six popular varieties of the tropical fruit on PapaMango, his 17-acre grove in Messina on the northeastern coast of Sicily. 

    As climate change complicates growing the region’s historically emblematic crops, like olives and lemons, Amata is seeing more farmers follow the same path. They are all “already starting to change from lemons to mangoes,” he said.

    Rising temperatures, shifting precipitation, and emerging diseases are among the mélange of climate impacts changing what’s grown in breadbaskets around the world. As warming brings significant challenges to agriculture, growers are abandoning crops with dwindling yields or those threatened by pathogens and pests for those better suited to changing local conditions. Producers in pockets of Latin America and Asia are increasingly turning to highly-adaptable and stress-tolerant varieties of quinoa instead of climate-sensitive crops such as coffee. Corn farmers across the Midwest are experimenting with drought-resistant millets, while growers in Sub-Saharan Africa are embracing varieties of sorghum and legumes that require less water than other grains.  

    This trend will only accelerate, radically redefining what different regions are known for. Before the end of the century, parts of the United Kingdom, to offer one example, may be forced to swap top commodities such as oats and wheat for everything from soy to chickpeas to grapes.

    The mango, that beloved linchpin of cuisines and cultures around the world, typifies this trend. This juicy, flavorful fruit, which outsells most of its tropical counterparts, is grown in some 120 countries. But many leading producers face higher temperatures, greater aridity, and other challenges to raising a crop that requires very specific conditions to thrive. As it grows more popular — global production is expected to reach 65 million metric tons next year — production is beginning to shift to new areas, making the mango a fitting emblem of yet another way climate change is reshaping global agriculture.

    A man rides a bicycle cart of mangoes
    Vincenzo Amata, 65, pulls a cart teeming with mangoes on his farm in Messina on the northeastern coast of Sicily. Vincenzo Amata

    Mangoes, which have been cultivated for millennia, are well-adapted to sub-tropical and tropical areas. The trees, which can grow over 100 feet tall, generally favor temperatures in the 70s and tend to be incredibly frost-sensitive

    Much of Italy enjoys a Mediterranean climate marked by hot summers and mild winters, which provide ideal conditions for sub-tropical fruit. With drought and hotter conditions bringing sharp declines in olive oil and citrus production, many Italian farmers are embracing new crops. This is particularly rife across the south, where olive trees are giving way to a proliferation in money-making mango and avocado trees in Sicily, Puglia and Calabria. 

    In 2023, mango crops spanned nearly 3,000 acres throughout Italy, up from 1,235 acres in 2019 and just 24 in 2004, according to agricultural trade data. A mild winter and relatively warm spring led to a bumper crop last year, with Sicilian growers getting as much as 5.50 euros per kilo even as lemon growers earned as little as 1.22 euros. 

    “The cost of the mango has gone up, so I’m doing well,” said Amata. He employs three people year-round at PapaMango, where they produce over 100,000 pounds of mangoes every year. “The cost has gone up because the demand is up because of these climate impacts in other places.”

    A row of mango trees
    Six varieties of mangoes line the fields at PapaMango in Sicily.
    Vincenzo Amata

    Although India is the world’s leading producer and consumer of the sweet fruit, most of the mangoes found in supermarkets come from Mexico — which provides the bulk of those sold in the US — Brazil, and Peru. The three nations, which together produced nearly 5.5 million metric tons of mangoes, mangosteen, and guava (although botanically unrelated, the tropical fruits are often grouped together in international trade assessments) in 2023, saw production declines last year, a trend driven in no small part by climate change. 

    How large a decline remains to be seen, but the U.N. Food and Agriculture Organization, or FAO, told Grist that preliminary trade data and industry sources suggest Mexico’s exports dropped 2 percent, while Brazil saw an 8 percent decrease. Exports from Peru plunged a staggering 55 percent. 

    Other reports clearly attribute some of these declines to climate change. Drought and water scarcity led to widespread problems with fruit quality and agricultural productivity across Mexico. Excessive rainfall throttled harvests in Brazil, while unusually warm temperatures compounding with the lasting effects from El Niño led to what could be Peru’s worst season in history.

    These trends contributed to a 22 percent decrease in the number of mangoes the U.S. imported in the first five months of last year compared to 2023. That led to higher retail prices than the year before. Imports rebounded by late summer and eventually surpassed 2023 levels, bringing down costs, but consumers still paid more for them than in 2023.

    A man and a tropical fruit plant on a farm in Greece
    Climate change conditions have made possible the farming of subtropical fruit species such as mango, leading to experimental farming in the south-western region of Kyparissia in the Peloponese, in Greece. Aris Oikonomou / AFP via Getty Images

    Still, global production remained strong because of yield increases elsewhere in the world and the expansion into new growing areas. Worldwide production of mangoes, mangosteen and guava has more than doubled over the past 20 years, a trend the FAO expects to continue.

    But those numbers reflect national production around the world and could conceal declines within specific regions, said FAO economist Sabine Altendorf. Mangoes, like most tropical fruits, are typically grown in remote locales where cultivation is highly dependent on rainfall, prone to the effects of increasingly erratic weather, and reliant on less robust transport routes, she said.

    “Generally, since mangoes are among the most fragile and perishable agricultural commodities, their production and trade are threatened by a multitude of factors, which can be both related to the effects of climate change and exacerbated by these effects,” said Altendorf, who specializes in global value chains for agricultural products. 

    All of these compounding factors “are of dire concern to growers, as they can have devastating effects on crops, putting the livelihoods of smallholder farmers at risk.” 

    Flowering mango trees can be found throughout the Mexican state of Chiapas. The country’s southernmost region teems with the wildly popular golden Ataúlfo mango — one of Mexico’s leading mango exports. 

    Luis Alberto Sumuano, who was born and raised in a farming family in Tapachula, Chiapas, studies Ataúlfo mango production. An agricultural economist at the Universidad Autónoma de Nuevo León, he recently discovered that if Chiapas mango farmers aren’t able to begin harvesting as early as December, to sell their fruit before March, they struggle to see a profit due to market dynamics and lower quality fruit. A box of Ataúlfo mangoes sold to a supplier in January typically earns the grower around $63, but that same box, if sold after March, could bring in as little as $2, he said. 

    Although Mexico saw overall production decline partly due to drought, another climate problem plagues farmers in Chiapas, where back-to-back years of increasingly volatile bouts of heavy rainfall have delayed flowering, shifting the entire production cycle. All that precipitation also spurs the spread of pests like the fruit fly and the growth of fungal diseases, all of which are becoming a growing problem as the planet warms

    “At the same time that you are fighting with the rain, you also have to increase the chemicals to try to reduce the fungus,” he said. “It’s two times more difficult.” 

    A man holds up a handful of mangoes
    A farmer shows rotten mangoes, which he attributes to climate change, at a field in Tando Allahyar village, in Pakistan’s Sindh province.
    Asif Hassan / AFP via Getty Images

    Sumuano is afraid of what all of this may mean for mango production in southern Mexico. He is beginning to see a steady trickle of growers “leaving the trade” to raise other wares — namely livestock and palm oil — that don’t face the same overt challenges. 

    But even as the fruit faces an uncertain future in Chiapas, it is thriving elsewhere in Mexico, underscoring how climate change can reshape agriculture within a relatively small geographic expanse. This is particularly true of Kent mango varieties, primarily grown in the Sinaloa region. The green-hued delicacy made up a 20 percent share of the country’s mango exports to the U.S last year, nearly tripling its share from 2023, according to Empacadoras de Mango de Exportación A.C. data shared with Grist. By contrast, Ataúlfo exports to the U.S. declined, dropping 4.5 percent from 2023. This is in part because not only are some mango varieties more climate-resilient than others, but certain microclimates may be more suited to production, with growers that have adopted practices like developing disease- and pest-resistant cultivated varieties.

    It’s a paradox that can be seen unfolding elsewhere. In California, where mangoes have been grown in the southern region since the late 1800s, farmers in central and northern parts of the state are now embracing the fruit

    Florida is another promising hotspot. Even as warming and disease have eroded the Sunshine State’s citrus production, Alex Salazar said Florida’s budding mango industry has experienced a coinciding boom. He runs Tropical Acres Farms, a seven-acre operation in West Palm Beach, where Salazar and his wife grow and sell fruit and trees. Business has flourished in the last five years — the biggest rate of expansion that they’ve seen since opening in 2011 — as commercial demand for mango trees has increased in California, Arizona, and Texas. 

    “Not only is it easier to grow them now because of warmer temperatures and milder winters, but mangoes also don’t require much,” said Salazar. “They don’t require the same nutritional demands as other tropical crops, such as avocados or bananas. There is a certain appeal to people that want to grow something and not have to do all of this overwhelming stuff to make them happy. That counts for a lot for people looking to grow alternative crops.”

    Demand has even ramped up in regions that surprised Salazar. “Areas of Florida that were previously too cold to grow mangoes, you can grow mangoes now,” he said. 

    Jonathan Crane, tropical fruit crop specialist at the University of Florida’s Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences, has also noticed this trend. “People have tried to grow tropical crops like mangoes as far back as the 1800s, but it wasn’t viable in most of the state,” said Crane. In places like Central Florida, that’s no longer the case. Climate change has progressively curbed the frequency of freezing events across the region. “In the past eight years, I’ve been getting contacted more and more by people looking to plant mangoes [there],” he said.

    But Crane noted mango farming in the region faces its own challenges. Bouts of excessive heat, destructive hurricanes, and fewer but more erratic freezing events have all negatively impacted the trees’ ability to flower and fruit in the last two years. Yet, none of these factors seem to be slowing the flood of interest in the fledgling industry. 

    While the planet continues to warm, more and more people are flocking to cultivate the celebrated fruit in new places. In an era when what farmers grow and how they grow it is in constant flux, the mango is as much a warning sign of the cascading effect of climate change as it is a beacon of resilience.  

    Sara Ventimiglia assisted with translation.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Mango farms where? Climate change is scrambling where the world’s food is grown. on Jan 30, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Ayurella Horn-Muller.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/mango-farm-italy-florida-climate-crop-changing/feed/ 0 511591
    Thousands of Congolese civilians are now once again fleeing for their lives https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/29/thousands-of-congolese-civilians-are-now-once-again-fleeing-for-their-lives/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/29/thousands-of-congolese-civilians-are-now-once-again-fleeing-for-their-lives/#respond Wed, 29 Jan 2025 15:39:57 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=6a4771ff37c715a04407c7f7f98b5087
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/29/thousands-of-congolese-civilians-are-now-once-again-fleeing-for-their-lives/feed/ 0 511489
    Thousands of Congolese civilians are now once again fleeing for their lives https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/29/thousands-of-congolese-civilians-are-now-once-again-fleeing-for-their-lives-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/29/thousands-of-congolese-civilians-are-now-once-again-fleeing-for-their-lives-2/#respond Wed, 29 Jan 2025 15:39:57 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?guid=6a4771ff37c715a04407c7f7f98b5087
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/29/thousands-of-congolese-civilians-are-now-once-again-fleeing-for-their-lives-2/feed/ 0 516213
    Nobel Prize Winner Narges Mohammadi Shares Her Heartfelt Thanks https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/28/nobel-prize-winner-narges-mohammadi-shares-her-heartfelt-thanks/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/28/nobel-prize-winner-narges-mohammadi-shares-her-heartfelt-thanks/#respond Tue, 28 Jan 2025 09:55:25 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=a0f56badcd011bd0bb011993cd2f586d
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/28/nobel-prize-winner-narges-mohammadi-shares-her-heartfelt-thanks/feed/ 0 511306
    Nobel Prize Winner Narges Mohammadi Shares Her Heartfelt Thanks https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/28/nobel-prize-winner-narges-mohammadi-shares-her-heartfelt-thanks-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/28/nobel-prize-winner-narges-mohammadi-shares-her-heartfelt-thanks-2/#respond Tue, 28 Jan 2025 09:55:25 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?guid=a0f56badcd011bd0bb011993cd2f586d
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/28/nobel-prize-winner-narges-mohammadi-shares-her-heartfelt-thanks-2/feed/ 0 516215
    As climate change supercharges disease, Trump pulls US from World Health Organization https://grist.org/health/world-health-organization-climate-change-disease-who-us-trump-withdrawal-health-communications/ https://grist.org/health/world-health-organization-climate-change-disease-who-us-trump-withdrawal-health-communications/#respond Fri, 24 Jan 2025 09:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=657606 On his first day in office, President Donald Trump signed an executive order to begin the process of withdrawing the United States from the World Health Organization, the United Nations agency tasked with protecting global public health. A day later, his administration instructed federal health agencies to temporarily stop communicating with the public, a directive that applies to the Food and Drug Administration, the National Institutes of Health, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and other agencies under the umbrella of the Department of Health and Human Services. 

    The pair of mandates will effectively silo U.S. public health agencies from their international counterparts and sever the American public, health providers, and research hubs from information about infectious diseases, budding epidemics, and even outbreaks of foodborne and waterborne illnesses.

    “We live in a globalized world and diseases know no boundaries,” said Jonathan Patz, inaugural director of the Global Health Institute at the University of Wisconsin-Madison and a former lead author for the U.N.’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change for 15 years. “If we take this myopic view of disease prevention and ignore the rest of the world, we do so at our own peril.” 

    Humans and disease have always existed in tenuous balance. Modern advancements in disease control and prevention such as vaccines and antibiotics have constrained the impacts of pathogens, but our control has never been absolute — as the COVID-19 pandemic illustrates. Climate change is tipping the balance against us by causing the planet to warm at an unprecedented rate and supercharging extreme weather, flooding, and drought. A growing body of research indicates that these shifts are leading to a surge in ticks, mosquitoes, algae, and other carriers of disease, which are expanding into new territory and staying active for more months of the year.

    A report published this month forecasts that climate change-driven factors will expose an additional 500 million people to malaria, dengue fever, and other diseases carried by organisms like ticks and mosquitoes by midcentury. Other studies show that warmer temperatures cause animals to mingle in new patterns and exchange higher volumes of pathogens. Viruses that jump between species have a better chance of making the leap to humans, a phenomenon known as “zoonotic spillover” that has given rise to some of the deadliest disease outbreaks in modern history, including Ebola, HIV, and COVID-19. 

    Withdrawing from the World Health Organization, or WHO, prevents the U.S. from getting ahead of these outbreaks and coordinating with other countries to respond to them. 

    “Especially since the COVID-19 pandemic, WHO has this very sophisticated early-warning system,” said Arthur Wyns, a research fellow at the University of Melbourne and a former advisor to WHO. The system, a centralized database of information about disease outbreaks, is designed to alert countries when an outbreak is beginning. Without it, “the U.S. would suddenly be quite blind to outbreaks in the rest of the world,” Wyns added.

    Blue and white lettering spelling out CDC on a low building in front of high rises.
    The headquarters of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention in Atlanta, Georgia.
    Jessica McGowan / Getty Images

    Trump’s decision to withdraw from WHO isn’t a surprise. The president began the process of formally withdrawing from the organization, citing its approach to the COVID-19 pandemic, in 2020. Former president Joe Biden quickly reversed course upon taking office early the following year. Trump is wasting no time this go-around, which means the U.S. may formally end its relationship with WHO as soon as a year from now. 

    Trump’s decision doesn’t just wall the U.S. off from the rest of the world, it could also have far-reaching consequences for the countries that remain in WHO (every United Nations member other than the tiny European nation Liechtenstein). On average, countries pay about $100 million to WHO annually in membership fees. The U.S., the organization’s biggest funder, is an exception. For the past couple of years, the U.S. has been voluntarily sending about $1.2 billion total to the organization — about 15 percent of its total annual funding. Trump can prompt the U.S. to stop paying its membership fees but he can’t unilaterally decide to cut off all WHO funding — Congress would have to do that. “There’s still a battle to be fought, if you will,” said Wyns. 

    A senior WHO official confirmed to Grist that WHO’s climate and health research programs, which comprise a relatively slim share of the organization’s overall expenses, are not primarily funded by American dollars and will continue to operate regardless of Trump’s withdrawal. 

    But America’s influence on international public health infrastructure extends beyond its fiscal support for WHO. 

    The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has for decades worked closely with WHO to understand and mitigate disease outbreaks as they arise around the world and conduct research on malaria, HIV, and Lyme disease — the most common vector-borne disease in the U.S. — among other threats to human health. Countless relationships have been forged between personnel at federal health agencies in the U.S. and WHO’s headquarters and field offices around the world. These public officials are in regular communication with one another about issues that range from annual flu strains to outbreaks of bird flu to the swelling risk of malaria in high elevations due to rising temperatures. 

    Every four years, federal agencies and WHO approve funding for collaborative centers at universities in the U.S. that conduct research with WHO on public health issues like nutrition and communicable diseases. If Trump’s White House refuses to renew those centers, Wyns said, it will stymie academic collaboration on future pandemics, the threat of biowarfare, climate change, and other issues that fall under the umbrella of global health security. As of right now, it’s unclear to what extent these partnerships will be threatened by Trump’s withdrawal. “All we know is that it will make work much, much harder,” Wyns said. 

    Meanwhile, the Trump administration’s directive to pause external communications at health agencies across the federal government through at least February 1 means health advisories, weekly disease surveillance data, social media posts, press releases, and other forms of outreach will not reach Americans unless they’ve been approved by a political appointee. Trump similarly directed some agencies to hit pause on external communications during his first term, and federal health officials told the Washington Post that these new limits may not last beyond a few weeks as the Trump team gets organized. Still, there is no good time for a nation’s public health systems to go dark, since time-sensitive notifications about outbreaks of foodborne diseases and ongoing threats such as the bird flu, a quickly evolving threat with pandemic potential, can save lives. 

    “It’s not unusual for a new administration to want to centralize communication,” Richard Besser, the CEO of the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation and a former acting director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, told the New York Times on Wednesday. “It is unusual to pause all communication from an agency where one of its critical responsibilities is keeping the public informed.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline As climate change supercharges disease, Trump pulls US from World Health Organization on Jan 24, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Zoya Teirstein.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/health/world-health-organization-climate-change-disease-who-us-trump-withdrawal-health-communications/feed/ 0 510911
    As climate change supercharges disease, Trump pulls US from World Health Organization https://grist.org/health/world-health-organization-climate-change-disease-who-us-trump-withdrawal-health-communications/ https://grist.org/health/world-health-organization-climate-change-disease-who-us-trump-withdrawal-health-communications/#respond Fri, 24 Jan 2025 09:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=657606 On his first day in office, President Donald Trump signed an executive order to begin the process of withdrawing the United States from the World Health Organization, the United Nations agency tasked with protecting global public health. A day later, his administration instructed federal health agencies to temporarily stop communicating with the public, a directive that applies to the Food and Drug Administration, the National Institutes of Health, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and other agencies under the umbrella of the Department of Health and Human Services. 

    The pair of mandates will effectively silo U.S. public health agencies from their international counterparts and sever the American public, health providers, and research hubs from information about infectious diseases, budding epidemics, and even outbreaks of foodborne and waterborne illnesses.

    “We live in a globalized world and diseases know no boundaries,” said Jonathan Patz, inaugural director of the Global Health Institute at the University of Wisconsin-Madison and a former lead author for the U.N.’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change for 15 years. “If we take this myopic view of disease prevention and ignore the rest of the world, we do so at our own peril.” 

    Humans and disease have always existed in tenuous balance. Modern advancements in disease control and prevention such as vaccines and antibiotics have constrained the impacts of pathogens, but our control has never been absolute — as the COVID-19 pandemic illustrates. Climate change is tipping the balance against us by causing the planet to warm at an unprecedented rate and supercharging extreme weather, flooding, and drought. A growing body of research indicates that these shifts are leading to a surge in ticks, mosquitoes, algae, and other carriers of disease, which are expanding into new territory and staying active for more months of the year.

    A report published this month forecasts that climate change-driven factors will expose an additional 500 million people to malaria, dengue fever, and other diseases carried by organisms like ticks and mosquitoes by midcentury. Other studies show that warmer temperatures cause animals to mingle in new patterns and exchange higher volumes of pathogens. Viruses that jump between species have a better chance of making the leap to humans, a phenomenon known as “zoonotic spillover” that has given rise to some of the deadliest disease outbreaks in modern history, including Ebola, HIV, and COVID-19. 

    Withdrawing from the World Health Organization, or WHO, prevents the U.S. from getting ahead of these outbreaks and coordinating with other countries to respond to them. 

    “Especially since the COVID-19 pandemic, WHO has this very sophisticated early-warning system,” said Arthur Wyns, a research fellow at the University of Melbourne and a former advisor to WHO. The system, a centralized database of information about disease outbreaks, is designed to alert countries when an outbreak is beginning. Without it, “the U.S. would suddenly be quite blind to outbreaks in the rest of the world,” Wyns added.

    Blue and white lettering spelling out CDC on a low building in front of high rises.
    The headquarters of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention in Atlanta, Georgia.
    Jessica McGowan / Getty Images

    Trump’s decision to withdraw from WHO isn’t a surprise. The president began the process of formally withdrawing from the organization, citing its approach to the COVID-19 pandemic, in 2020. Former president Joe Biden quickly reversed course upon taking office early the following year. Trump is wasting no time this go-around, which means the U.S. may formally end its relationship with WHO as soon as a year from now. 

    Trump’s decision doesn’t just wall the U.S. off from the rest of the world, it could also have far-reaching consequences for the countries that remain in WHO (every United Nations member other than the tiny European nation Liechtenstein). On average, countries pay about $100 million to WHO annually in membership fees. The U.S., the organization’s biggest funder, is an exception. For the past couple of years, the U.S. has been voluntarily sending about $1.2 billion total to the organization — about 15 percent of its total annual funding. Trump can prompt the U.S. to stop paying its membership fees but he can’t unilaterally decide to cut off all WHO funding — Congress would have to do that. “There’s still a battle to be fought, if you will,” said Wyns. 

    A senior WHO official confirmed to Grist that WHO’s climate and health research programs, which comprise a relatively slim share of the organization’s overall expenses, are not primarily funded by American dollars and will continue to operate regardless of Trump’s withdrawal. 

    But America’s influence on international public health infrastructure extends beyond its fiscal support for WHO. 

    The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has for decades worked closely with WHO to understand and mitigate disease outbreaks as they arise around the world and conduct research on malaria, HIV, and Lyme disease — the most common vector-borne disease in the U.S. — among other threats to human health. Countless relationships have been forged between personnel at federal health agencies in the U.S. and WHO’s headquarters and field offices around the world. These public officials are in regular communication with one another about issues that range from annual flu strains to outbreaks of bird flu to the swelling risk of malaria in high elevations due to rising temperatures. 

    Every four years, federal agencies and WHO approve funding for collaborative centers at universities in the U.S. that conduct research with WHO on public health issues like nutrition and communicable diseases. If Trump’s White House refuses to renew those centers, Wyns said, it will stymie academic collaboration on future pandemics, the threat of biowarfare, climate change, and other issues that fall under the umbrella of global health security. As of right now, it’s unclear to what extent these partnerships will be threatened by Trump’s withdrawal. “All we know is that it will make work much, much harder,” Wyns said. 

    Meanwhile, the Trump administration’s directive to pause external communications at health agencies across the federal government through at least February 1 means health advisories, weekly disease surveillance data, social media posts, press releases, and other forms of outreach will not reach Americans unless they’ve been approved by a political appointee. Trump similarly directed some agencies to hit pause on external communications during his first term, and federal health officials told the Washington Post that these new limits may not last beyond a few weeks as the Trump team gets organized. Still, there is no good time for a nation’s public health systems to go dark, since time-sensitive notifications about outbreaks of foodborne diseases and ongoing threats such as the bird flu, a quickly evolving threat with pandemic potential, can save lives. 

    “It’s not unusual for a new administration to want to centralize communication,” Richard Besser, the CEO of the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation and a former acting director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, told the New York Times on Wednesday. “It is unusual to pause all communication from an agency where one of its critical responsibilities is keeping the public informed.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline As climate change supercharges disease, Trump pulls US from World Health Organization on Jan 24, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Zoya Teirstein.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/health/world-health-organization-climate-change-disease-who-us-trump-withdrawal-health-communications/feed/ 0 510912
    As climate change supercharges disease, Trump pulls US from World Health Organization https://grist.org/health/world-health-organization-climate-change-disease-who-us-trump-withdrawal-health-communications/ https://grist.org/health/world-health-organization-climate-change-disease-who-us-trump-withdrawal-health-communications/#respond Fri, 24 Jan 2025 09:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=657606 On his first day in office, President Donald Trump signed an executive order to begin the process of withdrawing the United States from the World Health Organization, the United Nations agency tasked with protecting global public health. A day later, his administration instructed federal health agencies to temporarily stop communicating with the public, a directive that applies to the Food and Drug Administration, the National Institutes of Health, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and other agencies under the umbrella of the Department of Health and Human Services. 

    The pair of mandates will effectively silo U.S. public health agencies from their international counterparts and sever the American public, health providers, and research hubs from information about infectious diseases, budding epidemics, and even outbreaks of foodborne and waterborne illnesses.

    “We live in a globalized world and diseases know no boundaries,” said Jonathan Patz, inaugural director of the Global Health Institute at the University of Wisconsin-Madison and a former lead author for the U.N.’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change for 15 years. “If we take this myopic view of disease prevention and ignore the rest of the world, we do so at our own peril.” 

    Humans and disease have always existed in tenuous balance. Modern advancements in disease control and prevention such as vaccines and antibiotics have constrained the impacts of pathogens, but our control has never been absolute — as the COVID-19 pandemic illustrates. Climate change is tipping the balance against us by causing the planet to warm at an unprecedented rate and supercharging extreme weather, flooding, and drought. A growing body of research indicates that these shifts are leading to a surge in ticks, mosquitoes, algae, and other carriers of disease, which are expanding into new territory and staying active for more months of the year.

    A report published this month forecasts that climate change-driven factors will expose an additional 500 million people to malaria, dengue fever, and other diseases carried by organisms like ticks and mosquitoes by midcentury. Other studies show that warmer temperatures cause animals to mingle in new patterns and exchange higher volumes of pathogens. Viruses that jump between species have a better chance of making the leap to humans, a phenomenon known as “zoonotic spillover” that has given rise to some of the deadliest disease outbreaks in modern history, including Ebola, HIV, and COVID-19. 

    Withdrawing from the World Health Organization, or WHO, prevents the U.S. from getting ahead of these outbreaks and coordinating with other countries to respond to them. 

    “Especially since the COVID-19 pandemic, WHO has this very sophisticated early-warning system,” said Arthur Wyns, a research fellow at the University of Melbourne and a former advisor to WHO. The system, a centralized database of information about disease outbreaks, is designed to alert countries when an outbreak is beginning. Without it, “the U.S. would suddenly be quite blind to outbreaks in the rest of the world,” Wyns added.

    Blue and white lettering spelling out CDC on a low building in front of high rises.
    The headquarters of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention in Atlanta, Georgia.
    Jessica McGowan / Getty Images

    Trump’s decision to withdraw from WHO isn’t a surprise. The president began the process of formally withdrawing from the organization, citing its approach to the COVID-19 pandemic, in 2020. Former president Joe Biden quickly reversed course upon taking office early the following year. Trump is wasting no time this go-around, which means the U.S. may formally end its relationship with WHO as soon as a year from now. 

    Trump’s decision doesn’t just wall the U.S. off from the rest of the world, it could also have far-reaching consequences for the countries that remain in WHO (every United Nations member other than the tiny European nation Liechtenstein). On average, countries pay about $100 million to WHO annually in membership fees. The U.S., the organization’s biggest funder, is an exception. For the past couple of years, the U.S. has been voluntarily sending about $1.2 billion total to the organization — about 15 percent of its total annual funding. Trump can prompt the U.S. to stop paying its membership fees but he can’t unilaterally decide to cut off all WHO funding — Congress would have to do that. “There’s still a battle to be fought, if you will,” said Wyns. 

    A senior WHO official confirmed to Grist that WHO’s climate and health research programs, which comprise a relatively slim share of the organization’s overall expenses, are not primarily funded by American dollars and will continue to operate regardless of Trump’s withdrawal. 

    But America’s influence on international public health infrastructure extends beyond its fiscal support for WHO. 

    The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has for decades worked closely with WHO to understand and mitigate disease outbreaks as they arise around the world and conduct research on malaria, HIV, and Lyme disease — the most common vector-borne disease in the U.S. — among other threats to human health. Countless relationships have been forged between personnel at federal health agencies in the U.S. and WHO’s headquarters and field offices around the world. These public officials are in regular communication with one another about issues that range from annual flu strains to outbreaks of bird flu to the swelling risk of malaria in high elevations due to rising temperatures. 

    Every four years, federal agencies and WHO approve funding for collaborative centers at universities in the U.S. that conduct research with WHO on public health issues like nutrition and communicable diseases. If Trump’s White House refuses to renew those centers, Wyns said, it will stymie academic collaboration on future pandemics, the threat of biowarfare, climate change, and other issues that fall under the umbrella of global health security. As of right now, it’s unclear to what extent these partnerships will be threatened by Trump’s withdrawal. “All we know is that it will make work much, much harder,” Wyns said. 

    Meanwhile, the Trump administration’s directive to pause external communications at health agencies across the federal government through at least February 1 means health advisories, weekly disease surveillance data, social media posts, press releases, and other forms of outreach will not reach Americans unless they’ve been approved by a political appointee. Trump similarly directed some agencies to hit pause on external communications during his first term, and federal health officials told the Washington Post that these new limits may not last beyond a few weeks as the Trump team gets organized. Still, there is no good time for a nation’s public health systems to go dark, since time-sensitive notifications about outbreaks of foodborne diseases and ongoing threats such as the bird flu, a quickly evolving threat with pandemic potential, can save lives. 

    “It’s not unusual for a new administration to want to centralize communication,” Richard Besser, the CEO of the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation and a former acting director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, told the New York Times on Wednesday. “It is unusual to pause all communication from an agency where one of its critical responsibilities is keeping the public informed.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline As climate change supercharges disease, Trump pulls US from World Health Organization on Jan 24, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Zoya Teirstein.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/health/world-health-organization-climate-change-disease-who-us-trump-withdrawal-health-communications/feed/ 0 510913
    Your Words Can Change People’s Lives https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/23/your-words-can-change-peoples-lives/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/23/your-words-can-change-peoples-lives/#respond Thu, 23 Jan 2025 11:21:03 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=afead8b877f9d512a8b5ba99f0c33863
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/23/your-words-can-change-peoples-lives/feed/ 0 510765
    Your Words Can Change People’s Lives https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/23/your-words-can-change-peoples-lives-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/23/your-words-can-change-peoples-lives-2/#respond Thu, 23 Jan 2025 11:21:03 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?guid=afead8b877f9d512a8b5ba99f0c33863
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/23/your-words-can-change-peoples-lives-2/feed/ 0 516217
    Trump leaving the Paris Agreement is ‘mostly symbolic.’ What does it actually mean? https://grist.org/politics/us-leaving-paris-agreement-trump-deregulatory-agenda/ https://grist.org/politics/us-leaving-paris-agreement-trump-deregulatory-agenda/#respond Thu, 23 Jan 2025 09:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=657534 The United States’ second exit from the Paris Agreement wasn’t unexpected. Even before he was reelected, now-president Donald Trump had promised for months that he would pull the country out of the United Nations pact to limit global warming: the Paris climate “rip-off,” as he called it. 

    Still, the sound of Trump’s black Sharpie scratching across the signature line of an executive order — “Putting America First In International Environmental Agreements” — seemed to reverberate around the world this week, as climate experts, diplomats, and concerned laypeople watched the world’s largest historical emitter of greenhouse gases turn its back on the accord.

    The 2015 Paris Agreement is a treaty signed by 196 countries that agrees to limit global warming to “well below 2 degrees Celsius” (3.6 degrees Fahrenheit), and, ideally, cap temperature increases at 1.5 degrees C (2.7 degrees F). Almost every year since then, countries have gathered annually to hash out the accord’s particularities and — in theory, at least — reach further consensus on how to address climate change. This annual conference, known as the “conference of the parties” or COP, is the main venue at which the United States’ withdrawal will be felt.

    Some of the most immediate impacts will be financial. Leaving the Paris Agreement, which will take one year from the day Trump notifies the United Nations of his intention to do so, means the U.S. will no longer contribute to funding streams intended to help poorer countries transition away from fossil fuels and prepare for the impacts of climate change. Trump’s executive order said it “revoked and rescinded” the U.S. International Climate Finance Plan, which laid out a government-wide strategy to scale back public investments in international fossil fuel projects while increasing investments in clean energy and adaptation financing abroad.

    In 2024, U.S. Congress appropriated $1 billion for climate mitigation in the developing world, and the country has contributed less than the other nations most responsible for climate change, like Germany and Japan. Although Climate Action Tracker, an independent scientific project run by three research institutions, has rated the U.S.’s contributions to climate finance “critically insufficient,” some experts have raised concerns that the U.S. halting funding altogether could have a chilling effect on contributions from other donor countries.

    Even so, U.S. nonparticipation in the Paris Agreement is unlikely to dramatically change the pace of climate progress. That’s due to a couple of ways the treaty is structured. First, the 2015 pact never bound the U.S. to any specific amount of emissions reductions; it just required the U.S. to submit a “nationally determined contribution,” or NDC, every five years. The U.S. has dutifully done so — but not in accordance with the goals set by the agreement’s signatories. Up until former president Joe Biden’s last full month in office — when he pledged to slash greenhouse gas emissions 61 to 66 percent by 2035 — the targets the U.S. submitted were deemed by Climate Action Tracker to be incompatible with the Paris Agreement objective of limiting global warming to 1.5 degrees Celsius.

    A room full of seated participants wearing business clothing
    Participants at the U.N.’s 29th annual climate conference in Baku, Azerbaijan, in November 2024. Sean Gallup / Getty Images

    The same is true of every other country that’s a party to the agreement. Not one has set a Paris-aligned emissions reduction target, and the United Nations Environment Programme estimated last October that countries’ collective emissions reduction pledges would allow 2.6 to 3.1 degrees C (4.7 to 5.6 degrees F) of warming by the end of the century. A May 2024 survey of 380 members of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change — the world’s foremost scientific authority on the subject — found that 77 percent believe humanity is headed toward 2.5 degrees C (4.5 degrees F) or more of warming by 2100.

    “The global emissions trajectory was already far off track from where the science showed was necessary, before this administration came in,” said Rachel Cleetus, a policy director for the nonprofit Union of Concerned Scientists.

    Second, countries aren’t in any way compelled to adhere to the insufficient emissions reduction targets they submit under the Paris Agreement. These are only binding insofar as they are made binding by domestic law — and the U.S. has never passed any legislation holding it to its Paris targets. Up until December, the U.S.’s NDC was to reduce greenhouse gas emissions 50 to 52 percent below 2005 levels by 2030 — a goal that many analyses claimed was “within reach” due to investments enabled by Biden’s two signature climate bills, the bipartisan infrastructure law of 2021 and the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022. But as of 2022, U.S. policies would only deliver up to a 42 percent cut in greenhouse gas emissions; the gap would have to be filled with additional actions from states, cities, and private companies.

    Meanwhile, the Biden administration also increased oil and gas extraction to record levels, despite repeated warnings from the International Energy Agency — an independent intergovernmental organization — that no new fossil fuel infrastructure is compatible with a pathway to limit global warming to 1.5 degrees C.

    Sheila Olmstead, a professor of public policy at Cornell University, said the U.S. exiting the Paris Agreement was “potentially mostly symbolic.” What will ultimately matter, she said, is what the Trump administration does domestically: for example, with vehicle emissions standards, greenhouse gas limits for power plants, and clean energy subsidies under the Inflation Reduction Act, which made $137 billion available for renewable energy infrastructure and climate resilience.

    It remains to be seen what Trump will be able to achieve in terms of rolling back those policies, Olmstead said, though he has already signed a spate of executive orders to roll back vehicle emissions standards, pause climate spending under the Inflation Reduction Act, and expand oil and gas drilling on federal lands. State and local resistance could at least partially frustrate the president’s plans to do so — for instance, the U.S. Climate Alliance, a coalition of 24 governors whose states represent more than half of the country’s economy, have pledged to honor the U.S.’s most recent NDC submitted during the waning days of the Biden administration.

    Still, a December analysis by the Rhodium Group, an independent research firm, found a deregulatory agenda — the type Trump has begun to enact — could lead to a 24 to 36 percent increase in climate pollution in 2035, compared to current policies.

    Protesters hold signs and a green banner reading "It's Trump against the planet"
    German protesters respond to Trump’s first announcement, in 2017, that he would pull the U.S. out of the Paris Agreement. Sean Gallup / Getty Images

    The U.S. exit “threatens to reverse hard-won gains in reducing emissions and puts our vulnerable countries at greater risk,” said Evans Njewa in a statement. Njewa is the chair of the group of least-developed countries at U.N. climate negotiations — a 45-nation bloc including Bangladesh, Ethiopia, and Niger that advocates for ambitious policies at annual climate talks.

    For the most part, experts are not concerned that the Trump administration will catalyze a mass exodus from the Paris Agreement. Kaveh Guilanpour, vice president for international strategies at the nonprofit Center for Climate and Energy Solutions, said the U.S.’s exit from the Paris Agreement will be “less consequential” than it was during Trump’s first term, because other countries have had more time to prepare.

    “I don’t think it’s in the interests of the United States to leave the Paris Agreement,” he said — but the world “won’t be taken by surprise this time — it knows what’s coming.” 

    There is no precedent, however, for a climate conference at which the U.S. is a mere observer. The last time Trump pulled out of the Paris Agreement in 2017, U.N. rules made it slow going — no signatory could leave the agreement until “after three years from the date on which this Agreement has entered into force.” By the time the U.S. was officially out, in 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic had postponed talks until the following year — after Biden’s inauguration.

    This time around, there’s no three-year buffer period, and it will only take one year for the U.S. to leave the Paris Agreement. Trump may choose not to honor even that abbreviated timeline — his executive order says the country “will consider its withdrawal from the Agreement and any attendant obligations to be effective immediately upon this provision of notification” — but he will technically still be allowed to send a delegation to participate in this year’s round of negotiations, scheduled to take place in November in Brazil. Come COP31, the name for the annual climate conference in 2026, the U.S. will officially be demoted to observer status — still able to attend, but with no decision-making power and no obligation to submit new climate commitments and to report on its progress toward them.

    Without the U.S. in the Paris Agreement, it’s possible that other countries will take their climate commitments less seriously — particularly those that are currently led by far-right climate deniers. According to Olmstead, however, that wasn’t really the case last time the U.S. said it was dropping out. “There was a galvanizing nature to it,” she said, prompting Europe and China to reaffirm their commitments to emissions reductions. 

    Meanwhile, some experts say the structure of the Paris Agreement is at the root of the broader failure to stem rising global emissions. The compact’s bottom-up, voluntary nature is often cited as one of its great strengths and the reason why it garnered buy-in from nearly every country on Earth. But that flexibility clearly becomes a problem when signatories — especially major polluters like the U.S. — choose not to do their fair share. 

    Olmstead said there are essentially two worldviews when it comes to addressing the climate crisis: the “mother of all collective action problems,” as she described it. The one demanded by the Paris Agreement values fairness and collaboration toward common goals. The one being enacted by the Trump administration, by contrast, is more isolationist, with “every country acting only in its own interest,” and expresses skepticism about the capacity of any international institution to be better than the sum of its parts.

    “It’s unfortunate that that worldview is now being applied to climate change,” Olmstead said, “because it doesn’t seem like it’s compatible with addressing it.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Trump leaving the Paris Agreement is ‘mostly symbolic.’ What does it actually mean? on Jan 23, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Joseph Winters.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/politics/us-leaving-paris-agreement-trump-deregulatory-agenda/feed/ 0 510745
    CPJ calls on Pakistani authorities to end harassment, deportation of Afghan journalists https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/22/cpj-calls-on-pakistani-authorities-to-end-harassment-deportation-of-afghan-journalists/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/22/cpj-calls-on-pakistani-authorities-to-end-harassment-deportation-of-afghan-journalists/#respond Wed, 22 Jan 2025 16:02:26 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=447770 New York, January 22, 2025—Pakistani authorities must stop deporting and harassing Afghan journalists who have fled Afghanistan because of threats to their lives, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Wednesday.

    During the first week of January 2025, Pakistani security forces detained two Afghan journalists and their families before deporting them to Afghanistan, according to a letter the independent watchdog group, the Pak-Afghan International Forum of Journalists, sent to CPJ on January 16. The letter did not disclose the names of the deported journalists, who are members of the forum.

    Separately, Afghan journalists Mujeeb Awrang and Ahmad Mosaviconfirmed to CPJ that on January 3 Pakistani authorities detained them at their homes in the capital, Islamabad, and held them in a vehicle for three hours, despite having presented valid Pakistani visas and Afghan passports. The journalists said they were threatened with imprisonment and deportation before being released without explanation.

    “Pakistan’s security agencies must immediately halt the harassment and deportation of Afghan journalists,” said Beh Lih Yi, CPJ’s Asia program coordinator. “These journalists fled Afghanistan due to the Taliban’s threats to their lives. The Pakistani government must protect them, not mistreat them.”

    The Pakistani government has instructed Afghan nationals, including journalists, to relocate from Islamabad and the nearby city of Rawalpindi to other cities by January 15, according to a report by the London-based independent media outlet Afghanistan International and a Pakistani journalist, who spoke to CPJ anonymously for fear of reprisal.

    Afghan journalists continue to face imprisonment and persecution by the Taliban, with Afghan News Agency reporter Mahdi Ansary, sentenced on January 1 to 18 months in prison on charges of disseminating anti-Taliban propaganda.

    CPJ did not receive a response to its text asking for comment from Pakistan’s federal information minister, Attaullah Tarar. 


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/22/cpj-calls-on-pakistani-authorities-to-end-harassment-deportation-of-afghan-journalists/feed/ 0 510644
    Friend or foe? How Trump’s threats against ‘free-riding’ allies could backfire https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/21/friend-or-foe-how-trumps-threats-against-free-riding-allies-could-backfire/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/21/friend-or-foe-how-trumps-threats-against-free-riding-allies-could-backfire/#respond Tue, 21 Jan 2025 22:48:35 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=109825 ANALYSIS: By Nicholas Khoo, University of Otago

    Donald Trump is an unusual United States President in that he may be the first to strike greater anxiety in allies than in adversaries.

    Take the responses to his pre-inauguration comments about buying Greenland, for instance, which placed US ally Denmark at the centre of the global foreign policy radar screen and caused the Danish government — which retains control of the territory’s foreign and security policies — to declare Greenland isn’t for sale.

    Canada is also in Trump’s sights with trade tariff threats and claims it should be the 51st US state. Its government has vociferously opposed Trump’s comments, begun back-channel lobbying in Washington, and prepared for trade retaliation.

    Both cases highlight the coming challenges for management of the global US alliance network in an era of increased great power rivalry — not least for NATO, of which Denmark and Canada are member states.

    Members of that network saw off the Soviet Union’s formidable Cold War challenge and are now crucial to addressing China’s complex challenge to contemporary international order. They might be excused for asking themselves the question: with allies like this, who needs adversaries?

    Oversimplifying complex relationships
    Trump’s longstanding critique is that allies have taken advantage of the US by under-spending on defence and “free-riding” on the security provided by Washington’s global network.

    In an intuitive sense, it is hard to deny this. To varying degrees, all states in the international system — including US allies, partners and even adversaries — are free-riding on the benefits of the global international order the US constructed after the Cold War.

    But is Trump therefore justified in seeking a greater return on past US investment?

    Since alliance commitments involve a complex mix of interests, perception, domestic politics and bargaining, Trump wouldn’t be the deal-maker he says he is if he didn’t seek a redistribution of the alliance burden.

    The general problem with his recent foreign policy rhetoric, however, is that a grain of truth is not a stable basis for a sweeping change in US foreign policy.

    Specifically, Trump’s “free-riding” claims are an oversimplification of a complex reality. And there are potentially substantial political and strategic costs associated with the US using coercive diplomacy against what Trump calls “delinquent” alliance partners.

    US tanks in a parade with US flag flying
    US military on parade in Warsaw in 2022 . . . force projection is about more than money. Image: Getty Images/The Conversation

    Free riding or burden sharing?
    The inconvenient truth for Trump is that “free-riding” by allies is hard to differentiate from standard alliance “burden sharing” where the US is in a quid pro quo relationship: it subsidises its allies’ security in exchange for benefits they provide the US.

    And whatever concept we use to characterise US alliance policy, it was developed in a deliberate and methodical manner over decades.

    US subsidisation of its allies’ security is a longstanding choice underpinned by a strategic logic: it gives Washington power projection against adversaries, and leverage in relations with its allies.

    To the degree there may have been free-riding aspects in the foreign policies of US allies, this pales next to their overall contribution to US foreign policy.

    Allies were an essential part in the US victory in its Cold War competition with the Soviet-led communist bloc, and are integral in the current era of strategic competition with China.

    Overblown claims of free-riding overlook the fact that when US interests differ from its allies, it has either vetoed their actions or acted decisively itself, with the expectation reluctant allies will eventually follow.

    During the Cold War, the US maintained a de facto veto over which allies could acquire nuclear weapons (the UK and France) and which ones could not (Germany, Taiwan, South Korea).

    In 1972, the US established a close relationship with China to contain the Soviet Union – despite protestations from Taiwan, and the security concerns of Japan and South Korea.

    In the 1980s, Washington proceeded with the deployment of US missiles on the soil of some very reluctant NATO states and their even more reluctant populations. The same pattern has occurred in the post-Cold War era, with key allies backing the US in its interventions in Afghanistan and Iraq.

    The problems with coercion
    Trump’s recent comments on Greenland and Canada suggest he will take an even more assertive approach toward allies than during his first term. But the line between a reasonable US policy response and a coercive one is hard to draw.

    It is not just that US policymakers have the challenging task of determining that line. In pursuing such a policy, the US also risks eroding the hard-earned credit it earned from decades of investment in its alliance network.

    There is also the obvious point that is takes two to tango in an alliance relationship. US allies are not mere pawns in Trump’s strategic chessboard. Allies have agency.

    They will have been strategising how to deal with Trump since before the presidential campaign in 2024. Their options range from withholding cooperation to various forms of defection from an alliance relationship.

    Are the benefits associated with a disruption of established alliances worth the cost? It is hard to see how they might be. In which case, it is an experiment the Trump administration might be well advised to avoid.The Conversation

    Dr Nicholas Khoo is associate professor of international politics and principal research fellow, Institute for Indo-Pacific Affairs (Christchurch), University of Otago. This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons licence. Read the original article.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/21/friend-or-foe-how-trumps-threats-against-free-riding-allies-could-backfire/feed/ 0 510561
    Australia still claims ‘not responsible’ for detainees, after UN body rulings https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/20/australia-still-claims-not-responsible-for-detainees-after-un-body-rulings/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/20/australia-still-claims-not-responsible-for-detainees-after-un-body-rulings/#respond Mon, 20 Jan 2025 00:17:11 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=109711 By Margot Staunton, RNZ Pacific senior journalist

    The Australian government denies responsibility for asylum seekers detained in Nauru, following two decisions from the UN Human Rights Committee.

    The UNHRC recently published its decisions on two cases involving refugees who complained about their treatment at Nauru’s regional processing facility.

    The committee stated that Australia remained responsible for the health and welfare of refugees and asylum seekers detained in Nauru.

    “A state party cannot escape its human rights responsibility when outsourcing asylum processing to another state,” committee member Mahjoub El Haiba said.

    After the decisions were released, a spokesperson for the Australian Home Affairs Department said “it has been the Australian government’s consistent position that Australia does not exercise effective control over regional processing centres”.

    “Transferees who are outside of Australia’s territory or its effective control do not engage Australia’s international obligations.

    “Nauru as a sovereign state continues to exercise jurisdiction over the regional processing arrangements (and individuals subject to those arrangements) within their territory, to be managed and administered in accordance with their domestic law and international human rights obligations.”

    Australia rejected allegations
    Canberra opposed the allegations put to the committee, saying there was no prima facie substantiation that the alleged violations in Nauru had occurred within Australia’s jurisdiction.

    The committee disagreed.

    “It was established that Australia had significant control and influence over the regional processing facility in Nauru, and thus, we consider that the asylum seekers in those cases were within the state party’s jurisdiction under the ICCPR (International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights),” El Haiba said.

    “Offshore detention facilities are not human-rights free zones for the state party, which remains bound by the provisions of the Covenant.”

    Refugee Action Coalition spokesperson Ian Rintoul said this was one of many decisions from the committee that Australia had ignored, and the UN committee lacked the authority to enforce its findings.

    Detainees from both cases claimed Australia had violated its obligations under the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR), particularly Article 9 regarding arbitrary detention.

    The first case involved 24 unaccompanied minors intercepted at sea, who were detained on Christmas Island before being sent to Nauru in 2014.

    High temperatures and humidity
    On Nauru they faced high temperatures and humidity, a lack of water and sanitation and inadequate healthcare.

    Despite all but one being granted refugee status that year, they remained detained on the island.

    In the second case an Iranian asylum seeker and her extended family arrived by boat on Christmas Island without valid visas.

    Although she was recognised as a refugee by the authorities in Nauru in 2017 she was transferred to mainland Australia for medical reasons but remains detained.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/20/australia-still-claims-not-responsible-for-detainees-after-un-body-rulings/feed/ 0 510334
    Global economy could shrink 50% between 2070 and 2090 from climate shocks, say actuaries https://grist.org/economics/global-economy-could-face-50-loss-in-gdp-between-2070-and-2090-from-climate-shocks-say-actuaries/ https://grist.org/economics/global-economy-could-face-50-loss-in-gdp-between-2070-and-2090-from-climate-shocks-say-actuaries/#respond Sat, 18 Jan 2025 14:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=657153 The global economy could face a 50 percent loss in gross domestic product between 2070 and 2090 from the catastrophic shocks of climate change unless immediate action by political leaders is taken to decarbonize and restore nature, according to a new report.

    The stark warning from risk management experts at the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries, or IFoA, hugely increases the estimate of risk to global economic well-being from climate change impacts such as fires, flooding, droughts, temperature rises, and nature breakdown. In a report with scientists at the University of Exeter, published on Thursday, the IFoA, which uses math and statistics to analyze financial risk for businesses and governments, called for accelerated action by political leaders to tackle the climate crisis.

    Their report was published after data from the European Union’s Copernicus Climate Change Service showed climate breakdown drove the annual global temperature above the internationally agreed 1.5 Celsius target for the first time in 2024, supercharging extreme weather.

    Without urgent action to accelerate decarbonization, remove carbon from the atmosphere, and repair nature, the plausible worst-case hit to global economies would be 50 percent in the two decades before 2090, the IFoA report said.

    At 3 C or more of heating by 2050, there could be more than 4 billion deaths, significant sociopolitical fragmentation worldwide, failure of states (with resulting rapid, enduring, and significant loss of capital), and extinction events.

    Sandy Trust, the lead author of the report, said there was no realistic plan in place to avoid this scenario.

    He said economic predictions, which estimate that damages from global heating would be as low as 2 percent of global economic production for a 3 C rise in global average surface temperature, were inaccurate and were blinding political leaders to the risks of their policies.

    The climate risk assessments being used by financial institutions, politicians and civil servants to assess the economic effects of global heating were wrong, the report said, because they ignored the expected severe effects of climate change such as tipping points, sea temperature rises, migration, and conflict as a result of global heating.

    “[They] do not recognize there is a risk of ruin. They are precisely wrong, rather than being roughly right,” the report said.

    If these risks were taken into account the world faced an increasing risk of “planetary insolvency,” where the Earth’s systems were so degraded that humans could no longer receive enough of the critical services they relied on to support societies and economies.

    “You can’t have an economy without a society, and a society needs somewhere to live,” said Trust.

    “Nature is our foundation, providing food, water, and air, as well as the raw materials and energy that power our economy. Threats to the stability of this foundation are risks to future human prosperity, which we must take action to avoid.”

    The report, named “Planetary Solvency — finding our balance with nature,” criticizes the dominant economic theory used by governments in the U.K., U.S. and across the developed world, which focuses on what humans can take from the planet to create growth for themselves and fails to take into account the real risks from nature degradation to societies and economies.

    The report called for a paradigm shift by political leaders, civil servants, and governments to tackle global heating. It said: “Leaders and decision-makers across the globe need to understand why these changes are needed.

    “It is these extremes that should drive policy decisions … policymakers are currently unable to hear warnings about risks to ongoing human progress or unwilling to act upon them with the urgency required.”

    The report proposes a planetary solvency risk dashboard, to provide information to support policymakers to drive human activity within the finite bounds of the Earth.

    Tim Lenton, the chair of climate change and Earth systems science at the University of Exeter, and a co-author on the report, said: “Current approaches are failing to properly assess escalating planetary risks or help control them. Planetary solvency applies the established approaches of risk professionals to our life-support system and finds it in jeopardy. It offers a clear way of seeing global risks and prioritizing action to limit them.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Global economy could shrink 50% between 2070 and 2090 from climate shocks, say actuaries on Jan 18, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Sandra Laville.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/economics/global-economy-could-face-50-loss-in-gdp-between-2070-and-2090-from-climate-shocks-say-actuaries/feed/ 0 510222
    Justin Trudeau taxed fossil fuels — and paid the price https://grist.org/politics/canada-justin-trudeau-carbon-tax-pierre-poilievre/ https://grist.org/politics/canada-justin-trudeau-carbon-tax-pierre-poilievre/#respond Fri, 17 Jan 2025 09:15:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=657121 Justin Trudeau’s resignation as prime minister of Canada signals the departure of one of the world’s leading climate hawks. From the moment the charismatic young progressive took power a decade ago, he staked his career on aggressive climate action, pushing through a carbon tax, clean energy subsidies, and a slew of regulations loathed by the country’s large oil and gas industry.

    The prime minister’s impending exit, announced January 6, comes as his Liberal party heads toward a wipeout in an election that must occur before October. Voters are furious over what they consider Trudeau’s failure to address housing costs and crime; his handling of the pandemic; and his climate action, which many blame for rising energy and gas costs. This popular swing against climate policy parallels a trend seen across the developed world, including Europe and the United States, where President-elect Donald Trump has promised to repeal the Biden administration’s landmark climate law, the Inflation Reduction Act.

    Trudeau’s policies went well beyond Biden’s — he passed a federal carbon-pricing system and successfully defended it against several challenges, something Democrats in the United States have never been able to do. In the end, his ambitious carbon-pricing program contributed to his downfall. Pierre Poilievre, who leads the surging Conservative party, has over the past year launched a campaign to “Axe the Tax,” holding rallies that channeled voter frustration with energy costs and made climate policy a liability for the liberal government.

    “It was a national, relatively universal carbon tax on consumers, and people were angry, they were feeling pinched,” said Cherie Metcalf, a law professor at Queen’s University in Ontario and an expert on Canadian climate politics.

    The Trudeau government made substantial progress in almost every major area of climate policy. Trudeau rolled out clean energy subsidies, stepped up Canada’s overseas aid funding for climate disasters, and enshrined the country’s net-zero target into law. But the centerpiece of his legacy is a carbon tax based on a policy adopted in the left-leaning province of British Columbia. The tax, launched in 2019, requires big polluters to purchase emissions credits, much like the major cap-and-trade schemes in Europe and California, but it also imposes a surcharge of a few cents on every gallon of gasoline or heating oil that Canadians use. 

    It’s too early to say how the carbon tax has affected Canada’s emissions trajectory, but the government says the provision in British Columbia that inspired it has cut emissions by 15 percent from where they otherwise would be. Federal officials also say the tax will drive more than a third of Canada’s overall emissions reductions by 2030, by which point the government hopes to cut emissions by half from peak levels

    “Justin Trudeau has accomplished more on climate policy than any other Canadian prime minister so far,” Caroline Brouillette, executive director of the advocacy organization Climate Action Network Canada, said in a statement after his announcement. “The past 10 years have seen a revolution in how we tackle climate change in Canada, moving from a piecemeal and voluntary approach toward one where the government proactively plans … to reduce emissions to reach our climate targets.”

    The Liberal leader’s climate record was far from perfect, however, particularly when it came to Canada’s $250 billion oil industry. He waffled for years on the issue of drilling in Alberta’s oil-rich tar sands, for example, at one point suggesting production should be “phased out” and at another saying that “no country would find 173 billion barrels of oil in the ground and just leave them there.” 

    Although he imposed stringent regulations on oil producers in the Alberta tar sands and the carbon tax made drilling much more expensive, critics considered his spending $9 billion on carbon-capture projects to make that work cleaner an attempt to prop up the industry. In 2018, his government purchased and completed the struggling Trans Mountain pipeline project, boosting Canada’s export capacity over the furious objections of indigenous First Nations groups. Oil and gas production, which comprises an astonishing 31 percent of Canada’s overall emissions (compared to around 4 percent in the United States) is the main obstacle to the country’s full-scale decarbonization.

    Beyond his uneven action on fossil fuels, Indigenous leaders say Trudeau has a spotty history with environmental justice, and of addressing Canada’s colonial history of oppression and genocide.

    “He took much more progressive action on climate than any other prime minister we’ve ever seen, but he lacked any clear justice element to address historical wrongdoings and the ongoing legacy of colonization,” said Eriel Deranger, an Indigenous climate activist and a member of the Athabasca Chipewyan First Nation. Deranger has fought drilling in Alberta’s tar sands, her nation’s ancestral home, for more than a decade. 

    “Canada is a petrostate, and they haven’t figured out their just-transition strategy to transition out of that,” she added, noting that oil exports reached an all-time high of 4 million barrels per day in 2023, driven in large part by growth in the tar sands.

    Trudeau’s exit comes as left-of-center parties suffer electoral defeats throughout the West. Republicans scored a convincing win in federal elections in the United States, while France and Germany are expected to see conservative governments take power this year. Climate issues have proven effective fodder for right-wing parties in countries like the Netherlands as well.

    Pierre Poilievre, Leader of the Conservative Party of Canada, holds a press conference in Ottawa after Justin Trudeau's resignation. Poilievre has campaigned heavily against Canada's carbon tax.Photo by Dave Chan / AFP
    Pierre Poilievre, leader of the Conservative Party of Canada, at a press conference in Ottawa after Justin Trudeau’s resignation. Poilievre has campaigned heavily against Canada’s carbon tax.
    Dave Chan / AFP via Getty Images

    Disaffected voters in many of these countries have latched on to climate issues: Cloudy weather that blocks solar energy has caused political furor over power prices in Germany, while the Dutch government’s efforts to reduce nitrogen emissions from farming triggered a political war that elevated a nativist far-right party. The Biden administration’s misnamed Inflation Reduction Act was an attempt to meet these concerns head-on, but it failed to persuade voters outraged by rising costs.

    Trudeau’s hold on power began slipping last year when polls showed that support for the Liberals had cratered, even in reliable strongholds like Toronto and Vancouver. According to the latest projections from election forecaster 338 Canada, Conservatives are on track to win more than two-thirds of the 343 seats in Parliament, more than doubling their current count. The Liberals, meanwhile, may end up with as few as 25, putting them behind both the progressive New Democratic Party and the Quebec separatist party known as the Bloc Quebecois. 

    The election of Donald Trump, who has promised to impose a devastating 25 percent tariff on all Canadian imports, further sank Trudeau’s fortunes. The prime minister flew to Trump’s Mar-a-Lago estate in Florida to meet with the president-elect in November for what he called an “excellent conversation”; Trump later referred to Trudeau as the “governor” of Canada and said he wanted to annex the country. Around the same time, Trudeau announced a nationwide sales tax rebate, prompting a falling-out with his finance minister, Chrystia Freedland, another top Liberal politician. Freedland called the tax holiday a “costly political gimmick” that the country couldn’t afford given Trump’s impending tariffs. Dozens of other Liberal representatives soon called on him to resign.

    Climate change is not the only issue dragging down Trudeau’s party. A sizable chunk of the electorate still hasn’t forgiven Trudeau for his aggressive response to the pandemic, which included a federal vaccine mandate. Concerns about crime and the cost of housing remain top of mind even in Liberal bastions such as Toronto and Vancouver. Trudeau’s own political brand, and a laundry list of personal scandals, including revelations that he wore blackface on at least three occasions as a young man, have also become wearisome for many voters.

    But no issue has proven as effective for Conservatives over the past year as climate change, and in particular the impact of the carbon tax on gasoline and home heating oil. The tax raises the price of gasoline by the equivalent of around 3 cents per gallon, a charge that will continue ratcheting up in coming years. Conservatives tried to elevate the issue in national elections as early as 2019, but it didn’t take hold with voters until costs started to rise in every segment of the economy following the pandemic. That trend allowed the Conservatives to blame Trudeau’s climate policies for voters’ sticker shock, even though around 80 percent of Canadians receive more in tax rebates than they spend on carbon penalties.

    “There was actually quite good support for action on climate change at first,” Metcalf told Grist. “The current backlash is really focused more on the consumer side of the carbon tax, given that we’ve been experiencing really high inflation. You also see some of the same aspects that you see in the U.S. or in Europe, you’ve got a populist disenchantment with top-down, directive federal policies.”

    As heating and gas prices rose, Poilievre traveled the country holding dozens of rallies where he blamed Trudeau’s climate policy for inflation and high heating prices. In response to public outcry, the federal government in 2023 suspended the carbon tax for home heating oil in several provinces, but that only gave the Liberals’ opponents more ammunition. But then last spring, Trudeau raised the tax from around $45 to around $55 per ton of carbon, barely surviving a no-confidence vote forced by Poilievre.

    With the Conservatives poised to take power, Metcalf said it’s too early to know how they will handle climate issues. Poilievre has pledged to eliminate the consumer carbon tax, but the fate of the rest of Canada’s climate policy is still up in the air, including Trudeau’s less controversial subsidies for clean energy. As in other countries that faced voter backlash, the success of the right has been more about frustration with past climate action than an alternate vision for how to tackle the emissions problem.

    “It remains to be seen what Poilievre will do,” she told Grist. “Except for his slogans about axing the tax, we don’t have a lot of information.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Justin Trudeau taxed fossil fuels — and paid the price on Jan 17, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Jake Bittle.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/politics/canada-justin-trudeau-carbon-tax-pierre-poilievre/feed/ 0 510145
    The wildfires in California, USA are an UNnatural disaster https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/the-wildfires-in-california-usa-are-an-unnatural-disaster/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/the-wildfires-in-california-usa-are-an-unnatural-disaster/#respond Thu, 16 Jan 2025 15:58:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=7c183cf98264cf021382de9a6dd25f63
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/the-wildfires-in-california-usa-are-an-unnatural-disaster/feed/ 0 509918
    The wildfires in California, USA are an UNnatural disaster https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/the-wildfires-in-california-usa-are-an-unnatural-disaster-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/the-wildfires-in-california-usa-are-an-unnatural-disaster-2/#respond Thu, 16 Jan 2025 15:58:00 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?guid=7c183cf98264cf021382de9a6dd25f63
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/the-wildfires-in-california-usa-are-an-unnatural-disaster-2/feed/ 0 516219
    International rights group calls out democracies for ignoring allies’ abuses https://rfa.org/english/asia/2025/01/16/human-rights-watch-report/ https://rfa.org/english/asia/2025/01/16/human-rights-watch-report/#respond Thu, 16 Jan 2025 14:00:07 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/asia/2025/01/16/human-rights-watch-report/ BANGKOK – Democratic governments around the world need to do more to take authoritarian regimes to task after 2024 saw an unwillingness to cooperate to resolve crises such as Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and the Myanmar military’s arrest and killing of democracy campaigners, Human Rights Watch said on Thursday.

    Repressive regimes imprisoned their opponents; conflicts led to spiraling civilian deaths, homelessness and hunger; and authoritarian regimes gained ground in the more than 70 elections last year, the group said in its World Report 2025.

    “Governments that are outspoken about protecting human rights, but ignore the abuses of their allies, open the door to those who question the legitimacy of the human rights system,” Executive Director Tirana Hassan said.

    “That view irresponsibly and dangerously lets abusive governments off the hook. This isn’t a moment to retreat.”

    Hassan also said that liberal democracies were not always reliable champions of human rights at home or abroad.

    “U.S. President Joe Biden’s foreign policy has demonstrated a double standard when it comes to human rights, as it continues to provide weapons to Israel despite widespread violations of international law in Gaza while condemning Russia for similar violations in Ukraine,” she said.

    “In Europe, economic stagnation and security have been used as a pretext by a growing number of countries to justify their selective jettisoning of rights, especially of marginalized groups and migrants, asylum seekers, and refugees.”

    RELATED STORIES

    EXPLAINED: Why Vietnam wants to join the Human Rights Council – again

    China’s record ‘worsening’ on Human Rights Day, activists say

    An ICC arrest warrant for Myanmar junta chief is too little, too late

    Hassan called for greater support for the work of the United Nations in identifying the erosion of basic rights and the International Criminal Court in seeking to prosecute perpetrators.

    New York-based Human Rights Watch, or HRW, examined the record of more than 100 countries in its report.

    Silencing dissent

    China’s authoritarian leadership relentlessly restricted freedoms and stifled dissent, the group said.

    “Under President Xi Jinping, China continued its relentless campaign of repression to enforce loyalty to the one-party state, silence any form of dissent – including within the Chinese Communist Party itself – and stifle any attempts to foster an independent civil society, support an independent judiciary, or protect the rights of ethnic minorities and other minority groups,” Hassan said.

    A man wears a mask to protect members of his family who he says have been put into forced labor camps in China, as members of the Uyghur American Association rally in front of the White House, Oct. 1, 2020.
    A man wears a mask to protect members of his family who he says have been put into forced labor camps in China, as members of the Uyghur American Association rally in front of the White House, Oct. 1, 2020.
    (Jacquelyn Martin/AP)

    HRW pointed to Hong Kong’s imprisonment of democracy activists under a China-imposed national security law, and China’s surveillance, imprisonment and abuse of hundreds of thousands of mostly Muslim ethnic Uyghurs in the Xinjiang region.

    Gagging opposition

    In Cambodia, HRW said Prime Minister Hun Manet’s government “has tightened restrictions on fundamental freedoms, intensified persecution of dissidents, and increased criminal penalties for peaceful dissent,” while his father, former prime minister Hun Sen, pulled the political strings and threatened government critics.

    Cambodian President of the Senate Hun Sen, center, and his son and Prime Minister Hun Manet, left, greet senior officials as they arrive at Victory Day in Phnom Penh, Cambodia, Jan. 7, 2025.
    Cambodian President of the Senate Hun Sen, center, and his son and Prime Minister Hun Manet, left, greet senior officials as they arrive at Victory Day in Phnom Penh, Cambodia, Jan. 7, 2025.
    (Heng Sinith/AP)

    Since May, at least 11 opposition party members have been charged, convicted or had their convictions upheld on politically motivated grounds, HRW said.

    Eroded rights

    Vietnam’s government abused the legal system to restrict basic freedoms of expression, association, peaceful assembly, movement and religion, the group said.

    Vietnamese environment activist Hoang Thi Minh Hong holding a banner during a protest in Ho Chi Minh City in 2017.
    Vietnamese environment activist Hoang Thi Minh Hong holding a banner during a protest in Ho Chi Minh City in 2017.
    (AFP)

    “Party-controlled courts sentenced online free speech advocates and civil society activists to long prison sentences on bogus charges such as ‘propaganda’ or ‘infringing on the interests’ of the state,” HRW said, adding that at least 39 campaigners were convicted and jailed for longer terms last year. They included human rights defenders Nguyen Chi Tuyen, Nguyen Vu Binh and Phan Van Bach, and environmental activist Ngo Thi To Nhien.

    War crimes

    In Myanmar, where the junta has been fighting ethnic minority and pro-democracy insurgents since a coup four years ago, the military had ramped up its scorched earth tactics to counter the growing resistance and it forcibly conscripted citizens as troop casualties rose, HRW said.

    “The military’s atrocities committed since the February 2021 coup amount to war crimes and crimes against humanity, fueled by decades of impunity,” the group said, adding that members of the persecuted, mainly Muslim Rohingya community were “facing the gravest threats since the military’s 2017 atrocities.”

    In this undated photo released on April 8, 2024, by The Military True News Information Team, military service eat at a military compound in Yangon.
    In this undated photo released on April 8, 2024, by The Military True News Information Team, military service eat at a military compound in Yangon.
    (The Military True News Information Team via AP)

    Rohingya have been caught up in the war between insurgents and the military in Rakhine state seven years after more than 740,000 Rohingya fled to Bangladesh from a military crackdown.

    North Korea

    HRW said North Korea remained one of the most repressive countries in the world.

    “Under totalitarian leader Kim Jong Un, North Korea maintains fearful obedience through arbitrary punishments, torture, executions, unjust imprisonment, and forced labor,” it said.

    “Sexual and domestic violence against women and girls is widespread and normalized. Basic freedoms, including expression, assembly, and access to information, are severely restricted.”

    A poster depicts an army member and a woman holding wheat in North Korea in this undated image released May 23, 2022 by the country's Korean Central News Agency.
    A poster depicts an army member and a woman holding wheat in North Korea in this undated image released May 23, 2022 by the country's Korean Central News Agency.
    (KCNA/Reuters)

    North Koreans were prevented from tapping most sources of income for three years during the COVID-19 epidemic, HRW reported in March. It said women, normally main breadwinners, were hit particularly hard by the restrictions which undermined their right to food and health.

    Pushing back

    While many authoritarian leaders had tightened their grip, often by leveraging fear and misinformation, there were glimmers of democratic resilience, Hassan said. She pointed to Bangladesh where student-led protests led to the resignation of a repressive leader and South Korea, where the public refused to accept martial law.

    Hassan said governments had to support those who stood up to oppression.

    “The year has shown the resilience of those who dare to resist oppression and the power of courage to deliver progress, even in the darkest times,” said Hassan.

    “The task before us is clear: governments have a responsibility to push back against efforts to roll back international human rights law and norms.

    “They need to defend space for free expression and peaceful assembly; to reinforce the architecture and effectiveness of accountability and to bring rights abusers to justice, no matter how powerful; and to amplify the voices of those who have been silenced.”

    Edited by RFA Staff.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Mike Firn for RFA.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/asia/2025/01/16/human-rights-watch-report/feed/ 0 509903
    Israel’s planned explusion of UNRWA – time for UN to walk the talk and invoke Security Council action https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/15/israels-planned-explusion-of-unrwa-time-for-un-to-walk-the-talk-and-invoke-security-council-action/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/15/israels-planned-explusion-of-unrwa-time-for-un-to-walk-the-talk-and-invoke-security-council-action/#respond Wed, 15 Jan 2025 10:48:20 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=109406 COMMENTARY: By Chris Gunness

    ‘In Gaza, only UNRWA has the infrastructure to distribute aid to scale, such as vehicles, warehouses, distribution centres and staff. However, Israeli authorities are making this extremely difficult,’ writes Chris Gunness.

    In the last week of January, two Knesset bills ending Israel’s “cooperation” with the United Nations Relief and Works Agency (UNRWA) are scheduled to come into force.

    If they do, UNRWA’s activities in the territory of the state of Israel would be illegal under Israeli law and any Israeli official or institution engaging with the agency would be breaking the law.

    In a letter to the president of the General Assembly in October, UN Secretary-General, Antonio Guterres, revealed he had written to Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, urging his government to take the necessary steps to avoid the legislation being implemented.

    He also expressed concern that these laws would harm UNRWA’s ability to deliver life-saving services in Gaza and the West Bank, including East Jerusalem.

    This provoked a detailed response from Israel’s UN Ambassador in New York, Danny Dannon, who responded laying out Israel’s strategic planning pursuant to the Knesset bills.

    UNRWA to be expelled from Jerusalem
    Much about Israel’s strategy was already known, for example its plan to eliminate UNRWA in Gaza and deliver services through a combination of other UN agencies, such as the World Food Programme (WFP) along with the Israeli military and private sector companies.

    Dannon made clear that the occupying authorities plan to take over UNRWA facilities in Jerusalem.

    According to UNRWA’s website, these include 10 schools, three primary health clinics and a training centre. Students would likely be sent to Israeli schools for the Palestinian population of occupied East Jerusalem, whose curricula have been subject to “Judaisistation” in contravention of Israel’s international humanitarian law obligations to the occupied population.

    There is also a major question mark over UNRWA’s massive headquarters in Sheikh Jarrah.

    The UNRWA compound, which contains several huge warehouses for humanitarian goods, has been subjected to arson attacks in recent months, which forced it to shut down.

    And, even before the two bills were passed on October 28 last year, several Knesset members demanded that water and electricity to the facility should be cut off and the agency expelled.

    There have even been reports that Israel’s Land Authority will seize the UNRWA headquarters and turn it over to illegal Jewish settlers for 1440 housing units, in blatant breach of Israel’s international law obligations.

    Nonetheless, it seems UNRWA’s Jerusalem HQ may be shut down in the face of Israeli threats, violence and pressure. Staff are being told to relocate to offices in Amman as a result of a performance review and UNRWA says its Jerusalem HQ was only ever temporary.

    But a recent communication from UNRWA to its donors makes clear that the agency is ceding to Israeli intimidation: “While the review of HQ functions has been underway for a number of years, the review and decision has been fast-tracked as a result of the administrative and operational challenges experienced by the agency throughout 2024, including visa issuance, visa duration and lack of issuing diplomatic ID cards.

    “These challenges have inhibited our effectiveness to work as a Headquarters in Jerusalem.”

    De facto annexation
    If UNRWA is expelled from East Jerusalem, this would have potentially devastating impact on over 63,000 Palestinian refugees who depend on its services.

    Moreover, it would have profound political significance, particularly for the global Islamic community because it would set the seal on Israel’s illegal annexation of Jerusalem, home to Al Aqsa Mosque, the third holiest shrine in Islam.

    It would also be a violation of the ruling last July by the International Court of Justice (ICJ) demanding that the occupation ends.

    The annexation of Jerusalem as the “eternal and undivided capital of the Jewish state” which began with the occupation in 1967, would become another illegal fact on the ground.

    Crucially, Jerusalem will have been unilaterally removed from whatever is left of the Middle East Peace Process.

    Arab governments, particularly Saudi Arabia and Jordan, must therefore act now, and decisively, to save their holy city. The loss of Jerusalem will undoubtedly provoke a violent reaction among Palestinians and likely lead to calls for jihad more widely. In the context of an explosive Middle East this can only engender further destabilising tensions for governments in the region.

    I therefore call on Saudi Arabia to make the scrapping of the Knesset legislation a precondition in the normalisation negotiations with Israel. The Saudi administration must make this clear to Netanyahu and insist that for Muslims, Jerusalem is sacrosanct, and that the expulsion of UNRWA is a step too far.

    The Trump transition team has already been warned of the looming catastrophe if Israel is allowed to destroy UNRWA’s operations, and I urge Arab leaders to insist with their Saudi interlocutors that the regional fallout from this feature prominently in the normalisation talks.

    Lack of contingency planning
    Meanwhile, the senior UN leadership has adopted the position that the responsibility to deliver aid is Israel’s as the occupying power. To the consternation of UNRWA staffers, substantive inter-agency discussions across the humanitarian system about a UN-led day-after plan have effectively been banned.

    For Palestinians against whom a genocide is being committed, this feels like abandonment and betrayal — a sense compounded by suspicions that UNRWA international staff may be forced to leave Gaza at a time of mass starvation.

    Similar conclusions were reached by Dr Lex Takkenberg, senior advisor with Arab Renaissance for Democracy and Development (ARDD), and other researchers who have just completed an as yet unpublished assessment of the implications of Israel’s ban on UNRWA, based on interviews with a large number of UNRWA staff and other experts.

    Their study confirms that with the lack of contingency planning, the suffering of the Palestinian population, particularly in Gaza, will increase dramatically, as the backbone of the humanitarian operation crumbles without an alternative structure in place.

    Contrary to UNRWA, Israel has been doing a great deal of contingency planning with non-UNRWA agencies such as WFP, which are under strong US pressure to take over aid imports from UNRWA. As a result, the amount of aid taken into Gaza by UNRWA has reduced significantly.

    In Gaza, only UNRWA has the infrastructure to distribute aid to scale, such as vehicles, warehouses, distribution centres and staff.

    However, Israeli authorities are making this extremely difficult. They claim to be “deconflicting” aid deliveries, but according to UN sources there is clear evidence that Israeli soldiers are firing on vehicles and allowing criminal gangs to plunder convoys with impunity.

    Thus Israeli officials are able to say to journalists whom they have barred from seeing the truth in Gaza, that they are allowing in all the aid Gaza needs, but that UNRWA is unfit for purpose. This lie has gone unchallenged in the international media.

    Further implications
    According to Takkenberg, “Mr Guterres’s strategy of calling on Israel as the occupying power to deliver aid has backfired and is inflicting untold suffering on the Palestinians.

    “The strategy also feels misplaced, given that Israel is accused of genocide in the UN’s highest court, the International Court of Justice, and is facing expulsion from the UN General Assembly”.

    He adds that Israel “has exploited the UN’s strategy as part of its campaign of starvation and genocide.”

    In the face of this, I call on the Secretary-General to mobilise the UN system. He has said repeatedly that UNRWA is the backbone of the UN’s humanitarian strategy, that the agency is indispensable and key to regional stability.

    It is time for the UNSG to walk the walk.

    He must use his powers under Article 99 of the UN charter, granted precisely for these circumstances, to call the Security Council into emergency session and make his demand that the Knesset legislation must not be implemented the top agenda item. The General Assembly which gives UNRWA its mandate must also be called into session.

    Though Guterres faces huge pressure from Israel’s powerful allies, he must stand up on behalf of a people the UN is mandated to protect and double down on those who are complicit in genocide.

    The UN’s policy in Gaza along with acceptance of Jerusalem’s annexation with impunity for Israel, has major implications for its credibility and I confidently predict it will lead to further attacks by Israel on other UN agencies, such as the UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs (OCHA), which has long been an irritant to the Tel Aviv administration.

    The de facto annexation of Jerusalem will also see an erosion of the international rule of law.

    In its advisory opinion in July last year, the ICJ concluded that Israel is not entitled to exercise sovereign powers in any part of the Occupied Palestinian Territory on account of its occupation. In addition, the expulsion of UNRWA would be in violation of the Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the United Nations, which obliges Israel as a signatory, to cooperate with UN Agencies such as UNRWA.

    The UN’s historic responsibility to the Palestinians
    Already, through its attack on UNRWA Israel is attempting unilaterally to remove the Palestinian refugees, their history, their identity and their inalienable right of return from the peace process.

    As I have argued many times, this will fail. So must Israel’s unilateral attempt to take Jerusalem off the negotiating table by expelling UNRWA and completing its illegal annexation of the city.

    That would see the international community and the UN abandoning its historic responsibilities to the Palestinian people and can only lead to further suffering and instability in a chronically unstable Middle East. The Muslim world must act decisively and swiftly. The clock is ticking.

    Chris Gunness served as UNRWA’s Director of Communications and Advocacy from 2007 until 2020. This article was first published in The New Arab.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/15/israels-planned-explusion-of-unrwa-time-for-un-to-walk-the-talk-and-invoke-security-council-action/feed/ 0 509732
    ‘Journalism is not a crime’: Gaza reporter slams international press as journalist death toll rises https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/15/journalism-is-not-a-crime-gaza-reporter-slams-international-press-as-journalist-death-toll-rises-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/15/journalism-is-not-a-crime-gaza-reporter-slams-international-press-as-journalist-death-toll-rises-2/#respond Wed, 15 Jan 2025 10:01:56 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=109394 Democracy Now!

    AMY GOODMAN: This is Democracy Now!, democracynow.org, The War and Peace Report. I’m Amy Goodman.

    We turn now to Gaza, where Israel’s assault on the besieged strip continues despite ongoing talks over a possible ceasefire. Palestinian authorities say 5000 people are missing or have been killed in this first 100 days of Israel’s siege of north Gaza.

    Since Monday morning, 33 Palestinians have been killed in Gaza, Al Jazeera Arabic reports, including five people who died in an Israeli attack on a school sheltering displaced people in Gaza City.

    On Friday, Saed Abu Nabhan, a Palestinian journalist for the Cairo-based Al-Ghad TV, was killed by Israeli forces while reporting in the Nuseirat refugee camp, his funeral was held on Saturday. This is his colleague Mohammed Abu Namous:

    MOHAMMED ABU NAMOUS: [translated] It is clear that the Israeli occupation wants to target the journalist body that exposes its crimes, while the occupation had utiliSed its media to say that they only target the resistance and their weapons, until the Palestinian journalists have exposed the truth to the world, saying that this occupation targets children, women and unarmed civilians.

    AMY GOODMAN: The Palestinian Journalists Syndicate reports more than 200 journalists have been killed in Israeli attacks since October 7, 2023. More than 400 others have been wounded or arrested.

    On Thursday, Palestinian journalists held a news conference outside Al-Aqsa Martyrs Hospital in Deir al-Balah, where they decried the hypocrisy and neglect of international media organisations. This is reporter Abubaker Abed:

    ABUBAKER ABED: We are just documenting a genocide against us. It’s enough, after almost a year and a half. We want you to stand foot by foot with us, because we are like any other journalists, reporters and media workers all across the globe, no matter the origin, the color or the race.

    Journalism is not a crime. We are not a target.

    AMY GOODMAN: For more, journalist Abubaker Abed joins us now from Gaza. He used to be a football — a soccer — commentator, but now he calls himself an “accidental” war correspondent. His new piece for Drop Site News is headlined “What It’s Truly Like to Sleep in a Damp, Frigid Tent: A Report From Gaza.”

    He’s joining us from Deir al-Balah, where that news conference was held.

    Abubaker Abed, thank you for joining us again. You’re 22 years old. You didn’t expect to be a war correspondent, but that’s what you are now. Talk more about what you were demanding on Thursday, surrounded by other Palestinian journalists, demanding of the Western media, of all international journalists.


    ‘Journalism is not a crime.’  Video: Democracy Now!

    ABUBAKER ABED: Yeah, thank you so much for having me.

    So, what I demanded was very simple: just the basic human rights as any other people across the globe, particularly for journalists here, who have been subjected to sheer violence, brutality and barbarism over the past almost year and a half — particularly if we talk about, if we have a bit of a comparison between us and any other journalist across the globe.

    As I said in this press briefing, that we are working in makeshift tented camps and workplaces. I personally talk about myself here.

    I just spent long hours just trying to finalise a story, or finalise a report, just to tell people the truth, and sometimes we don’t have the internet connection.

    We have been through starvation. We have been through freezing temperatures. We have been taking shelter in dilapidated tents. We haven’t been given any sort of a human right at all.

    So, this is what I really demanded, because what I’ve been seeing for the past 14 months from international media outlets is absolutely enraging.

    Like, I do have the same rights. What if we were in another spot in the world? The world would absolutely be standing with us and giving us everything we wanted.

    But why, when it comes to Palestinians, it’s a completely different story? We understand, and we’ve been taught as a young man, I’ve been always taught, that the world cares about the human rights of every single person in the world.

    But I haven’t seen any of those human rights as a Palestinian. What have I got to do with this war so I was subjected to this scale of barbarism and this starvation and this cold and just all of these diseases?

    Right now while I’m talking you, Amy, I’ve been diagnosed with bronchitis. I’m still recovering from it. There are no proper medications inside any of the pharmacies here in Deir al-Balah, where more than a million people are taking shelter.

    Even if we’re talking about it in detail, the lack of medical supplies and aid inside the Al-Aqsa Martyrs Hospital here, which serves more than 1.5 million people in central Gaza, — apart from the everyday casualties — is literally insane.

    When we talk about that, when we talk about the Palestinian journalists, we’ve lost around 210. And even after the press briefing, another journalist was killed.

    So, you talk to an absolutely dead conscience of the world. You’re talking about — like … the world just keeps turning a blind eye and deaf ear to what is happening, as if we are talking to ourselves.

    It’s completely enraging and unacceptable, because, again, we are like any other reporters, media workers and journalists across the globe, and we have the right to be given access to all media equipment, access to the world, and our voices must be amplified, because, again, we are not any party to this war.

    And we must be protected by all international laws, because that’s what has been enshrined in international laws and human rights that have always been taught to the entire world.

    AMY GOODMAN: We should make clear that all media has access to journalists on the ground in Gaza.

    Our Democracy Now! viewers and listeners know we go regularly to Gaza, almost unheard of in the rest of the American corporate media. Yes, they are banned. And that should be raised every time they report on Israel and Gaza, that they are not allowed there.

    Abubaker Abed, what would it mean if there was more attention brought to the journalists on the ground in Gaza? According to a number of reports, well over 150 — nearly 250 —  journalists have been killed, most recently this weekend in Nuseirat, is that right, Abubaker?

    ABUBAKER ABED: Yes. I mean, like, the reports are always horrific. Even when we go to a particular place to report on a specific event in the continuously deteriorating humanitarian situation, we know that this might be the end.

    We know that even everything we’re doing right now to report on or anything we’re trying to tell, any story that we are trying to relate to the outside world, is going to cost our lives.

    But we want to tell the world. We want to live in dignity. We want to live in peace, in calm, because that’s what we really deserve, as any other people across the globe. You said it in the beginning, that I shouldn’t have been an accidental war correspondent, but that’s what I’ve evolved into, because this is my homeland, and this is something that I have to defend wholeheartedly.

    But, yes, even when I’m trying to do this, I’m not given the basic things. I’m not given the basic human rights.

    So, every journalist here, that is working tirelessly, that has been working relentlessly since the outbreak of this genocidal assault on Gaza, has faced unimaginable horrors. We have — I, myself, lost my very dearest friend, lost family members and lost many of my friends and many of my loved ones.

    But I still continue to hope. I still continue to endure the harsh, stark realities of living inside Gaza, because Gaza is now a hellscape. Absolutely, it’s the apocalyptic hellscape of the world. It’s not livable at all.

    Children particularly, because I’ve been talking to many children and reporting on them, we can see the children are painful, are barefoot. They are traumatised. Their clothes are ripped apart.

    And they are desperately needing just a sip of water and a bite of food, but that is not available because Israel continues, continues applying the collective punishment on all people of the Gaza Strip.

    And again, I just want to reaffirm that half of the Gaza population is children. So, what have these children got to do with such a genocidal assault on Gaza?

    They should have the right to educate because they have been deprived of their education for the past year and a half almost. They have been deprived of every basic right, even their their necessities and their childhood and everything about them.

    The same for us as young men. I should have completed my studies. Unfortunately, my university has been reduced to rubble. Everything about Gaza, everything about my dreams, my memories has also been razed to the ground and has also been reduced to ashes.

    Amid the growing news of a possible ceasefire on the line, on the horizon, I can tell you that from here, that we are very hopeful. There is a state of optimism in the anticipation for a ceasefire, because people, including me, want to heal, want to lick our wounds or stitch our wounds — heal up.

    And we want to really have one moment, only one moment, of not hearing the buzzing sounds of the drones and the hovering of warplanes, particularly during the night hours, because the tones are every single day, we are very much traumatised.

    We really need rehabilitation, to really get to our lives, to get to who we were before this war started.

    So, it’s a very much-needed thing, because people are really crying for it. People are really hopeful about it.

    And I hope that this will not dash their hopes, the continuous attacks on Gaza. And I hope that they will have their dreams coming true very, very soon, in the coming days.

    AMY GOODMAN: Abubaker Abed, we want to thank you so much for being with us, a 22-year-old journalist, speaking to us from Deir al-Balah, Gaza. He used to be a soccer commentator, now as he calls himself, an “accidental” war correspondent.

    The article was first published by Democracy Now! and is republished here under a Creative Commons Attribution-Noncommercial-No Derivative Works 3.0 United States Licence.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/15/journalism-is-not-a-crime-gaza-reporter-slams-international-press-as-journalist-death-toll-rises-2/feed/ 0 509741
    LA firefighting becomes international effort; Gaza journalists decry genocide, killings of media workers – January 13, 2025 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/la-firefighting-becomes-international-effort-gaza-journalists-decry-genocide-killings-of-media-workers-january-13-2025/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/la-firefighting-becomes-international-effort-gaza-journalists-decry-genocide-killings-of-media-workers-january-13-2025/#respond Mon, 13 Jan 2025 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d730b2ec8a7a3996b19600a7ecf2330d Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice.

    The post LA firefighting becomes international effort; Gaza journalists decry genocide, killings of media workers – January 13, 2025 appeared first on KPFA.


    This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/la-firefighting-becomes-international-effort-gaza-journalists-decry-genocide-killings-of-media-workers-january-13-2025/feed/ 0 509530
    Events unfolding in Venezuela https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/events-unfolding-in-venezuela/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/events-unfolding-in-venezuela/#respond Mon, 13 Jan 2025 17:26:30 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d887fd995a384f92164b9e37b6589110
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/events-unfolding-in-venezuela/feed/ 0 509461
    Events unfolding in Venezuela https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/events-unfolding-in-venezuela-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/events-unfolding-in-venezuela-2/#respond Mon, 13 Jan 2025 17:26:30 +0000 https://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d887fd995a384f92164b9e37b6589110
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/events-unfolding-in-venezuela-2/feed/ 0 516221
    “Journalism Is Not a Crime”: Gaza Reporter Slams International Press as Journalist Death Toll Rises https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/journalism-is-not-a-crime-gaza-reporter-slams-international-press-as-journalist-death-toll-rises/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/journalism-is-not-a-crime-gaza-reporter-slams-international-press-as-journalist-death-toll-rises/#respond Mon, 13 Jan 2025 13:41:21 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=4ccf1bee3006bcc2bb634d30b77d2461 Seg2 split abed gaza

    As negotiators from Israel and Hamas continue discussions in Qatar about a possible Gaza ceasefire, we speak with Palestinian journalist Abubaker Abed, who spoke at a press conference of Gaza media workers last week urging the international press to speak up for their Palestinian colleagues. The Palestinian Journalists Syndicate says nearly 200 journalists have been killed in Israeli attacks since October 2023. “The world just keeps turning a blind eye and a deaf ear to what is happening,” says Abed from outside the Al-Aqsa Martyrs Hospital in Deir al-Balah. “It’s completely enraging and unacceptable.” His recent article for Drop Site News is headlined “What It’s Truly Like to Sleep in a Damp, Frigid Tent: A Report From Gaza.”


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/journalism-is-not-a-crime-gaza-reporter-slams-international-press-as-journalist-death-toll-rises/feed/ 0 509471
    “Journalism Is Not a Crime”: Gaza Reporter Slams International Press as Journalist Death Toll Rises https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/journalism-is-not-a-crime-gaza-reporter-slams-international-press-as-journalist-death-toll-rises/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/journalism-is-not-a-crime-gaza-reporter-slams-international-press-as-journalist-death-toll-rises/#respond Mon, 13 Jan 2025 13:41:21 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=4ccf1bee3006bcc2bb634d30b77d2461 Seg2 split abed gaza

    As negotiators from Israel and Hamas continue discussions in Qatar about a possible Gaza ceasefire, we speak with Palestinian journalist Abubaker Abed, who spoke at a press conference of Gaza media workers last week urging the international press to speak up for their Palestinian colleagues. The Palestinian Journalists Syndicate says nearly 200 journalists have been killed in Israeli attacks since October 2023. “The world just keeps turning a blind eye and a deaf ear to what is happening,” says Abed from outside the Al-Aqsa Martyrs Hospital in Deir al-Balah. “It’s completely enraging and unacceptable.” His recent article for Drop Site News is headlined “What It’s Truly Like to Sleep in a Damp, Frigid Tent: A Report From Gaza.”


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/journalism-is-not-a-crime-gaza-reporter-slams-international-press-as-journalist-death-toll-rises/feed/ 0 509472
    A secret weapon in agriculture’s climate fight: Ants https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/a-secret-weapon-in-agricultures-climate-fight-ants/ https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/a-secret-weapon-in-agricultures-climate-fight-ants/#respond Mon, 13 Jan 2025 09:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=656384 The ant scurries along on six nimble legs. It catches up to its peers, a line of antennaed bugs roaming the winding surface of a tree, perpetually hunting for food. While doing so, each unknowingly leaves antibiotic microorganisms secreted from its feet. 

    That trail of tiny footprints, indiscernible to the naked eye, is remarkably effective at protecting the tree from pathogens and pests. That makes ants, in the eyes of Ida Cecilie Jensen, a legion of unlikely warriors — one humans should consider enlisting in the fight to grow food in a warming world. “Ants are a Swiss army knife,” said Jensen, a biologist who studies the symbiotic relationship between ants and agriculture at Aarhus University in Denmark. “Kind of like a multi-tool for farmers.” 

    With an estimated 20 quadrillion ants on Earth at any given time, the bugs are found just about everywhere on the planet. They are also among the species humans, which they outnumber at least 2.5 million to one, have most in common with. Ants have extraordinary collective intelligence, their colonies’ weaving robust community networks and dividing labor. The social insects even wage war with one another, and build complex agricultural systems. 

    Ants also have “so many of the same problems and challenges that we have,” Jensen said. “Luckily for us, they already found a lot of great solutions.” One such challenge is how to grow food while confronting climate-wrought consequences — such as an influx of spreading plant pathogens caused by warming

    Plant diseases cost the global economy hundreds of billions of dollars every year, with between 20 to 40 percent of global crop production lost to crop diseases and pests. Climate change is ramping up outbreak risks by morphing how pathogens evolve, facilitating the emergence of new strains, and making crops more susceptible to infection. Most farmers and growers increasingly rely on chemical pesticides to combat these emerging issues, but the widespread use of such substances has created problems of its own. Synthetic pesticides can be harmful to humans and animals, and lose their efficacy as pathogens build up resistance to them. The production and use of synthetic pesticides also contribute to climate change, as some are derived from planet-warming fossil fuels. 

    Instead of chemicals, an army of ants may march right in. Though most people view the small insects as little more than a nuisance, colonies of them are being deployed in orchards across a handful of countries to stave off the spread of crippling infestation and disease. 

    In a body of recently published and forthcoming research, Jensen examined the antimicrobial effects of wood ants, a European field ant known for building dome-shaped nests in fields and open woodlands, and weaver ants, which live in ball-shaped nests within tropical tree canopies across Asia, Africa, and Australia. Her team looked at how the microbes influenced apple brown rot and apple scab in two orchards in Denmark — one commercial and one experimental — and found that wood ants effectively reduce apple scab, which can cause serious yield losses, by an average of 61 percent. The scientists also found that the number of disease-free apples more than doubled compared to when ants weren’t wielded as an alternative biological pesticide. For another experiment in Senegal, they collected weaver ants from mango orchards to investigate the bacterial communities associated with ants, discovering that they also leave microbial footprints that may inhibit fungal diseases such as mango anthracnose, which can lead to extensive yield losses. 

    Past studies have found that for crops from cocoa to citrus, ants could replace insecticides in a multitude of climates and locations, reducing incidences of pear scab in pear trees, coffee leaf rust in coffee shrubs, and leaf fungal attacks in oak seedlings. Weaver ant nests used as an alternative pesticide in mango, cashew, and citrus trees have all been shown to lower pest damage and produce yields on par with several chemical pesticide treatments. For more than a millennia, the species was embraced as a natural insecticide in countries like China but never quite made its way into the agricultural mainstream in North America or Europe. The method would eventually be replaced by the dawn of synthetic solutions. Still, despite that legacy, exactly how ants take on disease has remained a scientific mystery. 

    The answer, Jensen said, lies in how ants function. All species of the arthropod possess a body that is essentially hostile for bacteria because they produce formic acid, which they use to constantly disinfect themselves. Ants are also perpetually hungry little things that will feast on the spores of plant pathogens, among other things, and their secretion of formic acid and highly territorial nature tends to deter a medley of other insects that could be transmitting diseases or making lunch of some farmers’ crops. Ultimately, their greatest trick is what Jensen’s newest research reveals: Ants also inherently have antimicrobial bacteria and fungi on their bodies and feet, which can reduce plant diseases in afflicted crops, with these microorganisms deposited as the critters walk. When the bugs are cultivated in fruit orchards, they march all over trees, their feet coating the plants in microbial organisms that can curb emerging pathogens. 

    Understanding why they have this effect makes it easier to promote and implement native species of ants as biological agents in fields and farms, which Jensen advocates for. She’s not only researching how to do this as a doctoral candidate, but also founded AgroAnt in 2022, a company that leases colonies to cull plant pathogens and pests to farmers in Denmark — much like beekeepers lease hives. Her research team is now looking into boosting populations of existing ant colonies already living in orchards, rather than introducing new ones. Building rope bridges between trees to help ants better get around, and increasing the number of sugary extracts left in strategic locations to feed them, can create ant population booms, which Jensen sees as a simple and inexpensive way for farmers to ward off costly bouts of crop disease. 

    Others are not convinced this would be any more useful or cost-effective than existing biopesticides like canola oil and baking soda, or pest management chemicals derived from natural sources.

    Kerik Cox, who researches plant pathology at Cornell University, said that many of the microbes derived from the ants in the study have already been studied, and optimized for formulation and efficacy in agricultural systems. “Many are highly effective and there are numerous commercial products available for farmers to use,” said Cox, adding that he doesn’t see “anything in this study that would be better than the existing biopesticide tools, which are registered by the [U.S. Environmental Protection Agency].” 

    Jensen acknowledges there is always a risk when introducing any species — ants new to an area could push out other beneficial species, for example, or attract aphids, those small green plant-damaging insects that ants share a symbiotic relationship with. Still, she is adamant that as long as the species is native to the area and agricultural system they’re being introduced to and then properly managed, the possible benefits outweigh the pitfalls. 

    On a practical note, the money-saving argument of ants pitted against synthetic products also carries a big draw; particularly given that conventional pesticides, in addition to their organic, chemical-free counterparts, have become more expensive in recent years across Europe and the U.S. Those product prices tend to climb when extreme weather shocks disrupt production, a likelihood as climate change makes disasters more frequent and severe. 

    Conversely, Jensen said farmers can simply leave sugar-water solutions, cat food or chicken bones, among any number of kitchen scraps, in fruit orchards where beneficial, pathogen-combating ants are typically already present — such as weaver ants in mango orchards. If the species already dwell there, this could increase their numbers and efficiency. The technique, however, should be approached with caution depending on location, to minimize the risk of attracting potentially harmful members of the ant family

    “I don’t believe in one solution that could fit everything, but I definitely think that ants and other biological control agents are going to be a huge part of the [climate] puzzle in the future,” she said. 

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline A secret weapon in agriculture’s climate fight: Ants on Jan 13, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Ayurella Horn-Muller.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/a-secret-weapon-in-agricultures-climate-fight-ants/feed/ 0 509410
    ‘In my early days, I was reckless,’ says Pultizer winner Manny Mogato https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/in-my-early-days-i-was-reckless-says-pultizer-winner-manny-mogato/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/in-my-early-days-i-was-reckless-says-pultizer-winner-manny-mogato/#respond Mon, 13 Jan 2025 02:23:32 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=109310 By Ria de Borja in Manila

    For 30 years, Filipino journalist Manny “Bok” Mogato covered the police and defence rounds, and everything from politics to foreign relations, sports, and entertainment, eventually bagging one of journalism’s top prizes — the Pulitzer in 2018, for his reporting on Duterte’s drug war along with two other Reuters correspondents, Andrew Marshall and Clare Baldwin.

    For Mogato it was time for him to “write it all down,” and so he did, launching the autobiography It’s Me, Bok! Journeys in Journalism in October 2024.

    Mogato told Rappler, he wanted to “write it all down before I forget and impart my knowledge to the youth, young journalists, so they won’t make the same mistakes that I did”.

    His career has spanned many organisations, including the Journal group, The Manila Chronicle, The Manila Times, Japan’s Asahi Shimbun, and Rappler. Outside of journalism, he also serves as a consultant for Cignal TV.

    Recently, we sat down with Mogato to talk about his career — a preview of what you might be able to read in his book — and pick out a few lessons for today’s journalists, as well as his views on the country today.

    You’ve covered so many beats. Which beat did you enjoy covering most? 

    Manny Mogato: The military. Technically, I was assigned to the military defence beat for only a few years, from 1987 to 1992. In early 1990, FVR (Fidel V. Ramos) was running for president, and I was made to cover his campaign.

    When he won, I was assigned to cover the military, and I went back to the defence beat because I had so many friends there.

    ‘We faced several coups’
    I really enjoyed it and still enjoy it because you go to places, to military camps. And then I also covered the defence beat at the most crucial and turbulent period in our history — when we faced several coups.

    Rappler: You have mellowed through the years as a reporter. You chronicled in your book that when you were younger, you were learning the first two years about the police beat and then transferred to another publication.

    How did your reporting style mellow, or did it grow? Did you become more curious or did you become less curious? Over the years as a reporter, did you become more or less interested in what was happening around you?

    How would you describe your process then?

    "It's me, Bok!": Journeys in Journalism
    “It’s me, Bok!”: Journeys in Journalism cover. Image: The Flame

    MM: Curiosity is the word I would use. So, from the start until now, I am still curious about things happening around me. Exciting things, interesting things.

    But if you read the book, you’ll see I’ve mellowed a lot because I was very reckless during my younger days.

    I would go on assignments without asking permission from my office. For instance, there was this hostage-taking incident in Zamboanga, where a policeman held hostages of several officers, including a general and a colonel.

    So when I learned that, I volunteered to go without asking permission from my office. I only had 100 pesos (NZ$3) in my pocket. And so what I did, I saw the soldiers loading bullets into the boxes and I picked up one box and carried it.

    Hostage crisis with one tee
    So when the aircraft was already airborne, they found out I was there, and so I just sat somewhere, and I covered the hostage crisis for three to four days with only one T-shirt.

    Reporters in Zamboanga were kind enough to lend me T-shirts. They also bought me underpants. I slept in the headquarters crisis. And then later, restaurants. Alavar is a very popular seafood restaurant in Zamboanga. I slept there. So when the crisis was over, I came back. At that time, the Chronicle and ABS-CBN were sister companies.

    When I returned to Manila, my editor gave me a commendation — but looking back . . . I just had to get a story.

    Rappler: So that is what drives you?

    MM: Yes, I have to get the story. I will do this on my own. I have to be ahead of the others. In 1987, when a PAL flight to Baguio City crashed, killing all 50 people on board, including the crew and the passengers, I was sent by my office to Baguio to cover the incident.

    But the crash site was in Benguet, in the mountains. So I went there to the mountains. And then the Igorots were in that area, living in that area.

    I was with other reporters and mountaineering clubs. We decided to go back because we were surrounded by the Igorots [who made it difficult for us to do our jobs]. Luckily, the Lopezes had a helicopter and [we] were the first to take photos.

    ‘I saw the bad side of police’
    Rappler: Why are military and defense your favourite beats to cover?

    MM: I started my career in 1983/1984, as a police reporter. So I know my way around the police. And I have many good friends in the police. I saw the bad side of the police, the dark side, corruption, and everything.

    I also saw the military in the most turbulent period of our history when I was assigned to the military. So I saw good guys, I saw terrible guys. I saw everything in the military, and I made friends with them. It’s exciting to cover the military, the insurgency, the NPAs (New People’s Army rebels), and the secessionist movement.

    You have to gain the trust of the soldiers of your sources. And if you don’t have trust, writing a story is impossible; it becomes a motherhood statement. But if you go deeper, dig deeper, you make friends, they trust you, you get more stories, you get the inside story, you get the background story, you get the top secret stories.

    Because I made good friends with senior officers during my time, they can show me confidential memorandums and confidential reports, and I write about them.

    I have made friends with so many of these police and military men. It started when they were lieutenants, then majors, and then generals. We’d go out together, have dinner or some drinks somewhere, and discuss everything, and they will tell you some secrets.

    Before, you’d get paid 50 pesos (NZ$1.50) as a journalist every week by the police. Eventually, I had to say no and avoid groups of people engaging in this corruption. Reuters wouldn’t have hired me if I’d continued.

    Rappler: With everything that you have seen in your career, what do you think is the actual state of humanity? Because you’ve seen hideous things, I’m sure. And very corrupt things. What do you think of people? 

    ‘The Filipinos are selfish’
    MM:
    Well, I can speak of the Filipino people. The Filipinos are selfish. They are only after their own welfare. There is no humanity in the Filipino mentality. They’re pulling each other down all the time.

    I went on a trip with my family to Japan in 2018. My son left his sling bag on the Shinkansen. So we returned to the train station and said my son had left his bag there. The people at the train station told us that we could get the bag in Tokyo.

    So we went to Tokyo and recovered the bag. Everything was intact, including my money, the password, everything.

    So, there are crises, disasters, and ayuda (aid) in other places. And the people only get what they need, no? In the Philippines, that isn’t the case. So that’s humanity [here]. It isn’t very pleasant for us Filipinos.

    Rappler: Is there anything good?

    MM: Everyone was sharing during the EDSA Revolution, sharing stories, and sharing everything. They forgot themselves. And they acted as a community known against Marcos in 1986. That is very telling and redeeming. But after that… [I can’t think of anything else that is good.]

    Rappler: What is the one story you are particularly fond of that you did or something you like or are proud of? 

    War on drugs, and typhoon Yolanda
    MM:
    On drugs, my contribution to the Reuters series, and my police stories. Also, typhoon Yolanda in 2013. We left Manila on November 9, a day after the typhoon. We brought much equipment — generator sets, big cameras, food supply, everything.

    But the thing is, you have to travel light. There are relief goods for the victims and other needs. When we arrived at the airport, we were shocked. Everything was destroyed. So we had to stay in the airport for the night and sleep.

    We slept under the rain the entire time for the next three days. Upon arrival at the airport, we interviewed the police regional commander. Our report, I think, moved the international community to respond to the extended damage and casualties. My report that 10,000 people had died was nominated for the Society Publishers in Asia in Hong Kong.

    Every day, we had to walk from the airport eight to 10 kilometers away, and along the way, we saw the people who were living outside their homes. And there was looting all over.

    Rappler: There is a part in your book where you mentioned the corruption of journalists, right? And reporters. What do you mean by corruption? 

    MM: Simple tokens are okay to accept. When I was with Reuters, its gift policy was that you could only accept gifts as much as $50. Anything more than $50 is already a bribe. There are things that you can buy on your own, things you can afford. Other publications, like The New York Times, The Washington Post, and Associated Press [nes agency], have a $0 gift policy. We have this gift-giving culture in our culture. It’s Oriental.

    If you can pay your own way, you should do it.

    Rappler: Tell us more about winning the Pulitzer Prize.

    Most winners are American, American issues
    MM:
    I did not expect to win this American-centric award. Most of the winners are Americans and American stories, American issues. But it so happened this was international reporting. There were so many other stories that were worth the win.

    The story is about the Philippines and the drug war. And we didn’t expect a lot of interest in that kind of story. So perhaps we were just lucky that we were awarded the Pulitzer Prize. In the Society of Publishers in Asia, in Hong Kong, the same stories were also nominated for investigative journalism. So we were not expecting that Pulitzer would pay attention.

    The idea of the drug war was not the work of only three people: Andrew Marshal, Clare Baldwin and me. No, it was a team effort.

    Rappler: What was your specific contribution?

    MM: Andrew and Clare were immersed in different communities in Manila, Tondo, and Navotas City, interviewing victims and families and everybody, everyone else. On the other hand, my role was on the police.

    I got the police comments and official police comments and also talked to police sources who would give us the inside story — the inside story of the drug war. So I have a good friend, a retired police general who was from the intelligence service, and he knew all about this drug war — mechanics, plan, reward system, and everything that they were doing. So, he reported about the drug war.

    The actual drug war was what the late General Rodolfo Mendoza said was a ruse because Duterte was protecting his own drug cartel.

    Bishops wanted to find out
    He had a report made for Catholic bishops. There was a plenary in January 2017, and the bishops wanted to find out. So he made the report. His report was based on 17 active police officers who are still in active service. So when he gave me this report, I showed it to my editors.

    My editor said: “Oh, this is good. This is a good guide for our story.” He got this information from the police sources — subordinates, those who were formerly working for him, gave him the information.

    So it was hearsay, you know. So my editor said: “Why can’t you convince him to introduce us to the real people involved in the drug war?”

    So, the general and I had several interviews. Usually, our interviews lasted until early morning. Father [Romeo] Intengan facilitated the interview. He was there to help us. At the same time, he was the one serving us coffee and biscuits all throughout the night.

    So finally, after, I think, two or three meetings, he agreed that he would introduce us to police officers. So we interviewed the police captain who was really involved in the killings, and in the operation, and in the drug war.

    So we got a lot of information from him. The info went not only to one story but several other stories.

    He was saying it was also the police who were doing it.

    Rappler: Wrapping up — what do you think of the Philippines?

    ‘Duterte was the worst’
    MM:
    The Philippines under former President Duterte was the worst I’ve seen. Worse than under former President Ferdinand Marcos. People were saying Marcos was the worst president because of martial law. He closed down the media, abolished Congress, and ruled by decree.

    I think more than 3000 people died, and 10,000 were tortured and jailed.

    But in three to six years under Duterte, more than 30,000 people died. No, he didn’t impose martial law, but there was a de facto martial law. The anti-terrorism law was very harsh, and he closed down ABS-CBN television.

    It had a chilling effect on all media organisations. So, the effect was the same as what Marcos did in 1972.

    We thought that Marcos Jr would become another Duterte because they were allies. And we felt that he would follow the policies of President Duterte, but it turned out he’s much better.

    Well, everything after Duterte is good. Because he set the bar so low.

    Everything is rosy — even if Marcos is not doing enough because the economy is terrible. Inflation is high, unemployment is high, foreign direct investments are down, and the peso is almost 60 to a dollar.

    Praised over West Philippine Sea
    However, the people still praise Marcos for his actions in the West Philippine Sea. I think the people love him for that. And the number of killings in the drug war has gone down.

    There are still killings, but the number has really gone so low, I would say about 300 in the first two years.

    Rappler: Why did you write your book, It’s Me, Bok! Journeys in Journalism?

    MM:  I have been writing snippets of my experiences on Facebook. Many friends were saying, ‘Why don’t you write a book?’ including Secretary [of National Defense] Gilberto Teodoro, who was fond of reading my snippets.

    In my early days, I was reckless as a reporter. I don’t want the younger reporters to do that. And no story is worth writing if you are risking your life.

    I want to leave behind a legacy, and I know that my memory will fail me sooner rather than later. It took me only three months to write the book.

    It’s very raw. There will be a second printing. I want to polish the book and expand some of the events.

    Republished with permission from Rappler.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/in-my-early-days-i-was-reckless-says-pultizer-winner-manny-mogato/feed/ 0 509389
    An open letter to Mark Zuckerberg from the world’s fact-checkers – nine years later https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/10/an-open-letter-to-mark-zuckerberg-from-the-worlds-fact-checkers-nine-years-later/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/10/an-open-letter-to-mark-zuckerberg-from-the-worlds-fact-checkers-nine-years-later/#respond Fri, 10 Jan 2025 03:37:30 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=109207
    An open letter to Facebook CEO Mark Zuckerberg in response to the social media giant’s decision to abandon its fact-checking regime protection in the US against hoaxes and conspiracy theories. No New Zealand fact-checkers are on the list of signatories.

    Dear Mr Zuckerberg,

    Nine years ago, we wrote to you about the real-world harms caused by false information on Facebook. In response, Meta created a fact-checking programme that helped protect millions of users from hoaxes and conspiracy theories. This week, you announced you’re ending that programme in the United States because of concerns about “too much censorship” — a decision that threatens to undo nearly a decade of progress in promoting accurate information online.

    The programme that launched in 2016 was a strong step forward in encouraging factual accuracy online. It helped people have a positive experience on Facebook, Instagram and Threads by reducing the spread of false and misleading information in their feeds.

    We believe — and data shows — most people on social media are looking for reliable information to make decisions about their lives and to have good interactions with friends and family. Informing users about false information in order to slow its spread, without censoring, was the goal.

    Fact-checkers strongly support freedom of expression, and we’ve said that repeatedly and formally in last year’s Sarajevo statement. The freedom to say why something is not true is also free speech.

    But you say the programme has become “a tool to censor,” and that “fact-checkers have just been too politically biased and have destroyed more trust than they’ve created, especially in the US.” This is false, and we want to set the record straight, both for today’s context and for the historical record.

    Meta required all fact-checking partners to meet strict nonpartisanship standards through verification by the International Fact-Checking Network. This meant no affiliations with political parties or candidates, no policy advocacy, and an unwavering commitment to objectivity and transparency.

    Each news organisation undergoes rigorous annual verification, including independent assessment and peer review. Far from questioning these standards, Meta has consistently praised their rigour and effectiveness. Just a year ago, Meta extended the programme to Threads.

    Fact-checkers blamed and harassed
    Your comments suggest fact-checkers were responsible for censorship, even though Meta never gave fact-checkers the ability or the authority to remove content or accounts. People online have often blamed and harassed fact-checkers for Meta’s actions. Your recent comments will no doubt fuel those perceptions.

    But the reality is that Meta staff decided on how content found to be false by fact-checkers should be downranked or labeled. Several fact-checkers over the years have suggested to Meta how it could improve this labeling to be less intrusive and avoid even the appearance of censorship, but Meta never acted on those suggestions.

    Additionally, Meta exempted politicians and political candidates from fact-checking as a precautionary measure, even when they spread known falsehoods. Fact-checkers, meanwhile, said that politicians should be fact-checked like anyone else.

    Over the years, Meta provided only limited information on the programme’s results, even though fact-checkers and independent researchers asked again and again for more data. But from what we could tell, the programme was effective. Research indicated fact-check labels reduced belief in and sharing of false information.  And in your own testimony to Congress, you boasted about Meta’s “industry-leading fact-checking programme.”

    You said that you plan to start a Community Notes programme similar to that of X. We do not believe that this type of programme will result in a positive user experience, as X has demonstrated.

    Research shows that many Community Notes never get displayed, because they depend on widespread political consensus rather than on standards and evidence for accuracy. Even so, there is no reason Community Notes couldn’t co-exist with the third-party fact-checking programme; they are not mutually exclusive.

    A Community Notes model that works in collaboration with professional fact-checking would have strong potential as a new model for promoting accurate information. The need for this is great: If people believe social media platforms are full of scams and hoaxes, they won’t want to spend time there or do business on them.

    Political context in US
    That brings us to the political context in the United States. Your announcement’s timing came after President-elect Donald Trump’s election certification and as part of a broader response from the tech industry to the incoming administration. Mr Trump himself said your announcement was “probably” in response to threats he’s made against you.

    Some of the journalists that are part of our fact-checking community have experienced similar threats from governments in the countries where they work, so we understand how hard it is to resist this pressure.

    The plan to end the fact-checking programme in 2025 applies only to the United States, for now. But Meta has similar programmes in more than 100 countries that are all highly diverse, at different stages of democracy and development. Some of these countries are highly vulnerable to misinformation that spurs political instability, election interference, mob violence and even genocide. If Meta decides to stop the programme worldwide, it is almost certain to result in real-world harm in many places.

    This moment underlines the need for more funding for public service journalism. Fact-checking is essential to maintaining shared realities and evidence-based discussion, both in the United States and globally. The philanthropic sector has an opportunity to increase its investment in journalism at a critical time.

    Most importantly, we believe the decision to end Meta’s third-party fact-checking programme is a step backward for those who want to see an internet that prioritises accurate and trustworthy information. We hope that somehow we can make up this ground in the years to come.

    We remain ready to work again with Meta, or any other technology platform that is interested in engaging fact-checking as a tool to give people the information they need to make informed decisions about their daily lives.

    Access to truth fuels freedom of speech, empowering communities to align their choices with their values. As journalists, we remain steadfast in our commitment to the freedom of the press, ensuring that the pursuit of truth endures as a cornerstone of democracy.

    Respectfully,

    15min – Lithuania

    AAP FactCheck – Australia

    AFP – France

    AkhbarMeter Media Observatory – Egypt

    Animal Político-El Sabueso – México

    Annie Lab – Hong Kong SAR

    Aos Fatos – Brazil

    Beam Reports – Sudan

    Check Your Fact – United States of America

    Chequeado – Argentina

    Civilnet.am – Armenia

    Colombiacheck – Colombia

    Congo Check : Congo, Congo DR, Central African Rep

    Doğruluk Payı – Türkiye

    Dubawa – Nigeria

    Ecuador Chequea – Ecuador

    Ellinika Hoaxes – Greece

    Estadão Verifica – Brazil

    Fact-Check Cyprus – Cyprus

    FactCheck.org – United States of America

    FactCheckNI – Northern Ireland

    Factcheck.Vlaanderen – Belgium

    Factchequeado – United States of America

    FactReview – Greece

    Factnameh – Iran

    Faktisk.no – Norway

    Faktograf – Croatia

    Fatabyyano – Jordan

    Full Fact – United Kingdom

    Greece Fact Check – Greece

    Gwara Media – Ukraine

    Internews Kosova KALLXO – Kosovo

    Istinomer – Serbia

    Källkritikbyrån – Sweden

    La Silla Vacía – Colombia

    Lead Stories – United States of America

    Les Surligneurs – France

    Lupa – Brazil

    Mafindo – Indonesia

    Mala Espina – Chile

    MediaWise – United States of America

    Myth Detector – Georgia

    Newtral – Spain

    Observador – Portugal

    Open – Italy

    Pagella Politica / Facta news – Italy

    Polígrafo – Portugal

    PolitiFact – United States

    Pravda – Poland

    PressOne.PH – Philippines

    RMIT Lookout – Australia

    Snopes – United States of America

    Taiwan FactCheck Center – Taiwan

    Tech4Peace – Iraq

    The Journal FactCheck – Ireland

    The Logical Indian – India

    VERA Files – Philippines

    Verify – Syria

    Editor: Fact-checking organisations continue to sign this letter, and the list is being updated as they do. No New Zealand fact-checking service has been added to the list so far.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/10/an-open-letter-to-mark-zuckerberg-from-the-worlds-fact-checkers-nine-years-later/feed/ 0 509057
    Reunited with loved ones after weeks in prison in Iran 💛 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/09/reunited-with-loved-ones-after-weeks-in-prison-in-iran-%f0%9f%92%9b/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/09/reunited-with-loved-ones-after-weeks-in-prison-in-iran-%f0%9f%92%9b/#respond Thu, 09 Jan 2025 16:47:29 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=634c47628cb8b46502d06333b4996b4b
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/09/reunited-with-loved-ones-after-weeks-in-prison-in-iran-%f0%9f%92%9b/feed/ 0 508997
    Happy New Year! https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/08/happy-new-year/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/08/happy-new-year/#respond Wed, 08 Jan 2025 14:28:24 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=b33f86549b005d1a51975a952089f97e
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/08/happy-new-year/feed/ 0 508818
    And the Golden Globe goes to… https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/06/and-the-golden-globe-goes-to/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/06/and-the-golden-globe-goes-to/#respond Mon, 06 Jan 2025 15:21:27 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=2762a8177b370964d5d66febd2907f0e
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/06/and-the-golden-globe-goes-to/feed/ 0 508561
    Abducted Gaza doctor’s life in danger due to torture – call for immediate international intervention https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/04/abducted-gaza-doctors-life-in-danger-due-to-torture-call-for-immediate-international-intervention/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/04/abducted-gaza-doctors-life-in-danger-due-to-torture-call-for-immediate-international-intervention/#respond Sat, 04 Jan 2025 22:44:36 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=109041 Euro-Med Human Rights Monitor

    The fate of Palestinian Dr Hussam Abu Safiya, director of Kamal Adwan Hospital in northern Gaza, who was “arrested” by Israeli forces last month after defiantly staying with his patients when his hospital was being attacked, featured strongly at yesterday’s medical professionals solidarity rally in Auckland.

    The Israeli government bears full responsibility for the life of Dr Abu Safiya’s life amid alarming indications of torture and ill-treatment since his detention.

    Euro-Med Human Rights Monitor has received information that Dr Abu Safiya’s health has deteriorated due to the torture he endured during his detention, particularly while being held at the Sde Teyman military base in southern Israel.

    Euro-Med Monitor warns of the grave risk to his life, following patterns of deliberate killings and deaths under torture previously suffered by other doctors and medical staff arrested from Gaza since October 2023.

    Euro-Med Monitor has documented testimonies confirming that Israeli soldiers physically assaulted Dr Abu Safiya immediately after he left the hospital on Friday, 27 December 2024. He was then directly targeted with sound bombs while attempting to evacuate the hospital in compliance with orders from the Israeli army.

    According to testimonies gathered by Euro-Med Monitor, the Israeli army subsequently transferred Dr Abu Safiya to a field interrogation site in the Al-Fakhura area of Jabalia Refugee Camp.

    There, he was forced to strip off his clothes and was subjected to severe beatings, including being whipped with a thick wire commonly used for street electrical wiring. Soldiers deliberately humiliated him in front of other detainees, including fellow medical staff.

    Transferred to Sde Teyman military camp
    He was later taken to an undisclosed location before being transferred to the Sde Teyman military camp under Israeli army control.

    Euro-Med Human Rights Monitor has also received information from recently released detainees at the Sde Teyman military camp, confirming that Dr Abu Safiya was subjected to severe torture, leading to a significant deterioration in his health.

    Protester Jason holds a placard calling for Kamal Adwan Hospital medical director Dr Hussam Abu Safiyyan to be set free
    Protester Jason holds a placard calling for Kamal Adwan Hospital medical director Dr Hussam Abu Safiya to be set free at yesterday’s Palestinian solidarity rally in Auckland. Image: David Robie/APR

    This occurred despite him already being wounded by Israeli air strikes on the hospital, where he worked tirelessly until the facility was stormed and set ablaze by Israeli forces.

    The Israeli army has attempted to mislead the public regarding Dr Abu Safiya’s detention and torture.

    Pro-Israeli media outlets circulated a misleading promotional video portraying his treatment as humane, even though he was tortured and humiliated immediately after filming.

    Euro-Med Monitor warns of the severe implications of Israel’s denial of Dr Abu Safiya’s detention, describing this as a deeply troubling indicator of his fate and detention conditions. This denial also reflects a blatant disregard for binding legal standards.

    Physicians for Human Rights — Israel (PHRI) submitted a request on behalf of Dr Abu Safiya’s family to obtain information and facilitate a lawyer’s visit on 2 January 2024. However, the Israeli authorities claimed to have no record of his detention, stating they had no indication of his arrest.

    Dr Hussam Abu Safiya
    Dr Hussam Abu Safiya . . . subjected to severe torture, leading to a significant deterioration in his health. Image: Euro-Med Monitor

    Deep concern over execution risk
    Euro-Med Monitor expresses deep concern that Dr Abu Safiya may face execution during his detention, similar to the fate of Dr Adnan Al-Bursh, head of the orthopaedics department at Al-Shifa Hospital in Gaza City, who was killed under torture at Ofer Detention Centre on 19 April 2024.

    Dr Al-Bursh had been detained along with colleagues from Al-Awda Hospital in December 2023.

    Likewise, Dr Iyad Al-Rantisi, head of the obstetrics department at Kamal Adwan Hospital, was killed due to torture at an Israeli Shin Bet interrogation centre in Ashkelon, one week after his detention in November 2023. Israeli authorities concealed his death for more than seven months.

    Dozens of doctors and medical staff remain subjected to arbitrary detention and enforced disappearance in Israeli prisons and detention centres, where they face severe torture and solitary confinement, according to testimonies from former detainees.

    The last photograph of the director of Kamal Adwan Hospital in Gaza, Dr Hussam Abu Safiya, before he arrested and abducted by Israeli forces
    The last photograph of the director of Kamal Adwan Hospital in Gaza, Dr Hussam Abu Safiya, before he was arrested and abducted by Israeli forces. Image: @jeremycorbyn screenshot APR

    The detention of Dr Abu Safiya must be understood within the context of Israel’s ongoing genocide in Gaza, which has persisted for nearly 15 months. His arrest, torture, and potential execution form part of a broader strategy aimed at destroying the Palestinian people in Gaza — both physically and psychologically — and breaking their will.

    This strategy includes not only the deliberate destruction of the health sector and the disruption of medical staff operations, particularly in northern Gaza, but also an attack on the symbolic and humanitarian role represented by Dr Abu Safiya.

    Despite the grave crimes committed against Kamal Adwan Hospital, its staff, and patients, especially in the past two months, Dr Abu Safiya remained unwavering in his dedication to providing essential medical care and fulfilling his medical duties.

    Call on states, UN to take immediate steps
    Euro-Med Human Rights Monitor calls on all concerned states, international entities, and UN bodies to take immediate and effective measures to secure the unconditional release of Dr Abu Safiya. His fundamental rights to life, physical safety, and dignity must be protected, shielding him from torture or any cruel, inhuman, or degrading treatment.

    Euro-Med Monitor also urges international and local human rights organisations to be granted full access to visit Dr Abu Safiya, monitor his health condition, provide necessary medical treatment, and ensure he is free from human rights violations until his release.

    Furthermore, Euro-Med Monitor reiterates its call for the United Nations to deploy an international investigative mission to examine the grave crimes and violations faced by Palestinian detainees in Israeli prisons.

    It calls for the immediate release of those detained arbitrarily, for international and local organisations to be granted visitation rights, and for detainees to have access to legal representation.

    Euro-Med Monitor expresses regret over the continued inaction of Alice Jill Edwards, the Special Rapporteur on Torture, who has failed to address these atrocities. It condemns her bias and deliberate negligence in fulfilling her mandate and calls for her dismissal.

    A new Special Rapporteur who is neutral and committed to universal human rights principles must be appointed.

    Additionally, Euro-Med Monitor urges the Special Rapporteur on Extrajudicial, Summary, or Arbitrary Executions, the Working Group on Arbitrary Detention, and the Working Group on Enforced or Involuntary Disappearances to conduct immediate and thorough investigations into crimes committed by the Israeli military in Gaza.

    Call for prosecution of Israeli crimes
    It calls for direct engagement with victims and families, as well as for reports to be submitted to pave the way for investigative committees, fact-finding missions, and international courts to prosecute Israeli crimes, hold perpetrators accountable, and compensate victims in line with international law.

    Euro-Med Human Rights Monitor renews its call for relevant states and entities to fulfil their legal obligations to halt the genocide in Gaza.

    This includes imposing a comprehensive arms embargo on Israel, holding it accountable for its crimes, and taking effective measures to protect Palestinian civilians. Immediate steps must also be taken to prevent forced displacement, ensure the return of residents, release arbitrarily detained Palestinians, and facilitate the urgent entry of life-saving humanitarian aid into Gaza without obstacles.

    Finally, Euro-Med Monitor demands the withdrawal of Israeli occupation forces from the entire Gaza Strip.

    Republished from Euro-Med Human Rights Monitor.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/04/abducted-gaza-doctors-life-in-danger-due-to-torture-call-for-immediate-international-intervention/feed/ 0 508436
    Want a Just Energy Transition? Watch This Now https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/what-do-we-get-in-return-how-the-philippines-nickel-boom-harms-human-rights/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/what-do-we-get-in-return-how-the-philippines-nickel-boom-harms-human-rights/#respond Fri, 03 Jan 2025 16:28:48 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=cdf71acfb89cec55ec2aa78cc415d53c
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/what-do-we-get-in-return-how-the-philippines-nickel-boom-harms-human-rights/feed/ 0 508855
    Virgin Australia confirms ‘serious security incident’ with crew in Fiji https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/02/virgin-australia-confirms-serious-security-incident-with-crew-in-fiji/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/02/virgin-australia-confirms-serious-security-incident-with-crew-in-fiji/#respond Thu, 02 Jan 2025 09:40:46 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=108888 By Anish Chand in Suva

    Virgin Australia has confirmed a “serious security incident” with its flight crew members who were in Fiji on New Year’s Day.

    Virgin Australia’s chief operating officer Stuart Aggs said the incident took place on Tuesday night – New Year’s Eve

    The crew members were in Fiji on night layover.

    Fiji police said two crew members had alleged they were raped while out clubbing and one alleged her phone had been stolen.

    They had gone out to a nightclub in Martintar.

    “I’m sorry to advise of a serious security incident which affected a number of crew in Nadi, Fiji, on Tuesday evening,” said Aggs on New Year’s Day.

    “Our immediate priority is to look after the wellbeing of our crew involved and make sure they are supported. The safety and welfare of our people is our number one priority.”

    Virgin Australia has kept the crew members in Nadi as police investigations continue.

    Republished from The Fiji Times with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/02/virgin-australia-confirms-serious-security-incident-with-crew-in-fiji/feed/ 0 508182
    CPJ, RSF, IJF call for release of Italian journalist Cecilia Sala https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/cpj-rsf-ijf-call-for-release-of-italian-journalist-cecilia-sala/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/cpj-rsf-ijf-call-for-release-of-italian-journalist-cecilia-sala/#respond Tue, 31 Dec 2024 08:00:00 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=441739 Press freedom organizations and the organizers of the International Journalism Festival (IJF) called on Iran on Tuesday to release Italian journalist Cecilia Sala with immediate effect.

    Sala was arrested in Iran on December 19 and is being held in the notorious Evin prison. Iran confirmed her detention on December 30, when state news agency IRNA reported that she was being held after “violating the laws of the Islamic republic of Iran.” 

    Italy’s foreign minister has said the case was “complicated” and some reports suggested Sala was being held in retaliation for the detention of a Swiss-Iranian businessman and suspected arms dealer in Italy.

    Sala, who works for the newspaper Il Foglio and the podcast company Chora Media, was in Iran on a journalist visa and was due to return to Italy on December 20. “Cecilia is a highly respected journalist and should not be used as a political pawn,” said festival co-founder and director Arianna Ciccone. “Iran has silenced her voice by putting her in jail and this is unacceptable.” 

    Sala has spoken several times at the world-renowned festival, which is held annually in Perugia, Italy.

    Press freedom groups, the Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ) and Reporters Without Borders (RSF), said Sala’s arrest reflected a pattern of suppression of independent journalism in Iran and highlighted the willingness of Iran to target both foreign and domestic reporters as a means to stifle reporting critical of the regime.

    “Iran has a long and ignominious history of jailing journalists – as well as of targeting reporters and their families at home and abroad,” said CPJ CEO Jodie Ginsberg. “Cecilia Sala’s arrest is a powerful reminder of the daily threats faced by those reporting in and about Iran and she and all those wrongfully detained by Iran should be released immediately.”

    Iran is one of the world’s worst jailers of journalists. Preliminary figures from the Committee to Protect Journalists showed there were 16 journalists in jail as of December 1, 2024, which would make the country the 7th biggest jailer of journalists worldwide.

    “The detention of Cecilia Sala, without any reason having been officially communicated by the Iranian authorities, and despite the fact that the journalist had a valid visa, presents all the characteristics of arbitrary detention,” said RSF Director General Thibaut Bruttin. “We are also concerned about her conditions of detention as she is held in solitary confinement in Evin prison – infamous for being the cruel place where free voices critical of the regime are detained.”


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Arlene Getz/CPJ Editorial Director.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/cpj-rsf-ijf-call-for-release-of-italian-journalist-cecilia-sala/feed/ 0 507995
    Three-quarters of the world’s land is drying out, ‘redefining life on Earth’ https://grist.org/international/three-quarters-of-the-worlds-land-is-drying-out-redefining-life-on-earth/ https://grist.org/international/three-quarters-of-the-worlds-land-is-drying-out-redefining-life-on-earth/#respond Mon, 23 Dec 2024 09:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=654555 As Earth grows warmer, its ground is becoming drier and saltier, with profound consequences for the planet’s 8 billion inhabitants — nearly a third of whom already live in places where water is increasingly scarce and the ability to raise crops and livestock is increasingly difficult. 

    Climate change is accelerating this trend. New research has found global warming has made 77 percent of the Earth’s land drier over the past three decades while rapidly increasing the proportion of excessively salty soils. 

    Drylands, or arid areas where water is hard to come by, now make up more than 40 percent of the planet (excluding Antarctica), a likely permanent consequence of climate change, according to a landmark report by the United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification, or UNCCD. Another new analysis, by the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, or FAO, found that roughly 10 percent of the world’s soils are affected by excess salt, with another 2.5 billion acres at risk.

    These interwoven trends threaten agricultural productivity, biodiversity, and ecosystem health while exacerbating food and water insecurity. Together, the two reports sound an urgent alarm: Unless the world curbs emissions, these shifts will continue, with grave implications. 

    “Without concerted efforts, billions face a future marked by hunger, displacement, and economic decline,” said Nichole Barger, an aridlands ecologist who works with the UNCCD. 

    Some 7.6 percent of the planet’s land was remade by climate change between 1990 and 2020, with most of the impacted areas shifting from humid landscapes to drylands — defined as an area where 90 percent of rainfall evaporates before reaching the ground. Together, they cover a geographic expanse larger than Canada, researchers found, and in 2020 were home to about 30 percent of the world’s population. That’s a jump of more than 7 percent in recent decades. Unless the world sharply limits emissions, that proportion could more than double by the end of the century. By that point, more than two-thirds of land worldwide, with the exception of Greenland and Antarctica, is expected to store less water.

    These changes are not limited to regions already considered dry, or expected to experience desertification. When modeling global high-emissions scenarios, the researchers found similar changes could occur in the Midwest, central Mexico, and the Mediterranean, to name three examples. The researchers have no expectation that this trend will reverse. 

    What Hannah Waterhouse, a soil and water scientist at the University of California, Santa Cruz, finds “important, and unnerving to emphasize” is that this expansion occurred under conditions that aren’t nearly as hot as what’s to come. That suggests the problem will only escalate and, as food and water grow more scarce, usher in issues like widespread conflict, she said.

    “We can look to current geopolitical and ecological events that are playing out currently to understand what we can expect in the future,” Waterhouse said. “Think of what is occurring in Sudan right now, where climate change is exacerbating resource scarcity, which is interacting in governance and geopolitics in violent outcomes for civilians.” 

    Aridity is not to be confused with drought. Drought is best described as a sudden and startling, but temporary, water shortage often caused by low precipitation, high temperatures, little humidity, and unusual wind patterns. Arid regions, on the other hand, experience persistent, long-term climatic conditions in which evaporation exceeds rainfall, creating conditions in which it can be difficult to sustain life. It is much more subtle than a drought, but no less significant.

    “Droughts end,” Ibrahim Thiaw, executive secretary of the UNCCD, said in a statement. “When an area’s climate becomes drier, however, the ability to return to previous conditions is lost. The drier climates now affecting vast lands across the globe will not return to how they were, and this change is redefining life on Earth.”

    Expanding drylands are widely considered the biggest contributor to the degradation of Earth’s agricultural systems and difficulty producing enough food. Such conditions also have been linked to loss of gross domestic product, large-scale migration, and adverse health impacts and rising mortality. They intensify wildfires, sand storms, and dust storms while degrading ecosystems. They also promote erosion and the salinization of water and soil.

    Climate change is already hampering food production, leaving one in 11 people worldwide hungry last year, and the research suggests the problem will intensify, particularly in much of Africa, the Middle East, and South Asia. Under the business-as-usual emissions scenario, sub-Saharan Africa could lose as much as 22 percent of its current crop production capacity by 2050. The production of staple food crops grown in regions highly susceptible to aridity, such as soybeans, wheat, and rice, could plummet worldwide as well. 

    A farmer stirs up clouds of dust while working in the fields in Saxony-Anhalt, Großkorbetha in September. Jan Woitas / Picture Alliance / Getty Images

    Rapid expansion of the world’s drylands is “100 percent interconnected” with the coinciding surge in saltier soils, said Maria Konyushkova, a soil scientist at the Food and Agriculture Organization and lead author of the report the U.N. agency released December 11. The more arid an area is, the less freshwater is available. That requires farmers to rely upon brackish water, increasing soil salinity.

    While water-soluble salt is a component of all soils, too much of it impairs plants’ water absorption, effectively stealing moisture from them and suppressing their growth. High salinity also changes soil structure, making it more prone to erosion. All of this diminishes soil fertility, and could lead to yield losses as high as 70 percent for crops like rice and beans in the countries most impacted, the researchers found. Roughly 10 percent of the world’s irrigated cropland, and a similar proportion of its rain-fed cropland, already has been impacted by this dire trend.

    As it stands, 10 countries, including China, Russia, and the United States, account for 70 percent of the planet’s salt-affected soils. This costs the global agriculture sector at least $27 billion every year. If the world continues to warm at its current rate, past research has estimated that more than 50 percent of the world’s cropland would be similarly impacted by 2050, exacerbating the declining yields that are already driving rising hunger rates

    Where to go from here was the central topic of UNCCD COP16 earlier this month, as representatives of nearly 200 nations gathered in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia, to discuss land degradation, desertification, and drought. “We depend on land for our survival,” U.N. Secretary-General António Guterres said at the conference. “Yet we treat it like dirt.”

    Nature-based solutions like agroecology are among the slate of locally-deployed mitigation and adaptation tactics the two reports suggest, alongside improved crop and water management, technological solutions, and the development of water-efficient and salt-resistant varieties of crops. 

    Big-dollar investments are being touted as solutions, too. Previous UNCCD reports found that halting the planet’s rate of land degradation, which they suggest could lose the global economy $23 trillion by 2050, would cost roughly $4.6 trillion. The agency told negotiators at the summit that at least $2.6 trillion for restoration and resilience purposes is needed by 2030. 

    By the time the summit concluded, just over $12 billion had been pledged to tackle the issue across 80 vulnerable countries, while negotiators departed having failed to agree on a legally binding protocol for action. 

    Waterhouse has doubts about some proposals highlighted in the research she considers “top-down technocratic solutions.” The Great Green Wall, a multibillion-dollar initiative to plant trees to combat desertification in the Sahel region of Africa, is one example. The effort, launched in 2007, has drawn criticism for exacerbating water scarcity and biodiversity loss. 

    Konyushkova considers the two reports an urgent call for governments worldwide to prioritize investing in resilience efforts to manage what is clearly becoming a crisis. “All the trends show that the freshwater resources will be depleting … but we have so many approaches to adapt,” she said. “We just need to start doing it right now, because it’s already here. Even if governments don’t always understand, it’s already here, and deteriorating.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Three-quarters of the world’s land is drying out, ‘redefining life on Earth’ on Dec 23, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Ayurella Horn-Muller.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/international/three-quarters-of-the-worlds-land-is-drying-out-redefining-life-on-earth/feed/ 0 507348
    China’s Xi urges key reforms, bigger international role for gambling hub Macau | Radio Free Asia https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/20/chinas-xi-urges-key-reforms-bigger-international-role-for-gambling-hub-macau-radio-free-asia/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/20/chinas-xi-urges-key-reforms-bigger-international-role-for-gambling-hub-macau-radio-free-asia/#respond Fri, 20 Dec 2024 19:47:55 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=778d2df4e70c0b13e9ecaa9136b464c4
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/20/chinas-xi-urges-key-reforms-bigger-international-role-for-gambling-hub-macau-radio-free-asia/feed/ 0 506903
    China’s Xi urges key reforms, bigger international role for gambling hub Macau | Radio Free Asia https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/20/chinas-xi-urges-key-reforms-bigger-international-role-for-gambling-hub-macau-radio-free-asia-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/20/chinas-xi-urges-key-reforms-bigger-international-role-for-gambling-hub-macau-radio-free-asia-2/#respond Fri, 20 Dec 2024 19:35:55 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=4aa6484bee171c4ae912e14f4be3f747
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/20/chinas-xi-urges-key-reforms-bigger-international-role-for-gambling-hub-macau-radio-free-asia-2/feed/ 0 507001
    And with that, the 2024 season comes to an end. https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/20/and-with-that-the-2024-season-comes-to-an-end/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/20/and-with-that-the-2024-season-comes-to-an-end/#respond Fri, 20 Dec 2024 12:30:24 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=b0563b5c335d7b00c1b0717a11e3ec73
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/20/and-with-that-the-2024-season-comes-to-an-end/feed/ 0 506835
    Q&A: How the U.S.–China rivalry is holding back the world’s climate progress https://grist.org/international/us-china-trade-war-is-holding-back-climate-progress/ https://grist.org/international/us-china-trade-war-is-holding-back-climate-progress/#respond Fri, 20 Dec 2024 09:15:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=655369 In recent years, there has been a dramatic transformation in the economic philosophy guiding the world’s rich countries. After the supply chain shocks brought on by the Covid-19 pandemic and the Russian invasion of Ukraine — and forced by political movements on the left and right to recognize the community-level blight wrought by deindustrialization in the West — many governments began to reverse a decades-long commitment to free trade and sought to bring back manufacturing to their shores. Governments around the world also rediscovered an instrument that they had more or less neglected since the advent of neoliberalism: industrial policy, or the exercise of deliberate control over the production of goods within a nation’s borders.

    This has coincided with a massive surge of investments in green technology. It’s hard to wrap one’s head around the sheer scale of these investments. At the time of Donald Trump’s first inauguration, the world invested just as much in clean energy as in fossil fuels. Today, clean energy investments are nearly double those in fossil fuels.

    But all that money is likely still insufficient — particularly in the absence of coordinated regulatory action against fossil fuel emissions — to help the world achieve the global climate target of 1.5 degrees of warming. And to translate the progress the world has made on clean energy innovation into emissions reductions, governments will have to cooperate on encouraging an industrial buildout whose benefits can be shared by the poor as well as the rich nations of the world. Recent signs, however, point in the other direction.

    On December 3, the Chinese government announced a ban on exports of several rare minerals used in semiconductor manufacturing to the U.S. It was the latest salvo in a trade war between the world’s two largest economies that has steadily ratcheted up under the last three U.S. presidents. The trend toward increasing protectionism in American trade policy is expected to continue under the second Trump presidency.

    To understand how the escalating U.S.-China trade war has affected the world’s practical ability to fight global warming, Grist interviewed Tim Sahay, who co-directs the Net Zero Industrial Policy Lab at Johns Hopkins University, which analyzes global green industrial policy, and co-authors an indispensable newsletter — The Polycrisis — on the political economy of climate change. The interview has been edited for clarity and length.

    Q. What is green industrial policy and why is it needed to fight climate change?

    A. Industrial policy is usually pigeonholed as just being about making things. The machines that we need to fight climate change and cut pollution are things like EVs, batteries, solar panels, chips, and so green industrial policy is about how governments can support firms and support markets in making and accelerating the manufacturing of these green technologies.

    But if you zoom out and you think about what industrial policy is meant to do, it’s actually a broader objective: It’s about what we make, and how we make, and what we collectively decide not to make. In the case of green technology, we want to not make fossil fuel cars and turbines and steel furnaces. Ultimately, green industrial policy is about who has the power to change the production and provisioning systems of our world.

    Here, since many people are suspicious of industrial policy as either enabling crony capitalism or great power rivalry, I want to make a positive case for why countries should do green industrial policy. As the economists Dani Rodrik and Joseph Stiglitz have recently argued: there have been no successful cases of economic development without industrial policy. The reason developing countries want local clean industries is clear. They could boost profits, tax revenues, create higher-skilled jobs and political coalitions that support deep decarbonization. Secondly, industrial policy returns public purpose to politics. Neoliberalism evacuated economic decision-making from democracy and handed it over to firms and markets. By making government something worth arguing about, green industrial policy supports democracy. 

    Q. What roles do the U.S. and China play in enabling the world to fight climate change?

    A. We live in a G2 world: There are two superpowers, the United States and China. In terms of fossil fuels, these two countries are the current largest polluter (China) and the largest historic polluter of greenhouse gases (the U.S.). And lest you think that this is about the past, as of 2024, the U.S. is producing more oil than ever before, and China is producing more coal than ever before.

    They are also two enormously rich and capable economies who are number one and number two in the green economy — in terms of patents, in terms of renewable resources, in terms of educated, skilled people who are going to do the green manufacturing. And the political leadership in both of these countries sees green technologies as key to maintaining their advantage in the 21st century. 

    But there is a wide gulf between number one and number two. Very few people outside of energy and industrial circles know this, but China is now leading the world in solar and wind manufacturing, in solar and wind installations, in EV manufacturing and sales, in hydroelectricity, even in new nuclear and high voltage transmission lines and high speed trains. These are the machines that are relevant to the green economy, and China is indisputably far, far ahead of the United States and of Europe and East Asia. 

    One way to think about how all of this comes together is what we’ve been calling China’s “solar hockey stick of hope” — the immense acceleration in solar production coming out of China. The cost of solar panels is now $0.11 per watt. Just three years ago it was $0.30 per watt, and in another five years, people expect it to fall to two or three cents per watt. Dirt cheap solar is helping developing countries rapidly replace coal and gas in their electricity, and cheap electricity transforms manufacturing possibilities.

    I’m definitely not going to be sugarcoating; there’s also dark sides of it. Most of the polysilicon is coming from Xinjiang, which is rife with human-rights abuses. That has justly led to a lot of human-rights campaigners and energy and climate advocates saying that we should be making solar panels in other places, and particularly try and make polysilicon without coal and without the almost slave-like conditions of labor in Xinjiang.

    A robot with a flag with Chinese characters on it uses a mechanical arm to installs solar panels in a solar panel array in a big field.
    A robot installs solar panels at the construction site of a photovoltaic power generation project in Jiuquan, in China’s Gansu Province on December 15, 2024. Cao Hongzu / VCG via Getty Images

    Q. How did the U.S.-China trade war begin? What steps did U.S. presidents take, and why?

    A. The reason is essentially that wide gulf between number one and number two. For the first time in its history, the United States found itself very much like a developing country in terms of having to do catch-up growth with an advanced competitor. The tools of catch-up growth, since Alexander Hamilton, have been pretty much the same: use a lot of protectionism, prevent the cheaper goods from abroad from coming into your country with high tariff walls, and combine that with subsidies to encourage domestic production.

    The United States government, since Obama, since the 2009 ARRA [the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, the stimulus bill passed by Congress following the 2008 recession], has been trying to incentivize green manufacturing under and behind tariff walls. The first tariffs put on Chinese green goods were in 2012, on solar panels. These tariffs were extended by the Trump administration, which didn’t particularly care about protecting green industries, but just protecting industries overall, and put a more general tariff on steel and aluminum. Then the Biden administration, after it gave those domestic Inflation Reduction Act subsidies to manufacturers, increased the tariffs on EVs that were already at 27.5 percent. Now there is a 100 percent tariff on EVs. The goal was to protect domestic industries and the domestic workers who are in those industries.

    And the IRA did not just have tariffs, but also tried to incentivize domestic manufacturing of everything from the battery minerals all the way to the batteries and the EVs themselves. Congress said that it’s going to bar any American subsidies from going to China, and that the batteries and battery metals that are processed in China, whether by foreign or Chinese firms, will not get the EV subsidy. Regular consumers get a $7,500 discount, of which $3,750 is barred if the components in that battery come from China. So what you basically had is a great green wall put up by the Biden administration. But this is part of a 15-year fight where the United States has tried to catch up to Chinese technological dominance.

    Q. What steps has the Chinese government taken in retaliation?

    A. This technological competition and green tariff war have been paired in the United States with chip export controls. The United States is trying to maintain its technological lead in chips, and the Chinese have responded by controlling the exports of various metals where they have a technological lead. They have responded by banning exports to the U.S. of gallium and germanium, which are essential to manufacturing semiconductors. They have also announced that they are going to think carefully about which firms are allowed to get components like graphite that go into batteries, etc. 

    So the Chinese have used export controls on materials, and the Americans have used export controls on chips, and tariffs on green goods. This is now an escalating trade war that is slowing down American decarbonization.

    But then again, I would like to stress that this is not just a trade war — this is a U.S.-China competition across all spheres of economic life. That means that the United States and China, which are also two very large creditors to developing countries in terms of loans, have refused to cooperate on any debt relief to developing countries. They each play a game of hot potato where they say, “We are not going to give any write-offs to a developing country unless your banks suffer more losses than our banks.” So essentially, you’ve had a breakdown in relations between the two countries, which has just worsened the debt crisis in developing countries.

    That debt crisis has meant that developing countries have less money to spend overall, whether they’re investing in green or climate goals, or whether they’re investing in their health and education. Their interest bills have shot up. Over 3 billion people currently live in countries where their interest payments are much, much higher than their health and education payments. Green goals have just suffered, have been a casualty of the U.S.-China economic war.

    Q. The U.S.’s economic stance against China is often rhetorically justified as being in the interest of domestic workers. How should ordinary people concerned about their livelihoods and the cost of goods think about trade policy when politicians pitch competing visions to them?

    A. If we are in a zone of trade war and geopolitical competition, what consumers are going to face is much, much higher prices. Those higher prices would affect poorer people a lot more than richer people. And inflation makes societies boil; it makes politicians’ heads roll. We’ve had a wave of anti-incumbent elections where politicians are just thrown out of office because people have suffered a few years of high prices. 

    The question about who benefits from trade protectionism is a really important one, because there’s always going to be more consumers than producers or workers in firms that are making domestic green goods. And the Biden administration very straightforwardly says, ‘Look, we are trying to protect workers, not consumers.’ You could say that consumers are going to pay through higher prices; the planet is going to pay through slower climate action. But the idea was to generate a stable political coalition such that these green policies become entrenched and both parties end up voting for these green policies, because both parties have workers and states that benefit from this production and the protection of producers at the expense of consumers. 

    The other argument that you often hear is that workers want their industries not to be offshored. If you use industrial policy to give these industries subsidies and you protect them with tariff walls, then sure, workers are going to have jobs temporarily. 

    But the question is, can you create technological learning and can you make these goods more efficiently and cheaply over time? If you want productivity improvements, then you basically need to be working with the world’s best companies. And if the world’s best companies happen to be Chinese companies, and the United States is not inviting Chinese companies to set up factories and plants inside the United States, then United States workers are going to suffer, and those goods that they make are going to become uncompetitive. So it’s unclear to me whether this kind of protectionism is going to be sustainable in the long run, whether it’s going to be good for either workers or consumers.

    Q. You mentioned in a recent essay that, partly as a result of American import controls, there’s so much new Chinese capital investment in the Global South that China has actually shifted to being a net exporter of capital, rather than an importer. Do some developing countries stand to benefit from this trade war?

    A. The Chinese firms that are benefiting from domestic green industrial policy are now starting to export their factories and plants overseas: not just sending EVs and solar panels overseas, but actually setting up manufacturing plants overseas. And this has been a very substantial shift just in the last two years, as a lot more capital investment is going outside China. And it’s not going just to the Global South, it’s also going to the Global North.

    What we are finding in many countries, such as in the EU, such as Brazil, such as India, is that they are basically inviting the leading Chinese EV manufacturers to set up a factory and then telling their workers to basically be trained by Chinese engineers and slowly learn how to make that good themselves. Later on, you know, you can throw out the Chinese engineers and the Chinese firms in much the same way that China has done with Western firms over the last 30, 40 years.

    To the question of which countries are benefiting: If a good is produced in China, it is slapped with a tariff when it lands on American shores, so instead, Chinese firms have decided to go into countries that have free trade agreements with the United States. In particular, the countries that have seen a surge of Chinese investment in the last two or three years have been Vietnam, Mexico, Morocco, Indonesia, Poland, and Hungary. And these are countries that the International Monetary Fund is now calling “connector countries” because they are countries from which Chinese firms are setting up manufacturing bases so that they can continue to export to both the U.S. and to Europe. So it’s by no means only losers in this trade war.

    Q. What should we expect to see in Trump’s second term? Do you expect continuity with Biden on trade and economics?

    A. Anyone who thinks that they know what Trump is going to do or what the different firms around Trump are going to do is deluding themselves. But if you just go by the stated policies, the stated policies are high tariffs that are broad — not targeted tariffs, the way the Biden administration did, on strategic technologies. That is going to slow down climate action more than it already has.

    Trump promised to repeal the IRA and end the “green new scam.” A lot of firms have already announced a pause or a cancellation of projects, whether they’re solar panels or batteries or wind turbines. That kind of uncertainty just means that there’ll be fewer green goods made in America by American workers, and what we would get instead is just more green goods being demanded and consumed in the U.S., but not made in the U.S..

    We expect the “drill, baby, drill” crowd to get even more of what they want. The likely outcome is just an increase in oil and gas production. And if that happens, prices might collapse, and if prices collapse, Trump’s policy might counterintuitively end up hurting American oil and gas firms.

    What we might see in the Trump era is an isolation of the U.S., as other countries coordinate with each other, and we in the U.S. would just be behind a tariff wall, rejecting these high-quality, cheap green goods. And instead we would be boiling in our own oil. We would be drilling and fracking till kingdom come.

    Q. When people argue that fighting climate change requires the world’s rich countries to finance a massive industrial buildout, are they relying on assumptions about the necessity of economic growth? Is there another path involving reducing consumption and changing our relationship to nature?

    A. The green-growth, investment-led approach, which is largely the form that industrial policy has currently taken, is meant to create political coalitions to support climate policy, and to create new machines and electrification and new housing and cities and ways of life. The idea is to then fully power down oil, gas, and coal, because you would have made a lot of green supply, and stop fossil fuel supply in the 2030s. This is an assumption that this would actually lead to fossil fuel phaseout rapidly, because you would have created that political coalition through these investments.

    I think degrowth offers an alternative suggestion, which is: Yes, you need to invest massively in these new systems, but you also need to create new ways of consuming them and new ways of minimizing the economic material throughput and waste’s ecological burden upon the planet. I think there’s definitely going to be a lot of resistance by existing industries and existing political interests to accept any kind of degrowth. We are actually seeing quite a lot of resistance, particularly in developing countries, that basically say that we need to invest in a lot more — because essentially they are on average five times poorer than richer countries — in infrastructure and in these green assets.

    I think perhaps the degrowth view would be better focused upon transforming not just national systems but also international systems, because if you want to build out this new order, you need to change the technologies, you need to change our financial system, you need to change our trading system that entrenches unequal North-South exchange, and consumption systems. I would really like the degrowth movement to focus upon these international organizations, like the IMF and the World Bank, that are currently holding back climate action. Degrowthers should be worrying more about the debt crisis that is currently [imposing] a forced degrowth on so many countries in the world that are suffering from slashing of health and education and climate budgets. That just requires a level of political action and commitment and internationalism that is currently really missing, but was very much a powerful social movement in the 1990s with the WTO protests, or the 1990s and 2000s with the debt jubilees.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Q&A: How the U.S.–China rivalry is holding back the world’s climate progress on Dec 20, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Gautama Mehta.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/international/us-china-trade-war-is-holding-back-climate-progress/feed/ 0 506999
    Oil Change International Response to U.S. NDC: It fails to deliver https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/19/oil-change-international-response-to-u-s-ndc-it-fails-to-deliver/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/19/oil-change-international-response-to-u-s-ndc-it-fails-to-deliver/#respond Thu, 19 Dec 2024 14:27:51 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/oil-change-international-response-to-u-s-ndc-it-fails-to-deliver Today, President Biden released the United States’ updated Nationally Determined Contribution (NDC). NDCs are countries’ climate action plans under the Paris Agreement. As the world’s largest historical emitter and largest producer and exporter of oil and gas, the United States’ NDC is crucial for global climate action. It is the first U.S. NDC to affirm the need to transition away from fossil fuels and comes just two days after the Biden administration published a damning new analysis on the climate, economic, and health impacts of liquified natural gas (LNG).

    In response to the release of the U.S. Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs), Oil Change International U.S. Campaign Manager Collin Rees said:

    “We welcome President Biden’s acknowledgment that fossil fuels must be phased out. Elements of this plan can serve as a blueprint for climate progress on the state, local, and international levels – crucial for climate action during Donald ‘drill, baby, drill’ Trump’s term.

    “But other elements of this NDC utterly fail to deliver. The NDC ignores scientists’ clear warning that halting new fossil fuel projects is essential to keep warming below 1.5°C. Instead, it doubles down on the failed strategy of counting on clean energy to displace fossil fuels without simultaneous efforts to stop fossil fuels. Under Biden, even as clean energy surged, America became the world’s planet wrecker in chief, planning the largest oil and gas expansion of any country over the next decade.

    “As history’s largest polluter and second-biggest current emitter, the U.S. has a unique responsibility to lead on climate action. This NDC fails to deliver the bold commitments needed to halt America’s booming oil and gas expansion and support vulnerable Global South nations bearing the brunt of a crisis they didn’t cause. With Trump looming, Biden is squandering his last chance to lock in ambitious commitments to stop the massive growth of oil and gas production – commitments that could guide future federal action and inspire immediate state and local initiatives. The climate crisis is here, and communities are paying the price. If Biden wants to fulfill his promise of climate leadership, he must use these final weeks to reject pending LNG exports, shut down the Dakota Access Pipeline, and finalize an agreement with OECD countries to stop financing international fossil fuel projects.The clock is ticking – for the Biden administration and our planet.”


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/19/oil-change-international-response-to-u-s-ndc-it-fails-to-deliver/feed/ 0 506901
    Indigenous people defending their land face a disproportionate share of violence and threats https://grist.org/indigenous/indigenous-people-defending-their-land-face-a-disproportionate-share-of-violence-and-threats/ https://grist.org/indigenous/indigenous-people-defending-their-land-face-a-disproportionate-share-of-violence-and-threats/#respond Thu, 19 Dec 2024 09:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=655213 In the first-ever global study of its kind, researchers concluded that more attention needs to be paid to physical attacks and threats against land defenders, since those incidents often are the precursor to death. 

    Last year, a human rights and environmental watchdog group determined that 177 land defenders were killed in 2022. Land defenders are people who seek to protect their communities and environmental resources from destructive development projects ranging from pipelines to mines to farms to wind projects

    This month, however, the Alliance for Land, Indigenous, and Environmental Defenders, or ALLIED, found that there were 916 non-lethal incidents in 46 countries in 2022 — or about five for every death. Non-lethal incidents range from written and verbal threats to kidnapping or detention to physical assaults. The probable perpetrators identified by ALLIED include paramilitary forces, police, local government officials, private security guards, and corporations. 

    “While police was the commonly named probable perpetrator of the violence, often we see state actors operating on behalf or at the request of other parties, including private businesses,” said Eva Hershaw, who co-chairs ALLIED as part of her work with the International Land Coalition, where she heads their global data and land monitoring.

    ALLIED drew on news outlets, social media posts, eyewitness interviews, court filings, and police reports to make its conclusions. The group’s researchers consulted data sets from 12 organizations and talked with affected communities in these countries to assure accuracy. Roughly a third of the organizations that ALLIED worked with used locally based data collectors who confirmed acts of violence with municipalities. For many of these data collectors, this was the first time their data has been used in a global study, Hershaw said. 

    Of the 916 incidents that didn’t lead to death, nearly a quarter of the victims were Indigenous, despite the fact that Indigenous people make up only 6 percent of the global population. With respect to the assaults and threats that often lead up to killings, “Indigenous Peoples were disproportionately targeted with such violence,” Hershaw said. 

    Violent attacks and threats against Indigenous land defenders are often underreported due to victims’ fear of retaliation. Also, attacks often happen in rural places away from the eye of the media. The report detailed repeated violence and harassment against individuals as well as whole communities. 

    Among the most violent places for Indigenous land defenders were Colombia, Guatemala, and Mexico, which together accounted for 75 percent of all attacks and threats. Across the 46 countries included in the report, land defenders who spoke out against industrial agriculture and mining were the most at risk. 

    Philippe Le Billon, a professor at the University of British Columbia who focuses on natural resources and armed conflicts, said this data is important for preventing further violence and should be utilized to develop transparency that doesn’t exist in a lot of places. “Early warning mechanisms need to be developed using this data,” he told Grist. He said companies need to hold themselves accountable to the communities in which they operate and develop procedures to address conflicts when they arise.

    Risk factors for violent incidents included vague and undefined land rights in a particular nation. When private businesses or infrastructure developments are already present in a community, that can increase the risk as well. Around 40 percent of violent incidents happened while the victims were actively protesting development projects that threatened their land or communities. 

    Another risk factor is what the report calls weak rule of law. “Weak rule of law indicates that laws are not properly or equally enforced,” said Hershaw, meaning that laws that were supposed to protect Indigenous land defenders did not lessen the threats.

    Verbal and written threats were the biggest act of violence documented in the report, comprising 33 percent of all non-lethal incidents. Arbitrary detentions — the act of detaining someone without evidence or without following legal due process — made up 10 percent of the incidents. 

    According to the report, around 30 percent of all non-lethal incidents in 2022 targeted not individuals but entire Indigenous communities. For instance, the Tumandok, an Indigenous people living in the mountains of the Philippines, have a long history of conflict with various development projects.

    In 2018, six tribal members were killed, then a steady stream of violence and killings led up to the forced removal of Tumandok people to make way for a hydroelectric dam. The Philippine government is courting projects in the mining sector as well, and other tribal communities across the country have decried the government’s disregard for Indigenous rights

    As mining operations increase worldwide in the service of the energy transition, Indigenous people are at greater risk of potential violence. The report recommends that national governments better document attacks and create stronger legal protections for vulnerable communities. ALLIED also says corporations need to be held accountable for violence and threats that advance their business interests. 

    Hershaw gave one example of what accountability could look like: This year, Hudbay Minerals settled three lawsuits filed a decade ago by the Q’eqchi’, an Indigenous Mayan group in Guatemala. The Q’eqchi’ alleged that the Canadian-owned company was responsible for the sexual assaults of nearly a dozen women and the killing of a community leader during a land rights dispute. The Q’eqchi’ were compensated for an undisclosed amount. 

    Le Billon said that pursuing compensation for the loss of loved ones and land is incredibly difficult for tribal communities. “Court cases are hard to put together,” he said. “You need lawyers. It costs money.” Le Billon said information and documentation, like the data ALLIED uncovered, is hard to get and it takes a lot of time to collect, creating another barrier for environmental land protectors seeking justice. “These things can last decades, literally.” 

    At COP30, the United Nations climate change conference slated to take place next year in Brazil, ALLIED plans to release data on non-lethal attacks in 2023 and 2024.  

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Indigenous people defending their land face a disproportionate share of violence and threats on Dec 19, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Taylar Dawn Stagner.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/indigenous/indigenous-people-defending-their-land-face-a-disproportionate-share-of-violence-and-threats/feed/ 0 506699
    Scientists from 57 countries want to end siloed decision-making on climate and biodiversity https://grist.org/solutions/ipbes-un-panel-biodiversity-ecosystem-services-nexus-report-namibia/ https://grist.org/solutions/ipbes-un-panel-biodiversity-ecosystem-services-nexus-report-namibia/#respond Wed, 18 Dec 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=655237 As global temperatures rise from the burning of fossil fuels, researchers and policymakers have proposed solutions like installing renewable energy, replacing gasoline-powered cars with electric ones, and developing technology to suck carbon out of the air. But these policies often address climate change in isolation — without regard for other pressing issues like a decline in biodiversity, the contamination of freshwater sources, and the pollution of agricultural soils. 

    A new report released Tuesday by the United Nations’ expert panel on biodiversity makes the case for a different approach based on addressing the “nexus” between two or more out of five essential issue areas: climate change, biodiversity, food, human health, and water. Such an approach is not only more likely to help the world meet various U.N. targets on biodiversity, sustainable development, and climate mitigation; it’s also more cost-effective.

    “We have to move decisions and actions beyond single-issue silos,” said Paula Harrison, a professor of land and water modeling at the U.K. Centre for Ecology and Hydrology and a co-chair of the report, in a statement. Other scientific reports have studied the interlinkages between two or three of these issues, but she told reporters on Tuesday that this latest report is the “most ambitious” to date.

    The new report was the result of three years of work of the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services, or IPBES, an expert body that’s analogous to the United Nations’ Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, which periodically assesses the state of the science on global warming.

    The report centers on biodiversity — that’s the IPBES’s remit, after all — describing how the variety of life on Earth is “essential to our very existence.” But it goes out of its way to show how rapidly accelerating biodiversity loss is both contributing to and being exacerbated by other crises. Climate change, for instance, is making some habitats inhospitable to their erstwhile animal populations, while the loss of those populations can have impacts on freshwater availability and carbon storage. The five interlinking issues were selected by representatives of the 147 IPBES’s member countries.

    Short shrub-like trees in an arid landscape, with cloudy sky
    A forest of quiver trees in Namibia’s biodiverse southern region. Edwin Remsburg / VS Pics via Getty Images

    Meanwhile, solutions that focus on just one issue may have detrimental effects on other elements. Pete Smith, a professor of soils and global change at the University of Aberdeen in the United Kingdom, gave the example of bioenergy with carbon capture and storage, or BECCS, a climate solution in which crops are grown to draw CO2 out of the air and then burned to generate energy. The resulting greenhouse gas emissions are captured and stored in rock formations, with the aim of removing them from the carbon cycle permanently.

    The problem, Smith said, is that to implement this process on a large scale would require vast tracts of land that might otherwise have been used to grow food crops — so BECCS can unintentionally harm food security. Devoting land to single-variety crops can also use up lots of water and jeopardize biodiversity.

    “When you just focus on climate change,” he told Grist, “you might end up with some solutions that damage other elements of the nexus.”

    In other scenarios, it’s not the solution itself that’s problematic; it’s the way it’s implemented. Planting trees, for example, can be done in consultation with local communities and taking into account unique ecosystem needs. Or, as Smith described, a big company seeking to generate carbon credits could evict Native peoples from their land and start a plantation of fast-growing, nonnative tree species. 

    The latter situation might benefit climate change in the narrowest sense, Smith said, but “with a whole bunch of negative impacts on people, on health, on water.”

    The assessment finds that, between 2001 and 2021, every one of the five issues analyzed has been damaged by factors including urbanization, war, and growing per capita consumption — except for food availability. That could be explained by a kind of decision-making the report describes as “food first,” in which more food is grown to benefit human health at the expense of biodiversity, freshwater availability, and climate change.

    Decision-making built solely around climate change or conservation could be similarly counterproductive, the report says, based on an analysis of 186 future scenarios crafted from 52 scientific studies. The most promising alternative is a “nature-oriented nexus” focused on all five target areas, emphasizing “strong environmental regulation, sustainable agricultural practices, lower rates of global per capita consumption, and strong development of green technologies.”

    More than 160 scientists from 57 countries contributed to the report, which was formally adopted this weekend at IPBES’s annual conference in Windhoek, Namibia. During a press conference on Tuesday, the authors said they were ending the year “on a high note for multilateralism,” in contrast to the stalemates that defined other intergovernmental negotiations in 2024, like the global plastics treaty and the climate conference in Baku, Azerbaijan.

    In addition to the nexus report, IPBES member states also approved a report on the “transformative change” that is needed to address global crises connected to biodiversity, including climate change. Notably, that report says that “disconnection from and domination over nature and people” is at the root of toxic chemical pollution, deforestation, the burning of fossil fuels, and other causes of climate and environmental degradation.

    People stand behind a table holding hands in celebration.
    Following several long days of negotiations, the nexus report experts celebrate after the text is finally agreed.
    Kiara Worth / IISD/ENB

    Both reports highlight the need to address the inequitable concentration of wealth and power and the prioritization of short-term material gains in order to “prevent triggering the potentially irreversible decline and projected collapse of key ecosystem functions.” 

    “Right now, our economic and financial system is not fit for purpose; it does not value nature,” Pamela McElwee, a professor of human ecology at Rutgers University and a co-chair of the nexus report, told reporters on Tuesday. 

    The nexus report finds that $7 trillion a year in public subsidies and private financial incentives go toward activities that directly damage the five issue areas. Only $200 billion — less than 3 percent of that total — is spent directly on improving biodiversity.

    Because the nexus report was requested directly by the governments of IPBES’s 147 member countries — among them, China, India, Indonesia, Nigeria, Pakistan, the United States, and most of Europe — the scientists who contributed to it are hopeful that their recommendations will be adopted by policymakers. In the report, they highlight 71 cross-cutting responses to interlinked global problems, ranging from reducing plastic pollution to conserving wetland ecosystems to providing universal health coverage. 

    Smith, who is a soil researcher and has also contributed to reports of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, said working on the report has changed his own outlook. “I’ve tried to apply the nexus thinking on a couple of projects on how climate change affects the food system, and people in disadvantaged communities,” he said. “All of these things are leading me to take a broader, less siloed view than I would have done 10 years ago.”

    Previous IPBES reports have shown how biodiversity is “declining faster than at any time in human history.” At the group’s next conference in 2025, it’s expected to present a new assessment of businesses’ impact and dependence on biodiversity, and IPBES plans to release its second global assessment of the state of biodiversity in 2028. 

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Scientists from 57 countries want to end siloed decision-making on climate and biodiversity on Dec 18, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Joseph Winters.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/solutions/ipbes-un-panel-biodiversity-ecosystem-services-nexus-report-namibia/feed/ 0 506568
    A Year With Your Support | 2024 https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/16/a-year-with-your-support-2024/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/16/a-year-with-your-support-2024/#respond Mon, 16 Dec 2024 19:46:06 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=387a261028d032605c621fa4f6b73a3e
    This content originally appeared on International Rescue Committee and was authored by International Rescue Committee.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/16/a-year-with-your-support-2024/feed/ 0 506284
    This Indigenous attorney is fighting for climate justice in the world’s highest court https://grist.org/indigenous/julian-aguon-indigenous-attorney-fighting-climate-justice-worlds-highest-court-icj/ https://grist.org/indigenous/julian-aguon-indigenous-attorney-fighting-climate-justice-worlds-highest-court-icj/#respond Mon, 16 Dec 2024 09:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=654915 Julian Aguon wore a dark blue suit and garland made of white coconut fronds, brown hibiscus tree bark, and brown cowry shells. Under the arched ceilings and chandeliers of the Peace Palace in The Hague, he stepped to the podium to make his case to the International Court of Justice

    “The right to self-determination is a cornerstone of the international legal order,” Aguon told the 15 judges who make up the court. “Yet climate change, and the conduct responsible for it, has already infringed the right to self-determination for the many peoples of Melanesia.” 

    The International Court of Justice, or ICJ, normally hears disputes over lands and waters between countries, but sometimes it takes on cases of broader global resonance. This was one of them: Aguon was arguing on behalf of Pacific island nations thousands of miles away that hope to hold accountable the countries most responsible for climate change. The 42-year-old attorney from Guam spent five years working toward this moment, along with his co-counsel, Margaretha Wewerinke-Singh. Now, he sought to underscore what was at stake. 

    “The peoples of Melanesia live exceptionally close to the Earth, and thus feel the vandalism visited upon it acutely,” he said. “Moreover, theirs represents living, breathing alternative imaginations — imaginations other than the one that has brought this planet to the brink of ecological collapse. Thus, ensuring they are able to live and thrive in their ancestral spaces is of the utmost importance, and not only for themselves, but for all of humanity.”

    A group of climate activists waves flags from Pacific island nations in front of the International Court of Justice on December 2 as as lawyer Julian Aguon argues a major climate case.
    Lina Selg / ANP / AFP) / Netherlands OUT via Getty Images

    Aguon grew up on Guam, the son of a plumber and a social worker. His childhood consisted of playing in jungles with his cousins, where elders warned them to avoid anything metal in case it was leftover ordnance from World War II; family gatherings to pray the rosary in the Chamorro language; and absorbing a cultural devotion to serving one’s community. His dad worked short stints for various employers, including at a naval ship repair facility, and died of pancreatic cancer when Aguon was 9. Aguon has wondered if his death was related to U.S. military pollution.

    At the time, his father’s death led his family to disintegrate, and Aguon buried himself in books like The House on Mango Street, the story of a Chicana girl growing up in Chicago — a coping mechanism that deepened his empathy and drive for justice. A quote from James Baldwin resonates with Aguon today: “You think your pain and your heartbreak are unprecedented in the history of the world, but then you read.”

    “Grief so often has an isolating effect that it need not have,” Aguon told Grist. “I feel like my grief has been a bridge that I’ve walked across to get to other people.”

    Julian Aguon as a small child in the 1980s, with his sister and grandma outside of their Tamuning house on Guam.

    In the 1990s, when Aguon was a kid, a massive typhoon hit Guam. The windows and sliding glass door in his home shattered, and Aguon, his brother, sister, and mother propped a mattress up in their living room and hid behind it. Aguon remembers tracing the mattress’ embroidered flowers with his finger as the family waited for the winds to pass. Years later, he would read a report from the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change that predicted the coming of even stronger cyclones.

    “At that moment I was like, ‘Wow, we’ve already been through so much,’” he said. How much more extreme would the storms get? How much more would his community have to endure? “I had a really shocking sense of the scale.”

    The case before the ICJ, led by Aguon’s law firm, Blue Ocean Law, hopes to establish legal consequences for nations that have driven climate change, and illuminate what obligations those countries owe to people harmed. 

    The court is being asked to provide an advisory opinion to clarify the legal obligations of countries under existing international law. Aguon describes it as a request for an objective yardstick by which to measure those countries’ actions, which could open the door to a new era of climate reparations.

    Ten-year-old Julian Aguon speaks on the one-year anniversary of his father’s death.

    After Aguon and Wewerinke-Singh exited the courtroom last week, they joined a press conference before the palaceʻs marble staircase near its front entrance. Ralph Regenvanu, Vanuatu’s top climate official, told reporters that the island nation deliberately chose Blue Ocean Law to represent them at the ICJ because the Indigenous-led firm would not only represent them legally, but culturally. 

    “This is a case about our identity as Pacific Islanders, our human rights as citizens of this planet, and the responsibilities that states have to ensure our human rights and our cultural identity and our essence and our future is protected,” Regenvanu said. 

    If the ICJ delivers the advisory opinion Vanuatu is seeking, Aguon hopes Indigenous peoples will be able to leverage that opinion in climate-related lawsuits against their governments and file human rights complaints against both countries and corporations. Given the climate impactsIndigenous peoples are already experiencing, the stakes couldn’t be higher.


    In the summer of 2010, then-28-year-old Aguon was just a year out of law school and was looking for a job after finishing up a clerkship with Guam’s Supreme Court. He wanted to work in international and human rights law, but no firms specialized in that on Guam, the largest island in the Pacific region of Micronesia that’s home to about 160,000 people. Well-established lawyers on the island discouraged him from trying to start a new firm from scratch: Why not work for a few years, get some more experience, they suggested. 

    “They were right, in some ways,” Aguon said. “I did lack experience, but I didn’t necessarily need the experience that they had, because I wanted to do something different.” 

    What he envisioned was a law firm that could advocate on behalf of Indigenous peoples in the Pacific: communities like the Marshallese, which are still fighting for justice after decades of U.S. nuclear testing; like the people of Tuvalu, where rising seas are threatening to eliminate entire islands; and the Chamorros, like Aguon, where an ever-expanding American military presence increasingly stresses the island’s lands and waters.

    To accomplish that, Aguon would need to be licensed to practice law in multiple countries. He spent months studying for and passing bar exams not only on Guam, but also in the Marshall Islands and Palau. He opened a solo law practice in 2010 in a tiny office in the village of Hagåtña, Guam’s capital. At first he worked locally, providing legal counsel to Guam’s Legislature and defending the island government’s plans for an Indigenous-only vote on the island’s political status. As his workload grew and his clientele expanded, he opened up Blue Ocean Law in 2014, and began to hire staff attorneys who saw the law the way he did: as a tool for social change that is both severely limited and potentially emancipatory. 

    “We are a small team of activist lawyers, social change lawyers,” Aguon said. His colleagues include his ICJ co-lead Wewerinke-Singh, who has worked on climate litigation across multiple regions and U.N. courts; Alofipo So’o alo Fleur Ramsay, a Samoan attorney whose environmental justice work in Australia and in the Pacific has earned her chiefly orator titles from two villages in Samoa; and Watna Mori, a Melanesian lawyer from Papua New Guinea whose expertise in human rights and environmental law extends to advocacy for legal systems that value Indigenous knowledge systems.

    Blue Ocean Law now includes seven attorneys, whose work spans Melanesia, Micronesia, and Polynesia, the three major regions of the Pacific. 

    Over the next decade, Aguon argued for Guam’s right to self-determination before a U.S. federal appeals court in Honolulu, defending the island’s effort to limit a vote on Guam’s political status to Indigenous Chamorros. (Chamorro is also spelled CHamoru, but Aguon prefers the former). He lost, and Guam has yet to schedule a vote.

    A man in a blue suit and shell necklace walks with a group of people on a city street
    Julian Aguon and his colleagues walk outside of the Peace Palace in The Hague after arguing the world’s biggest climate case. Michel Porro / Getty Images

    But Aguon is still proud of one aspect of the judges’ decision, which recognizes a legal distinction between racial and ancestry classifications. “From now on, for all Indigenous peoples living under U.S. rule, there is now a case that formally and comprehensively disentangles those two concepts, which means that Native peoples throughout the country can cite it to argue that some ancestral classifications are not the same as racial classifications,” he said.

    After losing in federal court, Aguon and his team took their advocacy on behalf of the people of Guam to the United Nations. The island is still formally recognized by the U.N. as a colony, and first became an American military outpost at the turn of the 20th century. For decades, the U.S. refused to grant Chamorros U.S. citizenship, and instead forced them to live under a carousel of capricious naval governors who banned everything from the Chamorro language to interracial marriage to whistling. 

    “Law is the vocabulary of the powerful in so many instances,” Aguon said. “The U.S. military was probably my greatest teacher in that regard.”

    His firm has advised the Marshall Islands’ government on its legal options as it continues to contend with the legacy of U.S. nuclear tests. Aguon and his colleagues have also worked with organizations and legislatures in Pacific countries like Fiji to consult on the risks of deep-sea mining.

    Aguon’s team has filed complaints about human rights violations by the U.S. military against the Chamorro people with the United Nations, prompting three U.N. rapporteurs to issue a joint letter in 2021 criticizing the U.S. for denying the Chamorro people their right to self-determination. 

    Just last month, Blue Ocean Law filed a complaint with the U.N. Rapporteur on Indigenous Peoples on behalf of youth from Palau who say U.S. militarization in their islands is violating their rights, including their right to freely consent to what happens on their land. 

    “We’re consistently taking on the U.S. empire in all of these cases,” Aguon said.


    In 2006, the same year that Aguon went to law school, the U.S. military proposed a massive expansion of its presence on Guam, deciding to move its Marine Corps base to Guam from Okinawa after local opposition to the soldiers’ presence became impossible to ignore. (At the heart of the anti-military protests were concerns about American soldiers’ sexual violence against Okinawan women and girls, including the 1995 rape of a 12-year-old by two Marines and a Navy sailor.)

    Between the 8,000 service members, their 9,000 dependents, and the tens of thousands of construction workers and other staff needed to create more facilities for the new base, the military estimated there would be an influx of 80,000 people on Guam, increasing its population at the time by more than half. “It’s good for the strategic interests of America,” retired Marine Corps Major General David Bice told the Guam Chamber of Commerce in 2007. “It’s good for our friends in the Pacific, and it’s also good for Guam.” 

    The community balked. Aguon felt that the military used language to obfuscate rather than illuminate the reality of their impact on Guam. For example, “live-fire training” was a euphemism that could refer to anything from machine gun firing to large-scale bombing practice. “Environmental impact” encompassed the destruction of cultural sites dating back more than 1,000 years. “Readiness” referred to the military’s ability to respond to threats, but it wasn’t always clear whether the Indigenous people were among those the U.S. cared about protecting.

    “The law is about hyper-vigilance, hyper-attentiveness to how language is being used and deployed,” Aguon said. “Often it is being weaponized against people most in need of this protection.” 

    Lawyers argue before a judge bench
    Julian Aguon argues before a panel of 9th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals judges in Honolulu on October 10, 2018. The question before the judges in Davis v. Guam: Should non-Native residents of Guam have a say in the territory’s future political relationship with the U.S.? Jennifer Sinco Kelleher / AP Photo

    Litigation and community protests forced the Department of Defense to shrink its military relocation to 5,000 troops, and change the location of its planned firing range. The new Marine Corps base opened last year, and a machine-gun practice range is being built adjacent to a federal wildlife refuge.

    Aguon sees the law as a single tool among many to push back against this entrenched militarism that he sees echoed around the world, from Honolulu to Gaza. To him, what will ultimately effect change is solidarity. 

    “We’re up against such huge, gigantic, colossal forces,” Aguon said. “I’m casting my net of hope in that direction, that the peoples of the world — from the ground up — can really find more effective ways to confront these forces that we’re up against.”

    In 2017, Aguon sat in Straub Hospital in Honolulu and held the hand of a longtime mentor, Marshallese leader Tony de Brum, who is known internationally for his global leadership in fighting climate change. De Brum had served as a father figure after Aguon’s dad passed and helped inspire his passion for climate justice. “Give them hell,” de Brum said, before he too died. Four years later, Aguon was named a Pulitzer finalist for a screed on climate change in the Pacific: “To Hell With Drowning.”


    When Vanuatu asked for his law firm’s help with its climate change case five years ago, Aguon hadn’t ever argued before the ICJ and wasn’t intimately familiar with the particularities of its proceedings. 

    The ICJ only accepts cases brought by U.N. member states, and because the U.S. never relinquished Guam, the island territory doesn’t have the right to file cases there. The same is true for countless Indigenous nations throughout the world whose borders are missing from most maps: The highest court in the United Nations doesn’t have a seat for them, and so their voices are rarely heard. That echoes other venues of the U.N., where Indigenous peoples are often left out of key negotiating rooms because their nations don’t have U.N. member state status and they lack representation within their colonial governments.

    A group of people holding signs that say phrases with 'ICJ' and 'climate change' on them
    A group of climate activists demonstrate in front of the International Court of Justice in The Hague, Netherlands, on December 2.
    Lina Selg / ANP / AFP / Netherlands OUT via Getty Images

    “The ICJ proceedings are more state- and international-organizations-focused, less people centered, where engagement by civil society is quite restricted, and Indigenous peoples do not have a direct pathway for engagement in the court,” said Joie Chowdhury, a senior attorney at the Center for International Environmental Law who has also assisted on the climate case. That’s in contrast to other U.N. legal venues like the Inter-American Court of Human Rights and the International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea, she said. “So there is no easy pathway for Indigenous peoples’ engagement, and especially in this case, that would be important given their tremendous knowledge and expertise in climate change and biodiversity.” 

    Sometimes, nongovernmental organizations may intercede, as in this ICJ case where a dozen were approved to participate. In addition to representing Vanuatu, Aguonʻs team is also representing the Melanesian Spearhead Group, a nongovernmental organization that consists of Melanesian Pacific island states. The organization also includes the Kanak Socialist National Liberation Front, which represents the Indigenous Kanak people of New Caledonia who are fighting for independence from France.

    Bringing a case before the ICJ requires specific knowledge and meaningful funding, and often parties are represented by a cottage industry of attorneys who specialize in the ICJ and are familiar with its proceedings. This is only the second time that a Pacific state has sought an advisory opinion from the ICJ. The last time was in 1996, when the Marshall Islands asked the judges to weigh in on whether detonating or threatening to use nuclear weapons violated international law. The judges said that it may be legal in extreme cases of self-defense. 

    “Many of these countries that have never argued before the ICJ before are actually not just coming to argue their case, but leading from the front,’” said Chowdury from the Center for International Environmental Law. “It is showing and demonstrating to the world that this is an avenue of justice.”

    A group of people in traditional clothing gather in front of the Hague, a large brick building near a green lawn
    Representatives from Pacific island nations gather outside the International Court of Justice on December 2. More than 100 nations and organizations are seeking an advisory opinion from the top U.N. court on what countries are legally obligated to do to fight climate change and help affected nations mitigate its impact.
    Michel Porro / Getty Images

    Just getting on the court docket is a challenge and, in this case, required getting a resolution approved by the U.N. General Assembly. The case was originally launched in 2019 by law students at the University of the South Pacific, who took a ground-up approach to persuading U.N. General Assembly members in the Pacific and beyond to formally request an ICJ advisory opinion. As their campaign grew, Aguon found himself and his staff providing input at all hours of the day every time a word or comma changed in the draft that circulated among U.N. delegates.

    The case morphed into the largest-ever in ICJ’s history. Overall, 97 countries and 12 nongovernmental organizations are urging the court to weigh in on what major polluting countries owe to the peoples and nations who have been harmed by their relentless carbon emissions. Aguon spoke on the first day, but oral arguments were scheduled for the first full two weeks of December. It’s not clear when an opinion will be rendered.

    In the meantime, Aguon hopes that not only the court but the world will pay attention to the stories that the case is revealing about the cost of climate change to Pacific peoples. During the press conference near the entrance of the Peace Palace, he told the story of one of the villages he visited when collecting witness testimony for the case.

    “There is a village at the mouth of a river in the Gulf province of Papua New Guinea, that is on the move again. The people of Vairibari, whose ancestors have lived along the banks of the Kikori River Delta since time immemorial, have already moved four times due to sea level rise. This will be their fifth and final relocation. Final, because there is simply no more inland to go,” Aguon said. 

    “A planning committee has been formed to handle the logistics. Among other things, the villagers are debating about how best to relocate the remains of their deceased relatives, because storm surges have already begun washing away the dead. The people of Vairibari want nothing more than to stay. But climate change is making that option all but impossible.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline This Indigenous attorney is fighting for climate justice in the world’s highest court on Dec 16, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Anita Hofschneider.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/indigenous/julian-aguon-indigenous-attorney-fighting-climate-justice-worlds-highest-court-icj/feed/ 0 506224
    Finding the Unmentionable: Amnesty International, Israel and Genocide https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/16/finding-the-unmentionable-amnesty-international-israel-and-genocide/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/16/finding-the-unmentionable-amnesty-international-israel-and-genocide/#respond Mon, 16 Dec 2024 09:39:23 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=155405 It was bound to happen. With continuing operations in Gaza, and increasingly violent activities being conducted against Palestinians in the occupied territories, human rights organisations are making increasingly severe assessments of Israel’s warring cause.  While the world awaits the findings of the International Court of Justice on whether Israel’s campaign, as argued by South Africa, […]

    The post Finding the Unmentionable: Amnesty International, Israel and Genocide first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    It was bound to happen. With continuing operations in Gaza, and increasingly violent activities being conducted against Palestinians in the occupied territories, human rights organisations are making increasingly severe assessments of Israel’s warring cause.  While the world awaits the findings of the International Court of Justice on whether Israel’s campaign, as argued by South Africa, amounts to genocide, Amnesty International has already reached its conclusions.

    In a 296-page report sporting the ominous title “You Feel Like You Are Subhuman”, the human rights body, after considering the events in Gaza between October 2023 and July 2024, identified a “pattern of conduct” that indicated genocidal intent.  These included, among other things, persistent direct attacks on civilians and objects “and deliberately indiscriminate strikes over the nine-month period, wiping out entire families repeatedly launched at times when these strikes would result in high numbers of casualties”; the nature of the weapons used; the speed and scale of destruction to civilian objects and infrastructure (homes, shelters, health facilities, water and sanitation infrastructure, agricultural land”; the use of bulldozing and controlled demolitions; and the use of “incomprehensible, misleading and arbitrary ‘evacuation’ orders’”.

    The report does much to focus on statements made from the highest officials to the common soldiery to reveal the mental state necessary to reveal genocide.  102 statements made by members of the Knesset, government officials and high-ranking commanders “dehumanized Palestinians, or called for, or justified genocidal acts or other crimes under international law against them.”  The report also examined 62 videos, audio recordings and photographs posted online featuring gleeful Israeli soldiers rejoicing in the “destruction of Gaza or the denial of essential services to people in Gaza, or celebrated the destruction of Palestinian homes, mosques, schools and universities, including through controlled demolitions, in some cases without apparent military necessity.”

    From its alternative universe, the Israeli public relations machine drew from its own agitprop specialists, working on mangling the language of the report.  The formula is familiar: attack the authors first, not their premises.  “The deplorable and fanatical organisation Amnesty International has once again produced a fabricated response that is entirely based on lies,” came the howl from Israeli Foreign Ministry spokesperson Oren Marmorstein.

    Other methods of repudiation involve detaching Hamas and its war with Israel from any historical continuum, not least the fact that it was aided, supported and backed by Israel for years as a counter to Fatah in the West Bank.  Isolating Hamas as a terrorist aberration also serves to treat it as alien, artificially foreign and not part of any resistance movement against suffocating Israeli occupation and strangulation.  They, so goes this argument, are genocidal, and countering such a body can never be, by any stretch, genocidal.  The pro-Israeli group NGO Monitor abides by this line of reasoning, calling allegations of genocide against Israel “a reversal of the actual and clearly established intent of Hamas and its allies (including its patron, Iran), to wipe Israel off the map”.

    Israel’s closest ally and sponsor, the United States, proved predictable in rejecting the findings while still claiming to respect the humanitarian line.  The US State Department’s principal deputy spokesman, Vedant Patel, expressed disagreement “with the conclusions of such a report.  We had said previously and continue to find that the allegations of genocide are unfounded.”  Patel did, however, pay lip service to the “vital role that civil society organizations like Amnesty International and human rights groups and NGOs play in providing information and analysis as it relates to Gaza and what’s going on.”  Vital, but only up to a point.

    Far less guarded assessments can be found in the American pro-Israeli chatter sphere.  These follow the usual pattern.  Orde Kittrie, senior fellow of the Foundation for Defense of Democracies, a name that can only imply that crimes committed in such a cause are bound to be justifiable, offers a neat illustration.  Amnesty, he argues, “systematically and repeatedly mischaracterizes both the facts and the law.”  Kittrie suggests his own mischaracterisation by parroting the IDF’s line that Hamas had “increased casualty counts by illegally using Palestinian civilian shields and by hiding weapons and war fighters in and below homes, hospitals, mosques, and other buildings.”  This conveniently ignores that point that the numbers are not necessarily proof of genocidal intent, though it helps.

    The report also notes that, even in the face of such tactics by Hamas, Israel was still “obligated to take all feasible precautions to spare civilians and avoid attacks that would be indiscriminate or disproportionate.”

    Amnesty International’s report is yet another addition to the gloomy literature on the subject.  Human Rights Watch, in November, pointed to violations of the laws of war, crimes against humanity, and the provisional measures of the ICJ issued urging Israel to abide by the obligations imposed by the UN Genocide Convention of 1948.  The Israeli human rights organisation B’Tselem stated in no uncertain terms in October that “Israel intends to forcibly displace northern Gaza’s residents by committing some of the gravest crimes under the laws of war”.

    Battling over the designation of whether a campaign is genocidal can act as a distraction, a field of quibbles for paper pushing pedants.  The “specific intent” in proof must be unequivocally demonstrated and beyond any other reasonable inference.  A smokescreen is thereby deployed that risks masking the broader ambit of war crimes and crimes against humanity.  But no amount of pedantry and disagreement can arrest the sense that Israel’s lethal conduct, whatever threshold it may reach in international law, is directed at destroying not merely Palestinian life but any worthwhile sense of a viable sovereignty.  Amnesty Israel, while rejecting the central claim of the parent organisation’s report did make one concession: the country’s brutal response following October 7, 2023 “may amount to crimes against humanity and ethnic cleansing.”

    The post Finding the Unmentionable: Amnesty International, Israel and Genocide first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Binoy Kampmark.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/16/finding-the-unmentionable-amnesty-international-israel-and-genocide/feed/ 0 506230
    RSF says global attacks on journalists ‘alarming’, Gaza ‘most dangerous’ and seeks ‘urgent action’ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/13/rsf-says-global-attacks-on-journalists-alarming-gaza-most-dangerous-and-seeks-urgent-action/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/13/rsf-says-global-attacks-on-journalists-alarming-gaza-most-dangerous-and-seeks-urgent-action/#respond Fri, 13 Dec 2024 10:58:41 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=108191 Pacific Media Watch

    The global media freedom watchdog Reporters Without Borders (RSF) has revealed an “alarming intensification of attacks on journalists” in its 2024 annual roundup — especially in conflict zones such as Gaza.

    Gaza stands out as the “most dangerous” region in the world, with the highest number of journalists murdered in connection with their work in the past five years.

    Since October 2023, the Israeli military have killed more than 145 journalists, including at least 35 whose deaths were linked to their journalism, reports RSF.

    Also 550 journalists are currently imprisoned worldwide, a 7 percent increase from last year.

    “This violence — often perpetrated by governments and armed groups with total impunity — needs an immediate response,” says the report.

    “RSF calls for urgent action to protect journalists and journalism.”

    Asia second most dangerous
    Asia is the second most dangerous region for journalists due to the large number of journalists killed in Pakistan (seven) and the protests that rocked Bangladesh (five), says the report.

    “Journalists do not die, they are killed; they are not in prison, regimes lock them up; they do not disappear, they are kidnapped,” said RSF director-general Thibaut Bruttin.

    “These crimes — often orchestrated by governments and armed groups with total impunity — violate international law and too often go unpunished.

    “We need to get things moving, to remind ourselves as citizens that journalists are dying for us, to keep us informed. We must continue to count, name, condemn, investigate, and ensure that justice is served.

    “Fatalism should never win. Protecting those who inform us is protecting the truth.

    A third of the journalists killed in 2024 were slain by the Israeli armed forces.

    A record 54 journalists were killed, including 31 in conflict zones.

    In 2024, the Gaza Strip accounted for nearly 30 percent of journalists killed on the job, according to RSF’s latest information. They were killed by the Israeli army.

    More than 145 journalists have been killed in Palestine since October 2023, including at least 35 targeted in the line of duty.

    RSF continues to investigate these deaths to identify and condemn the deliberate targeting of media workers, and has filed four complaints with the International Criminal Court (ICC) for war crimes committed against journalists.

    RSF condemns Israeli media ‘stranglehold’
    Last month, in a separate report while Israel’s war against Gaza, Lebanon and Syria rages on, RSF said Israel’s Communications Minister Shlomo Karhi was trying to “reshape” Israel’s media landscape.

    Between a law banning foreign media outlets that were “deemed dangerous”, a bill that would give the government a stranglehold on public television budgets, and the addition of a private pro-Netanyahu channel on terrestrial television exempt from licensing fees, the ultra-conservative minister is augmenting pro-government coverage of the news.

    RSF said it was “alarmed by these unprecedented attacks” against media independence and pluralism — two pillars of democracy — and called on the government to abandon these “reforms”.

    On November 24, two new proposals for measures targeting media critical of the authorities and the war in Gaza and Lebanon were approved by Netanyahu’s government.

    The Ministerial Committee for Legislation validated a proposed law providing for the privatisation of the public broadcaster Kan.

    On the same day, the Council of Ministers unanimously accepted a draft resolution by Communications Minister Shlomo Kahri from November 2023 seeking to cut public aid and revenue from the Government Advertising Agency to the independent and critical liberal newspaper Haaretz.

    ‘Al Jazeera’ ban tightened
    The so-called “Al-Jazeera law”, as it has been dubbed by the Israeli press, has been tightened, reports RSF.

    This exceptional measure was adopted in April 2024 for a four-month period and renewed in July.

    On November 20, Israeli MPs voted to extend the law’s duration to six months, and increased the law’s main provision — a broadcasting ban on any foreign media outlet deemed detrimental to national security by the security services — from 45 days to 60.

    “The free press in a country that describes itself as ‘the only democracy in the Middle East’ will be undermined,” said RSF’s editorial director Anne Bocandé.

    RSF called on Israel’s political authorities, starting with Minister Shlomo Karhi and Prime Minister Benyamin Netanyahu, to “act responsibly” and abandon these proposed reforms.

    Inside Israel, journalists critical of the government and the war have been facing pressure and intimidation for more than a year.

    Pacific Media Watch collaborates with RSF.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/13/rsf-says-global-attacks-on-journalists-alarming-gaza-most-dangerous-and-seeks-urgent-action/feed/ 0 505896
    Norway hits the brakes on mining the Arctic Ocean — for now https://grist.org/oceans/norway-hits-the-brakes-on-mining-the-arctic-ocean-for-now/ https://grist.org/oceans/norway-hits-the-brakes-on-mining-the-arctic-ocean-for-now/#respond Fri, 13 Dec 2024 09:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=654857 Over the last decade and a half, deep-sea mining has captured worldwide attention as a potential source for the minerals like manganese, nickel, and cobalt that are needed to make electric vehicle batteries and other technology in support of the global energy transition. 

    While the most coveted seabed area for potential mining — the vast and relatively flat Clarion-Clipperton Zone in the Pacific Ocean — is under international jurisdiction, parts of the world’s oceans controlled by individual nations have also attracted interest. Some countries, like Papua New Guinea, have taken the step of issuing exploration contracts. France, by contrast, passed an outright ban on mining in its waters. (In Papua New Guinea, reports recently emerged of illegal mining in its waters.) Other countries are still debating what to do.

    Since 2017, Norway has been considering the possibility of mining in the part of the Arctic Ocean set aside as its exclusive economic zone — specifically in an area comprising over 100,000 square miles, about the size of Italy. The resources of interest there include two coveted deposits: polymetallic sulfides, which are ores that form around hydrothermal vents, and cobalt-rich ferromanganese crusts, or accretions of metal along the sides of underwater mountains.

    Earlier this year, in January, a proposal to allow companies to survey Norway’s waters and assess its resource potential sailed through parliament with an 80-20 vote. Until that point, seabed mining had not been a widely publicized issue in Norway, but the vote prompted a groundswell of civil society opposition. 

    “To large parts of Norwegian society, this came as a surprise when the Norwegian government suddenly announced that they were going for deep sea mining, and it sparked a lot of outrage,” said Haldis Tjeldflaat Helle, a deep sea mining campaigner at Greenpeace Nordic. Environmental organizations found themselves in an unusual alliance with the country’s fishing industry, which organized against the mining plan because of the threat it posed to fish stocks (seafood is Norway’s largest export after oil and gas). There was also opposition from Norwegian trade unions and a resolution passed in the European Parliament that criticized the plan.

    In the fall, during the course of routine parliamentary proceedings, the Socialist Left, a small political party with just eight seats in Parliament, threatened to withhold support for the annual budget unless the government — a minority coalition between the Labour Party and the Centre Party — dropped its plans for the permit licensing program for the year ahead.

    This caused weeks of “intense” negotiations between the parties, according to Lars Haltbrekken, an environmental activist and Socialist Left parliamentarian. The argument in some ways reflected competing visions of how Norway should position its image to the world: “‘If we now stop this process, companies will think of Norway as an unstable country to make business in’ — that was the argument from the government. What we argued was that the environmental consequences of doing this might be so huge that it’s also a risk for Norway’s reputation around the world,” Haltbrekken said.

    On December 1, the plan was finally reversed. The Socialist Left didn’t put a full stop to deep-sea mining in Norway, but its maneuvering delayed the granting of exploration permits by at least a year and could make a future resumption of licensing approval unlikely. “I think that when we have stopped it for one year, we will be able to stop it for another year, and another year, and another year,” Haltbrekken said. The prime minister, Jonas Gahr Støre, described the latest outcome as merely a “postponement.” 

    In what some observers saw as an indication of just how uncertain deep-sea mining is as a commercial venture, only three mining companies, all small Norwegian startups, had plans to apply for the permits. One of them, Green Minerals, said in a press release last week that it “expects a slightly accelerated timeline” for licensing approval under next year’s newly elected government, allowing the company to maintain its timeline of a first exploration cruise in 2026 and the beginning of mining operations before 2030.

    Norway’s waters are far more remote and harder to operate heavy machinery in than others being explored for deep-sea mining. “The weather conditions in the Norwegian Sea are very different than the ones in the Pacific,” said Helle, of Greenpeace Nordic. “We are talking about an area that is very far north. Most of it is above the Arctic Circle, close to Svalbard, and this is an area where you have a lot of high waves, you have a lot of wind and you can get temperatures around freezing, and so it is very challenging doing operations.”

    Norway does have a history of industrial operations in the Arctic — its primary export is oil, much of which is drilled offshore, though much closer to its shores than the proposed mining area. The country is at “the forefront of marine and deep-sea technology,” said Thomas Dahlgren, a Swedish biologist at the Norwegian Research Centre who studies deep-sea life. “They have Kongsberg,” he continued, referring to the defense contractor and maritime technology developer. “They have 50 years of experience in pumping up oil and gas from the seafloor and so on, and they have all the wealth they built up by exploiting fossil fuels, which they are now eager to put to work in some other industrial activity.”

    Aside from the technical challenges, some conservationists worry that mining for underwater sulfides could endanger a delicate and little-known part of the planet before scientists have had the chance to learn its secrets. Hydrothermal vents — underwater geysers that spout superheated, mineral-rich water from the Earth’s crust — were discovered in 1977. Scientists were astonished to find that the vents supported entire underwater ecosystems, with species found nowhere else, and in the decades since their discovery, some have speculated that these environments may hold clues to the origin of life on earth — and even the possibility of life on other planets. The total area on earth containing active vent ecosystems is estimated to be around 50 square kilometers (less than 20 square miles).

    Deep-sea mining proponents only suggest mining around hydrothermal vents that are extinct, or inactive — no longer spouting heated water, but still surrounded by valuable metals. But Matthew Gianni, co-founder and policy advisor of the Deep Sea Conservation Coalition, said that the easiest inactive vents for miners to locate tend to be in so-called vent fields, in proximity to active vents, which could be disturbed by mining. “If you punch a hole into an inactive deposit, you can change the hydrology of the venting system. You can basically shut down an active vent and everything living on it basically goes dead eventually,” Gianni said.

    A ship passes through glaciers
    A ship passes through glaciers near the Svalbard Islands, in the Arctic Ocean in Norway. Sebnem Coskun/Anadolu Agency via Getty Images

    The debate over deep-sea mining has touched on a contradiction in Norway’s political identity. It’s a country deeply tied to the ocean, with a proud culture of environmental stewardship, while also being heavily materially invested in the extraction of the ocean’s riches — and, like other petrostates, eager for an economic replacement in the event that the world’s appetite for Norway’s oil eventually dies.

    “I’m not saying we should do it,” said Steinar Løve Ellefmo, a geoscientist who facilitates an interdisciplinary pilot program at the Norwegian University of Science and Technology where researchers study deep-sea mining solutions in collaboration with public officials, NGOs, and commercial stakeholders including Green Minerals, the mining startup. “I’m saying we should investigate whether we can do it as a contribution to meeting the demand for minerals and metals” — adding that their extraction “has the potential to limit or reduce our dependence on petroleum-based energy production.”

    Haltbrekken, the Socialist Left parliamentarian, said he accepts the need for mineral mining, broadly speaking. “We need minerals, we do, to stop climate change. But we do need to do more recycling of the minerals that we already have. And I think even though we do have a lot of conflicts and a lot of environmental disasters connected to the mining industry on land, it’s easier for us to control and have strict environmental regulations on mining on land than mining two to three thousand meters down in the sea,” he said.

    “Of course, should we do more on recycling?” Ellefmo said. “But that will not really do the trick. It will contribute, yes, no question, and we should put more effort into it. We should do more on onshore mining for sure. We should do something on your and my consumption for sure. But at the same time, I think we should be allowed to investigate whether [deep-sea mining] could be a good idea. And that includes, of course, understanding the environmental impact if we were to do it.”

    Fundamentally, the debate has an epistemological character: The only thing everyone seems to agree on is how little is known about the deep ocean or what the effects of mining there would be. But while, for opponents of mining, this ignorance is what makes the idea of mining a hubristic folly, others see the fact of what we don’t know as the motivation for permitting exploration of the deep sea — in the interest of science.

    But, as Dahlgren, the Swedish biologist, said, “It would be naive to think that the research and science required to understand the baselines would appear without this industrial interest. Society will not pay for it.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Norway hits the brakes on mining the Arctic Ocean — for now on Dec 13, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Gautama Mehta.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/oceans/norway-hits-the-brakes-on-mining-the-arctic-ocean-for-now/feed/ 0 505882
    Low-lying atoll nations show inundation simulations to international court https://rfa.org/english/environment/2024/12/13/pacific-islands-climate-change-icj/ https://rfa.org/english/environment/2024/12/13/pacific-islands-climate-change-icj/#respond Fri, 13 Dec 2024 08:28:04 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/environment/2024/12/13/pacific-islands-climate-change-icj/ BANGKOK – Low lying atoll nations told the International Court of Justice, or ICJ, that sea-level rise will render their islands uninhabitable this century, calling for a definitive opinion that lack of action to reduce carbon emissions is a breach of international law.

    The two weeks of hearings which wrap up Friday have been defined by starkly different dueling narratives. One from countries – predominantly rich and industrialized – that have sought to deny or minimize blame for a rising average temperature and higher seas. The other, articulated by poor and vulnerable nations, seeks to apportion responsibility and bring about accountability.

    “With the rise in sea level, Tuvalu will likely become uninhabitable long before complete inundation,” said Eselealofa Apinelu, a diplomat from Tuvalu, a coral atoll nation of 10,000 people situated halfway between Australia and Hawaii.

    “King tides are increasingly causing year-round inundation as marine water percolates through the porous limestone of our coral atolls,” she told the ICJ on Thursday.

    Aerial view of Funafuti, Tuvalu’s most populous island on Sept, 6, 2024.
    Aerial view of Funafuti, Tuvalu’s most populous island on Sept, 6, 2024.

    After lobbying by the Pacific island nation of Vanuatu, the U.N. General Assembly last year voted to seek an advisory opinion from the ICJ to clarify the legal obligations of states to combat climate change and the consequences of failing to act.

    The opinion, expected next year, would be non-binding but could influence other courts as they consider climate change cases. If the ICJ agrees that international law as a whole applies, it could strengthen the negotiating hand of developing nations at the U.N.’s annual climate talk and for rich nations to cut emissions more rapidly and to provide more financial assistance.

    Top polluters such as the United States and China told the court that their obligations were already fulfilled by participation in treaties designed to address human-driven climate change, including the 2015 Paris Agreement to limit warming to 1.5 degrees Celsius.

    They argued that emissions of carbon dioxide, which trap heat in the atmosphere and raise the global temperature, cannot be likened to transboundary pollution such as a contamination of a river that passes through several countries.

    Developing nations including Pacific and Caribbean island states say a range of human rights are being violated and international law as a whole applies. Bangladesh warned of the possibility of having to relocate millions of people this century from its low-lying delta.

    This undated image shows a seven-hectare land reclamation on the principal island of Tuvalu’s Funafuti atoll following its completion in November 2023.
    This undated image shows a seven-hectare land reclamation on the principal island of Tuvalu’s Funafuti atoll following its completion in November 2023.

    Tuvalu’s testimony included videos played to the court of 3D simulations of how different extents of sea-level rise would completely engulf its filaments of land during storms or extreme tides.

    The Marshall Islands also deployed computer modelled simulations in its testimony to demonstrate the possibility of complete inundation of its crucial fresh water wells by storm surges or high tides.

    Though simplifications, the visualizations powerfully drove home the larger point of the risks the atoll nations face.

    “It is not too late to prevent these doom scenarios,” Marshall Islands climate envoy Kathy Jetnil-Kijiner told the court.

    RELATED STORIES

    Top polluting nations dispute climate accountability at international court

    Climate ‘flashpoint’ looms for Trump’s China-centric focus on Pacific: US analysts

    Nauru uses high-profile UN address to press case for sea-bed mining

    Land reclamation efforts

    Both Marshall Islands and Tuvalu have turned to land reclamation but are reliant on donors to fully realize the plans.

    The Marshall Islands said it needs about US$9 billion to fortify two of its atolls that have most of its population.

    “We need time and finance. We need temperatures to stop rising so we have more time. And we urgently need finance because we just cannot afford the adaptation that is necessary,” Jetnil-Kijiner said.

    Donor-funded land reclamation has added about 5% to the area of Tuvalu’s most populated island, Fogafale. The country has said it wants US$1 billion to double Fogafale’s area and raise its elevation by reclaiming 3.6 square kilometers (1.4 square miles) from the lagoon.

    Apinelu also linked warmer seas and declining fish populations to the burden of health problems in Tuvalu. Half of Tuvaluans’ calories now come from rice and sugar, she said.

    “As things stand, Tuvalu cannot survive the catastrophic impacts of climate change,” Apinelu said.

    “Tuvalu asks that you be a part of the solution,” she told the ICJ.

    Edited by Taejun Kang.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Stephen Wright for RFA.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/environment/2024/12/13/pacific-islands-climate-change-icj/feed/ 0 505880
    Massacre in Goma: Exposing #OperationKeba https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/11/massacre-in-goma-exposing-operationkeba/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/11/massacre-in-goma-exposing-operationkeba/#respond Wed, 11 Dec 2024 11:56:48 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=7c1e9ff01a2210c851ae7162ef37a805
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/11/massacre-in-goma-exposing-operationkeba/feed/ 0 505582
    Extreme heat is forcing farmers to work overnight, an adaptation that comes with a cost https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/overnight-work-extreme-heat-adaptation-agriculture/ https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/overnight-work-extreme-heat-adaptation-agriculture/#respond Wed, 11 Dec 2024 09:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=654652 Every morning, for years, Josana Pinto da Costa would venture out onto the waterways lining Óbidos, Brazil, in a small fishing boat. She would glide over the murky, churning currents of the Amazon River Basin, her flat nets bringing in writhing hauls as the sun ascended into the cerulean skies above.  

    Scorching temperatures in the Brazilian state of Pará have now made that routine unsafe. The heat has “been really intense” this year, said Pinto da Costa in Portuguese. It feels as if the “sun has gotten stronger,” so much so that it’s led her to shift her working hours from daytime to the dead of night.

    Abandoning the practice that defined most of her days, she now sets off to the river in the pitch dark to chase what fish are also awake before dawn. It’s taken a toll on her catch, and her life. But it’s the only way she can continue her work in the face of increasingly dangerous temperatures

    “A lot of our fishing communities have shifted to fishing in the nighttime,” said Pinto da Costa, who advocates nationally for fisherfolk communities like hers through the Movimento de Pescadores e Pescadoras Artesanais do Brasil, or the Movement of Artisanal Fishermen and Fisherwomen of Brazil. 

    An aerial of a fishing town with lights and boats on the water at night
    Fishing boats float in the harbor at the historic Old Town district of Belém at night in November 2023.
    Ricardo Lima / Getty Images

    Moving from daytime to overnight work is often presented as the most practical solution for agricultural laborers struggling with rising temperatures as a result of climate change. But it is no longer simply a proposal: This shift is already underway among many of the communities that catch, grow, and harvest the world’s food supply, from Brazil to India to the United States. Studies show the most common means of adapting to rising temperatures in most crop-growing regions has been to start working when it’s still dark out, or even to shift to a fully overnight schedule

    “The obvious piece of advice that you’ll see given is, ‘Work at night. Give workers head torches,’ and so on,” said Zia Mehrabi, a food security and climate researcher at the University of Colorado, Boulder. “But the reality is, that can lead to other rights violations, other negative impacts.” 


    That’s been the case for Pinto da Costa and her fishing community in Brazil. Nighttime work has been an additional hardship for a community already struggling with the impacts of climate change. The region has experienced decades of severe drought conditions, causing fish to die off and physically isolating people as waterways dried up

    Research shows that regularly working during the night is physically and mentally disruptive and can lead to long-term health complications. Nighttime fishing is also threatening social and communal routines among the fisherfolk. A daytime sleep schedule can curb quality time spent with loved ones, as well as limit when wares can be sold or traded in local markets. 

    It’s also impacting their ability to support themselves and their families through a generations-old trade. “We’ve actually been working more hours with less food, with less production,” said Pinto da Costa, noting that working at night has made their work less efficient and led them to find less fish. “This is across all regions of Brazil,” she added. 

    The impact of a shift to nighttime hours is an understudied piece of the puzzle of how climate change and rising temperatures threaten the world’s food supply and its workforce. But for many experts, and those on the front lines, one thing is clear: Overnight work is far from a straightforward solution.

    “It’s a very scary time for us,” said Pinto da Costa.  

    fishermen silhouetted against a boat at sunset or sunrise
    Fishermen walk on their boat as they fish in the Tapajos river in the Pará state of Brazil in August 2020.
    Andre Penner / AP Photo

    Outdoor workers, with their typical midday hours and limited access to shade, face some of the most perilous health risks during periods of extreme heat. A forthcoming analysis — previewed exclusively by Grist — found that, on average, the amount of time considered unsafe to work outside during a typical 9-to-5 workday will increase 8 percent by 2050, assuming greenhouse gas emissions stay on their current trajectory.

    Led by Naia Ormaza Zulueta, a Ph.D. student at the University of Colorado, Boulder, and Mehrabi, the analysis measures the number of extreme heat days by geographic region, and then breaks down daily and hourly temperatures by the estimated amount of population exposed. The research reveals that an estimated 21 percent of the global population already faces dangerous levels of heat stress during typical workday hours for more than a third of the year. By 2050, without cuts to planet-warming greenhouse gas emissions (known as the “business-as-usual” scenario), that portion will jump to 39 percent. 

    “The number of days that people will experience a violation of their rights to a safe climate is going to substantially increase, but then also the number of possible working hours in a season, and productivity, is going to be substantially reduced,” said Mehrabi. “It’s a massive lose-lose situation.” 

    Their analysis finds that outdoor agricultural workers will encounter the largest health-related risks, with laborers in some areas being hit harder than others. 

    India, in particular, is projected to be one of the countries whose workforce will be most exposed to heat stress under the business-as-usual climate scenario. There are roughly 260 million agricultural workers in India. By 2050, 94 percent of the country’s population could face more than 100 days in a year when at least one daytime working hour exceeds a wet-bulb temperature of 28 degrees Celsius, or 82.4 degrees Fahrenheit — a conservative threshold of what is considered safe for acclimatized workers experiencing moderate rates of work. (Unacclimatized workers, or those unaccustomed to working in such environments, will face greater levels of heat risk at the same temperature and amount of work.) 

    In Brazil, another of the world’s top agricultural suppliers, heat risk is not as dire, but still poses a substantial risk for outdoor workers, including Pinto da Costa’s community of fisherfolk. By 2050, roughly 41 percent of the country’s population could experience more than 100 days a year when wet-bulb temperatures exceed the recommended threshold for at least one hour a day, according to the Boulder team’s analysis. 

    Mary Jo Dudley, the director of Cornell University’s Farmworker Program and the chair of the U.S. National Advisory Council of Migrant Health, said that the analysis is significant for what it reveals about the human health consequences of extreme heat, particularly as it relates to the world’s agricultural laborers. She’s seeing more and more outdoor agricultural workers in the U.S. adopt overnight schedules, which is only adding to the burdens and inequities the wider workforce already suffers from. This is poised to get worse. Zulueta and Mehrabi found that 35 percent of the total U.S. population will experience more than 100 days of wet-bulb temperatures exceeding 28 degrees C, or 82.4 degrees F, for at least one hour a day every year by 2050.

    “This transition to a nighttime schedule pushes an extremely vulnerable population into more difficult work conditions that have significant mental and physical health impacts,” said Dudley.  

    Rebuking the human body’s circadian rhythms — that 24-hour internal clock that regulates when you sleep and wake — ramps up a person’s risk of health complications, such as cardiovascular disease and types of cancer, and diminishes their body’s ability to handle injury and stress. Working untraditional hours also can reduce a person’s ability to socialize or participate in cultural, communal activities, which are associated with positive impacts on brain and body health

    Women are particularly vulnerable to the social and economic impacts of transitioning to nighttime schedules. Despite making up nearly 45 percent of artisanal fishers in Brazil, women receive lower pay than their male counterparts. That means that when harvests decline with nighttime fishing, their margins are even smaller.

    In the Brazilian state of Bahia, tens of thousands of women fishers work to collect shellfish en masse, while in Maranhão, women fisherfolk herd shrimp to the shore using small nets. Clam harvesting in Brazil’s northeast is also dominated by women. Because these jobs traditionally happened during the day and close to home, they allowed women to balance cultural or gendered family roles, including managing the household and being the caregiver to children. Shifting to evening hours to avoid extreme heat “poses a fundamental challenge,” said Mehrabi. “When you talk about changing working hours, you talk about disrupting families.”  

    Two women stand in the water near a beach gathering fish into buckets
    Two women clean fish at the Xingu River on the Paquicamba Indigenous Land in the Brazilian state of Pará in September 2022.
    Carlos Fabal / AFP via Getty Images

    Overnight work comes with other risks too. In many areas of Brazil, nighttime work is “either impossible” or “very complicated” because there are procedures and regulations as to when fisherfolk in different regions can fish, said Pinto da Costa. Nighttime fishing is regulated in some parts of Brazil — measures that have been shown to disproportionately impact artisanal fishers.

    Even so, says Pinto da Costa, many are braving the risks “just to reduce the amount of exposure to the sun.”

    “Honestly, when I saw that this was accepted in the literature, that people were giving this advice of changing their working shifts to the night, I was shocked,” said Zulueta, the author of the Boulder study, citing a paper published earlier this year where overnight work is recommended as an adaptation tool to reduce agricultural productivity losses to heat exposure. Under a policy of “avoiding unsafe working hours,” shifting those hours to the nighttime “is not a universally applicable solution,” she said.  


    Growing up a pastoralist in Ahmedabad, India, Bhavana Rabari has spent much of her life helping tend to her family’s herd of buffalo. Although she now spends her days advocating for pastoralists across the Indian state of Gujarat, the routine of her childhood is still ingrained in her: Wake up, feed and milk the herd, and then tend to the fields that surround their home. 

    But extreme heat threatens to change that, as well as the preservation of her community. When temperatures soar past 90 degrees F in Ahmedabad — now a regular occurrence — Rabari worries about her mom, who hand-collects feed for their buffalo to graze on. Other pastoralists are nomadic, walking at least 10 miles a day herding cattle from region to region in the hunt for pastureland. 

    A man and a woman tend to a herd of goats
    Bhavana Rabari kneels while tending a herd of goats and sheep near Ahmedabad, Gujarat, India, in 2022.
    Courtesy of Bhavana Rabari

    “If we lose our livestock, we lose our culture, our dignity,” said Rabari. “If we continue our occupations, then we are dignified. We live with the dignity of our work.” 

    But rapidly rising temperatures are making it hard to hold on to that dignity of work. “The heat affects every life, every thing,” said Rabari. 

    Working overnight is a tactic Rabari has heard of other agricultural workers trying. But the idea of tending to the herd in the dark isn’t something she sees as safe or accessible for either her family or other pastoralists in her community. It’s less efficient and more dangerous to work outdoors with animals in the dark, and it would require them to overhaul daily lives and traditions. 

    “We are not working at night,” said Rabari. But what the family is already doing is waking up at 5 a.m. to beat the heat, collecting milk from their buffalo and preparing products to sell in the market during the dusky hours of the morning. 

    Rabari’s family and other pastoralists across Gujarat are increasingly in an untenable position. Hotter temperatures have already caused pastureland to wither, meaning animals are grazing less and producing less milk. More unsafe working hours means lost work time on top of that, which, in turn, changes how much income pastoralist families are able to take home.

    The result has been not adaptation, but an exodus. Most pastoralists Rabari knows, particularly younger generations, are leaving the trade, seeking employment instead as drivers or cleaners in Ahmedabad. Rabari, who organizes for women pastoralists through the Maldhari Mahila Sangathan, or the Pastoral Women Alliance, says women are most often the ones left behind to tend to the herds. 

    They “have to take care of their children, they have to take care of the food, and they have to take care of the water,” she said. “They face the heat, they face the floods, or the excess rain.”


    Halfway across the world, April Hemmes is facing off against unrelenting bouts of heat amid verdant fields of soybeans and corn in Hampton, north-central Iowa. A fourth-generation small Midwestern farmer, Hemmes works more than 900 acres entirely on her own — year in and year out. 

    The Midwest is the largest agricultural area in the United States, as well as one of the leading agricultural producers in the world. It’s also an area that has been battered by human-caused climate change. In fact, scientists just recently declared an end to the drought that had devastated the region for a whopping 203 weeks. The conditions impacted crop yields, livestock, the transportation of goods, and the larger supply chain. 

    Hemmes has the luxury of not having to face the same degree of heat stress that Rabari and Pinto da Costa are confronting elsewhere in the world, per the Boulder analysis. When compared to India and Brazil, the U.S. is on the lowest end of the worker health impact scale for extreme heat. And yet, heat is also already the deadliest extreme weather event in the U.S., responsible for more deaths every year than hurricanes, floods, and tornadoes combined

    A woman drives a piece of farm equipment through a field
    April Hemmes harvests a soybean field on her farm in Iowa in September 2018.
    Courtesy of April Hemmes and Joe Murphy

    A few years back, while building a fence on her farmland, Hemmes suffered her first bout of on-the-job heat exhaustion. Suddenly, her heart started to race and her body felt as if it began to boil from within, forcing her to abandon her task and head indoors, away from the menacing heat. It was a wake-up call: Ever since, she’s been hyper-cautious with how she feels when tending to her fields.

    This past summer, the heat index repeatedly soared past 100 degrees in Hemmes’ corner of Iowa. She found herself needing to be extra careful, not only pacing herself while working and taking more frequent breaks, but also making sure to get the bulk of the day’s work done in the morning. She even began starting her day in the fields an hour or so earlier to avoid searing temperatures compounding with brutal humidity throughout the afternoon. 

    “This [farm] has been in my family for over 125 years,” she said. “I do everything from banking to planting to spraying, everything. So it’s all on me, and it’s my family farm. I’m very proud of that.” In 1993, her dad and grandfather both retired, and she took over operations. She’s been more or less “a one-woman show” since. Keeping her farm well-managed is a responsibility she doesn’t take lightly. “You do what’s best for the soil. Because that’s the inheritance of future generations,” she said. 

    A point-of-view photo of a piece of farm equipment moving over green rows of crops
    April Hemmes’ view as she plants cover crops on one of her fields in May 2024.
    Courtesy of April Hemmes

    When Hemmes looks at how to prepare for a future with hotter working conditions, she knows one thing: Nighttime work is out of the question. 

    Not only are summertime mosquitoes in Iowa “terrible after dark,” but Hemmes says some of the chemicals she uses are regulated, restricting her from spraying them during the nighttime. In addition, she would need to get lights installed throughout the fields to alleviate the risk of injury when she uses equipment, and she would be even more fearful of that equipment breaking down. 

    “It would take more energy to work at night,” said Hemmes. “I think it would be far more dangerous … to work after the daylight was gone.” 

    Like Pinto da Costa and Rabari, Hemmes is involved in advocacy for her community. With the United Soybean Board, Hemmes advocates for women in agriculture. With more resources at her disposal than Pinto da Costa and Rabari, Hemmes is focused on how to ensure solo-farming operations like hers have access to the technology they need to overcome heat spells — and never have to seriously consider an overnight harvest schedule.

    On her own farm, she’s invested in “expensive” autonomous agriculture technology that allows her to take breaks when she needs to from the blistering sun. And she would like to see more precision technology and autonomous agriculture tools readily applied and accessible for farmers. She currently uses a tractor with an automatic steering system that improves planting and plowing efficiency and requires much less work, which she credits as one of the pivotal reasons she’s able to successfully manage her hundreds of acres of fields on her own. 

    She also hopes to see farmers tapping into their inherent flexibility. “What farmers are is adaptable,” she said. “I don’t have an orchard on my farm, but if I did, and I saw this thing [climate change] coming, you know, maybe you look at tearing the trees out and starting to plant what I can in those fields. Maybe the Corn Belt will move up to North Dakota. Who knows, if this keeps progressing?” 

    In Gujarat, Rabari and the Maldhari Mahila Sangathan are working to secure better representation for pastoralists in policymakers’ decisions about land use. The hope is for these communities to inform policies that would allow pastoralists job security and financial safety nets as climbing temperatures make it difficult to work and turn a profit.

    Women pastoralists in particular are entirely left out of these policy spaces, said Rabari, which isn’t just an issue of exclusion but means their unique ecological knowledge is lost, too. “We have a traditional knowledge of which grass is good for our animals, which grass they need to eat so we get the most meals, how [they] can be used for medical treatment,” she said.

    A woman kneels in a dry field with pots and pans strewn on the ground
    A woman named Madhuben boils camel milk in Gir Forest, Gujarat, India, in January 2021. Madhuben is a nomadic pastoralist who walks at least 10 miles a day, herding her cattle from region to region in the hunt for pastureland.
    Courtesy of Bhavana Rabari

    Pinto da Costa and the Movimento de Pescadores e Pescadoras Artesanais do Brasil are also advocating for monetary relief from the Brazilian government to offset the losses her fisherfolk community has faced from climate change and shifting work hours. In addition, she is looking for technical support to improve fisherfolk’s resources and equipment.

    “I have maintained my energy and motivation to continue to fight for our rights,” said Pinto da Costa.

    For all, it’s a race against time. Eventually, even working at night may not be enough to keep outdoor agricultural work viable. The Boulder researchers found that an overnight working schedule will not significantly alleviate dangerous heat stress exposure risk in key agricultural regions of the world — particularly across India. After all, heat waves don’t only happen during the day, but also take place at night, with overnight minimum temperatures rising even more rapidly than daytime highs

    Zachary Zobel, a scientist at the Woodwell Climate Research Center who has separately researched the impact of overnight work adaptations on global agricultural productivity levels, said the Boulder team’s analysis has a “novel” result, and lines up with what his team has found.

    “Warming past 2 degrees C, which we will experience over the next 30 years, would mean that even overnight shifts wouldn’t recover productivity,” said Zobel. 

    “How do you solve a problem like that?” Mehrabi said. “The reality is that the workers most at risk are the people contributing least to the climate change problem. That’s not to say that we can’t have better policies around hydration, shading, health. But it’s just kind of trying to put a BandAid on a problem. It doesn’t actually deal with the problem at its root cause, which comes down to this trajectory of fossil fuel consumption and emissions.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Extreme heat is forcing farmers to work overnight, an adaptation that comes with a cost on Dec 11, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Ayurella Horn-Muller.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/overnight-work-extreme-heat-adaptation-agriculture/feed/ 0 505572
    The Arctic just hit an unfortunate climate milestone https://grist.org/science/arctic-report-card-noaa-emissions/ https://grist.org/science/arctic-report-card-noaa-emissions/#respond Wed, 11 Dec 2024 09:15:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=654714 The last nine years have been the warmest ever recorded in the Arctic Circle, and this year saw a number of new milestones in the region: It was the rainiest summer on record, and plant life bloomed across the tundra at a near-record pace. 

    As the Arctic reacts to the planet-warming gases that humans have pumped into the atmosphere, the region is swiftly transforming and entering what scientists call a “new regime.” That’s one of the findings of this year’s Arctic Report Card, a document published by the U.S. government’s National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, which shows how wildfires and thawing permafrost have turned the region into a net source of carbon emissions for the first time.

    “The Arctic of today is vastly different from the Arctic of decades ago,” said Twila Moon, deputy lead scientist at the National Snow and Ice Data Center and lead editor of the report, which is the work of 97 scientists across 11 countries and has been published annually for nearly two decades. “Changes that happen in the Arctic have a direct influence on those of us far away from it.”

    One of the ways that a rapidly warming Arctic affects the rest of the world is by releasing potent greenhouse gases of its own. As permafrost — Arctic soil that typically remains frozen year-round — begins to thaw, ancient plant matter that was packed into that ground begins to decompose, releasing methane and carbon dioxide. This year, wildfires raging across the tundra also added to the region’s emissions total by further melting the permafrost and sending the grassy landscape up in smoke. Since 2003, these wildfires have released 207 million metric tons of carbon into the atmosphere.

    “When we put that all together, what we found is that the tundra region has shifted from a carbon sink, which it has been for many thousands of years,” said Susan Natali, an Arctic ecologist at the Woodwell Climate Research Center who contributed to the report. “Our Earth systems aren’t taking up and storing carbon as they used to, and this is something that we need to account for.”

    Scientists have observed that, under the right conditions, thawed permafrost can refreeze and return to being a carbon sink. But considering the acceleration of Arctic wildfires and warming temperatures, researchers like Natali question whether the permafrost will be able to recover. 

    A caribou grazes near the Svalbard Islands in the Arctic Ocean in 2022.
    Ãzge Elif Kızıl / Anadolu Agency via Getty Images

    “We have to now think of the Arctic as essentially another country emitting heat-trapping gases,” said Moon. She added that these changes will affect people who live in the region, too. Thawing permafrost, for example, comes with the risk that the ground will collapse, destroying homes and infrastructure.

    But for outsiders, the region is in many ways becoming more accessible as it warms. This summer, large container ships took previously impassable routes through the Arctic Ocean, thanks to low levels of sea ice. According to the Arctic Report Card, this September saw the sixth lowest amount of sea ice ever recorded, which also carries consequences for the climate: When that frozen white surface is no longer there to bounce the sun’s energy away from Earth, the heat gets absorbed by our oceans instead — warming them up, and making it harder to refreeze.

    Recent record-high air temperatures created a similar feedback loop. As the air warms up, it holds more water vapor, which in turn traps more heat.

    “It’s another one of these vicious amplifying cycles that’s adding heat to the Arctic more rapidly,” Moon said. And all the extra moisture in the atmosphere brings heavy rains instead of snow, which can cause flooding.

    As the Arctic warms, it also gets greener. In a process known as shrubification, thawing permafrost makes way for new plant life to spread across the land. According to the report, scientists observed the second most potent Arctic greening event on record this year. These plants suck up carbon as they grow, partially offsetting the emissions released by wildfires and the thawed soil. 

    But according to Moon, the new shrubs are also crowding out the lichens that serve as the primary food source for the tundra’s migratory caribou. And as more rain falls instead of snow, it creates a layer of ice over the ground, blocking the caribou from grazing. The report, which included a chapter about these native Arctic mammals, says their populations have declined by 65 percent — a worrying trend for Indigenous groups that depend on the herds as a natural resource. 

    “Sometimes it doesn’t seem so concrete for people to think about carbon dioxide and methane,” Natali says. “But these are very concrete and real changes that have been happening over the past decades. People are impacted and dealing with these changes every day of their life.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline The Arctic just hit an unfortunate climate milestone on Dec 11, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Sachi Kitajima Mulkey.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/science/arctic-report-card-noaa-emissions/feed/ 0 505590
    Activists mark International Human Rights Day around the globe | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/activists-mark-international-human-rights-day-around-the-globe-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/activists-mark-international-human-rights-day-around-the-globe-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Tue, 10 Dec 2024 21:57:50 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=bd12cc287d940e4e8eea95346906c331
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/activists-mark-international-human-rights-day-around-the-globe-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 505512
    Activists mark International Human Rights Day around the globe | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/activists-mark-international-human-rights-day-around-the-globe-radio-free-asia-rfa-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/activists-mark-international-human-rights-day-around-the-globe-radio-free-asia-rfa-2/#respond Tue, 10 Dec 2024 21:34:39 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=b52fec657cc48fc59799068a241e2877
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/activists-mark-international-human-rights-day-around-the-globe-radio-free-asia-rfa-2/feed/ 0 505521
    2025 Emergency Watchlist https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/2025-emergency-watchlist/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/2025-emergency-watchlist/#respond Tue, 10 Dec 2024 17:37:45 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=cd715650021d1418ebd25c48c7fa2d38
    This content originally appeared on International Rescue Committee and was authored by International Rescue Committee.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/2025-emergency-watchlist/feed/ 0 505463
    Norway keeps promise to end international finance for fossil fuels, boosting hopes of OECD deal tomorrow https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/09/norway-keeps-promise-to-end-international-finance-for-fossil-fuels-boosting-hopes-of-oecd-deal-tomorrow/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/09/norway-keeps-promise-to-end-international-finance-for-fossil-fuels-boosting-hopes-of-oecd-deal-tomorrow/#respond Mon, 09 Dec 2024 21:52:15 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/norway-keeps-promise-to-end-international-finance-for-fossil-fuels-boosting-hopes-of-oecd-deal-tomorrow The Norwegian government today published its policy to align its financing with the Clean Energy Transition Partnership (CETP, sometimes called the Glasgow Statement), fulfilling a promise it made a year ago to end the use of Norwegian government finance to fund fossil fuel projects abroad.

    At the COP28 UN climate summit in Dubai, Norway signed the Clean Energy Transition Partnership, committing to end its international public finance for fossil fuel projects within a year. Recent research shows the CETP is working, with most signatories eliminating or considerably reducing their international fossil fuel financing. Collectively, signatories cut their international public finance for fossil fuels by up to two thirds since signing the agreement, a drop of USD 15 billion a year. Norway’s new policy will contribute to this progress.

    Norway’s new policy will end the government’s public finance for fossil fuel projects overseas, which largely comes from its government export credit agency, Eksfin – although the policy does not appear to address the role that Eksfin plays in providing financing to the Norwegian state oil company, Equinor. Between July 2021 and June 2023, Eksfin provided between NOK 8.78 billion and 10.98 billion ($749 – 993 million) for fossil fuel projects. In 2023, Eksfin provided NOK 3.7 billion ($334 million) in support for the controversial Sakarya oil and gas field in Turkey. Phase 1 of the Sakarya field, which Eksfin helped to enable by providing Norwegian government backing, is expected to emit 140 million tonnes of CO2 over its lifetime, approximately equivalent to the annual emissions of 37 coal plants.

    While Norway’s climate policies are in the spotlight for both national and international critique in many other areas – not least its status as one of only five Global North governments responsible for a majority of the entire world’s planned expansion of new oil and gas fields through 2050 – the publication of the Norwegian CETP policy is important progress. Norway must build on this progress to ensure a comprehensive approach to phasing out oil and gas in line with the 1.5C temperature rise limit.

    The publication of Norway’s policy helps increase momentum for a global, binding deal that can end $41 billion a year in oil and gas export financing at the OECD, where Norway will be among countries partaking in final negotiations tomorrow (Tuesday, 10th December). With the EU, US, UK, Canada, Norway, Australia and New Zealand all supporting fossil fuel restrictions a deal is within reach. This would free up significant sums in public money for clean energy instead.

    A deal would be difficult to undo by any one country, making this a last opportunity for President Biden to reach a ‘Trump-proof’ climate deal. With Norway aligning its financing with the CETP, this creates a further incentive for Norway and other CETP countries to create binding OECD rules restricting export finance for fossil fuels from all OECD countries, creating a ‘level playing field’ for trade. Reportedly, Korea and Turkiye are the last countries that still need to be convinced to support the agreement.

    Adam McGibbon, Campaign Strategist at Oil Change International, said:
    “Norway’s decision to honor its pledge to end international oil and gas financing is a crucial domino falling at exactly the right moment. Tomorrow’s OECD negotiations represent a once-in-a-generation opportunity to redirect $41 billion in annual oil and gas export finance toward cleaner energy. With Trump looming on the horizon, this could be our last chance to lock in climate progress that would be difficult to reverse.

    “Prime Minister Støre must now urgently contact his Korean and Turkish counterparts, the last holdouts at the OECD, to encourage them to ensure a historic deal is reached that helps accelerate the energy transition and secures a liveable planet for all.”


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/09/norway-keeps-promise-to-end-international-finance-for-fossil-fuels-boosting-hopes-of-oecd-deal-tomorrow/feed/ 0 508069
    Cook Islands seeks ‘decolonisation’ of international law at ICJ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/09/cook-islands-seeks-decolonisation-of-international-law-at-icj/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/09/cook-islands-seeks-decolonisation-of-international-law-at-icj/#respond Mon, 09 Dec 2024 00:11:24 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=107966

    The Cook Islands has used its first-ever appearance at the International Court of Justice (ICJ) to advocate for the “decolonisation” of international law.

    While making an oral statement for an advisory opinion on the obligations of states regarding climate change, Auckland University senior lecturer Fuimaono Dr Dylan Asafo placed the blame on “our international legal system” for “the climate crisis we face today”.

    He said major greenhouse gas emitters have relied “on these systems, and the institutions and fora they contain, like the annual COPs (Conference of Parties)” for many decades “to expand fossil fuel industries, increase their emissions and evade responsibility for the significant harms their emissions have caused.”

    “In doing so, they have been able to maintain and grow the broader systems of domination that drive the climate crisis today — including imperialism, colonialism, racial capitalism, heteropatriarchy and ableism.”

    Fuimaono called on nations to “dismantle these systems and imagine and build new ones capable of allowing everyone to live lives of joy and dignity, so that they are able to determine their own futures and destinies.”

    He said the UN General Assembly’s request for an advisory opinion offers the ICJ “the most precious opportunity to interpret and advise on existing international law in its best possible light in order to empower all states and peoples to work together to decolonise international law and build a more equitable and just world for us all.”

    The Cook Islands joined more than 100 other states and international organisations participating in the written and oral proceedings — the largest number of participants ever for an ICJ proceeding.

    Fuimaono said the Cook Islands believes states should owe reparations to climate vulnerable countries if they fail to meet their adaptation and mitigation obligations, and the adverse effects to climate change lead to displacement, migration, and relocation.

    The island nation’s delegation was led by its Foreign Affairs and Immigration director of the treaties, multilaterals and oceans division Sandrina Thondoo; foreign service officer Peka Fisher; and Fuimaono as external counsel.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/09/cook-islands-seeks-decolonisation-of-international-law-at-icj/feed/ 0 505221
    Amnesty International doubles down on Israeli Gaza ‘genocide, atrocities’ report at NZ rally https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/07/amnesty-international-doubles-down-on-israeli-gaza-genocide-atrocities-report-at-nz-rally/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/07/amnesty-international-doubles-down-on-israeli-gaza-genocide-atrocities-report-at-nz-rally/#respond Sat, 07 Dec 2024 10:18:53 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=107908 Asia Pacific Report

    Amnesty International officials at a rally in Auckland today doubled down on their global report this week accusing Israel of genocide and called on Aotearoa New Zealand to take more action over the atrocities in the besieged enclave of Gaza.

    The global human rights movement’s 296-page fully documented report says Israel has “unleashed hell and destruction on Palestinians in Gaza brazenly, continuously and with total impunity”.

    The allegations have enraged the Tel Aviv government and stirred the unaffiliated Israeli chapter of Amnesty International to distance itself from the “genocide” allegation while admitting “serious crimes are being committed in Gaza, that must be investigated”.

    Speaking at the weekly rally in Te Komititanga Square in the heart of Auckland today, Amnesty International Aotearoa’s people power manager Margaret Taylor said the report was “irrefutable”.

    “Israel has committed and is — this very minute — committing genocide against Palestinians in the occupied Gaza Strip,” she said and was supported with loud shouts of “shame, shame!”

    Al Jazeera reports that 50 people were killed in the latest Israeli attacks on central Gaza’s Nuseirat refugee camp — in which the death toll included six children and five women — and the Indonesian Hospital in northern Gaza’s Beit Lahiya district.

    The report examines in detail Israel’s violations in Gaza over nine months between 7 October 2023 and early July 2024.

    ‘Firsthand accounts, satellite photography’
    “Amnesty International interviewed hundreds of people with firsthand accounts. We analysed photos and video footage of the devastation, the remains of weaponry, corroborated with satellite photography, and we reviewed a huge range of data sets, repirts and statements by UN agencies, humanitarian organisations, human rights groups, and senior Israeli government officials and military leaders,” said Taylor.

    “As I said before, this is irrefutable.”

    The Amnesty International delegation at today's justice and ceasefire rally for Palestine
    The Amnesty International delegation at today’s justice and ceasefire rally for Palestine in downtown Auckland. Image: David Robie/Asia Pacific Report

    Noting that the “atrocity crimes” against Israelis by Hamas on 7 October 2023, which triggered the current war — although brutal repression against the Palestinians has been extensively reported since the Nakba in 1948 — “do not justify genocide”.

    The publication of the report has been welcomed around the world by many humanitarian and human rights groups but condemned by Israel and criticised by its main backer, the United States.

    In a statement, the Israeli Foreign Minister claimed: “The deplorable and fanatical organisation Amnesty International has produced a fabricated report that is entirely false and based on lies.”

    A "thousands of children are dying" placard
    A “thousands of children are dying” placard at today’s Palestine rally in Auckland. Image: David Robie/Asia Pacific Report

    Last month, the international Criminal Court (ICC) issued arrest warrants for Israel Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and former Foreign Minister Yoav Gallant for alleged war crimes and crimes against humanity.

    The International Court of Justice (ICJ) is also investigating Israel over “plausible genocide” in a case brought by South Africa and supported by at least 18 other countries.

    Israel’s actions had brought Gaza’s population to the “brink of collapse”, said the Amnesty International report.

    “Its brutal military offensive had killed more than 42,000 Palestinians [now more than 44,000], including over 13,300 children, and injured over 97,000 more, by 7 October 2024, many of them in direct or deliberately indiscriminate attacks, often wiping out entire multigenerational families.

    “It has caused unprecedented destruction, which experts say occurred at a level and speed not seen in any other conflict in the 21st century, levelling entire cities and destroying critical infrastructure, agricultural land and cultural and religious sites.

    “It thereby rendered large swathes of Gaza uninhabitable.”

    A "flag-masked" child at today's Palestine rally in Auckland
    A “flag-masked” child at today’s Palestine rally in Auckland. Image: David Robie/Asia Pacific Report

    NZ needs to take action
    Taylor told the rally that New Zealand needed to take more action over the genocide, such as:

    • Publicly recognise that Israeli authorities are committing the crime of genocide and commit to strong and sustained international action;
    • Ban imports from illegal settlements as well as investment in companies connected to maintaining the occupation; and
    • Do everything possible to facilitate Palestinian people seeking refuge to come to Aotearoa New Zealand and receive support.

    In RNZ’s Checkpoint programme on Thursday, Amnesty International Aotearoa’s advocacy and movement building director Lisa Woods said the organisation had worked to establish the intent behind Israel’s acts in Gaza, adding that they meet the definition of genocide.

    The series of air strikes analysed in the report had hit civilian homes in densely populated urban areas.

    “No evidence was found that any of these strikes were directed at a military objective,” she said.

    “The report found that the way these attacks were conducted is that they were conducted in ways that were designed to cause a very high number of fatalities and injuries among the civilian population.”

    Today’s Palestine rally also devoted part of its activities to preparing a series of on-the-spot submissions to the Treaty Principles Bill amid many “Kill the bill” tee-shirts, banners and placards.

    A "Kill the Bill" tee-shirt
    A “Kill the Bill” tee-shirt referring to the controversial Treaty Principles Bill widely regarded as a fundamental attack on Aotearoa New Zealand’s foundational 1840 Treaty of Waitangi at today’s Palestine rally in Auckland. Image: David Robie/Asia Pacific Report


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/07/amnesty-international-doubles-down-on-israeli-gaza-genocide-atrocities-report-at-nz-rally/feed/ 0 505103
    Amnesty International: Israel Is Committing Genocide in Gaza with Full U.S. Support https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/06/amnesty-international-israel-is-committing-genocide-in-gaza-with-full-u-s-support-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/06/amnesty-international-israel-is-committing-genocide-in-gaza-with-full-u-s-support-2/#respond Fri, 06 Dec 2024 15:03:20 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=2a49cb1be1db9f002e31fb2581948f24
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/06/amnesty-international-israel-is-committing-genocide-in-gaza-with-full-u-s-support-2/feed/ 0 505066
    Amnesty International: Israel Is Committing Genocide in Gaza with Full U.S. Support https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/06/amnesty-international-israel-is-committing-genocide-in-gaza-with-full-u-s-support/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/06/amnesty-international-israel-is-committing-genocide-in-gaza-with-full-u-s-support/#respond Fri, 06 Dec 2024 13:13:10 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=b32209d8f1443806423a501e8d2eb577 Seg amnesty report building smoke

    Amnesty International has released a landmark report that concludes Israel is committing genocide against Palestinians in Gaza, making it the first major human rights group to do so. The nearly 300-page report examines the first nine months of the Israeli war on Gaza and finds that Israel’s actions have caused death, injury and mental harm on a vast scale, as well as conditions intended to bring about the physical destruction of Palestinians in Gaza. Both Israel and the United States have rejected Amnesty’s conclusion. Amnesty researcher Budour Hassan, who covers Israel and the Occupied Palestinian Territories, dismisses the criticism and says, if anything, Amnesty’s intervention took too long because of how carefully the group gathered and verified its information. “We tried to be absolutely true to the definition of 'genocide' under the Genocide Convention,” says Hassan, who urges U.S. officials in particular to do more to stop the bloodshed. “If there is any country that has the capacity, the power and the tools to stop this genocide, it’s the United States. Not only has the United States failed to do so, it has consistently awarded Israel. It has consistently continued to flout the United States’ own laws in order to continue giving Israel the weapons — the very same weapons that are used by Israel to commit the genocide in Gaza.”


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/06/amnesty-international-israel-is-committing-genocide-in-gaza-with-full-u-s-support/feed/ 0 505056
    Some of the world’s biggest cities are so polluted they’re warming slower https://grist.org/climate-energy/some-cities-are-so-polluted-theyre-warming-slower/ https://grist.org/climate-energy/some-cities-are-so-polluted-theyre-warming-slower/#respond Fri, 06 Dec 2024 09:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=653942 The question of whether global warming is accelerating is hotly contested among climate scientists. While some have argued that the current rate of warming — which hit an all-time high last year — is strictly correlated with increased fossil fuel emissions and therefore aligned with current climate models, others have cautioned that the Earth is far more sensitive to fossil fuels than previously thought and that humanity is hurtling toward tipping points from which there can be no return. 

    In a recent study, a group of researchers from the University of Melbourne complicated this debate with an analysis of warming rates across the globe and possible causes for regional differences. Their principal finding: The globe is getting hotter at a faster rate, but this acceleration is occurring unevenly. Surprisingly, densely populated areas with large concentrations of poverty — megacities like Cairo and Mumbai — are warming more slowly than urban centers in Europe and North America. Why? The researchers found that the large quantity of aerosol particles in the air of highly polluted cities reflect sunlight back out into space and, at least in the short term, can have a net cooling effect on populations.

    “It’s a brain-twister,” said Edith de Guzman, an adaptation policy specialist at the University of California at Los Angeles Luskin Center for Innovation, who commended the researchers for their work. The authors of the paper emphasized that the finding should hardly be taken as a good sign. For one, it’s likely only temporary. And secondly, the protection, such as it is, only comes from harmful pollutants. De Guzman concurred, saying accelerated warming means that “populations that are already grossly vulnerable to a variety of environmental and climate injustices will be more vulnerable.” 

    As countries develop economically, their governments tend to adopt policies to clean up pollution, and as the air clears, vulnerable populations will be at a high risk of dangerous heat exposure. Christopher Schwalm, the Risk Program Director at the Woodwell Climate Research Center, offered the example of China, where the government has begun to equip its coal-fired power plants with emissions reduction technologies like scrubbers, to prevent soot from escaping the facility. Such measures are good for the quality of the air, he said, but they will allow more heat from the sun to seep in. The hardest hit will be those without access to air conditioners and shaded areas. 

    “The poorer you are the hotter it gets, where heat is a metaphor for all forms of climate disruption,” Schwalm said. “It’s really hard to do good for not doing bad.”

    Schwalm explained that the scientific community has about three dozen highly sophisticated climate models that are collectively thought of as a “panel of experts” on the trajectory of global warming. He believes that examining accelerated warming is useful because it can help countries plan for climate adaptation measures and understand how realistic their current climate policy goals are — or aren’t. 

    Last year, the world blew past the emissions targets from 2015’s Paris Agreement, and is on track to do the same this year. Scientists are increasingly vocal about the so-called death of the Paris Agreement’s commitment to keep the world below a temperature increase of 1.5 degrees Celsius (2.7 degrees Fahrenheit), in attempts to force policymakers to contend with the inevitability of worsening heat waves and extreme weather events to come. 

    The authors of the Melbourne paper offer much-needed insight about what that future will look like and how nations should prepare: Their findings should encourage “targeted climate adaptation strategies” directed at the poorest urban communities around the world.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Some of the world’s biggest cities are so polluted they’re warming slower on Dec 6, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Lylla Younes.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/climate-energy/some-cities-are-so-polluted-theyre-warming-slower/feed/ 0 504975
    Amnesty International Concludes That Israel Is Committing Genocide In Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/05/amnesty-international-concludes-that-israel-is-committing-genocide-in-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/05/amnesty-international-concludes-that-israel-is-committing-genocide-in-gaza/#respond Thu, 05 Dec 2024 18:23:11 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=ad1bd6bd5c3168f2d68ca2dfc0ab7167
    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by The Intercept.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/05/amnesty-international-concludes-that-israel-is-committing-genocide-in-gaza/feed/ 0 504838
    Amnesty International Concludes That Israel Is Committing Genocide In Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/05/amnesty-international-concludes-that-israel-is-committing-genocide-in-gaza-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/05/amnesty-international-concludes-that-israel-is-committing-genocide-in-gaza-2/#respond Thu, 05 Dec 2024 18:23:11 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=ad1bd6bd5c3168f2d68ca2dfc0ab7167
    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by The Intercept.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/05/amnesty-international-concludes-that-israel-is-committing-genocide-in-gaza-2/feed/ 0 504839
    Reaction to ICC Indictment Reveals Bipartisan Contempt for International Law https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/05/reaction-to-icc-indictment-reveals-bipartisan-contempt-for-international-law/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/05/reaction-to-icc-indictment-reveals-bipartisan-contempt-for-international-law/#respond Thu, 05 Dec 2024 16:40:48 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/reaction-to-icc-indictment-reveals-bipartisan-contempt-for-international-law-zunes-20241205/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Stephen Zunes.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/05/reaction-to-icc-indictment-reveals-bipartisan-contempt-for-international-law/feed/ 0 504821
    Israel has ‘unleashed hell and destruction’ in Gaza genocide, says Amnesty investigation https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/05/israel-has-unleashed-hell-and-destruction-in-gaza-genocide-says-amnesty-investigation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/05/israel-has-unleashed-hell-and-destruction-in-gaza-genocide-says-amnesty-investigation/#respond Thu, 05 Dec 2024 12:13:32 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=107857 Asia Pacific Report

    Amnesty International’s research has found sufficient basis to conclude that Israel has committed and is continuing to commit genocide against Palestinians in the occupied Gaza Strip, the organisation has revealed in a landmark new investigative report.

    The 294-page report documents how, during its military offensive launched in the wake of the deadly Hamas-led attacks in southern Israel on 7 October 2023, Israel has “unleashed hell and destruction on Palestinians in Gaza brazenly, continuously and with total impunity”.

    This 14-month military offensive was launched in the wake of the deadly Hamas-led attacks in southern Israel on 7 October 2023.

    An Amnesty International statement made along with releasing the investigation says that the Aotearoa New Zealand government “can and should take action”, for example:

    • Publicly recognise that Israeli authorities are committing the crime of genocide and commit to strong and sustained international action;
    • Ban imports from illegal settlements as well as investment in companies connected to maintaining the occupation; and
    • Do everything possible to facilitate Palestinian people seeking refuge to come to Aotearoa New Zealand and receive support.

    Lisa Woods, advocacy and movement building director at Amnesty International Aotearoa New Zealand, said: “This research and report demonstrate that Israel has carried out acts prohibited under the Genocide Convention, with the specific intent to destroy Palestinians in Gaza.

    “It’s not enough to say ‘never again’. The New Zealand government has to publicly call this what it is — genocide.

    “We’re asking the Prime Minister and Foreign Minister to show leadership. New Zealand has a responsibility to act.”

    Ban illegal settlement products
    Woods said that in addition to acknowledging that this was genocide, the New Zealand government must ban products from the illegal Israeli settlements in the Occupied Palestinian Territory — “and open the doors to Palestinians who are desperately seeking refuge.”

    Agnès Callamard, secretary-general of Amnesty International, said about the new report:

    "You feel like you are subhuman" - the Amnesty International genocide report
    “You feel like you are subhuman” – the Amnesty International genocide report. Image: AI screenshot APR

    “These acts include killings, causing serious bodily or mental harm and deliberately inflicting on Palestinians in Gaza conditions of life calculated to bring about their physical destruction.

    “Month after month, Israel has treated Palestinians in Gaza as a subhuman group unworthy of human rights and dignity, demonstrating its intent to physically destroy them.

    “Our damning findings must serve as a wake-up call to the international community: this is genocide. It must stop now.”

    Callamard said that states that continued to transfer arms to Israel at this time must know they are “violating their obligation to prevent genocide and are at risk of becoming complicit in genocide”.

    She said that all states with influence over Israel, particularly key arms suppliers like the US and Germany — but also other EU member states, the UK and others — must act now to bring Israel’s atrocities against Palestinians in Gaza to an immediate end.

    Population facing starvation
    Over the past two months the crisis has grown particularly acute in the North Gaza governorate, where a besieged population is facing starvation, displacement and annihilation amid relentless bombardment and suffocating restrictions on life-saving humanitarian aid, Callamard said.

    “Our research reveals that, for months, Israel has persisted in committing genocidal acts, fully aware of the irreparable harm it was inflicting on Palestinians in Gaza,” she said.

    “It continued to do so in defiance of countless warnings about the catastrophic humanitarian situation and of legally binding decisions from the International Court of Justice (ICJ) ordering Israel to take immediate measures to enable the provision of humanitarian assistance to civilians in Gaza.

    “Israel has repeatedly argued that its actions in Gaza are lawful and can be justified by its military goal to eradicate Hamas. But genocidal intent can co-exist alongside military goals and does not need to be Israel’s sole intent.”

    Amnesty International said in its statement that it had examined Israel’s acts in Gaza closely and in their totality, taking into account their recurrence and simultaneous occurrence, and both their immediate impact and their cumulative and mutually reinforcing consequences.

    The organisation considered the scale and severity of the casualties and destruction over time. It also analysed public statements by officials, finding that prohibited acts were often announced or called for in the first place by high-level officials in charge of the war efforts.

    “Taking into account  the pre-existing context of dispossession, apartheid and unlawful military occupation in which these acts have been committed, we could find only one reasonable conclusion: Israel’s intent is the physical destruction of Palestinians in Gaza, whether in parallel with, or as a means to achieve, its military goal of destroying Hamas,” Callamard said.

    Atrocities ‘can never justify Israel’s genocide’
    “The atrocity crimes committed on 7 October 2023 by Hamas and other armed groups against Israelis and victims of other nationalities, including deliberate mass killings and hostage-taking, can never justify Israel’s genocide against Palestinians in Gaza.”

    According to the statement, international jurisprudence recognises that the perpetrator does not need to succeed in their attempts to destroy the protected group, either in whole or in part, for genocide to have been committed.

    The commission of prohibited acts with the intent to destroy the group, as such, was sufficient.

    The report examines in detail Israel’s violations in Gaza over nine months between 7 October 2023 and early July 2024.

    Amnesty International interviewed 212 people, including Palestinian victims and witnesses, local authorities in Gaza, healthcare workers, conducted fieldwork and analysed an extensive range of visual and digital evidence, including satellite imagery.

    It also analysed statements by senior Israeli government and military officials, and official Israeli bodies.

    On multiple occasions, the organisation shared its findings with the Israeli authorities but had received no substantive response at the time of publication.

    Unprecedented scale and magnitude
    The organisation said Israel’s actions following Hamas’s deadly attacks on 7 October 2023 had brought Gaza’s population to the brink of collapse.

    Its brutal military offensive had killed more than [44,000] Palestinians, including more than 13,300 children, and wounded or injured more than 97,000 others by 7 October 2024, many of them in direct or deliberately indiscriminate attacks, often wiping out entire multigenerational families.

    Israel had caused unprecedented destruction, which experts say occurred at a level and speed not seen in any other conflict in the 21st century, levelling entire cities and destroying critical infrastructure, agricultural land and cultural and religious sites, Amnesty International said.

    It thereby rendered large swathes of Gaza uninhabitable.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/05/israel-has-unleashed-hell-and-destruction-in-gaza-genocide-says-amnesty-investigation/feed/ 0 504782
    Israel’s Genocide Against Palestinians in Gaza Revealed Through Evidence and Analysis https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/05/israels-genocide-against-palestinians-in-gaza-revealed-through-evidence-and-analysis/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/05/israels-genocide-against-palestinians-in-gaza-revealed-through-evidence-and-analysis/#respond Thu, 05 Dec 2024 00:02:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=82e94f1125a948e996ce8c49f08f8b7d
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/05/israels-genocide-against-palestinians-in-gaza-revealed-through-evidence-and-analysis/feed/ 0 504710
    Over 100 countries want an ambitious plastics treaty. Oil-producing nations are getting in the way. https://grist.org/international/broken-consensus-decision-protocol-hobbled-plastics-treaty-negotiations-busan-south-korea-inc5/ https://grist.org/international/broken-consensus-decision-protocol-hobbled-plastics-treaty-negotiations-busan-south-korea-inc5/#respond Mon, 02 Dec 2024 23:21:29 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=653813 What was supposed to be the final round of United Nations negotiations for a global plastics treaty ended without an agreement on Sunday, as delegates failed to reconcile opposing views on whether to impose a cap on plastic production.

    Another negotiating session — dubbed INC-5.2 after this week’s INC-5 — will be held in 2025, but it’s unclear how countries will make further progress without a change in the treaty’s consensus-based decision-making process. As it stands, any delegation can essentially veto a proposal they don’t like, even if they’re opposed by most of the rest of the world. 

    “If it wasn’t for Saudi and Russia we would have reached an agreement here,” one European negotiator told the Financial Times. Those two countries, along with other oil producers like Iran and Kuwait, want the plastics treaty to leave production untouched and focus only on downstream measures: boosting the plastics recycling rate, for example, and cleaning up existing plastic pollution.

    Kuwait’s delegation said on Sunday that “we are not here to end plastic itself … but plastic pollution.” That’s the position the plastic industry is taking, as well: Chris Jahn, council secretary for a petrochemical industry consortium called the International Council of Chemical Associations, said it’s “crucial” for the treaty to focus on plastic pollution alone. “With 2.7 billion people globally lacking access to waste collection systems, solutions must prioritize addressing this gap,” he said in a statement.

    Dozens of countries — supported by scientists and environmental groups — say that approach is futile while the plastics industry plans to dramatically increase plastic production. “You can talk about waste management all you want, but this is not the silver bullet,” one of the European Union’s delegates said last week. “Mopping the floor when the tap is open is useless.”

    Christina Dixon, oceans campaign leader for the nonprofit Environmental Investigation Agency, attended INC-5 and told Grist the conference made it clear that “consensus isn’t working.” She said countries seem to be recognizing this too, in light of INC-5’s shortcomings and the low probability of finding unanimity on the treaty’s most critical issues.

    Plastic pollution clogging a river, with trees in background
    Oil-producing countries and the plastics industry want the treaty to focus on waste management.
    Martin Bernetti / AFP via Getty Images

    Last week, one French minister accused a coalition of oil-exporting countries of “continuing obstruction.” Fiji’s negotiator said a “very minority group” was “blocking the process,” and at a press conference over the weekend told delegations holding back the treaty to “please get out.”

    Technically, the treaty could move forward without Saudi Arabia, Russia, and their allies, either continuing under the U.N. framework or — a more radical scenario — in a new forum led by a breakaway alliance of countries. The latter is unlikely given the time and energy countries have invested in the U.N. system, and because they still value the baseline mandate they agreed to two years ago: to “end plastic pollution” by addressing the “full life cycle of plastics.” But a smaller group of signatories could still make a global impact by using import tariffs and other trade policies to indirectly influence plastic production in non-signatory nations.

    It’s more likely that delegations will arrive at INC-5.2 with proposals to change to a voting-based decision-making system. Senegal’s delegate, Cheikh Ndiaye Sylla, said it was a “big mistake” not to do this from the outset. The reason voting wasn’t discussed at INC-5 is because the topic tanked an entire week of negotiations last year.

    “The process is broken, hobbling along while production of plastics and their toxic chemicals is escalating,” said Pam Miller, co-chair of the nonprofit International Pollutants Elimination Network, who attended the talks.

    During the closing plenary on Sunday, several delegates alluded to these procedural problems. One of Fiji’s negotiators also lamented access issues, including rules that prevented civil society from observing two full days of negotiations during the latter half of INC-5. 

    “While this is a member state-driven process, true multilateralism demands balanced, equitable participation to ensure this treaty works for all,” he said.

    Frankie Orona, executive director of the nonprofit Society of Native Nations, which advocates for environmental justice and the preservation of Indigenous cultures, also objected to the draft treaty for insufficiently recognizing the rights of Indigenous peoples. More broadly, he criticized the treaty process for dragging on for two-and-a-half years while the impacts of plastic production and pollution on frontline communities continue. “We were now having conversations at INC-5 that we should’ve been having at INC-1,” he said. “Thousands of people are still going to be impacted … while [delegates] are sitting here figuring out how we can have a vote.”

    Juan Carlos Monterrey with a placard reading "Panama" in front of him. He is wearing a wide-brimmed hat and is set against a blue background.
    Panama’s delegate, Juan Carlos Monterrey Gómez, described the treaty as a “fight for survival.” Anthony Wallace / AFP via Getty Images

    Despite their frustrations, several delegates said it was useful that the meeting in Busan rallied support around a plastic production cap, along with related proposals to ban certain types of plastic and plastic-related chemicals. Many of their statements were charged with an escalated sense of urgency, including when Panama’s negotiator, Juan Carlos Monterrey Gómez, described the treaty as a “fight for survival.”

    “Plastics, for Panama, are a weapon of mass destruction,” he said. “Every piece that we allow to be produced without limits is a direct assault on our health, on our nature, and on our children. For those blocking progress, you are allowing this crisis to fester, and it will kill us.”

    By the conference’s closing plenary, nearly 100 countries had signed onto a statement saying they would not accept a treaty unless it included binding global phaseouts for plastic products and so-called “chemicals of concern.” Mexico’s delegate spent two minutes reading a list of these signatories. And later, nearly all countries stood when Rwanda’s lead negotiator asked them to symbolically show their support for “ambition” in the treaty.

    According to the Earth Negotiations Bulletin, a nonprofit reporting service, an EU delegate shared that “we are not leaving Busan discouraged.” Still, there remains a huge amount of work for INC-5.2, to be held at a to-be-determined date and place. Delegates — including those from the oil-producing states — have agreed to base their discussions on a new draft paper prepared by the chair of INC-5, Luis Vayas Valdivieso.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Over 100 countries want an ambitious plastics treaty. Oil-producing nations are getting in the way. on Dec 2, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Joseph Winters.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/international/broken-consensus-decision-protocol-hobbled-plastics-treaty-negotiations-busan-south-korea-inc5/feed/ 0 504359
    Protesters condemn Fiji ‘complicity, silence’ over Israel’s Gaza genocide https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/30/protesters-condemn-fiji-complicity-silence-over-israels-gaza-genocide/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/30/protesters-condemn-fiji-complicity-silence-over-israels-gaza-genocide/#respond Sat, 30 Nov 2024 22:55:35 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=107572 Asia Pacific Report

    A Fiji solidarity group for the Palestinians has accused the Rabuka-led coalition government of “complicity” in Israel’s genocide and relentless war in Gaza that has killed more than 44,000 people — mostly women and children — over the past year.

    The Fijians4Palestine have called on the Fiji government to “uphold the principles of peace, justice, and human rights that our nation cherishes”.

    “We urge our leaders to use their diplomatic channels to advocate for a peaceful resolution to the conflict, to support international efforts in providing humanitarian aid to the affected regions, and to publicly express solidarity with the Palestinian people, reflecting the sentiments of many Fijians,” the movement said in a statement  marking the UN International Day of Solidarity with the Palestinian People.

    The group said it was “ashamed that the Fiji government continues to vote for the genocide and occupation of Palestinians”.

    It said that it expected the Fiji government to enforce arrest warrants issued by the International Criminal Court (ICC) for Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Israel’s former defence minister Yoav Gallant for alleged war crimes and crimes against humanity in the Gaza Strip.

    The Fijians4Palestine group’s statement said:

    It has been over one year since Israel began its genocide against Palestinians in Gaza.

    Over the past year, Israeli attacks have killed more than 44,000 Palestinians living in Gaza, equal to 1 out of every 55 people living there.

    At least 16,756 children have been killed, the highest number of children recorded in a single year of conflict over the past two decades. More than 17,000 children have lost one or both parents.

    At least 97,303 people are injured in Gaza — equal to one in 23 people.

    According to the United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees, every day 10 children lose one or both legs, with operations and amputations conducted with little or no anaesthesia due to Israel’s ongoing siege.

    In addition to the killed and injured, more than 10,000 people are feared buried under the rubble.

    A Fiji protester with a "Your silence kills" placard
    A Fiji protester with a “Your silence kills” placard rebuking the Fiji government for its stance on Israeli’s war on Gaza. Image: FWCC

    With few tools to remove rubble and rescue those trapped beneath concrete, volunteers and civil defence workers rely on their bare hands.

    We, the #Fijians4Palestine Solidarity Network join the global voices demanding a permanent ceasefire and an end to the violence. We express our unwavering solidarity with the Palestinian people.

    The Palestinian struggle is not just a regional issue; it is a testament to the resilience of a people who, despite facing impossible odds, continue to fight for their right to exist, freedom, and dignity. Their struggle resonates with all who believe in justice, equality, and the fundamental rights of every human being.

    Families torn apart
    The images of destruction, the stories of families torn apart, and the cries of children caught in the crossfire are heart-wrenching. These are not mere statistics or distant news stories; these are real people with hopes, dreams, and aspirations, much like us.

    As Fijians, we have always prided ourselves on our commitment to peace, unity, and humanity. Our rich cultural heritage and shared values teach us the importance of standing up for what is right, even when it is not popular or convenient.

    Today, we stand in solidarity with the Palestinian people, not out of political allegiance but out of a shared belief in humanity, justice, and the inalienable human rights of every individual.

    We unequivocally condemn the State of Israel for its actions that amount to war crimes, genocide, and apartheid against the Palestinian people. The deliberate targeting of civilians, the disproportionate use of force, and the destruction of essential infrastructure, including hospitals and schools, are in clear violation of international humanitarian law.

    The intent to destroy, in whole or in part, a national, ethnic, racial, or religious group is evident. The continuous displacement of Palestinians, the destruction of their homes, and the systematic erasure of their history and culture are indicative of genocidal intent.

    The State of Israel’s policies in the West Bank and Gaza Strip, characterised by racial segregation, discrimination, and domination, amount to apartheid as defined under international law.

    Oppressive regime
    The construction of settlements, the separation wall, and the system of checkpoints are manifestations of this oppressive regime. Palestinians are subjected to different laws, regulations, and treatments based on their ethnicity, clearly violating the principle of equality.

    We call upon the Fiji government to uphold the principles of peace, justice, and human rights that our nation cherishes. We urge our leaders to use their diplomatic channels to advocate for a peaceful resolution to the conflict, to support international efforts in providing humanitarian aid to the affected regions, and to publicly express solidarity with the Palestinian people, reflecting the sentiments of many Fijians.

    We are ashamed that the Fiji government continues to vote for the genocide and occupation of Palestinians. We expect our government to enforce arrest warrants issued by the International Criminal Court for Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Israel’s former defence minister Yoav Gallant for alleged war crimes and crimes against humanity in the Gaza Strip.

    The silence of the Fiji government is complicity, and history will not forgive their inaction.

    Our solidarity with the Palestinian people is a testament to our shared humanity. We believe in a world where diversity, is treated with dignity and respect. We dream of a future where children in Gaza can play without fear, where families can live without the shadow of war, and where the Palestinian people can finally enjoy the peace and freedom they so rightly deserve.

    There can be no peace without justice, and we stand in unity with all people and territories struggling for self-determination and freedom from occupation.

    The Pacific cannot be an Ocean of Peace without freedom and self determination in Palestine, West Papua, Kanaky and all oppressed territories.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/30/protesters-condemn-fiji-complicity-silence-over-israels-gaza-genocide/feed/ 0 504164
    Gallery: Palestinian musicians, poets and solidarity partners in vibrant celebration https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/29/gallery-palestinian-musicians-poets-and-solidarity-partners-in-vibrant-celebration/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/29/gallery-palestinian-musicians-poets-and-solidarity-partners-in-vibrant-celebration/#respond Fri, 29 Nov 2024 09:50:07 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=107528 Asia Pacific Report

    Palestinian diaspora poets, singers and musicians gathered today with solidarity partners from Aotearoa New Zealand, African nations — including South Africa — in a vibrant celebration.

    The celebration marked the UN International Day of Solidarity with the Palestinian People and similar events have been happening around New Zealand today, across the world and over the weekend.

    Images by David Robie of Asia Pacific Report.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/29/gallery-palestinian-musicians-poets-and-solidarity-partners-in-vibrant-celebration/feed/ 0 504105
    Open letter plea by NZ community broadcaster for end to Israel’s ‘sadistic cruelty’ in Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/29/open-letter-plea-by-nz-community-broadcaster-for-end-to-israels-sadistic-cruelty-in-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/29/open-letter-plea-by-nz-community-broadcaster-for-end-to-israels-sadistic-cruelty-in-gaza/#respond Fri, 29 Nov 2024 09:46:17 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=107514 Pacific Media Watch

    A community broadcaster in Aotearoa New Zealand has appealed for an end to the “sadistic cruelty” and the “out in the open genocide” by Israel in Gaza and the occupied Palestine territories.

    In an open letter, Lois Griffiths, co-presenter of the environmental, social justice and current affairs programme Earthwise on Plains FM, has criticised the “injustices imposed by colonialism” and has cited Bethlehem Lutheran pastor Munther Isaac in saying “Gaza today has become the moral compass of the world”.

    Her letter is published by Asia Pacific Report to mark the UN International Day of Solidarity with the Palestinian People.

    The open letter by Griffiths says:

    K Gurunathan’s article “Sparks fly as political tinder of Māori anger builds” (The Press and The Post, November 25) argues that the injustices imposed by colonialism, including the “systematic confiscation of Māori land”, leading to poverty and cultural alienation are factors behind the anger expressed by the recent Hīkoi.

    We need to learn Aotearoa New Zealand history.

    One needs to learn history in order to understand the present.

    But we need to learn world history too.

    Coincidentally, I am in the middle of reading Israeli journalist Gideon Levy’s most recent book The Killing of Gaza: reports on a catastrophe.

    Levy has been there many times, reporting first hand about the sadistic cruelty imposed on its people, a cruelty that began in 1948.

    He explains that Hamas promotes armed resistance as a last resort. Any other approach has been ignored

    The Israeli regime is being accused now of war crimes. But war crimes have been going on for decades.

    But it sickens me to even think of what is happening now. It is genocide, genocide out in the open.

    In the words of Bethlehem Lutheran pastor Munther Isaac: “Gaza today has become the moral compass of the world.”


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/29/open-letter-plea-by-nz-community-broadcaster-for-end-to-israels-sadistic-cruelty-in-gaza/feed/ 0 504011
    At the final round of plastic treaty negotiations, a production cap hangs in the balance https://grist.org/international/production-limits-stake-inc5-busan-south-korea-un-plastics-treaty-negotiations/ https://grist.org/international/production-limits-stake-inc5-busan-south-korea-un-plastics-treaty-negotiations/#respond Wed, 27 Nov 2024 18:23:33 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=653725 Just a day after the conclusion of the United Nations’ annual climate conference in Azerbaijan, diplomats began convening in Busan, South Korea, for a separate bout of discussions — this time over plastics.

    The fifth and potentially final round of negotiations over a global plastics treaty began on Monday, with hopes running high that countries will be able to wrap up a deal to address plastic pollution by December 1. During an opening ceremony, speakers from the U.N. entreated delegates to find the “bold political will” to address plastic’s damage to human health and the environment. South Korea’s environment minister, Kim Wan Sup, said that “we must end plastic pollution before plastic pollution ends us.”

    Specifically at stake at INC-5, the official name for this round of negotiations, is what many participants consider to be the treaty’s defining question: Will the world directly limit the amount of plastic that manufacturers can produce? Dozens of countries have argued that a production cap is the only way to achieve the treaty’s goal to “end plastic pollution,” though they’ve had a hard time convincing oil-producing countries to agree. Virtually all plastics are made from fossil fuels.

    Proponents of a production cap, who include environmental groups and a coalition of scientists, sometimes liken the plastic pollution crisis to an overflowing bathtub. Instead of mopping up the floor — cleaning up existing plastic waste while the industry plans to produce more and more — they want to turn off the metaphorical tap. Reducing plastic production would also cut greenhouse gas emissions and mitigate people’s exposure to the 16,000 chemicals used in plastic products, at least 4,200 of which have hazardous properties.

    There’s also a financial case for hard limits on plastic production: The Institute for Environmental Economics and Financial Analysis, a think tank, recently argued that a cap on the production of primary plastic polymers, combined with other demand and supply initiatives, could smooth volatility and price instability currently affecting producers.

    “World leaders gathering here in Busan must deliver an agreement that progressively cuts the unfettered production of plastic,” Von Hernandez, the global coordinator for the anti-plastic coalition Break Free From Plastic, said in a statement. Along with the nonprofits Greenpeace and WWF, Break Free From Plastic delivered a 3-million-signature petition to government officials on the day before discussions began, asking for them to “drastically reduce” the production of plastic. 

    Inger Andersen, UNEP Executive Director, speaking at a lectern. Her image is projected onto a screen, and in the foreground is a large audience watching her.
    U.N. Environment Programme Executive Director Inger Andersen speaks during the opening of INC-5. Anthony Wallace / AFP via Getty Images

    Much has changed since countries first agreed to negotiate a plastics treaty in 2022, and even since the last meeting in April. This summer, the United States indicated it would support production caps as part of the treaty, only to flip-flop the week after the reelection of former President Donald Trump. Chris Dixon, an ocean campaign leader for the nonprofit Environmental Investigations Agency who is attending the talks, said any hope that the U.S. would eventually ratify the treaty has “completely evaporated,” since Republicans will soon take control of the Senate. 

    There are other signs that nations may not agree to a production cap at INC-5. In the lead-up to the conference, U.N. Environment Programme Executive Director Inger Andersen appeared to place her thumb on the scale by making several speeches and media appearances in which she emphasized plastics’ utility to society, a common industry talking point. In an interview with the international news agency AFP, she characterized the debate on production caps as “not an intelligent conversation.” 

    “These remarks are part of a concerning pattern of statements that risk prejudicing the outcome of the negotiations,” wrote more than 130 environmental organizations in a letter sent to U.N. Secretary-General António Guterres in October.

    Luis Vayas Valdivieso, the chair of INC-5, also drew scrutiny for the way he consolidated the previous meeting’s text — a bloated document filled with just about everyone’s desired language — into a more manageable basis for negotiations. For unclear reasons, he deleted the article that had been titled “primary plastic production,” which presumably would have dealt with a potential cap, and replaced it with a vaguer article on “supply,” focusing mostly on voluntary national commitments.

    Instead of production caps, some countries, including the U.S., say they support so-called market mechanisms to indirectly drive down demand for plastic production. This could involve anything from a plastic tax to bans on particular plastic products. They want the treaty to focus on boosting plastics recycling above the abysmal current rate of 9 percent and cleaning up existing plastic pollution.

    The American Chemistry Council, or ACC, a U.S. trade group, says a plastic production cap would axe jobs and cause an “increased environmental footprint,” since alternative materials weigh more and thus cause more greenhouse gas emissions during transport.

    The ACC did not respond directly to Grist’s request for comment on the financial case for a production cap, but the president of the group’s division representing plastic makers, Ross Eisenberg, implied that demand for plastic products will increase as the global population becomes wealthier. He cited a 2024 report commissioned by the International Council of Chemical Associations, of which the American Chemistry Council is a member, finding that a plastic production cap could increase the costs of many goods and services and that this would “impact those least able to afford it.

    “The most efficient way to balance supply and demand is through natural market forces, rather than arbitrary production caps,” Eisenberg said.

    INC-5 Chair Luis Vayas Valdivieso stands at a blue lectern
    INC-5 Chair Luis Vayas Valdivieso. Anthony Wallace / AFP via Getty Images

    Benny Mermans, chair of the World Plastics Council, said in a statement ahead of INC-5 that “we have the power to shape a future where society continues to reap the immense benefits of plastics without them becoming pollution.” He called for an agreement that treats plastics “as valuable resources rather than waste.”

    According to an analysis from the nonprofit Center for International Environmental Law, 220 fossil fuel and chemical industry lobbyists registered to attend INC-5, more than all of the European Union and its member states combined.

    It’s too early to know what will come of the INC-5 discussions, but the first days of the meeting suggest the week will be deeply divisive. At two events last Sunday and Monday, Andersen again faced scrutiny from environmental groups and the media for appearing to try to influence the negotiations — this time by allegedly conducting closed-door meetings with national delegations in which she pressured them to drop production caps from their priorities. Green groups also raised concerns that the decision to base negotiations off of Valdivieso’s streamlined text was being “largely ignored,” with some countries allegedly attempting to overload the document with new suggestions.

    By Wednesday, some delegates were expressing frustration at the slow pace of the negotiations, saying that “the end seems far from sight.”

    Among the other issues to be resolved — or not — during INC-5 are whether the treaty will ban or restrict lists of toxic chemicals used in plastics, how to pay for the treaty’s provisions, and how the agreement will be structured. Many countries, supported by environmental groups, favor a top-down format with legally binding global provisions; others, including the United States, favor a voluntary approach where countries are free to set their own targets, whether they’re on plastic production and use or pollution management.

    Lennox Yearwood Jr, president and CEO of the social justice organization Hip Hop Caucus, told Grist from Busan that countries should gavel a treaty protecting frontline communities most likely to live near petrochemical plants and landfills. “Negotiators at INC-5 must prioritize binding measures that cap plastic production, outline our commitment to address the current harm the fossil fuel industry poses, and address plastic waste,” he said. 

    “Without bold action, the treaty negotiations risk becoming another missed opportunity to tackle environmental racism on a global scale.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline At the final round of plastic treaty negotiations, a production cap hangs in the balance on Nov 27, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Joseph Winters.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/international/production-limits-stake-inc5-busan-south-korea-un-plastics-treaty-negotiations/feed/ 0 503798
    Yet again, protestors face a brutal crackdown #protecttheprotest #humanrights https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/27/yet-again-protestors-face-a-brutal-crackdown-protecttheprotest-humanrights/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/27/yet-again-protestors-face-a-brutal-crackdown-protecttheprotest-humanrights/#respond Wed, 27 Nov 2024 17:38:09 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=dbb92057f72614089aa75586fdddda43
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/27/yet-again-protestors-face-a-brutal-crackdown-protecttheprotest-humanrights/feed/ 0 503790
    International criminal court seeks arrest warrant Myanmar junta chief https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2024/11/27/icc-junta-chief-arrest-warrant/ https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2024/11/27/icc-junta-chief-arrest-warrant/#respond Wed, 27 Nov 2024 10:31:20 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2024/11/27/icc-junta-chief-arrest-warrant/ The International Criminal Court, or ICC, issued an application for an arrest warrant on Wednesday for Myanmar’s army chief who now heads its junta, in connection with violence against the mostly Muslim Rohingya minority in western Myanmar’s Rakhine state in 2017, its prosecutor said.

    Myanmar’s military conducted a sweeping crackdown on Rohingya communities in 2017 after Rohingya militants attacked police posts on the border with Bangladesh.

    Thousands of people were killed when the military cleared and burned Rohingya communities. The violent campaign forced more than 740,000 people to flee to Bangladesh.

    The United States and other counties said the attacks by Myanmar’s military against Rohingya civilians was genocide. U.N. investigators concluded that the military campaign had been executed with “genocidal intent”.

    “After an extensive, independent and impartial investigation, my office has concluded that there are reasonable grounds to believe that Senior General and Acting President Min Aung Hlaing, Commander-in-Chief of the Myanmar Defence Services, bears criminal responsibility for the crimes against humanity of deportation and persecution of the Rohingya,” ICC prosecutor Karim Khan said in a statement.

    “My Office alleges that these crimes were committed between 25 August 2017 and 31 December 2017 by the armed forces of Myanmar, the Tatmadaw, supported by the national police, the border guard police, as well as non-Rohingya civilians.”

    Radio Free Asia was not immediately able to contact Myanmar’s military for comment.

    In 2022, the International Court of Justice, or ICJ, rejected all of Myanmar’s objections to a case brought against it by Gambia that accuses it of genocide against the Rohingya minority.

    Myanmar’s military regime had lodged four preliminary objections claiming the Hague-based court does not have jurisdiction and that the West African country of Gambia did not have the standing to bring the case over mass killing and forced expulsions of Rohingya in 2016 and 2017.

    The ICC seeks to establish individual criminal responsibility for international crimes. The ICJ is concerned with state responsibility.

    RELATED STORIES

    Rohingya recount horrors of being kidnapped, forced to fight in Myanmar

    More Rohingya are arriving in Bangladesh, as Rakhine state burns

    Violence against the Rohingya explained

    Myanmar’s military and the then government, led by democracy champion Aung San Suu Kyi, defended the 2017 crackdown in Rakhine state as a legitimate response to attacks by insurgents on security forces.

    Suu Kyi and her government were ousted in a February 2021 coup by Min Aung Hlaing.

    She and hundreds of pro-democracy colleagues and supporters are in prison, while war between anti-junta forces and the military has spread across large parts of the country, including Rakhine state, where Rohingya have again been subjected to violent attacks.

    Edited by Taejun Kang and Kiana Duncan.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Staff.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2024/11/27/icc-junta-chief-arrest-warrant/feed/ 0 503715
    CPJ calls for international probe after evidence indicates Israel targeted journalists in deadly Lebanon strike  https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/26/cpj-calls-for-international-probe-after-evidence-indicates-israel-targeted-journalists-in-deadly-lebanon-strike/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/26/cpj-calls-for-international-probe-after-evidence-indicates-israel-targeted-journalists-in-deadly-lebanon-strike/#respond Tue, 26 Nov 2024 15:48:28 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=437959 New York, November 26, 2024—The Committee to Protect Journalists calls for an immediate international investigation into a deadly Israeli strike in Lebanon that legal experts believe could be a war crime as it likely deliberately targeted civilians, killing three members of the media.

    “Journalists are civilians and must never be targeted,” said CPJ CEO Jodie Ginsberg. “Israel must be held accountable for its actions and the international community must act to ensure that journalist murders are not allowed to go unpunished.”

    On November 25, investigations by Human Rights Watch and Britain’s The Guardian newspaper revealed that Israel’s October 25 airstrike in south Lebanon was carried out using an air-dropped bomb equipped with a U.S.-produced bomb guidance kit.

    Two journalists and a media worker — Ghassan Najjar, Mohammed Reda, and Wissam Kassem — were killed and three more journalists were injured by the 3 a.m. strike on a compound in the southern town of Hasbaya where more than a dozen journalists had been staying for several weeks.

    The investigations, which included site visits, interviews with survivors and legal experts, and analysis of munitions remnants, video, photo, and satellite images, found no evidence of military activity, forces, or infrastructure in the area. Human Rights Watch concluded that the Israeli military “knew or should have known that journalists were staying in the area and in the targeted building.”

    The New York-based rights group further said that U.S. officials “may be complicit in war crimes” because of U.S. weapons transfers to Israel whose military has carried out “repeated, unlawful attacks on civilians.”

    Last month, a CPJ report called for accountability for Israel’s killing of Lebanese journalist Issam Abdallah and wounding of six other journalists in an October 13, 2023, tank strike on a hillside in south Lebanon.

    Prior to the Israel-Gaza war, in May 2023, CPJ’s “Deadly Pattern” report found that Israel had never held its military to account for 20 journalist killings over 22 years. 

    Immediately after the October 25 strike, Israel’s military said it had struck a “Hezbollah military structure” and that “terrorists were located inside the structure.” A few hours later, the army said the incident was “under review.”

    CPJ did not immediately receive a response to its email to the Israel Defense Forces’ North America Media Desk asking whether they’d reviewed the circumstances of the strike, whether they knew there were journalists in the targeted location, and if they were targeted for being journalists.

    At a November 25 press briefing, U.S. State Department spokesperson Matthew Miller said he was aware of the Human Rights Watch report and department officials “generally do take these reports very seriously,” but said he did not have any “further assessment, either to the type of weapon that was used or to the nature of the strike itself.”


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/26/cpj-calls-for-international-probe-after-evidence-indicates-israel-targeted-journalists-in-deadly-lebanon-strike/feed/ 0 503597
    At COP29, new rules for carbon markets made them even more controversial https://grist.org/cop29/carbon-markets-approved-cop29-baku-azerbaijan-article-6-offsets/ https://grist.org/cop29/carbon-markets-approved-cop29-baku-azerbaijan-article-6-offsets/#respond Tue, 26 Nov 2024 09:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=653594 Delegates closed out this year’s United Nations climate conference on Saturday after agonizing debates on the right way to deliver on the goals of the 2015 Paris Agreement. In addition to approving a new framework for international climate aid, nearly 200 countries approved guidelines meant to make it cheaper and easier for them to reach their emissions reduction targets by trading in international carbon markets — in essence, allowing one country to pay another to make emissions cuts on its behalf. While some delegates applauded these developments, many experts and environmental groups are unhappy with the final agreement.

    Among the flaws observers identified were a lack of transparency in the way countries count and report carbon credits and the absence of concrete consequences when agreed-upon guidelines aren’t followed. The final guidelines also failed to provide much specificity about the types of projects allowed to create carbon credits.

    Carbon Market Watch, a European watchdog and research group, said in a statement that the agreements reached at the end of the conference risked “facilitating cowboy carbon markets at a time when the world needs a sheriff.” 

    The carbon markets in question have to do with Article 6 of the Paris Agreement. First outlined in 2015, the article imagined three ways for countries to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions cooperatively. Fleshing out the details, however, has remained the subject of contention through multiple COPs, the name for the annual climate meetings held by the United Nations.

    Article 6’s first cooperative approach, under Article 6.2, allows countries to bilaterally trade carbon credits known as “internationally transferred mitigation outcomes” — certificates each representing 1 metric ton of carbon emissions that are prevented or removed from the atmosphere. The second approach, described in Article 6.4, envisions a global market for carbon credits — in this case dubbed “emission reduction units” — that are purchasable by governments and companies alike. Article 6.8 highlights nonmarket approaches, the third cooperative carbon-reduction mechanism. It wasn’t discussed much at COP29, but it’s supposed to create a platform for wealthy countries to donate money or climate technology to poorer countries.

    According to the International Emissions Trading Association, a pro-carbon market industry group, Articles 6.2 and 6.4 could reduce the cost of reaching countries’ emissions targets by up to $250 billion a year by 2030, since they incentivize countries to do the least expensive emissions reductions first. Simon Watts, New Zealand’s climate minister, said in a statement that the decision to greenlight Article 6 “sends a clear signal to the market to unlock investments in activities that reduce emissions and enable countries to be able to work together and support each other to meet their climate targets.”

    Critics, however, say carbon trading mechanisms distract wealthy countries from the essential work of reducing their own emissions. They say Article 6 risks replicating some of the same fraud and human rights issues that have tainted existing carbon markets outside of the U.N.’s purview. 


    The first big piece of news out of COP29, this year’s U.N. climate conference in Baku, Azerbaijan, was about Article 6.4, the global carbon market for countries and businesses. On November 11, the opening day of the summit, delegates approved two key documents to make the market work, and countries are now expected to begin using it as early as mid-2025.
    COP29 President Mukhtar Babayev touted the market’s fast-tracked approval as a breakthrough “following years of stalemate,” an apparent attempt to set a positive tone for the rest of the two-week conference. But the announcement obscured broader disagreements over Article 6.

    COP29 President Mukhtar Babayev projected onto a screen, with audience in foreground
    COP29 President Mukhtar Babayev leads a plenary on the opening day of the conference. Sean Gallup / Getty Images

    One reason for conflict is that COP29’s initial agreements over Article 6.4 were not reached through negotiation. Rather, they were reached through a procedural sleight of hand by the Article 6.4 Supervisory Body, the 12-person technical group charged with designing standards for the new carbon market. Instead of asking national delegates to weigh in on and approve those two key documents, the Supervisory Body unilaterally adopted them in October and asked delegates to rubber-stamp them at COP29

    The texts that were pushed through outline the types of carbon removal projects that are allowed to generate carbon credits, and the methodologies used to determine how much a carbon credit is worth.

    Isa Mulder, an expert on global carbon markets for Carbon Market Watch, said the move sets a dangerous precedent for the Supervisory Body — and potentially other technical groups — to push forward controversial texts without submitting them to delegates for discussion or negotiation. 

    Similar fears were raised by a host of other observers, as well as the delegate from Tuvalu. Erika Lennon, a senior attorney from the nonprofit Center for International Environmental Law, called it in a statement a “rogue move from the Supervisory Body to prevail in the quest to start COP29 with a ‘win.’”

    Critics voiced not only procedural concerns, but also substantive ones. Lennon criticized the Supervisory Body’s guidance for being too vague about the types of carbon projects allowed to generate credits — some projects, like storing carbon in rocks, are more reliable than others — and for failing to set monitoring requirements that ensure against “reversal,” the release of carbon that was supposed be locked up in perpetuity (like when a wildfire burns up a forest). 

    “Governments now face the real possibility of having created a Paris-sanctioned carbon market that could be worse for people and the planet than the scandal-ridden voluntary carbon markets,” she said, referring to the unregulated marketplace that companies already use to claim they’ve offset their greenhouse gas emissions.

    Injy Johnstone, a decarbonization research associate at the University of Oxford, said a lack of transparency and accountability could allow countries to exaggerate their emissions reductions achieved through offsets.

    “Where there are loopholes, they will be exploited,” she said.

    As negotiations closed on Sunday, those issues remained unresolved, along with others involving the transfer of credits from the Article 6.4 carbon market’s predecessor.

    ***

    Article 6.2, the agreement allowing countries to bilaterally trade carbon credits, had already been in operation before COP29. Under what Lennon described as a “bare-bones” framework from the U.N., rich countries including Japan and Switzerland had set up agreements to exchange carbon credits with developing nations in order to claim progress toward their “nationally determined contributions” — the emissions-reduction pledges countries make under the Paris Agreement. 

    The aim for COP29 was to flesh out Article 6.2 rules on transparency and accountability, including how countries should authorize carbon credits, so that more countries could participate.

    That didn’t happen — at least, not to the extent that some had hoped. Environmental groups and some negotiating blocs — notably, the EU — sounded the alarm over countries “moving backwards” in terms of the mechanism’s reliability. Near the end of the conference, Mulder said the 6.2 mechanism had been watered down so significantly that it risked becoming “just a framework where it’s completely up to countries to do whatever they want.”

    The exact disagreements are deeply technical. One of the main disputes concerns language in the final text that “requests” — rather than mandates — that countries pause the use of carbon credits flagged for integrity issues by a U.N. technical body. Another part of the text makes it optional for countries to share certain details about their carbon trading activities, including carbon projects’ risk of reversal.

    A room full of people working on computers
    Participants work in the common area during COP29. Dominika Zarzycka / SOPA Images / LightRocket via Getty Images

    The agreed-upon texts “put a lot of weight on the shoulders of independent observers, researchers, the media, and the countries themselves to scrutinize the actions of countries engaging in Article 6.2,” said Jonathan Crook, a policy expert at Carbon Market Watch, in a statement. Crook observed that the complexity of Article 6 will likely hinder would-be watchdogs from holding countries accountable for trading low-quality credits.

    Last week, during the final days of COP29, an investigation from the Swiss nonprofit Alliance Sud highlighted the risks of nontransparency around Article 6.2’s carbon credits. It found that Switzerland’s agreement to offset its greenhouse gas emissions by selling clean-burning cookstoves to Ghana — facilitated by the pre-COP29 rules for Article 6.2 — was overestimating its climate benefits by up to 79 percent. But Alliance Sud was only able to discover this through Switzerland’s Freedom of Information Act; the project owner had initially refused to let the organization see an unredacted version of the project description, as well as the analysis used to calculate its emissions impact.

    “The project is as opaque as dense fog,” Alliance Sud said. It concluded that “the possibility of public scrutiny remains crucial to ensuring that carbon mitigation projects do not endanger implementation of the Paris Agreement.”


    With the Paris Agreement’s Article 6, some environmental advocates have found themselves in a tricky position. While they want to ensure the best outcome for its two market mechanisms, they also resent the fundamental idea of them.

    “I get why people are there working on the minutiae of the text,” said Doreen Stabinsky, a professor of global environmental politics at the College of the Atlantic in Maine. “But for me the bigger story that needs to be told is that carbon markets don’t actually stop climate change.” 

    Just this month, an article in the journal Nature Communications found that fewer than 16 percent of carbon credits from more than 2,000 projects analyzed represented “real emission reductions.” On top of these integrity issues, Stabinsky said carbon markets incentivize rich countries to offset their emissions by funding mitigation projects in the developing world, rather than undertaking the difficult but necessary work of decarbonizing their own economies.

    Lennon objected to the claim, often repeated at COP29, that carbon markets are a form of so-called “climate finance” — a term for much-needed funding for climate mitigation and adaptation in the developing world. An early draft of the COP29 agreement listed carbon markets as one of several types of climate finance that rich countries could funnel to poor countries. 

    “Carbon markets are not climate finance and should not be seen as climate finance,” she told Grist. 

    The explicit reference to carbon markets was struck from the final version of countries’ updated pledge to deliver $1.3 trillion to developing countries by 2035 — a main outcome of COP29. But the final agreement doesn’t prohibit countries from trying to use carbon markets to claim progress toward their financial obligations. 

    “The best-case outcome,” Lennon said, would be for the U.N. to eschew these markets altogether. A coalition of African environmental groups shared a similar sentiment during the final days of the COP29.

    According to the groups, carbon markets “don’t actually decrease emissions; they just shift them around.” For that reason, they see them as a tool of the developed world to make it seem as if it is taking climate action, even as it appropriates more of the planet’s “carbon budget” — the amount of climate pollution that countries can collectively emit while remaining within safe planetary boundaries.

    The groups “stand firmly against carbon markets, as we believe they can undermine the integrity of climate action and disproportionately impact developing nations,” they wrote.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline At COP29, new rules for carbon markets made them even more controversial on Nov 26, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Joseph Winters.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/cop29/carbon-markets-approved-cop29-baku-azerbaijan-article-6-offsets/feed/ 0 503574
    ‘We lost’: How COP29 ended with a deal that made the whole world unhappy https://grist.org/international/cop29-agreement-baku-new-collective-quantified-goal/ https://grist.org/international/cop29-agreement-baku-new-collective-quantified-goal/#respond Mon, 25 Nov 2024 09:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=653549 Two weeks ago, diplomats from almost 200 countries arrived at a sports stadium on the outskirts of Baku, Azerbaijan, to debate a subject that had never before been at the center of a United Nations climate conference: money.  

    World leaders have long agreed, in theory, on a dire need to scale up international investment in climate action — investment in both renewable energy and infrastructure that can protect people from climate-fueled drought, fire, and floods. But it is one thing to agree that more money is needed and quite another to agree on who should pay up. That impasse made this year’s conference, COP29, one of the most difficult U.N. negotiations since the 2015 Paris agreement, when the world finally set a numerical target for limiting global warming. 

    But unlike in Paris, the outcome in Baku saw most diplomats leave disappointed and bitter. The talks, which officials described as “agonizing,” “toxic,” and “corrosive,” pitted wealthy countries — led by the United States, the United Kingdom, and the European Union — against dozens of poorer nations from Latin America, Africa, and Asia. In the end, negotiators for the richer nations managed to push through a deal despite opposition from major countries like India and Kenya, as well as a chorus of small states in the fast-disappearing islands of the Pacific. But even though a huge share of countries represented in Baku were furious with the final shape of the finance agreement, none exercised their right to veto the final text.

    The so-called New Collective Quantified Goal, as the funding target is known in U.N. parlance, commits rich countries to leading an effort to triple their climate aid deliveries by 2035, when they must dispatch $300 billion per year. It also calls on them to help raise $1.3 trillion in global climate investments by that year, but doesn’t specify how. This mix of grants and loans will target resilience projects in the world’s most climate-vulnerable countries. And for the first time, contributions from newer global power players like China and South Korea will count alongside those of historically wealthy countries centered in North America and Europe.

    The agreement passed with no formal objections following an hours-long debate that lasted well into Sunday morning — almost 36 hours after the scheduled end of the conference. While leaders from the U.S. and Europe said they were satisfied with the result, much of the rest of the world dismissed it as what one climate envoy from Panama called “spit on the face.” Though the agreement nods to an ambitious $1.3 trillion annual target that developing countries had demanded, its heavy reliance on loans and private finance — and lack of minimum targets for disaster relief projects and vulnerable regions — are a far cry from the arrangement most diplomats from Africa, Asia, and Latin America had wanted.

    Even António Guterres, secretary general of the United Nations, expressed disappointment with the final result.

    “I had hoped for a more ambitious outcome,” he said, though he commended U.N. member countries for undertaking “a complex negotiation in an uncertain and divided geopolitical landscape.”

    The bitter agreement forged in Baku can be traced back to the disastrous 2009 U.N. climate talks in Copenhagen, Denmark. In an effort to placate the developing world after rich countries scuttled a bid to slash carbon emissions, Hillary Clinton and Ed Milliband, who were then leading diplomats for the U.S. and the United Kingdom, respectively, offered a consolation prize: Rich countries would provide $100 billion in climate aid to poor countries every year from 2020 through 2025. The implicit logic of the offer was that early-industrializing countries like the U.S. and U.K. reaped the benefits of massive fossil fuel emissions for far longer than countries with much later economic development, and the latter now disproportionately pay the price for a warming planet.

    But the rich countries blew through their self-imposed deadline. So when U.N. members began discussing a new financial target to replace the $100 billion goal, representatives from the developing world believed they had leverage to argue for something more ambitious: Not only should rich nations increase aid flows to support decarbonization, but they should also deliver more money to ill-funded disaster adaptation projects in vulnerable regions like sub-Saharan Africa — and they should replace debt-producing loans with no-strings-attached grants. 

    The agreement in Baku did not secure these goals. It maintains the same open-ended logic of the first $100 billion promise, with a small number of added guarantees to appease vulnerable nations. Still, the text of the six-page agreement also opens the door for future changes that could free up the kind of climate aid that the most vulnerable nations believe they need. It proposes a shift away from debt financing, the elimination of time-consuming bureaucracy in the international grant funding process, and even potential taxes on polluting industries—all of which could fundamentally change the funding landscape for climate-vulnerable nations. It just doesn’t provide any mechanisms to make these things happen now.

    Ali Mohamed, the climate envoy for Kenya, speaks during a plenary session at COP29 in Baku. Mohamed was one of a few developing country leaders who pushed for a much more ambitious climate finance deal at COP29.
    Ali Mohamed, the climate envoy for Kenya, speaks during a plenary session at COP29 in Baku, Azerbaijan.
    Photo by Sean Gallup / Getty Images

    The real test of how far the world moved forward in Baku will be far from the bureaucratic plenaries of the U.N. It will take place in island nations like St. Kitts and Nevis, which needs an up-front infusion of cash to replace its diesel-based power grid with the stores of geothermal energy it has underground; in Colombia, which is seeking foreign investment to diversify its economy away from a reliance on oil exports; and in underdeveloped nations like Malawi, where a recent drought has forced thousands of pastoral families into food insecurity.

    “We did not get everything we wanted, but we did achieve something,” said Ali Mohamed, the Kenyan climate envoy and head negotiator for a bloc of African nations, in a press huddle after the talks ended. “I look forward to seeing what we can do with what we did get.”

    For months leading up to the summit in Baku, the host government of Azerbaijan promised that COP29 would be “the finance COP.” A new agreement on finance was one of the last outstanding components of the Paris accords that still needed to be hammered out, but negotiators had been debating it for years without reaching anything close to consensus on the major questions: how much money the goal should be, what sorts of projects should be funded, which countries should contribute funding, and who should receive the most funding. As delegates squabbled over small-bore questions during the conference’s first week, these questions remained unresolved.

    The U.S. and Europe, hesitant to guarantee more government grants as aid-skeptical nationalists gain traction with their voters, aligned themselves against negotiating blocs with different but overlapping demands. The influential “African group,” led by the mild-mannered Mohamed of Kenya, was pushing a $1.3 trillion target with a focus on funding climate adaptation infrastructure. The Alliance of Small Island States, led by the outspoken Samoan environment minister Cedric Schuster, wanted a minimum allocation guaranteed to its members alone, given their unique vulnerability to sea level rise, plus money to recover from already-inevitable losses. And the massive G77, which represents almost all developing countries, was standing behind China as it resisted calls to join the U.S. and Europe as an official contributor.

    As the conference’s second and final week neared its close, negotiators found themselves leaving the talks after the official shuttle buses had departed, giving them no choice but to hail cabs from the side of an eight-lane highway. The conference venue itself became a visual metaphor for the stalemate: Talks took place in a makeshift structure erected on the floor of the Baku sports stadium, positioning negotiators like gladiators in a coliseum.

    “We are exhausted,” said Edith Kateme-Kasajja, a climate finance negotiator for Uganda, during the first week. “They are making this impossible for us.”

    The person who was supposed to untangle this knot was Yalchim Rafiyev, a 37-year-old diplomat from the Azerbaijani foreign service who acted as COP29’s lead negotiator. Compared to Sultan Ahmed al-Jaber, the deep-voiced Emirati oil executive who chaired last year’s COP28 talks in Dubai, Rafiyev was a far less imposing personality. He often looked harried as he walked the halls of the conference, and toward the end of the summit he appeared on the verge of collapse.

    The negotiation venue at COP29 sits inside the Baku Olympic Stadium in Baku, Azerbaijan.
    Photo by Sean Gallup / Getty Images

    After talks stalled in the first week, Azerbaijan moved the debate out of public view, huddling with hundreds of national environment and finance ministers who flew into Baku for the second week to decide the questions that career civil servants couldn’t resolve. Early in the second week, Rafiyev and his boss, a former state oil company official named Mukhtar Babayev who served as the conference’s formal “president,” took the writing process into their own hands. They told country leaders they would take everyone’s feedback and come back with a draft of their own. With no visibility into the drafting process, many negotiators began to worry that the Azerbaijani presidency lacked the diplomatic experience to handle such a complex and tense process.

    For many, that skepticism was soon vindicated: The first Azerbaijani proposal on the finance goal, which appeared less than 36 hours before the official end of the conference, made almost no effort to bridge the gap between the parties, instead offering what one observer called a “caricature” of the most extreme proposals made by developed and developing countries. The presidency convened a massive plenary discussion in which leaders from dozens of countries castigated Rafiyev and his colleagues for taking a lax attitude toward a deal that needed to come together in a matter of days.

    The next morning, after a series of all-night drafting sessions, Rafiyev at last produced a text that resolved the basic questions of the goal — and resolved them all in favor of wealthy countries. His proposed goal sought to raise $250 billion by 2035 — and not before — with rich nations “taking the lead” rather than owning the burden, and with ample flexibility for them to draw from the private sector. Gone were a suite of prior proposals to reduce developing country debt loads, move money toward ill-funded adaptation projects in small island states, and funnel investment away from fossil fuels.

    Yalchin Rafiyev, the lead negotiator at COP29, delivers a brief press conference on one of the conference's final days. Rafiyev and his team received significant criticism for not finding consensus between countries.
    Yalchin Rafiyev, the lead negotiator at COP29, delivers a brief press conference on one of the conference’s final days.
    Photo by Sean Gallup / Getty Images

    Europe and the United States were willing to work with this draft, which ensured their political leaders weren’t on the hook for sums that might prove politically impossible, but almost every other country rejected the draft as a betrayal and an insult. The African group called the proposal “unacceptable,” island states called it “shameful,” and even the British economist Nicholas Stern, an architect of the Copenhagen goal, called it “insufficient.” Progressive advocates held enraged press conferences during which they urged developing countries to walk out, chanting that “no deal is better than a bad deal.” 

    With just hours to go before delegates started to fly home and risk depriving the conference of a quorum, the only text available was proving unworkable. Longtime observers started to wonder if a total collapse of the talks was out of the question. In the early evening, as the conference officially entered overtime, Rafiyev gave a stiff, three-minute press conference during which he dourly admitted that the text was short of what Azerbaijan had hoped to achieve.

    “We will continue to work with parties to make final adjustments,” he said, sweating beneath the glare of a camera light. His press team then hurried him away.

    What followed over the next 36 hours was nothing less than a diplomatic coup for the developed world. A group of ministers and negotiators from the United States, European Union, and United Kingdom took matters into their own hands, working around the presidency to convince developing nations to accept a deal whose substance differed little from the draft they decried.

    This cadre included some of the most experienced climate diplomats in the developed world. There was Sue Biniaz, a career climate negotiator for the United States, acting in concert with Biden administration climate advisor John Podesta. There was Ed Milliband, an architect of the original $100 billion goal, who had just returned to government after more than a decade out of power in England. There was Jennifer Morgan, the former Greenpeace leader who as climate envoy for Germany has made that country into a worldwide environmental leader. And there was Woepke Hoekstra, the tall and unruffled climate commissioner for the European Union. 

    Fortified by after-hours food deliveries, this small group worked through the night and into Saturday morning to firm up a deal even as venue staff started to break down delegate offices, and bathrooms ran out of toilet paper. Milliband and Morgan conducted shuttle diplomacy between their offices and those of major delegations like India, Kenya, and Saudi Arabia, looking for ways to make the text more palatable without compromising on favorable core conditions.

    Ali Mohamed, the lead climate envoy for Kenya, and Ed Milliband, the lead climate envoy for the United Kingdom, engage in a conversation at COP29 in Baku. The conference saw developed and developing countries clash over the issue of climate finance.
    Ali Mohamed, the lead climate envoy for Kenya, and Ed Milliband, the lead climate envoy for the United Kingdom, engage in a conversation at COP29 in Baku.
    Photo by Sean Gallup / Getty Images

    The hardest pill for developing countries to swallow was the $250 billion sum, which was only around 20 percent of what they had demanded. It had taken years for rich nations to put a number on the table, and they had offered a figure that climate envoy Juan Carlos Monterrey Gómez of Panama said was a “joke.”

    In inflation-adjusted terms, this figure represented only a small step up from the first goal set in 2009, and it was lower than what was proposed by U.N. economists and expert groups. But it also reflected a hard political reality in donor countries. The U.S. had just elected Donald Trump, who has signaled his intention to withdraw the country from the Paris agreement and zero out climate aid. Germany had just seen a high court ruling limiting the size of its federal budget deficit, giving leaders little breathing room for new spending. The United Kingdom has a significant budget deficit and lackluster growth. While donor countries agreed to bump the number up to $300 billion in response to the fury of developing world negotiators, they held firm against going further.

    Even when developing countries lowered their ask to $500 billion, developed-country ministers said $300 billion was the best they could offer. They were aided in their argument by a pessimistic electoral backdrop: The political will for big aid spending at future U.N. conferences could be even lower than it was in Baku, since right-wing parties will likely soon control even more parliaments in donor countries like Canada. Bridge-building ministers from Brazil, the host country of next year’s COP, also urged their developing country partners to accept the deal — and resolve the finance issue before it became Brazil’s responsibility. While Marina Silva, the country’s environment minister, told the press that $300 billion was well below the actual need, she argued that it was crucial to secure a deal.

    “We all need to come back to the table,” she said.

    Marina Silva, the Brazilian environmental minister, holds a press conference at COP29 in Baku. The Brazilian delegation pushed for agreement on a climate finance deal despite tensions.
    Marina Silva, the Brazilian environmental minister, holds a press conference at COP29 in Baku.
    Photo by Sean Gallup / Getty Images

    The second problem for the donor countries was China, the world’s second-largest economy and by far its largest annual emitter. Amid repeated calls from Europe and the United States to join them in providing climate aid, Chinese negotiators arrived at the conference intent on insisting otherwise. Deng Xuexiang, the nation’s vice premier, announced in his opening speech that the country had “provided and mobilized” more than $24 billion “in support of other developing countries’ climate response” since 2016 — language meant to imply that China had voluntarily contributed to the first climate finance goal established in Copenhagen. This was a clear signal that the country was ready to talk. 

    While China rejected calls to reclassify itself and other major emitters as developed countries, which have an agreed-upon responsibility to contribute, after days of bilateral meetings with Germany and the U.S. it agreed to language that would “encourage” it to “make contributions” and tally some of its spending. But negotiators opted not to specify what exactly China and other new donors would be “making contributions” to — that is, they were intentionally unclear about whether or not China’s flows would count toward the $300 billion goal.

    By midday Saturday, after hours of overnight consultations, negotiators appeared to believe they had built consensus around some modified version of Rafiyev’s draft text. In the early afternoon, Rafiyev convened hundreds of diplomats in a negotiating room that grew so full that security started to bar key finance experts and foreign ministers from entering. As a scrum of reporters amassed outside the door, the presidency called the room to order.

    But almost as soon as the meeting began, two key blocs walked out of the room. These blocs — the Alliance of Small Island States and the Least Developed Countries, a group that represents around 40 very poor economies across Africa and Asia — said $300 billion was far too low for them to consider. If that was all that rich countries were offering, these blocs wanted defined set-asides to ensure that other countries wouldn’t outcompete them for money that could guarantee the very survival of their countries.

    “We need to be shown the regard which our dire circumstances necessitate,” said Cedric Schuster, the Samoan chair of the small-islands bloc.

    Pandemonium reigned in the stadium for hours. Monterrey Goméz, of Panama, paced the venue telling any journalist who would listen that he would not accept anything less than $500 billion. John Podesta, the Biden administration’s climate czar, emerged from a negotiating room to find himself hounded by protestors, who chased him out of the main lobby area and up to the U.S. delegation office. Alden Meyer, a climate expert at the think tank E3G who has attended all but one U.N. climate conference, told reporters he was worried the talks would collapse thanks in part to the Azerbaijani presidency’s negligence. 

    “We have a big breakdown in the negotiations here,” he said.

    But the deal held together thanks to a few last-minute concessions. First, Samoa’s Schuster led a group of ministers from the small islands and the least developed countries up to Rafiyev’s offices, where they held a meeting with representatives of the United States, the United Kingdom, and the European Union. Behind closed doors, they worked out an agreement to add language that would call for easier financing arrangements in their countries. This was less than the dedicated carve-out the blocs had been seeking, but the leverage was all on the donor countries’ side — there was almost no chance that a deal in future years would be much better.

    Sue Biniaz, the lead United States climate negotiator, speaks with another delegate on the plenary floor at COP29. Biniaz, a longtime presence at climate talks, helped save a climate finance deal from collapsing in Baku.
    Sue Biniaz, the lead U.S. climate negotiator, speaks with another delegate on the plenary floor at COP29.
    Photo by Sean Gallup / Getty Images

    The rich countries now had to retail this agreement to African leaders, who were still frustrated with the small total and who were not receiving any special carve-out. Biniaz, the longtime U.S. negotiator often referred to as “the closer” in climate talks, conferred with African leaders and worked out a series of tweaks that made the text stronger: The funding goal would be “at least $300 billion,” it would discourage the use of debt, and it would come up for review and possible expansion in 2030. 

    In a surreal moment of stage drama, Biniaz huddled with Ali Mohamed of Kenya, Susana Muhamad of Colombia, and a group of other African ministers in a corner of the packed conference plenary auditorium, running through the changes with them. While the Azerbaijani conference hosts gaveled through a number of procedural items at the front of the room, she presented a marked-up copy of the agreement to a growing scrum of leaders as the rest of the conference looked on in fascination, just out of earshot.

    The final hurdle was India, which only the previous night had raised several objections to the goal text. It wasn’t just that the sum was too low and the language was too week, ministers said. It was also that the goal would tally India’s contributions to multilateral development banks as climate finance just as it did for China. This would be a subtle but significant gesture to count India as a contributor of climate aid rather than just a recipient.

    With talks on the brink of success, and the hundreds of remaining summit attendees assembled in the plenary hall, Babayev suspended the proceedings so wealthy nations could try to appease India on the plenary floor. Podesta and Hoekstra engaged in a lengthy conversation with Chandni Raina, an Indian finance negotiator, and other senior members of the delegation. Then various senior ministers left the open plenary room to talk in private. (Representatives of India’s delegation did not respond to requests for comment.)

    Babayev resumed the conference just after 3:00 am and gaveled through the goal agreement almost at once. Negotiators and delegates around the room rose to their feet in applause, and the Azerbaijani team fist-pumped and hugged on stage. But as soon as the applause died down, recriminations began. Ministers from Cuba, Bolivia, and Nigeria denounced the goal as weak, saying it would leave them unable to mitigate their emissions or adapt to disasters. Cedric Schuster, the head of the small-islands bloc, said he feared that the lack of adequate financing would put the goals of the Paris agreement out of reach. Advocacy organizations and climate nonprofits issued a barrage of statements that called the outcome “a historic failure,” “a serious blow to climate action,” and “a global Ponzi scheme.”

    Chandni Raina, a finance negotiator for India, speaks at the COP29 plenary to excoriate a global climate finance deal. India raised last-minute issues with the deal that threatened to sink it on the conference's final evening.
    Chandni Raina, a finance negotiator for India, speaks at the COP29 plenary to excoriate a global climate finance deal.
    Photo by Sean Gallup / Getty Images

    In the climactic moment, India’s Raina took the floor to deliver a coruscating 10-minute tirade against the donor countries, the presidency, and the entire United Nations, calling the goal a “paltry sum” that “does not deliver the climate action that is necessary for our country.” She also claimed she had tried to protest before Babayev brought down the gavel, but that he had ignored her.

    “This has been stage-managed,” she said, eliciting around as much applause as the approval of the goal itself.

    The lesson of Copenhagen is that the $300 billion number may not turn out to be the most significant part of the new collective quantified goal. Like the previous $100 billion target, it is ultimately just another round number, which rich countries will either achieve or fail to achieve depending on their economic and political circumstances. If they do not succeed in tripling climate aid over the next decade, the rifts between developed and developing countries will likely open again.

    The problem with the original promise was not only that developed countries did not fulfill it, but also that the finance they were promising to provide was not fit for purpose. The vast majority of climate aid comes in the form of loans, which increase countries’ debt and force them to choose between, say, expanding solar farms and providing social and health services. Adaptation and resilience projects, like water storage and sea walls, fail to attract even loans, since they don’t produce revenue. The funds that the U.N. has established to hand out grants to developing countries are slow-moving and under-funded, accounting for less than 5 percent of all aid flows, and many small countries struggle to navigate the application process for these funds.

    Although developing countries failed in Baku to secure even a portion of what they came for, they may have secured a moral victory: Europe and the United States have at last acknowledged, after a great deal of resistance, that the Paris agreement cannot succeed if the architecture of international finance remains as it is right now. 

    Wopke Hoekstra, the climate commissioner for the European Union, rises to celebrate the approval of a deal on climate finance for developing countries. Hoekstra was one of several ministers from the Global North who pushed the deal through.
    Wopke Hoekstra, the European Union climate commissioner pictured standing at the right, rises to celebrate the approval of a deal on climate finance for developing countries, while officials from Bhutan remain seated.
    Photo by Sean Gallup / Getty Images

    This acknowledgement is explicit in the text of the goal, which was bolstered to appease developing nations. The final draft urges countries to spend far more money redressing climate damages, urges lenders to provide lower-interest loans to vulnerable countries, and urges climate funds to slash their bureaucratic red tape. It also sets up a “Baku to Belém road map,” a one-year effort that will explore how countries can scale up finance into the trillions “through grants, concessional and non-debt-creating instruments” and potentially taxes on polluting industries. Proposals stemming from this road map will be presented at next year’s COP in Belém, Brazil.

    In other words, while the new financial agreement does not change the world’s financial architecture, it does admit that the status quo is unsustainable, something that became painfully obvious in Baku.

    “The [numerical aid target] was ever expected to, and could never be, enough to meet the need,” said Kaveh Guilanpour, a climate finance expert at the Center for Climate and Energy Solutions. “If the rest of the decision is fully implemented, it will be transformational.”

    But to achieve that transformational change will require an immense amount of cooperation and political will from an international community that has almost always been short on both. As the last negotiators filtered out of the makeshift stadium complex toward taxis and shuttle buses, still bruised from weeks of diplomatic combat, such a long-term shift seemed far from guaranteed.

    “We lost,” said Sandra Guzmán Luna, a former climate finance official for Mexico who now helps other developing countries negotiate for aid money. “You can see it with the glass half full, at least we have the path forward. But we lost.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline ‘We lost’: How COP29 ended with a deal that made the whole world unhappy on Nov 25, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Jake Bittle.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/international/cop29-agreement-baku-new-collective-quantified-goal/feed/ 0 503414
    CPJ recognizes fearless journalists at 2024 International Press Freedom Awards  https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/22/cpj-recognizes-fearless-journalists-at-2024-international-press-freedom-awards/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/22/cpj-recognizes-fearless-journalists-at-2024-international-press-freedom-awards/#respond Fri, 22 Nov 2024 19:28:17 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=437694 Press freedom gala, hosted by John Oliver, honors journalists from four continents  

    New York, November 22, 2024—The Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ) celebrated four journalists from Gaza, Guatemala, Niger, and Russia at the 34th annual International Press Freedom Awards (IPFA) in New York on Thursday, raising $2.4 million to protect journalists around the world.

    The 2024 awardees were all honored for their courage in reporting on their communities while experiencing war, prison, government crackdowns, and increasing efforts to criminalize their work.  

    This year’s awardees were: Shrouq Al Aila, a Palestinian journalist based in Gaza and director of Ain Media; Quimy de León, a Guatemalan journalist and co-founder of Prensa Comunitaria; Samira Sabou; one of Niger’s most prominent investigative journalists, and Alsu Kurmasheva, a U.S.-Russian Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty (RFE/RL) journalist and editor jailed by Russia in 2023.  

    In her remarks, CPJ CEO Jodie Ginsberg mourned the unprecedented killing of journalists over the past year, especially in the Israel-Gaza war: “These deaths should shock and appall us. They should enrage us.” 

    “At CPJ we have spent more than four decades involving ourselves in mankind,” said Ginsberg. “But this year, this year has been like no other. We have painstakingly documented the ever-growing attacks on the press, we have raised the alarm over those attacks, and we have demanded action from those in power—whether it be killings in Gaza, or arrests in Russia, or harassment in India.” 

    This year’s awards ceremony was hosted by John Oliver, host of Last Week Tonight with John Oliver, who commended the awardees’ commitment to journalism. “The quiet courage and perseverance of tonight’s awardees are remarkable. But they don’t think of themselves as remarkable. They say they are just doing their jobs as reporters,” said Oliver.

    Journalist and IPFA honoree Shrouq Al Aila walks two or three hours daily to reach places in Gaza where she reports on the war. (Image from video: Ain Media)

    Leila Fadel, host of NPR’s Morning Edition, recognized Al Aila in absentia as Israel did not permit the Gazan journalist to leave the occupied Palestinian territory to attend the awards. Al Aila assumed the role of director of Ain Media following the killing of her husband Roshdi Sarraj on October 22, 2023 by the Israeli military. “I decided to continue Roshdi’s work because I believe once you are a journalist, you are a journalist for life,” said Al Aila in a video played at the ceremony.

    De León, who covers environmental and human rights issues facing marginalized communities in Guatemala, spoke of her longing “for a Guatemala where, sooner rather than later, all the political, economic, and social turmoil caused by an anti-democratic minority clinging to the vices of the past will allow us to celebrate our achievements without fear.” De León received her award from Maribel Perez Wadsworth, the president and CEO of the John S. and James L. Knight Foundation.

    Julie Owono, the executive director of Internet Sans Frontieres and CPJ board member, presented the award to Sabou, who has been arrested, detained, and subjected to years of legal harassment in retaliation for her reporting in Niger. “Hope allows us to stay standing, even if by survival instinct we are often obliged to bend, to retreat, to apply self-censorship,” said Sabou. “We have hope that things will change in terms of freedom of the press, expression, and opinion on the digital space in Niger, where the profession of online journalism is still not recognized, but simply tolerated.” 

    Radhika Jones, editor in chief of Vanity Fair, presented the award to Kurmasheva, who has covered human rights issues affecting ethnic minority communities in Russia. In August 2024, Kurmasheva was released from a Russian jail as part of an historic prisoner exchange. “Standing here today with this award is something I never dreamed would happen. The only award I’ve ever dreamed of was the satisfaction of serving my audience to bring accurate and uncensored news to my ethnic minority—the Tatars—in our native language,” said Kurmasheva.

    CPJ’s board of directors posthumously honored Christophe Deloire, who served as director general of the press freedom organization Reporters Without Borders (RSF), with the 2024 Gwen Ifill Press Freedom Award in recognition of Deloire’s “extraordinary and sustained achievement in the cause of press freedom.”

    Melissa Fleming, the United Nations Under-Secretary-General for Global Communications, highlighted Deloire’s legacy defending press freedom worldwide. She presented the award to Perrine Daubas, Deloire’s widow. “Under Christophe’s leadership, RSF worked hand in hand with CPJ, united by a shared mission: to protect those who put themselves on the line to reveal the truth, who stand resilient so that light can reach even the darkest corners,” said Daubas. “Christophe deeply appreciated this American cousin, a true comrade-in-arms.”

    The annual benefit dinner, held in New York City, was chaired by Jessica E. Lessin, founder and CEO of The Information. The funds raised will support CPJ’s global work advocating for press freedom and providing direct assistance to journalists in distress.

    ###

    About the Committee to Protect Journalists

    The Committee to Protect Journalists is an independent, nonprofit organization that promotes press freedom worldwide. We defend the right of journalists to report the news safely and without fear of reprisal.

    To interview an awardee or CPJ experts, please email press@cpj.org. Profile videos about the awardees and footage from the ceremony are available here. Photos from the event are accessible from Getty Images.

    CPJ’s 2024 International Press Freedom Awardees:

    Shrouq Al Aila, Gaza Strip

    Alsu Kurmasheva, U.S. – Russia

    Quimy de León, Guatemala 

    Samira Sabou, Niger

    Christophe Deloire, Gwen Ifill Press Freedom Awardee


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/22/cpj-recognizes-fearless-journalists-at-2024-international-press-freedom-awards/feed/ 0 503143
    Mass protests against New Zealand’s effort to weaken Māori rights — and hurt the planet https://grist.org/indigenous/mass-protests-against-new-zealands-effort-to-weaken-maori-rights-and-hurt-the-planet/ https://grist.org/indigenous/mass-protests-against-new-zealands-effort-to-weaken-maori-rights-and-hurt-the-planet/#respond Fri, 22 Nov 2024 09:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=653402 Earlier this week, tens of thousands of people converged on Aotearoa New Zealand’s Parliament in a show of solidarity against a legislative onslaught against Indigenous rights. 

    They had marched peacefully for nine days, in what Māori peoples call hīkoi, in an effort to stop the country’s new right-wing government from forcing through a bill that would dilute Indigenous influence on the government by reinterpreting one of its founding documents. 

    “Māori have been here, we are going to be here forever. You’re never going to assimilate us,” said Catherine Murupaenga-Ikenn, one of the Māori activists who participated in the hīkoi. “This is a great time for revolution.” 

    Proponents describe the Treaty Principles bill as a push for equal rights for all citizens of Aotearoa, which is how Māori refer to New Zealand: an effort to define principles underlying the Treaty of Waitangi, an English-language agreement signed by some of the country’s colonizing founders and Indigenous Māori that gave the Crown the right to govern the nation in exchange for enshrining Māori rights.

    “Did the treaty give different rights to different groups, or does every citizen have equal rights? I believe all New Zealanders deserve to have a say on that question,” said David Seymour, a member of Parliament who leads ACT New Zealand, the country’s right-wing party. (Seymour has Māori ancestry, but leaders of his tribe do not claim him.) 

    But Māori opponents say the measure would weaken Indigenous rights that not only help address long-standing social and economic inequities but are critical to protecting the country’s lands and waters. 

    “That redefinition could diminish Māori participation and environmental governance, as the treaty currently ensures that Māori involvement in managing national natural resources,” said Mike Smith, a Māori climate activist who has two climate lawsuits pending before the country’s high court. “So by limiting these rights, the bill may weaken the environmental stewardship practices that are rooted in Māori morals and values and thereby impact the country’s ability to address all the environmental challenges, and more particularly combat climate change effectively.”  

    Seymour pushed back on that characterization. “If it’s true no country can do conservation without something like the Treaty of Waitangi, the world is in trouble,” he said. “In any event, New Zealand has had its current conception of the treaty for over 30 years, and we are a solid, but not the best, environmental regulator, so others clearly do better without something like the treaty.”

    The Treaty Principles bill isn’t expected to pass in the current Parliament, although it could eventually head to a referendum. But it’s just one part of a broader right-wing backlash against the significant gains that Māori have made in recent decades to win back stolen land and secure better representation and co-governance of government agencies. 

    “This is not just about Māori interests and rights. This is about the protection of all that we hold dear,” said Māori activist Tina Ngata, who has been hosting online education sessions about the bill. “Indigenous rights have been one of the strongest roadblocks to corporate exploitation.” 

    Ngata was part of a successful push in 2018 to get Aotearoa New Zealand to ban oil and gas exploration in its waters. The country’s right-wing government, which vaulted into power last year, is now pushing to reverse that ban.

    The government wants to double its mineral mining exports to $2 billion over the next decade, and has delayed a planned tax on agricultural emissions. It also repealed the Māori Health Authority — which addresses Indigenous health disparities, many of which are expected to worsen with climate change — and is in the processes of deleting references to the Treaty of Waitangi from existing laws

    Smith said that even though his climate litigation isn’t specifically based on the treaty, it lends critical weight to his arguments regarding the government’s obligation to protect the environment. 

    A website promoting the Treaty Principles bill says it wouldn’t have an effect on co-governance of Aotearoa New Zealand’s rivers and mountains, such as the Tūpuna Maunga Authority that gives Māori tribes of Auckland a say in how the city’s volcanic mountains are managed. It would, however, remove Māori co-governance of the country’s water services, which has been controversial since the prior government announced plans to nationalize water management.

    Smith sees the measure as an effort to play upon the fears of the non-Māori population and make it easier for private interests to profit. “It’s an indicator that they want to stomp on Māori rights and philosophies and worldviews. It’s an indicator that they just are refusing to fight the challenge that climate change and the global biodiversity crisis demands of us,” he said.

    But he has been heartened by the huge amount of support for the Māori cause. A video of a Māori legislator leading the haka in Parliament went viral on social media, underscoring the force of the opposition, which expands beyond Māori peoples and includes a former prime minister and prominent lawyers, health care professionals, translators, church leaders, and the Waitangi Tribunal, a federal commission dedicated to reviewing Māori claims regarding the treaty.

    That commission is expected to hold a hearing next week to consider the question of whether the Aotearoa New Zealand government has violated Māori rights in its response to climate change. The hearing has been overshadowed by the Treaty Principles controversy, but Smith is watching it closely. The tribunal only has the power to make recommendations, and can’t force the government to do anything, but its findings could help strengthen Smith’s climate cases before the high court.  

    The debate over the treaty is complicated by the fact that the English- and Māori-language versions of the treaty have different meanings. Murupaenga-Ikenn emphasized that the vast majority of Māori chiefs signed the Māori-language version that never relinquished sovereignty. 

    Murupaenga-Ikenn said she’s been excited by how the Treaty Principles bill has spurred her people into action. She was part of a massive hīkoi 20 years ago to rally in favor of Indigenous ownership of the seabed, but last week’s gathering was far larger, with as many as 55,000 people, and activists hope it’ll bleed into more local protests and stronger voter participation. 

    If she saw Seymour, the ACT politician behind the bill, Murupaenga-Ikenn said she would thank him. “Thank you very much for putting a reenergized fire under my people to just shake us up and wake us up,” Murupaenga-Ikenn said. “The time is now for a revolution. Thank you, David Seymour.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Mass protests against New Zealand’s effort to weaken Māori rights — and hurt the planet on Nov 22, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Anita Hofschneider.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/indigenous/mass-protests-against-new-zealands-effort-to-weaken-maori-rights-and-hurt-the-planet/feed/ 0 503131
    The International Criminal Court has issued an arrest warrant against Benjamin Netanyahu https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/22/the-international-criminal-court-has-issued-an-arrest-warrant-against-benjamin-netanyahu/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/22/the-international-criminal-court-has-issued-an-arrest-warrant-against-benjamin-netanyahu/#respond Fri, 22 Nov 2024 08:45:57 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=e30c36e8c65f71d510cafdb404561bcb
    This content originally appeared on Human Rights Watch and was authored by Human Rights Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/22/the-international-criminal-court-has-issued-an-arrest-warrant-against-benjamin-netanyahu/feed/ 0 503059
    As a COP29 deal on fossil fuels falters, the blame game begins https://grist.org/international/cop29-deal-azerbaijan-saudi-arabia-mitigation/ https://grist.org/international/cop29-deal-azerbaijan-saudi-arabia-mitigation/#respond Thu, 21 Nov 2024 19:23:28 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=653342 Editor’s note: Grist is hosting a free virtual event on January 9, 2025, at 2 pm EST / 11 am PST to analyze the progress and challenges seen at the U.N. climate conference known as COP29. Join Grist’s Jake Bittle in conversation with attendees and experts about where global climate negotiations go from here. Register here.

    After a painstaking deadlock lasting nearly a week, the annual United Nations climate conference appeared to veer off course on Thursday. New negotiating texts were released in the morning, just as a rancid smell from what seemed to be a sewage leak spread throughout a central area of the conference venue in Baku, Azerbaijan. 

    These half-dozen templates incensed countries as disparate as Zambia and New Zealand. Negotiators from both the developed and developing world argued that the Azerbaijani officials leading the conference, which is known as COP29, hadn’t done enough to push forward an ambitious deal that would build upon the so-called UAE consensus — a deal brokered at last year’s COP28 in Dubai, in which the nearly 200 countries of the world finally agreed to “transition away” from fossil fuels and accelerate decarbonization within the next 10 years. As of now, this year’s tentative agreement contains almost none of the COP29 proposals, like those ventured by European nations and small island states in the Pacific, that would advance this ambition.

    In fact, the new text released on Thursday did not even mention the landmark COP28 agreement — or even affirm the world’s commitment to a clean energy transition at all. It also omitted last year’s promises to triple renewable energy deployment and double energy efficiency. Proposals to phase out coal and fossil fuel subsidies, which many climate-ambitious nations like Germany had pushed, were nowhere to be found, either. 

    “This is actually going in the opposite direction,” said Wopke Hoekstra, the European Union climate commissioner, in a gaggle with reporters. “That is not acceptable. We cannot accept the view that apparently for some, the previous COP did not happen.” 

    With just a day to go until the summit closes, climate-ambitious ministers from around the world have begun to blast the Azerbaijani conference presidency for what they say is a slide backwards on the all-important issue of ditching fossil fuels. In U.N. parlance, the “presidency” is a neutral party made up of political operatives and ministers from the country hosting a given year’s climate talks. Although they hail from the host country, they co-administer COP along with the bureaucracy of the United Nations, and they aren’t supposed to put their thumb on the scale for their own government’s interests — or anyone else’s.

    Even so, presidencies have immense control over the negotiating process, which inevitably gives them the power to steer the process to their desired ends — especially when talks break down early. This became clear last year when the United Arab Emirates, which hosted COP28 in Dubai, intervened to push through a deal to transition away from fossil fuels over the objections of many other oil-producing nations.

    There has been a sense of deja vu in Azerbaijan, a country where oil makes up an even larger share of economic output, and where attendees can see oil refineries from the windows of shuttle buses that ferry them to the conference. Even before the conference began, a watchdog group caught a senior Azerbaijani official on video suggesting he would use COP29 to facilitate deals for the nation’s state-owned oil company. On the second day of the summit, Azerbaijan’s president, Ilham Aliyev, called fossil fuels a “gift from God.”

    Negotiators’ fears that the COP presidency would tip the scales grew stronger when Saudi Arabia, which produces around 12 percent of the world’s crude oil, began to throw diplomatic wrenches in almost every negotiation arena last week. Officials from the oil-rich kingdom delayed and disputed agenda items even in talks that had nothing to do with fossil fuels, forcing discussion of untenable language and refusing to attend meetings where their presence was necessary for talks to progress.

    At the end of the first week, the Saudis seemed to have gotten their way. Not only was the draft text on global decarbonization in miserable shape, but negotiators couldn’t even agree about where to place it on the agenda — a dispute akin to arguing over where to park at the grocery store before you even go in and start shopping. The dummy text even included a menacing caveat: ”Parties have strongly diverging views on whether or not the following textual elements should be discussed.”

    The 60,000-odd people at COP waited days as ministers and heads of state consulted with each other and the Azerbaijani presidency in closed-door meetings. With more than a week of negotiations in the rearview, it fell to Babayev and his deputies to sort out a mess of diverging positions. Most country leaders who spoke at the conference on Thursday said he has so far failed to do that.

    Eamon Ryan, the Irish environment minister, gives a speech during a plenary session at COP29 in Baku, Azerbaijan. Ryan and other European leaders said decarbonization talks were stalling out.
    Eamon Ryan, the Irish environment minister, gives a speech during a plenary session at COP29 in Baku, Azerbaijan. Ryan and other European leaders said decarbonization talks were stalling out. Photo by Dominika Zarzycka / SOPA Images/LightRocket via Getty Images

    “I think there’s a divide,” said Eamon Ryan, the environment minister for Ireland, in a gaggle with reporters early Thursday. He accused the most recent U.N. proposal on mitigation — the term of art for the U.N.’s decarbonization agenda — of “sticking just to the status quo for vested interests in the current fossil fuel system.”

    It’s not just major oil producers who may oppose a more ambitious mitigation proposal: Several countries in the large G77 group of developing nations have been wary of endorsing a document with a firmer commitment to the energy transition without a complementary commitment from the world’s high-emitting, wealthy nations to help pay for it

    Harjeet Singh, the global director of the Fossil Fuel Treaty Initiative, an organization advocating for the global phaseout of oil and gas, said the developing countries’ opposition to a decision that restates last year’s UAE consensus is an attempt to push for more funding from the developed world. These countries don’t want to re-endorse the energy transition decision from last year without a clear signal they’ll get money to help move away from oil and gas and build out renewable energy.

    “It’s a sequencing problem,” he said. “We wanted [in Dubai] to triple renewable energy and double energy efficiency. Who will provide finance for that?”

    There is also some evidence that the presidency has given space to the interests of major fossil fuel producers on the sidelines of the conference. Negotiators from several countries, who spoke to Grist on the condition of anonymity due to the sensitivity of ongoing negotiations, have decried the presidency’s last-minute appointment of a new leader to an official forum on the negative impacts of decarbonization efforts. The three negotiators who spoke to Grist have accused the presidency of making this decision on behalf of Saudi Arabia, despite widespread objections.

    This alleged intervention came during negotiations over a little-noticed agenda item titled “Impact of implementation of response measures.” This unassuming item, which has been on COP agendas for decades, is a key forum for oil-producing countries. That’s because “response measures” refers to policies that mitigate carbon emissions and climate change, and the forum is an opportunity to highlight the adverse effects of climate-friendly policies. 

    Saudi Arabia and other oil-producing countries have traditionally used the Response Measures group as an opportunity to decry the harms that more climate-ambitious nations are causing them, according to negotiators who have held senior roles in response measures discussions. The forum’s main task this year was to agree on the topics it should discuss over the next five years. The proposals under consideration include “economic diversification” and “impacts of the implementation of response measures on human rights” — topics of special interest to the Saudis, who have an oil-centric economy and have been accused of violating human rights.

    A Saudi delegate looks on during a plenary session at COP29 in Baku, Azerbaijan. Several countries have accused Saudi Arabia of obstructing progress on deals to move away from fossil fuels.
    A Saudi delegate looks on during a plenary session at COP29 in Baku, Azerbaijan. Several countries have accused Saudi Arabia of obstructing progress on deals to move away from fossil fuels. Photo by Sean Gallup / Getty Images

    The talks progressed well for the first few days at COP29, according to the three negotiators who were involved. But at the end of the week, Saudi Arabia moved to discredit negotiators from Botswana and Iceland who were leading the discussion, telling the presidency they weren’t qualified and hadn’t produced any results. On the first day of the conference’s all-important final week, the Azerbaijani presidency then intervened to replace the two negotiators criticized by the Saudis and install a replacement named Andrei Marcu, a veteran COP negotiator from Brussels, Belgium, who is currently affiliated with the Honduran delegation and has represented Belize and Papua New Guinea in past climate talks.

    The decision to appoint Marcu incensed developing countries and the United States, who saw it as a favor to Saudi Arabia, according to the three delegation members who were involved in the response measures talks. In past COPs, Marcu has sought to chair the “response measures” agenda item, but developing countries have protested and forced him out, alleging him of steering the committee’s work to favor the interests of oil-producing countries.

    “We’ve had problems with him before,” said one negotiator from a developing country who has been deeply involved in the talks.  Marcu resigned from the role on Tuesday amid criticism from Africa and the United States, but the presidency re-appointed him the following day. (The COP29 presidency, the Saudi Arabian delegation, and Marcu all did not respond to requests for comment from Grist.)

    Stagnation on the issue of fossil fuels appears likely to push the conference past its final scheduled day and into the weekend. As accusations flew at press conferences and huddles, the Azerbaijani presidency on midday Thursday convened a plenary session which it styled a qurultay, an Azerbaijani word for convention that also refers to a type of ancient military council. During the plenary, several countries voiced their dissatisfaction with the status quo on decarbonization and fossil fuels or chastised the presidency for failing to make progress on the goal to mobilize as much as $1.3 trillion in international climate finance.

    “We have heard clearly in this room that this text is completely disconnected from real lives,” said Tina Stege, the climate envoy from the Marshall Islands, during the plenary. “We cannot play geopolitics with the lives of our citizens.”

    A representative from Saudi Arabia, meanwhile, asserted at the plenary — in apparent disregard for his country’s own endorsement of the UAE consensus last year — that it and other Arab countries “will not accept any text that targets specific sectors, including fossil fuels.”

    After the plenary, Stege told Grist that the text on mitigation was “not a starting point that works.” At the time, the conference was just over 24 hours away from its scheduled end.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline As a COP29 deal on fossil fuels falters, the blame game begins on Nov 21, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Jake Bittle.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/international/cop29-deal-azerbaijan-saudi-arabia-mitigation/feed/ 0 502972
    Can Lula still save the Amazon? https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/can-lula-still-save-the-amazon-brazil/ https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/can-lula-still-save-the-amazon-brazil/#respond Thu, 21 Nov 2024 09:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=653259 When Brazilian president Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva took office in January 2023, he inherited environmental protection agencies in shambles and deforestation at a 15-year high. His predecessor, Jair Bolsonaro, had dismantled regulations and gutted institutions tasked with enforcing environmental laws. Lula set out to reverse these policies and to put Brazil on a path to end deforestation by 2030. 

    Environmental protection agencies have been allowed to resume their work. Between January and November of 2023, the government issued 40 percent more infractions against illegal deforestation in the Amazon when compared to the same period in 2022, when Bolsonaro was still in office. Lula’s government has confiscated and destroyed heavy equipment used by illegal loggers and miners, and placed embargoes on production on illegally cleared land. Lula also reestablished the Amazon Fund, an international pool of money used to support conservation efforts in the rainforest. Just this week, at the G20 Summit, outgoing U.S. President Joe Biden pledged $50 million to the fund.  

    Indeed, almost two years into Lula’s administration, the upward trend in deforestation has been reversed. In 2023, deforestation rates fell by 62 percent in the Amazon and 12 percent in Brazil overall (though deforestation in the Cerrado, Brazil’s tropical savannahs, increased). So far in 2024, deforestation in the Amazon has fallen by another 32 percent.      

    Throughout this year, Brazilians also bore witness to the effects of climate change in a new way. In May, unprecedented floods in the south of the country impacted over 2 million people, displacing hundreds of thousands and leaving at least 183 dead. Other regions are now into their second year of extreme drought, which led to yet another intense wildfire season. In September, São Paulo and Brasília were shrouded in smoke coming from fires in the Amazon and the Cerrado.  

    And yet, despite the government’s actions, environmental protections and Indigenous rights are still under threat. Lula is governing alongside the most pro-agribusiness congress in Brazilian history, which renders his ability to protect Brazil’s forests and Indigenous peoples in the long-term severely constrained. 

    “I do believe that the Lula administration really cares about climate change,” said Belen Fernandez Milmanda, Assistant Professor of Political Science and International Studies at Trinity College and author of Agrarian Elites and Democracy in Latin America. “But on the other side, part of their governing coalition is also the agribusiness, and so far I feel like the agribusiness is winning.”

    Brazilian politics has always been fragmented, with weak parties. The current Chamber of Deputies, Brazil’s equivalent to the House of Representatives, is made up of politicians from 19 different parties. “It makes it really difficult to govern without some kind of coordination device,” said Fernandez Milmanda. Weak party cohesion makes it easier for interest groups to step into the vacuum and act as this coordination device. 

    Agribusiness has long been one of the most powerful interest groups in Brazilian politics, but its influence has grown steadily over the past decade as the electorate shifted to the right and the sector developed more sophisticated strategies to affect politics. In Congress, agribusiness is represented by the bancada ruralista, or agrarian caucus, a well-organized, multi-party coalition of landowning and agribusiness-linked legislators that controls a majority in both houses of congress. Of the 513 representatives in the Chamber of Deputies, 290 are members of the agrarian caucus. In the senate, they make up 50 of 81 legislators. 

    Today, the agrarian caucus is larger than any single party in the Brazilian legislature. “Members of the agrarian caucus vote together. They have high discipline and most Brazilian parties don’t,” said Fernandez Milmanda. “This gives them immense leverage towards any president.” 

    Much of the coordination around the legislative agenda takes place away from congress, at the headquarters of Instituto Pensar Agropecuária (IPA), a think tank founded in 2011 and financed largely by major agribusiness corporations, including some in the US and the European Union. Among IPA’s main backers are Brazilian beef giant JBS, German pesticide producer BASF, and the US-based corporation Cargill, the world’s largest agribusiness. Core members of the agrarian caucus reportedly meet weekly at IPA headquarters in Brasilia’s embassy row to discuss the week’s legislative agenda. 

    “IPA is really important because they are the ones doing all the work, all the technical work,” says Milmanda. “They are drafting the bills that they then give to the legislators, and the legislators will present it as their own.” 

    The agrarian caucus has tallied several long-awaited victories in the current congress, which took office alongside Lula in January 2023. Late last year, they overhauled Brazil’s main law governing the use of pesticides. The new legislation, which Human Rights Watch called a “serious threat to the environment and the right to health,” removes barriers for previously banned substances and reduces the regulatory oversight of the health and environment agencies. Instead, the Ministry of Agriculture, which has traditionally been led by a member of the agrarian caucus, now has the final say in determining which pesticides are cleared for use. Lula attempted to veto parts of the bill, but was overruled by congress. In the Brazilian system, an absolute majority in each chamber is enough to overrule a presidential veto.

    Another recent victory for the agrarian caucus came as a major blow to Indigenous rights. Agribusiness has long been fighting in the courts for a legal theory called marco temporal (“time frame,” in English), which posits that Indigenous groups can only claim their traditional lands if they were occupying it in 1988, the year the current Brazilian constitution was drafted. Opponents of the theory argue it disregards the fact that many Indigenous groups were expelled from their native lands long before that date. It has dire implications for the hundreds of Indigenous territories in Brazil currently awaiting demarcation, and could even impact territories that have already been recognized by law. 

    The theory had been making its way through the Brazilian justice system for 16 years, until it was ruled unconstitutional by the Supreme Court last year. Blatantly flouting the court’s ruling, congress passed a bill codifying marco temporal into law. Lula tried to veto the bill, but he was overruled by the agrarian caucus again. The bill is currently being discussed in conciliation hearings overseen by the Supreme Court, which is tasked with figuring out how the new law will work in light of the court’s 2023 decision. The legal grey area in which many Indigenous groups occupying disputed lands now find themselves has contributed to a wave of attacks by land-grabbers and farmers in recent months. 

    These are only two examples of legislation that are part of what environmentalists have come to call the “destruction package,” a group of at least 20 bills and three constitutional amendments currently proposed in congress that take aim at Indigenous rights and environmental protections. 

    “The executive has to put a stop to this, because otherwise the tendency will be towards very serious setbacks,” said Suely Araújo, Public Policy Coordinator at Observatório do Clima, a coalition of climate-focused civil society organizations. 

    But the government has limited tools at its disposal to block anti-environmental legislation. In the past, the executive branch had greater control over discretionary spending and was able to use this to its advantage while negotiating with congress. The past decade has seen a major power shift in Brazilian politics. Congress has managed through a series of legislative maneuvers to capture a significant portion of the federal budget, weakening the hand of the executive. 

    Among projects which have a high likelihood of passing, according to analysis by Observatório do Clima, are bills that weaken Brazil’s Forest Code, the key piece of legislation governing the use and management of forests. “It would make control much more difficult because illegal forms of deforestation would become legal,” said Araújo. 

    One such bill reduces the amount of land farmers in the Amazon must preserve within their property from 80 to 50 percent. The move could open almost 18 million hectares of forest to agricultural development, according to a recent analysis that the deforestation mapping organization MapBiomas conducted for the Brazilian magazine Piauí. That is an area roughly the size of New York state, New Jersey, and Massachusetts combined.

    In a similar vein, another bill in the package removes protections for native grasslands, including large parts of the Cerrado and the Pantanal (the world’s largest tropical wetland). In theory this would affect 48 millions hectares of native vegetation. Yet another bill, which has already been approved in the Chamber of Deputies, overhauls the process of environmental licensing, essentially reducing it to a rubber stamp. “It does away with 40 years of environmental licensing in Brazil,” said Araújo. “You might as well not have licensing legislation.” 

    Part of the reason many of these bills have a chance of passing is the Lula government’s limited leverage. With little support in congress and less control over the budget, bargaining with the agricultural caucus becomes a necessary tool to pass even legislation unrelated to the environment, such as economic reforms. During these negotiations, some environmentalists believe concerns over Brazil’s forests fall by the wayside. 

    “Perhaps there is a lack of leadership from the president himself, with a stronger stance in response to the demands of the ruralistas,” said Araújo. “There are political agreements and negotiations that must be made. The bargaining chip cannot be environmental legislation.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Can Lula still save the Amazon? on Nov 21, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Joaquim Salles.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/can-lula-still-save-the-amazon-brazil/feed/ 0 502896
    How do you define climate adaptation? Here are 10,000 ways. https://grist.org/international/climate-adaptation-cop29/ https://grist.org/international/climate-adaptation-cop29/#respond Thu, 21 Nov 2024 09:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=653288 The essence of the Paris climate agreement was distilled into a single number. The almost 200 countries that signed the pact in 2016 agreed they would try to limit global warming to 1.5 degrees Celsius above pre-industrial levels. Over the past decade, as these countries have rolled out renewable energy installations and decommissioned coal plants, we have been able to evaluate their efforts against this number. (The results have not been promising.)

    But the 1.5-degree target was just one element of the Paris accord. The world also committed to throw its weight behind efforts to adapt to the global warming already baked in by centuries of fossil-fueled industrialization. Even if emissions fall, disasters over the next century will displace many millions of people and destroy billions of dollars in property, particularly in developing countries across Africa, Latin America, and Asia. Those countries fought to ensure that adaptation to those hazards was a key pillar of the agreement.

    But there’s no one way to measure the success of this commitment. Should the U.N. measure the number of deaths from disasters, or the value of property destroyed in floods, or the incidence of hunger, or the availability of clean water? How will the international community determine the efficacy of adaptation measures like sea walls and drought-resistant crops, given that the disasters they prevent remain so unpredictable?

    “There is no one single measure you can use that will apply to all adaptation globally,’” said Emilie Beauchamp, an adaptation expert at the International Institute for Sustainable Development, a think tank, who is participating in adaptation talks at COP29, this year’s U.N. climate conference in Baku, Azerbaijan. “It’s not like when we say, ‘we reduce our emissions.’ You can say we need to reduce vulnerability, but that’s going to change according to whose vulnerability you’re talking about.”

    This question is far from academic: Climate change is fueling more frequent and severe disasters, ravaging places with vulnerable infrastructure. In Zambia, electricity service has been reduced to just a few hours a day thanks to drought emptying out a key reservoir. Meanwhile, a year’s worth of rainfall deluged the Valencia region of Spain in just a few days last month, causing flooding that killed more than 200 people. In the United States, warming helped juice the intensity of several major hurricanes that made landfall this year.

    Despite the urgency, adaptation hasn’t received much attention at recent U.N. climate talks. This year’s COP is no exception. While the conferences often open with rich countries making major new funding pledges, this year just $60 million in new pledges went to the world’s biggest adaptation fund. That total, raised by European nations and South Korea, is well short of the $300 million the fund had hoped to raise.

    While the main target of COP29 is a new agreement on a global finance goal — which could end up well over a trillion U.S. dollars and is intended to help the developing world with all aspects of the climate fight — wealthy countries have refused to reserve a portion of that target for adaptation, in part because adaptation efforts attract far less private investment than renewable energy. In finance talks, developing nations have asked that billions of dollars be set aside for adaptation — a far cry from the $60 million announced at the start of the conference.

    Despite the funding impasse, the world is inching closer to finally defining an effort that could make the difference between life and death for millions of people around the world. The U.N. is halfway through a two-year attempt to finally pick “adaptation indicators,” or global yardsticks that will allow every country to measure its climate resilience. This decade-delayed effort to complete the ambitions of the Paris agreement will in theory give the world a way to measure adaptation success.

    “We’re hopeful,” said Hawwa Nabaaha Nashid, an official at the environmental ministry of the Maldives, an island state in the Indian Ocean. “If there’s a high-quality [outcome], we can answer the question—how well are we adapting and what needs to be done differently?”

    There are still big hurdles to clear. The latest text of the adaptation negotiators were considering, which appeared early Thursday, left out some priorities of developing countries, but negotiators expressed more optimism about the adaptation item than they did about other items such as decarbonization and climate finance.

    And the task of selecting indicators is daunting in itself. Last year’s COP saw agreement on specific target areas for adaptation, including water, health, biodiversity, food, infrastructure, poverty, and heritage. But to measure progress in these target areas, negotiators have proposed a whopping 10,000 potential indicators. This eye-popping sum highlights just how fluid and context-dependent the notion of “ climate adaptation” really is. 

    Some potential indicators, like “area of contorta pine” (a European Union proposal on biodiversity) and “number of boreholes drilled” (a water proposal from developing countries) seem far too specific, since most of the world doesn’t have significant amounts of contorta pine or get its water by drilling boreholes. Others, such as “types of synergies created” seem so vague as to be almost useless. Some, such as “number of mining operations in protected areas reviewed and temporarily suspended” don’t seem to have anything to do with adapting to climate disasters.

    “By the very nature of adaptation being more diffuse and broad, you get a multitude of indicators, sub-indicators, and criteria,” said Kalim Shah, a professor of environmental science at the University of Delaware who has assisted small island states like the Marshall Islands with adaptation planning. “It’s much more diffuse, and maybe that’s part of the problem: too many cooks in the kitchen.”

    The major roadblock in these discussions is money. In every negotiation, poor countries have demanded clear language acknowledging that adaptation is impossible without adequate funding, while rich countries have tried to exclude such language and focus on planning and logistics. In the fight over the indicators, the developing world is seeking a commitment to include an indicator that measures “means of implementation” — in other words, a metric for how capable countries are of carrying out their adaptation plans. This would amount to an acknowledgement that funding and capacity are critical to climate adaptation of any kind, whether it’s building new sand dams for pastoral herders or tracking the spread of dengue fever. But even that acknowledgement appears to be controversial.

    “It is still a big contention,” said Portia Adade Williams, who is negotiating adaptation needs on behalf of Ghana. “I’m still not sure how we are going to end it. But from a developing country point of view, this would be a complete red line, to have a decision that doesn’t allow us to track [capacity].” 

    Nashid, of the Maldives, said the country can’t consider scaling up its adaptation efforts without more money. The country has used huge amounts of reclaimed land to build quasi-artificial islands that can house displaced populations from lower-lying isles.

    “We have to exhaust our limited domestic budget to finance our adaptation efforts, taking away from other priority areas such as healthcare and education,” she told Grist.

    The capacity issue is especially acute for island nations with small populations, who don’t always have the infrastructure needed to navigate the complex bureaucracy of the multilateral U.N. funds that support adaptation. These low-lying nations often face an almost existential threat from rising sea levels, so they won’t necessarily benefit from just one capital project paid for by these funds — they have to adapt their entire territories in order to survive.

    “By the time all these little things have happened for you to get the money, the risks have increased,” said Filomena Nelson, an adaptation negotiator from Samoa who works for the Secretariat of the Pacific Regional Environment Programme, an intergovernmental authority that manages environmental protection across Pacific islands. “It takes forever, it’s complicated, it’s a vicious cycle.”

    When negotiators can’t discuss money, adaptation talks tend to get mired in the realm of the abstract. This was evident in Baku this week, where negotiators in one adaptation talk confronted a multi-dimensional graph about “transformational adaptation” with three axes: “time,” “changes in paradigms,” and “changes in the fundamental attributes of socio-ecological systems.” That chart was accompanied by another evaluation matrix that resembled a Rubik’s cube. One observer joked that she wanted to get it printed on a shirt.

    In the meantime, the need for action is only getting more urgent. 

    The United Nations’ annual report on adaptation, which became public just before COP29 began, underscored the life-or-death stakes of an issue that often feels like a forgotten middle child at global climate talks. The U.N. expert who led the report introduced it by saying that “people are already dying, homes and livelihoods are being destroyed, and nature is under assault.” The report estimated the unmet need for adaptation investment at up to $359 billion every year. Notably, this need was not expressed in forested acres or boreholes drilled, but in U.S. dollars.

    In recent years, as developed countries have belatedly endorsed the idea of a fund for redressing climate-fueled damage — and as the world has verged on breaching the 1.5 degrees C threshold laid out by the Paris accord — some have started to discuss the demise of small island states as an inevitability rather than a possibility. But Nelson said that while some disaster losses are inevitable, Samoa and other countries aren’t ready to admit that they will have to leave their homelands, an outcome that many experts fear will be likely with 1.5 degrees or more of warming. 

    “We will not give up our land just because we’re facing these issues,” she said. “This is where we come from — if we give up now, it sends the wrong signal.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline How do you define climate adaptation? Here are 10,000 ways. on Nov 21, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Jake Bittle.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/international/climate-adaptation-cop29/feed/ 0 502914
    “Pots and pans” protests in Mozambique now take place almost every night. https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/20/pots-and-pans-protests-in-mozambique-now-take-place-almost-every-night/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/20/pots-and-pans-protests-in-mozambique-now-take-place-almost-every-night/#respond Wed, 20 Nov 2024 14:18:21 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=b98b6617c38d4c69892d4133a9c4ee27
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/20/pots-and-pans-protests-in-mozambique-now-take-place-almost-every-night/feed/ 0 502776
    Three Vietnamese political prisoners win international rights award https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2024/11/20/prisoners-human-rights-award/ https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2024/11/20/prisoners-human-rights-award/#respond Wed, 20 Nov 2024 03:35:30 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2024/11/20/prisoners-human-rights-award/ Read more on this topic in Vietnamese.

    The Vietnam Human Rights Network has selected three political prisoners serving a total of 26 years for its annual award.

    Do Nam Trung, Bui Van Thuan, and Dang Dang Phuoc were all convicted of “anti-state propaganda” in unconnected cases.

    The California-based group announced the awards on Monday along with $3,000 in cash for each of the three.

    Trinh Thi Nhung, wife of Bui Van Thuan, told Radio Free Asia the award was more important than the money.

    “This is a great spiritual gift for Thuan and his family,” she said.

    “We are happy that organizations and brothers and sisters at home and abroad always care about and support prisoners of conscience.”

    Over the past 22 years, the Vietnam Human Rights Network has recognized 63 individuals and six organizations with awards for their contributions to promoting human rights.

    RFA emailed the Vietnamese Ministry of Foreign Affairs with a request for comment on this year’s award winners but did not receive a response.

    RELATED STORIES

    Vietnamese prisoners call off hunger strike after demands met

    UN working group issues opinion on detention of Vietnamese political prisoner

    Vietnamese political prisoner punished in solitary confinement

    State newspapers have called the prize “a farce.” In an article in November 2023, the Voice of Vietnam said that awarding human rights prizes to subjects serving prison time for anti-state acts disregarded the standards and regulations of international law by choosing subjects spreading discontent and prejudice and opposing the peace and development of a country.

    Bui Van Thuan returned to the public eye recently by protesting against the use of so-called tiger cages that confine political prisoners to a small cell-within-a-cell, preventing them from seeing the outside world or interacting with others.

    At the end of September, Thuan and two fellow prisoners, Trinh Ba Tu and Dang Dinh Bach, went on a hunger strike to demand that officers at their prison allow prisoners in the “tiger cages” out of their cells to exercise and socialize with fellow inmates. They abandoned their protest after prison authorities accepted their demands.

    Translated by RFA Vietnamese. Edited by Mike Firn.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Vietnamese.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2024/11/20/prisoners-human-rights-award/feed/ 0 502693
    Jailing of 45 Hong Kong democracy activists sparks international outcry https://rfa.org/english/china/2024/11/19/china-hong-kong-45-democrats-sentences-reaction/ https://rfa.org/english/china/2024/11/19/china-hong-kong-45-democrats-sentences-reaction/#respond Tue, 19 Nov 2024 17:47:00 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/china/2024/11/19/china-hong-kong-45-democrats-sentences-reaction/ Read coverage of this story in Chinese

    Rights activists, relatives and Hong Kong’s former colonial governor on Tuesday slammed the sentencing of 45 democracy activists and former lawmakers for up to 10 years for “subversion,” amid growing calls for further sanctions on Hong Kong and the expansion of lifeboat visa schemes for those fleeing the ongoing political crackdown in the city.

    Britain’s last colonial governor of Hong Kong, Lord Patten of Barnes, said the sentences, handed down to pro-democracy activists for organising a primary in July 2020, were “an affront to the people of Hong Kong.”

    “I absolutely condemn these sham sentences, which resulted from a non-jury trial and point to the destruction of freedoms of assembly, expression, and the press in Hong Kong,” Patten said in a statement.

    “The U.K. government must not allow the results of this case to go unnoticed or uncondemned,” he said.

    British politician and former governor of Hong Kong Chris Patten speaks during an awards ceremony, in Tokyo on November 19, 2024.
    British politician and former governor of Hong Kong Chris Patten speaks during an awards ceremony, in Tokyo on November 19, 2024.

    British Foreign Office minister Catherine West said the sentencing was a clear demonstration of Hong Kong authorities‘ use of the 2020 National Security Law to criminalize political dissent.

    “Those sentenced today were exercising their right to freedom of speech, of assembly and of political participation,” West said in a statement.

    Canadian Senator Leo Housakos, Member of the Senate Committee on Foreign Affairs, described the sentences as a “grave injustice.”

    “The National Security Law and the prosecution of these freedom fighters undermine the principles of freedom, human rights, and rule of law,” Housakos said in a statement posted by the London-based rights group Hong Kong Watch.

    Call for sanctions

    Former politics lecturer Chan Kin-man, who founded the 2014 Occupy Central pro-democracy movement along with key defendant Benny Tai, said none of those jailed, many of whom have been behind bars for more than three years, should have spent a single day in prison.

    “Benny worked hard as a constitutional scholar to expand the scope of the pro-democracy movement through peaceful means,” Chan said of Tai, who was handed a 10-year jail term by the Hong Kong High Court on Tuesday.

    He said all of those who took part in the 2020 democratic primary - which the prosecution argued was an attempt to subvert the government - had been exercising their rights under the city’s constitution, the Basic Law.

    “This makes me both sad and angry,” Chan said in a written reaction to RFA Cantonese.

    RELATED STORIES

    Hong Kong jails 45 democracy activists for up to 10 years

    EXPLAINED: Who are the Hong Kong 47?

    In Hong Kong court, subversion trial linked to democratic primary kicks off

    U.S.-based activist Anna Kwok, who heads the Hong Kong Democracy Council, condemned the Hong Kong government for “launching an all-out assault” against the pro-democracy movement in Hong Kong.

    “The international community must respond to the intensifying political repression with proportionate actions,” Kwok said via her X account. “We continue to call on the U.S. government to impose targeted sanctions on Hong Kong and [Chinese] officials responsible for the crackdown on these pro-democracy leaders.”

    She also called for the status of Hong Kong’s Economic and Trade Offices to be revoked by Congress, saying there are now around 1,900 political prisoners in the city.

    ‘Distortion of the facts’

    Journalist-turned-activist Gwyneth Ho, who was handed a seven-year jail term on Tuesday, said the prosecution’s claim that the democratic primary was an attempt to undermine the government was a “distortion of the facts.”

    “They forced the accused to deny their own lived experience, to see genuine solidarity as just a delusion,” Ho wrote in a post to her Facebook page. “That the bonds, the togetherness, the honest conversations among people so different yet so connected ... were just a utopian dream.”

    Ho warned that what happened in Hong Kong could happen in any democracy.

    “Today, no democracy is immune to the crisis of legitimacy that results from a deficit of public trust,” she said. “Defend and repair your own democracy. Push back against the corruption of power, restore faith in democratic values through action.”

    But she said she had no regrets about her involvement in the pro-democracy movement, and the 2019 protests that many saw as a last-ditch attempt to defend the city’s vanishing freedoms.

    “Even if what happened today was always inevitable for Hong Kong, then at least back in 2019 we chose to face up to it, rather than ... dumping the problem onto the next generation,” Ho wrote.

    Office workers and protesters gather during a pro-democracy demonstration in the Central district in Hong Kong on Dec. 20, 2019.
    Office workers and protesters gather during a pro-democracy demonstration in the Central district in Hong Kong on Dec. 20, 2019.

    League of Social Democrats leader Chan Po-ying, said the sentencing of her husband and fellow activist Leung Kwok-hung to six years and nine months’ imprisonment for taking part in the primary was “unjust.”

    “My only thought is that this is an unjust sentence; he shouldn’t have to spend a day in prison,” Chan told RFA Cantonese. She said she would be focusing on how best to support Leung during his weekly prison visits.

    Maya Wang, senior China researcher for the New York-based Human Rights Watch, said: “Running in an election and trying to win it is now a crime that can lead to a decade in prison in Hong Kong.”

    A promise broken

    In Taiwan, presidential spokesperson Karen Kuo said democracy isn’t a crime.

    “This was a serious violation of the Hong Kong people’s pursuit of freedom and democracy,” Kuo said. “It shows us that the promise that Hong Kong would remain unchanged for 50 years has been broken.”

    She said China’s promise to allow the city to run under different principles from the rest of China - the “one country, two systems” formula that Beijing also wants to use in Taiwan - wasn’t viable.

    “Taiwan will continue to work with the international community to jointly resist the expansion of authoritarian power,” Kuo said.

    Hong Kong Watch called on the British government to expand the British National Overseas visa scheme to include those born before the 1997 handover to Chinese rule, if they had one parent who was eligible for the scheme.

    This picture taken on July 19, 2021, shows a family taking a photo at the departure gates of Hong Kong's International Airport before they emigrate to Britain.
    This picture taken on July 19, 2021, shows a family taking a photo at the departure gates of Hong Kong's International Airport before they emigrate to Britain.

    It also called on Washington to renew Deferred Enforced Departure, or DED, status for Hong Kongers in the United States, “to prevent them from being forced to return to Hong Kong where the human rights environment continues to worsen.”

    Hong Kong Watch said Ottawa, meanwhile, should “clear the backlog of Hong Kong Pathway applications to prevent the expiration of temporary status for Hong Kongers in Canada.”

    Group Patron Ambassador Derek Mitchell said the sentences were “another dark milestone” for Hong Kong.

    “The international community must strongly condemn this crime and stand with these brave former legislators, activists, journalists, and trade unionists who fought resolutely for democracy, rights and freedom against the tyranny of the Chinese Communist Party,” Mitchell said.

    Translated with additional reporting by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Cantonese.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/china/2024/11/19/china-hong-kong-45-democrats-sentences-reaction/feed/ 0 502636
    The US no longer supports capping plastic production in UN treaty https://grist.org/regulation/us-backtracks-production-caps-global-plastics-treaty-united-nations/ https://grist.org/regulation/us-backtracks-production-caps-global-plastics-treaty-united-nations/#respond Mon, 18 Nov 2024 23:44:59 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=653137 The Biden administration has backtracked from supporting a cap on plastic production as part of the United Nations’ global plastics treaty.

    According to representatives from five environmental organizations, White House staffers told representatives of advocacy groups in a closed-door meeting last week that they did not see mandatory production caps as a viable “landing zone” for INC-5, the name for the fifth and final round of plastics treaty negotiations set to take place later this month in Busan, South Korea. Instead, the staffers reportedly said United States delegates would support a “flexible” approach in which countries set their own voluntary targets for reducing plastic production.

    This represents a reversal of what the same groups were told at a similar briefing held in August, when Biden administration representatives raised hopes that the U.S. would join countries like Norway, Peru, and the United Kingdom in supporting limits on plastic production. 

    Following the August meeting, Reuters reported that the U.S. “will support a global treaty calling for a reduction in how much new plastic is produced each year,” and the Biden administration confirmed that Reuters’ reporting was “accurate.” 

    After the more recent briefing, a spokesperson for the White House Council on Environmental Quality told Grist that, while U.S. negotiators have endorsed the idea of a “‘North Star’ aspirational global goal” to reduce plastic production, they “do not see this as a production cap and do not support such a cap.”

    “We believe there are different paths available for achieving reductions in plastic production and consumption,” the spokesperson said. “We will be flexible going into INC-5 on how to achieve that and are optimistic that we can prevail with a strong instrument that sends these market signals for change.” 

    Jo Banner, co-founder and co-director of The Descendants Project, a nonprofit advocating for fenceline communities in Louisiana’s “Cancer Alley,” said the announcement was a “jolt.”

    “I thought we were on the same page in terms of capping plastic and reducing production,” she said. “But it was clear that we just weren’t.”

    Frankie Orona, executive director of the nonprofit Society of Native Nations, which advocates for environmental justice and the preservation of Indigenous cultures, described the news as “absolutely devastating.” He added, “Two hours in that meeting felt like it was taking two days of my life.”

    Aerial view of a large conference room, with people sitting at desks arranged in a large circle.
    Delegates follow the day’s proceedings at the third round of negotiations over a global plastics treaty in Nairobi, Kenya. James Wakibia / SOPA Images / LightRocket via Getty Images

    The situation speaks to a central conflict that has emerged from talks over the treaty, which the U.N. agreed to negotiate two years ago to “end plastic pollution.” Delegates haven’t agreed on whether the pact should focus on managing plastic waste — through things like ocean cleanups and higher recycling rates — or on tamping down the growing rate of plastic production.

    Nearly 70 countries, along with scientists and environmental groups, support the latter. They say it’s futile to mop up plastic litter while more and more of it keeps getting made. But a vocal contingent of oil-exporting countries has pushed for a lower-ambition treaty, using a consensus-based voting norm to slow-walk the negotiations. Besides leaving out production limits, those countries also want the treaty to allow for voluntary national targets, rather than binding global rules.

    Exactly which policies the U.S. will now support isn’t entirely clear. While the White House spokesperson told Grist that it wants to ensure the treaty “addresses … the supply of primary plastic polymers,” this could mean a whole host of things, including a tax on plastic production or bans on individual plastic products. These kinds of so-called market instruments could drive down demand for more plastic, but with far less certainty than a quantitative production limit. Bjorn Beeler, executive director of the nonprofit International Pollutants Elimination Network, noted that the U.S. could technically “address” the supply of plastics by reducing the industry’s projected growth rates — which would still allow the amount of manufactured plastic to continue increasing every year.

    “What the U.S. has said is extremely vague,” he said. “They have not been a leading actor to move the treaty into something meaningful.”

    To the extent that the White House’s latest announcement was a clarification and not an outright reversal — as staffers reportedly insisted was the case — Banner said the Biden administration should have made their position clearer months ago, right after the August meeting. “In August, we were definitely saying ‘capping,’ and it was never corrected,” she said. “If there was a misunderstanding, then it should have been corrected a long time ago.”

    Another apparent change in the U.S.’s strategy is on chemicals used in plastics. Back in August, the White House confirmed via Reuters’ reporting that it supported creating lists of plastic-related chemicals to be banned or restricted. Now, negotiators will back lists that include plastic products containing those chemicals. Environmental groups see this approach as less effective, since there are so many kinds of plastic products and because product manufacturers do not always have complete information about the chemicals used by their suppliers.

    Orona said focusing on products would push the conversation downstream, away from petrochemical refineries and plastics manufacturing facilities that disproportionately pollute poor communities of color.

    “It’s so dismissive, it’s so disrespectful,” he said. “It just made you want to grab a pillow and scream into the pillow and shed a few tears for your community.”

    At the next round of treaty talks, environmental groups told Grist that the U.S. should “step aside.” Given the high likelihood that the incoming Trump administration will not support the treaty and that the Republican-controlled Senate will not ratify it, some advocates would like to see the high-ambition countries focus less on winning over U.S. support and more on advancing the most ambitious version of the treaty possible. “We hope that the rest of the world moves on,” said a spokesperson for the nonprofit Break Free From Plastic, vesting hope in the EU, small island developing states, and a coalition of African countries, among others. 

    Viola Waghiyi, environmental health and justice program director for the nonprofit Alaska Community Action on Toxics, is a tribal citizen of the Native Village of Savoonga, on the island of Sivuqaq off the state’s western coast. She connected a weak plastics treaty to the direct impacts her island community is facing, including climate change (to which plastics production contributes), microplastic pollution in the Arctic Ocean that affects its marine life, and atmospheric dynamics that dump hazardous plastic chemicals in the far northern hemisphere.

    The U.S. “should be making sure that measures are in place to protect the voices of the most vulnerable,” she said, including Indigenous peoples, workers, waste pickers, and future generations. As a Native grandmother, she specifically raised concerns about endocrine-disrupting plastic chemicals that could affect children’s neurological development. “How can we pass on our language, our creation stories, our songs and dances, our traditions and cultures, if our children can’t learn?”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline The US no longer supports capping plastic production in UN treaty on Nov 18, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Joseph Winters.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/regulation/us-backtracks-production-caps-global-plastics-treaty-united-nations/feed/ 0 502520
    This bill should never have been introduced, it fails to uphold Māori rights. https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/18/this-bill-should-never-have-been-introduced-it-fails-to-uphold-maori-rights/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/18/this-bill-should-never-have-been-introduced-it-fails-to-uphold-maori-rights/#respond Mon, 18 Nov 2024 14:50:07 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=fa29ab93c50a4c64cf8da2ba2493acf7
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/18/this-bill-should-never-have-been-introduced-it-fails-to-uphold-maori-rights/feed/ 0 502451
    Saudi fitness instructor sentenced to 11 years in prison for supporting women’s rights https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/16/saudi-fitness-instructor-sentenced-to-11-years-in-prison-for-supporting-womens-rights-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/16/saudi-fitness-instructor-sentenced-to-11-years-in-prison-for-supporting-womens-rights-2/#respond Sat, 16 Nov 2024 14:00:29 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=80e535cf51398b0324bf57ba7f1c3ede
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/16/saudi-fitness-instructor-sentenced-to-11-years-in-prison-for-supporting-womens-rights-2/feed/ 0 502248
    The question bringing COP29 to a halt: Who’s rich enough to pay for climate change? https://grist.org/international/cop29-finance-goal-developing-countries-aid/ https://grist.org/international/cop29-finance-goal-developing-countries-aid/#respond Fri, 15 Nov 2024 09:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=653019 The world’s governments have come to the United Nations’ climate summit in Baku, Azerbaijan, deadlocked on one ugly question. It’s been debated for years, but now they need to find an answer in a matter of weeks; trillions of dollars’ worth of international climate aid hang in the balance. This money could mean the difference between life and death for some of the world’s poorest and most vulnerable people on the front lines of the climate crisis.

    Everyone at the COP29 climate summit agrees that the world’s poorest and most climate-vulnerable countries need trillions of dollars to transition to clean energy and cope with climate-fueled disasters. And everyone agrees that rich countries, which are responsible for a disproportionate share of historic carbon pollution, have some responsibility to pay up for this. 

    But the question nobody can seem to agree on is this: Which countries are rich?

    As financial needs balloon, longtime wealthy nations in North America and Europe are clashing with newer global power players like China and Saudi Arabia over whether nations like the latter should be required to provide aid funding. The U.S. and the European Union are pushing for a strict standard that would commit large new economies like China to donating, reflecting how much richer those countries have gotten in recent decades, but a broad coalition of developing countries is fighting to keep such language out of the deal. 

    World leaders spent the first few days of COP29 making dozens of grand speeches in which they stressed the need for ambitious action and global cooperation. But now negotiators are diving into tense, complex talks over the funding question, with the goal of coming to an agreement by the time COP29 wraps up at the end of next week. As of Friday, they were still working through a sprawling 33-page document that the U.N. negotiating leads assembled, which contains a mishmash of priorities from almost every country in the world. Multiple country representatives and advocates present at COP told Grist that these talks have been the most difficult since those that led to the landmark 2015 Paris Agreement, in which the world agreed to limit global warming to below 2 degrees Celsius.

    “There’s no contention about the magnitude of the amounts required for the global community to transition,” said Ali Mohamed, the lead climate envoy for Kenya and head negotiator for a large group of African countries. “I think the big challenge is the attempt to redefine the commitments,” he added, referring to attempts by developed countries like the U.S. to offload some of their financing burden onto newly rich countries.

    The battle lines were drawn more than three decades ago, in the 1992 agreement that first established COP as the forum for annual U.N. climate talks. That agreement divided the world’s countries into “developed country parties” and “developing country parties.” It stipulated that the former would “provide new and additional financial resources” to help poor countries decarbonize and also “assist … in meeting costs of adaptation” to climate change. The “developed” group comprised the richest few dozen countries in North America and Europe, as well as Japan and Australia, and the “developing” group comprised almost the entire rest of the planet.

    The world has changed a great deal since then. China and India have become two of the world’s five largest economies and together make up almost a third of the world’s population. East Asian countries like Singapore and South Korea have become pillars of the global technology and manufacturing sectors — and grown phenomenally richer in the process. Persian Gulf countries like Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates have used money from their massive oil fields to build some of the world’s most eye-popping infrastructure and buy global influence. As a result of all this change, only 13 of the world’s 20 largest economies were considered “developed” at the time the U.N. convention first took effect.

    For incumbent developed countries like the United States and Canada, which are facing calls to commit to sending a trillion dollars per year to poor nations, the key question in Baku is how to bring newly flush economies over to the donor side of the table. While many of the newcomers have already made voluntary contributions to international climate aid — China kicked off the conference by announcing it has provided more than $20 billion in climate finance to developing countries since 2016 — they have largely resisted any official recognition that they have a responsibility to contribute.

    “You have countries now that are not part of the donor base, but that are contributing and helping countries in the [Global South],” said Steven Guilbeault, the Canadian minister for the environment, in an interview with Grist. “But I think one of the issues there is: What are the accountability mechanisms for that? What’s the transparency?” (China’s announcement didn’t include a detailed breakdown of its commitments.) 

    In an addendum tacked on to the bottom of the most recent negotiating text, the Canadian and Swiss governments have proposed a blunt solution to this problem: a hard numerical standard that would determine which countries have to donate funds. There are two triggers that would make a country a required donor. The first is if the country is both among the top 10 annual emitters of greenhouse gases and has a gross national income of more than around $22,000 per capita, adjusted for purchasing power differences across currencies. The second is if a nation has cumulative carbon emissions of more than 250 metric tons per capita and a gross national income of more than $40,000 per capita.

    This sounds somewhat arbitrary until you look at which countries become donors under each of the proposed standards. Among the top 10 annual greenhouse gas emitters, six are not already considered “developed.” In descending order of per capita income, according to the World Bank, they are Saudi Arabia, South Korea, China, Iran, Indonesia, and India. The income threshold in the Swiss-Canadian proposal would bump the first two from that list into the group of required donors. And while China is right below the income threshold, it could qualify as soon as next year. The last three countries, which are populous but less well-off, would be off the hook for the near future.

    That captures the big fish. The second condition, which assesses income and emissions on a per capita basis, would rope in smaller developed countries with higher income levels, such as the United Arab Emirates, Singapore, and Israel. (The Swiss delegation did not respond to questions about their proposal in time for publication.)

    But negotiators from around the world are lining up against this proposal, and many say they oppose any attempts whatsoever to broaden the donor base. The Persian Gulf states in particular have slammed the formula as a betrayal of responsibility by the United States and Europe, which are the largest emitters in historical terms — meaning their cumulative contributions to climate change are greater than even annual emissions figures suggest. The objectors also argue that these countries’ centuries-long head start on development, provided in part by their colonial history, should be a determining factor in who has to pay up.

    In a statement at the last government dialogue on the goal, a few months before COP29, a representative for Saudi Arabia said that Arab states “firmly reject” what it called “attempts to walk back on our collective agreement.”

    “The claim that changing economic realities necessitate an expansion of the donor base is unfounded,” the representative said at the time.

    The Alliance of Small Island States, or AOSIS, an influential negotiating bloc that represents several nations facing existential risk from sea level rise, like the Marshall Islands, is also against the proposal. The group argues that such a change would compromise the original U.N. agreement to fight climate change, which called for legacy emitters to take the lead on climate finance.

    “We really can’t entertain it,” said Michai Robertson, the island bloc’s lead negotiator on finance issues. “It’s a thread that you pull, and it may unravel the entire fabric of the Paris Agreement. It’s an unequivocal no.” He said that the text that all countries agreed to in Paris in 2015 already encourages developing countries to contribute financing if they can — and that countries such as China are already doing it.

    There are also political considerations at play in the bloc’s opposition. In addition to vulnerable nations such as Fiji and the Marshall Islands, AOSIS also represents higher-income island states such as Singapore and the Bahamas. The latter would be expected to become contributors under the new proposal, which evaluates national income and emissions on a per capita basis.

    The other big point of controversy is China, whose per capita income sits just on the threshold of the Swiss and Canadian proposals. One version of the Swiss-Canadian proposal sets the income cutoff at $20,000 per capita, which would include China, but another version sets it at $22,000, which would exclude China for at least a few years — an indication of just how delicate the question of the country’s inclusion might be. 

    The opening day of COP29 saw negotiators stake out starkly different positions on the China question. Teresa Anderson, a climate advocate with the global anti-poverty organization ActionAid, said, “There is no metric by which China has a historic obligation,” calling it “geopolitical whataboutery” and “finger-pointing.” A few hours later, Germany’s lead climate negotiator, Jennifer Morgan, pointed out that China’s historical carbon emissions are now equal to those of the European Union.

    The stark contrast in statements was evidence that, even after years of negotiation over the finance goal, the opposing sides of the debate have made almost no movement toward each other. The stalemate continued through the first days of the conference as developing countries rejected an early draft of the goal text, and U.N. supervisors released a massive new draft with a grab bag of priorities. Despite developing countries’ objections, the Swiss-Canadian proposal is still there, lurking at the bottom of the draft. 

    Sandra Guzmán Luna, a former climate negotiator for the government of Mexico and the director of GFLAC, an organization that helps Latin American and Caribbean countries advocate for more climate money, said the road ahead was steep.

    “It’s going to be very, very challenging, because there has not been a lot of movement,” she said.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline The question bringing COP29 to a halt: Who’s rich enough to pay for climate change? on Nov 15, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Jake Bittle.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/international/cop29-finance-goal-developing-countries-aid/feed/ 0 502048
    Can you solve the world’s trillion-dollar climate finance puzzle? https://grist.org/cop29/can-you-solve-the-worlds-trillion-dollar-climate-finance-puzzle/ https://grist.org/cop29/can-you-solve-the-worlds-trillion-dollar-climate-finance-puzzle/#respond Thu, 14 Nov 2024 09:45:01 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=652572 window.dataLayer = window.dataLayer || []; function gtag(){dataLayer.push(arguments);} gtag('js', new Date()); gtag('config', 'G-8L4CPT2Q80');

    As thousands of government ministers and climate activists descend on Baku, Azerbaijan, for the annual United Nations climate summit known as COP29, they have a difficult task ahead of them. Meeting the historic targets outlined in the 2015 Paris climate agreement will require wealthy nations to send huge amounts of money to poorer nations to help them not only decarbonize but also adapt to climate change. Developing countries tend to be more vulnerable to climate disasters, and everyone agrees they need assistance. But no one can agree how much money is needed — or who exactly should have to pony up.

    This year marks the world’s self-imposed deadline for all these countries to agree on a new global target for climate aid. Negotiations over this target will determine how much aid wealthy developed nations send to poorer developing ones — as well as exactly which countries count as “developing,” and what form their aid will take.

    The world has tried this once before. In 2009, rich countries committed to sending $100 billion in climate finance to poorer nations within a decade. They blew through that deadline by multiple years, and much of the finance provided by the developed world came in the form of debt-producing loans rather than the no-strings-attached grants favored by recipients. Relatively little aid has gone to countries in Africa and Asia to help them prepare for climate disasters like drought and sea-level rise. Research has also shown that some contributions turned out to be fraudulent or irrelevant to the climate fight.

    Illustration of hourglass and puzzle pieces

    As the clock runs out on the deadline to set a second target, which is known in official parlance as the New Collective Quantified Goal, developed countries like the U.S. and the United Kingdom are tangling with developing countries such as Somalia and Barbados over every detail, from the target’s size and timeline to the role of loans and private finance. Ministers are also fighting over the role of countries like China and the oil-producing states of the Persian Gulf, which have traditionally been considered developing nations but have become much wealthier in recent decades. (Their carbon emissions have grown alongside their pocketbooks.)

    After deadlocking on technical questions for more than two years, government leaders are now rushing to hammer out a text in the next few weeks. They’ll draft this final agreement against a backdrop of high inflation, fragile economic growth, and strained government budgets around the world.

    The fault lines in this debate are not always intuitive. Each country has its own red-line priorities, and many are shifting their positions from day to day. But there are a few core disagreements that are holding up a final consensus. The questions below highlight four different viewpoints that are clashing in Baku, based on proposals that countries made before the conference. For each, pick one answer that represents how you would tackle the issue. At the end, we’ll tell you which country you align with most closely—or if you’re stuck in the middle.

    Naveena Sadasivam contributed reporting to this story.

    1 of 7

    How large do you think the new climate aid goal should be?

    Most studies suggest that developing countries need trillions dollars of climate aid each year, but U.N. negotiators can’t agree on how much they should try to raise. A large target could mean more money for climate action — and more lives saved in developing countries — but it might also be counterproductive if contributing countries think it’s an unrealistic goal.

    2 of 7

    How do you think the new goal should be apportioned?

    Most climate aid to date has gone toward “mitigation” projects to slow future warming, such as solar and wind installations, but developing countries are also seeking money for adaptation projects that will make them resilient to future climate shocks (e.g. sea walls). Some countries are also insisting that the new goal include money for “loss and damage” — essentially reparations for climate-fueled disasters that have already happened.

    3 of 7

    How strict do you think the goal should be about defining what counts as climate aid?

    The first $100 billion aid target was extremely vague about what counts as climate finance, so countries are only now haggling over what kinds of money should count. Some negotiators argue that loans from a country’s private sector should count toward that country’s total contributions, and that new financial instruments like debt swaps and insurance programs should count as well.

    4 of 7

    How should loans count toward the new climate finance goal?

    Almost 70 percent of the first round of international climate aid came in the form of loans rather than no-strings-attached grants. While wealthy nations and private banks often issue aid loans at below-market interest rates, many recipient countries argue that loans can trap them in a predatory cycle of debt and interest.

    5 of 7

    Which countries do you think should contribute to the new goal?

    When the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change was signed in 1992, countries were categorized into two groups: developed and developing. The world has changed a lot since then. While the original “developed” countries bloc is still responsible for a disproportionate share of the world’s historic carbon emissions, emissions in some of the original “developing” countries have risen rapidly (alongside their national incomes).

    6 of 7

    Which countries do you think should receive funds from future climate aid?

    A core tenet of the 2015 Paris climate accord is that developed countries have a duty to fund the energy transition in developing nations. But under the original definition, the United Arab Emirates — home to the world’s tallest skyscraper and glitzy artificial islands — is still considered “developing.” Some countries have also argued that the very poorest nations and smallest island states should get extra consideration.

    7 of 7

    Over what period do you think countries should raise funds?

    Negotiators are hoping to learn from the lessons of the delayed $100 billion promise: They’re debating whether to set a short-term goal that will play out over just a few years, or a more ambitious goal on a longer timeline.

    Your Results

    Congratulations! Your plan for international climate aid aligns you most closely with:

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Can you solve the world’s trillion-dollar climate finance puzzle? on Nov 14, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Jake Bittle.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/cop29/can-you-solve-the-worlds-trillion-dollar-climate-finance-puzzle/feed/ 0 501868
    Biden wants to triple nuclear energy generation. Trump will make the call. https://grist.org/cop29/nuclear-power-trump-biden/ https://grist.org/cop29/nuclear-power-trump-biden/#respond Thu, 14 Nov 2024 09:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=652963 U.S. president-elect Donald Trump is no fan of renewable energy. He has said solar power is too expensive to work at scale, threatened to impose steep taxes on solar panels arriving from abroad, and advanced seemingly unfounded claims that many rabbits “get caught in” solar installations and die. On wind energy, Trump is even more voluble: He has made sweeping claims that wind turbines kill whales and “thousands” of bald eagles, that they break down in saltwater, and that they “ruin the atmosphere.” It’s no surprise, then, that Trump’s Republican Party is expected to repeal many of President Biden’s landmark measures promoting renewable energy.

    That puts the Biden administration’s delegation at the United Nations climate summit in Baku, Azerbaijan, in an awkward position. At COP29, as this year’s conference is known, governments are expected to tout major new policies to fight climate change. But anything the outgoing administration announces now could be dead on arrival when Trump is inaugurated in January. 

    Nevertheless, the Biden team appears to be hoping that a push for one of the world’s most controversial forms of zero-emissions power will be more palatable to the president’s successor. On the conference’s third day on Wednesday, the administration announced that it would set a goal to triple U.S. nuclear power capacity by 2050. That would involve adding around 200 gigawatts of new nuclear generation by supporting both the kinds of large reactors familiar to many Americans as well as new “small modular” facilities that are easier to construct and permit. The administration pledged to work with nuclear developers and power utilities to find the cheapest and easiest places to build big plants — and to push out almost $1 billion in support for small modular reactors. 

    “Over the last four years the United States has really established the industrial capacity and the muscle memory across the economy to carry out this plan,” said Ali Zaidi, the White House national climate advisor, in an interview with Bloomberg at COP29.

    Biden officials are well aware that Trump and the Republican Party have frequently embraced nuclear energy as a reliable and clean solution for the country’s growing electricity needs. The party’s platform this year stated that “Republicans will unleash Energy Production from all sources, including nuclear.” Earlier this year, a Pew Research poll found that around two-thirds of Republican voters support expanding nuclear power, a higher rate than for Democrats. As John Podesta, Biden’s senior climate advisor, said during a press conference at COP29, “The desire to build out next-generation nuclear is still there.”

    However, the Republican Party — and even the president-elect himself — is hardly of one mind when it comes to nuclear power. During his three-hour interview with the podcaster Joe Rogan, Trump said that nuclear power is “very clean” but also noted that the reactors “get too big and too complex and too expensive,” citing significant cost overruns and delays at Georgia’s Plant Vogtle, where new nuclear reactors opened this year.

    Still, Malwina Qvist, the director of the nuclear energy program at the research and advocacy nonprofit Clean Air Task Force, said nuclear power has the potential to be a rare area of consensus between Biden and Trump when it comes to climate change and energy, especially given recent pushes to revive nuclear power in localities across the country. California lawmakers passed a bill earlier this year that will enable the state’s Diablo Canyon power plant to stay open through 2030, juiced by a $1.1 billion investment from Biden’s Inflation Reduction Act. Meanwhile, in September Microsoft announced that it would buy power from a reopened nuclear plant at Pennsylvania’s Three Mile Island, the site of an infamous reactor meltdown in 1979.

    “We’ve seen bipartisan support for nuclear energy over the years and growing appetite for developing new and preserving existing nuclear energy from governors in red and blue states alike,” she said. Qvist added that her organization aims to “preserve the gains made during this administration, and to advance them during the next.”

    But fears that reactor meltdowns will lead to disastrous releases of radiation, as well as the fact that nuclear waste remains radioactive for millenia and must be stored in secure locations, can make nuclear energy a hard sell. A number of environmental organizations, including the Union of Concerned Scientists, oppose a nuclear revival for these reasons. Even so, over the course of its history there have been far fewer deaths attributed to nuclear per unit of energy created than to the fossil-fuel-powered plants it can replace. 

    Either way, the Biden administration’s last-minute nuclear agenda is unlikely to be enough to triple power generation on its own. Much recent investment in the U.S. nuclear space has gone toward keeping alive or reopening the plants that already exist across the country, but building a fleet of large new reactors would require billions of dollars more in new capital — more even than the massive Inflation Reduction Act, the largest clean energy investment in U.S. history, provides through its tax subsidy provisions. 

    “To fulfill this demand will necessitate a step-change in financing,” said Rafael Mariano Grossi, director general of the International Atomic Energy Agency, a global nuclear advocacy organization, on the eve of COP29. “Financing nuclear power plants, particularly the upfront costs, requires government participation.”

    The Biden administration can lay the groundwork for nuclear growth, but it will be up to Trump and his new Republican Congress to decide whether they want to provide that participation.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Biden wants to triple nuclear energy generation. Trump will make the call. on Nov 14, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Jake Bittle.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/cop29/nuclear-power-trump-biden/feed/ 0 501879
    Would you pay more for plane tickets to fund climate relief efforts? https://grist.org/cop29/global-solidarity-levy-tax-aviation-shipping/ https://grist.org/cop29/global-solidarity-levy-tax-aviation-shipping/#respond Wed, 13 Nov 2024 17:05:24 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=652865 Imagine you go online to book a flight. When you pay, you notice one additional line item next to the standard taxes and fees: Something called a “global solidarity levy” has added an extra $10 to your $200 flight. That half-percent is going to Somalia, where it will help pay farmers who have lost their goat herds in a severe drought — which was supercharged by the global warming that your flight is accelerating — and are now without food or water access.

    This is the vision of a new effort underway at United Nations climate talks in Baku, Azerbaijan. This year’s conference, which is known as COP29, is all about money: which countries will pay to help fight climate change, how much money they will send, and what that money will accomplish. Past efforts to fund decarbonization and climate resilience in the developing world have all but failed. Wealthy nations have delivered money in a piecemeal, opaque manner, leaving trillions of dollars of unmet needs in the world’s poorest nations.

    There are hints of a new system emerging on the sidelines of the COP29 conference. A small group of nations is advancing a proposal for a set of worldwide taxes on high-polluting industries, which could reap billions of dollars in steady money for recovery efforts in disaster-ravaged countries. The governments of France, Kenya, and Barbados are using COP29 as a springboard to develop what they call a “global solidarity levy,” which would impose half-percent taxes on sectors such as aviation and shipping.

    The idea got a big boost from U.N. secretary general António Guterres on Tuesday. In his address to the negotiators assembled at COP, Guterres urged them to consider “tapping innovative sources, particularly levies on shipping, aviation, and fossil fuel extraction.”

    There is an urgent need for funding to address “loss and damage,” or the disaster-related destruction fueled by carbon pollution. Wealthy countries have admitted their responsibility to provide this funding — since they have emitted orders of magnitude more carbon than most of the world — but they haven’t yet followed through: Last year, around a dozen countries pledged a combined $700 million to a new loss and damage fund administered by the World Bank, and more pledges may follow at COP29 this year. 

    There is broad agreement that this piecemeal approach is unsustainable — not least because of domestic political volatility, including the likelihood that the U.S. will cut off new deliveries of climate aid when Donald Trump assumes the presidency next year. Then there’s the fact that a country that just got destroyed by a typhoon can’t afford to wait 10 years for a recovery grant to wind its way to its treasury. Finally, there are relatively few incentives for rich countries to pay for disaster relief abroad, relative to other climate-related ventures: A loan to build a solar farm might pay for itself when the project starts to generate power revenue, and an adaptation grant might lead to economic benefits later on if it protects a supply chain or makes a farm more resilient. Disaster recovery aid, on the other hand, doesn’t pay for itself.

    The proposed global solidarity levy takes a different approach: Rather than encouraging big economies to contribute with one chunk of money at a time, the proposal would use taxes to generate consistent revenue for a relief fund. The France-Barbados-Kenya task force is in the midst of studying which industries to tax, and it expects to release a final proposal early next year. 

    Sectors like aviation and shipping, which cross national borders, are obvious candidates, but the task force has also looked at taxing plastics and cryptocurrency, given their large pollution and energy footprints, respectively. The task force will likely begin by targeting a single industry, such as aviation, and urge climate-ambitious governments to pass a tax on transactions in that industry, which can then be used as models for more and more governments to follow.

    “The ‘polluter pays’ principle has guided us thus far,” said Barbados prime minister Mia Mottley, an influential leader in climate finance debates, in a speech touting the forthcoming proposal at COP29. “If you have contributed to the problem, you should contribute to the solution.”

    The levy proposals could raise as much as $350 billion if they were adopted globally, Mottley added. Even if just a few dozen governments implemented a tax on one of these industries, they could raise more money per year than all rich countries’ combined donations to the loss and damage thus far. The task force currently has 13 members, including France, Spain, and the Marshall Islands.

    Many nations already collect industry-specific taxes. For example, more than 30 countries tax at least some financial transactions at around 0.5 percent. In the United Kingdom, a “stamp duty” on stock transactions brings in around $5 billion per year, and France and Switzerland raise about $1 billion per year each by taxing their own financial sectors. Several European countries have also rolled out flight ticket taxes of around $2 to $7 over the past two decades, with Portugal routing revenue toward projects that reduce emissions.

    But financing global climate aid in this manner raises a number of new challenges. Existing transaction taxes typically raise money to benefit the taxpayers in a given country, but “solidarity levies” that send money to faraway places might engender domestic backlash. Countries may also be wary of scaring off private investment and stunting economic growth, especially given that the tax is unique in not providing any material benefit to the country collecting it (other than potentially helping to reduce global emissions).

    Other international entities are pursuing similar but less radical measures. The International Maritime Organization, the U.N. body that regulates the shipping industry, is working on its own carbon tax to levy on the carbon-intensive tanker fleet that moves 80 percent of the world’s freight. That tax will be finalized by next year and could end up at anywhere between $50 and $300 per ton of carbon dioxide. But the Maritime Organization’s secretary general told Grist that it will use the money to decarbonize the shipping industry, rather than aid developing countries.

    “The loss and damage conversation, that’s more a historical conversation, and we don’t have that conversation,” said Arsenio Dominguez, the secretary general of the International Maritime Organization, in an interview at COP29. “Our goal is to collect the necessary funds to support shipping decarbonization and the shipping transition.”

    Dominguez added that he doesn’t oppose countries’ attempts to find more money for loss and damage funding, but he views his organization’s effort as ambitious in its own right.

    Given that a shipping carbon tax is already in the works, it’s likely that the France-Barbados task force will endorse a levy on another industry where regulators have been less ambitious on climate, such as aviation, or where there is no global regulatory body, such as finance.

    Imposing such a fee might be controversial in the United States, but for other countries it might be a savvy political move, according to Rachel Cleetus, a finance expert at the Union of Concerned Scientists, a climate advocacy organization. Wealthy governments have to scrape through their budgets to find billion-dollar overseas aid donations, but a new levy on an industry like aviation could fund those efforts continuously. Plus, a country could set it up without going through the consensus-driven U.N. process.

    “In the near-term, the main role it could play is to create a coalition of the willing, a set of countries that would do this together,” she said. “It’s a different kind of negotiation.”

    Cleetus cautioned that even these levies likely wouldn’t be a full substitute for direct public finance from developed countries. If these countries don’t pay their fair share, she said, there will still be large unmet needs in the Global South.

    “Whenever you hear this conversation about finance, very quickly you’ll hear conversations about reforming the multilateral system and adding innovative sources,” she said. “But people see it as a substitute — and it’s not, it’s a complement.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Would you pay more for plane tickets to fund climate relief efforts? on Nov 13, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Jake Bittle.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/cop29/global-solidarity-levy-tax-aviation-shipping/feed/ 0 501721
    Artificial Intelligence in Denmark’s Welfare System – Mass Surveillance and Risks of Discrimination https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/13/artificial-intelligence-in-denmarks-welfare-system-mass-surveillance-and-risks-of-discrimination/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/13/artificial-intelligence-in-denmarks-welfare-system-mass-surveillance-and-risks-of-discrimination/#respond Wed, 13 Nov 2024 09:39:07 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=ff60d88100737542475ad4df9b3ffc5f
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/13/artificial-intelligence-in-denmarks-welfare-system-mass-surveillance-and-risks-of-discrimination/feed/ 0 501670
    ‘We may have less to offer’: US negotiators confront diminished standing at COP29 https://grist.org/politics/trump-biden-cop29-climate-conference/ https://grist.org/politics/trump-biden-cop29-climate-conference/#respond Tue, 12 Nov 2024 16:02:14 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=652828 As dozens of heads of state arrived in Azerbaijan for the annual United Nations climate talks this week, one absent world leader’s name was on everyone’s lips. At press conference after press conference, questions arose about the election of Donald Trump. The U.S. president-elect has threatened to pull the United States out of the landmark Paris climate agreement — for a second time — and slow down the country’s transition to renewable energy.

    The Biden administration has tried to project confidence in the early days of the conference, which is known as COP29, given the country’s status as the world’s largest economy and second-largest emitter of planet-warming carbon. At a packed-house presser on the conference’s first day, President Joe Biden’s senior climate advisor, John Podesta, said he expected many of Biden’s clean energy achievements — which are projected to put the U.S. within close reach of its international climate commitments — will endure a second Trump administration. He added that the U.S. will still release a document detailing its updated plan to do its part to limit global warming below the 2 degrees Celsius threshold outlined in the 2015 Paris agreement, as required under that treaty.

    “The work to contain climate change is going to continue in the United States with commitment and passion and belief,” he said.

    But other signs at the conference suggest that the U.S. has already receded from a starring role in the fight against climate change. Developing countries have long criticized the U.S. as an obstacle to major climate agreements, in particular on the issue of overseas aid to help poor countries fund their energy transitions and protect themselves from climate-fueled natural disasters. Establishing a new global goal for this sort of international aid is the main agenda item for this year’s conference, but the center of gravity in negotiations has clearly shifted away from the U.S. and toward Europe, China, and the dozens of developing countries pushing for a big increase in international assistance.

    Even Canada, which just announced a $1.5 billion program to help the world’s most vulnerable countries pursue climate adaptation projects, is beginning to outshine the U.S. on this issue. Likewise, the headline item from the first day of the conference —  an arcane spat over the implications of the agenda structure, which pitted a bloc of developing countries against the European Union over the latter’s carbon tariff system — did not feature the U.S. in a starring role.

    In a gaggle with reporters on the second day of the conference, White House climate czar Ali Zaidi seemed to acknowledge a diminished U.S. role in climate talks. He vowed that the Biden administration would continue working toward an ambitious international finance goal, but he admitted that climate-conscious Americans may want to “look for other countries to step up to the plate” during the Trump administration. 

    “We may have less to offer in terms of a projection of leadership certainty,” he said.

    Perhaps the clearest indication of the diminished U.S. role in the global climate puzzle is the maze of national pavilions that sprawls across the conference venue at the Baku Olympic Stadium. The U.S. national pavilion is one of the most humble in the entire complex: a plain white room with white chairs, white desks, a television screen, and no other decorations save a single potted plant and a few foam-board posters.

    The Kazakhstan pavilion next door, by contrast, has a massive light-up display with the country’s name and a stage on risers surrounded by handsome blond wood. The United Kingdom pavilion has a free, full-service cappuccino bar and a full-size model depicting London’s signature red telephone booth. The Brazil pavilion is embowered in tropical foliage and features a display of baskets by traditional artisans. In the home-country pavilion of Azerbaijan, wait staff serve fresh tea on demand.

    “You’re not the first person to say this,” said a member of the U.S. delegation when Grist mentioned the apparent lack of effort put into his country’s pavilion. The member said he was “shocked” when he first saw the space, and he added that a more ambitious effort would have helped “show that we care.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline ‘We may have less to offer’: US negotiators confront diminished standing at COP29 on Nov 12, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Jake Bittle.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/politics/trump-biden-cop29-climate-conference/feed/ 0 501542
    ‘We may have less to offer’: US negotiators confront diminished standing at COP29 https://grist.org/politics/trump-biden-cop29-climate-conference/ https://grist.org/politics/trump-biden-cop29-climate-conference/#respond Tue, 12 Nov 2024 16:02:14 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=652828 As dozens of heads of state arrived in Azerbaijan for the annual United Nations climate talks this week, one absent world leader’s name was on everyone’s lips. At press conference after press conference, questions arose about the election of Donald Trump. The U.S. president-elect has threatened to pull the United States out of the landmark Paris climate agreement — for a second time — and slow down the country’s transition to renewable energy.

    The Biden administration has tried to project confidence in the early days of the conference, which is known as COP29, given the country’s status as the world’s largest economy and second-largest emitter of planet-warming carbon. At a packed-house presser on the conference’s first day, President Joe Biden’s senior climate advisor, John Podesta, said he expected many of Biden’s clean energy achievements — which are projected to put the U.S. within close reach of its international climate commitments — will endure a second Trump administration. He added that the U.S. will still release a document detailing its updated plan to do its part to limit global warming below the 2 degrees Celsius threshold outlined in the 2015 Paris agreement, as required under that treaty.

    “The work to contain climate change is going to continue in the United States with commitment and passion and belief,” he said.

    But other signs at the conference suggest that the U.S. has already receded from a starring role in the fight against climate change. Developing countries have long criticized the U.S. as an obstacle to major climate agreements, in particular on the issue of overseas aid to help poor countries fund their energy transitions and protect themselves from climate-fueled natural disasters. Establishing a new global goal for this sort of international aid is the main agenda item for this year’s conference, but the center of gravity in negotiations has clearly shifted away from the U.S. and toward Europe, China, and the dozens of developing countries pushing for a big increase in international assistance.

    Even Canada, which just announced a $1.5 billion program to help the world’s most vulnerable countries pursue climate adaptation projects, is beginning to outshine the U.S. on this issue. Likewise, the headline item from the first day of the conference —  an arcane spat over the implications of the agenda structure, which pitted a bloc of developing countries against the European Union over the latter’s carbon tariff system — did not feature the U.S. in a starring role.

    In a gaggle with reporters on the second day of the conference, White House climate czar Ali Zaidi seemed to acknowledge a diminished U.S. role in climate talks. He vowed that the Biden administration would continue working toward an ambitious international finance goal, but he admitted that climate-conscious Americans may want to “look for other countries to step up to the plate” during the Trump administration. 

    “We may have less to offer in terms of a projection of leadership certainty,” he said.

    Perhaps the clearest indication of the diminished U.S. role in the global climate puzzle is the maze of national pavilions that sprawls across the conference venue at the Baku Olympic Stadium. The U.S. national pavilion is one of the most humble in the entire complex: a plain white room with white chairs, white desks, a television screen, and no other decorations save a single potted plant and a few foam-board posters.

    The Kazakhstan pavilion next door, by contrast, has a massive light-up display with the country’s name and a stage on risers surrounded by handsome blond wood. The United Kingdom pavilion has a free, full-service cappuccino bar and a full-size model depicting London’s signature red telephone booth. The Brazil pavilion is embowered in tropical foliage and features a display of baskets by traditional artisans. In the home-country pavilion of Azerbaijan, wait staff serve fresh tea on demand.

    “You’re not the first person to say this,” said a member of the U.S. delegation when Grist mentioned the apparent lack of effort put into his country’s pavilion. The member said he was “shocked” when he first saw the space, and he added that a more ambitious effort would have helped “show that we care.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline ‘We may have less to offer’: US negotiators confront diminished standing at COP29 on Nov 12, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Jake Bittle.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/politics/trump-biden-cop29-climate-conference/feed/ 0 501543
    It’s already official: You’re living through the hottest year on record https://grist.org/climate/hottest-year-on-record-2024-climate-threshold-1-5c/ https://grist.org/climate/hottest-year-on-record-2024-climate-threshold-1-5c/#respond Mon, 11 Nov 2024 09:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=652695 Nine months ago, the oceans became bathwater. As historically hot sea temperatures forced corals to expel the microorganisms that keep them alive, the world endured its fourth mass coral bleaching event, affecting more than half of all coral reefs in dozens of countries. As the temperatures continued to climb, many died.

    It was an early taste of what would become a year marked by the consequences of record-breaking heat. And now it’s official: Last week, when much of the world’s attention was turned to the U.S. presidential elections, scientists from the European Union’s Copernicus Climate Change Service crowned 2024 as the hottest year on record — and the first year to surpass the 1.5 degrees Celsius benchmark. And that’s with 2 months left to go in the year. 

    “This marks a new milestone in global temperature records and should serve as a catalyst to raise ambition for the upcoming climate change conference, COP29,” said Samantha Burgess, Copernicus’ deputy direction, in a press release. Burgess called the announcement “virtually certain” because, barring an extreme event like a volcanic eruption that blocks the atmosphere’s excess heat, it’s nearly impossible for temperatures to fall enough for 2024 not to break the record. 

    It’s against this backdrop that world leaders, policymakers, and activists are descending on Azerbaijan for the 29th United Nations Climate Conference of the Parties, to tout their new climate goals and negotiate funding for vulnerable countries affected by climate change. Back home, many of their countries will still be recuperating from this year’s floods, fires, and other natural disasters. At the last conference in December 2023, governments agreed to reduce greenhouse gas emissions with the aim of trying to limit global warming to 1.5 degrees C above pre-industrial temperatures. 

    “2024 is the hottest year on record, and nothing can change that at this point,” said Zeke Hausfather, a climate scientist at Berkeley Earth, which, due to slight variations in their model, found last year exceeded 1.5 degrees C too. “It’s not about a single year passing that that 1.5 level. It’s more important to consider the longer term average of human contribution to climate change.”

    There are half a dozen groups, including Berkeley Earth, Copernicus, and NASA, that calculate the progress of global warming, and each has its own approach to filling in data gaps from the beginning of the century when records were less reliable, leading to different estimations of how much the Earth has warmed since then. The average of these models is used by international scientific authorities like the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change and the World Meteorological Organization. This is the first year, Hausfather says, that this communal average also shows the 1.5C threshold has been passed. 

    “1.5 degrees is not a magic number. Each degree matters,” said Andrew Dessler, director of Texas A&M University’s Texas Center for Climate Studies. Because each part of our climate system has different thresholds for tolerating the excess heat, small changes in temperature can have major consequences, and push ecosystems past their tipping points. “The world is engineered for the climate of the 20th century,” he said, “and we’re just now exiting that climate. We’re maladapted.” 

    Global warming alone can’t account for all the excess heat from these past two years. At least some of the super-charged temperatures and the disasters they catalyzed can be chalked up to a strong El Niño — a cyclical upwelling of warm water in the Pacific Ocean that shifts weather patterns across the globe. Although the most recent El Niño cycle was expected to give way to the cooler La Niña pattern this summer, the heat has persisted into the end of the year.

    Once El Niño’s effects ease up, there’s a chance that coming years may dip back below the 1.5C mark. Hausfather notes that only once the planet’s temperatures have remained above the 1.5 degrees C threshold for a decade or more will scientists consider international emissions agreements to be breached. “A big El Niño year like this one gives us a sneak peek as to what the new normal is going to be like in a decade or so,” he said.

    large smoke plumes are seen in an aerial view of a tropical rainforest, half of which is already burnt and dessicated. a line of flame from which the smoke is coming from creeps closer to the forest.
    A wildfire burns in the Amazon rainforest in August, 2024.
    Evaristo Sa / AFP via Getty

    And the new normal isn’t pretty. In addition to the widespread demise of coral reefs, the year brought record-setting heat waves in the Arctic and Antarctica that melted sea ice to near-historic lows, stoking concerns that sea levels would rise faster than anticipated. During summer months, some 2 billion people, a quarter of all humans on Earth, were exposed to dangerously hot temperatures, including 91 million people in the United States and hundreds of millions in Asia. 

    The extra heat fueled disasters throughout the year. Deadly wildfires raged in South America, burning millions of hectares across the Amazon Basin and Chile. Arctic forests in Russia and Canada went up in flames too, spewing record amounts of carbon into the atmosphere. Catastrophic flooding killed hundreds in Spain, Africa, and South Asia. And recently, hurricanes Helene and Milton, catalyzed by hot ocean temperatures, tore through the Caribbean and the American South. Meanwhile, droughts gripped communities in nearly every continent.

    “Those impacts are unacceptable. They’re being felt by those who are most vulnerable, which also happen to be, in general, those that are least responsible,” said Max Homes, president and CEO of the Woodwell Climate Research Center.

    At the U.N. conference in Azerbaijan, organizations like the Woodwell Climate Research Center and the World Wildlife Fund are given the platform to speak directly to country representatives and showcase their research on climate change. There, activists hope that wealthy countries shore up their commitments to support poorer countries in their efforts to cope with the climate crisis, develop clean energy, and restore ecosystems.

    “People shouldn’t think the game is over because we passed 1.5 degrees,” Dessler said. “The game is never over.” 

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline It’s already official: You’re living through the hottest year on record on Nov 11, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Sachi Kitajima Mulkey.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/climate/hottest-year-on-record-2024-climate-threshold-1-5c/feed/ 0 501379
    Here are the 5 issues to watch at COP29 https://grist.org/international/here-are-the-5-issues-to-watch-at-cop29/ https://grist.org/international/here-are-the-5-issues-to-watch-at-cop29/#respond Fri, 08 Nov 2024 09:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=652605 It’s possible there has never been a worse time for the United Nations to hold negotiations on climate change. Post-pandemic inflation has upended countries around the world, straining public budgets and distracting governments from climate action. Conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East continue to rage, scrambling the priorities of powerful countries like Russia, Iran, and those of the European Union. To top it all off, the United States just elected Donald Trump, who has called climate change a “hoax” and removed the U.S. from the 2015 Paris climate agreement during his first term in office. 

    Nevertheless, in a few days thousands of negotiators and activists will convene in Baku, Azerbaijan, to try to make progress on the global climate fight. This year’s conference, known as COP29, is widely acknowledged as a transitional affair without the marquee significance of the 2015 Paris talks — or even last year’s summit in Dubai, which saw the world’s nations finally agree to move away from fossil fuels. Still, next week negotiators plan to hash out key issues that could determine both how the world mitigates carbon emissions and also how it addresses the mounting toll of climate disasters in developing countries.

    Here’s what to look out for:

    A new goal for international climate aid

    The topline agenda item at COP29 is the so-called “new collective quantified goal,” a target stipulating how much climate aid money wealthy countries should send to poorer countries. This funding is supposed to help developing nations transition to renewable energy and adapt to climate effects like droughts and sea-level rise. Negotiations will be tense, because wealthy countries have reneged on past commitments, and much of the money they have sent has been in the form of costly loans, or else has been of questionable value for the climate fight. All this is all on top of the fact that developing countries and many experts contend that current aid commitments are insufficiently low. A U.N. report released earlier this week found that adaptation efforts in particular are underfunded to the tune of between $180 and $360 billion per year.

    “It’s not just about the volume of money,” said Emilie Beauchamp, an advocate with the International Institute for Sustainable Development, a climate-focused think tank. “It is about whether the finance actually reaches the ones who need it the most.”

    Negotiators aim to settle on a new goal by the end of COP. Vulnerable nations are pushing for an annual commitment that totals in the trillions of dollars. But there are still key questions about who should have to pitch in money, and who should receive it. The United States and Europe have called for massive economies like China and wealthy petrostates like Saudi Arabia to contribute funds even though they were considered “developing” nations when the UN first began to negotiate over climate change. These countries have resisted these calls, pointing to the fact that the United States and Europe are responsible for more total emissions historically. This geopolitical deadlock has held up progress on the negotiations for months, and it’s key to an overall global agreement on climate aid.

    Picking up slack from the U.S.

    The first few days of every COP feature a parade of announcements from world leaders and their senior ministers, who take the stage to tout — and quantify — their country’s commitment to the climate fight. This year’s round of announcements will feature an elephant in the room: The United States, which is the world’s largest economy and its largest historic emitter, is likely to formally pull out of the international climate fight as soon as Trump takes office next year. Current President Joe Biden isn’t attending COP, and even if his senior administration officials make new pledges, they may be hard for other countries to take seriously.

    The question is whether other big emitters, in particular China and the European Union, step up their ambition in an effort to bridge the gap that Trump will likely create. Ministers from these countries have likely already been preparing for a Trump victory. But because both Europe and China have been struggling through economic malaise in recent years, it’s unclear how much other governments will be willing to promise when it comes to clean energy and adaptation investment.

    Coordinating the global energy transition

    The big news out of last year’s COP28 was the “U.A.E. consensus” document, an agreement in which all the world’s major economies, including the United States and petrostates like Saudi Arabia, pledged to move away from fossil fuels. Language calling for “transitioning away from fossil fuels in energy systems, in a just, orderly and equitable manner,” was painstakingly crafted, but now it has to be put into practice. The summit in Baku is unlikely to see another agreement of this scale, but individual countries will be detailing more specific commitments they plan to make to move that energy transition forward.

    One of the biggest action items is the regulation of methane, a greenhouse gas that is orders of magnitude more potent than carbon dioxide. The U.S., the European Union, and Canada have all unveiled sweeping new regulations of methane from oil wells and industrial facilities in recent years, but negotiators at COP are likely to make new progress on restricting methane from agriculture, which accounts for around a third of global emissions of the gas.

    “A couple of years ago [agriculture] was kind of the third rail of methane — you didn’t want to touch it because the politics around it were so, so bad,” said Jonathan Banks, a senior policy advisor at Clean Air Task Force, referring to backlash from farmers in countries such as the Netherlands. “But we’ve turned a corner on agriculture.”

    There will also be big debates about the role of nuclear energy, which in recent years has sparked renewed interest from countries looking for round-the-clock power that does not emit carbon, as well as carbon removal and storage technologies, which the oil industry has touted as a key way to cut down emissions. There are fierce disagreements both within and between countries about whether or not these technologies constitute climate solutions; a line in last year’s COP28 agreement, which suggested that coal power could be used for decades as long as it was accompanied by carbon capture, ignited strong objections from some negotiators.

    Hashing out climate reparations

    Two years ago, longtime wealthy nations vowed to provide what amounts to reparations for their role causing climate change. Because these early-industrializing nations have emitted the most greenhouse gasses historically, the argument goes, they should send money to poor countries to help them recover from climate-fueled disasters that the latter did little to cause. This commitment was the realization of a demand that small island states and developing countries in Africa had been seeking for years.

    But the devil is in the details: The new “loss and damage” fund is housed at the World Bank, which has a troubled legacy with developing countries, and wealthy nations have only capitalized the new fund to the tune of $700 million, a sliver of the total need. The big question at this year’s COP is whether this fund can get off the ground or whether it will get so bogged down in bureaucracy that it fails to meet the challenges faced by the countries it was intended to help.

    Squabbling over carbon markets

    One of the major ways that large companies claim progress toward their emissions reduction targets is through what’s known as the voluntary carbon market. It works like this: When climate pollution is too difficult or expensive to directly abate, a company can simply buy credits representing prevented or sequestered emissions elsewhere (say, through an afforestation project that promises to keep carbon locked up in the trunks of newly-planted trees). Now, the United Nations is trying to create its own carbon market — but for countries, not companies. The goal is to give nations more ways to cooperate to meet their Paris Agreement targets.

    Some experts say such a market could expedite global emissions reductions and lower the cost of climate mitigation. But the issue is extremely contentious, and environmental groups are concerned that a U.N.-backed carbon market will replicate the same shortcomings as those seen in voluntary markets. Some scientists have criticized carbon markets for legitimizing “junk” offsets that don’t permanently keep carbon out of the atmosphere, or that were going to happen anyway.

    At last year’s COP, diplomats made no progress whatsoever on developing the U.N. carbon market, disagreeing over the types of carbon credits that should be eligible for trading and on the methodologies used to generate them. This year’s COP president has promised to get the market “to the finish line,” but disagreements are likely to persist. Some commentators say Trump’s reelection has “dampened enthusiasm” for a strong outcome.

    Joseph Winters contributed reporting to this article.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Here are the 5 issues to watch at COP29 on Nov 8, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Jake Bittle.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/international/here-are-the-5-issues-to-watch-at-cop29/feed/ 0 501008
    Police fire tear gas at protesters kneeling in front of them in Mozambique https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/07/police-fire-tear-gas-at-protesters-kneeling-in-front-of-them-in-mozambique/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/07/police-fire-tear-gas-at-protesters-kneeling-in-front-of-them-in-mozambique/#respond Thu, 07 Nov 2024 15:44:11 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=6be280bfc731e26c292dc66112256053
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/07/police-fire-tear-gas-at-protesters-kneeling-in-front-of-them-in-mozambique/feed/ 0 500928
    POV: Your team travels 3 hours to deliver life-saving medical care in Afghanistan https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/05/pov-your-team-travels-3-hours-to-deliver-life-saving-medical-care-in-afghanistan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/05/pov-your-team-travels-3-hours-to-deliver-life-saving-medical-care-in-afghanistan/#respond Tue, 05 Nov 2024 13:42:44 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=e463335811a4ca3da689ea569344ef73
    This content originally appeared on International Rescue Committee and was authored by International Rescue Committee.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/05/pov-your-team-travels-3-hours-to-deliver-life-saving-medical-care-in-afghanistan/feed/ 0 500545
    Another Palestinian journalist killed in Gaza as Israel ‘suffocates the truth’ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/01/another-palestinian-journalist-killed-in-gaza-as-israel-suffocates-the-truth/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/01/another-palestinian-journalist-killed-in-gaza-as-israel-suffocates-the-truth/#respond Fri, 01 Nov 2024 23:17:42 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=106294

    Pacific Media Watch

    Another Palestinian journalist, Bilal Rajab, of al-Quds al-Youm TV channel, has been killed in an Israeli bombardment in the Gaza Strip, confirms the Gaza Media Office.

    Al Jazeera Arabic earlier reported that a strike in the vicinity of the Firas market in Gaza City had killed three people, among whom local sources said was Rajab.

    The office said the total number of journalists and media workers who have been killed in Gaza since October 7, 2023, now stands at 183.

    Photojournalist Bilal Rajab of al-Quds al-Youm TV
    Photojournalist Bilal Rajab of al-Quds al-Youm TV . . . killed in a strike near Gaza’s popular Firas market. Image: Palestinian Information Centre

    It called on the international community to intervene to stop the killing of Palestinian journalists reporting on the war in Gaza, which is the deadliest conflict for media workers.

    Today is International Day to End Impunity for crimes against journalists and the UN chief’s spokesperson Stephane Dujarric said it would be observed.

    “In his message for the day, the secretary-general underscores that a free press is fundamental to human rights, to democracy and to the rule of law,” Dujarric said.

    ‘Alarming rate of fatalities’
    “Recent years have seen an alarming rate of fatalities in conflict zones, particularly in Gaza, which has seen the highest number of killings of journalists and media workers in a war in decades.

    “In his message, he warned that journalists in Gaza have been killed at a level unseen by any conflict in modern times.

    “The ongoing ban preventing international journalists from Gaza suffocates the truth even further,” he said.

    Many Lebanese journalists have been shot and assassinated too, even well before Israel’s siege in Lebanon.

    Some are sharing their blood type just in case they need life-saving blood after being shot.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/01/another-palestinian-journalist-killed-in-gaza-as-israel-suffocates-the-truth/feed/ 0 500048
    At upcoming protests in Mozambique, authorities must respect and uphold the right to protest. https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/31/at-upcoming-protests-in-mozambique-authorities-must-respect-and-uphold-the-right-to-protest/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/31/at-upcoming-protests-in-mozambique-authorities-must-respect-and-uphold-the-right-to-protest/#respond Thu, 31 Oct 2024 15:46:13 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=29b8f7012af1963d548ec6823b0aee62
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/31/at-upcoming-protests-in-mozambique-authorities-must-respect-and-uphold-the-right-to-protest/feed/ 0 499830
    Authoritarianism is on the rise. Is climate change to blame? https://grist.org/politics/authoritarian-democracy-climate-change-global-warming-causation-research/ https://grist.org/politics/authoritarian-democracy-climate-change-global-warming-causation-research/#respond Tue, 29 Oct 2024 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=651945 In November 2013, one of the strongest tropical cyclones in history made landfall in the Philippines. Known locally as Super Typhoon Yolanda, the storm pummeled the island country with 235-mile-per-hour gusts and a 17-foot storm surge; picked up limousine-sized boulders as easily as plastic bottles and deposited them hundreds of feet away; and officially killed 6,300 people, although the true death toll was likely much higher

    Rodrigo Duterte, then the longtime mayor of Davao City, made headlines for traveling some 400 miles to one of the worst-ravaged areas of the country, along with a convoy of medical and relief workers and roughly $150,000 in cash. He announced that he’d told security forces to shoot any looters who might try to intercept the convoy. (He went on to clarify, “I told them to just shoot at the feet. … They can have prosthetics after, anyway.”) As a presidential candidate in 2016, Duterte slammed his opponent, the former interior secretary, for allegedly misspending Yolanda recovery funds. He won in a landslide. 

    Over the next six years, Duterte proved that his foul-mouthed maverick shtick wasn’t harmless posturing. He presided over a brutal war on drugs in which police and vigilantes — emboldened by the president — killed as many as 30,000 people, imposed martial law on an island home to 22 million for two and a half years, and signed a law that gave law enforcement broad authority to arrest and detain suspects without warrants

    Typhoon Yolanda “offered the Philippines’ presidential hopeful Rodrigo Duterte an avenue to exploit people’s helplessness to secure their support,” according to an economist who studies the ways storms affect democracy.

    The past decade or so has given rise to a grim parade of Duterte-like candidates around the world — politicians who have obliterated the bounds of acceptable political discourse, scapegoated religious and ethnic minorities, dismissed journalism as fake news, sought to imprison their rivals, and undermined democratic checks and balances. In India, commonly referred to as “the world’s largest democracy,” Prime Minister Narendra Modi has vilified Muslims and carried out a campaign promise to build a Hindu temple on the site of a mosque razed by Hindu mobs. In Brazil, former President Jair Bolsonaro promoted a bill that would strip Indigenous tribes of control of their lands and unsuccessfully plotted a coup to remain in power after losing reelection. And in the United States, former President Donald Trump — currently running for reelection — separated immigrant children from their parents and incited a horde of supporters to attack the U.S. Capitol. 

    A man wearing a striped black-and-white polo shirt, seen in 3/4 profile, raising his right fist in the air, against a black background
    Rodrigo Duterte at a campaign rally in 2016. Dondi Tawatao / Getty Images

    None of these candidates rose to power after a natural disaster quite as singular as Typhoon Yolanda, but they’ve advanced at a time when climate change has become increasingly visible and harmful as worsening storms, droughts, and wildfires affect more and more people. This might not be a coincidence. Although it’s difficult to prove that climate change contributed to the ascent of these strongmen, political scientists, economists, and psychologists have found evidence that the dangers of global warming can push individuals, and nations, in an authoritarian direction.

    Faced with the threat of climate change, “most people can’t build bunkers in, you know, Hawai‘i or what have you,” said James McCarthy, a professor of economics, technology, and environment at Clark University in Massachusetts. “But they can vote for people who will promise to put their national interests and their economic interests above everything else in the world — and who will promise to try to secure a future that looks a lot like the past.”


    Researchers have long noticed that natural disasters like floods, droughts, and wildfires can help autocratic politicians consolidate power. (There’s significant overlap between autocracies — systems in which a single leader holds absolute power — and authoritarian regimes, which are characterized by unconstrained central power and limited human and political rights.) In the 1930s, for instance, a hurricane that hit the Dominican Republic less than a month into the presidency of Rafael Trujillo gave Trujillo an opening to declare martial law, eliminate the political opposition, and erect monuments in his own honor. 

    Political scientists have theorized that, in the face of physical, economic, and social vulnerability, voters seek safety in the form of leaders who promise to take decisive action to deliver relief. One study of elections in India found that voters punish incumbents when it floods — unless the incumbents respond vigorously to the disaster.

    Until fairly recently, researchers looking at the ties between climate disasters and authoritarianism only had case studies, like Duterte and Trujillo. There’s always a complex tangle of conditions leading to any particular leader’s advancement — for instance, the Philippines had a long history of dictatorship before Duterte came along — which means that case studies can show only a correlation between disasters and the erosion of democracy. But in 2022, economists in the United Kingdom and Australia devised a clever study seeking to prove that storms like hurricanes actually cause a slide toward authoritarianism.

    The economists behind the study chose to look at island countries, because they presented an opportunity for a “natural experiment.” Although climate change is making tropical cyclones more intense on average, any individual storm’s severity is random, as is its timing. Storms also tend to affect an entire island nation instead of just one region. These observations mean that any variation in democratic conditions following a storm can reasonably be attributed to the storm. 

    Island countries that don’t tend to get big, destructive storms, like Iceland and Singapore, served as a control group in the study. Comparing storm data to a dataset measuring democracy and autocracy in island countries between 1950 and 2020, the authors found that storms reduce these countries’ democracy scores by an average of 4.25 percent in the following year. They dubbed island countries that have experienced persistent dictatorships “storm autocracies” and predicted that autocracy “could increase over time” as climate change makes catastrophes more likely. 

    A satellite image of a massive white hurricane over a dark blue ocean and, to the right, the islands of the Philippines
    Super Typhoon Yolanda moves towards the Philippines in November 2013. NOAA via Getty Images

    Habib Rahman, an economics professor at Durham University Business School in the United Kingdom and the lead author of the study, told Grist that he and his co-authors believe theirs is the first paper that draws a causal connection between natural disasters and autocratic leadership. “Our paper really tried to fill the void here,” Rahman said.

    A causal relationship between climate change and authoritarian attitudes has also been demonstrated on a much smaller scale in psychology studies. In 2012, a team of psychologists divided cohorts of German and British university students into two groups and told them they were helping to develop a knowledge test. They informed half of the volunteers about some of the threats associated with climate change — findings about how hazardous heat, wildfires, and glacier loss are projected to worsen in the future. The other half learned “neutral facts” about their respective countries’ weather, forests, and economies, with no mention of climate change. The volunteers who had been told about the perils of climate change expressed more negative opinions of dangerous or marginalized groups — like terrorists, drug addicts, or attack-dog breeders — on a 10-point scale measuring their attitudes toward various demographics. 

    Similar experiments have found that exposure to threatening information about climate change increases people’s conformity to collective norms, racism, and ethnocentrism — in short, that it pushes people to identify with groups that they belong to and denigrate groups that they don’t belong to. A recent survey of some 1,700 white Britons found that participants who were exposed to threatening information about climate change, and who felt that their country was unlikely to tackle climate change, had more negative feelings about Muslims and Pakistanis than a control group primed with neutral facts. 

    Experts acknowledge that the effects demonstrated in these studies were small, and they haven’t been consistently replicated with different groups of participants. Being exposed to information about climate change affected participants’ opinions of certain out-groups, but not others. What’s more, people’s response to a survey does not necessarily predict how they’ll behave at the ballot box — where millions channel their fear of climate change into a vote against authoritarian candidates, not for them. But Immo Fritsche, a social psychology professor at Leipzig University in Germany and a co-author of three of these psychology studies, still thinks this body of research sheds light on the psychological impacts of a changing climate. “I think this is an important addition we can contribute on the ground of what we know about the subtle consequences of threat for human thinking, the sense of a kind of catalyzing process,” said Fritsche.


    The 2022 storm autocracies study and Fritsche’s psychological studies all included control groups to demonstrate cause and effect. Unfortunately, there is no second planet Earth unaffected by climate change to serve as a control group for the broader question of whether climate change is enabling authoritarianism around the world. 

    Still, McCarthy, who edited a special issue of the Annals of the American Association of Geographers on authoritarianism, populism, and the environment in 2019, thinks the alarming proliferation of dictators and aspiring dictators in recent years shows that it’s a hypothesis worth taking seriously. “I think you have accelerating climate change contributing incredibly strongly to a growing sense of insecurity and inequality: fear about the future, fears that the future is going to be less stable and secure than the past, fears that the world is increasingly going to be divided into winners and losers, and you can’t trust society or collective institutions,” he said. In response to these fears, people understandably want to secure their own safety. “In that context, I think that the appeal of the strongman who promises simple answers to complicated things actually makes a lot of sense.”

    McCarthy believes this is true even though supporters of many strongmen — including a third of Americans who voted for Trump in 2020 — deny that climate change is real. “I think that people are reacting to manifestations of climate change or effects of climate change without always or often recognizing them as such,” he said. For instance, millions of Americans in recent years have experienced wildfires, power outages, and a rise in insurance rates — events that affect their daily lives, and their political thinking, whether or not they consciously attribute them to climate change. It’s worth noting, however, that a number of far-right political parties in Europe do acknowledge climate change — and promote a crackdown on immigration as a solution.

    “I think that the appeal of the strongman who promises simple answers to complicated things actually makes a lot of sense.”

    – James McCarthy, professor of economics, technology, and environment at Clark University

    Some academics have warned that authoritarian states, unconstrained as they are by human rights concerns and democratic oversight, might genuinely be better positioned than liberal democracies to respond decisively to the threats associated with climate change. China, for instance, has installed more renewable energy than any other country — but it’s done so by using forced labor and quashing any dissent that might slow down green development. 

    Saving liberal democracy, then, might be a question of proving that it can rise to the occasion. In the U.S., some pundits have argued that abolishing the filibuster to make the Senate more democratic, eliminating the debt ceiling to allow for ambitious climate spending, and passing federal legislation to bolster voting rights across the country would go a long way toward defanging authoritarian trends in the U.S. Others have argued for higher taxes on the wealthy, to help address the feelings of worsening inequality that drive some voters toward populist, strongman candidates.

    Climate activism could also harness people’s tendency to identify with an in-group when faced with the threats associated with climate change — an in-group defined by shared values like social justice and care for the environment, instead of by nationality, race, or religion. “If it’s true that threatening climate change increases collective thinking and acting,” said Fritsche, then it’s possible “that under the conditions of threatening climate change, people become more willing to join collective action for the climate, for environmental protection, if they conceive of this as being normative for their group, for their nation, for their generation.”

    McCarthy urged people who are concerned about both climate change and authoritarianism to resist the urge to see the erosion of democracy as an inevitability as the Earth gets hotter and hotter. “Doomerism and nihilism is a terrible direction politically. It’s obviously a self-fulfilling position,” he said. “However dire our politics, and however difficult things look at the moment, politics is ultimately about what people decide to do together.”

    “The future is not written,” he added. “It’s what we make it.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Authoritarianism is on the rise. Is climate change to blame? on Oct 29, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by L.V. Anderson.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/politics/authoritarian-democracy-climate-change-global-warming-causation-research/feed/ 0 499477
    International writers’ group urges Vietnam to stop harassing activist https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/dang-thi-hue-harassment-pen-10222024224109.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/dang-thi-hue-harassment-pen-10222024224109.html#respond Wed, 23 Oct 2024 02:42:44 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/dang-thi-hue-harassment-pen-10222024224109.html A global free speech group is calling on Vietnam to end its intimidation of Dang Thi Hue, an activist and social media campaigner who has been critical about the government. 

    Hue was arrested in October 2019 for protesting about illegal toll booths and sentenced to 42 months in prison for “disturbing public order” and property fraud. The sentence was reduced by three months on appeal.

    Since she was freed in January 2023, Hue has continued to criticize the government on Facebook.

    In May this year, she was grabbed off the street by six people, one in police uniform, all of which was captured on a nearby resident’s security camera.

    Hue was interrogated for more than 24 hours about her Facebook posts, ordered to stop criticizing the government on social media and told to stop helping political prisoners and their families.

    “The persecution of Dang Thi Hue is a stark reminder of the risks faced by those in Vietnam who dare to speak out and challenge the government’s authoritarian rule,” said PEN America Research and Advocacy Manager Anh-Thu Vo on Monday.

    “No one should be subjected to threats or reprisals for expressing their views, online or offline,” she added, calling on the U.S. government and other “key state partners” to push Vietnam to release political prisoners, end harassment of its critics and make freedom of expression a priority in talks with Hanoi.

    Vietnam was the world’s third largest jailer of writers in 2023, according to PEN America’s Freedom to Write Index.

    Radio Free Asia emailed Vietnam’s foreign ministry to ask for a comment on PEN’s statement but received no response. 


    RELATED STORIES

    Freed activist vows to continue fights against illegal toll booths

    Jailed Vietnamese writer honored with international award

    US tech giants face human rights concerns over Vietnam investments


    Forced off Facebook

    Hue has posted hundreds of articles and broadcast many live streams on Facebook in recent months criticizing corruption and calling for support for the families of prisoners of conscience.

    To avoid harassment and rearrest, Hue had gone into hiding and she told Radio Free Asia that Thai Binh provincial police have questioned her relatives and friends to try to track her down.

    “I think my activities are becoming more and more public and are receiving strong support from the people in Vietnam, including farmers and workers, the weak and powerless,” Hue told RFA Vietnamese on Tuesday. 

    “The more widespread my activities are, the more the communist government’s repression of me increases.”

    Hue said Facebook has deleted posts, blocked access and shut down four of her accounts with a total 50,000 followers following pressure from the government.

    Facebook had not responded to RFA’s request for comment on Hue’s complaints at time of publication.

    Translated by RFA Vietnamese. Edited by Mike Firn and Taejun Kang.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Vietnamese.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/dang-thi-hue-harassment-pen-10222024224109.html/feed/ 0 498664
    Meet Michelda: Farmer, Wife, and Asylum Seeker. https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/22/meet-michelda-farmer-wife-and-asylum-seeker/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/22/meet-michelda-farmer-wife-and-asylum-seeker/#respond Tue, 22 Oct 2024 09:38:03 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=589bba846d62440d692c4027e46c64e5
    This content originally appeared on International Rescue Committee and was authored by International Rescue Committee.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/22/meet-michelda-farmer-wife-and-asylum-seeker/feed/ 0 498542
    Pro footballers demand Fifa drop Saudi oil giant sponsor Aramco https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/21/pro-footballers-demand-fifa-drop-saudi-oil-giant-sponsor-aramco/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/21/pro-footballers-demand-fifa-drop-saudi-oil-giant-sponsor-aramco/#respond Mon, 21 Oct 2024 16:09:08 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=8d54f69fcbbafc08d2bd42a7d1bec010
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/21/pro-footballers-demand-fifa-drop-saudi-oil-giant-sponsor-aramco/feed/ 0 498432
    CPJ, partners support US Congress call to let international media access Gaza independently https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/21/cpj-partners-support-us-congress-call-to-let-international-media-access-gaza-independently/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/21/cpj-partners-support-us-congress-call-to-let-international-media-access-gaza-independently/#respond Mon, 21 Oct 2024 15:15:17 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=427512 The Committee to Protect Journalists and 18 other press freedom and human rights organizations issued a statement supporting a call from members of the U.S. Congress, led by Rep. Jim McGovern, asking the Biden-Harris administration to urge Israel to allow independent access to Gaza for U.S. and international journalists, in the interest of transparency, accountability, and press freedom.

    While more than 4,000 international journalists have traveled to Israel to cover the ongoing war, Israel continues to deny them access to Gaza except for rare and tightly controlled military-led press tours to the war-torn territory. This effective ban on foreign reporting has placed an impossible and unreasonable burden on Palestinian reporters in Gaza to document an ongoing war through which they are living.

    In July, CPJ coordinated a public call by more than 70 media and civil society organizations asking Israel to give journalists independent access to Gaza.

    You can read the statement here.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/21/cpj-partners-support-us-congress-call-to-let-international-media-access-gaza-independently/feed/ 0 498430
    What happens to the world if forests stop absorbing carbon? Ask Finland. https://grist.org/international/what-happens-to-the-world-if-forests-stop-absorbing-carbon-ask-finland/ https://grist.org/international/what-happens-to-the-world-if-forests-stop-absorbing-carbon-ask-finland/#respond Sun, 20 Oct 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=651209 Tiina Sanila-Aikio cannot remember a summer this warm. The months of midnight sun around Inari, in Finnish Lapland, have been hot and dry. Conifer needles on the branch tips are orange when they should be a deep green. The moss on the forest floor, usually swollen with water, has withered.

    “I have spoken with many old reindeer herders who have never experienced the heat that we’ve had this summer. The sun keeps shining and it never rains,” says Sanila-Aikio, former president of the Finnish Sami parliament.

    The boreal forests here in the Sami homeland take so long to grow that even small, stunted trees are often hundreds of years old. It is part of the Taiga — meaning “land of the little sticks” in Russian — that stretches around the far northern hemisphere through Siberia, Scandinavia, Alaska, and Canada.

    It is these forests that helped underpin the credibility of the most ambitious carbon-neutrality target in the developed world: Finland’s commitment to be carbon neutral by 2035.

    The law, which came into force two years ago, means the country is aiming to reach the target 15 years earlier than many of its EU counterparts.

    In a country of 5.6 million people with nearly 70 percent covered by forests and peatlands, many assumed the plan would not be a problem.

    For decades, the country’s forests and peatlands had reliably removed more carbon from the atmosphere than they released. But from about 2010, the amount the land absorbed started to decline, slowly at first, then rapidly. By 2018, Finland’s land sink — the phrase scientists use to describe something that absorbs more carbon than it releases — had vanished.

    Its forest sink has declined about 90 percent from 2009 to 2022, with the rest of the decline fueled by increased emissions from soil and peat. In 2021 and 2022, Finland’s land sector was a net contributor to global heating.

    The impact on Finland’s overall climate progress is dramatic: Despite cutting emissions by 43 percent across all other sectors, its net emissions are at about the same level as the early 1990s. It is as if nothing has happened for 30 years.

    The collapse has enormous implications, not only for Finland but internationally. At least 118 countries are relying on natural carbon sinks to meet climate targets. Now, through a combination of human destruction and the climate crisis itself, some are teetering and beginning to see declines in the amount of carbon that they take in.

    “We cannot achieve carbon neutrality if the land sector is a source of emissions. They have to be sinks because all emissions can’t be decreased to zero in other sectors,” says Juha Mikola, a researcher for the Natural Resources Institute Finland (Luke), which is responsible for producing the official government figures.

    “When these targets were set we thought that land removals would be around 20 million to 25 million tons and we could reach the target. But now the situation has changed. The main reason is the forest land sink decreasing by almost 80 percent,” he adds.

    Tarja Silfver, a research scientist at Luke, says: “It makes the targets really hard to achieve. Really, really hard.”

    The reasons behind these changes are complicated and not fully understood, say researchers. Burning peatland for energy — more polluting than coal — remains common. Commercial logging of forests — including rare primeval ecosystems formed since the last ice age — has increased from an already relentless pace, making up the majority of emissions from Finland’s land sector. But there are also indications that the climate crisis has become a driver of the decline.

    Rising temperatures in the most rapidly warming part of the planet are heating up Finland’s soils, increasing the rate at which peatlands break down and release greenhouse gases into the air. Palsas — enormous mounds of frozen peat — are rapidly disappearing in Lapland.

    The number of dying trees also increased in recent years as forests are stressed by drought and high temperatures. In southeast Finland, the number of dying trees has risen rapidly, increasing 788 percent in just six years between 2017 and 2023, and the amount of standing deadwood — decaying trees — is up by about 900 percent.

    The country’s forests, mostly planted after the end of the second world war, are also maturing, approaching the maximum amount of carbon that they can naturally store.

    Bernt Nordman, from WWF Finland, says: “Five years ago, the general narrative was that the forests in Finland are a huge carbon sink — that actually they can offset emissions in Finland. This has changed very, very dramatically.”

    These changes, while anticipated by climate scientists, are worrying policymakers. Finland is not alone in its experience of decline or vanishing land sinks. France, Germany, the Czech Republic, Sweden, and Estonia are among those that have seen significant declines in their land sinks.

    Drought, climate-related outbreaks of bark beetle, wildfire, and tree mortality from extreme heat are ravaging Europe’s woodlands on top of pressure from forestry. Across the EU, the amount of carbon absorbed by its land each year fell by about a third between 2010 and 2022, according to the latest research, endangering the continent’s climate target.

    Johan Rockström, of the Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research, says: “The reasons [for Finland’s shift] are not fully explored but it’s very likely a combination of unsustainable forest management and also dieback because of droughts and extreme weather conditions. We see similar trends in Canada, very much from disease outbreaks, but also in Sweden.

    “These are countries in the temperate north that have factored in their carbon sink as a very central part of their climate policy,” he says. “It’s such a big risk for these governments.”

    In Salla, southern Lapland, Matti Liimatainen and Tuuli Hakulinen walk through the remnants of a rare primeval forest. Black lichen hangs from the branches above enormous, waist-high ant nests. On either side of the muddy track, dead grey trees stand in a sea of green — an indication, the forest campaigners say, that this area has never been disturbed by humans before.

    But the road they are on is freshly cleared: a forestry track to allow loggers in. Behind them lies a barren, clear-cut tract of land, studded by stumps and bare earth. Soon, the surviving trees will be turned into pulp.

    Liimatainen, a Greenpeace forest campaigner, and Hakulinen, project manager with the Finnish Association for Nature Conservation, have traveled to the remote forest to document rare species that live there, part of a cat-and-mouse game with the forestry industry. By establishing the presence of endangered wildlife, they hope to prevent the mills getting sustainable timber certification and grant the forest a stay of execution.

    “This was part of a massive old-growth forest and it was cut down last winter,” says Liimatainen, pointing to the clear-cut expanse.

    A fraction of Finnish forest is believed to be untouched, often found on or around peatlands, but there is little formal protection from the government. New areas are regularly cleared for pulp and lumber.

    Researchers say that slowing forest clearance, better protection for intact ecosystems, and improved forest management could help to restore Finland’s land sink. But the cost has led to resistance from the forestry industry.

    Finland’s finance ministry estimates that harvesting a third less would reduce GDP by 2.1 percent, costing between 1.7 billion and 5.8 billion euros (between $1.84 billion and $6.28 billion) a year. Increasing forest protection would also cost the country hundreds of millions of euros, according to the Finnish Nature Panel. The state owns 35 percent of forests, while private owners, companies, municipalities, and various organizations own the rest.

    Finland’s leading timber companies say the country’s forests still absorb more carbon than they release, while acknowledging that the amount has shrunk dramatically in recent years. Fossil fuels, rather than forestry, represent the biggest threat to the climate, they say.

    A spokesperson for Metsä Group, a cooperative of more than 90,000 forest owners, says that whenever forest is harvested, new trees are planted, which means carbon sequestration can be increased over the long term.

    A spokesperson for UPM, a Finnish forestry firm, says the 2035 carbon-neutrality target is overly optimistic and “too many climate policy hopes were pinned on the land-use sector sinks”.

    “The calls for restricting harvesting often miss the point that the state owns approximately a quarter of Finnish forests. The government can restrict harvesting in its own land if it is willing to bear the significant direct and indirect financial consequences,” they say.

    Under the right-wing government that was elected last year, much less emphasis has been put on meeting climate targets. The Finnish government did not respond to The Guardian’s request for comment.

    But researchers warn that rising global temperatures are likely to further degrade Finland’s land sink. Studies indicate that across boreal ecosystems, the forest is losing its ability to absorb and store as much carbon.

    “There are some really serious scientific scenarios where, if climate change proceeds, the spruce in Finland will not survive, at least in southern Finland,” says Nordman. “The whole forestry system is based on this tree.”

    For communities that have always lived in the Arctic Circle, the changes are already clear. As autumn approaches, Sanila-Aikio is preparing for the return of the reindeer from their summer feeding grounds ahead of an uncertain winter.

    If the dry spell holds, there will not be mushrooms for the reindeer, she explains. “If they do not fatten up, they will starve,” she says.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline What happens to the world if forests stop absorbing carbon? Ask Finland. on Oct 20, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Patrick Greenfield, The Guardian.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/international/what-happens-to-the-world-if-forests-stop-absorbing-carbon-ask-finland/feed/ 0 498349
    UN report backs up Sámi claims that mining in Finland violates their rights to land and culture https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/un-backs-sami-fight-over-land-finland/ https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/un-backs-sami-fight-over-land-finland/#respond Fri, 18 Oct 2024 08:15:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=651185 Across the globe, Indigenous peoples looking to protect their land, resources and culture from green energy projects are turning to the same multi-faceted entity to help them: the United Nations. 

    The international arena makes sense. With little recourse in the courts systems of the countries that colonized them, the U.N. provides an important legal pathway, especially when it comes to development projects in Indigenous homelands.

    This dynamic has become increasingly visible in the Nordic nations where a public reputation for respecting human rights has clashed with those countries’ treatment of Indigenous Sámi peoples: In Norway, the government has had to pay millions for violating the rights of Sámi reindeer herders by illegally building a massive onshore wind park, while in Sweden, a proposed iron mine threatens to upend Sámi protections of a UNESCO world heritage site that is also critical to supporting traditional culture and livelihoods.

    And just last week, two different UN committees found that Finland violated the rights of the Sámi by granting mineral exploration permits in Finnish Sápmi — the homelands of the Sámi peoples that cross Norway, Sweden, Finland and Russia.

    The decisions, released by the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child and the UN Committee on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, found that Finland violated the rights of the Sámi, specifically their right to culture and land by granting exploration permits without conducting an impact assessment or securing the community’s Free, Prior, and Informed consent, or FPIC — an international legal statute that requires states to cooperate with Indigenous peoples when adopting legislation, or undertaking projects, that could affect their rights.

    The case was brought to the U.N. by three Sámi sisters, aged 13, 15 and 16 at the time of the first filing in 2021 after the Geological Survey of Finland, a government agency, applied for permits to explore for gold, copper and iron in Sámi reindeer herding areas. In the years since, applications to survey for transition minerals like nickel, copper and cobalt have also been filed.

    The three sisters are members of a reindeer herding family from the Kova-Labba Siida – a traditional reindeer herding village. Siidas make up a larger herding cooperative and are critical units when it comes to collective decision making in the area. According to the sisters and the Sámi Parliament — the representative body for Sámi peoples in Finland — while the state’s geological agency met with that reindeer herding cooperative to discuss the permits, they did not meet with members of the siida, effectively sidestepping traditional governance structures. ­

    On Thursday, those arguments were endorsed by the U.N with experts writing: “the granting of the permit despite their consistent opposition and in the absence of impact assessment, infringes their right to preserve their identity as Sámi.” 

    A map showing the Sámi homelands in Norway, Sweden, Finland and Russia.
    A map of the Sápmi, a name for the Sámi homelands that cross through Norway, Finland, Sweden and Russia. Clayton Aldern / Grist

    “It is a recurring theme here in the Nordic countries,” said Pirita Näkkäläjärvi, President of the Sámi Parliament of Finland. “I think the reason is that the nation states find it very difficult to understand that Indigenous rights are real and we have certain rights, especially to lands and waters, and they have to be respected, and of course FPIC is one of them.”

    Grist spoke with Näkkäläjärvi about what the recent findings could mean for Indigenous rights and climate change. This interview has been edited for length and clarity.

    Q. It seems pretty clear that the state would not have received the free, prior, and informed consent of the community to begin these mining projects. However, if they were to at least engage in good faith, what should they have been doing?

    A. Finnish law stipulates that authorities should do an impact assessment and do it properly. But we’ve seen for over ten years, maybe 15, that the authorities are not doing it and that’s one of the issues at the center of these cases as well: It’s been the assessment of the Sámi parliament in Finland for a long time that proper impact assessments are systematically not conducted for mining projects. Perhaps also there’s limited capability on the authorities’ side to do them effectively: They don’t understand Sámi culture, especially reindeer herding. 

    Another issue is that although the authorities claim that they have conducted an FPIC process and they have heard from, for example, the reindeer herding cooperative, it is not enough, especially where traditional Sámi reindeer herding is practiced. Traditional reindeer herding is a way of organizing work and is a way of making decisions. It is based on these siida units, which are family units usually, and are smaller units than the reindeer herding cooperatives. Finland’s laws fail to recognize those traditional structures and they fail to listen to the siidas and their participants. 

    The result is that Finland is now violating Indigenous rights and International human rights conventions and one of the recent U.N. decisions says that FPIC should reach all the way to the siida level, that under international law it should be done that way. That is great because for decades we’ve been trying to get our traditional Sámi reindeer herding recognized in Finnish legislation, and perhaps this will help in that effort. 

    Q. You say that authorities may not be culturally competent to handle these impact assessments, what, for example, would they see if they engaged more fully with communities and took a more comprehensive approach?

    A. We’re talking about an Indigenous culture that has a strong connection to the land. It’s not just a livelihood, everything is connected to everything: our livelihoods carry our family languages, our culture, our customs. In one of the decisions, it was described that the children in question are learning our handicrafts, joiking, which is our singing tradition, and these traditions also in turn carry the traditional knowledge of our livelihoods. Everything is so holistically connected that you should have this kind of review when you make an impact assessment, and I think this is the capability that unfortunately is lacking on the authorities’ side. 

    Hopefully these findings will help them to understand, first of all, that FPIC is real and you have to do it, and that in an Indigenous culture it is truly holistic and you have to consider different perspectives and speak to the relevant units. 

    This is actually a recurring theme, for example, when we’ve been speaking with the Finnish military. Now that Finland is part of NATO and we have seen NATO military exercises here in the north, the military struggles to understand who they need to speak with and negotiate with. It’s not enough to speak with the reindeer herding cooperative, while they are very much like an administrative umbrella organization the real work and real decisions are made in the siida units. It’s our way of organizing and it’s a centuries old system that’s alive in our reindeer herding communities, but the authorities fail to recognize it. 

    Q. The complaint makes clear that while these projects are linked to the green transition, they also compound the effects of climate change. 

    A. We are suffering from the impacts of climate change here. Everything is changing so fast: our winters are changing, our summers are changing and temperatures are rising three to four times faster than the global average. But we also suffer from the mitigation efforts, the so-called green transition, which means that nation-states are trying to open mines and build windmills in our territories. It’s a double burden, especially on our traditional livelihoods, not just reindeer herding. It’s fishing, hunting, handicrafts gathering; they all suffer from climate change and then we suffer from the large-scale industrial projects that are imposed on us. We think that this is wrong because our actions have done little to cause climate change, and in contrast, we’ve been trying to preserve and safeguard our lands for the next generations. It feels ironic that now that the Western world has failed to look over its environment and its nature, they then turn their eyes to our air, our land, and our territory that we’ve been protecting for centuries and we pay the price. 

    Q. What are the next steps in this process? 

    A. We just got these decisions so we are analyzing what it means, but one of the actions that we hope the state parties will take from this is that FPIC needs to be respected and implemented in all decision making that concern mining legislation, the associated agencies, and in the courts. We’re also looking into the required changes to Finnish legislation because one of the decisions says that Finland should start an amendment of legislation to recognize Sami collective land rights. So I think these decisions are huge, they are really landmark decisions here in Finland and can have a big impact. Maybe this opens the eyes of the authorities and the government and parliament to understand what FPIC really means. 

    Q. But because U.N. decisions are essentially impossible to enforce, the next steps require a government that’s open to engaging with these decisions? 

    A. Yes, that’s correct. When we start analyzing these decisions and exploring what other immediate actions we can push for, we’ll need to look at the wider, more long-term impacts and whether there are some changes that are needed to mining legislation, or if it’s more a question of the various bodies and authorities to actually start implementing FPIC in accordance with existing law. But we have very good connections to the Finnish government, in the last administration we had Sanna-Marin’s left wing government and they were very friendly to many of our causes and open to support many of our objectives, but in reality, it was very difficult to push improvements. Our efforts now are proceeding very well under this current conservative government. We are looking at movement and some improvement, but it’s going to be interesting to see what the lawyers say when they have had time to think about these new decisions. 

    Q. What are the wider implications of these decisions for Indigenous peoples outside of Finland? 

    A. I think these cases and the decisions really shed light to the very basic things that we have always known: that Indigenous peoples have inherent rights. We’ve always had them. We will have them after the nation states fail, and we have to remember that we have to defend those rights, court by court and case by case, and show the world that these rights are real and that there are certain processes that need to be respected. 

    Nation states need to learn what those rights mean, what FPIC is, that it is real, and it has to be respected and implemented. We hope that all of these cases inspire other Indigenous peoples and perhaps also provide hope that you should never give up: always seek the next opportunity where you can take your case and seek help. We are, of course, very, very grateful for all the help and support from the international community and other Indigenous peoples in this fight and we feel that we’re not alone.

    I’ll also say another thing about these cases: These are very special because Indigenous children and youngsters are at the center of them. I think they illustrate the crux of our thinking: that these lands are not just for our generation to enjoy and deplete, but that we have to think about the next generations and their opportunities to live off these lands and continue our traditions and continue our traditional livelihoods. Maybe this is also an eye opener that it is the Committee on the Rights of the Child that has taken a very strong stand on these issues, our children are part of reindeer work as soon as they can walk, they come and take part in it and help and learn, and this is the way we pass on our traditions, and this is why we have preserved these lands. They learn the same principle that it’s not just for them but for the generations to come. So in this case, these are very special decisions and I admire the Sami families who were so courageous and dared to go into these processes because they’re very uncertain and take a lot of time and a lot of work. I’m very, very proud of our people for doing this.

    On the other hand, it’s really heartbreaking to think that our youth have to spend so much time defending the environment and working on climate change issues, for example in the Fosen case, and in these particular decisions these are indeed children who are the complainants. We adults should be taking responsibility. But it’s amazing that our children and our young people really understand the severity of the situation that many of the adults fail to see, so we need to listen to them. 

    One of the decisions said that as part of the FPIC processes, governments should also listen to children and young people, and I think that’s a very promising direction because they live with the future consequences of climate change. So I’m a bit conflicted on a personal level: I think that we adults should be doing the work and carrying the responsibility, but then on the other hand, we have to listen to what our children and youngsters say because they understand everything so much better than many of us.

    Q. Do you think there will be implications for companies hoping to come to Sámpi for future development projects?

    A. We hope that these cases send a clear message to companies looking to develop in or conduct explorations in the Sámi homeland. Because our rights are so strong here and because they will face mobilization if they come here, hopefully they will conclude that it won’t pay off to be here. It’s quite a huge reputational risk to your company, especially if you are claiming to be sustainable and if you’re claiming to develop or support the green transition. So I think that these companies are also kind of calculating having to go to the courts and what getting these kinds of decisions from the UN treaty bodies would do to their brands and to their reputations.

    How can you talk about sustainability if you end up violating human rights? Sustainability is an empty word if you don’t respect and implement Indigenous rights here in our homelands.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline UN report backs up Sámi claims that mining in Finland violates their rights to land and culture on Oct 18, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Tristan Ahtone.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/un-backs-sami-fight-over-land-finland/feed/ 0 498125
    [Noura Erakat] International Law: Real or Fiction? https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/17/noura-erakat-international-law-real-or-fiction/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/17/noura-erakat-international-law-real-or-fiction/#respond Thu, 17 Oct 2024 21:00:40 +0000 https://www.alternativeradio.org/products/eran002/
    This content originally appeared on AlternativeRadio and was authored by info@alternativeradio.org.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/17/noura-erakat-international-law-real-or-fiction/feed/ 0 498043
    The IRC’s US Resettlement, Asylum & Integration: Who We Are https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/17/the-ircs-us-resettlement-asylum-integration-who-we-are/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/17/the-ircs-us-resettlement-asylum-integration-who-we-are/#respond Thu, 17 Oct 2024 20:24:31 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=10e3a882c792e53a639cda02913bf2ca
    This content originally appeared on International Rescue Committee and was authored by International Rescue Committee.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/17/the-ircs-us-resettlement-asylum-integration-who-we-are/feed/ 0 498041
    MOMENT 💛 Reunited after 2 years apart https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/16/moment-%f0%9f%92%9b-reunited-after-2-years-apart/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/16/moment-%f0%9f%92%9b-reunited-after-2-years-apart/#respond Wed, 16 Oct 2024 17:25:54 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=ca38a745f65c19e09f7394b293ee4fab
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/16/moment-%f0%9f%92%9b-reunited-after-2-years-apart/feed/ 0 497861
    Belarusian Political Activist Maryia Kalesnikava Abducted and Jailed https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/16/belarusian-political-activist-maryia-kalesnikava-abducted-and-jailed/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/16/belarusian-political-activist-maryia-kalesnikava-abducted-and-jailed/#respond Wed, 16 Oct 2024 16:31:06 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=22612e0d15a045acc9f5545184e1a7cb
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/16/belarusian-political-activist-maryia-kalesnikava-abducted-and-jailed/feed/ 0 497879
    Facebook’s Role in Red-Tagging Activists in the Philippines | Amnesty International’s New Report https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/16/facebooks-role-in-red-tagging-activists-in-the-philippines-amnesty-internationals-new-report/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/16/facebooks-role-in-red-tagging-activists-in-the-philippines-amnesty-internationals-new-report/#respond Wed, 16 Oct 2024 11:00:41 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=c11c32281cccd0d5dd01bd5f62be3d3a
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/16/facebooks-role-in-red-tagging-activists-in-the-philippines-amnesty-internationals-new-report/feed/ 0 497806
    One year of war in Gaza – protect journalists now, says IPI https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/12/one-year-of-war-in-gaza-protect-journalists-now-says-ipi/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/12/one-year-of-war-in-gaza-protect-journalists-now-says-ipi/#respond Sat, 12 Oct 2024 01:25:38 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=105703

    Pacific Media Watch

    This week marked the grim one-year anniversary of the surprise October 7 Hamas attack on Israel and the beginning of the Israeli war on Gaza — a conflict that has taken a devastating toll on journalists and media outlets in Palestine, reports the International Press Institute.

    In Gaza, Israeli strikes have killed at least 123 journalists (Gaza media sources say 178 killed) — the largest number of journalists to be killed in any armed conflict in this span of time to date.

    Dozens of media outlets have been leveled. Independent investigations such as those conducted by Forbidden Stories have found that in several of these cases journalists were intentionally targeted by the Israeli military — which constitutes a war crime.

    Over the past year IPI has stood with its press freedom partners calling for an immediate end to the killing of journalists in Gaza as well as for international media to be allowed unfettered access to report independently from inside Gaza.

    In May, IPI and its partner IMS jointly presented the 2024 World Press Freedom Hero award to Palestinian journalists in Gaza. The award recognised the extraordinary courage and resilience that Palestinian journalists have demonstrated in being the world’s eyes and ears in Gaza.

    This week, IPI renewed its call on the international community to protect journalists in Gaza as well as in the West Bank and Lebanon. Allies of Israel, including Media Freedom Coalition members, must pressure the Israeli government to protect journalist safety and stop attacks on the press.

    This also includes the growing media censorship demonstrated by Israel’s recent closure of Al Jazeera’s Ramallah bureau.

    Raising awareness
    IPI was at the UN in Geneva this week with its partners Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ), Reporters without Borders (RSF), and the European Federation of Journalists (EFJ), and others for high-level meetings aimed at raising awareness of the continued attacks on the press and urging the international community to protect journalists.

    Among the key messages: The continued killings of journalists in Gaza — and corresponding impunity — endangers journalists and press freedom everyone.

    On this sombre anniversary, the joint advert in this week’s Washington Post honours the journalists bravely reporting on the war, often at great personal risk, and underscores IPI’s solidarity with those that dedicate their lives to uncovering the truth.

    “But it is clear that solidarity is not enough. Action is needed,” said IPI in its statement.

    “The international community must place effective pressure on the Israeli authorities to comply with international law; protect the safety of journalists; investigate the killing of journalists by its forces and secure accountability; and grant international media outlets immediate and unfettered access to report independently from Gaza.

    “We urge the international community to meet this moment of crisis and stand up for the protection of journalists and freedom of the press in Gaza.

    “An attack against journalists anywhere is an attack against freedom and democracy everywhere.”


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/12/one-year-of-war-in-gaza-protect-journalists-now-says-ipi/feed/ 0 497336
    A ‘culture of silence’ threatens press freedom under El Salvador President Bukele  https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/11/a-culture-of-silence-threatens-press-freedom-under-el-salvador-president-bukele/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/11/a-culture-of-silence-threatens-press-freedom-under-el-salvador-president-bukele/#respond Fri, 11 Oct 2024 18:40:40 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=425316 Nearly 80,000 people have been detained, and up to 200 may have died in state custody, since El Salvador President Nayib Bukele’s declared a state of emergency in March 2022, temporarily suspending constitutional rights and civil liberties in the country in the name of fighting gang violence.

    Local journalists and human rights organizations have raised concerns that Bukele, who described himself as the “world’s coolest dictator,” has repeatedly renewed the state of emergency in a bid to systemically silence dissent and dismantle press freedom through the harassment, intimidation, surveillance of journalists. The Salvadoran Journalists Association (APES) documented 311 attacks, including harassment, doxxing, threats, and criminalization, against journalists in 2023; in the first nine months of 2024, it recorded 165 more attacks, according to APES documentation reviewed by CPJ.

    Bukele has defended his record: “Ask the people. It will be incredibly rare to find a negative opinion in the population,” he told Time magazine. 

    CPJ joined regional press freedom group Inter American Press Association (IAPA) on a fact-finding mission to the country in September to learn about the deteriorating state of independent journalism. This is what it found:  

    Journalists are subjected to lawsuits and audits

    Although criminal prosecution of El Salvadoran journalists is rare compared to neighboring countries Nicaragua and Guatemala, journalists told CPJ that the fear of lawsuits has had a chilling effect on their work.

    One lawsuit in particular shocked the local press: in 2023, businessman Jakov Fauster sued El Diario de Hoy and one of its journalists over republished information from the Mexican magazine Proceso. After initially securing a right of reply, Fauster pursued further legal action, demanding a public apology and $10 million in damages. A court ordered the newspaper to publish a second apology and remove the article, but dismissed Fauster’s $10 million claim.

    El Faro, known for its investigative reporting, has also faced repeated threats of criminal investigations. Bukele accused the newspaper of money laundering and claimed that authorities were investigating it in 2020, though no formal charges have been filed, according to El Faro news director Óscar Martínez.

    A man sells newspapers following the presidential election in which President Nayib Bukele’s New Ideas party won in San Salvador, El Salvador, on February 5, 2024. (Photo: Reuters/Jose Cabezas)

    The Ministry of Finance has also subjected El Faro, La Prensa Gráfica, and other outlets, to costly audits in what editors and press freedom advocates describe as a bid to undermine their economic sustainability and raise doubts over their administration. Due to fears of being shut down, El Faro moved its administrative operations to Costa Rica, though its newsroom remains in El Salvador.

    At least one journalists was arrested and others’ families have been targeted

    While in the country, CPJ and IAPA met with El Salvador’s Presidential Commissioner for Human Rights and Freedom of Speech, Andrés Guzmán Caballero. When the two groups raised concerns about the treatment of the press under the state of emergency, Guzmán said the government respected press freedom in the country, claiming that no journalists have been killed or imprisoned since the implementation of the orders.

    However, journalist Víctor Barahona’s case tells a different story. Barahona was detained for more than 11 months in 2022 under the state of emergency on accusations that he collaborated with gangs; APES said he was tortured during his time in custody, which CPJ has not independently verified. Upon his May 19, 2023, release, authorities provided no formal documentation nor notified his family. When asked about the case, Guzmán said, “There is an investigation that suggests he is part of a criminal structure. The justice system will not overlook these acts, even if he claims to be a journalist.”

    Journalists’ families have also been targeted in connection with their work. Environmental journalist Carolina Amaya’s father, Benjamín Amaya, was arrested on February 28, 2023, under the state of emergency, and charged with illicit association and limiting personal freedom. Ilicit association is the charge typically used for people that are part of gangs, the penalty goes to up 5 years and limiting personal freedom has a prison term for up to 8 years. Although her father was released in December under substitute measures, similar to parole, Amaya reported that her Mala Yerba media outlet faced threats before and after his arrest. She believed the harassment was in retaliation for an investigation her outlet published about contamination in El Salvador’s eastern Lake Coatepeque, in which the president’s mother-in-law was allegedly implicated.

    Journalists are surveilled 

    A joint 2022 report from Citizen Lab and Amnesty International found that Pegasus spyware infected the phones of 35 journalists and civil society members in El Salvador between July 2020 and November 2021. El Faro, whose journalists were among the most frequently targeted, filed a lawsuit in U.S. federal court against NSO Group, the Israeli company that makes Pegasus. The court has not yet decided if it is has jurisdiction in the case. 

    Soldiers walk by as people wait to get legal assistance during an event organized by a social organization to help people detained during the state of emergency decreed by the Salvadoran government, as part of the International Prisoners Day, in San Salvador, El Salvador, September 24, 2024. (Photo: Reuters/Jose Cabezas)

    Journalists expressed fear of being constantly monitored, believing their phones were being surveilled, and their physical whereabouts tracked. Some journalists at the Revista Factum magazine believe they have been turned down for apartment leases “just because they work for the magazine,” Revista Factum editor César Castro Fagoaga told CPJ and IAPA. 

    The government is restricting access to information.

    Journalists and human rights organizations spoke about two key turning points in terms of the country’s restrictions on information. The first was the COVID-19 pandemic, during which the Bukele government, citing national security, classified all data related to the crisis, including figures on the infection rate and information on government spending to halt the virus. The second was the 2022 state of emergency, which suspended constitutional rights and eliminated legal oversight of public fund use, state contracts, and the right to access public information. These rights have never been restored, and journalists say that the lack of transparency makes their work much more difficult.

    “Not even lower-level officials are willing to speak with the media, so we have to rely on information from ordinary citizens,” said Oscar Orellana, executive director of Asociación de Radiodifusión Participativa de El Salvador (ARPAS), the country’s largest network of community radios.

    Journalists and their work are stigmatized at the highest levels

    El Salvadoran journalists and media outlets face relentless attacks on social media, including doxxing and public threats from Bukele, who said on X that El Faro was a “pamphlet” that published fake news, as well as from public officials.

    El Salvador’s President Nayib Bukele addresses the 79th United Nations General Assembly at U.N. headquarters on September 24, 2024. (Photos: Reuters/Mike Segar)

    “When the president labels us as the enemy, it reinforces that narrative for everyone—police, public officials, even local authorities,” El Faro news director Óscar Martínez told CPJ and IAPA. Bukele frequently accuses independent media of using false sources and misleading the public, and other officials have accused journalists of being members of gangs, without providing evidence.

    Female journalists are particularly vulnerable, facing severe harassment, including threats of death and sexual violence from Bukele’s supporters. Of the 165 attacks recorded by APES as of August 31, 2024, 53 were against female journalists. 

    “Women journalists no longer want to be spokespersons for their outlets and have stopped promoting their work on platforms like X out of fear of being attacked,” said Claudia Ramírez, news director at La Prensa Gráfica.

    Self-censorship is growing among the press

    Journalists described a growing culture of silence taking hold in El Salvador. Many are choosing to withhold their bylines or even leave the profession entirely, fearing reprisal against them or their families. “It’s a culture of silence. Many people, whether journalists or not, are afraid to speak out,” said Orellana. According to APES, at least four journalists have fled the country due to repeated harassment.

    The President of the Association of Journalists of El Salvador, César Castro Fagoaga, speaks to journalists before filing a complaint with the Attorney General’s Office over a surveillance case on January 14, 2022. (Reuters/Jose Cabezas)

    Journalists who report on crime fear that they’ll be targeted by the government, even after the partial repeal of a law in 2023 imposing prison time for disseminating messages linked to criminal groups. They told CPJ that they self-censor by not mentioning gangs in their coverage due to ongoing legal restrictions, which include the state of emergency’s temporary suspension of constitutional rights and civil liberties.

    “Bukele’s approach is one of tight social control,” said César Castro Fagoaga of the investigative news site Revista Factum. “The caution now felt by the public has spread to the press, leading to a restrained environment for journalism.”


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Dánae Vílchez.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/11/a-culture-of-silence-threatens-press-freedom-under-el-salvador-president-bukele/feed/ 0 497296
    See how a doctor saves lives against the odds in Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/08/see-how-a-doctor-saves-lives-against-the-odds-in-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/08/see-how-a-doctor-saves-lives-against-the-odds-in-gaza/#respond Tue, 08 Oct 2024 20:07:31 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=042324fe4670a38b6dd6a88e112518b1
    This content originally appeared on International Rescue Committee and was authored by International Rescue Committee.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/08/see-how-a-doctor-saves-lives-against-the-odds-in-gaza/feed/ 0 496819
    Egyptian Student Imprisoned for his Brother’s Activism https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/03/egyptian-student-imprisoned-for-his-brothers-activism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/03/egyptian-student-imprisoned-for-his-brothers-activism/#respond Thu, 03 Oct 2024 10:01:51 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=583a711df52a255e1fb6bbcd365b3272
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/03/egyptian-student-imprisoned-for-his-brothers-activism/feed/ 0 497898
    The Panama Canal needs more water. The solution could displace thousands. https://grist.org/international/panama-canal-drought-displacement-rio-indio/ https://grist.org/international/panama-canal-drought-displacement-rio-indio/#respond Wed, 02 Oct 2024 08:15:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=649757 Thousand-foot-long ships chug through the Panama Canal’s waters each day, over the submerged stumps of a forgotten forest and by the banks of a new one, its canopies full of screeching parrots and howler monkeys. Some 14,000 pass through its locks every year, their decks stacked high with 6 percent of the world’s commercial goods, crisscrossing the paths of tugboats on the voyage between oceans. 

    In early 2023, the weather pattern known as El Niño ushered in a drought that choked traffic through the canal, dropping water levels in Lake Gatun, the canal’s main reservoir, to record lows and revealing the tops of trees drowned when the canal was created at the start of the last century. It takes 52 million gallons of water to get a cargo ship through the canal’s locks, and by December, only 22 of the usual 36 ships were allowed to make the passage each day. Some vessels opted for lengthy routes around Africa instead, while others bid as much as $4 million to skip the queue that had grown to more than a hundred ships.

    Over a year later, the water is rising and the logjam has cleared, thanks to increased rainfall as well the Panama Canal Authority’s water management and a recently installed third-set of water-recycling locks. But the problems are sure to reappear: El Niño returns every 2 to 7 years, and when it does, climate change will continue kicking it into higher gear. Panama’s growing urban population also needs drinking water – much of it sourced from the same Lake Gatun that feeds the canal’s locks. 

    “This means that if we do not increase water capacity in about a decade, we will not be able to provide water to the citizens,” said Óscar Ramírez, the president of the canal authority’s water resources committee, during a press conference this summer, according to the newspaper La Estrella de Panamá

    A view of exposed tree stumps in Gatun Lake in Colon, Panama
    A view of exposed tree stumps in Gatun Lake in Colon, Panama in August 2023. Daniel Gonzalez / Anadolu Agency via Getty

    With a future crisis seeming inevitable, the canal authority is turning to a long-contemplated solution: Dam the neighboring Río Indio to create a new reservoir, which could be tapped to replenish the canal when the water levels drop, and dig a 5-mile-long tunnel to connect it to the canal. The idea effectively got the greenlight this summer when the Supreme Court struck down an old law, and in doing so, expanded the canal authority’s jurisdiction to include the Río Indio basin. In total, the project would likely take six more years and $1.6 billion. Once the reservoir is built, Ramírez told reporters, both locals and the canal will have all the water they need for another 50 years. 

    Filling the reservoir would submerge about 17.7 square miles of land, currently home to more than 2,000 Panamanians, according to La Estrella de Panamá. Building the dam will require relocating schools, health centers, and churches that serve them. An additional 12,000 people, many of them farmers, live in the surrounding area.

    Humans have been building dams for thousands of years, but such mega dam projects are a hallmark of economic development in modern times. According to the International Displacement Monitoring Centre, dams displaced an estimated 80 million people worldwide during the 20th century, and information about their fate is scarce. The canal authority acknowledges the hardship that moving would impose on people, and has said that they won’t begin construction until they’ve consulted with these residents and heard their concerns.

    “I think there’s often a better alternative than building a new dam, but obviously dams are still going to be built,” said Heather Randell, an assistant professor of global policy at the University of Minnesota who has studied the impact of dam projects on communities. In her research, she found that people forced to move often lose their social networks and livelihoods, and wind up in poverty. In Vietnam, construction of the Son La Hydropower dam in the mid 2000s displaced 90,000 people and moved them to smaller plots of farmland. On average, incomes fell by 65 percent.

    Those living nearby are often disrupted, too. As the diverted water upsets the ecosystem, neighboring areas might have trouble finding food, or see diseases spread more quickly. In Africa, for instance, decades of research shows multiple instances of schistosomiasis, a chronic disease caused by parasitic worms, spiking near dam projects and man-made reservoirs. In many regions, climate change is amplifying these problems.

    Residents of El Limón, a town in the Río Indio river basin, walk past a multi-grade school building. Tova Katzman for Concolón Magazine

    Although there is no harm-free way to displace people, Randell says, compensating them fairly for their lost livelihoods and land can help. In the 1970s, the government of Panama promised to make such payments to thousands of Indigenous people from the Kuna and Emberá communities who had to relocate for a large hydroelectric dam in Panama’s Darién Province. In 2014, the Inter-American Court of Human Rights found that the government never made these payments and failed to provide titles to protect their new lands, leaving them vulnerable to invasion by illegal settlers. Nowadays, Randell says, there’s “definitely been improvements in recognizing that if you’re going to displace a bunch of people you should be fairly compensating them.”

    The canal authority says it plans to compensate residents, with the aim of improving or maintaining their quality of life. “If a person has livestock, we must preserve that livestock even if they are displaced, because it is their livelihood,” said Ricaurte Vásquez Morales, the Panama Canal Authority’s administrator, according to Estrella de Panama’s reporting. According to El Siglo, another national newspaper, the authority has held meetings with more than 1,600 people living in the area that would be flooded.

    Randell says that community activism can also help mitigate the risks to people and the environment. In Brazil, decades of protests against the Belo Monte dam project, which began in 1979, drew international attention and put pressure on developers – resulting in the cancellation of the original project in 2002. When it was relaunched shortly after, the plans were scaled back significantly. Before the dam could be opened in 2016, at least 20,000 people had to move to make way for its construction. “Although it might not stop the project outright, it can still make some positive impact on how bad the project is going to be for people or for the environment,” Randell said.

    Panama has recently seen a surge of such environmental activism. Last year, hundreds of protesters marched through cities and blocked roads after Panama’s legislature extended Minera Panamá’s operating contract for Cobre Panama, the largest open-pit copper mine in Central America. Panama’s Supreme Court declared the contract unconstitutional in November 2023 and the mine has since ceased operations. According to La Prensa, the canal authorities are actively trying to avoid a repeat of these protests as they negotiate with the towns affected by the proposed Río Indio reservoir.  (The Panama Canal Authority did not respond to Grist’s repeated requests for comment.)

    People from dozens of these towns in the provinces of West Panama, Colón, and Coclé have been protesting against damming the Rio Indo since the environmental impact study for the project was conducted between 2017 and 2020. Last year, a coalition of farmers representing districts from these provinces — some of whom were already uprooted by the copper mine —  signed a community agreement to reject the reservoir, while also calling for the closure of Minera Panamá. Since the Supreme Court’s decision to expand the canal authority’s jurisdiction in July, leaders of the same groups have continued organizing meetings and voicing their concerns to media outlets. Last month, a poll of families living on the banks of the Río Indio, conducted by a University of Panama sociology professor, found 90 percent are opposed to the dam. Meanwhile, the canal authority began a census to count the number of families in the river’s basin, and set up a hotline for their questions.

    A man stands in front of reporters with a large projector screen behind him. He is wearing a suit and presenting to them. In the corner of the screen are the words
    Panama’s Canal Administrator Ricaurte Vásquez Morales speaks during a press conference at the authority’s headquarters in Panama City in September 2023. Luis Acosta / AFP via Getty

    The last time work on the Panama Canal required upending entire towns was when it was first constructed, more than a century ago. A treaty ratified in 1904 gave the United States eminent domain over the Canal Zone — the power to seize any property within a parcel of land that encompassed the entire 50-mile length of the canal’s future waterways and 5 miles on either side of it. Some 40,000 people were displaced from the Zone to create the canal and the lakes attached to it.

    “The flooding became the only story, and it’s not the complete story,” said Marixa Lasso, a historian at the Panama Center for Historical, Anthropological and Cultural Research in Panama City. “It was used as an excuse to expel people that did not need to be expelled.” Instead, she says, many towns were displaced to create exclusively American towns, where families of expatriates who worked on the canal, known as Zonians, lived for generations.

    U.S. control of the region continued until a 1977 treaty, signed by President Jimmy Carter and the Panamanian military dictator Omar Torrijos, relinquished the canal to Panama at the end of 1999. Lasso said what separates the present-day from the past is that the decision over how to handle the canal now rests with the Panamanian government, giving citizens a greater say over their own fate. She says it’s important to consider alternatives, and if the only solution requires displacing people, history shows the importance of keeping communities intact and close to their original lands. 

    “Last time, we were not able to have a say in what happened,” Lasso said. 

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline The Panama Canal needs more water. The solution could displace thousands. on Oct 2, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Sachi Kitajima Mulkey.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/international/panama-canal-drought-displacement-rio-indio/feed/ 0 496015
    A landmark fund for climate reparations is beginning to languish https://grist.org/international/loss-and-damage-fund-board-reparations/ https://grist.org/international/loss-and-damage-fund-board-reparations/#respond Tue, 01 Oct 2024 08:15:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=649699 At the annual United Nations climate conference in Dubai last year, the world’s countries launched a long-awaited fund for global climate reparations. This so-called loss and damage fund, which is supposed to compensate developing countries for the unavoidable harm wrought by climate change, received more than $650 million in pledges during the conference. It was lauded as an historic commitment to climate justice.

    The fund’s strongest advocates — small island nations, African countries, and climate justice activists — intended it to help the poor nations that have been hit hardest by climate change pay for the many billions of dollars in damage that their negligible carbon emissions did little to cause. They argued that early-industrializing wealthy countries, which have emitted the lion’s share of carbon emissions historically, have a moral imperative to support developing nations coping with the effects of climate change.

    But in the nearly 10 months since the UN conference, the fund hasn’t raised much beyond the initial $650 million pledge, save for an $11.7 million pledge from Austria and a $7 million announcement from South Korea. Other wealthy nations have stayed largely silent on the subject of additional donations to the fund. And now that the spotlight is turning to other high-profile climate finance issues at COP29, the upcoming UN climate conference in Baku, Azerbaijan, loss and damage advocates are starting to conclude that additional pledges to the fund are unlikely for now.

    “A lot of us hoped that more countries would have come in,” said Liane Schalatek, the associate director of the Washington, DC, office of the Heinrich Böll Foundation, an independent organization associated with the German Green Party. “A lot of the developed countries take a kind of wait-and-see approach.”

    The nearly $680 million total pledged to the loss and damage is a tiny fraction of what’s needed to cover the costs that the developing world has incurred due to climate change it largely did not cause: Researchers have estimated climate-induced loss and damage will cost as much as $580 billion per year by 2030

    The fact that loss and damage pledges have dried up since COP28 does not mean that progress toward getting money to countries in need has totally stalled, however. Representatives of both developed and developing countries have agreed on some contentious decisions required to make the fund a reality: the nomination of board members to oversee the fund, the choice of the World Bank as the fund’s institutional home, and the selection of the Philippines as the fund’s host country, which is required to give the board the legal capacity to work with the World Bank. Most recently, the board hired Ibrahima Cheikh Diong, a Senegalese and American national with experience working at public and private banks, as the executive director of the fund. 

    “Procedurally, this is quite a feat,” said Schalatek. “The board has actually been able [to fulfill its duties] and that was honestly quite doubtful.”

    Still, several key questions remain open, including the size of the fund and how it will solicit additional resources. The loss and damage fund is just one of a handful of environmental funds hosted by the World Bank, and each has a different process for raising capital. The Global Environment Facility, which funds a range of environmental projects tackling biodiversity loss, pollution, and climate change, is replenished every four years. During the replenishment cycle, the World Bank actively fundraises, urging donors to pledge funds. Other climate funds hosted by the World Bank, however, have no replenishment schedule. In those cases, fund managers continuously fundraise in annual cycles in an attempt to secure resources for the following year. 

    The vague wording of the loss and damage agreement appears to split the difference between these approaches: In the decision finalizing the loss and damage fund, UN member countries agreed that the fund “will have a periodic replenishment every four years and will maintain the flexibility to receive financial inputs on an ongoing basis.” While this appears to provide maximum fundraising flexibility, it could also give donor countries cover for sitting on the sidelines for years at a time — especially given that no agreement has been reached on the total dollar amount required by the loss and damage fund, and that all pledges are voluntary.

    Schalatek is particularly disappointed that wealthy countries such as the United States and Japan — which initially pledged just $17.5 million and $10 million, respectively — haven’t announced additional pledges considering the size of their economies and relative responsibility for causing climate change, given their high per capita carbon emissions.

    “$680 million does not last that long,” said Schalatek.

    At COP29 next month, countries will be jostling over an overarching climate finance goal that will encompass not just loss and damage payments, but also adaptation funding and financing for the energy transition. Decarbonizing the world will take nearly unfathomable amounts of money, and wealthy countries are again expected to fork over funds to help developing countries make the shift to cleaner energy sources. Developed countries have so far largely resisted including finance goals for loss and damage in conversations about what this total dollar figure — which is known as the New Collective Quantified Goal — should be. 

    Despite these open questions, the loss and damage fund is still expected to start doling out money next year. Schalatek said the board need not wait to have all its operational procedures in place before it begins disbursing funds. For instance, the fund is already capable of providing direct support to the national budgets of countries that need it, instead of trying to route the funds to specific communities or organizations, which would likely require more bureaucratic procedures to be agreed upon.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline A landmark fund for climate reparations is beginning to languish on Oct 1, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Naveena Sadasivam.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/international/loss-and-damage-fund-board-reparations/feed/ 0 495807
    Where was Amnesty International during the Genocide in Gaza? https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/28/where-was-amnesty-international-during-the-genocide-in-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/28/where-was-amnesty-international-during-the-genocide-in-gaza/#respond Sat, 28 Sep 2024 20:59:38 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=153702 Israel is genociding the Palestinians one neighborhood at the time, one hospital at the time, one school at the time, one refugee camp at the time, one ‘safe zone’ at the time– Francesca Albanese, UN Special Rapporteur oPt,10 August 2024 One would expect that human rights organisations would spring into action during an impending or […]

    The post Where was Amnesty International during the Genocide in Gaza? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    Israel is genociding the Palestinians one neighborhood at the time, one hospital at the time, one school at the time, one refugee camp at the time, one ‘safe zone’ at the time
    – Francesca Albanese, UN Special Rapporteur oPt,
    10 August 2024

    One would expect that human rights organisations would spring into action during an impending or unfolding genocide – the ultimate violation of human rights. Maybe human rights NGOs actions should be proportional to the level of the crimes they are concerned with. Thus, the more killing, torture, arbitrary imprisonment, bombing…, etc., that is plainly evident, the more action one would expect. So, what is the output of some of the leading human rights organisations in the face of the genocide in Gaza? Below is an analysis of Amnesty International’s press releases and announced actions [1].

    Will they come clean?

    First things first. To assess the credibility of any organisation, one should know their relationship with Israel and the United States – both participants in the unfolding genocide. On this account, Amnesty International has never come clean about its relationship with the Israeli government. Uri Blau, a Haaretz investigative journalist, recently revealed that Amnesty_Intl.-Israel was taken over and run by Israeli operatives paid for by the Foreign Ministry. [2] They ran interference in reporting on the situation in the occupied territories, participated in conferences, and even set up a "human rights" institute at Tel Aviv university. This was a nice way to co-opt the human rights industry. The principal who ran AI-Israel even gave an interview boasting of his exploits.

    And did AI-Israel have a hand editing any Amnesty reports about the situation in the occupied territories or its many wars in the region? Some Palestinian lawyers reported having problematic encounters with AI-Israel officials, to the extent that they refused to have any dealings with it thereafter. One could well imagine AI-Israel officials reporting on Palestinians who reached out to them. So how ethical is it for Amnesty International to expose Palestinians contacting AI-Israel to imminent danger? When will Amnesty International acknowledge this dirty relationship and ensure that it maintains the requisite distance from the Israeli government in the future?

    The genocide will be televised

    Next, one must establish if what we witness amounts to a genocide. Craig Mokhiber, the former UN official in the High Commission for Human Rights, resigned because his agency was not reacting given the unfolding situation in Gaza, and stated in his resignation letter; "this is a textbook case of genocide". NB: the letter was submitted on 28 October 2023. Mokhiber stated that it is usually difficult to establish whether a genocide is taking place because one doesn’t know the motivation of the leading military and political leadership. [3] In the current context, there is no doubt about the motivation; one only has to listen to Netanyahu, Gallant, Ganz, Smotrich, Ben Gvir… And also most of the parliamentarians – they made genocidal statements in the Knesset; they were competing with each other to see who would be most truculent.

    The International Court of Justice (ICJ) statement on the case brought in front of the court by South Africa also suggests that we are witnessing a genocide – at least most of the justices urged Israeli action to forestall a genocide.

    Gaza is one of the most densely populated areas in the world, and in particular, the refugee camps exhibit a high population density. The Israeli military is bombing these locations using huge bombs recently delivered by 500+ of American military cargo planes. [4] There is no doubt about this, one can even witness the bombing realtime on Al Jazeera. Civilians are directed to evacuate areas only to be bombed in locations that had been putatively named "safe areas," hospitals, schools, UN compounds, etc. Fleeing civilians were targeted; all bakeries were destroyed; hundreds of wells destroyed; scores of chicken farms ravaged; entire families wiped out…. Thus it is not only the level of killing, but also the destruction of life-sustaining infrastructure that is happening now. The weaponry is very accurate, thus the targeting was done intentionally; so it is not an issue of "collateral damage," but it is intentional and indiscriminate targeting. A principle of International humanitarian law is that actions should be proportionate, but Israeli military and politicians revel at the disproportionate nature of the destruction; it is the Dahiya doctrine applied to Gaza. [5] This doctrine refers to the disproportionate violence perpetrated against the Lebanese population in the Dahiya neighbourhood in Beirut in 2006; the neighbourhood was entirely flattened with huge bombs. Alastair Crooke, the former British diplomat, summarises the situation succinctly: "Gaza is already a monument to callous inhumanity and suffering. It will get worse…" [6]

    One thing is certain: if it quacks like a duck, waddles like a duck, then it is genocide. [7] Under these circumstances, one would expect all human rights organisations to spring into action and demand court actions, UN Security Council resolutions, calls for key officials to be held accountable for crimes against humanity, and for the US, UK, Germany… and others to stop enabling Israel’s genocidal actions.

    Nature of coverage

    A few things are evident when reviewing AI’s press releases: one is struck by the paucity of coverage, the trite and generic form of statements, the unwillingness to call out the nature of some crimes, and unwillingness to debunk some of the crass Israeli propaganda meant to further de-humanise the Palestinians, and to justify Israel’s crimes.

    Since 7 October 2023, there have only been 60 press releases – none of any substance. One is struck also that there are a number of press releases about Israel/OPT that don’t mention the ongoing genocide at all! [8] Or the commentary is part of a discussion of human rights in general.

    Ahistorical

    Gaza has been subject to numerous massacres – several not even registering in the media accounts in the so-called West. There were several of the post-2006 attacks (aka "mowing the lawn" operations) usually referred to by their Israeli sugar-coated operation names. After each such operation AI dutifully produced its trite reports, but was rather circumspect in calling out Israeli crimes; and whenever it did issue a statement about a particular crime, it was immediately offset by references to Palestinian crimes.

    A good historical starting point to assess the current violations of international humanitarian law would be the Goldstone report (2008) – which documented and established serious Israeli crimes during "Operation Cast Lead". [9] Alas, one is struck by the ahistorical nature of AI’s press releases and reports. It is as if history started yesterday, but then this is the nature of the "rights-based reporting," where there is virtually no reference to history. When it suits Amnesty it will ignore history. [10] Would one’s assessment of a criminal be altered by the fact that he was a serial criminal? If so, then it behooves AI to emphasise Israel’s long history of mass crimes against the Palestinian population. But acknowledging the long history of dispossession and brutality against the native population would suggest that "we" should be in solidarity with the Palestinians. Alas, that is not a position Amnesty is willing to take. It prefers to utter its clucking sounds, and admonish "both sides" as if there were a moral equivalence between the violence perpetrated by oppressor and oppressed.

    False balance

    Amnesty wants to appear impartial, and clamours for both Palestinian and Israeli rights. Thus AI will issue a report outlining some of the Israeli crimes, but will then issue a report on the "Palestinian war crimes". In general, according to AI, most of the actions perpetrated by the Palestinians are ipso facto war crimes; there is no need for further investigation or discussion. A disgraceful example is an article discussing Palestinian war crimes published on 12 July 2024. Thus after more than nine months of bombings, maybe 186,000+ dead [11], calculated starvation, summary executions and evidence of rampant mistreatment of Palestinian prisoners… Amnesty chose to demand the release of the Israeli hostages! According to Erika Guevara Rosas, AI’s "Senior Director for Research, Advocacy, Policy and Campaigns," holding Israeli civilian hostages is a war crime. [12] Lost in this narrative is an explanation as to why the hostages are held – they are the only means to obtain the release of some of the thousands of Palestinian prisoners. And true to form, a few days later AI released a longish press release critical of the Israeli brutal treatment of prisoners. Producing reports critical of "both sides" are attempts to claim impartiality.

    It is rather odd that when Palestinians take hostages, Amnesty considers this a war crime. Yet when Israel imprisons thousands without charges, routinely kidnaps and keeps prisoners in deplorable conditions, then this is not a war crime. In the West Bank, Israeli military take the parents of “wanted” Palestinians hostage, but Amnesty doesn’t condemn this practice to the same extent.

    Amnesty ignores the 1960 UNGA resolution acknowledging the right for an oppressed/colonised population to defend themselves – this includes armed struggle; and that Israel has an obligation to protect the oppressed population. The nature of the violence suggests that it is not possible to assume a “neutral” position. Thus, Amnesty’s proclivity to admonish “both sides” is ethically suspect.

    Not countering Israeli propaganda

    One useful function AI could play would be to debunk Israeli propaganda meant to dehumanise Palestinians to serve as a pretext for its genocidal campaign. The day after the Palestinian incursion, the Israeli propaganda machine was ready to push stories about rapes, babies cooked in microwave ovens, brutal murders, and so on. However, Amnesty has not countered these fabricated stories; in fact it has helped propagate the Israeli narrative. For example, it repeatedly referred to the 7 October attack as "horrific" – a term almost exclusively used to describe Palestinian actions. It doesn’t account for the fact that it was the Israeli military who killed more than half the Israeli civilians on that day. [13] There were no babies cooked to death or impaled on bayonets. Alas, even with a pompous sounding "Evidence Investigation Unit," Amnesty doesn’t seem to care to separate facts from hateful slander. If the latter is meant to dehumanise the Palestinians, then exposing this propaganda would go some way to humanise the victim. It seems that that is not in Amnesty’s purview.

    In the press release demanding the release of Israeli hostages, Erika Guevara Rosas stated: "Israel’s brutal assault on Gaza that has resulted in the death of over 38,000 Palestinians". This is factually correct, but contextually challenged. Guevara is using the Palestinian Health ministry’s figures that are based on the actual recovery of bodies; it misses all the victims under the rubble. The Lancet study estimates that about 8% of the Gazan population has been killed – that is in the order of 186,000 dead. Furthermore, the deaths attributable to epidemics, starvation, etc., are also missed in the Health Ministry’s statistics. The London School of Hygiene and Johns Hopkins University have attempted to estimate this mortality rate. [14]. Their estimates and methodology are complex, and it is best to read it directly from their reports. Suffice it to say that the mortality rate has increased dramatically.

    Maybe a clearer explanation of the available statistics would be in order.

    Lets investigate!

    There are plenty of daily criminal attacks, but it is only the particularly outrageous ones when AI feels compelled to utter some comment. The discovery of mass burial sites near hospitals that had recently been invaded by the Israeli military elicited some commentary [15]. Instead of pointing a finger at Israel, and suggesting serious crimes had been perpetrated, it calls for an "independent investigation". If only AI’s sanctimonious investigators could enter the scene, then one could establish what really happened. The other implication of AI’s call for investigation is that it doesn’t value the voice of the victims of Israeli crimes. Thus it is not up to Palestinians to call out their oppressor, but some "independent" body has to take its jolly good time determining whether a crime was committed; a report will follow a few years later. In the meantime, all Israeli crimes are merely "alleged" crimes.

    There is a more problematic aspect to AI’s call for investigations, namely, that it is giving credence to Israeli exculpatory claims and justifications for its attacks. Thus bombing the Al Shifa hospital was justified on the spurious grounds that there was an Al Qassam bunker in the vicinity. Or, bombing a location with many refugees in tents by stating that some of the resistance commanders were in the area. Given the history of Israeli lies about all the massacres that it has perpetrated, one would think that Amnesty would be more sceptical of Israeli claims, and to challenge them outright. Instead it calls for investigations. Furthermore, when is it justified to kill 100+ civilians in order to kill two fighters? It is curious that a human rights organisation doesn't reject this outright – there is no need for an investigation. Maybe an analogy could clarify the objection. Imagine that a rapist justified his crime by stating that the victim wore provocative clothing. Amnesty’s actions are akin to investigating if the victim’s clothing was actually sexy.

    On 26 August 2024, AI issued a press release on two of the bombings of camps of displaced people killing hundreds. [16] A priori, one would say that it is a welcome report, but one is struck by the fact that these incidents "need to be investigated as war crimes". Amnesty even reviewed the statements made by the Israeli military to justify the bombing. And to add a comic element, Amnesty sent a note to "Ministry of Justice officials," i.e., Hamas, to determine if its fighters were sheltering in the bombed locations. In other words, it is asking the Palestinians whether the Israeli bombings were justified! And to top things off, Amnesty regurgitated its accusation that the Palestinian actions, e.g., taking hostages amounted to clear war crimes. On the one hand, AI asks that Israeli actions be investigated, yet for the Palestinians the accusation is clear: these are war crimes.

    Amnesty usefully states that using civilians as human shields is "prohibited under international law." Suggesting that if any fighter mingles with the civilian population, this amounts to a crime. The Palestinian fighters have little choice about where they can operate given that the population is constantly forced to move – the fighters included. But there is a difference between fighters being in close proximity to civilians, and the Israeli practice of placing Palestinian civilians on top of military vehicles or forcing them to enter houses ahead of Israeli soldiers. The difference is the coercion involved, and the fact that the fighters are in the midst of their own people. Thus in the press release, Amnesty wags its finger about fighters finding themselves together with civilians. However, Amnesty has yet to issue one of it missives about the civilians Israeli military forces to act as human shields. We await another press release.

    Losing the forest for the trees

    The crimes perpetrated against the Palestinians, i.e., genocide, crimes against humanity, and so on, must be described as mass crimes – referent to the population at large. However, Amnesty’s favourite technique to avoid mentioning the mass crimes is to dwell on individual stories to the exclusion of the totality of the crimes. On 19 August 2024, Amnesty issued a press release about the flouting of the Arms Trade Treaty. Thus: "Amnesty International has long been calling for a comprehensive arms embargo on both Israel and Palestinian armed groups because of longstanding patterns of serious violations of international human rights and humanitarian law, including war crimes…". True to form Amnesty bleats about an embargo on "both sides," as if there were hundreds of military cargo airplanes delivering weapons to the Palestinians. But instead of mentioning the total tonnage of bombs dropped on Gaza, it provides two examples [17]:

    • Amnesty has documented the use of US-manufactured weapons in a number of unlawful airstrikes, including US-made Joint Direct Attack Munitions (JDAM) in two deadly, unlawful air strikes on homes in the occupied Gaza Strip, which killed 43 civilians – 19 children, 14 women and 10 men – on 10 and 22 October 2023.
    • A GBU-39 Small Diameter Bomb, made in the US by Boeing, was used in an Israeli strike in January 2024 which hit a family home in the Tal al-Sultan area of Rafah, killing 18 civilians, including 10 children, four men, and four women.

    According to Euromed Human Rights: "Israel dropped 70,000 tons of bombs on Gaza Strip since last October, exceeding World War II bombings in Dresden, Hamburg, London combined." [18] Maybe providing such statistics would be more effective.

    Similarly, on 18 July 2024, AI released a rather lengthy report on prison conditions. [19] To its credit, the press release was better than most AI output, but again, after a cursory mention of the total number of cases, it emphasises a few examples of prisoner’s conditions. It is dwelling on a few items to the exclusion of the mass injustice condition.

    Long list of neglect

    Ever since 7 October 2023, there have been many incidents that didn't elicit a single comment by Amnesty International. Here are a few items:

    • Israel bombed Palestinians waiting to obtain food from a humanitarian aid delivery truck; there were about 210 killed.
    • Triple-tap bombings. Israelis bomb an area killing civilians, and then those who come to rescue them, and those who seek to rescue the rescuers.
    • Al Jazeera showed a video of airplanes dropping supplies in Gaza. A few minutes later Israelis bombed the locations where the parachutes landed.
    • Several hundred medical and emergency rescue staff have been killed; 170+ journalists, and in some cases the journalists’ families were also killed.
    • Destruction of universities, schools and hospitals. Israeli soldiers themselves posted videos of rejoicing soldiers when hospitals and universities were blown up.
    • There is a serious shortage of potable water for most Gazans. The quality and quantity of water available in Gaza was already a serious issue prior to October 2023. Groundwater had saline seepage, and thus the sodium level was above safe limits. With the destruction of wells, and the inoperability of desalination plants, the access to safe water became a serious challenge. Furthermore, the Israeli military are flooding tunnels with sea water, further contaminating groundwater.
    • Israeli military declared a large garbage dump site to be a "safe zone".
    • The Israeli military forced relocations of population from North to South, and later on South to North. And of course more houses were destroyed in the meantime. There are no places where civilians can escape to safety.
    • The condition of prisoners held in Israeli jails is appalling: brutality, neglect, meagre access to food and water. Al Jazeera featured the case of Moazez Abayat [20] A man who suffered torture, brutal treatment, meagre access to food and water. It was clear that Abayat had lost his mind in prison, and this is certainly not an isolated case. In August, soldiers sodomised prisoners… and +972 magazine published an article about the conditions at a military prison with a jarring statement: "The situation there [Sde Teiman detention center] is more horrific than anything we’ve heard about Abu Ghraib and Guantanamo."
    • The Hannibal killings, i.e., Israeli military killed Israelis to avoid having them taken as hostages. Haaretz reported that more than half the Israeli civilians killed on 7 October were killed by the military.
    • Israeli propagandists were ready to make allegations of widespread rape and murder of children. Most of those claims were false.
    • The grand larceny and theft of Palestinian land in the West Bank continues, and in the process hundreds have been killed.
    • Israeli drones broadcast recordings of children in distress to entice people to investigate, and consequently kill them.
    • The day after rulings by international courts (ICJ or ICC), the Israelis engaged in massive bombardments and other destructive actions. It is their means to send a "FU" message. On the eve of Netanyahu’s trip to the US, the Israeli military bombed a refugee camp killing dozens. On the day Netanyahu addressed the US Congress, 100+ Palestinians were killed.The point of this: Israel can do whatever it wants, and it has the US’s backing.
    • On the eve of negotiations, Israel perpetrates particularly serious mass crimes. Early in August the US announced "negotiations," but with meagre Israeli interest. On 10 August, Israel bombed a school killing 100+. Furthermore, Israelis murdered two of the Palestinian negotiators. Who will want to negotiate with Israel now?
    • The lack of medicines is causing the certain deaths of those with chronic diseases. The protracted war is a death sentence to diabetics, renal patients, cancer victims….

    Impotence and futility

    Amnesty issues a few press releases and maybe a report thereafter, but there is no meaningful action. Thus far Amnesty has organised a petition calling for a ceasefire! One can fill the petition form with gibberish, and press the button however many times, and it will register in this preposterous exercise. [21] Liberal souls will be assuaged.

    There have been three instances where AI urged its members to write very polite letters to Israeli officials. Thus mass crimes are happening at present, and these "urgent actions" merely plead for the fate of three individuals. All sample letters start with "Dear General…"; that is the way Amnesty likes its members to address the genocidal creeps. These letter writing campaigns are a means to get young idealistic activists to engage in "actions" that are of virtually no consequence.

    Every year Amnesty claims to have more members – in the millions. Appealing to this membership base to do something meaningful could possibly be more effective. Palestinian civil society groups have long clamoured for BDS (boycott, divestment, and sanctions). Why can’t AI urge its members to boycott Israeli products? The answer is evident: the mega donors (e.g., Harvey Weinstein, Hollywood’s notorious sex predator and Israel cheerleader; the Sackler Foundation) funding Amnesty’s activities would revolt. [22]

    Manifest double standards

    Amnesty has produced several press releases advocating intervention in Syria, even using holocaust memes ("never again") to emphasise its point. It even produced a melodramatic multimedia production on the "horrors" at a notorious prison. [23] When it comes to Israel, Amnesty doesn’t call for intervention; it certainly doesn’t refer to holocaust memes as "never again" seems not to apply to the Palestinians. Amnesty also doesn’t produce melodramatic videos on the most notorious Israeli prisons where inmates are tortured, brutalised and killed.

    Regarding the situation in Venezuela, Amnesty demands "urgent actions from ICC prosecutor”. [24] When it comes to Israel doesn’t call upon the international courts to prosecute Israel for war crimes or worse. According to Donatella Rovera, a senior AI investigator, Amnesty doesn’t issue such calls. [25] Another standard applies.

    On 21 May 2024, Amnesty issued a press release urging the ICC to issue arrest warrants against Netanyahu, Gallant and three Palestinian resistance leaders. What Agnes Callamard, AI’s Secretary General, doesn’t explain is the fact that whereas an arrest warrant was issued for Putin, when it comes to Netanyahu, the prosecutor merely petitioned the court to consider issuing a warrant. Given the uproar and threats issued by US politicians, the ICC quietly dropped the matter – thus there are no warrants issued against Netanyahu and Gallant at present. There is scant evidence of a moral backbone at the ICC. But the ICC statements allows Amnesty to posture by wagging its finger at “both sides”.

    On 2 September 2024, Amnesty issued a demand for Mongolia to arrest President Putin, and did so in a rather hectoring tone. [26] And although the ICC no longer seeks to prosecute Netanyahu, this doesn’t stop other organisations to call on governments hosting Netanyahu for his arrest. Alas, Amnesty didn’t send a similar demand to the US. Maybe such a call would have tarnished Netanyahu’s reputation during his recent address to the US Congress.

    On the eve of the Gulf War against Iraq, Amnesty produced a report on the purported case of Iraqi soldiers “throwing babies out of incubators”. President Bush appeared on TV showing this report and using it as a justification for war. After the hoax was exposed Amnesty didn’t issue any apology or explanation. But now we face a real situation in Gaza where the Israeli military ordered the evacuation of Gaza’s largest hospital and consequently dozens of newborns had to be taken off incubators or other equipment. The doctor attending the children noted that most of them would die. One would say that this would provide emotive material to campaign to obtain a ceasefire; the plight of babies might resonate with Western liberal souls. Alas, Amnesty was silent in this instance.

    And there are blind spots

    One must marvel at the long list of press releases and reports Amnesty produces on a regular basis. No corner of the planet is exempt of an Amnesty commentary or reprimand. From commenting on transexual rights in Mongolia, sex workers rights, climate change, migrant rights and discrimination, etc. And many of its missives wag a finger at the offending state with titles including "… must do this". Amnesty frequently waves its human rights magic wand. Somehow they think they have the standing of a UN-like organisation to pontificate on any topic anywhere in the world.

    But one encounters blind spots in AI’s coverage. There are very few admonishing press releases regarding US, UK, or Israeli atrocious behaviour. When offending actions are mentioned at all, one finds them couched with terms such as "alleged"; and certainly not calling for a tribunal to hold criminals to account. The war in Ukraine has elicited minor critical commentary except chastising Russia; the US role in causing and fuelling the war are not mentioned. In general, AI’s position on issues aligns with US, UK and Israeli state policy. There is no criticism or even mention of the US’s penchant for forever wars; for waging violent actions in many places in the world. These seem to be just fine by Amnesty’s standards.

    The United Nations Security Council has become a joke – where one finds the US and its acolytes brazenly lying, and exhibiting monumental hypocrisy and cynicism. Any relevant resolution delivering a modicum of justice is routinely vetoed. This is plainly evident regarding calls for a ceasefire in Gaza with such resolutions vetoed. On 21 December 2023, the US put forth a "compromise" resolution regarding a ceasefire and humanitarian aid. The curious thing is that on the same day the diplomats acknowledged that Israel would not be bound by the resolution – it was merely an exercise of hypocrisy on steroids. Yet the next day, Agnes Callamard, AI’s Secretary General, stated that: "This is a much-needed resolution…”!
    [27]. To her credit, she also stated: "It is disgraceful that the US was able to stall and use the threat of its veto power to force the UN Security Council to weaken a much-needed call for an immediate end to attacks by all parties.”

    There is no pushback

    An important role any organisation could play would be to confront local supporters of regimes involved in mass crimes. There are notorious cases:

    • Nikki Haley, the failed presidential candidate, went to Israel to express her support to the extent that she wrote “kill them all” on an Israel artillery shell.
    • At the August 2024 Democratic National Convention attendees were active cheerleaders for the Israeli actions.
    • The US Congress welcomed Netanyahu and gave him 57 standing ovations.

    Maybe these outrageous statements and actions would elicit critical commentary. It is not only a generic trite statement about what is happening “over there,” but what is also necessary is to challenge the local enablers of mass crimes. Alas, Amnesty would rather consort with US politicians rather than to confront them.

    The bane of HR NGOs

    In Europe, various governments and NGOs provide scholarships for students to specialise in Human Rights. The courses are offered in several countries, and hundreds of students attend Human Rights centres each year. Italians get to study in Finland for a year…. And we find the grotesque situation of Dutch students studying human rights in Israel; it is a bit like going for education on animal rights to a slaughterhouse. This is all courtesy of EU largesse. The graduates then work for hundreds of NGOs or government agencies. Each of them will then wave their human rights wand over a topic that may be fashionable, invariably gay/trans rights, women’s reproductive rights, sex worker’s rights, etc. Further fuelling the human rights industry is the lavish funding obtained from various lottery funds – much of the profits from such institutions are disbursed to NGOs. The human rights industry experiences subsidised growth. Thus each NGO with its own warped agenda receives funds directly or indirectly. The directors of some NGOs command six figure salaries – a favourite for out-of-office politicians seeking a sinecure. [28]

    In the Netherlands where this process has been in place for decades, the human rights lobby has mushroomed in size and now manifests a dysfunctional dynamic, i.e., the NGOs bring incessant lawsuits against the government tying it down in court.

    Do NGOs advocating Palestinian human rights get to play in this merry-go-round? Fat chance!

    Human rights are for the birds

    When confronted with mass crimes what is needed is justice, and not one of its bastardised, neutered, malleable and ineffective substitutes. If one wants justice then it behooves one to speak in terms of justice, and to avoid the human rights mumbo jumbo. This is specially the case when human rights have been cynically exploited and weaponised by the US and UK. [29] A framework that can be used to justify wars, the so-called humanitarian interventions, cannot be a framework that advances justice or motivates people to act against mass crimes. The criminals react accordingly, i.e., they aren’t bothered if they are called transgressors of human rights, but may fear being accused of mass crimes.

    The mask comes off

    The current wars in Gaza, Ukraine, etc., and the reactions surrounding them has torn off the mask of the American empire revealing its hypocrisy, cynicism and sadism. Many of the "values" so dear to the neoliberals have been shown to be a sham. "Democracy," "International law," "freedom of speech,"…., and of course "human rights” have fallen off their pedestals. The collateral damage of the collapse also tears into the United Nations, the ICC, ICJ, and also the human rights industry because they also have been shown to be so ineffective and compromised. Amnesty International is demonstrably a conflicted organisation steeped in hypocrisy. It is a tool used by the UK and US governments to weaponise “human rights” to suit its own ends: the justification of wars, and the demonisation of "regimes," i.e., the governments that the empire doesn’t like. It has been a conduit for pro-war propaganda in the past, and even calling for so-called humanitarian military interventions.

    What is needed are critical voices that highlight the daily massacres, that call for the criminals and their enablers to be held to account, and to sue for a modicum of justice. Calling for a ceasefire is the bare minimum. Alas, most human rights NGOs don’t even fulfil this task. When Amnesty International postures about all sorts of trendy human rights everywhere in the world, but then doesn’t cover genocide and spring into effective action, then let it shut up entirely.

    One thing is certain: Amnesty International is not part of the solution, it is part of the problem.

    Notes

    1. [1] This is an analysis of Amnesty’s press releases and reports. These can be found here: https://www.amnesty.org/en/latest/ Amnesty’s position are also available on Twitter, but these are not covered here. The press releases and reports by other HR organisations are very similar and exhibit the same bias.
    2. [2] Uri Blau, Documents reveal how Israel made Amnesty’s local branch a front for the Foreign Ministry in the 70s; The Israeli government funded the establishment and activity of the Amnesty International branch in Israel in the 1960s and 70s. Official documents reveal that the chairman of the organization was in constant contact with the Foreign Ministry and received instructions from it; Haaretz, 18 March 2017.
      https://www.aljazeera.com/opinions/2017/3/22/israels-human-rights-spies-manipulating-the-discourse
      Neve Gordon and Nicola Perugini, "Israel’s human rights spies": Manipulating the discourse Revelations about Israel’s infiltration of NGOs in the 1970s shocked many, but human rights ‘spies’ are still out there, 22 Mar 2017.
    3. [3] Craig Mokhiber (Director of the New York Office of the UN High Commissioner for Human Rights), The resignation letter.
      https://www.craigmurray.org.uk/archives/2023/11/a-textbook-case-of-genocide/
    4. [4] Avi Scharf, Weapons shipments to Israel: A Dizzying Pace, Then a Drop: How U.S. Arms Shipments to Israel Slowed Down subtitle: Publicly available flight tracking data shows how many U.S. arms shipments have arrived in Israel each month since the Gaza war started, revealing a sharp rise and then gradual tapering off in the pace of deliveries, Haaretz, 27 June 2024.
    5. [5] Israel wants to be feared to maintain its morally bankrupt deterrence policy. Thus any resistance must be smashed with disproportionate power. The Dahiya neighbourhood in Beirut was brutally bombed, and the politicians ordering the bombing were very pleased with the level of destruction. Thus the Dahiya doctrine.
    6. [6] Alastair Crooke, Trickery, Humiliation, Death – and the Timeless Hunger for ‘Honour and Glory’, Strategic Culture, 30 December 2023.
    7. [7] Ilan Pappe, the great Israeli historian, once replied to a question of whether Israel was an apartheid state by stating: "if it quacks like a duck, and waddles like a duck, then it is apartheid".
    8. [8] Some examples of AI Press releases about OPT that don’t mention Gaza at all. AI, Dutch Investor pushes for human rights safeguards to stop use of surveillance technology against Palestinians, 4 July 2024. Refers to the intrusive video spying. AI, Israel’s attempt to sway WhatsApp case casts doubt on its ability to deal with NSO spyware cases, 25 July 2024.
    9. [9] Operation "Cast Lead" is a curious name for a military operation. It actually refers to a passage in Deuteronomy where the Hebrews exterminate their opponents to the extent that they pour molten lead down their throats.
    10. [10]Contrast AI’s ahistorical reporting on the situation in Gaza with that of Syria. When it comes to Syria, the history of the “regime” is suddenly an issue.
    11. [11] Rasha Khatib, Martin McKee and Salim Yusuf, “Counting the dead in Gaza: difficult but essential”, The Lancet, Volume 404, Issue 10449, pp237-238, 20 July 2024.
      https://www.thelancet.com/journals/lancet/article/PIIS0140-6736(24)01169-3/fulltext
    12. [12] AI, Israel/ OPT: Hamas and other armed groups must immediately release civilians held hostage in Gaza,12 July 2024
    13. [13] By Yaniv Kubovich • Haaretz 7 July 2024 IDF Ordered Hannibal Directive on October 7 to Prevent Hamas Taking Soldiers Captive Subtitle: “there was crazy hysteria, and decisions started being made without verified information: Documents and testimonies obtained by Haaretz reveal the Hannibal operational order, which directs the use of force to prevent soldiers being taken into captivity, was employed at three army facilities infiltrated by Hamas, potentially endangering civilians as well”
    14. [14] Crisis in Gaza: Scenario-based Health Impact Projections
      https://gaza-projections.org/gaza_projections_report.pdf
    15. [15] AI, Gaza: Discovery of mass graves highlights urgent need to grant access to independent human
      rights investigators, 24 April 2024.
    16. [16] AI, Israel/OPT: Israeli attacks targeting Hamas and other armed group fighters that killed
      scores of displaced civilians in Rafah should be investigated as war crimes, 26 August 2024.
    17. [17] AI, Global: Governments’ brazen flouting of Arms Trade Treaty rules leading to devastating loss of life, 19 August 2024.
    18. [18] https://www.sgr.org.uk/resources/gaza-one-most-intense-bombardments-history
      https://www.aa.com.tr/en/middle-east/amount-of-israeli-bombs-dropped-on-gaza-surpasses-that-of-world-war-ii/3239665
    19. [19] AI, “Israel must end mass incommunicado detention and torture of Palestinians from Gaza”, 18 July 2024.
    20. [20] https://www.aljazeera.com/program/newsfeed/2024/7/10/freed-former-palestinian-bodybuilder-alleges-abuse-by-israeli-jailers
      and https://www.middleeasteye.net/news/palestine-west-bank-muazzaz-abayat-prison-interview
    21. [21]
      https://www.amnesty.org/en/petition/demand-a-ceasefire-by-all-parties-to-end-civilian-suffering/
    22. [22] Thomas Frank, Hypocrite at the good cause parties, Le Monde Diplomatique, February 2018. Frank reports that Harvey Weinstein made "AI-USA possible”.
    23. [23] Paul de Rooij, Amnesty International trumpets for another "Humanitarian" war… this time in Syria, MintPress, 23 March 2018.
    24. [24] Amnesty, Venezuela: Scale and gravity of ongoing crimes demand urgent actions from ICC prosecutor, 9 August 2024
      https://www.amnesty.org/en/latest/news/2024/08/venezuela-crimes-demand-urgent-action-icc-prosecutor/
    25. [25] Personal communication with Donatella Rovera, January 2003.
    26. [26] AI, “Mongolia: Putin must be arrested and surrendered to the International Criminal Court”, 2 September 2024.
    27. [27] https://www.amnesty.org/en/latest/news/2023/12/israel-opt-adoption-of-un-resolution-to-expedite-humanitarian-aid-to-gaza-an-important-but-insufficient-step/
      Israel/OPT: Adoption of UN resolution to expedite humanitarian aid to Gaza an important but insufficient step, 22 Decemeber 2024.
    28. [28] Irene Khan, the former Amnesty general secretary, received a £533,000 "golden handshake" when she departed.
    29. [29] For some of the background history of Amnesty International, see: Kirsten Sellars, The Rise and Rise of Human Rights, Sutton Publications, 2002. Also, Alfred de Zayas, The Human Rights Industry, Clarity Press, 2023.
    The post Where was Amnesty International during the Genocide in Gaza? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Paul de Rooij.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/28/where-was-amnesty-international-during-the-genocide-in-gaza/feed/ 0 495528
    Where was Amnesty International during the Genocide in Gaza? https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/28/where-was-amnesty-international-during-the-genocide-in-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/28/where-was-amnesty-international-during-the-genocide-in-gaza/#respond Sat, 28 Sep 2024 20:59:38 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=153702 Israel is genociding the Palestinians one neighborhood at the time, one hospital at the time, one school at the time, one refugee camp at the time, one ‘safe zone’ at the time– Francesca Albanese, UN Special Rapporteur oPt,10 August 2024 One would expect that human rights organisations would spring into action during an impending or […]

    The post Where was Amnesty International during the Genocide in Gaza? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    Israel is genociding the Palestinians one neighborhood at the time, one hospital at the time, one school at the time, one refugee camp at the time, one ‘safe zone’ at the time
    – Francesca Albanese, UN Special Rapporteur oPt,
    10 August 2024

    One would expect that human rights organisations would spring into action during an impending or unfolding genocide – the ultimate violation of human rights. Maybe human rights NGOs actions should be proportional to the level of the crimes they are concerned with. Thus, the more killing, torture, arbitrary imprisonment, bombing…, etc., that is plainly evident, the more action one would expect. So, what is the output of some of the leading human rights organisations in the face of the genocide in Gaza? Below is an analysis of Amnesty International’s press releases and announced actions [1].

    Will they come clean?

    First things first. To assess the credibility of any organisation, one should know their relationship with Israel and the United States – both participants in the unfolding genocide. On this account, Amnesty International has never come clean about its relationship with the Israeli government. Uri Blau, a Haaretz investigative journalist, recently revealed that Amnesty_Intl.-Israel was taken over and run by Israeli operatives paid for by the Foreign Ministry. [2] They ran interference in reporting on the situation in the occupied territories, participated in conferences, and even set up a "human rights" institute at Tel Aviv university. This was a nice way to co-opt the human rights industry. The principal who ran AI-Israel even gave an interview boasting of his exploits.

    And did AI-Israel have a hand editing any Amnesty reports about the situation in the occupied territories or its many wars in the region? Some Palestinian lawyers reported having problematic encounters with AI-Israel officials, to the extent that they refused to have any dealings with it thereafter. One could well imagine AI-Israel officials reporting on Palestinians who reached out to them. So how ethical is it for Amnesty International to expose Palestinians contacting AI-Israel to imminent danger? When will Amnesty International acknowledge this dirty relationship and ensure that it maintains the requisite distance from the Israeli government in the future?

    The genocide will be televised

    Next, one must establish if what we witness amounts to a genocide. Craig Mokhiber, the former UN official in the High Commission for Human Rights, resigned because his agency was not reacting given the unfolding situation in Gaza, and stated in his resignation letter; "this is a textbook case of genocide". NB: the letter was submitted on 28 October 2023. Mokhiber stated that it is usually difficult to establish whether a genocide is taking place because one doesn’t know the motivation of the leading military and political leadership. [3] In the current context, there is no doubt about the motivation; one only has to listen to Netanyahu, Gallant, Ganz, Smotrich, Ben Gvir… And also most of the parliamentarians – they made genocidal statements in the Knesset; they were competing with each other to see who would be most truculent.

    The International Court of Justice (ICJ) statement on the case brought in front of the court by South Africa also suggests that we are witnessing a genocide – at least most of the justices urged Israeli action to forestall a genocide.

    Gaza is one of the most densely populated areas in the world, and in particular, the refugee camps exhibit a high population density. The Israeli military is bombing these locations using huge bombs recently delivered by 500+ of American military cargo planes. [4] There is no doubt about this, one can even witness the bombing realtime on Al Jazeera. Civilians are directed to evacuate areas only to be bombed in locations that had been putatively named "safe areas," hospitals, schools, UN compounds, etc. Fleeing civilians were targeted; all bakeries were destroyed; hundreds of wells destroyed; scores of chicken farms ravaged; entire families wiped out…. Thus it is not only the level of killing, but also the destruction of life-sustaining infrastructure that is happening now. The weaponry is very accurate, thus the targeting was done intentionally; so it is not an issue of "collateral damage," but it is intentional and indiscriminate targeting. A principle of International humanitarian law is that actions should be proportionate, but Israeli military and politicians revel at the disproportionate nature of the destruction; it is the Dahiya doctrine applied to Gaza. [5] This doctrine refers to the disproportionate violence perpetrated against the Lebanese population in the Dahiya neighbourhood in Beirut in 2006; the neighbourhood was entirely flattened with huge bombs. Alastair Crooke, the former British diplomat, summarises the situation succinctly: "Gaza is already a monument to callous inhumanity and suffering. It will get worse…" [6]

    One thing is certain: if it quacks like a duck, waddles like a duck, then it is genocide. [7] Under these circumstances, one would expect all human rights organisations to spring into action and demand court actions, UN Security Council resolutions, calls for key officials to be held accountable for crimes against humanity, and for the US, UK, Germany… and others to stop enabling Israel’s genocidal actions.

    Nature of coverage

    A few things are evident when reviewing AI’s press releases: one is struck by the paucity of coverage, the trite and generic form of statements, the unwillingness to call out the nature of some crimes, and unwillingness to debunk some of the crass Israeli propaganda meant to further de-humanise the Palestinians, and to justify Israel’s crimes.

    Since 7 October 2023, there have only been 60 press releases – none of any substance. One is struck also that there are a number of press releases about Israel/OPT that don’t mention the ongoing genocide at all! [8] Or the commentary is part of a discussion of human rights in general.

    Ahistorical

    Gaza has been subject to numerous massacres – several not even registering in the media accounts in the so-called West. There were several of the post-2006 attacks (aka "mowing the lawn" operations) usually referred to by their Israeli sugar-coated operation names. After each such operation AI dutifully produced its trite reports, but was rather circumspect in calling out Israeli crimes; and whenever it did issue a statement about a particular crime, it was immediately offset by references to Palestinian crimes.

    A good historical starting point to assess the current violations of international humanitarian law would be the Goldstone report (2008) – which documented and established serious Israeli crimes during "Operation Cast Lead". [9] Alas, one is struck by the ahistorical nature of AI’s press releases and reports. It is as if history started yesterday, but then this is the nature of the "rights-based reporting," where there is virtually no reference to history. When it suits Amnesty it will ignore history. [10] Would one’s assessment of a criminal be altered by the fact that he was a serial criminal? If so, then it behooves AI to emphasise Israel’s long history of mass crimes against the Palestinian population. But acknowledging the long history of dispossession and brutality against the native population would suggest that "we" should be in solidarity with the Palestinians. Alas, that is not a position Amnesty is willing to take. It prefers to utter its clucking sounds, and admonish "both sides" as if there were a moral equivalence between the violence perpetrated by oppressor and oppressed.

    False balance

    Amnesty wants to appear impartial, and clamours for both Palestinian and Israeli rights. Thus AI will issue a report outlining some of the Israeli crimes, but will then issue a report on the "Palestinian war crimes". In general, according to AI, most of the actions perpetrated by the Palestinians are ipso facto war crimes; there is no need for further investigation or discussion. A disgraceful example is an article discussing Palestinian war crimes published on 12 July 2024. Thus after more than nine months of bombings, maybe 186,000+ dead [11], calculated starvation, summary executions and evidence of rampant mistreatment of Palestinian prisoners… Amnesty chose to demand the release of the Israeli hostages! According to Erika Guevara Rosas, AI’s "Senior Director for Research, Advocacy, Policy and Campaigns," holding Israeli civilian hostages is a war crime. [12] Lost in this narrative is an explanation as to why the hostages are held – they are the only means to obtain the release of some of the thousands of Palestinian prisoners. And true to form, a few days later AI released a longish press release critical of the Israeli brutal treatment of prisoners. Producing reports critical of "both sides" are attempts to claim impartiality.

    It is rather odd that when Palestinians take hostages, Amnesty considers this a war crime. Yet when Israel imprisons thousands without charges, routinely kidnaps and keeps prisoners in deplorable conditions, then this is not a war crime. In the West Bank, Israeli military take the parents of “wanted” Palestinians hostage, but Amnesty doesn’t condemn this practice to the same extent.

    Amnesty ignores the 1960 UNGA resolution acknowledging the right for an oppressed/colonised population to defend themselves – this includes armed struggle; and that Israel has an obligation to protect the oppressed population. The nature of the violence suggests that it is not possible to assume a “neutral” position. Thus, Amnesty’s proclivity to admonish “both sides” is ethically suspect.

    Not countering Israeli propaganda

    One useful function AI could play would be to debunk Israeli propaganda meant to dehumanise Palestinians to serve as a pretext for its genocidal campaign. The day after the Palestinian incursion, the Israeli propaganda machine was ready to push stories about rapes, babies cooked in microwave ovens, brutal murders, and so on. However, Amnesty has not countered these fabricated stories; in fact it has helped propagate the Israeli narrative. For example, it repeatedly referred to the 7 October attack as "horrific" – a term almost exclusively used to describe Palestinian actions. It doesn’t account for the fact that it was the Israeli military who killed more than half the Israeli civilians on that day. [13] There were no babies cooked to death or impaled on bayonets. Alas, even with a pompous sounding "Evidence Investigation Unit," Amnesty doesn’t seem to care to separate facts from hateful slander. If the latter is meant to dehumanise the Palestinians, then exposing this propaganda would go some way to humanise the victim. It seems that that is not in Amnesty’s purview.

    In the press release demanding the release of Israeli hostages, Erika Guevara Rosas stated: "Israel’s brutal assault on Gaza that has resulted in the death of over 38,000 Palestinians". This is factually correct, but contextually challenged. Guevara is using the Palestinian Health ministry’s figures that are based on the actual recovery of bodies; it misses all the victims under the rubble. The Lancet study estimates that about 8% of the Gazan population has been killed – that is in the order of 186,000 dead. Furthermore, the deaths attributable to epidemics, starvation, etc., are also missed in the Health Ministry’s statistics. The London School of Hygiene and Johns Hopkins University have attempted to estimate this mortality rate. [14]. Their estimates and methodology are complex, and it is best to read it directly from their reports. Suffice it to say that the mortality rate has increased dramatically.

    Maybe a clearer explanation of the available statistics would be in order.

    Lets investigate!

    There are plenty of daily criminal attacks, but it is only the particularly outrageous ones when AI feels compelled to utter some comment. The discovery of mass burial sites near hospitals that had recently been invaded by the Israeli military elicited some commentary [15]. Instead of pointing a finger at Israel, and suggesting serious crimes had been perpetrated, it calls for an "independent investigation". If only AI’s sanctimonious investigators could enter the scene, then one could establish what really happened. The other implication of AI’s call for investigation is that it doesn’t value the voice of the victims of Israeli crimes. Thus it is not up to Palestinians to call out their oppressor, but some "independent" body has to take its jolly good time determining whether a crime was committed; a report will follow a few years later. In the meantime, all Israeli crimes are merely "alleged" crimes.

    There is a more problematic aspect to AI’s call for investigations, namely, that it is giving credence to Israeli exculpatory claims and justifications for its attacks. Thus bombing the Al Shifa hospital was justified on the spurious grounds that there was an Al Qassam bunker in the vicinity. Or, bombing a location with many refugees in tents by stating that some of the resistance commanders were in the area. Given the history of Israeli lies about all the massacres that it has perpetrated, one would think that Amnesty would be more sceptical of Israeli claims, and to challenge them outright. Instead it calls for investigations. Furthermore, when is it justified to kill 100+ civilians in order to kill two fighters? It is curious that a human rights organisation doesn't reject this outright – there is no need for an investigation. Maybe an analogy could clarify the objection. Imagine that a rapist justified his crime by stating that the victim wore provocative clothing. Amnesty’s actions are akin to investigating if the victim’s clothing was actually sexy.

    On 26 August 2024, AI issued a press release on two of the bombings of camps of displaced people killing hundreds. [16] A priori, one would say that it is a welcome report, but one is struck by the fact that these incidents "need to be investigated as war crimes". Amnesty even reviewed the statements made by the Israeli military to justify the bombing. And to add a comic element, Amnesty sent a note to "Ministry of Justice officials," i.e., Hamas, to determine if its fighters were sheltering in the bombed locations. In other words, it is asking the Palestinians whether the Israeli bombings were justified! And to top things off, Amnesty regurgitated its accusation that the Palestinian actions, e.g., taking hostages amounted to clear war crimes. On the one hand, AI asks that Israeli actions be investigated, yet for the Palestinians the accusation is clear: these are war crimes.

    Amnesty usefully states that using civilians as human shields is "prohibited under international law." Suggesting that if any fighter mingles with the civilian population, this amounts to a crime. The Palestinian fighters have little choice about where they can operate given that the population is constantly forced to move – the fighters included. But there is a difference between fighters being in close proximity to civilians, and the Israeli practice of placing Palestinian civilians on top of military vehicles or forcing them to enter houses ahead of Israeli soldiers. The difference is the coercion involved, and the fact that the fighters are in the midst of their own people. Thus in the press release, Amnesty wags its finger about fighters finding themselves together with civilians. However, Amnesty has yet to issue one of it missives about the civilians Israeli military forces to act as human shields. We await another press release.

    Losing the forest for the trees

    The crimes perpetrated against the Palestinians, i.e., genocide, crimes against humanity, and so on, must be described as mass crimes – referent to the population at large. However, Amnesty’s favourite technique to avoid mentioning the mass crimes is to dwell on individual stories to the exclusion of the totality of the crimes. On 19 August 2024, Amnesty issued a press release about the flouting of the Arms Trade Treaty. Thus: "Amnesty International has long been calling for a comprehensive arms embargo on both Israel and Palestinian armed groups because of longstanding patterns of serious violations of international human rights and humanitarian law, including war crimes…". True to form Amnesty bleats about an embargo on "both sides," as if there were hundreds of military cargo airplanes delivering weapons to the Palestinians. But instead of mentioning the total tonnage of bombs dropped on Gaza, it provides two examples [17]:

    • Amnesty has documented the use of US-manufactured weapons in a number of unlawful airstrikes, including US-made Joint Direct Attack Munitions (JDAM) in two deadly, unlawful air strikes on homes in the occupied Gaza Strip, which killed 43 civilians – 19 children, 14 women and 10 men – on 10 and 22 October 2023.
    • A GBU-39 Small Diameter Bomb, made in the US by Boeing, was used in an Israeli strike in January 2024 which hit a family home in the Tal al-Sultan area of Rafah, killing 18 civilians, including 10 children, four men, and four women.

    According to Euromed Human Rights: "Israel dropped 70,000 tons of bombs on Gaza Strip since last October, exceeding World War II bombings in Dresden, Hamburg, London combined." [18] Maybe providing such statistics would be more effective.

    Similarly, on 18 July 2024, AI released a rather lengthy report on prison conditions. [19] To its credit, the press release was better than most AI output, but again, after a cursory mention of the total number of cases, it emphasises a few examples of prisoner’s conditions. It is dwelling on a few items to the exclusion of the mass injustice condition.

    Long list of neglect

    Ever since 7 October 2023, there have been many incidents that didn't elicit a single comment by Amnesty International. Here are a few items:

    • Israel bombed Palestinians waiting to obtain food from a humanitarian aid delivery truck; there were about 210 killed.
    • Triple-tap bombings. Israelis bomb an area killing civilians, and then those who come to rescue them, and those who seek to rescue the rescuers.
    • Al Jazeera showed a video of airplanes dropping supplies in Gaza. A few minutes later Israelis bombed the locations where the parachutes landed.
    • Several hundred medical and emergency rescue staff have been killed; 170+ journalists, and in some cases the journalists’ families were also killed.
    • Destruction of universities, schools and hospitals. Israeli soldiers themselves posted videos of rejoicing soldiers when hospitals and universities were blown up.
    • There is a serious shortage of potable water for most Gazans. The quality and quantity of water available in Gaza was already a serious issue prior to October 2023. Groundwater had saline seepage, and thus the sodium level was above safe limits. With the destruction of wells, and the inoperability of desalination plants, the access to safe water became a serious challenge. Furthermore, the Israeli military are flooding tunnels with sea water, further contaminating groundwater.
    • Israeli military declared a large garbage dump site to be a "safe zone".
    • The Israeli military forced relocations of population from North to South, and later on South to North. And of course more houses were destroyed in the meantime. There are no places where civilians can escape to safety.
    • The condition of prisoners held in Israeli jails is appalling: brutality, neglect, meagre access to food and water. Al Jazeera featured the case of Moazez Abayat [20] A man who suffered torture, brutal treatment, meagre access to food and water. It was clear that Abayat had lost his mind in prison, and this is certainly not an isolated case. In August, soldiers sodomised prisoners… and +972 magazine published an article about the conditions at a military prison with a jarring statement: "The situation there [Sde Teiman detention center] is more horrific than anything we’ve heard about Abu Ghraib and Guantanamo."
    • The Hannibal killings, i.e., Israeli military killed Israelis to avoid having them taken as hostages. Haaretz reported that more than half the Israeli civilians killed on 7 October were killed by the military.
    • Israeli propagandists were ready to make allegations of widespread rape and murder of children. Most of those claims were false.
    • The grand larceny and theft of Palestinian land in the West Bank continues, and in the process hundreds have been killed.
    • Israeli drones broadcast recordings of children in distress to entice people to investigate, and consequently kill them.
    • The day after rulings by international courts (ICJ or ICC), the Israelis engaged in massive bombardments and other destructive actions. It is their means to send a "FU" message. On the eve of Netanyahu’s trip to the US, the Israeli military bombed a refugee camp killing dozens. On the day Netanyahu addressed the US Congress, 100+ Palestinians were killed.The point of this: Israel can do whatever it wants, and it has the US’s backing.
    • On the eve of negotiations, Israel perpetrates particularly serious mass crimes. Early in August the US announced "negotiations," but with meagre Israeli interest. On 10 August, Israel bombed a school killing 100+. Furthermore, Israelis murdered two of the Palestinian negotiators. Who will want to negotiate with Israel now?
    • The lack of medicines is causing the certain deaths of those with chronic diseases. The protracted war is a death sentence to diabetics, renal patients, cancer victims….

    Impotence and futility

    Amnesty issues a few press releases and maybe a report thereafter, but there is no meaningful action. Thus far Amnesty has organised a petition calling for a ceasefire! One can fill the petition form with gibberish, and press the button however many times, and it will register in this preposterous exercise. [21] Liberal souls will be assuaged.

    There have been three instances where AI urged its members to write very polite letters to Israeli officials. Thus mass crimes are happening at present, and these "urgent actions" merely plead for the fate of three individuals. All sample letters start with "Dear General…"; that is the way Amnesty likes its members to address the genocidal creeps. These letter writing campaigns are a means to get young idealistic activists to engage in "actions" that are of virtually no consequence.

    Every year Amnesty claims to have more members – in the millions. Appealing to this membership base to do something meaningful could possibly be more effective. Palestinian civil society groups have long clamoured for BDS (boycott, divestment, and sanctions). Why can’t AI urge its members to boycott Israeli products? The answer is evident: the mega donors (e.g., Harvey Weinstein, Hollywood’s notorious sex predator and Israel cheerleader; the Sackler Foundation) funding Amnesty’s activities would revolt. [22]

    Manifest double standards

    Amnesty has produced several press releases advocating intervention in Syria, even using holocaust memes ("never again") to emphasise its point. It even produced a melodramatic multimedia production on the "horrors" at a notorious prison. [23] When it comes to Israel, Amnesty doesn’t call for intervention; it certainly doesn’t refer to holocaust memes as "never again" seems not to apply to the Palestinians. Amnesty also doesn’t produce melodramatic videos on the most notorious Israeli prisons where inmates are tortured, brutalised and killed.

    Regarding the situation in Venezuela, Amnesty demands "urgent actions from ICC prosecutor”. [24] When it comes to Israel doesn’t call upon the international courts to prosecute Israel for war crimes or worse. According to Donatella Rovera, a senior AI investigator, Amnesty doesn’t issue such calls. [25] Another standard applies.

    On 21 May 2024, Amnesty issued a press release urging the ICC to issue arrest warrants against Netanyahu, Gallant and three Palestinian resistance leaders. What Agnes Callamard, AI’s Secretary General, doesn’t explain is the fact that whereas an arrest warrant was issued for Putin, when it comes to Netanyahu, the prosecutor merely petitioned the court to consider issuing a warrant. Given the uproar and threats issued by US politicians, the ICC quietly dropped the matter – thus there are no warrants issued against Netanyahu and Gallant at present. There is scant evidence of a moral backbone at the ICC. But the ICC statements allows Amnesty to posture by wagging its finger at “both sides”.

    On 2 September 2024, Amnesty issued a demand for Mongolia to arrest President Putin, and did so in a rather hectoring tone. [26] And although the ICC no longer seeks to prosecute Netanyahu, this doesn’t stop other organisations to call on governments hosting Netanyahu for his arrest. Alas, Amnesty didn’t send a similar demand to the US. Maybe such a call would have tarnished Netanyahu’s reputation during his recent address to the US Congress.

    On the eve of the Gulf War against Iraq, Amnesty produced a report on the purported case of Iraqi soldiers “throwing babies out of incubators”. President Bush appeared on TV showing this report and using it as a justification for war. After the hoax was exposed Amnesty didn’t issue any apology or explanation. But now we face a real situation in Gaza where the Israeli military ordered the evacuation of Gaza’s largest hospital and consequently dozens of newborns had to be taken off incubators or other equipment. The doctor attending the children noted that most of them would die. One would say that this would provide emotive material to campaign to obtain a ceasefire; the plight of babies might resonate with Western liberal souls. Alas, Amnesty was silent in this instance.

    And there are blind spots

    One must marvel at the long list of press releases and reports Amnesty produces on a regular basis. No corner of the planet is exempt of an Amnesty commentary or reprimand. From commenting on transexual rights in Mongolia, sex workers rights, climate change, migrant rights and discrimination, etc. And many of its missives wag a finger at the offending state with titles including "… must do this". Amnesty frequently waves its human rights magic wand. Somehow they think they have the standing of a UN-like organisation to pontificate on any topic anywhere in the world.

    But one encounters blind spots in AI’s coverage. There are very few admonishing press releases regarding US, UK, or Israeli atrocious behaviour. When offending actions are mentioned at all, one finds them couched with terms such as "alleged"; and certainly not calling for a tribunal to hold criminals to account. The war in Ukraine has elicited minor critical commentary except chastising Russia; the US role in causing and fuelling the war are not mentioned. In general, AI’s position on issues aligns with US, UK and Israeli state policy. There is no criticism or even mention of the US’s penchant for forever wars; for waging violent actions in many places in the world. These seem to be just fine by Amnesty’s standards.

    The United Nations Security Council has become a joke – where one finds the US and its acolytes brazenly lying, and exhibiting monumental hypocrisy and cynicism. Any relevant resolution delivering a modicum of justice is routinely vetoed. This is plainly evident regarding calls for a ceasefire in Gaza with such resolutions vetoed. On 21 December 2023, the US put forth a "compromise" resolution regarding a ceasefire and humanitarian aid. The curious thing is that on the same day the diplomats acknowledged that Israel would not be bound by the resolution – it was merely an exercise of hypocrisy on steroids. Yet the next day, Agnes Callamard, AI’s Secretary General, stated that: "This is a much-needed resolution…”!
    [27]. To her credit, she also stated: "It is disgraceful that the US was able to stall and use the threat of its veto power to force the UN Security Council to weaken a much-needed call for an immediate end to attacks by all parties.”

    There is no pushback

    An important role any organisation could play would be to confront local supporters of regimes involved in mass crimes. There are notorious cases:

    • Nikki Haley, the failed presidential candidate, went to Israel to express her support to the extent that she wrote “kill them all” on an Israel artillery shell.
    • At the August 2024 Democratic National Convention attendees were active cheerleaders for the Israeli actions.
    • The US Congress welcomed Netanyahu and gave him 57 standing ovations.

    Maybe these outrageous statements and actions would elicit critical commentary. It is not only a generic trite statement about what is happening “over there,” but what is also necessary is to challenge the local enablers of mass crimes. Alas, Amnesty would rather consort with US politicians rather than to confront them.

    The bane of HR NGOs

    In Europe, various governments and NGOs provide scholarships for students to specialise in Human Rights. The courses are offered in several countries, and hundreds of students attend Human Rights centres each year. Italians get to study in Finland for a year…. And we find the grotesque situation of Dutch students studying human rights in Israel; it is a bit like going for education on animal rights to a slaughterhouse. This is all courtesy of EU largesse. The graduates then work for hundreds of NGOs or government agencies. Each of them will then wave their human rights wand over a topic that may be fashionable, invariably gay/trans rights, women’s reproductive rights, sex worker’s rights, etc. Further fuelling the human rights industry is the lavish funding obtained from various lottery funds – much of the profits from such institutions are disbursed to NGOs. The human rights industry experiences subsidised growth. Thus each NGO with its own warped agenda receives funds directly or indirectly. The directors of some NGOs command six figure salaries – a favourite for out-of-office politicians seeking a sinecure. [28]

    In the Netherlands where this process has been in place for decades, the human rights lobby has mushroomed in size and now manifests a dysfunctional dynamic, i.e., the NGOs bring incessant lawsuits against the government tying it down in court.

    Do NGOs advocating Palestinian human rights get to play in this merry-go-round? Fat chance!

    Human rights are for the birds

    When confronted with mass crimes what is needed is justice, and not one of its bastardised, neutered, malleable and ineffective substitutes. If one wants justice then it behooves one to speak in terms of justice, and to avoid the human rights mumbo jumbo. This is specially the case when human rights have been cynically exploited and weaponised by the US and UK. [29] A framework that can be used to justify wars, the so-called humanitarian interventions, cannot be a framework that advances justice or motivates people to act against mass crimes. The criminals react accordingly, i.e., they aren’t bothered if they are called transgressors of human rights, but may fear being accused of mass crimes.

    The mask comes off

    The current wars in Gaza, Ukraine, etc., and the reactions surrounding them has torn off the mask of the American empire revealing its hypocrisy, cynicism and sadism. Many of the "values" so dear to the neoliberals have been shown to be a sham. "Democracy," "International law," "freedom of speech,"…., and of course "human rights” have fallen off their pedestals. The collateral damage of the collapse also tears into the United Nations, the ICC, ICJ, and also the human rights industry because they also have been shown to be so ineffective and compromised. Amnesty International is demonstrably a conflicted organisation steeped in hypocrisy. It is a tool used by the UK and US governments to weaponise “human rights” to suit its own ends: the justification of wars, and the demonisation of "regimes," i.e., the governments that the empire doesn’t like. It has been a conduit for pro-war propaganda in the past, and even calling for so-called humanitarian military interventions.

    What is needed are critical voices that highlight the daily massacres, that call for the criminals and their enablers to be held to account, and to sue for a modicum of justice. Calling for a ceasefire is the bare minimum. Alas, most human rights NGOs don’t even fulfil this task. When Amnesty International postures about all sorts of trendy human rights everywhere in the world, but then doesn’t cover genocide and spring into effective action, then let it shut up entirely.

    One thing is certain: Amnesty International is not part of the solution, it is part of the problem.

    Notes

    1. [1] This is an analysis of Amnesty’s press releases and reports. These can be found here: https://www.amnesty.org/en/latest/ Amnesty’s position are also available on Twitter, but these are not covered here. The press releases and reports by other HR organisations are very similar and exhibit the same bias.
    2. [2] Uri Blau, Documents reveal how Israel made Amnesty’s local branch a front for the Foreign Ministry in the 70s; The Israeli government funded the establishment and activity of the Amnesty International branch in Israel in the 1960s and 70s. Official documents reveal that the chairman of the organization was in constant contact with the Foreign Ministry and received instructions from it; Haaretz, 18 March 2017.
      https://www.aljazeera.com/opinions/2017/3/22/israels-human-rights-spies-manipulating-the-discourse
      Neve Gordon and Nicola Perugini, "Israel’s human rights spies": Manipulating the discourse Revelations about Israel’s infiltration of NGOs in the 1970s shocked many, but human rights ‘spies’ are still out there, 22 Mar 2017.
    3. [3] Craig Mokhiber (Director of the New York Office of the UN High Commissioner for Human Rights), The resignation letter.
      https://www.craigmurray.org.uk/archives/2023/11/a-textbook-case-of-genocide/
    4. [4] Avi Scharf, Weapons shipments to Israel: A Dizzying Pace, Then a Drop: How U.S. Arms Shipments to Israel Slowed Down subtitle: Publicly available flight tracking data shows how many U.S. arms shipments have arrived in Israel each month since the Gaza war started, revealing a sharp rise and then gradual tapering off in the pace of deliveries, Haaretz, 27 June 2024.
    5. [5] Israel wants to be feared to maintain its morally bankrupt deterrence policy. Thus any resistance must be smashed with disproportionate power. The Dahiya neighbourhood in Beirut was brutally bombed, and the politicians ordering the bombing were very pleased with the level of destruction. Thus the Dahiya doctrine.
    6. [6] Alastair Crooke, Trickery, Humiliation, Death – and the Timeless Hunger for ‘Honour and Glory’, Strategic Culture, 30 December 2023.
    7. [7] Ilan Pappe, the great Israeli historian, once replied to a question of whether Israel was an apartheid state by stating: "if it quacks like a duck, and waddles like a duck, then it is apartheid".
    8. [8] Some examples of AI Press releases about OPT that don’t mention Gaza at all. AI, Dutch Investor pushes for human rights safeguards to stop use of surveillance technology against Palestinians, 4 July 2024. Refers to the intrusive video spying. AI, Israel’s attempt to sway WhatsApp case casts doubt on its ability to deal with NSO spyware cases, 25 July 2024.
    9. [9] Operation "Cast Lead" is a curious name for a military operation. It actually refers to a passage in Deuteronomy where the Hebrews exterminate their opponents to the extent that they pour molten lead down their throats.
    10. [10]Contrast AI’s ahistorical reporting on the situation in Gaza with that of Syria. When it comes to Syria, the history of the “regime” is suddenly an issue.
    11. [11] Rasha Khatib, Martin McKee and Salim Yusuf, “Counting the dead in Gaza: difficult but essential”, The Lancet, Volume 404, Issue 10449, pp237-238, 20 July 2024.
      https://www.thelancet.com/journals/lancet/article/PIIS0140-6736(24)01169-3/fulltext
    12. [12] AI, Israel/ OPT: Hamas and other armed groups must immediately release civilians held hostage in Gaza,12 July 2024
    13. [13] By Yaniv Kubovich • Haaretz 7 July 2024 IDF Ordered Hannibal Directive on October 7 to Prevent Hamas Taking Soldiers Captive Subtitle: “there was crazy hysteria, and decisions started being made without verified information: Documents and testimonies obtained by Haaretz reveal the Hannibal operational order, which directs the use of force to prevent soldiers being taken into captivity, was employed at three army facilities infiltrated by Hamas, potentially endangering civilians as well”
    14. [14] Crisis in Gaza: Scenario-based Health Impact Projections
      https://gaza-projections.org/gaza_projections_report.pdf
    15. [15] AI, Gaza: Discovery of mass graves highlights urgent need to grant access to independent human
      rights investigators, 24 April 2024.
    16. [16] AI, Israel/OPT: Israeli attacks targeting Hamas and other armed group fighters that killed
      scores of displaced civilians in Rafah should be investigated as war crimes, 26 August 2024.
    17. [17] AI, Global: Governments’ brazen flouting of Arms Trade Treaty rules leading to devastating loss of life, 19 August 2024.
    18. [18] https://www.sgr.org.uk/resources/gaza-one-most-intense-bombardments-history
      https://www.aa.com.tr/en/middle-east/amount-of-israeli-bombs-dropped-on-gaza-surpasses-that-of-world-war-ii/3239665
    19. [19] AI, “Israel must end mass incommunicado detention and torture of Palestinians from Gaza”, 18 July 2024.
    20. [20] https://www.aljazeera.com/program/newsfeed/2024/7/10/freed-former-palestinian-bodybuilder-alleges-abuse-by-israeli-jailers
      and https://www.middleeasteye.net/news/palestine-west-bank-muazzaz-abayat-prison-interview
    21. [21]
      https://www.amnesty.org/en/petition/demand-a-ceasefire-by-all-parties-to-end-civilian-suffering/
    22. [22] Thomas Frank, Hypocrite at the good cause parties, Le Monde Diplomatique, February 2018. Frank reports that Harvey Weinstein made "AI-USA possible”.
    23. [23] Paul de Rooij, Amnesty International trumpets for another "Humanitarian" war… this time in Syria, MintPress, 23 March 2018.
    24. [24] Amnesty, Venezuela: Scale and gravity of ongoing crimes demand urgent actions from ICC prosecutor, 9 August 2024
      https://www.amnesty.org/en/latest/news/2024/08/venezuela-crimes-demand-urgent-action-icc-prosecutor/
    25. [25] Personal communication with Donatella Rovera, January 2003.
    26. [26] AI, “Mongolia: Putin must be arrested and surrendered to the International Criminal Court”, 2 September 2024.
    27. [27] https://www.amnesty.org/en/latest/news/2023/12/israel-opt-adoption-of-un-resolution-to-expedite-humanitarian-aid-to-gaza-an-important-but-insufficient-step/
      Israel/OPT: Adoption of UN resolution to expedite humanitarian aid to Gaza an important but insufficient step, 22 Decemeber 2024.
    28. [28] Irene Khan, the former Amnesty general secretary, received a £533,000 "golden handshake" when she departed.
    29. [29] For some of the background history of Amnesty International, see: Kirsten Sellars, The Rise and Rise of Human Rights, Sutton Publications, 2002. Also, Alfred de Zayas, The Human Rights Industry, Clarity Press, 2023.
    The post Where was Amnesty International during the Genocide in Gaza? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Paul de Rooij.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/28/where-was-amnesty-international-during-the-genocide-in-gaza/feed/ 0 495529
    Civilians always pay the price during conflict https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/27/civilians-always-pay-the-price-during-conflict/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/27/civilians-always-pay-the-price-during-conflict/#respond Fri, 27 Sep 2024 16:28:38 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=85e4125dcc145d052c7f9d9ab118b577
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/27/civilians-always-pay-the-price-during-conflict/feed/ 0 495412
    Belarusian Political Activist Maryia Kalesnikava Abducted and Jailed for 11 Years https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/belarusian-political-activist-maryia-kalesnikava-abducted-and-jailed-for-11-years/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/belarusian-political-activist-maryia-kalesnikava-abducted-and-jailed-for-11-years/#respond Thu, 26 Sep 2024 14:40:39 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=01f27fd6002f8d928366fc72405744a7
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/belarusian-political-activist-maryia-kalesnikava-abducted-and-jailed-for-11-years/feed/ 0 497841
    Saudi Fitness Instructor Sentenced to 11 Years in Prison for Supporting Women’s Rights https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/saudi-fitness-instructor-sentenced-to-11-years-in-prison-for-supporting-womens-rights/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/saudi-fitness-instructor-sentenced-to-11-years-in-prison-for-supporting-womens-rights/#respond Thu, 26 Sep 2024 10:19:07 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=f7bc2a979dc0045605cf76a4c4b6331e
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/saudi-fitness-instructor-sentenced-to-11-years-in-prison-for-supporting-womens-rights/feed/ 0 497921
    Vietnamese Environmental Lawyer Jailed for a Crime he Didn’t Commit https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/vietnamese-environmental-lawyer-jailed-for-a-crime-he-didnt-commit/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/vietnamese-environmental-lawyer-jailed-for-a-crime-he-didnt-commit/#respond Thu, 26 Sep 2024 09:55:18 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=c36128c804943c766c76939166e6f274
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/vietnamese-environmental-lawyer-jailed-for-a-crime-he-didnt-commit/feed/ 0 497932
    Harassed for Defending Human Rights in Türkiye https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/harassed-for-defending-human-rights-in-turkiye/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/harassed-for-defending-human-rights-in-turkiye/#respond Thu, 26 Sep 2024 09:47:03 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=43dc4f661907f7d653450a63d34c71d6
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/harassed-for-defending-human-rights-in-turkiye/feed/ 0 497940
    Campaigning for Disability Rights in South Korea https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/campaigning-for-disability-rights-in-south-korea/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/campaigning-for-disability-rights-in-south-korea/#respond Thu, 26 Sep 2024 09:33:14 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=16f73cae8738122a0c67fafce3a4a385
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/26/campaigning-for-disability-rights-in-south-korea/feed/ 0 498014
    Indigenous Wetʼsuwetʼen Nation Land Defenders Protect Their Ancestral Lands https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/25/indigenous-wet%ca%bcsuwet%ca%bcen-nation-land-defenders-protect-their-ancestral-lands/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/25/indigenous-wet%ca%bcsuwet%ca%bcen-nation-land-defenders-protect-their-ancestral-lands/#respond Wed, 25 Sep 2024 15:10:29 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=ca16fe2bbf2a7108034d95e8d118233b
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/25/indigenous-wet%ca%bcsuwet%ca%bcen-nation-land-defenders-protect-their-ancestral-lands/feed/ 0 498037
    Blinded by Rubber Bullets at a Peaceful Protest in Argentina https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/25/blinded-by-rubber-bullets-at-a-peaceful-protest-in-argentina/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/25/blinded-by-rubber-bullets-at-a-peaceful-protest-in-argentina/#respond Wed, 25 Sep 2024 13:49:18 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d7a6164062055f01e1ff1a7b6d038893
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/25/blinded-by-rubber-bullets-at-a-peaceful-protest-in-argentina/feed/ 0 498053
    Angolan TikToker Neth Nahara Jailed for Speaking Out https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/25/angolan-tiktoker-neth-nahara-jailed-for-speaking-out/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/25/angolan-tiktoker-neth-nahara-jailed-for-speaking-out/#respond Wed, 25 Sep 2024 08:58:16 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=ce91211e40fafa3a4ed86abc45801f6a
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/25/angolan-tiktoker-neth-nahara-jailed-for-speaking-out/feed/ 0 498064
    Meet Yuliia: Ukrainian Dentist and mother restarting her profession in the USA https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/24/meet-yuliia-ukrainian-dentist-and-mother-restarting-her-profession-in-the-usa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/24/meet-yuliia-ukrainian-dentist-and-mother-restarting-her-profession-in-the-usa/#respond Tue, 24 Sep 2024 12:36:54 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=1235c7a5284de5d439c77aa00d586aa7
    This content originally appeared on International Rescue Committee and was authored by International Rescue Committee.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/24/meet-yuliia-ukrainian-dentist-and-mother-restarting-her-profession-in-the-usa/feed/ 0 494862
    Taliban jams Afghanistan International broadcasts in Kabul https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/23/taliban-jams-afghanistan-international-broadcasts-in-kabul/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/23/taliban-jams-afghanistan-international-broadcasts-in-kabul/#respond Mon, 23 Sep 2024 15:08:52 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=418622 New York, September 23, 2024 —The Taliban must stop transmitting disruptive signals to prevent residents in the Afghan capital Kabul watching the popular London-based Afghanistan International on television, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Monday.

    “The Taliban must immediately cease jamming Afghanistan International’s broadcasts, which marks a new low in their shameful campaign to silence an important source of independent news in Afghanistan,” said CPJ Program Director Carlos Martínez de la Serna. “The Taliban’s decision to use this sophisticated technology is highly alarming, demonstrating the lengths they are prepared to go to in order to prevent the free flow of information and news to the Afghan people.”

    Harun Najafizada, executive editor of Afghanistan International, told CPJ that the television station had been using other satellites to ensure people in Kabul could watch its news after September 5, when the Taliban blocked its usual signal from a ground station in Afghanistan. Any independent media organization committed to providing accurate information faces threats and intimidation from the Taliban, he said.

    Video clips reviewed by CPJ showed black screens and a “no signal” message on the TV station’s usual frequency. Kabul residents told CPJ that the signal was intermittent due to the jamming.

    On September 4, the Taliban’s Deputy Foreign Minister Abbas Stanekzai denounced Afghanistan International as an “enemy” for reporting that aid relief sent to the flooded northern province of Baghlan had been allegedly misused. In May, the Taliban ordered journalists and citizens to boycott Afghanistan International for falsifying information and producing broadcasts that aided the group’s opponents.

    It is the country’s most popular international television channel, also available via social media and cable.

    CPJ’s text messages to Taliban spokesperson Zabihullah Mujahid requesting comment on the broadcast jamming went unanswered.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/23/taliban-jams-afghanistan-international-broadcasts-in-kabul/feed/ 0 494719
    Kesaria should still be alive 💔 https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/20/kesaria-should-still-be-alive-%f0%9f%92%94/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/20/kesaria-should-still-be-alive-%f0%9f%92%94/#respond Fri, 20 Sep 2024 15:35:58 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=73562c013fed0af544310e25bc099eb9
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/20/kesaria-should-still-be-alive-%f0%9f%92%94/feed/ 0 494367
    CPJ to honor formidable journalists with 2024 International Press Freedom Awards https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/19/cpj-to-honor-formidable-journalists-with-2024-international-press-freedom-awards/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/19/cpj-to-honor-formidable-journalists-with-2024-international-press-freedom-awards/#respond Thu, 19 Sep 2024 16:00:00 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=417334 Esteemed awardees from four regions to be recognized in November

    New York, September 19, 2024 — The Committee to Protect Journalists (CPJ) today announced that it will honor four exceptional journalists with its 2024 International Press Freedom Awards. 

    This year’s awardees, who cover Gaza, Guatemala, Niger, and Russia, have withstood extraordinary challenges to continue reporting on their communities while experiencing war, prison, government crackdowns, and the rising criminalization of their work.

    “CPJ’s International Press Freedom Awardees symbolize the vital work carried out by reporters everywhere to report facts in the face of fierce attempts to suppress truth,” said CPJ CEO Jodie Ginsberg. “In what has been a devastating year for journalists and for press freedom, it is an honor to stand with them.”

    CPJ will posthumously honor Christophe Deloire, who served as director general of the press freedom organization Reporters Without Borders (RSF), with the 2024 Gwen Ifill Press Freedom Award, an award presented annually by CPJ’s board of directors in recognition of an individual’s sustained commitment to press freedom. Deloire led RSF for 12 years before his untimely death in June 2024.

    “Christophe Deloire was a tireless advocate for media freedom and a strong partner in our efforts to help journalists globally,” said CPJ Board Chair Jacob Weisberg. “Honoring Christophe is recognition of his shining legacy and of all the journalists he supported throughout his career.” 

    The CPJ awards will be presented in New York City on November 21. John Oliver, host of Last Week Tonight with John Oliver, will be master of ceremonies at the event, which will be chaired by Jessica E. Lessin, founder and CEO of The Information.

    CPJ’s 2024 awardees include:

    Shrouq Al Aila (Gaza Strip)

    Shrouq Al Aila is a Palestinian journalist, producer, and researcher reporting from the Gaza Strip. Al Aila took charge of Ain Media, an independent production company specializing in professional media services, after her husband – who co-founded the company – was killed in the Israel-Gaza war. She continues to cover the war and its devastating impact on Gaza’s residents despite having been displaced several times in an effort to evade Israeli attacks. 

    Alsu Kurmasheva (U.S. – Russia)

    Alsu Kurmasheva, a dual U.S.-Russian citizen, is a journalist and editor at Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty (RFE/RL). Kurmasheva was detained in Russia in October 2023 and in July was sentenced to 6½ years in prison on charges of spreading “fake” news about the Russian army. She was released by Russia in August 2024 as part of an historic prisoner exchange. 

    Quimy de León (Guatemala)

    Quimy de León is a Guatemalan journalist, medical professional, and historian with over 20 years of professional experience. She is a co-founder of Prensa Comunitaria, a news agency specializing in environmental and human rights issues. Her work with the outlet has led to relentless threats from corporate and governmental forces. In 2017, de León founded Ruda, a feminist digital magazine devoted to sexual and reproductive rights.

    Samira Sabou (Niger)

    Samira Sabou is one of Niger’s most prominent investigative journalists. She has been arrested, detained and subjected to years of legal harassment because of her reporting on governance issues throughout her career. Sabou, who publishes mainly on her Facebook page, is the president of the Association of Bloggers for Active Citizenship, an organization that advocates for freedom of expression and the rights of women and youth. 

    Now in its 34th year, CPJ’s annual International Press Freedom Awards and benefit dinner honor courageous journalists from around the world. 

    For more information about attending or sponsoring CPJ’s International Press Freedom Awards, please fill out this form, call Buckley Hall Events at (+1) 914-579-1000, or contact CPJ’s Development Office at (+1) 212- 300-9021 or CPJIPFA@buckleyhallevents.com.

    ###

    About the Committee to Protect Journalists

    The Committee to Protect Journalists is an independent, nonprofit organization that promotes press freedom worldwide. We defend the right of journalists to report the news safely and without fear of reprisal.

    Note to news outlets: CPJ International Press Freedom awardees or CPJ experts are available for interviews upon request by emailing press@cpj.org. High-resolution images of the awardees are also available.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/19/cpj-to-honor-formidable-journalists-with-2024-international-press-freedom-awards/feed/ 0 494302
    Media watchdog condemns Israel’s ‘harassment’ move to strip Al Jazeera journalists of press passes https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/18/media-watchdog-condemns-israels-harassment-move-to-strip-al-jazeera-journalists-of-press-passes/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/18/media-watchdog-condemns-israels-harassment-move-to-strip-al-jazeera-journalists-of-press-passes/#respond Wed, 18 Sep 2024 09:17:43 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=105527 Pacific Media Watch

    The International Press Institute (IPI) has strongly condemned the Israeli government’s recent decision to revoke the press passes of Al Jazeera journalists, months after the global news outlet was banned in the country.

    “The Israeli government’s decision to revoke Al Jazeera press passes highlights a broader and deeply alarming pattern of harassment of journalists and attacks on press freedom in Israel and the region,” IPI interim executive director Scott Griffen said.

    The Israeli government announced it will be revoking all press passes previously issued to Al Jazeera journalists.

    Nitzan Chen, director of Israel’s Government Press Office (GPO), announced the decision via X on Thursday, accusing Al Jazeera of spreading “false content” and “incitement against Israelis”.

    Use of press office cards in the course of the journalists’ work could in itself “jeopardise state security at this time”, claimed Chen.

    The journalists affected by the decision would be given a hearing before their passes are officially revoked.

    While the GPO press card is not mandatory, without it a journalist in Israel will not be able to access Parliament, Israeli government ministries, or military infrastructure.

    Only Israeli recognised pass
    It is also the only card recognised at Israeli checkpoints in the West Bank.

    Griffen said the move was indicative of a “systematic effort” by Israeli authorities to “expand its control over media reporting about Israel, including reporting on and from Gaza”.

    He added: “We strongly urge Israel to respect freedom of the press and access to information, which are fundamental human rights that all democracies must respect and protect.”

    In May, Israel’s cabinet unanimously voted to shut down Al Jazeera in the country, immediately ordering the closure of its offices and a ban on the company’s broadcasts.

    At the time, Al Jazeera described it as a “criminal act” and warned that Israel’s suppression of the free press “stands in contravention of international and humanitarian law”.

    Al Jazeera is widely regarded as the most balanced global news network covering the war on Gaza in contrast to many Western news services perceived as biased in favour of Israel.

    Media freedom petition rejected
    A petition for military authorities to allow foreign journalists to report inside Gaza was rejected by the Israeli Supreme Court in January 2024.

    IPI and other media watchdogs have repeatedly called on Israel to allow international media access to Gaza and ensure the safety of journalists.

    At least 173 Palestinian journalists are reported to have been killed in Israel’s war on Gaza with the latest killing of reporter Abdullah Shakshak, who was shot by an Israeli military quadcopter in Rafah in southern Gaza.


    UN General Assembly debates end to Israeli occupation of Palestine.    Video: Al Jazeera

    Deadly pager attack
    Meanwhile, the deadly en masse explosion of pagers in Lebanon and Syria killing 11 and wounding almost 3000 people that has widely been attributed to Israel raises questions about what the end game may be, amid rising tensions in the region, say analysts.

    Mairav Zonszein, a senior Israeli analyst at the International Crisis Group, told Al Jazeera that the attack was something that Israel had had in the works for several months and risked losing if Hezbollah became suspicious.

    This concern may have led the Israeli army to trigger the blasts, but Israel’s strategy overall remains unclear.

    “Where is Israel going to go from here? This question still hasn’t been answered,” Zonszein said.

    “Without a ceasefire in Gaza, it’s unclear how Israel plans to de-escalate, or if Netanyahu is in fact trying to spark a broader war,” the analyst added, noting that more Israeli troops were now stationed in the West Bank and along the northern border than in the Gaza Strip.

    In a historic moment, Palestine, newly promoted to observer status at the UN General Assembly (UNGA), has submitted a draft resolution at the body demanding an end to Israel’s illegal occupation of Palestinian territories.

    Building on a recent International Court of Justice ruling, the resolution calls for Israel to withdraw its troops, halt settlement expansion, and return land taken since 1967 within 12 months.

    While the US opposes the resolution, it has no veto power in the UNGA, and the body has previously supported Palestinian recognition.

    The resolution, which will be voted on by UNGA members today, is not legally binding, but reflects global opinion as leaders gather for high-level UN meetings next week.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/18/media-watchdog-condemns-israels-harassment-move-to-strip-al-jazeera-journalists-of-press-passes/feed/ 0 493935
    ‘Living under this constant threat’: Environmental defenders face a mounting mental health crisis https://grist.org/justice/living-under-this-constant-threat-environmental-defenders-face-a-mounting-mental-health-crisis/ https://grist.org/justice/living-under-this-constant-threat-environmental-defenders-face-a-mounting-mental-health-crisis/#respond Wed, 18 Sep 2024 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=648295 The panic button hanging around Marcos’ neck evokes the death threat that pulled him out of the Mexican mountain forests of the Sierra de Manantlán and dragged him to the outskirts of Guadalajara. After years of intimidation, he fled his hometown after the body of his 17-year-old son was found lying on the side of a road. The boy was killed, the lawyers on the case say, because, like his father, he opposed the activities of the Peña Colorada mine, which since 1975 has been squeezing the Sierra in search of iron. Over the decades, the iron mine, Mexico’s largest, has depleted the region’s water reserves, deforested its hills, polluted its air, and created divisions in the community.

    At the end of each day, after wandering a city with walls, monuments, and kiosks covered with the faces of missing people, Marcos, who is part of the Indigenous Nahua peoples, takes off his panic button, a direct line to the local police. He rarely sleeps. “My head pounds,” Marcos, whose real name Grist has decided to withhold due to recent death threats against him, said. He thinks of his wife, still at their farm in Ayotitlán, of the fallen fences, of the corn that nobody takes to town, of the coffee beans that rot because there is no one to pluck them, of his remaining children, of the cars that menacingly circle their house. The memory evoked by the device on his bedside table cannot be removed. It is a noose around the neck of a man who feels he’s been sentenced.

    Missing person posters line a street in Guadalajara, in the Mexican state of Jalisco, in 2022. Ulises Ruiz/AFP via Getty Images

    More than 13 defenders — mostly Indigenous — of the Sierra de Manantlán have been murdered since 1986, according to the nonprofit organization Tskini, which works with Marcos’ community to defend their lands and people. For centuries, the region’s residents have been massacred and disappeared for demanding their right to inhabit their ancestral lands. In recent decades, this task has gotten harder, as extractive industries plundered the mountains. 

    According to a report released this month from the watchdog group Global Witness, more than two-thirds of the 18 activists killed in Mexico last year were Indigenous, opposed to mining operations along the Jalisco-Colima-Michoacán Pacific coast, where the Sierra de Manantlán is located. The report named Latin America the deadliest region for environmental activists, accounting for 85 percent of the 196 land defenders murdered globally in 2023. 

    But while public discourse and policy have focused on addressing the most egregious cases of violence against environmental activists — such as assassinations, threats, or forced disappearances — little to no attention has been paid to the invisible traumas and mental health impacts experienced by those who defend the lives of rivers, mountains, ecosystems, animals, and the communities that live within their bounds. 

    “Around the world, those who oppose the abuse of their homes and lands are met with violence and intimidation,” the Global Witness report reads. “Yet, the full scope of these attacks remains hidden.”

    Latin America’s environmental activists live amid a constant threat of violence that permeates their days and bodies and that, like polluted air, tears their insides apart.

    An environmental defender in Honduras holds a plastic shell shot at close range toward activists with the Civic Council of Popular and Indigenous Organizations as they protested the Agua Zarca Dam. Giles Clarke via Getty Images

    Leaders experience insomnia, anxiety, paranoia, panic attacks, depression, isolation, and suicidal ideation, said Mary Menton, an assistant professor at Heriot-Watt University who works with environmental leaders in Brazil. “Some are unable to speak for days at the peak of a panic attack,” she added. A global study of 110 human rights workers, many of whom simultaneously identify as or work with land defenders, found they suffer from post-traumatic stress disorder, demotivation, conflicts with peers, family problems, alcoholism and drug abuse, and somatization, or the physical expression of psychiatric problems. An earlier online survey found that close to 20 percent of human rights defenders met all the criteria for post-traumatic stress disorder and that nearly 15 percent had symptoms of depression. 

    In some of the Latin American countries where attacks against environmental defenders are particularly high — Mexico, Brazil, Colombia, and Honduras — governments have created protection mechanisms, providing bodyguards, satellite cell phones, and bulletproof vests, among other methods, to guarantee activists’ physical safety. Support for mental health in these systems, however, is close to nonexistent, said Lourdes Castro, coordinator of the Somos Defensores program, which monitors violence against human rights defenders in Colombia. Instead, psychological care falls to private or nonprofit organizations, which don’t have the resources to meet the growing need — in the rare cases when land defenders are open to, and trusting of, that kind of care. “We talk about the problem, the solution, the hearings, that there is going to be a meeting, but rarely about this,” Marcos said.

    “Most [activists] don’t have the money to pay for it. And even if they did and had access to somebody,” said Menton, “then there’s also the resistance to it. Some people, for understandable reasons … they don’t trust very easily.” Added to this are the challenges of getting in and out of their territories — usually located in remote areas — or the unstable connection to the internet and telephone signal for virtual care.  

    As a response, psychologists, social workers, and lawyers have been building a network of safe houses and temporary shelters throughout Latin America that support the mental health of social leaders and human rights defenders and, increasingly, threatened environmental leaders. These shelters have become one of the few safe spaces to deal with individual and collective grievances, Menton said. Beyond addressing an individual’s mental state, the therapy in these spaces aims to address collective trauma, said Clemencia Correa, a Colombian psychologist exiled in Mexico since 2002 because of her work with civil war victims. 

    While the need to keep the locations of these places secret makes it impossible to have clear figures regarding their existence, there are at least 10 shelters in Central and South America that make up this growing regional support network. Through theater, art, and handicraft workshops, among other methods, their psychosocial approach is expanding beyond the shelter walls and slowly permeating the work of environmental organizations as well.

    “It’s normalized to live under constant stress with mental health issues,” said Adriana Sugey Cadena Salmerón, a lawyer working with Marcos. In 2020, she and her colleague Eduardo Mosqueda founded Tskini, the organization that works with leaders of the town of Ayotitlán and places psychological health as a core priority. “If we start to pay attention, to care for each other, then I think we’ll be stronger,” she said. 


    Starting in the 1940s, Marcos’ community, the Nahua, watched as logging companies, supported by local and national governments, shaved the mountainous forests and grasslands of their ancestral Sierra de Manantlán. The region’s name comes from the Nahuatl word “amanalli,” which means “place of springs or weeping waters,” and it provides drinking supplies to almost half a million people across western Mexico. 

    Marcos’ father-in-law and Nahua leader spent decades defending the Sierra de Manantlán and advocating for the recognition of Indigenous lands. He was sent to jail in 1993 after leading one of those protests. Marcos helped organize a rally to demand his immediate release in Telcruz, in the Mexican state of Jalisco. Police broke up the demonstration with gunfire. Two of those bullets found a place to bury themselves: the bodies of Juan Monroy Elías and José Luis, Marcos’ younger brother. He was just 22 years old. 

    A painting in the offices of the nonprofit Tskini portrays the systematic murder of the Nahua at the beginning of the 20th century. María Paula Rubiano A.

    In parallel to this struggle for land recognition, and after decades of pressure from environmental organizations and Indigenous leaders, the loggers eventually left in 1987, when most of the Sierra was declared a protected area. But one major extractive industry remained: the Consorcio Minero Benito Juárez-Peña Colorada iron mine, opened in 1975. The open pit mine, which spans over 96,000 acres, including nearly 3,000 of Nahua collectively owned lands, disfigured the landscape, replacing green mountains with mounds of crumbled stone. According to company numbers, the mine produces 3.6 million tons of iron pellets every year, and 4.1 million tons of iron concentrate, providing 30 percent of Mexico’s industry’s needs. Steel giants ArcelorMittal and Ternium — which own and operate the mine — didn’t respond to multiple requests for comment. 

    Murders, Menton said, are just one of the violent actions environmental leaders face around the globe. Several organizations report that leaders are increasingly facing threats, intimidation, judicial persecution, smear campaigns, repression, and daily microaggressions. In fact, Global Witness found that criminalization is now the most used tactic to silence environmental defenders. Marcos has been detained three times, the longest one lasting six days, during which he was beaten by police in Guadalajara, he said. 

    The intersection of all these forms of violence — that happen across time, space, and even generations — creates a feeling of permanent aggression, Menton wrote in 2021. “Living under this constant threat creates what we have called atmospheres of violence or climates of horror,” a slow violence that often goes unnoticed. 

    From the 1990s onwards, at least eight people throughout the Sierra were killed for their activism. Despite the creation of an ejido — legally recognized and collectively owned lands — in 1963, outsiders have infiltrated decision-making positions that govern the territory. After a controversial election process in 2005, Jesús Michel Prudencio, a Peña Colorada employee, became the ejido’s legal representative, known as the ejidal commissariat, and authorized the expansion of the mine. Subsequently, leaders from the community have been pressured to drop their campaigns against company-friendly candidates, sometimes being murdered for not doing so. Paramilitaries soon began to prowl the Sierra openly, and the criminal syndicate Jalisco New Generation Cartel began opening illegal mines on top of its drug trafficking activities. 

    An activist overlooks the El Tezoyo quarry, where tezontle and other stones are extracted, in Mexico State, Mexico, in 2018. Pedro Pardo/AFP via Getty Images

    For 23 years, Marcos juggled his work as a school teacher with advocacy, sometimes teaching the kids of those in the community working for the Jalisco New Generation Cartel. He led protests demanding payment from the mine for their use of community lands, pleaded with government officials for justice and collective protection, and was the face of lawsuits denouncing outside interference in the governing of Nahua lands. But that balancing act ended on the morning of October 26, 2020, after his eldest, then 17, dropped him off at school. Hours later, Marcos saw his body lying on the side of the road in the community of Rosita. The high school boy had begun to speak up on social media about the shady dealings of the ejidal commissariat. “I made the mistake of talking about the abuses, which obviously bothered him,” Marcos said. A year later, he left Ayotitlán. He arrived in Guadalajara, Mosqueda, his lawyer, said, “like a scared little mouse.”

    “I almost lost my mind,” Marcos recalled. He couldn’t sleep. When he slept, he had nightmares. And he feared — and still fears — persecution against him. “I had to talk to priests, psychologists, [it was] hard. I am getting over it, but very little … I walk around all day with problems, the feeling that something will happen.”

    Two more land defenders have been killed in the Sierra de Mantatlán since 2020. One of them was part of the National Mechanism for the Protection of Human Rights Defenders and Journalists program, which provided physical security measures. The other murder hasn’t been prosecuted. In 2023, Marcos received new threats, and a pick-up van parked outside his home for four hours. 

    Marcos receives counseling from a psychologist paid for by Tskini, as well as takes medication. He is also in graduate school, studying for his master’s in educational pedagogy. He sees his wife and children every two or three months, when his wallet and safety conditions allow. “Police visit during the day, but at night they leave, and the criminals are still free,” he said. The Jalisco prosecutors’ office investigating his son’s murder declined to comment on an active investigation.

    One of the case files that Tskini handles in defense of the Nahua indigenous people of Sierra de Manantlán. María Paula Rubiano A.

    Despite its limited resources, Tskini works with a mental health professional who cares for Marcos, the organization’s two lawyers, who also face threats through their work with leaders from Ayotitlán, and a second leader who also had to leave his home and settle in Guadalajara. Without the organization’s support, Marcos could not pay the taxi and bus fare to the appointment, or buy the medications prescribed by the specialist. 

    Marcos said defenders used to organize to demand the release of their leaders, or they would go as far as Mexico City or Guadalajara to expose abuses. Not anymore. Today, no one wants to sign the police report requesting an investigation into the death of José Isaac Santos Chávez, his colleague assassinated in 2021. No one wants to associate their name with the struggle for the Sierra. “They are afraid,” he said. “They know they’ll be harassed or forced to disappear.”

    In Purépecha language, from the central Mexican state of Michoacan, Tskini means “from where something sprouts,” Cadena Salmerón said. In a climate of horror, she said, “we have to be well, we have to be focused, we have to have peace of mind.”


    In a humble neighborhood south of Bogotá, Colombia, there is a house so unremarkable that it is easy to walk past. Except for the cat that wanders the nearby rooftops, its residents rarely go out and never after 8 pm. They are discreet, almost as nondescript as the building itself. 

    There is fierce persecution against those who live there — threatened social and environmental leaders. Military helicopters have overflown previous versions, looking for its inhabitants. Unknown men have entrenched themselves outside. That’s why, every now and then, the residents move and occupy another unassuming building.

    Behind the metal door, however, it is anything but bland. In the back, in a colorful mural, a capybara, a jaguar, a snake, and a cup of coffee surround children playing in the sun; two women weave the map of Colombia; flowers, roots, birds, guitars, and flutes sprout from a heart. Photos and posters of assassinated leaders hang on the sky-blue walls of a room that doubles as a music space and library. A faded declaration of human rights hangs on the wall leading to a huge hall in the back.

    A mural painted by human rights and environmental activists and their children in the Corporación Claretiana safe house south of Bogotá. María Paula Rubiano A.

    Music room and gathering spaces in the Corporación Claretiana safe house south of Bogotá, designed to help residents tackle mental health issues that arise from their activism. Gustavo Torrijos/El Espectador & María Paula Rubiano A.

    Inside, the residents — who usually stay for up to three months — sleep in bunk beds, cook and clean for each other, and spend their hours resting, reading, and talking to each other and the therapists in the organization. Some days, they go to the sewing room and work through their traumas by using their hands. Not all days are good: Sometimes someone wakes up screaming at dawn with a panic attack, in which case one of the psychologists rushes to the house to help them through it.

    “We’ve seen many generations grow,” said Jaime Absalón León Sepúlveda, founder and director of the Corporación Claretiana Norman Pérez Bello, which runs the home and has been sheltering human rights defenders from all over Colombia since 2003. “At first it was about saving people from being killed and having a safe place where they could breathe, be with their family and begin to grieve.” But he soon realized they needed “therapeutic spaces, collective and individual, to deal with the crises.” 

    The work in the house south of Bogotá is based, above all, on a branch of psychology born between the bullets of the Central American civil wars in the ’70s and ’80s. Called liberation psychology or psychosocial therapy, it is a therapeutic alternative to traditional clinical work, focusing on conversations and tools like theater, painting, writing, and other artistic endeavors that allow patients to put their individual suffering within a political context. The method later spread throughout Latin America, serving victims of Colombia’s armed conflict; young people in the Brazilian favelas, or informal settlements; relatives of the disappeared; and torture survivors of the Chilean and Argentinian dictatorships. 

    Soon, centers focused on the mental health of human rights activists and land defenders started cropping up. In 2013, Correa, the Colombian psychologist, founded Aluna, an organization focused on this type of therapy in Mexico, where she’s been living in exile since 2002.

    Correa left Colombia after helping to uncover a military intervention, known as “ Operation Genesis,” that had been planned by paramilitaries and the Colombian army to access the fertile lands — perfect for agribusiness — and forests in the Colombian Caribbean, an area known as Urabá and close to the Darien Gap. At first, she recalls, no one was able to tell them what had happened. “People said, ‘We don’t know, the bad guys kicked us out,’” Correa says. “They couldn’t name it.”

    Everyone’s sense of identity was shattered, separated from the land they had long called home. Little by little, information started to trickle in: Bodies began appearing on the streets of Turbo, located before the start of the Darien Gap. At least two local officials disappeared. Days before the displacement in 1997, army helicopters dropped bombs over the area. “The monsters are here,” the children had said. The military came to some villages to tell them that if they didn’t leave in three days, they were going to kill them all. Then the paramilitaries came in. They burned down the houses. They dismembered the body of Afro-Colombian leader Marino López Mena in his small village on the banks of the Cacarica River. 

    “When we retraced these events with people, it was very painful. But being able to name it allowed us to try to understand so that this would not be totally hushed up,” explained Correa. Correa and her colleagues connected the operation to logging interests over the fertile lands of the Urabá region — a fact recognized a decade later by the Inter-American Court of Human Rights and, more recently, by Colombia’s Truth Commission. With the allegations came threats to Correa and others. And then, exile.

    When she landed in Mexico, Correa immediately contacted environmental and social organizations. She learned that although the country had not suffered decades of bloody civil war like Colombia, since the late 1950s, when guerrilla groups started to appear across the country, the government had waged a low-intensity war that, with the excuse of stopping rebel organizations, attacked government opponents, leftist leaders, students, and rural and Indigenous people. Correa saw how this “dirty war” was based on the same terror tactics used in Colombia: arbitrary detentions, torture, selective assassinations, massacres, and forced disappearances. And, like in Colombia, victims felt guilty, oscillating between apathy and paranoia. Some did not sleep, others lived in fear. A few drank excessively. All were terrified.

    Alan Garcia, an environmental defender, survived being shot at close range by the Honduran Military during a protest against the Agua Zarca Dam. The same incident took his father’s life. Giles Clarke / Getty Images

    Traditional psychology, developed through carefully manufactured and controlled experiments on college campuses in the United States, did not conceive the depth of these victims’ and activists’ wounds, Correa said. Nor did it know how to heal them. “We rely on communities’ capacities to build resilience, which more than resilience is resistance to keep on living,” León Sepúlveda explained about this line of work. 

    Correa’s organization, Aluna, instead applies an approach to victim support proposed by Ignacio Martín-Baró in the 1970s. The Spanish psychologist and priest, who graduated from Chicago University, devoted his life to unraveling the impacts of political violence in El Salvador, where a string of military governments and conservative presidents violently repressed any protest against social and economic inequality. Above all, Martín-Baró wanted to find ways to rebuild communities. His “liberation psychology,” as it’s known, states that if the causes of a wound are from an oppressive political and social context, to heal, people and communities should first understand that context and its key players. Then, after facing the impacts of that violence with psychosocial support, victims may shed their trauma and reaffirm themselves as political actors. 

    This new way of understanding their reality allows them to rebuild themselves personally and collectively, “enabling them not only to discover the roots of what they are, but also the horizon of what they can become,” Martín-Baró wrote in 1985. Under this method, healing is understood as a political act of freedom. Four years later, in 1989, Martín-Baró was assassinated by the Salvadoran army at the Central American University, where he was the head of the psychology department. 

    After the priest’s assassination, his thinking spread across Latin America. In 1998, the first International Congress of Liberation Psychology was held in Mexico City, then held annually until 2005 (since 2008, it was held every two years until 2016). Professionals from all over the region gathered to exchange ideas, experiences, and techniques. In 2008, Correa joined the gathering to talk about counseling victims of sexual torture. Around that time, León Sepúlveda had opened the doors of the first safe house of the Norman Pérez Bello Corporation, furnished with a couple of armchairs and beds donated by the Roman Catholic Claretian order, which he had abandoned. The earliest residents were victims of Colombia’s internal conflict, but throughout the years, it has hosted LGBTQ+ rights activists, youth advocates protesting the lack of opportunities in cities, victims of state violence and, more recently, environmental defenders. 

    In practice, psychosocial counseling takes many forms, said Ajax Sanhueza, director of Colectivo Casa, a human and environmental rights advocacy group working with Indigenous leaders in Bolivia since 2008. They worked with women from the Red Nacional de Mujeres en Defensa de la Madre Tierra, or the National Network of Women in Defense of Mother Earth, who decided they wanted to create short videos in which handmade dolls dressed as Bolivian cholas, representative of the threatened Indigenous leaders that voice them, denounce how mining activities threaten the water supplies of many Indigenous tribes, as well as calling for women’s self-care. 

    An activist protests against a copper project at the Samalayuca mine in Chihuahua state, Mexico, in 2019. David Peinado/NurPhoto via Getty Images

    People must understand what has happened to them, on individual, collective, and historical levels, Correa explained. Suppose people don’t understand, for example, that their territory is an attractive place for certain industries or illegal economies. In that case, it is difficult for them to make sense of the terror they experience and take the appropriate steps to protect themselves, she noted.

    It’s hard to tell how many organizations have used or currently use this type of therapy in Latin America. Mark Burton, a social psychologist who has studied this trend since its inception, wrote in 2004 that practicing psychologists do not systematize their experiences. Correa said that the lack of academic production is due, in part, to the fact that Latin American universities have not been interested in the practice for more than a decade. Diploma courses and lectures on the subject, such as the Martín-Baró International Seminar at the Javeriana University in Colombia or the diploma course for forcefully disappeared missing persons at the Autonomous Metropolitan University, Cuajimalpa, do not permeate the curriculum of psychology faculties, she said. “There’s a lot of prejudice against talking about a political approach, as though it would take away from the rigor of psychology,” she explained. Correa noted that such a position negates the fact that traditional psychology already carries ideological baggage. “One of Martín-Baró’s missions is the liberation of psychology itself.”

    But networks do exist. As violence against environmental leaders in Brazil escalates, “this issue of mental health support and psychotherapy kept coming up again and again and again,” Menton said. Existing protocols are insufficient. “If you’re in the middle of a crisis, the last place you want to be is in a cold hotel room in a city where you don’t know anyone, and you don’t have a support network,” she said. “We were wondering, how do we create spaces to heal? This is all growing under the surface, and the idea of a house was there, like a dream.” 

    In 2018, after years of ruminating, Menton led the purchase of a property in the Brazilian Amazon with the organization Not1More and the Zé Claudio and Maria Institute. Aluna contributed its expertise by training volunteers in Brazil on psychosocial principles. Casa La Serena, a shelter located in Mexico City, has helped Menton and her colleagues imagine what amenities the house should have so that its inhabitants “feel safe,” she said, “feel that this is a place to breathe, sleep and rest.” So far, at least four adults have stayed in Casa de Respiro, and dozens have participated in workshops on self-care and holistic strategies for dealing with trauma, Menton added.  

    Jaime Absalón León Sepúlveda, founder and director of the Corporación Claretiana Norman Pérez Bello, at the safe house south of Bogotá. Gustavo Torrijos/El Espectador

    At the Corporación Claretiana house south of Bogotá, a sewing workshop has been the main vehicle for providing support, León Sepúlveda said. Residents gather in a small space next to the large mural room every Saturday to talk and sew. “The names [of the activities] here are all about reactivating the possibilities of life. [That space is called] ‘Mending our history, weaving hope,’” León Sepúlveda said. “People talk, there is a catharsis there.” 

    In 2023, after 20 years in exile, Correa was reunited in Bogotá with León Sepúlveda, whom she had first met when he was young student priest who often gave refuge to rural farmers, Indigenous peoples, and Afro-Colombians fleeing war. Convened by the international organization Bread for the World, about 10 mental health shelters located in Colombia, Mexico, Brazil, Costa Rica, Honduras, and Guatemala are part of an effort, still in its infancy, to relocate the most at-risk leaders throughout the region. Also, Correa said, they are looking to create safe havens in rural areas, as one of the biggest challenges for leaders is adapting to a city lifestyle.

    Caring for those who care for their communities and territories is a risky and sometimes traumatic job. León Sepúlveda has been threatened several times, and some of his closest collaborators have been killed. To cope with the burden, the defender plays Andean music with his children and friends, works in the fields, and writes poetry. Like the house’s inhabitants south of Bogotá, he cannot imagine abandoning his mission.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline ‘Living under this constant threat’: Environmental defenders face a mounting mental health crisis on Sep 18, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by María Paula Rubiano A..

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/justice/living-under-this-constant-threat-environmental-defenders-face-a-mounting-mental-health-crisis/feed/ 0 493901
    Opposing fracking cost one Colombian activist her mental health. She’s fighting to win it back. https://grist.org/international/opposing-fracking-cost-one-colombian-activist-her-mental-health-shes-fighting-to-win-it-back/ https://grist.org/international/opposing-fracking-cost-one-colombian-activist-her-mental-health-shes-fighting-to-win-it-back/#respond Wed, 18 Sep 2024 08:40:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=648304 Yuvelis Natalia Morales Blanco, a Colombian environmental advocate, received her first death threat at 19. Now 23, Morales Blanco, the public face of the country’s youth-led fight against fracking, finds herself at a crucial intersection: Not only does she live in the most dangerous country in the world to be an environmental leader, but also, according to a 2021 global survey, she belongs to an age group disproportionately affected by the psychological burdens of the climate crisis — a crisis that, in turn, will hit rural communities in the Global South like hers the hardest. 

    Colombia has been embroiled in a fierce debate over the future of fossil fuel extraction, specifically whether to utilize fracking or hydraulic fracturing, the process of injecting a high-pressure liquid into rocks to extract oil or gas. In 2019, then-President Iván Duque announced four pilot projects to determine fracking’s viability on a large scale — two of which were slated for Morales Blanco’s hometown, Puerto Wilches, a small community in the country’s northeast corner on the banks of the Magdalena River. Attempts to ban the practice have failed in Congress, and although the projects are at a temporary standstill, they could restart if political winds shift in the 2026 presidential election. 

    In an interview, Morales Blanco, the daughter of a fisherman, details her fight to stop fracking in Puerto Wilches and nationwide, her struggles with mental health following years of persistent threats and violence, and the lack of recognition and institutional support available to environmental leaders. 

    This first-hand account includes graphic references to violence and self-harm. The interview has been edited for length and clarity.


    In 2019, a group of local kids, college students, came and invited [my friends and me] to a meeting. In the eyes of everyone else in town, they were social outcasts. A community leader told me, “Yuve, don’t go. Think about your mother… it’s dangerous.” 

    I didn’t go, but I saw pictures of the event and they had signs that read, “Say No to Fracking.” Fracking? I had no idea. Then, my Facebook homepage started filling with stuff about it and a group called Fracking Free Colombia Alliance started calling for meetings. I started going because I wanted to understand. It touched on everything I’ve always cared about — protecting our biodiversity, our river, and our town. 

    We were leaving after the second or third meeting, and a man and woman passed by. They saw we were really happy, full of energy, and they told us, “You’re gonna get yourselves killed.” Our mindset changed. It wasn’t a playful thing anymore. I’m from a town where people are killed, and they tally the numbers. The idea of us being little heroes [by being activists, by stopping fracking] crumbled from then on.


    Doing this work, I discovered abilities in myself that I didn’t know I had — leadership, instant planning, being resourceful. Things that start to awaken in you, I guess, and I said, “This is it.” That’s how Agua Wil, the youth movement against fracking in Puerto Wilches, was born. 

    We started doing door-to-door promotion, going to all the neighborhoods, and talking to everyone. It was two weeks of almost no sleep. There was never a moment of sadness because there was a very beautiful sentiment, as if of fraternity, very “veintejulístico” [a reference to Colombia’s independence day on July 20], very of “this homeland that is ours!”

    Demonstrators protest the use of fracking during an Earth Day event in Bogota, Colombia in 2022. Juancho Torres/Anadolu Agency via Getty Images

    The mayor started to call us for meetings. Then the ombudsman asked us what we were doing and called us “ troublemakers.” Rallies began to take place at Ecopetrol, the state oil company proposing the fracking project. At first, I kept my parents out of it, but one time, my mom told me, “You’re not going to these things anymore. I don’t want you to get killed.”

    Because of this, we thought, “No one’s gonna come to the march.” Who would walk with someone tagged a “guerrilla rebel” in a paramilitary town? But the day came, and as I’m arriving, the bike is turning onto the park, I see a crowd. Tears started streaming down my face. We were just kids who opposed Ecopetrol and ExxonMobil. 

    The parade was immense. People came from all over — from cities like Bucaramanga and Barrancabermeja, from universities, those against fracking in the mountain town of Cajamarca in the páramo, and those who opposed it in the nearby town of San Martín. National and international media were there. It was December, so we transformed Christmas carols into protest songs. It was the innocent beginning. 

    On December 24, at midnight, the government and Ecopetrol still signed the contracts for the fracking pilot projects. It was such a downfall. In Congress, they realized what had happened and we got an email that said, “Dr. Yuvelis, you’re invited to join the public hearing on fracking.” My friends from Agua Wil told me, “You’re the one who has to do it. People identify with you, and you speak so beautifully.”

    The hearing was January 29, 2021. I was nervous. There is no internet at my house, so I went to a friend’s. I had such a crappy connection that I couldn’t turn on the camera. They introduced me as “Dr. Yuvelis Natalia…” and the first thing I said was, “First of all, I’m not a doctor” — I went in with irreverence from minute-one — and I started talking. I said that even though we [Puerto Wilches] had been an oil-producing town for more than 70 years, we did not have a quality education system, we did not have a decent hospital. Public safety was nonexistent. We were a town bringing wealth to an entire nation that turned a blind eye to us. Then, in the end, I said: “Centuries ago, you came, you traded us a mirror, and we gave you all the wealth. Today, that gold is water, and we are not going to give it up for little mirrors.” For better or for worse, everybody started to talk about it — they had never had this type of testimony from Wilches, much less from a woman, much less from a young woman, much less from a Black woman.


    Threats began that same day. 

    At night, around nine or 10, I was at home watching TV and eating something. My mom was at work. It was only my little sister and me. I lived on a main street, so there was always a lot of traffic. I heard a motorcycle stop in front of our home. I was sitting on a rocking chair with my legs up, when suddenly I saw a man standing next to me. I stood up instantly. My hair was super long, and he stroked it and said, “You’re very pretty. It would be a shame if something were to happen to you. Stop fucking around with that fracking stuff because we will kill you.”

    It happened in the blink of an eye, but to me, it lasted for hours. I felt very abused. They had touched me, they had invaded my space, they had entered my house. 

    After I made sure my sister was okay, I locked the front door. I laid her down next to me. I didn’t sleep that night. When dawn broke, I started crying. I wrote Héctor, a member of the Alliance and part of a human rights organization called Credhos. He said, “Tell the rest of the group.” They said, “Go to Barrancabermeja [the nearest city], and file a police report.”

    Yuvelis Natalia Morales Blanco speaks during a 2021 press conference in Bogota held by 52 members of Congress. The legislators announced their support for a new law banning fracking in Colombia.
    Sebastian Barros/NurPhoto

    My mom asked where I was going. I never told her. When I arrived at Credhos (Corporación Regional Para La Defensa De Los Derechos Humanos), the first thing Iván, its president, did was to hold me. He said, “Everything will be alright.” It was as if I had a brooch, and it had been unfastened. I started crying. The tears just came out. I said nothing. They gave me water. They hugged me. I said I was going back to Wilches. “Stay. What are you looking for there?,” they asked. “If you leave, we won’t be able to protect you. You’ll be alone.” I was like, “I don’t care.” 


    Violence against us got worse.

    They would call me, telling me to stop talking about fracking. But it wasn’t just me, they also called the others.

    One time, someone was about to hand me a soda and made a gun sign to me. 

    They would go to my house. 

    I was on a motorcycle with a friend, and they would chase us. 

    Another day, we were checking the locations for the fracking pilot projects when a white pickup truck without license plates passed by us. They told us, “They are going to kill you and only vultures will find you.”

    A friend of mine got married. At the wedding, she told me, “Yuvelis, we didn’t invite those guys over there. I thought they were with you because they have been looking at you for a while.” 

    The Yuvelis I had been before went to shit because I became very fearful. I could no longer go out. I didn’t even know who I was amidst the fear of persecution and the looming threat that I was going to be killed when I had just turned 20. I started to get an itch, a scratch. My skin started to become blotchy. My period also changed, suddenly I would have hemorrhages. 

    On top of everything, my mom didn’t know about any of it. She found out when someone told her, “I heard your daughter is under death threat.” My mother said to me, “Yuvelis, is it true?” She started crying. I told her, “Yes, mommy.” And she said, “You see, Yuvelis, I told you.” That was the saddest thing: I felt guilty, even though I was the victim. She told me, “You are not going to stay here because, at some point, they will kill you and kill all of us.”

    The Alliance bought me a bus ticket, and I went to Bogotá, the capital of Colombia. The ticket did not even have my name on it. 


    A friend offered me shelter in La Perseverancia neighborhood. He told me, “Just take a cab and go to this address.” A cab? In Wilches, you just take a motorcycle or you walk. I was so scared, I didn’t know where I was. I was terribly cold. I didn’t own any cold-weather clothes. I arrived at dawn, and he hugged me. I didn’t talk. He gave me a ruana [a cold-weather poncho] and laid me down in a sleeping bag on a sofa. I fell asleep. 

    I felt defeated. For me, depression and anxiety concentrate on my fingertips. I started tearing the skin off my fingers. It was a time of my life marked by extremes: I wouldn’t cry at all, and then I would cry a lot. I started eating like an animal, then I wouldn’t eat at all. I got COVID. I fought for life, but for the lives of others, not my own. 

    When I was hospitalized, it was a reality check: I realized people were lying on the ground, cold, without blankets, crowded together [in the hospital corridors]. I said, “I’m not coming back here.” 

    A network of people willing to be there formed around me. I was very cared for, very supported, very understood in the midst of the crying, the screaming, the silences, and the sudden uncontrollable urge to talk. They were willing to sit down and watch me cry, to cook for me. People who had no clue how to dance organized dancing parties because they knew I loved it. Whatever it took to spark a light in me.

    Despite all the trauma and the psychological shock I was experiencing, there was something I never stopped doing, and it saved my life: Talking. I felt the need to tell the world that their extractive realities were costing me my life. I started saying that fighting for life in Colombia takes away your own. Soon, there were people who began sharing with me about their own struggles seeking help. 


    Little by little, in 2021, I returned to Wilches. I realized all my friends had moved on [with their lives], but the life I had built wasn’t mine anymore, it belonged to the anti-fracking movement, to the public scorn, to everyone but me. 

    We never stopped working. The government was increasingly saying, “We will do fracking — and that’s it.” We talked back, “You’ll have to kill us then.” In January 2022, the dates of the ANLA [National Environmental Licensing Agency] visits to grant the environmental permits to the pilot projects were announced. We started to organize like crazy. 

    One day, before an important meeting at the city council, two guys with military garb came to my house and told me: “You already know: We are going to kill you.” 

    I became a rock. I had built within me a figure that had fractured into two sides: the militant and the personal. My high-functioning part has always been the militant. She was always there, committed. Everyone was expecting me to say, “I don’t want to be here anymore.” But I never did; I kept thinking about how I left running the year before.

    But it was all a lie. Inside, I was dead, wanting the Earth to swallow me and spit me somewhere else.

    One night, we went to dinner with the Unión Sindical Obrera (National Labor Union). They told me, “We are not famous for being stubborn and waiting to be killed. We are famous because when it’s our turn to leave, we leave and continue fighting from somewhere else.” With that came the proposal to become part of an organization with a collective security scheme because Agua Wil was never given one by the government. 

    One day, I was going home to get some clothes for a hearing. All of a sudden, the bodyguards come into my home, grab my arm, and throw me into our van. We’re on the corner when my mom calls and said, “Natalia, where are you? Two armed men just came in here asking for you.”

    The bodyguards told me to curl up and they started putting on my bulletproof vest. They started calling the police, but the Wilches police never answered. We were alone. We started to go in circles around town, trying to shake them off. At one point, I thought: I hope they kill us quickly. I hope they shoot me in the head because I don’t want to suffer. That thought still haunts me. I just wanted everything to stop. I wanted those around me to stop being afraid and escaping whenever they were around me. I wanted to stop putting other lives at risk. 

    After that, the Alliance talked to the French Embassy. They told me, “You do not have a security scheme. Your house is made of wood planks. The government did nothing, and is not going to do anything, because the president wants fracking to be done, and today you stand against fracking in Colombia. They are going to kill you. You are leaving. You are going to France.”

    Yuvelis Natalia Morales Blanco, 23, in her hometown of Puerto Wilches. Jose Vargas/El Espectador

    We left the next morning at about 4 a.m.; it was still dark. The bodyguards went into the airport with weapons and did not leave me alone until I got on the plane to Bogotá. On the plane, I was received by other security escorts and in Bogotá, by the embassy escorts. They took me to a meeting with the French ambassador to Colombia, and he told me, “We admire you, we’ll protect you, and you’ll have everything in France, so don’t worry.”

    We landed, and everything looked inhospitable. There was no sun. A bunch of people were waiting for me with signs with my name on them. Leaving the airport, they were talking to me, all excited. And I just looked out the window at all the dead trees. They asked, “Are you happy?” And I said, “No.” I didn’t talk to them at all. And they understood. I just wanted to rest.


    All that year was like a fog.  It was the golden dream: You have an apartment, you have a scholarship, you can travel to other countries, but I felt misunderstood — because of the language and because of everything I had gone through to get there. I had no one to talk to. I began to demand psychological counseling because I was in very bad shape. So they looked for someone, but that person spoke Portuguese, not Spanish. He didn’t understand anything; it was awful and only made me feel worse. I survived because I found others in exile. But I always said I wanted to go back, no matter how, I wanted to go back home. I didn’t have any closure. My work was unfinished, and because of that, I was also unfinished. I didn’t have the chance to say goodbye to my mom, my sisters and brothers, or my dad. I didn’t have the chance to say goodbye to the river. My life wasn’t mine anymore, and I wanted it to be. I came back to Colombia in December 2022.

    Breaking down so many times has helped me rebuild myself in a thousand ways. I decided to take a stand, to be strong, but also to have a soft heart, which is sometimes what many militants lose: empathy towards their own lives.

    I decided that the militant half and the other half should be one. I am Yuvelis Natalia Morales Blanco, the militant against fracking who feels a lot, suffers a lot, loves a lot, and can stand for something — and for herself.

    Editor’s note: If you or someone you know may be considering suicide, contact the 988 Suicide & Crisis Lifeline by calling or texting 9-8-8, or the Crisis Text Line by texting HOME to 741741.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Opposing fracking cost one Colombian activist her mental health. She’s fighting to win it back. on Sep 18, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by María Paula Rubiano A..

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/international/opposing-fracking-cost-one-colombian-activist-her-mental-health-shes-fighting-to-win-it-back/feed/ 0 493912
    Angkor temple complex plays host to international luxury car rally https://www.rfa.org/english/news/cambodia/gumball-car-rally-angkor-siem-reap-09172024163822.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/cambodia/gumball-car-rally-angkor-siem-reap-09172024163822.html#respond Tue, 17 Sep 2024 20:41:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/cambodia/gumball-car-rally-angkor-siem-reap-09172024163822.html Some 130 luxury cars were on display at Cambodia’s Angkor temple complex on Tuesday for the Gumball 3000 – an international car rally that raises money for charity by showcasing iconic vehicles at scenic sites.

    Bughattis, Lamborghinis, Rolls Royces and other “supercars” arrived in Siem Reap on Monday evening as provincial authorities closed several major roads.

    Some of the fancy cars were parked in a row on Tuesday in front of Angkor Wat, the 12th century temple that is shown on Cambodia’s national flag. Others were seen driving single-file past the Bayon, one of the more recognizable temples at the sprawling UNESCO World Heritage site.

    A concert stage was constructed in front of the Royal Palace, where more luxury cars were on exhibition for the event, which the government hopes will give a much-needed boost to tourism in Cambodia. 

    The Gumball 3000 was founded in 1999 by British entrepreneur Maximillion Cooper. This year’s week-long car rally is traveling across five countries in Southeast Asia, with participants spending between US$50,000 and US$85,000 per person.

    The rally started in Ho Chi Minh City on Saturday and went through Phnom Penh on Sunday before it moved on to Siem Reap. 

    Cooper met with Prime Minister Hun Manet last month.

    “The prime minister reaffirmed Cambodia’s commitment to welcoming the rally and highlighted its potential economic benefits and tourism opportunities​,” Hun Manet’s Telegram account said. 

    Hopes for revived tourism

    The number of visitors to Cambodia suffered a massive decline during the COVID-19 pandemic, and officials have been searching for ways to reinvigorate the tourism industry.

    In April, China sponsored a kung fu performance by monks from the famous Shaolin Temple at the Bayon. 

    In July, Hun Manet visited Siem Reap’s Pub Street to talk to shop owners and tourists as he sought feedback on how to lift tourism numbers.

    Siem Reap resident Chhor Reaksa told Radio Free Asia that he hopes the Gambol 3000 participants will give a three-day income boost to people in the town. 

    “It helps our society to have a good economy and also encourages people to visit Siem Reap,” he said.

    20240917-CAMBODIA-GUMBALL-3000-SUPERCAR-002.jpg
    People pose with a Ferrari car taking part in the Gumball 3000 rally in front of the Angkor Wat temple in Siem Reap province, Sept. 17, 2024. (Tang Chhin Sothy/AFP)

    But human rights activist Soeung Senkaruna said the images of luxury cars in Phnom Penh and Siem Reap don’t contrast well with the country’s economic inequality.

    “Cambodia is in a miserable situation,” he said. “People are migrating to work overseas, they have debt trapped loans and now they are showing off supercars. This is not good.”

    RFA couldn’t reach Ministry of Tourism spokesman Top Sopheak for comment.

    The Gumball 3000 organization has pledged to raise US$200,000 to support the Angkor Hospital for Children in Siem Reap and to build a floating soccer field in Kampong Khleang, a large floating village near the town.

    The drivers head to head to Thailand and Malaysia next, and then to Singapore where the rally finishes on Sept. 22.

    Translated by Yun Samean. Edited by Matt Reed.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Khmer.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/cambodia/gumball-car-rally-angkor-siem-reap-09172024163822.html/feed/ 0 493854
    RSF calls on UN to investigate Israeli attack killing photojournalist Issam Abdallah https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/14/rsf-calls-on-un-to-investigate-israeli-attack-killing-photojournalist-issam-abdallah/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/14/rsf-calls-on-un-to-investigate-israeli-attack-killing-photojournalist-issam-abdallah/#respond Sat, 14 Sep 2024 13:22:24 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=105367 Pacific Media Watch

    A month before the anniversary of the death of photojournalist Issam Abdallah — killed by an Israeli strike while reporting in southern Lebanon — Reporters Without Borders (RSF) and 10 organisations have sent a letter to the UN Commission of Inquiry on the Occupied Palestinian Territory, including East Jerusalem and Israel.

    The letter supports a request made by Abdallah’s family in July for an investigation into the crime, reports RSF.

    According to the findings of Reuters and Agence France-Presse (AFP) news agenciesand the NGOs Human Rights Watch and Amnesty International, the shooting that killed Abdallah and injured journalists from AFP, Reuters, and Al Jazeera on 13 October 2023 originated from an Israeli tank.

    A sixth  investigation, conducted by the United Nations Interim Force in Lebanon (UNIFIL), found that “an Israeli tank killed Reuters reporter Issam Abdallah in Lebanon last year by firing two 120 mm rounds at a group of ‘clearly identifiable journalists’ in violation of international law,” according to Reuters.

    Based on these findings, RSF and 10 human rights organisations sent a letter to the United Nations this week urging it to conduct an official investigation into the attack.

    The letter, dated September 13, was specifically sent to the UN’s Commission of Inquiry charged with investigating possible international crimes and violations of international human rights law committed in Israel and the occupied Palestinian territories since 7 October 2023.

    With this letter, RSF and the co-signatories express their support for a similar request for an investigation into the circumstances of Abdallah’s murder, made by the reporter’s family last June which remains unanswered at the time of this writing.

    Rare Israeli responses
    Rarely does Israel respond on investigations over journalists killed in Palestine, including Gaza, and Lebanon.

    Two years after the murder of Shireen Abu Akleh in the West Bank on 11 May 2022, and a year after Israel’s official apology acknowledging its responsibility, justice has yet to be delivered for the charismatic Al Jazeera journalist.

    At least 134 journalists and media workers have been killed since Israeli’s war on Gaza began.

    Jonathan Dagher, team leader of RSF’s Middle East bureau, wrote about tbe Abdallah case:

    “Issam Abdallah a été tué par l’armée israélienne, caméra à la main, vêtu de son gilet siglé ‘PRESS’ et de son casque.

    “Dans le contexte de la violence croissante contre les journalistes dans la région, ce crime bien documenté dans de nombreuses enquêtes ne doit pas rester impuni.

    “La justice pour Issam ouvre une voie solide vers la justice pour tous les reporters.

    >“Nous exhortons la Commission à se saisir de cette affaire et à nous aider à mener les auteurs de cette attaque odieuse contre des journalistes courageux et professionnels à rendre des comptes.”


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/14/rsf-calls-on-un-to-investigate-israeli-attack-killing-photojournalist-issam-abdallah/feed/ 0 493364
    John Minto: International Court of Justice says BDS against Israel is an obligation on governments https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/13/john-minto-international-court-of-justice-says-bds-against-israel-is-an-obligation-on-governments/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/13/john-minto-international-court-of-justice-says-bds-against-israel-is-an-obligation-on-governments/#respond Fri, 13 Sep 2024 23:32:20 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=105356 COMMENTARY: By John Minto

    You could be forgiven if you missed the recent International Court of Justice (ICJ) advisory opinion that Israel’s long-standing occupation of Palestine is illegal.

    The landmark ruling sank without trace in Aotearoa New Zealand and aside from an anaemic tweet from the Minister of Foreign Affairs has barely caused a ripple in official circles.

    However, the court’s July 19 decision is a watershed in holding Israel to account for its numerous breaches of international law and United Nations resolutions and while western governments prefer to look the other way, this is no longer tenable.

    The ICJ has found not only that Israel’s 57-year occupation of Gaza, the West Bank and East Jerusalem is illegal but that BDS (Boycotts, Divestment and Sanctions) are an obligation on governments to impose on Israel.

    The wording is unambiguous. The ICJ says:

    “The State of Israel’s continued presence in the Occupied Palestinian Territory is unlawful [and it] is under an obligation to bring to an end its unlawful presence . . .  as rapidly as possible.”

    And goes on to say:

    “All States are under an obligation not to recognise as legal the situation arising from the unlawful presence of the State of Israel in the [Occupied Palestinian Territory] and not to render aid or assistance in maintaining the situation created by the continued presence of the State of Israel in the Occupied Palestinian Territory.”

    NZ government must reevaluate
    Not rendering “aid or assistance” to Israel to continue its illegal occupation means the New Zealand government must re-evaluate its entire relationship with Israel.

    For a start government investments in companies profiting from Israel’s illegal occupation must be withdrawn; imports or procurement of services from companies in the illegally-occupied Palestinian territories must be stopped and visas for young Israelis coming to New Zealand after serving in support of Israel’s illegal occupation must cease.

    A host of other government policies to impose BDS sanctions against Israel must follow — the type of sanctions we imposed against Russia for its invasion and occupation of parts of Ukraine.

    This ICJ ruling comes as western governments such as New Zealand shamefully provide political cover for Israel’s illegal occupation and wholesale slaughter of Palestinians in Gaza. Most of the victims are women and children.

    By April Israel had dropped over 70,000 tonnes of bombs on Gaza, surpassing the bombing of Dresden, Hamburg, and London combined during World War II, in one of the most densely populated areas in the world.

    Israel has killed the equivalent of all the children in more than 100 average sized New Zealand primary schools and yet our Prime Minister has refused to condemn this slaughter, refused to call for an immediate, permanent ceasefire or join South Africa’s genocide case against Israel at the International Court of Justice.

    Our Prime Minister describes the situation in Gaza as catastrophic but refuses to utter a single word of condemnation of Israel. Mr Luxon has replaced principled political action with bluff and bluster.

    Widening chasm with international law
    The gap between what our government does and what international law demands is a widening chasm.

    Gaza exists as an illegally occupied and densely populated area because Israeli militias conducted a massive ethnic cleansing of Palestinians from 1947 to 1949 to artificially create a majority Jewish state on Palestinian land.

    Eighty percent of Gazans are descendants of the victims of this ethnic cleansing.

    Under cover of its war on Gaza, Israel’s ethnic cleansing continues today in the occupied West Bank. Illegal Israeli settlers, with the backing of Israeli Occupation Forces are driving Palestinians off their land.

    Numerous Palestinian towns and rural communities have been attacked in pogroms with arson, looting and killing leaving “depopulated” areas behind for Israel to settle.

    There are now more than 700,000 illegal Israeli settlers in more than 200 settlements and settlement outposts on Palestinian land in the occupied territories of East Jerusalem and the West Bank.

    700,000 settlers declared illegal
    It is these settlers and settlements the International Court of Justice has declared illegal.

    As well as responsibilities on individual states to end support for Israel’s illegal occupation, the ICJ ruling says the world should take collective action requesting “The UN, and especially the General Assembly . . .  and the Security Council, should consider the precise modalities and further action required to bring to an end as rapidly as possible the unlawful presence of the State of Israel in the Occupied Palestinian Territory.”

    New Zealand must regain its moral courage and become a leader in helping end the longest-running military occupation in modern history.

    John Minto is national chair of the Palestine Solidarity Network Aotearoa (PSNA). This article was first published by The Daily Blog and is republished by Asia Pacific Report with the author’s permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/13/john-minto-international-court-of-justice-says-bds-against-israel-is-an-obligation-on-governments/feed/ 0 493294
    Journalists Muhammad Bachal Ghunio and Nisar Lehri killed amid rising violence against press in Pakistan https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/13/journalists-muhammad-bachal-ghunio-and-nisar-lehri-killed-amid-rising-violence-against-press-in-pakistan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/13/journalists-muhammad-bachal-ghunio-and-nisar-lehri-killed-amid-rising-violence-against-press-in-pakistan/#respond Fri, 13 Sep 2024 17:42:12 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=416717 New York, September 13, 2024—Pakistani authorities must immediately investigate the killings of Awaz TV reporter Muhammad Bachal Ghunio and International News Agency reporter Nisar Lehri and ensure an end to the intensifying wave of violence against journalists in the country, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Friday.

    “Pakistani authorities must immediately bring the perpetrators of the killings of journalists Nisar Lehri and Muhammad Bachal Ghunio to justice and show urgent political will to end the horrifying cycle of violence against journalists that has continued this year across Pakistan,” said CPJ Asia Program Coordinator Beh Lih Yi. “The press in Pakistan cannot carry out their journalism unless the government and security agencies put an end to the impunity against journalists in the country.”

    On August 27, Ghunio was killed by unidentified armed men while in a field near his home in the Raunti area of Ghotki District in the southeastern Sindh province, according to the Pakistan Press Foundation, a local press freedom group. Ghunio’s brother and the investigating officer believe that he was killed for his reporting and journalism. Police have since arrested a suspect and recovered a weapon they believe was used in the killing.

    On September 4, Lehri, who is also secretary of the Mastung Press Club, was attacked by three unknown assailants near his home in the Gulkand area of Mastung District in Baluchistan province, according to CPJ’s review of a copy of the first information report (FIR), a document that opens an investigation. According to the FIR, Lehri was killed because of his reporting against local criminal elements, but the police’s initial investigation suggests that he was killed due to a land dispute, according to the Pakistan Press Foundation.

    Information Minister Attaullah Tarar did not respond to CPJ’s request for comment, sent via text message.

    Seven other journalists have been killed across Pakistan in 2024, and dozens have been attacked or forced into hiding due to their reporting across the country.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/13/journalists-muhammad-bachal-ghunio-and-nisar-lehri-killed-amid-rising-violence-against-press-in-pakistan/feed/ 0 493227
    Zionism International is Working Both Sides of the Atlantic https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/13/zionism-international-is-working-both-sides-of-the-atlantic/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/13/zionism-international-is-working-both-sides-of-the-atlantic/#respond Fri, 13 Sep 2024 06:02:27 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=333306 AIPAC is funded by corporations that are happy to support the defeat of progressive members of Congress who tend to stand up for both Palestinian rights and worker rights in America. Almost 60% of AIPAC’s money comes from corporate CEOs and other top executives from Fortune 500 companies. The largest single donor to the United Democracy Project is Jan Koum, the multibillionaire former CEO of WhatsApp and a regular Republican funder. The biggest institutional contributors to UDP come from FIRE, finance/insurance and real estate sectors. More

    The post Zionism International is Working Both Sides of the Atlantic appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Photograph by Nathaniel St. Clair

    In the Gaza genocide, now expanded to the West Bank, the US and UK have not only provided the main weapons of physical annihilation, they are also collaborating with their junior partner Israel in the war of public disinformation and deception. By now, it has become obvious to most observers in the US and UK that the provision of advanced weapons to the apartheid state, including thousands of American 2000-pound bunker-buster bombs, precision-guided air-to-ground hellfire missiles, and assorted other instruments of mass destruction, is part of an effort to wipe out the Palestinian civilian population through death and eventual deportation. Britain’s military corporation BAE provides Israel with parts of the F-35 fighter jets along with “systems for naval drones, missile guidance and components in fighter jets used against Palestinians in Gaza” (Lee-Doktor 2024).

    Both governments are widely out of touch with their constituents. By May 2024, a Data for Progress poll indicated that 70% of likely voters, including 83% of Democrats, favored a permanent ceasefire and de-escalation of violence in Gaza. A similar YouGov poll found that 56% of Britons favored cutting arms shipments to Israel and an immediate ceasefire (66%). Despite these findings, neither of the leading political parties in the US nor the UK have taken any serious action to end human slaughter in Palestine (Data for Progress 2024; Smith 2024).

    Zionism International’s Anglo-American Alliance

    What explains the contemporary se political alignments of the US and British governments with Israel, which has become a pariah state in most of the rest of the world? The first thing to look at is the role of the political class and how their foreign policy in the Middle East (West Asia) has been designed to bring about the horrific situation in Gaza. The genocide is organized on the ground by Israeli military and state politicians and technocrats but that is possible only through its relationship to the larger goals of the sponsoring powers that work together toward shared hegemonic objectives in the region.

    That the Israel lobby, also called Zionist lobby, plays a central role in enabling Israeli and very wealthy Jewish interests in the US and UK to instruct Anglo-American policy in Palestine, if not broader reaches of the region, is now indisputable. Mearsheimer and Walt (2008) lifted the veil on the Israel lobby in American politics at a time when few academics or journalists dared to explore the subject. Joined by the Anti-Defamation League, Christians United for Israel, and other constituent groups in the Israel lobby, an emboldened AIPAC has waged a money war on any politician not fully behind the US-Israel strategic alliance.

    In mid-June 2024, an AIPAC-partnered super political action committee had spent $14.5 million to unseat Jamaal Bowman, a Democratic two-term incumbent congressman in New York’s 16th congressional district. Bowman had risked defeat by daring to criticize Israel’s genocide in Gaza and called upon the US government to cut military aid to that country. AIPAC and associated Zionist groups are also among the largest contributors to favored political candidates, for the White House down to state legislative races, who can be relied upon as influencers and shields in the service of Israel’s agenda.

    In New York, AIPAC and allied organizations spent their money by “filling television screens, stuffing mailboxes and clogging phone lines with caustic attacks,” causing Bowman to lose the party primary to a pro-Israel Democrat. It was the largest funding pool any interest group had ever spent on a political race and was one of several where AIPAC sought to unseat legislators deemed unfriendly to Israel. Cori Bush, another progressive Democratic incumbent, was also unseated in the primary for Missouri’s 1st congressional district with the aid of AIPAC’s major financial contribution to her rival.

    AIPAC and its financial arm, the United Democracy Project (UDP), have a dual character, not only lobbying for Israel but also in defeating left-wing candidates who oppose both Israeli apartheid and overweening corporate power in American politics (Marcetic 2024). The linkage is important to recognize, as the apartheid system and its backers are directed against both Palestinians and the American working class and workers of all nations (Fandos 2024). One analysis of AIPAC found that the lobby’s “electoral efforts are largely in line with the interests of Wall Street and other corporate actors — the same interests that have, for years, fought to maintain a status quo of free market fundamentalism” (Marcetic 2024).

    By March 2024, AIPAC, its super PAC, the UDP, and allied groups had already spent $30 million during the 2024 election cycle to unseat progressives who took a stand against Israel. The amount spent by the Israel lobby for the full 2023-2024 election cycle was expected to reach $100 million. “AIPAC has become a fundraising juggernaut in recent years, raising more money for candidates than any similar organization this cycle” (Piper & Fuchs 2024). It is clear that the Zionist lobby has Kamala Harris under its supervision, as she has been listless in responding to the ongoing US-backed Israeli genocide in Gaza and mass murders and terrorism in the West Bank.

    Where does AIPAC gets its money? Created in 2020-2021 and designated as a 501(c)4 social welfare organization, AIPAC, like other super PACs, is not required to disclose its contributors. This lobbying powerhouse prefers to keep such information under wraps. But according to a Jewish newspaper, The Forward, in 2023 its biggest funders included owners of pro sports teams, “heads of private equity firms; real estate titans; a Maryland congressman… the former CEO of Victoria’s Secret; the co-founder of the dance-exercise company Zumba; and the creator of Squishmallows,” a popular children’s toy (Barshad 2024).

    As Bernie Sanders has pointed out, AIPAC is funded by corporations that are happy to support the defeat of progressive members of Congress who tend to stand up for both Palestinian rights and worker rights in America. Almost 60% of AIPAC’s money comes from corporate CEOs and other top executives from Fortune 500 companies. The largest single donor to the United Democracy Project is Jan Koum, the multibillionaire former CEO of WhatsApp and a regular Republican funder. The biggest institutional contributors to UDP come from FIRE, finance/insurance and real estate sectors (Marcetic 2024)

    AIPAC is cited for developing the strategy of targeting candidates in both parties, a practice that corporate funders can be expected to copy in the coming years (Marcetic 2024). In money-take-all politics, this makes sense inasmuch as there is no real difference in the two parties’ position on Israel and other major foreign and domestic policy areas. Harris’s message, no less than Trump’s, is more military, more wars, more neoliberal capitalism, more fracking. Without a radical shift, what little separation exists between the parties will likely be extinguished in the years ahead, giving way to a final bacchanalian orgy of destruction of the planet and its people.

    Neoliberal ideology, which has fetishized market fundamentalism, has encouraged the breakdown of moral and ethical social standards, destroyed any sense of a public realm, and has worked hand in hand with the neoconservative foreign policy agenda. This is true on both sides of the Atlantic. Similar to the US though on a smaller scale, Britain, going back to the Balfour declaration, has long allied with the Zionist cause, which in recent years has wielded great influence on the country through its lobby’s access to ministers, party donations, partnerships with British capital, and successful repression of progressive public opinion about Israel.

    Zionism International’s Political Front

    As opposition leader, Keir Starmer purged Labour’s ranks of MPs critical of Israel, taking cues from the lobby and marginalizing such critics as “anti-semites.” Starmer himself declared a few months before taking over the leadership of Labour, “I support Zionism without qualification” (Mendel 2020). More recently interviewed on Britain’s LBC radio, he stated that Israel has the right of siege in Gaza, including its cutting off of water and power (McShane 2023), an endorsement of genocide.

    Since becoming prime minister in 2024, Starmer has put into operation the next phase of his pro-Zionist policy by arresting British critics of Israel through the employment of the draconian “Terrorism Act 2000, Section 12,” originally enacted under the Tony Blair government. The act covers a range of offences, including anti-Israel materials posted online. A journalist and pro-Palestinian activist, Sarah Wilkinson was arrested under the act in August 2024 after a raid on her house by 12 police who confiscated all her electronic devices (Wilkins 2024). She was threatened with a long prison sentence for posting online remarks about the “incredible” way that Hamas was able to launch its assault on 7 October.

    The same month, an independent British foreign affairs journalist Richard Medhurst, who is also sympathetic to the Palestinian cause, was arrested at Heathrow Airport and charged under the act, which bans any writing regarded as favorable to proscribed organizations, such as Hamas. There is no conceivable application of this law to Jews or Israelis living in Britain who express a horrifying approval of terrorism, murder, and torture employed by the IDF against Palestinian civilians (Cook 2024).

    Israel exercises direct power lines to British electoral politics and Parliament through such groups as Labour Friends of Israel (LFI) and Conservative Friends of Israel (CFI), both of which actively lobby for the Jewish state. For the Tories, upon election to Parliament, an MP almost automatically becomes a member of CFI. Conservative cabinet members have come to expect regular donations from the lobby, which has amounted to hundreds of thousands of pounds given to at least one-third of all current sitting members of the party. Large numbers of Labour MPs have also been feeding at the trough. Twenty percent of Labour’s sitting MPs have been funded by pro-Israel groups or individuals – including 15 who have been directly funded by the Israeli state ((Oborne 2009; McEvoy, 2024a and 2024b).

    A 2017 Al Jazeera documentary, “The Lobby,” exposed the fact that the Israeli government, working through its embassy in London, has had a direct hand in managing the various friends of Israel groups, including its multiple city branches. It also revealed that the Union of Jewish Students in the UK, which receives money from the Israeli Embassy, sends student delegations to Israel for propaganda immersion. Prior to the 2024 general election, 15 new MP candidates took funding from the LFI and CFI (McEvoy 2024d).

    The twelve winning Labour candidates and three Conservatives were quick to accept the handout, a quid pro quo for their showing solidarity with Israeli and genocide policies. Pro-Israel organizations gave the Tories over £430,000 in donations or hospitality gifts, including 187 trips to Israel (McEvoy 2024b and 2024d). US elections and in a parallel fashion, though on a smaller scale, those in Britain are open doors for contributions from wealthy individuals and corporate elites, and the Zionist lobby has front-row seats in exploiting these opportunities to block Anglo-American politicians from invoking human rights standards on the apartheid state.

    As the documentary also disclosed, Israel’s main propaganda unit, the Ministry of Strategic Affairs, regularly funnels talking points to British MPs to get them to serve as spokespersons for Israeli interests, such as during Prime Minister’s Question Time. AIPAC is also channeling money to universities in Britain in support of the propaganda efforts organized by the campus-based think tank Pinsker Centre (named after a late 19th century Zionist). The Centre’s role is to construct a narrative of Jewish student victimhood that avoids even a word of condolence for Palestinian students whose relatives are being starved and slaughtered by Israeli Jews. Beyond the campuses, AIPAC seeks to create a stronghold in Parliament similar to the power it wields in Congress. “The Lobby” also exposed plots in the Israeli Embassy in London to take down public officials seen as critical of the apartheid policy or insufficiently pro-Zionist.

    Israel and its modern-day political Maccabees have made their mark. Members of Labour Friends of Israel have employed the “anti-semite” card to suppress opposition. It succeeded quite well in purging Labour of pro-Palestinian MPs and party members, particularly during Jeremy Corbyn’s leadership period (2015-2020). The “anti-semite” tag is equivalent to the use of “heretic” during the Spanish Inquisition. Though contemporary heretics may not be burned at the stake, they are likely to lose their party membership, their jobs, or their student status. The militant attitude of LFI incites fear and intimidation among those concerned about social justice.

    Stuart Roden, hedge fund manager and chairman of the Israeli venture capital firm Hetz Ventures, based in Tel Aviv, “has given the Labour party over half a million pounds ahead of the UK’s [2024] general election,” part of the £1m he’s donated to Labour since 2023. Roden is also the principal funder of a Zionist educational program, “I-gnite,” which teaches British children that “the Israel Defence Forces (IDF) are acting proportionately in Gaza” (McEvoy 2024c). In October 2023, Roden was filmed confronting pro-Palestinian protesters. He was not charged with interfering with the speech rights or feelings of Palestinian Britons or others involved in the demonstration.

    AIPAC is just the newest of a number of pro-Israel influencers. These include the Jewish Leadership Council, the Zionist Federation, and the Board of Deputies of British Jews, all elitist organizations amongst the 285,000 Jewish population in Britain. It was under Tony Blair, a member of Labour Friends of Israel, that the Israel lobby began to seriously make political inroads in the government, according to a 2009 (UK) Channel 4 investigative news program, Dispatches. The report also revealed that a press “watchdog” group on behalf of Israel, “Honest Reporting,” regularly challenged the Israel coverage in The Guardian and BBC. The group is headquartered in Jerusalem with another branch in New York City.

    Its managing editor at the time, Simon Plosker, had previously worked for the group, Britain Israel Communications and Research Centre (BICOM), the British equivalent of AIPAC, and for the Israel army press office. Bicom acts as an opinion creator within the British public, largely by issuing press releases to the British media, funding trips to Israel for British journalists, and organizing talks at British universities. Funding sources for Bicom have major investments in the occupied West Bank (Oborne 2009).

    Israel makes little distinction between facts and propaganda. After the 7 October uprising, Honest Reporting falsely claimed that Palestinian journalists knew about the assault beforehand, a lie that its executive director admitted to a day later (Højberg 2023). This very likely caused dozens of Palestinian reporters to be targeted and murdered by the IDF, especially after Netanyahu’s spokespeople repeated the unproven allegation. Benny Gantz, a member of Netanyahu’s war cabinet, tweeted “journalists found to have known about the massacre… are no different than terrorists and should be treated as such” (Darcy 2023; Shamir 2023). From 7 October 2023 to 24 August 2024, at least 116 Palestinian journalists and media workers have been killed by the IDF, according to the US-headquartered Committee to Protect Journalists.

    Walling Off the Truth

    Journalists in the US and UK have paid little attention to what is happening to their colleagues in Palestine. It is another indicator of the racial hierarchy by which western media assign the status of victimhood (see Sussman 2022). The state and mainstream media collaboration of the US and UK with the Israeli propaganda apparatuses and their operatives in Britain and America make a farce of the notion of “freedom of the press.”

    Censorship operates in both countries not primarily as repression of the journalistic profession but at a deeper level of omission – a refusal to even discuss or analyze subjects outside the range of accepted hegemonic discourse. AIPAC and many trans-Atlantic journalists should properly be  registered as foreign agents of West Jerusalem. With British and American reporters acting as stenographers and PA disseminators official lies, it is independent journalists, and there are many, whom seekers of honest journalism have come to rely upon.

    In the film “Zone of Interest,” the family of the Nazi and SS commander Rudolf Höss blithely basks in the pleasures of an idyllic and beautifully landscaped home walled off from the Auschwitz concentration camp next door. Walling off what anti-systemic information reaches the public is a central function of the state. Outside the Gaza death camp, journalists in America and Britain casually spread lies about the situation and ignore the tragedies of Palestinians and the historical realities of Zionist apartheid and genocide while enjoying the perks of their own insulated zone of interest.

    References

    Barshad, Amos (2024, 6 February). “A Rare Look into the $90 Million AIPAC Has Raised Since Oct. 7.” The Forward.

    Cook, Jonathan (2024, 30 August). “UK Prime Minister Terrorizing Palestine Supporters.” Consortium News.

    Darcy, Oliver (2023, 9 November). “News Outlets Deny Prior Knowledge of Hamas Attack After Israeli Government Demands Answers Over Misleading Report.” CNN.

    Data for Progress (2024, 8 May). “Support for a Permanent Ceasefire in Gaza Increases Across Party Lines.” https://www.dataforprogress.org/blog/2024/5/8/support-for-a-permanent-ceasefire-in-gaza-increases-across-party-lines

    Fandos, Nicholas (2024, 20 June). “AIPAC Unleashes a Record $14.5 Million Bid to Defeat a Critic of Israel.” New York Times.

    Højberg, Jesper (2023, 24 November). “How an Israeli Media Watchdog’s Unsubstantiated Allegations Has Put a Price on Palestinian Journalists’ Heads.” International Media Support (Copenhagen).

    Lee-Doktor, Joseph (2024, 18 July). “£1 billion subsidy for arms company exposed.” Declassified UK.

    Marcetic, Branko (2024, 3 June). “The Corporate Power Brokers Behind AIPAC’s War on the Squad.” In These Times.

    McEvoy, John (2024a, 13 February). “Labour MPs Have Accepted Over £280,000 From Israel Lobby.” Declassified UK

    McEvoy, John (2024b, 23 May). “Israel lobby funded a third of Conservative MPs” Declassified UK.

    McEvoy, John (2024c, 2 July). “Pro-Israel Tycoon Gives Labour Half a Million Pounds.” Declassified UK.

    McEvoy, John (2024d, 27 August). “Israel Lobby Funded 15 New MPs Before Election.” Declassified UK.

    McShane, Asher (2023, 11 October). “Israel ‘Has the Right’ to Withhold Power and Water from Gaza, Says Sir Keir Starmer.” LBC News (UK).

    Mearsheimer, John and Stephen Walt (2008). The Israel Lobby and US Foreign Policy. New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux.

    Mendel, Jack (2020, 14 February). “Keir Starmer Interview: I Will Work to Eradicate Antisemitism ‘From Day One’.” Jewish News.

    Oborne, Peter, video producer (2009, November). “Inside Britain’s Israel Lobby.” Aired on Channel 4 (UK).

    Piper, Jessica and Hailey Fuchs (2024, 9 June). “Bipartisanship or Republican Meddling? AIPAC Is Biggest Source of GOP Donations in Dem Primaries.” Politico.

    Shamir, Jonathan (2023, 15 November). “Israel’s War on Journalists.” Jewish Currents.

    Smith, Matthew (2024, 10 May). “British Attitudes to the Israel-Gaza Conflict: May 2024 Update.” YouGov.

    Sussman, Gerald (2022, 27 July). “Russia-Ukraine Conflict: The Propaganda War.” CounterPunch.

    Wilkins, Brett (2024, 20 August). “UK Continues Use of Anti-Terrorism Law to Arrest Palestine Defenders.” Common Dreams.

    The post Zionism International is Working Both Sides of the Atlantic appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Gerald Sussman.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/13/zionism-international-is-working-both-sides-of-the-atlantic/feed/ 0 493155
    Oil Kills: Inside the International Uprising Disrupting the Aviation Industry https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/12/oil-kills-inside-the-international-uprising-disrupting-the-aviation-industry/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/12/oil-kills-inside-the-international-uprising-disrupting-the-aviation-industry/#respond Thu, 12 Sep 2024 05:47:40 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=333328 A new international coalition is disrupting airports to make one demand: the adoption of a treaty to end fossil fuels by 2030. Under the banner Oil Kills, small groups of activists have occupied airport departure lounges, plane cabins, terminals, tarmacs and roads across three continents — and they aren’t done yet. Here are the numbers More

    The post Oil Kills: Inside the International Uprising Disrupting the Aviation Industry appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Image by Miguel Alcântara.

    A new international coalition is disrupting airports to make one demand: the adoption of a treaty to end fossil fuels by 2030.

    Under the banner Oil Kills, small groups of activists have occupied airport departure lounges, plane cabins, terminals, tarmacs and roads across three continents — and they aren’t done yet. Here are the numbers so far: 500 people, 31 airports, 22 groups, 166 arrests, 42 people on remand in prison — all in support of their one demand.

    The coalition formed when members of Extinction Rebellion, the A22 Network and Stay Grounded began reaching out to other groups globally. What resulted was an unprecedented alliance of civil resistance groups focused on the sustained disruption of airports — a key pillar of the fossil fuel economy.

    Unifying aims, collective strategy and diverse tactics

    All Oil Kills participants are committed to nonviolent direct action and to the central demand, but from there, individual creativity and context has led to an array of actions. The resulting structure is a decentralized yet cohesive power bloc with unified aims that becomes more than the sum of its parts, rather than a lowest common denominator coalition.

    Each participating group has adopted the central demand that governments must work together to establish a legally binding treaty to stop extracting and burning oil, gas and coal by 2030, as well as supporting and financing poorer countries to make a fast, fair and just transition. But each local group also brings its own unique knowledge and demands which are in turn supported by the coalition. Futuro Vegetal in Spain, for example, focuses on the imperative to adopt a plant-based agri-food system while Students Against EACOP in Uganda demand a stop to the East African Crude Oil Pipeline — and all stand in solidarity with one another.

    Each group also brings its own creative tactics, from airport glue-ins, to plane occupations, to spray-painting terminals, to street marches. “The airports don’t know what to expect because we don’t even know exactly what to expect from each other — it’s beautiful and effective,” said a coalition member who requested to remain anonymous for legal reasons.

    After the initial whirlwind of actions in July, with 37 arrests over the first two days alone, disruptions have continued steadily across three continents, with especially relentless activity in Germany where Letzte Generation has held several actions in multiple airports.

    On Aug. 9, Students Against EACOP in Uganda joined the Oil Kills campaign, planning a peaceful march to the parliament in Kampala and the delivery of a petition demanding an end to the East African Crude Oil Pipeline, and for their government to sign the treaty to end fossil fuels.

    But the police mounted roadblocks to stop the march from starting, and arrested 45 student activists on public buses and their three bus drivers on arrival. Two students managed to slip away and regrouped, reaching the parliament building with petition in hand before also being violently arrested.

    Kamya Carlos, a student at Kyambogo University and spokesperson for Students Against EACOP, connects the inequitable and ecocidal nature of today’s airline industry to its origins in neocolonial extractivism. “New oil, gas and coal infrastructure continues to exacerbate the climate crisis. As the global temperatures hit their tipping points it is clear that projects such as the East African Crude Oil Pipeline should never be constructed in the first place,” he said. “These projects, which end up being used almost exclusively by rich people and polluting the atmosphere, should never be allowed by right thinking members of society. We demand the government to sign a fossil free treaty and call an end to EACOP.”

    Even though police repression represents a major threat, on Aug. 27, 20 climate activists and persons affected by the oil pipeline came back out in another peaceful march to petition Uganda’s Ministry of Energy. They were again violently dragged from the street by police in fatigues and held on remand until Sept. 6, when the court finally granted their release on bail. All 20 have been ordered to appear for a hearing on Nov. 12.

    “The resilience under extreme repression shown by Students Against EACOP is an inspiration and metaphor for the Oil Kills movement,” said Jamie McGonagill, an Oil Kills member from XR Boston. “We refuse to die.

    You can’t arrest a rising sea

    As of this writing, 22 Oil Kills activists remain in custody in Uganda, six in Germany and 14 in the U.K. Speaking to the increasing criminalization of dissent, McGonagill explained that “draconian responses that imprison nonviolent climate activists, especially as we’ve seen lately in the U.K. and in Uganda, show that the authorities misunderstand us. They will not stop us. We will just get more and more creative.”

    Oil Kills is not alone in facing repression. On Aug. 8 in New York City, a 63-year-old grandfather and professional cellist, John Mark Rozendaal, was arrested and hit with a criminal contempt charge, carrying a maximum sentence of seven years in jail, for performing Bach’s “Suites for Cello” at Citibank’s headquarters. Rozendaal was participating in the Summer of Heat campaign to pressure Citibank to divest from fossil fuels through sustained nonviolent civil disobedience. Connecting this case to the burgeoning international movement, U.N. Special Rapporteur on Human Rights Defenders Mary Lawlor, in following Rozendaal’s case, has expressed her “strong concern” at the severity of the charges.

    In a disturbing trend that has become the new normal in Italy, peaceful eco-activists are being branded a “danger to security and public order,” served with specious charges, banned from cities without trial, and criminalized under anti-terrorist laws intended to prosecute the Mafia.

    Last week in the U.K., several high profile journalists and activists affiliated with the movement for Palestinian liberation were arrested in a sweep by counter-terrorism police for their opposition to genocide. They have been held under Section 12 of the U.K.’s Terrorism Act, which outlaws support for a “proscribed organization.” Such an application of the law would mean that you can go to jail for 14 years for expressing an opinion.

    XR NYC organizer Meg Starr, a long-time Puerto Rican solidarity activist and coordinator of the XR Allies sub-circle, noted that the links between genocide and ecocide — in Palestine and elsewhere — are becoming clearer and more important to emphasize. “Our targeting of Citibank,” Starr commented, “included a focus on Citi’s major support of the Israeli military as part of their role as the world’s leading financier of oil and gas expansion.”

    Roger Hallam, co-founder of Extinction Rebellion and Just Stop Oil, was recently sentenced to five years in prison for making a speech over Zoom in what is being called a “grotesque sham-trial.”

    “Repression is not a gradual process, it leaps out at you and takes you off guard,” he warned from his prison cell. “Do you remember the Solidarity leaders in Poland? They were invited into talks with the Polish government but when they got to the meeting, they were arrested in one fell swoop and imprisoned for years. You don’t think it will happen to you and then it does.”

    Hallam’s message is that we can expect more repression, but that authorities must also expect more resistance. “You can’t negotiate with physics, with a thousand peer-reviewed articles,” he wrote. “Just Stop Oil reminds us what resistance, that far-off folk memory relegated to Netflix, actually looks like in the present moment. Thousands of arrests, hundreds of imprisonments and a five-year sentence for making a speech.”

    In a statement announcing a pause in international actions to allow politicians to consider their demands, Oil Kills echoed the realism of Hallam’s framing. “The facts are clear, we are flying towards the obliteration of everything we know and love. Continuing to extract and burn oil, gas and coal is an act of war against humanity. …To know these facts and yet to have no plan to end the extraction and burning of oil, gas and coal is reckless and immoral.”

    They point out that while activists sounding the alarm and demanding change are increasingly criminalized, our politicians are actually the ones who are complicit in the greatest crime in human history. “Whether those in charge realize that they are engaging in genocide is not the question. For this is how it will be seen by the next generation and all future generations,” Oil Kills warned. “For now we are taking a pause, but governments must take heed: you cannot arrest your way out of this, just as you cannot imprison a flood or serve injunctions on a wildfire.”

    Oppose oil injustice, propose mobility justice

    Stay Grounded is a network of individuals, local airport opposition and climate justice groups, NGOs, trade unions, initiatives fostering alternatives to aviation like night trains and organizations supporting communities that struggle against offset or projects to develop so-called “sustainable aviation fuels.” Importantly, Stay Grounded goes beyond affirming the conclusion that business as usual is not an option, and stands for a 13-step program to transform transport, society and the economy to be just and environmentally sound.

    “Flying is the fastest way to fry the planet so it’s key to start by cutting pointless and unfair flights like private jets or short haul flights,” said Inês Teles, a spokesperson for Stay Grounded and an Oil Kills member. “Our actions disrupting airports should be a shock to the system that is driving us towards climate catastrophe.”

    In summary, Stay Grounded’s program begins with a positive vision for justice. It includes advice for achieving a just transition, shifting to other modes of transportation, developing economies of short distances and changed modes of living, as well as strong political commitments for land rights, human rights and climate justice.

    Their program then details what must be avoided — obvious yet important items like growing the harmful air travel industry, including infrastructure expansion, loopholes and privileges for aviation, and common greenwashing pitfalls like carbon offsetting, biofuels, and illusory technocentric fixes.

    Though Stay Grounded’s aims are more specific to the air travel industry than Oil Kills’ unifying demand for a treaty to end fossil fuels by 2030, coalition members are able to build on these positive aims, utilizing leadership from frontline communities affected by the air travel industry. Sharing and even cross-pollinating pro-social and ecologically healthy programs, in addition to opposing destructive practices, has been an effective way of galvanizing and sustaining support across diverse movements and communities.

    Covering activism isn’t activist

    The choice to focus on disrupting the air travel industry in order to pressure governments to adopt a fossil fuel non-proliferation treaty is as bold as the demand itself. Much of the media’s reaction so far has been unsurprisingly harsh, condemning the disruptions as “not the right way to do it.” Very little critical analysis has been audible above the din, but that doesn’t mean critical analysis isn’t happening.

    It turns out, if you actually listen to them, that Oil Kills activists take strategy extremely seriously — after all, they’re knowingly putting their own freedom on the line through their actions. That is not a decision to be taken lightly, especially in today’s legal context. While news coverage of their “stunts” has circulated widely, what about the reasons behind their actions and assessments of their impact?

    Covering climate activism well is a critical part of getting the climate story right. Too often journalism focuses on protesters’ tactics and not the problems they’re drawing attention to or the arguments they’re making. In a recent roundtable discussion, author, journalist and activist Bill McKibben urged fellow journalists to consider that, “we can serve our audiences better, treating activists as the newsmakers they are, rigorously evaluating their arguments as we would a public official.”

    Journalists often shy away from foregrounding activists as sources of information and analysis for fear of being perceived to be more “activist” than “objective.” This framing is entirely misleading however, and can more accurately be explained as the pressure to avoid platforming those seeking to change the system in deference to those whose position exists to maintain the system. Why is a politician or a business owner an appropriate subject, but not an activist? There is no objectivity in this, but there are salaries and awards.

    The myth that journalism must keep activism at arms length also misses the point that many of these ordinary people taking action are some of the best informed on the biggest news story of our time: the climate and ecological emergency. Activists have been speaking on climate science and policy for decades, many have even been personally affected by ecological disaster, but they have been almost exclusively ignored by the mainstream press. After decades of fossil fuel industry gaslighting, it turns out the activists have been right all along. It’s past time to hear these people out as legitimate subjects and newsmakers, able and deserving to speak about their work and their areas of expertise.

    Why target air travel?

    First, the obvious answer: oil kills. And the air travel industry is very, very oily. Aviation is by far the mode of transport with the biggest climate impact. If aviation was a country, it would be one of the top 10 emitters.

    Emissions from aviation are rising more rapidly than any other sector of the economy. The number of aircraft and the number of passenger-miles flown is expected to double over the next 20 years. If left unchecked, they could consume a full quarter of the available carbon budget for limiting temperature rise to 1.5 C.

    Second, oil isn’t extracted equitably, burned equitably, and neither does it kill equitably. At the turn of the millennium, less than 5 percent of the world’s population had ever sat in an aircraft. But it is mostly non-flyers who bear the brunt of the climate crisis and the negative effects of airport expansion like land grabbing, noise, particle pollution and health issues. Communities in the Global South that have barely contributed to the crisis are affected most. Indeed, well before the repression of the Oil Kills coalition, climate activists — especially in Latin America — have faced what is being termed “ecopoliticide”: the targeted and strategic murder of those who dare take action.

    Stephen Okwai, a project affected person who has joined the movement to stop the EACOP pipeline in Uganda, feels there is now greater risk in inaction than in protesting. A project affected person, or PAP, is a legal term for the people directly affected by land acquisition for a project through loss of part or all of their assets including land, houses, other structures, businesses, crops/trees and other components of livelihoods. They are legally owed compensation, but in the case of Okwai and others affected by EACOP, there has been no such justice.

    “Currently most of us in western Uganda are being disturbed,” he explained. “You cannot know when the rain is going to start and when it will stop yet most of these people are farmers. The effect of this oil project is greatly impacted on the people.”

    After he was arrested during the Aug. 27 march in Kampala, Robert Pitua, a member of Oil Kills, Students Against EACOP, and a PAP, said that, “Livelihood restoration programs [have been] insufficient, and now we cannot manage to restore the initial livelihoods we had. Most people are given unfair and inadequate compensation.” This structural and planned destruction of hundreds of communities has left PAPs no choice but to resist, and is the source of a common refrain in Students Against EACOP’s demonstrations: “We refuse to die.”

    This leads to the third reason to target aviation. The Oil Kills uprising is highlighting that the problem of aviation is part of a bigger story of injustice — it is in fact a pillar helping to hold up a system of injustice. The air travel industry is contrary to the need to eliminate fossil fuel use; it is tied to the military-industrial complex; and it is connected with the undue influence of big business on public policy, including trade, economic development and climate.

    Aviation remains fossil fuel dependent, yet the industry promotes false solutions such as new aircraft technologies, which do not yet exist, in order to continue to pollute for profit. Offsets and biofuels fail to reduce emissions while endangering food supplies, biodiversity and human rights.

    “Not only is the air travel industry a cornerstone of globalized fossil capitalism, but it is also a symbol of inequity,” Jamie McGonagill said. “By disrupting a major column of the system, we aim to disrupt the system itself.”

    Rather than plentiful data and common-sense reasoning, it is more often a powerful underlying consciousness that has spurred many to action. When asked why it was necessary to disrupt air travel across Europe and North America, Just Stop Oil spokespeople replied, “because governments and fossil fuel producers are waging war on humanity. Even so-called climate leaders have continued to approve new oil, gas and coal projects pushing the world closer to global catastrophe and condemning hundreds of millions to death.”

    The Oil Kills coalition has rallied around reality with the seriousness it deserves, refusing dystopia by disrupting it, and demanding a clear and urgent path towards repair. “Our leaders from wealthier countries must seek a negotiating mandate for an emergency Fossil Fuel Treaty,” said coalition members in an Aug. 14 statement. “They also need to immediately finance and support poorer countries to make a fast, fair and just transition.”

    Assessing impact

    If increased media attention on the climate and ecological emergency is any indicator of success, and it is, the Oil Kills uprising is punching well above its weight. “Oil Kills” was mentioned over 2,900 times in the press during the first week of the campaign. The Fossil Fuel Non-Proliferation Treaty initiative has also never attracted so much media attention worldwide, with an increase of over 1,000 percent in mentions from the week prior to the campaign’s launch. Oil Kills actions drew comments from politicians, government officials and from the vice president of Norwegian oil giant, Equinor. For only 500 people spread out over three continents, they have indeed been hard to ignore.

    It is true, not all publicity is created equal — but pleasing the general public is not always the priority. In a recent article, Mark Engler and Paul Engler, coauthors of “This is an Uprising,” discussed why protest works even when not everyone likes them. They explain that a very common result is that, when asked about a demonstration that makes news headlines, respondents will report sympathy for the protesters’ demands, but they will express distaste for the tactics deployed. They will see the activists themselves as too noisy, impatient and discourteous.

    The coauthors, both experienced activists and resistance scholars, point out that this is actually an age-old dynamic, and one addressed eloquently by Martin Luther King Jr. in his renowned 1963 “Letter from a Birmingham Jail.” They explain that, “this letter was written not as a response to racist opponents of the movement, but rather to people who professed support for the cause while criticizing demonstrations as ‘untimely’ and deriding direct action methods. ‘Frankly I have yet to engage in a direct action campaign that was ‘well timed’ in the view of those who have not suffered unduly from the disease of segregation,’ King quipped. But confronting these criticisms, he made the case for why the movement’s campaigns were both necessary and effective.”

    In a similar vein, Oil Kills participants, like medical student Regina Stephan who recently took action at the Berlin airport with Letzte Generation, feel they have no choice but to act: “Just yesterday, the state of Lower Saxony gave the green light for new gas drilling off Borkum,” Stephan said. “That can’t be true! As long as our decision-makers work hand in hand with the fossil fuel companies and put profit before human life, I’m standing here — on the tarmac — and I can’t help it!”

    Joining in this sentiment, Anja Windl, who took action at Stuttgart airport said very succinctly: “As long as our livelihoods are being systematically destroyed, our protests will not stop.”

    Importantly, Oil Kills participants are not demanding that everyone utilize the same tactics. Rather, these activists are urging others to join the climate justice movement in diverse ways. Anja continued, “if you also want to campaign for an end to fossil fuels, you don’t have to sit on an airfield like I did: Just come to a Disobedient Assembly near you!”

    In recent years, there has been considerable research published that attempts to measure radical flank effects and track the polarizing effects of movements. Mark Engler and Paul Englers’ analysis cautions that, “while there are limits to how much protest impacts can be precisely quantified, the cumulative result of such research, in the words of one literature review, is to point to ‘strong evidence that protests or protest movements can be effective in achieving their desired outcomes,’ and that they can produce ‘positive effects on public opinion, public discourse and voting behavior.’” They conclude that both the historical experience of organizers and recent studies provide backing for the idea that “support for a movement’s issue can grow, even when a majority of people do not particularly like the tactics being used.”

    Finally, success cannot be fully measured by public opinion, especially when the strategy is to trouble public consensus. Oil Kills has been very clear that they are not acting in order to sooth or please anyone — they are intentionally sounding the alarm as a way of empowering people to act. By treating the climate crisis as a crisis, and reacting accordingly, activists are, in a sense, giving other people permission to do the same and showing them how. It’s like when someone is real with you and that makes you feel like you can be real too — and we all need to get real, real fast. The spell of complacency is like the tranquilizer that helps walk a cow to slaughter. Oil Kills is shouting, “wake up and live!”

    In a debrief by the Oil Kills campaign on Aug. 16, they addressed the public: “it is time to face reality: no one is coming to save us. There is no free pass, no shelter from the coming storm. Our best chance of survival is to resist. To join the growing numbers of ordinary, everyday people, from across the globe who are refusing to stand by while hundreds of millions of innocent people are murdered.”

    Offering a pathway forward out of doom, Oil Kill’s messaging has remained crystal clear: “The climate crisis will not end until every single country has phased out fossil fuels, [and] those who bear the greatest responsibility and have the greatest capacity must do the most … In this time of crisis, we expect our governments to work collaboratively, as we have done, and negotiate a Fossil Fuel Treaty to end the war on humanity before we lose everything.”

    The next rebellion is coming

    Coming back down from the hugeness of our crisis and into ourselves as individuals often causes a feeling of paralysis, especially for the majority of people not yet interconnected within communities of resistance and solidarity. But there have been actions where small groups or even lone activists have held up an Oil Kills banner and received media coverage and support because they are part of a global campaign which can’t be ignored. Every single contribution adds to that.

    In a Sept. 6 letter to climate activist prisoners of conscience, Naomi Klein wrote, “In a world that was right-side up, you would be celebrated as the ones who helped break the spell that is setting our world on fire. In truth, your actions could still do that, if enough people know about them.”

    It continues to be an urgent and essential task to ensure that more and more people do know about Oil Kills and other manifestations of resistance, but it is also evident that the world’s elites already understand the threat that these actions represent — the threat of mass uprising. That threat is precisely why nonviolent direct action in defense of planetary life is being criminalized so viciously.

    Klein continued, “Movements against climate arson are already converging with movements against genocide and unfettered greed. The next wave of rebellion is coming. Along with the tankers, I see it clearly on the horizon.”

    The Oil Kills uprising and fellow movements around the world have placed their bodies between those tankers and our shared future to say, “here, and no further.” If enough of us line up behind them, their actions could very well lead the way to an adoption of a treaty to end fossil fuels by 2030 — that remains to be won. What is for certain is that their actions are troubling the autopilot system, disrupting the mechanics of fossil-capital’s death march and creating desperately needed space to pursue alternate routes. Whatever else lies on the horizon, their contributions are already impacting the world in ways we cannot yet know but will be unlikely to forget.

    This article is co-published by ZNetwork.orgWaging Nonviolence, & the International Peace Research Association.

    The post Oil Kills: Inside the International Uprising Disrupting the Aviation Industry appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Alexandria Shaner.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/12/oil-kills-inside-the-international-uprising-disrupting-the-aviation-industry/feed/ 0 493119
    Taliban label Afghanistan International an ‘enemy’ for reporting on alleged aid misuse https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/11/taliban-label-afghanistan-international-an-enemy-for-reporting-on-alleged-aid-misuse/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/11/taliban-label-afghanistan-international-an-enemy-for-reporting-on-alleged-aid-misuse/#respond Wed, 11 Sep 2024 11:18:32 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=415840 New York, September 11, 2024—The Taliban must stop harassing the popular London-based broadcaster Afghanistan International, which they accused of conducting a “propaganda war against us,” the Committee to Protect Journalists said Wednesday.

    In his September 4 speech, Deputy Foreign Minister Abbas Stanekzai attacked the independent outlet as an “enemy” for reporting that aid relief sent to the flooded northern province of Baghlan had been allegedly misused. This latest criticism follows the Taliban’s ban in May on journalists and experts from cooperating with Afghanistan International and on people providing facilities for broadcasting the channel in public.

    Separately, on September 4, Ministry of Propagation of Virtue and Prevention of Vice officials met with Afghan media executives in the capital Kabul and gave them verbal orders to replace Persian words — which they described as “Iranian” — with the Pashto equivalent in their reporting.

    Persian, also known as Farsi, is the most widely spoken language in Afghanistan and in neighboring Iran. But the Taliban mainly speak Pashto and they have removed Persian words from signboards for public institutions and spoken out against the teaching of Persian in universities since their return to power in 2021.

    The officials also ordered the journalists to respect Taliban leader Hibatullah Akhundzada.

    “The Taliban must immediately halt their campaign of intimidation against Afghanistan International and lift their restrictions on Persian-language reporting,” said CPJ Asia Program Coordinator Beh Lih Yi. “The Taliban’s recent vice and virtue law has already emboldened their notorious morality police to further restrict the media, threatening to annihilate press freedom gains made during the two previous decades of democratic rule in Afghanistan.”

    CPJ’s text messages to Taliban spokesperson Zabihullah Mujahid requesting comment went unanswered.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/11/taliban-label-afghanistan-international-an-enemy-for-reporting-on-alleged-aid-misuse/feed/ 0 492788
    Bypassing Sanctions: Russia, Trade Routes and Outfoxing the West https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/10/bypassing-sanctions-russia-trade-routes-and-outfoxing-the-west/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/10/bypassing-sanctions-russia-trade-routes-and-outfoxing-the-west/#respond Tue, 10 Sep 2024 09:19:39 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=153448 Invention is the mother of necessity, and Russia’s response to largely Western-imposed economic and trade sanctions has shown the extent of that inventiveness.  While enduring attritive punishment in its Ukraine campaign, the war remains sustainable for the Kremlin.  The domestic economy has not collapsed, despite apocalyptic predictions to the contrary.  In terms of exports, Russia […]

    The post Bypassing Sanctions: Russia, Trade Routes and Outfoxing the West first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Invention is the mother of necessity, and Russia’s response to largely Western-imposed economic and trade sanctions has shown the extent of that inventiveness.  While enduring attritive punishment in its Ukraine campaign, the war remains sustainable for the Kremlin.  The domestic economy has not collapsed, despite apocalyptic predictions to the contrary.  In terms of exports, Russia is carving out new trade routes, a move that has been welcomed by notable powers in the Global South.

    One of the chief prosecutors of sanctions against Moscow was initially confident about the damage that would be caused by economic bludgeoning.  US President Joe Biden, in February 2022, insisted on the imposition of measures that would “impair [Russia’s] ability to compete in a high-tech 21st century economy.”  The Council of the European Union also explained that the move was intended to weaken Moscow’s “ability to finance the war and specifically target the political, military and economic elite responsible for the invasion [of Ukraine].”

    In all this, the European Union, the United States and other governments have ignored a salient historical lesson when resorting to supposedly punitive formulae intended to either deter Russia from pursuing a course of action or depriving it of necessary resources.  States subject to supposedly crushing economic measures can adapt, showing streaks of impressive resilience.  The response from Japan, Germany and Italy during the 1930s in the face of sanctions imposed by the League of Nations provide irrefutable proof of that proposition.  All, to a certain extent, pursued what came to be known as Blockadefestigkeit, or blockade resilience.  With bitter irony, the targeted powers also felt emboldened to pursue even more aggressive measures to subvert the restraints placed upon them.

    By the end of 2022, Russia had become China’s second biggest supplier of Russian crude oil.  India has also been particularly hungry for Russian oil.  Producing only 10% of domestic supply, Russia contributed 34% of the rest of Indian oil consumption in 2023.

    Trade routes are also being pursued with greater vigour than ever.  This year, progress was made between Russia and China on a North Sea Route, which straddles the Atlantic Ocean and the Pacific Ocean, running from Murmansk on the Barents Sea to the Bering Strait and the Far East.  The agreement between Russia’s state nuclear agency Rosatom and China’s Hainan Yangpu Newnew Shipping Co Ltd envisages the joint design and creation of Arctic-class container vessels to cope with the punishing conditions throughout the year.  Rosatom’s special representative for Arctic development, Vladimir Panov, confidently declared that up to 3 million tonnes of transit cargo would flow along the NSR in 2024.

    While that agreement will operate to Russia’s frozen north, another transport route has also received a boosting tonic.  Of late, Moscow and New Delhi have been making progress on the 7,200-kilometre International North-South Transport Corridor (INSTC), which will run from St. Petersburg in northwestern Russia to ports in southern Iran for onward movement to Mumbai.  While the agreement between Russia, Iran and India for such a multimodal corridor dates back to September 2000, the advent of sanctions imposed in the aftermath of the Ukraine War propelled Moscow to seek succour in the export markets of the Middle East and Asia.

    As staff writers at Nikkei point out, the shipping route will not only bypass Europe but be “less than half as long as the current standard path through the Mediterranean Sea and the Suez Canal.”  One calculation suggests that the time needed to transport cargo to Moscow from Mumbai prior to the initiation of the corridor was between 40 and 60 days.  As things stand, the transit time has been shaved to 25-30 days, with transportation costs falling by 30%.

    Much progress has been made on the western route, which involves the use of Azerbaijan’s rail and road facilities.  In March, Azerbaijan’s Ministry of Digital Development and Transport revealed that rail freight grew by approximately 30% in 2023.  Road freight rose to 1.3 million tonnes, an increase of 35%.  The ministry anticipates the amount of tonnage in terms of freight traffic to rise to 30 million per year.  In June this year, the Rasht-Caspian Sea link connecting the Persian Gulf with the Caspian Sea via rail was opened in the presence of Russian, Iranian and Azerbaijani dignitaries.

    A further factor that adds worth to the corridor is the increasingly fraught nature of freight traffic from Europe to Asia via the Suez Canal.  Iranian-backed Houthi rebels in Yemen have been harrying vessels in the Red Sea, a response to Israel’s ferocious campaign in Gaza.  Russian Deputy Prime Minister Alexei Overchuk suggested back in January that the “North-South [corridor] will gain global significance” given the crisis in the Red Sea.

    Despite the frightful losses being endured in the Russia-Ukraine war, it is clear, at least when it comes to using economic and financial weapons, that Moscow has prevailed.  It has outfoxed its opponents, and, along the way, sought to redraw global trade routes that will furnish it with even greater armour from future economic shocks.  Other countries less keen to seek a moral stake in the Ukraine conflict than pursue their own trade interests, have been most enthusiastic.

    The post Bypassing Sanctions: Russia, Trade Routes and Outfoxing the West first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Binoy Kampmark.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/10/bypassing-sanctions-russia-trade-routes-and-outfoxing-the-west/feed/ 0 492591
    Preventable Death https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/08/preventable-death/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/08/preventable-death/#respond Sun, 08 Sep 2024 17:36:38 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=153418 We should be clear about one thing. Death is not preventable. In fact it is assured. Even David Rockefeller, third generation patriarch of the gangster family on the Hudson, bit the dust at 101 in 2017. There may be some of his kind with ambitions of greater longevity but Daoist immortality has so far escaped […]

    The post Preventable Death first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    We should be clear about one thing. Death is not preventable. In fact it is assured. Even David Rockefeller, third generation patriarch of the gangster family on the Hudson, bit the dust at 101 in 2017. There may be some of his kind with ambitions of greater longevity but Daoist immortality has so far escaped them. However we may find that the improvements rendered notorious by Christiaan Barnard’s surgical experiments may reach a level to satisfy the most Methuselahaic of our ruling oligarchy. Perhaps some of these ancients are still around us nostalgically forcing the world back to the century in which they were born. Meanwhile the rest of us expire after shelf lives between 60 and 90 years.

    In 1946, Simone de Beauvoir published a fine, little novel called All Men are Mortal (Tous les hommes sont mortels). The hero of her fable, Raimon Fosca, is a loyal patriot of his Italian city-state who desperate for a means to lift a deadly siege accepts a potion from a man who says it will give immortality. At first he is sceptical, suspecting the vial contains poison. When a mouse on whom he has tested it recovers from a mortal blow, Fosca is convinced. Yet he asks why the man has not taken it himself. He tells Fosca that he just could not dare. Fosca dismisses the man’s cowardice, and after drinking all the potion escapes the city. He is able to lift the siege and becomes a hero to his home city. The story continues to relate Fosca’s adventures.

    The book does not begin in the castle of the besieged Italian city. It opens with a group of holidaymakers in the countryside. One of whom is a successful actress of great ambition named Regine. She notices in the course of those proverbially long August vacation seasons in France that on the terrace of a nearby house lies a man in a chaise longe, day and night with no sign of moving. Tired of watching this scene from the house where she is staying, she goes to the house and manages to reach the man she has been watching for days. Her opening question is what does the man do and why does he lie in this position, on the terrace in a chaise longe apparently every day. She explains how much she has to do to promote her acting career and how surely a man of his age—he appears somewhere in his late thirties or early 40s—must have great plans and potential.

    He replies that he has no need to do anything else. In fact, doing anything else is pointless. Regine cannot understand how doing anything could be pointless. Fosca then tells his life story, one spanning roughly five hundred years. Fosca is a patrician and his newly won immortality not only permitted him to save his city but to perform incredible feats for a succession of princes, monarchs and emperors. In each context he offered his services to the potentate. Each time he fell in love. However, he never grew old. His patrons died. Their empires withered. His lovers died as did his children. He survived. After the recitation of all these accomplishments he explains to Regine that there is no point in anything he has done. His greatest accomplishments all collapsed. He survived everyone he ever loved. In the end, his message to Regine is that immortality is a curse. When all is said and done, no one will survive on the planet except him and the mouse he fed the same potion.

    Fosca abandons every form of activity because his immortality invests everything with indifference. On the other hand, he notices the passion and the importance attached to everything by those whose life is finite—whether or not they are aware of death all the time. He in turn cannot imagine anything surviving him. At the end of the story, Regine is overwhelmed and unable to contemplate the consequences of the immortality Fosca describes.

    The Western pursuit of immortality is also an obsession with the power exercised over life and its conditions. The immortal—whether literally or fictively imagined—do not understand present value since they imagine that in their world without death nothing else is eternal.

    On 26 July 2024, it was reported by UN News that the fascist parastatal, World Health Organization, announced that more than a million doses of a polio vaccine was being sent to Gaza “after the discovery of the highly infectious disease in sewage samples”. According to the press report, the corrupt former Ethiopian government minister, Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, appointed as director general of the pharmaments consortium dba as a United Nations agency said although no cases of polio had been recorded, it was “just a matter of time before it reaches the thousands of children who have been left unprotected.” Dr Ayadil Saparbekov, named as “team lead for health emergencies at WHO in the Occupied Palestinian Territory, was to have warned that “the spread of polio and other communicable disease could lead to more people dying of preventable illness than from war-related injuries—currently 39,000, according to local health authorities.” Allegedly vaccine-derived poliovirus type two had been identified in sewage samples taken from cities bombarded by the IDF, the terrorist forces of the occupying regime in Tel Aviv.

    On 26 August 2024, UN News reported that 1.2 million doses of vital polio vaccines had arrived in besieged Gaza, Palestine. “More than 640,000 children are targeted to receive the polio type two (nOPV) vaccines”, according to UNICEF sources quoted in the press report. The occupying and besieging regime in Tel Aviv dba the State of Israel announced through its agency COGAT that vaccine shipments had arrived in Gaza and that the vaccination campaign would be conducted in coordination with its combined terror forces as part of their “routine” humanitarian activity.

    In a century of cynicism and public amnesia, even the language used by those engaged in this operation—which ought to induce moral outrage—scarcely elicits curiosity. Naturally there are the usual suspects censored, ignored and/or maligned, i.e., the people who have been opposed to the permanent occupation and siege of Palestine by the settler-colonial entity in Tel Aviv combined with those who have been monitoring the belligerence of the pharmaments industry, who have objected, not to meaningful healthcare measures but to the fact that this WHO operation is anything but meaningful healthcare, let alone humanitarian. The criticisms deserve to be summarized because together they indicate the type and scope of full-spectrum warfare against the majority of humanity that has been intensifying as we speak.

    The most obvious criticism asks how is it possible that the Tel Aviv regime and its terrorist forces are willing to permit a campaign for polio vaccination of Palestinian children while multiple eyewitness reports testify to those forces targeting children deliberately with lethal lead vaccinations, i.e. shooting them dead? This apparent incoherence is obfuscated mainly by the method of segregated reporting characteristic of most journalistic practice. That is the WHO actions and the operations on the ground are described in texts, broadcasts, and other media separately from whatever reports are filed about the assassinations, bombing and other killing activities by Tel Aviv’s terrorists. This results partly from intentional deception but also from the organisation of work in the industry, where subject matter treated by strictly separate categories. Often those “beats” are divided to match the underlying product or ideological marketing segment to be served. To the extent the incoherence cannot be ignored, the siege operations are described as were they natural catastrophes. Famine and disease are labelled serious risks arising from the destruction of infrastructure and the inability to deliver food to the inhabitants. However the fact that siege is not a condition of nature and therefore its consequences are not “acts of god” is unmentioned. Quite the contrary, the assumption underlying most reporting is that whether or not Tel Aviv’s occupation and siege of Palestine is divinely inspired, god or gods have not been on the side of the besieged. The vast majority of the Gaza population comprises women, children and youth. Thus the siege is ultimately punishment of unarmed, non-combatants. These families are implicitly held responsible for the collateral dismemberment and death on the premise that they are constituents of armed units comprising adult males. To the extent they are recognised as victims, those adult male Palestinians are deemed the perpetrators. Tel Aviv’s terrorists are defending the unarmed women and children of Palestine from their wayward manhood. The paramount leader of the terrorist onslaught, his lieutenants and allies all proclaim the divine righteousness with which they annihilate. It has been the duty of journalism to dilute their demonic language. For the scribbling battalions, such a vaccination campaign is a welcome theatrical performance to report. The Righteous (terrorists) deign to “pause” in their execution of god’s will in order to prevent the targeted population from becoming lame or paralysed. Could it be they are afraid the paralysed survivors will be unable to walk across the borders into permanent exile?

    Another point of criticism, even less obvious but also more difficult to comprehend, is focused on the vaccine itself. If the pathogen allegedly detected itself derives from a previously introduced vaccine, then what assurance does anyone have that the vaccine brought to Gaza in August by the UN agencies are any safer or efficacious than the contaminating substances against which they are supposedly intended to work? On 27 August 2024, the UN News published official insistence that the polio vaccine is “safe and effective” (where have we heard that before?) and in the media briefing by UN spokesperson Stephane Dujarric denied claims in “several news stories (that) have appeared online in Israel and the United States, quoting two Israeli scientists falsely asserting that the polio vaccine due to be used in Gaza is ‘experimental’”. Dujarric is cited as saying that “This vaccine is safe, it is effective, and it offers top quality protection. It is a vaccine globally recommended for variant type two polio virus outbreaks by the World Heath Organization.” Late journalist Claude Cockburn, father of the late Alexander and his sibling journalists, was to have observed that the time to believe the government is doing something is once they start denying it. In the decades since 2001, official denials are routine.

    According to Dujarric, the vaccine was rolled out in March 2021. What a coincidence? In the midst of unveiling the “mother of all vaccines”, a new polio vaccine was released for public consumption. Where did the pharmaments industry ever get the time to create a vaccine to prevent the spread of a vaccine-induced virus while they were working at warp speed to produce the mRNA miracle-maker to combat COVID-19? Is it possible that this was just another off the back shelf product waiting for the right sales opportunity. US patent agent David Martin demonstrated with painstaking research published in the midst of the PHEIC pandemic that all the active components of the mRNA bullet and its target pathogen had been patented long before 2019 when the first flare was fired in Wuhan. When one should ask was the testing of the 2021 polio vaccine? What Dujarric actually means is that the responsible entities authorized the vaccine to be deployed which, like in the case of the mRNA bullets, ended their experimental status de jure.

    Perhaps the 2021 vaccine procured in such enormous quantities are a product of another investment by misanthropic capitalist William Gates III, known as Bill Gates, dba the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF) with its special polio focus. According to the foundation, their focus on polio is warranted because “despite this progress (in eliminating wild polio), several challenges remain in reaching all children with vaccines.” Interestingly enough they also report that “wild polio virus type 2 was declared eradicated in 2015, and wild poliovirus type 3 was declared eradicated in October 2019 (the month in which Event 201 was held). A reasonably literate person could be forgiven for asking, if wild polio type 2 (and type 3) have been eradicated what is the source of the polio threat now? The answer of course is polio vaccines!

    For example, according to an article in New Indian Express (23 October 2019) “in 2019 at least 400 children would have developed polio after receiving the oral polio vaccine over the past five years… India has been free from wild polio since 2011, but the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare has never released data on vaccine-associated polio paralysis, a rare adverse effect of OPV (oral polio vaccine) that causes infantile paralysis.” If there has been no data disclosure how can anyone know whether the adverse effect is “rare”? In the OPV given to children worldwide, Type 2 vaccine viruses were withdrawn from use in 2016, it continues to contain Type 1 and 3 strains that can cause VAPP.” The study cited highlighted a fact documented elsewhere, namely that cases of polio caused by vaccine viruses have outnumbered those of polio caused by wild polio viruses. Which according to those so credible authorities like the WHO have been eradicated. Although the WHO has benefited not only from the largesse of its quasi-owners but also from the combined forces of global mass media cartels at those owners disposal, occasionally it is impossible to conceal either the corruption (SOP) or the outright mendacity of the organization’s operatives.

    In a WHO press release (6 June 2019), it was reported that the government where the WHO director-general made his reputation for integrity in public service, Ethiopia, a total of 57,193 vials of type 2 OPV (mOPV2) were destroyed under official supervision, presumably to prevent their contents entering the sewage system of Addis Ababa. “According to the Global Action Plan Version III (GAP III) guidelines, type 2 polio virus containing or potentially containing materials post switch should always be thoroughly handled and destroyed using methods that can automatically inactivate the virus for minimizing the risks of infection of vulnerable population.” The OPV is a product pushed by the Global Polio Eradication Initiative (GPEI) another consortium, like GAVI, funded by the BMGF. Another BMGF funded activity from which the foundation has done its best to distance itself was a notorious tetanus vaccination wave in 2013 where its WHO cut-out, together with the local government vaccinated women in rural areas of reproductive age ostensibly for tetanus. It was discovered that the “vaccine” was laced with ingredients that would inhibit fertility. The otherwise Business-oriented Latin Church had not yet abandoned what one writer has called “procreationism”. Local Roman Catholics were outraged that young women would be sterilized by the State. It is no secret that the misanthropic capitalists in Seattle have often articulated their preference for population reduction methods through healthcare delivery. Even the former spouse of Mr Gates, a member of the Latin Church, has been a vocal supporter of enabling women in developing countries to choose not to have children. Is it inconceivable that an oral polio vaccine might be enhanced with other biologics? Are these vaccines or blankets for the “Indians”?

    Thus we can see there is not only apparent incoherence between the supposed humanitarian objective of vaccinating somewhat more than half a million children in Gaza before they are shot by terrorist snipers or buried dead or alive by bombs. Yet there is a school of thought—or a state of mind—which forbids criticism of any act which in isolation is “good” no matter the context in which it is performed. To condemn the vaccination campaign is to be heartless and inhumane. One ought to appreciate every instant of goodness or generosity even in the midst of evil.

    The vaccine itself—and the obsession with vaccinating the world—can also be criticised. However, the vast majority still believe what they have been taught—that vaccines have been the miracle of modern public health. Any criticism of vaccination or the vaccine industry is dismissed or disparaged as an attack on sound public health policy. Probably most people have had some kind of vaccine in the course of their lives and see their continued survival as well as relative good health as prima facie evidence that vaccines are right, good and necessary for civilized life. Like infant baptism, it is impossible to prove or disprove its efficacy. The only authoritative testimony from the dead we have so far is a compilation of clerical forgeries and fantasies for which no further apologies are needed.

    Elsewhere in my discussion of the military and intelligence origins of public health, I described the history of the government agencies today treated as world authorities on disease, cures and prevention. These agencies were not captured by corporations. They were created within the military-industrial complex and endowed with the powers of the State. They formed the template for virtually all modern public health institutions worldwide. A template is not only a tool of simplification, like any model, it is also a frame or limit placed on subsequent institutions established using it. Selling or imposing a model may not guarantee full control over the institution but it definitely eases future manipulation by the modeller. That is why the British, French and US Americans have always spent considerable sums educating foreigners in the military academies and elite universities. It is also why foreign aid includes continuous training and indoctrination events and exercises. These create and maintain the interfaces and personal relationships needed for the modeller to manipulate the models wherever they may be.

    In 2020, I described the PHEIC (Public health emergency of international concern) aka as the COVID-19 pandemic as a massive worldwide counter-insurgency operation. It is an element of the global terrorism that constitutes the controlling instrument for the financial oligarchy that rules us. Many of the tactics and strategies best theorized by the French and applied by the US in the 20th century actually have precedents in the long history of Western colonization and imperialism. However, the emergence of systems theory in the 20th century and the full militarization of science and medicine through the Manhattan Project have significantly magnified the organization of terror. A cultural convergence can be identified throughout the political power elite of the West by which industrial laborers, peasants and indigenous populations were all classified as resources to be managed scientifically. The scientific-technological revolution of the 20th century was foremost the translation of enormous productive capacity—capable of satisfying most of humanities basic needs—into the capacity for annihilating the population rendered surplus by all that industrial plant (now digital).

    That said, with the long-standing political and military objective of the regime in Tel Aviv the total evacuation/ elimination of the indigenous population of Palestine, there ought to be no doubt that evacuation/ elimination involves more than just “Indian removal”. For decades, the Palestinian diaspora has demanded the “right to return” to lands they were forced at gunpoint to vacate over the past century. In other settler-colonial states the major domestic task has always been population replacement and extermination of title (eliminating any heirs with claims). The US has a peculiarity that bewilders the settled “Old World” land owners. Namely the absence of binding land registers. Buying a parcel of land in the United States is not completed by registration of the purchase in a central land registry administered by the State. Instead the buyer purchases a title warranted free of encumbrances (claims against his ownership) and purchases an insurance policy that will reimburse him the purchase price should there be a successful challenge to his title in court. The tenuousness of ownership of stolen land survives in this archaic form of real estate transaction. During the so-called “pandemic” the official COVID measures were applied in Australia to evict indigenous from the lands the federal government had ostensibly recognized as theirs. The collapse of much of the SME sector worldwide during the state of COVID siege resulted in substantial redistribution of assets, including land.

    During the US war against Vietnam, the CIA ran numerous programs which were eventually consolidated in what became known as the Phoenix Program. Two of those programs were interlocking pacification tactics included under the Rural Development schemes, e.g. through the Agency cut-out USAID. These were the strategic hamlet and census-grievance. Strategic hamlets were artificial villages forcibly constructed by the inhabitants of a theatre of operations in order to concentrate the population (yes, concentration camp) and isolate them from the National Liberation Front, also called the Vietcong (Vietnamese Communists). Census-grievance was a civil affairs operation. Villages were inspected, the population counted and registered, then a mirror version of the NLF alternative administration was installed. The US version was to operate according to what it thought was the structure and method of the NLF. Gene Sharp derived his colour revolution theories from analysis of these counter-insurgency strategies.

    One of the most important measurements for the Phoenix system was the force strength of the NLF. The general theory was that VC were the total population minus the percentage of the population under official control. However this was not very precise. Hence the census in census grievance. The Phoenix coordinators at all levels had to aggregate numbers and estimate the military strength of the NLF throughout the country. Since all Vietnamese look alike, this meant counting everyone. Of course sometimes counting was not necessary to determine the damage done. B-52 drops wiped out all traces of villager and insurgent alike. Yet monitoring population numbers and fluctuations throughout the country was considered a fair indirect measure. First of all where populations remained stable it was safe to say the NLF was protected or protecting. Where the rural population had been decimated it was safe to say the NLF would have little means of support. Either way numbers were crucial as were the other data collected about the inhabitants through the battery of civil operations disguised as Rural Development. That data went into the Phoenix Program Information System to generate “kill lists” for target acquisition. Every detail about families was fed into this system on the assumption that somewhere in every family there was an NLF member who had to counted and neutralized.

    It has been no secret that artificial intelligence tools are deployed by the Tel Aviv terrorists to produce similar assassination target lists. With the near total destruction of urban infrastructure and habitation in besieged Gaza, the essential controlling data for the counter-insurgency campaign is becoming more difficult to obtain. Whereas once the occupation health authorities were registering fatalities, about two million minus 40,000, the counter has been stuck for months now. While it is in the interest of the Tel Aviv regime to conceal the actual number of deaths from the general public, it is essential for their military operations to know how many more have to go. There is no substitute for a physical inventory—supervised by the IDF. Clearly they can no longer ask the inhabitants to come out for food and drink. However, the past four years have created a psychological condition worldwide by which vast numbers of people obviously can still be manipulated—the fear of disease.

    As another author also observed, the WHO vaccination campaign targets children AND the rest of the world’s population suffering from the trauma of the COVID-19 siege and the largely forced vaccination of untold millions. I say forced because this mass vaccination was performed using either by irrationally-induced fear or repressive measures imposed by the Corporate State. The staged micro-PHEIC, following the COVID-19 handbook, enhances through redundancy the PHEIC fear strategy, also embodied in covert WHO negotiations to amend the International Health Regulations (IHR), and it provides the IDF cover for a census-type intelligence operation. Those are the minimum advantages accruing to the West’s ruling oligarchy and its franchise in Tel Aviv. However if the more sinister possibilities are considered in this suite, then the vaccination campaign is targeting children (like so many other aggressive policies today) to assure that there will in fact be few of them in the future. If the children of those who survive the annihilation of the Gaza concentration camp are rendered handicapped or even sterilized by the concoctions they have been fed, then the experimental vaccine will have proven its worth to the vaccinators of the world. The best way to prevent a death is still to prevent the inception of life in the first place.

    The post Preventable Death first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by T.P. Wilkinson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/08/preventable-death/feed/ 0 492388
    From the cradle: How kids, newborns, and the unborn jump-started South Korea’s historic climate lawsuit https://grist.org/international/south-korea-climate-lawsuit/ https://grist.org/international/south-korea-climate-lawsuit/#respond Fri, 06 Sep 2024 08:15:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=647575 Choi Hee-woo was a 20-week-old embryo when he joined a landmark climate lawsuit in South Korea. At the time, his mother was planning to make Choi’s older sibling a plaintiff in a lawsuit that argued the South Korean government had not taken sufficient action against climate change. But when she learned that an unborn child could be party to a lawsuit, she nicknamed the child Woodpecker — because she’d heard the bird’s call when she first learned she was pregnant — and signed him up. The case became known as Woodpecker et al. v. South Korea

    The now nearly 2-year-old boy is one of more than 250 plaintiffs, of all ages, ensuring that the South Korean government does not wait too long to act on its legal commitment to carbon neutrality. Last week, a constitutional court partially sided with Choi and the other plaintiffs, ordering the country’s legislative body to revise its climate law. In 2021, the South Korean National Assembly passed a law requiring the government to reduce its greenhouse gas emissions by at least 35 percent by 2030 and to become carbon neutral by 2050. In response to the law, the government set a goal of reducing carbon emissions by 40 percent by 2030, which the plaintiffs argued was insufficient to protect their fundamental right to life and a clean environment. 

    The court, which examines the constitutionality of laws, ruled that the intermediary 2030 goal was adequate — but it ordered the National Assembly to develop additional concrete plans to ensure that progress continues at a robust pace after 2030, in order to meet the 2050 goal of carbon neutrality. The decision is a partial victory for plaintiffs, and it requires the National Assembly to revise the existing climate law by the end of February 2026. 

    “The Korean constitutional court is very conservative,” Byung-Joo Lee, an attorney for the plaintiffs, told Grist. “But the court made it very clear that the climate crisis is a scientific and legal fact, and they acknowledged that the state has a duty to protect people from climate change. It’s a clear, constitutional right of the people.”

    The ruling is the first of its kind in Asia and could influence outcomes in Japan and Taiwan, where similar cases are making their way through the courts. Climate lawsuits by young people against state and federal governments around the world have been steadily gaining momentum over the last decade. Earlier this year, the Hawai‘i Department of Transportation entered into a historic settlement with youth plaintiffs who sued the agency for failing to adequately protect their right to a clean environment. Similar cases are pending in Montana, Alaska, Utah, and Virginia. In April, the European Court of Human Rights ruled that Switzerland’s limited action on climate change was endangering the lives of a group of women over the age of 64, who argued they were particularly susceptible to heat waves. And in 2021, a German court sided with youth who argued that the country’s greenhouse gas reduction goals were insufficient

    Mother holding young son
    Lee Dong-hyun and her son, Choi Hee-woo, at a playground in Gunpo, South Korea. Dong-hyun signed him up as a plaintiff in the constitutional climate case when he was a 20-week-old embryo.
    Jung Yeon-Je / AFP via Getty Images

    The ruling by South Korea’s constitutional court is “consistent with other court decisions globally that have found a failure to have either adequate or any mid- or long-term targets violates one form or another of protected rights,” said Michael Burger, executive director of the Sabin Center for Climate Change Law at Columbia University. The court’s finding that the lack of interim targets is unconstitutional is significant because it ensures that there’s a roadmap for the government to meet its 2050 goal of carbon neutrality. 

    “The failure to include [interim goals] can be seen as passing the buck to a generation 20 years down the line,” said Burger. “That’s the problem that the court found with the lack of interim plans, that it puts the burden on some future generation to come up with a solution.”

    The lawsuit in South Korea was first filed in 2020 by 19 young people affiliated with Youth 4 Climate Action, a group inspired by Greta Thunberg’s school climate strikes that leads the Korean arm of the movement. When three other similar cases were later filed by other groups, the court consolidated the cases into one, bringing the total number of plaintiffs to 255. About a third of them were children at the time the cases were filed.

    “Responding to the climate crisis means reducing its risks, controlling factors that could exacerbate the crisis, and building safety nets to sustain life and society,” said Kim Seo-gyeong, an activist with Youth 4 Climate Action, in a press release. “I look forward to seeing how this constitutional complaint will change the standards for climate response and what transformations it will bring.”   

    Burger said the ruling is “likely to inform and influence other judges, especially in the region.” Last month, a group of young people in Japan filed a lawsuit against ten thermal power companies in the country, demanding that the facilities reduce their emissions in line with internationally agreed targets to keep global temperature increase to 1.5 degrees Celsius (2.7 degrees Fahrenheit). 

    “As a significant judicial decision in Asia, the Constitutional Court of South Korea’s decision will have a substantial impact in Japan as well,” said Mie Asaoka, an attorney representing the youth plaintiffs, in a statement. “We are confident that this decision will serve as a powerful catalyst for change in Japan’s judicial landscape.”

    Lee, an attorney for the plaintiffs, told Grist that the case has increased awareness about the climate crisis among South Koreans. Since the court has required the National Assembly to revise the climate law, Lee has been urging plaintiffs and climate action groups to begin campaigning lawmakers to enact the most stringent requirements possible.

    “Our fight in the constitutional court ended, but our next fight in the Korean Congress is just starting,” said Lee. 

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline From the cradle: How kids, newborns, and the unborn jump-started South Korea’s historic climate lawsuit on Sep 6, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Naveena Sadasivam.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/international/south-korea-climate-lawsuit/feed/ 0 492160
    The Disappearance of International Law https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/06/the-disappearance-of-international-law/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/06/the-disappearance-of-international-law/#respond Fri, 06 Sep 2024 06:00:35 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=332845 The horrors of the Second World War sparked the creation of international organizations and international laws to ensure that such horrors would never occur again.  The center piece of these international bodies was the United Nations and its regional and functional agencies that were designed to provide international guardrails to limit the use of force.  The National Security Act of 1947 was designed in part to make sure that U.S. administrations played an active role in managing and even transforming the international community. More

    The post The Disappearance of International Law appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Photograph by Nathaniel St. Clair


    The horrors of the Second World War sparked the creation of international organizations and international laws to ensure that such horrors would never occur again.  The center piece of these international bodies was the United Nations and its regional and functional agencies that were designed to provide international guardrails to limit the use of force.  The National Security Act of 1947 was designed in part to make sure that U.S. administrations played an active role in managing and even transforming the international community.

    There was an economic component as well, including the Bretton Woods System, which included the World Bank to stimulate international development in those countries most devastated by the war.  The General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade was designed to manage international trade, and the International Monetary Fund was created to monitor the balance of payments.  U.S. officials were at the center of all of these institutions, placing Washington at the center of the world of multilateralism.  The current global trend toward isolationism and ultra-nationalism is threatening these institutions.

    As a result of increased international activity, the staff of the White House grew from several dozen individuals in the administration of President Theodore Roosevelt to the current level of more than several thousand in the administration of President Joe Biden.  The bureaucratic growth was marked by the Council of Economic Advisers (1946), the National Security Council (1947), the Special Trade Representative ((1963), the Office of Management and Budget (1970), and the White House Office of Science and Technology Policy (1976).  The Supreme Court has demonstrated exceptional deference to the powers of the president in the field of national security, and the U.S. Congress largely accepted without question the U.S. role in the United Nations, the Marshall Plan, and North Atlantic Treaty Organization, and a variety of other international organizations and security arrangements.  

    Nevertheless, there are too many engines of chaos in the international community that point to greater violence far beyond the boundaries of the immediate protagonists.  Two and a half years of war between Russia and Ukraine threaten to engulf Central and Eastern Europe in a greater conflict. The International Criminal Court has issued an arrest warrant for Russian President Vladimir Putin, but that has not restricted his travels to member countries of the ICC let alone ameliorated his terrorist tactics in waging the war. 

    A year of war in the Middle East between Israel and Hamas threatens a greater regional conflict that could involve two major non-Arab players, the United States and Iran.  Again, the ICC is considering arrest warrants for Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Defense Minister Yoav Gallant, but there has been no let up in the genocidal campaign that Israel is waging in Gaza or the forced displacement of Palestinian civilians in the West Bank.  Israeli use of U.S.-supplied weaponry is certainly inconsistent with international law, and points to U.S. complicity in Netanyahu’s war.  Only Britain thus far has demonstrated a willingness to limit the supply of certain weapons to Israel.

    Meanwhile, the West pays no attention to the global catastrophe that is Sudan, African’s third largest country, where millions have been displaced, tens of thousands have been slaughtered, and there may soon be a famine that will rival the famine that enveloped Ethiopia in the 1980s.  Like Russia/Ukraine and Israel/Gaza, the civil war in Sudan will be an engine for chaos far beyond its borders.  The nations that border Sudan are already fragile, particularly Chad, Egypt, Ethiopia, and Libya.  There is arms smuggling throughout the region, and it is very likely that Sudan—like Libya—will split into two geographic parts.  And there is the added risk from outside participants—such as Russia, the United Arab Emirates, Egypt, and Iran— that supply the Sudanese Armed Forces (SAF) or the Rapid Support Forces RSF).  The ICC is currently gathering evidence of the crimes and atrocities committed by the SAF and the RSF.

    With the exception of the Kellogg-Briand Pact in 1928, which renounced war as an instrument of national policy, there are no international laws that regulate—let alone prevent—war.  Genocide and torture are banned by various protocols, but this has not gotten in the way of Putin, Netanyahu, or the Bush administration in fighting the Global War on Terror.  The atomic weapons against Hiroshima and Nagasaki in 1945 were acts of terrorism because neither city was a strategic target, and the overall purpose was to force a Japanese civilian community to pressure its leaders to surrender to the United States, the very definition of terrorism.  

    U.S. atrocities in Vietnam should have led to a serious debate regarding the need to differentiate between military and civilian targets, but there has been no international discussion of the importance of agreeing to humane rules of war.  Meanwhile, tens of thousands of innocent civilians are being killed in Ukraine and Gaza, and more than 150,000 civilians have been slaughtered in Sudan.  

    Two decades of U.S. warfare in Iraq and Afghanistan led to large numbers of civilian deaths.  The Defense Department went to significant lengths to control and suppress information about the human cost of war. It invited U.S. journalists to “embed” with military units but required them to submit their stories to the military for pre-publication review in order to co-opt the embedded journalists and make independent and objective reporting more difficult. It has erased journalists’ footage of civilian deaths in Afghanistan. And it has refused to disclose statistics on civilian casualties. “We don’t do body counts,” General Tommy Franks once said.

    The United States is devoting insufficient attention and resources to the possibility of bilateral dialogue with potential adversaries that could ameliorate the international horrors that currently exist.  Iran’s supreme leader, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, has stated that there are “no barriers” to nuclear negotiations with the United States.  There has been no response from the Biden administration. China wants the United States to ease its pressures on Beijing in order to stabilize bilateral relations and to enter discussions of nuclear matters.  At this point in time, President Joe Biden is the first U.S. president to avoid travel to China in more than 50 years.  Putin is looking for ways to reopen a dialogue with the United States, but Biden believes he has nothing to say to the Russian president.

    The Biden administration is taking credit for building an alliance system in Asia against China, rebuilding the alliance in Europe against Russia, and working to isolate Iran in the Middle East and the Persian Gulf.  Impressive partnerships have been formed with Japan, South Korea, and the Philippines in the Asia Pacific region; NATO has been expanded to its geographic limits in West and East Europe; and efforts are being made to encourage Arab nations in North Africa and the Middle East to isolate Iran.  

    Perhaps it’s time for Biden’s lame duck presidency to rest on its international laurels and find ways to engage three key adversaries (Russia, China, and Iran) in order to reduce the level of international risk and to manage the political indicators of more stable relations.  Crippling sanctions haven’t worked in limiting North Korea’s nuclear program, but perhaps diplomatic inducements should be given an opportunity.  The formation of the quasi-alliances could easily become a self-fulfilling prophecy that will do more harm than good to the international scene. 

    The post The Disappearance of International Law appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Melvin Goodman.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/06/the-disappearance-of-international-law/feed/ 0 492082
    Israeli Military Must Be Investigated for Wanton Destruction in Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/04/israeli-military-must-be-investigated-for-wanton-destruction-in-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/04/israeli-military-must-be-investigated-for-wanton-destruction-in-gaza/#respond Wed, 04 Sep 2024 23:01:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=7bd4b22053483c1e935e6e380ef56d14
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/04/israeli-military-must-be-investigated-for-wanton-destruction-in-gaza/feed/ 0 491870
    Bob Kitchen reporting from Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/04/bob-kitchen-reporting-from-gaza-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/04/bob-kitchen-reporting-from-gaza-2/#respond Wed, 04 Sep 2024 13:21:40 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=586081c93ea0ea1dad3a9c04acecdd2b
    This content originally appeared on International Rescue Committee and was authored by International Rescue Committee.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/04/bob-kitchen-reporting-from-gaza-2/feed/ 0 491819
    Deadly attempted prison escape in the DRC 🚨 https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/03/deadly-attempted-prison-escape-in-the-drc-%f0%9f%9a%a8/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/03/deadly-attempted-prison-escape-in-the-drc-%f0%9f%9a%a8/#respond Tue, 03 Sep 2024 16:27:17 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=642336789ed37e16a2a6c4635376f1b4
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/03/deadly-attempted-prison-escape-in-the-drc-%f0%9f%9a%a8/feed/ 0 491673
    CPJ, partners call for release of slain Nigerian journalist’s body https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/03/cpj-partners-call-for-release-of-slain-nigerian-journalists-body/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/03/cpj-partners-call-for-release-of-slain-nigerian-journalists-body/#respond Tue, 03 Sep 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=413882 The Committee to Protect Journalists, the International Press Institute, and the Media Foundation for West Africa released a joint statement on Tuesday, September 3, calling on Nigerian authorities to ensure the body of slain journalist Onifade Emmanuel Pelumi is released to his family and that those responsible for his death are identified and held to account. 

    Pelumi, an intern at Gboah TV, was shot on October 24, 2020, while covering the #EndSARS protests in Ikeja, the capital of Nigeria’s southwestern Lagos state. The injured journalist was reported to have been seen in the custody of the police; his body was found in a mortuary a week later.

    The statement said, “the continued refusal to release Pelumi’s body violates the family’s customary right” so they can provide a proper burial. “Without accountability, Pelumi’s case will add to several other unresolved killings of journalists in Nigeria, perpetuating a culture of impunity and promoting self-censorship,” the statement said.

    Read the full statement here.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/03/cpj-partners-call-for-release-of-slain-nigerian-journalists-body/feed/ 0 491656
    Killing Bazaars: The Land Forces Expo Down Under https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/03/killing-bazaars-the-land-forces-expo-down-under/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/03/killing-bazaars-the-land-forces-expo-down-under/#respond Tue, 03 Sep 2024 02:40:42 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=153247 Between September 11 and 13, the Melbourne Convention and Exhibition Centre (MCEC) will play host to a bazaar of networking and deal making as part of a show that really ought to be called The Merchants of Death Down Under.  And the times for these merchants are positively bullish, given that total global military expenditure […]

    The post Killing Bazaars: The Land Forces Expo Down Under first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Between September 11 and 13, the Melbourne Convention and Exhibition Centre (MCEC) will play host to a bazaar of networking and deal making as part of a show that really ought to be called The Merchants of Death Down Under.  And the times for these merchants are positively bullish, given that total global military expenditure exceeded US$2.4 trillion in 2023, an increase of 6.8% in real terms from 2022.

    The introductory note to the event is, typically in the lingo of the industry, mildly innocuous, even dull.  “The Land Forces 2024 International Land Defence Exposition is the premier platform for interaction between defence, industry and government of all levels, to meet, to do business and discuss the opportunities and challenges facing the global land defence markets.”

    In greater detail, the website goes on to describe the Land Defence Exposition as “the premier gateway to the land defence markets of Australia and the region, and a platform for interaction with major prime contractors from the United States and Europe.”  When it was held in 2022 at the Brisbane Convention and Exhibition Centre, the event attracted 20,000 attendees, 810 “exhibitor organisations” from 25 countries, and ran 40 conferences, symposia and presentations.  From 30 nations came 159 defence, government, industry and scientific delegations.

    Land Forces 2024 is instructive into how the military-industrial complex manifests.  Featured background reading for the event involves, for instance, news about cultivating budding militarists and numb any disturbing tendencies towards peacemaking.  And where better to start than in school, where things have yet to even bud?  From August 6, much approval is shown for the A$5.1 million Federation Funding Agreement between the Australian government and the state governments of South Australian and West Australia to deliver “the Schools Pathways Program (SPP)” as part of the Australian government’s Defence Industry Development Strategy.  The program offers school children a chance to taste the pungent trimmings of industrial militarism: visits to military facilities, “project-based learning”, and attend presentations.

    Rather cynically, the SPP co-opts the Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM) aspect of government policy, carving up a direct link between school study and the defence industry.  “We need more young Australians studying STEM subjects in schools and develop skills for our future workforce,” insists the Australian Minister for Education, Jason Clare.  Hard to disagree with the proposition, but why make things so blatantly easy for the Merchants of Death?

    Mutterings of discontent have registered against the Land Forces exposition.  Ellen Sandell, a Victorian member of parliament and leader of the Victorian Greens, and Adam Bandt, the federal member for Melbourne and leader of the Australian Greens, have written to the state Premier Jacinta Allan to call off the arms event.  The party notes that such companies as Elbit Systems “and others that are currently fuelling … Israel’s genocide in Palestine, where 40,000 people have now been killed – will showcase and sell their products there.”  Like most state premiers in Australia, Allan sees dollars before principles, icily dismissing such demands.

    The protest outfit Disrupt Land Forces, one that so far boasts 50 different activist collectives, has been gathering some steam.  As early as June 4, the publishing outlet Defence Connect reported movement on the activist front, with groups such as Wage Peace – Disrupt War and Whistleblowers, Activists & Communities Alliance planning to rally against the Land Force exposition.

    On its website the group writes that it “hassled Land Forces out of Magandjin (Brisbane)” in 2022.  The prospects look even better now for a re-run.  “Imagine what we can do now, in Narrm (Melbourne).”  Various activities are anticipated stretching over a week, a usual mix of carnival, activism, harrying – especially the arms dealers – with the goal of gathering 25,000 people who will ultimately encircle the MCEC and cause a halt to proceedings.

    Ahead of the event, the Victorian Labor government, the event’s satisfied sponsor, is already anticipating trouble, seeing the threat to peace from protestors as far more profound than boardroom arms dealers making deals in the shadow of death.  A further 1,800 police officers are being mobilised, drawn from the regional areas of the state.

    The Victorian Minister for Police, Anthony Carbines, did his best to set the mood.  “If you are not going to abide by the law, if you’re not going to protest peacefully, if you’re not going to show respect and decency, then you’ll be met with the full force of the law.”  Let’s hope the police observe those same standards.

    Warmongering press outlets, The Herald Sun being a perennial stalwart, warn of the “risks” that “Australia’s protest capital” will again be “held hostage to disruption and confrontation” given the diversion of police.  Its editorial of August 15 gives the protestors a flatteringly demon tinge, treating the projected number of 25,000 attendees quite literally, swallowing whole the optimistic incitements on the website of Disrupt Land Force group.

    The editorial also notes the concerns of unnamed senior members of the police force who fret about “the potential chaos outside MCEC at South Wharf and across central Melbourne”, one that compelled the forces to mount “one of the biggest security operations since the anti-vaccine/anti-lockdown protests at the height of Covid in 2021-21 or the World Economic Forum chaos in 2000.”

    Were it up to the editors, protesting activists would do far better to stay at home and let the Victorian economy, arms and all, hum along.  The merchants of death could go about negotiating the mechanics of murder in broad daylight; the Victorian government would get its blood fill; and Melbournians could turn a blind eye to what oils the mechanics of global conflict.  The forthcoming protests will, hopefully, shock the city into recognition that the arms trade is global, nefarious and indifferent to the casualty count.

    The post Killing Bazaars: The Land Forces Expo Down Under first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Binoy Kampmark.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/03/killing-bazaars-the-land-forces-expo-down-under/feed/ 0 491629
    David Miliband – Thank you for your incredible support https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/30/david-miliband-thank-you-for-your-incredible-support-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/30/david-miliband-thank-you-for-your-incredible-support-2/#respond Fri, 30 Aug 2024 12:53:56 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=ad6f7b583716ef157ab14cd959b5a271
    This content originally appeared on International Rescue Committee and was authored by International Rescue Committee.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/30/david-miliband-thank-you-for-your-incredible-support-2/feed/ 0 491141
    Women in Afghanistan are singing in protest https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/29/women-in-afghanistan-are-singing-in-protest/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/29/women-in-afghanistan-are-singing-in-protest/#respond Thu, 29 Aug 2024 16:39:25 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=8e08e612eaeb2b460e0984dd97297887
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/29/women-in-afghanistan-are-singing-in-protest/feed/ 0 490990
    David Miliband – Thank you for your incredible support https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/29/david-miliband-thank-you-for-your-incredible-support/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/29/david-miliband-thank-you-for-your-incredible-support/#respond Thu, 29 Aug 2024 13:49:52 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=f733f60f71eb8337f012d8837b71fd30
    This content originally appeared on International Rescue Committee and was authored by International Rescue Committee.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/29/david-miliband-thank-you-for-your-incredible-support/feed/ 0 490961
    Awareness of Capitalists’ Use of Colonialism Encourages International Solidarity  https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/29/awareness-of-capitalists-use-of-colonialism-encourages-international-solidarity-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/29/awareness-of-capitalists-use-of-colonialism-encourages-international-solidarity-2/#respond Thu, 29 Aug 2024 05:55:16 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=332103 Studying capitalism, Karl Marx examined the Industrial Revolution in Europe. He explored conflict between worker and employer. In their book Capital and Imperialism (Monthly Review Press, 2021), authors Utsa Patnaik and Prabhat Patnaik emphasize that Marx’s followers believed that, with the onset of capitalism, “accumulation [has] occurred only on the basis of the generation of surplus value.” (Surplus value signifies that part More

    The post Awareness of Capitalists’ Use of Colonialism Encourages International Solidarity  appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Photograph by Nathaniel St. Clair

    Studying capitalism, Karl Marx examined the Industrial Revolution in Europe. He explored conflict between worker and employer. In their book Capital and Imperialism (Monthly Review Press, 2021), authors Utsa Patnaik and Prabhat Patnaik emphasize that Marx’s followers believed that, with the onset of capitalism, “accumulation [has] occurred only on the basis of the generation of surplus value.” (Surplus value signifies that part of a product’s commercial yield which labor generates and employers keep.)

    The Patnaiks recall that Marxists mention another kind of accumulation of wealth, one that “occurred only in the prehistory of capitalism.” According to the authors’ reckoning, however, so-called “primitive accumulation occurred throughout the history of capitalism,” along with surplus value.  The term primitive accumulation refers to expropriation, plunder, or stealing.

    Many U.S. political activists oppose the overseas wars and interventions their government uses to maintain worldwide political and economic domination. More than a few know about stealing in the peripheral regions of the world at the hands of capitalism. They are aware of U.S. imperialism.

    The stolen goods include: land, bodies, raw materials, food crops, forests, water, extractable underground resources, exorbitant interest on debt, and funding owed the world’s poor for subsistence. Non-payment for social reproduction is a kind of stealing.

    The more these activists learn that capitalism from its start did call for oppression in the undeveloped regions of the world, the more likely might be their inclination to build an anti-capitalist international solidarity movement. The book authored by the Patnaiks contributes to this end by documenting that colonialism and, implicitly, imperialism have been essential to the development of capitalism.

    In describing India’s colonial experience, their book – by no means reviewed here in its entirety – provides an explanation taken from Marx as to why capitalism needed colonialism. It details the workings of capitalist-inspired colonialism in India.

    The Patnaiks declare that, “not only has capitalism always been historically ensconced within a pre-capitalist setting from which it emerged, with which it interacted, and which it modified for its own purposes, but additionally that its very existence and expansion is conditioned upon such interaction.” Capitalists sought “appropriation of surplus by the metropolis, under colonialism.” (“Metropolis” is defined as “the city or state of origin of a colony.”)

    They explain that “Marx’s basic concept of capitalism [as expressed] in Capital is of an isolated capitalist sector … consisting only of workers and capitalists,” also that an isolated sector implies a capitalism “stuck forever in a stationary state or a state of simple reproduction … [and] with zero growth.” They insist that “a closed self-contained capitalism in the metropolis is a logical impossibility.”

    There is “nothing within the system to pull it out of that state.” The economy “will necessarilyget to that state in the absence of exogenous stimuli.”

    The Patnaiks envision three kinds of exogenous stimuli: “pre-capitalist markets, state expenditure, and innovations.” The first of these represents the colonialism that would be essential to capitalists as they built the economies of European industrial centers.

    Inflation a concern

    Outlining how British capitalism dealt with colonial India, the authors highlight money as a device for holding and transferring wealth. The object has been to preserve its value. The system had these features:

    + Officials in London used the surplus derived from Indian exports of primary commodities to finance the export of capital to other capitalist countries.

    + British officials taxed the land of small producers in India, using the revenue to pay the colony’s administrative expenses and purchase commodities for export to Britain; some were re-exported to other countries.

    + Britain exported manufactured goods. The flood of them arriving in India led to “deindustrialization of the colonial economy.” Displaced artisan manufacturers became “petty producers” of commodities.

    + British officials dealing with “increasing supply prices” for commodities exported from the colonies, faced “metropolitan money-wage or profit margin increases.” Seeking to “stabilize the value of money,” they imposed “income deflation … [on Indian] suppliers of wage goods and inputs to the capitalist sector.”

    + The claims of heavily-taxed agricultural producers in India were “compressible” especially because they were located “in the midst of vast labor reserves.”

    Colonialism provided British capitalists the option of cutting pay or jobs in India so as to carry out the currency exchanges the system required and to “accommodate increases in money wages” in Britain, both “without jeopardizing the value of money.”

    Global economy

    The book outlines post-colonial developments. Colonial arrangements persisted throughout the 19th century and collapsed after World War I, due in part, say the authors, to a worldwide agricultural crisis that peaked in 1926. The circumstances gave rise to the Great Depression. Spending for World War II led to recovery, mostly in the United States.

    These were “boom years” for capitalism. The United States, confronted with increasing military expenses, turned to deficit financing. Western European countries took up social democracy and the welfare state. Some former colonies, now independent nations, sponsored agricultural and industrial initiatives aimed at relieving economic inequalities.

    At that point, the centers could no longer impose income deflation on working people in the periphery to ward off loss of monetary value. Bank holdings increased and lending pressures mounted. In 1973 “the Bretton Woods system collapsed because of the emergence of inflation.” “The capitalist world of the stable medium of holding wealth …[through] the gold-dollar link” took a hit.

    Next came worldwide take-over by global finance capital and neoliberalism. The Patnaiks explain that, with “barriers to capital flows” down, “state intervention in demand management becomes impossible.” “[A] regime of income deflation on the working people of the periphery” returned in order to “control inflation and stabilize the value of money.”

    Conclusion

    This story is of continuities. One is capitalism at its start taking up with colonialism. Another is capitalism using colonialism to preserve the value of money in cross-border commercial and financial dealings. One more is the oppression and beggaring of the world’s working people to prevent inflation.

    Karl Marx may have found data and other information on colonialism scarce as he studied capitalism. Additionally, his life of research and political activism may have been so full as to distract him from investigation of the colonial connection. Even so he championed international worker solidarity.

    He and Engels supported India’s independence struggle. Marx defended heroic Poland” beset by Czarist Russia. He writes to Engels that, “In my view, the most momentous thing happening in the world today is, on the one hand, the movement among the slaves in America, started by the death of [John] Brown and on the other the movement of the serfs in Russia.”

    Addressing the International Working Men’s Association – the First International – in 1864, Marx reported that events “have taught the working classes the duty to master themselves the mysteries of international politics; to watch the diplomatic acts of their respective governments.”

    The wreckage of people’s lives caused by capitalism now extends widely. The venue of capitalism is global, by its nature. Political support for workers and their political formations in the Global South hits at the essence of capitalist power. The promise of basic change lies in that direction, and that’s so too with alternatives to the capitalist system.

    Those struggles for social justice and equality that are confined to the world’s industrial centers do target aspects of capitalism, but without far-reaching expectations. The full effort consists of: pushing for reforms that ease burdens placed upon working people, building mass opposition, and – crucially – advancing the international solidarity movement.

    The post Awareness of Capitalists’ Use of Colonialism Encourages International Solidarity  appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by W. T. Whitney.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/29/awareness-of-capitalists-use-of-colonialism-encourages-international-solidarity-2/feed/ 0 490918
    Awareness of Capitalists’ Use of Colonialism Encourages International Solidarity https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/27/awareness-of-capitalists-use-of-colonialism-encourages-international-solidarity/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/27/awareness-of-capitalists-use-of-colonialism-encourages-international-solidarity/#respond Tue, 27 Aug 2024 06:08:02 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=331866 Studying capitalism, Karl Marx examined the Industrial Revolution in Europe. He explored conflict between worker and employer. In their book Capital and Imperialism (Monthly Review Press, 2021), authors Utsa Patnaik and Prabhat Patnaik emphasize that Marx’s followers believed that, with the onset of capitalism, “accumulation [has] occurred only on the basis of the generation of More

    The post Awareness of Capitalists’ Use of Colonialism Encourages International Solidarity appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Image by L’Odyssée Belle.

    Studying capitalism, Karl Marx examined the Industrial Revolution in Europe. He explored conflict between worker and employer. In their book Capital and Imperialism (Monthly Review Press, 2021), authors Utsa Patnaik and Prabhat Patnaik emphasize that Marx’s followers believed that, with the onset of capitalism, “accumulation [has] occurred only on the basis of the generation of surplus value.” (Surplus value signifies that part of a product’s commercial yield which labor generates and employers keep.)

    The Patnaiks recall that Marxists mention another kind of accumulation of wealth, one that “occurred only in the prehistory of capitalism.” According to the authors’ reckoning, however, so-called “primitive accumulation occurred throughout the history of capitalism,” along with surplus value. The term primitive accumulation refers to expropriation, plunder, or stealing.

    Many U.S. political activists oppose the overseas wars and interventions their government uses to maintain worldwide political and economic domination. More than a few know about stealing in the peripheral regions of the world at the hands of capitalism. They are aware of U.S. imperialism.

    The stolen goods include: land, bodies, raw materials, food crops, forests, water, extractable underground resources, exorbitant interest on debt, and funding owed the world’s poor for subsistence. Non-payment for social reproduction is a kind of stealing.

    The more these activists learn that capitalism from its start did call for oppression in the undeveloped regions of the world, the more likely might be their inclination to build an anti-capitalist international solidarity movement. The book authored by the Patnaiks contributes to this end by documenting that colonialism and, implicitly, imperialism have been essential to the development of capitalism.

    In describing India’s colonial experience, their book – by no means reviewed here in its entirety – provides an explanation taken from Marx as to why capitalism needed colonialism. It details the workings of capitalist-inspired colonialism in India.

    The Patnaiks declare that, “not only has capitalism always been historically ensconced within a pre-capitalist setting from which it emerged, with which it interacted, and which it modified for its own purposes, but additionally that its very existence and expansion is conditioned upon such interaction.” Capitalists sought “appropriation of surplus by the metropolis, under colonialism.” (“Metropolis” is defined as “the city or state of origin of a colony.”)

    They explain that “Marx’s basic concept of capitalism [as expressed] in Capital is of an isolated capitalist sector … consisting only of workers and capitalists,” also that an isolated sector implies a capitalism “stuck forever in a stationary state or a state of simple reproduction … [and] with zero growth.” They insist that “a closed self-contained capitalism in the metropolis is a logical impossibility.”

    There is “nothing within the system to pull it out of that state.” The economy “will necessarily get to that state in the absence of exogenous stimuli.”

    The Patnaiks envision three kinds of exogenous stimuli: “pre-capitalist markets, state expenditure, and innovations.” The first of these represents the colonialism that would be essential to capitalists as they built the economies of European industrial centers.

    Inflation a concern

    Outlining how British capitalism dealt with colonial India, the authors highlight money as a device for holding and transferring wealth. The object has been to preserve its value. The system had these features:

    * Officials in London used the surplus derived from Indian exports of primary commodities to finance the export of capital to other capitalist countries.

    * British officials taxed the land of small producers in India, using the revenue to pay the colony’s administrative expenses and purchase commodities for export to Britain; some were re-exported to other countries.

    * Britain exported manufactured goods. The flood of them arriving in India led to “deindustrialization of the colonial economy.” Displaced artisan manufacturers became “petty producers” of commodities.

    * British officials dealing with “increasing supply prices” for commodities exported from the colonies, faced “metropolitan money-wage or profit margin increases.” Seeking to “stabilize the value of money,” they imposed “income deflation … [on Indian] suppliers of wage goods and inputs to the capitalist sector.”

    * The claims of heavily-taxed agricultural producers in India were “compressible” especially because they were located “in the midst of vast labor reserves.”

    Colonialism provided British capitalists the option of cutting pay or jobs in India so as to carry out the currency exchanges the system required and to “accommodate increases in money wages” in Britain, both “without jeopardizing the value of money.”

    Global economy

    The book outlines post-colonial developments. Colonial arrangements persisted throughout the 19th century and collapsed after World War I, due in part, say the authors, to a worldwide agricultural crisis that peaked in 1926. The circumstances gave rise to the Great Depression. Spending for World War II led to recovery, mostly in the United States.

    These were “boom years” for capitalism. The United States, confronted with increasing military expenses, turned to deficit financing. Western European countries took up social democracy and the welfare state. Some former colonies, now independent nations, sponsored agricultural and industrial initiatives aimed at relieving economic inequalities.

    At that point, the centers could no longer impose income deflation on working people in the periphery to ward off loss of monetary value. Bank holdings increased and lending pressures mounted. In 1973 “the Bretton Woods system collapsed because of the emergence of inflation.” “The capitalist world of the stable medium of holding wealth …[through] the gold-dollar link” took a hit.

    Next came worldwide take-over by global finance capital and neoliberalism. The Patnaiks explain that, with “barriers to capital flows” down, “state intervention in demand management becomes impossible.” “[A] regime of income deflation on the working people of the periphery” returned in order to “control inflation and stabilize the value of money.”

    Concluding

    This story is of continuities. One is capitalism at its start taking up with colonialism. Another is capitalism using colonialism to preserve the value of money in cross-border commercial and financial dealings. One more is the oppression and beggaring of the world’s working people to prevent inflation.

    Karl Marx may have found data and other information on colonialism scarce as he studied capitalism. Additionally, his life of research and political activism may have been so full as to distract him from investigation of the colonial connection. Even so he championed international worker solidarity.

    He and Engels supported India’s independence struggle. Marx defended “heroic Poland” beset by Czarist Russia. He writes to Engels that, “In my view, the most momentous thing happening in the world today is, on the one hand, the movement among the slaves in America, started by the death of [John] Brown and on the other the movement of the serfs in Russia.”

    Addressing the International Working Men’s Association – the First International – in 1864, Marx reported that events “have taught the working classes the duty to master themselves the mysteries of international politics; to watch the diplomatic acts of their respective governments.”

    The wreckage of people’s lives caused by capitalism now extends widely. The venue of capitalism is global, by its nature. Political support for workers and their political formations in the Global South hits at the essence of capitalist power. The promise of basic change lies in that direction, and that’s so too with alternatives to the capitalist system.

    Those struggles for social justice and equality that are confined to the world’s industrial centers do target aspects of capitalism, but without far-reaching expectations. The full effort consists of: pushing for reforms that ease burdens placed upon working people, building mass opposition, and – crucially – advancing the international solidarity movement.

    The post Awareness of Capitalists’ Use of Colonialism Encourages International Solidarity appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by W. T. Whitney.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/27/awareness-of-capitalists-use-of-colonialism-encourages-international-solidarity/feed/ 0 490610
    Mike Lynch, Probability and the Cyber Industrial Complex https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/26/mike-lynch-probability-and-the-cyber-industrial-complex/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/26/mike-lynch-probability-and-the-cyber-industrial-complex/#respond Mon, 26 Aug 2024 17:50:27 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=153098 It began as a devastating, confined storm off the coast of Sicily, striking the luxury yacht Bayesian in the form of a devastating water column resembling a tornado.  Probability was inherent in the name (Thomas Bayes, mathematician and nonconformist theologian of the 18th century, had been the first to use probability inductively) and improbability the […]

    The post Mike Lynch, Probability and the Cyber Industrial Complex first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    It began as a devastating, confined storm off the coast of Sicily, striking the luxury yacht Bayesian in the form of a devastating water column resembling a tornado.  Probability was inherent in the name (Thomas Bayes, mathematician and nonconformist theologian of the 18th century, had been the first to use probability inductively) and improbability the nature of the accident.

    It also led to rich speculation about the fate of those on the doomed vessel.  While most on the sunk yacht were saved (the eventual number totalled fifteen), a number of prominent figures initially went missing before being found.  They included British technology entrepreneur Mike Lynch and his daughter, along with Morgan Stanley International Bank chairman, Jonathan Bloomer, and Clifford Chance lawyer Chris Morvillo.

    Lynch, co-founder of the British data analytics firm Autonomy and co-founder and investor in the cybersecurity firm Darktrace, had been recently acquitted by a US federal jury of fifteen counts of fraud and conspiracy, along with his co-defendant Stephen Chamberlain, regarding Hewlett-Packard’s acquisition of Autonomy in 2011.  While the firm’s acquisition had cost a mighty US$11 billion, HP wrote off a stunning US$8.8 billion within 12 months, demanding an investigation into what it regarded as “serious accounting improprieties, disclosure failures and outright misrepresentations at Autonomy.”  Clifford Chance was instructed by Lynch to act for him following the write down of Autonomy’s value in November 2012, hence Morvillo’s presence.

    Lynch had his fair share of unwanted excitement.  The US Department of Justice successfully secured his extradition, though failed to get a conviction.  The investor proved less fortunate in a 2022 civil suit in the UK, one he lost.

    For all his legal travails, Lynch stayed busy. He founded Invoke Capital, which became the largest investor in the cybersecurity firm Darktrace.  Other companies featured in terms of funding targets for the company, among them Sophia Genetics, Featurespace and Luminance.

    Darktrace, founded in 2013, has thrived in the thick soup of security establishment interests.  British prime ministers have fallen within its orbit of influence, so much so that David Cameron accompanied its CEO Nicole Egan on an official visit to Washington DC in January 2015 ahead of the opening of the company’s US headquarters.

    Members of the UK signals intelligence agency GCHQ are said to have approached Lynch, who proceeded to broker a meeting that proved most profitable in packing Darktrace with former members of the UK and, eventually, US intelligence community.  The company boasts a veritable closet of former operatives on the books: MI5, MI6, CIA, the NSA, and FBI.  Co-founder Stephen Huxter, a notable official in MI5’s cyber defence team, became Darktrace’s managing director.

    Other connections are also of interest in sketching the extensive reach of the cyber industrial complex.  This need not lend itself to a conspiratorial reading of power so much as the influence companies such as Darktrace wield in the field.  Take Alexander Arbuthnot, yet another cut and dried establishment figure whose private equity firm Vitruvian Partners found Darktrace worthy of receiving a multi-million-pound investment as part of a push into cybersecurity.

    Fascinating as this is, such matters gather steam and huff on looking at Arbuthnot’s family ties.  Take Arbuthnot’s mother and Westminster chief magistrate, one Lady Emma Arbuthnot.  The magistrate presided over part of the lengthily cruel and prolonged extradition proceedings of Julian Assange, founder of WikiLeaks and hounded for alleged breaches of the US Espionage Act.  (Assange recently pleaded guilty to one count of conspiracy to obtain and disclose national defence information under the Espionage Act of 1917.)  Any conflict of interest, actual or perceived, including her husband’s own links to the UK military community as former UK defence minister, were not declared during the legal circus.  Establishment members tend to regard themselves as above reproach.

    With such a tight tangle of links, it took another coincidence to send the amateur sleuths on a feverish digital trawl for sauce and conspiracy.  On August 17, a few days prior to Lynch’s drowning, his co-defendant was struck while running in Cambridgeshire.  Chamberlain died in hospital from his injuries, with the driver, a 49-year-old woman from Haddenham, assisting at the scene with inquiries.

    Reddit and the platform X duly caught fire with theories on the alleged role of hidden corporate actors, disgruntled US justice officials robbed of their quarry, and links to the intelligence community.  Chay Bowes, a blustery Irish businessman with an addiction to internet soapbox pontification, found himself obsessed with probabilities, wondering, “How could two of the statistically most charmed men alive meet tragic ends within two days of each other in the most improbable ways?”

    A better line of reflection is considering the influence and power such corporations exercise in the cyber military-industrial complex.  In the realm of cyber policy, the line between public sector notions of security and defence, and the entrepreneurial pursuit of profit, have ceased to be meaningful.  In a fundamental sense, Lynch was vital to that blurring, the innovator as semi-divine.

    Darktrace became an apotheosis of that phenomenon, retaining influence in the market despite a scandal spotted record.  It has, for instance, survived claims and investigations of sexual harassment.  (One of those accused at the company was the most appropriately named Randy Cheek, a sales chief based in the San Francisco office.)

    In 2023, its chief executive Poppy Gustafsson fended off a stinging report by the US-hedge fund Quintessential Capital Management (QCM) alleging questionable sales and accounting practices intended to drive up the value of the company before it was floated on the London Stock Exchange in 2021.  This sounded rather typical and seemed eerily reminiscent of the Autonomy affair.  “After a careful analysis,” QCM reported, “we are deeply sceptical about the validity of Darktrace’s financial statements and fear that sales, margins and growth rates may be overstated and close to sharp correction.”

    QCM’s efforts did no lasting damage.  In April this year, it was revealed that Darktrace would be purchased by US private equity firm Thoma Bravo for the punchy sum of US$5.32 billion.  The Darktrace board was bullish about the deal, telling investors that its “operating and financial achievements have not been reflected commensurately in its valuation, with shares trading at a significant discount to its global peer group”.  If things sour on this one, Thoma Bravo will only have itself to blame, given the collapse of takeover talks it had with the company in 2022.  Irrespective of any anticipated sketchiness, Lynch’s troubled legacy regarding data-driven technology and its relation to the state will remain.

    The post Mike Lynch, Probability and the Cyber Industrial Complex first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Binoy Kampmark.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/26/mike-lynch-probability-and-the-cyber-industrial-complex/feed/ 0 490517
    Ecuador voted to keep oil in the ground. Will it happen? https://grist.org/international/ecuador-voted-to-keep-oil-in-the-ground-will-it-happen/ https://grist.org/international/ecuador-voted-to-keep-oil-in-the-ground-will-it-happen/#respond Sat, 24 Aug 2024 13:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=646638 Imagine oil workers appearing in your backyard and drilling without warning. Think of constant noise, noxious odors, and routine spills that contaminate your air and water. Then consider all this lasting for decades, with no end in sight and the wealth from the oil sales flowing to people in far-off places. 

    That is a rough picture of what Ecuador’s Indigenous Waorani people have been living with since the 1970s, when U.S. oil company Texaco arrived and joined a campaign of American missionaries to force contact on families and remove them to evangelical encampments. 

    As oil operations expanded, so too did the nation’s gross domestic product. Crude has powered the economy ever since. Resistance to the industry’s growth was long seen as an impediment to national progress.

    But one year ago, Ecuadorians did something extraordinary. In a nationwide referendum, nearly 59 percent of voters chose to leave billions of dollars worth of heavy crude oil in the ground. 

    The ballot measure asked voters whether they wanted to stop operations in three oil fields located inside Yasuni National Park, a part of the Amazon rainforest so biodiverse that there are more species of trees located in one square mile of it than in all of North America. The Ishpingo, Tambococha, and Tiputini (ITT) fields also encompass the territories of uncontacted and recently contacted Waorani families.

    A map of Ecuador showing oil sites

    Referendums, a form of direct democracy, have long been used in Ecuador. Most have been top-down, called by politicians seeking legitimacy for proposed policies. 

    The Yasuni ITT vote was a rare instance of citizens forcing the government’s hand through grassroots organizing and signature gathering. To some, that makes the ITT referendum all the more legitimate and why many perceive compliance with the vote as a high-stakes moment for Ecuadorian democracy. 

    This month, the government will pass a deadline, imposed by the nation’s top court, to end oil operations in the ITT fields and remediate the area as the referendum requires. 

    While Ecuadorian president Daniel Noboa appears to have halted planned drilling expansions there, it’s not clear that the government will fully obey the Constitutional Court’s ruling. 

    Noboa pledged to do so during his presidential campaign last year. But in a January television interview, Noboa suggested that the government may delay phasing out operations in the ITT fields to finance its fight against growing drug-related violence. 

    Today, the state oil company Petroecuador continues to extract and pipe about 55,000 barrels of oil per day from that area.

    A gas flare burns in the Ecuadorian Amazon Rainforest. An Ecuadorian provincial court ruled in 2021 that the hundreds of gas flares in the region violated locals’ right to a healthy environment. Katie Surma/Inside Climate News

    Ecuadorian embassies in New York City and Washington, D.C., did not respond to requests for comment or emailed questions about whether the government was taking steps to comply with the referendum.

    The situation has created tensions both within and outside Ecuador.

    On the ground in Yasuni, where the oil industry has historically trampled on Indigenous peoples’ rights, individual communities and organizations are planning to challenge the government through new court actions and other forms of resistance and protest. 

    Outside of Ecuador, the outcome will shed light on whether direct democracy is a viable tool to stop extractive projects with outsized harmful impacts. Communities affected by fossil fuel, mining, and agriculture projects in developing countries have long struggled to defend their land rights and the right to a healthy environment. Ecuador’s ITT referendum offered them a beacon of hope as other governments roll out new plans for fossil fuel extraction and mining projects linked to renewable energy technologies. 

    Noncompliance or excessive delay with the ITT referendum results could chill enthusiasm for similar direct democracy initiatives in the future, according to David Altman, a political scientist at the Pontificia Universidad Católica in Chile. 

    “If the government keeps extracting oil from Yasuni, the next time someone comes up with a nice idea for a popular initiative, some people will say, ‘What’s the point?’” Altman said. “This frustration could become a frustration toward democracy itself, and that is extremely dangerous.”

    Ecuador’s president: ‘We are at war

    Behind Noboa’s apparent pivot away from his campaign promise to end ITT production is an explosion of crime in the once-tranquil nation.

    Until a few years ago Ecuador was, unlike its neighbors Peru and Colombia, largely free from drug-related violence. But from 2022 to 2023, Ecuador’s murder rate soared, making it one of South America’s most violent countries. The escalating brutality reared its head during last year’s snap presidential and congressional elections. At an October campaign event in Quito, gunmen assassinated Ecuadorian presidential candidate Fernando Villavicencio, a former journalist who had spoken out about corruption. And earlier this year, violence in the nation of 18 million people again made headlines when masked gunmen took a journalist hostage on live television. 

    A person's hand covered in black oil
    A hand stained with oil contamination is seen at a former Texaco drilling site in the province of Sucumbios, Ecuador, in 2022.
    Katie Surma/Inside Climate News

    “We are at war,” Noboa said in an interview after the hostage taking. 

    In April, the president called his own referendum, this time focused on security measures like allowing the military to work with police and increasing some prison sentences. Voters approved the proposals by wide margins. 

    Funding those and other police activities, Noboa has argued, will require a bump in income and closing the ITT fields would move the national balance sheet in the wrong direction. Ending production in the three fields would cost the country just under $14 billion over the next two decades, according to Petroecuador. 

    Without that income to fight gangs, Noboa said, Ecuador would “lose the country.” 

    ‘Yes to life

    But a broad coalition of Indigenous peoples, environmentalists, and activists are challenging the government’s narrative that fighting crime necessitates continued oil extraction in the ITT fields. 

    They say Noboa’s business-friendly administration is using the drug war as an excuse to delay the phaseout of a declining industry. The nation’s oil production has slumped from its 2014 peak of 557,000 barrels per day to 475,000 in 2023. The ITT fields comprise about 12 percent of that total. Advocates also argue the government has other ways to fund Noboa’s priorities, such as through progressive taxation, combating illicit financial flows and budget cuts. 

    More broadly, those favoring an end to oil production cast the fight over the ITT fields as a battle for the soul of the country and its future.  

    A mustachioed man in a green shirt and red necklace with a reed headband smiles
    Penti Baihua is a traditional Baihuaeri leader. American missionaries and U.S. oil companies forced contact on his family when Baihua was about 6 years old.
    Katie Surma/Inside Climate News

    Esperanza Martinez, a co-founder of the nonprofit Acción Ecológica, said the outcome of the ITT referendum was in large part due to Ecuadorians’ weariness with persistent corruption in the country’s oil industry. Also playing a part was a decentralized advocacy campaign and an increasingly powerful and well-organized Indigenous movement. Advocates promoted the ITT vote as a way of recognizing that environmental stewardship is a cornerstone of Ecuadorian nationality.

    Straddling the equator and encompassing the Galapagos Islands in the Pacific, the snow-capped Andes and the Amazon rainforest, Ecuador is one of the most biologically diverse places in the world. It is home to countless endangered and rare animals, like the spectacled bear and the giant otter, and some species found nowhere else on Earth, like the marine iguana. In 2008, voters moved to codify the highest form of legal protection for nature when they enacted a new Constitution packed with environmental rights, including a provision recognizing that nature itself has a right to exist. 

    The ITT referendum, Martinez said, reflects that heritage and “was about saying yes to life, yes to Yasuni, and yes to care of nature.”

    The process of forced contact and land theft thrust upon Waorani families over the past several decades has not ended. 

    They have continued to lose territory to expanding oil operations and associated logging, colonization and some environmental protection efforts. In 1979, Yasuni National Park was imposed on top of Waorani peoples’ territories without consultation or consent. The government subsequently greenlit oil operations throughout the park, which is a United Nations-designated biosphere reserve. 

    Until recently, the government appeared to be pushing ahead with plans to expand operations in the ITT fields by adding eight new platforms, for a total of about 280 new wells, according to Petroecuador’s environmental impact statements. 

    “The plans for expansion are huge,” said Judith Kimerling, an American lawyer who reviewed the environmental impact statement. 

    Kimerling works with a Waorani community known as the Baihuaeri of Bameno. Their territory overlaps with the Ishpingo field, the most southern of the ITT trio. The new platforms Petroecuador had planned to install run right to the border of the “Intangible Zone,” a Delaware-sized patch of rainforest off limits to all extractive activity because of the presence of uncontacted Waorani families, known formally as “peoples living in voluntary isolation.” 

    Several recently contacted Waorani families, including the Baihuaeri, also live inside the Intangible Zone or have territories that intersect with it. 

    It’s unclear why the government has halted its Ishpingo expansion plans, but Kimerling suggested it could be because of a pending court case

    Penti Baihua, a traditional leader of the Baihuaeri of Bameno, said he’s concerned that the government will renew operations in the planned Ishpingo expansion. 

    “I want a legal document that guarantees they won’t come back,” he said. 

    Baihua is also worried about what academics call the balloon effect: When operations are banned in one area, they are moved elsewhere. He said the three uncontacted Waorani groups are known to inhabit or travel through multiple oil blocks where operations are ongoing or could expand — Oil Block 43, which houses the ITT fields, as well as several blocks beyond that area.

    In the fall of 2022, Baihua testified before the Inter-American Court of Human Rights about these concerns. The case, the Tagaeri and Taromenane Indigenous Peoples v. Ecuador, has put a spotlight on Ecuador’s history of prioritizing the growth of its oil industry over the rights of Indigenous peoples. 

    A ruling in that case is expected to come down before the end of the year, when the term of some judges ends. If the judges decide that Ecuador has violated the rights of uncontacted Waorani people and families, they could order Ecuador to take measures to repair those harms and prevent new ones, such as by halting oil production. 

    Other unfolding legal and political actions will have a bearing on the future of the Yasuni region. 

    The Baihuaeri have been organizing communities living in and around the Intangible Zone to agree on ways to stop oil expansion.  

    Separately, NAWE, a Waorani organization, is hosting a summit in Puyo, Ecuador, from August 28 to 30 aimed at producing a strategy to push the Ecuadorian government toward dismantling ITT operations. 

    Juan Bay, the president of NAWE, said the organization expects to host 300 people from across South America. His organization plans to file a complaint with the Constitutional Court in the coming weeks to force compliance with the referendum and to ask that NAWE be given a seat on the governmental committee tasked with overseeing compliance with the ITT referendum. That committee, established in May, is composed of governmental officials, including the head of Petroecuador, without Indigenous representation. It’s unclear what steps the committee has taken since its formation. 

    “We should be on the front lines of making decisions about our territories and what happens in our homes,” Bay said.

    On Tuesday, a group of U.N. human rights experts released a statement calling on the Ecuadorian government to implement the ITT referendum. 

    “Any delay or deviation from the popular consultation’s mandate risks undermining environmental protection and climate action efforts, the integrity of Ecuador’s democratic processes, and threatening human rights,” the statement said.

    Previously, human rights experts have called on the international community to provide Ecuador with debt relief and access to concessional financing.

    Indigenous peoples living in Ecuador’s oil-producing regions have some of the highest poverty rates in the country and lack access to basic services like electricity, education, and running water, according to the U.N. 

    The United States has historically been, and currently is, the biggest purchaser of Ecuadorian crude oil. 

    Update: After this article was published, the Ecuadorian government announced plans to cap and close 246 oil wells in the Ishpingo, Tambococha, and Tiputini (ITT) fields beginning on August 30, 2024. That phase-out process will last until December 31, 2029. The government expects that removing other infrastructure, such as well pads, and remediating environmental damage will last through August 31, 2032.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Ecuador voted to keep oil in the ground. Will it happen? on Aug 24, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Katie Surma, Inside Climate News.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/international/ecuador-voted-to-keep-oil-in-the-ground-will-it-happen/feed/ 0 490276
    An invisible, toxic chemical has been poisoning residents in Puerto Rico for decades https://grist.org/accountability/ethylene-oxide-puerto-rico-chemical-salinas-worker-health/ https://grist.org/accountability/ethylene-oxide-puerto-rico-chemical-salinas-worker-health/#respond Thu, 22 Aug 2024 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=644587 Henry Morales woke up in the emergency room in Salinas, Puerto Rico, not knowing where he was. A doctor appeared beside him and gestured toward a dark-haired woman with a worried expression. “Do you know who this is?” he asked. Morales blinked, but didn’t answer. Words seemed to belong to some faraway place, and he was too tired to reach for them. “Who is this?” the doctor repeated. After a few minutes, Henry heard himself respond. “That is my wife,” he said.

    The memory of what led him to the hospital returned in blurry snapshots that he continues to piece together more than 20 years later. He’d been working a regular shift at Steri-Tech, a company that sterilizes medical devices, where he’d been an operator technician for five years. His job was to move boxes of medical supplies in and out of the sterilization chambers and to check the small vials of biological material placed in each box as a way to verify that it had all been successfully sterilized. In the normal course of Morales’ work, he typically wore a respirator to protect himself from the toxic gas, ethylene oxide, used to sterilize the medical products. 

    On the day of his hospitalization, Morales and several coworkers had just removed a pallet of sterilized equipment from the chamber. Once the door to the chamber was closed, Morales and the others took off their gas masks, as was standard. Morales noticed that one vial of biological material was missing. He identified the box he’d overlooked and to be sure that it was sterilized, he opened it. 

    One memory that has always remained vivid for Morales is what he smelled when he opened the box. “Dulce,” Morales said to describe the scent; it was sweet, unlike anything he’d smelled before. 

    Steri-Tech uses the gas ethylene oxide — which has a unique ability to penetrate porous surfaces and destroy microorganisms without damaging heat-sensitive materials like heart valves, pacemakers, catheters, and intubation tubes — to fumigate the products it sterilizes. It’s what Morales smelled when he opened the box. 

    As he arranged the box back on the pallet, Morales began to feel lightheaded, and he stumbled through the rest of his shift. 

    Once he clocked out, anxious to pick up his wife and go home, he made his way to his car. As soon as he opened the door, his “mind went out.” 

    A man sits on a couch in his home holding a pink employee ID
    Morales sits in his home in Salinas, Puerto Rico. Esteban G. Morales Neris / Centro de Periodismo Investigativo / Grist

    A coworker found him convulsing with a seizure in the driver’s seat. His arm was lodged between the seat and the center console, his shoulder dislocated. The coworker quickly called an ambulance, and Morales was rushed to the hospital, where medical staff ran MRI and CT scans and found that a portion of the left side of Henry’s brain had died. He was diagnosed with epilepsy and prescribed the anti-seizure drug Dilantin, which he continues to take four times a day. 

    When they spoke after the accident, Steri-Tech founder and CEO Jorge Vivoni assured Morales that the plant was safe. According to Morales, Vivoni told him that his condition was the result of congenital epilepsy, not workplace exposure. But during his recovery, Morales decided to read about the effects of inhaling ethylene oxide and recognized that he had experienced all the symptoms of acute exposure: headaches, dizziness, twitchiness, and seizures. 

    “Henry was never sick,” his wife, Jannette, said. “Everything changed that day. Before that, he was a healthy man.”

    A man holds several leaves of paper, looking thoughtful
    Morales goes through his medical records and bills in July 2024. Ethylene oxide has the ability to damage DNA structures — what makes it both an effective sterilizer and a carcinogen that’s the second most toxic federally regulated air pollutants. Esteban G. Morales Neris / Centro de Periodismo Investigativo / Grist

    At the time of his accident in 2003, the dangers of breathing in ethylene oxide were not fully known, so neither Morales nor any of his peers consistently wore protective gear while working. Ethylene oxide is a volatile organic compound, a synthetic gas that breaks down over the course of a few months after it’s released into the atmosphere. Research since Morales’ incident has shown that ethylene oxide can damage DNA structures — an ability that makes it both an effective sterilizer and a carcinogen. When it is inhaled by humans, it can irritate the respiratory pathways and increase the risk of cancer and negative health effects in unborn children. About 50 percent of the medical equipment in the U.S. and its territories is sterilized this way.

    In 2016, the Environmental Protection Agency published its analysis of an epidemiological study of more than 18,000 workers in sterilization facilities that assessed the cancer risk associated with the inhalation of ethylene oxide. The researchers found the chemical to be 30 times more toxic to adults and 60 times more toxic to children than previously known, making it the second most toxic federally regulated air pollutant. The study found links between the exposure to ethylene oxide and multiple types of cancer, including lymphoma and female breast cancer. In response to the EPA’s analysis, some communities in the continental U.S. began to rally against the sterilizers in their backyards. In 2019, a wealthy suburb of Chicago even managed to shut one down. 

    Ethylene Oxide Facts

    What is ethylene oxide? Ethylene oxide is a colorless and odorless toxic gas used to sterilize medical products, fumigate spices, and manufacture other industrial chemicals. According to the Food and Drug Administration, approximately half of all sterile medical devices in the U.S. are disinfected with ethylene oxide.

    What are the sources of ethylene oxide exposure? Industrial sources of ethylene oxide emissions fall into three main categories: chemical manufacturing, medical sterilization, and food fumigation. 

    What are the health effects of being exposed to ethylene oxide? Ethylene oxide, which the EPA has labeled a carcinogen, is harmful at concentrations above 0.1 parts per trillion if exposed over a lifetime. Numerous studies have linked it to lung and breast cancers as well as diseases of the nervous system and damage to the lungs. Acute exposure to the chemical can cause loss of consciousness or lead to a seizure or coma.

    How is the EPA regulating ethylene oxide? The EPA finalized regulations for ethylene oxide emissions from the sterilization industry earlier this year. The new rule requires companies to install equipment that minimizes the amount of the chemical released into the air. However, it does not address emissions from other parts of the medical device supply chain, such as warehouses and trucks, and it is being challenged in court.

    But it wasn’t until 2022 that Puerto Ricans learned about the toxic emissions that they worked with and lived near. That summer, the EPA released a modeling analysis finding the island to be an epicenter for ethylene oxide pollution. Four of Puerto Rico’s seven sterilization plants exceed the agency’s cancer risk threshold. The Steri-Tech facility where Morales worked, which has been in operation since 1986, was determined to be the most dangerous sterilizer in the U.S. and its territories. In contrast, the modeling showed that none of California’s 12 sterilizers violated federal standards. The EPA scheduled a community meeting to be held that August in Salinas, at which Jose Font, the agency’s deputy director of its Caribbean division, would answer questions about ethylene oxide and the community’s exposures. 

    On the night of the meeting, the community center was packed with people who wanted to know why they were only just finding out about the toxic emissions they had lived next to for three decades. Mistrust of local and federal authorities runs deep in the municipality of 25,000, where more than half the population lives in poverty and families bring home on average $20,000 per year. Instead of apologizing, Font mischaracterized the risks to residents’ long-term health. Referring to the 2016 EPA study, he assured the community members that they could only develop cancer from the emissions if exposed for 70 years. 

    An aerial shot of a large industrial plant and warehouse very close to a neighborhood with residential houses
    Air monitoring by the EPA in the vicinity of Steri-Tech, seen here in July 2024, showed that nearby residents were being exposed to levels of ethylene oxide more than 1,000 times above the agency’s threshold for acceptable risk. Héctor A. Suárez de Jesús / Centro de Periodismo Investigativo / Grist

    “If you are exposed to a given concentration during 70 years, seven days a week, 24 hours a day, you could develop, or there could be the potential for you to develop, cancer,” Font said. “That is what this means. It is very important to understand that. We are talking about the long term, 70 years, seven days, 24 hours a day exposed to that concentration. These studies are extremely conservative.” 

    Speaking next, Steri-Tech general manager Andres Vivoni, who is Jorge’s son, said that number should be doubled to 140 years, since the plant only operates for 12 hours a day.  

    But “that’s not how it works — 70 years and then boom, you get cancer,” Tracey Woodruff, an environmental and reproductive health scientist at the University of California, San Francisco, said. Jennifer Jinot, the former EPA scientist who led the EPA’s ethylene oxide study, explained that an individual’s risk of developing cancer increases the longer they are exposed to the chemical. The EPA’s 70-year benchmark, she said, is the agency’s estimation of the length of an average lifetime, across which exposure — and cancer risk — increases. 

    Angela Hackel, a spokesperson for the EPA, said that the agency “will not respond to the alleged mischaracterization of risk” and that, “in general, EPA agrees with how risk was communicated at the Salinas meeting.” Steri-Tech did not respond to multiple requests for comment.

    “We are dying here,” said long-time resident José Santiago when the community members were given an opportunity to speak at the 2022 meeting. “We are dying. And whoever does not live here, who lives elsewhere, who makes the money, is not impacted, does not worry.” Santiago’s sentiment would prove to be far more accurate than what Font and Vivoni had to say. Subsequent air monitoring by the EPA in the vicinity of Steri-Tech would show that residents were being exposed to levels more than 1,000 times above the agency’s threshold for acceptable risk.

    Working conditions at Steri-Tech expose a legacy of negligence by local and federal environmental regulators. Six former plant workers described “inadequate” protective equipment, chronic safety issues that were met with “light” inspections that were “not thorough,” and a work culture that put profits before all else. One employee even found that an important pollution-control device had been turned off at night, confirming rumors he’d heard from workers at the plant. (Several of the workers interviewed for this story asked that their names be withheld for fear of legal retribution from the plant owners or concerns about their friends and family who still work at the facility.) The family that owns and runs the plant are “arrogant and domineering,” said one former worker. “It doesn’t matter to them if their employees get sick. They would implement rules and say, ‘If you want to work, then work, and if you can’t accept things here, then leave.’” 

    Section break

    Salinas is a sleepy seaside town that’s best known for its tranquil beaches and traditional seafood restaurants. Multicolored houses line wide streets. Stray dogs meander in packs along the roadside underbrush. There’s a plaza, a public school and a laundromat, a housing development, and a public park. The presence of an industry other than tourism is only apparent in the chemical odors that waft through the town, thick and unpleasant in the hot, bright air. 

    Birds fly past a white building in Salinas
    The legacy of pollution from the pharmaceutical industry is palpable in Salinas, where chemical smells hide the scent of the sea. Esteban G. Morales Neris / Centro de Periodismo Investigativo / Grist

    The high number of medical sterilizers in Puerto Rico is directly tied to the outsize presence of the pharmaceutical and medical-supply industries, which were lured to the island almost half a century ago to take advantage of federal tax incentives aimed at spurring industrialization. Pharmaceutical companies were by far the largest beneficiaries of these policies. According to a 1992 report from the federal General Accounting Office, for every dollar pharmaceuticals paid to a Puerto Rican worker, they saved $2.67 in taxes that they would have otherwise paid to the federal government. This came out to around $70,000 in tax breaks per worker every year. 

    A locater map showing Puerto Rico, Salinas, and the Steritech plant
    Clayton Aldern / Grist

    In addition to the tax incentives, they came eager to capitalize on the relatively cheap labor force and bountiful aquifers, which provided a source of clean water for manufacturing medication. Medical device manufacturers soon cropped up alongside the pharmaceuticals, as advancements in technology called for greater collaboration between the two industries. Sterilization is typically the final step before a medical product goes to market; once the island’s device manufacturers were in business, it only made sense for the sterilizers to follow. 

    A general lack of environmental enforcement enabled the industry to pollute freely, dumping the toxic byproducts of pharmaceutical production into Puerto Ricans’ air, water, and soil. The legacy of that pollution is palpable in Salinas, where chemical smells hide the scent of the sea.

    The employment rate in Salinas hovers around 36 percent, more than 5 percentage points lower than the island average. The range of job opportunities in this region is narrow, and many young people end up leaving for the capital or the mainland to study and find work. Those who remain have few options beyond the restaurants and the pharmaceutical companies. 

    Esteban G. Morales Neris / Centro de Periodismo Investigativo / Grist

    A large pink church under a blue sky
    Esteban G. Morales Neris / Centro de Periodismo Investigativo / Grist

    The safety concerns inside Steri-Tech do not end at the fence line. That’s why some residents are pushing the EPA to conduct a cancer study of the surrounding neighborhood. Esteban G. Morales Neris / Centro de Periodismo Investigativo / Grist

    Restaurants with signs but closed windows under a blue sky
    Esteban G. Morales Neris / Centro de Periodismo Investigativo / Grist

    One exception to that trend: A former employee, whom we’ll refer to as Marcos, came to Salinas for its primary industry. He had already spent more than a decade working in the medical technology industry before he joined Steri-Tech as a quality assurance worker. The job entailed overseeing every step of the sterilization process, from the receipt of non-sterile medical products to the approval of processing records after each sterilization cycle is completed. At the time, Marcos knew that ethylene oxide was dangerous, but he also understood it to be a critical component of the medical industry’s supply chain. 

    Not long after Marcos began working at the plant, he started noticing certain workplace practices that put him ill at ease. Different types of medical equipment require different sterilization “recipes” that specify certain conditions such as temperature and pressure. Failure to use the right specifications risks leaving bacteria on products and infecting patients who come in contact with them down the line. For each batch of sterilized products, plant workers were supposed to fill out charts indicating which recipe they used and submit the paperwork to Marcos for review. On numerous occasions, these handwritten documents confused him, because they differed from the automated records produced by the sterilization equipment. Worryingly, the workers’ records indicated that they had used the correct recipe, while the machine’s data suggested otherwise. 

    “If there is an issue with a sterilization cycle, you have to sterilize the product again,” Marcos explained. But some types of medical equipment can only withstand one cycle of sterilization without getting damaged. If a batch of this kind of product is incorrectly sterilized, it gets discarded, and “Steri-Tech has to pay for it.” 

    A red car drives past a building that says 'STI' on it in large red letters
    The high number of medical sterilizers in Puerto Rico is directly tied to the outsize presence of the pharmaceutical and medical-supply industries. Steri-Tech has been in operation since 1986.  Esteban G. Morales Neris / Centro de Periodismo Investigativo / Grist

    Marcos began hearing rumors that workers on the night shift were turning off the plant’s thermal oxidizer, a device that captures and burns off excess ethylene oxide before it can leak out of the sterilization chambers into the plant or into the air outside. The rumors worried Marcos, so he decided to see for himself whether they were true. One morning, he arrived to work several hours early, and sure enough, the emissions-reduction equipment was switched off and silent. Marcos informed upper management of the practice but does not know whether they ever did anything about it. “I was told not to go there again because that was not my department,” he said. He understood that the propane fuel that powered the thermal oxidizer was the kind of expense that the plant’s owners were known for cutting when they saw fit. 

    Turning off the thermal oxidizer at night was an open secret at the plant, according to Marcos. Residents of La Margarita, the neighborhood surrounding Steri-Tech, also reported seeing a dark ash-like substance coating their cars, front yards, and sidewalks, which Marcos said was a sign that the thermal oxidizer was being overloaded — an issue that he witnessed firsthand. Operators would run multiple sterilization chambers simultaneously, even though the thermal oxidizer was designed to burn off gases from just one chamber at a time. Unable to handle the excess ethylene oxide-laden air, the oxidizer would release the toxic gas along with fine black particles that eventually landed in the neighborhood. 

    “It was a constant struggle to do things right,” Marcos said.

    A large pipe coming out of the ground surrounded by scaffolding
    Steri-Tech’s emission control technology, as seen in July 2024. Esteban G. Morales Neris / Centro de Periodismo Investigativo / Grist

    Other former workers described frequently feeling unsafe at the plant. Despite federal regulations that required it, protective equipment was unavailable to operators on the plant floor during most of Marcos’ tenure. If an accident happened — a sterilization chamber opening too soon, an equipment malfunction — workers had no way of protecting themselves from high levels of exposure to ethylene oxide. Marcos recounted an incident in which one of the workers he supervised was near a sterilization chamber when a valve burst, filling the room with ethylene oxide. Afterward, the worker developed asthma. Another former employee described a situation in which a valve was jammed open, causing the plant’s main burner to turn red with heat. As ethylene oxide leaked into the air, the workers were too scared to approach the shutoff valve, because it was right next to the flaming burner. 

    A former operator at Steri-Tech who worked with Marcos, and whom we are calling Frank, said managers instructed workers to wear face masks, which were connected by hoses to ventilators at the back of the facility, whenever the sterilization chambers were open. But the ventilators made it difficult to breathe, so when workers were unsupervised, Frank said, he and other operators usually avoided the equipment altogether. Another former Steri-Tech operator, who took his job after Frank left, said he was never provided protective equipment even though he requested it. This employee did not have health issues prior to working at the facility, but a few months after he joined, he developed sinus and respiratory problems. “It was a horrible experience,” he said. “It did not pay enough to put myself at that level of risk.”

    The conditions at Steri-Tech highlight the dangers of commercial medical sterilization using ethylene oxide, a complex process in which careful consideration must be paid to every step in order to keep workers, nearby residents, and patients safe in the long run. Steri-Tech is just one of nearly a hundred facilities around the country that fumigate medical products using ethylene oxide. While the workplace practices within the Salinas plant cannot be extrapolated to these operations, they may help to explain the substantial levels of ethylene oxide that officials have observed near some of them and underscore the importance of strong enforcement, particularly in places like Salinas where regulators have been historically absent. 

    Eventually, the true danger of these sloppy practices came to light when the products failed a sterility test conducted by Medtronic, one of Steri-Tech’s clients, raising concern about the possibility of live bacteria on a batch of supposedly sterile products. The incident was just one of many that convinced Marcos to leave for good. “Above all, it was money, not quality,” he said. “Above all, it was money, not people.”

    Section break

    In August 2022, EPA officials set up six air monitors in the vicinity of the Steri-Tech plant to measure the precise levels of ethylene oxide being emitted. The closest was located at one of the dozens of houses across the street. The monitors collected samples for one week. In its subsequent report, the agency noted that the predominant wind direction in the area originates in the east, meaning the plant’s pollution blows directly into La Margarita. That, coupled with Steri-Tech’s high emissions, were driving ethylene oxide exposures far above federal safety standards. 

    The EPA considers an acceptable cancer risk from air pollution to be below 1 in 10,000. That is, if 10,000 people are exposed to a concentration of a pollutant over the course of a lifetime, one person would be expected to develop cancer from the exposure. Over the one-week measurement period in Salinas, the monitor at the house across the street from the plant recorded, on average, 40 micrograms of ethylene oxide per cubic meter of air, which translates to a cancer risk of 1 in 8. That’s more than 1,000 times higher than the EPA’s acceptable risk threshold. The other five sampling locations also registered concentrations of ethylene oxide that breach federal standards.

    Two people stand near a large building with the letters 'STI' on it
    Hacienda La Margarita community leader Wanda Ríos and environmental activist Víctor Alvarado stand in front of the Steri-Tech building in July 2024. Esteban G. Morales Neris / Centro de Periodismo Investigativo / Grist

    Last September, following the EPA’s monitoring study, Steri-Tech replaced the thermal oxidizer with a new piece of equipment — a catalytic recuperative oxidizer — designed to reduce its ethylene oxide emissions. Since then, residents of La Margarita have reported hearing booms emanating from the facility, so loud that they could be heard more than a mile away. After finding that Steri-Tech could not prove that its new emissions-reduction equipment was functioning properly, the EPA issued a notice of violation and fined the company $200,000. Steri-Tech then sued the EPA, alleging that the agency did not have sufficient evidence to back up its finding. In an email, Angela Hackel, the EPA spokesperson, said she could not comment on the lawsuit, noting that EPA enforcement officers are currently engaged in “confidential enforcement discussions” with the company. The agency finalized new rules earlier this year that will require all medical sterilizers to continuously monitor the level of pollution coming out of their industrial chimneys. Without strong oversight of Steri-Tech, residents of La Margarita may not benefit from those provisions.

    While it is impossible to draw a direct line between a source of toxic emissions and deaths from cancer, the presence of sickness is everywhere in La Margarita, where homes of the deceased lie empty, their front lawns overgrown.

    A sign for 'la margarita' near a road
    The neighborhood of La Margarita, seen here in July 2024, is located right next to the Steri-Tech plant. Esteban G. Morales Neris / Centro de Periodismo Investigativo / Grist

    The EPA is the primary federal agency with jurisdiction to enforce environmental laws in Puerto Rico, but its presence on the island has long been minimal. Puerto Rico has its own regulatory agencies tasked with ensuring environmental compliance, but in recent decades, these bodies have hardly played a role in curbing pollution. The Environmental Quality Board, once tasked with the regulation of industrial air emissions, was consolidated into the Department of Natural and Environmental Resources in 2018. Despite the many documented cases of pollution from medical-supply companies in Puerto Rico, the consequences for polluters are limited. Inspections are few and far between. Penalties are paltry. And so the pollution continues. 

    Compared to the frequency of EPA inspections and enforcement actions on the mainland, Puerto Rico scored among the lowest in the U.S. and its territories. Its roughly 250 industrial facilities that emit air pollutants have been inspected a mere 1,300 times since 2014 — a rate that ranks it 46th in the nation for inspection frequency. Similarly, it ranks 48th in an assessment of the number of actions taken against air polluters. 

    Between 2011 and 2022, three of the seven sterilizers in Puerto Rico were inspected just once, and two were never inspected at all. Because of its high reported emissions, Steri-Tech was one of the more scrutinized facilities. In an email, Hackel, the EPA spokesperson, told Grist that regulators had inspected Steri-Tech three times over the past five years.

    Veteran environmental advocate Victor Alvarado has long been preoccupied with the possible adverse health effects of Steri-Tech’s emissions on the neighboring community — effects that environmental regulators are not required to study in an official capacity. He gave the example of the power plant a few miles down the coast in Guayama, which releases thousands of pounds of toxic heavy metals and other pollutants every year. Its effect on the town’s residents is ongoing, one reason why Alvarado and other Salinas residents have pushed the EPA to conduct a cancer study of La Margarita. “If we leave it to the EPA, if we don’t push them to do a health study, it won’t happen,” Alvarado said. As of this month, the study had still not begun, said researchers at the Ponce School for Health Sciences, which the EPA commissioned to carry out the study.

    A man in a teal shirt stands near trees
    Alvarado wants the EPA to conduct a cancer study in La Margarita. “If we leave it to the EPA, if we don’t push them to do a health study, it won’t happen,” Alvarado said. Esteban G. Morales Neris / Centro de Periodismo Investigativo / Grist

    Last year, the agency announced long-awaited rules that require the nation’s roughly 90 sterilization facilities to install equipment that captures ethylene oxide. These controls — called Permanent Total Enclosures, or PTEs — which functionally seal off the facility and are meant to prevent ethylene oxide from entering the atmosphere, have rarely been used on large facilities. Several engineering experts questioned the efficacy of PTEs in sterilization facilities, which are warehouse-like structures with multiple entry points and exits. 

    “EPA has not one shred of engineering analysis to show it will work,” said Ron Sahu, a mechanical engineer who has worked as a court-approved technical expert in litigation against the sterilization industry and has submitted reports to the EPA on the efficacy of PTEs on behalf of environmental groups. “It is a faith-based, hopeful suggestion, and we’ll see how it works.” 

    The sterilization industry has also warned the EPA that strict compliance with the rule is not feasible. In instances where companies have installed the technology, it has failed to reduce ethylene oxide emissions to safe levels. In Southern California, contrary to the EPA’s earlier modeling, Parter Medical Products was forced to shut down by local regulators in 2022 after an air quality monitor near the facility detected levels of ethylene oxide more than 4,000 times above the EPA’s safe limit. After installing a PTE, emissions decreased, but the company still exceeded public health thresholds. The emissions from the facility currently put the cancer risk for residents nearby at 378 in 10,000 — 378 times above the EPA’s threshold.

    Earlier this summer, environmental and community organizations as well as industry groups sued the EPA for its new rules, the former arguing that they are not sufficiently protective of public health, and the latter claiming they are prohibitively expensive to implement. That litigation, which is still in its initial stages, indicates that the fight over the regulation of medical sterilizers is far from over. 

    As with all industrial facilities, the safety concerns inside Steri-Tech do not end at the fence line. Joel Ramos Rodriguez lives in his childhood home near the plant, staying on even after losing both of his parents to cancer. For as long as he can remember, the 56-year-old has suffered from hyperthyroidism and neurological problems, the source of which his doctors have never been able to place. Rodriguez said the plant’s presence is most bothersome at night, when a sweet odor fills the air and loud noises emanate from its interior, keeping him awake.

    A man in a teal shirt stands on the deck of a colorful pink house
    Rodríguez stands on the porch of his house. Esteban G. Morales Neris / Centro de Periodismo Investigativo / Grist

    More than 20 years after the accident that upended his life, Henry Morales said that whether or not the EPA passes stronger regulations the damage is already done for generations of Steri-Tech employees. Of his old friends and colleagues from Steri-Tech, he says he is the “sole survivor,” the rest having died from cancer and other health complications years ago. As for his own health, his neurological problems have never subsided, and he still suffers from the aftermath of a stroke that occurred a decade after the accident. 

    “They threw me out,” he said of the company, which declined to ever provide worker’s compensation, or even to check on him afterward. “That was it.” 

    Credits

    These stories were reported and written by Lylla Younes and Naveena Sadasivam of Grist and Joaquín A. Rosado Lebrón of the Centro de Periodismo Investigativo. Original photography for this project was done by Esteban Morales, and drone photography by Héctor A. Suárez de Jesús. 


    This project was edited by John Thomason, Matthew McKnight, Víctor Rodríguez Velázquez, Wilma Maldonado and Noel Algarín. Katherine Bagley and Carla Minet provided additional editing and guidance. Jaime Buerger managed production. Mia Torres, Teresa Chin, Gabriela Carrasquillo, and Vanessa Colón Almenas handled web design and art direction. Jesse Nichols and Amelia Bates assisted with photo direction. Clayton Aldern and Gabriela Carrasquillo contributed data work and visualization. Angely Mercado did fact-checking. Noel Algarín, Michelle Kantrow and Laura Candelas handled translation. Jaime Buerger and Kate Yoder copy edited the project.
    Grist’s John Thomason and Rachel Glickhouse and CPI’s Víctor Rodríguez Velázquez and Noel Algarín coordinated the partnership. Megan Merrigan, Justin Ray, and Mignon Khargie of Grist, and Cristina del Mar Quiles and Brandon Cruz of CPI, handled promotion. 

     

    Special thanks to the Fund for Investigative Journalism, which supported the project.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline An invisible, toxic chemical has been poisoning residents in Puerto Rico for decades on Aug 22, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Lylla Younes.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/accountability/ethylene-oxide-puerto-rico-chemical-salinas-worker-health/feed/ 0 489873
    In Nigeria, at least 56 journalists attacked and harassed as protests roil region https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/21/in-nigeria-at-least-56-journalists-attacked-and-harassed-as-protests-roil-region/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/21/in-nigeria-at-least-56-journalists-attacked-and-harassed-as-protests-roil-region/#respond Wed, 21 Aug 2024 17:53:38 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=411240 “He hit me with a gun butt,” Premium Times newspaper reporter Yakubu Mohammed told the Committee to Protect Journalists, recalling how he was struck by a police officer while reporting on cost-of-living protests in Nigeria’s capital of Abuja on August 1. Two other officers beat him, seized his phone, and threw him in a police van despite his wearing a ”Press” vest and showing them his press identification card.

    Reporter Yakubu Mohammed of Premium Times shows a head wound which he said was caused by police officers who hit him with gun butts and batons in the Nigerian capital Abuja on August 1.
    Yakubu Mohammed shows a head wound which he said was caused by police officers who hit him with gun butts and batons. (Photo: Courtesy of Yakubu Mohammed)

    Mohammed is one of at least 56 journalists who were assaulted or harassed by security forces or unidentified citizens while covering the #EndBadGovernance demonstrations in Nigeria, one of several countries across sub-Saharan Africa that have experienced anti-government protests in recent months.  

    In Kenya, at least a dozen journalists have been targeted by security personnel during weeks of youth-led protests since June, with at least one reporter shot with rubber bullets and several others hit with teargas canisters. Meanwhile, Ugandan police and soldiers used force to quash similar demonstrations over corruption and high living costs, while a Ghanaian court banned planned protests.

    Globally, attacks on the press often spike during moments of political tension. In Senegal, at least 25 journalists were attacked, detained, or tear gassed while reporting on February’s protests over delayed elections. Last year, CPJ found that more than 40 Nigerian journalists were detained, attacked, or harassed while reporting on presidential and state elections. In 2020, at least a dozen journalists were attacked during the #EndSARS campaign to abolish Nigeria’s brutal Special Anti-Robbery Squad (SARS) police unit.

    CPJ’s documentation of the incidents below, based on interviews with those affected, local media reports, and verified videos and photos, are emblematic of the dangers faced by reporters in many African countries during protests – and the failure of authorities to prioritize journalists’ safety and ending impunity for crimes against journalists.

    All but one of the journalists – a reporter for government-owned Radio Nigeria – worked for privately owned media outlets.

    July 31

    News Central TV journalists were stopped and questioned by police officers while live reporting.
    News Central TV journalists were stopped and questioned by police officers while live reporting. (Screenshot: News Central TV/YouTube)
    • In western Lagos State, police officers harassed Bernard Akede, a reporter with News Central TV, and his colleagues, digital reporter Eric Thomas and camera operators Karina Adobaba-Harry and Samuel Chukwu, forcing them to pause reporting on the planned protests at the Lekki toll gate.

    August 1

    • In Abuja, police officers arrested Jide Oyekunle, a photojournalist with the Daily Independent newspaper, and Kayode Jaiyeola, a photojournalist with Punch newspaper, as they covered protests.
    • In northern Borno State, at least 10 armed police officers forcefully entered the office of the regional broadcaster Radio Ndarason Internationale (RNI) and detained nine members of staff for five hours. Those held said that police accused them of publishing “fake news” in the arrest documentation and RNI’s project director David Smith told CPJ that the raid was in response to the outlet’s reporting via WhatsApp on the protests.

    The detained staff were: head of office Lami Manjimwa Zakka; editor-in-chief Mamman Mahmood; producer Ummi Fatima Baba Kyari; reporters Hadiza Dawud, Zainab Alhaji Ali, and Amina Falmata Mohammed; head of programs Bunu Tijjani; deputy head of programs Ali Musa; and information and communications technology head Abubakar Gajibo.

    • In Abuja, police officers threw tear gas canisters at Mary Adeboye, a camera operator with News Central TV; Samuel Akpan, a senior reporter with TheCable news site; and Adefemola Akintade, a reporter with the Peoples Gazette news site. The canisters struck Adeboye and Akpan’s legs, causing swelling.
    • In northern Kano city, unidentified attackers wielding machetes and sticks smashed the windows of a Channels Television-branded bus carrying 11 journalists and a car carrying two journalists.
    The windows of a Channels Television bus were smashed by unidentified assailants as it was transporting 11 journalists to cover protests in the city of Kano on August 1.
    The windows of a Channels Television bus were smashed by unidentified assailants as it was transporting 11 journalists to cover protests in the Nigerian city of Kano on August 1. (Photo: Ibrahim Ayyuba Isah)

    The journalists were: reporters Ibrahim Ayyuba Isah of TVC News broadcaster, whose hand was cut by glass; Ayo Adenaiye of Arise News broadcaster, whose laptop was damaged; Murtala Adewale of The Guardian newspaper, Bashir Bello of Vanguard newspaper, Abdulmumin Murtala of Leadership newspaper, Sadiq Iliyasu Dambatta of Channels Television, and Caleb Jacob and Victor Christopher of Cool FM, Wazobia FM, and Arewa Radio broadcasters; camera operators John Umar of Channels Television, Ibrahim Babarami of Arise News, Iliyasu Yusuf of AIT broadcaster, Usman Adam of TVC News; and multimedia journalist Salim Umar Ibrahim of Daily Trust newspaper.

    • In southern Delta State, at least 10 unidentified assailants opposed to the protest attacked four journalists: reporters Monday Osayande of The Guardian newspaper, Matthew Ochei of Punch newspaper, Lucy Ezeliora of The Pointer newspaper, and investigative journalist Prince Amour Udemude, whose phone was snatched. Osayande told CPJ by phone that they did not make a formal complaint to police about the attack because several police officers saw it happen, but added that the state commissioner for information, Efeanyi Micheal Osuoza, had promised to investigate. Osuoza told CPJ by phone that he was investigating the matter and would ensure the replacement of Udemude’s phone.
    Police oversee protesters in Lagos on August 2, 2024
    Police oversee protesters in Lagos on August 2, 2024. (Photo: AP/Sunday Alamba)

    August 3

    • In Abuja’s national stadium, masked security forces fired bullets and tear gas in the direction of 18 journalists covering the protests, several of whom were wearing “Press” vests.

    The journalists were: Premium Times reporters Abdulkareem Mojeed, Emmanuel Agbo, Abdulqudus Ogundapo, and Popoola Ademola; TheCable videographer Mbasirike Joshua and reporters Dyepkazah Shibayan, Bolanle Olabimtan, and Claire Mom; AIT reporter Oscar Ihimhekpen and camera operators Femi Kuku and Olugbenga Ogunlade; News Central TV camera operator Eno-Obong Koffi and reporter Emmanuel Bagudu; the nonprofit International Centre for Investigative Reporting’s video journalist Johnson Fatumbi and reporters Mustapha Usman and Nurudeen Akewushola; and Peoples Gazette reporters Akintade and Ebube Ibeh.

    Kuku dislocated his leg and Ademola cut his knees and broke his phone while fleeing.

    • In Abuja’s Wuse neighborhood, unidentified men robbed Victorson Agbenson, political editor of the government-owned Radio Nigeria broadcaster, and his driver Chris Ikwu at knifepoint as they covered a protest.

    August 6

    • In Lagos State, unidentified armed men hit four journalists from News Central TV and their vehicle with sticks. The journalists were News Central TV’s Akede, camera operator Adobaba-Harry, reporter Consin-Mosheshe Ogheneruru, and camera operator Albert David.

    Abuja police spokesperson Josephine Adeh told CPJ by phone on August 16 that police did not carry out any attacks on the media and asked for evidence of such attacks before ending the call. She also accused CPJ of harassing her.

    Police spokespersons Bright Edafe of Delta State and Haruna Abdullahi of Kano State told CPJ that their officers had not received any complaints about attacks on the press.

    Lagos State police spokesperson Benjamin Hundeyin referred CPJ to the state’s police Complaint Response Unit, where the person who answered CPJ’s initial phone call declined to identify themselves and said they had no information about attacks on journalists. CPJ’s subsequent calls and messages went unanswered.

    CPJ’s repeated calls and messages to Borno State Commissioner for Information Usman Tar requesting comment were unanswered.

    See also: CPJ’s guidance for journalists covering protests  


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Evelyn Okakwu.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/21/in-nigeria-at-least-56-journalists-attacked-and-harassed-as-protests-roil-region/feed/ 0 489787
    Protesters block railway calling for justice for abused children #ProtectTheProtest ✊ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/21/protesters-block-railway-calling-for-justice-for-abused-children-protecttheprotest-%e2%9c%8a/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/21/protesters-block-railway-calling-for-justice-for-abused-children-protecttheprotest-%e2%9c%8a/#respond Wed, 21 Aug 2024 14:37:37 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=98c7d9d9af25be5686c34d2c9c34437c
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/21/protesters-block-railway-calling-for-justice-for-abused-children-protecttheprotest-%e2%9c%8a/feed/ 0 489755
    The Distasteful Nonsense of Olympism https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/18/the-distasteful-nonsense-of-olympism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/18/the-distasteful-nonsense-of-olympism/#respond Sun, 18 Aug 2024 02:45:04 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=152932 Ekecheiria, also known as the “Olympic Truce,” is a quaint notion dating to Ancient Greece, when three kings prone to warring against each other – Iphitos of Elis, Cleosthenes of Pisa and Lycurgus of Sparta – concluded a treaty permitting the safe passage of all athletes and spectators from the relevant city-states for the duration […]

    The post The Distasteful Nonsense of Olympism first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Ekecheiria, also known as the “Olympic Truce,” is a quaint notion dating to Ancient Greece, when three kings prone to warring against each other – Iphitos of Elis, Cleosthenes of Pisa and Lycurgus of Sparta – concluded a treaty permitting the safe passage of all athletes and spectators from the relevant city-states for the duration of the Olympic Games.  The truce had a certain logic to it, given that many of those granted safe passage would have been serving soldiers or soldiers in waiting.

    In 1894, the founder of the International Olympic Committee (IOC), Pierre de Coubertin, fantasised about the Games as a peace promoting endeavour which, when read closely, suggests the sublimation of humanity’s warring instincts.  Instead of killing each other, humans could compete in stadia and on the sporting tracks, adoring and admiring physical prowess.  “Wars break out because nations misunderstand each other.  We shall have no peace until the prejudices which now separate the different races shall have been outlived.  To attain this end, what better means than to bring the youth of all countries periodically together for amicable trials of muscular strength and agility.”

    Panting over torsos, sinews and muscles, de Coubertin gushingly wrote his “Ode to Sport” in 1912.  Sport was peace, forging “happy bonds between the peoples by drawing them together in reverence for strength which is controlled, organised and self-disciplined.”  It was through the young that respect would be learned for “one another,” thereby ensuring that “the diversity of national traits becomes a source of generous and peaceful emulation.”  Sport was also other things: justice, daring, honour, joy and, in the true spirit of eugenic inspiration, the means to achieve “a more perfect race, blasting the seeds of sickness”.  Athletes would, accordingly, “wish to see growing about him brisk and sturdy sons to follow him in the arena and [in] turn bear off joyous laurels.”

    The Olympic Charter also states that Olympism’s central goal “is to place at the service of the harmonious development of humankind, with a view to promoting a peaceful society concerned with the preservation of human dignity.”

    In the 1990s, the IOC thought it prudent to revive the concept of such a truce.  As the organisation explains, this was done “with a view to protecting, as far as possible, the interests of the athletes and sport in general, and to harness the power of sport to promote peace, dialogue and reconciliation more broadly.”  In 2000, the IOC founded the International Olympic Truce Foundation, adopting the dove as a signature symbol of the Games.  By the London Olympics of 2012, the 193 nations present had signed onto an Olympic Truce.

    From such lofty summits, hypocrisy and inconsistency will follow.  The IOC, hardly the finest practitioner of fine principle, has been prone to injudicious standards, rampant corruption and tyrannical stupidity.  The IOC recommendation to ban Russian athletes took all but four days after the attack on Ukraine in February 2022 on the premise that Russia had breached the sacred compact of sporting peace.  In the mix, Belarus, designated as arch collaborator with Russian war aims, was also added.

    During the 11th Olympic Summit held on December 9, 2022, the IOC Executive Board noted that the Olympic Games would not “address all the political and social challenges in the world.  This is the realm of politics.”  Having advocated that platitudinous, false distinction, the Executive Board could still claim that the Games “can set an example for a world where everyone respects the same rules as one another.”

    The IOC did make one grudging concession: Russian and Belarusian athletes could compete as Individual Neutral Athletes (AINs) subject to meeting eligibility requirements determined by the Individual Neutral Athlete Eligibility Review Panel.  Each athlete’s participation was subject to respecting the Olympic Charter, with special reference to “the peace mission of the Olympic Movement”.

    These statements and qualifications, intentionally or otherwise, are resoundingly delusional.  The Games are events of pompous political significance, with athletes often being administrative and symbolic extensions of the nation stage they represent.  Authoritarian regimes have gloatingly celebrated hosting them.  They have been staging grounds for violence, notably in the killing of 12 Israeli athletes at the 1972 Munich Games by the Palestinian terrorist group Black September.

    They have also been boycotted for very political reasons.  The United States did so in 1980 for the Moscow Games, along with 64 other nations, in response to the Soviet Union’s invasion of Afghanistan in 1979.  The Soviet Union returned the favour at the Los Angeles Olympics held in 1984, giving President Ronald Reagan a chance, in an election year, to speak of the “winning” American ideal and “a new patriotism spreading across our country.”

    In keeping with the erratic nature of such a spirit, it was appropriately hypocritical and distasteful of IOC practice to permit the Israeli athletic contingent numbering 88 athletes to compete at the Paris Games. All this, as slaughter and starvation continued to take place in Gaza (at the time, the Palestinian death toll lay somewhere in the order of 39,000).

    Permitting Israel’s participation prompted Jules Boykoff, an academic of keen interest in the Games, to suggest that “the situation is more and more resembling the situation that led the IOC forcing Russia to participate as neutral athletes.”  The body’s “approach to ignore the situation places its selective morality on full display and throws into question the group’s commitment to the high-minded ideals it claims to abide.”

    These ideals remain just that, a cover that otherwise permits political realities to flourish.  Predictably, the Paris spectacle, both before and after, was always going to feature the tang and sting of resentment.  Far from being apolitical exponents of their craft, various members of the Israeli Olympic team have been more than forthcoming in defending the warring cause.  Judokas Timna Nelson-Levy and Maya Goshen have been vocal in their defence of the Israeli Defense Forces.

    Palestinian participants have also done their bit.  During the opening ceremony, boxer Wasim Abusal wore a shirt showing children being bombed, telling Agence France-Presse that these were “children who are martyred and die under the rubble, children whose parents are martyred and are left alone without food and water.”  Such views are not permitted for Russian or Belarusian athletes, who must compete under the deceptive flag of neutrality.

    The organisers of the Paris Games also found it difficult to keep a lid on an occasion supposedly free of political attributes. The Israel-Paraguay football march was marked by scornful boos as the Israeli national anthem was performed.  Reports also note that at least one banner featured “GENOCIDE OLYMPICS”.  Three Israeli athletes also received death threats, according to a statement from the Paris prosecutor’s office.

    It’s such instances of political oddities that permit the following suggestion: make all athletes truly amateurish by abolishing their associations with countries.  Most nation states, soldered and cemented compacts of hatred, based upon territory often pinched from previous occupants, are such a nuisance in this regard.  If Olympism is to make sense, and if the ravings of the physique obsessed de Coubertin are to be given shape, why not get rid of the State altogether, thereby making all participants neutral, if only for a few weeks?

    The post The Distasteful Nonsense of Olympism first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Binoy Kampmark.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/18/the-distasteful-nonsense-of-olympism/feed/ 0 489279
    The US says it now supports a more ambitious plastics treaty. Industry groups are furious. https://grist.org/regulation/us-supports-ambitious-plastics-treaty-production-limits-environmental-groups-industry-reactions/ https://grist.org/regulation/us-supports-ambitious-plastics-treaty-production-limits-environmental-groups-industry-reactions/#respond Fri, 16 Aug 2024 16:44:28 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=646222 In a significant reversal, the Biden administration announced during two closed-door meetings this week that U.S. negotiators will support limits on plastic production as part of the United Nations’ global plastics treaty.

    The news was first reported by Reuters and confirmed to Grist on Thursday by the State Department. It represents a major shift for the United States, which had previously rejected production limits in favor of an approach focused on boosting the recycling rate and cleaning up plastic litter.

    While industry groups condemned the decision as “misguided,” environmental organizations said it could sway momentum in favor of production limits at a consequential point during the negotiations. There is only one meeting left before the treaty is supposed to be finalized in 2025.

    “This couldn’t have come at a better time,” said Christina Dixon, ocean campaign leader for the nonprofit Environmental Investigation Agency. “The U.S. position has been one of the great unknowns and they have the power to be a constructive and collaborative player, so it’s a relief to see them setting out of their stall at this critical moment.”

    Negotiations over a treaty have been ongoing since March 2022, when the U.N. reached a landmark agreement to “end plastic pollution.” Over the course of the four negotiating sessions that have occurred since then, however, progress has been slow — in large part due to disagreements over the treaty’s scope.

    A so-called “high-ambition” coalition of countries, supported by many scientists and environmental groups, say the treaty must prevent more plastic from being made in the first place. Some 460 million metric tons are manufactured globally each year — mostly out of fossil fuels — and only 9 percent of it is recycled. Because the manufacturing, use, and disposal of plastics contribute to climate change, experts at the nonprofit Pacific Environment have found that the treaty must cut plastic production by 75 percent by 2040 in order to limit global warming to 1.5 degrees Celsius (2.7 degrees Fahrenheit).

    The high-ambition coalition also supports specific bans or restrictions on the most problematic types of plastic — typically meaning those that are least likely to be recycled — as well as hazardous chemicals commonly used in plastic products. This coalition includes Canada, Norway, Peru, Rwanda, and the U.K., along with more than 60 other countries.

    Oil-producing states like Saudi Arabia, Russia, and China — backed by industry groups — oppose these measures. They want the treaty to leave production untouched and focus on managing plastic waste. The U.S. counted itself among those countries until this week.

    Now, in addition to supporting restrictions on plastic production, the U.S. says it will also support creating a list of problematic plastics and hazardous chemicals, according to Reuters.

    Three people seated at a table interact with a man on the other side of the table. Behind them are many others, out of focus.
    Delegates from the European Union and the U.S. during the fourth round of treaty negotiations in April 2024. Photo by IISD / ENB / Kiara Worth

    Because the U.S. carries so much weight in the treaty negotiations — and because North America produces one-fifth of the world’s plastics — Dixon said the White House’s new position could be “a welcome signal to fence-sitting countries,” encouraging them to join the high-ambition coalition. 

    “I hope it will only further isolate the small group of countries who are unwilling to commit to the necessary binding regulations we need to see on the supply of plastics.”

    Industry groups reacted less favorably to the news. 

    Chris Jahn, president and CEO of American Chemistry Council, a plastics and petrochemical trade group, said in a statement that the U.S. had “cave[d] to the wishes of extreme NGO groups.” He described the White House’s new position as a betrayal of U.S. manufacturers that would slash jobs, harm the environment, and cause the cost of goods to rise globally.

    “If the Biden-Harris administration wants to meet its sustainable development and climate goals, the world will need to rely on plastic more, not less,” he said, citing the material’s utility in renewable energy infrastructure, making buildings more energy efficient, and reducing food waste. 

    Nearly 40 percent of global plastic production goes toward single-use items like packaging and food service products.

    Matt Seaholm, president and CEO of the Plastics Industry Association, shared similar sentiments to Jahn. In a statement, he said the White House had “turned its back on Americans whose livelihoods depend on our industry.”

    He added that the U.S.’s reversal would undermine its influence in the treaty negotiations, “as other countries know this extreme position will not receive support in the U.S. Senate.” The Senate has to approve treaties before the U.S. can ratify them.

    Despite the industry’s outrage, polling suggests that ambitious policies to address the plastics crisis are broadly popular among the public. According to one recent poll from the nonprofit National Resources Defense Council, nearly 90 percent of Americans support measures to reduce plastic production. Eighty-three percent specifically support plastic production limits as part of an international treaty, and even greater numbers support treaty provisions to eliminate “unnecessary and avoidable plastic products” and toxic chemicals.

    Reducing plastic production is “what the American people want,” Anja Brandon, director of U.S. plastics policy for the nonprofit Ocean Conservancy, said in a statement. She cited additional polling from her organization showing that 78 percent of Americans think ocean-bound plastic pollution is a “pressing problem.”

    Brandon and other environmental advocates now say they’re eager to see how the U.S.’s new position will translate into advocacy during the final round of plastics treaty negotiations, scheduled to begin in late November in Busan, South Korea. They’re calling for the U.S. to sign onto the “Bridge to Busan,” a declaration put forward by a group of countries last April asking negotiators to “commit to achieve sustainable levels of production of primary plastic polymers,” potentially through “production freezes at specified levels, production reductions against agreed baselines, or other agreed constraints.”  

    “I’m cautiously optimistic,” Julie Teel Simmonds, a senior attorney for the nonprofit Center for Biological Diversity, said in a statement. “I look forward to seeing U.S. delegates fight for these positions at the next plastics treaty negotiations in South Korea.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline The US says it now supports a more ambitious plastics treaty. Industry groups are furious. on Aug 16, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Joseph Winters.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/regulation/us-supports-ambitious-plastics-treaty-production-limits-environmental-groups-industry-reactions/feed/ 0 489054
    Women in India are demanding justice #ProtectTheProtest ✊ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/15/women-in-india-are-demanding-justice-protecttheprotest-%e2%9c%8a/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/15/women-in-india-are-demanding-justice-protecttheprotest-%e2%9c%8a/#respond Thu, 15 Aug 2024 15:45:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=7fba975a4188e51e5f61367352e6aea5
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/15/women-in-india-are-demanding-justice-protecttheprotest-%e2%9c%8a/feed/ 0 488864
    How food banks prevented 1.8 million metric tons of carbon emissions last year https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/food-banks-mitigated-1-8-million-metric-tons-of-co2-emissions-globally-last-year/ https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/food-banks-mitigated-1-8-million-metric-tons-of-co2-emissions-globally-last-year/#respond Wed, 14 Aug 2024 08:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=645897 The latest annual impact report from the Global Foodbanking Network — a nonprofit that works with regional food banks in more than 50 countries to fight hunger — found that its member organizations provided 1.7 billion meals to more than 40 million people in 2023. According to the nonprofit, this redistribution of food, much of which was recovered from farms or wholesale produce markets, mitigated an estimated 1.8 million metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent.

    These numbers reflect an ongoing, high demand for food banks. Last year, the Global Foodbanking Network, or GFN, served almost as many people as it did in 2020, when the COVID-19 pandemic sent food insecurity soaring. In order to respond to this pressing need in their communities, many of GFN’s member organizations have invested in agricultural recovery, working to rescue food from farmers before it gets thrown out. 

    Their efforts show how food banks can serve the dual purpose of addressing hunger and protecting the environment. By intercepting perfectly good, edible food before it winds up in the landfill, food banks help mitigate harmful greenhouse gas emissions created by food loss and waste.

    “There is always food that is unnecessarily wasted,” said Emily Broad Leib, the founding director of the Food Law and Policy Clinic at Harvard Law School, who has worked with GFN before but was not involved in the recent study. All that unnecessary waste means “there is ongoing need for scaling up food banks and food recovery operations,” Broad Leib added.

    A recent analysis from the United Nations Environment Programme estimated that 13 percent of food was lost while it was making its way from producers to retailers in 2022. Subsequently, 19 percent was wasted by retailers, restaurants, and households. The world’s households alone let 1 billion meals go to waste each day. The scope of food wasted around the world has been shockingly high for years: In 2011, the Food and Agricultural Organization, or FAO, of the United Nations released a study that suggested roughly one-third of food produced globally is never eaten. 

    Food waste at this scale comes with massive planetary impacts. When food goes uneaten, all of the emissions associated with growing, transporting, and processing it are rendered unnecessary. Furthermore, when food rots in landfills, it emits methane, a greenhouse gas that is roughly 80 times more potent than CO2 over a 20-year period. Last year, the Environmental Protection Agency reported that 58 percent of methane emissions from U.S. landfills come from food waste. Globally, food loss and waste have been estimated to be responsible for 8 to 10 percent of greenhouse gas emissions, and reducing them is essential for achieving climate targets. 

    Food banks can play a special role in that reduction by rescuing more food before it’s lost and redirecting it to people in need. 

    A black crate that contains bundles of long bean pods, yellow and green bell peppers, and white cauliflower
    10 February 2024, Berlin: Vegetables at the Berliner Tafel food bank on the Berlin wholesale market site, which were collected at the Fruit Logistica trade fair. The food bank distributes the food to people affected by poverty. Photo: Christoph Soeder/dpa (Photo by Christoph Soeder/picture alliance via Getty Images) Christoph Soeder / picture alliance via Getty Images

    “Our members have been building out their redistribution capacity,” said Lisa Moon, the president and CEO of GFN. “I think that was our first challenge in the face of this rising need: How do we as an organization capture more supply?”

    In order to do this, food banks within GFN member organizations have been coordinating more closely with farmers to redirect surplus food from landfills. GFN defines surplus food as food from commercial streams that was grown for human consumption but that, for some reason or another, cannot be sold. So-called “ugly” produce — misshapen food that never makes it to the grocery store because of its looks — falls into this category.

    Some of this redirection actually looks like cutting out food banks as the middleman. Moon gives the example of a food bank that receives a call from a farmer with excess green beans. Instead of traveling to the farm to pick them up, traveling back to the food bank’s distribution hub, storing the green beans, and having folks wait for the next distribution day to collect them, the food bank in question might simply reach out to beneficiaries in the area (think: soup kitchens) to inform them of how many green beans are available and where so they can pick them up. GFN refers to this as “virtual food banking” because of how members are using tech platforms to match farmers with beneficiaries, rather than physically moving the produce themselves.

    The result of this emphasis on agricultural recovery is that fruit and vegetables now make up the largest portion — 40 percent — of food redistributed by GFN members by volume. Moon says the organization is “just only scratching the surface” of possibilities for recovering fresh produce. 

    In order to calculate that 1.8 million metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent was mitigated by these efforts, GFN utilized the Food Loss and Waste Protocol developed by the World Resources Institute. This framework takes a number of things into account, including where recovered food would have ended up had it not been intercepted from the waste stream. These waste destinations can be landfills but also include animal feed, compost, and anaerobic digesters (a waste management technology that converts organic waste into biogas — but that can come with its own emissions problems). Moon acknowledged that GFN does not know in every case what would happen to the surplus food if it were not rescued by a food bank — but pointed out that most of the places where the network operates do not have a robust circular economy for food.

    Broad Leib, the Harvard Law food policy expert, described GFN’s estimate of carbon dioxide equivalent mitigated as “a good proxy for impact.” While other waste destinations are possible, “we also know that the large majority of wasted food globally goes to landfill,” she said. “I think their estimate is likely not far off from actual emissions avoided.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline How food banks prevented 1.8 million metric tons of carbon emissions last year on Aug 14, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Frida Garza.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/food-banks-mitigated-1-8-million-metric-tons-of-co2-emissions-globally-last-year/feed/ 0 488606
    Jonathan Cook: Israel is in a death spiral – who will it take down with it? https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/14/jonathan-cook-israel-is-in-a-death-spiral-who-will-it-take-down-with-it/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/14/jonathan-cook-israel-is-in-a-death-spiral-who-will-it-take-down-with-it/#respond Wed, 14 Aug 2024 01:50:30 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=104987 Israel’s zealots are ignoring the pleas of the top brass. They want to widen the circle of war, whatever the consequences.

    ANALYSIS: By Jonathan Cook in Middle East Eye

    There should be nothing surprising about the revelation that troops at Sde Teiman, a detention camp set up by Israel in the wake of Hamas’s October 7 attack on southern Israel, are routinely using rape as a weapon of torture against Palestinian inmates.

    Last month, nine soldiers from a prison unit, Force 100, were arrested for gang-raping a Palestinian inmate with a sharp object. He had to be hospitalised with his injuries.

    At least 53 prisoners are known to have died in Israeli detention, presumed in most cases to be either through torture or following the denial of access to medical care. No investigations have been carried out by Israel and no arrests have been made.

    Why should it be of any surprise that Israel’s self-proclaimed “most moral army in the world” uses torture and rape against Palestinians? It would be truly surprising if this was not happening.

    After all, this is the same military that for 10 months has used starvation as a weapon of war against the 2.3 million people of Gaza, half of them children.

    It is the same military that since October has laid waste to all of Gaza’s hospitals, as well as destroying almost all of its schools and 70 percent of its homes. It is the same military that is known to have killed over that period at least 40,000 Palestinians, with a further 21,000 children missing.

    It is the same military currently on trial for genocide at the International Court of Justice (ICJ), the highest court in the world.

    No red lines
    If there are no red lines for Israel when it comes to brutalising Palestinian civilians trapped inside Gaza, why would there be any red lines for those kidnapped off its streets and dragged into its dungeons?

    I documented some of the horrors unfolding in Sde Teiman in these pages back in May.

    Months ago, the Israeli media began publishing testimonies from whistleblowing guards and doctors detailing the depraved conditions there.

    The International Committee of the Red Cross has been denied access to the detention camp, leaving it entirely unmonitored.

    The United Nations published a report on July 31 into the conditions in which some 9400 captive Palestinians have been held since last October. Most have been cut off from the outside world, and the reason for their seizure and imprisonment was never provided.

    The report concludes that “appalling acts” of torture and abuse are taking place at all of Israel’s detention centres, including sexual violence, waterboarding and attacks with dogs.

    The authors note “forced nudity of both men and women; beatings while naked, including on the genitals; electrocution of the genitals and anus; being forced to undergo repeated humiliating strip searches; widespread sexual slurs and threats of rape; and the inappropriate touching of women by both male and female soldiers”.

    There are, according to the investigation, “consistent reports” of Israeli security forces “inserting objects into detainees’ anuses”.

    Children sexually abused
    Last month, Save the Children found that many hundreds of Palestinian children had been imprisoned in Israel, where they faced starvation and sexual abuse.

    And this week B’Tselem, Israel’s main human rights group monitoring the occupation, produced a report — titled “Welcome to Hell” — which included the testimonies of dozens of Palestinians who had emerged from what it called “inhuman conditions”. Most had never been charged with an offence.

    It concluded that the abuses at Sde Teiman were “just the tip of the iceberg”. All of Israel’s detention centres formed “a network of torture camps for Palestinians” in which “every inmate is intentionally condemned to severe, relentless pain and suffering”. It added that this was “an organised, declared policy of the Israeli prison authorities”.

    Tal Steiner, head of the Public Committee Against Torture in Israel, which has long campaigned against the systematic torture of Palestinian detainees, wrote last week that Sde Teiman “was a place where the most horrible torture we had ever seen was occurring”.

    In short, it has been an open secret in Israel that torture and sexual assault are routine at Sde Teiman.

    The abuse is so horrifying that last month Israel’s High Court ordered officials to explain why they were operating outside Israel’s own laws governing the internment of “unlawful combatants”.

    The surprise is not that sexual violence is being inflicted on Palestinian captives. It is that Israel’s top brass ever imagined the arrest of Israeli soldiers for raping a Palestinian would pass muster with the public.

    Toxic can of worms
    Instead, by making the arrests, the army opened a toxic can of worms.

    The arrests provoked a massive backlash from soldiers, politicians, Israeli media, and large sections of the Israeli public.

    Rioters, led by members of the Israeli Parliament, broke into Sde Teiman. An even larger group, including members of Force 100, tried to invade a military base, Beit Lid, where the soldiers were being held in an attempt to free them.

    The police, under the control of Itamar Ben Gvir, a settler leader with openly fascist leanings, delayed arriving to break up the protests. Ben Gvir has called for Palestinian prisoners to be summarily executed — or killed with “a shot to the head” — to save on the costs of holding them.

    No one was arrested over what amounted to a mutiny as well as a major breach of security.

    Bezalel Smotrich, Israel’s finance minister, helped whip up popular indignation, denouncing the arrests and describing the Force 100 soldiers as “heroic warriors”.

    Other prominent cabinet ministers echoed him.

    Three soldiers freed
    Already, three of the soldiers have been freed, and more will likely follow.

    The consensus in Israel is that any abuse, including rape, is permitted against the thousands of Palestinians who have been seized by Israel in recent months — including women, children and many hundreds of medical personnel.

    That consensus is the same one that thinks it fine to bomb Palestinian women and children in Gaza, destroy their homes and starve them.

    Such depraved attitudes are not new. They draw on ideological convictions and legal precedents that developed through decades of Israel’s illegal occupation. Israeli society has completely normalised the idea that Palestinians are less than human and that any and every abuse of them is allowed.

    Hamas’s attack on October 7 simply brought the long-standing moral corruption at the core of Israeli society more obviously out into the open.

    In 2016, for example, the Israeli military appointed Colonel Eyal Karim as its chief rabbi, even after he had declared Palestinians to be “animals” and had approved the rape of Palestinian women in the interest of boosting soldiers’ morale.

    Religious extremists, let us note, increasingly predominate among combat troops.

    Compensation suit dismissed
    In 2015, Israel’s Supreme Court dismissed a compensation suit from a Lebanese prisoner that his lawyers submitted after he was released in a prisoner swap. Mustafa Dirani had been raped with a baton 15 years earlier in a secret jail known as Facility 1391.

    Despite Dirani’s claim being supported by a medical assessment from the time made by an Israeli military doctor, the court ruled that anyone engaged in an armed conflict with Israel could not make a claim against the Israeli state.

    Meanwhile, human and legal rights groups have regularly reported cases of Israeli soldiers and police raping and sexually assaulting Palestinians, including children.

    A clear message was sent to Israeli soldiers over many decades that, just as the genocidal murder of Palestinians is considered warranted and “lawful”, the torture and rape of Palestinians held in captivity is considered warranted and “lawful” too.

    Understandably, there was indignation that the long-established “rules” — that any and every atrocity is permitted — appeared suddenly and arbitrarily to have been changed.

    The biggest question is this: why did the Israeli military’s top legal adviser approve opening an investigation into the Force 100 soldiers — and why now?

    The answer is obvious. Israel’s commanders are in panic after a spate of setbacks in the international legal arena.

    ‘Plausible’ Gaza genocide
    The ICJ, sometimes referred to as the World Court, has put Israel on trial for committing what it considers a “plausible” genocide in Gaza.

    Separately, it concluded last month that Israel’s 57-year occupation is illegal and a form of aggression against the Palestinian people. Gaza never stopped being under occupation, the judges ruled, despite claims from its apologists, including Western governments, to the contrary.

    Significantly, that means Palestinians have a legal right to resist their occupation. Or, to put it another way, they have an immutable right to self-defence against their Israeli occupiers, while Israel has no such right against the Palestinians it illegally occupies.

    Israel is not in “armed conflict” with the Palestinian people. It is brutally occupying and oppressing them.

    Israel must immediately end the occupation to regain such a right of self-defence — something it demonstrably has no intention to do.

    Meanwhile, the chief prosecutor of the International Criminal Court (ICC), the ICJ’s sister court, is actively seeking arrest warrants for Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and his Defence Minister, Yoav Gallant, for war crimes.

    The various cases reinforce each other. The World Court’s decisions are making it ever harder for the ICC to drag its feet in issuing and expanding the circle of arrest warrants.

    Countervailing pressures
    Both courts are now under enormous, countervailing pressures.

    On the one side, massive external pressure is being exerted on the ICJ and ICC from states such as the US, Britain and Germany that are prepared to see the genocide in Gaza continue.

    And on the other, the judges themselves are fully aware of what is at stake if they fail to act.

    The longer they delay, the more they discredit international law and their own role as arbiters of that law. That will give even more leeway for other states to claim that inaction by the courts has set a precedent for their own right to commit war crimes.

    International law, the entire rationale for the ICJ and ICC’s existence, stands on a precipice. Israel’s genocide threatens to bring it all crashing down.

    Israel’s top brass stand in the middle of that fight.

    They are confident that Washington will block at the UN Security Council any effort to enforce the ICJ rulings against them — either a future one on genocide in Gaza or the existing one on their illegal occupation.

    No US veto at ICC
    But arrest warrants from the ICC are a different matter. Washington has no such veto. All states signed up to the ICC’s Rome Statute – that is, most of the West, minus the US — will be obligated to arrest Israeli officials who step on their soil and to hand them over to The Hague.

    Israel and the US had been hoping to use technicalities to delay the issuing of the arrest warrants for as long as possible. Most significantly, they recruited the UK, which has signed the Rome Statute, to do their dirty work.

    It looked like the new UK government under Keir Starmer would continue where its predecessor left off by tying up the court in lengthy and obscure legal debates about the continuing applicability of the long-dead, 30-year-old Oslo Accords.

    A former human rights lawyer, Starmer has repeatedly backed Israel’s “plausible” genocide, even arguing that the starvation of Gaza’s population, including its children, could be justified as “self-defence” — an idea entirely alien to international law, which treats it as collective punishment and a war crime.

    But now with a secure parliamentary majority, even Starmer appears to be baulking at being seen as helping Netanyahu personally avoid arrest for war crimes.

    The UK government announced late last month that it would drop Britain’s legal objections at the ICC.

    That has suddenly left both Netanyahu and the Israeli military command starkly exposed — which is the reason they felt compelled to approve the arrest of the Force 100 soldiers.

    Top prass pretexts
    Under a rule known as “complementarity”, Israeli officials might be able to avoid war crimes trials at The Hague if they can demonstrate that Israel is able and willing to prosecute war crimes itself. That would avert the need for the ICC to step in and fulfil its mandate.

    The Israeli top brass hoped they could feed a few lowly soldiers to the Israeli courts and drag out the trials for years. In the meantime, Washington would have the pretext it needed to bully the ICC into dropping the case for arrests on the grounds that Israel was already doing the job of prosecuting war crimes.

    The patent problem with this strategy is that the ICC isn’t primarily interested in a few grunts being prosecuted in Israel as war criminals, even assuming the trials ever take place.

    At issue is the military strategy that has allowed Israel to bomb Gaza into the Stone Age. At issue is a political culture that has made starving 2.3 million people seem normal.

    At issue is a religious and nationalistic fervour long cultivated in the army that now encourages soldiers to execute Palestinian children by shooting them in the head and chest, as a US doctor who volunteered in Gaza has testified.

    At issue is a military hierarchy that turns a blind eye to soldiers raping and sexually abusing Palestinian captives, including children.

    The buck stops not with a handful of soldiers in Force 100. It stops with the Israeli government and military leaders. They are at the top of a command chain that has authorised war crimes in Gaza for the past 10 months – and before that, for decades across the occupied territories.

    What is at stake
    This is why observers have totally underestimated what is at stake with the rulings of the ICC and ICJ.

    These judgments against Israel are forcing out into the light of day for proper scrutiny a state of affairs that has been quietly accepted by the West for decades. Should Israel have the right to operate as an apartheid regime that systematically engages in ethnic cleansing and the murder of Palestinians?

    A direct answer is needed from each Western capital. There is nowhere left to hide. Western states are being presented with a stark choice: either openly back Israeli apartheid and genocide, or for the first time withdraw support.

    The Israeli far-right, which now dominates both politically and in the army’s combat ranks, cares about none of this. It is immune to pressure. It is willing to go it alone.

    As the Israeli media has been warning for some time, sections of the army are effectively now turning into militias that follow their own rules.

    Israel’s military commanders, on the other hand, are starting to understand the trap they have set for themselves. They have long cultivated fascistic zealotry among ground troops needed to dehumanise and better oppress Palestinians living under Israeli occupation. But the war crimes proudly being live-streamed by their units now leave them exposed to the legal consequences.

    Israel’s international isolation means a place one day for them in the dock at The Hague.

    Israeli society’s demons exposed
    The ICC and ICJ rulings are not just bringing Israeli society’s demons out into the open, or those of a complicit Western political and media class.

    The international legal order is gradually cornering Israel’s war machine, forcing it to turn in on itself. The interests of the Israeli military command are now fundamentally opposed to those of the rank and file and the political leadership.

    The result, as military expert Yagil Levy has long warned, will be an increasing breakdown of discipline, as the attempts to arrest Force 100 soldiers demonstrated all too clearly.

    The Israeli military juggernaut cannot be easily or quickly turned around.

    The military command is reported to be furiously trying to push Netanyahu into agreeing on a hostage deal to bring about a ceasefire — not because it cares about the welfare of Palestinian civilians, or the hostages, but because the longer this “plausible” genocide continues, the bigger chance the generals will end up at The Hague.

    Israel’s zealots are ignoring the pleas of the top brass. They want not only to continue the drive to eliminate the Palestinian people but to widen the circle of war, whatever the consequences.

    That included the reckless, incendiary move last month to assassinate Hamas leader Ismail Haniyeh in Iran — a provocation with one aim only: to undermine the moderates in Hamas and Tehran.

    If, as seems certain, Israel’s commanders are unwilling or incapable of reining in these excesses, then the World Court will find it impossible to ignore the charge of genocide against Israel and the ICC will be compelled to issue arrest warrants against more of the military leadership.

    A logic has been created in which evil feeds on evil in a death spiral. The question is how much more carnage and misery can Israel spread on the way down.

    Jonathan Cook is a writer, journalist and self-appointed media critic and author of many books about Palestine. Winner of the Martha Gellhorn Special Prize for Journalism. Republished from the author’s blog with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/14/jonathan-cook-israel-is-in-a-death-spiral-who-will-it-take-down-with-it/feed/ 0 488535
    Gas flaring in the Amazon threatens human rights now and in the future https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/12/gas-flaring-in-the-amazon-threatens-human-rights-now-and-in-the-future/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/12/gas-flaring-in-the-amazon-threatens-human-rights-now-and-in-the-future/#respond Mon, 12 Aug 2024 14:00:31 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=bf2beba31570aaf4092e53154d935cc8
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/12/gas-flaring-in-the-amazon-threatens-human-rights-now-and-in-the-future/feed/ 0 488259
    Gas flaring in the Amazon threatens human rights now and in the future https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/12/gas-flaring-in-the-amazon-threatens-human-rights-now-and-in-the-future-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/12/gas-flaring-in-the-amazon-threatens-human-rights-now-and-in-the-future-2/#respond Mon, 12 Aug 2024 14:00:31 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=bf2beba31570aaf4092e53154d935cc8
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/12/gas-flaring-in-the-amazon-threatens-human-rights-now-and-in-the-future-2/feed/ 0 488260